Commentary on the Psalms
Commentarii in Psalmos
The Power of God and the Nature of the Word§1
1We have a discussion concerning God from the Scripture and from common understanding that He is unchangeable, and that He is immutable. For He who is not at all subject to quality does not turn, nor is He altered; for no alteration is anything other than a change according to quality. Not every change is an alteration, but the one according to quality. There are indeed also other changes, since there are also motions. That which becomes changes, but this motion is not an alteration. That which grows changes, but this is not an alteration; for such a motion is addition and increase. But when someone becomes lazy from being diligent, or lazy from being diligent, he is altered according to quality, just as when one comes from sickness to health and again.
But the words, regarding the meaning of the thing about which they are spoken, we understand. God was not composed of parts, since He is not composite; therefore, sitting upon Him, rising, walking, turning of the face, or illumination of the face, pass by. But in these things, regarding those arranged about Him, it is necessary to grasp the meaning in a God-befitting way to preserve faith. For some, through the words and their fluidity, subvert the things signified. Indeed, some have even dared to run into such a prosperity or impiety, so as to think the God human-shaped because of the manner in which they are written. And they say that God has hands, limbs, and feet, and appearance, and the rest. But if we know this always, regarding whom these things are said and from whom, we are able to lead the things to what is signified, to what is made manifest. If we do not grasp them in a God-befitting way, we are not able to have a pious conception concerning them according to each of the words.
The prophets. For this one, in a certain place, says: 'Are not his words beautiful and rightly proceeding with him?' If they are not with him, according to his intention, they are not beautiful. If you hear—behold—sleep and wakefulness and repentance, and you do not receive such things according to his intention, then the things said about him do not rightly proceed with him.
But when you receive such things with him, the words proceeding rightly with him, being filled with spirit, have neither shadow nor sketch. This is what the Savior said in the Gospel: 'You wander, not knowing the Scriptures nor the power of God' (Matt 22:29). You wander, saying that he does not make things from non-being; for they say this: 'To do is later than to be; for there must exist something underlying. Those who are dead are without hope of resurrection.' Since, therefore, they do not receive these things through the power of God, because of this they stumble. God is able to bring from non-being into being and to transform corruptible bodies.
He says, then, to the Sadducees. He who thinks he knows the Scriptures wanders when he is ignorant of the power of God which is spoken concerning Him and by whom they are spoken. For whose sake these things have been spoken to me, I will say, apart from the deed about to take place. The Savior and our Lord is both God and man; God always, but not always man; for before the creation he was God, but not a man. And this also was destined to happen for the sake of salvation. And the becoming man has a cause, but being God is not because of a cause, but because of his own existence and the essence of his offspring; for thus I heard: 'I live because of the Father' (John 6:57) of mine. He does not say this because the Father makes me alive, as the Eunomians wish, but he says this, as...
Greek · §1
Commentarii in Psalmos 1 Ἔχ̣ομ̣ε̣ν̣ περὶ θεοῦ διάλημψιν καὶ ἀπὸ τ̣ῆς γραφῆς καὶ τῆς κοινῆς ἐννοίας ὅτι ἄτρεπτός ἐστιν, ὅτι ἀναλλοίωτός ἐστιν· ὁ γὰρ ὅλως μὴ ὑποκείμενος ποιότη̣τι οὐ τρέπεται, οὐκ ἀλλοιοῦται· οὐδὲν γ̣α`̣ρ̣ ἕτερ̣ο´̣ν̣ ἐστιν ἀλλοίωσις ἢ κατὰ ποιὸν μεταβολή. οὐ πᾶσα μεταβολ̣ὴ ἀλλοίωσίς ἐστιν, ἀλλ' ἡ κ̣ατὰ π̣οιότητα. εἰσίν γ̣ε̣ καὶ ἄλλαι μεταβολαί, ἐπεὶ καὶ κινήσεις εἰσὶν ἄλλαι. τὸ γ̣ι̣νόμενον μεταβάλλει, ἀλλ' οὔκ ἐστιν α᾿̣λ̣λοίω̣σι̣ς ἡ κίνη̣σις αὕτη. τὸ αὐξο´̣μ̣ενον μεταβάλλει, ἀλλ' οὔκ ἐστιν ἀλλοίωσις αὕτη· προσθήκη γὰρ καὶ αὔξησις̣ π̣οσ̣ου῀̣ ἐστιν ἡ τοιαύτη κίν̣η̣σις. ὁ´̣ταν δὲ ἐκ φα̣υ´̣λ̣ο̣υ σπου̣δα̣ι῀̣ος̣ ἠ`̣ ε᾿̣κ̣ σπουδαίου φαῦλος γένητ̣αί τ̣ι̣ς̣, η᾿̣λλοίωται κατ̣ὰ τ̣ὴν ποιότητα, ὡς αὖ ὅτε ἐκ νοσο̣ῦντος εἰς ὑγείαν ἔλθῃ καὶ ἔνπαλιν. ἀλλ̣α`̣ τὰς̣ λε´̣ξεις πρὸς τὴν ἔννοιαν τοῦ πρα´̣γματος, π̣ερὶ οὗ λέγονται, δ̣ι̣ανοούμεθα. ὁ θεὸς οὐκ ἐκ μελω῀̣ν συνέστηκεν, ε᾿̣π̣ε̣ι`̣ σ̣ύνθε̣τος̣ ο̣ὐ´̣κ̣ ἐστιν· ὅθ̣ε̣ν̣ παρέλκει ἐπ' αὐτοῦ κα´̣θ̣ι̣σις, α᾿̣ν̣άστασις, περ̣ίπατ̣ος, ἀποστροφὴ προσω´̣που, φωτισ̣μ̣ο`̣ς̣ προσω´̣π̣ου. α᾿̣λ̣λ̣' ε᾿̣ν̣ τ̣ο̣ύτοις περὶ αὐτοῦ τ̣ε̣τα̣γ̣με´̣νοις σῴζειν τὴν πίστιν, θεοπρεπῶς αὐτὰ ε᾿̣κλαμβάνειν δεῖ. ἔνιοι γ̣ὰρ̣ ταῖς λέξεσιν καὶ τῃ῀̣ α῾̣δρ̣ότη̣τ̣ι̣ α̣ὐτῶν ὑποβάλλουσιν τὰ σημαινο´̣μενα. αὐτίκα γοῦν τινες ἐτόλμησαν εἰς τ̣ο̣σα̣ύτην̣ ε̣ὐη´̣θειάν τι̣ν̣α ἢ ἀσέβειαν̣ εἰσελαύνειν, ὥστε ἀν̣θρω̣πο´̣μ̣ο̣ρ̣φον νομίσαι τ̣ο`̣ν̣ θεὸν διὰ τ̣α`̣ τρ̣όπῳ γεγραμμένα. καὶ λέγουσιν ὅτι ὁ θεὸς χεῖρα̣ς ἔχ̣ει μέλη καὶ πόδας καὶ ε᾿̣π̣ι̣φ̣α´̣ν̣ε̣ι̣α̣ν̣ κ̣αὶ τὰ ἄλλα. εἰ δὲ ἑκάστοτε τοῦτο ἴσμε̣ν̣, π̣ερὶ τ̣ι´̣ν̣ος τ̣α̣ῦτ̣α λέγεται καὶ ἔτι ε᾿̣κ τίνος, δυνάμεθα εἰς τὸ σημαινόμενον τὰ πράγματα ἀγαγεῖν, εἰς̣ τὸ δηλούμενον. ἐὰν̣ μὴ θεοπρεπῶς ἐκλαμβάνωμεν, οὐ δυνα´̣μεθα̣ περὶ αὐτω῀̣ν̣ ἔχειν̣ εὐσεβῆν ὑπ̣ο´̣λημψιν κ̣αθ' ἑ´̣ν̣α τῶν δώδεκα πρ̣ο̣φητῶν. οὗτος δε`̣ ἐ´̣ν̣ τινι τόπῳ λέγει· "οὐχ οἱ λόγοι αὐτοῦ καλοὶ μετ' αὐτοῦ καὶ ὀρθοὶ πεπόρευνται"; ἐα`̣ν̣ μ̣η`̣ μετ' αὐτου῀̣ ὦσιν, μετ' ἐννοία̣ς αυ᾿̣τ̣ο̣υ῀̣, οὔκ ε̣ι᾿̣σ̣ι̣ν̣ καλοί. ἐὰν ἀκου´̣ῃ̣ς̣, φέρ̣ε, ὕπ̣ν̣ο̣ν καὶ ἐγρ̣η´̣γ̣ορσιν καὶ με̣τ̣α̣με´̣λ̣ειαν καὶ μὴ μετὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ ἐννοίας λάβῃς τὰ τ̣οια̣ῦτα, οὐ τὰ λεγόμενα περὶ αὐτοῦ μετ' αὐτοῦ ὀρθὰ π̣ε̣π̣όρευνται. ὅταν δὲ μετ' αὐτοῦ λάβ̣ῃς̣ τ̣α`̣ τοιαυ῀̣τ̣α̣, οἱ λόγοι πορευόμ̣ενοι ὀρθοὶ μετ' αὐτοῦ, πνεύματι πεπλ̣ηρ̣ωμένοι, οὐδὲν ἔχουσιν σ̣καιὸν ου᾿̣δὲ σ̣χ̣ε´̣διον. τοῦτό τ̣ο̣ι̣ ε᾿̣ν ε̣ὐαγγελίῳ ὁ σωτὴρ ἔλεγεν· "πλανᾶσθε μὴ εἰδότες τὰς γραφὰς μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ θεοῦ". πλα̣νᾶσθε λέγοντε̣ς̣ ὁ´̣τ̣ι̣ οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος ποιεῖ τὰ ὄντα· τοῦτ̣ο̣ γὰρ λέγουσιν ὅτι· "ὕστ̣ερόν ἐστιν τὸ ποιεῖν τοῦ εἶναι· δ̣εῖ γὰρ ὑπάρχειν τι ὑποκείμενον. ο̣ι῾̣ νε̣κ̣ρο̣ὶ ἀναστάσεώς εἰσ̣ιν ἄμοιροι". ἐπεὶ οὖν οὐ με̣τ̣α`̣ τ̣η῀̣ς̣ δυνάμ̣ε̣ως τοῦ θεοῦ λαμβάνουσιν αὐτά, διὰ τοῦτο προσκόπτουσιν. δύν̣ατα̣ι ὁ θεὸς ε᾿̣κ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἀγαγεῖν καὶ τὰ σώματ̣α τὰ φθαρτὰ ἀλλοιοῦν. λέγ̣ει με`̣ν 2 πρὸς Σαδδουκ̣αι´̣ους̣. πλανᾶται ὁ τὰς γραφὰς νομίζων εἰδέναι, ὅταν ἀγνοῃ῀̣ τὴν θ̣εου῀̣ δύναμιν τὴν περὶ ο̣ὑ῀̣ λε´̣γ̣ο̣ν̣τ̣α̣ι̣ καὶ ὑφ' οὗ εἴρηνται. τίνος δὲ χάριν ταῦτα ἐμοὶ λέλεκται, ἔξω τῆς μελλούσης γίνεσθαι πρ̣άξεως ἐρῶ. ὁ σωτὴρ καὶ κύριος ἡμῶν θεὸς ἅμα̣ καὶ ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν· θεὸς μὲν ἀεί, οὐκ ἀεὶ δὲ ἄνθρωπος· πρὸ γὰρ τῆς κτίσεω̣ς θεὸς ἦν, ἄνθ̣ρωπος δὲ οὐχί. ἔμελλεν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο ὑφ̣ίσ̣τ̣ασθαι σωτηρίας ἕνεκα. καὶ τ̣ὸ μὲν ἄνθρ̣ωπος γενέσθ̣αι διά τι ἔχει, τὸ δὲ θεὸς ε̣ἶναι οὐ διά τι, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ὕπα̣ρ̣ξιν̣ καὶ τὴν τοῦ γε̣ννήμα̣τος οὐσίαν· οὕτω γὰρ ἤκουσ̣α̣ τοῦ· "ζῶ διὰ τὸν πατέρα" μου. οὐ του῀̣το λ̣έγει, ὁ´̣τ̣ι ὁ π̣ατὴρ̣ ζ̣ω̣οπ̣οιεῖ μ̣ε̣, ω῾̣ς̣ β̣ο̣υ´̣λ̣ονται οἱ Εὐνομιανοί, ἀλλὰ τοῦτο λέγει, ω῾̣ς̣
The Distinction of Divinity and Humanity§2
2If someone says: 'For this reason I am rational, because I have a rational father; and for this reason I am mortal, because I have a mortal father,' it is true; for the 'because' shows a cause.ce, therefore, he lives because of the father, what is being said is not life derived from life, but as a fountain of life and as one giving to all; for we say that the living one has life, but we also say that the life is not one named from life, for life does not participate in something else, but it is life itself. Thus, he does not live through the father.
A human, therefore, lives because of something, but God is not because of something. Yet both have run together regarding the arrival of a season. I do not say the arrival is entirely according to the flesh; for many seasons He desired; He is always arriving. And thus I have drawn out what is in Micah: 'And you, Bethlehem, house of Ephrathah, you are small. Out of you shall come to me the ruler, and his exits are from the beginning' (Micah 5:2). For it is not that he came from the father just now previously, from which the need of the administration of saving things comes. The need of his exit is always happening and happening wherever. For this reason, he said not one, but many exits. 'For this reason He will give them until the time of birthing.'
The last exit, that of the birthing of Mary, is a certain 'until the time of birthing'; for the Scripture does not praise those plural birthing, but says one birthing, signified by the word. And 'birthing' in the strict sense is not one who took in seed and conceived and formed and surrounded, but she herself gives birth. For this reason, he came from a woman. No one of the others comes from a woman, but all come through a woman; yet all come from men; for the woman comes from the man, and the man through the woman. And this must be said: that genealogies are made casually, scientifically, and piously when they are descended from fathers; for the genealogy from women is slandered. Therefore, only this one has given birth without a man. And for this reason the Savior came from a woman, not through a woman, even if many others are made to be said not 'from Mary,' but 'through Mary.' So many will seem to be ambassadors speaking thus. And God is from the Father and not because of something, but the human...
Regarding the descent from David and Mary and for what reason: for the sake of the salvation of the world he has come, to abolish death, to do much for mortals who had cast themselves away through their own negligence. Why do I say these things in grace? The things said about the Savior declare his divinity. And all the things reported concerning divinity are incomparable to any other; for he is the only-begotten. But the things said about the man touch upon human faults, just as they do those of the dying. The zealous become imitators of the man. But they do not imitate the divinity—for this is an unreasonableness—they imitate the man. Whatever is said about the man could also be said about the angels and about perfect men. But whatever is said about the divinity, neither about angels nor about holy men will be said. I do not say that any of the created things is wisdom, or a radiance of glory, or a character of the divine essence, or the only-begotten Son of God.
But whatever is said as being about the man, it could be said, for example: 'You seek to kill me, a man,' being 'one who has spoken the truth to you, which I heard from God' (John 8:46). And many others, having learned the truth from God, spoke the truth. Not this one more, but this one more, this one incomparably. And again: 'But because I tell you the truth, you do not believe me' (John 14:11). And others speak the truth: for if we grant that no one spoke the truth except Christ himself, we give in to the anonymous heresy. That is, an anonymous heresy that seems to overturn the truth or to have come from the books. And many have books and compositions, and they say this too: that the truth never came among men except upon the appearance of the Savior; for 'grace and truth came through Jesus Christ' (John 1:17). And see where the argument leads them: because they want the old scripture to not be from God, nor the prophets, they say that the truth never came to men except after the appearance having happened. And saying these things, they divide the one divinity, and they say that the one who was the Creator was before the appearance, and they seek another father for Christ. But we do not say this, that ever the truth...
Greek · §2
ε̣ι᾿̣ λ̣ε´̣γ̣οι̣ τις̣· "διὰ τοῦτο λογικ̣ός εἰμι, ὅτ̣ι λογικὸν ἔχω πατέρα, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο θνητός εἰμι, ὅτ̣ι θ̣νη̣τὸν ἔχω π̣ατ̣ε´̣ρα". καὶ ἀληθ̣ές γε· το`̣ "ὅτι" ἐστι`̣ν̣ ἀποδεικτικὴ αἰτία. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ζῇ διὰ τὸν πατέρα, ε᾿̣σ̣τὶν̣ λεγ̣ο´̣μ̣ενος ζωὴ ο̣ὐ παρονομαζόμενος ἀπὸ ζωῆς, ἀλλ' ὡς πηγὴ ζωῆς κα̣ι`̣ ω῾̣ς μεταδιδοὺς̣ π̣α̣ν̣τί· λε´̣γ̣ο̣με̣ν̣ γ̣α`̣ρ τὸν ζῶντα ζωὴν ἔχειν, 1 λέγομεν δὲ κα̣ὶ τ̣η`̣ν̣ ζωὴν̣ τη`̣ν̣ ου᾿̣ παρονομαζομένην̣ ἀπο`̣ ζωῆς· οὐ γὰρ μ̣ε̣τέχει ζωή, ἀλλὰ αὐτή ε᾿̣σ̣τι̣ν̣ ἡ ζωή. οὕτως οὐ῀̣ν ζῇ δια`̣ τὸν πατε´̣ρ̣α. ἀ´̣ν̣θ̣ρ̣ω̣πος οὖν δι̣α´̣ τ̣ι̣, θεὸς δὲ οὐ διά τι. ἀμφότερ̣α δὲ συνε´̣δραμε̣ν ἐπὶ του῀̣ τῆς ἐπιδημίας καιροῦ. ἐπιδημίαν δὲ οὐ πάντως λέγω τὴν̣ κατὰ σάρκα· πολλὰς γὰρ̣ ἠθέλησεν· α᾿̣ε̣ι`̣ ἐπιδημεῖ. καὶ οὕτω γοῦν ἐξείληφα τὸ ἐν τῷ Μιχ̣α̣ι´̣ᾳ̣· "καὶ σύ, Βηθλεέμ, οἶκος τοῦ Ἐπάθα, ὀλιγοστὸς εἶ. ἐκ σοῦ μοι ἐξελεύσεται, καὶ αἱ ἔξοδοι αὐτοῦ ἀπ' ἀρχῆς" ε̣ἰσιν· οὐ γάρ που νῦν πρ̣ότ̣ε̣ρ̣ο̣ν̣ ε᾿̣ξ̣ε̣λ̣θὼν παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἧκεν, ἀφ' οὗ ἡ χρεία τῆς δ̣ιοικ̣ήσεω̣ς τῶν σωστικῶν. ὅπως̣ π̣ο̣τ̣ε`̣ γινομένη καὶ ὅπου ποτὲ γινομένη τῆς ἐξόδου αὐτοῦ χρεία. διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ μίαν̣, ἀλλὰ πολλὰς ἐξόδους εἶπεν. "διὰ τοῦτο δώσει αὐτοὺς ἕως καιροῦ τικτούσης". ἡ τελευταία ἔξοδ̣ος̣, η῾̣ τοῦ τοκετοῦ τῆς Μαρίας, ἐστίν τις "ἕως καιροῦ τικτούσης"· ἡ γραφὴ γὰρ οὐκ αἰνεῖ τικ̣τούσας, ἀλλὰ μίαν λέγει τίκτουσαν σημαινομε´̣ν̣η̣ν διὰ τῆς λέξ̣ε̣ω̣ς̣. τίκτου̣σα δὲ κ̣υρίω̣ς ε᾿̣σ̣τὶν ἡ μὴ σπέρματα ἀναλαβοῦσα καὶ κυοφορήσασ̣α κα̣ι`̣ μο̣ρ̣φ̣ω´̣σασα κ̣α̣ι`̣ π̣ε̣ρ̣ιστέγ̣ουσα, ἀλλὰ αὐτὴ τίκτει. διὰ τοῦτο ἐκ γυναικὸς γέγονεν. οὐδεὶς τῶν ἄλλων ἐκ γυν̣αικ̣ός, ἀλ̣λ̣ὰ διὰ γυναικὸς πάντες· ἐξ ἀνδρῶν δὲ πάντες· ἐκ τοῦ ἀνδρ̣ὸς γὰρ ἡ γυνὴ γίνεται, καὶ ὁ̣ ἀνὴρ διὰ τῆς γυναικός. καὶ τοῦτο δὲ ῥητέον, ὅτι αἱ γενε̣αλογίαι ἀπαθῶς̣ καὶ ε᾿̣πιστημο´̣ν̣ως καὶ εὐσεβῶς γίνονται, ὅταν ἀπὸ πατέρων κατάγωνται· διαβάλλεται γὰρ̣ ἡ γενεα̣λ̣ογία ἡ ἐκ γυναικῶν. μόνη οὖν αὕτη ἡ τίκτουσα ἄνευ ἀνδρ̣ὸς τέτοκ̣εν̣. καὶ διὰ τ̣οῦτο ἐκ γυναικὸς γέγονεν ὁ σωτήρ, οὐ διὰ γυναικός, εἰ καὶ πολλοὶ ἄλλοι γ̣ι´̣νονται λε´̣γοντες̣ ο̣υ᾿̣κ̣ 3 "ἐκ̣ Μαρίας", ἀλλὰ "διὰ Μαρίας". δόκησι̣ν οὖν πρεσβεύουσιν πολλοί. καὶ ὁ θεὸς ε᾿̣κ τοῦ π̣ατρός ἐστιν καὶ οὐ διά τι, ὁ δὲ ἄνθρωπος ἐκ̣ τ̣ο̣ῦ ∆αυὶδ καὶ τῆς Μαρίας καὶ διά τι. ἕνεκα τῆς σω̣τηρίας τοῦ κόσμου ἐλήλυθεν, ἵνα καταρ̣γήσῃ τὸν θάνατον, ἵνα πολλὰ ποιήσῃ το̣ῖς θν̣ητοῖς, ἅπερ ἐκ ῥαθυμίας ἰδίας ἀποβεβ̣λη´̣κ̣εσαν. τίνος δὴ ταῦτα χα´̣ριν λέγω; τὰ λεγόμενα περὶ τ̣οῦ σ̣ωτῆρος δηλοῖ τὴν θεότητα̣. καὶ π̣άντα̣ τὰ ἀπαγγελλόμενα περὶ τῆς θεότητος ἀσυντρ̣όχασ̣τ̣ά εἰσιν πρὸς ἄλλον τιν̣α´̣· μ̣ο̣ν̣ογενὴς γάρ ἐστιν. τὰ δὲ περὶ τ̣ο̣ῦ ἀνθρώπου λε̣γ̣όμε̣ν̣α̣ κατορθώματα ὡς ἀνθ̣ρ̣ω´̣που ἅπτεταί πως καὶ τῶν δι καίων. μιμ̣ηταὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου γίνονται οἱ σπουδαῖοι. ο̣υ᾿̣ μιμοῦνται δὲ τὴν θεότητα–τοῦτο γὰρ ἀνο´̣σ̣ι̣όν ἐστιν–, τὸν̣ ἀ´̣νθρ̣ω̣πον μιμοῦνται. ὅσα οὖν λέγεται περὶ του῀̣ α᾿̣νθρώπου, ῥηθείη ἂν καὶ περὶ τω῀̣ν ἀγγέλων καὶ περὶ τῶν τελείων ἀνδρῶν. ὅσα δ̣ὲ λέγεται περὶ τῆς θεότητος, οὐδὲ περὶ α᾿̣γ̣γ̣ε´̣λων οὐδὲ πε̣ρ̣ὶ ἀνθ̣ρ̣ω´̣πων ἁγίων ῥηθήσεται. οὐ λ̣έγω τινὰ τῶν γενητῶν σοφίαν εἶνα̣ι ἠ`̣ ἀπαύγασμα δόξης ἢ χαρακτῆρα τῆς θεικῆς ὑποστάσεως ἢ μονογενῆ τοῦ θεοῦ υἱόν. ὅσα δ̣ὲ λέγε̣ται ὡς π̣ερ̣ὶ ἀνθρώπου, ῥηθείη ἄν, οἷον· "ζητεῖτέ με ἀποκτεῖναι, ἄνθρωπον" ὄντα, "ὃς τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὑμῖν λελάληκα, ἣν ἤκουσα παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ". καὶ ἄλλοι πολλοὶ μαθόντες παρὰ το̣ῦ θεοῦ τη`̣ν ἀλήθειαν ἐλάλησαν. οὑ῀̣τ̣ος δὲ πλειόνως, οὗτος μειζόνως, ο̣ὗτος ἀσυνκρίτως. καὶ πάλιν· "ἐγὼ δὲ ὅτι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὑμῖν λέγω, οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι". καὶ ἄλλοι λέγο̣υσιν τὴν ἀλήθειαν· ἐὰν γὰρ δῶμεν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τὴν ἀλήθειαν εἶπεν ἢ αὐτ̣ὸς ὁ Χριστός, δίδο̣μ̣ε̣ν ε̣ι᾿̣ς̣ τὴν αἵρεσιν α᾿̣κ̣ο´̣νην τὴν ἀνώνυμον. ἔνι ἀνώνυμός τις αἵρεσις ἡ ἐξανατ̣εῖλ̣αι δοκοῦσα ἢ γεγονέναι ἐκ βιβλίων. καὶ πολλοὶ βίβλους, συντάξεις, ἔχουσιν καὶ τοῦτο λέγουσι̣ν̣, ὁ´̣τι οὐδέποτε ἐν ἀνθρώποις γέγονεν η῾̣ ἀλήθεια εἰ μὴ ἐπὶ τῇ ἐπιδημίᾳ τοῦ σωτῆρος· "ἡ χάρις" γ̣ὰρ "καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐγένετο". καὶ ὅρα ποῦ συνάγει αὐτοῖς ὁ λόγος· ἐπεὶ βούλον̣ται τὴν παλαιὰν γραφὴν μὴ ἐκ θεοῦ εἶναι μηδὲ τοὺς προφήτας, λέγουσιν, ὅτι οὐδέποτε ἡ ἀλήθεια ε̣ι᾿̣ς̣ α᾿̣νθρ̣ώπο̣υ̣ς ἐλήλυθεν εἰ μὴ τῆς ἐπιδημίας γεγενημένης. ταῦτα δὲ λέγοντες τὴν μίαν̣ θ̣ε̣ο´̣τ̣ητα δ̣ι̣ακο´̣πτουσιν καὶ ἄλλον λέγουσιν τὸν πρὸ τῆς ἐπιδημίας τὸν κοσμοποιόν̣, ἄλλον δε`̣ ζ̣ητ̣οῦσιν πατέρα Χ̣ριστοῦ. οὐ λέγομεν δὲ ἡμεῖς τοῦτο, ὅτι ποτὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια
The Eternity of Christ's Reign§3
3It has been hidden. It always sends out its own testimonies. Among men, however, it is a matter of either seeing it or not seeing it. And just as it happens to the perceptible sun that those with clouded eyes cannot see it, and we do not immediately say that the sun does not exist, so also we do not say that truth has never existed among men, lest we should disparage the Scripture.
And I say to you: if you bring me two different kinds of fruits, such as figs, because you divided them from the matter, it is necessary that other plants and other things also be. Therefore, it is impossible for the Gospel instruction to have made the truth into men, nor for the one called the old before the advent to have been enlightened according to the truth. They necessarily approached from different fruits and different qualities; not because there is a different divinity, but because of their strange beginning, this followed.
If, therefore, the Savior says: 'I am the truth' (John 14:6) and Shepherd and Door and the others, these names and what is signified by them are unshared from the natural ones. But if he says that 'I am a man', if it is said about him that he is righteous—'you killed the righteous one,' says Peter (Acts 7:52)—these names apply equally to both men and angels.
Take the same manner for me regarding a king; and since a king is something of a nature with the kingdom of the Word, unable to be either taken up or cast off, that itself is kingdom. And just as one is not called righteous because he possesses righteousness, but being righteousness itself, so also a king is not from appointment, but the king himself is from the King, as God is from God. He also has an acquired kingship, which he desired to have by appearing, so that he might also bring down those warring against the human race and bring them themselves into a lawful dominion, so that he might rule lawfully.
If, therefore, he says: 'I have been established king by him upon his holy Mount Zion' (Psalm 2:6), he is not speaking about the innate and eternal kingship, but about that which he received for our sake. And teaching is a kingship upon God. Thus, there was the teaching before the advent, which they said was spoken by him as a Word like God, and there is another for the sake of some. This, therefore, has a beginning and an end. For it has been said in...
To the twelve prophets: 'and the Lord shall reign from Zion from now and until the age'. The 'from' and 'until' signify time. But if it is said concerning a man that he reigns from this time and until that, it signifies a limited reign; for before the time from which his kingship began, he was not king, and at the end of the kingship, he is no longer king.
But concerning the Savior we do not say this, rather he reigned from the time from which he received authority through ordination, and he is no longer reigning when this reaches an end; for that end is through him. Just as divinity does not come to him through another, so neither does the kingship nor the holiness. 'God is our king before the age' (Ps 89:3). And the kingship before the age is through him.
Again: 'your kingdom is the kingdom of all the ages' (Rev 11:15). This is said of the Word God. The Word has neither a beginning having kingship nor an ending; for 'Lord' means 'reigning for the age and upon the age and yet more'. He was at a loss to signify the difference between time and age, and said 'and yet more'. We take 'yet more' thus: even if you take another age, he reigns yet more; even if another, yet more; even if all ages, yet more he reigns; from which it is shown that his beginning is without end; for the kingship which he had according to human kingship has sometimes ceased and has taken a beginning; but why is this kingship? Because of the salvation of the world, because of the removal of 'the sin of the world' (John 1:29).
And just as a physician is always a physician from the time he has the art, and as far as he practices it, he has a beginning and an end of being a physician, and for the one suffering, there is a beginning and an end of that physician being 'yet more', when he reaches a possible health and a possible recovery, so also you will say concerning teachers. There is a certain teacher from whom one has received knowledge. He becomes a teacher of this one when he comes to him; and when that one has been instructed and has fully taken up the knowledge like the teacher, he ceases to be his teacher. And it is a kind of virtue for a teacher to sometimes cease to be a teacher of this one; for having perfected them, he is no longer their teacher. But if he remains always a teacher of this one, no one is perfected according to the teaching of him. Therefore, hearing such things, those not understanding the Scriptures in this way—for example:
Greek · §3
ἐκρύβη. ἀεὶ τὰς μαρτυρίας ἑαυτῆς ε᾿̣κπ̣ε´̣μπ̣ει. παρὰ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους δὲ ἔστιν ἢ ὁρᾶν 2 αὐτὴν ἢ μὴ ὁρᾶν. καὶ ὡ´̣σπερ καὶ ἐπι`̣ τ̣οῦ αἰσθη̣του῀̣ ἡλίου συμβαίνει τὸν μύοντα τὰς ὄψεις μὴ ὁρᾶν, καὶ οὐκ ἤδη λέγομεν μὴ εἰ῀̣ναι τὸν ἡ´̣λιον, οὕτως οὐ λέγομεν ὅτι ποτὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐν ἀνθρώποις οὐ γέγ̣ονεν οὐ θέλοντες δια̣κ̣ο´̣ψ̣αι τὴν γραφήν. καὶ λέγω· ἐάν μοι ἀγάγῃς ἀκροδρύων δύο κ̣α̣ρ̣π̣ῶν, οἱ῀̣ον συκ̣ῆς καρπ̣ω῀̣ν, ἐπεὶ διεῖλες ἀπὸ τῆς ὕλης, ἀνάγκη καὶ φυτὰ ἕτερα καὶ ἕτερα εἶναι. οὕτω̣ τοίνυν ἀδύνατον τὴν 4 ευ᾿̣αγγελ̣ικὴν παίδευσιν τὴν ἀλήθειαν εἰς ἀνθρώπους ἠγιοχένα̣ι̣, τὴν δὲ πρὸ τῆς ἐπιδημίας τὴν καλουμένην παλαιὰν μὴ πεφωτικέναι κατὰ τὴν ἀλήθειαν. ἀναγκαίως προσήκαντο ἐκ τῶν διαφόρων καρπῶν καὶ διάφορον ποιότητα· οὐχ ὅτι ἔστιν διάφορος θεότης, ἀλλὰ τῇ ἐκείνων ἀτόπῳ ἀρχῇ τοῦτο ἠκολούθησεν. ἐὰν οὖν ὁ σωτὴρ λέγῃ· "ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθεια" καὶ ποιμὴν καὶ θύρα καὶ τὰ ἄλλα, ἀκοινώνητά εἰσιν ταῦτα τὰ ὀνόματα καὶ τὰ ὑφ' αὐτῶν σημαινόμενα πρὸς τοὺς γενητούς. ἐὰν δὲ λέγῃ ὅτι· "ἄνθρωπός εἰμι", ἐὰν λε´̣γ̣η̣ται περὶ αὐτοῦ ὅτι δίκαιός ἐστιν–"τὸν δίκαιον ἀπεκτείνατε", λέγει ὁ Πέτρος–, ταῦτα τὰ ὀνόματα συντρ̣οχάζει καὶ εἰς ἀνθρώπους καὶ ἀγγέλους. τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον λάβε μοι καὶ ἐπὶ βασιλέως· καὶ ἐπεὶ βασιλεὺς ἔστιν συνφυής τις τοῦ λόγου βασιλεία, οὐδὲ ἀναλημπτὴ οὐδὲ ἀποβληθη῀̣ναι δυναμένη, αὐτὸ τοῦτο βασιλεία ἐστίν. καὶ ὥσπερ οὐ λέγεται δίκαιος ἐκ τοῦ δικαιοσυ´̣νην ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ αὐτὸ δικαιοσύνη ὤν, οὕτω καὶ βασιλεὺς οὐκ ἐκ χειροτονίας εἶναι, ἀλλα`̣ αὐτὸ τὸ βασιλεὺς ἐκ βασιλέως, ὡς θεὸς ἐκ θεοῦ. ἔχει δὲ καὶ ἐπίκτητον βασιλείαν, ἣν ἠθέλησεν ἔχειν ε᾿̣πιδημῶν, ἵνα καὶ τοὺς πολεμοῦντας τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος καθέλῃ καὶ α̣υ᾿̣τ̣οὺς εἰς νομ̣ίμην̣ ἐπιστασίαν ἀγάγῃ ὥστε νομίμως βασιλεύεσθαι. ἐὰν οὖν λέγῃ· "ἐγὼ δὲ κατεστάθην βασιλεὺς ὑπ' αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ Σιὼν ὄρος τὸ ἅγιον αὐτοῦ", οὐ περὶ τῆς συμφυοῦς καὶ ἀιδίου βασιλείας λέγει, ἀλλὰ ἧς ἀνεδέξατο ἡμῶν ἕνεκα. ἔστιν δὲ ἐπὶ θεοῦ βασιλεία ἡ διδασκαλία. ἄλλη οὖν ἦν ἡ διδασκα̣λία ἡ πρὸ τῆς ἐπιδημίας ἣν ἔλεγον ὅτι κατ' αὐτὸν ὡς θεὸς λόγος πρ̣ο̣φ̣έρει, καὶ ἄλλη ἐστὶν ἡ τινῶν ἕνεκα. αὕτη οὖν ἀρχὴν καὶ τέλος ἔχει. εἴρηται γοῦν ἐν ἑνὶ τω῀̣ν δ̣ώδεκα προφητῶν· "καὶ κύριος βασιλεύσει ἐκ Σιὼν ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν καὶ ἕως τοῦ αἰῶνος". τὸ "ἀπὸ" κ̣α̣ι`̣ "ἕως" χρόνον σημαίνει̣. ἀλλὰ ἐὰν περὶ ἀνθρώπου λέγηται ὅτι ἀπὸ τοῦδε τοῦ χρόνου βασιλεύει καὶ ἕως τοῦδε, ἐλάττωσιν αὐτοῦ σημαίνει· πρὸ γὰρ τοῦ χρόνου ἀφ' οὗ τῆς βασιλείας ἤρξατο, οὐκ ἦν β̣ασιλεύς, καὶ σχούσης τέλος τῆς βασιλείας οὐκέτι βασιλεύς ἐστιν. π̣ερι`̣ τοῦ σωτῆρος δὲ οὐ τοῦτο λέγομεν, ἀλλὰ ἐβασίλευσεν ἀφ' οὗ ἡν ἐκ χειροτονίας ἔσχεν ἀρχήν, καὶ οὐκ̣έτι βασιλευ´̣ει, ὅταν αὕτη τέλ̣ο̣ς ἀπολάβῃ· ἐκείνη μὲν γὰρ δι' αὐτόν ἐστιν. ὡς ἡ θ̣εότης ο̣υ᾿̣ διὰ ἄλλον πρόσεστιν αυ᾿̣τῷ, οὕτως̣ οὐδ̣ὲ ἡ βασιλεία οὐδὲ ἡ ἁγιότης. "ὁ θεὸς βασιλεὺς ἡμῶν πρὸ αἰῶνος". ἡ δὲ π̣ρὸ αἰῶνος βασιλ̣ε̣ία δι' αὐτόν. πάλιν· "ἡ βασιλεία σου βασιλεία πάντων τῶν αἰώνων". τῷ θεῷ λόγῳ λέγεται τοῦτο. ὁ λόγος οὐδὲ ἀρχομένην ἔχει βασιλείαν οὐδὲ λήγ̣ουσαν· "κύριος" γὰρ "βασ̣ιλεύων τὸν αἰῶνα καὶ ἐπ' αἰῶνα καὶ ἔτι". ἠπόρησεν ἔτι σημᾶναι χρόνον καὶ αἰῶνα, κα̣ι`̣ ε̣ἰ῀̣π̣εν "καὶ ἔτι". το`̣ "ἐ´̣τι" ο̣ὕτω λαμβάνομεν· κἂν αἰῶνα λάβῃς ἄλλον, ἔτι βασιλεύει, κἂν ἄλλο̣ν̣, ἐ´̣τι, κἂν πάντας̣, ἐ´̣τ̣ι̣ βασιλεύει· ἐξ οὗ δείκνυται ἀτελεύτητος οὖσα αὐτοῦ ἡ ἀρχή· ἡ γὰρ βασιλεία ἣν κατὰ συνκατά5 βασιν ἔσχεν, καὶ πεπαύσεταί ποτε καὶ ἀρχὴν εἴληφεν· διά τι γάρ ἐστιν, διὰ τὴν τοῦ κόσμου σωτηρίαν, διὰ τὴν ἀφαίρεσιν "τῆς ἁμαρτίας τοῦ κόσμου". καὶ ὥσπερ ἰατρὸς ἀεὶ μὲν ἰατρός ἐστιν ἀφ' οὗ τὴν τέχνην ἔχει καὶ ἐς ὅσον δὲ αὐτὴν πράττει ἰατρὸς ἀρχὴν ἔχει καὶ τέλος, τοῦ δὲ κάμνοντος ἀρχὴν ἔχει καὶ τέλος τοῦ ἔτι ἐκείνου ἰατρὸς εἶναι, ὅταν εἰς εὔεικτον ὑγίειαν ἀχθῇ καὶ εἰς εὔεικτον ἕξιν, τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ περὶ διδαςκάλων ἐρεῖς. ἔστιν τις διδάσκαλος ἀφ' οὗ ἐπιστήμην ἀνείληφεν. γίνεται δὲ τοῦδε διδάσκαλος ὅταν προσέλθῃ αὐτῷ· καὶ ὅταν ἐκεῖνος παιδευθῇ καὶ ἄκρως ἀναλάβῃ τὴν ἐπιστήμην ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος, πέπαυται τοῦ εἶναι αὐτοῦ διδάσκαλος. καὶ ἀρετή ἐστίν πως διδασκάλου 3 τὸ ποτὲ παύσασθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ τῶνδε διδάσκαλος εἶναι· τελειώσας γὰρ αὐτούς, οὐ οὐκέτι. εἰ δὲ ἀεὶ μένοι διδάσκαλος τοῦδε, οὐδεὶς τελειοῦται κατὰ τὴν διδασκαλίαν ὑπ' αὐτοῦ. τοιαῦτα οὖν τινα ἀκούοντες, οὕτω μὴ ἐπιστάνοντες ταῖς γραφαῖς–οἷον·
The Kingly Joy and Reward§4
4"When the kingdom is handed over to God and Father," he no longer reigns in the same way; not that he ceases to reign entirely, but he no longer reigns thus. There, he is called both king and kingdom; for "Lord, the king shall rejoice in your power" (Ps 21:13). If we take this word regarding the Word of God, he himself is found to be both king and power; for "Christ is the power of God" (1 Cor 1:24), and "the power of the Most High"—who is this?—"overshadowed" (Luke 1:35) Mary, so that she might conceive and become the mother of the temple. Therefore, if we wish to receive power from the Word of God, we look for the king, the Lordly man. He rejoices in the power of God.
Has the success not occurred in those things in which it is necessary to rejoice and be glad? These successes have not happened by the power of the man, but from the power to the man. Likewise, Paul says the resurrection of the Savior happens in this way: "He was crucified in weakness, but lives by the power of God" (2 Cor 4:10). We do not say the life is living by the power of God, nor the power is living by the power of God. "Having been put to death in the flesh, he was made alive in the spirit." He is put to death in the flesh, not put to death in divinity. We understand these things said about the man because: "the king shall rejoice in your power" (Ps 21:13); for even if he has prevailed over wars and subjected them and "given authority to tread upon serpents and scorpions" (Luke 10:19), this has happened by power; for this power strengthened the existing temple and the king himself to become the "author of salvation" (Acts 3:15).
"You put to death the author of life" (Acts 3:15). He is first in all things; for he says, "so that he might become himself first in all things." He is second to no one, nor is anyone equal to him in common things. I say, then, that the affairs of the Lordly man and the holy men are common. But no one is equal to him, nor is he second to anyone; therefore he is called the leader. "Lord, the king shall rejoice in your power" (Ps 21:13). And this could be said of each individual queen according to God. Abraham was a private person regarding his immediate life, yet it is said he was a "king by God." Thus, he had another kingdom: to save the divine laws and the spiritual things.
For he who reigns thus, even if he does not rule others, rules himself; first himself, then others. Again: 'You have reigned without us; and it would have been better if you had also reigned, so that we too might reign with you.' Do not think, O Corinthians—for they were self-willed in this and thought greatly of themselves—he says: do not think that we envy you if you reign. We do not reign for your sake. God does not wish to complete us without you; for this reason we do not reign because you are not yet reigning. If, therefore, you reign, we are ready to reign.
Just as if certain people, being great men, were called to a banquet by the king. The philanthropy of the king called also those inferior to those present. He says: 'Let us not eat without them, so that they might not be left out, those coming later, to be feasted.' They also have those who arrived beforehand and were feasting previously. This also is said in Psalm 1: 'The righteous shall wait for me, until I repay them in kind' (Psalm 1:5). No one is said to wait by chance among those expecting to wait, but rather the one who has received the call, having a purpose to enjoy these things.
Every one of the saints, therefore, is a king. And they were saying that what is fitting for the Savior also fits the righteous, even if in a diminished and lesser way. He says therefore also concerning each saint: 'Lord, in your power the king shall be made glad.' And he did not say 'he rejoices,' but 'he shall be made glad.' When the time of gladness is, then he shall be made glad.
4 Therefore, this can also be said specifically concerning David and concerning his human and sensible kingship, that having ruled the kingdom well, he shall receive a reward upon it; for each one, when he has been entrusted with what, if he endures well, has a reward upon them. Becoming faithful over a little, he enters 'into the joy' (Matthew 25:21) of the neighbor and of God. 2 Lord, in your power the king shall be made glad. He speaks of the saving power that makes the king rejoice, according to how God is the Word. Previously it was said that the words must be taken just as the underlying things are, and not to force the things toward the meaning. With us, the name of power is being worn down. It signifies many things; I say power as equal to strength. I do not say thus the Savior of God...
Greek · §4
"ὅταν παραδιδῷ τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ θεῷ καὶ πατρί", οὐκέτι οὕτω βασιλεύει· οὐ γὰρ καθάπαξ οὐκέτι βασιλεύει, ἀλλ' οὕτως οὐκέτι βασιλεύει. ὀνομάζεται ἐκεῖ βασιλεὺς καὶ βασιλεία· "κύριε" γάρ, "ἐν τῇ δυνάμει σου εὐφρανθήσεται ὁ βασιλεύς". ἐὰν ἐπὶ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγου λάβωμεν τὴν λέξιν ταύτην, εὑρίσκεται αὐτὸς καὶ βασιλεὺς καὶ δύναμις· "Χριστὸς" γὰρ "θεοῦ δύναμις", καί· "δύναμις ἦν ὑψίστου"–οὗτός ἐστιν– "ἐπεσκίασεν" τὴν Μαρίαν, ἵνα κυοφορήσῃ καὶ μήτηρ γένηται τοῦ ναοῦ. ἐὰν οὖν θέλωμεν λαβεῖν τὴν δύναμιν ἐκ θεοῦ λόγου, τὸν βασιλέα τὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸν κυριακὸν ἐκδεχόμεθα. οὗτος δὲ εὐφραίνεται ἐν τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ δυνάμει. ἡ ἐπιδημία οὖν οὐ κατώρθωσεν ἐφ' οἷς χαίρειν καὶ γεγηθέναι δεῖ; ταῦτα δὲ τὰ κατορθώματα οὐ γέγονεν ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τῇ δυνάμει, ἀλλ' ἐκ τῆς δυνάμεως τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ. αὐτίκα γοῦν καὶ τὴν ἀνά στασιν τοῦ σωτῆρος οὕτω λέγει γίνεσθαι ὁ Παῦλος φάσκων· "ἐσταυρώθη ἐξ ἀσθενείας, ἀλλὰ ζῇ ἐκ δυνάμεως θεοῦ". μὴ τὴν ζωὴν λέγομεν ζῆν ἐκ δυνάμεως θεοῦ, μὴ τὴν δύναμιν ἐκ δυνάμεως θεοῦ ζῆν. "θανατωθεὶς" οὖν "σαρκί, ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι". θαν̣ατ̣ο̣ῦται σαρκί, οὐ θανατοῦται θεότητι. ἐκλαμβάνομεν οὖν περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ταῦτα εἰρῆσθαι ὅτι· "ἐν τῇ δυνάμει σου εὐφρανθήσεται ὁ βασιλεύς"· εἰ γὰρ καὶ περιγέγονεν πολεμίων καὶ ὑπέταξ̣εν αυ᾿̣τοὺς καὶ "ἐξουσίαν" τοῖς ἄλλοις "δέδωκεν πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων καὶ σκορπίων", δυνάμει τοῦτο γε´̣γ̣ο̣ν̣ε̣ν̣· αὐτ̣η`̣ γὰρ ἡ δύναμις ἐνίσχυσεν τὸν ναὸν ὄντα καὶ αὐτὸν βασιλέα πρὸς τὸ "ἀρχηγὸν τῆς σωτηρίας" γενέσθαι. "τὸν δὲ ἀρχηγὸν τῆς ζωῆς ἀπεκτείνατε". ἐν πᾶσιν πρωτεύει· "ἵνα γένηται" γ̣α´̣ρ, φησίν, "αὐτὸς ἐν πᾶσιν πρωτεύων". οὐδενὸς δεύτερός ἐστιν, οὐδὲ ἴσος τις αὐτοῦ ἐν τοῖς κοινοῖς. ἐ´̣λ̣ε̣γον δέ, ὅτι κοινά ἐστιν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τοῦ κυριακοῦ καὶ τῶν ἁγίων ἀνδρῶν τὰ πράγματα. οὐδεὶς δὲ οὔτε ἴσος αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ αὐτός τινος δεύτερός ἐστιν· διὸ καὶ ἀρχηγὸς λέγεται. "κύριε" οὖν, "ἐν τῇ δυνάμει σου εὐφρανθήσεται ὁ βασιλεύς". καὶ περὶ τῆς ἑκάστου βασιλίδος κατὰ θεὸν ῥηθείη ἂν τοῦτο. ὁ Ἀβραὰμ ἰδιώτης ἦν, ὅσον περὶ τὸν πρόχειρον βίον, καὶ εἴρηται "βασιλεὺς παρὰ θεοῦ" εἶναι. ἄλλην 6 ἄρα βασιλείαν εἶχεν τὸ θείους νόμους καὶ πνευματικοὺς σῴζειν. καὶ ὁ οὕτω βασιλεύων κἂν μὴ ἄλλων κρατῇ, ἑαυ τοῦ βασιλεύει· πρῶτον ἑαυτοῦ, εἶτα ἄλλων. πάλιν· "χωρὶς ἡμῶν ἐβασιλεύσατε· καὶ ὄφελόν γε καὶ ἐβασιλεύσατε, ἵνα καὶ ἡμεῖς ὑμῖν συνβασιλεύσωμεν". μὴ νομίσητε, ὠ῀̣ Κορίνθιοι– αὐθέκαστοι δὲ οὗτο̣ι ἦσαν καὶ μεγάλα περὶ ἑαυτῶν φρονοῦντες–λέγει· μὴ νομίσητε, ὅτι φθονοῦμεν ὑμῖν ἐὰν βασιλεύσητε. ἡμεῖς ὑμῶν ἕνεκα οὐ βασιλεύομεν. οὐ θέλει ὁ θεὸς χωρὶς ὑμῶν ἡμᾶς τελέσαι· διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ οὐ βασιλεύομεν ὅτι οὔπω ὑμεῖς βασιλεύετε. ἐὰν οὖν ὑμεῖς βασιλεύσητε, ἑτοίμως ἔχομεν τὸ βασιλεῦσαι. οἷον κεκλήσθωσάν τινες̣ ε̣ι᾿̣ς̣ εὐωχίαν παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως μεγάλοι τινὲς ὄντες. ἡ φιλανθρωπία τοῦ βασιλέω̣ς̣ ἐκάλεσεν καὶ ὑποδεεστέρους τῶν παρόντων. λέγει ὅτι· "μὴ φάγωμεν χωρὶς ἐκείνων, ἵνα μη`̣ λειφ̣θῶσιν λοιπὸν ἐκεῖνοι ἐλθόντες εὐωχηθῆναι". ἔχουσιν καὶ τοὺς προλαβόντας καὶ προηγ̣ο̣υμένως εὐωχουμένους. τοῦτο καὶ ἐν ψαλμῷ ἑνὶ λέγει· "ἐμὲ ὑπομενοῦσιν δίκαιοι, ἕως οὗ ἀνταποδῷς μοι". οὐδεὶς τυχὼν τῶν προσδοκουμένων ὑπομένειν λέγεται, ἀλλὰ ὁ μέντοι εἰληφώς, σκοπὸν δὲ ἔχων ἀπολαῦσαι τούτων. ἕκαστος τῶν ἁγίων οὖν βασιλεύς ἐστιν. καὶ ἔλεγον ὅτι τὰ ἁρμόζοντα τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἁρμόζει καὶ τοῖς δικαίοις, εἰ καὶ ἀπολειπομένως καὶ ἐλαττόνως. λέγει οὖν καὶ περὶ ἑκάστου ἁγίου· "κύριε, ἐν τῇ δυνάμει σου εὐφρανθήσεται ὁ βασιλεύς". καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν "εὐφραίνεται", ἀλλὰ "εὐφρανθήσεται". ὅταν ὁ καιρός ἐστιν τῆς εὐφροσύνης, τότε εὐφρανθήσεται. 4 δύναται οὖν καὶ περὶ τοῦ ∆αυὶδ ἰδικῶς τοῦτο λελέχθαι καὶ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης καὶ αἰσθητῆς, ὅτι καλῶς διοικήσας τὴν βασιλείαν μισθὸν ἐπ' αὐτῇ λήμψεται· ἕκαστος γὰρ ὅταν ἃ πιστευθῇ, καλῶς ἀνύσῃ, μισθὸν ἐπ' αὐτοῖς ἔχει. ἐπ' ὀλίγων πιστὸς γινόμενος, "εἰς τὴν χαρὰν" τοῦ πλησίον καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσέρχε̣τ̣α̣ι. 2 κύριε, ἐν τῇ δυνάμει σου εὐφρανθήσεται ὁ βασιλεύς. τὴν εὐφραινομένην τὸν βασιλέα δύναμιν σωτῆρα λέγει, καθὸ θεὸς λόγος ἐστίν. ἀρτίως ἔλεγον, ὅτι τὰς λέξεις οὕτως δεῖ λαμβάνειν ὡς ἔχει τὰ ὑποκείμενα πράγματα καὶ μὴ ἐκβιάζεσθαι τὰ πράγματα ἄγειν εἰς τὴν σημασίαν. παρ' ἡμῖν τέτριπται τὸ τῆς δυνάμεως ὄνομα. πολλὰ σημαίνει· λέγω δύναμιν τὴν ἴσην ἰσχύος. οὐχ οὕτω λέγω τὸν σωτῆρα θεοῦ
Kingship and the Distinction of Terms§5
5To have power. I say power means capacity. Someone might think that this is not contained in the Scripture. But it is contained: 'God is faithful, who will not let you be tempted beyond what you are able, but with the temptation he will make the way of escape to endure' (1 Cor 10:13). He speaks of capacity; for they say equal to equal. And thus the adversary has the power to endure and to receive the outcome of victory. See then, it is contained.
And again: 'the power of sin is the law' (Rom 7:7). The law is able and to be transgressed. It does not have it by actual operation. And well and timely the apostle has used this expression: 'the power of sin is the law'; for he wants us to be in the capacity of sin and not in the operation. If it had been said: 'the power of righteousness is the law', we would not have been righteous by operation, but in capacity. And being in capacity, we were unjust by operation. Thus the apostle set down the auspicious word; since it also has the power equally for both, for guarding and for transgressing; but because of what is advantageous.
And power also signifies capacity. And the king's camp also signifies it: 'he cast Pharaoh's chariots and his power into the sea' (Ex 15:1). 'A king is not saved by much power,' by much hand and camp. The Savior, therefore, apart from these things signified, is called the power of God; for by what word the Father is able, not having this from power, but from essence, and his essence, according to which he is able, might be called power, so also the Son. He says therefore: 'he was crucified in weakness, but lives by the power of God' (Rom 6:9). As far as it reached human weakness, he underwent the cross. Therefore this God was not able to undergo it, but man was able to suffer this. And indeed he has suffered, but by the power of God he lives. The power, therefore, of God is Christ, as he is God. 'In the power' therefore 'the king rejoices' (Rom 16:20). And the king was spoken of in more ways. We have said.
Kings are to be understood historically as David, by upward leading as the man from Mary, and by imitation and following as those who imitate him. And we have presented, from the epistle to the Corinthians, another kingship besides the immediate one.
'Lord,' therefore, 'in your power the king shall rejoice.' This is said either from the spirit-bearing man or from the Holy Spirit himself who happens to be in him; for when the Holy Spirit says 'Lord,' he says this not only of a man who is already released, but also when he prepares someone to be spirit-bearing. He is therefore the one saying, as in: 'the Lord says to my Lord' (Ps 110:1). And the Savior says: 'If in the Holy Spirit he said Lord, how is he his son?' (Matt 12:42). If he is his son, how is he a slave, and if a slave, how is he a son? He thus shows a certain relation and disposition; for even if the Savior says: 'the Lord created me' (John 10:36), he says it at the right time; for he did not say: 'the Lord begat me'; for to beget belongs to a father, but to create belongs to a lord. When he speaks concerning his own divinity, he does not say 'Lord,' but: 'I am in the Father and the Father in me' (John 10:30). 'I and my Father are one' (John 10:30). And 'Lord' and 'Father' are different things.
Often when we speak concerning a quality, we attribute the things of the quality to the quality, and the things of the quality to the one possessing it. I say that knowledge is to know. It is a falsehood to say that knowledge is ignorant. Opposites are found co-existing, knowledge and ignorance. And I say that the one who knows is knowing. Furthermore, many people often say that a physician ought not to be a lover of money. Then they say that medical science knows how to abstain from greed. He says the habit not apart from the one having it, nor the one having it apart from the habit. Therefore such things are common to both the one having and the one being had. And we have often presented from the teaching of the Apostle, that he calls 'love' the one having love; for when he says: 'love never behaves unseemly' (1 Cor 13:5).
Greek · §5
δύναμιν εἶναι. λέγω δύναμιν τὴν ἐπιτηδειότητα. δόξει μέν τις, ὥστε μὴ κεῖσθαι τοῦτο τὸ σημαινόμενον ἐν τῇ γραφῇ. κεῖται δέ. "πιστὸς ὁ θεός, ὃς οὐκ ἐάσει ὑμᾶς πειρασθῆναι ὑπὲρ ὃ δύνασθε, ἀλλὰ σὺν τῷ πειρασμῷ ποιήσει καὶ τὴν ἔκβασιν τοῦ δύνασθαι ὑπενεγκεῖν". τὴν ἐπιτηδειότητα λέγει· λέγουσιν γὰρ ἴσον ἴσῳ. καὶ οὕτως ἔχει δύναμιν ὁ ἀντίδικος ὑπενεγκεῖν καὶ ἔκβασιν νίκη̣ς̣ λαβεῖν. ἴδε οὖν, κεῖται. καὶ πάλιν̣· "ἡ δύναμις τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ νόμος". δύναται 7 ὁ νόμος καὶ παραβαθῆναι. οὐ κατ' ἐνέργειαν αὐτὸ ἔχει. καὶ καλῶς γε καὶ καιρίως ὁ ἀπόστολος κέχρηται τούτῳ τῷ ῥητῷ· "ἡ δύναμις τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ νόμος"· βούλεται γὰρ ἡμᾶς ἐν δυνάμει τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ μὴ ἐν ἐνεργείᾳ εἶναι. εἰ εἴρητο δέ· "ἡ δύναμις τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὁ νόμος", οὐκ ἦμεν κατ' ἐνέργειαν δίκαιοι, ἀλλ' ἐν δυνάμει. ἐν δυνάμει δὲ ὄντες κατ' ἐνέργειαν ἦμεν ἄδικοι. τὸ εὔφημον οὖν ἔθηκεν ὁ ἀπόστολος· ἐπεὶ καὶ εἰς ἀμφότερα ἐπ' ἴσης ἔχει τὴν δύναμιν, εἴς τε τὸ φυλάττεσθαι καὶ παραβαίνεσθαι· ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ ἐπωφελές. σημαίνει δὲ καὶ τὴν ἐπιτηδειότητα ἡ δύναμις. δηλοῖ δὲ καὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον τοῦ βασιλέως· "ἅρματα Φαραὼθ καὶ τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ ἔριψεν εἰς θάλασσαν". "οὐ σῴζεται βασιλεὺς διὰ πολλὴν δύναμιν", διὰ πολλὴν χεῖρα καὶ στρατόπεδα. ὁ σωτὴρ οὖν ἐκτὸς τούτων τῶν σημαινομένων λέγεται θεοῦ δύναμις· οἵῳ γὰρ λόγῳ ὁ πατὴρ δύναται οὐκ ἐκ δυνάμεως ἔχων τοῦτο, ἀλλ' ἐξ οὐσίας, ἡ οὐσία δὲ αὐτοῦ καθ' ἣν δύναται, δύναμις ῥηθείη, οὕτω καὶ ὁ υἱός. λέγει οὖν· "ἐσταυρώθη ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ, ἀλλὰ ζῇ ἐκ δυνάμεως θεοῦ". ὅσον ἧκεν εἰς τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ἀσθένειαν, ὑπέστη σταυρόν. θεὸς οὖν τοῦτον οὐκ ἠδύνατο ὑπομεῖναι, ἄνθρωπος δὲ οἷός τε ἦν τοῦτο παθεῖν. καὶ δὴ πέπονθεν, ἀλλ' ἐκ δυνάμεως θεοῦ ζῇ. ἡ δύναμις οὖν τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ Χριστός ἐστιν, καθὸ θεός ἐστιν. "ἐν τῇ δυνάμει" οὖν "εὐφραίνεται ὁ βασιλεύς". κατὰ πλείονας δὲ τρόπους ἐλέχθη ὁ βασιλεύς. εἰρήκαμεν κατ' ἱστορίαν τὸν ∆αυίδ, κατὰ ἀναγωγὴν τὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸν ἐκ τῆς Μαρίας, κατὰ μίμησιν καὶ ἀκολουθίαν αὐτοῦ καὶ τοὺς μιμητὰς αὐτοῦ βασιλέας εἶναι. καὶ παρεστήσαμεν ἀπὸ τῆς πρὸς Κορινθίους ἐπιστολῆς βασιλείαν ἄλλην παρὰ τὴν πρόσκαιρον. "κύριε" οὖν, "ἐν τῇ δυνάμει σου εὐφρανθήσεται ὁ βασιλεύς". λέγεται τοῦτο ἤτοι ἀπὸ τοῦ πνευματοφόρου ἀνδρὸς ἢ ἀπ' αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος τ̣οῦ τυγχάνοντος ἐν αὐτῷ· ὅταν γὰρ λέγῃ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα "κύριε", οὐ μόνον καὶ ἀπολελυ̣μένον ἀνθρώπου τοῦτο λέγει, ἀλλ' ὅταν πνευματοφόρον παρασκευάζῃ τινά. ἐκεῖνος οὖν ἐστιν ὁ λέγων, ὡς τό· "λέγει κύριος τῷ κυρίῳ μου". καὶ λέγει ὁ σωτήρ· "εἰ ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ κύριον αὐτὸν εἶπεν, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν"; εἰ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν, πῶς δοῦλός ἐστιν, καὶ εἰ δοῦλος, πῶς υἱός; σχέσιν οὖν τινα καὶ διάθεσιν δηλοῖ· καὶ γὰρ ὁ σωτὴρ ἐὰν λέγῃ· "κύριος ἔκτισέν με", καιρίως λέγει· μὴ γὰρ εἶπεν· "κύριος ἐγέννησέν με"· πατρὸς γάρ ἐστιν τὸ γεννᾶν, κυρίου δὲ τὸ κτίζειν. ὅταν περὶ τῆς θεότητος ἑαυτοῦ λέγῃ, οὐ λέγει "κύριον", ἀλλ'· "ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρὶ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί". "ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατήρ μου ἕν ἐσμεν". διάφοροι δέ εἰσιν κύριος καὶ πατήρ. πολλάκις ὅταν περὶ ποιοῦ λέγωμεν, τὰ τοῦ ποιοῦ καὶ 8 τῇ ποιότητι προσάπτομεν, καὶ τὰ τῆς ποιότητος καὶ τῷ ποιῷ. λέγω τὴν ἐπιστήμην 5 γιγνώσκειν. ψεῦδος δέ ἐστιν εἰπεῖν ὅτι ἀγνοεῖ ἡ ἐπιστήμη. συνύπαρκτα τὰ ἐναντία εὑρίσκεται, ἐπιστήμη καὶ ἄγνοια. λέγω δὲ καὶ τὸν ἐπιστήμονα γιγνώσκειν. ἔτι μὴν πολλάκις λέγουσίν τινες ὅτι οὐ δεῖ τὸν ἰατρὸν φιλάργυρον εἶναι. εἶτα λέγουσιν ὅτι οἶδεν ἡ ἰατρικὴ παραιτεῖσθαι φιλαργυρίαν. τὴν ἕξιν λέγει οὐ χωρὶς τοῦ ἔχοντος οὐδὲ τὸν ἔχοντα χωρὶς τῆς ἕξεως. κοινὰ οὖν ἐστιν τοῦ τε ἔχοντος καὶ τοῦ ἐχομένου τὰ τοιαῦτα. καὶ παρεστήσαμεν πολλάκις ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ ἀποστόλου διδασκαλίας, ὅτι ἀγάπην λέγει τὸν ἔχοντα τὴν ἀγάπην· ὅταν γὰρ λέγῃ· "ἡ ἀγάπη οὐδέποτε ἀσχημονεῖ,
Desire and Petition§6
6He calls the one possessing it by the name of possession. And I say indeed also concerning the one possessing love that it benefits. And it benefits by that benefit which love provides. If therefore I say that the holy one says this, such as the hymnodist, not separating the Holy Spirit from the one possessing it, nor do I say that the one possessing it says these things apart from the Holy Spirit. If then 'David in the Holy Spirit calls him Lord' (Ps 37:4), so also it is as a partaking, not being severed from the partaker, just as knowledge is not without the knower.
And 'he will rejoice exceedingly in your salvation' (Ps 103:5). The king, just as he is gladdened by power, so also rejoices exceedingly over salvation. And salvation and power are the same, being understood according to one or another conception. Power is that which sustains all things and leads all things thus as it thinks. So also it is salvation; for what he does, he does for the sake of salvation—what he does in men, he does for the sake of the salvation of men.
You gave him the desire of his soul. You know that the word 'himself' denotes authority, not merely the things adjacent. The desire of the soul is bad when, assuming a bad soul, one says 'soul'. But when I say that the soul itself has desire, I speak of its essential desire. The one using desire in this way sees nothing of the bad things, but of the good things; for he received the desiring faculty and the desire, so that he might pursue the beautiful things, so that he might enjoy the profitable things. If, therefore, it happens that he is a lover of silver of wealth, he did not receive the desire of his own soul, but the desire of the lover of silver. Great, therefore, is the happening of the desire of the soul, without adding 'the bad' to it. Indeed, in another psalm he also says: 'the one filling your desire with good things' (Ps 144:11). He speaks to the soul. It has been said to us many times in other places that adjacent words do not make an antithesis. If I say, 'the desire of the soul is good,' and again I say, 'the desire of the righteous is good,' the adjacent words do not make an antithesis. But if I say, 'the desire that is shameful, the desire that is evil, the desire of the unrighteous,' an antithesis is made. That desire is not simply of the soul, but of such a soul. Therefore, the adjacent words sometimes agree, and sometimes they contend and make an antithesis. Thus indeed it is said: 'every desire of a righteous man is good.'
There is no distinction between the desire of a righteous soul and the desire of a soul without addition. And he did not withhold the will of their lips, and this appears even regarding the sensible. If I say now: 'so much as a father desires his children to live well', because I have made a memory of a father, I want them to live well. But if I say: 'an evil father wants his children to do such things', I have removed paternal compassion. 'With desire I have desired to eat this Passover with you' (Luke 22:15). And the 'with desire' and 'I have desired' is in such a way as: 'rightly I pursued the righteous', the worthy of being desired. And there is sometimes to desire and also the unworthy of being desired, as it says: 'passion, an evil desire'. An evil desire is not a thing to be desired, just as a pseudo-good is not called heretical, even if some call it so.
3 And he did not withhold his lips' petition from him. If the word is about the one from Mary, it is clear that he brings a petition for those for whom he has come to save. You have indeed: 'wherefore also he is able to save to the perfection, always living to intercede for them'. 6 He always lives in interceding. And take 'always' thus: as much as they need, entreating and mediating. 'And if anyone sins, we have a counselor toward the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous' (1 John 2:1). And since the others also run to the teacher with this haste, they also want to intercede for those for whom they were entrusted, not setting their own prior intercession, but following the justification of the one calling them to imitation. According to all the rewards of the king, it is necessary to be careful not to be deprived of his petition. For example, when we speak about the one ruling sensorially, saying that the petition of his lips was not withheld, but it happened in the outcome, we signify his praise. Even if we speak about the saints—for they too are called kings—and there is great praise for them, it is when their petition is well-received. For 'the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous, and his ears to their petition' (Psalm 34:15), and: 'he hearkens to the prayers of the righteous' (Psalm 34:17).
3 Dipsalmos. 10 The 'dipsalmos' is found nowhere, neither in the Hebrew scriptures, especially in the Psalms. But this also lies in the song of Habakkuk. Those knowing the dialect are able to say what it means.
Greek · §6
οὐ περπερεύεται", τὸν ἔχοντα τῷ ὀνόματι τῆς ἕξεως καλεῖ. καὶ λέγω γε καὶ περὶ τοῦ ἔχοντος τὴν ἀγάπην ὅτι ὠφελεῖ. ὠφελεῖ δὲ ἐκείνην τὴν ὠφέλειαν ἣν ἡ ἀγάπη παρέχει. ἐὰν τοίνυν λέγω ὅτι ὁ ἅγιος λέγει τοῦτο, οἷον ὁ ὑμνῳδός, οὐ χωρίζων τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ἀπὸ τοῦ ἔχοντος, οὐδὲ τὸν ἔχοντα λέγω ὅτι χωρὶς τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος ταῦτα λέγει. εἰ οὖν "∆αυὶδ ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ κύριον αὐτὸν καλεῖ", οὕτω δὲ ὡς μετεχόμενον, οὐκ ἀπεζευγμένον ἀπὸ τοῦ μετέχοντος, ὡς οὐδὲ ἡ ἐπιστήμη χωρὶς τοῦ ἐπιστήμονος. 2 καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ σωτηρίῳ σου ἀγαλλιάσεται σφόδρα. ὁ βασιλεὺς ὥσπερ εὐφραίνεται ἐπὶ τῇ δυνάμει, οὕτως ἀγαλλιᾷ σφόδρα καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ σωτηρίῳ. τὸ σωτήριον δὲ καὶ ἡ δύναμις ταὐτόν ἐστιν κατὰ ἄλλην καὶ ἄλλην ἐπίνοιαν λαμβανόμενον. ἡ δύναμίς ἐστιν πάντα ὑφιστῶσα καὶ πάντα οὕτως ἄγουσα ὡς αὐτῇ δοκεῖ. οὕτω καὶ σωτήριόν ἐστιν· ἃ γὰρ ποιεῖ, σωτηρίας ἕνεκα ποιεῖ, ἃ ποιεῖ ἐν ἀνθρώποις, καὶ τῆς ἀνθρώπων σωτηρίας χάριν ποιεῖ. 3 τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ ἔδωκας αὐτῷ. οἶδας ὅτι τὸ "αὐτὸς" ὄνομα τὴν αὐθεντίαν δηλοῖ, οὐ τὰ προσπεφυκότα. ψυχῆς ἐπιθυμία φαύλη ἐστίν, ὅταν ὦ ψυχὴν φαύλην ὑποθέμενος. ὅταν δὲ αὐτὴν τὴν ψυχὴν εἴπω ἐπιθυμίαν ἔχειν, τὴν οὐσιώδην αὐτῆς ἐπιθυμίαν λέγω. ὁ ταύτῃ χρώμενος τῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ οὐδενὸς ἐρᾷ τῶν φαύλων, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἀγαθῶν· καὶ γὰρ ἔλαβεν τὸ ἐπιθυμητικὸν καὶ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν, ἵνα τὰ καλὰ μεταδιώκῃ, ἵνα ὀρέγηται τῶν ἐπωφελῶν. ἐὰν οὖν, φέρε, φιλάργυρος τύχῃ πλούτου, οὐ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τῆς ψυχῆς ἑαυτοῦ ἔλαβεν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τοῦ φιλαργύρου. μέγα οὖν ἐστιν τὸ τυχεῖν τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ψυχῆς, οὐ προστιθεμένης "τῆς φαύλης". ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ ἐν ἄλλῳ̣ ψαλμῷ λέγει· "τὸν ἐνπινπλῶντα ἐν ἀγαθοῖς τὴν ἐπι9 θυμίαν σου". τῇ ψυχῇ λέγει. πολλάκις εἴρηται ἡμῖν ἐν ἄλλοις ὅτι τὰ προσκείμενα οὐ ποιοῦσιν ἀντίφασιν. ἐὰν λέγω· "ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῆς ψυχῆς ἀγαθή ἐστιν", ἔνπαλιν λέγω· "ἡ ἐπιθυμία τοῦ δικαίου ἀγαθή ἐστιν", τὸ προσκείμενον οὐ ποιεῖ ἀντίφασιν. λέγω· "ἡ ἐπιθυμία ἡ αἰσχρά, ἡ ἐπιθυμία ἡ κακή, ἡ τοῦ ἀδίκου", ἀντίφασις γίνεται. οὔκ ἐστιν ψυχῆς ἁπλῶς ἐκείνη ἐπιθυμία, ἀλλὰ τοιᾶσδε ψυχῆς. τὰ προσκείμενα οὖν ὁτὲ συναληθεύει, ὁτὲ δὲ μάχεται καὶ ἀντίφασιν ποιεῖ. οὕτω γοῦν εἴρηται· "ἐπιθυμία δικαίου πᾶσα ἀγαθή". ταὐτόν ἐστιν σχεῖν ἐπιθυμίαν δικαίας ψυχῆς καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν ψυχῆς ἄνευ προσθήκης. καὶ τὴν θέλησιν τῶν χειλέων αὐτῶν οὐχ ὑστέρησας καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν αἰςθητῶν δὲ τοῦτο φαίνεται. ἐὰν λέγω ἄρτι ὅτι· "ἐπιθυμεῖ ὅσδε ὁ πατὴρ τὰ τέκνα ἑαυτοῦ εὖ διάγειν", ἐπεὶ πατρὸς μνήμην πεποίημαι, τὸ εὖ διάγειν αὐτὰ βούλομαι. ἐὰν δὲ εἴπω ὅτι· "ὁ κακὸς πατὴρ θέλει τοιῶσδε τὰ τέκνα ἑαυτοῦ πράττειν", ἀνῄρησα πατρικὰ σπλάγχνα. "ἐπιθυμίᾳ ἐπεθύμησα τοῦτο τὸ πάσχα φαγεῖν μεθ' ὑμῶν". τὸ "ἐπιθυμίᾳ" δὲ "ἐπεθύμησα" οὕτως ὡς τό· "δικαίως τὸ δίκαιον ἐδίωξα", τὸ ἄξιον τοῦ ἐπιθυμεῖσθαι. ἔστιν δέ ποτε ἐπιθυμῆσαι καὶ τὸ ἀνάξιον τοῦ ἐπιθυμεῖσθαι, ὡς λέγει· "πάθος, ἐπιθυμίαν κακήν". ἡ κακὴ ἐπιθυμία οὔκ ἐστιν ἐπιθυμητή, ὡς οὐδὲ τὸ ψευδώνυμον ἀγαθὸν αἱρετὸν λέγεται, κἂν αἱρῶνταί τινες αὐτό. 3 καὶ τὴν δέησιν τῶν χειλέων αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἐστέρησας αὐτόν. ἐὰν περὶ τοῦ ἐκ Μαρίας ᾖν ὁ λόγος, φανερὸν ὅτι αἴτησιν προσάγει ὑπὲρ ὧν ἐλήλυθεν σῶσαι. ἔχεις γοῦν· "ὅθεν καὶ σῴζειν εἰς τὸ παντελὲς δύναται, ὑπὲρ ζῶν πάντοτε εἰς τὸ ἐντυγχάνειν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν". 6 ἀεὶ ζῇ ἐν τῷ ἐντυγχάνειν. τὸ "ἀεὶ" δὲ οὕτω λάβε· ἐς ὅσον χρῄζουσιν παρακαλοῦντος καὶ διαιτητοῦ. "καὶ ἐάν τις ἁμάρτῃ, παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν δίκαιον". εἶτ' ἐπεὶ ταύτῃ τῇ σπουδῇ συντρέχουσιν τῷ διδασκάλῳ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι, κἀκεῖνοι βούλονται παρακαλεῖν ὑπὲρ ὧν ἐνεχειρίσθησαν, οὐ προηγουμένην τὴν ἑαυτῶν παράκλησιν τιθέμενοι, ἀλλ' ἑπο μένην τῇ δικαιώσει τοῦ εἰς μίμησιν αὐτοὺς καλοῦντος. κατὰ πάσας οὖν τὰς ἀποδόσεις τοῦ βασιλέως ἐκλημπτέον δεῖ τὸ μὴ ἐστερῆσθαι τὴν δέησιν αὐτοῦ. οἷον ὅταν περὶ τοῦ αἰσθητῶς βασιλεύοντος λέγωμεν ὅτι ἡ δέησις τῶν χειλέων αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἐστερήθη, ἀλλ' ἐν ἐκβάσει γέγονεν, ἔπαινον αὐτοῦ σημαίνομεν. κἂν περὶ τῶν ἁγίων εἴπωμεν–εἴρηνται γὰρ καὶ αὐτοὶ βασιλεῖς–, καὶ ἐκείνων μέγας ἔπαινός ἐστιν, ὅταν ἡ δέησις αὐτῶν εὐπρόσδεκτος ᾖ. "ὀφθαλμοὶ" γὰρ "κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους, καὶ ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν". καί· "εὐχαῖς δικαίων ἐπακούει". 3 διάψαλμα. 10 οὐ φέρεται οὐδαμοῦ τὸ "διάψαλμα" ἢ ἐν ταῖς Ἑβραικαῖς γραφαῖς, μάλιστα ἐν τοῖς ψαλμοῖς. κεῖται δὲ καὶ ἐν τῇ ᾠδῇ τοῦτο τοῦ Ἁμβακούμ. οἱ τὴν διάλεκτον ἐπιστάμενοι ὑπὲρ πάντας δύνανται εἰπεῖν τί σημαίνει.
The Precious Stones of Virtue§7
7However, we speak of what has come to us. Those who say that it signifies a change of face are lying; for we have found changes of faces in the psalms even without the diapsalma. Again, they say that the diapsalma signifies a certain interval—for example, saying 'he ceased and at another time he began'—and this diapsalma signifies a chronological interval. But we cannot say this; for there is no indication that he spoke these verses of the psalm after another time.
But those who have conversed with the Hebrew readings say that this is a musical rhythm, just as they say rhythms and melodies in musical matters. Therefore, these things are not for us to know, but for those who have conversed with the dialect. In every dialect, indeed, it is possible to be appropriate to music. There is no music or rhythm when sounds are arranged unharmoniously. Sometimes I think I know the letters and can comment on the readings. And if we see something in a garden, which a farmer names because we do not know it, we learn from him, and not already, not devaluing learning, we remain uneducated from this. So, even if we do not know the Hebrew dialect, we have heard that it signifies a musical rhythm according to the Hebrew dialect.
'For you have preceded him in blessings of goodness' (Psalm 21:3). God has preceded the king in all interpretations in blessings of goodness. The 'you have preceded in blessings' is equal to: 'While you are still speaking I will say: behold, I am here' (Psalm 40:2). For example, suppose a certain prayer is being sent up concerning living well, concerning having virtue; it says: 'while you are still speaking,' not yet having fulfilled the word of the prayer, because of the giving, I say I am present.
The 'of goodness' we take here as 'of kindness'; for often we take the 'good' as if toward slander: 'evil characters make the conversations bad,' instead of the pleasant, the kind. And the pleasant itself is taken even regarding praise, when someone has a good character, and regarding the pleasant. Likewise also the innocent: 'for through the good-speaking they deceive the hearts of the innocent.' And also: 'the innocent believes every word.' 'You have set upon his head a crown of precious stone.' If this is said concerning the Lord's man, this crown is that which is placed upon the head...
A crown is woven from his precious stones, that is, from virtues or those possessing virtues. Within the weaving of this crown lie those stones being built up with gold and silver upon the foundation, Christ. It is clear, however, that neither gold, nor silver, nor the stones are taken according to physical sense.
Even regarding each king, such as Abraham was, or as the other saints are, we say this: just as the ruler of Tyre, when he lived well, was placed among the Cherubim in the holy mountain of God, when it was a 'seal of likeness' and a 'crown of beauty,' he was not bound by perceptible stones; rather, one is crowned from such stones. For instance, Joseph contended regarding temperance. Temperance is a precious stone. These virtues crowned him, as well as Susanna and the martyrs. And since virtues follow one another, and he who has one has all, the woven crown is not a single stone. Therefore, 'from a precious stone you placed a crown upon his head.' The 'precious' pertains to that which the precious thing is. We call these stones here, such as pearls and hyacinths and the others, precious, because they are also stones distinct from those. Since, therefore, these great stones are kinds of virtue, behold, these stones are precious and surpass all those appearing to be so in the world.
And that the disciples of the teachers are crowns, Paul taught: 'my joy and crown,' addressing the church that discipled him. 'On that day the Lord of Sabaoth will be the crown of hope.' The material of this crown is the Lord of Sabaoth; for 'the Lord of Sabaoth will be the crown of hope.' And since anyone being there cannot yet have a perfect participation in God, but this will happen when 'God becomes all in all,' becoming a fire perfected in all, in the final desired one; for this reason he called it a crown of hope. For if we are to know Him then, when we see Him as He is, and when we see Him by seeing Him as He is, when we have reached the end, this crown is of hope. It is of end-hope, it is that which we await. 'She sought life from you, and you gave it to him.' We say that the Savior acts according to the man—if indeed
Greek · §7
ὅμως δὲ τὰ ἐλθόντα εἰς ἡμᾶς λέγομεν. εἰσὶν οἱ λέγοντες ὅτι μεταβολὴν προσώπου σημαίνει. ψεῦδος δέ ἐστιν· εὑρήκαμεν γὰρ μεταβολὴν π̣ροσώπων ἐν τοῖς ψαλμοῖς καὶ ἄνευ τοῦ διαψάλματος. πάλιν λέγουσιν ὅτι τὸ διάψαλμα διάστασίν τινα σημαίνει–οἷον λέγων ἐπαύσατο καὶ ἄλλῳ καιρῷ ἤρξατο–, καὶ τοῦτο σημαίνει τὸ διάψαλμα, τὴν διάστασιν τὴν χρονικήν. τοῦτο δὲ οὐκ ἔχομεν εἰπεῖν· οὐ γὰρ κεῖται ὅτι τούσδε τοὺς στίχους εἰρηκὼς τοῦ ψαλμοῦ μετὰ χρόνον ἄλλον εἶπεν. οἱ μέντοι ἠρέμα ὁμιλήσαντες τοῖς Ἑβραικοῖς ἀναγνώςμασιν τοῦτο λέγουσιν ὅτι ῥυθμός ἐστιν μέλους μουσικοῦ, καὶ ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς μουσικοῖς λέγουσιν ῥυθμοὺς καὶ μέλη. ταῦτα οὖν οὐχ ἡμῶν εἰδέναι, ἀλλὰ τῶν τῇ διαλέκτῳ ὁμιλησάντων. ἐν πάσῃ γοῦν διαλέκτῳ δύναται κατάλληλος εἶναι μουσικῇ. οὐδὲν δέ ἐστιν μουσικὴ ἢ ῥυθμὸς φθόγγων εὐρύθμως συνκειμένων. ἐνίοτε δοκῶ εἰδέναι γράμματα καὶ ἀναγνώσμασιν σχολάζειν. καὶ ἐὰν ἴδωμέν τι ἐν κήπῳ, ᾗ ὀνομαζόμενον παρὰ γεωργοῦ ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἴσμεν, παρ' αὐτοῦ μανθάνομεν καὶ οὐκ ἤδη, μὴ ἀπαξιοῦντες μαθεῖν, ἀπὸ τοῦδε μένομεν ἀπαίδευτοι. οὕτω οὖν εἰ καὶ μὴ ἴσμεν τὴν διάλεκτον τὴν Ἑβραικήν, ἀλλ' ἠκούσαμεν, ὅτι ῥυθμὸν μουσικὸν σημαίνει κατὰ τὴν διάλεκτον τὴν Ἑβραίαν. 4 ὅτι προέφθασας αὐτὸν ἐν εὐλογίαις χρηστότητος. τὸν βασιλέα κατὰ πᾶσαν ἑρμηνείαν προέφθασεν ὁ θεὸς ἐν εὐλογίαις χρηστότητος. τὸ "προέφθασας ἐν εὐλογίαις" ἴσον ἐστὶν τῷ· "ἔτι σοῦ λαλοῦντος ἐρῶ· ἰδοὺ πάρειμι". οἷον, φέρε, εὐχήν τις ἀναπέμπει περὶ τοῦ εὖ διάγειν, περὶ τοῦ ἀρετὴν ἔχειν· λέγει ὅτι· "ἔτι σοῦ λαλοῦντος", οὔπω πληρώσαντος τὸν λόγον τῆς εὐχῆς, διὰ τοῦ δοῦναι λέγω παρεῖναι. τὸ "χρηστότητος" ὧδε "ἀγαθότητος" λαμβάνομεν· πολλάκις γὰρ καὶ τὸ χρηστὸν ὡς ἐπὶ διαβολῇ λαμβάνομεν· "φθείρουσιν ἤθη χρης τὰ ὁμιλίαι κακαί", ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐπιπόλαια, εὐήθη. καὶ αὐτὸ μὲν τὸ εὔηθες λαμβάνεται καὶ ἐπὶ ἐπαίνου, ὅταν εὖ τις ἦθος ἔχῃ, καὶ ἐπὶ ἐπιπολαίου. ὡσαύτως καὶ τὸ ἄκακον· "διὰ" γὰρ "τῆς χρηστολογίας ἐξαπατῶσιν τὰς καρδίας τῶν ἀκάκων". καὶ ἔτι· "ἄκακος πιστεύει παντὶ λόγῳ". 4 ἔθηκας ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ στέφανον ἐκ λίθου τιμίου. ἐὰν περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τοῦ κυριακοῦ τοῦτο λέγηται, ὁ στέφανος οὗτος ὁ ἐπιτεθησόμενος τῇ κεφαλῇ αὐτοῦ ἐκ λί 11 θων τιμίων πλέκεται, ἤτοι τῶν ἀρετῶν ἢ τῶν ἐχόντων τὰς ἀρετάς. ἐν τῇ πλοκῇ τούτου τοῦ στεφάνου κεῖνται ἐκεῖνοι οἱ λίθοι οἱ ἐποικοδομούμενοι μετὰ χρυσίου καὶ ἀργυρίου ἐπὶ τὸν θεμέλιον Χριστόν. φανερὸν δὲ ὅτι οὐδὲ ὁ χρυσὸς οὐδὲ ὁ ἄργυρος οὐδὲ οἱ λίθοι κατὰ αἴσθησιν λαμβάνονται. ἐὰν δὲ καὶ περὶ ἑκάςτου βασιλέως, ὡς ὁ Ἀβραὰμ ἦν, ὡς οἱ ἄλλοι εἰσὶν ἅγιοι, λέγομεν ὅτι· ὥσπερ ὁ ἄρχων Τύρου, ὅτε εὖ διῆγεν, μετὰ τῶν Χερουβὶν ἐντέθειτο ἐν ὄρει τῷ ἁγίῳ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅτε "ἀποσφράγισμα 7 ὁμοιώσεως" ἦν καὶ "στέφανος κάλλους", οὐκ αἰσθητοῖς λίθοις ἐνδέδετο, ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων̣ λίθων στεφανοῦταί τις. φέρε, ὁ Ἰωσὴφ ἤθλησεν περὶ σωφροσύνης. ἡ σωφροσύνη λίθος τίμιός ἐστιν. αὗται αὐτὸν ἐστεφάνωσαν καὶ τὴν Σωσάνναν καὶ τοὺς μάρτυρας. καὶ ἐπεὶ ἀντακολουθοῦσιν αἱ ἀρεταὶ ἑαυταῖς καὶ ὁ μίαν ἔχων καὶ πάσας ἔχει, ὁ πλεκόμενος στέφανος οὐκ εἷς λίθος ἐστίν. "ἐκ λίθου" οὖν "τιμίου ἔθηκας ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ στέφανον". πρόσκειται δὲ τὸ "τιμίου". τῶν πρὸς τί ἐστιν τὸ τίμιον. τοὺς ὧδε λίθους τούτους, οἷον μαργαρίτας καὶ ὑακίνθους καὶ τὰ ἄλλα, τιμίους λέγομεν, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἄλλοι εἰσὶν λίθοι πρὸς διαφορὰν ἐκείνων. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν καὶ οὗτοι οἱ μεγάλοι λίθοι τὰ εἴδη τῆς ἀρετῆς εἰσιν, ἰδοὺ τίμιοί εἰσιν οὗτοι οἱ λίθοι καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐν κόσμῳ δοκούντων εἶναι ὑπερέχουσιν. καὶ ὅτι οἱ μαθηταὶ τῶν διδασκάλων στέφανοί εἰσιν, ἐδίδαξεν ὁ Παῦλος· "χαρὰ καὶ στέφανός μου", προσφωνῶν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τῇ μαθητευσάσῃ αὐτῷ. "τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ ἔσται κύριος σαβαὼθ ὁ στέφανος τῆς ἐλπίδος". ἡ ὕλη τοῦ στεφάνου τούτου κύριος σαβαώτ ἐστιν· "ἔσται" γὰρ "κύριος σαβαὼτ ὁ στέφανος τῆς ἐλπίδος". καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐνταῦθά τις ὢν οὔπω δύναται καὶ τελείαν ἔχειν μετουσίαν θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τότε γενήσεται τοῦτο, ὅταν "ὁ θεὸς πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν" γένηται πῦρ τελεῖται τῷ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν, τῷ ἐσχάτῳ ὀρεκτῷ, διὰ τοῦτο στέφανον ἐλπίδος αὐτὸν εἶπεν· εἰ γὰρ τότε γνωσόμεθα αὐτόν, ὅταν ἴδωμεν αὐτὸν καθώς ἐστιν, τότε δὲ καθώς ἐστιν ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν ὁρῶμεν, ὅταν εἰς τὸ τέλος φθάσωμεν, ἐλπίδος ἐστὶν ὁ στέφανος οὗτος. τέως ἐλπίδος ἐστίν, προσδοκώμενός ἐστιν. 5 ζῳὴν ᾐτήσατό σε, καὶ ἔδωκας αὐτῷ. ἐλέγομεν ὅτι ὁ σωτὴρ κατὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον–ἐὰν δὲ
The Nature of Blessed Life§8
8I say 'according to man', do not divide him from the Word—because he is a 'Paraclete' 'towards the Father' (John 14:16). Neither is the Word without the man, nor the man without the Word, but the one joined from both becomes a Paraclete and 'living always to intercede on their behalf' (1 John 2:1) intercedes. Therefore he asks for that life which he wants to be made alive by. And through him the life-giving happens; for he was 'slain in the flesh and made alive in spirit' (Romans 8:11). And the soul of Jesus is not life, but has the living by God measuring and granting it; and all the other souls, as to say each one: 'my soul lives by him'. The soul has a value according to immortality. But 'to live toward God' bears fruit from that which is upon us, just as living again by sin is from that which is upon us.
Length of days into an age and into the age of the age. Again, the length of days we are not able to take up explicitly. But 'into the age' he says 'and into the age of the age'. And these days which are given and become by the sun, are called in this one age only. And it has been said also: 'when will these things be, and what is the sign of your presence and the consummation of the age?' (Matthew 24:3); and: 'until the consummation of this age'. And 'in the days' of the age, if the Scriptures say, they say the days of the age. This one who asked is great and did not send a prayer about a small and indifferent thing, so that even his prayer is remembered, nor about these days which pass by the sun and moon. Otherwise, therefore, these things are to be considered. And it is owed to note that in the Scriptures many times such things fall away and seem as impossible.
'Honor', he says, 'your father and your mother, so that it may go well with you and you may be long-lived on the earth' (Exodus 20:12). But not always the one honoring parents remains for many years in the land. Many younger ones are transferred. For it has been said in the Wisdom of Solomon about such things: 'he was snatched away, not by wickedness, but his understanding changed or deceit deceived his soul' (Wisdom 4:13). And he says that: 'having been perfected in a little while, he filled long ages'. And he says that prudence is great and old age is an uncorrupted life. But if uncorrupted life is old age, it does not consist of days, but of virtue; differently it must be taken.
the days. Therefore, 'he asked you for life' is not so that he himself might live, but so that those for whom he offers the prayer might. Concerning life, we are not speaking of the common kind, but that which is according to virtue. He who has not known sin, nor even done it, nor even held a guile in his heart, did not have a mortality extending toward the blessed life. Therefore, asking for life, he did not ask for himself, but he wants that to be given to them for whom he offers the petition; for he is 'living always to the point of encountering' those who are to have life through him.
Therefore, 'he asked you for life, and you gave it to him.' He says this to God, either the psalmist or the Holy Spirit within him. And it is a great testimony when, having sent up the prayer, he receives the requests. So you gave it to him, 'length of days for ever and ever unto the age of ages.' The saints do not wish at all to have a long-lasting common life in this life. For instance, he says, 'it is better to dissolve and be with Christ' (Phil 1:23). And again: 'Woe, that my sojourn has been lengthened' (Ps 119:18). 'I am a stranger in a land' (Gen 23:4).
He who is 'a stranger and a sojourner' has a longing and a goal to depart from the sojourn, in order to dwell in the appropriate place. Just as the life indicated there is not a common life, which even impious men and irrational animals live, so also 'length of days' does not mean a long-lasting life, but 'length of days,' just as he who honored his parents will be long-lasting and long-lived. And in Deuteronomy it is said: 'This is your life and this is the length of days,' of 'loving the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul' (Deut 6:5). Behold, even the length of days is that of one loving Him with all the soul and all the power and all the longing.
Therefore, 'length of days unto the age.' These things can be taken regarding the blessed life in this way: for there is a life which is the same as the knowledge concerning God. When it was being said: 'And this is the eternal life, that they may know you, the only true God, and Him whom you sent, Jesus Christ' (John 17:3), this life is the knowledge concerning the Father and the Son. And again: 'He who believes in me has eternal life' (John 6:47). He who believes in the Savior does not have a common life. The impious are often found to be more long-lasting than the diligent. They...
Greek · §8
"κατὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον" λέγω, μὴ διαίρει αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ λόγου–, ὅτι "παράκλητός" ἐστιν "πρὸς τὸν πατέρα". οὐδὲ ὁ λόγος χωρὶς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐδὲ ὁ ἄνθρωπος χωρὶς τοῦ λόγου, ἀλλ' αὐτὸς ὁ κεκραμένος ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων γίνεται παράκλητος καὶ "ζῶν πάντοτε εἰς τὸ ἐντυγχάνειν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν" παρακαλεῖ. αἰτεῖται οὖν ζωὴν ἐκείνην ἣν βούλεται ζωογονηθῆναι. δι' αὐτοῦ δὲ ἡ ζωοποίησις γίνεται· "θανατωθεὶς" γὰρ "σαρ12 κὶ ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι". καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ οὔκ ἐστιν ζωή, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ ἐπ̣ιμετροῦντος καὶ χαριζομένου τὸ ζῆν ἔχει· καὶ πᾶσαι δὲ αἱ ἄλλαι ψυχαί, ὡς ἕκαστον λέγειν· "ἡ ψυχή μου αὐτῷ ζῇ". τὸ ζῆν κατὰ ἀθανασίαν ἡ ψυχὴ ἔντιμον ἔχει. τὸ δὲ "τῷ θεῷ ζῆν" ἐκ τοῦ ἐφ' ἡμῖν καρποῦται, ὡς τὸ ζῆν πάλιν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἐκ τοῦ ἐφ' ἡμῖν ἐστιν. 5 μακρότητα ἡμερῶν εἰς αἰῶνα καὶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος. πάλιν τὴν μακρότητα τῶν ἡμερῶν οὐ δυνάμεθα ἐπὶ ῥητοῦ λαβεῖν. "εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα" δὲ λέγει "καὶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος". αἱ ἡμέραι δὲ αὗται αἱ διδόμεναι καὶ γινόμεναι ὑπὸ ἡλίου, ἐν μόνῳ τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι λέγονται. εἴρηται δὲ καί· "πότε ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον τῆς σῆς παρουσίας καὶ συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος"; καί· "ἕως συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου". καὶ "ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις" τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐὰν λέγουσιν αἱ γραφαί, τοῦ αἰῶνος ἡμέρας λέγου σιν. οὗτος δὲ ὁ αἰτησάμενος μέγας ἐστὶν καὶ οὐ περὶ μικροῦ καὶ ἀδιαφόρου εὐχὴν ἀνέπεμπεν ὥστε καὶ μνημονεύεσθαι τὴν εὐχὴν αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ περὶ ἡμερῶν τούτων τῶν ἐξ ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης περαινομένων. ἄλλως τοίνυν ταῦτα θεωρητέον. καὶ ὄφει ὅτι ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς πολλάκις τὰ τοιαῦτα καὶ διαπίπτει καὶ ὡς ἀδύνατα φαίνεται. "τίμα", φησίν, "τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα σου, ἵνα εὖ σοι γένηται καὶ ἔσῃ μακροχρόνιος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς". οὐ πάντως δὲ ὁ τιμῶν τοὺς γονέας πολυετὴς ἐν τῇ γῇ μένει. πολλοὶ νεώτεροι μετατίθενται. εἴρηται γοῦν ἐν τῇ Σοφίᾳ Σολομῶνος περὶ τῶν τοιούτων· "ἡρπάγην, μὴ κακία ἀλλάξῃ σύνεσιν αὐτοῦ ἢ δόλος ἀπατήσῃ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ". καὶ λέγει ὅτι· "ἐν ὀλίγῳ τελειωθεὶς ἐπλήρωσεν χρόνους μακρούς". καὶ λέγει πολιὰν εἶναι τὴν φρόνησιν καὶ γῆρας τὸν ἀκηλίδωτον βίον. εἰ δὲ ὁ ἀκηλίδωτος βίος γῆράς ἐστιν, οὐκ ἐξ ἡμερῶν δὲ οὗτος συνίσταται, ἀλλ' ἐξ ἀρετῆς, ἑτέρως δεῖ λαβεῖν τὰς ἡμέρας. "ζωὴν" οὖν "ᾐτήσατό σε", οὐχ ἵνα αὐτὸς ζῇ, 8 ἀλλ' ἵνα ἐκεῖνοι, ὑπὲρ ὧν τὴν δέησιν ἀναφέρει. περὶ τῆς ζωῆς εἴπομεν οὐ τῆς κοινῆς, ἀλλὰ τῆς κατὰ ἀρετήν. ὁ μὴ γνοὺς ἁμαρτίαν μηδὲ ποιήσας αὐτὴν μηδὲ δόλον σχὼν ἐν καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, οὐκ εἶχεν νεκρότητα τὴν διαστελλομένην πρὸς τὴν μακαρίαν ζωήν. ὅθεν αἰτούμενος ζωὴν οὐχ ἑαυτῷ ᾐτήσατο, ἀλλ' ἐκείνην θέλει αὐτοῖς δοθῆναι ὑπὲρ ὧν τὴν ἀξίωσιν ἀναφέρει· "ζῶν" γάρ ἐστιν "πάντοτε εἰς τὸ ἐντυγχάνειν ὑπὲρ" τῶν μελλόντων παρ' αὐτοῦ ζωὴν ἔχειν. "ζωὴν" οὖν "ᾐτήσατό σε, καὶ ἔδωκας αὐτῷ". πρὸς τὸν θεὸν λέγει ἤτοι ὁ ὑμνῳδὸς ἢ τὸ ἐν αὐτῷ ἅγιον πνεῦμα. μεγάλη δέ ἐστιν μαρτυρία, ὅταν ὁ εὐχὴν ἀναπέμψας λάβῃ τὰ αἰτήματα. ἔδωκας οὖν αὐτῷ αὐτήν, "μακρότητα ἡμερῶν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα καὶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος". οὐ θέλουσιν ὅλως πολυχρόνιον τὴν κοινὴν ζωὴν ἔχειν οἱ ἅγιοι ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ. ἀμέλει γοῦν "κάλλιον", φησίν, "ἀναλῦσαι καὶ σὺν Χριστῷ εἶναι". καὶ ἔτι· "οἴμμοι, ὅτι ἡ 13 παροικία μου ἐμακρύνθη". "πάροικος ἐγώ εἰμι ἐν τῇ γῇ". ὁ ὢν "πάροικος καὶ παρεπίδημος" πόθον καὶ σκοπὸν ἔχει ἀποστῆναι τῆς παροικίας, ἵνα κατοικήσῃ ἐν τῷ καταλλήλῳ χωρίῳ. ὥσπερ οὖν οὐ κοινή ἐστιν ζωὴ ἡ ἐνταῦθα δηλουμένη, ἣν καὶ οἱ ἀσεβεῖς ἄνθρωποι ζῶσιν καὶ τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα, οὕτω οὐδὲ "μακρότητα ἡμερῶν" πολυχρόνιον λέγει εἶναι ζωήν, ἀλλὰ "μακρότης ἡμερῶν", ὡς ὁ τιμήσας τοὺς γονέας πολυχρόνιος ἔσται καὶ μακροήμερος. καὶ ἐν τῷ ∆ευτερονομίῳ δὲ λέγεται· "αὕτη ἡ ζωή σου καὶ αὕτη ἡ μακρότης τῶν ἡμερῶν" τοῦ "ἀγαπᾶν με κύριον τὸν θεόν σου ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας καὶ ἐξ ὅλης ψυχῆς". ἰδοὺ καὶ ἡ μακρότης τῶν ἡμερῶν ἡ ὅλῃ ψυχῇ καὶ ὅλῃ δυνάμει καὶ ὅλῳ τῷ πόθῳ ἀγαπῶσα αὐτόν. "μακρότητα" οὖν "ἡμερῶν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα". δυνατὸν λαβεῖν περὶ τῆς μακαρίας ζωῆς ταῦτα τῷδε τῷ τρόπῳ· ἔστιν γὰρ ζωή, ἥτις ἡ αὐτή ἐστιν τῇ περὶ θεοῦ γνώσει. ὅτε ἐλέγετο τό· "αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωή, ἵνα γιγνώσκουσίν σε τὸν μόνον ἀληθινὸν θεὸν καὶ ὃν ἀπέστειλας Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν", ἡ ζωὴ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ γνῶσις ἡ περὶ πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ. καὶ ἔτι· "ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον". ὁ πιστεύων εἰς τὸν σωτῆρα οὐ κοινὴν ζωὴν ἔχει. πολυχρονιώτεροι οἱ ἀσεβεῖς πολλάκις εὑρίσκονται τῶν σπουδαίων. ἐκεῖνοι
The Continuity of Knowledge and the Eternal Light§9
9They desire this long life, because they consider no other good than such a state. Just as life now is praiseworthy and forthcoming, so also 'length of days' for this age, so that each doctrine of truth may be known and illuminating, having great light. A praiseworthy day is each practical virtue being made straight.
Since, therefore, just as perfect and complete knowledge will receive here the partial knowledge, so also regarding practical virtue, those who have been proven righteous through practical virtue from there—for they have righteousness now and forthcoming—will be differently eager for 'length of days' for this age, not this common one, but the one capable of having come into being, about which they say: 'This is the day which the Lord has made' (Ps 118:24); for they are pointing to it. But no one points to the future, but to that which is already present and has established itself. The future, when that time comes through which it comes, is no longer future. Again, that too will fall under pointing.
Thus, if you take the king, and even the holy man, and even him who has come forth from Mary, they do not pray about that life or length of perceivable days, but about those already spoken of. They receive long-age life and offer thanks concerning this. And the long-age life is not the life of one age. Appropriately, each age receives life, sometimes as beginning and introductory, sometimes as intermediate, and sometimes as complete.
But after all these spoken days—each doctrine illuminating the soul, being shone upon by the sun of righteousness (Mal 4:2), we have called a day. After these, there is a certain complete state of light in the flashes of progress. That day is not interrupted by night, nor does it become a multitude of days. And it is possible to receive it thus; since the virtues have affinity with one another—for each is luminous—one length of days...
It happens from their following, and it is not interrupted. I say: each scientific principle is separated from the others; for the scientist knows many things. For example, as if it were in medicine, a surgical principle or a dietary one; as if it were in grammar, this or that. When someone is perfected, he no longer possesses these different things; for now it is perhaps more possible to possess the surgical, and less the dietary. But when he presents to me a perfect physician having all the principles perfectly and without excess, they are no longer poured out distinctly, nor do they have difference even in matter.
Suppose for me a man having complete health according to the body. He no longer needs diet alone, nor incision. He has cast away those things for the sake of which he needed these, and instead he has health that no longer produces anything else. And for his sake all these things are labored for. And the maintenance of it is labored for with a certain desire; for they are just as if they were producing health, so also things protective, such as the gymnasium or such food.
That long day, therefore, is uninterrupted; for it will be a long time before that time is fulfilled: 'The Lord will be to you an eternal light' (Isa 60:19), when the sun no longer fails, 'nor shall the rising of the moon light the night' (Rev 21:23). And these things are not said about the sensible luminaries; for 'immediately' 'after the tribulation of those days the sun will be darkened, and the moon will not give its light' (Matt 24:29). But these lights will no longer give light to those who are friends of this world; for the sun will be sevenfold and the moon like the sun. Generally, it is said concerning the heavens that 'they shall be changed.' And when he says heavens being changed, and the stars and luminaries in them, just as, if we speak concerning the earth: 'all the earth worships,' we say those dwelling in the earth. 'Sing to the Lord, all the earth' (Ps 96:1). 'Great is your glory in your salvation.' If we receive the glory truly, we do not call the most pleasant state glory. For example, we do not call a human beginning glory, nor a dignity; for all these things are...
Greek · §9
ποθοῦσιν τὴν μακροήμερον ζωὴν ταύτην, ἅτε δὴ οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἀγαθὸν ἢ τὴν τοιαύτην κατάστασιν ἡγοῦνται. ὥσπερ οὖν ἔστιν νῦν ζωὴ ἐπαινετὴ καὶ μέλλουσα, οὕτω καὶ "μακρότης ἡμερῶν" εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦτον, ἵνα τις ἔχει φωτισμὸν μέγαν ἕκαστον δόγμα τῆς ἀληθείας γιγνωσκόμενον καὶ φωτίζον. ἡμέρα ἐπαινετή ἐστιν καὶ ἑκάστη ἀρετὴ πρακτικὴ κατορθουμένη. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν, ὥσπερ τῆς γνώσεως ἐνταῦθα μερικῆς οὔσης διαδέξεται τελεία καὶ παντελὴς γνῶσις, οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς πρακτικῆς ἀρετῆς ἑτέρως σπουδαῖοι ἔσονται οἱ ἀπεντεῦθεν κατὰ παρακτικὴν ἀρετὴν δίκαιοι ἀποδειχθέντες–πάλιν γὰρ ἔχουσιν δικαιοσύνην νῦν καὶ μέλλουσαν–, "μακρότητα ἡμερῶν" εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τὸν ὧδε, οὐ ταύτην τὴν κοινήν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ὑπαρχθῆναι δυναμένην, περὶ ἧς λέγουσιν· "αὕτη ἡ ἡμέρα, ἣν ἐποίησεν ὁ κύριος"· δεικνύντες γὰρ αὐτὴν εἰρήκασιν. οὐδεὶς δὲ δείκνυσιν τὸ μέλλον, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἤδη παρὸν καὶ ἐνεστηκός. τὸ μέλλον, ὅταν ἔστιν ἐκεῖνος ὁ καιρὸς καθ' ὃν ἔρχεται, οὐκέτι μέλλον ἐστίν. πάλιν καὶ αὐτὸ ὑπὸ δεῖξιν πεσεῖται. οἵως οὖν ἐὰν λάβῃς τὸν βασιλέα κἂν τὸν ἅγιον ἄνδρα κἂν αὐτὸν τὸν ἐκ Μαρίας προεληλυθότα, οὐ περὶ ἐκείνης τῆς ζω14 ῆς ἢ μακρότητος αἰσθητῶν ἡμερῶν εὔχονται, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἤδη εἰρημένων. μακραίωνα ζωὴν λαμβάνουσιν καὶ περὶ ταύτης ἀξίωσιν ἀναπέμπουσιν. ἡ δὲ μακραίων ζωὴ οὐχ ἑνός ἐστιν αἰῶνος ζωή. καταλλήλως δὲ ἑκάστῳ αἰῶνι καὶ τὴν ζωὴν λάμβανε ὁτὲ μὲν ἀρχηγικὴν καὶ εἰσαγωγικήν, ὁτὲ δὲ μεσάζουσαν, ὁτὲ δὲ τελείαν. ἐπερ · μετὰ πάσας ταύτας τὰς λεχθείσας ἡμέρας; –ἕκαστον δόγμα φωτίζον τὴν ψυχήν, ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου τῆς δικαιοσύνης καταλαμπόμενον, ἡμέραν εἰρήκαμεν. μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ τὰ ἐν προκοπαῖς φωτίσματα ἔστιν τις τελεία κατάστασις φωτός. ἐκείνη ἡ ἡμέρα οὐ 9 μεσολαβεῖται ὑπὸ νυκτός, οὐ πλῆθος ἡμερῶν γίνεται. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ οὕτως λαβεῖν· ἐπεὶ συνάφειαν ἔχουσιν αἱ ἀρεταὶ πρὸς ἑαυτάς–ἑκάστη γὰρ φωτεινή ἐστιν–, μία μακρότης ἡμερῶν γίνεται ἐκ τῆς ἀντακολουθήσεως αὐτῶν, οὐ διακόπτεται. λέγω· ἕκαςτον θεώρημα ἐπιστημονικὸν διῄρηται ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων· πολλὰ γὰρ γιγνώσκει ὁ ἐπιστήμων. οἷον, ὡς ἐπὶ ἰατρικῆς εἶναι, χειρουργικὸν θεώρημα, διαιτητικόν, ἐπὶ γραμματικῆς εἶναι, τόδε. ὅταν τις τελειωθῇ, οὐκέτι διάφορα αὐτὰ ἔχει· νῦν μὲν γὰρ οἷόν τέ ἐστιν μᾶλλον ἔχειν τὸ χειρουργικόν, ἔλαττον δὲ τὸ διαιτητικόν. ὅταν δὲ τέλειον ἰατρόν μοι ὑποθῇ καὶ πάντα τὰ θεωρήματα τελείως καὶ ἀνυπερβλήτως ἔχοντα, οὐκέτι διακεχυμένα εἰσὶν οὐδὲ τῇ ὕλῃ ἔχουσιν τὴν διαφοράν. ὑποθοῦ μοι ἄνθρωπον παντελῆ ἔχοντα ὑγίειαν κατὰ τὸ σῶμα. οὐκέτι διαίτης μόνης χρῄζει, οὐ τομῆς. ἀπέβαλεν ἐκεῖνα ὧν ἕνεκα ἔχρῃζεν τούτων, καὶ λοιπὸν ὑγίειαν ἔχει οὐκέτι ποιοῦσαν ἄλλο τι. αὐτοῦ δὲ χάριν ταῦτα πάντα σπουδάζεται. σπουδάζεται δὲ πόθῳ τινὶ ἡ διακατοχὴ αὐτῆς· εἰσὶν γὰρ ὥσπερ ποιοῦντα ὑγίειαν, οὕτω καὶ φυλακτικά, οἷον γυμνάσιον ἢ τοιάδε τροφή. ἐκείνη οὖν ἡ μακραίων ἡμέρα ἀδιάκοπός ἐστιν· ὀψὲ γάρ ποτε παραγίνεται το ὅταν πληρωθῇ τό· "ἔσται σοι κύριος φῶς αἰώνιον", ὅτε οὐκέτι ἐκλείπει ὁ ἥλιος "οὐδὲ ἡ ἀνατολὴ τῆς σελήνης φωτίζει τὴν νύκταν". οὐ περὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν δὲ φωστήρων ταῦτα λέγεται· "εὐθέως" γὰρ "μετὰ τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται, καὶ ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει φῶς αὐτῆς". ταῦτα δὲ τὰ φῶτα τὰ τοῖς ὧδε φίλα οὐκέτι δώσουσιν· ἔσται γὰρ ὁ ἥλιος ἑπταπλασίων καὶ ἡ σελήνη ὡς ὁ ἥλιος. καθόλου περὶ τῶν οὐρανῶν εἴρηται ὅτι "ἀλλαγήσονται". ὅταν δὲ οὐρανοὺς ἀλλαττομένους λέγῃ, 15 καὶ τοὺς ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀστέρας καὶ φωστῆρας λέγει, ὥσπερ, ἐὰν ἐπὶ γῆς λέγωμεν· "ἡ γῆ πᾶσα προσκυνεῖ", τοὺς οἰκοῦντας ἐν τῇ γῇ λέγομεν. "ᾄσατε τῷ κυρίῳ, πᾶσα ἡ γῆ". 6 μεγάλη ἡ δόξα αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ σωτηρίῳ σου. ἐὰν κυρίως τὴν δόξαν λαμβάνωμεν, οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν κατάστασιν ἡδίστην δόξαν λέγομεν. οἷον δόξαν οὐ λέγομεν ἀρχὴν ἀνθρω̣πίνην, οὐκ ἀξίωμα· ὅλα γὰρ ταῦτα τὰ
The Greatness of Christ's Glory and True Splendor§10
10Glory is small for men of little thought and little goodness. Thus, physicians who bring health to those who are well seem to take glory for themselves—it has been thought rather that the healthy person is more glorious than the one suffering—but the glory is not great. Similarly for a pilot.
In the salvation of God, therefore, there is 'great glory'; for this salvation touches the mind and the soul. And of all that is in us, the mind differs and the soul from the body, even if it does not seem so to others. And it is possible even to call the Savior himself 'salvation', as he is found in many places: 'All the ends of the earth have seen the salvation of our God' (Ps 95:3). 'And all flesh shall see the salvation of God' (Isa 49:6), instead of 'every man' or 'every sensitive soul'. In this salvation, therefore, is 'great glory'.
Even if the death which he received seems to be without honor—for 'cursed is everyone hanging on a tree' (Gal 3:13) according to the law—yet this seeming dishonor was able to receive such glory from the purpose of salvation, because salvation has become not of food, nor of men simply, but of soul and mind and spirit, as Paul writes: 'Your whole spirit and soul and body' (1 Thess 5:23). The seeming dishonor is therefore a glory surpassing all.
I wish to remind you of a thought. When I was speaking concerning the Gospel, concerning that place: 'He who believes in me, the works that I do, he will do, and greater than these he will do' (John 14:12), to others this interpretation was also given: if you consider the one who does, the great things are smallared to God. For the apostles did not perform sensible works greater than those of the Savior. The Savior raised Lazarus, already on the fourth day being in death and near to decomposing and already having reached the point of stinking. The apostles did not do anything of this kind. Jesus brought the blind from birth to sight. If, however, you consider these works of the Savior, they are small compared to having performed the rational essence, the heavens, the souls. And the works of the apostles, even if they were greater than those of the Savior, since their power is from Him, are rather called greater than those which the Savior did; for they were not able to do greater than these. But Jesus both did and always does. And the apostle says: 'We see the one being humbled'...
Jesus was humbled through the suffering of death. He was humbled through the suffering of death, but he was crowned with "glory and honor." The humbling led to glory, and indeed it led to the greatest. I reason that "the sufferings of the present time are not worthy of the glory that is about to be revealed" (Rom 8:18). And those sufferings of Christ are those which his imitators suffer, having first suffered as he did. Great, therefore, is his glory. Even if it be a cross, even if it be death, if you see the goal of salvation and the Savior, what greatness is there? Not great is the glory of others. For indeed there are times when they had glory, and yet the glory departed even while they were living.
Thus also I have heard what is said in Isaiah: "and of his peace there is no limit" (Isa 9:7). "Justice and an abundance of peace rise in his days until the moon is taken away." Observe the peace that they caused to rise; for it holds until the completion, for nothing else signifies the taking away of the moon except the completion, when "the sun will be darkened and the moon will not give its light" (Matt 24:29). Peace is not in one nation, nor on earth alone; for he "made peace" through "the blood of his cross" (Eph 2:14), not only "the things on earth," but also "the things in the heavens."
6 Glory and splendor shall be laid upon him. Glory and splendor are laid upon him along with this great glory which exists in his salvation. And splendor consists of things and endeavors in which there is what is becoming. Works done from virtue become fittingly. Many things seem to men to be becoming, but they are not truly becoming; just as I have said concerning glory, that there are honors and dignities which are not such things as men think them to be, but they were supposed by them to be such. Splendor, therefore, they call—take the meaning from the literal sense, from history—such as are gladiators, and if they are small-spoken, they diminish the contests and the expenses from a small intention, and they seem to do what is becoming for the athlete, but they do it little, and they are called these "small-splendid" ones; for they are not found to be surpassing, being less than nothing in the becoming, compared to the gladiators before them. This, therefore, is called splendor, when in...
Greek · §10
δοξάρια ἀνθρώπων μικρολόγων καὶ ἀπειραγάθων ἐστίν. δοκοῦσιν οὖν ἰατροὶ σωτηρίαν ἐπιφέροντες τοῖς ὑγιαζομένοις δόξαν αὐτοῖς περιποιεῖν–δεδόξασται μᾶλλον ὁ ὑγιαίνων παρὰ τὸν κάμνοντα–, ἀλλ' οὐ μεγάλη ἐστὶν ἡ δόξα. ὁμοίως καὶ κυβερνήτης. "ἐν τῷ σωτηρίῳ" οὖν τοῦ θεοῦ "μεγάλη δόξα" ἐστίν· τὸ γὰρ σωτήριον τοῦτο νοῦ καὶ ψυχῆς ἅπτεται. τῶν δὲ ἐν ἡμῖν πάντων ὁ νοῦς διαφέρει καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ τοῦ σώματος, κἂν ἑτέροις μὴ δοκῇ. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν σωτῆρα σωτήριον εἰπεῖν, ὡς πολλαχοῦ κεῖται· "εἴδοσαν πάντα τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν". "καὶ ὄψεται πᾶσα σὰρξ τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ", ἀντὶ τοῦ "πᾶς ἄνθρωπος" ἢ "πᾶσα αἰσθητικὴ ψυχή". "ἐν τῷ" οὖν "σωτηρίῳ" τούτῳ "μεγάλη ἡ δόξα" ἐστίν. εἰ καὶ δοκεῖ ἄτιμος εἶναι ὁ θάνατος ὃν ἀνεδέξατο–"ἐπικατάρατος" γάρ ἐστιν "πᾶς ὁ κρεμάμενος ἐπὶ ξύλου" κατὰ τὸν νόμον–, ἀλλ' ἴσχυσεν δόξαν τοσαύτην λαβεῖν ἡ δοκοῦσα ἀτιμία ἐκ τοῦ σκοποῦ τῆς σωτηρίας, ὅτι σωτηρία γέγονεν οὐ θρεμμάτων, οὐκ ἀνθρώπων ἁπλῶς, ἀλλὰ ψυχῆς καὶ νοῦ καὶ πνεύματος, ὡς γράφει Παῦλος· "ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα". ἡ δοκοῦσα οὖν ἀτιμία δόξα ὑπερβάλλουσά ἐστιν. ὑπομνῆσαι θέλω νόημα. ὅτε εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἔλεγον, εἰς τὸ χωρίον ἐκεῖνο τό· "ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ἐγὼ ποιῶ ἐκεῖνος ποιήσει, καὶ μείζονα τούτων ποιήσει", πρὸς ἑτέροις καὶ αὕτη ἡ ἑρμηνεία ἀποδέδοται· ἐὰν τὴν ἀναλογίαν τοῦ ποιοῦντος σκοπήσῃς, καὶ τὰ μεγάλα μικρά ἐστιν· ὡς πρὸς τὸν θεὸν μικρά ἐστιν. οὐ πεποιήκασιν δὲ οἱ ἀπόστολοι αἰσθητὰ ἔργα ὑπὲρ τὰ τοῦ σωτῆρος. ὁ σωτὴρ Λάζαρον ἤγειρεν τεταρταῖον ἤδη ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ ὄντα καὶ ἐγγὺς τοῦ διαλυθῆναι καὶ ἤδη εἰς τὸ ὄζειν ἐφθακέναι. οὐδὲν τοιοῦτο πεποίηκαν οἱ ἀπόστολοι. ἀπὸ γενετῆς τυφλὸν εἰς ὄψιν ἤγαγεν Ἰησοῦς. ἐὰν δὲ σκοπήσῃς ταῦτα τὰ ἔργα τοῦ 10 σωτῆρος, μικρά ἐστιν ὡς πρὸς τὸ πεποιηκέναι τὴν λογικὴν οὐσίαν, τοὺς οὐρανούς, τὰς ψυχάς. τὰ δὲ τῶν ἀποστόλων, κἂν 16 καταδεέστερα ἦσαν τῶν τοῦ σωτῆρος, ἐπεὶ ὑπὲρ δύναμιν τὴν αὐτῶν ἐστιν, μᾶλλον μείζονα λέγονται ὧν ὁ σω̣τὴρ̣ πεποίηκεν· τούτων γὰρ μείζονα οὐκ ἠδύναντο ποιῆσαι. Ἰησοῦς δὲ καὶ πεποίηκεν καὶ ἀεὶ ποιεῖ. καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος δέ· "τὸν" γὰρ "ἐλαττούμενον βλέπομεν Ἰησοῦν διὰ τὸ πάθημα τοῦ θανάτου". ἠλαττώθη διὰ τὸ πάθημα τοῦ θανάτου, ἀλλὰ "δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ" ἐστέφθη. ἡ ἐλάττωσις δόξα̣ν̣ ἤγαγεν, καὶ μεγίστην γε ἤγαγεν. "λογίζομαι" δὲ "ὅτι οὐκ ἄξια τὰ παθήματα τοῦ νῦν καιροῦ πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξαν". τὰ παθήματα δὲ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐκεῖνά ἐστιν̣ ἃ πεπόνθασιν οἱ μιμηταὶ αὐτοῦ, αὐτοῦ πρότερον παθόντος. "μεγάλη" οὖν ἡ δόξα αὐτοῦ". κἂν σταυρὸς ᾖ, κἂν θάνατος, ἐὰν τὸν σκοπὸν τῆς σωτηρίας καὶ τὸν σῴζοντα ἴδῃς, μεγάλη τίς ἐστιν. οὐ μεγάλη δέ ἐστιν ἡ τῶν ἄλλων. ἀμέλει γοῦν ἔσ̣θ' ὅτ̣ε̣ εἶχον τὴν δόξαν, ἐνίων δὲ καὶ ἀπέβη ἡ δόξα ἔτι ζώντων. οὕτω γοῦν ἤκουσα καὶ τοῦ ἐν̣ Ἰσαίᾳ λεγομένου· "καὶ τῆς εἰρήνης αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ὅριον". "ἀνατελεῖ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτοῦ δικαιοσύνη καὶ πλῆθος εἰρήνης ἕως οὗ ἀνταναιρεθῇ ἡ σελήνη". τὴν εἰρήνη̣ν σκόπει τὴν ἀνατείλασαν· μέχρι γὰρ συντελείας κρατεῖ· οὐδὲν γὰρ ἕτερον ἡ ἀνταναίρεσις τῆς σελήνης δηλοῖ ἢ τὴν συντέλειαν, ὅτε "ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται καὶ ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει φῶς αὐτῆς". οὐκ ἐν ἑνὶ ἔθνει ἐστὶν ἡ εἰρήνη, οὐκ ἐπὶ γῆς μόνης· "εἰρηνοποίησεν" γὰρ "διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ" οὐ "τὰ ἐπὶ γῆς" μόνα, ἀλλὰ καὶ "τὰ ἐν οὐρανοῖς". 6 δόξαν καὶ μεγαλοπρέπειαν ἐπιθήσεις ἐπ' αὐτόν. ἡ δόξα καὶ ἡ μεγαλοπρέπεια ἐπιτίθεται ἐπ' αὐτὸν μετὰ τῆς δόξης ταύτης τῆς μεγάλης τῆς ὑπαρξάσης ἐν τῷ σωτηρίῳ αὐτοῦ. καὶ μεγαλοπρέπειά ἐστιν πράγματα καὶ σπουδάσματα ἐν οἷς ὑπάρχει τὸ πρέπον. τὰ ἔργ̣α τὰ ἐξ ἀρετῆς γινόμενα πρεπόντως γίνεται. πολλὰ δὲ οὐκ ἀνθρώποις δοκεῖ π̣ρεπόντως γίνεσθαι, οὔκ εἰσιν δὲ ἀληθῶς πρέποντα· ὡς καὶ περὶ δόξης εἴρηκα, ὅτι ἔστιν ἀξιώματα καὶ δοξάρια οὐκ ὄντα τοιαῦτα, οἷα νομίζουσιν αὐτὰ οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ἀλλ' ὑπε̣λήφθη αὐτοῖς τοιαῦτα. μεγαλοπρέπειαν οὖν λέγουσιν οἷον–τέως ἀπὸ τοῦ ῥητοῦ λάβε, τῆς ἱστορίας, τὴν ἔννοιαν· εἰσὶν ἀγωνοθέται, καὶ ἐὰν ὦσιν μικρολόγοι, ἐλαττου῀̣σ̣ιν τοὺς ἀγῶνας καὶ τὰ ἀναλώματα ἀπὸ μικρᾶς προαιρέσεως, καὶ δοκοῦσιν καὶ τὸ πρ̣έπ̣ο̣ν ποιεῖν τῷ ἀθλοθέτῃ, μικρῶς δὲ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν, καὶ λέγονται οὗτοι μικροπρεπεῖς· οὔκ εἰσιν γὰρ ὑπερβάλλοντες ὡς μηδενὸς ἐλάττω ἐν τῷ πρέπειν εὑρεθῆναι τῶν πρὸ αὐτῶν ἀγωνοθετῶν. αὕτη οὖν μεγαλοπρέπεια λέγεται, ὅταν ἐν
True Magnificence vs. Vanity§11
11Let there be a size that is appropriate. But it is most especially magnificence when it is for the sake of the appropriate itself, and not for the sake of anything else.
Let it be said: if one, being rich, spends great things on small matters and small celebrations, he is not magnificent. It is an excess of magnificence, just as we say that rashness is an excess of courage and impiety is an excess of piety. For example, if someone provides a feast for his drinking companions and spends as much as no one else spends at weddings, he is not magnificent. It happens for the sake of vainglory. But magnificence does not happen for the sake of vainglory.
Let us come from being led by the sensible things to the things about which the word is: the Savior worked the appropriate in great things. And the righteous man shows the appropriate in great things toward men. What is greater than saving the inhabited world, and making peace not only of the earthly things, but also of the heavenly things? What is greater than rectifying that by which the heavenly, the earthly, and the subterranean things bend the knee to the Savior for the glory of God the Father? This glory is magnificence, and it has a kinship with propriety. And concerning Him, the God, it is said: 'The Lord has reigned, He has put on propriety' (Ps 96:10). This propriety and magnificence are the same.
To whom did it befit to save the men, or he who did not have sin? He did not have sin, knowing that it is beautiful to abstain from sin, to have righteousness, that it is beautiful to not retaliate against one who insults, and not to defend those who behave wickedly. 'The one suffering,' He says, 'did not threaten' (Ps 21:1). Not only did He not do what was deserved, but He did not even threaten. A threat is a prior announcement of fearful things. But when it is no longer a prior announcement, but happens by the outcome, it is no longer a threat.
'Glory and magnificence You will lay upon him' (Ps 103:2). And it is good also to say 'You will lay upon.' In another text, this is also attributed to Him: for not only now when He arrived, did He begin to place this glory and this magnificence in the rational things, but always and everywhere, as He was able, He did this. And the glory and magnificence through His arrival have become an addition, such as through the cross. For 'You will give him a blessing unto the age of ages' (Ps 21:7). Thus, as we have said concerning life: not so that He himself...
unto the age of ages
Greek · §11
τῷ πρεπόν̣τως γενομένῳ μέγεθος ᾖ. τότε δὲ μάλιστα μεγαλοπρέπειά ἐστιν, ὅτε μὴ ἄλλου τιν̣ὸς ἕνεκα, ἀλλ' αὐτοῦ χάριν τὸ πρέπον ἐστίν. 17 φέρε δὲ εἰπεῖν, ἐάν τις πλούσιος ὢν̣ ἐν μικροῖς πράγμασιν καὶ μικραῖς πανηγύρεσιν μεγάλα ἀναλίσκῃ, οὔκ ἐστιν οὗτος μεγαλοπρεπής. ὑπερβολή ἐστιν μεγαλοπρεπείας, ὡς λέγομεν τὴν θρασύτητα ὑπερβολὴν εἶναι ἀνδρείας καὶ δεισιδαιμονίαν ὑπερβολὴν εὐσεβείας. οἷον συνκυβευταῖς τις ποιείτω ἄριστον καὶ ἀναλισκέτω ὅσα οὐκ ἀναλίσκει ἄλλος ἐν γάμοις. οὗτος οὐ μεγα̣λοπρεπής ἐστιν. κενοδοξίας χάριν γίνεται. ἡ δὲ μεγαλοπρέπεια οὐ κενοδοξίας χάριν γ̣ίνεται. ἐκ τῶν αἰσθητῶν χειραγωγούμενοι ἔλθωμεν εἰς τὰ περὶ ὧν ὁ λόγος· τὸ πρέπον ὁ σωτὴρ ἐν μεγάλοις εἰργάσατο. καὶ ὁ δίκαιος μὲν ἄνθρωποις ἐν μεγάλοις τὸ πρέπον δείκνυσιν. τί μεῖζόν ἐστιν τοῦ σῶσαι τὴν οἰκουμένην, τοῦ εἰρηνοποιῆσαι οὐ τὰ ἐπίγεια μόνα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ἐπουράνια; τί μεῖζόν ἐστιν τοῦ κατορθῶσαι ἐκεῖνο ἐφ' ᾧ τὰ ἐπουράνια, τὰ ἐπίγεια, τὰ καταχθόνια κλίνουσιν γόνυ τῷ σωτῆρι εἰς δόξαν θεοῦ πατρός; αὕτη ἡ δόξα μεγαλοπρέπειά ἐστιν καὶ συνγένει αν ἔχει πρὸς εὐπρέπειαν. καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ οὖν τοῦ θεοῦ λέγεται ὅτι· "ὁ κύριος ἐβασίλευσεν, εὐπρέπειαν ἐνεδύσατο". ἡ εὐπρέπεια αὕτη καὶ ἡ μεγαλοπρέπεια ταὐτόν ἐστιν. τίνι ἔπρεπεν σῶσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἢ τῷ ἁμαρτίαν μὴ ἐσχηκότι; οὐκ ἔσχεν 11 ἁμαρτίαν εἰδὼς ὅτι καλόν ἐσ̣τιν τὸ ἀπέχεσθαι ἁμαρτίας, τὸ δικαιοσύνην ἔχειν, καλόν ἐστιν τὸ λοιδορούμενον μ̣ὴ ἀντιλοιδορεῖν, τὸ μὴ ἀμύνεσθαι τοὺς κακωτικῶς διατιθέντας. "πάσχων", φησίν, "οὐκ ἠπείλει". οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἐποίει τὰ ἀντάξια, ἀλλὰ οὐδὲ ἠπείλει. ἀπειλὴ δέ ἐστιν προαναφώνησις φοβερῶν. ὅταν μέντοι μηκέτι προαναφώνησις ᾖν, ἀλλ' ἐκβάσεως τύχῃ, οὐκέτι ἀπειλή ἐστιν. "δόξαν" οὖν "καὶ μεγαλοπρέπειαν ἐπιθήσεις ἐπ' αὐτόν". εὖ δὲ καὶ τὸ φάναι "ἐπιθήσεις". πρὸς ἑτέρῳ κειμένῳ καὶ τοῦτο ἐπιτίθεται· οὐ γὰρ νῦν μόνον ὅτε ἐπεδήμησεν, ἤρξατο τὴν δόξαν ταύτην καὶ τὴν μεγαλοπρέπειαν ἐν τοῖς λογικοῖς θεῖναι, ἀλλ' ἑκάστοτε καὶ πανταχοῦ ὡς ἐνεδέχετο ἐποίει τοῦτο. προσθήκη δὲ γέγονεν ἡ διὰ τῆς ἐπιδημίας δόξα καὶ μεγαλοπρέπεια οἷον διὰ τοῦ σταυροῦ. 7 ὅτι δώσεις αὐτῷ εὐλογίαν εἰς αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος. οὕτως ὡς εἰρήκαμεν περὶ τῆς ζωῆς· οὐχ ἵνα αὐτὸς αὐτὴν ἔχῃ –ἔχει γὰρ αὐτήν–, ἀλλ' ἵνα οἱ πλησιάζοντες αὐτῷ, οἱ περὶ τὰ μαθήματα αὐτοῦ γινόμενοι ἔχωσιν ταύτην. διαστέλλεται δὲ αὕτη ἡ "εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος" εὐ λογία πρὸς τὴν δοκοῦσαν ἐν θνητοῖς εὐλογίαν εἶναι· λέγεται γάρ ποτε καὶ αὕτη εὐλογία· "ὅτι ἐν τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ εὐλογισθήσεται, ἕως αἰῶνος οὐκ ὄψεται φῶς". οὐκ ὄψεται τὸ φῶς, κἂν λαμπρὰ δοκῇ νῦν ὁρᾶν. οὐκ ἔχει παράμονον ταύτην τὴν εὔκλειαν. 18 αἱ εὐλογίαι οὖν αἱ πνευματικαὶ αἱ διδόμεναι ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις αἱ αὐταί εἰσιν ταύτῃ τῇ "εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος" μενούσῃ· εἰ γάρ τις εὐλογίαν νομίζοι τὸ πλοῦτον εἰληφέναι, οὐκ ἔχει αὐτὴν "εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος"· σ̣υ̣ν̣απέρχεται γὰρ τῇ ζωῇ τῇ ὑλικῇ. δυνατὸν δὲ χαριέντως καὶ ἠθικῶς εἰπεῖν ὅτι· ὁ ἔχων πλοῦτον ἐὰν οὕτως αὐτὸν ἀναλίσκῃ ὥστε εὑρεῖν καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα δόξαν, περὶ ἧς λέγει· "τοῖς πλουσίοις τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου παράγγελλε μὴ ὑψηλὰ φρονεῖν". εἶτα λέγει· "ἀποθησαυρίζοντες ἑαυτοῖς θεμέλιον καλῶν ἔργων", ἡ τούτου εὐλογία μένει "εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος". τὰ δὲ πραχθέντα ἐκ τοῦ πλούτου ἀκαθαίρετα μένει. ὡσαύτως καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀ´̣λ̣λων· ἐὰν ἐπὶ σωφροσύνῃ–τῇ ἀληθῶς σωφροσύνῃ– δοξάζηται καὶ εὐλογῆται, παραμένουσαν αὐτὴν ἔχει "εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος". εἰ δέ τις ἐπὶ ὑποκρίσει ἀρετῇ νομίζει εὐλογεῖσθαι, καταλυομένην αὐτὴν ἔχει· ἐκλαμψάσης γὰρ τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τῶν πραγμάτων οὕτω φανέντων ὡς ἔχουσιν φύσεως λύεται ἡ κατ' ὑπόλημψιν εὐλογία. ἐνίοτε καὶ κίνδυνον προξενεῖ. 7 εὐφρανεῖς αὐτὸν ἐν χαρᾷ μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου. δοκεῖ ἀμφίβολος εἶναι ἡ λέξις· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ὑπ' αὐτῆς σημαίνεται· "εὐφρανεῖς αὐτὸν ἐν χαρᾷ μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου"· εὐφραίνων τὸ πρόσωπόν σου εὐφρανεῖς κἀκεῖνον. ἢ ἀμφότερα εὐφραίνει ἐκεῖνον· εὐφρανεῖς αὐτὸν ἐν χαρᾷ καὶ τὸ πρόσωπόν σου σύν σοι εὐφρανεῖ αὐτόν. τοιαύτη τις καὶ ἐν τῷ Ἰσαίᾳ φέρεται λέξις· "καὶ κύριος κύριος ἀπέστειλέν με καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ". οἱ μὲν οὕτω λαμβάνουσιν· "ἀπέστειλέν με κύριος, ἀπέστειλέν με δὲ καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ". καὶ λέγουσιν τὴν ἀποστολὴν τοῦ σωτῆρος τὴν κατὰ τὴν ἐπιδημίαν καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος γεγονέναι· εἴρηται γάρ· "πνεῦμα κυρίου ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ σέ", πρὸς τὴν κυοῦσαν αὐτὸν ἢ κυοφορήσουσαν, "καὶ δύναμις
The Nature of Hope and Scientific Expectation§12
12"of the Most High". See: it seems here to have been sent from the Father and the Holy Spirit. Others, however, read it this way, and this reading is better: "and the Lord, the Lord, has sent me; and his Spirit also has sent" (Ps 2:7); the Father and the Son and the Holy Spirit. The former version says this: that the Father and the Holy Spirit sent the Son. Each person receives the reading according to his own appropriate understanding, as has already been said. And here, therefore, there is a person of the Lord being spoken of here. And the Son is his image, "the character of his substance."
Concerning the one having taken on a face by the Savior and every righteous man, it is said: "rejoice him in joy with your face" (Ps 2:11), for when the Son and the Father come, and someone has seen the character immediately and the one of whom the character is: "he who has seen me has seen the Father" (Ps 2:12). Rejoicing happens by God and of his own face. And it is also possible to take it this way: "rejoice him in joy with your face." Therefore, this is said concerning every righteous man: for your face, through which "in image and likeness" (Gen 1:26) it has become, shall be revealed of him.
And I say: things that have happened, even if they are separate, often exist together with substances; for example, color: for the body is not first created, and then it is colored; it is created having been colored, and nevertheless we say that color is in certain things among those things that happen and un-happen. I added "in certain things," since among sensible things, it neither comes upon nor goes away from the snow; nor does moisture come upon or go away from water; for it is essential. Since, therefore, the rational is good from the beginning, it is not good in the same way as God; for it is not good according to substance, but according to a state and a disposition. Even if man has become "in image and likeness" (Gen 1:26), this thing which has form is separate, being cast off and being taken up. However, when God saves, every image will be destroyed. But this shall be revealed in the one having been saved.
For the king hopes in the Lord (Ps 20:7). This king hopes in the Lord. He hopes that there will be salvation for those for whom he has come to suffer. The end of the one striving is not in doubt.
But he hopes unchangeably; for 'in the mercy of the Most High he is not shaken' (Ps 56:3). Therefore his hope does not fall. And I offer a paradigm, though it is perhaps a violent one: no one hopes for things present. The healthy man does not hope to be healthy, nor the rich man to be rich. It is of things to come. Hope and expectation are the same. Expectation is a genus of hope; for hope is indeed the expectation of good things from God.
Of things to come, the former the possible has an existence such that it is able to happen or not to happen as it may turn out, but the latter the certain will certainly happen; for example, what I say scientifically, by way of an image: that after such a period there is an eclipse of the sun. Only the expert hopes for this; for the other person does not know at all whether it happens or does not happen. It is good to remind of this that there are four problems: two simple and two compound. Simple are 'that it is' and 'what it is.' Then compound are 'how it is' and 'why it is.'
It is therefore for the expert to expect these things which will certainly happen scientifically. For he knows both that an eclipse is, and what an eclipse is, namely a running-to-meet of the moon. And how it happens: that, when the moon becomes in opposition under the sun, an eclipse happens. Behold, the 'how it happens.' And the 'why it is so': because the sun, revolving, moves in varying intervals. And under the solar circle is that of the moon. Therefore it does not always happen in opposition. It is as if there are two circles. If it happens thus and again into the lower one, the lower thing happening hides the upper. They say, therefore, that an eclipse is the opposition of the moon toward the sun.
It is therefore for the expert to know this unpassable expectation. And of things happening by chance, let them expect, I say, rain or good fortune. But many dispute these things. He says, therefore: 'Rejoice in him with joy; for the king hopes in the Lord' (Ps 21:14). The king is the one hoping. And his hope and expectation are unpassable. And he says: 'In the mercy of the Most High he shall not be shaken' (Ps 56:3). He being shown mercy by the Most High is not shaken; for then he is shaken, when the subjects are found unworthy of his kingship. And he abandons them, he turns away from them. And to hope is as to be persuaded by God, in this way.
Greek · §12
ὑψίστου". ἴδε· δοκεῖ ὧδε ἀπεστάλθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος. ἄλλοι δὲ οὕτως ἀναγιγνώσκουσιν, καὶ κρείττω ἐστὶν αὕτη ἡ ἀνάγνωσις· "καὶ κύριος κύριος ἀπέστειλέν με· ἀπέστειλεν δὲ καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ"· ὁ πατὴρ τὸν υἱὸν καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα. ἡ δὲ πρότερον ἐκδοχὴ τοῦτο λέγει, ὅτι ὁ πατὴρ καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἀπέστειλαν τὸν υἱόν. ἕκαστος δὲ κατάλληλον ἑαυτῷ νόησιν πρὸς τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν δέχεται, ὡς ἤδη ἐλέχθη. καὶ ἐνταῦθα οὖν πρόσωπόν ἐστιν τοῦ κυρίου τοῦ ἐνταῦθα λεγομένου. ἐστὶν δὲ ὁ υἱὸς ἡ εἰκὼν αὐτοῦ, "ὁ χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως αὐτοῦ". περὶ τοῦ οὖν ἀναλημφθέντος προσ ώπου ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος καὶ παντὸς δικαίου λέγεται ὅτι· "εὐφρανεῖς αὐτὸν ἐν χαρᾷ μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου", ὅταν γὰρ ἔλθῃ ὁ υἱός καὶ ὁ 12 πατήρ, καὶ ἑωρακώς τις τὸν χαρακτῆρα εὐθέως ἴδῃ καὶ τὸν οὗ ἐστιν ὁ χαρακτήρ· "ὁ" γὰρ 19 "ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ ἑώρακεν τὸν πατέρα". ἡ εὐφροσύνη ὑπὸ θεοῦ γίνεται καὶ τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ οὕτως ἐκλαβεῖν· "εὐφρανεῖς αὐτὸν ἐν χαρᾷ μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου". λοιπὸν περὶ παντὸς δικαίου τοῦτο λέγει· τὸ γὰρ σὸν πρόσωπον, καθ' ὃν "κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν" γέγονεν, ἀναδειχθήσεται αὐτοῦ. καὶ λέγω· τὰ συνβεβηκότα κἂν χωριστὰ ᾖ, συνύπαρκτα πολλάκις γίνεται ταῖς οὐσίαις· οἷον τὸ χρῶμα· μὴ γὰρ πρῶτον κτίζεται τὸ σῶμα, εἶτα χρώννυται· κεχρωσμένον κτίζεται, καὶ ὅμως λέγομεν, ὅτι τῶν συμβαινόντων καὶ ἀποσυμβαινόντων ἐστὶν τὸ χρῶμα ἐν τισίν. "ἐν τισὶν" δὲ προσέθηκα, ἐπεὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἐπὶ τῇ χιόνι οὐδὲ ἐπιγίνεται οὐδὲ ἀπογίνεται· οὐδὲ ἡ ὑγρότης τῷ ὕδατι ἐπιγίνεται· οὐσιώδη γάρ ἐστιν. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ἀγαθὸν τὸ λογικὸν ἀρχῆθεν γέγονεν, οὐχ οὕτως ἐστὶν ἀγαθὸν ὡς ὁ θεός· οὐ γὰρ κατ' οὐσίαν, ἀλλὰ καθ' ἕξιν καὶ διάθεσιν ἀγαθός ἐστιν. κἂν γέγονεν τοίνυν ὁ ἄνθρωπος "κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν", χωριστόν ἐστιν τοῦτο ὃ ἔχει εἶδος ἀποβαλλόμενον καὶ ἀναλαμβανόμενον. πλὴν ὅτε θεὸς σῴζει, πᾶσα εἰκὼν οἰχήσεται. αὕτη δὲ ἀναδειχθήσεται ἐν τῷ σωθέντι. 8 ὅτι ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐλπίζει ἐπὶ κύριον. ὁ βασιλεὺς οὗτος ἐλπίζει ἐπὶ κύριον. ἐλπίζει ὅτι σωτηρία ἔσται ἐκείνοις, ὑπὲρ ὧν ἐλήλυθεν παθεῖν. οὐκ ἀμφίβολον ἔχει τὸ τέλος τοῦ σπουδαζομένου, ἀλλὰ ἐλπίζει ἀμεταθέτως· "ἐν" γὰρ "τῷ ἐλέει τοῦ ὑψίστου οὐ σαλεύεται". οὐ διαπίπτει οὖν αὐτοῦ ἡ ἐλπίς. καὶ λέγω παράδειγμα, τάχα δὲ βίαιόν ἐστιν· οὐδεὶς τὰ παρόντα ἐλπίζει. ὁ ὑγιαίνων οὐκ ἐλπίζει ὑγιασθῆναι, ὁ πλουτῶν οὐκ ἐλπίζει πλουτῆσαι. τῶν μελλόντων οὖν ἐστιν. ἡ ἐλπὶς καὶ ἡ προσδοκία ταὐτόν ἐστιν. γένος ἐστὶν τῆς ἐλπίδος ἡ προσδοκία· ἐλπὶς γοῦν ἐστιν προσδοκία ἀγαθῶν παρὰ θεοῦ. τῶν οὖν μελλόντων τὰ μὲν ἐνδεχομένην ἔχει τὴν ὕπαρξιν, ὥστε δυνηθῆναι γενέσθαι καὶ μὴ γενέσθαι ὡς τὰ ὁπότερ' ἔτυχεν, τὰ δὲ πάντως ἐκβήσεται· οἷον ὃ λέγω ἐπιστημονικῶς, κατ' εἰκόνα, ὅτι μετὰ τοσήνδε περίοδον ἔκλειψις ἔστιν τοῦ ἡλίου. ἐλπίζει ταύτην μόνος ὁ ἐπιστήμων· ὁ γὰρ ἄλλος ὅλως οὐκ οἶδεν, εἰ γίνεται ἢ οὐ γίνεται. ὑπομνῆσαι καλὸν τοῦτο ὅτι τέσσερά ἐστιν τὰ προβλήματα· δύο ἁπλᾶ καὶ δύο σύνθετα. ἁπλᾶ μὲν τὸ ὅτι ἔστιν καὶ τί ἐστιν. εἶτα σύνθετα τὸ πῶς ἔστιν καὶ διὰ τί ἔστιν. τοῦ ἐπιστήμονος οὖν ἐστιν προσδοκᾶν ταῦτα τὰ πάντως ἐπιστημονικῶς γενησόμενα. οἶδεν γὰρ καὶ ὅτι ἔστιν ἔκλειψις καὶ τί ἐστιν ἔκλει ψις ὅτι ὑποδρομὴ σελήνης. καὶ πῶς γίνεται ὅτι, ὅταν κατὰ κάθετον ὑπὸ τὸν ἥλιον ἡ σελήνη γένηται, ἔκλειψις γίνεται. ἰδοὺ τὸ πῶς γίνεται. τὸ δὲ διὰ τί οὕτως, ὅτι κυκλεύων ὁ ἥλιος ἐν διαφόροις γίνεται διαστήμασιν. ἔστιν δὲ ὑπὸ τὸν ἡλιακὸν κύκλον ὁ τῆς σελήνης. οὐκ ἀεὶ οὖν γίνεται κατὰ κάθετον. οἷον δύο κύκλοι εἰσίν. ἐὰν ὧδε γένηται καὶ πάλιν εἰς τὸν ὑποκάτω, κρύπτει τὸ κάτω γινόμενον τὸ ἄνω. 20 λέγουσιν γοῦν ὅτι ἔκλειψίς ἐστιν ἀντίφραξις σελήνης πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον. ἐπιστήμονος οὖν ἐστιν ταύτην τὴν ἀδιάπτωτον προσδοκίαν εἰδέναι. καὶ τῶν τυχόντων δὲ προσδοκῆσαι, φέρε, ὑετὸν ἢ εὐκαρπίαν. διαμαρτάνει δὲ πολλάκις ταῦτα. λέγει γοῦν ὅτι· "εὐφρανεῖς αὐτὸν ἐν χαρᾷ· ὅτι ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐλπίζει ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον". βασιλεύς ἐστιν ὁ ἐλπίζων. ἀδιάπτωτος δὲ ἡ τούτου ἐλπὶς καὶ προσδοκία. καὶ λέγει· 8 ἐν τῷ ἐλέει τοῦ ὑψίστου οὐ μὴ σαλευθῇ. ἐλεούμενος πρὸς τοῦ ὑψίστου οὐ σαλεύεται· τότε γὰρ σαλεύεται, ὅταν ἀνάξιοι τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ οἱ ὑπήκοοι εὑρεθῶσιν. καταλείπει δὲ αὐτούς, ἀποστρέφεται αὐτούς. καὶ τὸ ἐλπίζειν ὡς τὸ μεταμέλεσθαι τὸν θεὸν οὕτω
The Hand and the Right Hand of God§13
13We receive according to the intention. 'Of the Most High' means to bless the rational things, just as also: 'Glory to God in the highest and on earth peace' (Luke 2:14). 'May your hand be found against all your enemies, and may your right hand find all those hating you' (Psalm 86:15). Just as also regarding the body there is a difference between the right and the hand; for the right hand is a hand, but not every hand is a right hand. We also have here a hand and a right named concerning God.
And concerning David the true, of the seed of David, in another psalm it is said: 'And he shall set his hand in the sea and his right in the rivers' (Psalm 146:7). And see that in the sea the hand is simply placed; for the right is not in the sea, but in his rivers. And again: 'Your hand has destroyed the nations' (Psalm 18:44). See: 'hand' is said many times, and also the military power of a king, and the hands of judges are the executioners. And the devil therefore knew that it is a harmful hand; for he did not say: 'Send your right', but 'your hand, and to grasp all that he has'. 'May your hand be found against all your enemies' (Psalm 86:15). Your hand will be revealed, the one punishing your enemies.
Thus also I hear of: 'But the face of the Lord, to those doing evil, to destroy their memorial from the earth' (Psalm 7:9). Those doing evil think that there is no providence, that there is no vengeance against whom they transgress. But when they receive experience of some wrongdoing, sometimes becoming aware, they see the face of God; and the face is thus: they recognized that God is within. And just as 'from the greatness and beauty of the creatures we observe the Creator by analogy', so from the greatness and the complexity of the administration the Judge is perceived. We have found therefore also Pharaoh despising, then being struck, grasping the understanding of God. For he says at one time: 'The Lord is righteous' (Exodus 9:16). He who says before this: 'I do not know the Lord' (Exodus 10:2), now confesses even to know Him and that He is righteous. 'But I...'
Even if the people are ungodly, if the face of God has become one doing evil in Pharaoh, the hand is found; for they must at some time know that He is a judge, even if not in this life, but when the time comes. Therefore it is said: 'May your hand be found.' 'May your right hand find.' But the hand is found against enemies, and the right hand finds those who hate. And those who hate may be slightly less evil than the enemies. Not every hater acts as an enemy, but every enemy hates.
And just as it was said regarding the sea, that the hand of God should be placed to make the surge and the salt-spray cease by driving them back, the right hand is in the rivers of the Savior—and these are those having a life according to the Spirit, 'from whom flow rivers of living water' (John 7:38). 'The rivers, Lord, the rivers have lifted up their voices' (Ps 68:2)—in this way the saving, lifting-up right hand of the Savior is found, according to what was said: 'The right of the Lord, lift me up; the right of the Lord has made strength; I shall not die, but I shall live' (Ps 118:8-9).
You have set them as a furnace of fire for the time of your face. Concerning the enemies alone can it be said of those being handed over to punishment. But if even concerning both, thus interpret what is written: See, those building upon the foundation, the Christ, if they are gold or silver, they are only burned, but they are not annihilated, nor are they consumed even if found by the fire (1 Cor 3:12-15). But if 'wood, hay, or straw,' they are annihilated and laid down like a furnace of fire, for they are like smoke. And the smoke is a follower of the beneficial energy of the fire.
Therefore, when wood and hay and straw are 'for the time of the face' of God—for it will be a time when a judge shall be shown, as it lies—those called wood and hay and straw do not be annihilated so as to no longer exist—and it is impossible to be annihilated in this way—but as they are hay, they are annihilated; for this fire of punishment does not work upon essence, but upon states and qualities. The fire consumes...
Greek · §13
λαμβάνομεν κατὰ τὴν ἐπίνοιαν. "τοῦ ὑψίστου" ἔστιν τὸ εὐλογεῖν τὰ λογικά, ὥσπερ καὶ τό· "δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις θεῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς εἰρήνη". 9 εὑρεθείη ἡ χείρ σου πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐχθροῖς σου, ἡ δεξιά σου εὕροι πάντας τοὺς μισοῦντάς σε. οἷόν τε καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ σώματος διαφορὰν ἔχειν τὴν δεξιὰν πρὸς τὴν χεῖρα· ἡ γὰρ δεξιὰ χείρ ἐστιν, οὐ πᾶσα δὲ χεὶρ δεξιά ἐστιν. ἔχομεν καὶ ἐνταῦθα περὶ θεοῦ χεῖρα καὶ δεξιὰν ὠνομασμένην. 13 καὶ περὶ τοῦ ∆αυὶδ τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ τοῦ ἐκ σπέρματος τοῦ ∆αυὶδ ἐν ἄλλῳ ψαλμῷ λέγεται τό· "καὶ θήσει ἐν θαλάσσῃ χεῖρα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν ποταμοῖς δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ". καὶ ὅρα ὅτι ἐν μὲν τῇ θαλάσσῃ ἡ χεὶρ ἁπλῶς τίθεται· ἡ γὰρ δεξιὰ οὐκ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, ἀλλ' ἐν τοῖς ποταμοῖς αὐτοῦ. καὶ ἔτι· "ἡ χείρ σου ἔθνη ἐξωλόθρευσεν". ἴδε· λέγεται χεὶρ πολλάκις καὶ βασιλέως ἡ στρατιωτικὴ δύναμις καὶ τῶν δικαστῶν χεῖρες οἱ δήμιοι. καὶ ὁ διάβολος οὖν ἔγνω ὅτι ἡ βλαπτικὴ χείρ ἐστιν· οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν· "ἀπόστειλον τὴν δεξιάν σου", ἀλλὰ "τὴν χεῖρά σου καὶ ἅψαι πάντων ὧν ἔχει". "εὑρεθείη ἡ χείρ σου πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐχθροῖς σου". φανήσεται ἡ χείρ σου ἡ κολάζουσα τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου. οὕτω δὲ ἀκούω καὶ τοῦ· "πρόσωπον δὲ κυρίου ἐπὶ ποιοῦντας κακὰ τοῦ ἐξολεθρεῦσαι ἐκ γῆς τὸ μνημόσυνον αὐτῶν". ποιοῦντες κακὰ οἴονται μὴ εἶναι πρόνοιαν, μὴ εἶναι ἐκδικίαν καθ' ὧν πλημμελοῦσιν. ὅταν δὲ λάβωσιν πεῖραν ἐπιπόνου τινός, ἐνίοτε ἐν συναισθήσει γινόμενοι ὁρῶσιν τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ πρόσωπον· τὸ πρόσωπον δὲ οὕτως· ἐγνώρισαν ὅτι ἔνι θεός. καὶ ὥσπερ "ἐκ μεγέθους καὶ καλλονῆς τῶν κτισμάτων ἀναλόγως τὸν γενεσιουργὸν θεωροῦμεν", οὕτως ἐκ τοῦ μεγέθους καὶ τῆς πλοκῆς τῶν κατὰ τὴν διοίκησιν ὁ κριτὴς θεωρεῖται. εὑρήκαμεν οὖν καὶ τὸν Φαραὼ καταφρονοῦντα, εἶτα πληττόμενον καταλαμβάνοντα ἔννοιαν θεοῦ. λέγει γοῦν ποτε ὅτι· "ὁ κύριος δίκαιος". ὁ λέγων πρὸ τούτου· "οὐκ οἶδα τὸν κύριον", νῦν καὶ εἰδέναι αὐτὸν ὁμολογεῖ καὶ δίκαιον. "ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ ὁ λαός μου ἀσεβεῖς". εἰ δὲ γέγονεν τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν τῷ Φαραὼ ποιοῦντι κακά, εὑρίσκεται ἡ χείρ· δεῖ γάρ ποτε αὐτοὺς γνῶναι ὅτι ἔνι κριτής, κἂν μὴ ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ, ἀλλ' ὁτέ· διὸ λέγεται· "εὑρεθείη ἡ χείρ σου". "ἡ δεξιά σου εὕροι". ἡ δὲ χεὶρ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς εὑρίσκεται· ἡ δὲ δεξιὰ εὑρίσκει τοὺς μισοῦντας. καὶ δύνανται ἐλαττόνως κακοὶ εἶναι οἱ μισοῦντες τῶν ἐχθρῶν. οὐ πᾶς μισῶν ἐχθρεύει, πᾶς δὲ ἐχθρεύων μισεῖ. καὶ ὥσπερ ἐλέγετο ἐν θαλάσσῃ τίθεσθαι ἡ χεὶρ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα τὸν σάλον καὶ τὴν ἁλμυρίδα καταπαύσῃ δι' ἐπιπόνων, 21 ἡ δὲ δεξιὰ ἐν ποταμοῖς τοῦ σωτῆρος–οὗτοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ κατὰ πνεῦμα βίον ἔχοντες, "ὧν ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας ῥέουσιν ποταμοὶ ζῶντες". "ἐπῆραν οἱ ποταμοί, κύριε, ἐπῆραν οἱ ποταμοὶ φωνάς"–, οὕτως εὑρίσκεται ἡ δεξιὰ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡ σῴζουσα, ἡ ὑψοῦσα κατὰ τὸ λεχθέν· "δεξιὰ κυρίου ὕψωσέν με, δεξιὰ κυρίου ἐποίησεν δύναμιν, οὐκ ἀποθανοῦμαι, ἀλλὰ ζήσομαι". 1ο ἔθηκας αὐτοὺς ὡς κλίβανον πυρὸς εἰς καιρὸν τοῦ προσώπου σου. περὶ τῶν ἐχθρῶν μόνων δύναται λέγεσθαι τῶν κολάσει παραδιδομένων. εἰ δὲ καὶ περὶ ἀμφοτέρων, οὕτως ἔκδεξαι τὸ γεγραμμένον· ἴδε· οἱ ἐποικοδομούμενοι ἐπὶ τὸν θεμέλιον, τὸν Χριστόν, ἐὰν ὦσιν χρυσός, ἄργυρος, πυροῦνται μόνον, οὐκ ἀφανίζονται δέ, οὐκ ἀναλίσκονται κἂν εὑρέθησαν ὑπὸ τοῦ πυρός. ἐὰν δὲ "ξύλα, χόρτος, καλάμη", ἀφανίζονται καὶ τέθεινται ὡς κλίβανος πυρός, ὡς καπνός εἰσιν λοιπόν. ὁ δὲ καπνὸς ἐπακολούθημά ἐστιν τῆς ἐνεργείας τοῦ πυρὸς τῆς ὠφελητικῆς. ὅταν οὖν ξύλα καὶ χόρτος καὶ καλάμη ὦσιν "εἰς καιρὸν τοῦ προσώπου" τοῦ θεοῦ, ὡς κεῖται–ἔσται γὰρ καιρός, ὅτε κριτὴς δειχθήσεται–, οὐκ ἀφανίζονται οἱ λεγόμενοι ξύλα καὶ χόρτος καὶ καλάμη ὥστε μηκέτι ὑπάρχειν–ἀδύνατον δέ ἐστιν οὕτως ἀφανισθῆναι–, ἀλλὰ ᾗ χόρτος εἰσὶν ἀφανίζονται· καὶ γὰρ τὸ πῦρ τοῦτο τὸ τῆς κολάσεως οὐκ ἐνεργεῖ εἰς οὐσίαν, ἀλλ' εἰς ἕξεις καὶ ποιότητας. ἀναλίσκει τὸ πῦρ
Divine Counsel and the Face of God§14
14These are not creatures, but such states or dispositions. And teaching does the same: it takes the ignorant and makes him vanish, not as a man, but as an ignorant person; for it makes his ignorance vanish. In this way, righteousness makes the unrighteous vanish, not so that he no longer exists, but so that he no longer exists as unrighteous.
Lord, in your wrath confound them, and let fire devour them (Ps 53:3). Someone is confounded when he begins to waver and repent. And 'let fire devour them' means so that they no longer are such. 'You shall destroy their fruit from the earth and their seed from the sons of men' (Ps 53:10). The 'seed' is a homonym. When contrasted with fruit, it denotes the seed of a plant; but when contrasted with children, it is the seed of a man; for we have in the Scripture many times the 'seed' named after children. It is about the difference of the words that is now to be said.
This says: being upon the earth and having drawn near to the earth, they were stuck to it. Instead of the pure soul, the works of the flesh bore fruit. This is 'you shall destroy the fruit from the earth.' The earth is the good and beautiful thing, which, receiving the seed of Jesus that is cast, bears fruit. But the same earth, as a subject, is this one that bears thorns. And the receptive one is a rational substance of seeds. And from ourselves, this earth receives the difference.
'And their seed from the sons of men' (Ps 53:10). He sowed into the sons of men, not into the sons of God; for they are unfit for these. 'From the sons' therefore, 'of men you shall destroy their seed,' so that also the fitness toward the worthless fruit is lost. If someone has virtue by operation, the seed of wickedness is prevented, and the fitness and the power are there, so that it seems to be destroyed.
'Because they turned to you for evil' (Ps 53:12), to you, having made them straight. Their choice turned toward the evil. You know that regarding sensible creations and idols, the one who has worked the evil work receives mockery, but the one who has done what is right receives praise. For it is said in Sirach: 'The work of a craftsman shall be praised' (Sir 38:33).... if someone turns away from the 'according to the image.' How much then it reached to them, they judged evils toward you. 'They consulted plans' (Ps 53:12), which he would not be able...
To stand. And so that, having been led again by history from history—as if by a mere history, though I do not know if it is history—those who wished to build a tower, having the head up to the very limit, deliberated and were not able to stand. Indeed, they scattered. God perfects counsel when it is deliberated rightly and according to his will. He who pursues this 'does all things according to his counsel.' By this counsel, God brings a completion.
"You shall set them at their heels." It is often said of those concerning God that his body is the church; "you are the body of Christ," and in this body eyes, ears, and hands are found. Therefore, "you shall set" "them at their heels." You shall arrange these behind your body. This can be understood thus: the preceding things are called the face of God, and these created, sensible things are behind; for they are with him. Indeed, just as Moses at the end was not able to behold the face of God, God passes by with his glory and shows him the things behind. Indeed, he immediately wrote down the generation. Therefore, he shall set them at their heels; for the face is set toward the saints according to the prayer they offer up: "let your face shine upon us and we shall be saved." "In your remnants you will prepare your face." The remnants are the other saints besides those who "hate," those who were left over in the destruction. And it is well that it is "you will prepare" and not "you will give." It holds it ready so that everyone wishing to see it is able to see it.
"Be exalted, O Lord, in your power." We shall sing and indeed chant your mighty acts. For you do all these things powerfully. And after the beginning of the chanting, the power of God is praised: "Lord, the king shall rejoice in your power." The power that rejoices the king and performs all the things spoken of is exalted, not rising from a low place to a height, but no longer being thought of by men as lowly, but high as it is. And if we say, "I will exalt you, O Lord," we do not mean that we are lifting you up from the low to the height. To exalt is to confess him; that is the height. Therefore, he sings triumphantly—for power is spoken of a king alone, and of this king there are powers—things that can be done kingly. Toward the end, on behalf of the...
Greek · §14
τοῦτο οὐ κτίσματα, ἀλλὰ ποιὰς καταστάσεις, ἕξεις τοιάσδε. καὶ ἡ διδασκαλία δὲ τὸ αὐτὸ ποιεῖ· λαμβάνει τ̣ὸν ἀμαθῆ καὶ ἀφανίζει αὐτὸν οὐχ ᾗ ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν, ἀλλ' ᾗ ἀμαθής ἐστιν· τὴν ἀμαθίαν γὰρ αὐτοῦ ἀφανίζει. οὕτω καὶ ἡ δικαιοσύνη ἀφανίζει τὸν ἄδικον οὐχ ὥστε μηκέτι ὑπάρχειν, ἀλλ' ὥστε μηκέτι ὑπάρχειν ἄδικον. 1ο κύριε, ἐν ὀργῇ σου συντάραξον αὐτούς, καὶ καταφάγεται αὐτοὺς πῦρ. τότε συνταράττεταί τις, 14 ὅταν ἄρξηται ἀμφιβάλλειν καὶ μετανοεῖν. τὸ δὲ "καταφάγεται αὐτοὺς πῦρ", ὥστε μηκέτι εἶναι τοιούτους. 11 τὸν καρπὸν αὐτῶν ἀπὸ γῆς ἀπολεῖς καὶ τὸ σπέρμα αὐτῶν ἀπὸ υἱῶν ἀνθρώπων. τὸ "σπέρμα" ὁμώνυμόν ἐστιν. ὅταν πρὸς καρπὸν διαστέλληται, φυτοῦ σπέρμα δηλοῖ, ὅταν δὲ πρὸς τέκνα, σπέρμα ἀνθρώπου· ἔχομεν γὰρ ἐν τῇ γραφῇ πολλάκις τὸ "σπέρμα" μετὰ τέκνων ὀνομαζόμενον. περὶ τῆς διαφορᾶς τῶν λέξεων πρόκειται νῦν εἰπεῖν. τοῦτο λέγει· ἐπὶ γῆς ὄντες καὶ πλησιάσαντες τῇ γῇ ἐκολλήθησαν. ἀντὶ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀΰλου ἐκαρποφόρησαν τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός. τοῦτον "τὸν καρπὸν ἀπολεῖς ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς". γῆ ἐστιν ἡ ἀγαθὴ καὶ καλή, ἥτις δεχομένη τὸ σπέρμα τὸ Ἰησοῦ ὃ βάλλει, καρποφορεῖ. ἡ αὐτὴ δὲ γῆ κατ' ὑποκείμενόν ἐστιν αὕτη τῇ τὰς ἀκάνθας φερούσῃ. καὶ ἡ μὲν δεκτικὴ σπερμάτων ἐστὶν λογικὴ οὖσα οὐσία. ἐκ τοῦ ἐφ' ἡμῖν δὲ αὕτη ἡ γῆ τὴν διαφορὰν δέχεται. "καὶ τὸ σπέρμα αὐτῶν ἀπὸ υἱῶν ἀνθρώπων". ἔσπειραν εἰς τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων, οὐκ εἰς τοὺς υἱοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ· ἀνεπίδεκτοι γάρ εἰσιν τούτων. "ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν" οὖν "τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπολεῖς τὸ σπέρμα αὐτῶν", ἵνα καὶ ἡ 22 ἐπιτ̣ηδειότης ἡ πρὸς τὸν φαῦλον καρπόν. ἐάν τις κατ' ἐνέργειαν ἔχῃ ἀρετήν, κωλύεται τὸ σπέρμα τῆς κακίας ἡ ἐπιτηδειότης δὲ καὶ ἡ δύναμίς ἐστιν, ὥστε δοκεῖν αὐτὸ ἀπόλλυσθαι. 12 ὅτι ἔκλιναν εἰς σὲ κακά. εἰς σὲ τὸν εὐθεῖς αὐτοὺς πεποιηκότα. ἡ προαίρεσις αὐτῶν ἔκλινεν εἰς τὸ κακόν. οἶδας ὅτι ἐπὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν δημιουργημάτων καὶ ἀγαλμάτων ψόγον φέρει τῷ ἐργασαμένῳ τὸ κακὸν ἔργον, ἔπαινον δὲ τὸ ὀρθῶς γεγενημένον. εἴρηται γοῦν ἐν τῇ Σιράχ· "ἐν χειρὶ τεχνίτου ἐπαινεθήσεται ἔργον" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ἐὰν ἐκκλίνῃ τις ἀπὸ τοῦ "κατ' εἰκόνα". τὸ ὅσον οὖν ἧκεν εἰς αὐτούς, εἰς σὲ ἔκριναν κακά. 12 διελογίσαντο βουλάς, ἃς οὐ μὴ δύνωνται στῆναι. καὶ ἵνα ἀπὸ τῆς ἱστορίας πάλιν χειραγωγηθέντα τῇ ὡσανεὶ ἱστορίᾳ–οὐκ οἶδα δέ, εἰ ἱστορία ἐστίν–· οἱ θελήσαντες πύργον οἰκοδομῆσαι ἔχοντα τὴν κεφαλὴν ἕως τοῦ ἄκρου ἐβουλεύσαντο καὶ στῆναι οὐκ ἠδύναντο. ἀμέλει γοῦν διεσπάρησαν. τότε θεὸς τελειοῖ βουλήν, ὅταν ὀρθῶς καὶ κατὰ τὸ βούλημα αὐτοῦ βουλεύηται. ὁ ταύτην μεταδιώξας "με τὰ βουλῆς πάντα ποιεῖ". ταύτῃ τῇ βουλῇ θεὸς πέρας ἐπιφέρει. 13 ὅτι θήσεις αὐτοῖς νῶτον. λέγονται πολλάκις οἱ περὶ τὸν θεὸν σῶμα αὐτοῦ εἶναι· "ὑμεῖς ἐστε σῶμα χριστοῦ", καὶ ἐν τῷ σώματι τούτῳ εὑρίσκονται ὀφθαλμοί, ὦτα, χεῖρες. "θήσεις" οὖν "αὐτοὺς νῶτον". ο᾿̣πίσω τοῦ σώματός σου τούτου τάξεις τούτους. δυνατὸν δὲ οὕτως ἐκλαβεῖν· τὰ προηγούμενα τοῦ θεοῦ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ λέγεται, τὰ δὲ δημιουργήματα ταῦτα τὰ αἰσθητὰ ὀπίσω· μετ' αὐτὸν γάρ εἰσιν. ἀμέλει γοῦν Μωσεῖ τῷ τέως μὴ δυναμένῳ τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ θεοῦ θεωρεῖν παρέρχεται τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ ὁ θεὸς καὶ δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ τὰ ὀπίσω. ἀμέλει γοῦν γένεσιν εὐθὺς ἀνέγραψεν. εἰς αὐτοὺς οὖν θήσει νῶτον· εἰς γὰρ τοὺς ἁγίους τὸ πρόσωπον τίθεται κατὰ τὴν εὐχήν, ἣν ἀναπέμπουσιν· "ἐπίφανον τὸ πρόσωπόν σου καὶ σωθησόμεθα". 13 ἐν τοῖς περιλοίποις σου ἑτοιμάσεις τὸ πρόσωπόν σου. οἱ περίλοιποι οἱ ἄλλοι παρὰ τοὺς "μισοῦντας" ἅγιοί εἰσιν, οἱ περιλειφθέντες ἐν τῇ καταστάσει. εὖ δὲ καὶ τὸ "ἑτοιμάσεις" καὶ οὐ "δώσεις". ἕτοιμον αὐτὸ ἔχει, ἵνα πᾶς ὁ βουλόμενος αὐτὸ ὁρᾶν δύνηται αὐτὸ βλέπειν. 14 ὑψώθητι, κύριε, ἐν τῇ δυνάμει σου· ᾄσομεν καὶ ψαλοῦ μεν τὰς δυναστείας σου. πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα δυνατῶς ποιεῖς. καὶ μετὰ τῆς ἀρχῆς τοῦ ψάλλειν ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ δύναμις ὑμνεῖται· "κύριε, ἐν τῇ δυνάμει σου εὐφρανθήσεται ὁ βασιλεύς". ἡ δύναμις ἡ εὐφραίνουσα τὸν βασιλέα καὶ πάντα τὰ εἰρημένα ποιοῦσα ὑψοῦται οὐκ ἐκ ταπεινοῦ εἰς ὕψος μετεωριζομένη, ἀλλὰ μηκέτι τῶν ἀνθρώπων ταπεινὰ περὶ αὐτῆς διανοουμένων, ἀλλὰ ὑψηλὰ ὡς ἔστιν. καὶ ἐὰν λέγωμεν ὅτι· "ὑψώσω σε, κύριε", οὐ τοῦτο λέγομεν ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ ταπεινοῦ εἰς τὸ μετέωρόν σε ἀναβιβάζομεν. τὸ ὑψῶσαι τὸ ὁμολογῆσαι αὐτοῦ ἐστιν τὸ ὕψος. λοιπὸν ἐπινικίως ᾄδει–ἐπὶ βασιλέως γὰρ μόνου δυναστεία λέγεται, καὶ τούτου δὲ τοῦ 15 βασιλέως εἰσὶν δυναστεῖαι–, ἃ δύναται βασιλικῶς. 23 1 εἰς τὸ τέλος, ὑπὲρ τῆς
The Psalm as the Voice of the Savior§15
15The morning perception; a psalm of David. It is a spiritual day being made by the 'Sun of Righteousness,' about which much is laid down in the Scriptures, and especially in the New; 'as in a day,' he says, 'let us walk decently' (Ps 90:12). You know that even according to the literal sense, those doing something shameful do so in darkness, and especially then, when many good people were present. He who is, therefore, in ignorance of the existing good, is in darkness and does many things bringing shame. But when one is illumined by the light of the true one, 'walking in the day,' that is, progressing—for walking signifies progress—he does and thinks all things decently, nothing of those bringing shame.
The prophet Isaiah also presents this state, saying: 'My spirit cries out to you, O God, in the night' (Isa 26:9). This, therefore, is the morning perception; for even if we have illumination and the beginning of the day, we beg for the light to be present, so that the day may not fail, so that it may not be unable. 'Unto the end,' therefore, 'for the morning perception'; for having begun the day according to the perception of God, if the one perceiving remains in the same intention toward the one helping, he remains in that perception until the whole day; for if he perceives something in the beginning having only a little light, he perceives much more when it becomes midday. You find many such things lying in the Scriptures. God appeared to Abraham at no other time than at midday; for then the light had become at its peak. Moreover, the sun is at its zenith as if to be a shadowless thing to the air around us. But he says these things more allegorically, since even the literal sense leads to this.
This is also what the bride says to her own bridegroom: 'Tell me, whom my soul has loved, where do you graze and where do you gaze at midday?' (Song 3:1-4). At the beginning of the day, by which you graze, I have become. But I seek the midday time, when the light is at its peak. 'Where do you graze, where do you gaze?' so that being there as a companion with you, I may work the work; for I too want those sheep, which you graze, to graze. And the holy women who were shepherds, such as Rebekah, bring a symbol of such a state. 'For the' 'morning perception.' But who has the morning and the...
Is it possible to say at the beginning of the day, 'the night has passed, the day has approached'? For this reason also the women seeking Jesus, when he was crucified, did not see him at the midday hour (Matt 27:45), but from early morning. You know therefore also that the history concerning the Savior truly holds in general regarding everything significant, in which his works shine more than human things as light. We say that it happens in the morning time, when it takes hold of illumination so as to say: 'early I will stand before you and watch.' Such is also this: 'for you were darkness, but now in the light of the Lord' (Eph 5:8). 'Unto the end,' therefore, since the expected thing attained its end, which the economy of the Savior established and perfect virtue.
Listen then: this psalm is single-personed. That which says 'person' from the beginning until the end is the same. And there occur often in psalms and in prophecies shifts of persons, both of those speaking and toward what is being said and concerning what is being said; for everyone who speaks carries the person of the one announcing. And since he does not speak as it happens, but speaks to certain people, there is also a second person: the one hearing the speaker and the matter concerning which he announces. The speaking part therefore is one person here.
And many things were taken from this psalm in the New Covenant, as if spoken from the person of the Savior, the one the psalm is said to be. Entirely this is so: 'the God, my God' (Ps 22:1); the Savior, encountering the cross, said this voice. And 'they divided my garments among themselves' (John 19:24) was also said by the Savior, having been said in the Gospels. And 'I will announce your name to my brothers' (Heb 2:26); Paul in the Hebrews wrote that this was said from the person of the Savior. Since, therefore, three testimonies lie here from the psalm, that the speaker is the person of the Savior, the whole psalm must be received as having been announced from his person.
And I say this necessarily—and I have also inserted it in those works concerning the Incarnation—since they always present to us words as if concerning the body of the Savior having existed, such as: 'but a body I have prepared for myself,' and: 'Christ suffering in the flesh for us,' we say that: if it were appropriate 'only': 'but only a body I have prepared for myself.' There is sometimes to wear more garments. If someone says concerning someone, 'look, I have a cloak, I have a tunic, a garment...'
Greek · §15
ἀντιλήμψεως τῆς ἑωθινῆς· ψαλμὸς τῷ ∆αυίδ. ἐστὶν ἡμέρα πνευματικὴ γινομένη ὑπὸ τοῦ "ἡλίου τῆς δικαιοσύνης", περὶ ἧς πολλὰ ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς καὶ μάλιστα ἐν τῇ καινῇ κεῖται· "ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ", φησίν, "εὐσχημόνως περιπατήσωμεν". οἶδας ὅτι καὶ κατὰ τὸ ῥητὸν οἱ ἀσχήμονά τινα ποιοῦντες ἐν σκότει αὐτὰ ποιοῦσιν καὶ μάλιστα τότε, ὅτε ἐνῆσαν πολλοὶ καλοὶ ἄνθρωποι. ὁ ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ οὖν τῶν καλῶν ὑπάρχων ἐν σκότει ἐστὶν καὶ πράττει πολλὰ τῶν ἀσχημοσύνην φερόντων. ὅταν δέ τις καταυγασθῇ ὑπὸ τοῦ φωτὸς τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ "ἐν ἡμέρᾳ περιπατῶν", τουτέστιν προκόπτων–ὁ γὰρ περίπατος προκοπὴν δηλοῖ–, εὐσχημόνως πάντα πράττει καὶ φρονεῖ οὐδὲν τῶν φερόντων ἀσχημοσύνην. ταύτην τὴν κατάστασιν παριστὰς καὶ ὁ προφήτης Ἰσαίας λέγει· "ἐκ νυκτὸς ὀρθρίζει τὸ πνεῦμά μου πρὸς σέ, ὁ θεός". αὕτη οὖν ἡ ἑωθινὴ ἀντιλήμψεως χρῄζει· κἂν γὰρ ἔχωμεν φωτισμὸν καὶ ἀρχὴν ἡμέρας, δεόμεθα τοῦ φωτὸς παρεῖναι, ἵνα μὴ ἐπιλείψῃ ἡ ἡμέρα, ἵνα μὴ δύνῃ. "εἰς τὸ τέλος" οὖν, "ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀντιλήμψεως τῆς ἑωθινῆς"· ἀρξαμένης γὰρ τῆς ἡμέρας κατὰ ἀντίλημψιν θεοῦ, ἐὰν ὁ ἀντιλαμβανόμενος μένῃ ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ προθέσει π̣ρὸς τὸν βοηθουμενόν, καὶ μέχρι ὅλης τῆς ἡμέρας ἐν τῇ ἀντιλήμψει μένει· εἰ γὰρ ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ τῇ βραχὺ φέγγος ἐχούσῃ ἀν τιλαμβάνεται, πολλῷ πλέον, ὅταν μεσημβρία γένηται. εὑρίσκεις οὖν πολλὰ τοιαῦτα καὶ ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς κείμενα. ὁ θεὸς ὤφθη τῷ Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἄλλῳ καιρῷ ἢ τῷ μεσημβρινῷ· τότε γὰρ ἀκμαῖον γέγονεν τὸ φῶς. καὶ λοιπὸν κατὰ κορυφῆς γέγονεν ὁ ἥλιος ὡς ἄσκιον εἶναι τὸν περὶ ἡμᾶς ἀέρα. ταῦτα δὲ ἀλληγορικώτερον λέγει, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸ ῥητὸν χειραγωγεῖ εἰς τοῦτο. τοῦτό τοι καὶ ἡ νύμφη πρὸς τὸν ἑαυτῆς νυμφίον λέγει· "ἀπάγγειλόν μοι, ὃν ἠγάπησεν ἡ ψυχή μου, ποῦ ποιμαίνεις καὶ ποῦ κοιτάζεις ἐν μεσημβρίᾳ"; ἐν ἀρχῇ τῆς ἡμέρας, καθ' ἣν ποιμαίνεις, γέγονα. τὸν μεσημβρινὸν δὲ καιρόν, ὅτε ἀκμάζει τὸ φῶς, ζητῶ. "ποῦ ποιμαίνεις, ποῦ κοιτάζεις"; ἵν' ἐκεῖ γενομένη ὡς σύμβιος σὺν σοὶ ἐργάζωμαι τὸ ἔργον· κἀγὼ γὰρ βούλομαι ἐκεῖνα τὰ πρόβατα, ἃ ποιμαίνεις, νέμειν. καὶ σύμβολον τῆς τοιαύτης καταστάσεως φέρουσιν αἱ ἅγιαι γυναῖκες αἱ ποιμαίνουσαι, οἵα ἦν ἡ Ῥεβέκκα. "ὑπὲρ τῆς" οὖν "ἀντιλήμψεως τῆς ἑωθινῆς". τίς δὲ ἔχει τὴν ἑωθινὴν καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς ἡμέρας ἢ ὁ δυνάμενος εἰπεῖν· "ἡ νὺξ προέκοψεν, ἡ ἡμέρα ἤγγισεν"; διὰ τοῦτο καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες αἱ ζητοῦσαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὅτε ἐσταυρώθη, ἐν 24 τῷ μεσημβρινῷ καιρῷ οὐχ εἶδον αὐτόν, ἀλλ' ἕωθεν πρωίας. οἴδατε οὖν καὶ τὸ τῆς ἱστορίας τῆς κατὰ τὸν σωτῆρα ἀληθῶς ἔχειν καθόλου μὲν περὶ παντὸς σπουδαίου, οὗ λάμπει τὰ ἔργα ἔνπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἷα φῶς. λέγομεν, ὅτι ἐν ἑωθινῷ καιρῷ γίνεται, ὅταν ἀρχὴν λάβῃ τοῦ φωτισμοῦ ὥστε εἰπεῖν· "τὸ πρωὶ παραστήσομαί σοι καὶ ἐφόψομαι". τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν καὶ τό· "ἦτε γὰρ σκότος, νῦν δὲ ἐν φωτὶ κυρίου". "εἰς τὸ τέλος" οὖν, ἐπεὶ τέλος ἀπέλαβεν τὸ προσδοκώμενον, ὃ ἡ οἰκονομία τοῦ σωτῆρος κατώρθωσεν καὶ ἡ τελεία ἀρετή. ἄκουε λοιπόν· ὁ ψαλμὸς οὗτος μονοπρόσωπός ἐστιν. τὸ λέγον πρόσωπον ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς μέχρι τοῦ τέλους τὸ αὐτό ἐστιν. γίνονται δὲ πολλάκις καὶ ἐν ψαλμοῖς καὶ ἐν προφητείαις μεταβολαὶ προσώπων, καὶ τῶν λεγόντων καὶ πρὸς ἃ λέγεται καὶ περὶ ὧν λέγεται· πᾶς γὰρ ὁ λέγων πρόσωπον φέρει τοῦ ἀπαγγέλλοντος. καὶ ἐπεὶ οὐχ ὡς ἔτυχεν λέγει, ἀλλὰ τισὶν λέγει, ἔστιν καὶ πρόσωπον δεύτερον τὸ ἀκοῦον τοῦ λέγοντος καὶ πρᾶγμα περὶ οὗ ἀπαγγέλλει. τὸ λέγον οὖν πρόσωπον ἐνταῦθα ἕν ἐστιν. ἐλήφθη δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ ψαλμοῦ τούτου ἐν τῇ καινῇ διαθήκῃ πολλὰ ῥητά, ὡς ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ σωτῆρος τοῦ ψαλμοῦ εἰρημένου. ὅλως αὐτὸ τοῦτο τό· "ὁ θεὸς ὁ θεός μου"· ὁ σωτὴρ ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ τυγχάνων εἶπε τὴν φωνήν. ἐλέχθη καὶ τὸ "διεμερίσαντο τὰ ἱμάτιά μου ἑαυτοῖς" ἀπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος εἰρημένον ἐν τοῖς εὐαγγελίοις. καὶ τό· "ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄνομά σου τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου"· Παῦλος ἐν τοῖς Ἑβραίοις ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ σωτῆρος αὐτὸ εἰρῆσθαι 16 ἔγραψεν. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν τρεῖς μαρτυρίαι κεῖνται ἀπὸ τοῦ ψαλμοῦ, ὅτι πρόσωπον τοῦ σωτῆρός ἐστιν τὸ λέγον, ὅλον τὸν ψαλμὸν ἐκ προσώπου αὐτοῦ ἀπαγγελθέντα δεῖ λαβεῖν. καὶ ἀναγκαίως τοῦτο λέγω–παρεθέμην δὲ αὐτὸ καὶ ἐν τοῖς περὶ τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως· ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀεὶ φέρουσιν ἡμῖν ῥη τὰ ὡς σῶμα ἐσχηκότος τοῦ σωτῆρος οἷον· "σῶμα δὲ κατηρτίσω μοι", καί· "Χριστοῦ παθόντος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν σαρκί", ἐλέγομεν ὅτι· εἰ προσέκειτο "μόνον"· "σῶμα δὲ μόνον κατηρτίσω μοι". ἔστιν ποτὲ ἱμάτια πλείονα φορεῖν. ἐὰν περί τινός τις λέγῃ, φέρε, ὅτι ἔχω φᾶρον, ἔχω λώπιον, ἱμάτιον,
The distinction between reality and the concept of error§16
16Let him not add 'only', for he is not forbidden to have the others. Again, let one have, bring, a shield and a sword and a helmet and a breastplate. If it is necessary to say that I have a shield, let him not add 'only', for it is not denied that he has the others. We have here said by him concerning the person: 'Save my soul from the sword.' Even if in another place he says, 'I have prepared a body for me', and there was no memory of the soul, and here there is a memory of the soul, and not yet that he says, 'Save my soul from the sword', he has spoken concerning the soul of himself alone.
2 'My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?' (Psalm 22:1). The name of the forsaking, when spoken literally, does not reveal becoming being in darkness. For the martyrs, indeed, were not forsaken, though they were cast into the boiling pot. But those who sacrifice, even if they suffer nothing, were forsaken. When someone asks not to be forsaken, he asks this so as not to fall from his purpose. It seems that falling into abandonment does not happen to one suffering nothing, but sometimes it happens to him through malice, as I said, of the sacrificers. Abandonment, therefore, is the turning away of God from the one being forsaken.
Which Saul experienced: 'You have not listened to me,' he says, 'nor even in sleep' (1 Samuel 28:6); and he went toward the medium. If ever, therefore, you see a rich Christian having everything well, but having haste toward astrologers or toward necromancers or toward such things, these were forsaken. And if you see a poor man having fallen from wealth, but possessing God, such as Job was (Job 1:1), this one was not forsaken.
Since, therefore, the Savior came to a cross, and it seems to men to be abandonment to fall by such a death, he says this toward their assumption: 'My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?' (Psalm 22:1). Perhaps he also speaks of abandonment as if of his own body; for the Hebrews were a body to him before this. Therefore, that people was forsaken. And he speaks of his own abandonment, since he was their head. 'My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?' (Psalm 22:1); he demands the cause and the end of the abandonment, for what it is. 'For what reason have you forsaken me?'; he is demanding an end, not so that it might be known to him, but so that it might be known to the body.
His, to his own men. Far from my salvation are the words of my transgressions.
Here, so that we do not begin to mythologize, we are compelled to grasp a deeper theory. A thing and the concept of that thing are not the same. Many know the sensible things, but do not have a concept of them. It is a great thing to have a concept of realities. For in this way we separate a thing from the concept of the thing. And I mentioned color and appearance. But color is one thing and appearance is another, though they are inseparable from one another. Therefore, we separate them by concept. Color receives the more and the less. But appearance does not receive the more and the less, so that the color of the appearance is something different, even if it is never separated from it, even if it never exists without it. These things are said by those having a demonstration by subtraction. We subtract by concept this from that; it will not be sensed, it will not exist. When, therefore, we say that a line is a simple length, the sensible one is not simple. It certainly has width. But we subtract by concept.
I say: those who have transgressions that they will sense and that will exist do not know their concepts; for if they had known that it is harmful, that it turns toward destruction, they would not be acting them out. But there is having the concept of a transgression; for example, let it be a transgression being done against the law of God, such as to murder a man somehow. But when some judicial authority, serving the righteous law, puts to death the one worthy of death, just as Agag was murdered by Samuel (1 Sam 15:33), Elijah had the concept of a transgression, not a transgression, and Samuel. For the Savior says according to the man: for he himself is the one who has lost hope, the one saying these things: "Far from my salvation are the words of my transgressions" (Ps 38:13). Not "are far from my salvation"; for he did not know sin, he did not do it. But I have it by concept; I know what sin is. And therefore the words of transgressions were far from my salvation. Let my salvation not take a mixture so as to be darkened. For sometimes someone is saved because of something inherent in him as good; if it is evil, his salvation is diminished. Many, indeed, have often asked: if someone does many evils, but does a few goods, does he perish? To say that he perishes is a subtraction of the hope of the persons.
Greek · §16
μὴ προσθῇ δὲ ὅτι "μόνον", οὐ κεκώλυται ἔχειν καὶ τὰ ἄλλα. πάλιν ἐχέτω τις, φέρε, ἀσπίδα καὶ ξίφος καὶ περικεφαλαίαν καὶ θώρακα. ἐὰν χρεία ἀπαιτήσῃ εἰπεῖν ὅτι ἔχω ἀσπίδα, μὴ προσθῇ δὲ ὅτι "μόνην", οὐκ ἀναιρεῖται τὸ προσεῖναι αὐτῷ τὰ ἄλλα. ἔχομεν οὖν ἐνταῦθα ὑπ' αὐτοῦ λεγόμενον τοῦ προσώπου τό· "ῥῦσαι ἀπὸ ῥομφαίας τὴν ψυχήν μου". εἰ καὶ ἐν ἄλλῳ εἶ25 πεν· "σῶμα δὲ κατηρτίσω μοι", καὶ μνήμη ψυχῆς οὐ γέγονεν, καὶ ὧδε μνήμη ψυχῆς γέγονεν, καὶ οὐκ ἤδη ὅτι λέγει· "ῥῦσαι ἀπὸ ῥομφαίας τὴν ψυχήν μου", περὶ μόνης τῆς ψυχῆς ἑαυτοῦ εἴρηκεν. 2 ὁ θεὸς ὁ θεός μου, πρόσχες μοι· ἵνα τί ἐνκατέλιπές με; τὸ τῆς ἐνκαταλείψεως ὄνομα κυριολεκτούμενον οὐ δηλοῖ τὸ ἐν σκυθρωποῖς γενέσθαι. οἱ μάρτυρες γοῦν οὐκ ἐνκατελείφθησαν λεβητισθέντες πυρὶ παραδοθέντες. οἱ δὲ θύσαντες κἂν μηδὲν πάθωσιν, ἐνκατελείφθησαν. ὅτε τις οὖν αἰτεῖται μὴ ἐνκαταλειφθῆναι, τοῦτο αἰτεῖ ται τὸ μὴ ἐκπεσεῖν τῆς προθέσεως αὐτοῦ. δοκοῦντος μὴ ἐμπίπτειν εἰς ἐνκατάλειψιν τοῦ μηδὲν πάσχοντος, ἀλλ' ἐνίοτε τότε διὰ κακίαν αὐτῷ γίνεται, ὡς εἶπον, οἱ θύσαντες. ἐνκατάλειψις οὖν ἐστιν τὸ ἀποστῆναι τὸν θεὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐνκαταλειπομένου. ὅπερ πέπονθεν ὁ Σαούλ· "οὐκ ἐπακήκοές μου", φησίν, "οὐδὲ ἐν τοῖς ἐνυπνίοις"· καὶ ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς τὴν ἐνγαστρίμυθον. ἐάν ποτε οὖν ἴδῃς πλούσιον Χριστιανὸν πάντα προσηνῶς ἔχοντα, πρὸς ἀστρολόγους δὲ τὴν καταφυγὴν ἢ πρὸς νεκυίας ἢ πρὸς τοιαῦτα τὴν σπουδὴν ἔχοντας, οὗτοι ἐνκατελείφθησαν. καὶ ἐὰν ἴδῃς πένητα καὶ πλούτου ἐκπεσόντα, ἐχόμενον δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ, οἷος ἦν ὁ Ἰώβ, οὐκ ἐνκατελείφθη οὗτος. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν εἰς σταυρὸν ἐλήλυθεν ὁ σωτήρ, δοκεῖ δὲ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐνκατάλειψις εἶναι τὸ ὑποπεσεῖν τοιούτῳ θανάτῳ, ὡς πρὸς τὴν ἐκείνων ὑπόλημψιν τοῦτο λέγει· "ὁ θεὸς ὁ θεός μου, πρόσχες μοι". τάχα δὲ καὶ ἐνκατάλειψιν λέγει τοῦ ὡσανεὶ σώματος αὐτοῦ· σῶμα γὰρ ἦσαν αὐτοῦ πρὸ τούτου οἱ Ἑβραῖοι. ἐνκατελείφθη οὖν ἐκεῖνος ὁ λαός. καὶ ἑαυτοῦ ἐνκατάλειψιν λέγει, ἐπεὶ κεφαλὴ ἦν αὐτῶν. "ὁ θεὸς ὁ θεός μου, πρόσχες μοι· ἵνα τί ἐνκατέλιπές με"; τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὸ τέλος τῆς ἐνκαταλείψεως ἀπαιτεῖ, ὃ γὰρ ἔστιν. "ἐπὶ τίνι με ἐνκατέλειψας"; ἀπαιτοῦντός ἐστιν τέλος, οὐχ ἵνα αὐτῷ γνωσθῇ, ἀλλ' ἵνα τῷ σώματι αὐτοῦ, τοῖς αὐτοῦ ἀνθρώποις. 2 μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς σωτηρίας μου οἱ λόγοι τῶν παραπτωμάτων μου. ὧδε ἵνα μὴ δόξωμεν μυθολογεῖν, ἀναγκαζόμεθα βαθυτέρας θεωρίας ἅψασθαι. οὐ ταὐτόν ἐστιν πρᾶγμα καὶ ὁ τοῦ πράγματος λόγος. οἱ πολλοὶ ἴσασιν τὰ αἰσθητά, λόγον δὲ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔχουσιν. μεγάλων ἐστὶν τὸ ἔχειν λόγον τῶν πραγμάτων. οὕτω γὰρ καὶ λόγῳ χωρίζομεν πρᾶγμα ἀπὸ πράγματος. καὶ ἐμνημόνευσα τοῦ χρώματος καὶ τῆς ἐπιφανείας. ἄλλο δέ ἐστιν τὸ χρῶμα καὶ ἄλλο ἡ ἐπιφάνεια, ἀχώριστα μέντοι ἑαυτῶν. λόγῳ οὖν χωρίζομεν αὐτά. τὸ χρῶμα ἐπιδέχεται τὸ μᾶλλον καὶ τὸ ἧττον. ἡ δὲ ἐπιφάνεια οὐ δέχεται τὸ μᾶλλον καὶ τὸ ἧττον, ὥστε ἕτερόν ἐστιν τὸ χρῶμα τῆς ἐπιφανείας, κἂν μηδέποτε χωρίζηται αὐτῆς, κἂν μηδέποτε ὑπάρχῃ ἄνευ αὐτῆς. ταῦτα δὲ λέγουσιν οἱ περὶ ἀπόδειξιν ἔχοντες ἐξ ἀφαιρέσεως. ἀφαιροῦμεν λόγῳ τόδε ἀπὸ τοῦδε, οὐκ αἰσθήσει, οὐχ ὑπάρξει. ὅταν οὖν λέγωμεν ὅτι ἡ γραμμὴ μῆκος ἀπλατές 26 ἐστιν, ἡ αἰσθητὴ οὔκ ἐστιν ἀπλατής. πάντως ἔχει πλάτος. λόγῳ δὲ 17 ἀφαιροῦμεν. λέγω· οἱ αἰσθήσει καὶ ὑπάρξει παραπτώματα ἔχοντες οὐκ ἴσασιν αὐτῶν τοὺς λόγους· εἰ γὰρ ᾔδεσαν ὅτι βλαπτικά ἐστιν, ὅτι εἰς ὄλεθρον καταστρέφει, οὐκ ἐνήργουν αὐτά. ἔστιν δὲ λόγον ἔχειν παραπτώματος· οἷον ἔστω παράπτωμα παρὰ τὸν νόμον τοῦ θεοῦ πραττόμενον τὸ ὅπως ποτὲ φονεύειν ἄνθρωπον. ὅταν δὲ δικαςτική τις ἐξουσία καὶ ὑπηρετῶν τῷ ὀρθῷ νόμῳ τὸν ἄξιον θανάτου ἀποκτέννῃ, ὡς ὁ Ἀγὰγ ἐφονεύθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Σαμουήλ, λόγον παραπτώματος εἶχεν ὁ Ἠλίας, οὐ παράπτωμα, καὶ Σαμουήλ. λέγει γοῦν ὁ σωτὴρ κατὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον· αὐτὸς γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ἀφελπισθεὶς ὁ λέγων ταῦτα· "μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς σωτηρίας μου οἱ λόγοι τῶν παραπτωμάτων μου". οὐ "μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς σωτηρίας μου εἰσίν"· οὐκ ἔγνων γὰρ ἁμαρτίαν, οὐκ ἐποίησα αὐτήν. ἔχω δὲ αὐτὴν λόγῳ, οἶδα τί ἐστιν ἁμαρτία. καὶ οἱ λόγοι οὖν παραπτωμάτων μακρὰν ἔστωσαν ἀπὸ τῆς σωτηρίας μου. ἡ σωτηρία μου μὴ παράμειγμά τι λαβέτω ὥστε ἀμαυρωθῆναι. ἐνίοτε γὰρ σῴζεταί τις καὶ διά τι ἐνυπάρχον αὐτῷ καλόν· εἰ κακόν, ἐλαττοῦται αὐτοῦ ἡ σωτηρία. πολλοὶ γοῦν πολλάκις ἐζήτησαν ὅτι· ἐὰν ποιήσῃ τις πολλὰ κακά, ποιήσῃ δὲ ὀλίγα ἀγαθά, ἀπόλλυσιν ἐκεῖνα; τὸ εἰπεῖν ὅτι ἀπόλλυσιν, ἀφαίρεσιν ἐλπίδος τῶν προσώπων
The Manifestation of Mercy in Day and Night§17
17It signifies. I have said many times toward this point: that the punishment is diminished. Let it be said: let more people have done injustice; from these, some did not commit injustice, but showed mercy. His punishment is diminished, and these things have not been done to him sluggishly. When someone previously sinned, he has the works 'going before him to judgment'. They run ahead of him, leading him on to the judgment. But other sins follow. When someone, while acting, does good and a few sins, these follow. 'Likewise', he says, 'also the good works'. As I have said concerning sins, so also concerning good works I will say. However, no one having done good remains without fault above. From it, his punishment is diminished. And he who 'did not know sin nor did it' (1 John 3:5) and the words of the lapses, has far from himself his salvation; he has his salvation pure, neither sin nor lapse being left to it, but not even this, the word of a lapse.
3 O my God, I have cried days to you, and you do not listen, and night, and it does not come to my mind (Ps 142:2). The state of the life of men is diverse. It has some profitable aspects, and it has some dark aspects. And in these human things there are days, which are called 'day', and dark things, which are named 'night'. This therefore he says: and in the pleasant and bright things toward you I cry, and you listen, and in the night I do this, and it does not come to my mind; for after your departure and the dark things no longer being unclear, it has become manifest to me. He listens to our crying in the days; and at night, that is to say, being in the dark state, we have him helping, and in the matter we have received knowledge that he helps; for this is: 'and at night, and it does not come to my mind'. And even if it were to others that this were the case, if this were 'the man before God', he was abandoned, this was not to his mind; for he came to this voluntarily: 'I will go to myself toward the mountain of myrrh' (Song of Solomon 1:4). Myrrh...
His body has journeyed to the mountain, because on behalf of all those who were myrrh-soaked, he accepted death. As for why it is so, let us learn from another psalm: that the dark things are ignorance and night; 'by day,' he says, 'the Lord commands his mercy, and by night he will make it known' (Ps 92:2).
When we clearly and readily see men being pitied, God has commanded his mercy by day. And 'by night' he 'will make it known'; for if you know that God also punishes and hands over in order to make his mercy known—for he does not hand over men to punishments crudely—in this night, the dark one, he will establish it, and the mercy of God will be made known. And by day he commands the mercy when his mercy is manifest, and by night; it is possible to manifest it through the darkness of the state of those being punished. However, even if they also despair, he himself will make known even in the night his mercy.
'And not unto oblivion of me' (Ps 16:11); I do not cry out in ignorance at night, I do not cry out in ignorance that you listen. 'But you dwell among the saints, O praise of Israel' (Ps 67:35). See what he says: you who dwell among the saints and are the praise of all those having pure hearts and seeing you—for such people are Israel—you have not abandoned me; for if you dwell among the saints, and the saints suffer something, they were not abandoned; for how could you be in them, and not simply, but the praise of Israel?
And it is also possible that 'but you dwell among the saints' means this: even if you have surrounded some with a pitiful death and it seems to one that you have withdrawn from me, yet in the saints, in those I teach, in those I think upon, you dwell. If you are in these, I have not been abandoned. And it is possible for the holy things to be taken also upon the blessed logical beings, and upon the holy men, and upon the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens. For God, being present everywhere, is found in such things, and all such things are his temple, a multi-purpose temple. Therefore, you are a praise in Israel; for he truly...
Greek · §17
σημαίνει. εἶπον πολλάκις εἰς τοῦτο ὅτι ἐλαττοῦται ἡ κόλασις. φέρε εἰπεῖν, ἀδικείτωσαν πλείονες· ἐκ τούτων δέ τινες μὴ ἀδικείτωσαν, ἀλλὰ ἐλεάτωσαν. ἐλαττοῦται αὐτοῦ ἡ τιμωρία καὶ οὐκ ἀργῶς πέπρακται αὐτῷ ταῦτα. ὅταν τις προηγουμένως ἁμαρτήσῃ, ἔχει τὰ ἔργα "προάγοντα εἰς κρίσιν". προτρέχουσιν αὐτοῦ, χειραγωγοῦσιν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὴν κρίσιν. ἄλλοις δὲ ἐπακολουθοῦσιν τὰ ἁμαρτήματα. ὅταν τις πράττων καλὰ ποιῇ καὶ ὀλίγα ἁμαρτήματα, ἐπακολουθεῖ ταῦτα. "ὡσαύτως", φησίν, "καὶ τὰ καλὰ ἔργα". ὡς εἶπον περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, καὶ περὶ τῶν καλῶν ἔργων ἐρῶ. ὅμως οὐδεὶς πράξας καλὸν ἀνω φελὴς μένει. ἐξ αὐτοῦ μειουμένην ἔχει τὴν κόλασιν. ὁ δὲ "ἁμαρτίαν μὴ γνοὺς μηδὲ ποιήσας αὐτὴν" καὶ τοὺς λόγους τῶν παραπτωμάτων πόρρω ἔχει ἀπὸ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ σωτηρίας, καθαρὰν ἔχει τὴν σωτηρίαν, οὐδὲ ἁμάρτημα ἢ παράπτωμα παραμέμεικται αὐτῇ, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ αὐτὸ τοῦτο, λόγος παραπτώματος. 3 ὁ θεός μου, κεκράξομαι ἡμέρας πρός σε, καὶ οὐκ εἰσακούσῃ, καὶ νυκτός, καὶ οὐκ εἰς ἄνοιαν ἐμοί. ἡ κατάστασις τοῦ βίου τῶν ἀνθρώπων διάφορός ἐστιν. ἔχει καὶ ἐπωφελῆ τινα, ἔχει δὲ καὶ σκυθρωπά. καὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς τούτοις τοῖς ἀνθρωπίνοις εἰσὶν ἡδέα, καὶ καλεῖται ταῦτα "ἡμέρα", καὶ σκυθρωπά, ἃ ὀνομάζεται "νύξ". τοῦτο οὖν λέγει· καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἡδέσιν καὶ λαμπροῖς πρός σε κράζω, καὶ εἰσακούεις, καὶ ἐν νυκτὶ τοῦτο ποιῶ, καὶ οὐκ εἰς ἄνοιαν ἐμοὶ γίνεται· ἐπινεύσαντος γάρ σου καὶ τῶν σκυθρωπῶν μηκέτι ἀσαφῶν ὄντων, γέγονέν μοι φανερόν. εἰσακούει ἡμέρας ἡμῶν βοώντων· καὶ νυκτὸς δέ, τουτέστιν 27 ἐν τῇ σκυθρωπῇ καταστάσει ὄντες, ἔχομεν αὐτὸν βοηθοῦντα καὶ τῷ πράγματι ἐλάβομεν γνῶσιν ὅτι βοηθεῖ· τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τό· "καὶ νυκτός, καὶ οὐκ εἰς ἄνοιαν ἐμοί". κἂν ἄλλοις ἦν ὅτι οὗτος, εἰ ἦν "ὁ ἄνθρωπος παρὰ θεοῦ" οὗτος, ἐνκατελείπετο, αὐτῷ οὐκ εἰς ἄνοιαν ἦν τοῦτο· ἑκουσίως γὰρ εἰς τοῦτο ἐλήλυθεν· "πορεύσομαι ἐμαυτῷ πρὸς τὸ ὄρος τῆς σζμύρνης"· σζμύρνη γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὸ σῶμα. πρὸς τὸ ὄρος πεπόρευται, ὅτι ὑπὲρ πάντων τῶν σζμυρνισθέντων ἀνεδέξατο τὸν θάνατον. ὅτι δὲ τοῦθ' οὕτως ἔχει, καὶ ἐξ ἄλλου ψαλμοῦ μάθωμεν, ὅτι τὰ σκυθρωπὰ ἄγνοιά ἐστιν καὶ νύξ· "ἡμέρας", φησίν, "ἐντελεῖται κύριος τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ, καὶ νυκτὸς δηλώσει". ὅτε φανερῶς καὶ προχείρως ἐλεουμένους ἀνθρώπους ὁρῶμεν, ἡμέρας ἐνετείλατο ὁ θεὸς τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ. "καὶ νυκτὸς" δὲ "δηλώσει"· ἐὰν γὰρ εἰδῇς ὅτι καὶ κολάσει παραδίδωσιν θεός, ἵνα δηλώσῃ τὸ ἔλεος ἑαυτοῦ –οὐδὲ γὰρ ὠμῶς παραδίδωσιν κολάσεσιν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους–, ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτί, τῇ σκυθρωπῇ καταστάσει, δηλωθήσεται τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ θεοῦ. καὶ ἡμέρας δὲ ἐντέλλεται τὸν ἔλεον, ὅταν φανερὰ ᾖν ἡ ἐλεημοσύνη αὐτοῦ, 18 καὶ νυκτός· δύναται διὰ τὸ σκυθρωπὸν τῆς καταστάσεως τῶν κολαζομένων. πλὴν εἰ κἀκεῖνοι ἀφελπίζουσιν, ἀλλ' αὐτὸς δηλώσει καὶ ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ τὸν ἔλεον αὐτοῦ. "καὶ οὐκ εἰς ἄνοιαν ἐμοί"· οὐκ ἀγνοῶ κράζων νυκτός, οὐκ ἀγνοῶ ὅτι ἐπακούεις. 4 σὺ δὲ ἐν ἁγίοις κατοικεῖς, ὁ ἔπαινος τοῦ Ἰσραήλ. θεώρει τί λέγει· σὺ ὁ ἐν ἁγίοις κατοικῶν καὶ ἔπαινος ὢν πάντων τῶν καθαρὰν καρδίαν ἐχόντων καὶ ὁρώντων σε –οἱ τοιοῦτοι γάρ εἰσιν ὁ Ἰσραήλ–οὐκ ἐνκατέλειψάς με· εἰ γὰρ ἐν ἁγίοις κατοικεῖς, πάσχουσιν δέ τι οἱ ἅγιοι, οὐκ ἐνκατελείφθησαν ἐκεῖνοι· πῶς γὰρ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἦς ἄν, καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς, ἀλλ' ἔπαινος τοῦ Ἰσραήλ; δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τὸ "σὺ δὲ ἐν ἁγίοις κατοικεῖς" οὕτως· εἰ καὶ οἰκτρῷ θανάτῳ περιέβαλόν μέ τινες καὶ δοκεῖς κατὰ τοῦτο ἀπεσχοινίσθαι μου, ἀλλ' ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις, ἐν τοἷς διδάσκω, ἐν οἷς φρονῶ, κατοικεῖς. εἰ δὲ ἐν τούτοις πάρει, οὐκ ἐνκατελείφθην. δύναται δὲ καθόλου τὰ ἅγια ληφθῆναι καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν μακαρίων λογικῶν καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἁγίων ἀνδρῶν καὶ ἐπ' αὐτῶν τῶν μυστηρίων τῆς βασιλείας τῶν οὐρανῶν. πανταχοῦ δὲ παρὼν θεὸς ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις εὑρίσκεται, καὶ πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα ναὸς αὐτοῦ εἰσιν, πολύτροπος ναός. ἔπαινος εἶ οὖν ἐν Ἰσραήλ· ὁ γὰρ ἀληθῶς
The Distinction of Universals and the Meaning of the Head§18
18The visionary one, possessing the mind of Christ and seeing God within, is not troubled. You are the praise of Israel; 'in you we shall be praised all day long' (Ps 145:1). Our fathers hoped in you (Ps 22:4). Our fathers, having hoped in you, were heard 'and were not put to shame' (Ps 22:5); for always receiving their prayers, you brought them to a state of favor, even if they should die through afflictions. For that which hears them when they cry out is not that which makes them be outside of the afflictions, but that which is outside of the harm brought by the afflictions; thus also it was interpreted: 'do not bring us into temptation' (Matt 6:13). Even if the holy ones praying seem not to be heard, all the more they are heard, because by remaining in afflictions they are proven as athletes. For what a failure it would be if one praying should turn away from the afflictions? Furthermore, 'our fathers' is in the presence of the Savior; you know that he counts himself in many ways according to the human manner. They hoped, and you saved them; they cried out to you and were saved. Not by leading them into nothingness, but by overcoming through afflictions. 'They cried out to you.' Having cried out, they were saved. And the cry we take to be the stretched-out prayer; for we do not cry out with a laughing voice, for thought is the word of the soul, and voice is the sound of the inner man.
They hoped in you and were not put to shame. I am a worm and not a man (Job 25:6). The fathers, having cried out to you, were not put to shame; for they have attained that of which they expected, that of which they hoped. Here he teaches blindness: 'I am a worm and not a man' (Job 25:6). The man does not deny being a man, but he teaches that the man is such, since he does not even perceptually call himself a worm. I am not therefore that man about whom it is said: 'for where there is strife and jealousy among you, are you not men?' (Jas 3:16); but I have the same disposition toward them, drawing everything for their sake. And this too can be understood: since his body did not come from the casting of a man's seed, but from the mere matter taken from the womb, according to this he calls himself a worm; for the worm does not come from a union, but from simple matter. And here, from the simple matter subject to the female, the body arose for him. 'In it' indeed 'has been born' and 'has been born from it.' But the other bodies are said to be 'through women' by way of the washing...
To receive. Since therefore this one did not have her birth from the seed of a man, it did not happen through her, but from her. A reproach of men and a disgrace of a people. I am a reproach not simply of men, but of the 'men'. All those who, looking at me, mocked me.
Some wish to falsely make the universal many times; for the universal is sometimes cut and becomes universal in another way. If I say, 'All men are mortal,' I say this universally. But if I say that 'all the grammarians,' I speak of certain men, and the universal has come from the grammarian, not from the man. 'All the diligent are righteous.' I do not say this that 'all men are righteous.' So also here: not all those looking at him mocked him—for indeed the apostles, looking, did not mock him—but all those looking at him in this way as a disgrace of a people, as a reproach; for the others did not look at him in this way.
They spoke with lips, they moved the head. If they had spoken from the heart, they would not have moved the head. They spoke with lips to many. And it is not a wonder if they said these things concerning the one who suffered and was seen hanging. And God himself blames them, saying, 'This people honors me with their lips' (Ps 51:17). Therefore all the hypocrites, when they rejoice with the holy and the righteous, speak only with lips. And those who indeed boast grandly about the Savior were doing this: 'But he said the one destroying the temple and in three days building it up' (Mk 14:58).
Furthermore: to move the head? Perhaps even regarding history; they did this by cutting corners. And often the head signifies the mind. When anyone thus speaks against the Savior with lips without having seen him as he ought to be, he has a shaken mind, he has a wavering mind. Because the head signifies the mind: 'I have given their paths into their heads' (Ps 101:8), and this head did not possess anything of itself. 'And from thence he will come out, and your hands shall be upon your head; you will say, I have not sinned; for behold, I am judged against you' (Zech 10:5). And coming out of this life, you will have your deeds upon your head. And also: 'His pain shall return upon his head' (Job 34:31). But also praiseworthily: 'The eyes of the wise are in his head' (Prov 2:10). And he who, being not wise, has become wise, does not have them being carried around.
Greek · §18
διορατικὸς καὶ "νοῦν Χριστοῦ ἔχων", ἐν ᾧ ὁρᾷ τὸν θεόν, οὐ θλίβεται. σὺ δὲ εἶ "ὁ ἔπαινος τοῦ Ἰσραήλ"· "ἐν σοὶ ἐπαινεθησόμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν". 5 ἐπὶ σοὶ ἤλπισαν οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν. οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν ἐπὶ σοὶ ἐλπίσαντες εἰσηκούσθησαν "καὶ οὐ κατῃσχύνθησαν"· ἀεὶ γὰρ τὰς εὐχὰς αὐτῶν δεχόμενος εἰς εὐμένειαν αὐτοὺς ἔφερες, κἂν θλίψεσιν ἐναπέθανον· τὸ γὰρ ἐπακοῦσαί σε αὐτῶν βοώντων οὐ τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἐκτὸς 28 θλιβηρῶν αὐτοὺς ποιῆσαι, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐκτὸς τῆς βλάβης τῆς ἐπιφερομένης ὑπὸ τῶν θλιβηρῶν· οὕτω γὰρ ἑρμηνεύθη καὶ τό· "μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν". κἂν δοκῶσιν οὖν μὴ ἐπακούεσθαι οἱ ἅγιοι εὐχόμενοι, τότε μᾶλλον ἐπακούονται, ὅτι ἐνμένοντες τοῖς θλιβηροῖς ἀθληταὶ ἀποδείκνυνται. ἐπεὶ ποῖον κατόρθωμα, ἐὰν εὐχόμενος ἀποστῇ ἀπὸ τῶν θλιβηρῶν; ἐπερ· ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ σωτῆρος τὸ "οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν"; –οἶδας ὅτι ἐν πολλοῖς ἀριθμεῖ ἑαυτὸν κατὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον. 5–6 ἤλπισαν, καὶ ἐρύσω αὐτούς· πρὸς σὲ ἐκέκραξαν καὶ ἐσώθησαν. οὐ τῷ μηδὲν σκυθρωπὸν ἐπάγειν, ἀλλὰ τῷ ταῖς θλίψεσιν νικᾶν. "πρὸς σὲ ἐκέκραξαν". βοήσαντες ἐσώθησαν. τὴν βοὴν δὲ τὴν ἐπιτεταμένην εὐχὴν λαμβάνομεν· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐν γεγωνῷ φωνῇ κράζομεν· ἡ νόησις γὰρ λόγος ἐστὶν ψυχῆς, φωνή ἐστιν τοῦ ἔσω ἀνθρώπου. 6– 7 ἐπὶ σοὶ ἤλπισαν καὶ οὐ καταισχύνθησαν. ἐγὼ δέ εἰμι σκώληξ καὶ οὐκ ἄνθρωπος. οἱ πατέρες κράξαντες πρὸς σὲ οὐ καταισχύνθησαν· τετυχήκασιν γὰρ ὧν προσεδόκουν, ὧν ἤλπιζον. ὧδε ἀτυφίαν διδάσκει· "ἐγὼ σκώληξ καὶ οὐκ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι". οὐκ ἀρνεῖται ἑαυτὸν τὸ ἄνθρωπον εἶναι, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἄνθρωπον τοιόνδε εἶναι, ἐπεὶ οὐδὲ σκώληκα ἑαυτὸν αἰσθητῶς λέγει. οὔκ εἰμι οὖν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος, περὶ οὗ λέγεται· "ὅπου γὰρ ἔρις καὶ ζῆλος ἐν ὑμῖν, οὐχὶ ἄνθρωποί ἐστε"; ἀλλ' ἐγὼ ἔχομαι τῆς αὐτῆς πρὸς αὐτοὺς διαθέσεως, ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν πάντα ἀναντλῶ. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο λαβεῖν· ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἐκ καταβολῆς σπερμάτων ἀνδρὸς γέγονεν αὐτῷ τὸ σῶμα, ἀλλ' ἐκ μόνης τῆς ὕλης τῆς ἐκ τῆς κυούσης λαμβανομένης, κατὰ τοῦτο σκώληκα αὐτὸν λέγει· ὁ γὰρ σκώληξ οὐκ ἐκ συνδυασμοῦ γίνεται, ἀλλ' ἐξ ἁπλῆς ὕλης. καὶ ὧδε ἀπὸ τῆς ἁπλῆς ὕλης τῆς ὑποκειμένης τῇ θηλείᾳ συνανέστη αὐτῷ τὸ σῶμα. "ἐν αὐτῇ" γοῦν "γεγέννηται" καὶ "ἐξ αὐτῆς γεγέννηται". τὰ δὲ ἄλλα σώματα "διὰ γυναικῶν" λέγεται τὴν πλάσιν δέχεσθαι. ἐπεὶ οὖν αὕτη οὐκ ἐκ σπέρματος ἀνδρὸς ἔσχεν τὴν γονήν, οὐ δι' αὐτῆς γέγονεν, ἀλλ' ἐξ αὐτῆς. 7 ὄνειδος ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἐξουδένημα λαοῦ. ὄνειδος δέ εἰμι οὐχ ἁπλῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλὰ τῶν "ἀνθρώπων". 8 πάντες οἳ θεωροῦντές με ἐξεμυκτήρισάν με. τινὲς τὸ καθόλου πολλάκις ψευδοποιεῖν βούλονται· τέμνεται γάρ ποτε τὸ καθόλου καὶ ἄλλως γίνεται καθόλου. ἐὰν λέγω· "πάντες οἱ ἄνθρωποι θνητοί εἰσιν", καθόλου τοῦτο λέγω. ἐὰν δὲ λέγω ὅτι· "πάντες οἱ γραμματικοί", 19 ἀνθρώπους τινὰς λέγω, καὶ τὸ καθόλου ἐκ τοῦ γραμματικοῦ γέγονεν, οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. "πάντες οἱ σπουδαῖοι δίκαιοι". οὐ τοῦτο λέγω ὅτι "πάντες οἱ ἄνθρωποι". οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα· οὐ πάντες οἱ θεωροῦντες αὐτὸν ἐξεμυκτήρισαν αὐτόν–οἱ ἀπόστολοι γοῦν θεωροῦντες οὐκ ἐξεμυκτήρισαν–, ἀλλὰ πάντες οἱ οὕτω με θεωροῦντες ὡς ἐξουθένημα λαοῦ, ὡς ὄνειδος· οἱ γὰρ ἄλλοι οὐχ οὕτως αὐτὸν ἐθεώρουν. 8 ἐλάλησαν ἐν χείλεσιν, ἐκίνησαν κεφαλήν. 29 εἰ λελαλήκεισαν ἀπὸ καρδίας, οὐκ ἂν ἐκίνουν τὴν κεφαλήν. ἐν χείλεσιν πολλοῖς ἐλάλησαν. καὶ οὐ θαυμαστόν, εἰ περὶ τοῦ πεπονθότος καὶ ὁρωμένου κρεμαμένου ταῦτα εἰρήκασιν. καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ θεὸς αἰτιᾶται αὐτοὺς λέγων· "ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ". πάντες οὖν οἱ ἐπιχαιρέκακοι ὅτε ἁγίοις καὶ δικαίοις ἐπιχαίρουσιν, χείλεσιν μόνοις λαλοῦσιν. καὶ οἱ ἐπὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος γοῦν μεγαλορημονοῦντες τοῦτο ἐποίουν· "οὐὰ ὁ καταλύων τὸν ναὸν καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις οἰκοδομῶν αὐτόν". ἐπερ · τὸ κινεῖν κεφαλήν; –ἴσως μὲν καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ἱστορίας· ἐπικερτομοῦντες ἐποίουν τοῦτο. πολλαχοῦ δὲ σημαίνει ἡ κεφαλὴ τὸν νοῦν. ὅταν τις τοίνυν οὕτως ἐν χείλεσιν κατὰ τοῦ σωτῆρος λέγῃ μὴ θεωρήσας αὐτὸν ὡς δεῖ, σαλευόμενον ἔχει τὸν νοῦν, κλονούμενον ἔχει τὸν νοῦν. ὅτι δὲ σημαίνει τὸν νοῦν ἡ κεφαλή· "τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτῶν ἔδωκα εἰς κεφαλάς", καὶ οὐ δήπου ἡ κεφαλὴ αὕτη ἔσχεν τι. "καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελεύσῃ, καὶ αἱ χεῖρές σου ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς σου· λέγεις· οὐχ ἥμαρτον· ἰδοὺ γὰρ ἐγὼ κρίνομαι πρὸς σέ". καὶ τούτου τοῦ ζῆν ἐξελευσόμενος ἕξεις τὰς πράξεις σου ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς σου. καὶ ἔτι· "ἐπιστρέψει ὁ πόνος αὐτοῦ εἰς κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ". ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπαινετῶς· "τοῦ σοφοῦ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἐν κεφαλῇ αὐτοῦ". καὶ ὁ ἐκ μὴ σοφοῦ σοφὸς γεγενημένος οὐκ ἔχει μεταφερομένους
The progression from milk to spiritual strength§19
19The eyes are moved to another place. Thus he says that the insight of the wise man is in his head according to Christ; for 'his head is the Christ' (Ps 22:1). He hoped in the Lord; let Him rescue him; let Him save him, because He wills him. Mockers say so. He said that men have also been accustomed to say such things concerning the righteous who are afflicted: 'If he is willed by Him, let Him save him'. And He will rescue him, not because they say this, but because he is willed by Him. He carries out His own plan. He came to fulfill the will of the Father; for 'I have come down from heaven not to do my own will' (Jn 6:38). If therefore he does the will of his Father, He wills him.
For 'you are the one who burst me forth from the womb' (Ps 22:9). And regarding the history, something plausible might be said. Mary received 'the Holy Spirit coming upon her and the power of the Most High overshadowing her' (Lk 1:35). And just as God Himself forms bodies in the womb—as He formed Jeremiah and this body in the womb of Mary. Since therefore the same purity and cleanness were regarding the body, He Himself burst it forth from the womb. He did not do something great in this, but just as having formed Adam he showed him to be a man, so having formed him he brought him forth.
'My hope is from the breasts of my mother' (Ps 22:10). Even while still nursing you showed yourself, that you are my hope, having called the Magi—for while still an infant he mastered magic. In receiving milk I was not acting like an infant as other infants are ignorant of God, but I held hope in you.
'Upon you I was cast forth from the womb' (Ps 22:9). He, not having done sin nor having deceit in his heart, he who 'before knowing calls father and mother' (Ps 22:11) took 'the power of Damascus and the cunning of Samaria', he who 'before evil things came forth' chose 'the good'; for this shows that he neither did sin nor knew it. All men, after the choosing of the evil, choose the good. This one, before evil things came forth, chose the good. And this is that he is sinless, that he did not know sin, because even not according to childhood age he sinned, which things are not very difficult, yet they are presented as preceding virtue. This might also be said concerning every saint, through this same thing becoming so in life. He became...
“Behold the man, sent from God, his name John.” “And he shall be filled with the Holy Spirit even from the womb of his mother.” (Luke 1:13-15). Each of these is able to say these words to that: “Upon you I have called from the womb,” that is, “From the womb of my mother, my God you are.” But if concerning Samuel it is said: “And Samuel before knowing God” (1 Sam 3:7), it seems to contend with the things previously said. Therefore let us see more wisely how the word is the will of God.
Job says: “And even if I have eaten my morsel alone and have not shared with the orphan, except as a father guided them from the womb of my mother” (Job 29:15); for how was he able to provide for and care for orphans from the womb of a mother? Thus, therefore, I take it: a praiseworthy practice is a continuous progression; then the practice takes its beginning when the word is fulfilled. I am able, therefore, to say this: he says that I have done good things not after the evil things, but the word having been fulfilled in me, it began from the praiseworthy things; so that we may leave those things entirely, having been brought from elsewhere this state which is “pleasing to God.”
Since, therefore, there is another generation besides the one at hand, and that generation is in a certain way a mother, someone is torn from a womb, from this womb; for not by God alone can a man be brought from this womb into light. And from the breasts which are suitable with milk, which they receive, beginning now to be God-fearing, from those breasts they have hope toward God. And often milk signifies something else: “those turned away from milk; hope upon tribulation they received.” Not he, having ceased from milk just now and having been torn from the breasts of the mother, is able to receive hope upon tribulation.
Often the infant is said to be in relation to the perfect man, with the intermediate ages being passed over in silence: “When I was an infant, when I have become a man” (Ps 22:10, 71:17). And he has become a man not by a first and single change, but by many changes. Therefore, bearing the state of an infant and having a weaker disposition, he is given milk. But when he is able to become someone great, then he is torn from the milk and then he is prepared for athletic power, to pursue and achieve “tribulation upon tribulation and hope upon hope.” “For indeed, owing to be teachers because of the time, again you have need of the...
Greek · §19
τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς εἰς ἕτερον τόπον. τοῦτο οὖν λέγει, ὅτι τὸ διορατικὸν τοῦ σοφοῦ ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν κατὰ Χριστόν· τὸ γάρ· "κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός". 9 ἤλπισεν ἐπὶ κύριον, ῥυσάσθω αὐτόν· σωσάτω αὐτόν, ὅτι θέλει αὐτόν. χλευάζοντες λέγουσιν. εἶπον ὅτι καὶ περὶ τῶν θλιβομένων δικαίων εἰώθασιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τοιαῦτα λέγειν· "εἰ θελητὸς αὐτῷ ἐστιν, σωσάτω αὐτόν". καὶ ῥύσεται αὐτόν, οὐχ ὅτι ἐκεῖνοι τοῦτο λέγουσιν· θελητὸς γὰρ αὐτῷ ἐστιν. αὐτοῦ οἰκονομίας ἐκτελεῖ. ἐλήλυθεν πληρῶσαι τὸ βούλημα τοῦ πατρός· "καταβέβηκα" γὰρ "ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ οὐχ ἵνα ποιῶ τὸ θέλημα τὸ ἐμόν". εἰ τοίνυν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ ποιεῖ, θέλει αὐτόν. 10 ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐκσπάσας με ἐκ γαστρός. καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ἱστορίας ῥηθείη ἄν τι πιθανόν. ἡ Μαρία συνείληφεν "τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου ἐπελθόντος ἐπ' αὐτὴν καὶ τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ ὑψίστου ἐπισκιασάσης αὐτήν". καὶ ὥσπερ αὐτὸς ὁ θεὸς̣ ὁ πλάττων ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τὰ σώματα–ὡς τὸν Ἰηρεμίαν ἔπλασεν καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦτο ἐν τῇ ὑστέρ̣ᾳ̣ τῆς Μαρίας. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ἡ αὐτὴ περὶ τὸ σῶμα ἦν ἁγνεία καὶ καθαρότης, αὐτὸς ἐξέσπασεν αὐτὸν ἐκ μήτρας. οὐ μέγα τοῦτο πεποίηκεν, ἀλλ' ὥσπερ πλάσας τὸν Ἀδὰμ ἔδειξεν αὐτὸν ἄνθρωπον, οὕτω πλάσας αὐτὸν ἐξήγαγεν αὐτόν. 10 ἡ ἐλπίς μου ἀπὸ μαστῶν τῆς μητρός μου. ἔτι θηλάζων ἔδειξά σε, ὅτι ἐλπίς μου εἶ, καλέσας τοὺς μάγους–ἔτι γὰρ νήπιος ὢν ἐσκύλευσεν τὴν μαγείαν–. ἐν τῷ δέχεσθαι γάλα οὐκ ἤμη̣ν νηπιάζων ὡς τὰ ἄλλα βρέφη ἀγνο30 ῶν θεόν, ἀλλὰ ἐλπίδα σὲ εἶχον. 11 ἐπὶ σὲ ἐπερίφην ἐκ μήτρας. ὁ ἁμαρτίαν μὴ ποιήσας μηδὲ δόλον σχὼν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ, ὁ "πρὶν γνῶναι καλεῖν πατέρα καὶ μητέρα" λαβὼν "δύναμιν ∆αμασκοῦ καὶ σκῦλα Σαμαρείας", ὁ "πρὶν προελέσθαι πονηρὰ" ἐκλεξάμενος "τὸ ἀγαθόν"· τοῦτο γὰρ δείκνυσιν ὅτι ἁμαρτίαν οὔτε ἐποίησεν οὔτε ἔγνω. πάντες ἄνθρωποι μετὰ τὴν αἵρεσιν τῶν πονηρῶν ἐκλέγονται τὸ ἀγαθόν. οὗτος πρὶν προελέσθαι πονηρὰ ἐξελέγη τὸ ἀγαθόν. καὶ τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἀναμάρτητον αὐτὸν εἶναι, τὸ μὴ ἐγνωκέναι ἁμαρτίαν, ὅτι οὐδὲ κατὰ τὴν παιδικὴν ἡλικίαν ἐκεῖνα ἥμαρτεν, ἃ οὔκ εἰσιν πάνυ χαλεπά, ὅμως δὲ πρὸ ἀρετῆς προυφίστανται. ῥηθείη ἂν καὶ περὶ παντὸς ἁγίου τοῦτο τοῦ εἰς τὸν βίον δι' 20 αὐτὸ τοῦτο γενομένου. "ἐγένετο ἄνθρωπος, ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ θεοῦ, ὄνομα αὐτῷ Ἰωάννης". "καὶ πνεύματος ἁ γίου πλησθήσεται ἔτι ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ". ἕκαστος τούτων δύναται τὰς φωνὰς ταύτας εἰπεῖν τό· "ἐπὶ σὲ ἐπερίφην ἐκ μήτρας", τό· "ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου θεός μου εἶ σύ". ἐὰν δὲ περὶ τοῦ Σαμουὴλ λέγηται· "καὶ Σαμουὴλ πρὶν ἢ γνῶναι θεόν", δοκεῖ μάχεσθαι τοῖς εἰρημένοις. λοιπὸν ἴδωμεν αὐτὸ φρονιμώτερον, ὡς ὁ θεὸς βούλεται λόγος. ὁ Ἰὼβ λέγει· "εἰ δὲ καὶ τὸν ψωμόν μου ἔφαγον μόνος καὶ ὀρφανῷ οὐ μετέδωκα, εἰ μὴ ὡς πατὴρ ὡδήγουν αὐτοὺς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου"· πῶς γὰρ ἠδύνατο ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς ὀρφανῶν προνοεῖσθαι καὶ φροντίζειν ὀρφανῶν; οὕτω τοίνυν λαμβάνω· πρᾶξιν ἐπαινετὴν διέξεισιν· τότε δὲ ἀρχὴν λαμβάνει ἡ πρᾶξις, ὅταν συνπληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος. δύναμαι οὖν τοῦτο· λέγει ὅτι· τὰ καλὰ ἔπραξα οὐ μετὰ τὰ κακά, ἀλλὰ ὁ λόγος μοι συνπληρωθεὶς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐπαινετῶν ἤρξατο· ἵνα ἐκεῖνα τέως ἐάσωμεν τὸ ἄλλοθέν ποθεν κεκομικέναι τὴν τοιαύτην κατάστασιν τὴν "εὐάρεστον τῷ θεῷ". ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ἔστιν ἄλλη γένεσις παρὰ τὴν πρόχειρον, κἀκείνη μὲν ἡ γένεσις τρόπον τινὰ μήτηρ ἐστίν, ἐκσπᾶταί τις ἐκ μήτρας, ἐκ ταύτης τῆς μήτρας· οὐδὲ γὰρ δύναται ἐκ ταύτης τῆς μήτρας ἄνθρωπος ἀγαγεῖν εἰς φῶς ἢ θεὸς μόνος. καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν μαστῶν τῶν καταλλήλων τῷ γάλακτι ᾧν δέχονται οἱ ἄρτι θεοσεβεῖν ἀρχόμενοι, ἐκ μαστῶν ἐκείνων τὴν ἐλπίδα πρ̣ὸς θεὸν ἔχουσιν. σημαίνει δὲ πολλάκις τὸ γάλα καὶ ἕτερόν τι· "οἱ ἀπεσπασμένοι ἀπὸ γάλακτος; ἐλπίδα ἐπὶ θλῖψιν προσεδέχου". μὴ ὁ ἄρτι τοῦ γάλακτος παυσάμενος καὶ ἀποσπασθεὶς τῶν μαστῶν τῆς μητρὸς δύναται ἐλπίδα ἐπὶ θλῖψιν προσδέχεσθαι. πολλάκις πρὸς τὸν τέλειον ἄνδρα ὁ νήπιος λέγεται παρασιωπωμένων τῶν μεταξὺ ἡλικιῶν· "ὅτε ἤμην νήπιος, ὅτε γέγονα ἀνήρ". γέγονεν δὲ ἀνὴρ οὐ κατὰ πρώτην καὶ μίαν μεταβολήν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ πολ31 λῶν μεταβολήν. ὁ τοίνυν νηπίου κατάστασιν φέρων καὶ ἀσθενεστέραν διάθεσιν ἔχων γαλακτοδοτεῖται. ὅταν δὲ δυνηθῇ μέγας τις γενέσθαι, τότε ἀποσπᾶται ἀπὸ τοῦ γάλακτος καὶ τότε παρασκευάζεται εἰς ἀθλητικὴν δύναμιν, τὴν "θλῖψιν ἐπὶ θλίψει καὶ ἐλπίδα ἐπ' ἐλπίδι" μεταδιώκειν καὶ κατορθοῖν. "καὶ γὰρ ὀφείλοντες εἶναι διδάσκαλοι διὰ τὸν χρόνον, πάλιν χρείαν ἔχετε τοῦ
The Unity of Essence and Distinction of Persons§20
20To be taught, and you have become in need of milk, not of solid food. You see, that the middle parts were passed over, and the extremes were taken. Often indeed such things are said when the middle parts are passed over.
11 From the womb of my mother, my God, you are (Psalm 22:2). As from the womb of a mother, according to the former explanation from the womb of a mother, Job guides orphans; that is to say, from the womb of a mother, that is to say, from when I began to have knowledge, I served no other god, not my own womb, nor mammon. Or if it is the other, that in this way they descended having God, possessing God. But we do not say this about everyone, but about those who are proclaimed in the Scripture that they have never almost existed in sin, such as John and Jeremiah.
'For you are the one who burst me from the womb.' He said 'to burst' and according to the former probable thought that: since the place in Mary where she gave birth had no opening, she gave birth through the cooperation of God. 'My hope is from the breasts of my mother.' I did not begin to hope after completion, but from the breasts of my mother I had hope in you. If it is understood concerning the holy, we say: the upper Jerusalem is the mother of the saints. From the breasts of this one hope is taken by those who hope, from those who have been discipled by them; for often the breast does not signify the member, but the milk itself.
'Upon you I was cast from the womb, from the womb of my mother, my God, you are' (Psalm 22:9). Upon you I was cast; not toward another was I cast, and then after that toward you. This is given, that from when I began to know piety, I perceived you, I served you. And according to the deeper meaning, that in this way I came to have God with me, just as John. The 'yet shall be filled'; for 'yet' is not said concerning that which has not existed at all.
12 Do not depart from me, for tribulation is near (Psalm 22:10). He speaks concerning the passion. And I need your presence. But when these things are said from the person of the one who was anthropized, it is not said privately toward the Father nor toward the Son, but toward God—one divinity of Father and Son—we say. If, therefore, we say that: 'Christ is the head of every man, but the head of Christ'—he did not say 'the Father', but 'God'; for he receives Christ now as High Priest and as King. Therefore, the head is the divinity.
For if 'the Father' has spoken, he excludes the Son; if 'the Son' has spoken, he overlooks the Father; for he has spoken 'God', since there is one divinity of Father and Son, and one God: indeed, God is one, but Father and Son are not one. Abraham and Isaac are one man, but one is the father and the other the son. Therefore, they are not one according to relation, but one according to essence.
For there is no helper. No one else is able to help. It can also be understood thus: 'for there is not'—I did not cast my care upon another helper. And it can also be: 'for there is no helper to me,' since all are against me, there is no one now, as far as human reasoning goes, who helps. Therefore, do not turn away from me. And it is possible also to say: not even an angel is able to help the one so far off. He does not dare to help because you, being greater than all, that is, the divinity, are present with him, and no one else is of such a kind as to help in this matter.
Many bulls have surrounded me, fattened oxen have enclosed me. Consequently, he speaks of the various factions of the Jews: Pharisees, Sadducees, and the others called Jewish Scribes; for these, in thinking greatly of these animals, are compared to them, especially since these animals are also tillers of the earth. And it is possible to call them bulls, and the fattened oxen are those acting as such, for example: 'the peoples labored in vain' (Ps 106:36)—these are the bulls. 'The kings of the earth stood up' (Ps 2:2). But we do not always perceive kings and rulers; for even a single king, being small and no longer having a kingdom, has been overtaken by the remaining Roman authority.
But Paul interpreted who the rulers are: those who became the cause of the Lord being crucified, of whom he says there are many wisdoms. And he says: 'If they had known, they would not have crucified the Lord of glory' (Acts 4:28). If they had known that they were bringing about the destruction of their own order, they would not have dared to do this. As we previously said prophetically regarding 'he who touches you touches the apple of his eye' (Zech 2:8): they, having laid hold of the Savior, destroyed themselves; and they rushed to kill him, thinking they would end his rule. On the contrary, it turned out for them: they themselves were destroyed. Fattened oxen have enclosed me; they opened upon me...
Greek · §20
διδάσκεσθαι ὑμᾶς, καὶ γεγόνατε χρείαν ἔχοντες γάλακτος, οὐ στερεᾶς τροφῆς". ὁρᾷς, ὅτι τὰ μέσα παρεσιώπησεν, τὰ δὲ ἄκρα ἔλαβεν. πολλάκις οὖν λέγεται τὰ τοιαῦτα παρασιωπωμένων τῶν μέσων. 11 ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου θεός μου εἶ σύ. ὡς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς κατὰ τὴν κατὰ τὴν προτέραν ἀπόδοσιν ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς ὡδήγει Ἰὼβ ὀρφανούς· τουτέστιν ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός, τουτέστιν ἀφ' οὗ ἠρξάμην γνῶσιν ἔχειν, οὐκ ἄλλῳ θεῷ ἐλάτρευσα, οὐ τῇ κοιλία μου, οὐ τῷ μαμωνᾷ. ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἄλλο, ὅτι οὕτω κατῆλθον θεὸν ἔχων τὸν θεόν. οὐ περὶ πάντων δὲ τοῦτο λέγομεν, ἀλλὰ περὶ τῶν βεβοημένων ἐν τῇ γραφῇ ὅτι οὐδέποτε σχεδὸν ἐν ἁμαρτίᾳ γεγένηνται, οἷον Ἰωάννου, Ἰηρεμίου. "ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐκσπάσας με ἐκ γαστρός". εἶπον τὸ ἐκσπάσαι καὶ κατὰ προτέραν πιθανὴν διάνοιαν ὅτι· ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἦν διέξοδον ἔχον τὸ μέλος τῆς Μαρίας, ἐν ᾧ τίκτει, θεοῦ συνεργείᾳ τέτοκεν. "ἡ ἐλπίς μου ἀπὸ μαστῶν τῆς μητρός μου". οὐ μετὰ τὴν τελείωσιν ἠρξάμην ἐλπίζειν, ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ τῶν μαστῶν τῆς μητρός μου σὲ ἐλπίδα ἔσχον. ἐὰν περὶ τοῦ ἁγίου ἐκλαμβάνηται, λέγομεν ὅτι· μήτηρ τῶν ἁγίων ἐστὶν ἡ ἄνω Ἰερουσαλήμ. ἀπὸ τῶν μαστῶν ταύτης ἐλπίδα λαμβάνουσιν οἱ ἐλπίζοντες, ἀπὸ τῶν μαθητευσαμένων αὐτούς· πολλάκις γὰρ ὁ μαστὸς οὐ τὸ μέλος σημαίνει, ἀλλ' αὐτὸ τὸ γάλα. "ἐπὶ σὲ ἐπερίφην ἐκ μήτρας, ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου θεός μου εἶ σύ". ἐπὶ σὲ ἐπερίφην· οὐ πρὸς ἄλλον ἐπερίφην, εἶτα μετ' ἐκεῖνον ἐπὶ σέ. ἀποδέδοται τοῦτο, ὅτι ἀφ' οὗ ἠρξάμην εἰδέναι θεοσέβειαν, σὲ ἔσεψα, σοὶ ἐλάτρευσα. κατὰ δὲ τὸν βαθύτερον λόγον, ὅτι οὕτως ἦλθον μετὰ τοῦ θεὸν σὲ ἔχειν ὡς ὁ Ἰωάννης. τὸ "ἔτι πλησθήσεται"· οὐ λέγεται γὰρ τὸ "ἔτι" περὶ τοῦ μηδ' ὅλως 21 ἐσχηκότος. 12 μὴ ἀποστῇς ἀπ' ἐμοῦ, ὅτι θλῖψις ἐγγύς. περὶ τοῦ πάθους λέγει. χρῄζω δὲ τῆς παραστάσεώς σου. ὅταν δὲ ταῦτα λέγηται ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ ἐνανθρωπήσαντος, οὐχ ἱδίως πρὸς τὸν πατέρα λέγεται οὐδὲ πρὸς τὸν υἱόν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν–μία δὲ θεότης πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ–ε̣ἴπομεν. ἐὰν οὖν λέγωμεν ὅτι· "κεφαλὴ παντὸς ἀνδρὸς ὁ Χριστός ἐστιν, κεφαλὴ δὲ τοῦ Χριστοῦ"–οὐκ εἶπεν "ὁ πατήρ", ἀλλ' "ὁ θεός"· ὡς ἀρχιερέα γὰρ λαμβάνει νῦν καὶ ὡς βασιλέα τὸν Χριστόν. κεφαλὴ οὖν ἡ θεότης ἐστίν· εἰ γὰρ εἰρ̣ήκει "ὁ πατήρ", παρῄρει τὸν υἱόν, εἰ εἰρήκει "ὁ υἱός", παρεσιώπα τὸν πατέρα· "θεὸν" γὰρ εἰρηκώς, ἐπεὶ μία θεότης πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ, καὶ θεὸς εἷς· θεὸς μὲν 32 εἷς, πατὴρ δὲ καὶ υἱὸς οὐχ εἷς. ὁ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ ὁ Ἰσὰχ ἄνθρωπος εἷς· ἀλλ' ὁ μὲν πατήρ, ὁ δὲ υἱός. ὅθεν οὐχ εἷς κατὰ τὴν σχέσιν, κατὰ δὲ τὴν οὐσίαν εἷς. 12 ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ βοηθῶν. ἄλλος οὐ δύναται βοηθῆσαι. δύναται καὶ οὕτως· "ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν"· οὐκ ἔριψα τὴν μέριμναν ἐπὶ βοηθὸν ἄλλον. δύναται δὲ καὶ τό· "ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν μοι βοηθῶν"· ἐπεὶ πάντες κατ' ἐμοῦ εἰσιν, οὐκ ἔστιν νῦν, ὅσον ἧκεν εἰς ἀνθρώπινον λογισμόν, ὁ βοηθῶν. διὰ τοῦτο σὺ μὴ ἀποστῇς μου. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ οὕτω· οὐδὲ ἄγγελος βοηθῆσαι τῷ τηλικούτῳ οἷός τέ ἐστιν. οὐ τολμᾷ βοηθῆσαι διὰ τὸ σὲ τὸν πάντων μείζονα, τουτέστιν τὴν θεότητα, αὐτῷ παρεῖναι, ἄλλου οὐχ οἵου τε ὄντος βοηθῆσαι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ πρᾶγμα. 13 περιεκύκλωσάν με μόσχοι πολλοί, ταῦροι πίονες περιέσχον με. λοιπὸν τάγματα τὰ διάφορα τῶν Ἰουδαίων λέγει, Φαρισαίων, Σαδδουκαίων, τῶν ἄλλων λεγομένων Ἰουδαίων Γραμματέων· οὗτοι γὰρ τῷ μέγα φρονεῖν τούτοις τοῖς ζῴοις παραβάλλονται, μάλιστα ὅτι καὶ γεωπόνα εἰσὶν τὰ ζῷα. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ μόσχους μὲν αὐτοὺς εἰρῆσθαι, ταύρους δὲ πίονας τοὺς ἐνεργοῦντας αὐτούς, οἷον· "λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά"· οὗτοι οἱ μόσχοι. "παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς". οὐ πάντως δὲ αἰσθητοὺς λαμβάνομεν βασιλέας καὶ ἄρχοντας· εἷς γὰρ βασιλεὺς καὶ αὐτὸς μικροφυὴς καὶ οὐκέτι βασιλείαν ἔχων· διειλήφει γὰρ λοιπὸν ἡ Ῥωμαίων ἀρχή. Παῦλος δὲ ἑρμήνευσεν, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἄρχοντες· οἱ αἴτιοι γενάμενοι τοῦ σταυρωθῆναι τὸν κύριον, ὧν σοφίας πολλὰς εἶναι λέγει. καὶ λέγει· "εἰ ἦσαν ἐγνωκότες, οὐκ ἂν τὸν κύριον τῆς δόξης ἐσταύρωσαν". εἰ ᾔδεσαν, ὅτι ἐπὶ καταλύσει τῇ ἑαυτῶν τοῦτο ποιοῦσιν, οὐκ ἂν ἐτόλμησαν τοῦτο ποιῆσαι. ὡς τὸ μικρῷ πρότερον προφητικὸν ἐλέγομεν τό· "ὁ ἁπτόμενος ὑμῶν ὡς ὁ ἁπτόμενος τῆς κόρης". κἀκεῖνοι ἁψάμενοι τοῦ σωτῆρος ἑαυτοὺς κατέλυσαν· καὶ ὡρμήθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ θανατῶσαι αὐτὸν τῷ οἴεσθαι ὅτι καταπαύσουσιν αὐτοῦ τὴν πολιτείαν. τοὐναντίον δὲ αὐτοῖς ἀπέβη· αὐτοὶ κατελύθησαν. ταῦροι πίονες περιέσχον με 14 ἤνοιξαν ἐπ' ἐμὲ
The Scattering of the Disciples as Poured Water§21
21Their mouth is like a roaring lion snatching and roaring. They were prepared to be like oxen. But they changed into ferocity, as if to open their mouth against me, according to the roaring lion; for then especially it harms greatly, when it roars. Therefore, their wildness and their mocking attitude against the Savior signifies—for he says, 'as a roaring lion, they opened their mouth' (Ps 35:23)—that they are no longer quiet, no longer intending to be quiet. These then, who seemed to be quiet by meditating on the law of God, were oxen, until they desired to open their mouth against me and to say: 'Crucify, crucify him; we have no king but Caesar' (Jn 19:15), according to the lion that was not satisfied, they have done this.
But was the passion not yet? All these things are said prophetically. Things that are possible before they exist, before they come into being by energy, in a state of possibility they both may come to be and may not. And no one has the power to guarantee whether it will happen or not; for toward both sides both possibilities are equally likely. But when someone having foreknowledge, or God himself, foreknows that of the possible things this shall be, as it happens to us, when it already exists; for upon the existing and the having happened already, we have the power to say which is true and which is false, whether it has happened or has not happened. But upon the future things, we do not have the power to say this, but only to say that the other will be, but not this. Since therefore even here a divine eye saw the future in advance, it is no longer to him as possible things. Because of this he says: 'They laid hands on my hands and my feet.' If another were speaking, he would not have said this, but 'they will lay hands' or 'they will not lay hands.'
Like water I was poured out, and all my bones were scattered (Ps 22:14). He speaks of the scattering of the body here, of them, of the disciples, when all were scandalized and it is filled: 'all you will be scandalized' (Mt 26:56). And the hour will come when all you will flee, you will go to your own, and you will leave me alone (Jn 13:38). Just as the water that is being poured out.
It always runs and does not stand still; so also here, 'as water they were poured out' (Ps 22:14). He did not say 'they are being poured out,' for they do not remain in such a state always. What he says concerning himself, he says concerning himself regarding the body which is the sum of the faithful of the church. 'My bones'—the support of my body; for the apostles were more supportive than those who believe. And these were scattered. My heart became like wax melting in the midst of my belly (Ps 22:15); were his bones scattered? This occurred when the disciples were stumbled. This poured-out water, unless it becomes an obstacle, is always carried along. And the disciples, therefore, were scattered, as if they were poured-out water. When they were around him, they were gathered like river water, being a spring. But when they went out from him, it happened at a certain time, like the water that is poured out. And the water will stand one day; for it is not always carried along. So also the disturbance and the stumbling of the disciples will immediately cease, which has already happened.
My heart became like wax melting in the midst of my belly (Ps 22:15). The heart of this body, which is composed of the sum of those having believed, is the spiritual part. And these, therefore, became like melting wax, those who are the heart of him. However, even if the wax melted, it did not happen outside of his belly; for they are within his belly, so that they may be formed again. After the disturbance, indeed, those who had experienced it were shown again to be sons of the Savior. But what kind of disturbance? It was a passion extended for a little while, not so as to remain. And the melting of the wax does not happen always, but when it melts, it changes into some vessel or some other use, and again it is gathered, not far from the belly of the one producing this heart. But for what purpose the belly? It is the very power of the Savior, through which he forms and begets. If he again produces the procreators of the body, Paul, being of the body, was saying: 'through the gospel I have begotten you' (2 Cor 5:19). And: 'those whom...'
Greek · §21
τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν ὡς λέων ἁρπάζων καὶ ὠρυόμενος. ἐτάχθησαν ἐπὶ τῷ μόσχοι εἶναι. μετέβαλον δὲ εἰς θηριωδίαν ὡς ἐπ' ἐμὲ τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν ἀνοῖξαι κατὰ τὸν ὠρυόμενον λέοντα· τότε γὰρ̣ μάλιστα βλάπτει μεγάλως, ὅτε ὠρύεται. τὴν ἀγριότητα οὖν αὐτῶν καὶ τὸν κατὰ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐπίχαρμον σημαίνει, ὅτι "ὡς ὠρυόμενος", λέγει, "λέων ἤνοιξαν τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν", οὐκέτι ἡσυχάζων, οὐκέτι προςποιούμενος ἥσυχος εἶναι. οὗτοι οὖν οἱ δοκοῦντες ἥσυχοι εἶναι τῷ μελετᾶν νόμον θεοῦ μόσχοι ἦσαν γεωπόνοι. ὅτε δὲ ἠθέλησαν κατ' ἐμοῦ ἀνοῖξαι τὸ στόμα καὶ εἰπ̣εῖν· "αἶρε, αἶρε, σταύροι αὐτόν· οὐκ ἔχομεν βασιλέα εἰ μὴ Καίσαρα", κατὰ τὸν λέοντα τὸν οὐ κορεσθέντα τοῦτο πεποίηκαν. 33 ἐπερ · οὐδέπω ἦν τὸ πάθος; –προφητικῶς λέγεται ὅλα ταῦτα. τὰ ἐνδεχόμενα πρὶν ὑπαρχθῇ, πρὶν κατ' ἐνέργειαν γένηται, ἐνδεχομένως ἔχει καὶ γενέσθαι καὶ μή. καὶ οὐκ ἔχει τις διαβεβαιώσασθαι πότερον γενήσεται ἢ οὐ γενήσεται· εἰς ἀμφότερα γὰρ ἴσην ἔχει τὴν ῥοπήν. ὅταν δὲ πρόγνωσίν τις ἔχων ἢ αὐτὸς ὁ θεὸς προκαταλάβοι ὅτι τῶν ἐνδεχομέ νων τόδε ἔσται, ὡς ἐφ' ἡμῶν γίνεται, ὅταν ἤδη ὑπαρχθῇ· ἐπὶ τῶν ὄντων γὰρ καὶ γεγονότων ἤδη ἔχομεν εἰπεῖν ποῖον ἀληθὲς καὶ ποῖον ψευδές, πότερον γέγονεν ἢ οὐ γέγονεν. ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν μελλόντων οὐκ 22 ἔχομεν τοῦτο ἢ μόνον εἰπεῖν ὅτι τὸ ἕτερον ἔσται, οὐ μὴν τόδε. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν καὶ ἐνταῦθα θεῖος ὀφθαλμὸς προκατείληφεν τὰ μέλλοντα, οὐκέτι ὡς ἐνδεχόμενα αὐτῷ ἐστιν. διὰ τοῦτο λέγει· "ὤρυξαν χεῖράς μου καὶ πόδας μου". εἰ ἄλλος ἔλεγεν, τοῦτο οὐκ εἶπεν, ἀλλὰ τὸ "ὀρυχθήσονται" ἢ "οὐκ ὀρυχθήσονται". 15 ὡσεὶ ὕδωρ ἐξεχύθην, καὶ διεσκορπίσθη πάντα τὰ ὀστᾶ μου. τὸν σκορπισμὸν ἐνταῦθα λέγει τοῦ σώματος, αὐτῶν τῶν μαθητῶν, ὅτε ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν πάντες καὶ πεπλήρωται τό· "πάντες ὑμεῖς σκανδαλισθήσεσθε". καὶ ἐλεύσεται ὥρα ὅτε πάντες φεύξεσθε, εἰς τὰ ἴδια ἀπελεύσεσθε καὶ ἐμὲ μόνον καταλείψετε. ὥσπερ οὖν τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ἀεὶ τρέχει καὶ οὐχ ἵσταται, οὕτω καὶ ὧδε "ὡσεὶ ὕδωρ ἐξεχύθησαν". οὐκ εἶπεν "ἐκχύννονται"· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀεὶ μένουσιν οὕτω. ἃ λέγει περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, περὶ τοῦ σώματος λέγει ἑαυτοῦ τοῦ κατὰ τὸ ἄθροισμα τῶν πιστῶν τῆς ἐκκλησίας. "τὰ ὀστᾶ μου"· οἱ εὔτονοι τοῦ σώματός μου· τῶν γὰρ πιστευόντων εὐτονώτεροι ἦσαν οἱ ἀπόστολοι. καὶ οὗτοι διεσκορπίσθησαν. ἐγενήθη ἡ καρδία μου ὡσεὶ κηρὸς τηκόμενος ἐν μέσῳ τῆς κοιλίας μου ἐπερ · τὰ ὀστᾶ διεσκορπίσθησαν αὐτοῦ; –ὅτε ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν οἱ μαθηταί. τοῦτο τὸ ἐκχυθὲν ὕδωρ εἰ μή που κώλυμα γένηται, ἀεὶ φέρεται. καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ οὖν διεσκορπίσθησαν, ὡς ὕδωρ ἦσαν ἐκχυθέντες. ὅτε περὶ αὐτὸν ἦσαν, συνεστραμμένον ἦσαν ὕδωρ ποταμῷ ἐοικός, πηγὴ τυγχάνον. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἔξω αὐτοῦ γέγοναν πρὸς ὥραν, ὡς τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ἐκχυθέν ἐστιν. στήσεται δέ ποτε τὸ ὕδωρ· οὐ γὰρ ἀεὶ φέρεται. οὕτω καὶ ἡ ταραχὴ καὶ τὸ σκάνδαλον τῶν μαθητῶν εὐθέως πεπαύσεται, ὅπερ καὶ γέγονεν. 15 ἐγενήθη ἡ καρδία μου ὡσεὶ κηρὸς τηκόμενος ἐν μέσῳ τῆς κοιλίας μου. καρδία τοῦ σώματος τούτου τοῦ συνισταμένου ἐκ τοῦ ἀθροίσματος τῶν πεπιστευκότων οἱ νοηματικοί εἰσιν. καὶ οὗτοι οὖν ὡς κηρὸς τηκόμενος γέγοναν, ὅσοι καρδία αὐτοῦ τυγχάνουσιν. πλὴν εἰ καὶ ἐτάκη ὁ κηρός, οὐκ ἔξω τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ γέγονεν· περὶ τὴν κοιλίαν γὰρ αὐτοῦ τυγχάνουσιν, ἵνα τεχθῶσιν πάλιν. μετὰ τὴν ταραχὴν γοῦν τὴν ὑπάρξασαν πάλιν ἀπεδείχθησαν υἱοὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος. ἐπερ · ποταπὴν ταραχήν; –τὴν προπάθειαν ἐκταθεῖσαν πρὸς ὀλίγον, οὐχ ὥστε παραμεῖναι. ἡ δὲ τῆξις τοῦ κηροῦ οὐκ ἀεὶ γίνεται, ἀλλ' ὅταν τακῇ, μεταβάλλει εἴς τι σκεῦος ἢ χρήσιμον ἄλλο, καὶ πάλιν συνστρέφεται οὐ πόρρω τῆς κοιλίας οὐ τοῦ γεννήσαντος 34 γινομένη ἡ καρδία αὕτη. ἐπερ· ἵνα τὴν κοιλίαν τί; –αὐτὴν τὴν τοῦ σωτῆρος δύναμιν καθ' ἣν μορφοῖ καὶ τεκνοῖ. εἰ πάλιν τοὺς γεννητικοὺς τοῦ σώματος, Παῦλος τοῦ σώματος ὢν ἐγέννα λέγων· "διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ἐγέννησα ὑμᾶς". καί· "οὓς
Honey, Wax, and the Shell§22
22I suffer pains until Christ is formed in you. They do not become outside of the belly; they are not orphaned. Moreover, 'has my heart become like melting wax?' (Psalm 51:7). I said that what is said about it according to the human might be said also about everything righteous. His heart, when it is not light, but has something material mixed in, melts. But toward the beautiful, the melting happens; for the melting wax does not become outside of the one having it. 'In the midst' therefore 'of my belly.'
Concerning the intelligible, different names signify the same thing. I call the sheep an intelligible thing which is under the true Shepherd. This sheep is also called light in another way. Indeed, having once been asked by a philosopher whether I have something to say from the Scripture that the soul is incorporeal, I said these things: every name of a body signifies only that alone by which it is called. For example, the sensible vine is nothing other than a vine, and the stone which is so named bodily is nothing other than a stone. But when many dissimilar things are spoken of concerning the same essence, it is clear that this essence is an intelligible one also we speak concerning God that He is incorporeal, since He is also named light and fire and spirit and spring. These things cannot be anything bodily, but according to an intention. And such intentions concern the intelligible.
If, therefore, the man or the soul is called light, and is also called a sheep and a plant—for it is indeed called both a plant and a sheep—it cannot bodily be all these things, so that it is an intelligible essence. If, therefore, you hear it spoken concerning the soul, you hear it spoken concerning a heart, an intellect, a belly, a spring; and for it is indeed called both a plant and a sheep, do not take it according to sensation. The vessel, therefore, of the soul, in which it receives spiritual nourishments, is called a belly. Furthermore, since it is also generative, one possesses this belly both as receiving nourishments and as giving birth. You know that the wax is a follower of the honey. The composition of the honey existed previously, and because of the honey there is the wax, not because of the wax there is the honey. And just as regarding a plant, the fruit is not because of the leaf, but the leaf is because of the fruit—for it is a protector of the fruit—so the wax is not something preceding, but a follower. If, therefore, the soul...
If it possesses the preceding virtues, it is honey. But if, along with those, it has something of matter mixed in, it is wax. For this reason, he says that the sinners melt like wax 'from the presence of fire'. Honey, however, is praiseworthy; it is a preceding substance, and it signifies sweetness. Just as to sweeten is to have a healing quality. Therefore, the 35 preceding things of the soul—which are good both in movements and in activities—resemble honey; but the second things, having something of the sensible and material mixed in, are wax.
Thus a man sometimes melts; the material sometimes falls away from the intellect and the heart, so that the mind no longer has anything entangled with it, but is entirely incorporeal, just as it surpassed the beginning. 'My strength has dried up like a shell' (Ps 101:7). My strength has cast off all moisture and all liquidity, as if it had been thrown aside like a shell. And it can be said otherwise: that which is muddy in us—and you know what that is—if it remains mud, it is dissolved by the passing of moisture. But when it takes on dryness and casts off all the moisture from without from the matter, it dries up according to the shell.
Each of the examples taken is taken according to something. This is often said; for if it were taken from everything, it would not be an example, but that very thing which we wish to show. Therefore, the shell is often mocked in this way: a vessel made of shell, if broken, they say, does not receive liquid, nor can it be glued. I say in another way: that which is made from clay, when it is hardened by fire and a kiln, casts off the soft and the easily broken. Thus 'my strength' 'has dried up like a shell'. We take it in both ways: it no longer has any moisture, nor a muddy state. It can also be taken otherwise: it has cast off all bitterness from the much approaching affliction.
'And my tongue is stuck to my jaws' (Ps 118:13). It is the custom of Scripture to speak of the sticking of the tongue to the throat to mean silence. Since my sweet things are no longer present, and since those concerning me and my listeners are no longer present, lest I seem to carry the word in vain, I have been silent: 'my tongue is stuck to my throat'. But it is not stuck when we are conversing. Through the movement of the tongue, the word is carried forth. But when it is stuck to the throat, it is silence.
Greek · §22
ὠδίνω, μέχρι οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν". οὐκ ἔξω γίνονται τῆς κοιλίας, οὐκ ἀπορφανοῦνται. ἐπερ · "ἐγενήθη ἡ καρδία μου ὡσεὶ κηρὸς τηκόμενος"; –εἶπον ὅτι τὰ λεγόμενα περὶ αὐτοῦ κατὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ῥηθείη ἂν καὶ περὶ παντὸς δικαίου. ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ ὅταν μὴ φῶς ᾖ, ἀλλ' ἔχῃ τι ὑλικὸν ἀναμεμιγμένον, τήκεται. πρὸς καλοῦ δὲ ἡ τῆξις γίνεται· τηκόμενος γὰρ ὁ κηρὸς οὐκ ἔξω γίνεται τοῦ ἔχοντος αὐτόν. "ἐν μέσῳ" οὖν "τῆς κοιλίας μου". ἐπὶ τῶν νοητῶν διάφορα ὀνόματα τὸ αὐτὸ σημαίνουσιν. νοητὸν λέγω πρόβατον τὸ ὑπὸ τὸν ποιμένα τὸν ἀληθινὸν ὄντα. τοῦτο τὸ πρόβατον κατὰ ἄλλον τρόπον καὶ φῶς λέγεται. ποτὲ γοῦν ἐρωτηθεὶς παρὰ φιλοσόφου, εἰ ἔχω ἀπὸ τῆς γραφῆς εἰπεῖν ὅτι ἀσώματός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή, ταῦτα εἶπον ὅτι· ἕκαστον ὄνομα σώματος δηλωτικὸν ἐκεῖνο μόνον σημαίνει καθ' οὗ λέγεται. οἷον ἡ αἰσθητὴ ἄμπελος οὐδὲν ἕτερόν ἐστιν ἢ ἄμπελος, καὶ ὁ σωματικῶς ὀνομαζόμενος λίθος οὐκ ἄλλο τί ἐστιν ἢ λίθος. ὅταν δὲ κατὰ τῆς αὐτῆς οὐσίας πολλὰ λέγηται ἀνομοίων δηλωτικά, φανερὸν ὅτι νοητὴ οὐσία ἐστὶν ἐκείνη. οὕτω γοῦν καὶ περὶ θεοῦ λέγομεν ὅτι ἀσώματος, ἐπεὶ καὶ φῶς καὶ πῦρ καὶ πνεῦμα καὶ πηγὴ ὀνομάζεται. ταῦτα δὲ σωματικῶς οὐ δύναται εἶναί τι, ἀλλὰ κατ' ἐπινοίας. αἱ ἐπίνοιαι δὲ περὶ νοητὰ γίνονται αἱ τοιαῦται. ἐὰν οὖν τοίνυν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἢ ἡ ψυχὴ λέγηται φῶς, 23 λέγηται δὲ καὶ πρόβατον καὶ φυτόν–καὶ αὐτὴ γὰρ λέγεται καὶ φυτὸν καὶ πρόβατον–, οὐ δύναται σωματικῶς ταῦτα εἶναι πάντα, ὥστε νοητὴ οὐσία ἐστίν. ἐὰν τοίνυν ἀκούῃς ἐπὶ ψυχῆς ἀκούεις καρδίαν, νόησιν, κοιλίαν, πηγήν, καὶ αὐτὴ γὰρ λέγεται καὶ φυτὸν καὶ πρόβατον μὴ ἐπὶ αἰσθήσεως λάμβανε. τὸ δοχεῖον τοίνυν τῆς ψυχῆς, ἐν ᾧ λαμβάνει τὰς πνευματικὰς τροφάς, κοιλία λέγεται. εἶτα ἐπεὶ καὶ γεννητική ἐστιν, πάλιν ἔχων ταύτην τὴν κοιλίαν ὁτὲ μὲν ὡς χωροῦσαν τροφὰς λαμβανομένην, ὁτὲ δὲ ὡς γεννῶσαν. οἶδας ὅτι ὁ κηρὸς ἐπακολούθημά ἐστιν τοῦ μέλιτος. ἡ σύνστασις προηγουμένως τοῦ μέλιτος γέγονεν, καὶ διὰ τὸ μέλι ὁ κηρός, οὐ διὰ τὸν κηρὸν τὸ μέλι. καὶ ὥσπερ ἐπὶ φυτοῦ οὐχ ὁ καρπὸς διὰ τὸ φύλλον, ἀλλὰ τὸ φύλλον διὰ τὸν καρπόν–φυλακτικὸν γάρ ἐστιν τοῦ καρποῦ–, οὕτω ὁ κηρὸς οὔκ ἐστίν τι προηγούμενον, ἀλλ' ἐπακολούθημα. ἐὰν οὖν ἡ ψυχὴ τὰς προηγουμένας ἔχῃ ἀρετάς, μέλι ἐστίν. ἐὰν δὲ τὰς ἑπομέναις αὐταῖς, παραμέμικταί τι ὑλικόν, κηρός ἐστιν. διὰ τοῦτο τοὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς λέγει τήκεσθαι ὡς κηρὸν "ἀπὸ προσώπου πυρός". τὸ μέντοι μέλι ἐπαινετόν ἐστιν, προηγουμένη οὐσία ἐστίν, γλυκύτητα σημαίνει. ὥσπερ ἔχει τὸ γλυκαίνειν, ἔχει καὶ τὸ ἰατικόν. τὰ 35 προηγούμενα οὖν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀγαθὰ καὶ κινήματα καὶ ἐνεργήματα μέλιτι ἔοικεν, τὰ δὲ δεύτερα καὶ ἔχοντά τι παραμε μιγμένον τῶν αἰσθητῶν καὶ ὑλικῶν κηρός ἐστιν. τήκεται οὖν ποτε ὁ ἄνθρωπος, τὸ ὑλικόν ποτε ἀποπίπτει τῆς νοήσεως καὶ τῆς καρδίας, ὥστε τὸν νοῦν μηκέτι ἔχειν τι προσπεπλεγμένον, ἀλλὰ πάντῃ ἄϋλον εἶναι ὡς καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν ὑπῆρκται. 16 ἐξηράνθη ὡς ὄστρακον ἡ ἰσχύς μου. ἡ ἰσχύς μου πᾶσαν νοτίδα καὶ πᾶσαν πιότητα ἀποβέβληκεν ὡς ὀστράκῳ παραβληθῆναι. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ ἑτέρως εἰπεῖν· τὸ ἐν ἡμῖν πηλῶδες–ἴστε δὲ τί ἐστιν–ἐὰν μένῃ πηλός, παρεμπεσούσης ὑγρότητος διαλύεται. ὅταν δὲ ξηρότητα ἀναλάβῃ καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ὑγρότητα τὴν ἔξωθεν ἐκ τῆς ὕλης ἀποβάλῃ, ξηραίνεται κατὰ τὸ ὄστρακον. ἕκαστον τῶν λαμβανομένων παραδειγμάτων κατά τι λαμβάνεται. τοῦτο δὲ πολλάκις εἴρηται· εἰ γὰρ ἐξ ὅλων λαμβάνοιτο, οὔκ ἐστιν παράδειγμα, ἀλλ' αὐτὸ ἐκεῖνο ὃ δεῖξαι βουλόμεθα. ψέγεται οὖν πολλάκις τὸ ὄστρακον διὰ τόνδε τὸν τρόπον· τὸ ἐξ ὀστράκου πεποιημένον σκεῦος συντριβὲν ἴασιν οὐ δέχεται, οὐ δύναται κολληθῆναι. κατ' ἄλλον δὲ τρόπον λέγω ὅτι τὸ ἐκ πηλοῦ κατασκευασθὲν ὅταν στομωθῇ διὰ πυρὸς καὶ καμίνου, ἀποβάλλει τὸ εὐμάλακτον, τὸ εὔθλαστον. "ἡ ἰσχύς μου" οὖν "ἐξηράνθη ὡσεὶ ὄστρακον". ἑκατέρως δὲ λαμβάνομεν αὐτό· οὐδεμίαν ἔτι ὑγρότητα ἔχει, οὐ πηλώδη κατάστασιν. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως λαβεῖν ὅτι· πᾶσαν πικρότητα ἀπὸ τῆς πολλῆς προσούσης θλίψεως ἀποβέβληκεν. 16 καὶ ἡ γλῶσσά μου κεκόλληται τῷ λάρυγγί μου. ἔθος τῇ γραφῇ ἐστιν τὴν κόλλαν τῆς γλώσσης πρὸς τὸν λάρυγγα λέγειν τὴν σιωπήν. οὐκ ὄντων ἔτι τῶν ὄντων μου μελῶν καὶ περὶ ἐμὲ ὄντων καὶ ἀκροατῶν μου ὅπως μὴ δοκῶ κατὰ κενοῦ φέρειν τὸν λόγον, σεσιώπηκα, "κεκόλληται ἡ γλῶσσά μου τῷ λάρυγγί μου". οὐ κεκόλληται δὲ ὅτε διαλεγόμεθα. ἐν κινήσει τῆς γλώττης ὁ λόγος προφέρεται. ὅταν δὲ κολληθῇ τῷ λάρυγγι, σιωπή ἐστιν.
The Body of Death and the Nature of Christ§23
23But this silence does not come from the one being silent, but from those who are not succeeding as listeners. For he says in one of the prophets in Amos: 'Many are the fallen in every place, I will cast down silence' (Amos 8:11). If they flee, I cast down silence, so that I may not be honored to bring forth the teaching. And this indeed is one of the aids.
For instance, in Isaiah, he commands the clouds not to pour rain when the vine bears thorns instead of grapes, when, having remained unfruitful of the one watering in order to make righteousness, he makes iniquity. The grape is righteousness, and iniquity is the thorn. And since, being watered, he has not produced suitable fruits, but anxieties and worldly pleasures, he no longer speaks; for most often the wicked rub themselves against the words concerning virtue, learning to despise them. Sometimes, indeed, he endures the rain. And the rain and the voice mean the same thing here; for it reveals the divine teaching. Just as it no longer rains when good fruits are not being borne, so he no longer speaks nor converses when those listening have thoughts concerning other things. And this he speaks to men.
According to the intention of the teacher, the listeners are called disciples, but when he is the shepherd, they are sheep. And since they are no longer sheep nor men, but have become scorpions according to that which was said: 'Son of man, in the midst of scorpions you dwell' (Ezekiel 2:6). 'Many' therefore is 'the fallen in every place, I will cast down silence.' But it is read differently; for the wording is ambiguous. It is possible to take it thus: 'Many is the fallen in every place; I will cast down silence'; in every degree; for here the place signifies the degree, as also in others. Concerning Judas, indeed, it is said that he strayed from the place of the ministry which was entrusted to him. 'Many' therefore is 'the fallen in every place.' In every rank of those owing to be sober and vigilant and to speak of the things of virtue, 'the fallen is many,' except not all. 'I will cast down silence.' And it is possible also to divide the verse thus: 'Many is the fallen. In every place I will cast down silence.'
I do not only keep silent from the mystical things, but also from the ethical things; for in every place in which it was necessary to stand and be established and to be ready for a listening, a fall has occurred, and everywhere I cast down silence. Therefore, the sticking of the tongue to the palate signifies silence.
...the larynx. "If I forget you, Jerusalem, let my tongue cling to my larynx, if I do not remember you" (Psalm 137:1). If I do not remember you (Psalm 102:3), let me take silence. 16 And you have led me into the dust of death. Even if the voice were in the presence of Jesus, even if it were in the presence of the holy men who knew God, having become like the wicked in the place of affliction, having been humbled—"you humbled us in a place of affliction" (Psalm 102:3). For the ones saying this are holy, as the conjunction signifies of the psalm. "Body of death" (Psalm 49:14) is said of that which surrounds us, and it is also said "dust of death" (Psalm 49:14). It is not "dust of death" in essence, but because those being forced from the life outside the body come into this, the body is named death. "Into the dust" therefore "of death you have led me" (Psalm 49:14). If it were life, it would have been led upward; for to be led up is to be brought into life and blessedness and an immortal state. Even if the Savior therefore says this, this: the light "into the dust of death you have led me" (Psalm 49:14). They descended into a body so that I might die on behalf of all, so that "by the grace of God above all" (1 Cor 15:10) I might taste "death."
Differently, therefore, from other men, it is said "dust of death" and "body of death" for the Savior; for if the body becomes death when the one using it sins, and Jesus did not sin, he came into the dust of death being able to undergo death. Therefore, those who stumble, saying that he is either merely a man or a heavenly body having endured nothing, and attributing death to him, are mistaken. It is not so. Divinity, without such a thing, does not undergo death; for it is immortality. And just as for God, being light according to truth and essence, this is not darkness to him, so also in life there is no death. It is impossible for life to receive death. But he took upon himself something capable of undergoing death and division, and this is called death essential to it; for many other things are said of some things as not being essential to them, such as "garment, my footwear." In this way, the body is not essential. If, therefore, he says life receives death, he says receiving according to the outside. And I will say something paradoxical: just as the body receives death, so life vivifies the body. And this common life, the entanglement of the soul with the body, provides the vital movements to the body. How much more then, life itself or the...
Greek · §23
ἡ σιωπὴ δὲ αὕτη οὐ παρὰ τὸν σιωπῶντα γίνεται, ἀλλὰ παρὰ τοὺς μὴ τυγχάνοντας ἀκροατάς. λέγει γοῦν ἐν ἑνὶ τῶν προφητῶν ἐν τῷ Ἀμώς· "πολὺς ὁ πεπτωκὼς ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ, ἐπιρίψω σιωπήν". ἐὰν φεύγωσιν, ἐπιρίπτω σιωπήν, ὅπως μὴ δόξω προφέρειν τὴν διδασκαλίαν. καὶ τοῦτο δὲ ἓν τῶν βοηθημάτων ἐστίν. αὐτίκα γοῦν ἐν Ἰσαίᾳ ἐντέλλεται ταῖς νεφέλαις μὴ ῥεῖν ὑετὸν ὅταν ὁ ἀμπελὼν ἀντὶ σταφυλῆς ἀκάνθας φέρῃ, ὅταν μείναντος τοῦ ποτίζο̣ντος ἵνα ποιήσῃ δικαιοσύνην, ποιήσῃ ἀνομίαν. ἡ σταφυλή ἐστιν ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ἡ ἀνομία ἡ ἄκανθα. καὶ ἐπειδὴ ποτιζόμενος οὐ τοὺς καταλλήλους ἠγίοχεν καρπούς, ἀλλὰ μερίμνας, βιωτικὰς ἡδονάς, οὐκέτι λαλεῖ· ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον γὰρ οἱ φαῦλοι τὸν τρόπον ἐκ τῶν λόγων τῶν περὶ ἀρετῆς ἐπιτρίβονται, καταφρονεῖν αὐτῶν μανθάνουσιν. ποτὲ 36 γοῦν ἀνέχει τὸν ὑετόν. ὁ 24 ὑετὸς δὲ καὶ ἡ φωνὴ ἐνταῦθα ταὐτὸν σημαίνει· τὴν διδασκαλίαν γὰρ τὴν θείαν δηλοῖ. ὥσπερ οὖν οὐκέτι ὕει ὅταν μὴ καλοὶ καρποὶ φέρωνται, οὕτως οὐκέτι λαλεῖ οὐδὲ ὁμιλεῖ ὅταν οἱ ἀκούοντες περὶ ἄλλα ἔχωσιν. καὶ τοῦτο δὲ ἀνθρώποις λαλεῖ. κατὰ τὴν ἐπίνοιαν γοῦν τοῦ διδασκάλου λέγονται μαθηταὶ οἱ ἀκροαταί, ὅταν δὲ ποιμὴν αὐτός, αὐτοὶ πρόβατα. ἐπειδὴ δὲ οὔτε πρόβατα ἔτι εἰσὶν οὐδὲ ἄνθρωποι, ἀλλὰ σκορπίοι γέγοναν κατὰ τὸ λεχθέν· "υἱὲ ἀνθρώπου, ἐν μέσῳ σκορπίων σὺ κατοικεῖς". "πολὺς" οὖν "ὁ πεπτωκὼς ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ, ἐπιρίψω σιωπήν". διαφόρως δὲ ἀναγιγνώσκεται· ἀμφίβολος γάρ ἐστιν ἡ λέξις. δυνατὸν οὕτω λαβεῖν· "πολὺς ὁ πεπτωκὼς ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ· ἐπιρίψω σιωπήν"· ἐν παντὶ βαθμῷ· ὧδε γὰρ τὸν βαθμὸν ὁ τόπος σημαίνει, ὡς καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις. περὶ Ἰούδα γοῦν λέγεται ὅτι παρέβη ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπου τῆς διακονίας ἧς ἐνεχειρίσθη. "πολὺς" οὖν "ὁ πεπτωκὼς ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ". ἐν παντὶ τάγματι τῶν ὀφειλόντων σωφρονεῖν καὶ νήφειν καὶ τὰ τῆς ἀρετῆς λέγειν "πολύς ἐστιν ὁ πεπτωκώς", πλὴν οὐ πάντες. "ἐπιρίψω σιωπήν". δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ οὕτω στίξαι· "πολὺς ὁ πεπτωκώς. ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ ἐπιρίψω σιωπήν". οὐ μόνον ἀπὸ τῶν μυστικῶν σιωπῶ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἠθικῶν · ἐν παντὶ γὰρ τόπῳ ἐν ᾧ ἔδει ἑστάναι καὶ ἱδρυθῆναι καὶ ἕτοιμον εἶναι πρὸς ἀκρόασιν, πτῶσις γέγονεν, καὶ πανταχοῦ τὴν σιωπὴν ἐπιρίπτω. σιωπὴν οὖν δηλοῖ ἡ κόλλησις τῆς γλώττης εἰς τὸν λάρυγγα. "ἐὰν ἐπιλάθωμαί σου, Ἰερουσαλήμ, κολληθείη ἡ γλῶσσά μου τῷ λάρυγγί μου, ἐὰν μή σου μνησθῶ". ἐὰν μή σου μνησθῶ, σιωπὴν λάβοιμι. 16 καὶ εἰς χοῦν θανάτου κατήγαγές με. κἂν ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ᾖν ἡ φωνή, κἂν ἐκ προσώπου τῶν ἁγίων ἀνδρῶν τῶν ἐγνωκότων οἷ κακῶν γεγόνασιν εἰς τὸν τόπον τῆς κακώσεως ταπεινωθέντες– "ἐταπείνωσας" γὰρ "ἡμᾶς ἐν τόπῳ κακώσεως". ἅγιοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ λέγοντες, ὡς ἡ σύνφρασις σημαίνει τοῦ ψαλμοῦ. "σῶμα θανάτου" λέγεται ὃ περικείμεθα, λέγεται δὲ καὶ "χοῦς θανάτου". οὐ κατ' οὐσίαν δέ ἐστιν "χοῦς θανάτου", ἀλλὰ ἐπεὶ οἱ ἀναγκασθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ζωῆς τῆς ἔξω σώματος εἰς τοῦτο ἔρχονται, θανάτου ὀνομάζεται σῶμα. "εἰς χοῦν" οὖν "θανάτου κατήγαγές με". εἰ ἦν ζωῆς, ἀνήγετο μᾶλλον· ἀναγομένων γάρ ἐστιν τὸ εἰς ζωὴν καὶ μακαριότητα καὶ ἀθάνατον κατάστασιν ἄγεσθαι. κἂν ὁ σωτὴρ οὖν τοῦτο λέγῃ, τοῦτο· τὸ φῶς "εἰς χοῦν θανάτου κατήγαγές με". κατῆλθον εἰς σῶμα ἵνα ἀποθάνω ὑπὲρ πάντων, ἵνα "χάριτι θεοῦ ὑπὲρ παντὸς" γεύσωμαι "θανάτου". ἑτέρως οὖν τῶν ἀνθρώπων τῶν ἄλλων λέγεται "χοῦς θανάτου" καὶ "σῶμα θανάτου", ἑτέρως δὲ τοῦ σωτῆρος· εἰ γὰρ τὸ σῶμα γίνεται θανάτου ὅταν ὁ χρώμενος αὐτῷ ἁμαρτήσῃ, οὐχ ἥμαρτεν δὲ Ἰησοῦς, εἰς χοῦν ἐλήλυθεν θανάτου δυνάμενον θάνατον ὑποστῆναι. διὸ σφάλλονται οἱ λέγοντες αὐτὸν καὶ τῷ δοκεῖν ἄνθρωπον ἢ σῶμα οὐράνιον ἐνηνοχέναι καὶ προσ37 άπτοντες αὐτῷ θάνατον. οὐ πέφυκεν. ἡ θεότης ἄνευ τινὸς τοιούτου θάνατον οὐχ ὑφίσταται· ἀθανασία γάρ ἐστιν. καὶ ὥσπερ τοῦ θεοῦ φωτὸς ὄντος κατὰ ἀλήθειαν καὶ κατ' οὐσίαν οὔκ ἐστιν οὗτος αὐτῷ σκοτία, οὕτως οὐδὲ ἐν τῇ ζωῇ οὔκ ἐστιν θάνατος. ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν τὴν ζωὴν θάνατον ἀναδέξασθαι. ἀνέλαβεν δέ τι δυνάμενον ὑποστῆναι θάνατον καὶ διαίρεσιν, καὶ λέγεται αὐτῆς θάνατος τοῦτο οὐσιώδης· καὶ γὰρ πολλὰ ἄλλα λέγεταί τινων οὐκ ὄντα αὐτῶν οὐσιώδη, οἷον "ἱμάτιον, τὸ ὑπόδημά μου". οὕτω τὸ σῶμα οὔκ ἐστιν οὐσιῶδες. ἐὰν οὖν ζωὴ λέγῃ δέχεσθαι θάνατον, κατὰ τὸ ἔξω λέγει ἀναδέχεσθαι. καὶ παράδοξον ἐρῶ· ὡς τὸ σῶμα δέχεται θάνατον, οὕτως ἡ ζωὴ ζωοποιεῖ τὸ σῶμα. καὶ ἡ κοινὴ δὲ αὕτη ζωή, ἡ συνπλοκὴ τῆς ψυχῆς πρὸς τὸ σῶμα, τὰ ζωτικὰ κινήματα τῷ σώματι παρέχει. πόσῳ λοιπὸν μᾶλλον αὐτὴ ἡ ζωὴ ἢ ἡ
The Dogs and the Assembly of Fornicators§24
24A soul having been made alive by the preceding and blessed life; and it is good also to say: 'You have led me into the dust of death' (Ps 22:14). It was not He who descended into the dust of death, nor did the soul descend into the dust of death. But this happens to those being incarnated through wickedness.
Since He himself, for the sake of the economy and the salvation of all, received a body and God prepared a body for Him, He says: 'to be led by God into the dust of death.' But when men were, who confessing say: 'our belly has been joined to the earth' (Ps 79:10). When anyone does not nourish himself with the heavenly breads, the heavenly food, but the earthly—not the earthly sensible, but the opposite of the true bread—this food binds the soul being nourished to the matter, and it becomes a humiliation into the dust of the soul.
Here, however, the soul was not humiliated by Jesus into the dust, but was led by God. He came to this in an economical manner; for He had by no means committed sin, even though He was receptive; for if he were not receptive, he would not be praised at all. The abstaining therefore from sins brings praise to the one who has refrained when he was by nature prone to act.
Now, is dust and death the same thing? No; for He did not say: 'and into the dust of death You have led me.' If dust and death were the same, He would have said: 'into the dust of death You have led me'; but: 'into the dust of death.' The mortal body, which is able to be dissolved from the essence carrying it, is 'the dust of death.' And perhaps also by a second sense it is the dust of death, because it brings death to the flesh-loving soul.
'Many dogs have surrounded me; the body of the saints is dead'—for 'always they carry the death of Jesus in the body' (2 Cor 4:10). But the dead body does not have desires; for how is it possible? Is the mortal living? And it lives then when it is entwined with the soul. Then it has desires. Having died, it does not have desires. Having killed the members which are on the earth, it does not have desire.
Now, is the soul found to be the cause of sin? The soul of the one sinning is the cause of the sin; for nothing else is sin except the disobedience of a commandment, the transgression of a law. The body is not under a commandment in order that it might also transgress. The soul, transgressing, leads the body into...
To serve the sinful eyes; it is like an instrument. We do not say that the sword that sheds blood is a killer, but rather the one using it? For how is it possible? If we do not attribute sin or righteousness to a rational animal having a soul, do we attribute these things to the soulless body? By its own logic, the body is soulless.
'For many dogs have surrounded me, a company of fornicators has enclosed me, they have gripped my hands and my feet' (Psalm 22:17). Thus write: 'For many dogs have surrounded me, a company of fornicators has enclosed me,' because of this 'they have gripped my hands and my feet.' The 'for' is a causal conjunction. It is not attached to those following: 'You have led me into the pit of death,' 'for many dogs have surrounded me.' No, but: since 'many dogs have surrounded me and a company of fornicators has enclosed me,' because of this 'they have gripped my hands and my feet.' Humans remaining would not have done this.
But he says 'dogs' here to mean men having a dog-like manner. And he slanders the movements of the dog in many ways. They are entirely base toward filth. Thus, it has become customary to call the lawless and the women 'dogs' in this sense. Indeed, even the law also, suggesting this meaning, counted the dog along with the prostitute: 'You shall not substitute a dog for a change, nor a prostitute's hire' (Deuteronomy 23:18). He did not say a change of a donkey or a horse; for these changes were being brought into the house of the Lord.
And it is both shameless—'and the dogs are shameless to the soul'—and flattering. Therefore, men who have such movements are called dogs in judgment. These, then, surrounded the Savior. When they were sheep of God, they were at least outside the dog-like state. But when the people had become lost sheep, the loss did not turn them into non-existence, but into a dog-like, deficient, and scorpion-like state. And all this was said regarding the Hebrews: 'And all dogs are inward, knowing how to bark' (Psalm 22:16).
When the Israelites thought against the Savior, then they became dogs. And the being a 'company of fornicators' followed their becoming dogs; for when they were sheep, they were a divine flock. So they became dogs around me and a company of fornicators. Because of this they cast me to the cross; for the...
Greek · §24
ζωοποιηθεῖσα ψυχὴ ὑπὸ τῆς προηγουμένης καὶ μακαρίας ζωῆς; εὖ δὲ καὶ τὸ φάναι· "εἰς χοῦν θανάτου κατήγαγές με". οὐκ αὐτὸς κατῆλθεν εἰς τὸν χοῦν τοῦ θανάτου, οὐχ ἡ ψυχὴ ἦλθεν εἰς τὸν χοῦν τοῦ θανάτου. τοῦτο δὲ συμβαίνει τοῖς διὰ κακίαν 25 ἐνσωματουμένοις. ἐπειδὴ δὲ αὐτὸς οἰκονομίας ἕνεκα καὶ σωτηρίας τῶν πάντων σῶμα ἐδέξατο καὶ σῶμα κατηρτίσατο αὐτῷ ὁ θεός, λέγει ὑπὸ θεοῦ εἰς τὸν χοῦν τοῦ θανάτου κατενηνέχθαι. ὅταν δὲ ἄνθρωποι ἦσαν, οἳ ἐξομολογούμενοι λέγουσιν ὅτι· "ἐκολλήθη εἰς γῆν ἡ γαστὴρ ἡμῶν". ὅταν τις μὴ τρέφηται τοὺς οὐρανίους ἄρτους, τὴν τροφὴν τὴν οὐρανίαν, ἀλλὰ τὴν γηικήν–οὐ τὴν γηικὴν τὴν αἰσθητήν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐναντίαν τῷ ἀληθινῷ ἄρτῳ–, αὕτη ἡ τροφὴ ἑνοῖ τῇ ὕλῃ τὴν τρεφομένην ψυχήν, καὶ γίνεται ταπείνωσις εἰς τὸν χοῦν τῆς ψυχῆς. ἐνταῦθα δὲ οὐκ ἐταπεινώθη τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἡ ψυχὴ εἰς τὸν χοῦν, ἀλλὰ κατήχθη ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ. οἰκονομικῷ τρόπῳ εἰς τοῦτο ἐλήλυθεν· οὐδαμῶς γὰρ πεποίηκεν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν καίτοι δεκτικὴ οὖσα· ἐὰν γὰρ μὴ ᾖ δεκτική, οὐδὲ ἐπαινεῖται ὅλως. αἱ ἀποχαὶ οὖν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἐπαίνους ἀναφέρουσιν τῷ ἀπεσχημένῳ ὅταν πεφυκὼς ᾖ πρὸς τὸ πρᾶξαι. ἐπερ · χοῦς καὶ θάνατος ταὐτόν ἐστιν; –οὔ· μὴ γὰρ εἴρηκεν· "καὶ εἰς χοῦν θάνατον κατήγαγές με". εἰ δὲ ἦν ταὐτὸν ὁ χοῦς καὶ ὁ θάνατος, εἶπεν ἄν· "εἰς χοῦν θάνατον κατήγαγές με"· ἀλλά· "εἰς χοῦν θανάτου". τὸ σῶμα τὸ θνητὸν τὸ δυνάμενον διαλυθῆναι ἀπὸ τῆς φορούσης αὐτὸ οὐσίας "χοῦς θανάτου" ἐστίν. τάχα δὲ καὶ κατὰ δεύτερον λόγον χοῦς θανάτου ἐστίν, ἐπεὶ θάνατον ἐπιφέρει τῇ φιλοσωμάτῳ ψυχῇ. ὅτι ἐκύκλωσάν με κύνες πολλοί τὸ τῶν ἁγίων σῶμα νεκρόν ἐστιν· "πάντοτε" γὰρ "τὴν νέκρωσιν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι περιφέρουσιν". τὸ νεκρὸν δὲ σῶμα οὐκ ἔχει ἐπιθυμίας· πῶς γὰρ οἷόν τε; τὸ θνητὸν ζῶν ἐστιν; ζῇ δὲ τότε ὅταν συνπεπλεγμένον ᾖ τῇ ψυχῇ. τότε ἔχει ἐπιθυμίας. τεθνηκὼς οὐκ ἔχει ἐπιθυμίας. νεκρώσας τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐκ ἔχει ἐπιθυμίαν. 38 ἐπερ · εὑρίσκεται οὖν ἡ ψυχὴ αἰτία τῆς ἁμαρτίας; ἡ τοῦ ἁμαρτάνοντος ψυχὴ αἰτία ἐστὶν τῆς ἁμαρτίας· οὐδὲν γὰρ ἕτερόν ἐστιν ἁμαρτία ἢ παρακοὴ ἐντολῆς, παράβασις νόμου. τὸ σῶμα οὐδὲ ἐντολῇ ὑπόκειται ἵνα καὶ παραβῇ. ἡ ψυχὴ παραβαίνουσα ἄγει τὸ σῶμα εἰς τὸ ὑπηρετῆσαι ταῖς ἁμαρτητικαῖς ὄψεσιν· ὡς ὄργανόν ἐστιν. μὴ λέγομεν ἄρτι φονέα εἶναι τὸ ξίφος τὸ ἀναιροῦν, οὐ τὸν χρώμενον; πῶς γὰρ οἷόν τε; εἰ γὰρ τῷ ἀλόγῳ ζῴῳ ψυχὴν ἔχοντι οὐ προσάπτομεν ἁμαρτίαν ἢ δικαιοσύνην, τῷ σώματι τῷ ἀψύχῳ προσάπτομεν ταῦτα; τῷ ἰδίῳ λόγῳ τὸ σῶμα ἄψυχόν ἐστιν. 17 ὅτι ἐκύκλωσάν με κύνες πολλοί, συναγωγὴ πονηρευομένων περιέσχον με, ὤρυξαν χεῖράς μου καὶ πόδας μου. οὕτως στίξον· "ὅτι ἐκύκλωσάν με κύνες πολλοί, συναγωγὴ πονηρευομένων περιέσχον με", διὰ τοῦτο "ὤρυξαν χεῖράς μου καὶ πόδας μου". τὸ "ὅτι" αἰτιολογικὸς σύνδεσμός ἐστιν. οὐ προσάπτεται δὲ τοῖς ἔνπροσθεν· "εἰς χοῦν θανάτου κατήγαγές με", "ὅτι ἐκύκλωσάν με κύνες πολλοί". οὐχί, ἀλλ'· ἐπεὶ "ἐκύκλωσάν με κύνες πολλοὶ καὶ συναγωγὴ πονηρευομένων περιέσχον με", διὰ τοῦτο "ὤρυξαν χεῖράς μου καὶ πόδας μου". ἄνθρωποι μένοντες οὐκ ἂν ἐποίησαν τοῦτο. κύνας δὲ ἐνταῦθα λέγει τοὺς τὸν κυνώδη τρόπον ἐσχηκότας ἀνθρώπους. περὶ πολλὰ δὲ διαβάλλεται τὰ κινήματα τοῦ κυνός. ὅλως κατωφερῆ εἰσιν πρὸς ὀχείαν. εἰώθασιν οὖν ἐν τῇ συνηθείᾳ κύνας λέγειν τοὺς ἀκολάστους καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας οὕτω ὀνομάζειν. ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ ὁ νόμος τὴν ἔννοιαν ταύτην ὑποβάλλων σὺν πόρνῃ τὸν κύνα ἠρίθμησεν· "οὐκ εἰσοίσεις ἄλλαγμα κυνὸς καὶ μίσθωμα πόρνης". οὐκ εἴρηκεν ἄλλαγμα ὄνου ἢ ἵππου· καὶ τούτων γὰρ ἀλλάγματα εἰσήγετο εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ κυρίου. ἐστὶν δὲ καὶ ἀναιδές–"καὶ οἱ κύνες ἀναιδεῖς τῇ ψυχῇ"–καὶ κολακευτικόν. οἱ ἄνθρωποι οὖν οἱ ἔχοντες τοιαῦτα κινήματα ἐν δίκῃ κύνες ὀνομάζον ται. οὗτοι οὖν ἐκύκλωσαν τὸν σωτῆρα. ὅτε ἦσαν πρόβατα θεοῦ, τὸ τηνικάδε ἐκτὸς ἦσαν τῆς κυνικῆς καταστάσεως. ὅτε δὲ πρόβατα ἀπολωλότα γέγονεν ὁ λαός, ἡ ἀπώλεια οὐκ εἰς τὸ μὴ ὂν αὐτὰ κατέστρεψεν, ἀλλ' εἰς κυνώδη κατάστασιν καὶ ὀφειώδη καὶ σκορπιώδη. πάντα δὲ ταῦτα περὶ τῶν Ἑβραίων λοιπὸν ἐλέγετο· "καὶ πάντες κύνες ἐνεοὶ εἰδότες ὑλακτεῖν". ὅτε οὖν ἀπενοήθησαν κατὰ τοῦ σωτῆρος οἱ Ἰσραηλῖται, 26 τότε κύνες γέγοναν. ἠκολούθησεν δὲ τῷ κύνας αὐτοὺς γενέσθαι τὸ "συναγωγὴ πονηρευομένων" εἶναι· ὅτε γὰρ πρόβατα ἦσαν, ποίμνη θεία ἦσαν. κύνες οὖν γέγοναν περὶ ἐμὲ καὶ συναγωγὴ πονηρευομένων. διὰ τοῦτο σταυρῷ με ὑπέβαλαν· τὸ γὰρ
The Garments of the Word§25
25The striking of the hands and feet of the Savior signifies nothing other than the cross. Therefore, consider the things just mentioned: is this assembly, which is not shameless for souls that are unbridled and lustful—those who lust through insults, who hate the one who made the resurrection of the dead and the sight of the blind and the healing of lepers, and who wish to subject them to death—is this not an assembly of fornicators? But there is a praiseworthy assembly.
They struck my hands and my feet (Psalm 22:16), and regarding this history, some have said this: many shepherds became like irrational animals, and it was never recorded that a fold was placed upon a fold, nor a dappled mare upon a dappled mare, nor a flock upon a shepherd, nor horses upon a horse-breeder. Only men placed rulers, and history brings many rulers, and those of good character and earnest mind, to be removed by those ruling. If they remained sheep, they would not have been led away. So when dogs became prevalent, and even humans became dog-like in manner, life, and disposition, they were called an 'assembly of fornicators.' To be 'fornicators' means to rise up against the benefactor, to stand up against the shepherd.
All my bones were numbered (Psalm 35:10). Whatever was in them, they subjected my bones to numbering, even though they were not countable. Therefore, it weaves together the mind. It also rises up according to history, the dividing of his garments and the casting of lots around the weaver's whole cloak (John 19:23-24). In a certain way, the word in the present Gospel text struggles; for the soldiers did this. But the soldiers were not Hebrews; for altogether a Jew was not permitted to serve in the military; but since they in a certain way became the cause of him being handed over to the soldiers as well, they apply the utterance to themselves.
But they understood me and had mercy on me (Psalm 35:11). How? Having understood, they had mercy on me? — Having perceived, they saw the scattering of my bones. And 'to show/pity' is often said regarding the fault-finders.
And the powers of his teaching can perhaps be called bones. 'They divided my garments among themselves' (Psalm 22:18). For this reason, we no longer wish to remain here regarding the historical sense; for it has already been said that even the soldiers divided them into four parts, having made them, and cast lots upon the tunic woven from top to bottom of all.
I say: just as the sum of the believers was called the body of Christ according to a certain figure, as the apostolic testimonies signified, and we used to say that the joints of this body are the useful parts, so again we say that this very God-breathed Scripture is the body of the Savior, but the useful meanings of this body are the contemplations concerning the other superior meanings. And the words are garments; for the Word according to the understanding is clothed by the words.
Even if, therefore, I have enumerated its bones, they were not divided; they only saw them as if they were not; for if they had seen them as they are, they would have been empowered in them and would have made them their own, as it is said: 'All my bones shall say: Lord, who is like you?' (Psalm 35:9). For these are not sensible bones that say this.
Therefore, the garments of the Word are divided by all those who hold different opinions, those who hold false doctrines. They drag the words toward what they want and make them their own, such as: 'The Lord created me at the beginning of his ways' (Proverbs 8:22). The word is a garment of the 40th contemplation. The Arians drag it as they wish and consider it their own. The ecclesiastics, again, receive it as being worn by Wisdom who says this, and others receive others. And it is possible to find the same words almost by all the heterodox being handled differently and differently. So they divided them, they stripped the words of the Word and dragged them naked of the Word toward their own will. 'And upon my clothing they cast lots' (Psalm 22:18). No one, having possessed any lot, casts it upon it, but when he is able, he casts something into many...
Greek · §25
ὀρύττειν χεῖρας καὶ πόδας τοῦ σωτῆρος οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἢ σταυρὸν σημαίνει. λοιπὸν τὰ καθέκαστα σκόπει· οὔκ ἐστιν ἀναιδῶν ψυχῶν καὶ ἀκολάστων καὶ ὑλακτικῶν, διὰ λοιδοριῶν ὑλακτούντων, τὸν ποιήσαντα ἀνάστασιν νεκρῶν καὶ ἀνάβλεψιν τυφλῶν καὶ καθαιρομένους λεπροὺς μισεῖν καὶ θανάτῳ θέλειν ὑποβαλεῖν, οὐ πονηρευομένη ἐστὶν αὕτη συναγωγή; 39 ἔστιν δὲ συναγωγὴ ἐπαινετή. ὤρυξαν χεῖράς μου καὶ πόδας μου καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ἱστορίας δέ τινες εἴρηκαν τοῦτο. πολλοὶ νομεῖς γέγοναν ἀλόγων ζῴων, καὶ οὐδέποτε ἱστορήθη, ὅτι βουκόλιον ἐπέθετο βουκόλῳ οὐδὲ αἰπόλιον αἰπόλῳ οὐδὲ ποιμένι ποίμνιον οὐδὲ ἵπποι ἱπποτρόφῳ. μόνοι ἄνθρωποι ἐπέθεντο ἄρχουσιν, καὶ πολλοὺς φέρει ἡ ἱστορία ἄρχοντας καὶ χρηστοὺς τὸ ἦθος καὶ σπουδαίους τὴν γνώμην ἀναιρεθέντας ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχομένων. μένοντες οὖν πρόβατα οὐκ ἂν ἀνῄρουν. ὅτε οὖν κύνες γέγοναν καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἄνθρωποι κυνώδεις τῷ τρόπῳ καὶ τῷ βίῳ καὶ τῇ καταστάσει, "συναγωγὴ πονηρευομένων" ἐλέχθησαν. πονηρευομένων δέ ἐστιν τὸ ἐγείρεσθαι κατὰ τοῦ εὐεργέτου, τὸ κατὰ τοῦ νομέως ἐπανίστασθαι. 18 ἐξηρίθμησαν πάντα τὰ ὀστᾶ μου. τὸ ὅσον ἧκεν εἰς αὐτούς, ἀριθμῷ ὑπέβαλαν τὰ ὀστᾶ μου καίπερ οὐκ ὄντα ἀριθμητά. λοιπὸν συνπλέκει τὴν διάνοιαν. ὑπῆρκται μὲν καὶ τοῦτο κατ' ἱστορίαν τὸ μερίσασθαι αὐτοὺς τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ καὶ βαλεῖν κλῆρον περὶ τοῦ ὑφαντοῦ δι' ὅλου χιθῶνος. τρόπον τινὰ ὅμως μάχεται τὸ ῥητὸν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τῇ παρούσῃ λέξει· οἱ στρατιῶται γὰρ ταῦτα πεποίηκαν. οὐκ ἦσαν δὲ οἱ στρατιῶται Ἑβραῖοι· ὅλως γὰρ Ἰουδαῖος οὐκ ἐπετρέπετο στρατεύεσθαι· ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ τρόπον τινὰ αὐτοὶ αἴτιοι γέγοναν τοῦ καὶ στρατιώταις αὐτὸν παραδοθῆναι, αὐτοῖς τὸ ἔνκλημα προσάπτουσιν. 18 αὐτοὶ δὲ κατενόησάν με καὶ ἐπεῖδόν με. ἐπερ · κατανοήσαντες ἐπεῖδόν με; –ἐπιστήσαντες εἶδον τὸν σκορπισμὸν τῶν ὀστῶν μου. καὶ τὸ "ἐπιδεῖν" δὲ πολλάκις ἐπὶ τῶν ἐπιχαιρεκάκων λέγεται. καὶ τὰς δυνάμ̣εις τῆς διδαςκαλίας αὐτοῦ δυνατὸν ὀστᾶ εἰπεῖν. 19 διεμερίσαντο τὰ ἱμάτιά μου ἑαυτοῖς. εἰς τοῦτο οὐκέτι ὧδε ἐπὶ τῆς ἱστορίας μεῖναι θέλομεν· ἤδη γὰρ ἐλέχθη ὅτι καὶ ἐμερίσαντο οἱ στρατιῶται τέσσερα μέρη πεποιηκότες καὶ κλῆρον ἔβαλον ἐπὶ τὸν ἄραφον τὸν ἄνωθεν ἐκ τῶν ὅλων ὑφαντὸν χιθῶνα. λέγω· ὥσπερ σῶμα Χριστοῦ ἐλέγετο κατά τινα λόγον τὸ ἄθροισμα τῶν πιςτῶν, ὡς αἱ μαρτυρίαι αἱ ἀποστολικαὶ ἐσήμαινον, καὶ ἐλέγαμεν τοὺς εὐτόνους τούτου τοῦ σώματος ὀστᾶ εἶναι, οὕτω πάλιν λέγομεν ὅτι αὐτὴ ἡ θεόπνευστος γραφὴ σῶμα τοῦ σωτῆρός ἐστιν, ὀστᾶ δὲ τούτου τοῦ σώματος τὰ εὔτονα νοήματα, τὰ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὑπερτέρων νοημάτων θεωρήματα. ἱμάτια δὲ αἱ λέξεις εἰσίν· ἐνδιδύσκεται γὰρ ὁ λόγος ὁ κατὰ τὴν νόησιν ὑπὸ τῶν λέξεων. εἰ καὶ ἐξηρίθμησαν οὖν τὰ ὀστᾶ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐμερίσαντο αὐτά· μόνον εἶδον αὐτὰ ὡς οὔκ εἰσιν· εἰ γὰρ ὥς εἰσιν θεασάμενοι ἦσαν, ἐνεδυναμοῦντο ἐν αὐτοῖς καὶ ἐξιδιοποιοῦντο αὐτὰ ἑαυτοῖς ὡς λέγειν· "πάντα τὰ ὀστᾶ μου ἐροῦσιν· κύριε, τίς ὅμοιός σοι"; οὐ γὰρ τὰ αἰσθητὰ ὀστᾶ ταῦτα λέγουσιν. διαμερίζονται οὖν τὰ ἱμάτια τοῦ λόγου πάντες οἱ ἑτερογνωμονοῦντες, οἱ ψευδοδοξοῦντες. ἕλκουσιν δὲ τὰς λέξεις εἰς ὃ βούλονται καὶ ἐξιδιοποιοῦνται αὐτάς, οἷον· "κύριος ἔκτισέν με ἀρχὴν ὁδῶν αὐτοῦ". ἡ λέξις ἱμάτιόν ἐστιν τοῦ 40 θεωρήματος. ἕλκουσιν αὐτὸ οἱ Ἀριανοὶ ὡς θέλουσιν καὶ ἴδιον αὐτῶν αὐτὸ νομίζουσιν. οἱ ἐκκλησιαστικοὶ πάλιν δέχονται αὐτὸ ὡς φορεῖ αὐτὸ ἡ Σοφία ἡ τοῦτο λέγουσα, καὶ ἄλλοι ἄλλα. καὶ ὅλως εὑρεῖν ἔστιν τὰ αὐτὰ ῥητὰ σχεδὸν παρὰ πᾶσιν τοῖς ἑτεροδόξοις ἄλλως καὶ ἄλλως μεταχειριζόμενα. ἐμερίσαντο ἄρα αὐτά, ἐξέδυσαν τὸν λόγον τὰς λέξεις καὶ εἵλκυσαν αὐτὰς γυμνὰς τοῦ λόγου εἰς τὸ ἑαυτῶν βούλημα. 19 καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ἱματισμόν μου ἔβαλον κλῆρον. οὐδεὶς 27 κεκτημένος τι κλῆρον ἐπ' αὐτοῦ βάλλει, ἀλλ' ὅταν δύνηταί τι εἰς πολλοὺς
The Single Divine Operation and Christ's Victory over Death§26
26They come as partners, and concerning them a lot is cast. If someone leaves an only-begotten son and appoints him as successor, all the things belonging to the deceased are his, and no lot is cast. But when many come upon the true heir saying, 'We too are children of him,' a division of his garments occurs. But they are not divided, only the words; for the same word is not held in different minds by hereticsrd toward his own mindset and will. Therefore, the diligent and truly faithful one possesses the whole robe of Jesus, not having it torn; so he does not cast a lot; the whole is his. For even if they cast a lot and use the words, they do not become his, they do not become masters of them; for a wise man according to Christ comes into the midst and shows that what he thinks is his is not his.
And what about garments and clothing? The garments together are called clothing, but each one by itself is not called clothing. And just as many sheep gathered together at once are called a flock, but each one is not called a flock, and people who have come together into one are called a people, but each one is not called a people. 20 'But You, Lord, do not delay Your help' (Psalm 70:5). If they exerted themselves in these things, even if they bring tribulation upon me, I have entreated You not to turn away, 'for tribulation is near' (Psalm 70:6). And the tribulation, if it has become near from those surrounding me like calves and bulls, from those scattering my bones, from those becoming causes to me such that my tongue is stuck to my throat, but You, do not delay Your help. Immediately then the resurrection of the Savior occurred, and immediately those who were scandalized turned back to Him. So the help has not been far.
And these things, according to the intention of man, Jesus says: 'Do not delay Your help.' The help which is required happens from no one else but from God. And I said that, when 'God' is said, it does not always signify the Father, separating the Son, nor the Son dividing from the Father; for the divinity is one. And because it is thus, we call the help the resurrection from the dead. Where it is said that He has delivered Himself and has been raised, and where the Father is said to be...
He has given life and has raised him, from which it is shown that the one resurrection and the one work being done by Father and Son happens through only one divine energy. Even if the Father does it, as God working this, he works it; even if the Son, he does this as God.
20 Pay attention to my understanding. For if you pay attention to my understanding, the help is not far from me, but being near, it worked; for he says previously these things concerning the men: for he did not come so that previously he himself might die and rise, but through others. 'By the grace of God he was raised above all death' (Rom 6:9). All died on behalf of them. This one by the grace of God was raised above all. 'The love of God holds us together, judging this thing to be that if one died on behalf of all, then all died' (Rom 6:10), so that those having died might no longer be dead, 'but live by that one who died on behalf of them and rose' (Rom 6:10). Some human power is able to give life on behalf of another, and some reproach is able to be received on behalf of another, and a rebuke. But death, no one is able to receive on behalf of another. And behold: he was raised alone, he was not swallowed by it, nor did it consume him. But he who is being swallowed by death swallows it himself. 'Death, having prevailed, swallowed up' (1 Cor 15:55). This one swallowed death, the one having been laid under it. And since Jesus 'did not commit sin,' and through the seizing of sin death is swallowed and swallows the one sinning—therefore he was raised above all; indeed, he was raised. And he has given the reason: 'so that through death he might render powerless the one having the power of death' (Heb 2:14). In death he destroyed death.
28 Save my soul from the sword (Ps 54:23). Jesus is also the one saying this verse, and he is able to say this also concerning his own soul, which he had the power to cast out and take back, and concerning every soul made his own. Just as it is said each of the saints is not merely a man anymore, but a man of God, so a soul desiring to please God is not merely a soul anymore, but a soul of God. Thus, in either way, he says these things concerning his own soul and that which he received, and concerning every soul made his own. And the sword sometimes signifies punishment; as if it is said: 'in the sword all sinful people of the people shall perish'; for it has never happened in history.
Greek · §26
κοινωνοὺς ἐλθεῖν, περὶ ἐκείνων κλῆρον βάλλουσιν. ἐάν τις καταλείψῃ μονογενῆ υἱὸν καὶ αὐτῷ χρήσηται διαδόχῳ, ἐκείνου ἐστὶν πάντα τὰ τοῦ τεθνεῶτος ὑπάρχοντα, καὶ οὐ βάλλεται κλῆρος. ὅταν δὲ πολλοὶ ἐπέλθωσιν τῷ ἀληθῶς κληρονόμῳ λέγοντες ὅτι· "καὶ ἡμεῖς τέκνα ἐσμὲν ἐκείνου", μερισμὸς γίνεται τῶν ἱματίων ἐκείνου. μερίζονται δὲ οὐκ αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ τὰς λέξεις μόνας· μὴ γὰρ σὺν τῷ αὐτῷ νοῒ ἡ αὐτὴ λέξις διαφόρως παρὰ αἱρεθικοῖς κεῖται. ἕκαστος πρὸς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ φρόνημα καὶ βούλημα ἕλκει τὴν λέξιν. ὁ σπουδαῖος οὖν καὶ πιστὸς ἀληθῶς ἔχει ὅλον τὸν χιθῶνα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, οὐκ ἔχει αὐτὸν περιεσχισμένον· διὸ οὐδὲ κλῆρον βάλλει· αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ὅλος· κἂν γὰρ κλῆρον βάλωσιν ἐκεῖνοι καὶ χρήσωνται ταῖς λέξεσιν, οὐκ αὐτῶν γίνονται, οὐ κύριοι αὐτῶν γίνονται· παρέρχεται γὰρ εἰς μέσον σοφὸς ἀνὴρ κατὰ Χριστὸν καὶ δείκνυσιν ὅτι οὐκ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ὃ νομίζει αὐτοῦ εἶναι. ἐπερ · ἱμάτια καὶ ἱματισμός; –ὅλα ὁμοῦ τὰ ἱμάτια ἱματισμὸς λέγεται· ἕκαστον δὲ καθ' ἑαυτὸ οὐ λέγεται ἱματισμός. καὶ ὥσπερ τὰ ἅμα πολλὰ συνειλεγμένα πρόβατα ἀγέλη λέγεται, ἕκαστον δὲ οὐ λέγεται ἀγέλη, καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι οἱ εἰς ταὐτὸ συνεληλυθότες δῆμος λέγονται, ἕκαστος δὲ οὐ λέγεται δῆμος. 20 σὺ δέ, κύριε, μὴ μακρύνῃς τὴν βοήθειάν μου. εἰ ἐκεῖνοι ταῦτα ἐσπούδασαν, εἰ καὶ θλῖψίν μοι ἐπιφέρουσιν, παρεκάλεσα δέ σε μὴ ἀποστῆναι, "ὅτι θλῖψις ἐγγύς". ἡ θλῖψις δὲ εἰ ἐγγὺς γέγονεν ἀπὸ τῶν κυκλωσάντων με μόσχων καὶ ταύρων, ἀπὸ τῶν διασκορπισάντων τὰ ὀστᾶ μου, ἀπὸ τῶν αἰτίων γεναμένων μοι ὥστε τὴν γλῶττάν μου κολληθῆναι τῷ λάρυγγι, ἀλλὰ σὺ μὴ μακρύνῃς τὴν βοήθειάν σου. εὐθέως οὖν ἡ ἀνάστασις γέγονεν τοῦ σωτῆρος, εὐθέως ἐπεστράφησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ σκανδαλισθέντες. οὐ γέγονεν οὖν μακρὰν ἡ βοήθεια. ταῦτα δὲ ὁ ἄνθρωπος, κατὰ τὴν ἐπίνοιαν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγει· "μὴ μακρύνῃς τὴν βοήθειάν μου". ἡ βοήθεια ἣν ἀπαιτεῖ οὐ παρ' ἄλλου τινὸς γίνεται ἢ παρὰ θεοῦ. εἶπον δὲ ὅτι, ὅταν θεὸς λέγηται, οὐ πάντως τὸν πατέρα σημαίνει ἀπομερίζων τὸν υἱὸν οὐδὲ τὸν υἱὸν ἀποσχίζων τὸν πατέρα· μία γάρ ἐστιν ἡ θεότης. καὶ ὅτι τοῦθ' οὕτως ἔχει, τὴν βοήθειαν εἴπομεν τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀνάστασιν. ὅπου μὲν λέγεται ἑαυτὸν παραδεδωκέναι καὶ ἐγηγερκέναι, ὅπου δὲ 41 ὁ πατὴρ λέγεται παραδεδωκέναι αὐτὸν καὶ ἀνεστακέναι, ἐξ οὗ παρίσταται ὅτι ἡ μία ἀνάστασις καὶ τὸ ἓν ἔργον ὑπὸ πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ γινόμενον κατὰ μόνην μίαν θεικὴν ἐνέργειαν γίνεται. κἂν ὁ πατὴρ ποιῇ, ω῾̣ς θεὸς ἐνεργῶν τοῦτο ἐργάζεται, κἂν ὁ υἱός, τοῦτο ποιεῖ ὡς θεός. 20 εἰς τὴν ἀντίλημψίν μου πρόσχες. ἐὰν γὰρ προσχῇς τῇ ἀντιλήμψει μου, ἡ βοήθεια οὐ μεμάκρυνται, ἀλλ' ὡς ἐγγὺς οὖσα ἐνήργησεν· λέγει γὰρ προηγουμένως ταῦτα περὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων· ἐλήλυθεν γὰρ οὐχ ἵνα προηγουμένως αὐτὸς ἀπο̣θ̣άνῃ καὶ ἀναστῇ ἀλλὰ δι' ἄλλους. "χάριτι θεοῦ ὑπὲρ παντὸς ἐγεύσατο θανάτου". πάντες ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἀπέθανον. οὗτος χάριτι θεοῦ ὑπὲρ πάντων ἐγεύσατο. "ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ συνέχει ἡμᾶς, κρίναντας αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅτι εἰ εἷς ὑπὲρ πάντων ἀπέθανεν, ἄρα οἱ πάντες ἀπέθανον", ἵνα οἱ ἀποθανόντες μηκέτι ὦσιν νεκροί, "ἀλλὰ ζῶσιν ἐκείνῳ τῷ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἀποθανόντι καὶ ἀναστάντι". ὄφλημά τις ἀνθρώπινον δύναται ἀποδοῦναι ὑπὲρ ἄλλου καὶ μέμψιν δύναται ὑπὲρ ἄλλου ἀναδέξασθαι καὶ ἔλεγχον. θάνατον δὲ ἄλλος ὑπὲρ ἄλλου οὐδεὶς δύναται ἀναδέξασθαι. καὶ ὅρα γε· ἐγεύσατο μόνον, οὐκ ἐρόφησεν αὐτόν, οὐ κατέφαγεν αὐτόν. ὁ δὲ καταπινόμενος ὑπὸ θανάτου καὶ αὐτὸς αὐτὸν καταπίνει. "κατέπιεν ὁ θάνατος ἰσχύσας". οὗτος κατέπιεν τὸν θάνατον ὁ καταποθεὶς ὑπ' αὐτοῦ. ἐπειδὴ δὲ Ἰησοῦς "ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἐποίησεν", διὰ δὲ τῆς ἁλώσεως τῆς ἁμαρτίας καταπίνεται ὁ θάνατος καὶ καταπίνει τὸν ἁμαρτάνοντα–, ὑπὲρ παντὸς οὖν ἐγεύσατο· πλὴν ἐγεύσατο. καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν ἀποδέδωκεν· "ἵνα διὰ τοῦ θανάτου καταργήσῃ τὸν τὸ κράτος ἔχοντα τοῦ θανάτου". ἐν θανάτῳ θάνατον 28 κατέλυσεν. 21 ῥῦσαι ἀπὸ ῥομφαίας τὴν ψυχήν μου. Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν καὶ τοῦτον τὸν στίχον ὁ λέγων, καὶ δύναται καὶ περὶ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῆς τοῦτο λέγειν ἧς ἔσχεν ἐξ ουσίαν θεῖναι καὶ λαβεῖν αὐτήν, καὶ περὶ πάσης οἰκειωθείσης αὐτῷ ψυχῆς. ὡς δὲ λέγεται ἕκαστος τῶν ἁγίων οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἔτι ἄνθρωπος, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ ἄνθρωπος, οὕτως ἡ εὐαρεστεῖν προθεμένη θεῷ ψυχὴ οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἔτι ψυχὴ λέγεται, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ ψυχή. ἑκατέρως οὖν περὶ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῆς ταῦτα λέγει καὶ ἧς ἀνείληφεν, καὶ πάσης τῆς οἰκειωθείσης αὐτῷ. σημαίνει δέ ποτε ἡ ῥομφαία τὴν κόλασιν· ὡς ἐὰν λέγηται· "ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ τελευτήσουσιν πάντες ἁμαρτωλοὶ λαοῦ"· μὴ γὰρ γέγονέν ποτε ἐπὶ ἱστορίας
The Sword and the Unity of the Person§27
27So that the whole people might be cut down by the sword. Some of them died, but not all. He says this: all sinners will be tested by execution. He sometimes reveals both an evil power and the devil himself; for when it is said regarding Mary, 'and a sword will pierce your own soul' (Luke 2:35), he speaks of the adversary. When he casts thoughts upon someone or wishes to cast them, if that soul does not receive them, they pass through it, like the fifth arrow of the Psalm (Ps 42:5) when it is sent not at the mark, passing through the archer.
He cast it into Judas; he acted against Judas. He did not secure himself, he did not guard against it: 'do not give place to the devil' (Eph 5:11), and he did not pass it by; for it entered into him. And he who says, 'I did not know the evil one passing away from me,' had the sword passing through. To not know here does not mean ignorance, but not having been tested. Thus, even those who despise to say something, even if it is present, even if it is, say: 'I do not know.'
Regarding 'save': the 'save' certainly means all this: 'save me, having seized me and being under it.' Save me so that I may not suffer anything from it. Regarding: who is speaking? They wish to say this: 'if he speaks about the soul himself, who is the one speaking? It is a body that is speaking.' But those saying such things stumble.
In composite things, each of those in the composition is said of the whole composition. 'Your whole spirit and soul and body.' Is the spirit something else from the men, and the soul something else, and the body? Therefore they posit them as separate. We often speak about a city, saying it has a bad city, a bad ruler, a bad people, bad laws, not right ones. What is the city apart from the bad rulers, the counselors, and the people? And just as we speak about the human body, saying a head of the body, a face of the body, a hand of the body, feet—is the body something other than these, while each is something else beside itself? Those who have done the logical things well understand these things easily. See: everything having sensation and soul is an animal, and I say that the animal is not a man, nor a horse, nor an ox. But I say this: that man is not the whole genus, nor is he the whole animal. And I say each...
composite human
Greek · §27
ὥστε ξίφει πάντα τὸν λαὸν ἀναιρεθῆναι. τινὲς ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἀπέθνῃσκον, οὐ μὴν πάντες. λέγει δὲ τοῦτο· οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ πάντες πειρασθήσονται κολάσεως. δηλοῖ δὲ ἐνίοτε καὶ πονηρὰν δύναμιν καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν διάβολον· ὅταν γὰρ λέγηται πρὸς τὴν Μαρίαν· "καὶ σοῦ αὐτῆς τὴν ψυχὴν διελεύσεται ῥομφαία", τὸν ἀντικείμενον λέγει. ὅταν δὲ ὑποβάλῃ τινὶ ἢ θελήσῃ ὑποβαλεῖν ἐνθυμήματα, μὴ παραδέξηται δὲ ἡ ψυχὴ ἐκείνη, διέρχεται αὐτήν. ὡς τὸ βέλος 42 τὸ πεμπόμενον ὅταν μὴ κατὰ σκοπὸν πεμφθῇ, διε´̣ρχεται τὸν τοξευόμενον. ἔβαλεν εἰς τὸν Ἰούδαν, ἐπετόλμησεν κατὰ τοῦ Ἰούδα. οὐκ ἠσφαλίσατο ἐκεῖνος, οὐκ ἐφύλαξεν τό· "μὴ δῶτε τόπον τῷ διαβόλῳ", καὶ οὐ παρελήλυθεν αὐτόν· εἰς αὐτὸν γὰρ̣ εἰσῆλθεν. ὁ δὲ λέγων· "ἐκκλίνοντος ἀπ' ἐμοῦ τοῦ πονηροῦ οὐκ ἐγίγνωσκον", παρερχομένην εἶχεν τὴν ῥομφαίαν. τὸ μὴ γνῶναι δὲ ὧδε οὐ τὴν ἄγνοιαν λέγει, ἀλλὰ τὸ μὴ πεπειρᾶσθαι. εἰώθασ̣ιν̣ οὖν καὶ οἱ εὐτελίζοντές τινα λέγειν, εἰ καὶ πάρεστιν, εἰ καὶ ἔστιν· "οὐκ οἶδα". ἐπερ · τὸ "ῥῦσαι"; –μήτ̣ο̣ι τὸ "ῥῦσαι" πάντως τοῦτο σημαίνει ὅτι· "ἑαλωκότα με καὶ ὑπ' αὐτὴν ὄντα ῥῦσαί με". ῥῦσαί με ἵνα μὴ πάθω τι ὑπ' αὐτῆς. ἐπερ · τίς λέγει; –ἐκεῖνοι τοῦτο βούλονται λέγειν ὅτι· "εἰ περὶ ψυχῆς λέγει ἑαυτοῦ, τίς ἐστιν ὁ λέγων; σῶμά ἐστιν τὸ λέγον". σφάλλονται δὲ οἱ τοιαῦτα λέγοντες. ἐν τοῖς συνθέτοις ἕκαστον τῶν ἐν τῇ συνθέσει ὅλης τῆς συνθέσεως λέγεται. "ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα". ἦ ἄλλο ἐστὶν τὸ πνεῦμα παρὰ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ ἄλλη καὶ τὸ σῶμα; τιθεῖσιν οὖν αὐτοί. λέγομεν πολλάκις περὶ πόλεως, ὅτι κακὴ πόλις κακοὺς ἄρχοντας ἔχει, κακὸν δῆμον, κακοὺς νόμους, οὐκ ὀρθούς. τίς ἐστιν ἡ πόλις παρὰ τοὺς ἄρχοντας τοὺς κακοὺς καὶ τοὺς βουλευτὰς καὶ τὸν δῆμον; καὶ ὥσπερ περὶ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ ἀνθρωπείου λέγομεν, ὅτι κεφαλὴ σώματος, πρόσωπον σώματος, χεὶρ σώματος, πούς, μὴ ἄλλο ἐστὶν τὸ σῶμα παρὰ ταῦτα, ἕκαστον δὲ ἄλλο παρ' αὐτό ἐστιν. οἱ τὰ λογικὰ καλῶς πεποιηκότες ῥᾳδίως ταῦτα νοοῦσιν. ἴδε· πάντα τὰ αἴσθησιν καὶ ψυχὴν ἔχοντα ζῷά ἐστιν, καὶ λέγω ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἄνθρωπος τὸ ζῷον οὐδὲ ἵππος οὐδὲ βοῦς. τοῦτο δὲ λέγω ὅτι ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὐκ ἔστιν ὅλον τὸ γένος, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅλον τὸ ζῷον. καὶ λέγω τὰ καθέκαστα εἴδη ἕτερα εἶναι τοῦ ζῴου. πάντα δὲ ἅμα οὐ λέγω ἄλλα αὐτοῦ λέγω, ἀλλὰ αὐτὸ εἶναι. οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ σώματος τὴν χεῖρα λέγω ἄλλην εἶναι παρὰ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, καὶ τὸν πόδα, τὴν κεφαλήν. πάντα δὲ οὔκ εἰσιν ἄλλα τοῦ σώματος, ἀλλ' ἕκαστον τοῦ ὅλου σώματος ἕτερόν ἐστιν. οὕτως ἔχει καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. ἐὰν λέγῃ· "ἡ ψυχή μου καὶ τὸ σῶμά μου καὶ τὸ πνεῦμά μου", ἕκαστον ἄλλο ἐστὶν παρὰ τὸν σύνθετον ἄνθρωπον. ἅμα δὲ πάντα οὐχ ἕτερα αὐτοῦ ἐστιν. ἐὰν τοίνυν λέγῃ "ἡ ψυχή μου"–μὴ γὰρ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μόνου τοῦτο κεῖται. καὶ ἕκαστος τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῦτο λέγει· "ἵνα τί περίλυπος εἶ, ἡ ψυχή μου"; "ἡ σάρξ μου ἠλλοίωται δι' ἔλαιον". καὶ "τὸ πνεῦμά μου"· "καὶ ἔσκαλλεν τὸ πνεῦμά μου". ἕκαστον οὖν ἕτερόν ἐστιν παρὰ τὸ σύνθετον. πάντα δὲ ἅμα λαμβανόμενα οὐ τοῦ συνθέτου λέγω ἕτερα, ἀλλ' ἕκαστον–ἐὰν οὖν λέγῃ "ἡ ψυχή μου", ὁ σύνθετος ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν ὁ λέγων ταῦτα. ἰδοὺ γοῦν εἶπεν· "καὶ ὀστᾶ μου καὶ ψυχή μου", ἴδε, "καὶ πνεῦμά μου". 21 καὶ ἐκ χειρὸς κυνὸς τὴν μονογενῆν μου. εἶπεν· "ὅτι ἐκύκλωσάν με κύνες πολλοί". 29 τοὺς πολλοὺς τούτους κύνας ἰδικῶς ἕνα λέγει κύνα. ὁ ῥυσθεὶς ἀπὸ τῶν 43 καθέκαστα ἀνθρώπων ἐπιβουλεύειν βουλομένων ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπου ἐρύσθη. χεῖρα δὲ τοῦ κυνὸς λέγει τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτοῦ. "καὶ ἐγένετο λόγος κυρίου ἐν χειρὶ Ἀγγαίου". ἐπὶ τῶν φαύλων δὲ εἴρηται· "ἄκανθαι φύονται ἐν χειρὶ τοῦ μεθύσου". ἐκ χειρὸς οὖν, ἐκ τῆς πράξεως τῶν κυνῶν τῶν κυκλωσάντων με, κατὰ τὸ εἶδος κυνὸς ἑνὸς ὄντων, ῥῦσαι τὴν ψυχήν μου. λέγονταί τινες εἶναι μονότροποι· "ὁ θεὸς κατοικίζει μονοτρόπους ἐν οἴκῳ". καὶ δυνατὸν μὲν λεχθῆναι ὅτι πάντες οὗτοι οἱ κατοικιζόμενοι ἕνα τρόπον ἔχουσιν καὶ ταύτῃ μονότροποι εἴρηνται, ὡς τό· "τῷ αὐτῷ νοῒ καὶ τῇ αὐτῇ γνώμῃ κατήρτισθε". δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ οὕτως· ὁ ἔχων γνώμην μὴ μεταβάλλουσαν, τρόπον μὴ ἐξ ἑτέρου ἕτερον γινόμενον, μονότροπός ἐστιν· οὐ γὰρ ἀλλοιοῦται κατὰ τὸν ἄφρονα ὁ σοφός, ἀλλὰ ἐκλάμπει ὡς ὁ ἥλιος. ὁ ἥλιος δὲ οὐκ ἔχει μεταβολὰς φωτισμῶν. μονογενὴς οὖν ἐστιν αὐτῷ αὕτη ἡ ψυχή. εἶπον ὅτι καὶ ἄλλαι οἰκειωμέναι αὐτῷ διὰ ἀρετῆς γίνονται ψυχαί. οὐκ ἔχουσιν δὲ τὸ στάσιμον, τὸ βέβαιον. μόνη αὕτη ἁμαρτίαν μὴ ποιήσασα μηδὲ γνοῦσα μονογενής ἐστιν. πολλὰς
The Humiliation and Exaltation of the People and the Son§28
28He has souls; but this one he has as unique, for it is unshakeable. And I say unshakeable in this way: not being turned; for that which is called unshakeable in a completed sense signifies the unchangeable. When I say that the righteous man is not turned toward injustice, I say the righteous is unshakeable in the measure that he possesses righteousness; for the unshakeable does not turn. But not everything that does not turn is unshakeable.
Therefore, this soul is unique to him among the others, because it alone possesses the capacity to be always with him. No reasoning, no impulse, no disturbance can separate it; for even if it is disturbed, the disturbance stands only as a pre-passion. For this was shown through the 'now', seeing that the 'now' does not signify continuous time, but the significant moment, the non-existent time. All time has three divisions, but this 'now' has none, for it is the edge of time.
"He began to be terrified and to be in anguish" (Ps 22:16). Until the beginning, one cannot receive a pre-passion instead of cowardice; for pre-passion is a testing of nature, not making a quality bad or serious, unless it takes on the following things so that it is no longer a pre-passion. Often these things have been distinguished for us as being four: pre-passion alone releases an inclination, it does not subject one to an inclination; but passion is with a moderate inclination; and the disposition is then malice; and much more is the action once taken up.
"Save me from the mouth of the lion" (Ps 22:20). Here he can also call the devil a "lion", for he attacked in the time of the passion. Indeed, when it was said in the forty-day temptation that "the devil departed from him", it is adjacent in the Gospel to "until a time" (Lk 22:36). Then again, it came when the passion was. And since I was saying that the attacks are brought to the man of the Savior himself and to his own, when Peter says or the Savior says to Peter, "Behold, Satan has demanded you" (Lk 22:31), in a way he wanted to devour the members of the Savior by attacking against the Savior. He says, therefore, "Save me from the mouth of the lion". He can also call that people a "lion", for "it became said my heritage is to me like a lion in the thicket" (Ps 22:10). May I not suffer these things which they want to dispose me toward. He says these things because every rational essence, even if it is perfect, needs the alliance from God. "Save me from the mouth of the lion."
And 'from the horns of the unicorns my humiliation' he can say here, referring to the multitude of the Jews, the people of Israel; for he said in Jeremiah: 'I have forsaken my house, I have left my inheritance. My inheritance became to me like a lion in a forest' (Jeremiah 12:7). Having been a people whom I placed in Paradise, where there was much fruit, when they had turned into wildness, then consequently they nest in fruitless trees—for the forest is nothing other than a place of fruitless trees. Therefore, they encamp there. And my inheritance, which I had so that it might be a people and a portion of the Lord, was so provoked against me as to be thrown upon a lion, not a lion being tamed—for often lions come into human places being tamed—but as in a forest, as a wild beast.
And it can also be said concerning the devil; for we say this also, that after the temptation in the wilderness it is said: 'He has departed for a time.' 'And from the horns of the unicorns my humiliation' (Psalm 92:10). The unicorn is a strong animal. It is not subject to man, it is not tamed by man. 'From the horns' therefore, 'the humiliation of the unicorns,' the cross and death saying his own humiliation. 'He humbled himself, becoming obedient unto death, even the death of the cross' (Philippians 2:8). My humiliation, therefore, then, flows from these unicorns—and these are also some evil enemies—then, when I rise from the dead; for 'the kings of the earth and the rulers were gathered together' to surround him with death. Then God delivers him from his humiliation; he rises from the dead. And all these things are spoken concerning the man.
Therefore, without delay he immediately brought forward: 'I will declare your name to my brothers' (Acts 13:34). 'I will proclaim your name to my brothers; and again: behold, I will be trusting in him, behold, I and the children whom God has given to me.' And again: 'Wherefore he ought to have been made like his brothers in all things' (Hebrews 2:17). Not only according to the body, but according to all things. According to his divinity, the only-begotten Son of God does not have a brother; for if he had a brother, he would not be only-begotten. But to have brothers is opposed to being an only-begotten one. The only-begotten has no brothers. The one having brothers is not only-begotten.
Greek · §28
ἔχει ψυχάς· ταύτην δὲ μονογενῆ ἔχει· ἄτρεπτος γάρ ἐστιν. ἄτρεπτον δὲ λέγω οὕτω· μὴ τρεπομένην· τὸ γὰρ ἄτρεπτον ἀπολελυμένως λ̣εγόμενον τὸ ἀμετάβλητον δηλοῖ. ὅταν δὲ λέγω ὅτι ὁ δίκαιος οὐ τρέπεται πρὸς ἀδικίαν, λέγω δίκαιο̣ν̣ ἄτρεπτον εἶναι ἐν ὅσῳ τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἔχει· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἄτρεπτον οὐ τρέπεται. οὐ πάντως δὲ τ̣ο`̣ μὴ τρεπόμενον ἄτρεπτόν ἐστιν. μονογενὴς οὖν αὐτῷ ἐστιν αὕτη ἡ ψυχὴ παρὰ τὰς ἄλλας ὅτι μόνη ἔχει τὸ ἀεὶ συνεῖναι αὐτῷ. οὐ χωρίζει αὐτὴν οὐ λογισμός, οὐκ ἐνθύμημα, οὐ ταραχή· κἂν γὰρ τ̣αραχθῇ, μέχρι προπαθείας ἵσταται ἡ ταραχή· τοῦτο γὰρ διὰ τοῦ "νῦν" ἐδηλώθη, ὅτι οὐ τὸν κατὰ πλάτος χρόνον σημαίνει διὰ τοῦ "νῦν", ἀλλὰ τὸ σημειῶδες, τὸ μὴ ὂν χρόνον. πᾶς χρόνος τὰς τρεῖς ἔχει δ̣ι̣αστάσεις. τὸ δὲ "νῦν" τοῦτο οὐκ ἔχει· πέρας γάρ ἐστιν χρόνου. "ἤρξατο θαμβεῖσθαι καὶ ἀδημονεῖν". μέχρι τοῦ ἄρξασθαι μὴ ἀντὶ ἀνανδρίας δύναται λαβεῖν προπάθειαν· φύσεως γὰρ ἔλεγχός ἐστιν ἡ προπάθεια, οὐ ποιότης φαῦλον ἢ σπουδαῖον ποιοῦσα, εἰ μὴ προσλάβοι τὰ ἑξῆς ὥστε μηκέτι εἶναι προπάθειαν. πολλάκις ἡμῖν διεστάλη ταῦτα ὅτι τέσσερά ἐστιν· ἡ προπάθεια μόνη ἀπολύει ἐνκλήματος, οὐχ ὑποβάλλει ἐνκλήματι· τὸ πάθος δὲ μετρίῳ ἐνκλήματι· ἡ δὲ διάθεσις κακία ἐστὶν λοιπόν· πολλῷ πλέον καὶ ἡ πρᾶξις προσλημφθεῖσα. 22 σῶσόν με ἐκ στόματος λέοντος. ἐνταῦθα δύναται καὶ τὸν διάβολον "λέοντα" λέγειν· καὶ γὰρ ἐπέθετο ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τοῦ πάθους. ἀμέλει γοῦν ὅτε ἐν τῇ τεσσερακονθημέρῳ τοῦ πειρασμοῦ εἴρηται ὅτι· "ἀπέστη ὁ διάβολος ἀπ' αὐτοῦ", πρόσκειται ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ· "ἄχρι καιροῦ". τότε πάλιν ἐλήλυθεν ὅτε τὸ πάθος. καὶ ἐπεὶ ἔλεγον τὰς ἐπιβουλὰς ὁτὲ μὲν αὐτῷ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τοῦ σωτῆρος προσάγεσθαι ὁτὲ δὲ τοῖς αὐτοῦ, ὅταν ὁ Πέτρος λέγῃ ἢ ὁ σωτὴρ λέγῃ τῷ Πέτρῳ· "ἰδοὺ ὁ σατανᾶς ἐξῃτήσατο 44 ἡμᾶς", τρόπον τινὰ κατὰ τοῦ σωτῆρος ὁρμ̣ῶν τὰ μέλη αὐτοῦ ἤθελεν καταφαγεῖν. λέγει γοῦν ὅτι· "σῶσόν με ἐκ στόματος τοῦ λέοντος". δύναται δ̣ὲ καὶ τὸν λαὸν ἐκεῖνον "λέοντα" καλεῖν· "ἐγενήθη" γὰρ "ἡ κληρονομία μου ἐμοὶ ὡς λέων ἐν δρυμῷ". μὴ τ̣αῦτα πάθοιμι ἃ ἐκεῖνοι βούλονταί με διαθεῖναι. ταῦτα δὲ λέγει διὰ τὸ πᾶσαν λογικὴν οὐσίαν, κἂν τελεία ᾖ, χρῄζειν τῆς παρὰ θεοῦ συμμαχίας. "σῶσόν με ἐκ στόματος λέοντος". καὶ ἀπὸ κεράτων μονοκερώτων τὴν ταπείνωσίν μου δύναται λέγειν ἐνταῦθα λέοντα τὸ πλῆθος τῶν Ἰουδαίων, τὸν τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ λαόν· εἶπεν γὰρ ἐν Ἰηρεμίᾳ· "ἐνκατέλιπα τὸν οἶκόν μου, ἀφῆκα τὴν κληρονομίαν μου. ἐγενήθη ἡ κληρονομία μου ἐμοὶ ὡς λέων ἐν δρυμῷ". λαὸν ὄντα αὐτοὺς ἐν παραδείσῳ ἔθηκα, ἔνθα καρποφορία πολλή. ὅτε δὲ εἰς ἀγριότητα μεταβεβλήκασιν, τότε λοιπὸν ἐν ἀκάρποις ξύλοις φωλ̣ε̣υ´̣ουσιν–ὁ γὰρ δρυμὸς οὐδὲν ἕτερόν ἐστιν ἢ τόπος ἀκάρπων ξύλων–. λοιπὸν οὖν ἐκεῖ λοχ̣ῶσιν. καὶ ἡ κληρονομία μου, ἣν ἔσχον 30 ἵνα λαὸς ᾖν καὶ μερὶς κυρίου, εἰς τοσοῦτον ἐξηγριώθη κ̣α̣τ' ἐμοῦ ὡς λέοντι παραβληθῆναι, οὐδὲ λέοντι τιθασευθέντι–πολλάκις γὰρ εἰς ἀνθρώπων τόπους ἐρχόμενοι οἱ λέοντες τιθασεύοντ̣α̣ι–, ἀλλὰ ὡς ἐν δρυμῷ, ὡς ἄγριος θήρ. δύναται δὲ καὶ περὶ τοῦ διαβόλου λελέχθαι· εἴπομεν γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο, ὅτι μετὰ τὸν πειρασμὸν τὸν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ εἴρηται ὅτι· "ἀπέστη ἄχρι καιροῦ". 22καὶ ἀπὸ κεράτων μονοκερώτων τὴν ταπείνωσίν μου. ἰσχυρὸν λέγει ζῷον τὸν μονοκέρωτα. οὐχ ὑπόκειται ἀν θρώπῳ, οὐ τιθασεύεται̣ ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπου. "ἀπὸ κεράτων" οὖν μονοκερώτων τὴν ταπείνωσίν μου", ταπείνωσιν ἑαυτοῦ λέγων τὸν σταυρὸν καὶ τὸν θάνατον. "ἑαυτὸν ἐταπείνωσεν ὑπήκοος γενόμενος μέχρι θανάτου, θανάτου δὲ σταυροῦ". τὴν ταπείνωσίν μου οὖν τότε ἀπὸ τῶν μονοκερώτων τούτων ῥύῃ–πονηροὶ δὲ καὶ οὗτοί εἰσίν τινες ἐχθροί–, τότε, ὅταν ἀναστῶ ἐκ νεκρῶν· "παρέστησαν" μὲν γὰρ "οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό", ἵνα περιβάλωσιν αὐτὸν θανάτῳ. τότε δὲ ῥύεται θεὸς αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς ταπεινώσεως εαὐτοῦ· ἀνίσταται ἐκ νεκρῶν. ταῦτα δὲ πάντα περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου λέλεκται. ἀμέλει γοῦν ἐπήγαγεν εὐθύς· 23 διηγήσομαι τὸ ὄνομά σου τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου. "ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄνομά σου τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου· καὶ πάλιν· ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἔσομαι πεποιθὼς ἐπ' αὐτόν, ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ καὶ τὰ παιδία ἅ μοι δέδωκεν ὁ θεός". καὶ ἔτι· "ὅθεν ὤφειλεν κατὰ πάντα τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ὁμοιωθῆναι". οὐ κατὰ μόνον τὸ σῶμα, ἀλλὰ κατὰ πάντα. κατὰ τη`̣ν θεότητα ὁ μονογενὴς τοῦ θεοῦ υἱὸς ἀδελφὸν οὐκ ἔχει· εἰ γὰρ εἶχεν ἀδελφόν, οὐκ ἦν μονογενη´̣ς̣. ἀντίκειται δὲ τὸ ἔχειν ἀδελφοὺς τῷ μονογενῆ τινα εἶναι. ὁ μονογενὴς ἀδελφοὺς οὐκ ἔχει. ὁ ἔχων ἀδελφοὺς οὔκ ἐστιν
The Firstborn and the Unicorn§29
29Only-begotten. He says 'brothers' referring to the apostles and all those from the circumcision who believed in him; for many believed from among the Jews. And the twelve and the seventy were among them. According to the flesh, therefore, those were his brothers.
But they become his brothers again according to the Spirit, those partaking of the 'spirit of adoption' (Rom 8:15); for if 'he who does righteousness is born of God' (1 John 5:1) and 'he who believes that Jesus is the Christ is born of God' (1 John 5:1), some are sons of God. These, however, are brothers again, not only-begotten, not according to the divinity, but according to the one who became man. The apostle, therefore, using the word in this way, applied it to the man: 'for which reason he is not ashamed to call them his brothers'; for he left nothing of what is required for a man to be a man. Since if he does not have all things, he is not a man.
I have said many times that there are certain mixtures, like hydromel. If water is removed, it is only honey; or even if it is mixed with something else, it is not hydromel. If, therefore, he had body only, he would not have been made like the brothers in all things; for the appetitive soul is irrational. A soul without intellect is irrational, not even subsisting as a principle, unless it be in the composition; for the appetitive souls are joined to the bodies of which they are souls. Therefore, 'in all things he was made like the brothers', not in some things, and not in others.
The apostle says again: 'so as to be the firstborn among many brothers, whom he foreknew and predestined to be conformed to them' (Rom 8:29). You see that being the firstborn among many brothers was a matter of acquisition, when he became man, when he took upon himself to be a man from among brothers. But if he says 'firstborn' here, say 'more honorable'. And so also the 'church of the firstborn' (Heb 12:23) is so named. It is not possible for all to be firstborn, yet it is possible for all to be honorable. For this reason also Jacob demanded the birthright (Gen 25:31) from Esau, the honor of the firstborn. Therefore, firstborn is in...
He is like many brothers, as the 'firstborn from the dead' (Colossians 1:18). He is the first of every dead person; for when he rises, someone else is able to rise. Therefore he says to proclaim the name of the Father, that is, to make it manifest. And when they know the Father and know the name of the Father, then they have the knowledge of the Son being brought in together with it; for these things bring in one another successively. And I speak according to being and according to knowledge. It is impossible for one knowing one thing to not know the rest regarding that thing.
'And from the horns of the unicorns.' It is also called a rhinoceros. And in the eighteenth Psalm this is so: 'And the beloved as a son of unicorns' (Psalm 18:25). This animal is said to have a size not less than a large calf. But it is very coiled, it is thick, and it has a horn above the nose, and the animal is very strong, and when it is angry, its horn becomes so much the strongest as to be harder than an elephant's. But when it is not angry, it is soft as flesh. And sometimes, when there is heat, it throws large stones so that it may place itself in that place, being cool. This animal, then, as I have said, when having become angry, has the horn very hard. But when being calm, it does not have it.
Therefore they are tested to take its horn; for it is precious. Since, then, they want such a thing, they do not shoot at it without foresight; it does not fall to a beast, nor is it wounded by a polecat or any other. But they throw at it with a bow. So when it is angry, then they shoot at it with the dart. But: toward what kind of person do we take it? Toward Christ? —if it be taken praiseworthily. And it is taken praiseworthily in the eighteenth Psalm: 'And the beloved as a son of unicorns' (Psalm 18:25). It signifies having an only-begotten kingdom. The kingdom of the Savior, therefore, does not have duality, but is simple, like the presence of God. And because of this, it is called one-horned. But when it is taken mockingly, it is taken because of the wildness, not because of the horn. Some say as in...
Greek · §29
μονογενής. "ἀδελφοὺς" λέγει τοὺς ἀποστόλους καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς πιστεύσαντας αὐτῷ· πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐπίστευσαν ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων. καὶ οἱ δώδεκα καὶ οἱ ἑβδομήκοντα ἀπ' αὐτῶν ἦ45 σαν. κατὰ σάρκα οὖν ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐκεῖνοι ἐτύγχανον. γίνονται δὲ αὐτοῦ πάλιν ἀδελφοὶ κατὰ πνεῦμα οἱ τὸ τῆς "υἱοθεσίας πνεῦμα" ἀπολαμβάνοντες· εἰ γὰρ "ὁ ποιῶν δικαιοσύνην ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγέννηται" καὶ "ὁ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ὁ χριστός ἐστιν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγέννηται", εἰσὶν υἱοὶ θεοῦ τινες. ο̣ὗτ̣οι δὲ ἀδελφοὶ πάλιν οὐ μονογενοῦς, οὐ κατὰ τὴν θεότητά εἰσιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸν ἐνανθρω̣πήσαντα. ὁ ἀπόστολος οὖν ταύτῃ συνχρησάμενος τῇ λέξει ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου αὐτὴν ἔλαβεν· "δι' ἣν αἰτίαν οὐκ ἐπαισχύνεται ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοὺς καλεῖν"· οὐδὲν γὰρ ἀφῆκεν τῶν ἐξ ὧν συνπληροῦται ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἔχειν. ἐπεὶ εἰ μὴ πάντα ἔχει, οὔκ ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος. εἶπον πολλάκις ὅτι εἰσὶν μικτά τινα, οἷον τὸ ὑδρόμ̣ελι. ἐὰν ἀφαιρεθῇ τοῦ ὕδατος, ἢ μόνον μέλι ἐστὶν ἤ, κἂν μετ' ἄλλου μιγῇ, οὔκ ἐστιν ὑδρόμελι. εἰ οὖν ἔχοι σῶμα μόνον, οὐ κατὰ πάντα τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ὡμοιώθη· ἄλογος γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ὀρεκτικὴ ψυχή. ἡ χωρὶς νοῦ ψυχὴ ἄλογός ἐστιν οὐδὲ ὑφισταμένη τὴν ἀρχήν, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῇ συνθέσει· συνφθείρονται γὰρ αἱ ὀρεκτικαὶ ψυχαὶ τοῖς σώμασιν ὧν εἰσιν ψυχαί. "κατὰ πάντα" οὖν "τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ὡμοιώθη", οὐ κατά τι̣, κατά τι δὲ οὔ. λέγει ὁ ἀπόστολος πάλιν· "εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν πρωτότοκον ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς, οὓς προέγνω καὶ προώρισεν συνμόρφους". ὁρᾷς ὅτι ἐπὶ κτήσεως ἔσχεν τὸ εἶναι πρωτότοκος ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς, ὅτε ἐνηνθρώπησεν, ὅτε τὸν ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἀνέλαβεν ἄνθρωπον. πρωτότοκον δὲ ἐνταῦθα ἐὰν λέγῃ, τιμιώτερον λέ γει. οὕτω δὲ καὶ "ἐκκλησία πρωτοτόκων" ὀνομάζεται. οὐχ οἷόν τέ ἐστιν π̣α´̣ντας πρωτοτόκους εἶναι, τιμίους δὲ πάντας εἶναι, δυνατόν. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Ἰακὼβ ἀπῄτ̣ησεν τὰ πρωτοτόκια τὸν Ἠσαῦ, τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ πρωτοτόκου. πρωτότοκος οὖν ἐστιν ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς, ὡς καὶ "πρωτότοκος ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν". παντὸς νεκροῦ πρῶτός ἐστιν· αὐτοῦ γὰρ ἀναστάντος δεδύνηταί τις ἄλλος ἀναστῆν̣αι. λέγει οὖν ἀπαγγέλλειν τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρός, τουτέστιν φανεροῖν αὐτό. ὅταν δὲ γνῶσιν τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς γνῶσιν, τότε συνεισαγομένην ἔχουσιν καὶ τὴν γνῶσιν τοῦ υἱοῦ· 31 ταῦτα γὰρ συνεισάγει ἄλληλα. καὶ κατὰ ὕπαρξιν τὰ πρός τι λέγω καὶ κατὰ γνῶσιν. ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν τὸν εἰδότα θάτε̣ρ̣ον τῶν πρός τι τὸ λοιπὸν μὴ εἰδέναι. "καὶ ἀπὸ κεράτων μονοκερώτων". καλεῖται καὶ ῥινοκέρως. καὶ ἐν εἰκοστῷ ὀγδόῳ ψαλμῷ τοῦτο, τό· "καὶ ὁ ἠγαπημένος ὡς υἱὸς μονοκερώτων". τοῦτο τὸ ζῷον λέγεται μέγεθος ἔχειν οὐκ ἐλάττω μεγάλου μόσχου. πάνυ δὲ συνεστραμμένον ἐστίν, παχύ ἐστιν, καὶ ἔχει ἐπάνω τῆς ῥινὸς κέρας, καὶ ἰσχυρότατόν ἐστιν τὸ ζῷον, 46 καὶ ὅταν θυμωθῇ, ἰσχυρότατον γίνεται αὐτοῦ τὸ κέρας οὕτως ὡς παντὸς εἶναι σκληρότερον̣ ἐλέφαντος. ὅταν δὲ μὴ θυμοῦται, ἁπαλόν ἐστιν ὡς σάρξ. καὶ ἐνίοτε, ὅταν καῦμα ᾖν̣, ε᾿̣κβάλλει πέτρας μεγάλας, ἵνα εἰς ἐκεῖνον τὸν τόπον θῇ ἑαυτόν, ψυχρὸν ὄντα. τοῦτο οὖν τὸ ζῷον ὡς εἶπον θυμωθέν, ἔχει τὸ κέρας σκληρότατον. ἠρεμοῦν δὲ οὐκ ἔχει. πειρῶνται οὖν τὸ κέρας αὐτοῦ λαμβάνειν· ἐστὶν γὰρ τίμιον. ἐπεὶ οὖν τοιοῦτο αὐτὸ βούλονται, οὐκ ἀπροοράτ̣ως τοξεύουσιν αὐτό, οὐχ ὑποπίπτει θήρᾳ, οὐχ ἁλίςκεται γαλεάγρᾳ ἤ τινι ἄλλῳ. το´̣ξ̣ῳ̣ δὲ αὐτὸ βάλλουσιν. ὅταν οὖν θυμωθῇ, τότε τιτρώςκουσιν τῷ βέλει. ἐπερ · εἰς ποῖον πρόσωπον αὐτὸ λαμβάνομεν; εἰς τὸν Χριστόν; –ἐὰν ἐπαινετῶς ληφθῇ. λαμβάνεται δὲ ἐπαινετῶς ἐν εἰκοστῷ ὀγδόῳ ψαλμῷ· "καὶ ὁ ἠγαπημένος ὡς υἱὸς μονοκερώτων". μονογενῆν β̣ασιλείαν ἔχον σημαίνει. ἡ τοῦ σωτῆρος οὖν βασιλεία οὐκ ἔχει διπλόην, ἀλλὰ ἁπλή ἐστιν οἷα ἐπιδημήσαντος θεοῦ. καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο μονοκέρως λέγεται. ὅταν δὲ ψεκτῶς̣ λ̣α̣μβάνεται, διὰ τὴν ἀγριότητα λαμβάνεται, οὐ διὰ τὸ κέρας. λέγουσιν δέ τινες ὡς ἐν
The Supremacy of the Fear of the Lord§30
30The phrase 'from the horns of the single-horned ones' is a mystery, for the upper ends of the cross had the shape of horns. 'I will declare your name to my brothers; in the midst of the assembly I will sing your praise' (Ps 22:22). He who sings to God in the midst of the assembly is one who offers hymns with boldness and decorum. It is necessary for the one singing to God to be righteous; for 'praise is fitting for the upright' (Ps 33:1), and 'there is no beautiful praise in the mouth of a sinner' (Ps 68:3).
Just as we say that the divine Word is spoken 'in authority'—when someone teaches about temperance while being temperate, he has the Word in authority; but if he is uncontrolled and filthy, he does not bring it forth fully. His conscience trips him up. Just as the one who carries out appropriate works and has the practical life conforming to the contemplative life has the Word in authority, so the one who sings to God in the midst of the assembly is one who lacks no hesitation. For example, if one teaches about temperance so that he may be temperate, then he sings to God in the midst of the assembly; likewise, one teaching about almsgiving should be such, and one speaking about courage should be such. Therefore, when you see someone speaking about courage while being a coward, he is not doing this in the midst of the assembly. For the 'midst' signifies boldness, and this is to be learned from another psalm: 'He did not dwell in the midst of my house, practicing arrogance' (Ps 129:6). No one wished to appear arrogant to me. He did this in a corner, withdrawing, of the red ones. Thus, the Savior sings to the Father in the midst of the assembly. And when I say the Father, listen to the Son as well. He sings to God, and the divinity is one of Father and Son.
'You who fear the Lord, praise Him' (Ps 115:11). It is not the one who happens to praise God, but the one having fear toward Him. But not every fear is of God; for there is a fear of punishment. This is not of God. Furthermore, regarding 'perfection' toward God, 'love casts out fear' (1 John 4:18). The one having love toward God from all heart and all mind does not have a passive fear. In this way, the disciples of Jesus were called by the Savior to be outside of passive fear, saying, 'Do not fear those who kill the body' (Matt 10:28). And those saying, 'The Lord is my helper, I will not fear; what can man do to me?' (Ps 118:6). They cast out the passive fear; for the fear of God is not passive, it is not of punishment, but...
Regarding reverence. 'The fear of the Lord surpassed all things' (Ps 33:8); nothing is second to it, not even love itself. And: 'There is no deficiency to those fearing him' (Ps 34:9). 'All the seed of Jacob, glorify him' (Ps 115:12). It can also be said explicitly that: since that people from the patriarchs was called to hymn and to serve God, it appropriately stands over all to do this.
For since many have become sinners from them, we take 'all the seed of Jacob' not to mean the evil one—for it was said concerning him: 'evil seed'—but when it is outside of all wickedness, as he himself is whose seed it is. And we take here Jacob the patriarch and say that: since this one has become a wrestler and from this deed he received the appellation, all those wrestling, being surrounded by evil, of the opposing powers, of the evil adversaries, these are Jacob; for in his exploits Hosea arranged this, saying: 'In the womb he wrestled with his brother and prevailed with God and was able' (Hos 12:4). To prevail with God and to be able is a great exploit. Thus indeed he counted the one who wrestled with his brother in the womb.
And the Savior was also said in Isaiah: 'Jacob my servant, I will take hold of him' (Isa 41:9). And Matthew said that this word is fulfilled by Christ. 'Let all the seed of Israel fear him' (Ps 115:12). Not passive fear is glory, but the fear of God, which after much effort comes to those who have strived to have it. 'Son, if receiving the word of my commandment you hide it with yourself, your ear will obey wisdom, but if you direct your heart toward understanding' (Prov 2:1). And shortly after: 'And if you seek it as silver and as treasures you search for it, then you will understand the fear of the Lord' (Prov 2:4-5). Behold, after many rectitudes and perfect virtues. But how we say simply: if you know the exploits and the excellences and the achievements of Elisha, you will see what kind of person the one fearing the Lord is, not a random one.
All the seed of Jacob, glorify him (Ps 115:12), because he did not make nothing of nor disregarded the prayer of the poor. Here he calls the Savior who came among us 'poor' because he became poor for our sake. And just as it did not become a curse simply, but...
Greek · §30
ἀπο̣κ̣ρύφῳ τὸ "ἀπὸ κεράτων μονοκερώτων" ἐπαινετῶς, ὅτι τὰ ἄκρα τὰ ἄνω τοῦ σταυροῦ σχῆμα εἶχον κεράτων. 23 διηγήσομαι τὸ ὄνομά σου τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου ἐν μέσῳ ἐκκλησίας ὑμνήσω σε. ἐν μέσῳ ἐκκλησίας ὑμνεῖ τὸν θεὸν ὁ μετὰ παρρησίας καὶ κοσμίως ἀναφέρων τοὺς ὕμνους. δεῖ τὸν ὑμνοῦντα θεὸν δίκαιον εἶνα̣ι· "τοῖς" γὰρ "εὐθέσιν πρέπει αἴνεσις". καί· "οὔκ ἐστιν ὡραῖος αἶνος ἐν στόματι ἁμαρτωλοῦ". κ̣α̣ι`̣ ὥσπερ τὸν λόγον λέγομεν τὸν θεῖον ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ λέγεσθαι –ὅταν τις διδάσκῃ περὶ σωφ̣ροσύνης σώφρων ὤν, ἐν ἐξ ουσίᾳ ἔχει τὸν λόγον. ἐὰν δὲ ἀκόλαστος ᾖ καὶ ῥυπαρός, οὐ πεπληρωμένως αὐτὸν προφέρει. ἡ συνείδησις αὐτοῦ ἐνποδίζει αὐτόν– ὥσπερ οὖν ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ τ̣ὸν λόγον ἔχει ὁ κατάλληλα οἷς λέγει ἔργα φέρων καὶ συνφυῆ τῷ θεωρητικῷ βίῳ τὸν πρακτικὸν ἔχων, οὕτως ἐν μέσῳ ἐκκλησίας ὑμνεῖ τὸν θεὸν ὁ μὴ ἔχων ὑποστολήν τινα. οἷον διδάσκει περὶ σωφροσύνης, ἵνα σώφρων ᾖ· τότε γὰρ ἐν μέσῳ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ὑμνεῖ τὸν θεόν, ἵνα διδάσκων περὶ ἐλεημοσύνης τοιοῦτος ᾖ, ἱ´̣ν̣α λέγων περὶ ἀνδρείας τοιοῦτος ᾖ. ὅταν οὖν ἴδῃς τινὰ περὶ ἀνδρείας διεξερχόμενον λόγους δειλὸν ὄντα, οὐκ ἐν μέσῳ ἐκκλησίας τοῦτο ποιεῖ. ὅτι δὲ τὴν παρρησίαν τὸ "μέσον" σημαίνει, καὶ ἐξ ἄλλου ψαλμοῦ ἔστιν μαθεῖν· "οὐ κατῴκει ἐν μέσῳ τῆς οἰκίας μου ποιῶν ὑπερηφανίαν". οὐδεὶς ὑπερήφανος ἤθελεν φαίνεσθαί 47 μοι. ἐν γωνίᾳ τοῦτο ἔπραττεν ὑποστελλόμενος, ἐρυθριῶν. ἐν μέσῳ οὖν ἐκκλησίας ὑμνεῖ τὸν πατέρα ὁ σωτήρ. ὅταν δὲ λέγω τὸν πατέρα, καὶ τὸν υἱὸν ἄκουε. θεὸν δὲ ὑμνεῖ, θεότης δὲ μία πατρὸς καὶ υἱοῦ. 24 οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν κύριον, αἰνέσατε αὐτόν. οὐχ ὁ τυχὼν αἰνεῖ τὸν θεόν, ἀλλ' ὁ φόβον ἔχων τὸν εἰς αὐτόν. οὐ πᾶς δὲ φόβος θεοῦ ἐστιν· ἔστιν γὰρ φόβος κολάσεως. οὗτος οὔκ ἐστιν θεοῦ. ἀμέλει γοῦν "ἡ τελεία" πρὸς θεὸν "ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον". ὁ πρὸς θεὸν ἔχων ἀγάπην ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας, ἐξ ὅλης διανοίας, οὐκ ἔχει τὸν παθητικὸν φόβον. οὕτω γοῦν οἱ Ἰησοῦ μαθ̣η̣ταὶ ἐκτὸς τοῦ παθητικοῦ φόβου ἐκαλοῦντο ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος λέγοντος· "μὴ φοβεῖσθε τοὺς ἀποκτεννόντας τὸ σῶμα". καὶ οἱ λέγοντες· "κύριος ἐμοὶ βοηθός, οὐ φοβηθήσομαι· τί ποιήσει μοι ἄνθρωπος"; τὸν παθητικὸν φόβον ἐξέβαλον· ὁ γὰρ τοῦ θεοῦ φόβος οὔκ ἐστιν παθητικός, οὐ κολάσεώς ε᾿̣στιν, ἀλλὰ σεβασμοῦ. "φόβος κυρίου πάντα ὑπερέβαλεν", οὐδενὸς δεύτερός ἐστιν, οὐδὲ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀγάπ̣η̣ς. καί· "οὐκ ἔστιν 32 ὑστέρημα τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτόν". 24 ἅπαν τὸ σπέρμα Ἰακώβ, δοξάσατε αὐτόν. δύναται δὲ καὶ πρὸς ῥητὸν λέγεσθαι ὅτι· ἐπειδὴ ἐκλήθη ὁ λαὸς ἐκεῖνος ὁ ἐκ τῶν πατριαρχῶν εἰς τὸ ὑμνεῖν καὶ δουλεύειν θεῷ, εἰκότως πᾶσιν προστάττεται τοῦτο ποιεῖν. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ πολλοὶ γέγοναν ἐξ αὐτῶν ἁμαρτωλοί, οὕτω λαμβάνομεν "ἅπαν τὸ σπέρμα τοῦ Ἰακὼβ" οὐ τὸ πονηρόν–ἐλέχθη γὰρ περὶ αὐτοῦ· "σπέρμα πονηρόν"–, ἀλλ' ὅταν ἔξω πάσης πονηρίας ᾖ, ὡς καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ οὗ σπέρμα ἐστίν. καὶ λαμβάνομεν ἐνταῦθα τὸν Ἰακὼβ τὸν πατριάρχην καὶ λέγομεν ὅτι· ἐπειδὴ οὗτος πτερνιστὴς γέγονεν καὶ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κατορθώματος τὴν προσηγορίαν ἔσχεν, πάντες οἱ πτερνίζοντες τὴν κακίαν περιγινόμενοι τῶν ἀντικειμένων δυνάμεων, πονηρῶν ἀντιπάλων οὐσῶν, οὗτοι Ἰακώβ εἰσιν· ἐν τοῖς ἀνδραγαθήμασιν γὰρ αὐτοῦ ὁ Ὡσηὲ ἔταξεν τοῦτο λέγων ὅτι· "ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ ἐπτέρνισεν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐνίσχυσεν μετὰ θεοῦ καὶ ἠδυνάσθη". τὸ ἐνισχῦσαι μετὰ θεοῦ καὶ δυνηθῆναι μέγα ἀνδραγάθημά ἐστιν. οὕτω γοῦν συνηρίθμησεν τὸν ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ ἐπτερνικέναι τὸν ἀδελφόν. ἐλέχθη δὲ καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ ἐν Ἰσαίᾳ Ἰακώβ· "Ἰακὼβ ὁ παῖςμου, ἀντιλήμψομαι αὐτοῦ". καὶ ταύτην τὴν λέξιν πεπληρῶσθαι ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ ὁ Μαθαῖος εἶπεν. 24 φοβηθήτωσαν αὐτὸν ἅπαν τὸ σπέρμα Ἰσραήλ. οὐχ ὁ παθητικὸς φόβος δόξα ἐστίν, ἀλλ' ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ φόβος ὁ μετὰ πολλὰ παραγινόμενος τοῖς σπουδάσασιν αὐτὸν ἔχειν. "υἱέ, ἐὰν δεξάμενος ῥῆσιν ἐμῆς ἐντολῆς κρύψῃς παρὰ σεαυτῷ, ἐπακούσεται σοφίας τὸ οὖς σου, παραβαλεῖς δὲ τὴν καρδίαν σου εἰς σύνεσιν". καὶ μεθ' ὁλίγα· "καὶ ἐὰν ζητήσῃς αὐτὴν ὡς ἀργύριον καὶ ὡς θησαυροὺς ἐξερευνήσῃς αὐτήν, τότε συνήσεις φόβον κυρίου". ὅρα, μετὰ πολ̣λ̣ὰ κατ48 ορθ̣ώματα καὶ τελείας ἀρετάς. πώς ποτε δὲ ἡμεῖς ἁπλῶς λέγομεν. ἐὰν δε`̣ εἰδῇς τὰ ἀνδραγαθήματα καὶ τὰς ἀριστείας καὶ τὰ κατορθώματα τοῦ Ἐλισαίου, ὄψει τίνα τρόπον ὁ φοβ̣ούμενος τὸν κύριον οὐχ ὁ τυχών ἐστιν. 25 ἅπαν τὸ σπέρμα Ἰακώβ, δοξάσατε αὐτόν ὅτι οὐκ ἐξουδένωσεν οὐδὲ προσώχθισεν τῇ δεήσει τοῦ πτωχοῦ. πτωχὸν ἐνταῦθα λέγει τὸν ἐπιδημήσαντα σωτῆρα τὸν ἡμῶν ἕνεκα πτωχεύσαντα. καὶ ὥσπερ κατάρα γέγονεν οὐχ ἁπλῶς, ἀλλ'
The Paraclete and the Prayer of the Poor§31
31“so that the blessing of Abraham might come to the nations”—and a blessing that is productive is not, in reality, a curse. The productive things of the good are good. The productive things of those pleasing to God are themselves pleasing to God. And the name of the curse signifies the cross, just as the apostle himself, having written this voice, demonstrated. He said: “For it is written: cursed is everyone who is hung on a tree” (Gal 3:13), and just as he became dead, in order to show and make the dead alive, and he became dead in death, in order to destroy death and to set free those held by it; so also he became poor, in order that through his poverty they might become rich for whom the poor became poor.
And behold the difference: “know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, that being rich he became poor for your sakes” (2 Cor 8:9). To become poor for us, is not to be rich for us; for it has not been said to become rich just as it has been said to become poor, but “being rich he became poor for your sakes.” And just as having the form of God and being in the form of God, having taken the form of a slave of God, he did not cast away the form of God, so he, becoming poor for the sake of others, did not cast away the wealth; for we do not say of his wealth as if it were the virtues of holy men; for he himself is the provider of the virtues, he is the one in whose participation the virtues exist. Thus, remaining rich, he became poor. But he became poor for the sake of others, so that they might become rich.
And when we remain in the prior poverty and do not hasten to take up that wealth which his poverty grants, that which is for us, he remains poor; for if for the sake of others, so that they might become rich, he became poor, when they become rich, he is no longer poor. He became poor by becoming flesh. When we behold “his glory, a glory as of the only-begotten from the Father, full of grace and truth” (John 1:14), we have become rich from the poor, and he himself was shown to be rich from the poor, he did not become rich. For his glory has become manifest, that “as an only-begotten” he is “from the Father, full of grace and truth.” “He did not disregard nor make void the prayer of the poor”; for he was interceding for the salvation of all. “And if anyone sins, we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the...”
righteous, so that he might forgive us our sins. Truly, insofar as we are in sins, we have him as a Paraclete. But when we cease from having sins, he no longer pleads at all concerning this. Therefore also he is able to save to the full those who approach God through him, always living to intercede for them.
If he intercedes for them so that they may live, when they live, he no longer brings up this prayer concerning them, but rather pleads concerning its preservation, concerning its remaining. This, therefore, the prayer of the poor, he neither despised nor disregarded the one bringing it. 'Nor did he turn his face away.' A person turns his face away from one praying when God is not favorable, but also when he prevents the prayer from being sent up. He prevented Jeremiah at one time from praying for the people. Why? For ambassadors and Paracletes ought to bring an embassy for those having repented and no longer sinning.
For he says: 'Do you not see what they are doing? Their fathers' they searched through, being filled with idolatry, and they do not remain. So also the face of Samuel was turned away, when he heard: 'How long will you grieve over Saul, while I have rejected him?' (1 Sam 15:11). But the face has boldness for those interceding, if those for whom they intercede run together with his will. For he neither despised nor disregarded the prayer of the poor, nor did he turn his face away from me.
The poor man himself says concerning himself. A change of face has occurred. The writing Spirit says: 'He neither despised nor disregarded the prayer of the poor.' Then that same poor man, whose prayer was not loathed, did not turn away, says: 'Nor did he turn his face away from me, and in my crying out to him, he heard me.' And in my crying out to him, he heard me. Great is it to say this. This is not said in mere words, but when it is shown that the thing for which he prayed exists.
And so this happened: 'My praise shall be in you in a great congregation' (Ps 18:3). Behold, the work of the cry I have accomplished; I have established it as a congregation of peace for me, 'glorious, having neither blemish nor wrinkle or anything of this kind' (Eph 5:27). My praise, therefore, is this, that he accomplished this. Just as indeed not...
Greek · §31
"ἵνα εἰς τὰ ἔθνη ἡ εὐλογία τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ γένηται"–ποιητικὴ δὲ εὐλογίας κατάρα οὔκ ἐστιν κατάρα τῷ ὄντι. τὰ δὲ ποιητικὰ τῶν καλῶν καλά ἐστιν. τὰ ποιητικὰ τῶν θεῷ ἀρεσκόντων καὶ αὐτὰ θεῷ ἀρέσκει. σημαίνει δὲ τὸ ὄνομα τῆς κατάρας τὸν σταυρόν, ὡς αὐτὸς ὁ ἀπόστολος ὁ τὴν φωνὴν ταύτην γράψας ἀπέδειξεν. εἶπεν· "ὅτι γέγραπται· ἐπικατάρατος πᾶς ὁ κρεμάμενος ἐπὶ ξύλου"–, καὶ ὥσπερ νεκρὸς γέγονεν, ἵνα τοὺς νεκροὺς ζῶντας ἀποδείξῃ καὶ ποιήσῃ, καὶ γέγονεν ἐν θανάτῳ, ἵνα τὸν θάνατον καταλύσῃ καὶ τοὺς κατεχομένους ὑπ' αὐτοῦ ἐλευθερώσῃ, οὕτω καὶ πτωχὸς γέγονεν, ἵνα τῇ αὐτοῦ πτωχείᾳ πλούσιοι γένωνται ὑπὲρ ὧν πτωχὸς γέγονεν. καὶ ὅρα γε τὴν διαφοράν· "γιγνώσκετε τὴν χάριν τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὅτι πλούσιος ὢν δι' ὑμᾶς ἐπτώχευσεν". τὸ πτωχεῦσαι δι' ἡμᾶς, τὸ πλούσιος εἶναι οὐ δι' ἡμᾶς· οὐ γὰρ εἴρηται γεγονέναι πλούσιος ὥσπερ γεγονέναι πτωχός, ἀλλὰ "πλούσιος ὢν δι' ἡμᾶς ἐπτώχευσεν". καὶ ὥσπερ μορφὴν θεοῦ ἔχων καὶ ὑπάρχων ἐν μορφῇ θεοῦ, λαβὼν τὴν δούλου θεοῦ οὐκ ἀπέβαλεν τὴν θεοῦ μορφήν, οὕτω πτωχὸς διὰ ἄλλους γενόμενος τὸν πλοῦτον οὐκ ἀπέβαλεν· πλοῦτον γὰρ αὐτοῦ λέγομεν οὐχ ὡς ἐπὶ τῶν ἁγίων α᾿̣ν̣δρῶν τὰς ἀρετάς· αὐτὸς γάρ ἐστιν ὁ χορηγὸς τῶν ἀρετῶν, αὐτός ἐστιν, οὗ τῇ μετοχῇ ὑφίστανται αἱ α᾿̣ρ̣εταί. μένων οὖν πλούσιος πτωχὸς γέγονεν. διὰ ἄλλους δὲ πτωχὸς γέγονεν, ἵνα πλουτήσωσιν ἐκεῖνοι. καὶ ὅταν ἡμεῖς ἐν τῇ προλαβούσῃ πτωχείᾳ μένωμεν καὶ μὴ σπεύδωμεν τὸν πλοῦτον ἐκεῖνον ἀναλαβεῖν, ὃν χαρίζεται ἡ πτωχεία ἐκείνου, τὸ ὅσον εἰς ἡμᾶς, μένει πτωχός· εἰ γὰρ ἄλλων ἕνεκα, ἵνα πλουτήσωσιν, πτωχὸς γέγονεν, ὅταν πλουτήσωσιν ἐκεῖνοι, οὐκέτι πτωχός ἐστιν. πτωχὸς γέγονεν γενόμενος σάρξ. ὅταν θεασώμεθα "τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν ὡς 33 μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός, πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας", ἐκ πτωχῶν πλούσιοι γεγόναμεν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐκ πτωχοῦ πλούσιος ἀνεδείχθη, οὐ πλούσιος γέγονεν. ἡ δόξα γοῦν αὐτοῦ φανερὰ γέγονεν, ὅτι "ὡς μονογενής" ἐστιν "παρὰ πατρός, πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας". "οὐ προώχθισεν οὐδὲ ἐξουδένωσεν τὴν δέησιν τοῦ πτωχοῦ"· ὑπὲρ σωτηρίας γὰρ τῶν ὅλων ἀνεπέμπετο. "καὶ ἐάν τις ἁμάρτῃ, παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα Ἰησοῦν Χρισ49 τὸν δίκαιον", ἵνα ἀφῇ ἡμῖν τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν. οὐκοῦν ὅσον ἐν ἁμαρτίαις ἐσμέν, παράκλητον αὐτὸν ἔχομεν. ὅταν δὲ παυσώμεθα τοῦ ἔχειν ἁμαρτίας, οὐδὲ ἀ´̣ρα περὶ τούτου παρακαλεῖ ὅλως. "ὅθεν καὶ σῴζειν εἰς τὸ παντελὲς δύναται τοὺς δι' αὐτοῦ προσερχομένους τῷ θεῷ, ζῶν πάντοτε εἰς τὸ ἐντυγχάνειν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν". εἰ ἐντυγχάνει ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν, ἵνα ζήσωσιν, ὅταν ζήσωσιν, οὐκέτι ἀναφέρει ταύτην τὴν περὶ αὐτῶν εὐχήν, ἀλλ' ἢ ἄρα περὶ φυλακῆς αὐτῆς, περὶ τοῦ παραμένειν αὐτῇ. ταύτην οὖν τὴν δέησιν τοῦ πτωχοῦ οὐκ ἐξουδένωσεν οὐδὲ προσώχθισεν τῷ ἀναφέροντι αὐτήν. "οὐδὲ ἀπέστρεψεν αὐτοῦ τὸ πρόσωπον". ἀποστρέφεται δέ τινος τὸ πρόσωπον εὐχομένου, ὅταν μὴ ἐπινεύῃ θεός, ἀλλὰ καὶ κωλύῃ τὴν εὐχὴν ἀναπέμπεσθαι. τὸν ᾿Ι̣ηρεμίαν ποτὲ ἐκώλυσεν εὔχεσθαι ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ. διὰ τί; οἱ γὰρ πρεσβευταὶ καὶ παράκλητοι ὑπὲρ μετανοησάντων καὶ μηκέτι ἁμαρτανόντων ὀφείλουσιν πρεσβείαν ἀναφέρειν. λέγει γοῦν· "οὐχ ὁρᾷς τί αὐτοὶ ποιοῦσιν; οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν" πανπληθεὶ εἰς τὴν εἰδωλολατρείαν ἔρεψαν καὶ οὐ μένουσιν. οὕτω καὶ τοῦ Σαμουὴλ ἀπεστράφη τὸ πρόσωπον, ὅτε ἤκουσεν· "ἕως πότε πενθεῖς ἐπὶ Σαούλ, κἀγὼ ἐξουδένωσα αὐτόν"; παρρησίαν δὲ τῶν πρεσβευομένων ἔχει τὸ πρόσωπον, ἐὰν συντρέχωσιν τῇ προαιρέσει αὐτοῦ οἱ περὶ ὧν πρεσβεύουσιν. ὅτι οὐκ ἐξουδένωσεν οὐδὲ προσώχθισεν τῇ δεήσει τοῦ πτωχοῦ 25 οὐδὲ ἀπέστρεψεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἀπ' ἐμοῦ. αὐτὸς ὁ πτωχὸς λέγει περὶ ἑαυτοῦ. τοῦ προσώπου μεταβολὴ γέγονεν. τὸ συνγραφικὸν πνεῦμα λέγει· "οὐκ ἐξουδένωσεν οὐδὲ προσώχθισεν τῇ δεήσει τοῦ πτωχοῦ". εἶτα αὐτὸς ἐκεῖνος ὁ πτωχός, οὗ ἡ προσευχὴ οὐκ ἐβδελύχθη, οὐκ ἀπεστράφη, λέγει· "οὐκ ἀπέστρεψεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἀπ' ἐμοῦ καὶ ἐν τῷ κεκραγέναι με πρὸς αὐτὸν εἰσήκουσέν μου". 25 καὶ ἐν τῷ κεκραγέναι με πρὸς αὐτὸν εἰσήκουσέν μου. μέγ̣α ε᾿̣σ̣τ̣ὶν τὸ εἰπεῖν τοῦτο. οὐ ψιλῇ μὲν προφορᾷ λέγεται τοῦτο, ἀλλ' ὅταν δειχθῇ ὑπάρξαν τὸ ὑπὲρ οὗ ηὔξατο. γέγονεν οὖν τοῦτο. 26 παρὰ σοῦ ὁ ἔπαινός μου ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ μεγάλῃ. ἰδοὺ τὸ ἔργον τῆς κραυγῆς κατώρθωσα· ἐκκλησίαν με γάλην παρέστησα αὐτήν, "ἔνδοξον, μὴ ἔχουσαν σπίλον ἢ ῥυτίδα ἤ τι τῶν τοιούτων". ἔπαινός μου οὖν ἐστιν οὗτος τὸ ταύτην κατορθῶσαι. ὥσπερ οὖν οὔκ
The Perpetual Seeking of Wisdom and God§32
32It is a great thing to praise the perfect one in whom wisdom is spoken, rather than to milk; thus it is not a great thing for one having an excessive life. He is not praised for such things, nor for other deeds, but for having made the whole church—and not just any, but a great one—stand upright. And this is possible: my standing upright is a great praise to the church.
"My praise is from you; in a great church I will confess to you; I will pay my vows in the presence of those who fear him" (Ps 50:23-24). Vows are paid regarding those who are thankful and who have already acted. A prayer sent up to God is called a petition. But when it is sent up with a confession, saying, "if these things shall be to me, I will pay these," this prayer is a supplication and a vow. Even Jacob said: "If God will give me bread to eat, of all that he gives me, I will give a tenth." This is a vow. No one, having prayed for something and not having received it in due time, will say, "I will pay my vows," or "in the presence of those who fear him"; rather, he says it so that they may be benefited, for they themselves will also learn the vows which they pray to pay. And it is possible to do it "in the presence of those who fear," not in addition to those sacrificing—for those sacrificing cannot know which thanksgiving has been fulfilled or which vow has been paid—but in addition to those who fear.
"The poor shall eat and be satisfied" (Ps 106:9). "Being rich," he has become poor because of our poverty. Therefore, he not only freed these poor people for whose sake he suffered what he has said, but he also showed them being satisfied from those who were starving; for he is indeed the "bread of life," and his flesh is incorruptible food and his blood is a divine drink. When therefore the rich, having become from the poor through his poverty, partake of these, they eat and are satisfied. Similar to this is: "Blessed are those who hunger and thirst for righteousness, for they shall be satisfied" (Matt 5:6); not ceasing to eat the bread of life, but in chewing and having it sensuously. To him who is to be formed, that which is said in the Wisdom of Sirach seems to oppose; for Wisdom says there: "he who eats shall hunger again, and he who drinks with me shall thirst again." It does not mean the unfulfilling here, but the craving of the drink and the...
The one eating wisdom is never satisfied, but is always in a state of hunger. And the one drinking it as a divine water or wine harvested from the true vine thirsts again; that is, he always desires. Therefore, the desire to place it again and to crave it is to be filled.
The difference between a pauper and a needy person has been said many times: he who has come from wealth into poverty, that one is called a pauper. And you have this from the Scripture: 'the rich have become poor and have gone hungry' (Ps 34:10). But a needy person is one among the needy, who always provides the necessities while toiling. Thus they differ by another and another thought, since they are alike insofar as they are left behind from the abundance of those who crave.
And those who seek Him will praise the Lord, as it was said concerning wisdom, because being drunk, it prepares those who have drunk to thirst again; and divine food—for food is also the breathing of air. When we live, we breathe; we do not live by having been breathed into. Thus it is with the divine food and the holy drink: in being approached and being supplied, it prepares the benefit. And those who seek Him will praise the Lord.
I say: God is always in the state of being sought; for even if someone finds Him, it has been said: 'He is found by those seeking Him' (Ps 105:4). There is, therefore, a certain way of being always in the state of seeking. Even if Eunomius rages, it is possible to find Him according to partial knowledge and according to partial prophecy, and again, He is in the state of being sought. And the seeking of God itself is beneficial. To be entirely in the state of seeking God is perfection.
Even if Eunomius rages, saying that we know God as He knows Himself. He who knows God as He knows Himself, God knows, not by parts; and those who have said, 'we know by parts,' are lying. He who knows God as He knows Himself is not in the state of seeking Him, for he had him and has him. Therefore, those thinking thus speak lies. When, therefore, we know Him in the age to come, or after all the ages in the desired end, we know Him as it is possible.
'Beloved, we are now children of God, and it has not yet been made manifest what we shall be. We know that when He is revealed, we shall be like Him, for we shall see Him as He is' (1 John 3:2). Not as He is, but as it is to know in perfection. However, even if...
Greek · §32
ἐστιν μέγα τὸν τέλειον ἐπαινεῖν, ἐν ᾧ σοφία λαλεῖται, ἐπὶ τῷ γαλακτοποτεῖν, οὕτως οὐ μέγα ἐστὶν οὐδὲ ἔπαινον φέρει τῷ ὑπερβάλλοντα βίον ἔχοντι. οὐκ ἐπὶ τοιούτοις οὖν, οὐκ ἐπὶ πράξεσιν ἄλλαις ἐπαινεῖται, ἀλλ' ἐπὶ τῷ κατορθῶσαι ὅλην ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν, ἀλλὰ μεγάλην. δύναται δὲ καὶ τοῦτο· τὸ ἐμὸν κατόρθωμα ἔπαινος τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ μέγας ἐστίν. 50 παρὰ σοῦ ὁ ἔπαινός μου ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ μεγάλῃ ἐξομολογήσω σοι 26 τὰς εὐχάς μου ἀποδώσω ἐνώπιον τῶν φοβουμένων αὐτόν. αἱ εὐχαὶ ἐπὶ εὐχαριστουμένοις καὶ προγεγονόσιν ἀποδίδονται. λέγεται προσευχὴ ἡ πρὸς θεὸν ἀναπεμπομένη παράκλησις. ὅταν δὲ μετὰ ὁμολογίας ἀναπέμπεται, ὅτι ἐὰν τάδε μοι ὑπάρξῃ, τάδε ἀποδώσω, προσευχή ἐστιν αὕτη δέησις εὐχή ἐστιν. ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ ὁ Ἰακὼβ ἔλεγεν· "ἐὰν δῷ μοι ὁ θεὸς ἄρτον φαγεῖν, πάντων, ὅσα ἐὰν δῷ μοι, δεκάτην ἀποδεκατώσω". αὕτη εὐχή ἐστιν. οὐδεὶς προσε̣υ̣ξ̣άμενος περί τινος καὶ μὴ λαβὼν αὐτὸ καιρίως ἐρεῖ· "τὰς εὐχάς μου ἀποδώσω". ἐπερ · "ἐνώπιον τῶν φοβουμένων αὐτόν"; –τοῦτο, ἵνα ὠφεληθῶσιν· μαθήσονται γὰρ καὶ αὐτοὶ τὰς εὐχὰς ἃς εὔχονται ἀποδιδόναι. δύναται δὲ καὶ "ἐνώπιον τῶν φοβουμένων", οὐκ ἐπίπροσθεν τῶν θυόντων–οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ θύοντες δύνανται γνῶναι ποία εὐχαριστία 34 πεπλήρωται, ποία εὐχὴ ἀποδέδοται–, ἀλλὰ ἐπίπροσθεν τῶν φοβουμένων. 27 φάγονται πένητες καὶ ἐνπλησθήσονται. "πλούσιος ὢν" πτωχὸς διὰ τὴν ἡμῶν πτωχείαν γέγονεν. οὐ μόνον οὖν πτωχοὺς ἠλευθέρωσεν τούτους ὧν ἕνεκα ὑπέστη ἃ εἴρηκεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκ πεινώντων κεκορεσμένους αὐτοὺς ἀπέδειξεν· ἐστὶν γὰρ καὶ "ἄρτος ζωῆς", ἐστὶν καὶ ἡ σὰρξ αὐτοῦ ἀνβροσία τροφὴ καὶ τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ θεῖον πόμα. ὅταν οὖν τούτων μετάσχωσιν οἱ πλούσιοι ἐκ πτωχῶν διὰ τὴν ἐκείνου πτωχείαν γενάμενοι, φάγονται καὶ ἐνπλησθήσονται. ὅμοιόν ἐστιν τούτῳ τό· "μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην, ὅτι αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται"· οὐ παυσάμενοι τοῦ ἐσθίειν τὸν τῆς ζωῆς ἄρτον, ἀλλ' ἐν τῷ μασᾶσθαι καὶ αἰσθητῶς αὐτὸν ἔχουσιν. τῷ ἐνπίνπλασθαι δόξει ἐναντιοῦσθαι τὸ ἐν τῇ Σιρὰ Σοφίᾳ λεγόμενον· ἡ Σοφία γὰρ ἐκεῖ· "ὁ τρώγων πάλιν πεινάσει, καὶ ὁ πίνων με πάλιν διψήσει". οὐ τὸ ἀπλήρωτον ὧδε σημαίνει, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐράσιμον τοῦ πόματος καὶ τῆς τροφῆς. ὁ ἐςθίων τὴν σοφίαν οὐ κορέννυταί ποτε, ἀλλὰ ἀεὶ ἐν τῷ πεινᾶν ἐστιν. καὶ ὁ πίνων αὐτὴν ὡς θεῖον νᾶμα ἢ οἶνον τρυγηθέντα ἐκ τῆς ἀληθινῆς ἀμπέλου, πάλιν διψᾷ, τουτέςτιν ἀεὶ ἐρᾷ. αὐτὸ οὖν τὸ πάλιν ποθεῖν καὶ ὀρέγεσθαί ἐστιν τὸ ἐμπλησθῆναι. διαφορὰ πτωχοῦ καὶ πένητος ἐλέχθη πολλάκις· ὁ ἐκ πλούτου εἰς πενίαν ἐλθών, ἐκεῖνος πτωχὸς λέγεται. καὶ ἔχεις καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς γραφῆς αὐτό· "πλούσιοι ἐπτώχευσαν καὶ ἐπείνασαν". πένης δέ ἐστιν ὁ ἐκ πενήτων, ὁ ἀεὶ ἐν τῷ πονεῖν πορίζων τὰ ἀναγκαῖα. κατὰ ἄλλην οὖν καὶ ἄλλην ἐπίνοιαν διαφέρουσιν, ἐπεὶ ὅσον ἐπὶ τῷ λείπεσθαι τῆς δαψιλείας τῶν ποθητῶν ὅμοιοί εἰσιν. καὶ αἰνέσουσιν κύριον οἱ ἐκζητοῦντες αὐτόν ὡς ἔλεγον περὶ τῆς σοφίας, ὅτι πινομένη πάλιν παρασκευάζει 51 διψᾶν τοὺς πεπωκότας, καὶ ὑπὸ θείας τροφῆς–τροφή τίς ἐστιν καὶ ἡ εἰσπνοὴ τοῦ ἀέρος. ὅτε δὲ ζῶμεν, τότε εἰσπνέομεν, οὐκ ἐνπνεύσαντες ζῶμεν. οὕτως ἔχει καὶ ἡ θεία τροφὴ καὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πόμα· ἐν τῷ προσάγεσθαι καὶ χορηγεῖσθαι παρασκευάζει τὴν ὠφέλειαν. 27 καὶ αἰνέσουσιν κύριον οἱ ἐκζητοῦντες αὐτόν. λέγω· ὁ θεὸς ἀεὶ ἐν τῷ ζητεῖσθαί ἐστιν· κἂν γὰρ εὕρῃ τις· εἴρηται γάρ· "εὑρίσκεται τοῖς ἐκζητοῦσιν αὐτόν". τρόπον οὖν τινα ἀεὶ ἐν τῷ ζητεῖσθαί ἐστιν. κἂν μαίνηται Εὐνόμιος ἔστιν δὲ εὑρεῖν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὴν ἐκ μέρους γνῶσιν καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἐκ μέρους προφητείαν, καὶ πάλιν ζητούμενός ἐστιν. καὶ αὐτὸ δὲ τὸ ἐκζητῆσαι τὸν θεὸν ὠφελεῖ. τελειότης ἐστὶν τὸ ὅλως ἐν τῷ ἐκζητεῖν θεὸν εἶναι. κἂν μαίνηται δὲ Εὐνόμιος λέγων, ὅτι οὕτω τὸν θεὸν ἐπιστάμεθα ὡς αὐτὸς ἑαυτόν. ὁ ἐπιστάμενος τὸν θεὸν ὡς αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐπίσταται ὁ θεός, οὐκ ἐκ μέρους γιγνώσκει, καὶ ψεύδονται οἱ εἰρηκότες· "ἐκ μέρους γιγνώσκομεν". ὁ γιγνώσκων τὸν θεὸν ὡς αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐπίσταται, οὔκ ἐστιν ἐν τῷ ἐκζητεῖν αὐτόν· ἔσχεν γὰρ αὐτὸν καὶ ἔχει. ψεύδη οὖν λέγουσιν οἱ οὕτω φρονοῦντες. ὅταν οὖν γνῶμεν αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι αἰῶνι ἢ μετὰ πάντας τοὺς αἰῶνας ἐν τῷ ἐσχάτῳ ὀρεκτῷ, ὡς ἐνδέχεται γιγνώσκομεν αὐτόν. "ἀγαπητοί, νῦν τέκνα θεοῦ ἐσμεν, καὶ οὔπω ἐφανερώθη τί ἐσόμεθα. οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἐὰν φανερωθῇ ὅμοιοι αὐτῷ ἐσόμεθα, ὅτι ὀψόμεθα αὐτὸν καθώς ἐστιν". οὐ καθώς ἐστιν αὐτός, ἀλλὰ καθώς ἐστιν τελείῳ γνῶναι. ὅμως κἂν
The Nature of Knowledge of God§33
33As far as is possible for his nature and generation to present himself for discovery, we have grasped what is known of him, 'because the known of God is manifest in him' (Rom 1:20), not simply himself, but the known. We recognize him: that he is creator, that he is providential, that he is unshakeable, and unchangeable. And I wish to grasp a logical theorem.
Demonstrations are scientific theories; for there are two kinds of syllogisms—forgive me now for remembering the eristic and the sophistic—the dialectical is among the more glorious, which they call the argumentative. This demonstration comes from what seems to men, not from the nature of things. The demonstrative one from these things themselves is not from the judgment of men, but from the existence of the subjects concerning which we wish to take scientific theory. It is therefore impossible for an irrefutable demonstration to come from opinions.
Demonstrations are from assertions; for if I wish to demonstrate that man is a rational being, I say something: he is not without soul; for many other things are without soul, and the irrational. I must therefore demonstrate this: man is receptive of sciences. Everything receptive of sciences is rational. Therefore, man is rational.
And even if we have knowledge concerning God, even if it were perfect, we have it from assertions, saying that he is incorporeal. But the incorporeal is an assertion of a body the absence of body. It is immortality, without beginning, and unchangeable. Even if a perfect knowledge concerning God should exist upon the perfection of things, it is not that knowledge which God himself has concerning himself; for he will not negate the generated, knowing himself to be ungenerated, as the Eunomians themselves desire; for he will not deny death, knowing himself to be immortal. We, by the deprivation of what we know, know what is immortal.
And we do not have, according to scientific knowledge, the power to impose upon that which is said to be contrary to death, and we call him the deprivation of death, and everything, such as invisible; we do not learn him to be invisible according to any assertion, but because we know what is visible, having sensation and having sight, by the deprivation of this state we take the invisible. I say these things because of the Eunomians, that it is impossible to have the same knowledge of God as God has concerning God. It is not that knowledge which God himself has concerning himself.
And another thing: our knowledge is a disposition of the soul. But dispositions receive the more and the less. But the knowledge of God, which he has, whether concerning himself or concerning some other, is not a disposition; it is essential. And just as I say 'hot' and I say 'fire', and I say 'the heated water', but the water...
Greek · §33
κατὰ τὸ ἐφικτὸν τῇ γενέσει φύσει εἰς εὕρεσιν ἑαυτὸν παράσχῃ, τὸ γνωστὸν αὐτοῦ κατειλήφαμεν, "διότι τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτῷ", οὐχ ἁπλῶς αὐτός, ἀλλὰ τὸ γνωςτόν. γιγνώσκομεν αὐτόν, ὅτι δημιουργός ἐστιν, ὅτι προνοητής, ὅτι ἄτρεπτος, ἀναλλοίωτος. καὶ θέλω λογικοῦ θεωρήματος ἅψασθαι. αἱ ἀποδείξεις ἐπιστημονικαὶ θεωρίαι εἰσίν· δύο γάρ εἰσιν εἴδη συλλογισμῶν–παρείσθω νῦν μνημονεύειν τοῦ ἐριστικοῦ, τοῦ σοφιστικοῦ–· ἐξ ἐνδόξων ἐστὶν ὁ διαλεκτικός, ὃν καλοῦσιν ἐπιχειρηματικόν. ἐκ τῶν δοκούντων τοῖς ἀνθρώποις γίνεται ἡ ἀπόδειξις αὕτη, οὐκ ἐκ τῆς φύσεως τῶν πραγμάτων. ὁ ἀποδεικτικὸς ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν πραγμάτων, οὐκ ἐκ τῆς ἐπικρίσεως τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ' ἐκ τῆς ὑπάρξεως τῶν ὑποκειμένων, περὶ 35 ὧν τὴν θεωρίαν τὴν ἐπιστημονικὴν λαβεῖν θέλομεν. ἀδύνατον οὖν ἐστιν ἐξ ἀποφάσεων ἀπόδειξιν ἀναντίρρητον γενέσθαι. ἐκ καταφάσεών εἰσιν αἱ ἀποδείξεις· μὴ γὰρ ἐὰν θέλω ἀποδεῖξαι ὅτι ὁ ἄνθρωπος λογικός ἐστιν, λέγω ὅ52 τι· οὐκ ἄψυχός ἐστιν· καὶ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα γὰρ πολλά εἰσιν μὴ ἄψυχα, καὶ τὰ ἄλογα. δεῖ με τοίνυν ἀποδεῖξαι τοῦτο· ὁ ἄνθρωπος δεκτικός ἐστιν ἐπιστημῶν. πᾶν τὸ ἐπιστημῶν δεκτικόν, λογικόν. ὁ ἄρα ἄνθρωπος λογικός ἐστιν. κἂν οὖν ἔχωμεν περὶ θεοῦ γνῶσιν, κἂν τελεία ᾖν, ἐξ ἀποφάσεων αὐτὴν ἔχομεν λέγοντες ὅτι ἀσώματος. τὸ ἀσώματον δέ ἐστιν ἀπόφασις σώματος. ἐστὶν ἀθανασία, ἄναρχος, ἀναλλοίωτος. κἂν ἐπὶ τέλει οὖν τῶν πραγμάτων ὑπαρχθῇ γνῶσις τελεία περὶ θεοῦ, οὐκ ἐκείνη ἐστίν, ἣν αὐτὸς ὁ θεὸς περὶ ἑαυτοῦ ἔχει· μὴ γὰρ ἀναιρέσει γενητοῦ οἶδεν ἑαυτὸν ἀγένητον, ὡς βούλονται αὐτοὶ οἱ Εὐνομιανοί· μὴ γὰρ στερήσει θανάτου οἶδεν ἑαυτὸν ἀθάνατον. ἡμεῖς ἐκ στερήσεως ὧν ἴσμεν οἴδαμεν τί ἐστιν ἀθάνατος. οὐκ ἔχομεν δὲ κατὰ ἐπιστημονικὴν γνῶσιν ἐπιβαλεῖν εἰς τὸ ἀντικειμένως τῷ θανάτῳ λεγόμενον, καὶ στερήσει θανάτου λέγομεν αὐτόν, ἀποφάσει θανάτου, καὶ πάντα, οἷον ἀόρατος· οὐ κατὰ κατάφασίν τινα μανθάνομεν αὐτὸν ἀόρατον, ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ ἴσμεν τί ἐστιν ὁρατόν, αἴσθησιν ἔχοντες καὶ ὄψιν ἔχοντες, στερήσει τῆς καταστάσεως ταύτης λαμβάνομεν τὸ ἀόρατον. ταῦτα λέγω διὰ τοὺς Εὐνομίου, ὅτι ἀδύνατον τὴν αὐτὴν θεοῦ γνῶσιν ἔχειν περὶ θεοῦ. οὐκ ἐκείνη ἐστίν, ἣν αὐτὸς ὁ θεὸς περὶ ἑαυτοῦ ἔχει. καὶ ἄλλο· ἡ ἡμετέρα γνῶσις διάθεσίς ἐστιν ψυχῆς. αἱ δὲ διαθέσεις δέχονται τὸ μᾶλλον καὶ τὸ ἧττον. ἡ δὲ θεοῦ γνῶσις, ἣν ἔχει ἤτε περὶ ἑαυτοῦ ἢ περὶ ἄλλου τινός, οὔκ ἐστιν διάθεσις· οὐσιώδης ἐστίν. καὶ ὥσπερ θερμὸν λέγω καὶ τὸ πῦρ, λέγω καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ θερμανθέν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ὕδωρ
The distinction between essence and accident in knowledge and soul§34
34It accepts more and less. Therefore, it can sometimes be cast away and sometimes taken up. But that which is hot in fire does not accept more and less, for it is not essential. The knowledge of God is essential, so it is incommensurable with knowledge according to disposition. And the incommensurable things do not accept likeness.
These things are not said in vain; for since the Logos constructs the Son to be consubstantial with the Father and establishes the same divinity through the being known by the Father and knowing the Father, they wish to share his knowledge with ours, saying: 'Just as we know God, and he knows, that we know him perfectly, as he knows himself. And the Son likewise has the knowledge concerning him. Therefore he will not rule us.' 27 Their hearts shall live unto ages of ages.
Often things that have happened are called homonymously by those to whom they have happened. We say that there is an essence of the soul; when God says, 'Do not fear those who kill the body, but are not able to kill the soul' (Matt 10:28). Thus the name 'soul' denotes essence. And when he says, 'Spirits and souls of the righteous, bless the Lord' (Ps 146:20), it denotes essence. For the name of the soul often signifies something that has happened to the soul; for when it is said in Jesus Wisdom: 'An evil soul will destroy the one who has acquired it,' it names the disposition and the intellect 'soul'; for the one who has acquired it, the soul, is the man. And again: 'Having reached those near, in the obedience of the truth.' From this it is also nicknamed, 'You, man, are equal-souled to me,' the one having the same choice as me. And again, if it is said: 'And eat grapes as much as you will fill the soul,' it speaks of the appetitive power as 'soul' in this way.
Not all then the things said denote the underlying essences, but there is also when it signifies things that have happened to them. And it has happened to man to know God. Therefore, it is not said 'knowledge' of the man, but 'knowing.' Here the thing that happened is not homonymous with the underlying thing. But the Savior is called both wise and wisdom, and having knowledge and knowledge, and righteousness and righteous; and I do not say here 'happened' and 'underlying,' but through two parallel names, the same.
Greek · §34
δέχεται τὸ μᾶλλον καὶ τὸ ἧττον. διὸ καὶ ἀποβαλεῖν αὐτό ποτε δύναται καὶ ἀναλαβεῖν. τὸ δὲ ἐν τῷ πυρὶ θερμὸν οὐ δέχεται τὸ μᾶλλον καὶ τὸ ἧττον· οὐσιῶδες γάρ ἐστιν. ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ γνῶσις οὐσιώδης ἐστὶν ὥστε ἀσύνκριτός ἐστιν τῇ κατὰ διάθεσιν γνώσει. τὰ δὲ ἀσύνκριτα οὐ δέχονται ὁμοιότητα. ταῦτα δὲ οὐ ματαίως λέγουσιν· ἐπεὶ γὰρ κατασκευάζει ὁ λόγος ὁμοούσιον τῷ πατρὶ τὸν υἱὸν εἶναι καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς θεότητος ἐκ τοῦ γιγνώσκεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ γιγνώσκειν τὸν πατέρα, θέλουσιν κοινοποιῆσαι τὴν γνῶσιν αὐτοῦ τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ λέγοντες ὅτι· "ὡς ἡμεῖς γιγνώσκομεν τὸν θεόν, καὶ ἐκεῖνος γιγνώσκει, ὅτι ἡμεῖς τελείως αὐτὸν ἐπιστάμεθα, ὡς αὐτὸς ἑαυτόν. καὶ ὁ υἱὸς οὕτως ἔχει περὶ αὐτοῦ τὴν γνῶσιν. ὅθεν οὐ διοίσει ἡμῶν". 27 ζήσονται αἱ καρδίαι αὐτῶν εἰς αἰῶνα αἰῶνος. πολλάκις τὰ συμβεβηκότα ὁμωνύμως καλεῖται ἐκείνοις οἷς συμβέβηκεν. λέγομεν οὐσίαν εἶναι ψυχῆς· ὅταν λέγῃ ὁ θεὸς λόγος· "μὴ φοβεῖσθε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα, 53 τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν μὴ δυναμένων ἀποκτεῖναι". τὸ ὄνομα οὖν τὸ ψυχὴ οὐσίαν ὧδε δηλοῖ. καὶ ὅταν λέγῃ· "πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, εὐλογεῖτε τὸν κύριον", οὐσίαν δηλοῖ. σημαίνει γὰρ τὸ ὄνομα τῆς ψυχῆς πολλάκις συμβεβηκός τι τῇ ψυχῇ· ὅταν γὰρ λέγηται ἐν τῇ Ἰησοῦ Σοφίᾳ· "ψυχὴ πονηρὰ ἀπολεῖ τὸν κτησάμενον αὐτήν", τὴν διάθεσιν καὶ τὴν νόησιν "ψυχὴν" ὀνομάζει· ὁ γὰρ κτησάμενος αὐτὴν ἡ ψυχή ἐστιν, ὁ ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν. καὶ ἔτι· "τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν ἐν ἠγγικόσιν ἡγνικότες ἐν τῇ ὑπακοῇ τῆς ἀληθείας". ἀπὸ τούτου παρωνόμασται κἀκεῖνο· "σὺ δέ, ἄνθρωπε ἰσόψυχέ μου", ὁ ἴσην μου ἔχων προαίρεσιν. καὶ πάλιν ἐὰν λέγηται ὅτι· "καὶ φάγῃ σταφυλὴν ὅσον ἐμπλήσεις ψυχήν", ψυχὴν ὧδε τὴν ὀρεκτικὴν λέγει δύναμιν. οὐ πάντα οὖν τὰ λεγόμενα τὰς ὑποκειμένας οὐσίας δηλοῖ, ἀλλ' ἔστιν ὅτε καὶ τὰ συμβεβηκότα αὐταῖς σημαίνει. συμβέβηκεν δὲ ἀνθρώπῳ τὸ γιγνώσκειν θεόν. διὸ γνῶσις οὐ λέγεταί ποτε ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἀλλὰ γιγνώσκων. οὐχ ὁμωνυμεῖ ὧδε τὸ συμβεβηκὸς τῷ ὑποκειμένῳ. ὁ δὲ σωτὴρ λέγεται καὶ σοφὸς καὶ σοφία, καὶ γνῶσις καὶ γνῶσιν ἔχων, καὶ δικαιοσύνη καὶ δίκαιος, καὶ οὐ λέγω ὧδε συμβεβηκὸς καὶ ὑποκείμενον, ἀλλ' ἐκ παραλλήλου διὰ δύο ὀνομάτων τὸ αὐτὸ
The Immortality of the Soul and Heart§35
35It is signified: for if I say that the Savior is righteousness, I do not say him as a person, nor as a disposition; and if I say him just—'but you have denied the just one' (Matt 23:35)—I do not say the one who performs it, but the righteousness. Thus also we say of God in general. I do not say that God is just in the sense of participating in righteousness, but in the sense of providing righteousness. And the soul according to essence does not receive the more or the less. But that soul, by which some are called beautiful-souled, does receive it. Therefore, the disposition is called 'soul' in the same way as the essence.
The heart and the mind mean the same thing; for when it is said: 'Where your treasure is, there also your heart will be' (Matt 6:21), there also is your mind. 'Blessed are the pure in heart' (Matt 5:8). Therefore, to say mind and heart is the same. Not concerning all things, however, but concerning men. See: the soul and the mind of man are immortal. If it is immortal, it is sought, or it is something else and another thing.
And the sinner, having an immortal soul, is never destroyed; for one should not pay attention to those saying that the souls of the wicked turn into non-existence, as the Stoics wish among the Greeks, and the Hieracites among the Christians. Therefore the soul is immortal and has a natural life according to which it is moved. And the sinner also has this life according to which he is immortal.
He does not speak now about this natural life saying: 'their hearts shall live' (Ps 42:5)—but according to that life which the believer has and the one knowing God has. If the hearts live unto the age of ages according to the blessed life, it is evident that they also remain always according to the essential life, which is common to sinners and to the diligent. And just as I say that everyone has sight when animals have sight, I say that the one seeing well previously had sight; for he would not have seen well if he did not have the seeing, and again he would not have seen badly if he did not have the seeing. Therefore both the soul and the heart have life forever, whether it be wicked or diligent. And natural life anticipates; for he would not have been able to live according to God and to live according to faith, if he were not immortal, if he did not have essential life. Therefore the hearts of these, those having eaten and having been filled, those fearing God and...
Greek · §35
36 σημαίνεται· ἐὰν γὰρ λέγω ὅτι ὁ σωτὴρ δικαιοσύνη ἐστίν, οὐχ ἕξιν αὐτὸν λέγω, οὐ διάθεσιν, καὶ ἐὰν λέγω αὐτὸν δίκαιον–"ὑμεῖς δὲ τὸν δίκαιον ἠρνήσασθε"–, οὐ τὸν ποιὸν λέγω, ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαιοσύνην. δίκαιον οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ θεοῦ καθόλου λέγομεν. οὐ λέγω τὸν θεὸν δίκαιον εἶναι τῷ μετέχειν δικαιοσύνης, ἀλλὰ τῷ χορηγεῖν δικαιοσύνην. καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ δὲ ἡ κατ' οὐσίαν οὐ δέχεται τὸ μᾶλλον καὶ τὸ ἧττον. ἐκείνη δὲ ἡ ψυχή, καθ' ἣν λέγονταί τινες καλόψυχοι, δέχεται. ἡ διάθεσις ἄρα ὁμωνύμως τῇ οὐσίᾳ "ψυ χὴ" καλεῖται. ἡ καρδία καὶ ὁ νοῦς ταὐτὸν σημαίνει· ὅταν γὰρ λέγῃ· "ὅπου ὁ θησαυρός, ἐκεῖ καὶ ἡ καρδία σου ἔσται", ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ νοῦς σου. "μακάριοι οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ". ταὐτὸν οὖν ἐστιν εἰπεῖν νοῦν καὶ καρδίαν. οὐκ ἐπὶ πάντων δέ, ἀλλ' ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. ἴδε· ἡ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ψυχὴ καὶ ὁ νοῦς ἀθάνατά ἐστιν. εἰ ἀθάνατόν ἐστιν, ζητεῖται, ἢ ἕτερον καὶ ἕτερόν ἐστιν. καὶ ὁ ἁμαρτωλὸς δὲ ἀθάνατον ἔχων ψυχὴν οὐδέποτε ἀπόλλυται· οὐ γὰρ προσεκτέον τοῖς λέγουσιν ὅτι αἱ τῶν φαύλων ψυχαὶ εἰς τὸ μὴ ὂν καταστρέφουσιν, ὡς βούλονται παρ' Ἕλλησιν Στοϊκοί, παρὰ δὲ δῆθεν Χριστιανοῖς οἱ Ἱερακαῖται. ἀθάνατος οὖν ἐστιν ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ ἔχει φυσικὸν ζῆν καθ' ὃ κινεῖται. ἔστιν δὲ καὶ τὸν ἁμαρτωλὸν ἔχειν ταύτην τὴν ζωὴν καθ' ἣν ἀθάνατός ἐστιν. οὐ περὶ ταύτης νῦν τῆς ζωῆς τῆς φυσικῆς λέγει ὅτι· "ζήσονται αἱ καρδίαι αὐτῶν", ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὴν ζωὴν ἐκείνην, ἣν ὁ πιστεύων ἔχει καὶ ὁ γιγνώσκων τὸν θεὸν ἔχει. εἰ ζῶσιν αἱ καρδίαι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος κατὰ τὴν μακαρίαν ζωήν, φανερὸν 54 ὅτι καὶ καὶ κατὰ τὴν οὐσιώδη ζωὴν ἀεὶ μένουσιν, ἥτις κοινὴ ἁμαρτωλῶν καὶ σπουδαίων ἐστίν. καὶ ὥσπερ λέγω πάντας ὄψιν ἔχειν, ὅταν ζῷα ὦσιν ὄψιν ἔ χοντα, λέγω δὲ ὄψιν ἔχειν προηγουμένως τὸν καλῶς ὁρῶντα, οὐκ ἂν δὲ καλῶς ἐθεώρει, εἰ μὴ εἶχεν τὸ ὁρᾶν, καὶ πάλιν οὐκ ἂν κακῶς ἐθεώρει, εἰ μὴ εἶχεν τὸ ὁρᾶν. ἔχει τοίνυν καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ ἡ καρδία τὸ ζῆν ἀεί, κἂν φαύλη κἂν σπουδαία ᾖ. προλαμβάνει δὲ τὸ φυσικὸν ζῆν· οὐκ ἂν γὰρ ἠδύνατο κατὰ θεὸν ζῆν καὶ κατὰ πίστιν ζῆν, εἰ μὴ ἦν ἀθάνατος, εἰ μὴ εἶχεν ζωὴν οὐσιώδη. αἱ καρδίαι οὖν αὐτῶν τούτων τῶν φαγόντων καὶ ἐνπλησθέντων, τῶν φοβουμένων τὸν θεὸν καὶ
Eternal Life and the Return of the Nations§36
36Those praising him shall live not for one age, but 'for the age of ages.' A multitude of ages is signified; for he did not say 'for one age,' but 'for the age of ages.' And just as 'Sabbaths of Sabbaths' is said and 'years of years' for those many years which are the days of a year, so he shall live 'for the age of ages.'
All the ends of the earth shall be remembered and shall turn back to the Lord. He prophesies concerning the salvation of all mankind; for it is necessary that that which is spoken of be brought to pass, about which this holy one says again in another psalm: 'all the nations, all whom you have made, shall come and worship before you' (Psalm 22:27). For God did not make the rational beings so that they might sin, by standing up against Him to worship these things, but so that they might honor God. And since this is the purpose of the Creator, but a purpose of those who have come to be has intervened, the purpose of God must prevail. Therefore, when He is remembered, we provide the cause for being remembered; for He remembers those who remember, as He knows those who are attentive. When we remember, then He remembers us and calls us into salvation. The 'they shall turn back' shows that no one is evil by essence, but by choice. If the evil was able to diminish the choice toward something else, the good will be able to call it back to its former state.
And all the patriarchies of the nations shall worship before Him. After the turning back, they worship. They do not worship first and then turn back; thus it signifies progress. And it is a great thing to worship before God. He who worships Him as is fitting worships before Him. Therefore, the reason: 'because' the kingdom is His. He says 'kingdom' here, not the beginning, but those who are being ruled, as it is said: 'in the gathering of peoples together and the kingdoms of serving the Lord.' If they were bad by construction, they would have been something else.
And He Himself is the master of the nations. Since the kingdom is His and He Himself has made the nations, He is their master. Therefore, they turn back to their own master. They do not enrich God by turning back; for they are His.
Greek · §36
αἰνούντων αὐτόν, ζήσονται οὐκ ἐπὶ ἕνα αἰῶνα, ἀλλ' "εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος". πλῆθος δὲ αἰώνων σημαίνεται· οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν· "εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος". καὶ ὥσπερ "σάββατα σαββάτων" λέγεται καὶ "ἐνιαυτὸς ἐνιαυτῶν" ὁ τοσαῦτα ἔτη ἔχων ὅσαι εἰσὶν ἡμέραι τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ, ζήσεται "εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος". 28 μνησθήσονται καὶ ἐπιστραφήσονται πρὸς κύριον πάντα τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς. προφητεύει περὶ τῆς σωτηρίας πάντων τῶν ἀνθρώπων· δεῖ γὰρ ὑπαρχθῆναι ἐκεῖνο, περὶ οὗ πάλιν ἐν ἄλλῳ ψαλμῷ οὗτος ὁ ἅγιος λέγει· "πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ὅσα ἐποίησας, ἥξουσιν καὶ προσκυνήσουσιν ἐνώπιόν σου"· μὴ γὰρ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὰ λογικά, ἵνα ἁμαρτάνωσιν, ἵνα ἀντιθέους ἀναστήσαντες τούτοις λατρεύωσιν, ἀλλὰ ἵνα θεὸν τιμῶσιν. καὶ ἐπεὶ ἡ πρόθεσις τοῦ πεποιηκότος αὕτη, ἐμεσολάβησεν δὲ πρόθεσις τῶν γεγενημένων, δεῖ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ κρατῆσαι. ὅταν οὖν μνησθῇ, ἡμεῖς δὲ παρέχομεν τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ μνησθῆναι· μνημονεύει γὰρ τῶν μνημονευόντων, ὡς γιγνώσκει τοὺς ἐπισταμένους. ὅταν ἡμεῖς μνησθῶμεν, τότε μνημονεύει ἡμῶν καὶ καλεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰς σωτηρίαν. τὸ "ἐπιστραφήσονται" δείκνυσιν ὅτι οὐδεὶς κατὰ οὐσίαν κακός ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ προαίρεσιν. εἰ δὲ ἴσχυσεν τὸ κακὸν ἐλάσαι τὴν προαίρεσιν εἰς ἄλλο τι ἄλλως, ἰσχύσει τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἀνακαλέσασθαι αὐτὴν εἰς τὴν προτέραν κατάστασιν. 28 καὶ προσκυνήσουσιν ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν. μετὰ τὸ ἐπιστραφῆναι προσκυνοῦσιν. οὐ πρῶτον προσκυνοῦσιν, εἶτα ἐπιστρέφονται. προκοπὴν οὖν αὐτῶν σημαίνει. μέγα δέ ἐστιν τὸ ἐνώπιον θεοῦ προσκυνῆσαι. ἐκεῖνος ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ προσκυνεῖ ὁ προσκυνῶν αὐτὸν ὡς δεῖ. λοιπὸν τὴν αἰτίαν· "ὅτι" αὐτοῦ ἐστιν "ἡ βασιλεία". βασιλείαν ὧδε λέγει οὐ τὴν ἀρχήν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς βασιλευομένους, καθ' ὃ 37 λέγεται· "ἐν τῷ συναχθῆναι λαοὺς ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ βασιλείας τοῦ δουλεύειν τῷ κυρίῳ". εἰ ἦσαν ἐκ κατασκευῆς φαῦλοι, ἄλλου ἦσαν. 29 καὶ αὐτὸς δεσπόζει τῶν ἐθνῶν. ἐπεὶ αὐτοῦς ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία καὶ αὐτὸς τὰ ἔθνη πεποίηκεν, καὶ δεσπότης αὐτῶν ἐστιν. πρὸς τὸν δεσπότην οὖν ἑαυτῶν ὑποστρέφουσιν. οὐ πλουτίζουσιν τὸν θεὸν ἐπιστρέψαντες· αὐτοῦ γάρ εἰσιν.
From Elementary to Perfection§37
37in essence
Let us be brought to the state of 'we carry the nature'. Let us leave the elementary word, for it is the beginning of the teaching of Christ. Let us be led forward to perfection, so that having become perfect in this way, we may be able to be perfect hearers of Christ; for 'we speak wisdom among the perfect' (1 Cor 2:6).
Sometimes the soul is called, as I have already said, a sheep. When it is a sheep, it grazes on pasture, not on flesh, not on the flesh of Jesus, nor on bread. It is not yet able to have desire for these foods or to manage them, even if they are presented to it. It grazes on herbs; and herbs are spiritual. Sometimes it is also called a plant and needs rain; it grazes on the art of agriculture, so that having grown, it may bring forth perfect fruit somehow; 'but I am like a fruitful olive tree in the house of God'. And here, therefore, the sheep-like state, which is as it were more irrational, along with gentleness and stability, signifies through the saying: 'The Lord is my shepherd, and I shall not want' (Ps 23:1). I am without wandering, and without wandering as a sheep. Just as even a baby says: 'The nurse feeds me, and I shall not want', making it clear that it is of infantile foods.
The interpreter says: 'Into a place of pasture, there He pitched His tent'. There is a pasture-like teaching suitable to sheep. And perhaps this is no other than this voice of Christ; for He says: 'My sheep hear my voice' (John 10:27). The disciples of Christ, having become perfect according to His training, being no longer sheep, do not hear a voice, but they use Him as Teacher; for 'you' 'call Me' the Lord and the Teacher, and you say well: 'I am'. Therefore, 'into a place' 'of pasture, there He pitched His tent'. Not 'He dwelt', but 'He pitched His tent'. And the tent signifies progress; 'I shall pass through to a place of a wonderful tent until the house of God'. The one making progress has a portable dwelling, which is virtue itself. But when he reaches the goal and the end of it, he no longer pitches a tent, but dwells. This one, the holy man, knowing the greatness and the progress...
Greek · §37
57 1–2 Κύριος ποιμανεῖ με, καὶ οὐδέν με ὑστερήσει. εἰς τόπον χλοῆς, ἐκεῖ με κατεσκήνωσεν. ἡ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ψυχὴ διὰ πολλῶν ὀνομάτων σημαίνεται· λέγεται γὰρ εἶναι καὶ πρόβατον καὶ ἄνθρωπος καὶ φυτὸν καὶ ἄλλα πολλά, ὡς καὶ λίθος· ἐὰν γὰρ γράφῃ ὁ Πέτρος· "καὶ αὐτοὶ ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες ἀνοικοδομεῖσθε", λίθους λέγει τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. οὐδὲν δὲ τούτων κατ' οὐσίαν ὑπάρχει ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ὥστε ἀλληγορικῷ τρόπῳ πάντα περὶ αὐτοῦ ἐκλαβεῖν προσήκει. αὐτὴ ἡ ψυχὴ αὐξάνει καὶ πληθύνεται οὐ κατ' οὐσίαν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ πρακτικὸν καὶ θεωρηματικὸν βίον. διανοητικὴν ἔχει ἀρετήν, πρακτικὴν δύναται κατορθῶσαι. λέγεται γοῦν προκοπὴ τῆς ψυχῆς ὡς ἀνθρώπου· ὁτὲ μὲν γὰρ ὀνομάζεται νήπιον, ὁτὲ παῖς, ὁτὲ νεανίσκος, ὁτὲ ἀνήρ. καὶ ταῦτα οὐκ ἐπὶ τῶν χαρακτήρων τοῦ σώματος ἢ τῶν ἡλικιῶν λαμβάνομεν· ψυχὴ γὰρ οὐ μεθηλικιοῦται εἰ μὴ κατὰ ἀρετήν, κατὰ προκοπήν, κατὰ βελτίωσιν. εἰσίν τινες οὖν νήπιοι οὐκ ἄλλῃ τροφῇ δυνάμενοι βελτιοῦσθαι ἢ γάλακτι. γράφει γοῦν ὁ ἀπόστολος· "γάλα ὑμᾶς ἐπότισα, οὐ βρῶμα". καὶ Πέτρος· "ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα ἐπιποθήσατε". λογικὸν δὲ γάλα οὐ τὸ αἰσθητόν ἐστιν, οὐ τὸ σωματικόν, ἀλλ' ἡ κατάλληλος τῇ λογικῇ οὐσίᾳ τροφή. καὶ Ἑβραίοις οὖν ἐπιστέλλει ὁ ἀ πόστολος λέγων· "καὶ γὰρ ὀφείλοντες εἶναι διδάσκαλοι διὰ τὸν χρόνον"–πολλῷ γὰρ χρόνῳ ἦσαν ἀνατραφέντες ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς–"πάλιν χρείαν ἔχετε τοῦ διδάσκεσθαι ὑμᾶς, τίνα τὰ στοιχεῖα τῆς ἀρχῆς τῶν λογίων τοῦ θεοῦ". ὀφείλοντες εἶναι διδάσκαλοι αὐτοὶ ἄλλοις προσάγειν τελείαν διδασκαλίαν εἰς τοσοῦτον ἐσμικρύνθητε κατὰ τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον ὡς νήπιοι εἶναι γάλακτος. γάλα δὲ λέγει τὴν ἀρχὴν τῶν λογίων τοῦ θεοῦ, τοὺς εἰσαγωγικοὺς λόγους, τοὺς στοιχειώδεις. καὶ λέγει· "πᾶς ὁ μετέχων γάλακτος ἄπειρος λόγου δικαιοσύνης, νήπιος γάρ ἐστιν". οὐκ ἔχει τὸν λόγον τῆς δικαιοσύνης. "διὸ ἀφέντες τὸν τῆς ἀρχῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ λόγον ἐπὶ τὴν τελειότητα φερώμεθα". ἄφετε τὸν στοιχειώδη λόγον· ἀρχὴ γὰρ τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ διδασκαλίας ἐστίν. ἐνεχθῶμεν ἐπὶ τὴν τελειότητα, ἵν' οὕτω τέλειοι γεγενημένοι τέλειοι Χριστοῦ ἀκροαταὶ δυνώμεθα εἶναι· "σοφίαν" γὰρ "λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις". λέγεταί ποτε ἡ ψυχή, ὡς εἶπον ἤδη, καὶ πρόβατον. ὅταν πρόβατον ᾖ, χλοῆς χρῄζει, οὐ κρεῶν, οὐ τῶν σαρκῶν Ἰησοῦ, οὐκ ἄρτου. οὔπω δὲ δύναται τούτων τῶν τροφῶν ἢ ὄρεξιν ἔχειν ἢ διοικεῖν αὐτάς, κἂν προσαχθῶσιν αὐτῷ. χρῄζει βοτάνης· βοτάνης δὲ πνευματικῆς. ποτὲ καὶ φυτὸν λέγεται καὶ δεῖται ὑετοῦ, χρῄζει γεωργικῆς τέχνης, ἵνα αὐξήσασα τέλειον καρπὸν ἀγάγῃ καὶ εἴ58 πῃ· "ἐγὼ δὲ ὡσεὶ ἐλαία κατάκαρπος ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ θεοῦ. καὶ ἐνταῦθα τοίνυν τὴν προβατώδη κατάστασιν τὴν ὡσανεὶ ἀλογωτέραν μετὰ πραότητός τε καὶ εὐσταθείας σημαίνει διὰ τοῦ φάναι· "κύριος ποιμαίνει με, καὶ οὐδέν με ὑστερήσει". ἀκαθυστέρητός εἰμι, ἀκαθυστέρητος δὲ ὡς πρόβατον. ὡς εἰ καὶ βρέφος λέγοι ὅτι· "τρέφει με ἡ τροφός, καὶ οὐδέν με ὑστερήσει", δηλονότι τῶν νηπιωδῶν τροφῶν. ἑρμηνεύων λέγει· "εἰς τόπον χλοῆς, ἐκεῖ με κατεσκήνωσεν". ἔστιν διδασκαλία χλοώδης προβάτοις ἁρμόζουσα. καὶ τάχα οὐκ ἄλλη ἐστὶν αὕτη τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ φωνῆς· λέγει γάρ· "τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ τῆς ἐμῆς φωνῆς ἀκούουσιν". οἱ Χριστοῦ μαθηταὶ οἱ τέλειοι κατὰ τὴν παίδευσιν αὐτοῦ 38 γεγενημένοι οὐκέτι πρόβατα ὄντες οὐ φωνῆς ἀκούουσιν, ἀλλὰ διδασκάλῳ αὐτῷ χρῶνται· "ὑμεῖς" γὰρ "φωνεῖτέ με· ὁ κύριος καὶ ὁ διδάσκαλος, καὶ καλῶς λέγετε· εἰμὶ γάρ". "εἰς τόπον" οὖν "χλοῆς, ἐκεῖ με κατεσκήνωσεν". οὐ "κατοίκισεν", ἀλλὰ "κατεσκήνωσεν". ἡ σκηνὴ δὲ προκοπὴν σημαίνει· "διελεύσομαι ἐν τόπῳ σκηνῆς θαυμαστῆς ἕως τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ θεοῦ". ὁ προκόπτων οἰκίαν ἔχει φορητήν, αὐτὴν τὴν ἀρετήν. ὅταν δὲ ἐπ' αὐτὸ τὸ τέρμα καὶ τὸ τέλος αὐτῆς φθάσῃ, οὐκέτι κατασκηνοῖ, ἀλλὰ κατοικεῖ. ταύτην ὁ ἅγιος ἐπιστάμενος τὴν μεγαλειότητα καὶ τὴν προκοπὴν
The Twofold Nature of Justice§38
38He says: 'One thing I have asked from the Lord, this I will seek: to dwell in the house of the Lord' (Psalm 27:4)—not to reside temporarily—'all the days of my life.' This applies to the one entering life, the one progressing, and the one being perfected. Therefore, many know life when saying: 'Better is your mercy than life' (Psalm 104:15); for in whatever way I become life, I am held and helped by your mercy.
2–3 He nourished me by waters of rest, he restored my soul (Psalm 23:3). He led me upon paths of righteousness (Psalm 23:3). Water is appropriate for the sheep. Those who are being led to pasture and are being fed are watered, not with wine; for where there is bread, there also the wine is named. 'Bread sustains the heart of man'—and a perfect food is indicated through the bread—'and wine gladdens the heart of man' (Psalm 104:15). Therefore, where there is pasture, there is also water, and where there is bread, wine is also found. And the perfect Eucharist is fulfilled from bread and wine; for the sheep-like state is aided by pasture and water.
The 'water of rest' can be said because the one drinking it does not grow weary; for 'the one drinking' (John 4:14) 'from the water which I will give' (John 4:14) will have 'a spring leaping into eternal life' (John 4:14). The water is not moving downward, but it comes toward the drinker by leaping itself. Hence it is 'water of rest.' This water serves for nourishing and for cleansing. And since the soul being cleansed casts out sin—for this was compared to a 'talent of lead'—the water provides rest. It casts out both thirst and filth.
Furthermore, since he remembers about shepherding and pasture and water, he immediately moves to the inner man, the Word, and says: 'He restored my soul' (Psalm 23:3). In the restoration, the change is indicated. I no longer remain a sheep, I am no longer under a shepherd, I do not have a craving for water. 'He restored my soul' (Psalm 23:3). And what has happened by my soul having been restored? God 'led' it (Psalm 23:3) 'upon paths of righteousness' (Psalm 23:3). The paths of righteousness are, in appearance, virtues or the acts of virtues. Often in the divine teachings, the name of righteousness signifies virtue in general; for there is also a specific virtue called so, justice. If we say that there are four general virtues: courage, justice, temperance, and prudence, one of the virtues...
It is signified through 'justice'. And when it says: 'and you, masters, equality and justice', here justice according to merit is signified. And when it says: 'just weights and a just scale', it mentions the distributive aspect of justice. And from it, it distinguishes the justice that is distributive according to merit and that which is, as they say, restorative; for justice is said in two ways, either restorative or distributive according to merit.
This, therefore, is called just which is restorative, and in order that I may demonstrate it from the Scriptures: the law protects, 'tooth for tooth and eye for eye' (Exod 21:24). One who has come by violence and cut out his eye, is defending himself against an enemy with pleasure. The one whose eye was taken is grieved, or the tooth. God gives law that the one who has acted wickedly should suffer the same. And from his pleasure, a removal occurs, and there is added to the one suffering because of the things happening to him, and equality is made. This, therefore, is called just which is restorative.
The distributive is not seen in the equality of the nature of the thing, but in the proportion of the distribution. Thus, the paths of justice that are well-trodden, walked upon by many, are the paths of justice. And the practical activities of justice can also be paths of justice; for justice is most especially suffered and worn down when it is practiced. Since practical virtue is signified by this name of justice, this is confirmed by this: 'walking blamelessly and working justice, speaking truth in his heart, who did not deceive with his tongue and did not do evil to his neighbor' (Ps 15:2-3). And with a little more: 'he who does these things shall never be shaken for ever' (Ps 112:3).
You see that having gathered all the kinds of virtue together, he spoke of it generally as justice. 'Lead me therefore' (Ps 23:3) 'upon the paths of justice'. And those before the written law observed this justice. Concerning Abraham, it is said that 'he kept all the judgments and commands' of the Lord. Even though they had not yet been given, but he kept them, and lived according to them. And Abel, therefore, is testified to be upon justice. The return, therefore, of the soul is the journey that leads onto the paths of justice, so that it may no longer be a sheep.
Greek · §38
ἔλεγεν· "μίαν ᾐτησάμην παρὰ κυρίου, ταύτην ἐκζητήσω· τοῦ κατοικεῖν με ἐν οἴκῳ κυρίου" –οὐ παροικεῖν–"πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς μου". ἔχει δὲ καὶ ὁ εἰσαγόμενος ζωὴν καὶ ὁ προκόπτων καὶ ὁ τελειούμενος. διὸ πλῆθος οἶδεν ζωῶν ὁ λέγων· "κρεῖττον τὸ ἔλεός σου ὑπὲρ ζωάς"· ἐν ὁποίᾳ γὰρ ἐὰν γένωμαι ζωῇ, ἐλέῳ σου κατέχομαι καὶ βοηθοῦμαι. 2–3 ἐπὶ ὕδατος ἀναπαύσεως ἐξέθρεψέν με, τὴν ψυχήν μου ἐπέστρεψεν. ὡδήγησέν με ἐπὶ τρίβους δικαιοσύνης. πόμα ἐστὶν κατάλληλον τὸ ὕδωρ τοῖς προβάτοις. οἱ νομὴν προσφερόμενοι καὶ τρεφόμενοι ὕδατι ποτίζονται οὐκ οἴνῳ ἔνθα γὰρ ἄρτος, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ οἶνος ὀνομάζεται· "ἄρτος στηρίζει καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου"– τελεία δὲ τροφὴ διὰ τοῦ ἄρτου δηλοῦται–, "καὶ οἶνος εὐφραίνει καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου". ἔνθα οὖν χλοή, ἐκεῖ καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ, καὶ ὅπου ἄρτος, εὑρίσκεται καὶ οἶνος. ἡ δὲ εὐωχία ἡ τελεία ἐξ ἄρτου καὶ οἴνου συνπληροῦται· ἡ γὰρ προβατώδης κατάστασις ἐκ χλοῆς καὶ ὕδατος βοηθεῖται. δύναται τὸ "ὕδωρ τῆς ἀναπαύσεως" εἰρῆσθαι διὰ τὸ μὴ κάμνειν τὸν ἀρυόμενον αὐτό· "ὁ πίνων" γὰρ "ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος οὗ ἐγὼ δώσω", ἕξει "πηγὴν ἁλλομένην εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον". οὐ κάτω ὂν τὸ ὕδωρ ἀνιμᾶται, ἀλλ' αὐτὸ ἁλλόμενον ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν πίνοντα. ὅθεν "ὕδωρ ἀναπαύσεώς" ἐστιν. τοῦτο τὸ ὕδωρ πρὸς τῷ τρέφειν καὶ καθαίρει. καὶ ἐπεὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καθαιρομένη ἀποβάλλει τὴν ἁμαρτίαν– αὕτη γὰρ "ταλάντῳ μολίβδου" παρεβάλλετο–, ἀνάπαυσιν παρέχει τὸ ὕδωρ. ἀμφότερα ἐκβάλλει καὶ τὸ δίψος καὶ τὸν ῥύπον. εἶτ', ἐπεὶ περὶ ποιμάνσεως καὶ χλοῆς καὶ ὕδατος μνημονεύει, εὐθέως μετάγει εἰς τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον τὸν λόγον 59 καὶ λέγει· "τὴν ψυχήν μου ἐπέστρεψεν". τῇ ἐπιστροφῇ ἡ μεταβολὴ δηλοῦται. οὐκέτι πρόβατον μένω, οὐκέτι ὑπὸ ποι μένα εἰμί, οὐχ ὕδατος ὄρεξιν ἔχω. "τὴν ψυχήν μου ἐπέστρεψεν". τί δὲ ὑπῆρκται ἐπιστραφείσῃ τῇ ψυχῇ μου; "ὡδήγησεν" αὐτὴν ὁ θεὸς "ἐπὶ τρίβους δικαιοσύνης". αἱ τρίβοι τῆς δικαιοσύνης αἱ κατ' εἶδός εἰσιν ἀρεταὶ ἢ αἱ πράξεις τῶν ἀρετῶν. πολλαχοῦ τῶν θείων παιδευμάτων τὸ τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὄνομα τὴν καθόλου ἀρετὴν σημαίνει· ἔστιν μὲν γὰρ καὶ εἰδ̣ικὴ ἀρετὴ οὕτω καλουμένη δικαιοσύνη. ἐὰν λέγωμεν ὅτι τέσσαρές εἰσιν αἱ γενικαὶ ἀρεταὶ, ἀνδρεία, δικαιοσύνη, σωφροσύνη, φρόνησις, ἡ μία τῶν ἀρετῶν σημαίνεται διὰ τοῦ "δικαιοσύνη". καὶ ὅταν λέγῃ ὅτι· "καὶ ὑμεῖς, οἱ δεσπόται, τὴν ἰσότητα καὶ τὸ δίκαιον", ὧδε τὸ κατ' ἀξίαν δίκαιον σημαίνεται. καὶ ὅταν λέγῃ ὅτι· "στάθμια δίκαια καὶ ζυγὸν δίκαιον", ποιητικὸν δικαιοσύνης μνημονεύει. καὶ παρονομάζει ἀπ' αὐτῆς τὸ δίκαιον τὸ κατ' ἀξίαν ἀπονεμητικὸν καὶ τὸ ὡς λέγο̣υ̣σ̣ιν ἐπανορθωτικόν· διττῶς γὰρ ἡ δικαιοσύνη λέγεται ἤτοι ἐπανορθωτικὴ ἢ τοῦ κατ' ἀξίαν ἀπονεμητική. τοῦτο οὖν ἐπανορθωτικὸν λέγεται δίκαιον καὶ ἵνα ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν αὐτὸ παραστήσω· προστάττει ὁ νόμος· "ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος καὶ ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ". ὁ βίᾳ ἐπελθών τινι καὶ ἐκκόψας αὐτοῦ τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν ἥδεται ἀμυνόμενος ἐχθρόν. ὁ ἀφαιρεθεὶς τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν λυπεῖται ἢ τὸν ὀδόντα. δίδωσιν ὁ θεὸς νόμος τὸ αὐτὸ παθεῖν τὸν κακῶς προσδια τεθεικότα. καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ἡδονῆς αὐτοῦ ἀφαίρεσις γίνεται καὶ προστίθεται τῷ ὀδυνωμένῳ διὰ τὸ παθεῖν τὰ ἐπίπονα, καὶ γίνεται ἰσότης. τοῦτο οὖν ἐπανορθωτικὸν λέγεται δίκαιον. τὸ διανεμητικὸν οὐκ ἐν τῇ ἰσότητι τῆς φύσεως τοῦ πρ̣άγματος φαίνεται, ἀλλ' ἐν τῇ ἀναλογίᾳ τῆς διανομῆς. τρίβοι οὖν δικαιοσύνης 39 εἰσὶν αἱ κατημαξευμέναι ὁδοὶ αὐτῆς, αἱ πεπατημέναι ὑπὸ πολλῶν. δύνανται δὲ καὶ τρίβοι δικαιοσύνης εἶναι αἱ πρακτικαὶ τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἐνέργειαι· τότε γὰρ μάλιστα πατεῖται καὶ τρίβεται ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ὅταν πράττηται. ὅτι δὲ ἡ πρακτικὴ ἀρετὴ σημαίνεται τούτῳ τῷ ὀνόματι τῆς δικαιοσύνη̣ς, πιστοῦται ἐκ τούτου· "πορευόμενος ἄμωμος καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην, λαλῶν ἀλήθειαν ἐν καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ὃς οὐκ ἐδόλωσεν ἐν γλώςσῃ αὐτοῦ καὶ οὐκ ἐποίησεν τῷ πλησίον αὐτοῦ κακόν". καὶ μεθ' ὁλίγα· "ὁ ποιῶν ταῦτα οὐ μὴ σαλευθῇ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα". θεωρεῖς ὅτι τὰ εἴδη τῆς ἀρετῆς πάντα συναγαγὼν εἰς ταὐτὸν γενικῶς εἶπεν αὐτὴν δικαιοσύνην. "ὡδήγησέν με" οὖν "ἐπὶ τρίβους δικαιοσύνης". καὶ οἱ πρὸ τοῦ νόμου τοῦ γραπτοῦ ταύτην ὥδευσαν τὴν δικαιοσύνην. περὶ οὖν τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ εἴρηται ὅτι "ἐφύλαξεν πάντα τὰ δικαιώματα καὶ προστάγματα" τοῦ κυρίου. καίτοι οὔπω ἦν δοθέντα, ἀλλ' ἐφύλαξεν αὐτά, κατ' αὐτὰ ἔζη. καὶ ὁ Ἅβελ οὖν ἐπὶ δικαιοσύνῃ μαρτυρεῖται. 60 ἡ ἐπιστροφὴ οὖν τῆς ψυχῆς ἡ ὅδευσίς ἐστιν ἡ ἐπὶ τὰς τρίβους τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἀπάγουσα, ἵνα μηκέτι ᾖν πρόβατον.
The Nature of Divine Evils and the Shadow of Death§39
39He led me on the paths of righteousness because of his name (Ps 23:3). This was not so much because of my own worth, but because of his own designation he provided this for me; for even if someone runs toward good things and has a desire for them, if God does not show mercy, the things being striven for are not achieved.
Likewise also in the 118th Psalm it is said: 'I have run the path of your commandments, when you enlarged my heart' (Ps 118:32). Because you enlarged my heart and gave breadth to my understanding, I have run the path of the way of your commandments. Therefore, through God, the things being striven for are always achieved. For he created the rational beings so that they might share in his designation.
And by designation I mean not a collection of syllables joined together, but a designation showing the quality of the one named; here is how a name is defineds a principal designation representing the specific quality of the one named.' And this is especially true of a nickname. One is called 'wise' from wisdom, and it does not have a mere designation, not one consisting of syllables joined together, but one declaring the quality which wisdom provided to the soul. A principal designation is therefore the name that is primarily representing the quality of the one named.
So if you say 'man,' it is representing the quality of a man—and by quality here I mean the specific identity—for you have said the specific quality of the one named. And the specific quality of a man is manliness; for if you were to say another quality, others would share in it; it would not be specific. Let it be said that someone is a disciple of a physician, but he knows nothing of medicine; he does not have the quality of medicine, and he is a reproach to the one who taught him medicine when he knows nothing of it nor practices it.
For even if I walk in the midst of the shadow of death, I will not fear evils, because you are with me (Ps 23:4). Since 'because of his name' he 'restored my soul' (Ps 23:3), he is with me. And since he is with me, driving away every evil, not even the shadow of death approaches me.
But 'evils' is said in two ways in Scripture, and perhaps also in common usage. The opposites of virtue, the kinds of wickedness, are called evils; as if one says: 'In the laughter of a fool, he does wrong,' and: 'Turn away from evil and do good.' But they also call unpleasant things evils, since men call pleasant things good.
The good things. And even if they are good things for men, they are not truly good. For this reason, even toward the rich, Abraham said: 'You have taken the good things for yourself.' If he were speaking about the 61 virtues, he would not have said: 'the good things for yourself.' 'The Lord will give good things to those asking him.' He did not say: 'their good things.' For when Job says: 'If we have received good things from the Lord, shall we not also receive evil?' (Job 2:10), he says 'evil' regarding the plague, the most pitiable death of children, and other things.
But it appears most clearly from Isaiah, the prophet saying thus concerning God: 'And he himself was wise to bring evils upon them' (Isa 59:21). Even for a wise man it is not easy to bring the kinds of evils that are the 40 evils, how much less for God. Indeed, even the wicked, when they pretend virtue, do not say: 'we are bringing evil to someone.' But it is said concerning God that as a wise one he brings evils. He speaks of things that are harmful. And he views the end of the bringing of evils: 'and his word shall by no means be set aside.'
On account of his word not being set aside, he brings difficult things; for they heard by a commanding word what they must do and what they must abstain from, but they despised this word, and as much as reached their misery, was set aside; so he brings evils, so that his word might not be set aside. And medical surgery and cauterization, bringing health to the one suffering these things, are not evils.
But he speaks here of a shadow, not that one which we say the law has—'for the law has a shadow of the things that are to come' (Col 2:17)—but here he speaks of a shadow standing in the way of death. And sin stands in the way of death. And now I say death, not the common one. See: the painters, before the images and the forms, draw in shadow. And that shadow is the beginning of the image. Therefore death has a shadow, namely sin. And this prefigures and demonstrates death.
For if I become in the midst of the shadow of death, I do not fear it. Such as Joseph, how much, at the exhortation desiring to seduce him into immorality, he became in the midst of the shadow of death, and he did not fear evil, and that did not seize him. But: is the shadow the one in the midst? Since the word is not concerning common death, neither was it necessary to think of its shadow in this way; for just as that which you say is a prefiguration, being a certain sensible thing, shall be seen.
Greek · §39
3 ὡδήγησέν με ἐπὶ τρίβους δικαιοσύνης ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ. οὐ τοσοῦτον διὰ τὴν ἐμὴν ἀξίαν, ὅσον διὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ προσηγορίαν τοῦτό μ̣οι παρ̣έσ̣χ̣εν· κἂν γάρ τις τρέχῃ ἐπὶ τὰ καλά, κἂν πόθον αὐτῶν ἔχῃ, ἐὰν μὴ ἐλεήσῃ θεός, οὐκ ἀνύεται τὰ σπουδαζόμενα. αὐτίκα γοῦν καὶ ἐν τῷ ἑκατὸν ὀκτωκαίδεκα ψαλμῷ λέγεται· "ὁδὸν ἐντολῶν σου ἔδραμον, ὅταν ἐπλάτυνας τὴν καρδίαν μου". σοῦ πλατύναντος τὴν καρδίαν μου καὶ εὖρος τῇ νοήσει μου δεδωκότος ἔδραμον τὴν ὁδὸν τῶν ἐντολῶν σου. ἀεὶ οὖν διὰ τὸν θεὸν τὰ σπουδαζόμενα ἀνύεται. ἔκτισεν γὰρ τὰ λογικά, ἵνα μετέχωσιν αὐτοῦ τῆς ὀνομασίας. ὀνομασίας δέ φημι οὐκ ἐκ συλλαβῶν συνκειμένας, ἀλλ' ἐκ ποιότητος δεικνυούσης τὸ ὀνομαζόμενον· ἀποδέδοται γὰρ ὅρος ὀνόματος καὶ οὕτως· "ὄνομά ἐστιν κεφαλαιώδης προσηγορία παραστατικὴ τῆς ἰδίας ποιότητος τοῦ ὀνομαζομένου". καὶ ἔχει γε τοῦτο μάλιστα ἡ παρωνυμία. ἀπὸ σοφίας λέγεταί τις σοφός, καὶ οὐ ψιλὴν προσηγορίαν ἔχει, οὐ τὴν ἐκ συλλαβῶν συνκειμένην, ἀλλὰ τὴν δηλοῦσαν τὴν ποιότητα, ἣν παρέσχεν τῇ ψυχῇ ἡ σοφία. κεφαλαιώδης οὖν προσηγορία ἐστὶν τὸ κυρίως ὄνομα τὸ παραστατικὸν τῆς ποιότητος τοῦ ὀνομαζομένου. κἂν οὖν "ἄνθρωπον" εἴπῃς, παραστατικόν ἐστιν τῆς ποιότητος τοῦ ἀνθρώπου –ποιότητα δὲ ἐνταῦθα τὴν ἰδιότητα λέγω–· εἶπες γὰρ τὴν ἰδίαν ποιότητα τοῦ ὀνομαζομένου. ἰδία δὲ ποιότης ἐστὶν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἀνθρωπότης· ἐὰν γὰρ ἄλλην εἴπῃς ποιότητα, μετέχουσιν αὐτῆς καὶ ἄλλοι· οὔκ ἐστιν ἰδία. λεγέσθω τις μαθητὴς ἰατροῦ, μηδὲν δὲ τῆς ἰατρικῆς εἰδέτω· οὐκ ἔχει τὴν ποιότητα τῆς ἰατρικῆς, καὶ ψόγος ἐστὶν τῷ παιδεύσαντι αὐτὸν τὰ ἰατρικά, ὅταν μηδὲν αὐτῶν εἰδῇ μηδὲ πράττῃ. 4 ἐὰν γὰρ καὶ πορευθῶ ἐν μέσῳ σκιᾶς θανάτου, οὐ φοβηθήσομαι κακά, ὅτι σὺ μετ' ἐμοῦ εἶ. ἐπεὶ "ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ" "ἐπέστρεψεν τὴν ψυχήν μου", μετ' ἐμοῦ ἐστιν. μετ' ἐμοῦ δὲ ὄντος αὐτοῦ, ἀπαλέξουντος πᾶν κακὸν οὐκ ἐνγίζει μοι οὐδὲ σκιὰ θανάτου. κακὰ δὲ διχῶς ἐν γραφῇ λέγεται, τάχα δὲ καὶ ἐν τῇ συνηθείᾳ. τὰ ἐναντία τῆς ἀρετῆς εἴδη τῆς κακίας λέγεται κακά· ὡς ἐὰν λέγῃ· "ἐν γέλωτι ἄφρων πράσσει κακά", καί· "ἔκκλινον ἀπὸ κακοῦ καὶ ποίησον ἀγαθόν". λέγουσιν δὲ καὶ τὰ ἀηδῆ κακά, ἐπεὶ τὰ ἡδέα οἱ ἄνθρωποι λέγουσιν εἶναι ἀγαθά. καί εἰσίν γε ἀνθρώπων ἀγαθὰ οὐκ ἀληθῶς ἀγαθά. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ πρὸς τὸν πλούσιον ὁ Ἀ βραὰμ εἶπεν· "ἀπέλαβες τὰ ἀγαθὰ σοῦ". ὡς, εἰ περὶ τῶν 61 ἀρετῶν ἔλεγεν, οὐκ ἂν εἶπεν· "τὰ ἀγαθὰ σοῦ". "κύριος ἀγαθὰ δώσει τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν". μὴ εἶπεν· "τὰ ἀγαθὰ αὐτῶν". ὅταν γοῦν λέγῃ ὁ Ἰώβ· "εἰ τὰ ἀγαθὰ ἐδεξάμεθα παρὰ κυρίου, τὰ κακὰ οὐχ ὑποίσομεν"; κακὰ λέγει τὴν ἕλκωσιν, τὸν οἴκτιςτον θάνατον τῶν τέκνων καὶ τὰ ἄλλα. φαίνεται δὲ μάλιστα τὸ ἐκ τοῦ Ἰσαίου οὕτω λέγοντος τοῦ προφήτου περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ· "καὶ αὐτὸς σοφὸς ἦγεν ἐπ' αὐτοὺς κακά". οὐδὲ ἀνθρώπου σοφοῦ ἐστιν ἐπάγειν τὰ εἴδη τῆς 40 κακίας κακὰ ὄντα, οὔ τί γε λοιπὸν θεοῦ. καὶ αὐτοὶ γοῦν οἱ κακοὶ ὅτε ὑποκρίνονται ὑποκρίνονται ἀρετήν, οὐ λέγουσιν ὅτι· "ἐπιφέρομέν τινι κακόν". λέγεται δὲ περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ὅτι ὡς σοφὸς ἐπάγει κακά. τὰ κακωτικὰ λέγει. καὶ θεώρει τὸ τέλος τῆς ἐπαγωγῆς τῶν κακῶν· "καὶ ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ οὐ μὴ ἀθετηθῇ". ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ ἀθετηθῆναι αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον ἐπάγεται τὰ ἐπίπονα· ἐπεὶ γὰρ προστακτικῷ λόγῳ ἤκουσαν ἃ δεῖ ποιεῖν καὶ ὧν δεῖ ἀπέχεσθαι, κατεφρόνησαν δὲ τούτου τοῦ λόγου καί, τὸ ὅσον ἧκεν εἰς τὴν αὐτῶν μοχθηρίαν, ἠθετήθη, ἐπάγει κακά, ἵνα μὴ ἀθετηθῇ ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ. καὶ ἡ χειρουργία δὲ ἡ ἰατρικὴ καὶ ἡ καῦσις ὑγίειαν φέρουσα τῷ πάσχοντι ταῦτα, οὔκ εἰσιν κακά. σκιὰν δὲ ἐνταῦθα λέγει οὐκ ἐκείνην, ἣν λέγομεν ἔχειν τὸν νόμον–"σκιὰν γὰρ ἔχων ὁ νόμος τῶν μελλόντων ἀγα θῶν"–, ἀλλὰ ὧδε σκιὰν̣ λέγει τὴν προυφισταμένην τοῦ θανάτου. προυφίσταται δὲ τοῦ θανάτου ἡ ἁμαρτία. θάνατον δὲ λέγω νῦν οὐ τὸν κοινόν. ἴδε· οἱ ζωγράφοι πρὸ τῶν εἰκόνων καὶ τῶν μορφῶν σκιογραφοῦσιν. καὶ ἀρχὴ εἰκόνος ἐστὶν ἐκείνη ἡ σκιά. καὶ ὁ θάνατος τοίνυν ἔχει σκιάν, τὴν ἁμαρτίαν. αὕτη δὲ προτυποῖ καὶ προδείκνυσιν τὸν θάνατον. ἐὰν γοῦν ἐν μέσῳ τῆς σκιᾶς γένωμαι τοῦ θανάτου, οὐ φοβοῦμαι αὐτόν. οἷον ὁ Ἰωσήφ, ὅσον ἐπὶ προτροπῇ τῇ κατασπάσαι αὐτὸν θελούσῃ εἰς ἀκολασίαν, γέγονεν ἐν μέσῳ τῆς σκιᾶς τοῦ θανάτου, καὶ οὐ πεφόβηται κακόν, οὐχ εἷλεν αὐτὸν ἐκείνη. ἐπερ · ἡ σκιὰ ἡ ἐν μέσῳ; –ἐπεὶ οὐ περὶ κοινοῦ θανάτου ὁ λόγος, οὐδὲ περὶ τῆς σκιᾶς αὐτοῦ οὕτω διανοεῖσθαι ἔδει· ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐκείνη ἣν λέγεις προτύπωσις αἰσθητή τις οὖσα καὶ ὄψει
The Banquet of Wisdom§40
40The underlying meaning implies that what follows the shadow is both perceptible and visible; so it is here, since the shadow becomes a matter of the soul, and death touches the soul. 'Sin'—which was a shadow—becomes a mother when 'completed,' meaning it brings about and produces death. 'If I walk in the midst of the shadow of death' (Ps 23:4). Has this happened to those in affliction? Yes, if one were terrified, he was sinning. Is 'in the midst' meant as being in sin? I do not say this. I do not say the shadow of death is the act of being afflicted, but rather the sense of dread and cowardice arising from affliction. For the martyrs were in the midst of the shadow of death, but not in death itself. They were afflicted, but they did not succumb to the tribulation that was promised to follow. A similar thought is expressed in: 'Do not bring us into temptation' (Matt 6:13). For they do not say: 'Do not let us be afflicted.' If that were the case, the apostles would never have spoken, saying: 'In all things being afflicted' (2 Cor 4:8). Therefore, not entering into temptation means not being seized by the will of the one testing. 'I will fear no evil, for you are with me' (Ps 23:4). Having you with me, I fear nothing of those intending to harm. 'Your rod and your staff, these have comforted me' (Ps 23:4). You see that he was not inexperienced with the shadow of death. Your staff, becoming my support, and your rod, disciplining me, comforted me; they brought me out of death, even if I have become within its shadow, even if I have entered into the midst of its shadow. The rod and the staff of God are taken both for discipline and for support: 'He who brings wisdom from the lips, strikes a heartless man with a rod' (Ps 32:9). He named the disciplinary and corrective word a rod. And Paul writes to the Corinthians: 'What do you want? Shall I come to you with a rod?' (2 Cor 10:2). And it is taken for support: 'The staffs are in your hands; and you received it with haste; it is the Lord's Passover' (1 Cor 11:33).
He prepared a table before me in the presence of those afflicting me (Ps 23:5). We connect the present things to the prelude; for because of them it has happened, when we said that after the drinking of milk, 'solid food' is given, being the wisdom of God spoken of in the perfect (1 Cor 3:2). And even here, after the beastly conduct, even if it was occurring with stability and gentleness, having been shepherded by you...
I remained late; for the table had received the feast. We had the condition of a sheep; we had need of feasts resembling lessons and having the power of water. But when I advanced, my soul being turned back by you toward the paths of righteousness (Ps 23:4) so that I might be comforted by your rod and your staff, I have become a man. For this reason we did not prepare a feast, but a table, and you revealed to me before me its beauty, its nourishment, its deliciousness. Your wisdom has prepared this table for me.
She has laid upon it 'having slaughtered her own victims' (Prov 9:2). And she has laid upon it 'her own wine' (Prov 9:5), 'mixing' it with this table, and she calls all to eat and drink from this table. And we call here the table of wisdom the divine one for children. And sacrifices are laid upon this; for when we perform the sacred rites and slaughter the doctrines of piety, so that we may make them ready for food, then the sacrifices are laid upon the table. And no one else offered them except Wisdom herself, who 'prepared her own table' (Prov 9:2); for she did not simply say, 'she prepared a table,' but 'her own.' And the table of Wisdom does not have other delicacies laid upon it except the wise teachings.
Furthermore, she 'mixed her own wine' (Prov 9:5). She took water to it, so that we, being unable to receive it unmixed, might take wine already mixed. There are certain unspeakable words, which are not let to be called wine. When anyone is able to lead these into explicit teaching, she mixed, adding to them a perceptible gift: the examples of the Scripture, the words announced in parables. Again, since God is the Word and Wisdom is the Word, but we were not able to take the Word unmixed, she mixed it with the Incarnation, and we received, moreover, mixed wine from both the Word of the Incarnation and the majesty of the Only-begotten. 'And the Word became flesh and dwelt among us, and we beheld his glory' (John 1:14). Behold the mixture. This was not the mixing of anyone else but of her own Wisdom. You know that the one mixing sometimes makes the mixture according to the capacity of the drinker. And so Wisdom mixed her own wine and does not give the same mixture to all, but what each can contain. Therefore, there are those who are sober, in whom this mixture seems more potent...
Greek · §40
ὑποκειμένη, φέρει καὶ τὸ μετὰ τὴν σκιὰν αἰσθητὸν καὶ ὁρατόν, οὕτω καὶ ὧδε, ἐπεὶ κατὰ ψυχὴν ἡ σκιὰ γίνεται, καὶ ὁ θάνατος ψυχῆς ἅπτεται. "ἡ ἁμαρτία"–σκιὰ ἦν– "ἀποτελεσθεῖσα" μήτηρ γίνεται θανάτου, τουτέστιν φέρει καὶ ποιεῖ θάνατον. "ἐὰν" οὖν "πορευθῶ ἐν μέσῳ σκιᾶς θανάτου". 62 ἐπερ · γέγονεν ἐν θλιβηροῖς; –ναί, εἰ ἦν φοβηθείς, ἡμάρτανεν. ἐπερ · τὸ "ἐν μέσῳ" ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ; –οὐ τοῦτο λέγω. οὐ τὸ θλιβῆναι λέγω τὴν σκιὰν τοῦ θανάτου, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐκ τοῦ θλιβῆναι ἔνδοσιν καὶ δειλίαν. ἐπεὶ οἱ μάρτυρες γέγοναν ἐν μέσῳ σκιᾶς θανάτου, οὐκ ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ δέ. ἐθλίβησαν, ὃ ἐπηγγέλλετο δὲ ἡ θλῖψις ἡ ἐπαγομένη, οὐχ ὑφέστασαν. τοιουτότροπον ἐλέχθη νόημα καὶ τό· "μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν". μὴ γὰρ τοῦτο λέγουσιν· "μὴ ἐάσῃς ἡμᾶς θλιβῆναι". ἐὰν τοῦτο ᾖν, οὐδέποτε ἠλήθευσαν οἱ ἀπόστολοι λέγοντες· "ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι". τὸ μὴ εἰσελθεῖν οὖν εἰς πειρασμὸν τοῦτο λέγομεν τὸ μὴ ἁλῶναι τῷ βουλήματι τοῦ πειράζοντος. "οὐ φοβηθήσομαι κακά, ὅτι σὺ μετ' ἐμοῦ εἶ". σὲ μετ' ἐμαυτοῦ ἔχων οὐδὲν φοβοῦμαι τῶν βλάπτειν δοκούντων. 4 ἡ ῥάβδος σου καὶ ἡ βακτηρία σου, αὐταί με παρεκάλεσαν. θεωρεῖς ὅτι οὐκ ἄπειρος ἦν τῆς σκιᾶς τοῦ θανάτου. ἡ βακτηρία σου ἡ ἀντιστήριγμά μου γινομένη καὶ ἡ ῥάβδος σου ἡ παιδεύουσά με παρεκάλεσάν με, ἔξω με πεποίηκαν τοῦ θανάτου, εἰ καὶ ἐν τῇ σκιᾷ αὐτοῦ γέγονα, εἰ καὶ ἐν μέσῳ τῆς σκιᾶς αὐτοῦ ἐχώρησα. λαμβάνεται ἡ ῥάβδος καὶ ἡ βακτηρία θεοῦ καὶ ἐπὶ παιδεύσεως καὶ ἐπὶ ἀντιστηριγμοῦ· "ὃς προφέρει ἐκ χειλέων σοφίαν, ῥάβδῳ τύπτει ἄνδρα ἀκάρδιον". τὸν παιδευτικὸν καὶ ἐλεγκτικὸν λόγον ῥάβδον ὠνόμασεν. καὶ Κορινθίοις δὲ Παῦλος γράφει· "τί θέλετε; ἐν ῥάβδῳ ἔλθω πρὸς ὑμᾶς"; καὶ ἐπὶ ἀντιστηριγμοῦ δὲ λαμβάνεται· "αἱ βακτηρίαι ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν ὑμῶν· καὶ ἔδεσθε αὐτὸ μετὰ σπουδῆς· πάσχα ἐστὶν κυρίου". 5 ἡτοίμασας ἐνώπιόν μου τράπεζαν ἐξ ἐναντίας τῶν θλιβόντων με. εἰς τὸ προοίμιον λοιπὸν συνάπτομεν τὰ παρόντα· αὐτῶν γὰρ ἕνεκα γεγένηται, ὅτε ἐλέγομεν ὅτι μετὰ τὴν πόσιν τοῦ γάλακτος "στερεὰ τροφὴ" δίδοται οὖσα σοφία θεοῦ ἐν τελείοις λαλουμένη. ἡ δὲ καὶ ἐνταῦθα μετὰ τὴν κτηνώδη ἀγωγήν, εἰ καὶ μετ' εὐσταθείας καὶ πραότητος ἦν γινομένη, ποιμανθεὶς ὑπὸ σοῦ ἀκαθυστέρητος ἔμεινα· διεδέξατο γὰρ τὴν χλοὴν τράπεζα. ὡς προβάτου κατάστασιν εἶχον, χρείαν εἶχον μαθημάτων χλοῇ ἐοικότων 41 καὶ ὕδατος δύναμιν ἐχόντων. ὅτε δὲ προέκοψα ἐπιστραφείσης τῆς ψυχῆς μου ὑπὸ σοῦ ἐπὶ τὰς τῆς δικαιοσύνης τρίβους ὥστε ὑπὸ τῆς ῥάβδου καὶ τῆς βακτηρίας σου παρακληθῆναι, ἄνθρωπος γέγονα. διὰ τοῦτο οὐχ ἡτοίμασας ἔτι χλοήν, ἀλλὰ τράπεζαν, καὶ ἐνώπιόν μου ἐφανέρωσάς μοι αὐτῆς τὸ κάλλος τὸ τρό63 φιμον, τὸ ἐδώδιμον. ἡ σοφία σου εὐτρέπισέν μοι τὴν τράπεζαν ταύτην. "σφάξασα τὰ ἑαυτῆς θύματα" ἐπέθηκεν αὐτῇ. καὶ "τὸν οἶνον τὸν ἑαυτῆς" ἐπέθηκεν "κεράσασα" ταύτῃ τῇ τραπέζῃ καὶ πάντας ἐπὶ τὸ φαγεῖν καὶ πιεῖν ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς τραπέζης καλεῖ. καὶ λέγομεν τράπεζαν ἐνταῦθα τῆς σοφίας τὴν θείαν παίδευσιν. ἐπίκειται δὲ ταύτῃ θύματα· ὅταν γὰρ ἱερουργήσωμεν καὶ σφάξωμεν τὰ δόγματα τῆς εὐσεβείας, ἵν' ἕτοιμα πρὸς τροφὴν αὐτὰ ποιήσωμεν, τότε ἐπίκειται τὰ θύματα τῇ τραπέζῃ. καὶ οὐκ ἄλλος γε ἔθυσεν αὐτὰ ἢ αὐτὴ ἡ σοφία ἡ "ἑτοιμάσασα τὴν ἑαυτῆς τράπεζαν"· οὐ γὰρ ἁπλῶς εἶπεν· "ἡτοίμασεν τράπεζαν", ἀλλὰ "τὴν ἑαυτῆς". σοφίας δὲ τράπεζα οὐκ ἔχει ἐπικείμενα ἄλλα ἐδέσματα ἢ τὰ σοφὰ παιδεύματα. εἶτα καὶ "τὸν ἑαυτῆς οἶνον ἐκέρασεν". προσέλαβεν αὐτῷ ὕδωρ, ἵν' ἡμεῖς ἀκράτου μὴ δυνάμενοι δέξασθαι κεκερασμένον λάβωμεν οἶνον. ἔστιν τινὰ ἄρρητα ῥήματα, ἃ οὐ . ἔστω ταῦτα οἶνος. ὅταν τις δύνηται ταῦτα εἰς διδασκαλίαν ῥητὴν ἀγαγεῖν, ἐκέρασεν, αὐτοῖς αἰσθητὸν ὕ δωρ ἐπιμείξας· τὰ παραδείγματα τὰ τῆς γραφῆς, αἱ λέξεις αἱ ἐν παραβολαῖς ἀπαγγελλόμεναι. πάλιν ἐπεὶ θεὸς λόγος ἐστὶν ἡ σοφία, οὐκ ἠδυνάμεθα δὲ ἀκράτους λαβεῖν τοῦ λόγου, ἐκέρασεν αὐτὸν τῇ ἐνανθρωπήσει, καὶ ἐδεξάμεθα λοιπὸν κεκραμένον οἶνον ἔκ τε τοῦ λόγου τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως καὶ τῆς μεγαλειότητος τοῦ μονογενοῦς. "γενάμενος δὲ ὁ λόγος σὰρξ καὶ ἐσκήνωσεν ἐν ἡμῖν, καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ". ἰδοὺ τὸ κρᾶμα. οὐκ ἄλλου δέ τινος ἦν τοῦτο μεῖξαι ἢ τῆς σοφίας αὐτῆς. οἶδας ὅτι ὁ κεραννύων ἐνίοτε πρὸς τὴν ἕξιν τοῦ πίνοντος τὴν κρᾶσιν ποιεῖται. καὶ ἡ σοφία τοίνυν τὸν ἑαυτῆς οἶνον ἐκέρασεν καὶ οὐ πᾶσιν τὸ αὐτὸ κρᾶμα δίδωσιν, ἀλλ' ὃ χωρεῖ ἕκαστος. εἰσὶν οὖν νηπιώδεις, ἐν οἷς δοκεῖ τοῦτο τὸ κρᾶμα μᾶλλον
The Table Set Before Opponents§41
41To be more watery. The part of the humanization overflows. When someone 'beholds his glory, a glory as of the only-begotten from the Father' (John 1:14), the wine overflows. Therefore, he prepared this table not near the one being called, nor far from him, but before him and in front of those distressing him.
The apostle, turning this enigma to something clearer, writes: 'For a large and effective door has been opened to me, and many are standing against me' (1 Cor 16:9). When someone has a word and a door of a word strong and effective, he has many standing against him. And the devil himself stands against, wishing to prevent the benefit from the effectiveness of the word, as do sophist men and other evil men. Not so much, indeed, do they stand against, as having once attacked the one working well.
'In front of those distressing me' he prepared the table. He once said concerning that saying about the infant Jesus: 'For before knowing how to call father or mother, he will receive power over Damascus and the curs of Samaria in the presence of the king of the Assyrians' (Isa 7:6). It was not a great thing if the curs took things while the king of kings was absent, but in front of him, while he was present, they snatched what he had under himself. Or did he not plunder the magi in front of the king of the Assyrians? For they were in the act of practicing magic. They did not come to the child having previously repented, but while the demons were still active.
Such a thing, indeed, has been seen ecclesiastically, that those, having done their usual things in calling demons, not sparing them, recognized that the magic was dissolved from the child signified by the appeared star. Having come, therefore, to me, such a thing, these distressing ones were present, and in their very faces the things of the blessing happened. The 'in front of' can also be thus: they were present in opposition of will, wishing to prevent what is for them, or wishing to harm him. 'I anointed my head with oil' (Ps 23:5). You showed me Christ; according to what signifies...
my anointed ones
Greek · §41
ὑδαρέστερον εἶναι. πλεονάζει τὸ τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως. ὅταν δέ τις "θεάσηται τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός", ὁ οἶνος πλεονάζει. ταύτην οὖν τὴν τράπεζαν ἡτοίμασεν οὐκ εἰς νῶτον τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου, οὐ μακρὰν αὐτοῦ, ἀλλ' ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐξ ἐναντίας τῶν θλιβόντων αὐτόν. τοῦτο τὸ αἴνιγμα ἐπὶ τὸ σαφέστερον ὁ ἀπόστολος μεταβαλὼν γράφει· "θύρα γάρ μοι ἀνέῳγεν μεγάλη καὶ ἐνεργής, καὶ ἀντικείμενοι πολλοί". ὅταν τις λόγον καὶ θύραν λόγου ἔχῃ ἰσχυρὸν καὶ ἐνεργῆ, ἀντικειμένους πολλοὺς ἔχει. καὶ αὐτὸς διάβολος ἀντίκειται κωλύειν θέλων τὴν ὠφέλειαν τὴν ἐκ τῆς ἐνεργείας τοῦ λόγου, καὶ ἄνθρωποι σοφισταὶ καὶ ἄλλοι κακοὶ ἄνθρωποι. οὐ τοσοῦτον γοῦν ἀντίκεινται ὡς ἐπιβουλεῦσαί ποτε τῷ εὐ εργετουμένῳ. "ἐξ ἐναντίας τῶν θλιβόντων με" ἡτοιμάσατο τὴν τράπεζαν. ἔλεγόν ποτε εἰς ἐκεῖνο τὸ ῥητὸν περὶ τοῦ βρέφους Ἰησοῦ· "ὅτι πρὶν γνῶναι καλεῖν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα λήμψεται δύναμιν ∆αμασκοῦ καὶ σκῦλα Σαμαρείας ἔναντι βασιλέως 64 Ἀσσυρίων". οὐ μέγα ἦν, εἰ τὰ σκῦλα τὰ ὑπὸ τὸν βασιλέα τοῦ βασιλέως ἀπόντος ἔλαβεν, ἀλλὰ ἀπέναντι αὐτοῦ, παρόντος αὐτοῦ ἀπέσπασεν ἃ εἶχεν ὑφ' ἑαυτόν. ἢ οὐκ ἀπέναντι τοῦ βασιλέως τῶν Ἀσσυρίων ἐσκύλευσεν τοὺς μάγους; ἐν τῷ μαγεύειν γὰρ ἦσαν. οὐ μετανοήσαντες πρότερον ἦλθον πρὸς τὸ παιδίον, ἀλλ' ἔτι ἐνεργούντων τῶν δαιμόνων. τοιοῦτόν τι γοῦν τεθεώρηται ἐκκλησιαστικῶς, ὅτι τὰ συνήθη ἐκεῖνοι ποιήσαντες ἐπὶ τῷ καλέσαι δαίμονας, μὴ σχόντες αὐτοὺς ὑπηκόους ἔγνωσαν ὅτι κατελύθη ἐκ τοῦ παιδίου τοῦ σημαινομένου διὰ τοῦ φανέντος ἀστέρος ἡ μαγεία. ἐλθὼν γοῦν εἰς ἐμὲ τοιοῦτό τι οἱ θλίβοντες οὗτοι παρῆσαν καὶ ἐπ' ὄψε̣σιν αὐτῶν γέγονεν τὰ τῆς εὐεργεσίας. δύναται καὶ τὸ "ἐξ ἐναντίας" οὕτως· ἐναντίᾳ προαιρέσει παρῆσαν κωλῦσαι θέλοντες, τὸ ὅσον εἰς αὐτούς, ἢ βλάψαι αὐτὸν θέλοντες. 5 42 ἐλίπανας ἐν ἐλαίῳ τὴν κεφαλήν μου. χριστόν με ἀπέδειξας· καθ' ὃ σημαινόμενον λέγεται· "μὴ ἅπτεσθε τῶν χριστῶν μου". καὶ οὗτος ὁ ἅγιος εἷς ἦν τῶν χριστῶν τῶν χρισθέντων "ἐλαίῳ ἀγαλλιάσεως παρὰ τοὺς μετόχους" Χριστοῦ. αὐτὸς ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐχρίσθη παρὰ τοὺς μετόχους, παρὰ τοὺς ἄλλους χριστούς, περὶ ὧν εἴρηται· "ἔξελθε εἰς σωτηρίαν τοῦ λαοῦ σου τοῦ σῶσαι τοὺς χριστούς σου". "ἐλίπανας" οὖν "ἐν ἐλαίῳ τὴν κεφαλήν μου". πολλαχοῦ ἡ κεφαλὴ τὸν νοῦν σημαίνει· ὡς ἐὰν λέγηται· "τοῦ σοφοῦ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἐν κεφαλῇ αὐτοῦ". ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ ἡ συνήθεια λέγει τοὺς μωροτέρους ἐνκέφαλον μὴ ἔχειν, κεφαλὴν μὴ ἔχειν. ὁ ἄρχων συνστήματος κεφαλὴ λέγεται τοῦ συνστήματος. ἐπεὶ καὶ ὁ νοῦς τοίνυν ἄρχει καὶ ἡγεῖται πάσης τῆς συνστάσεως ἡμῶν, κεφαλὴ ὀνομάζεται. πολλαὶ δὲ γραφαὶ τοῦτο διδάσκουσιν, ἃς πολλάκις εἰρήκαμεν. οὐκ εἶπεν ἁπλῶς "ἐλιπάνθη", ἀλλ' "ἐν ἐλαίῳ"· ἔστιν γὰρ καὶ φαῦλον ἔλαιον, περὶ οὗ ὁ ἅγιος ἀπεύχεται λέγων· "ἔλαιον δὲ ἁμαρτωλοῦ μὴ λιπανάτω τὴν κεφαλήν μου". 5 καὶ τὸ ποτήριόν σου μεθύσκον ὡς κράτιστον. ἐπεὶ οὐ πᾶς τις δύναται ὅλον τὸν κρατῆρα, ὃν ἐκέρασεν ἡ σοφία, ἐκπιεῖν, ἑκάστῳ νέμει ποτήριον, ὃ δύναται δεξάμενος εὐφρανθῆναι. ἔνια τῶν γραφῶν ἔχει· "καὶ τὸ ποτήριόν μου"· ὃ ἐπιδέδωκάς μοι. πλὴν ἑκατέρως λέγεται. "μεθύσκον" οὖν ἐστιν "ὡς κράτιστον". κρατίστην μέθην ἐπιφέρει τῷ πίνοντι, νηφαλίαν μέθην. τὸ δὲ "μεθύσκον" ἀντὶ τοῦ "εὐφραῖνον". λέγομεν οὖν πολλάκις μέθυσον τὸν πολύοινον. καὶ αὐτὸ δὲ τὸ θιγεῖν καὶ γεύσασθαι μέθη λέγεται. καὶ ἐτυμολογοῦσιν τὴν μέθην οὕτως· κατὰ τὸ παλαιὸν οὐκ ἦν πληθὺς οἴνου, ὅτε εὐθέως εὑρέθη τὸ γένημα τῆς ἀμπέλου ποιοῦν οἶνον, καὶ ἐν ταῖς εὐωχίαις καὶ ταῖς δημοτελέσιν πανηγύρεσιν μετὰ τὸ θῦσαι ἔπινον. οὐκ ἔπινον ἄλλῳ καιρῷ. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μέθη λέγεται. καὶ τὸ ἁπλῶς δὲ θιγεῖν σημαίνει ἡ μέθη πολλάκις· "μεθύσκονται ἀπὸ πιότητος τοῦ οἴκου σου", ἀντὶ τοῦ "εὐφραίνονται"· ἑτέρως γὰρ ἡ μέθη λέγεται μετὰ διαβολῆς· "οἱ
The Earth and its Fullness§42
42"They drink intoxicatingly by night." In darkness and ignorance, these people drink. But those who drink, having taken a divine drink—that is, having been made glad—drink in a sober way. "Eat, drink, be intoxicated, brothers," the Bridegroom says in the Song of Songs (Song of Songs 5:1). The "be intoxicated" does not mean this, not "be strengthened" from wine, but "be made glad."
And "your mercy shall pursue me all the days of my life" (Psalm 23:6). Your mercy is as if "I have anointed my head" (Psalm 23:5); it does not anoint my head for a little while, but always; since it is near to me, and thus every one of the anointed ones becomes a Christ eternally. Therefore "all the days of my life" pursues me; it does not allow me to become distant from it; for it is close by, since it is present to me, and thus every one of the anointed ones becomes a Christ eternally. It no longer dwells for a day or two, but for "all the days of my life." And "all the days of life" takes in the illuminations of the soul having come from the sun of righteousness.
A Psalm to David; of the first Sabbath. The superscription is appropriate; for it is for the one day of the Sabbaths. "One of the Sabbath"; the eighth following. This also is the first of the Sabbath. For since it is a beginning of a cycle of a week, it is also called the eighth; for the week is circumscribed up to the seventh, the seventh being an addition, that is, a day or a unit. The second begins again from a unit. This is called at one time the first of the Sabbath, that is, after the Sabbath, and at another time the eighth, so that the two weeks may be gathered together. In the giving of the holy part to the seven and the eight, the Jew alone has the Sabbath. They have neither the first of the Sabbath nor the eighth, having not at all considered the former week. Therefore, he alone, having the ecclesiastical opinion, who brings forth from his treasure new and old according to another comparison of the Gospel (Matthew 13:52), has the new of the Sabbath. Transcending the first week, he began the second, which is according to the Gospel. And this also is called the eighth in relation to the first week and the first of the Sabbaths.
The first verses of the Psalm can be understood both according to the word and the sense. But the fullness of the earth is to take in its world; for as Moses said: since plants and animals have come upon it, it is said: "it has been completed" (Genesis 2:1)...
The heavens and the earth. And God finished his works on the sixth day (Gen 2:2). We take this literally: that fruits and animals are the fullness of the earth. The apostle instructs, advising those from the Gentiles and the Jews not to be superstitious about foods, saying: 'Whatever is sold in the market, eat, without examining anything (1 Cor 10:25); for the earth and its fullness belong to the Lord (Ps 24:1).' Meat is especially sold in the markets, but also other things contributing to nourishment.
'The earth and its fullness belong to the Lord' (Ps 24:1) means the inhabited world and all who dwell in it. I said earlier that the earth was divided into its part for farming and its part for habitation. That which has the preparation for habitation is called the inhabited world, but that for farming and other things is called earth. God is the maker of both; for how could these be his, if he himself had not made them? Therefore, 'the earth and its fullness belong to the Lord' takes it in a general sense.
He established it upon the seas and prepared it upon rivers—that is, the earth or the inhabited world. The inhabited world is also the earth. What is said here is equal to what is said: 'He who made the earth stand upon the water,' and by Job: 'hanging the earth upon nothing' (Job 26:7); for if it is established in the sea, it does not have a hard and solid foundation, but in the waters it has the hanging. And every water has a ground beneath it. Since the sea has a ground beneath it, it must certainly have something underlying it. But nothing else is found except the liquid. For this reason, he says the earth is established upon the seas.
It holds itself by turning upon itself. It is not a hard ground supporting it as if so arranged, but it turns around itself. Indeed, even the Greeks say in their accounts that straight lines sent from a circle—and straight lines are not perceptible, but are considered by reason—hold it in the very center. And this is the hanging it upon nothing. This is the will of God; for 'you established the earth for its stability, it shall not be moved for ever and ever' (Ps 104:5). For how could the seat received by such a word of God be prone to falling? Since, therefore, the earth is upon the sea...
Greek · §42
μεθυςκόμενοι νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν". σὺν σκότῳ καὶ ἀγνοίᾳ 65 οὗτοι μεθύουσιν. οἱ δὲ μεθύοντες θεῖον πόμα λαβόντες, τουτέστιν εὐφρανθέντες, νηφαλίως μεθύουσιν. "φάγετε, πίετε, μεθύσθητε, ἀδελφοί", ὁ νυμφίος ἐν τῷ ᾄσματι τῶν ᾀσμάτων λέγει. τὸ "μεθύσθητε" οὐ τοῦτο λέγει, οὐ "κραταιώθητε" ἀπὸ οἴνου, ἀλλ' "εὐφράνθητε". 6 καὶ τὸ ἔλεός σου καταδιώξεταί με πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς μου. τὸ ἔλεός σου ὡς "ἐλίπανας τὴν κεφαλήν μου"· οὐ πρὸς ὀλίγον λιπαίνει μου τὴν κεφαλήν, ἀλλὰ ἀεί· ἐπεὶ πάρ εστίν μοι καὶ οὕτως αἰώνιος χριστὸς ἕκαστος τῶν χρισθέντων γίνεται. "πάσας" οὖν "τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς μου" διώκει με· οὐκ ἐᾷ με πόρρω αὐτοῦ γενέσθαι· παράμονον γάρ ἐστιν, ἐπεὶ πάρεστίν μοι, καὶ οὕτως αἰώνιος χριστὸς ἕκαςτος τῶν χρισθέντων γίνεται. οὐκέτι λοιπὸν κατασκηνοῖ καὶ οὐκ ἐπὶ μίαν ἢ δευτέραν, ἀλλ' ἐπὶ "πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς μου". "ἡμέρας" δὲ "πάσας τῆς ζωῆς" τοὺς φωτισμοὺς τῆς ψυχῆς ἐκλάμβανε ἀπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου τῆς δικαιοσύνης γενομένους. 1 ψαλμὸς τῷ ∆αυίδ· τῆς μιᾶς σαββάτων. κατάλληλον ἔχει τὴν προγραφήν· εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν γὰρ τὴν μίαν τῶν σαββάτων. "μίαν σαββάτου"· ἡ ὀγδοὰς ἡ ἑπομένη. αὕτη καὶ πρώτη σαββάτου ἐστίν. εἶτ', ἐπεὶ ἀρχή ἐστιν δῆθεν κύκλου ἑβδομάδος, καλεῖται καὶ ὀγδοάς· μέχρι γὰρ ἑβδομάδος περιγράφεται ἡ ἑβδομάς, μέχρι ἑβδόμης προσθήκης ἤτοι ἡμέρας ἢ μονάδος. ἡ δευτέρα ἄρχεται πάλιν ἀπὸ μονάδος. αὕτη ὁτὲ μὲν λέγεται πρώτη σαββάτου, τουτέστιν μετὰ τὸ σάββατον, ὁτὲ δὲ ὀγδοάς, ἵνα συναχθῶσιν αἱ δύο ἑβδομάδες. διδόντος τοῦ ἁγίου μέρος τοῖς ἑπτὰ καὶ τοῖς ὀκτὼ ὁ Ἰουδαῖος μόνον τὸ σάββατον ἔχει. οὐδὲ πρώτην σαββάτου ἔχουσιν οὐδὲ ὀγδοάδα, ὅλως οὐ θεωρήσαντες τὴν προτέραν ἑβδομάδα. μόνος οὖν ὁ ἐκκλησιαστικὴν γνώμην ἔχων, ὁ κατὰ ἄλλην παραβολὴν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου "προφέρων ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ νέα καὶ παλαιά", ἐκεῖνος ἔχει τὴν νέαν τοῦ σαββάτου. ὑπερβὰς τὴν πρώτην ἑβδομάδα ἤρξατο τῆς δε̣υ̣τέρας 43 τῆς κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον. καὶ αὕτη ὀγδοὰς λέγεται ὡς πρὸς τὴν πρώτην ἑβδομάδα καὶ πρω´̣τη σαββάτων. οἱ πρῶτοι στίχοι τοῦ ψαλμοῦ καὶ κατὰ λέξιν κα̣ι`̣ νοητὸν δύνανται ἐκλαμβάνεσθαι. πλήρωμα δὲ τῆς γῆς τὸν κόσμον αὐτῆς ἐκλημπτέον· ὅ γε̣ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς· γενομένων γὰρ ἐπ' αὐτῆς φυτῶν καὶ ζῴων εἴρηται ὅτι· "συνετελέσθη ὁ κόσμος τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς. καὶ συνετέλεσεν ὁ θεὸς ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἕκτῃ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ". καὶ ἐπὶ ῥητοῦ λαμβάνομεν, ὅτι οἱ καρποὶ καὶ τὰ ζῷα πλήρωμά ἐστιν γῆς. καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος παιδεύει λέγων· συμβουλεύων γὰρ τοῖς ἀπὸ ἐθνῶν πιστεύσασιν καὶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις μὴ δεισιδαιμονεῖν περὶ τὰς τροφὰς λέγει· "πᾶν τὸ ἐν μακέλλῳ πωλούμενον ἐσθίετε μηδὲν ἀποκρίνοντες· 66 τοῦ γὰρ κυρίου ἡ γῆ καὶ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῆς". κρέα δὲ μάλιστα ἐν τοῖς μακέλλοις πιπράσκεται, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ὤνια τὰ πρὸς τροφὴν συντελοῦντα. 1 τοῦ κυρίου ἡ γῆ καὶ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῆς, ἡ οἰκουμένη καὶ πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες ἐν αὐτῇ. καὶ πρότερον εἶπον, ὅτι διῃρέθη ἡ γῆ ὡς τὸ μὲν αὐτῆς γεωργήσιμον εἶναι, τὸ δὲ πρὸς οἴκησιν ἐπιτηδείως ἔχον. τὸ πρὸς οἴκησιν οὖν ἔχον τὴν ἑτοιμασίαν οἰκουμένη καλεῖται, τὸ δὲ πρὸς γεωργίαν καὶ τὰ ἄλλα γῆ. ἀμφοτέρων οὖν ποιητής ἐστιν ὁ θεός· πῶς γὰρ αὐτοῦ ἦν ταῦτα, εἰ μὴ αὐτὸς αὐτὰ πεποιήκει; "τοῦ κυρίου" οὖν "ἡ γῆ καὶ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῆς". κατὰ κοινοῦ λάμβανε τό· 2 αὐτὸς ἐπὶ θαλασσῶν ἐθεμελίωσεν αὐτὴν καὶ ἐπὶ ποταμῶν ἑτοίμασεν αὐτήν. ἤτοι τὴν γῆν ἢ τὴν οἰκουμένην. ἡ οἰκουμένη δὲ καὶ γῆ ἐστιν. ἴσον ἐστὶν τὸ λεγόμενον ἐνταῦθα τῷ εἰρημένῳ οὕτω· "τῷ στερεώσαντι τὴν γῆν ἐπὶ τὸ ὕδωρ", καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἰώβ· "κρεμάζων γῆν ἐπ' οὐδενός"· εἰ γὰρ ἐν θαλάσσῃ τεθεμελίωται, οὐκ ἔχει θεμέλιον σκληρὸν καὶ ἀντίτυπον, ἀλλ' ἐν τοῖς ὕδασι ἔχει τὸ κρεμάσθαι. καὶ πᾶν μὲν ὕδωρ ἀντερίζον ἔδαφος ἔχει. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἡ θάλασσα ἔχει ὑποκείμενον ἔδαφος, πάντως κἀκεῖνο δεῖ ἔχειν τι ὑποκείμενον. οὐκ εὑρίσκεται δὲ ἄλλο ἢ τὸ ὑγρόν. διὰ τοῦτο λέγει ἐπὶ θαλασσῶν τεθεμελιῶσθαι τὴν γῆν. αὐτὴ πρὸς ἑαυτὴν συνστρεφομένη κρατεῖ ἑαυτήν. οὐκ ἔδαφος ἀντερίζον σκληρὸν ἐᾷ αὐτὴν οὕτω τετάχθαι, ἀλλὰ αὐτὴ περὶ ἑαυτὴν στρέφεται. ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ Ἑλλήνων οἱ λόγοι λέγουσιν, ὅτι εὐθεῖαι πεμπόμεναι ἀπὸ τοῦ κύκλου –εὐθεῖαι δὲ οὐκ αἰσθηταί, ἀλλὰ λόγῳ θεωρεῖται– διακρατοῦσιν αὐτὴν ἐν τῷ μεσαιτάτῳ. καὶ τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἐπὶ μηδενὸς αὐτὴν κρεμάσθαι. ἐστὶν δὲ τοῦτο τὸ βούλημα τοῦ θεοῦ· "ἐθεμελίωσας" γὰρ "τὴν γῆν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀσφάλειαν αὐτῆς, οὐ κινηθήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος"· πῶς γὰρ οἷόν τε κλιθῆναι τὴν οὕτω ψήφῳ θεοῦ τὴν ἕδραν εἰληφυῖαν; ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ἐπὶ θαλάσσης ἡ γῆ
The misuse of reason and the metaphor of the soil§43
43It has been founded, and a part of the earth is the inhabited world, and it itself appropriately has this seat by its moist nature. And he says regarding the rivers that it is prepared for them; not to be founded upon rivers, but to be prepared; for it is not possible to say that it is founded both in the sea and in the rivers has been founded upon the sea, having been prepared for the rivers, so that it might be benefited by them, just as certain springs and channels flowing through it. Such bodies, if they do not have water sprinkled throughout them by which they can be held together, become fragments. And these things are to be understood regarding the literal sense.
But since the following things can no longer be taken historically: 'Who shall ascend the mountain of the Lord, and who shall stand in his holy place?' (Ps 24:3), it is necessary to say that the way of the ascent and the seat of the standing were not mentioned, but the answer is made to the one asking: 'Who is the one ascending and who is the one standing?' Thus: 'innocent of hands and pure in heart.' That being innocent refers to the hands, and that being pure refers to the actions. Then he says 'a divine character': 'innocent of hands and pure in heart, who has not taken his soul in vain.'
This is understood in two ways. 'In vain' refers to the foolish person taking his own soul, deliberating, choosing, and acting; for often these things—the unseemly, the sensible, the transitory—are signified by the name 'vain'; as if he were saying, 'and you will know where you were, when you were trusting in vain things,' meaning the transitory things. It can also refer to the sins themselves. 'In vain' he took it, the one rising in the morning and drinking wine and staying late so as to be consumed by the wine; for 'woe to those who rise early and pursue strong drink and stay late; for the wine will consume them' (Isa 5:11). Again, they have haste to rise from dawn and hurry to the courts, in which injustice follows; this one 'has taken his soul in vain.' This is also consistent with what is said in Isaiah to certain people: 'Vain is the strength of your spirit' (Isa 5:12). Here, 'spirit' is the opinion. Similarly, this applies to what was said concerning the Virgin, that just as she is holy in body, so she is holy in spirit, in opinion and in mind. Therefore, 'vain' is 'the strength of your spirit.' If anyone, then, uses the mind...
His mind is also worn out by 'worldly cares' toward vain things; his strength is in vain. They exhaust the power of reasoning toward vain things. Indeed, one can see such people and even more wicked ones. They exhaust the whole strength of the mind toward these things.
A second explanation for: 'who has not received his soul in vain' (Psalm 39:9). God prepared man as a rational being, not merely so that he might possess reasoning and do nothing according to it; for this He made the rational being, so that he might receive virtue and exercise it. 'He has received his soul in vain' does not mean God gave it thus, but that he himself has taken it thus. As one might say, for example: He made man from soul and body, and there are certain movements of the soul, and there are also movements of the body. We have the activity of members: walking, doing something with the hands, seeing. If anyone, then, for instance, having feet, never walks, he has his feet 'in vain' in a certain way.
And for an upward leading: the following words force even the preceding verses to be led upward. 'The Lord' is that 'earth,' that 'good and noble heart' which received the one whom Jesus cast seed, and bore fruit a hundredfold, or a hundred and sixty and thirty (Matthew 13:8). Often I have said that the intelligible things can be taken in the same way through more various thoughts, when they were saying the soul is a sheep and a plant. Here, therefore, the same earth is both earth and inhabited world. When, therefore, it bears the practical virtues, it is an earth having fullness. But when it has the divine gifts of the Spirit, it is an inhabited world having inhabitants. It is not a desert; for He has not said, 'Come, and let us abandon it,' as it is said to the doomed inhabited world. And this is the assembly of the Jews.
And he extends this also to every soul having, at first, a dwelling, but leaving it by its own fault. Therefore, this is connected to: 'He himself founded it upon the seas' (Psalm 74:3). Sea and seas is the name given to the place of earth and the condition of those dwelling there. Having being in billows and in saltiness, I call the dwelling; upon these seas He founded it. And this sea takes the sting of Jesus, so that from it...
Greek · §43
τεθεμελίωται, μέρος δὲ τῆς γῆς ἡ οἰκουμένη ἐστίν, καὶ αὐτὴ εἰκότως ἐν ταύτῃ τὴν ἕδραν ἔχει τῇ ὑγρᾷ οὐσίᾳ. καὶ λέγει ἐπὶ ποταμῶν αὐτὴν ἡτοιμάσθαι· οὐκ ἐπὶ ποταμῶν τεθεμελιῶσθαι, ἀλλ' ἡτοιμάσθαι· οὐ γὰρ οἷόν τε εἰπεῖν, ὅτι καὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ τὸν θεμέλιον ἔχει καὶ ἐν τοῖς ποταμοῖς, ἀλλὰ αὐτὴ μὲν τεθεμελίωται ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάττης ἡτοιμασμένη τοῖς ποταμοῖς, ἵν' ἐν αὐτῇ ὥσπερ πηγαί τινες καὶ πίδακες ῥέοντες ὠφελήσουσιν αὐτήν. τὰ τοιαῦτα σώματα ἐὰν μὴ ἔχῃ παρεσπαρμένον ὕδωρ ᾧ δύναται διακρατεῖσθαι, ψήγματα γίνεται. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν πρὸς τὸ ῥητόν. ἐπειδὴ δὲ τὰ ἑξῆς οὐκέτι ἱστορικῶς δύναται ληφθῆναι· "τίς" γὰρ "ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸ ὄρος τοῦ κυρίου καὶ τίς στή67 σεται ἐν τόπῳ ἁγίῳ αὐτοῦ"; δέον εἰπεῖν τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς ἀνόδου καὶ τὴν ἕδραν τῆς στάσεως, οὐδὲν τοιοῦτο εἶπεν, ἀλλὰ ἡ ἀπόκρισις γίνεται πρὸς τὸν ἐρωτήσαντα· "τίς ὁ ἀναβαίνων καὶ τίς ὁ ἑστηκώς"; οὕτως· "ἀθῷός" ἐστιν "χερσὶν καὶ καθαρὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ". τὸ ἀθῷον εἶναι ταῖς χερσὶν τὸ καθαρὸν εἶναι ταῖς πράξεσιν σημαίνει. εἶτα λέγει χαρακτῆρα θεῖον· "ἀθῶος χερσὶν καὶ καθαρὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ, ὃς οὐκ ἔλαβεν ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ". διττῶς δὲ τοῦτο νοεῖται. "ἐπὶ ματαίῳ" λαμβάνει τὴν ψυχὴν ἑαυτοῦ ὁ μάταια διανοούμενος καὶ αἱρούμενος καὶ πράττων· πολλαχοῦ γὰρ ταῦτα τὰ μὴ σπουδαῖα, τὰ αἰσθητά, τὰ πρόσκαιρα τῷ ὀνόματι τῶν 44 ματαίων σημαίνεται· ὡς ἐὰν λέγῃ· "καὶ γνώσῃ ὅπου ἦσθα, ὅτε ἐπεποίθεις ἐπὶ τοῖς ματαίοις", ἐπὶ τοῖς προσκαίροις. δύναται καὶ αὐτὰ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα. "ἐπὶ ματαίῳ" αὐτὴν ἔλαβεν ὁ ἐγειρόμενος τὸ πρωὶ καὶ πίνων τὸν οἶνον καὶ μένων τὸ ὀψὲ ὥστε ὑπὸ τοῦ οἴνου συνκαίεσθαι· "οὐαὶ" γὰρ "οἱ ἐγειρόμενοι τὸ πρωὶ καὶ τὸ σίκερα διώκοντες καὶ μένοντες τὸ ὀψέ· ὁ δὲ οἶνος αὐτοὺς συνκαύσει". ἄλλως πάλιν σπουδὴν ἔχουσιν ἐξ ἕω ἀνίστασθαι καὶ σπεύδειν ἐπὶ δικαστήρια, οἷς παρέπεται τὸ ἀδικεῖν. οὗτος "ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἔλαβεν". συνᾴδει καὶ τὸ ἐν Ἰσαίᾳ λεγόμενον πρός τινας· "ματαία ἡ ἰσχὺς τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν". ὧδε πνεῦμα ἡ γνώμη. παραπλησίως τοῦτο καὶ τῷ εἰρημένῳ περὶ τῆς παρθένου, ὅτι ὥσπερ σώματι, οὕτω καὶ πνεύματι ἁγία ἐστίν, γνώμῃ καὶ νῷ. "ματαία" οὖν "ἡ ἰσχὺς τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν". ἐάν τις οὖν τὸν νοῦν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν γνώμην ὀδυνᾶται ταῖς "βιωτικαῖς φροντίσεσιν" εἰς τὰ μάταια, ματαίαν τὴν ἰσχὺν ἔχει. τὴν τοῦ νοεῖν δύναμιν εἰς τὰ μάταια ἀναλίσκουσιν. ἔστιν γοῦν ἰδεῖν τοὺς τοιούτους καὶ κακουργοτέρους. πάνυ ὅλην τὴν ἰσχὺν τοῦ νοῦ εἰς ταῦτα ἀναλίσκουσιν. δευτέρα ἀπόδοσις εἰς τό· "ὃς οὐκ ἔλαβεν ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ"· κατεσκεύασεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον λογικόν, οὐχ ἵνα μόνον ἔχῃ λογισμὸν καὶ μηδὲν κατ' αὐτὸν πράττῃ· διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ τὸν λογικὸν πεποίηκεν, ἵνα δέχηται ἀρετὴν καὶ ἐνεργῇ αὐτήν. "ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὴν ψυχὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἔλαβεν" οὐ θεοῦ οὕτως αὐτὴν δεδωκότος, ἀλλὰ αὐτοῦ οὕτως αὐτὴν εἰληφότος. ὡς εἴ τις λέγοι οἷον· πεποίηκεν ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώμα τος τὸν ἄνθρωπον, καί εἰσίν τινα τῆς ψυχῆς κινήματα, εἰσὶν δὲ καὶ τοῦ σώματος. ἔχομεν ἐνέργειαν μελῶν τὸ βαδίζ̣ειν̣, τὸ διὰ χειρῶν τι ποιεῖν, τὸ ὁρᾶν. ἐάν τις οὖν, φέρε, πόδας ἔχων μηδέποτε βαδίζῃ, τρόπον τινὰ "ἐπὶ ματαίῳ" τοὺς πόδας ἔχει. καὶ πρὸς ἀναγωγὴν δέ· τὰ ἑξῆς τῶν προτέρων στίχων βιάζεται καὶ αὐτοὺς ἀναγαγεῖν. "τοῦ κυρίου" ἐστὶν "ἡ γῆ" ἐκείνη "ἡ καρδία ἡ καλὴ καὶ ἀγαθὴ" ἡ δεξαμένη ὃν ἔβαλεν Ἰησοῦς σπόρον καὶ ἑκατονταπλασίω ἐκαρποφόρησεν ἢ εἰς ἑκατὸν καὶ ἑξήκοντα καὶ τριάκοντα. πολλάκις εἶπον, ὅτι τὰ νοητὰ δύναται κατὰ πλείονας ἐπινοίας τὰ αὐτὰ λαμβάνεσθαι, ὅτε ἔλεγον τὴν ψυχὴν λέγε68 σθαι καὶ πρόβατον καὶ φυτόν. ἐνταῦθα οὖν ἡ αὐτὴ γῆ καὶ γῆ ἐστιν καὶ οἰκουμένη. ὅταν οὖν καρποφορῇ τὰς πρακτικὰς ἀρετάς, γῆ ἐστιν πλήρωμα ἔχουσα. ὅταν δὲ τὰ θεῖα χαρίσματα ἔχῃ τοῦ πνεύματος, οἰκουμένη ἐστὶν ἔχουσα τοὺς κατοικοῦντας. οὔκ ἐστιν ἔρημος· οὐ γὰρ εἴρηκεν· "δεῦτε καὶ ἐνκαταλείψωμεν αὐτήν", ὡς τῇ διαβαλλομένῃ οἰκουμένῃ εἴρηται. αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ τῶν Ἰουδαίων συναγωγή. τοῦτο δὲ παρατείνει καὶ εἰς πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἔχουσαν μὲν πρότερον τὸ οἰκεῖσθαι, παρ' ἰδίαν δὲ αἰτίαν ἐνκαταλειπομένην. συνάπτεται οὖν τούτοις τό· "αὐτὸς ἐπὶ θαλασσῶν ἐθεμελίωσεν αὐτήν". θάλασσα καὶ θάλασσαι ὁ περὶ γῆν τόπος ὀνομά ζεται καὶ ἡ κατάστασις τῶν ἐνταῦθα διαγόντων. ἐν τρικυμίαις καὶ ἐν ἁλμυρότητι ἐχούσης τὸ εἶναι, τὴν οἴκησιν λέγω, ἐπὶ τούτων τῶν θαλασσῶν ἐθεμελίωσεν. αὕτη δὲ ἡ θάλασσα λαμβάνει τὴν Ἰησοῦ σαγήνην, ἵνα ἐξ αὐτῆς
The Integrity of Oaths and the Source of Blessing§44
44Let the diligent catch good animals. But if these hunters are friends of virtue, they are said to be hunted from the sea so that they may come out of it, and in another way to be established upon the sea; for here they are established so that they may appear 'having been rooted and built up in love' (Eph 3:17). And 'upon the rivers' (Ps 46:4) of those flowing from the belly of the one having the Spirit, they are prepared, so that they may receive these rivers flowing from the belly of each believer. And the various gifts of the Spirit are the rivers.
For the one wishing to learn toward the one being examined: 'Who is he that ascends into the mountain of the Lord and stands in the holy place?' (Ps 24:3). An answer is brought: 'You seek who is ascending and standing? He who is innocent with his hands and pure in heart, who has not taken his soul in vain' (Ps 24:4).' This is the one ascending through progress. And progress is the ascent. And the standing is in the perfection. When someone becomes 'perfect as the Father in heaven' (Matt 5:48), he has stood in the holy place, unless indeed he surpasses the whole such state and takes the beginning of another; therefore also in the psalms it is said: 'I have seen the end of every completion' (Ps 37:36).
There are many ends, as it is in the learning of letters. One completes the task in the knowledge of the characters, and begins by syllabifying, and again, having attained the end of those, a different beginning becomes. For a circle, one cannot take either a beginning or an end. If, therefore, one recognizes from a sign the beginning of the circle, and completes the whole circle, he comes again to the beginning, as it is with the sun. In such things, ends are always brought according to the same pattern.
The Jews, therefore, perhaps say that 'to ascend to the mountain' means to ascend into the temple and to stand in it. The following things are gathered together by this thought. 3–4 Who shall ascend into the mountain of the Lord and who shall stand in his holy place? Innocent with hands and pure in heart, who has not taken his soul in vain and has not sworn in vain to his neighbor. It lies in the Decalogue: 'You shall not take the name of the Lord your God in vain; for the Lord will not cleanse him who takes his name in vain' (Ex 20:7). This must be grasped inwardly, perfectly, introductory, and appropriately by those beginning. Chiefly the...
The young man, being ready to receive the laws of God, 'does not swear at all' (Matt 5:37); therefore he does not take the name of the Lord in vain. He receives it not in vain, being satisfied with 'yes, yes' and 'no, no' (Matt 5:37). It is possible for those introducing this to say: it is not necessary to swear falsely; for he who falsely invokes the name of the Lord, as far as it reaches him, has received it in vain; since he is able to demonstrate even faith to the one disputing, and easily brings him to the oath without an oath. This faith through an oath they call unprovable.
And the external laws, when it was not possible to demonstrate, not through writings, not through witnesses—then also he does not cast himself upon swearing, but the judges, desiring to find every proof and not finding it, flee to this last resort. 'Who did not take his soul in vain' (Ps 15:4). And immediately he joined: 'nor did he swear upon deceit' (Ps 15:4); for everyone swears 'upon deceit' perversely; for he does not think he is swearing perversely. It rarely happens through ignorance. Often someone, forgetting, swears, and again there is an accusation, as regarding sins committed while unheard.
I say: some do not blame those who are drinking while saying what should not be said, and doing what is not necessary, saying that drunkenness is an unconscious state by which these things which they are blamed for happen after drinking; but drunkenness itself is voluntary; for it was necessary not to get drunk.
This one shall receive a blessing from the Lord. Having outlined who is the one ascending the mountain and standing in a holy place, and what follows such a person, he says: according to the one who ascended, he is in the mountain of God and standing in a holy place. And after the ascent of the mountain, so that the summit of the mountain may be the holy place, he says that 'this one shall receive a blessing from the Lord', 'a spiritual blessing, the one in the heavens'; for it is said: 'for indeed the Lawgiver will give blessing'. And the Lawgiver gives not to those transgressing the law, but to those turning toward it in deed. And again: 'Behold, thus', he says, 'shall be blessed the man who fears the Lord' (Ps 128:1). The cause of the blessing is reverence, the fear toward the Lord; therefore it is said: 'The Lord shall bless you out of Zion' (Ps 128:5). If God blesses such a person from Zion, because of virtue having preceded him and right understanding for him...
Greek · §44
ἀγρευθῶσιν καλὰ ζῷα, οἱ σπουδαῖοι. ἐὰν δὲ οἱ τῆς ἀρετῆς φίλοι οὗτοι οἱ θηρευόμενοι, ἄλλως λέγονται θηρεύεσθαι ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης, ἵν' ἐκτὸς αὐτῆς γένωνται, καὶ ἄλλως ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάττης τεθεμελιῶσθαι· ὧδε γὰρ θεμελιοῦνται, ἵν' "ἐν ἀγάπῃ τεθεμελιωμένοι καὶ ῥεριζωμένοι" ἀναφανῶσιν. "καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ποταμῶν" τῶν ῥεόντων ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας τοῦ τὸ πνεῦμα ἔχοντος ἑτοιμάζονται, ἵνα δέχωνται τοὺς ποταμοὺς τούτους τοὺς ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας ἑκάστου τῶν πιςτῶν ῥέοντας. εἰσὶν δὲ τὰ διάφορα τοῦ πνεύματος χαρίσματα οἱ ποταμοί. πρὸς τὸν ἀνακρινόμενον μαθεῖν θέλοντα· "τίς ἐστιν ὁ ἀναβαίνων εἰς τὸ ὄρος τοῦ κυρίου καὶ ἱστάμενος εἰς τὸν τόπον τὸν ἅγιον"; ἀπόκρισις φέρεται· "ζητεῖς τίς ἐστιν ὁ ἀναβαίνων καὶ ἱστάμενος; ὁ ταῖς χερσὶν ἀθῷος καὶ καθαρὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ, ὁ μὴ λαβὼν τὴν ψυχὴν ἐπὶ ματαίῳ"· οὗτός 45 ἐστιν ὁ ἀναβαίνων διὰ προκοπῆς. ἡ προκοπὴ δὲ ἄνοδός ἐστιν. ἡ στάσις ἡ ἐν τῷ τελείῳ. ὅταν τις γένηται "τέλειος ὡς ὁ πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος", ἔστη ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ τόπῳ, εἰ μὴ ἄρα ὑπερβῇ τὴν ὅλην τοιαύτην κατάστασιν καὶ ἀρχὴν λάβῃ ἄλλης· διὸ καὶ ἐν ψαλμοῖς λέγεται· "πάσης συντελείας εἶδον πέρας". πολλὰ πέρατα ἔστιν, ὡς ἔχει ἐπὶ μαθήσεως γραμμάτων. συντελεῖταί τις ἐν τῇ γνώσει τῶν χαρακτήρων, καὶ ἄρχεται συλλαβῶν, καὶ πάλιν ἐκείνων τέλος ἀπολαβόντων ἀ´̣λ̣λ̣η̣ ἀρχὴ γίνεται. κύκλου οὐκ ἔστιν λαβεῖν οὔτε ἀρχὴν οὔτε τέλος. ἐὰν οὖν ἀπὸ σημείου ἐπιστήσῃ ἀρχὴν τοῦ κύκλου, καὶ συντελέσεις τὸν ὅλον κύκλον. εἰς τὴν ἀρχὴν πάλιν ἔρχεται, ὡς ἔχει ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡλίου. ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις τέλεσιν ἀεὶ κατὰ τῶν αὐτῶν φέρεται. Ἰουδαῖοι οὖν ἴσως τὸ "ἀναβῆναι εἰς τὸ ὄρος" τὸ εἰς τὸν ναὸν ἀναβῆναι λέγουσιν καὶ στῆναι ἐν αὐτῷ. τὰ ἑξῆς δὲ ἐπισυναπτόμενα εἴργει ταύτης τῆς διανοίας. 3–4 τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸ ὄρος τοῦ κυρίου καὶ τίς στήσεται ἐν τόπῳ ἁγίῳ αὐτοῦ; ἀθῷος χερσὶν καὶ καθαρὸς τῇ καρ69 δίᾳ, ὃς οὐκ ἔλαβεν ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ οὐκ ὤμοσεν ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τῷ πλησίον. ἐν τῇ δεκαλόγῳ κεῖται· "οὐ λήμψῃ τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπὶ ματαίῳ· οὐ μὴ γὰρ καθαρίσῃ κύριος τὸν λαμβάνοντα τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ ματαίῳ". τοῦτο καὶ εἰσωτερικῶς καὶ τελείως καὶ εἰσαγωγικῶς καὶ καταλλήλως τοῖς ἀρχομένοις ἐκλαβεῖν δεῖ. κυρίως ὁ νέος ὁ ἕτοιμος ὢν πρὸς τὸ δέξασθαι τοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ νόμους "οὐκ ὀμνύει ὅλως"· διὸ οὐ λαμβάνει ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου. ἐπ' οὐδενὶ ματαίῳ παραλαμβάνει αὐτὸ ἀρκούμενος τῷ "ναὶ ναὶ" καὶ τῷ "οὒ οὔ". δυνατὸν δὲ πρὸς τοὺς εἰσαγομένους τοῦτο εἰπεῖν· οὐ δεῖ ψευδῶς ὀμνύναι· ὁ γὰρ ψευδῶς ὀνομάζων τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου, ὅσον εἰς αὐτὸν ἧκεν, ἐπὶ ματαίῳ αὐτὸ ἔλαβεν· δυνάμενος γὰρ ἀποδεῖξαι καὶ πίστιν τῷ ἀμφισβητουμένῳ δοῦναι χωρὶς ὅρκου ῥᾳδίως ἐπὶ τὸν ὅρκον καταφέρεται. ταύτην τὴν διὰ ὅρκου πίστιν ἀναπόδεικτον λέγουσιν. καὶ οἱ ἔξω νόμοι, ὅτε μὴ οἷόν τε ἦν ἀποδεῖξαι, μὴ διὰ γραμμάτων, μὴ διὰ μαρτύρων–τότε καὶ οὐχ ἑαυτὸν ἐπιρίπτει εἰς τὸ ὀμόσαι, ἀλλ' οἱ δικάζοντες πᾶσαν ἀπόδειξιν θελήσαντες εὑρεῖν καὶ μὴ εὑρόντες εἰς τελευταίαν ταύτην καταφεύγουσιν. "ὃς οὐκ ἔλαβεν ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ". καὶ εὐθέως συνῆψεν· "οὐδὲ ὤμοσεν ἐπὶ δόλῳ"· πᾶς γὰρ ἐφίορκος "ἐπὶ δόλῳ" ὀμνύει· μὴ γὰρ νομίζει μὴ ἐφιορκεῖν. σπανίως γίνεται κατὰ ἄγνοιαν. πολλάκις τις ἐπιλαθόμενος ὄμνυσιν, καὶ πάλιν ἔχει ἔνκλημα, ὡς ἐπὶ τῶν ἀκουσίων ἁμαρτημάτων. λέγω· τινὲς οὐκ αἰτιῶνται τοὺς μεθύοντας λέγοντας ἃ μὴ δεῖ, καὶ πράττοντας ἃ οὐ χρῆ, λέγοντες ὅτι ἀκουσία ἐστὶν ἡ μέθη παρ' ἧς ταῦτα ἃ αἰτιῶνται, τὰ μετὰ μέθην γινόμενα· ἀλλ' αὐτὴ ἡ μέθη ἑκούσιός ἐστιν· ἔδει γὰρ μὴ μεθυσθῆναι. 5 οὗτος λήμψεται εὐλογίαν παρὰ κυρίου. διαγράψας τίς ἐστιν ὁ ἀναβαίνων εἰς τὸ ὄρος καὶ ἱστάμενος ἐν τόπῳ ἁγίῳ, καὶ τὸ ἑπόμενον τῷ τοιούτῳ λέγει· κατὰ τὸν ἀναβάντα ἐστὶν ἐν τῷ ὄρει τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ στάντα ἐν τόπῳ ἁγίῳ. καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἀνάβασιν τοῦ ὄρους, ἵνα ᾖν ἡ ἀκρώρεια τοῦ ὄρους ὁ τόπος ὁ ἅγιος, λέγει ὅτι "λήμψεται οὗτος εὐλογίαν παρὰ κυρίου", "εὐλογίαν πνευματικὴν τὴν ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις"· λέγεται γάρ· "καὶ γὰρ εὐλογίας δώσει ὁ νομοθετῶν". δίδωσιν δὲ ὁ νομοθετῶν οὐ τοῖς παραβαίνουσιν τὸν νόμον, ἀλλὰ τοῖς εἰς ἔργον αὐτὸν μεταβάλλουσιν. καὶ πάλιν· "ἰδοὺ οὕτως", φησίν, "εὐλογηθήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ φοβούμενος τὸν κύριον". αἰτία τῆς εὐλογίας ἡ εὐλάβειά ἐστιν, ὁ φόβος ὁ πρὸς τὸν κύριον· διὸ λέγεται· "εὐλογήσαι σε κύριος ἐκ Σιών". εἰ ἐκ τῆς Σιὼν εὐλογεῖ ὁ θεὸς τὸν τοιοῦτον, διὰ ἀρετὴν προλαβοῦσαν καὶ φρόνησιν ὀρθὴν αὐτῷ
Desiring the Face of God and the Coming of the King§45
45the diligent one
They want to make a child of you; but desires produce a child of the devil. Again, those having the same desires are one generation. It is thus also with: 'The generation of the upright shall be blessed' (Ps 112:3). Jacob was seeking the face of God. Everyone praying sincerely for the appearance of God prays to receive it, and this is to seek the face of God. The saints indeed send up a prayer saying: 'Let your face shine upon us and we shall be saved' (Ps 27:8).
And this is also possible because: we have received the inscription of the psalm 'into one of the Sabbaths', and we call the resurrection of the Savior 'the Lord's Day', sometimes as the eighth day and sometimes as the first of the week according to various thoughts. They 'seek the face' of the one about to arrive, having heard that 'bending the heavens, he shall descend' (Ps 18:13), because 'a Savior is coming' (Ps 98:1). For the heralds of the truth, those running ahead of the one arriving, hear: 'Say to the daughter of Zion: behold, a Savior is coming to you' (Zeph 3:14), and: 'Say to the cities of Judah: behold, our God comes with might' (Isa 60:1), to shake off evil, so that we may learn to strike down the adversaries, those working evil, 'the one working in the sons of disobedience' (Ps 2:9).
Finally, having enjoyed the economy—for 'still' 'it shall say of your word: I am present' (Ps 105:4)—immediately the ascent of the Savior is signified after the arrival; for the word says through the psalms: 'Lift up your gates, O rulers of yours' (Ps 24:7). Your rulers, lift up the gates. Or thus: your gates, O rulers, lift up, which you preside over, which you guard. 'And be lifted up, O eternal gates' (Ps 24:9). The word says 'and be lifted up', presenting the greatness of the one about to descend and enter through the gates. If you remain here, you will not be able to contain his ascent. To lift up and to lift up further can also mean to make them through the middle; for he who is the very distant King does not need an entrance. And again: 'And the King of glory shall enter' (Ps 24:10). The heralds, angels, announce the Savior.
Greek · §45
ὀρέγει τὴν εὐλογίαν. ἴδε, τὸν σπουδαῖον, τὸν ἀ70 θῷον ταῖς χερσὶν καὶ καθαρὸν τῇ καρδίᾳ, μὴ λαβόντα ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ "ὤμοσεν τῷ πλησίον αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ δόλῳ", λέγει λήμψεσθαι εὐλογίαν παρὰ κυρίου· οὐ παρὰ τοῦ τυχόντος αὐτὴν λαμβάνει· εἰσὶν γὰρ καὶ ἄνθρωποι ἀλλήλους εὐλογοῦντες καὶ ἑαυτοὺς εὐλογοῦντες, 46 τουτέστιν ἐπαινετὰ περὶ αὐτῶν λέγοντες. "οὗτος" οὖν "παρὰ κυρίου λήμψεται". παραπλήσιον ἐν ταῖς παροιμίαις φέρεται· "εὐλογία κυρίου ἐπὶ κεφαλὴν δικαίου". οὐχ ἑαυτῷ τὴν εὐλογίαν ὁ δίκαιος ἐπισπᾶται, οὐκ ἄνθρωποι αὐτὴν αὐτῷ νέμουσιν, ἀλλὰ κυρίου ἐστὶν ἡ εὐλογία ἐπὶ τὸν νοῦν αὐτοῦ καλούμενον ἀλληγορικῶς κεφαλήν. 5 καὶ ἐλεημοσύνην παρὰ θεοῦ σωτῆρος αὐτοῦ. κἂν γὰρ ἔχῃ τις ἔργα τὰ φέροντα τὴν εὐλογίαν, ἐπεὶ μείζω ἐστὶν τῶν πραχθέντων ἡ εὐλογία, ὑπὲρ ἃ φρονοῦμεν δὲ καὶ ποιοῦμεν ὁ θεὸς χαρίζεται, διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐλεημοσύνης τῆς παρ' αὐτοῦ χρῄζει. καὶ ἐλεημοσύνην παρὰ θεοῦ σωτῆρος αὐτοῦ 6 αὕτη ἡ γενεὰ ζητούντων αὐτόν. ἐπεὶ ἑνικῶς τὸ πύσμα γίνεται· "τίς ἀναβήσεται καὶ τίς στήσεται"; καὶ ἡ ἀπόκρισις ὡς περὶ ἑνός· "ἀθῷος χερσὶν καὶ καθαρὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ", οὐχ εἷς δέ ἐστιν μόνος ὁ πεφυκὼς τὴν ἀρετὴν κατορθοῖν, εὐθέως ἐπιφέρει· "αὕτη ἡ γενεὰ ζητούντων αὐτόν", γενεὰν λέγων πάντας τοὺς τῶν αὐτῶν κατορθωμάτων καὶ ἀρετῶν ἐνγεγενημένους. καὶ λύεται ἡμῖν εὐανγελικὸν ῥητὸν ἐκ τῆς θεωρίας ταύτης· ὁ σωτὴρ λέγει· "πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκκεχυμένον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἐκδικηθήσεται ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης". καὶ λέγει ὅτι "ἀπὸ Ἅβελ τοῦ δικαίου". ἐὰν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους δεικνὺς λέγῃ "ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης", οὐ δικαία ἡ ἐκδίκησις. ὁ Κάιν ἀπέκτεινεν τὸν Ἅβελ καὶ ἄλλοι ἄλλους πρὸ τῆς κλήσεως καὶ τῆς δόσεως τῆς χρονικῆς· ἀλλὰ λέγει ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς τῆς τοιαύτης, ἀπὸ τῶν γεννωμένων διὰ τοιούτων ἔργων ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου κατὰ τό· "ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστὲ καὶ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν θέλετε ποιεῖν". αἱ δὲ ἐπιθυμίαι ποιοῦσιν τέκνον διαβόλου. πάλιν οἱ τὰς αὐτὰς ἐπιθυμίας ἔχοντες μία γενεά. ἐστὶν οὕτω καὶ τό· "γενεὰ εὐθείων εὐλογηθήσεται". 6 ζητούντων τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ θεοῦ Ἰακώβ. πᾶς ὁ εὐχόμενος γνησίως ἐπιφάνειαν θεοῦ εὔχεται λαβεῖν, καὶ τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ζητεῖν τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ θεοῦ. εὐχὴν γοῦν ἀναπέμπουσιν οἱ ἅγιοι λέγοντες· "ἐπίφανον τὸ πρόσωπόν σου καὶ σωθησόμεθα". δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο ὅτι· ἐλάβομεν τὴν ἐπιγραφὴν τοῦ ψαλμοῦ "εἰς τὴν μίαν τῶν σαββάτων", ἐλέγομεν δὲ τὴν ἀνάστασιν τοῦ σωτῆρος τὴν κυριακὴν καλουμένην ὁτὲ μὲν ὀγδοάδα ὁτὲ δὲ μίαν σαββάτου κατὰ διαφόρους ἐπινοίας. "ζητοῦσιν τὸ πρόσωπον" τοῦ μέλλοντος ἐπιδημῆσαι ἀκούσαντες ὅτι "κλίνας οὐρανὸν καταβήσεται", ὅτι "σωτὴρ παραγίνεται"· οἱ κήρυκες γὰρ τῆς ἀληθείας οἱ προτρέχοντες τοῦ 71 ἐπιδημοῦντος ἀκούουσιν· "εἴπατε τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών· ἰδοὺ παραγίνεταί σοι σωτήρ", καί· "εἰπὸν ταῖς πόλεσιν Ἰούδα· ἰδοὺ ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν μετὰ ἰσχύος ἔρχεται", τοῦ πτερνίζοντος τὴν κακίαν, ἵνα μάθωμεν ὑπ' αὐτοῦ πατεῖν τοὺς ἀντιπάλους, τοὺς ἐνεργοῦντας τὴν κακίαν, "τὸν ἐνεργοῦντα ἐν τοῖς υἱοῖς τῆς ἀπειθείας". τέλος ἀπολαβούσης τῆς οἰκονομίας–"ἔτι" γὰρ "λαλοῦντός σου ἐρεῖ· πάρειμι"– εὐθέως ἡ ἄνοδος τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡ μετὰ τὴν ἐπιδημίαν σημαίνεται· διαψάλας γὰρ ὁ λόγος λέγει· "ἄρατε πύλας, οἱ ἄρχοντες ὑμῶν". οἱ ὑμῶν ἄρχοντες, ἄρατε τὰς πύλας. ἢ οὕτως· τὰς ὑμῶν πύλας, οἱ ἄρχοντες, ἄρατε, ὧν ἐπιστατεῖτε, ἃς φυλάττετε. "καὶ ἐπάρθητε, πύλαι αἰώνιοι". τὸ μέγεθος τοῦ μέλλοντος ἀνιέναι καὶ εἰσιέναι διὰ τῶν πυλῶν παριστὰς ὁ λόγος λέγει· "καὶ ἐπάρθητε". ὧδε μένουσαι οὐ χωρεῖτε αὐτοῦ τὴν ἔπαρσιν. δύναται καὶ τὸ ἆραι καὶ ἐπᾶραι σημαίνειν καὶ τὸ ἐκ μέσου αὐτὰς ποιῆσαι· οὐ γὰρ εἰσόδου χρῄζει ὁ τηλικοῦτός που βασιλεὺς ὤν. καὶ πάλιν· "καὶ εἰσελεύσεται ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς δόξης". οἱ προτρέχοντες ἄγγελοι τὸν σωτῆρα
The Lord of Powers and the Gates§46
46Taking these things up, they speak to the heavenly powers, to those dividing the heavenly gates. Then they inquire, 'Who is this King of Glory, whom you announce is coming, to whom the gates must be lifted and the eternal ones—not the temporary ones—the immortal ones, must be raised up?' Near to this is what is brought forward in Isaiah: 'Who is this coming from Edom, with garments stained red from Bozrah? Why are your garments red?' (Isa 63:1). And they inquire again.
Even if this body, being raised from the dead, and especially the one of the Savior previously, does not possess the characteristics of flesh having been transformed into spiritual, yet by the grace of the one ascending, traces were preserved for the recognition of where the one ascending comes from. And because of this: 'Garments stained red from Bozrah' (Isa 63:1). And just as having risen from the dead and appearing to the disciples, desiring to confirm to them that the body which he had has risen, he showed the marks of the wounds, he showed the side, not that the body possesses a side—for to have a side is difficult and unusual—but so that he might be fully known as the one who rose, so that they might not think badly concerning the resurrection from the sign of the fullness of the resurrection, as if after the resurrection the raised body carries the characteristics of the corruptible, 'he entered through closed doors' (Luke 24:40); so also here, being taken up, immediately after the ascension, he showed the characteristics of the flesh, not so that they might remain; nor did those things which he showed, such as having eaten and the marks of the wounds and the others, remain with him having them. Not so that we might eat, for he ate after the resurrection, but so that they might see that he, whom he said, was himself the one who rose. This indeed Luke says: 'To whom he also proved himself alive after his suffering, by showing many proofs and by eating and touching' (Luke 24:39-43). Observe that he also proved himself alive after his suffering by eating.
Lift up your heads, O gates, and be lifted up, O ancient gates, and the King of Glory shall enter (Ps 24:7). Who is this King of Glory? They inquire: concerning whom is this said that he shall enter, so that we may open the doors for him and lift them up? He says: 'The Lord, strong and mighty, the Lord, mighty in war' (Ps 24:8). He makes the answer from His works. As at the beginning of the ascent to...
The mountain of the Lord: 'and who shall stand' (Ps 24:7). And 'how many' was not used—not that Abraham or John were meant—but 'if anyone is innocent in hands and pure in heart', so also here he did not say 'how many', but by deed he showed the matter: 'the Lord is mighty and strong, the Lord is strong in war' (Ps 24:7, 8). As it began, these things were pre-proclaimed. But when he rose and was ascended, it is no longer said that 'he will come out' (Ps 24:8), the one who transformed the kingdom upon the earth, the one who destroyed the power of death, the devil; but he is 'mighty and strong, the Lord is strong in war' (Ps 24:8). Comparing that prophecy which has it thus: 'the Lord of powers will come out and will crush the war'. As it began, these things were pre-proclaimed. But when he rose and was ascended, it is no longer said that 'he will come out' another 'the Lord is strong in war' having brought down the tyrants.
The Lord is strong in war: 'lift up your gates, O rulers of you' (Ps 24:7). Since they asked who it is, and having said it, they asked 'which are the gates' and to open them, they say: since the Lord is mighty and strong and strong also in war, do not hesitate, do not delay. And behold: to those in charge he says: 'lift up the gates' (Ps 24:7). And since the gates also are rational, and toward them he stretches out, saying: 'and be lifted up, eternal gates' (Ps 24:9). And 'be lifted up, eternal gates, and the King of glory will come in' (Ps 24:10). Therefore he says: 'the Lord of powers, this is the King of glory'.
Often the armies are signified by the name of power. The Lord is of these powers, of the heavenly armies; for such powers appeared to the shepherds praising God when Christ was born. And altogether the Lord is of all these powers, of the thousands and myriads praising and ministering. And it is possible to take the powers thus: each rational substance acting as a power of holiness. Just as we say a musical woman and a grammatical woman, when she possesses these things, so the one participating in 'Christ, the power of God' (1 Cor 1:24), each is a power. Therefore, the Lord is of these powers. But the power is to be understood in two ways: either each rational substance participating in the power of him, the Savior, is called a power, or the army of the rational substances, the...
Greek · §46
ἀναλαμβανόμενον ταῦτα λέγουσιν πρὸς τὰς ἄνω δυνάμεις, πρὸς τὰς διαιρούσας τὰς πύλας τὰς οὐρανίους. εἶτα πυνθάνονται ἐκεῖνοι· "τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς δόξης", ὃν προαγγέλλετε ἐπελεύσεσθαι, ᾧ δεῖ ἆραι τὰς πύλας καὶ ἐπᾶραι τὰς αἰωνίους–οὐ τὰς προσκαίρους–, τὰς ἀθανασίας; ἐγγὺς τούτῳ ὅμοιόν ἐστιν τὸ ἐν Ἰσαίᾳ οὕτω φερόμενον· "τίς οὗτος ὁ παραγινόμενος ἐξ Ἐδέμ, ἐρύθρημα ἱματίων ἐκ 47 Βυσόν; διὰ τί ἐρυθρὰ τὰ ἱμάτιά σου"; πάλιν δὲ πυνθάνονται. εἰ καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦτο ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγειρόμενον καὶ μάλιστα πρότερον τὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος οὐκ ἔχει τὰ ἰδιώματα τῆς σαρκὸς εἰς πνευματικὸν μεταβεβληκός, ἀλλὰ χάριτι τοῦ ἀνιόντος ἐφυλάχθη ἴχνη πρὸς ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ πόθεν ἐστὶν τὸ ἀναβαῖνον. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο· "ἐρύθρημα ἱματίων ἐκ Βυσόν". καὶ ὥσπερ ἀναστὰς ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐπιφανεὶς τοῖς μαθηταῖς θέλων βεβαιῶσαι αὐτοὺς ὅτι αὐτὸ ὃ εἶχεν σῶμα ἀνέστη, ἔδειξεν τοὺς τύπους τῶν ἥλων, ἔδειξεν τὰς οὐλάς, οὐχ ὅτι οὐλὰς ἐκεῖνο ἔχει τὸ σῶμα–σκληροῦ γὰρ καὶ ἀντιτύπου ἐστὶν τὸ οὐλὰς φέρειν–, ἀλλ' ἵνα πληροφορήσῃ ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ ἀναστάς, εἶτα, ἵνα μὴ ἐκ τοῦ σημείου τοῦ περὶ πληρο φορίας τῆς ἀναστάσεως κακῶς φρονήσουσιν περὶ ἀναστάσεως, ὡς πάλιν μετὰ ἀνάστασιν τὰ ἰδιώματα τοῦ φθαρτοῦ φέρειν τὸ ἐγειρόμενον σῶμα, "θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων" εἰσῆλθεν, οὕτω καὶ ὧδε ἀναλαμβανόμενος παραυτὰ τῆς ἀναλήμψεως ἔδειξεν τὰ ἰδιώματα τῆς σαρκός, οὐχ ἵνα ἀπομείνωσιν· οὐδὲ ἐκεῖνα ἃ ἔδειξεν, οἷον βεβρωκὼς καὶ τύπους ἥλων καὶ τῶν 72 ἄλλων, ἔμεινεν αὐτὰ ἔχων. οὐχ ἵνα ἐσθίωμεν, ἔφαγεν μετὰ ἀνάστασιν, ἀλλ' ἵνα ἴδωσιν ὅτι αὐτὸς ὃν εἴρηκεν, αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ ἀναστάς. τοῦτο γοῦν ὁ Λουκᾶς λέγει· "οἷς καὶ παρέστησεν ἑαυτὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τὸ παθεῖν ἀντὶ πολλῶν τεκμηρίων ὀπτανόμενος καὶ συναλιζόμενος". θεώρει ὅτι καὶ διὰ τοῦ συναλίζεσθαι ζῶντα ἑαυτὸν μετὰ τὸ παθεῖν παρέστησεν. 7–8 ἄρατε πύλας, οἱ ἄρχοντες ὑμῶν, καὶ ἐπάρθητε, πύλαι αἰώνιοι, καὶ εἰσελεύσεται ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς δόξης. τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς δόξης; πυνθάνονται· περὶ τίνος λέγεται τοῦτο ὅτι εἰσελεύσεται, ἵνα τὰς θύρας ἀνοίξωμεν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐπάρωμεν; λέγει· 8 κύριος κραταιὸς καὶ δυνατός, κύριος δυνατὸς ἐν πολέμῳ. ἐξ ἔργων τὴν ἀπόκρισιν ποιεῖται. ὡς ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ τῆς ἀναβάσεως ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος τοῦ κυρίου· "καὶ τίς στήσεται", καὶ οὐκ ἐπηνέχθη "ὅσδε", ὅτι ὁ Ἀβραάμ, ὁ Ἰωάννης, ἀλλ'· "εἴ τις ἀθῷός ἐστιν χερσὶν καὶ καθαρὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ", οὕτω καὶ ὧδε οὐκ εἶπεν ὅτι ὅσδε, ἀλλ' ἔργῳ ἔδειξεν τὸ πρᾶγμα· "κύριος κραταιὸς καὶ δυνατός, κύριος δυνατὸς ἐν πολέμῳ". ὡς κατήρχετο, ταῦτα προανεφωνεῖτο. ὅτε δὲ ἀνέστη καὶ ἀνελήμφθη, οὐκέτι λέγεται ὅτι "ἐξελεύσεται" ὁ τροπωσάμενος τὴν ἐπὶ γῆς βασιλείαν, ὁ καταλύσας τὸ κράτος τοῦ θανάτου, διάβολον, οὗτος δὲ καὶ "δυνατὸς καὶ ἰσχυρός, κύριος δυνατὸς ἐν πολέμῳ". παραβάλλων τὴν προφητείαν ἐκείνην τὴν οὕτως ἔχουσαν· "κύριος τῶν δυνάμεων ἐξελεύσεται καὶ συντρίψει πόλεμον". ὡς κατήρχετο, ταῦτα προανεφωνεῖτο. ὅτε δὲ ἀνέστη καὶ ἀνελήμφθη, οὐκέτι λέγεται ὅτι "ἐξελεύσεται" αλλον "κύριος δυνατὸς ἐν πολέμῳ" γενόμενος καθεῖλεν τοὺς τυράννοις. κύριος δυνατὸς ἐν πολέμῳ 9 ἄρατε πύλας, οἱ ἄρχοντες ὑμῶν. ἐπεὶ εἴρηκαν τίς ἐστιν ᾧ εἴρηκαν ἆραι τὰς πύλας καὶ ἀνοῖξαι, λέγουσιν· ἐπεὶ κύριος κραταιὸς καὶ δυνατός ἐστιν καὶ δυνατὸς καὶ ἐν πολέμῳ, μὴ μέλλετε, μὴ βραδύνετε. καὶ ὅρα· τοῖς μὲν ἐπιστατουμένοις λέγει ὅτι· "ἄρατε πύλας". ἐπειδὴ δὲ καὶ αἱ πύλαι λογικαί εἰσιν, καὶ πρὸς αὐτὰς ἀποτείνεται φάσκων· "καὶ ἐπάρθητε, πύλαι αἰώνιοι". 9 καὶ ἐπάρθητε, πύλαι αἰώνιοι, καὶ εἰσελεύσεται ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς δόξης. λοιπὸν λέγει· "ὁ τῶν δυνάμεων κύριος, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς δόξης". πολλάκις τὰ στρατεύματα τῷ τῆς δυνάμεως ὀνόματι σημαίνεται. τῶν δυνάμεων τούτων κύριός ἐστιν, τῶν στρατευμάτων τῶν οὐρανίων· καὶ γὰρ δυνάμεις τοιαῦται ἐπεφάνησαν τοῖς ποιμέσιν ὑμνοῦσαι τὸν θεὸν ὅτε ἐτέχθη ὁ Χριστός. καὶ ὅλως πάντων τούτων τῶν δυνάμεων κύριός ἐστιν, τῶν χιλιάδων καὶ μυριάδων τῶν ὑμνούντων καὶ λειτουργούντων. δυνατὸν δὲ οὕτω λαβεῖν τὰς δυνάμεις· ἑκάστη λογικὴ οὐσία ἁγιότητος ἀντιποιουμένη δύναμίς ἐστιν. ὥσπερ λέγομεν γυναῖκα μουσικὴν καὶ γυναῖκα γραμματικήν, ὅταν ἔχῃ ταῦτα, ὣς ἡ μετέχουσα τοῦ "Χριστοῦ, τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ θεοῦ", ἑκάστη δύναμίς ἐστιν. τούτων οὖν τῶν δυνάμεων κύριός ἐστιν. διττῶς δὲ 48 ἐκλημπτέον τὴν δύναμιν· ἤτοι ἑκάστη λογι73 κὴ οὐσία μετέχουσα τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ τοῦ σωτῆρος δύναμις καλεῖται, ἢ τὸ στράτευμα τῶν λογικῶν οὐσιῶν, τῶν
The Soul and the Flesh; Davidic Authorship§47
47Thus they are arrayed for battle. Who is this king of glory? The Lord of powers, He is this king of glory. Do not seek who He is regarding what we say; for the Lord of powers, He is. And you also are powers, and each of you a power according to the second meaning. 'Lord' therefore; because with authority He said that 'He is the king of glory.'
Concerning this power and this manifestation, Paul also writes: 'The mystery of godliness is great, for He was manifested in the flesh, justified in the spirit' (1 Tim 3:16), and 'taken up in glory' (Acts 1:11). The one taken up in glory is the Lord of glory, He is the king of glory.
It is not to receive now a word ill-interpreted in an unseasonable way by some. They wish to say that 'the Lord of glory, having been crucified' is the God Word; for those denying the perfect humanity say that 'the one crucified, the Lord of glory' is the same God Word. And such is indeed the syllogism which those who err thus say, and the reasoning of Apollinaris the heretic, who says that 'the Word' became 'flesh' by a change of essence, and such syllogisms which Apollinaris set forth in his writings: Christ was crucified. The one crucified is the king of glory. Therefore, Christ is the king of glory.
And thus they hear the syllogism: 'Christ is the king of glory. Christ was crucified. Therefore, the king of glory was crucified.' And these people speak monstrosities. The cross is manifest; for it is a fixing down of a body; 'they pierced my hands and my feet' (Ps 22:16). He who says that the God Word was incorporeal being crucified allegorizes the cross. And when the cross is allegorized, the resurrection will also be allegorized. And when the resurrection is allegorized, all things that happened are as if they were dreams.
And these people say the same things; for even if they name it for the sake of some deception: body and body? And if you say 'yes', that very body is not other than the God Word. So they are two. So are we not saying two? For what is absurd, to say two, the temple and the one in the temple? For the body is called the temple of the Savior. And it is not said: 'who was manifested as flesh', but 'in flesh'. And again: 'having been put to death in the flesh'. It has not said: 'having been put to death as flesh'. 'Every spirit that confesses in the flesh' (1 John 4:2)...
and having come. Therefore, even if they do not wish, there are two: the flesh and the one seen in it. But we do not call the flesh without soul; for this flesh, having been produced, has become without soul, as it is evident to us. 'The flesh dwells in hope, because you will not abandon my soul to Hades' (Ps 24:14). If it had remained in Hades, the flesh would not have had the hope of resurrection. But previously they inquired: 'Who is this king of glory?' (Ps 24:8) and they heard an answer; then, since the king of glory is not a random person, they inquired with greater precision and a second time, and moreover they received another answer, no longer 'the Lord is strong and mighty, the Lord is mighty in war' (Ps 24:8); for perhaps it was possible to suppose that one of the powers had been chosen by God; and he says: 'The Lord of powers, he is the king' (Ps 24:10). Thus I call him the Lord of powers, not as a power.
A Psalm of David. The psalm is said to be 'to David'; for it is one thing to be 'of David' and another to be 'to David'. 'Of David' is said when he himself has composed or is singing. But 'to him' is said when it is brought to him. If, therefore, I say that this triumphal hymn is to the athlete, to the victor, then David has set a subscript. And the things said do not stand only regarding his own person, but also if another should be found according to him. Who then is this David? 'Who will do,' he says, 'all my will' (Ps 40:8). Let the psalm be said concerning everyone who does the will of God.
'To you, Lord, I have lifted up my soul' (Ps 25:1). It is not for everyone to say: 'To you I have lifted up my soul, O God.' But he who is able to say: 'My soul lives to him' alone lifts up his soul to God. God is in highness; I do not speak according to a place—and often these things have been made clear to us—but in a highness of surpassing nothingness. When someone therefore tears away from the things below his own soul, from the devil and the causes of evil and of evil itself, he lifts it up to God, so that it may live to him alone, so that it may dwell with him, so that 'having been joined as one spirit' it may become to him. It is a great thing to say this voice, having an unknowable soul. 'If our heart does not condemn' (1 John 3:21), he says, 'we have boldness toward God.' When the heart is known, being checked by conscience, [it is not...]
Greek · §47
οὕτω στρατευομένων. 10 τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς δόξης; κύριος τῶν δυνάμεων, αὐτός ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς δόξης. μὴ ζητεῖτε τίς ἐστιν περὶ οὗ λέγομεν· ὁ γὰρ τῶν δυνάμεων κύριος, αὐτός ἐστιν. καὶ ὑμεῖς δὲ δυνάμεις ἐστέ, καὶ ἕκαςτος ὑμῶν δύναμις κατὰ τὸν δεύτερον λόγον. "κύριος" οὖν· διὸ μετὰ αὐθεντίας εἶπεν ὅτι "αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς δόξης". περὶ ταύτης τῆς δυνάμεως καὶ τῆς ἐπιφανείας καὶ Παῦλος γράφει· "τὸ μυστήριον τῆς εὐσεβείας μέγα ἐστίν, καὶ ἐφανερώθη ἐν σαρκί, ἐδικαιώθη ἐν πνεύματι", καὶ ἐπὶ τέλει· "ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δόξῃ". ὁ ἀναλημφθεὶς ἐν δόξῃ κύριος τῆς δόξης ἐστίν, βασιλεὺς τῆς δόξης ἐστίν. οὐκ ἄκαιρον ῥητὸν κακῶς ἑρμηνευόμενον ὑπό τινων νῦν παραλαβεῖν. "κύριον τῆς δόξης σταυρωθέντα" τὸν θεὸν λόγον βούλονται εἶναι· οἱ γὰρ ἀρνούμενοι τὴν ἐνανθρώπησιν τὴν τελείαν λέγουσιν ὅτι "ὁ σταυρωθεὶς τῆς δόξης κύριος" αὐτὸς ὁ θεὸς λόγος ἐστίν. καί ἐστίν γε καὶ ὁ συλλογισμός, ὃν λέγουσιν οἱ οὕτω ἐσφαλμένοι, καὶ ἡ διάνοια Ἀπολιναρίου τοῦ αἱρεθικοῦ τοῦ λέγοντος "τὸν λόγον" κατὰ μεταβολὴν οὐσίας "σάρκα γεγενῆσθαι", καὶ τοιούτους συλλογισμούς, οὓς καὶ Ἀπολινάριος ἐν τοῖς συνγράμμασιν τέθεικεν· ὁ Χριστὸς ἐσταυρώθη. ὁ σταυρωθεὶς βασιλεὺς τῆς δόξης ἐστίν. ὁ ἄρα Χριστὸς βασιλεὺς τῆς δόξης ἐστίν. οὕτω δὲ ἀκούουσιν τὸν συνλογισμόν· "ὁ Χριστὸς βασιλεύς ἐστιν τῆς δόξης. ἐσταύρωται δὲ ὁ Χριστός. ὁ ἄρα βασιλεὺς τῆς δόξης ἐσταύρωται". καὶ τερατολογοῦσιν οὗτοι. ὁ σταυρὸς φανερός ἐστιν· σώματος γάρ ἐστιν καθήλωσις· "ὤρυξαν χεῖράς μου καὶ πόδας μου". ὁ τὸν θεὸν λόγον ἀσώματον ὄντα λέγων ἐσταυρῶσθαι ἀλληγορεῖ τὸν σταυρόν. ἀλληγορουμένου δὲ τοῦ σταυροῦ ἀλληγορηθήσεται καὶ ἡ ἀνάστασις. καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἀλληγορουμένης πάντα τὰ γενόμενα ὥσπερ ὄνειροί εἰσιν. καὶ οὗτοι δὲ αὐτὰ λέγουσιν· κἂν γὰρ ὀνομάζουσιν πρὸς ἀπάτην τινῶν ὅτι· σῶμα καὶ σῶμα; καὶ εἴπῃς "ναί", αὐτὸ μὲ τὸ σῶμα οὐχ ἕτερόν ἐστιν παρὰ τὸν θεὸν λόγον. δύο οὖν εἰσιν. οὐκοῦν δύο λέγομεν; τί γὰρ ἄτοπον ναὸν καὶ τὸν ἐν τῷ ναῷ δύο εἰπεῖν; ναὸς γὰρ τοῦ σωτῆρος εἴρηται τὸ σῶμα. καὶ οὐ λέγεται· "ὃς ἐφανερώθη σάρξ", ἀλλ' "ἐν σαρκί". καὶ ἔτι· "θανατωθεὶς δὲ σαρκί". οὐκ εἴρηκεν· "θανατωθεὶς δὲ σάρξ". "πᾶν πνεῦμα ὃ ὁμολογεῖ ἐν σαρκὶ ἐληλυθότα". ὅθεν, κἂν μὴ θέλωσιν, δύο εἰσὶν ἡ σὰρξ καὶ ὁ ἐν αὐτῇ ὀφθείς. σάρκα δὲ λέγομεν οὐκ ἄψυχον· ἀποτεχθεῖσα γὰρ ἡ σὰρξ 74 αὕτη ἄψυχος γέγονεν ὡς ἱμὰς δηλονότι. "ἐπ' ἐλπίδι κατασκηνοῖ ἡ σάρξ, ὅτι τὴν ψυχήν μου οὐκ ἐνκαταλείψεις ἐν τῷ ᾅδει". ὡς εἰ ἔμενεν ἐν τῷ ᾅδει, οὐχ εἶχεν ἐλπίδα ἀναστάσεως ἡ σάρξ. ἐπερ · ; –πρότερον ἐπύθοντο· "τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς δόξης"; καὶ ἤκουσαν ἀποκρίσεως, εἶτα, ἐπεὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς δόξης οὔκ ἐστιν ὁ τυχών, ὑπὲρ ἐντελεστέρας ἀκριβείας καὶ δεύτερον πυνθάνονται, καὶ λοιπὸν καὶ ἄλλην ἀπόκρισιν ἔσχον, οὐκέτι "κύριος κραταιὸς καὶ δυνατός, κύριος δυνατὸς ἐν πολέμῳ"· ἴσως γὰρ δυνατὸν ἦν ὑποληφθῆναι ὅτι εἷς τῶν δυνάμεων ὑπὸ θεὸν ἠρίστευσεν· καὶ λέγει· "κύριος τῶν δυνάμεων, αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ βασιλεύς". οὕτω λέγω αὐτὸν δυνατὸν ὡς δυνάμεων κύριον, οὐχ ὡς δύναμιν. 1 Ψαλμὸς τῷ ∆αυίδ. εἰς τὸν ∆αυὶδ ὁ ψαλμὸς λέγεται· ἄλλο γάρ ἐστιν "τοῦ ∆αυὶδ" εἶναι καὶ ἄλλο "τῷ ∆αυίδ". "τοῦ ∆αυὶδ" λέγεται, ὅταν ᾖν αὐτὸς αὐτὸν πεποιηκὼς ἢ ψάλλων. "αὐτῷ" δὲ λέγεται, ὅταν εἰς αὐτὸν φέρηται. ἐὰν οὖν λέγω ὅτι ὁ ἐπινίκιος οὗτος ὕμνος τῷ ἀθλητῇ, τῷ πύκτῃ. ὑπογραμμὸν οὖν ἔθηκεν τὸν ∆αυίδ. οὐ μέχρι δὲ τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ μόνου ἵσταται τὰ λεγόμενα, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰ ἄλλος εὑρεθείη κατ' αὐτόν. τίς δέ ἐστιν ὁ ∆αυὶδ οὗτος; "ὃς ποιήσει", λέγει, "πάντα τὰ θελήματά μου". περὶ παντὸς τοῦ ποιοῦντος τὰ θελήματα τοῦ θεοῦ λεγέσθω ὁ ψαλμός. 1 πρὸς σέ, κύριε, ἦρα τὴν ψυχήν μου. οὐ παντός ἐστιν 49 εἰπεῖν· "πρὸς σὲ ἦρα τὴν ψυχήν μου, ὁ θεός". μόνος δὲ αἴρει τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὁ δυνάμενος εἰπεῖν· "ἡ ψυχή μου αὐτῷ ζῇ". ἐν ὕψει ἐστὶν ὁ θεός· οὐ κατὰ τόπον λέγω–πολλάκις δὲ ταῦτα ἡμῖν σεσαφήνισται–, ἀλλὰ ἐν ὕψει ὑπεροχῆς οὐδενός ἐστιν. ὅταν τις οὖν ἀποσπάσῃ τῶν κάτω τὴν ψυχὴν ἑαυτοῦ, τοῦ διαβόλου καὶ τῶν αἰτίων τῆς κακίας καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς κακίας, αἴρει αὐτὴν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, ἵνα αὐτῷ μόνῳ ζήσῃ, ἵν' οἰκειώσῃ αὐτῷ αὐτήν, ἵνα "κολληθεὶς ἓν πνεῦμα" πρὸς αὐτὸν γένηται. μεγάλου ἐστὶν τὸ τὴν φωνὴν ταύτην εἰπεῖν, ἀκατάγνωστον ἔχοντος ψυχήν ἐστιν ἡ φωνή. "ἐὰν μὴ καταγιγνώσκῃ", φησίν, "ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν, παρρησίαν ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν θεόν". ὅτε καταγιγνώσκεται ἡ καρδία ἀπὸ τῆς συνειδήσεως ἐλεγχομένη, οὐ
Shame and Hidden Sins§48
48One is able to say such things about oneself. But such a person is rare, and because of the difficulty of finding them, they are perhaps thought by some not to exist at all. Furthermore, the rarity is shown by the proverbist saying: 'Who shall boast having a pure heart and shall speak boldly as being free from sin?' (Psalm 25:3). By saying pure, he means the heart being rightly disposed and thinking concerning piety. He who is persuaded according to the truth, that one has a pure heart. And he who is outside of practical sin speaks boldly as being free from sin.
Because the truth and those things thought truly purify the soul and the heart, Peter the apostle writes: 'having purified your souls in the obedience of the truth' (1 Peter 1:22). And James writes: 'Cleanse your hands, sinners, and purify your hearts, double-minded' (James 4:8). They cleanse hands, those making their actions crooked, and they purify their soul, those casting away all double-mindedness; 'and purify' indeed, he says, 'hearts, double-minded.' Most of all, those thinking wrongly are double-minded. Sometimes they are seized by glory and held by it, but when they look at things otherwise, they find them to be having something else, and how they once remain in the grasping bad-glory.
Thus, one is presented as free from sin who has lived a life according to the right way. He has a pure heart, the one thinking the things of the truth, having taken 'the mysteries of the kingdom' (Matthew 13:11) in soul and having been initiated according to them. This one, therefore, lifts up the soul toward the Lord. It is not one who happens to do so who lifts it. To say it is perhaps easy for everyone, but to do it is either difficult or has reached the point of being nearly impossible, not because of his own nature.
And this, since according to the apostle 'no one says Lord Jesus, except in the Holy Spirit' (1 Corinthians 12:3). And these men themselves, when they call the God Lord, do not say it with voice alone, but with deed and disposition. When they act thus, disposed as toward a master, doing what he wills and commands, they are truly slaves; and since what is turned toward him is that of a truly slave, he is truly a master. 'My God, in you I have trusted; let me not be put to shame' (Psalm 25:2). Happy is the one having precise knowledge, having trusted in it, who converses with all and is not put to shame. He who has trusted in virtue is not cut off...
They act wickedly; therefore, they are not ashamed. For those committing sin are the ones undergoing shame. Some say, 'they shall rise up for reproach and eternal shame.' Thus the word prays for the unfeeling that shame may come to be for them: 'fill their faces with dishonor'—speaking regarding faults—'and let them be ashamed and perish and know that you are the Lord' (Ps 51:1-4). When they feel shame, being such wicked people, they perish according to that state in which they are.
The one who is confident in his iniquities, if he knows that he sins wickedly, is ashamed and perishes as a wicked man, not as a rational substance. Because of this the apostles say: 'we have spoken the hidden things of shame' (2 Cor 12:7). We have not spoken only the manifest things producing reproach and shame, but also the hidden things. And it can be so: for some, the things of drunkenness are hidden. When they are intoxicated in wines, such as they were regarding whom Paul writes, 'whose glory is in their shame' (1 Cor 5:31), in whom it is necessary to be ashamed, they themselves wish to be honored. Indeed, one finds fifty men wishing to be honored through much variety.
But how are they hidden? I have spoken of the hidden things in two ways: sins are in thoughts. Therefore, not only does the diligent and the simple man refrain from practical deeds, but also from the hidden things, as he also sends up a prayer: 'cleanse me from my secret sins' (Ps 51:3). Otherwise, the unknown things are called hidden. Having been bold regarding all manifest transgressions, that they are forgiven him, the saint says: 'who will understand transgressions?' (Ps 19:12). He who understands transgressions is rare.
Since it is possible for me to be ignorant of them, 'cleanse me from these. Spare your servant from others' (Ps 51:3)—for they are foreign to me, to my essence, both they and those acting them against me. And furthermore he adds: 'lest they overpower me.' If the hidden things do not overpower me, 'then I shall be blameless.' And he adds: 'and I shall be cleansed from great sin.' We say these things are in thoughts, and to be so as to be unknown to the possessor. How then is the one being cleansed from these 'from great sin' cleansed? You know that the 'great' of it is in relation to what. As for the one desiring to be entirely pure, even the small things of sins seem to be great. And they once took such a pattern: if a garment many times...
Greek · §48
δύναται τοιαῦτα λέγειν περὶ ἑαυτῆς. σπάνιος δέ ἐστιν ὁ τοιοῦτος, καὶ διὰ τὸ δυσεύρετον τάχα τισὶν νομίζεται μηδὲ ὑπάρχειν. ἔτι τὸ σπάνιον δείκνυσιν ὁ παροιμιαστὴς λέγων· "τίς καυχήσεται ἁγνὴν ἔχων τὴν καρδίαν καὶ παρρησιάσεται καθαρὸς εἶναι ἀπὸ ἁμαρτίας"; ἁγνὸν λέγων τῇ καρδίᾳ τὸν ὀρθῶς περὶ τῆς εὐσεβείας διακείμενον καὶ φρονοῦντα. ὁ κατὰ τὴν ἀλήθειαν πεποιωμένος, ἐκεῖνος ἁγνὴν ἔχει τὴν καρδίαν. ὁ δὲ καὶ πρακτικῆς 75 ἁμαρτίας ἐκτὸς ὢν παρρησιάζεται καθαρὸς εἶναι ἀπὸ ἁμαρτίας. ὅτι δὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια καὶ τὰ φρονούμενα ἀληθῶς ἁγνίζει τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τὴν καρδίαν, Πέτρος ὁ ἀπόστολος γράφει· "τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν ἡγνικότες ἐν τῇ ὑπακοῇ τῆς ἀληθείας". καὶ Ἰάκωβος δὲ γράφει· "καθαρίσατε χεῖρας, ἁμαρτωλοί, καὶ ἁγνίσατε καρδίαν, δίψυχοι". καθαρίζουσιν τὰς χεῖρας οἱ τὰς πράξεις ἑαυτῶν ἐναρέτους ποιοῦντες, καὶ ἁγνίζουσιν τὴν ψυχὴν ἑαυτῶν οἱ πᾶσαν διψυχίαν ἀποβάλλοντες· "καὶ ἁγνίσατε" γάρ, φησίν, "καρδίας, δίψυχοι". ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον δὲ οἱ φαύλως φρονοῦντες διψυχοῦσιν. ἐνίοτε προλαμβάνονται δόξῃ καὶ κατέχονται ὑπ' αὐτῆς, ἐπιστάνοντες δὲ τοῖς πράγμασιν ἄλλως αὐτὰ ἔχοντα εὑρίσκουσιν, καί πώς ποτε ἐνμένουσιν τῇ κρατησάσῃ κακοδοξίᾳ. παρίσταται οὖν καθαρὸς ἀπὸ ἁμαρτίας ὁ πρακτικὸν κατ ορθώσας βίον. ἁγνὴν ἔχει καρδίαν ὁ τὰ τῆς ἀληθείας φρονῶν, ὁ "τὰ μυστήρια τῆς βασιλείας" ἐν ψυχῇ λαβὼν καὶ κατ' αὐτὰ μυηθείς. οὗτος οὖν αἴρει τὴν ψυχὴν πρὸς τὸν κύριον. οὐχ ὁ τυχών ἐστιν ὁ αἴρων. τάχα εἰπεῖν εὔκολον παντί, πρᾶξαι δὲ ἢ δύσκολον ἢ ἐγγὺς λοιπὸν τοῦ ἀδυνάτου ἔφθασεν τὸ πρᾶγμα ου διὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φύσιν. καὶ τοῦτο δέ, ἐπεὶ κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον "οὐδεὶς λέγει κύριον Ἰησοῦν, εἰ μὴ ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ". καὶ αὐτοὶ οὗτοι οἱ ἄνδρες ὅτε κύριον τὸν θεὸν λέγουσιν, οὐ μόνῃ φωνῇ λέγουσιν, ἀλλὰ πράξει καὶ διαθέσει. ὅταν οὕτως ὡς πρὸς δεσπότην διατεθέντες πράττωσιν ἃ αὐτὸς βούλεται καὶ προστάττει, πραγματικῶς εἰσιν δοῦλοι, καὶ ἐπεὶ ἀντιστρέφει τὰ πρός τι τοῦ πραγματικῶς δούλου, δεσπότης πραγματικῶς ἐστιν. 1–2 ὁ θεός μου, ἐπὶ σοὶ πέποιθα· μὴ καταισχυνθείην. ηδε ὁ ἔχων ἐπιστήμην ἠκριβωμένην πεποιθὼς αὐτῇ πρὸς πάντας διαλέγεται καὶ οὐ καταισχύνεται. ὁ πεποιθὼς ἐπὶ ἀρετῇ οὐχ ἁλίσκεται κακίᾳ· διὸ οὐ καταισχύνεται. ἁμαρτανόντων γάρ ἐστιν τὸ αἰσχύνην ὑφίστασθαι· "ἀναστήσονται" γοῦν τινες "εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν καὶ αἰςχύνην αἰώνιον". εὔχεται οὖν τοῖς ἀναισθήτοις ὁ λόγος αἰσχύνην ὑπαρχθῆναι· "πλήρωσον", φησίν, "τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν ἀτιμίας"–περὶ φαύλων λέγει–, "καὶ αἰσχυνθήτωσαν καὶ ἀπολέσθωσαν καὶ γνώτωσαν ὅτι ὄνομά σοι κύριος". ὅταν αἰσθηθῶσιν, οἷ κακῶν εἰσιν, ἀπόλλυνται κατὰ τὴν κατάστασιν ἐκείνην ᾗ ποιοί εἰσιν. ὁ ἐπὶ ἀδικήμασιν πεποιθὼς ἄδικος ἐὰν γνῷ ὅτι ἀδικεῖ, αἰσχύνεται καὶ ἀπόλλυται ᾗ ἄδικός ἐστιν, οὐχ ᾗ λογικὴ οὐσία. διὰ τοῦτο οἱ ἀπόστολοι λέγουσιν· "ἀπειπάμεθα τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης". οὐ μόνον τὰ φανερὰ ὀνείδη καὶ αἰσχύνην ποιοῦντα ἀπειπάμεθα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ κρυπτά. δύναται δὲ καὶ οὕτως· τισὶν κρυπτά ἐστιν τὰ τῆς μέθης. ὅταν ἐναβρύνωνται ἐν οἴνοις, οἷοι ἦσαν περὶ ὧν γράφει Παῦλος, "ὧν ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν", ἐν οἷς δεῖ αἰσχύνεσθαι, αὐτοὶ δοξάζεσθαι θέλουσιν. ἔστιν 50 γοῦν εὑρεῖν ἀνθρώπους δοξάζεσθαι θέλοντας ἐπὶ πολυοινίᾳ. ἐπερ · πῶς κρυπτά; – διττῶς εἶπον τὰ κρυπτά· εἰσὶν ἐν λογισμοῖς ἁμαρτήματα. οὐ μόνον οὖν ὁ σπουδαῖος καὶ φαῦλος τὰ πρακτικὰ παραιτεῖται, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ κρυπτά, ὡς 76 καὶ εὐχὴν ἀναπέμπειν· "ἀπὸ τῶν κρυφίων μου καθάρισόν με". ἄλλως δὲ κρυπτὰ λέγεται τὰ ἀγνοούμενα. περὶ πάντων τῶν φανερῶν παραπτωμάτων θαρσήσας ὁ ἅγιος ὅτι ἄπεισιν αὐτοῦ, λέγει· "παραπτώματα τίς συνήσει"; σπάνιός ἐστιν ὁ συνιεὶς τὰ παραπτώματα. ἐπεὶ οὖν ἐνχωρεῖ κἀμὲ ἀγνοεῖν αὐτά, "ἀπὸ τούτων με καθάρισον. φεῖσαι ἀπὸ ἀλλοτρίων τοῦ δούλου σου"· ἀλλότρια γάρ μού εἰσιν, τῆς οὐσίας μου, καὶ αὐτὰ καὶ οἱ ἐνεργοῦντες αὐτὰ κατ' ἐμοῦ. καὶ λοιπὸν ἐπιφέρει· "ἐὰν μή μου κατακυριεύσουσιν". ἐὰν μὴ τὰ κρυπτὰ κατακυριεύσουσιν, "τότε ἄμωμος ἔσομαι". καὶ ἐπιφέρει· "καὶ καθαρισθήσομαι ἀπὸ ἁμαρτίας μεγάλης". ἐλέγομεν ταῦτα ἐν λογισμοῖς εἶναι, καὶ οὕτω γε εἶναι ὡς ἀγνοεῖσθαι τῷ ἔχοντι. πῶς οὖν ὁ ἀπὸ τούτων καθαιρόμενος "ἀπὸ ἁμαρτίας μεγάλης" καθαίρεται; οἶδας ὅτι τὸ "μέγα" τῶν πρός τί ἐστιν. ὡς πρὸς τὸν θέλοντα εἶναι ὁλοκάθαρον καὶ τὰ βραχέα τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων δοκεῖ μεγάλα εἶναι. καὶ ἔλαβόν ποτε παράδειγμα τοιοῦτο ὅτι· ἐὰν ἱμάτιον πολλάκις
Shame and the Universal Affirmation§49
49If it has filth from elsewhere, even if someone touches it or handles it, it does not seem to have been defiled. But if it is immediately brought from a cooperage, and the touch of the fingers seems to be a flaw, it seems to make it something unclean. The entirely clean man considers even a brief thought a great sin. It is possible even to say that the mind is able to benefit all; regarding practical sin, that which is in thoughts is the shortest.
If someone saw a woman for desire and sustained the appetite until pre-passion, he has not committed the practical sin. If that pre-passion is removed, one is purged from a great sin; from practical sin he is cleansed. To such purity the one saying this has arrived, as if saying something certain: 'If I saw injustice in my heart, let the Lord not hear me' (Ps 140:3). Just as he brings upon himself a request and a punishment, if he has injustice in his heart. He says: 'For this reason God has heard me,' with the implication: 'For this reason God has heard me, because I did not see injustice in my heart.' If he saw injustice in his heart, let him not receive the prayer. Therefore, 'for this reason' means 'He heard me.'
They said this because the one having confidence in God makes all things right that are worthy of being made right; for I do not say that those things which God forbids are made right. They once took that: 'And let them be ashamed and perish' (Ps 106:45). But what follows being ashamed and perishing, except to know 'that the name is the Lord' (Ps 113:3)? For God indeed says to someone, after doing evils, to cease doing and thinking such things: 'Be ashamed and take your dishonor.' You have been cast into dishonor. You gave the pretext; for you did those things which bring dishonor upon you. Be ashamed therefore of what you have done, and take your dishonor, not saying: 'I have not sinned'; for he was saying to God: 'I have not sinned,' as if saying to God: 'Behold, I am judged against you in saying: I have not sinned.' And I am judged against you, not in order to condemn you, but in order to...
Having been shamed, let the dishonor cease. 2 Let my enemies not mock me. Then my enemies will mock me, when saying that having trusted in you, shameful things are being worked out. They are enemies to me, not I to them. For this reason also the Savior says: 'Love your enemies' (Matt 5:44). The addition seems to pass by; for it was necessary to say: 'Love the enemies'; but since the slaves of Christ ought not to have enemies, while others wish to be enemies, let them love those. That place by Aristotle, how it once seems to be well for civilization. Saying concerning the preceding and the following, he said: previously we want the just friends to be, even if they are far away. But by what has happened, we want the enemies to be just, so that they may not harm anything. For their own sake we also want this. But the apostles of Christ 51 do not pray for them so that they may not harm, but so that they might not be harmed. 3 For indeed all those waiting for you will not be shamed (Rom 10:11). The 'all' is often in the Scripture taken instead of the universal decision; for we do not even say this, that of those waiting, some are shamed and others are not, as the particular decision teaches, saying: not all men are just. Here therefore instead of 'no one': no one of those waiting for you is shamed. And continuously in the Scripture the universal decision is signified through the universal affirmation taken from transposition. And you know that the affirmation from transposition often follows the simple decision. 3 Let all those acting lawlessly be shamed for nothing. Hear 'to act lawlessly for nothing' thus: wickedness is worked out for nothing, not to bring glory, not for the promise. It is unstable, its being is in something else. If therefore the one having wickedness wishes to cast it away, it no longer exists. But some again, either through ignorance or more sophistically, say that virtue also is thus, that it too has its being in something else.
Greek · §49
ἄλλοθεν ἔχῃ ῥύπον, κἂν θίγῃ τις αὐτοῦ, κἂν ἅψηται, οὐ δοκεῖ προσειληφέναι τι. ἐὰν δὲ εὐθέως ᾖν ἀπὸ γναφείου κομισθέν, καὶ ἡ ψηλάφησις τῶν δακτύλων δοκεῖ μῶμος εἶναι, δοκεῖ ποιεῖν αὐτῷ ἀκάθαρτόν τι. ὁ ὁλοκάθαρος οὖν ἀνὴρ καὶ τὸ βραχὺ ἐν λογισμῷ μεγάλην ἁμαρτίαν ἡγεῖται. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ οὕτως εἰπεῖν διάνοιαν πάντας δυναμένην ὠφελεῖν· πρὸς τὴν πρακτικὴν ἁμαρτίαν βραχυτάτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἐν λογισμοῖς. εἴ τις εἶδεν γυναῖκα πρὸς ἐπιθυμίαν καὶ ἔστησεν μέχρι τῆς προπαθείας τὴν ὄρεξιν, οὐ πράξει τὴν πρακτικήν. ἐὰν οὖν αὐτὴ περιαιρεθῇ ἡ προπάθεια, καθαίρεταί τις ἀπὸ ἁμαρτίας μεγάλης, ἀπὸ πρακτικῆς ἁμαρτίας καθαρίζεται. εἰς τοσαύτην καθαρότητα ὁ ταῦτα λέγων ἐληλύθει ὡς λέγειν που· "εἰ ἀδικίαν ἐθεώρουν ἐν καρδίᾳ μου, μὴ εἰσακουσάτω κύριος". ὥσπερ ἐπιζήμιόν τι καὶ κόλασιν καθ' ἑαυτοῦ φέρει, ἐὰν ἔχῃ ἐν καρδίᾳ ἀδικίαν. λέγει· "διὰ τοῦτο εἰςήκουσέν μου ὁ θεός", προσυπακουομένου· "διὰ τοῦτο εἰσήκουσέν μου ὁ θεός", "ὅτι οὐκ ἐθεώρουν μου ἐν καρδίᾳ ἀδικίαν". εἰ ἀδικίαν ἐθεώρουν ἐν καρδίᾳ, μὴ δεξάσθω τὴν εὐχήν. "διὰ τοῦτο" οὖν "εἰσήκουσέν μου". ἔλεγον τοῦτο ὅτι ὁ ἐπὶ θεῷ τὴν πεποίθησιν ἔχων πάντα κατορθοῖ τὰ ἄξια τοῦ κατορθωθῆναι· οὐ γὰρ ἐκεῖνα λέγω κατορθοῖν ἃ ἀπαγορεύει θεός. ἔλαβόν ποτ' ἐκεῖνο τό· "καὶ αἰσχυνθήτωσαν καὶ ἀπολέσθωσαν". τί δὲ ἕπεται τῷ αἰσχυνθῆναι καὶ ἀπολέσθαι ἢ τὸ γνῶναι "ὅτι ὄνομα κύριός" ἐστιν; ὁ θεὸς λέγει γοῦν πρός τινα μετὰ τὰ κακὰ ποιεῖν καὶ φρονεῖν ἀπαυθαδιζομένην· "αἰσχύνθητι καὶ λαβὲ τὴν ἀτιμίαν σου". ἀτιμίᾳ ὑπεβλήθης. σὺ τὴν πρόφασιν δέδωκας· ἐποίησας γὰρ ἐκεῖνα τὰ ἀτιμίαν 77 σοι ἐπιφέροντα. αἰσχύνθητι οὖν ἐφ' οἷς ἔπραξας, καὶ λαβὲ τὴν ἀτιμίαν σου μὴ λέγουσα ὅτι· "οὐχ ἥμαρτον"· τῷ γὰρ θεῷ ἔλεγεν· "οὐχ ἥμαρτον", ὡς τὸν θεὸν λέγειν· "ἰδοὺ κρίνομαι πρὸς σὲ ἐν τῷ λέγειν σέ· οὐχ ἥμαρτον". καὶ κρίνομαι πρὸς σέ, οὐχ ἵνα καταδικάσω σέ, ἀλλ' ἵνα αἰσχυνθεῖσα παύσῃ τῆς ἀτιμίας. 2 μηδὲ καταγελασάτωσάν μου οἱ ἐκθροί μου. τότε οἱ ἐκθροί μου καταγελῶσίν μου, ὅταν λέγων ἐπὶ σὲ πεποιθέναι τὰ αἰσχύνης ποιητικὰ ἐνεργῶ. ἐμοῦ εἰσιν ἐκθροί, οὐκ ἐγὼ αὐτῶν. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ λέγει· "ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἐκθροὺς ὑμῶν". δοκεῖ ἡ προσθήκη παρέλκειν· ἔδει γὰρ εἰπεῖν· "ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἐκθρούς"· ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ οἱ Χριστοῦ δοῦλοι οὐκ ἔχειν ἐχθροὺς ὀφείλουσιν, ἄλλοι δὲ θέλουσιν εἶναι ἐχθροί, ἐκείνους ἀγαπάτωσαν. ὁ τόπος ἐκεῖνος ὁ παρὰ Ἀριστοτέλει πώς ποτε δοκεῖ πρὸς πολιτισμὸν καλῶς ἔχειν. λέγων περὶ προηγουμένου καὶ ἑπομένου ἔλεγεν· προηγουμένως θέλομεν τοὺς φίλους δικαίους εἶναι, κἂν μακρὰν ὦσιν. κατὰ συμβεβηκὸς δὲ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς θέλομεν εἶναι δικαίους, ἵνα μηδὲν βλάπτωσιν. δι' ἑαυτοὺς καὶ τοῦτο θέλομεν. οἱ δὲ ἀπόστολοι 51 τοῦ Χριστοῦ οὐχ ἵνα μὴ βλάπτωσιν αὐτούς, εὔχονται περὶ αὐτῶν, ἀλλ' ἵν' ἐκεῖνοι μὴ βλάπτωνται. 3 καὶ γὰρ πάντες οἱ ὑπομένοντές σε οὐ μὴ καταισχυνθῶσιν. τὸ "πάντες" πολλάκις ἐν τῇ γραφῇ ἀντὶ τῆς ἀποφάσεως τῆς καθόλου λαμβάνεται· οὐδὲ γὰρ τοῦτο λέγομεν ὅτι τῶν ὑπομενόντων οἱ μὲν καταισχύνονται, οἱ δὲ οὔ, ὡς διδάσκει ἡ μερικὴ ἀπόφασις ἡ λέγουσα· οὐ πάντες ἄνθρωποι δίκαιοι. ὧδε οὖν ἀντὶ τοῦ "οὐδείς"· οὐδεὶς τῶν ὑπομενόντων σε καταιςχύνεται. καὶ συνεχῶς γε ἐν τῇ γραφῇ ἡ καθόλου ἀπόφασις διὰ τῆς καθόλου καταφάσεως ἐκ μεταθέσεως λαμβανομένης σημαίνεται. οἶδας δὲ ὅτι ἡ ἐκ μεταθέσεως κατάφασις πολλάκις ἕπεται τῇ ἁπλῇ ἀποφάσει. 3 αἰσχυνθήτωσαν πάντες οἱ ἀνομοῦντες διὰ κενῆς. τὸ "διὰ κενῆς ἀνομεῖν" οὕτως ἄκουε· ἡ κακία διὰ κενῆς ἐνεργεῖται, οὐκ ἐπὶ τῷ κλέος ἀγαγεῖν, οὐκ ἐπὶ τῷ ἐπαγγελίαν. ἀσύνστατός ἐστιν, ἐν ἄλλῳ ἔχει τὸ εἶναι. ἐὰν οὖν ὁ ἔχων τὴν κακίαν θελήσῃ ἀποβαλεῖν αὐτήν, οὐκέτι ὑφίσταται. τινὲς δὲ πάλιν ἢ κατὰ ἄγνοιαν ἢ σοφιστικώτερον λέγουσιν ὅτι καὶ ἡ ἀρετὴ οὕτως ἔχει, ὅτι καὶ αὐτὴ ἐν ἄλλῳ ἔχει τὸ
Injustice, Lawlessness, and the Two Ways of God§50
50This is a falsehood; for the Trinity possesses goodness essentially. Humans possess the good and the just and virtue through participation in the Trinity. Even if they themselves turn away, it exists. It exists in God, from which they have the capacity to be excellent. But evil, if it is not active, does not exist at all.
For this reason, many scriptures teach that it does not exist; from which we conclude that there are no two opposing principles in essence, and that people are not inherently evil as many heterodox people also desire, claiming that no one will choose either good or evil. Much that is absurd and impious follows from this. See: if all existing things are such by construction, and the wicked are so in essence, all legislation passes away; for the law cannot make the good, nor the evil good. And if the law passes away, all exhortation, ouragement, all counsel passes away, and the reason of man is entirely refuted; for he who does not have choice and will is not rational. And the coming of the Savior is superfluous. Does he make the good? It is such from itself. But does he make the evil good? It of a nature to receive the participation of good. Therefore, the one sinning sins in vain.
For it is written in another psalm concerning that great one, the devil, the cause of all evil: 'Break the arm of the sinner and the wicked' (Ps 74:6). We have said many times that the names lying against the opposing power are names of choice; for indeed, 'devil' is said, he is named 'Satan', which is 'the adversary', 'sinner'; and this name is a name of choice. And with the article, it is even more so itself: 'Behold, I have given you to tread upon serpents and scorpions and over all the power' (Lk 10:19)—not of an enemy, but 'of the enemy'. And: 'Save us' (Mt 6:13)—not from an evil thing, but 'from the evil one'. And here: 'Break the arm of the sinner and the wicked' (Ps 74:6). Then it brings forth: 'His sin shall be sought, and it shall not be found through it.' Because of its own nature, it is not found. His sin is sometimes sought and is not found, not existing anywhere, not having moved to another place, but because of itself it is not found, since it does not have being by itself.
Unless in the one acting. And furthermore: 'and injustice lied about itself' (Ps 25:11). Here, to lie, we say in this way, as we often say the earth lies. Injustice therefore lies about itself, so as to no longer exist. It lied about itself because of its own nature. Thus, those who act lawlessly do so for no reason, not to gain something, but rather to be harmed. 'Make known to me your ways, O Lord' (Ps 25:4), those who act lawlessly without having experienced the law.
Now, concerning the written word, regarding the law according to teaching, I say: for those not having received this are called lawless, as also in: 'blessed are those whose iniquities are forgiven' (Ps 32:1). But sin after the law is not called simply lawlessness, but transgression: 'transgressions ensnare a man, and each one is constricted by the bands of his own sins' (Prov 5:22). 'Nor do the lawless persist before your eyes' (Ps 139:7). The lawless person never becomes an addition to God. Under the eyes of God, he does not become so except in a different way according to the word of providence. But according to the command of the diligent, they do not persist. They do not persist in the same way as the righteous, concerning whom it is said: 'the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous' (Ps 34:15). Therefore, by saying 'they do not persist', he shows that they once were, when they were guarding the law, but when they have become transgressors of it, then they have been cast out from the eyes of God.
'Make known to me your ways, O Lord, and teach me your paths. Lead me into your truth' (Ps 25:4-5). The ways of God are said to be twofold: either those leading toward Him, or those which He Himself walks, proceeding through all things, as is necessary according to the word of providence or according to benefiting and being in His receptive ones. For he says: 'I will dwell in them and walk about' (Ps 15:2). But he who walks about has paths, which He Himself walks. Thus, we call the ways of God either those leading toward Him—and these are the virtues—or those which He Himself treads according to His providence and judgment and administration and gift. It is therefore necessary to know the ways of God by Him making them known. 'And teach me your paths' (Ps 25:4). That is, those which those hurrying toward You tread, or those which You tread, proceeding through the works of Your grace. If there are even more to say: you know that before teaching, something must be known; for from pre-known things come understandings and scientific proofs. Both...
Greek · §50
εἶναι. ψεῦδος δέ ἐστιν τοῦτο· ὑπάρχει γὰρ τῷ θεῷ οὐσιωδῶς, τῇ τριάδι. μετουσίᾳ δὲ τῆς τριάδος ἔχουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τὸ ἀγαθὸν καὶ τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τὴν ἀρετήν. κἂν αὐτοὶ οὖν ἀπόσχωνται, ἔστιν. ἐν τῷ θεῷ, ἀφ' ἧς ἔχουσιν αὐτοὶ τὸ σπουδαῖοι εἶναι, ὑπάρχει. ἡ δὲ κακία ἐὰν μὴ ἐνεργῆται, οὐδ' ὑπάρχει ὅλως. διὰ τοῦτο πολλαὶ γραφαὶ διδάσκουσιν ὅτι οὐχ ὑπάρχει· ἐξ οὗ συνάγεται μηδὲ δύο ἀρχὰς ἐναντίας εἶναι κατ' οὐσίαν μηδὲ ἐκ κατασκευῆς τινας εἶναι φαύλους ἀνθρώπους, ὡς καὶ αὐτὸ βούλονται πολλοὶ τῶν ἑτεροδόξων ὅτι οὐδεὶς προαιρέσει οὔτε ἀγαθὸς οὔτε κακός. πολλὰ δὲ τούτοις ἄτοπα ἀκολουθεῖ καὶ ἀσεβῆ. ἴδε· εἰ πάντες οἱ ὄντες ἀγα78 θοὶ ἐκ κατασκευῆς εἰσιν τοιοῦτοι, καὶ οἱ πονηροὶ κατ' οὐσίαν τυγχάνουσιν, παρέλκει πᾶσα νομοθεσία· ὁ γὰρ νόμος οὐδὲ τὸν ἀγαθὸν ἀγαθὸν δύναται ποιῆσαι οὐδὲ τὸν κακὸν ἀγαθόν. παρέλκοντος δὲ νόμου πᾶσα παραίνεσις, πᾶσα προτροπή, πᾶσα συμβουλία καὶ ὅλως ἀναιρεῖται τὸ λογικὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου· ὁ γὰρ προαίρεσιν καὶ βούλησιν μὴ ἔχων οὔκ ἐστιν λογικός. περιττὴ δέ ἐστιν καὶ ἡ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐπιδημία. τὸν ἀγα θὸν ἀγαθὸν ποιεῖ; –ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ ἐστιν τοιοῦτος· ἀλλὰ τὸν κακὸν ἀγαθόν; –οὐ πέφυκεν δέχεσθαι μετουσίαν ἀγαθοῦ. διὰ κενῆς οὖν ὁ ἁμαρτάνων ἁμαρτάνει. γέγραπται γοῦν ἐν ἄλλῳ ψαλμῷ περὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ μεγαλοδαίμονος, τοῦ διαβόλου, τοῦ πάσης κακίας αἰτίου· "σύντριψον τὸν βραχίονα τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ καὶ πονηροῦ". εἰρήκαμεν πολλάκις ὅτι τὰ κατὰ τῆς ἐναντίας δυνάμεως κείμενα ὀνόματα προαιρέσεώς εἰσιν ὀνόματα· ἐκθρὸς γοῦν λέγεται, διάβολος, ὀνομάζεται σατανᾶς, ὅς ἐστιν ἀντικείμενος, ἁμαρτωλός· καὶ τοῦτο δὲ τὸ ὄνομα προαιρέσεώς ἐστιν. μετὰ ἄρθρου δὲ πάντα μᾶλλον αὐτὸς λέγεται· "ἰδοὺ δέδωκα ὑμῖν πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων καὶ σκορπίων καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν"– οὐκ ἐχθροῦ, ἀλλά–"τοῦ ἐχθροῦ". καί· "ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς"–οὐκ ἀπὸ πονηροῦ, ἀλλά–"ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ". καὶ ἐνταῦθα· "σύντριψον τὸν βραχίονα τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ καὶ πονηροῦ". εἶτα ἐπιφέρει· "ζητηθήσεται ἡ ἁμαρτία αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ δι' αὐτήν". διὰ τὴν ἑαυτῆς φύσιν οὐκ εὑρίσκεται. ζητεῖται ἡ ἁμαρτία αὐτοῦ ποτε καὶ οὐκ εὑρίσκεται οὐκ οὖσά που, οὐ μεταστᾶσα εἰς ἕτερον τόπον, ἀλλὰ δι' ἑαυτὴν οὐκ εὑρίσκεται, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἔχει τὸ εἶναι καθ' ἑαυτήν, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ ἐνεργοῦντι. καὶ ἔτι· "καὶ ἐψεύσατο ἡ ἀδικία ἑαυτήν". ὧδε τὸ ψεύσασθαι οὕτω λέγομεν ὥς φαμεν πολλάκις ψεύδεσθαι τὴν γῆν. ψεύδεται οὖν ἡ ἀδικία ἑαυτήν, ὥστε μηκέτι ὑπάρχειν. ἑαυτὴν ἐψεύσατο διὰ τὴν φύσιν ἑαυτῆς. οὕτως οὖν οἱ ἀνομοῦντες διὰ κενῆς ἀνομοῦσιν, οὐκ ἐπὶ τῷ κερδῆσαί τι, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον βλαβῆναι. τὰς ὁδούς σου, κύριε, γνώρισόν μοι ἀνομοῦσιν οἱ μὴ πεῖραν σχόντες νόμου. νῦν δὲ περὶ τοῦ γραπτοῦ, τοῦ κατὰ διδασκαλίαν νόμου λέγω· οἱ γὰρ τοῦτον μὴ λαβόντες ἄνομοι λέγονται, ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ· "μακάριοι ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι". ἡ δὲ μετὰ νόμον ἁμαρτία οὐ λέγεται ἁπλῶς ἀνομία, ἀλλὰ παρανομία· 52 "παρανομίαι ἄνδρα ἀγρεύουσιν, σειραῖς δὲ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἑαυτοῦ ἕκαστος σφίνγεται". "οὐδὲ διαμενοῦσιν παράνομοι ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν σου". ὁ ἄνομος ὅλως οὐδέποτε γίνεται ἐπίπροσθεν θεοῦ. ὑπὸ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ οὐ γίνεται εἰ μὴ ἑτέρως κατὰ τὸν τῆς προνοίας λόγον. κατὰ δὲ τὸ τάγμα τῶν σπουδαίων οὐ διαμενοῦσιν. οὐχ οὕτω διαμενοῦσιν ὡς οἱ δίκαιοι, περὶ ὧν λέγεται· "ὀφθαλμοὶ κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους". διὰ τοῦ οὖν εἰπεῖν "οὐ διαμενοῦσιν" δείκνυσιν ὅτι γέγονάν ποτε, ὅτε ἐφύλαττον τὸν νόμον, ὅτε δὲ παραβάται αὐτοῦ γεγόνασιν, τότε ἐκβέβληνται τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν τοῦ θεοῦ. 79 4–5 τὰς ὁδούς σου, κύριε, γνώρισόν μοι καὶ τὰς τρίβους σου δίδαξόν με. ὁδήγησόν με ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλήθειάν σου. διττῶς αἱ τοῦ θεοῦ ὁδοὶ λέγονται· ἤτοι αἱ φέρουσαι πρὸς αὐτὸν ἢ ἃς αὐτὸς ὁδεύει ἐπιπορευόμενος τοῖς ὅλοις, δέον κατὰ τὸν τῆς προνοίας λόγον ἢ κατὰ τὸ ὠφελεῖν καὶ εἶναι ἐν τοῖς δεκτικοῖς ἑαυτοῦ. λέγει γοῦν· "ἐνοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς καὶ ἐνπεριπατήσω". ὁ δὲ ἐνπεριπατῶν ἔχει ὁδούς, ἃς αὐτὸς ὁδεύει. διττῶς οὖν ὁδοὺς θεοῦ λέγομεν ἢ τὰς πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀγούσας –αὗται δέ εἰσιν αἱ ἀρεταί–ἢ ἃς αὐτὸς ἐπιβαδίζει κατὰ τὴν πρόνοιαν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ κρίσιν καὶ διοίκησιν καὶ δωρεάς. δεῖ οὖν γνῶναι τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ αὐτοῦ γνωρίζοντος. "καὶ τὰς τρίβους σου δίδαξόν με". ἤτοι ἃς τρίβουσιν οἱ πρὸς σὲ σπεύδοντες ἢ ἃς σὺ τρίβεις ἐπιπορευόμενος τοῖς ἔργοις τῆς χάριτός σου. εἰ δὲ ἔστιν καὶ πλείους εἰπεῖν· οἶδας ὅτι πρὸ διδασκαλίας δεῖ εἶναι γνώριμά τινα· ἐκ προγιγνωσκομένων γὰρ αἱ ἐπιστῆμαι καὶ αἱ ἀποδείξεις αἱ ἐπιστημονικαί. ἀμφοτέρας
The Eternal Age and Repentance§51
51Therefore make known to me your ways; for in this manner I shall learn your paths, following those who have worn them down, those who have proceeded in the good things or those who have proceeded because you proceeded, having a subscript and a pattern, 'that we may follow your footsteps' (Ps 25:4). Therefore, to know precedes to teach. Thus it is said that demonstrations and teachings come from things already known. It can be understood in this way: that common concepts are pre-known. And indeed, when we test a teaching, we say we are testing it in reference to common concepts.
For indeed, at times a teacher says something, and the common concept of the learner pre-perceives and knows whether he speaks well or not. You will find even in these human, scientific demonstrations, that sciences are not being led well if those listening do not pre-perceive what it is necessary to pre-perceive. For indeed, this has often been said to us: that when someone learns something that must be foreknown before the instruction, it is not right to speak to him through obscure words, since it is not familiar to him. 'Guide me into the truth' (Ps 27:11).
After the practical virtues and the guidance according to disposition, the guidance into the truth occurs; for, he says, 'desiring wisdom, keep the commandments, and the Lord will supply it to you' (Ps 119:2). And wisdom and truth are the same. The Savior, indeed, is said to be both: 'Christ, the power of God and the wisdom of God' (1 Cor 1:24). And he himself said: 'I am the truth' (John 14:6).
And teach me, that you are my God and Savior. You are my God, having created me; you are my Savior, willing that I should improve. Therefore, become my teacher. As Creator, so also become teacher. And I waited for you all the day. I waited for you all the time of my life, so that I might have you as teacher and Savior; for 'toward you' I 'lifted up my soul' (Ps 25:1), not toward another. I did not entreat another, so that you might make known to me your ways and teach me your paths, but I deemed you worthy to become teacher of these things to me.
Often the whole of our life's time is called 'a day', according to what has been said: 'for your sake we are dying all the day' (Ps 116:3), instead of what the apostle has made 'every day' (2 Cor 6:13). And 'a day' can be said to be the whole time of the life of the saints, because they are always in light, being illuminated by the truth.
The thin light of 'the sun of righteousness' (Malachi 4:8). This day is not interrupted by nights; it is continuous. For it is said in the Psalm: 'our age is for the illumination of your face' (Ps 36:9). And the life which is extended by the sojourn here is called an age; for it is said, 'there shall be to you a servant for an age' (Ps 119:9), and 'I shall not eat meat for an age' (Ps 119:119), instead of 'through life'. Since therefore the time of our life's day has come to illuminate your face—for we have come to pre-announce your presence—our whole age has become for the illumination of your face because of the illuminating and making manifest to men your visitation.
Remember your mercies, O Lord, and your compassions, because they are from eternity. For even if I have entreated and lifted my soul to you and desired other things to be present to me from you, I do not ask these things according to merit. You provide these things mercifully and compassionately in accordance with the one: 'not of the one willing nor of the one running, but of the God who shows mercy' (Romans 9:16); for even if we have done all things from ourselves, by the mercy of God we strive to attain their end. Hear me as a merciful one, and as a compassionate one receive my prayers. 'And your compassions, because they are from eternity'. For it is not yesterday and the morning that I began to be compassionate. You are eternal, you are eternally good.
Do not remember the sins of my youth and my ignorances (Ps 25:7). You see that concerning former ignorances and sins one prays for mercy and the compassion of God; for there is no longer repentance sending back a prayer upon committed sins. Repentances happen upon things passed away. For it says: 'do not remember the sins and the ignorances of me' (Ps 25:7) which I have, and now I do not have, but those of youth. And it is possible even thus: whatever the age of the one ignoring and sinning may be, he is young in the youth of his mind, in the newness of his conduct. It is possible, therefore, to always find those who confess and bring words of repentance concerning sins passed away, doing this: 'we have sinned, we have transgressed, we have been ungodly' (1 John 1:8); for how is it possible? The one repenting asks for virtue. How then can one who is still in sins have or receive virtue? 'Turn away' (Ps 34:14) therefore 'from evil and do good'. According to your mercy, remember me. What about 'remember me'? It is a personal idiom of the Scripture instead of 'know me' (Ps 139:1).
Greek · §51
οὖν γνώρισόν μοι τὰς ὁδούς σου· οὕτω γὰρ μαθήσομαι τὰς τρίβους σου ἐπεπόμενος τοῖς τρίψασιν αὐτάς, τοῖς προοδεύσασιν ἐν τοῖς καλοῖς ἢ σοῦ προοδεύσαντος, "ἵνα τοῖς ἴχνεσίν σου ἐπακολουθῶμεν" ὑπογραμμόν σε ἔχοντες καὶ τύπον. πρὸ τοῦ διδάξαι οὖν τὸ γνωρίσαι. οὕτω δὲ λέγουσιν ὅτι ἐκ γνωρίμων αἱ ἀποδείξεις καὶ αἱ διδασκαλίαι γίνονται. δυνατὸν λαβεῖν οὕτως ὅτι αἱ κοιναὶ ἔννοιαι προγιγνωσκόμεναί εἰσιν. καὶ τὴν διδασκαλίαν γοῦν ὅτε δοκιμάζομεν, πρὸς τὰς κοινὰς ἐννοίας λέγοντες δοκιμάζομεν αὐτήν. ἀμέλει γοῦν ἐνίοτε διδάςκαλος λέγει τι· καὶ προλαμβάνει ἡ ἔννοια ἡ κοινὴ τοῦ μανθάνοντος καὶ γιγνώσκει, εἰ καλῶς λέ γει ἢ οὐ καλῶς. εὑρήσεις οὖν καὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀποδείξεσιν ταύταις ταῖς ἀνθρωπίναις, ταῖς ἐπιστημονικαῖς, μὴ καλῶς ἀγομένας τὰς ἐπιστήμας, ἐὰν ἃ δέον ἐστὶν προγιγνώσκειν μὴ προγιγνώςκουσιν οἱ ἀκούοντες. ἀμέλει γοῦν πολλάκις καὶ τοῦτο ἡμῖν ἐλέχθη ὅτι, ὅτε τις μανθάνει τινὰ ἃ δεῖ προειδέναι τῆς μαθήσεως, οὐ δεῖ διὰ ἀσαφῶν λέξεων λέγειν ἐκείνῳ, ἐπεὶ οὔκ ἐστιν γνώριμα αὐτῷ. "ὁδήγησόν με ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν". μετὰ τὰς πρακτικὰς ἀρετὰς καὶ τὰς κατὰ διάθεσιν ἡ ὁδήγησις ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν γίνεται· "ἐπιθυμήσας" γάρ, φησίν, "σοφίας διατήρησον ἐντολάς, καὶ κύριος χορηγήσει σοι αὐτήν". σοφία δὲ καὶ ἀλήθεια ταὐτόν ἐστιν. ὁ σωτὴρ γοῦν ἀμφότερα εἶναι λέγεται· "Χριστὸς θεοῦ δύναμις καὶ θεοῦ σοφία". καὶ αὐτὸς εἶπεν· "ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθεια". 5 καὶ δίδαξόν με, ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ θεὸς ὁ σωτήρ μου. θεός μου εἶ δημιουργήσας με, σωτήρ μου εἶ θέλων με βελτιοῦσθαι. σύ μου οὖν διδάσκαλος γενοῦ. ὡς δημιουργός, οὕτω καὶ διδάσκαλος. 5 καὶ σὲ ὑπέμεινα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν. σὲ ὑπέμεινα πάντα τὸν χρόνον τῆς ζωῆς μου, ἵνα διδάσκαλόν σε σχῶ καὶ σωτῆρα· "πρὸς σὲ" γὰρ "ἦρα τὴν ψυχήν μου", οὐ πρὸς ἄλλον. οὐχ ἕτερον παρεκάλεσα, ἵνα γνωρίσῃ 80 μοι τὰς ὁδούς σου καὶ τὰς τρίβους σου διδάξῃ με, ἀλλὰ σὲ ἠξίωσα καὶ τούτων μοι διδάσκαλον γενέσθαι. πολλαχοῦ ὁ πᾶς τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν χρόνος ἡμέρα καλεῖται κατὰ τὸ λεχθέν· "ἕνεκα σοῦ θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν", ἀνθ' οὗ πεποίηκεν ὁ ἀπόστολος "πᾶσαν ἡμέραν". δύναται δὲ ἡμέρα λέγεσθαι ὅλος ὁ χρόνος τῆς ζωῆς τῶν ἁγίων, ὅτι ἐν φωτισμῷ εἰσιν ἀεί, καταλαμπόμενοί εἰσιν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ φωτὸς "τοῦ ἡλίου τῆς δικαιοσύνης". αὕτη ἡ ἡμέρα οὐ μεσολαβεῖται ὑπὸ νυκτῶν, ἀδιάκοπός 53 ἐστιν. εἴρηται γοῦν ἐν ψαλμῷ· "ὁ αἰὼν ἡμῶν εἰς φωτισμὸν τοῦ προσώπου σου". ἡ ζωὴ δὲ ἡ παρεκτεινομένη τῇ ἐνταῦθα ἐπιδιατριβῇ λέγεται αἰών· "ἔσται" γάρ "σοι δοῦλος εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα". "οὐ μὴ φάγω κρέας εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα", ἀντὶ τοῦ "διὰ βίου". ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ὁ χρόνος τῆς ἡμετέρας ζωῆς πρὸς τὸ φωτίσαι τὸ πρόσωπόν σου γεγένηται– ἐληλύθαμεν γὰρ τὴν παρουσίαν σου προαναφωνῆσαι–, ὁ αἰὼν ἡμῶν πᾶς εἰς φωτισμὸν τοῦ προσώπου σου γέγονεν ἕνεκεν τοῦ φωτίσαι καὶ φανερῶσαι ἀνθρώποις τὴν ἐπιδημίαν σου. 6 μνήσθητι τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν σου, κύριε, καὶ τὰ ἐλέη σου, ὅτι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰῶνός εἰσιν. εἰ γὰρ καὶ παρεκάλεσα καὶ ἦρα τὴν ψυχήν μου πρὸς σὲ καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἠξίωσα ὑπαρχθῆναί μοι παρὰ σοῦ, ἀλλ' οὐ κατ' ἀξίαν ταῦτα αἰτῶ. οἰκτίρων καὶ ἐλεῶν ταῦτα παρέχεις συμφώνως τῷ· "οὐ τοῦ θέλοντος οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ἐλεῶντος θεοῦ"· κἂν γὰρ πάντα, ἃ παρ' ἑαυτούς, ἐποιήσαμεν, ἐλέῳ θεοῦ σπουδάζομεν τυχεῖν τοῦ τέλους αὐτῶν. ὡς οἰκτίρ μων ἄκουσόν μου, ὡς ἐλεήμων δέξαι μου τὰς εὐχάς. "καὶ τὰ ἐλέη σου, ὅτι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰῶνός εἰσιν". μὴ γὰρ χθὲς καὶ πρώην ἤρξω ἐλεήμων εἶναι. ἀίδιος εἶ, ἀιδίως ἀγαθὸς εἶ. 7 ἁμαρτίας νεότητός μου καὶ τὰς ἀγνοίας μου μὴ μνησθῇς. θεωρεῖς ὅτι περὶ προλαβουσῶν ἀγνοιῶν καὶ ἁμαρτημάτων εὔχεται κατ' οἰκτιρμὸν καὶ ἐλεημοσύνην θεοῦ· οὐ γὰρ ἔτι μετάνοιά ἐστιν ἡ ἐπὶ πραττομένοις ἁμαρτήμασιν ἀναπέμπουσα εὐχήν. ἐπὶ παρῳχηκόσιν γίνονται αἱ μετάνοιαι. λέγει γοῦν· "μὴ μνησθῇς τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν καὶ τῶν ἀγνοιῶν μου" ὧν ἔχω, νῦν οὐκ ἔχω δέ, ἀλλὰ τῶν τῆς νεότητος. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ οὕτως· οἵας ἐὰν ᾖ ἡλικίας ὁ ἀγνοῶν καὶ ἁμαρτάνων, νέος ἐστὶν νεότητι τῆς γνώμης, νεοπαγίᾳν τῆς ἕξεως. εὑρεῖν οὖν ἔστιν ἀεὶ τοὺς ἐξομολογουμένους καὶ μετανοίας λόγους προφέροντας περὶ παρῳχηκότων ἁμαρτημάτων τοῦτο ποιοῦντας· "ἡμαρτήκαμεν, ἠνομήσαμεν, ἠσεβήσαμεν"· πῶς γὰρ οἷόν τέ ἐστιν; ὁ μετανοῶν ἀρετὴν αἰτεῖ. πῶς οὖν δύναται ἀρετὴν ἔχειν ἢ λαβεῖν ὁ ἐν τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασιν ἔτι ὤν; "ἕκκλινον" γοῦν "ἀπὸ κακοῦ καὶ ποίησον ἀγαθόν". 7 κατὰ τὸ ἔλεός σου μνήσθητί μου σύ. ἐπερ · "μνήσθητί μου"; –ἰδίωμά ἐστιν τῆς γραφῆς ἀντὶ τοῦ "γνῶθί με". 7
The Nature of Testimony and Divine Glory§52
52Because of your goodness, Lord, not because of my own virtue do you remember me. The Lord is good and upright; he who lives with uprightness is good. For often 'good' is taken in a sense of deception: 'bad associations corrupt good morals' (Prov 13:20). Thus, 'good' is not taken here in a praiseworthy sense, but in a sense of being easy or indulgent. Similarly with 'innocent': 'the innocent believes every word,' instead of meaning 'the well-disposed.' And regarding heretics, Paul writes: 'by flattering speech and blessing they deceive the hearts of the innocent' (2 Cor 11:14). Because of this, he establishes laws for those sinning in the way.
If he were abrupt, if he were not good, he would not establish laws in the way of salvation for those sinning, but would hand them over to be punished. Therefore, he establishes laws for those sinning in the way, so that having traveled this way, they may possess salvation. And observe: he does not say 'those who have sinned,' but 'those sinning.' And those still sinning, through exhortations, admonitions, and laws, he leads into the way. But how can the written word mean this, considering all the implications of the law?
He will guide the gentle in judgment. Having judged, he guides the gentle; for again, gentleness often signifies indulgence. But when they are guided having been judged, they possess a perfect virtue, which the Savior taught them to have, saying: 'Learn from me, for I am gentle and lowly in heart' (Matt 11:29). And 'in judgment' can also be understood thus: judging these gentle ones to be capable of being benefited, he guides them. And the first interpretation is most in harmony with the text: that having been judged, they come upon the way having God as a guide. Or does he not guide, he who says: 'Learn from me, for I am gentle' (Matt 11:29)?
All the ways of the Lord are mercy and truth. In many places of the Scriptures, mercy is joined with truth. How great is the truth, so that I might say, it is above men. And observe that all things rational, and all things transcendent, and all things above, require truth. Here, however, we require mercy, so that we may be able to know the truth. It has been said in the previous sections: 'Guide me in your truth, O Lord, and in your paths' (Ps 25:5). Therefore, the beginning of walking these blessed ways is from mercy.
It becomes a part of God, and an end from the truth. This is for those who search out His covenant and His testimonies, not for those who search simply, but specifically those who search out them. Those searching the Scriptures, they too are searching out the covenant of God. To search and to seek out are the same thing.
"And His testimonies": His testimonies are the words testified by Him. You know that what has been testified is irrefutable. Therefore, the irrefutable is often signified by the name of 'testimonies' regarding the divine instructions. What? That which He Himself testified? That which He Himself confirmed. And it is possible to call things irrefutable and unshakeable testimonies, not because they were testified by someone, but because their nature is such that they testify by the truth.
"And the witness," He says, "is faithful in heaven." Concerning God, if it is said that God testifies, we do not mean that the one testifying establishes Him. John came "that he might testify about the light" (John 1:7); for John, the one testifying about the light, did not provide faith and standing to the light. The one testifying shows himself to be knowing by his knowledge, and the one testifying is shown to be diligent by his virtue. So also those who have been well-pleasing and have struggled in persecutions are called witnesses as is fitting. They showed themselves to be lovers of truth, they showed themselves to be knowers of the truth. They did not confirm the truth, but they confirmed themselves. Therefore, those things worthy of the one testifying are often called testimonies.
"For your name's sake, O Lord. Not for the sake of our diligence or our life, but because of your name. This indeed is said in another psalm: 'Not to us, O Lord, not to us, but to your name give glory' (Psalm 115:1); for we are enriched by you and you were named our God, so do it for your name's sake. "And atone for my sin; for it is great." We say "it is great" in this way: if so many paths have been made known to Him, and He has been led to the truth, how much sin does He have? It has been said before the next part: "Cleanse me from my secret sins" (Psalm 51:2), because even a small stain is a great sin to the one who is entirely cleansed.
"Who is the man who fears the Lord?" Therefore, he asks: who then is the man who fears God? To this one "he will teach in the way in which..."
Greek · §52
ἕνεκεν τῆς χρηστότητός σου, κύριε. οὐχ ἕνεκα τῆς ἐμῆς ἀρετῆς μνήσθητί μου. 8 χρηστὸς καὶ εὐθὴς ὁ κύριος. ὁ μετὰ εὐθύτητος ὢν χρηστὸς ἀγαθός ἐστιν· πολλάκις 81 γὰρ τὸ "χρηστὸν" ἐπὶ διαβολῇ λαμβάνεται· "φθείρουσιν ἤθη χρηστὰ ὁμιλίαι κακαί". οὐκ ἐπαινετῶς τὰ χρηστὰ ὧδε λαμβάνει, ἀντὶ τῶν ἐπιπολαίων. καὶ πάλιν τὸ ἄκακον ὁμοίως· "ἄκακος πιστεύει παντὶ λόγῳ", ἀντὶ τοῦ εὐήθης. καὶ περὶ τῶν ἑτεροδόξων γράφει Παῦλος· "διὰ τῆς χρηστολογίας καὶ εὐλογίας ἐξαπατῶσιν τὰς καρδίας τῶν ἀκάκων". 8 διὰ τοῦτο νομοθετήσει ἁμαρτάνοντας ἐν ὁδῷ. εἰ ἦν ἀπότομος, εἰ μὴ ἦν χρηστός, οὐκ ἐνομοθέτει ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ τῆς σωτηρίας τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας, ἀλλὰ κολάσει αὐτοὺς παρεδίδου. καὶ αὐτοὺς οὖν τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας ἐν ὁδῷ νομοθετεῖ, ἵν' ὁδεύσαντες ταύτην τὴν ὁδὸν σωτηρίαν σχῶσιν. καὶ θεώρει· οὐ λέγει "τοὺς ἡμαρτηκότας", ἀλλὰ "τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας". καὶ τοὺς ἔτι ἁμαρτάνοντας διὰ προτροπῶν, νουθεσιῶν, νομοθεσιῶν ἄγει αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν ὁδόν. ἐπερ · τὸν γραπτὸν λέγει; –κατὰ πάντα τὰ σημαινόμενα τοῦ νόμου ἐκλαμβάνεσθαι τοῦτο τὸ ῥητὸν δύναται. 9 ὁδηγήσει πραεῖς ἐν κρίσει. κεκριμένως τοὺς πράους ὁδηγεῖ· δοκεῖ γὰρ πάλιν καὶ ἡ πραότης τοῖς πολλοῖς ἐπιπολαιότητα σημαίνειν. ὅτε δὲ καὶ κεκριμένως ὁδηγοῦνται, τελείαν ἀρετὴν ἔχουσιν ἣν ἐδίδαξεν ἔχειν ὁ σωτὴρ λέγων· "μάθετε ἀπ' ἐμοῦ, ὅτι πραύς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ". δύναται δὲ καὶ τὸ "ἐν κρίσει" οὕτως· κρίνας τούτους τοὺς πραεῖς δυναμένους ὠφεληθῆναι ὁδηγεῖ αὐτούς. καὶ ἡ πρώτη δὲ διάνοια μάλιστα ἔχει ἁρμονίως πρὸς τὴν λέξιν ὅτι κεκριμένως ἔρχονται ἐπὶ τὴν ὁδὸν ὁδηγὸν τὸν θεὸν ἔχοντες. ἢ οὐχ ὁδηγεῖ ὁ λέγων· "μάθετε ἀπ' ἐμοῦ, ὅτι πραύς εἰμι"; 10 πᾶσαι αἱ ὁδοὶ κυρίου ἔλεος καὶ ἀλήθεια. ἐν πολλοῖς τόποις τῶν γραφῶν 54 συνέζευκται τὸ ἔλεος τῇ ἀληθείᾳ. μεγάλη τίς ἐστιν ἡ ἀλήθεια, ἵν' οὕτως εἴπω, ὑπὲρ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐστίν. θεώρει δὲ ὅτι πάντα τὰ λογικὰ καὶ τὰ ὑπερφυῆ καὶ τὰ ἄνω ἀπομείναντα χρῄζει τῆς ἀληθείας. ἐνταῦθα δὲ χρῄζομεν τοῦ ἐλέου, ἵνα δυνηθῶμεν γνῶναι τὴν ἀλήθειαν. εἴρηται δὲ ἐν τοῖς ἔνπροσθεν· "τὰς ὁδούς σου, κύριε, καὶ τὰς τρίβους σου ὁδήγησόν με ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλήθειάν σου". ἀρχὴ οὖν τοῦ ὁδεύειν ταύτας τὰς μακαρίους ὁδοὺς ἐκ τοῦ ἐλέους τοῦ θεοῦ γίνεται, τέλος δὲ ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας. 10 τοῖς ἐκζητοῦσιν τὴν διαθήκην αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ μαρτύρια αὐτοῦ. οὐ τοῖς ἁπλῶς ζητοῦσιν, ἀλλ' ἐπιτεταμένως τοῖς ἐκζητοῦσιν. οἱ ἐρευνῶντες τὰς γραφάς, κἀκεῖνοι ἐκζητοῦσιν τὴν θεοῦ διαθήκην. ταὐτὸν δὲ τὸ ἐρευνᾶν καὶ τὸ ἐκζητεῖν. "καὶ τὰ μαρτύρια αὐτοῦ"· μαρτύριά εἰσιν αὐτοῦ τὰ ὑπ' αὐτοῦ μεμαρτυρημένα λόγια. οἶδας ὅτι τὸ μαρτυρηθὲν ἀναντίρρητον. τὸ ἀναντίρρητον οὖν τῶν θείων παιδευμάτων τῷ ὀνόματι τῶν μαρτυρίων πολλάκις σημαίνεται. ἐπερ · ἃ αὐτὸς ἐμαρτύρησεν; –ἃ αὐτὸς ἐβεβαίωσεν. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τὰ ἀνεξέλεγκτα καὶ μὴ ἔχοντα ἀνατροπὴν μαρτύρια λέγεσθαι, οὐχ ὅτι ὑπό τινος ἐμαρτυρήθησαν, ἀλλ' ὅτι ἡ φύσις αὐτῶν τοιαύτη ἐστίν, ὥστε μαρτυρεῖν αὐτὰ 82 τῇ ἀληθείᾳ. "καὶ ὁ μάρτυς", φησίν, "ἐν οὐρανῷ πιστός". περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐὰν λέγηται ὁ θεὸς μαρτυρεῖσθαι, μὴ τοῦτο λέγομεν ὅτι ὁ μαρτυρῶν αὐτῷ συνιστᾷ αὐτόν. Ἰωάννης ἐλήλυθεν, "ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός"· μὴ γὰρ ὁ μαρτυρήσας περὶ τοῦ φωτὸς Ἰωάννης πίστιν καὶ σύνστασιν τῷ φωτὶ παρέσχεν. ὁ μαρτυρῶν ἐπιστήμῃ ἑαυτὸν δείκνυσιν ἐπιστήμονα, καὶ ὁ μαρτυρῶν ἀρετῇ δείκνυται σπουδαῖος ὤν. οὕτω γοῦν καὶ οἱ ἐν τοῖς διωγμοῖς εὐαρεστήσαντες καὶ ἀθλήσαντες ὡς δεῖ μάρτυρες λέγονται. ἑαυτοὺς ἔδειξαν φιλαλήθεις, ἑαυτοὺς ἔδειξαν εἰδότας τὴν ἀλήθειαν. οὐ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐβεβαίωσαν, ἀλλ' ἑαυτοὺς ἐβεβαίωσαν. τὰ ἄξια οὖν τοῦ μαρτυροῦντος λέγεται πολλάκις μαρτύρια. 11 ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀνόματός σου, κύριε. οὐχ ἕνεκα τῆς ἡμετέρας σπουδῆς ἢ τοῦ ἡμετέρου βίου, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ σὸν ὄνομα. τοῦτο γοῦν καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ ψαλμῷ λέγουσιν· "μὴ ἡμῖν, κύριε, μὴ ἡμῖν, ἀλλ' ἢ τῷ ὀνόματί σου δὸς δόξαν"· ἐπεὶ γὰρ σοῦ χρηματίζομεν καὶ σὺ θεὸς ἡμῶν ὠνομάσθης, ποίησον διὰ τὸ σὸν ὄνομα. 11 καὶ ἱλάσῃ τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ μου· πολλὴ γάρ ἐστιν. τὸ "πολλή ἐστιν" οὕτω λέγομεν· εἰ τοσαῦτα ποθεῖ γνωρισθῆναι ἑαυτῷ τὰς ὁδούς, ὁδηγηθῆναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν, πῶς πολλὴν ἔχει ἁμαρτίαν; εἴρηται ἔνπροσθεν τοῦ· "ἀπὸ τῶν κρυφίων μου καθάρισόν με", ὅτι καὶ ὁ βραχὺς μολυσμὸς μεγάλη ἁμαρτία ἐστὶν τῷ ὁλοκαθάρμῳ. 12 τίς ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος ὁ φοβούμενος τὸν κύριον. λοιπὸν πυνθάνεται· τίς ἐστιν ἄρα ὁ φοβούμενος τὸν θεὸν ἄνθρωπος; τούτῳ "νομοθετήσει ἐν ὁδῷ ᾗ
The Testament and the Eyes toward the Lord§53
53God himself chose. It is not a random person who fears the Lord. Many of us think this way, and many times we say, 'I simply want to fear God.' But we do not know what we are saying; for 'the fear of God surpassed all things,' as the Scripture says. And further: 'there is no lack for those fearing him.' If the one fearing God has no lack, he is most full. The 'who is' can be both small and spiritual.
He will lay down law for him in the way in which he was chosen. God himself is chosen. But it is possible for the man to be chosen; for virtue is primarily called 'choosable.' Just as that which is worthy of being loved is lovable, even if no one loves it; and likewise that which is worthy of being hated is hateful, even if no one hates it; so the 'choosable' is choosable, even if no one chooses it. For even bad things are chosen, but they are not choosable. Rather, the opinion regarding these things is mistaken. 'He will lay down law for him in the way in which he was chosen.' That is, either the one laying down law or the one receiving law. Both are true.
His soul shall be delighted in good things. This man who fears the Lord has his soul being delighted in good things. And his seed shall inherit the land. 'His seed' is not necessarily the physical—for the bad sons of many holy men were shown to exist—but the seed being generated through instruction and the imitation of virtue.
The Lord is a stronghold to those fearing him. Therefore, he speaks of the magnitude of the one fearing God. Those fearing God have no other stronghold than Him whom they fear. He is their strength, he is their king, he holds them. 'And the name' of Him has become a particular possession of 'those fearing him.' It is not a particular possession of men, but of those fearing; for indeed He gave it to all, but it has become the property of those fearing. And His covenant is to make it manifest to them. Covenants, when they are sealed, are not yet manifest...
It is written to the heirs. Therefore, this testament does not remain forever sealed, but it shall one day be released, so that the inheritance may be given to those written down. Thus he will make it known to them.
And since he often calls the divine word a testament, both the old and the new, the one before the visitation and the one after it, this testament must be made known; it must be released. It is released then when the things foretold are fulfilled by the outcome, according to: 'so that what was said might be fulfilled' (Ps 40:8). For it becomes valid when the one who made the arrangement has died; for the release happens then. Even if it is not released in the sense of a contradiction, it is released by power; for when the things commanded are being handed over to those who have received them, the testament is released.
15 My eyes are toward the Lord always, because he himself will drag my feet out of the snare (Ps 25:15). Observe that, if we do not attend precisely to the words, opposites are found. It is no longer according to the one saying, 'Great is my sin' (Ps 51:5), but rather, 'My eyes are toward the Lord always' (Ps 25:15); for he who always keeps his eyes toward the Lord has no sin at all, he has a pure heart. In this way, he is also able to see God himself.
Therefore, when he does not see at one time, and perhaps not at another, yet having his eyes toward the Lord always, he says, 'But I am with you always' (Ps 73:23). And being with you, he does not sin. Unless someone becomes outside of God, he does not sin. 'Those who prolong' therefore 'will separate themselves from you' (Ps 139:7). And what about 'and his testament'?—the testament of God is made known when someone is proven worthy to receive the things promised.
The testament of God has something paradoxical compared to the other testaments; once, the testaments of men are released. But God is day by day. This, therefore, both makes the testament known to those coming and to those who are worthy. Just as in all other things the things of God deviate, for it was said that this sensible light, when it comes into the middle, illuminates the eye that has it; it does not provide comprehension to the blind. But the thing of...
Greek · §53
ᾑρεθίσατο" αὐτὸς ὁ θεός. οὐχ ὁ τυχών ἐστιν δὲ ὁ τὸν κύριον φοβούμενος ἄνθρωπος. οὕτως νομίζομεν οἱ πολλοί, οὕτως πολλάκις λέγομεν ὅτι· "ἐγὼ ἁπλῶς θέλω φοβεῖσθαι τὸν θεόν". οὐκ ἰσμὲν δὲ τί λέγομεν· ὁ γὰρ "φόβος τοῦ θεοῦ πάντα ὑπερέβαλεν", ὡς αὐτὴ ἡ γραφὴ λέγει. καὶ ἔτι· "οὐκ ἔστιν ὑστέρημα τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτόν". εἰ οὐκ ἔχει ὑστέρημα ὁ φοβούμενος τὸν θε όν, πληρέστατός ἐστιν. τὸ "τίς ἐστιν" δύναται τὸ σπάνιον εἶναι καὶ πυσματικόν. 12 νομοθετήσει αὐτῷ ἐν ὁδῷ ᾗ ᾑρεθίσατο. ᾗ αὐτὸς ὁ θεὸς αἱρεῖται. δύναται δὲ ᾗ ᾑρεθίσατο ὁ ἄνθρωπος· κυρίως γὰρ ἡ ἀρετὴ αἱρετὴ λέγεται. ὥσπερ φιλητόν ἐστιν τὸ ἄξιον τοῦ φιλεῖσθαι, κἂν μηδεὶς αὐτὸ φιλῇ, φιλητόν ἐστιν καὶ μισητὸν τὸ ἄξιον τοῦ μισεῖσθαι, κἂν μηδεὶς αὐτὸ μισῇ, οὕτως αἱρετή ἐστιν ἡ "αἱρετή", κἂν μηδεὶς αὐτὴν αἱρῆται· αἱρεῖσθαι γὰρ ἔστιν καὶ κακά, ἀλλ' οὐκ αἱρετά. μᾶλλον ἐσφαλμένη ἐστὶν ἡ περὶ ταῦτα αἵρεσις. "νομοθετήσει αὐτῷ ἐν ὁδῷ ᾗ ᾑρετίσατο". ἤτοι αὐτὸς ὁ νομοθετῶν ἢ ὁ νομοθετούμενος. ἀμφότερα δὲ ἀληθῆ ἐστιν. 13 ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ ἐν ἀγαθοῖς αὐλισθήσεται. οὗτος ὁ φοβούμενος τὸν κύριον ἄνθρωπος ἐν ἀγαθοῖς ἔχει τὴν ψυχὴν αὐλιζομένην. 13 καὶ τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ κληρονομήσει γῆν. "σπέρμα αὐτοῦ" οὐ πάντως τὸ σωματικόν –πολλῶν δὲ ἁγίων 55 ἀνδρῶν φαῦλοι υἱοὶ ἀπεδείχθησαν–, ἀλλὰ τὸ σπέρμα τὸ 83 γεννώμενον κατὰ παίδευσιν καὶ μίμησιν ἀρετῆς. 14 κραταίωμα κύριος τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτόν. λοιπὸν λέγει τὸ μέγεθος τοῦ φοβουμένου τὸν θεόν. οὐκ ἄλλο κραταίωμα ἔχουσιν οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν̣ θ̣εὸν ἢ αὐτὸν τόν, ὃν φοβοῦνται. ἰσχὺς αὐτῶν ἐστιν, βασιλεὺς αὐτῶν ἐστιν, κρατεῖ αὐτῶν. "καὶ τὸ ὄνομα" αὐτοῦ ἴδιον γέγονεν "τῶν φοβουμένων αὐτόν". οὔκ ἐστιν ἴδιον ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλὰ τῶν φοβουμένων· πᾶσιν μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸ δέδωκεν, ἀλλὰ τῶν φοβουμένων κτῆμα γέγονεν. 14 καὶ ἡ διαθήκη αὐτοῦ τοῦ δηλῶσαι αὐτοῖς. αἱ διαθῆκαι ὅτε εἰσὶν ἐσφραγισμέναι, οὔπω δῆλά εἰσιν τὰ ἐνγεγραμμένα τοῖς κληρονόμοις. οὐκ ἀεὶ οὖν μένει ἡ διαθήκη αὕτη ἐσφραγισμένη, ἀλλὰ λυθήσεταί ποτε, ἵνα ἀποδοθῇ ἡ κληρονομία τοῖς ἐνγραφεῖσιν. δηλώσει οὖν αὐτοῖς. καὶ ἐπεὶ πολλαχοῦ λέγει τὸν θεῖον λόγον διαθήκην τόν τε παλαιὸν καὶ καινόν, τὸν πρὸ τῆς ἐπιδημίας καὶ μετ' αὐτήν, δεῖ ταύτην τὴν διαθήκην δηλωθῆναι, δεῖ λυθῆναι. τότε δὲ λύεται, ὅταν πληρωθῇ τὰ προαναφωνηθέντα δι' ἐκβάσεως κατὰ τό· "ὅπως πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθέν"· τότε γὰρ βεβαία γίνεται, ὅτε τέθνηκεν ὁ διαταξάμενος· ἡ λύσις γὰρ τότε γίνεται. κἂν μὴ λυθῇ τῷ μὴ εἶναι ἀντίρρησιν, λέλυται τῇ δυνάμει· τὅτε γὰρ ἀποδίδεται τὰ διαταγέντα, τοῖς εἰληφόσιν λέλυται ἡ διαθήκη. 15 οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου διὰ παντὸς πρὸς τὸν κύριον, ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐκσπάσει ἐκ παγίδος τοὺς πόδας μου. θεώρει ὅτι, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκριβῶς ἐπιστάνωμεν ταῖς λέξεσιν, ὁτὲ ἐναντιώματα εὑρίσκεται. οὐκέτι ἐστὶν κατὰ τὸν λέγοντα· "πολλή ἐστιν ἡ ἁμαρτία μου", τό· "οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου διὰ παντὸς πρὸς τὸν κύριον"· ὁ γὰρ διὰ παντὸς τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς προσέχων πρὸς τὸν κύριον οὐκ ἔχει ὅλως ἁμαρτίαν, καθαρὰν ἔχει καρδίαν. οὕτω καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν θεὸν ὁρᾶν δύναται. ὅταν οὖν μὴ ποτὲ ὁρᾷ, ποτὲ δὲ μή, διὰ παντὸς ἔχων πρὸς τὸν κύριον τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς, λέγει· "ἐγὼ δὲ διὰ παντὸς μετὰ σοῦ". μετὰ σοῦ δὲ ὢν οὐχ ἁμαρτάνω. εἰ μὴ ἐκτός τις γένηται θεοῦ, οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει. "οἱ μακρύνοντες" οὖν "ἑαυτοὺς ἀπὸ σοῦ ἀπολοῦνται". ἐπερ · "καὶ ἡ διαθήκη αὐτοῦ"; –ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ διαθήκη δηλοῦται, ὅταν τις ἀποδειχθῇ ἄξιος τοῦ λαβεῖν τὰ ἐπαγγελλόμενα. ἔχει δέ τι παράδοξον παρὰ τὰς ἄλλας διαθήκας ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ· προσάπαξ λύονται αἱ τῶν ἀνθρώπων διαθῆκαι. ὁ θεὸς δὲ καθ' ἡμέραν. οὗτος οὖν τὴν διαθήκην καὶ δηλοῖ τοῖς προσερχομένοις καὶ ἀξίοις οὖσιν. ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις πᾶσιν παραλλάττει τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ἔλεγον γὰρ ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦτο τὸ αἰσθητὸν ὅταν εἰς μέσον ἔλθῃ, φωτίζει τὸν ὄψιν ἔχοντα· οὐ παρέχει ἀντίλημψιν τῷ τυφλῷ. τὸ δὲ τοῦ
The Twofold Knowledge and the Eye of the Heart§54
54The light of God is perceived at once, providing sight and enlightening it. To those who are blind and do not know Him when He rises, He grants even more: to have the eyes of the mind and to perceive the light. In this way, the covenant is not suddenly released; rather, if someone today makes himself worthy to be the son of the One who possesses and is an heir, then it is revealed to him. 'My eyes are continually toward the Lord' (Ps 25:15). Since 'the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous' (Ps 34:15), it is necessary that the righteous also have their eyes continually toward Him.
They do not see Him at all times, but sometimes they see one of the forbidden things; for just as 'no one can serve two masters' (Matt 6:24), so no one can have his eyes toward God and toward evil or the maker of evil first. God is a spiritual essence seen by the eyes of the intellect. When the eyes of the intellect are stretched toward Him alone, they see nothing else. And the physical hands are not able to see when we see God, just as one serving God is not able to serve Mammon.
And regarding 'is not able' I say this: he is not able to do justice while he is doing injustice; for I do not say as I say 'it is not possible for a man to fly,' but rather that as far as he is righteous, he is not able toward sin, and when he is a sinner, he is not able toward virtue. 'My eyes' therefore 'are continually toward the Lord' (Ps 25:15). I always see Him. And he who sees God does not sin; 'everyone who sins has not seen Him nor known Him' (1 John 3:6). And behold the piety of the saints; even if he himself chooses to direct his eyes toward the Lord, it is evident that he is not sinning; the achievement of sinlessness is inscribed by God: 'since my eyes are continually toward Him' (Ps 25:15), because of this I escape the snare which sin prepares; for 'He Himself will rescue my feet from the snare' (Ps 124:7).
I searched for some of the ancients, which is a fine thing to say, that sometimes the eye is named in the singular of the inner man, and sometimes in the plural. In the Song of Songs, for instance, it is said: 'You have made us one from your eyes' (Song 6:9). 'My eye brought forth tears.' 'My eye was troubled from my spirit.' But in the plural: 'I lifted up my eyes to the mountains' (Song 6:4); and in the present verse: 'my eyes...'
Because of all things toward the Lord. And 'having been enlightened the eyes of the heart' (Eph 1:18). We have a twofold knowledge; for then it is knowledge of truth, when the form of each thing being known is received into itself.
The works of God are both visible and invisible; and from the greatness of these and from their beauty, the one who constructed them is perceived. And our mind is an eye seeing the invisible, the pure heart, which also sees God. And we also have the sense of eyes. And if it applies to the visible works of God in this way, as they were constructed and possess nature, it is healthy. But when, I say, seeing the sun we think it is God himself, seeing the heavenly arrangement we regard as mere idle chatter, this eye does not see correctly; for it was necessary 'that the invisible things of God be seen through the works of the creation of the world' (Rom 1:20).
The invisible things of God are seen then, when we apply our sight to the visible creations of God and thus from the creation of this sensible world we see clearly the invisible things of God. We are not able to see the arts and the sciences in the minds of men except when the mind is invisible. And from the constructed works or scientific contemplations we receive the sense of the mind, according to what science or art has made it. Primarily, therefore, one perceives the science of the mechanic; he who is able to receive the principles of mechanical constructions into his own intellect. Similarly also regarding others; we call that one a physician who knows medical matters as they ought to be, as the science dictates.
When, therefore, someone sees the invisible as it ought to be—and by 'as it ought to be' I say, as it is possible—and sees also the invisible creations of God, of which the human soul is also a creation, he has this eye seeing toward God and pure through all things. When he also correctly perceives the sensible creations and the providence concerning them, he has the sensory desire—not this I mean the one of the body, but the intellect of the sensibles, the visible—succeeding, and thus he has the eyes toward the Lord through all things.
As a slave speaks. And a slave is the one serving God, who both in disposition and in deed confesses the lordship, 'he who does the will of the Father in the heavens' (Matt 7:21). 'Because he himself will drag the feet out of the snare' (Ps 91:3).
Greek · §54
θεοῦ φῶς ἅμα φαινόμενον καὶ τὴν ὄψιν παρέχει καὶ φωτίζει αὐτήν. τοῖς γοῦν ἀγνοοῦσιν αὐτὸν τυφλοῖς οὖσιν ὅτε ἀνατέλλει, ἀμφότερα χαρίζεται καὶ τὸ ὄψιν ἔχειν νοῦ καὶ τὸ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τοῦ φωτός–, οὕτω 84 καὶ ἡ διαθήκη οὐ προσάπαξ λύεται, ἀλλ' ἐάν τις σήμερον ἄξιον ἑαυτὸν καταστήσ̣ῃ τοῦ υἱὸν εἶναι τοῦ διαθεμένου καὶ κληρονόμον, τότε δηλο̣ῦται αὐτῷ. "οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου διὰ παντὸς πρὸς τὸν κύριον". ἐπεὶ "οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους", ἀνάγκη καὶ τοὺς δικαίους διὰ παντὸς τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχειν πρὸς αὐτόν. οὐ ποτὲ μὲν αὐτὸν ὁρῶσιν, ποτὲ δὲ οὔ, ἀλλά τινα τῶν ἀπηγορευμένων· ὅνπερ γὰρ τρόπον "οὐδεὶς δύναται δυσὶν κυρίοις δουλεύειν", οὕτως οὐδεὶς δύναται πρὸς θεὸν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχειν καὶ πρὸς τὴν κακίαν ἢ τὸν ποιητὴν τῆς κακίας πρῶτον. ὁ θεὸς νοερά ἐστιν οὐσία βλεπομένη ὀφθαλμοῖς διανοίας. ὅταν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ τῆς διανοίας πρὸς τοῦτον μόνον τεταμένοι γένωνται, οὐδὲν ἕτερον ὁρῶσιν. τὰ δὲ χείρονα οὐ πεφύκασιν βλέπειν, ὅτε τὸν θεὸν ὁρῶσιν, ὥσπερ οὐ πέφυκεν δουλεύειν μαμωνᾷ ὁ θεῷ δουλεύων. τὸ "οὐ πέφυκεν" δὲ οὕτω λέγω· οὐ πέφυκεν τὸν ἀδικοῦντα δικαιοσύνην ποιεῖν· οὐ γὰρ οὕτω λέγω ὡς λέγω ὅτι "οὐ πέφυκεν τὸν ἄνθρωπον πτῆναι", ἀλλ' ὅσον ἐστὶν δίκαιος οὐ πέφυκεν πρὸς ἁμαρτίαν, ὅτε ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν, οὐ πέφυκεν πρὸς ἀρετήν. "οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου" 56 οὖν "διὰ παντὸς πρὸς τὸν κύριον". ἀεὶ αὐτὸν ὁρῶ. ὁ δὲ ὁρῶν θεὸν οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει· "πᾶς ὁ ἁμαρτάνων οὐχ ἑώρακεν αὐτὸν οὐδὲ ἔγνωκεν αὐτόν". καὶ ὅρα γε τὸ εὐλαβὲς τῶν ἁγίων· εἰ καὶ αὐτὸς προαιρέ σει ἔτεινεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς πρὸς τὸν κύριον, δηλονότι οὐχ ἁμαρτάνων, τῷ θεῷ τὸ κατόρθωμα τῆς ἀναμαρτησίας ἐπιγράφων λέγει· "ἐπεὶ οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου διὰ παντὸς πρὸς αὐτόν", διὰ τοῦτο ἔξω γίνομαι τῆς παγίδος ἧς σκευάζει ἡ ἁμαρτία· "αὐτὸς" γὰρ "ἐκσπάσει ἐκ παγίδος τοὺς πόδας μου". ἐζήτησάν τινες τῶν ἀρχαίων, ὃ καλὸν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι ὁτὲ μὲν ἑνικῶς ὁ ὀφθαλμὸς ὀνομάζεται τοῦ ἔσω ἀνθρώπου, ὁτὲ δὲ πληθυντικῶς. ἐν τῷ ᾄςματι γοῦν τῶν ᾀσμάτων λέγεται· "ἐκαρδίωσας ἡμᾶς ἑνὶ ἀπὸ ὀφθαλμῶν σου". "ὁ ὀφθαλμός μου κατήγαγεν δάκρυα". "ἐταράχθη ἀπὸ θυμοῦ ὁ ὀφθαλμός μου". ὁτὲ δὲ πληθυντικῶς· "ἦρα τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς μου εἰς τὰ ὄρη"· καὶ ἐν τῷ παρόντι στίχῳ· "οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου διὰ παντὸς πρὸς τὸν κύριον". καί· "πεφωτισμένοι τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας". διττὴν γνῶσιν ἔχομεν· τότε γὰρ ἀληθείας ἐστὶν γνῶσις, ὅταν τὸ ἑκάστου γιγνωσκομένου δέχηται εἰς ἑαυτὴν εἶδος. εἰσὶν ὁρατὰ καὶ ἀόρατα θεοῦ ποιήματα· καὶ ἐκ μεγέθους τούτων καὶ τῆς καλλονῆς ὁ κατασκευάσας αὐτὰ θεωρεῖται. ὀφθαλμὸς δέ ἐστιν ὁ τὰ ἀόρατα ὁρῶν ὁ νοῦς ἡμῶν, ἡ καθαρὰ καρδία, ἥτις καὶ τὸν θεὸν βλέπει. ἔχομεν δὲ καὶ τὴν αἴσθησιν ὀφθαλμῶν. καὶ ἐὰν ἐπιβάλλῃ τοῖς ὁρατοῖς ποιήμασιν τοῦ θεοῦ οὕτως, ὡς κατεσκευάσθησαν καὶ ἔχουσιν φύσεως, ὑγιαίνει. ὅταν δέ, φέρε, ὁρῶντες τὸν ἥλιον θεὸν αὐτὸν νομίζωμεν, ὁρῶντες τὴν διάταξιν τὴν οὐράνιον ἡγώμεθα γενεθλιαλογίαν εἶναι, οὐκ ὀρθῶς βλέπει ὁ ὀφθαλμὸς οὗτος· ἔδει γὰρ "τὰ ἀόρατα τοῦ θεοῦ ἀπὸ κτίσεως 85 κόσμου τοῖς ποιήμασιν νοούμενα καθορᾶσθαι". τὰ ἀόρατα τοῦ θεοῦ τότε ὁρᾶται, ὅταν ἐπιβάλλωμεν τοῖς θεοῦ ὁρατοῖς δημιουργήμασιν καὶ οὕτως ἀπὸ κτίσεως τοῦ κόσμου τούτου τοῦ αἰσθητοῦ τὰ ἀόρατα τοῦ θεοῦ καθορῶμεν. τὰς ἐν τῷ νῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τέχνας καὶ τὰς ἐπιστήμας ἰδεῖν οὐ δυνάμεθα ἅτε τοῦ νοῦ ἀοράτου ὄντος. ἐκ τῶν κατασκευαζομένων δὲ ἔργων ἢ θεωρημάτων ἐπιστημονικῶν λαμβάνομεν τὴν αἴσθησιν τοῦ νοῦ, κατὰ ποίαν ἐπιστήμην ἢ τέχνην πεποίωται. κυρίως οὖν θεώρει τὴν ἐπιστήμην τοῦ μηχανικοῦ· ὁ τοὺς λόγους τῶν μηχανικῶν κατασκευασμάτων δυνάμενος δέξασθαι εἰς τὴν διάνοιαν ἑαυτοῦ. ὁμοίως καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις· ἐκεῖνον ἰατρικὸν λέγομεν τὸν εἰδότα τὰ ἰατρικὰ ὡς δεῖ, ὡς ἡ ἐπιστήμη ὑπαγορεύει. ὅταν τις οὖν τὸν ἀόρατον ὁρᾷ ὡς δεῖ– τὸ "ὡς δεῖ" δὲ λέγω, ὡς ἐφικτόν ἐστιν–, ὁρᾷ δὲ καὶ τὰ δημιουργήματα τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ ἀόρατα, ὧν καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν, ἔχει τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν τοῦτον διὰ παντὸς πρὸς θεὸν ὁρῶντα καὶ καθαρόν. ὅταν καὶ τὰ δημιουργήματα τὰ αἰσθητὰ καὶ τὴν περὶ τούτων πρόνοιαν ὀρθῶς ἐκλαμβάνῃ, ἔχῃ καὶ τὸν αἰσθητικὸν πόθον–οὐ τοῦτον λέγω τὸν τοῦ σώματος, ἀλλὰ τὴν νόησιν τὴν τῶν αἰσθητῶν, ὁρατῶν–κατορθούμενον, καὶ οὕτω τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχει διὰ παντὸς πρὸς τὸν κύριον. ὡς δοῦλος λαλεῖ. δοῦλος δέ ἐστιν ὁ δουλεύων θεῷ, ὁ καὶ διαθέσει καὶ ἔργῳ ὁμολογῶν τὴν δεσποτείαν, "ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς πατρός". "ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐκσπάσει ἐκ παγίδος τοὺς πόδας
The Uniqueness of the Only-Begotten Son§55
55Even if the trappers and hunters seek to catch my foot, as if to throw it into a trap, I do not suffer this because I keep my eyes toward the Lord at all times. For often the settings of the wicked snares are called the disciplines of the Divine: 'the foot was caught in that trap which they hid' (Ps 7:15). Frequently the enemies of truth prepare traps, and by catching others in these traps, they themselves are snared. And there is such a thing in history: Haman prepared wood in order to crucify the righteous Mordecai, and he himself was crucified upon it. And concerning this great man it is said: 'He dug a pit and hollowed it out, and he will fall into the pit which he made' (Prov 26:27). Even if these things do not happen in this life, they certainly happen in the life to come, caught in the trap which he prepared.
For many observe these sensory things and consider themselves to be escaping them, such as: 'all who take a sword will perish by the sword' (Matt 26:51). But this is not a contradiction; rather it says: those who take a sword will fall under punishment. In many places of the Scriptures the sword signifies punishment, as in: 'I will drink my arrows, and my sword devours the blood of the wounded' (Ps 11:6), and: 'my sword was drunken in heaven' (Ps 73:4); for it also touched those who sinned in Psalm 86 and drew them toward punishment in this way: 'our soul was snatched like a sparrow from the trap of the hunters' (Ps 86:7). And see the difference: perhaps some of those being hunted by these wicked hunters are taken entirely into the traps, while others only their feet. Therefore those saying: 'our soul was snatched like a sparrow' were caught entirely. You say immediately: 'the trap was broken, and we were snatched away.'
Here, since the saint has his eyes toward the Lord at all times, concerning more trivial sins he says: 'my feet became a trap.' Therefore, snap them out of there, so that having become otherwise unfooted, they may run the way of the commandments of God and say: 'I ran without iniquity and I directed my course' (Ps 119:45). 16 Watch over me and have mercy on me. When God watches, mercy comes to those being watched; for they are worthy of being seen; for the [one who...]
By sinning, one is distanced from the eyes of God and from His face. Adam, indeed, when he sinned along with Eve, 'was hidden from the face of the Lord God' (Gen 3:8). They do not endure being seen by the face of God when they most clearly realize to themselves that they have sinned. But Cain, acting impudently, led himself away from the face of God; for 'Cain went out.' And the one going out does so by choice. Concerning Adam and Eve, it is said: 'the Lord cast them out.' While they were still inside, He cast them out; for it was no longer permitted for them to be inside. Nevertheless, they were surrounded by desire. They are not as evil as the one who went out from the face of the Lord. These are those about whom it is written: 'lawless ones do not abide before your eyes' (Ps 119:19). But they go outside the eyes of God voluntarily; for the eyes of God, beholding, enlighten those who are looked upon. 'For I am poor and only-begotten' (Ps 31:6).
Aetius, the leader of the Eunomian heresy, says to some: 'How great a thing you grant by saying that the Christ is the only-begotten of God. And many other creatures are only-begotten. The sun, indeed, is only-begotten.' I say to him: it is not the same thing to be something 'only-begotten' and to be an only-begotten offspring or an only-begotten Son. Therefore, these things said to others as 'only-begotten' are not said with the addition of 'Son,' or 'from the Father,' or 'offspring.' But the Savior, if He is ever so named, is called with such an addition: 'and we beheld His glory, a glory as of the only-begotten from the Father' (John 1:14). And the one who is the only-begotten Son from the Father is the Father's only. And again: 'so God loved the world that He gave His only-begotten Son' (John 3:16). I say: since there is an only-begotten Son, it is impossible for there to be another son belonging to that only-begotten Son. And nothing of the creatures is only-begotten; for even if the sun were only-begotten, it is not an only-begotten creature, nor an only-begotten work, but an only-begotten sun. So also among humans we say 'only-begotten child,' not because he is the only one that exists, but because he is the only one to that parent. And that: 'he who does not believe is already condemned, because he has not believed in the name of the only-begotten Son of God' (John 3:18). Since, therefore, he who says these things is not an only-begotten Son, let us observe how he is called otherwise; for even if he speaks of David the...
Greek · §55
μου". εἰ καὶ ἐφεδρεύουσίν μοι οἱ παγιδευταὶ καὶ θηρευταὶ λαβεῖν θέλοντες καὶ τὸν πόδα μου ὥσπερ εἰς τὴν παγίδα βροχίσαι, ἀλλ' ἐγὼ διὰ παντὸς ἔχων πρὸς τὸν κύριον τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς οὐ πάσχω τοῦτο. πολλαχοῦ γὰρ τῶν θείων παιδευμάτων τὰ ἐνεδρεύματα τῶν πονηρῶν παγίδες ὀνομάζονται· "ἐν παγίδι ταύτῃ, ᾗ ἔκρυψαν, συνελήμφθη ὁ ποὺς αὐτῶν". πολλάκις οἱ ἐχθροὶ τῆς ἀληθεία παγίδας σκευάζουσιν καὶ ἐν ταῖς παγίσιν αἷς σκευάζουσιν ἄλλοις, αὐτοὶ ἁλίσκονται. καὶ ἔστιν καὶ ἐν τῇ ἱστορία τοιαῦτά τινα· ὁ Ἀμὰ εὐτρέπισεν ξύλον, ἵνα σταυρώσῃ τὸν δίκαιον Μαρδοχέα, καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ αὐτὸς ἐσταυρώθη. καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ μεγαλοδαίμονος λέγεται· "λάκκον ὤρυξεν καὶ ἀνέσκαψεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐμπεσεῖται εἰς βόθρον ὃν εἰργάσατο". κἂν γοῦν ἐν 57 τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ ταῦτα μὴ γένηται, ἀλλ' οὖν γε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι παγιδεύεται ᾗ ἐσκεύασεν παγίδι. πολλοὶ γὰρ τηροῦσιν τὰ αἰσθητὰ ταῦτα καὶ ὡς διαφευδόμενα αὐτὰ ἡγοῦνται, ὧν ἐστιν καὶ τό· "πάντες οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται". οὔκ ἐστιν δὲ ἀναντίρρητον τοῦτο· ἀλλὰ τοῦτο λέγει· οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν κολάσει ὑποπεσοῦνται. ἐν πολλοῖς δὲ τόποις τῶν γραφῶν ἡ μάχαιρα δηλοῖ τὴν κόλασιν, ὡς ἐν τῷ· "μεθύσω τὰ βέλη μου, καὶ ἡ μάχαιρά μου καταφάγεται αἷμα τραυματιῶν", καί· "ἐμεθύςθη ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἡ μάχαιρά μου"· ἥψατο γὰρ καὶ τῶν 86 ἐκεῖ ἡμαρτηκότων καὶ κολάσεως τρόπῳ ἐπέσπασεν αὐτοὺς ὧδε. "ἡ ψυχὴ ἡμῶν ὡς στρουθίον ἐρύσθη ἐκ τῆς παγίδος τῶν θηρευόντων". καὶ ὅρα γε διαφοράν· τάχα τινὲς τῶν ἀγρευομένων ὑπὸ τῶν φαύλων τούτων θηρευτῶν ὅλοι ἐντὸς εἰς τὰς παγίδας λαμβάνονται, οἱ δὲ μόνους τοὺς πόδας. οἱ λέγοντες οὖν· "ἡ ψυχὴ ἡμῶν ὡς στρουθίον ἐρύσθη" ὅλοι ἦσαν παγιδευθέντες. λέγεις γοῦν εὐθέως· "ἡ παγὶς συνετρίβη, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐρύσθημεν". ὧδε δὲ ὁ ἅγιος ἐπεὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχει διὰ παντὸς πρὸς τὸν κύριον, περὶ ἁμαρτημάτων εὐτελεστέρων λέγει ὅτι· "οἱ πόδες μου γέγοναν εἰς παγίδα". ἔκσπα οὖν αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖθεν, ἵνα ἀνενπόδιστοι λοιπὸν γενόμενοι ὁδὸν τῶν ἐντολῶν τοῦ θεοῦ δράμωσιν καὶ εἴπωσιν· "ἄνευ ἀνομίας ἔδραμον καὶ κατηύθυνα". 16 ἐπίβλεψον ἐπ' ἐμὲ καὶ ἐλέησόν με. ὅταν ἐπιβλέψῃ θεός, ἔλεος γίνεται τοῖς ἐπιβλεπομένοις· ἄξιοι γάρ εἰσιν τοῦ ὁρᾶσθαι· ὁ γὰρ ἁμαρτάνων μακρύνεται τῶν ὄψεων τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ. ὁ Ἀδὰμ γοῦν ὅτε ἥμαρτεν ἅμα τῇ Εὕᾳ, "ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ προσώπου κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ". οὐχ ὑπομένουσιν ὀφθῆναι τῷ προσώπῳ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅτε μάλιστα συνίσασιν ἑαυτοῖς ὅτι ἡμαρτήκασιν. ὁ δὲ θρασυνόμενος Κάιν ἔξω τοῦ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἀπήγαγεν· "ἐξῆλθεν" γὰρ "Κάιν". ὁ δὲ ἐξερχόμενος ἐθελοντὶ τοῦτο ποιεῖ. περὶ γοῦν τοῦ Ἀδὰμ καὶ τῆς Εὕας εἴρηται ὅτι· "ἐξέβαλεν αὐτοὺς κύριος". ἐφιεμένους τῶν ἔσω ἐξέβαλεν αὐτούς· οὐκέτι γὰρ ἐλυσιτέλει αὐτοὺς ἔσω εἶναι. ὅμως περιείχοντο τῷ πόθῳ. οὔκ εἰσιν οὕτω κακοὶ ὡς ὁ ἐξελθὼν ἀπὸ προσώπου κυρίου. οὗτοί εἰσιν περὶ ὧν γέγραπται· "οὐ διαμενοῦσιν παράνομοι ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν σου". ἐθελουσίως δὲ ἔξω τῶν ὄψεων τοῦ θεοῦ γίνονται· οἱ γὰρ ὀφθαλμοὶ θεοῦ ἐφορῶντες φωτίζουσιν τοὺς ἐπιβλεπομένους. 16 ὅτι μονογενὴς καὶ πτωχός εἰμι ἐγώ. Ἀέτιος ὁ ἔξαρχος τῆς Εὐνομίου αἱρέσεως ἔλεγέν τισιν ὅτι· "ὡς μεγάλα χαριζόμενοί ἐστε λέγοντες ὅτι μονογενὴς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός. καὶ ἄλλα πολλὰ κτίσματα μονογενῆ εἰσιν. ὁ ἥλιος γοῦν μονογενής ἐστιν". λέγω αὐτῷ· οὐ ταὐτόν ἐστιν τὸ εἶναί τι μονογενὲς καὶ τὸ εἶναι μονογενὲς γέννημα ἢ μονογενὴς υἱός, λέγω. ταῦτα οὖν τὰ ἄλλοις λεγόμενα μονογενῆ οὐ μετὰ προσθήκης τοῦ "υἱοῦ" ἢ "παρὰ πατρὸς" ἢ "γεννήματος" λέγονται. ὁ δὲ σωτὴρ εἴ που ὀνομάζεται, μετὰ τοιαύτης προσθήκης λέγεται· "καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός". ὁ δὲ παρὰ πατρὸς μονογενὴς υἱός ἐστιν τοῦ πατρὸς μόνος. καὶ ἔτι· "οὕτως ἠγάπησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν κόσμον ὥστε τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ". λέγω· υἱοῦ οὖν μονογενοῦς ὄντος ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν ἄλλον υἱὸν εἶναι ἐκείνου τοῦ μονογενῆ υἱὸν ἔχοντος. οὐδὲν δὲ τῶν κτισμάτων μονογενές ἐστιν· κἂν γὰρ ὁ ἥλιος μονογενὴς ᾖν, οὐ κτίσμα μονογενές ἐστιν, οὐ ποίημα μονογενές, ἀλλὰ ἥλιος μονογενής. οὕτω γοῦν καὶ ἀνθρώπων λέγομεν μονογενὲς τέκνον, οὐχ ὅτι ἓν μόνον ἔστιν τέκ87 νον, ἀλλ' ὅτι ἐκείνῳ ἓν μόνον ἐστίν. καὶ τό· "ὁ δὲ μὴ πιστεύων ἤδη κέκριται, ὅτι μὴ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ μονογενοῦς υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ". ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ὁ ταῦτα λέγων οὐ μονογενής ἐστιν υἱός, σκοπήσομεν πῶς ἑτέρως λέγεται· κἂν γὰρ τὸν ∆αυὶδ τὸν
The Meaning of Only-Begotten and Tribulation§56
56If you take a man, he was not an only-begotten. He had six other brothers. Therefore, it must be avoided to say 'only-begotten' in this way, as in the verse: 'And I myself was left alone, and they seek my soul to take it'o take it' (Ps 142:4). By what logic they say the sun is only-begotten, by the fact that there is no other sun; so when the saint is made solitary and separated from other men by life and contemplation, he is only-begotten. 'Only-begotten' therefore means 'I am and I am poor.'
Yet he who is thus poor is rich; for he 'is rich' in every sense and in all knowledge. But toward the God who looks upon him and bestows gifts, he is poor; just as Abraham said: 'Since I have begun to speak to the Lord, I am indeed dust and ashes' (Gen 18:27)—for he did not say 'dust and ashes' all at once, but 'since I have begun to speak to the Lord'—so also Moses, though trained in all the wisdom of the Egyptians and possessing sufficiency regarding speech, called himself 'heavy-tongued and slow of speech' (Ex 4:10) from the time he began to speak to your servant. And this man, therefore, even if he is rich—for nothing is richer than he who has his eyes always toward the Lord—yet toward the one looking upon him and showing mercy, he saw himself as poor.
And it is also possible to say 'only-begotten' meaning 'I have only one soul.' This being caught, it escapes from the snare; for to me it is only-begotten. The tribulations of my heart have widened. Not in every case, I say, do tribulations widen, but for the one bearing them bravely. The apostle writes this: 'In all things being afflicted, but not in anguish' (2 Cor 4:8).
Those knowing the Hebrew dialect say that to be in anguish, when it is named after tribulation, signifies the intention of being afflicted, the being in anguish from not bravely bearing the afflictions, such as Job, who 'in all things being afflicted was not in anguish' (Job 1:21); for how could he be in anguish, he who says: 'As it pleased the Lord, so it happened; let the name of the Lord be blessed'? And the apostles coming out from the council, because they were dishonored for the name (Acts 5:41), were not being afflicted according to the disposition, but were rejoicing. And regarding sensible things, the one contending for the crown of expectation, seeing it lying before his eyes, bravely bears the wounds, and rejoices that, being struck, he does not falter. Therefore, the name of tribulation when...
distress
Greek · §56
ἄνθρωπον λάβῃς, οὐκ ἦν μονογενής. εἶχεν ἄλλους ἓξ ἀδελφούς. οὕτω τοίνυν ἐκλημπτέον τὸ μονογενὲς ὧδε εἰρῆσθαι ὡς τό· "κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην μόνος, καὶ ζητοῦσιν τὴν ψυχήν μου τοῦ λαβεῖν αὐτήν". οἵῳ δὲ λόγῳ λέγουσιν τὸν ἥλιον 58 μονογενῆ τῷ ἄλλον ἥλιον μὴ εἶναι, ὅταν ὁ ἅγιος μονωθῇ καὶ χωρισθῇ τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων βίῳ καὶ θεωρίᾳ, μονογενής ἐστιν. "μονογενὴς" οὖν "εἰμι καὶ πτωχός". καίτοι ὁ οὕτω πτωχὸς πλούσιός ἐστιν· "πλουτεῖ" γὰρ "παντὶ λόγῳ καὶ πάσῃ γνώσει". ἀλλὰ ὡς πρὸς τὸν ἐφορῶντα θεὸν καὶ τὰς δωρεὰς χαριζόμενον πτωχός ἐστιν· ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ Ἀβραὰμ εἶπεν· "ἐπεὶ ἠρξάμην λαλῆσαι πρὸς τὸν κύριον, ἐγὼ δέ εἰμι γῆ καὶ σποδός"–μὴ γὰρ καθάπαξ ἑαυτὸν εἶπεν "γῆ καὶ σποδός", ἀλλ' "ἐπεὶ ἠρξάμην πρὸς τὸν κύριον λαλῆσαι"–, οὕτω καὶ Μωυσῆς καίτοι πεπαιδευμένος πάσῃ σοφίᾳ Αἰγυπτίων καὶ ἱκανῶς ἔχων περὶ λόγους, "ἰσχνόφωνον καὶ βραδύγλωσσον" ἑαυτὸν εἶπεν, "ἀφ' οὗ ἤρξω λαλεῖν τῷ θεράποντί σου". καὶ οὗτος οὖν εἰ καὶ πλούσιός ἐστιν– οὐδὲν γὰρ πλουσιώτερον τοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς διὰ παντὸς πρὸς τὸν κύριον ἔχον τος– , ἀλλ' ὡς πρὸς τὸν ἐπιβλέψαντα καὶ ἐλεῶντα εἶδεν ἑαυτὸν πτωχόν. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τὸ "μονογενὴς" εἰπεῖν ὅτι μίαν ἔχω μόνην ψυχήν. ταύτην παγιδευθεῖσαν ἐκσπάσεις ἐκ τῆς παγίδος· μονογενὴς γάρ μοί ἐστιν. 17 αἱ θλίψεις τῆς καρδίας μου ἐπλατύνθησαν. οὐ παντός, λέγω, αἱ θλίψεις πλατύνονται, ἀλλὰ τοῦ γενναίως αὐτὰς φέροντος. τοῦτο ὁ ἀπόστολος γράφει· "ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι, ἀλλ' οὐ στενοχωρούμενοι". λέγουσιν οἱ τὴν Ἑβραίων εἰδότες διάλεξιν ὅτι τὸ στενοχωρεῖσθαι, ὅτε μετὰ θλίψεως ὀνομάζεται, τοῦτο δηλοῖ τὸ προαιρέσει θλίβεσθαι, τὸ στενοχωρῆσαι τῷ μὴ γενναίως φέρειν τὰ θλιβηρά, οἷον ὁ Ἰὼβ "ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενος οὐκ ἐστενοχωρεῖτο"· πῶς γὰρ ἐστενοχωρεῖτο ὁ λέγων· "ὡς τῷ κυρίῳ ἔδοξεν, οὕτω ἐγένετο· εἴη τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου εὐλογημένον"; καὶ οἱ ἐξερχόμενοι δὲ ἀπόστολοι "ἀπὸ τοῦ συνεδρίου, ὅτι κατηξιώθησαν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος ἀτιμασθῆναι", οὐκ ἐθλίβοντο κατὰ τὴν διάθεσιν, ἀλλὰ ἔχαιρον. καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν δὲ ὁ προσδοκίᾳ στεφάνου ἀγωνιζόμενος ὁρῶν αὐτὸν πρὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν κείμενον γενναίως φέρει τὰς πληγάς, χαίρει ὅτι τυπτόμενος οὐκ ἐνδίδει. τὸ τῆς θλίψεως οὖν ὄνομα ὅτε μετὰ στενοχωρίας συνέζευκται, τοῦτο σημαίνει τὸ κατὰ τὴν διάνοιαν μὴ θλίβεσθαι, ἀλλὰ γενναίως φέρειν. ὅταν χωρὶς ἕκαστον αὐτῶν κεῖται ἐν τῇ γραφῇ, ὃ σημαίνει ἡ θλῖψις, τοῦτο ἡ στενοχω ρία δηλοῖ· "ἐν θλίψει καὶ στενοχωρίᾳ ἐκεῖθεν λέων καὶ σκύμνος λέοντος καὶ ὄφεις καὶ ἔκγονα ἀσπίδων". ὅταν θλῖ88 ψις καὶ στενοχωρία γένηται, τουτέστιν ὅταν τὰ ἔξωθεν θλιβηρὰ ᾖ, θλίβηται δὲ καὶ ἡ διάθεσις, θλίβηται καὶ ἡ προαίρεσις ἑκάστου, καὶ ἤθη φανερὰ γίνεται, ὁ λέων λέων φαίνεται–ἤτοι ὁ γενναῖος καὶ ἰσχυρὸς ἢ ὁ θυμώδης· ἀμφότερα δὲ φανεροῖ· ὅταν ὁ δίκαιος ὡς λέων πεποιθὼς γενναίως ἐνέγκῃ τὰ θλιβηρά, τότε ἐπαινετῶς λέων ὤφθη. ὅταν δὲ σὺν τῇ θλίψει στενοχωρῆταί τις θυμώδης, ἀναδείκνυται ὠμόθυμος καὶ "σκύμνος λέοντος". ἐπὶ τῶν λεόντων οἱ μέν εἰσιν τέλειοι, οἱ δὲ ἀτελεῖς καὶ ὡσανεὶ σκύμνοι τῶν λεόντων καὶ γεννήματα τῶν λεόντων. οὕτω καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἀνθρώπων προαιρέσεσιν εὑρήσεις· οἱ μέν εἰσιν ἄκρως λέοντες, οἱ δὲ ἄρτι λαμβάνοντες τοῦ γεννᾶσθαι. οἱ μάρτυρες τῆς ἀληθείας θλιβόμενοι οὐκ ἐστενοχωροῦντο. 17 καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἀναγκῶν μου ἐξάγαγέ με. ἀνάγκας ὧδε τὰς θλίψεις λέγει. καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις· "καὶ ἐκέκραξαν πρὸς κύριον, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἀναγκῶν αὐτῶν ἐρύσατο αὐτούς". οὐ γὰρ προσεκτέον τοῖς εἰσηγουμένοις γενεθλιαλογίαν· τοῦτο γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι λέγουσιν ὅτι ἐπιμετρεῖ τινα ἡ εἱμαρμένη τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. ἐὰν δέ τις θεοσεβήσῃ καὶ κατὰ θεὸν σοφὸς γένηται, ἔξω γίνεται τῶν ἐπηρτημένων. καὶ Αἰγυπτίων οὖν οἱ λόγιοι, ὧν ἐστιν ὁ τριςμέγιστος Ἑρμῆς, λέγουσιν ὅτι ὁ σοφὸς οὐκέτι ὑπόκειται τῇ εἱμαρμένῃ, ἔξω γίνεται τοῦ κόσμου. ὡς λέγει ὁ σωτὴρ δυνατὸν εἶναι ὄντα ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ μηκέτι ἐξ αὐτοῦ εἶναι, ὅταν ἄνω ἔχῃ τὸν νοῦν καὶ τὴν πολιτείαν οὐράνιον, οὕτω ἐκεῖνοι ψελλίσαντες ἀπὸ τῶν ἡμετέρων λέγουσιν ὅτι ὁ σοφὸς λύει τὴν εἱμαρμένην. τινὲς γοῦν τῶν περὶ γενεθλιαλογίαν ἐχόντων οὕτως 59 εἰσακούονται τὰ τοιαῦτα ῥητὰ ὅτι· "κρισσαί εἰσιν αἷς ὑπόκειμαι. ἔξω τούτων με ποίησον, λῦσον τὴν εἱμαρμένην". οὐχ οὕτως ἐκλαμβάνομεν τὸ ῥητόν, ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀποδείξεις ἀνάγκας λέγει. τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ Ἰὼβ φέρεται· "ἑξάκις ἐξ ἀναγκῶν σε ἐξελεῖται, ἐν δὲ τῷ ἑβδόμῳ οὐδὲν ἅψεταί σου κακόν". ὃ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· ὁ
The Unjust Hatred of the Wicked§57
57The world came into being in six days. He who does not surpass it is under necessity. This number is perfect. What he says is this: he who is contained by the world and its parts and thus lives is necessarily under necessity. But when he surpasses the world and ascends above it, in the seventh he sabbaths from the works of the world. And becoming in the seventh—which is led, pure, and left to the people of God—he becomes blameless.
To sin against this is to approach it and act it out. If, for instance, he says, 'It is good for a man not to touch a woman,' this does not mean that to touch a woman's body with evil is the only thing. 'Bring me out of my necessities' (Psalm 143:7). Since we have given to your judgment, look at what appears to me; I say, 'Bring me out of my necessities,' so that I may not be compelled by sin and become loose toward virtue. Then you bring me out of these, if you will give me forgiveness of sins. This too can be understood: the coming punishments, the additional and distressing necessities.
The afflictions of my heart have been enlarged (Psalm 137:7). Often regarding different readings we do not doubt. Now it is necessary to know that they 'were enlarged' and not 'were multiplied'; for he who is afflicted in heart is no longer serious but also foolish. It is not permitted to take the things before this verse and after it as foolish for him who says these things, he who has his eyes always toward the Lord. 'See my lowliness and my labor, and forgive all my sins' (Psalm 143:7).
He labors in this world, having reached a peak, 'the body of lowliness.' Along with this evil, it happens to be humbled; for often affliction is called humbling according to: 'You humbled us in a place of affliction' (Psalm 143:12). When we have come into the place of affliction, we were humbled. And it is possible also to say that: when the eyes...
He always had the Lord before him, seeing Him, and then he saw himself humble, even if he is righteous, just as they say concerning Abraham: not always did he see himself as 'earth and ash' (Gen 18:27), but when 'he began to speak toward the Lord.'
'Behold my enemies, for they have multiplied and unjust hatred has hated me' (Ps 35:19). Unjust hatred is hated by one who hates for no other reason than that he is zealous. In this way, indeed, the disciples of Jesus were hated. Concerning these things he teaches to send up a prayer: 'Pray for those hating you, love those hating you' (Matt 5:44). It is not we who hate anyone; for it has been said: 'Do not hate any man, love every man' (Lev 19:18). But they hate.
And it is not our sin to be hated by some, but rather an accident, when we provide no pretext of hatred. Therefore he says: 'Behold my enemies, for they have multiplied and unjust hatred has hated me' (Ps 35:19). They do not hate me with righteous hatred. They hated me as an unrighteous man, as a covetous man. And since they hate me having nothing of these things, they hate me unjustly.
And such people multiply; for if the righteous man is hated because of virtue, he possesses all the virtues according to the many things said concerning the sequence of virtues. The unrighteous hate the righteous, the intemperate the self-controlled, the arrogant the humble, and in every way those in wickedness hate the righteous. The righteous man, therefore, is one, even if he has all the virtues; for wickedness divides those having them, for it is not possible to have all the wickednesses at once. Therefore the coward cannot be bold, the superstitious cannot be impious, the rogue cannot be foolish.
In one way, Egypt hated Joseph, making him a prisoner and a captive to be tested as an evildoer. This hatred was unjust. Jezebel against Naboth worked out death, and it was this hatred that was unjust. And Herodias, the wife of Herod, worked out death against John, showing pity, as much as was in her. Of those, therefore, unjustly...
Greek · §57
κόσμος ἐν ἓξ ἡμέραις γέγονεν. ὁ μὴ ὑπερβαίνων αὐτὸν ὑπὸ ἕξ ἐστιν ἀνάγκας. τέλειος δέ ἐστιν ὁ ἀριθμὸς οὗτος. ὃ λέγει, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· ὁ περιεχόμενος τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τῶν μερῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ οὕτω ζῶν ὑπὸ τελείαν ἐστὶν ἀνάγκην. ὅταν δὲ ὑπερπαίσῃ τὸν κόσμον καὶ ὑπεραναβῇ αὐτόν, ἐν τῷ ἑβδόμῳ σαββατίζει ἀπὸ τῶν ἔργων τοῦ κόσμου. καὶ ἐν τῇ ἑβδόμῃ τῇ ἡγιασμένῃ καὶ καθαρᾷ καὶ ἀπολειπομένῃ "τῷ τοῦ θεοῦ λαῷ" γινόμενος ἄψαυστός ἐστιν. τὸ ψαῦσαι δὲ τοῦτο κακὸν σημαίνει τὸ πλησιάσαι αὐτῷ καὶ ἐνεργῆσαι αὐτό. ἐὰν γοῦν λέγῃ ὅτι· "καλὸν ἀνθρώπῳ γυναικὸς μὴ ἅπτεσθαι", οὐ τοῦτο σημαίνει ὅτι ἁφῇ ἐπιβαλεῖν σώματι γυναικὸς κακόν ἐστιν. "ἐκ τῶν ἀναγκῶν μου ἐξάγαγέ με". ἐπειδὴ δὲ τῇ ὑμῶν κρίσει δεδώκαμεν, θεώρει τὸ φαινόμενόν μοι· λέγω· "ἐξάγαγέ με ἐκ τῶν ἀναγκῶν μου", ἵνα μη89 κέτι κατηναγκασμένος ὢν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ εὔλυτος πρὸς ἀρετὴν γένωμαι. τότε δὲ ἐξάγεις με τούτων, εἰ ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτημάτων μοι δώσεις. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο λαβεῖν· τὰς μελλούσας κολάσεις τὰς ἐπιπόνους καὶ θλιβηρὰς ἀνάγκας. "αἱ θλίψεις τῆς καρδίας μου ἐπλατύνθησαν". πολλάκις περὶ ἀνάγνωσιν διάφορον οὐκ ἀμφιβάλλομεν. νῦν δὲ ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστιν εἰδέναι ὅτι "ἐπλατύνθησαν" καὶ οὐκ "ἐπληθύνθησαν"· οὐκέτι γὰρ σπουδαῖός ἐστιν ὁ τῇ καρδίᾳ θλιβόμενος ἀλλὰ καὶ φαῦλος. οὐκ ἐπιτρέπει δὲ τά τε πρὸ τοῦ στίχου τούτου καὶ τὰ μετ' αὐτὸν φαῦλον ἐκλαβεῖν τὸν ταῦτα λέγοντα, τὸν ἔχοντα διὰ παντὸς τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς πρὸς τὸν κύριον. 18 ἰδὲ τὴν ταπείνωσίν μου καὶ τὸν κόπον μου καὶ ἄφες πάσας τὰς ἁμαρτίας μου. κάμνει ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ τυγχάνων ἀκμὴν ἐπηχθισμένος "τὸ σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώσεως". σὺν τούτῳ τῷ κακῷ συμβαίνει καὶ ταπεινοῦσθαι· πολλάκις γὰρ ἡ θλῖψις ταπείνωσις λέγεται κατὰ τό· "ἐταπείνωσας ἡμᾶς ἐν τόπῳ κακώσεως". ὅτε εἰς τὸν τόπον τῆς κακώσεως ἐληλύθαμεν, ἐταπεινώθημεν. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ εἰπεῖν ὅτι· ὅτε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔσχεν διὰ παντὸς πρὸς τὸν κύριον ὁρῶντας, τότε εἶδεν ἑαυτὸν ταπεινόν, κἂν δίκαιος ᾖ, ὡς ἔλεγον περὶ τοῦ Ἀβραάμ· οὐκ ἄλλοτε εἶδεν ἑαυτὸν "γῆν καὶ σποδόν", ἀλλὰ ὅτε "ἤρξατο λαλεῖν πρὸς κύριον". 19 ἰδὲ τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου, ὅτι ἐπληθύνθησαν καὶ μῖσος ἄδικον ἐμίσησάν με. μῖσος ἄδικον μισεῖται ὁ διὰ μηδὲν ἄλλο μισούμενος ἢ ὅτι σπουδαῖός ἐστιν. οὕτω γοῦν ἐμισοῦντο οἱ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μαθηταί. περὶ τούτων εὐχὴν ἀναπέμπειν διδάσκει· "εὔχεσθε περὶ τῶν μισούντων ὑμᾶς, ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς μισοῦντας ὑμᾶς". οὐχ ἡμεῖς μισοῦμέν τινα· εἴρηται γάρ· "μὴ μισήσεις πάντα ἄνθρωπον, ἀγαπήσεις πάντα ἄνθρωπον". ἐκεῖνοι δὲ μισοῦσιν. οὐχ ἁμάρτημα δὲ ἡμῶν ἐστιν τὸ μισεῖσθαι ὑπό τινων, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἀτύχημα, ὅτε ἡμεῖς πρόφασιν μίσους οὐ παρέχομεν. λέγει οὖν ὅτι· "ἰδὲ τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου, ὅτι ἐπληθύνθησαν καὶ μῖσος ἄδικον ἐμίσησάν με". οὐ δίκαιον μῖσος μισοῦσίν με. ἐμίσουν με ὡς ἄδικον, ὡς πλεονέκτην. ἐπειδὴ δὲ τούτων με οὐδὲν ἔχοντα μισοῦσιν, ἀδίκως με μισοῦσιν. πληθύνονται δὲ οἱ τοιοῦτοι· εἰ γὰρ διὰ ἀρετὴν μισεῖται ὁ δίκαιος, ἔχει πάσας τὰς ἀρετὰς κατὰ τὰ πολλάκις εἰρημένα περὶ τῆς ἀντακολουθίας τῶν ἀρετῶν. οἱ ἄδικοι μισοῦσιν τὸν δίκαιον, οἱ ἀκόλαστοι τὸν σώφρονα, οἱ ἀλαζόνες τὸν ταπεινόφρονα, καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς οἱ ἐν κακίᾳ μισοῦσιν τὸν δίκαιον. ὁ δίκαιος οὖν εἷς ἐστιν, κἂν πάσας τὰς ἀρετὰς ἔχῃ· σχίζει γὰρ ἡ κακία τοὺς ἔχοντας· οὐ γὰρ δυνατὸν πάσας τὰς κακίας ἕνα ἔχειν. οὐ δύναται οὖν ὁ δειλὸς θρασὺς εἶναι, 90 ὁ δεισιδαίμων ἀσεβής, ὁ ῥᾳδιουργὸς ἄφρων. τρόπον τινὰ οὖν ἐμίσησεν ἡ Αἰγυπτία τὸν Ἰωσὴφ δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς αὐτὸν ποιήσασα πειραθῆναι ὡς κακοῦργον. ἄδικον ἦν τοῦτο τὸ μῖσος. ἡ Ἰεζάβελ κατὰ τοῦ Ναβουθὲμ καὶ θάνατον 60 ἐμηχανᾶτο. καὶ ἄδικον ἦν τοῦτο τὸ μῖσος. καὶ ἡ Ἡρῳδιὰς ἡ γυνὴ τοῦ Ἡρῴδου κατὰ τοῦ Ἰωάννου θάνατον εἰργάσατο οἴκτιστον, ὅσον ἧκεν εἰς αὐτήν. τῶν οὖν ἀδίκως
Boldness and the Childlike State§58
58Through the vote and judgment of providence, some things are made manifest and others are not. The fate of John became manifest after his death, but of others before death, such as Susanna and Joseph. Even if vengeance occurs here or not, no one seeks whether it is thus or not here; for the judgments of God happen this way; for 'his judgments are unsearchable' (Ps 18:25). Guard my soul and rescue me; let me not be put to shame, for I have hoped in you (Ps 94:19). If you guard my soul without harm or injury, I know that I shall be rescued; for indeed I am rescued from the evildoers or I receive a crown because of having been afflicted. The guileless and the upright clung to me, because I endured you, Lord. Not only did I profit myself by enduring, endurance which brings salvation—for 'the one who endures will be saved unto the end' (Jas 1:12)—but I profited many because I endured you, and I had many friends. But he speaks of the guileless here as those being crushed by malice, not the well-behaved. Thus the upright were joined with them. According to the reception of malice they are guileless, but according to the taking up of virtue they are upright. For example, one who turns away from evil so as to no longer practice it has become guileless. And since after the turning away from evil he receives the doing of good, the one who turns away from evil becomes upright. It is therefore possible to call the same people guileless and upright according to one thought and another. And it is also possible thus: those who are guileless according to practice being outside of malice, while the upright are those who think the things of piety.
Redeem, O God, Israel from all his afflictions. Since He Himself has attained the petition concerning Himself, He wills also for Israel—for every discerning one and possessing mind—to have the same salvation, to become outside of the afflictions through God having redeemed. It is not out of place, then, to take these things also concerning the man of the Lord. Beginning from where we began the psalm, if we have spoken, it is because the things said concerning the man according to the Savior are common to all the righteous, only His being His own in the theological sense. Judge me, Lord, for I have walked in my guilelessness. The voice is very bold toward God. But he has boldness toward God, whose heart does not condemn, as the great disciple and evangelist John writes in the epistle: 'if... (1 Jn 3:20)'.
"Our heart does not condemn us; we have boldness toward God." Thus the whole psalm is sent up from much boldness. He speaks of some things as if already accomplished, and of others as present and active, and some things signify a prayer of the speaker; for he says: "Judge me, Lord, for I have walked in iniquity" (Ps 51:3). He did not say "I shall walk," but "I have walked." And here "iniquity" means guilelessness. He who has turned according to the instruction of Jesus and has become as children, he has become in guilelessness, and such a person is perfect in mind, but a child in wickedness, as the apostle writes: "Be perfect in mind, and a child in wickedness" (1 Cor 14:20).
He who is a child in wickedness does not ignore it—for how could he be a child in it if he ignored it?—but he does not act upon it. This is indeed what he says: "In my iniquity I have walked." Thus, here it is different. In both cases the guileful means what was previously said, "turned according to the children." Therefore, he who has turned according to the teaching of Jesus and has become as children does not lack sense. He does not mean the foolishness of infants, but the immobility toward evils. It was said, therefore, that a child sleeping with a woman does not accept her desire. So when someone, having become perfect, has such a state of being without desire for debauchery, he is a child in guilelessness and has become as children having turned. For observe that these children, according to their age, are not such as to be foolish or easy-going. But the perfect one has become such that it is a matter of choice to be thus a child and thus without guile. Regarding infants, this does not appear; it is not a matter of choice, but of an age that does not permit having a perfect intellect.
The "I have walked" here does not speak of an interruption or a stopping, but that I began this way from a long time ago, or I began this way from the womb; for he says: "Upon you I have been leaned from the womb, from my mother's womb you are my covering" (Ps 71:6). And the saints, concerning whom it is said: "Whom he foreknew and predestined to be conformed to the image of his Son" (Rom 8:29), belong to this boldness. And hoping in God, I shall not be weak. He no longer says "having hoped," as with "I have walked." But the hope toward God makes one strong and very capable. Since, therefore, I hope in you, "I am not weak." Concerning this...
Greek · §58
μισουμένων ψήφῳ καὶ κρίσει τῆς προνοίας τὰ μὲν φανεροῦται, τὰ δὲ οὔ. τὸ τοῦ Ἰωάννου μετὰ θάνατον αὐτοῦ φανερὸν γέγονεν, ἄλλων δὲ πρὸ θανάτου, τῆς Σωσάννης καὶ τοῦ Ἰωσήφ. κἄν τε οὖν ἐνταῦθα ἐκδίκησις γένηται κἂν μή, οὐδεὶς ζητεῖ ὅτι ὧδε ἢ οὐχ ὧδε· κρίσει γὰρ θεοῦ ταῦτα γίνεται· "ἀνεξερεύνητα" γάρ ἐστιν "αὐτοῦ τὰ κρίματα". 20 φύλαξον τὴν ψυχήν μου καὶ ῥῦσαί με· μὴ καταισχυνθείην, ὅτι ἤλπισα ἐπὶ σέ. ἐάν μου φυλάξῃς τὴν ψυχὴν ἀζημίωτον καὶ ἀβλαβῆ, οἶδα ὅτι ῥυσθήσομαι· ἤτοι γὰρ ῥύομαι ἀπὸ τῶν κακούντων ἢ στέφανον λαμβάνω διὰ τὸ τεθλῖφθαι. 21 ἄκακοι καὶ εὐθεῖς ἐκολλῶντό μοι, ὅτι ὑπέμεινά σε, κύριε. οὐ μόνον ἐγὼ ἐμαυτὸν ἐκέρδησα ὑπομείνας ὑπομονὴν τὴν σῴζουσαν –ἡ ὑπομονὴ δὲ φέρει σωτηρίαν· "ὁ ὑπομείνας" γὰρ "εἰς τέλος σωθήσεται"–· πολλοὺς ἐκέρδησα ὅτι ὑπέμεινά σε, πολλοὺς φίλους ἔσχον. ἀκάκους δὲ ἐνταῦθα τοὺς στερομένους κακίας λέγει, οὐ τοὺς εὐήθεις. συνεζεύχθησαν γοῦν αὐτοῖς οἱ εὐθεῖς. κατὰ τὴν ἀποδοχὴν τῆς κακίας ἄκακοί εἰσιν, κατὰ δὲ τὴν λῆμψιν τῆς ἀρετῆς εὐθεῖς. οἷον ὁ ἐκκλίνας ἀπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ ὥστε μηκέτι ἐνεργεῖν αὐτὸ ἄκακος γέγονεν. ἐπειδὴ δὲ μετὰ τὴν ἔκκλισιν τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ ποίησις ἀγαθοῦ διαδέχεται, εὐθὴς γίνεται ὁ ἐκκλίνας ἀπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ. δυνατὸν οὖν τοὺς αὐτοὺς ἀκάκους καὶ εὐθεῖς λέγειν κατὰ ἄλλην καὶ ἄλλην ἐπίνοιαν. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ οὕτω· οἱ κατὰ πρᾶξιν ἔξω κακίας ὄντες ἄκακοί εἰσιν, εὐθεῖς δὲ οἱ τὰ τῆς εὐσεβείας φρονοῦντες. 22 λύτρωσαι, ὁ θεός, τὸν Ἰσραὴλ ἐκ πασῶν τῶν θλίψεων αὐτοῦ. ἐπεὶ αὐτὸς τετύχηκεν τῆς αἰτήσεως τῆς περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, βούλεται καὶ τῷ Ἰσραήλ, παντὶ τῷ διορατικῷ καὶ νοῦν ἔχοντι, ὑπαρχθῆναι τὴν αὐτὴν σωτηρίαν, τὸ ἔξω τῶν θλίψεων γενέσθαι θεοῦ λυτρωσαμένου. οὐκ ἀπεικὸς δὲ καὶ περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τοῦ κυριακοῦ ἐκλαβεῖν ταῦτα. ἀρχόμενοι δὲ τοῦ ἀφ' οὗ ἠρξάμεθα ψαλμοῦ εἰ ρήκαμεν, ὅτι τὰ περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τοῦ κατὰ τὸν σωτῆρα λεγόμενα κοινά εἰσιν πάντων τῶν δικαίων, μόνων ἐκείνων αὐτοῦ ὄντων ἰδίων τῶν θεολογικῶν. 1 Κρῖνόν με, κύριε, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν ἀκακίᾳ μου ἐπορεύθην. σφόδρα παρρησιαζομένου πρὸς θεὸν ἡ φωνή. παρρησίαν δὲ πρὸς θεὸν ἔχει, οὗ ἡ καρδία μὴ καταγιγνώσκει, ὡς γράφει ὁ μέγας μαθητὴς καὶ εὐαγγελιστὴς Ἰωάννης ἐν τῇ κατ' αὐ91 τὸν ἐπιστολῇ· "ἐὰν ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν μὴ καταγιγνώσκῃ, παρρησίαν ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν θεόν". ὅλος οὖν ὁ ψαλμὸς ἀπὸ πολλῆς παρρησίας ἀναπέμπεται. καὶ τὰ μὲν ὡς ἤδη κατορθωθέντα λέγει, τὰ δὲ ὡς παρόντα καὶ ἐνεργούμενα διηγεῖται, τὰ δὲ εὐχήν τινα σημαίνει τοῦ λέγοντος· τὸ γάρ· "κρῖνόν με, κύριε, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν ἀκακίᾳ μου ἐπορεύθην". οὐκ εἶπεν "πορευθήσομαι", ἀλλ' "ἐπορεύθην". ἀκακίαν δὲ ἐνταῦθα λέγει τὸ ἀπανοῦργον. ὁ στραφεὶς κατὰ τὴν ὑφήγησιν Ἰησοῦ καὶ γενόμενος ὡς τὰ παιδία, ἐκεῖνος ἐν ἀκακίᾳ γέγονεν, καὶ ἐστίν γε ὁ τοιοῦτος ταῖς μὲν φρεσὶν τέλειος, τῇ δὲ κακίᾳ νηπιάζων, ὡς ὁ ἀπόστολος γράφει· "ταῖς φρεσίν", φησίν, "τέλειοι γίνεσθε, τῇ δὲ κακίᾳ νηπιάζετε". ὁ νηπιάζων τῇ κακίᾳ οὐκ ἀγνοεῖ αὐτήν –πῶς γὰρ ἐνηπίαζεν κατ' αὐτήν, εἰ ἠγνόει αὐτήν; –, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐνεργεῖ. τοῦτο γοῦν λέγει· "ἐν ἀκακίᾳ μου ἐπορεύθην". ἐνταῦθα οὖν ἕτερόν ἐστιν. παρὰ ἀμφότερα τὸ ἀπανοῦργον σημαίνει, τὸ ὡς προεῖπον "στραφέντα κατὰ τὰ παιδία". ὁ στραφεὶς οὖν κατὰ τὴν Ἰησοῦ διδασκαλίαν καὶ ὡς τὰ παιδία γενόμενος οὐκ ἀφραίνει. οὐ τὴν ἀφροσ̣υ´̣νην τῶν νηπίων σημαίνει, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀκίνητον πρὸς τὰ κακά. ἔλεγον οὖν, ὅτι τὸ παιδίον κοιμώμενον μετὰ γυναικὸς ὄρεξιν αὐτῆς οὐ δέχεται. ὅταν οὖν τις τέλειος γενόμενος οὕτως ἔχῃ ἀνορέκτως πρὸς ἀκολασίαν, τῇ κακίᾳ νηπιάζει καὶ ὡς τὰ παιδία στραφεὶς γέγονεν. θεώρει γὰρ ὅτι τὰ παιδία ταῦτα τὰ κατὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν οὐ στραφέντα τοιαῦτά 61 εἰσιν ἀφραίνοντα, εὐήθη. ὁ δὲ τέλειος στραφεὶς γέγονεν τοιοῦτος, ὥστε προαιρετικόν ἐστιν τὸ οὕτω νηπιάζειν, τὸ οὕτω ἄκακον εἶναι. ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν βρεφῶν οὐ τοῦτο φαίνεται, οὐ προαιρετικόν ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ τῆς ἡλικίας μὴ ἐπιτρεπούσης τέλειον ἔχειν λογισμόν. τὸ "ἐπορεύθην" ὧδε οὐκ ἀνακοπὴν λέγει καὶ παῦλαν, ἀλλ' ὅτι ἐκ πολλοῦ οὕτως ἠρξάμην ἢ μητρόθεν οὕτως ἠρξάμην· λέγει γὰρ ὅτι· "ἐπὶ σοὶ ἐπεστηρίχθην ἐκ μήτρας, ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου σύ μου εἶ σκεπαστής". καὶ οἱ ἅγιοι δέ, περὶ ὧν εἴρηται· "οὓς προέγνω καὶ προώρισεν συνμόρφους τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ", ταύτης εἰσὶν τῆς παρρησίας. 1 καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ θεῷ ἐλπίζων οὐ μὴ ἀσθενήσω. οὐκέτι λέγει "ἐλπίσας", ὡς τὸ "ἐπορεύθην". ἡ πρὸς θεὸν δὲ ἐλπὶς ἰσχυρὸν καὶ πάνυ γε δυνατὸν ποιεῖ. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ἐπὶ σοὶ ἐλπίζω, "οὐκ ἀσθενῶ". περὶ ταύτης τῆς
Sacrifice of the Soul and the Meaning of Kidneys and Heart§59
59Weakness is often produced by the divine disciplines. 'He brought them'—he says—'them'—evidently the Hebrews—'in gold and silver, and there was no weakness in their tribes.' For when God leads anyone in gold, that is to say, in a pure mind, and in silver—a tested word—there is no weakness. Those led thus do not suffer weakness, but are strong 'in the one strengthening' them. And as the apostle says, 'I can do all things' (Phil 4:13), he who is able to do all things does not suffer weakness; so also each of the wise men who is strong does not suffer weakness. For how could he who says to God in Psalm 92, 'I will love you, O Lord, my strength' (Ps 92:10), suffer weakness? He who hopes in wealth will surely suffer weakness.
And even if the name of weakness signifies sickness—for it does mean—this is what it says: hoping in the Lord, I shall not be sick according to the soul, I am always being healthy; for 'the one keeping the commandment, this one is healthy.' This is not spoken concerning physical health; for many keeping a commandment suffer sickness, and many transgressing commandments are healthy. 2 Test me, O Lord, and try me (Ps 26:2). Behold the boldness; 'refine my kidneys' and see if there is injustice in me. No one is called to examine such hidden things, knowing the marrow, unless he has much boldness. Therefore, some people, because of the excess of the boldness of the one speaking boldly, take the psalm for the man of the Savior. And it has been said to us already many times, that the achievements of the Savior touch the man and all perfect men. 'Test me, O Lord, and try me.' Bring me into the contest. Just as a capable athlete might say to the contest-setter: 'Test me and try me, if I am such a man as I promise.'
To test God in this way means that he is worthy to happen to receive testing from Him. 'But just as we have been tested by God to be believed in the gospel,' 'we were pleased to share with you not only the gospel, but also our own souls' (1 Thess 2:8). Someone shares his own soul with someone when he prepares him according to the quality he possesses. Not only, he says, do we have the readiness to share the gospel with you, but also our own souls. If anyone becomes an imitator of the apostle and has all his disposition and practice, he transfers...
The soul of the apostle is received. This can be grasped easily: for 'we are ready even to risk our lives' because 'he laid down his life for us, and we ought to lay down our lives for one another'. If we, when placing our lives for those we love, were placing some intellectual or allegorical soul, it would be different; but we do this by imitating Jesus, who truly laid down a human and not an allegorical soul.
“Purify my kidneys and my heart. For your mercy is before my eyes, and I have rejoiced in your truth” (Psalm 51:10-14). Behold that through all things he trusts in his own purity. Since these things seem to be beyond human power, he immediately says: “for your mercy is before me” (Psalm 51:14). I know that even if I propose good things, even if I hasten to run after them, if you do not show mercy, I will not be perfected. Therefore, “I have rejoiced in your truth” (Psalm 51:14). One need not be self-deprecating here when the subject is truth. I recall someone saying: if you are asked, “Are you a virgin?”, say: “Because of God, I have been a virgin until now, and I wish to remain a virgin until now through faith, and entirely.” He who rejoices in the truth of God has the mercy of God before his eyes. Having the one who cooperates and perfects before his eyes, he will speak boldly toward those who have already been made upright by him. Therefore I say: “Purify my kidneys and my heart, for your mercy is before my eyes” (Psalm 51:10-14).
The kidneys and the heart are joined together in many places in Scripture: “God tests hearts and kidneys” (Psalm 7:11). “And even until night my kidneys instructed me” (Psalm 16:7). And just as when we hear 'heart', it does not mean the part of the body, but rather the one who has it sees God; again: “Hear me, you who have lost your heart”, no one loses this bodily part in such a way—if not, if God casts out a stony heart and places a fleshy one in its stead, we understand the intellect. Along with this heart, the so-called kidneys are not parts of the body. It is said that the seminal women are first composed there, and from there they easily pass into the sexual organs. Therefore, the kidneys are procreative and ministers of seed.
Greek · §59
ἀσθενείας πολλαχοῦ τῶν θείων παιδευμάτων φέρεται· "ἀνήγαγεν", φησίν, "αὐτούς" –τοὺς Ἑβραίους δηλονότι–"ἐν χρυσίῳ καὶ ἀργυρίῳ, καὶ οὐκ ἦν ἐν ταῖς φυλαῖς αὐτῶν ἀσθενῶν"· ὅταν γὰρ ἀνάξῃ θεός τινα ἐν χρυσίῳ, τουτέστιν νῷ καθαρῷ, καὶ ἀργυρίῳ– λόγῳ δοκίμῳ–, οὐκ ἔχει ἀςθένειαν. οἱ οὕτως ἀναγόμενοι οὐκ ἀσθενοῦσιν, ἀλλ' ἰσχύουσιν "ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντι" αὐτούς. καὶ ὡς ὁ ἀπόστολος λέγει· "πάντα ἰσχύω", ὁ δὲ πάντα ἰσχύων οὐκ ἀσθενεῖ, οὕτω καὶ ἕκαστος τῶν σοφῶν ἰσχύων οὐκ ἀσθενεῖ· πῶς γὰρ ἀσθενήσειεν ὁ λέγων πρὸς 92 τὸν θεόν· "ἀγαπήσω σε, κύριε, ἡ ἰσχύς μου"; ὁ ἐλπίζων ἐπὶ πλούτῳ ἀσθενήσει ποτέ. εἰ δὲ καὶ νόσον σημαίνει τὸ ὄνομα τῆς ἀσθενείας–σημαίνει γάρ–, τοῦτο λέγει· ἐπὶ τῷ κυρίῳ ἐλπίζων οὐ νοσήσω κατὰ τὴν ψυχήν, ἀεὶ ὑγιαίνων εἰμί· "ὁ" γὰρ "φυλάττων ἐντολήν, οὗτος ὑγιαίνει". οὐ περὶ τῆς αἰσθητῆς ὑγείας τοῦτο λέγεται· πολλοὶ γὰρ φυλάττοντες ἐντολὴν νοσοῦσιν, καὶ πολλοὶ παραβαίνοντες ἐντολὰς ὑγιαίνουσιν. 2 δοκίμασόν με, κύριε, καὶ πείρασόν με. θεώρει τὴν παρρησίαν· "πύρωσον τοὺς νεφρούς μου" καὶ ἴδε, εἰ ἔστιν ἐν ἐμοὶ ἀδικία. οὐδεὶς ἐκκαλεῖται κριτὴν ἐξετάσαι τὰ κατ' αὐτὸν τοιοῦτον τὰ κρυπτὰ ἐπιστάμενον, μυελοὺς εἰδότα, εἰ μὴ πολλὴν ἔχει παρρησίαν. ἀμέλει γοῦν τινες διὰ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῆς καθαρότητος τοῦ παρρησιαζομένου εἰς τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐκλαμβάνουσιν τὸν ψαλμόν. ἐλέχθη δὲ ἡμῖν ἤδη πολλάκις, ὅτι τὰ κατορθώματα τοῦ σωτῆρος κατὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἅπτεται καὶ πάντων τῶν τελείων ἀνδρῶν. "δοκίμασόν με, κύριε, καὶ πείρασόν με". εἰσάγαγέ με εἰς ἀγῶνα. ὡς εἰ καὶ ἀθλητής τις ἱκανὸς ἔλεγεν τῷ ἀθλοθέτῃ· "δοκίμασόν με καὶ πείρασόν με, εἰ τοιοῦτός εἰμι, οἷος ἐπαγγέλλομαι". τὸ δοκιμάσαι δὲ τὸν θεόν τινα τοῦτο σημαίνει ὅτι ἄξιός ἐστιν τοῦ παρ' αὐτοῦ δοκιμῆς τυχεῖν. "ἀλλὰ καθὼς δεδοκιμάσμεθα ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πιστευθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον", "εὐδοκήσαμεν μεταδοῦναι ὑμῖν οὐ μόνον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς". μεταδίδωσίν τις τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχήν τινι, ὅταν ποιὸν αὐτὸν κατασκευάσῃ κατὰ τὴν ἔχει ποιότητα. οὐ μόνον οὖν, φησίν, τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ὑμῖν μεταδοῦναι προθύμως ἔχομεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς. ἐάν τις μιμητὴς τοῦ ἀποστόλου γένηται καὶ πᾶσαν διάθεσιν τὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ πρᾶξιν ἔχῃ, μετείληφεν τῆς ψυχῆς τοῦ ἀποστόλου. δύναται δὲ προχείρως τοῦτο ὅτι· καὶ προκινδυνεῦσαι ὑμῶν ἑτοίμως ἔχομεν· "ὅτι" γὰρ "ἐκεῖνος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τὴν ψυχὴν ἔθηκεν, καὶ ἡμεῖς ὀφείλομεν ὑπὲρ ἀλλήλων τὰς ψυχὰς θεῖναι". εἰ ἡμεῖς γε θέμενοι ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀγαπωμένων τὰς ψυχὰς οὐ νοητήν τινα καὶ ἀλληγορουμένην ψυχὴν τίθεμεν, ἀλλ' ἣν ἔχομεν, κατὰ μίμησιν δὲ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦτο γίνεται, καὶ αὐτὸς ἀληθῶς ψυχὴν ἔθηκεν ἀνθρωπίνην καὶ οὐκ ἀλληγορουμένην. 2–3 "πύρωσον τοὺς νεφρούς μου καὶ τὴν καρδίαν μου. ὅτι τὸ ἔλεός σου κατέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν μού ἐστιν, καὶ εὐηρέστησα ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ σου. θεώρει ὅτι διὰ πάντων θαρρεῖ τῇ καθαρότητι ἑαυτοῦ. εἶτ' ἐπεὶ δοκεῖ ταῦτα ὑπὲρ δύναμιν ἀνθρώπων εἶναι, εὐθέως λέγει· "ὅτι τὸ ἔλεός σου κατεναντίον μου". οἶδα δὲ ὅτι, κἂν προθῶμαι τὰ καλά, κἂν δραμεῖν ἐπ' αὐτὰ σπεύσω, 62 ἐὰν μὴ σὺ ἐλεήσῃς, οὐ τελειοῦμαι. "εὐαρέστησα" οὖν "ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ σου". οὐ δεῖ ὧδε ταπεινοφρονεῖν, ὅτε περὶ ἀληθείας ὁ λόγος ἐστίν. ἀμέλει γοῦν μέμνημαί τινος λέγοντος ὅτι· ἐὰν ἐρωτηθῇς ὅτι· "παρθένος εἶ"; εἰπέ· "διὰ τὸν θεὸν ἕως νῦν παρθένος εἰμί, θέλω καὶ ἕως νῦν περὶ πίστεως, καὶ πάνυ". ὁ εὐαρεστῶν οὖν ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ ἔχει τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ θεοῦ πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν. ἔχων δὲ πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν τὸν συνεργοῦντα καὶ τελειοῦντα παρρησιάσεται ἐπὶ τοῖς ἤδη αὐτῷ κατορθωθεῖσιν. διὰ τοῦτο οὖν λέγω· "πύρωσον τοὺς νεφρούς μου καὶ τὴν καρδίαν μου", "ὅτι τὸ ἔλεός σου κατέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν μού ἐστιν". συνεζευγμένοι δὲ ἐν πολλοῖς τόποις τῆς γραφῆς οἱ νεφροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ εὑρίσκονται· "ἐτάζων καρδίας καὶ νεφροὺς 93 ὁ θεός". "ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἕως νυκτὸς ἐπαίδευσάν με οἱ νεφροί μου". καὶ ὥσπερ ἐὰν ἀκούωμεν καρδίαν, οὐ τὸ μέρος τοῦ σώματος λέγει, καθαρὸν ὃ ἔχων ὁρᾷ θεόν· πάλιν· "ἀκούσατέ μου οἱ ἀπολωλεκότες τὴν καρδίαν", οὐδεὶς τὸ σωματικὸν τοῦτο μέρος οὕτω καλούμενον ἀπόλλυσιν–εἰ δὲ μή γε, ἀποθνήσκει ἐὰν καρδίαν ἐκσπᾷ λιθίνην ὁ θεός, σαρκίνην ἀντ' αὐτῆς ἐντιθῇ, τὴν νόησιν ἐκλαμβάνομεν. σὺν ταύτῃ οὖν τῇ καρδίᾳ καὶ οἱ ὀνομαζόμενοι νεφροὶ οὐ τὰ μέρη τοῦ σώματός εἰσιν. λέγονται αἱ σπερματικαὶ γοναὶ ἐκεῖ πρῶτον συνίστασθαι κἀκεῖθεν ῥᾳδίως εἰς τὰ ὄργανα τὰ ἀφροδίσια χωρῆσαι. γεννητικοὶ ἄρα εἰσὶν καὶ σπερμάτων διάκονοι οἱ νεφροί. ἐπεὶ
True Will and the Seat of Folly§60
60Therefore there are also wombs, according to that which the soul or the mind brings forth; those he calls kidneys along with the named heart. 'You are near,' he says, 'to their mouth, but far from their kidneys' (Psalm 51:4). From these kidneys you are far, O God, not from the physical parts. Therefore I have directed my kidneys and my heart, test me (Psalm 51:6). I do not have seeds capable of bearing offspring, such as to become exalted children, destructive children, like those Judas had; for it is said: 'Let them be brought to destruction. Let there be no redeemer for him' (1 Samuel 2:9), nor a helper to his children, not concerning physical children. Perhaps we do not even know if he had children. He calls all the traitors of the truth his children. Just as Paul brings forth through the gospel, he brought forth through the betrayal of those from whom he came in order to hand over Jesus: 'What do you want me to give you, and I will hand him over to you?' (Matthew 26:25). Through this eagerness, he became the father of all the traitors of the truth. 'And I rejoiced in your truth' (Psalm 96:11). The one rejoicing in the truth of God is not ashamed of his words; for Jesus said: 'Whoever is ashamed of me and my words' (Mark 8:38). But if he himself is ashamed of the one being ashamed, the one speaking boldly and remaining in the truth and preferring it above all, he himself is a weakling; let him remain in him.
4 I did not sit with a seat of futility and with law-breakers, I will by no means enter. The evil and the good are not co-existing. The one having the good cannot partake of evil. The one having been set upon evil, insofar as he is evil, is unfit for virtue. And since abstaining from evil—when one, having a nature toward them, abstains from them by choice—the children do not have intemperance, but I do not say they abstain from intemperance. The soulless and the irrational do not have impiety; and I do not say they abstain from impiety; for abstaining is a volitional movement. In the first psalm, therefore, he blesses the man who is perfect according to the inner man: 'Blessed is the man who walked not in the counsel of the ungodly, nor stood in the way of sinners, nor sat in the seat of scoffers' (Psalm 1:1). The sophist and deceiver can say that neither the child, nor the irrational, nor the soulless 'walked in the counsel of the ungodly and in...'
"He does not stand in the way of sinners, nor does he sit in the seat of mockers" (Ps 1:1). Denying the perfect man such things, he says: how can one abstain from these by having "his own will in the law of the Lord" (Ps 119:2)? For it is not possible for everyone to have "his own will in the law of the Lord." For those who think they do not sin by returning to the law only because they fear punishment, do not have "their own will in the law of the Lord." If indeed someone were to persuade them that there is no punishment, they would do everything that is forbidden. But he who has "his own will in the law of the Lord," even if a thousand trials and many punishments were hanging over him, does not depart from the will of the law. Such were the Maccabees, such were the witnesses of the truth among us.
Just as he does not previously say that the perfect man abstains from evils by having his own will in the law of the Lord, and having said the appropriate good things here, he then says what is forbidden and says: because I walked in integrity (Ps 26:4) and hoped in you, not having my mercy weak before your eyes, since I am such a person, "I did not sit with a seat of futility" (Ps 26:5). He did not distinguish the futility of the seat by anything other than being in such a life; for life is divided among men, not a place. Diligence divides the serious man from the base men, and knowledge separates the one who has it from the ignorant. So also here, the one who walked in integrity and having hope in God, and because of this being strong and not weak, "did not sit with a seat of futility" (Ps 26:5).
And here one might say: "the child and the irrational and the soulless did not sit with a seat of futility." But they did not sit with a seat of futility because of not being by nature, but because of walking in integrity and hoping in God. "And after those who transgress, I shall by no means enter" (Ps 26:6). I never consented with those who consult in vain and sit in council to do such things, nor did I enter after transgressors. I did not only not sit, but I did not even enter; for after the entrance, the sitting is that which is in the council. Jeremiah also was attaining to this choice and virtue, saying: "I did not sit with those playing, but I was reverent from the face of God" (Ps 26:6-7).
Greek · §60
τοίνυν εἰσὶν καὶ γοναί, καθ' ἃς γεννᾷ ἡ ψυχὴ ἢ ὁ νοῦς, ἐκείνους νεφροὺς λέγει σὺν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὀνομαζομένῃ. "ἐγγὺς εἶ", φησίν, "τοῦ στόματος αὐτῶν, πόρρω δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν νεφρῶν". ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν νεφρῶν πόρρω εἶ, ὦ θεέ, οὐκ ἀπὸ τῶν σωματικῶν μερῶν. τοὺς νεφρούς μου οὖν καὶ τὴν καρδίαν μου ἔτασον, δοκίμασον. οὐκ ἔχω σπέρματα δυνάμενα χωρῆσαι ὥστε γενέσθαι τέκνα ἐπάρατα, τέκνα ὀλέθρια, οἷα εἶχεν ὁ Ἰούδας· εἴρηται γὰρ ὅτι· "γενηθήτω αὐτὰ εἰς ἐξολέθρευσιν. μὴ ὑπαρχέτω αὐτῷ ἀντιλήμπτωρ", μηδὲ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτοῦ βοηθός, οὐ περὶ τέκνων τῶν σωματικῶν. τάχα δὲ οὐδὲ οἴδαμεν, εἰ εἶχεν τέκνα. τέκνα αὐτοῦ ὀνομάζει τοὺς προδότας πάντας τῆς ἀληθείας. ὥσπερ ὁ Παῦλος γεννᾷ διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, ἐκεῖνος ἐγέννησεν διὰ τῆς προδοσίας ὧν προῆλθεν ἐπὶ τῷ παραδοῦναι τὸν Ἰησοῦν· "τί θέλετέ μοι δοῦναι, κἀγὼ παραδώσω ὑμῖν αὐτόν"; διὰ ταύτης τῆς σπουδῆς πατὴρ γέγονεν πάντων τῶν προδοτῶν τῆς ἀληθείας. "καὶ εὐηρέστησα ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ σου". ὁ εὐαρεστῶν ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ ἐπαισχύνεται τοὺς λόγους αὐτοῦ· εἶπεν γὰρ Ἰησοῦς· "ὃς ἐὰν ἐπαισχυνθῇ με καὶ τοὺς λόγους μου". εἰ δὲ τὸν ἐπαισχυνόμενον ἐπαιςχύνεται καὶ αὐτός, τὸν παρρησιαζόμενον καὶ ἐνμένοντα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ καὶ πάντων αὐτὴν προκρίνοντα καὶ αὐτὸς ἰσχυ ροποιεῖ, ἐνμένει αὐτῷ. 4 οὐκ ἐκάθισα μετὰ συνεδρίου ματαιότητος καὶ μετὰ παρανομούντων οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθω. ἀσυνύπαρκτά εἰσιν τὰ κακὰ καὶ τὰ ἀγαθά. ὁ ἔχων τὰ ἀγαθὰ οὐ δύναται μετέχειν κακῶν. ὁ ἐπὶ κακίαν πεποιωμένος καθ' ὅσον ἐστὶν κακός, ἀνεπίδεκτός ἐστιν ἀρετῆς. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀποχὴ τῶν κακῶν, ὅταν τις πεφυκὼς πρὸς αὐτὰ ἀπέχηται αὐτῶν προαιρέσει, τὰ παιδία οὐκ ἔχει ἀκολασίαν, ἀλλ' οὐ λέγω αὐτὰ ἀπέχεσθαι ἀκολασίας. τὸ ἄψυχον καὶ τὸ ἄλογον οὐκ ἔχει ἀσέβειαν· καὶ οὐ λέγω αὐτὰ ἀπέχεσθαι ἀσεβείας· τὸ γὰρ ἀπέχεσθαι προαιρετικὸν κίνημά ἐστιν. ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ γοῦν ψαλμῷ μακαρίζει τὸν ἄνδρα τὸν κατὰ τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον τέλειον· "μακάριος ἀνήρ, ὃς οὐκ ἐπορεύθη ἐν βουλῇ ἀσεβῶν καὶ ἐν ὁδῷ ἁμαρτωλῶν οὐκ ἔστη καὶ ἐπὶ καθέδραν λοιμῶν οὐκ ἐκάθισεν". ὁ σοφιστὴς καὶ ἀπατεὼν δύναται εἰπεῖν, ὅτι οὐδὲ τὸ παιδίον οὐδὲ τὸ ἄλογον οὐδὲ τὸ ἄψυχον "ἐπορεύθη ἐν βουλῇ ἀσε94 βῶν καὶ ἐν ὁδῷ ἁμαρτωλῶν οὐκ ἔστη καὶ ἐπὶ καθέδραν λοιμῶν οὐκ ἐκάθισεν". ἀποφήσας τοῦ τελείου τὰ τοιαῦτα λέγει· πῶς ἀπέχεται τούτων τῷ "τὸ θέλημα ἑαυτοῦ" ἔχειν "ἐν τῷ νόμῳ κυρίου"; –οὐ παντὸς δέ ἐστιν ἔχειν "τὸ θέλημα ἑαυτοῦ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ κυρίου". ὅσοι γὰρ δοκοῦσιν μὴ ἁμαρτάνειν τῷ 63 ἐπανέχειν νόμῳ ἐὰν διὰ τὸ φοβεῖσθαι κόλασιν τοῦτο ποιῶσιν, οὐκ ἔχουσιν "τὸ θέλημα ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῷ νόμῳ κυρίου". ἐὰν γοῦν τις πείσῃ αὐτούς, ὅτι οὐκ ἔνι κόλασις, πάντα τὰ ἀπηγορευμένα πράττουσιν. ὁ δὲ ἔχων "τὸ θέλημα ἑαυτοῦ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ κυρίου", κἂν μυρίαι πεῖραι, κἂν κολάσεις πολλαὶ ἐπηρτημέναι αὐτῷ ὦσιν, οὐκ ἀφίσταται τοῦ θελήματος τοῦ νόμου. οἷοι ἦσαν οἱ Μακκαβαῖοι, οἷοι ἐτύγχανον οἱ καθ' ἡμᾶς μάρτυρες τῆς ἀληθείας. ὥσπερ οὖν οὐ λέγει πρότερον τὸν τέλειον ἄνδρα ἀπεσχῆσθαι τῶν κακῶν τῷ ἔχειν τὸ θέλημα τὸ ἴδιον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ κυρίου, καὶ ἐνταῦθα εἰπὼν τὰ προσόντα ἀγαθὰ λέγει λοιπὸν ἃ ἀπαγορεύει καὶ λέγει ὅτι· ἐπειδὴ ἐν ἀκακίᾳ μου ἐπορεύθην καὶ ἐλπίσας ἐπὶ σοὶ οὐκ ἀσθενῶ ἔχων τὸ ἔλεός σου πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν μου, ἐπεὶ τοιοῦτός εἰμι, "οὐκ ἐκάθισα μετὰ συνεδρίου ματαιότητος". οὐκ ἄλλο μέ τι διεῖλεν τῆς ματαιότητος τοῦ συνεδρίου ἢ τὸ ἐν τοιούτῳ βίῳ εἶναι· βίος γὰρ διαιρείτω τῶν ἀνθρώπων, μὴ τόπος. τὸν σπουδαῖον ἀρετὴ διαιρεῖ ἀπὸ τῶν χυδαίων ἀνθρώπων, ἐπιστήμη διαστέλλει ἀπὸ τῶν ἀμαθῶν τὸν ἔχοντα. οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα ὁ πορευθεὶς ἐν ἀκακίᾳ καὶ ἐλπίδα τὸν θεὸν ἔχων καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἰσχυρὸς καὶ οὐκ ἀσθενήσων "οὐκ ἐκάθισεν μετὰ συνεδρίου ματαιότητος". καὶ ὧδε δύναταί τις εἰπεῖν· "τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὸ ἄλογον καὶ τὸ ἄψυχον οὐκ ἐκάθισεν μετὰ συνεδρίου ματαιότητος". –ἀλλ' ἐκεῖνα οὐκ ἐκάθισεν μετὰ συνεδρίου ματαιότητος τῷ μὴ πεφυκέναι, οὐ τῷ ἐν ἀκακίᾳ πεπορεῦσθαι καὶ ἠλπικέναι ἐπὶ τῷ θεῷ. "καὶ μετὰ παρανομούντων οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθω". οὐ συνκατεθέμην ποτὲ τοῖς μάταια βουλευομένοις καὶ συνεδριάζουσιν ἕνεκα τοῦ τοιαῦτα πράττειν οὐδὲ μετὰ παρανόμων εἰσῆλθον. οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἐκάθισα, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ εἰςῆλθον· μετὰ γὰρ τὴν εἴσοδον ἡ κάθισις ἡ ἐν συνεδρίῳ ἐστίν. ταύτης τῆς προαιρέσεως καὶ ἀρετῆς τυγχάνων καὶ ὁ Ἰηρεμίας ἔλεγεν· "οὐκ ἐκάθισα μετὰ συνεδρίου παιζόντων, ἀλλ' εὐλαβούμην ἀπὸ προσώπου
Disposition and the Mirror of Action§61
61“from your hand; I sat alone, because I was filled with bitterness” (Ps 26:4); for these things he says to the Pantokrator. To play and to counsel in vain are the same thing; for here the playing is not praiseworthy, but it turns out to be like that which the butchers had; for they “sat down,” he says, “to eat and to drink, and they rose up to play.” This way of playing turns out to be forbidden. “I did not sit” therefore “among those playing at the council.” And it has been shown many times that the superficial things of life, those who harm rather than help, the ungodly, are called vain. He who has concern with such people, even if he does not sit with them locally, is sitting in the council of vanity.
“And with law-breakers I will by no means enter” (Ps 26:5). He says “law-breakers” here to mean those transgressing the law, not those who have no law at all—for those are lawless and law-breaking—since he was far from such people. And what about: “I will by no means enter”?—instead of: I did not enter into lawlessness; for to enter with law-breakers, that is, to transgress the law, is just as to enter into virtue means to act according to virtue. I hated the assembly of adulterers and I will not sit with the ungodly. The adulterers are either the same as those sitting in vain, or they are not far from them. And perhaps those sinning in practical matters sit in vain, while those thinking false things and having heretical opinions are the assembly of adulterers. And it is good even to say “adulterers.” No one is said to be adulterating according to his nature, but rather he who is disposed toward acting thus, yet is able to be outside of that action.
“I will wash my hands in innocence” (Ps 26:6). He who says: “In my innocence I walked” (Ps 26:7), and saying: “Test me and try me, refine my reins and my heart” (Ps 26:2), says: “I will wash my hands in innocence.” We say this: the former achievements are spiritual.
They were a disposition signifying the one speaking boldly that he has no injustice in kidneys and heart, to walk in innocence, to hope in God, to speak boldly and say, 'test me and try me' (Ps 51:6). Since therefore I am thus according to the opinion, and I have pure actions. The disposition has washed my actions. 'I will wash' (Ps 51:7) therefore 'my hands among the innocent'; for I am not satisfied with disposition alone.
And I will circle your altar, Lord (Ps 51:2). And the priests according to the law, washing, circled the altar. And such a regulation teaches that the one officiating must have pure actions. Therefore, without fail, a basin was constructed for washing 'the feet and the hands' not from any other material but from mirrors. Moses took much gold and other vessels from the Hebrews to construct many of the temple's vessels, a lampstand, a table. And the silver ones, and the gold ones, but the basin he made from the mirrors of the women (Ex 38:8), teaching that someone, having washed his actions and the moving powers of the soul, ought to reflect himself.
For such a way is called a mirror, and James writes: the 'one having become a hearer of the word' (Jas 1:22) and not a 'doer of the work' says: 'he perceived his face in a mirror and immediately went away and forgot what he was' (Jas 1:24). He did not blame the perceiving of the face in the mirror, but the departing immediately. Just as the one looking in the mirror, when he turns away from the mirror, no longer sees himself, so the one returning to the law, if he is not a doer of the law, passes away according to the one departing from the mirror and takes forgetfulness of that according to... 'but we all, with an unveiled face, are being reflected the glory of the Lord' (2 Cor 3:18). In the basin, therefore, that which became from mirrors, and the apostle washed his hands and prepared others to this. To hear the voice of your praise (Ps 51:17). You see,
Greek · §61
τῆς χειρός σου· κατὰ μόνας ἐκαθήμην, ὅτι πικρίας ἐνεπλήσθην"· ταῦτα γὰρ πρὸς τὸν παντοκράτορα λέγει. ταὐτόν ἐστιν τὸ παίζειν καὶ τὸ μάταια βουλεύεσθαι· οὐ γὰρ ὧδε τὸ παίγνιον ἐπαινετόν ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ τοιοῦτον τυγχάνει οἷον εἶχον οἱ μοσχοποιήσαντες· "ἐκάθισαν" γάρ, φησίν, "φαγεῖν καὶ πιεῖν καὶ ἀνέστησαν παίζειν". τὸ οὕτω παίζειν ἀπηγορευμένον τυγχάνει. "οὐκ ἐκάθισα" οὖν "μετὰ συνεδρίου παιζόντων". καὶ πολλάκις ἀποδέδεικται, ὅτι τὰ ἐπιπόλαια τοῦ βίου πράγματα τὰ βλάπτοντα μᾶλλον ἢ ὠφελοῦντα, τὰ εὐσάλευτα, μάταια λέγεται. ὁ σπουδὴν ἔχων μετὰ τοιούτων ἀνθρώπων, κἂν μὴ τοπικῶς καθίσῃ μετ' αὐτῶν, ἐστὶν ἐν τῷ τῆς μαται95 ότητος συνεδρίῳ καθήμενος. "καὶ μετὰ παρανομούντων οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθω". παρανομοῦντας ὧδε λέγει τοὺς παραβαίνοντας τὸν νόμον, οὐ τοὺς μηδ' ὅλως ἐσχηκότας νόμον–ἐκεῖνοι δὲ ἄνομοι καὶ ἀνομοῦντές εἰσιν–, ἐπεὶ πόρρω ἦν τῶν τοιούτων. ἐπερ · "οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθω"; –ἀντὶ τοῦ· οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὴν παρανομίαν· τὸ γὰρ εἰσελθεῖν μετὰ παρανομούντων, τουτέστιν τὸ παρανομῆσαι, ὡς τὸ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ἀρετὴν τὸ κατὰ ἀρετὴν ἐνεργῆσαι σημαίνει. 5 ἐμίσησα ἐκκλησίαν πονηρευομένων καὶ μετὰ ἀσεβῶν οὐ μὴ καθίσω. οἱ πονηρευόμενοι ἢ οἱ αὐτοί εἰσιν τοῖς συνεδριάζουσιν ματαίως ἢ οὐ μακράν εἰσιν αὐτῶν. καὶ τάχα οἱ περὶ πρακτικὰ ἁμαρτάνοντες ἐπὶ ματαίοις συνεδριάζουσιν, οἱ δὲ ψευδῆ φρονοῦντες καὶ αἱρεθικὰς γνώμας ἔχοντες ἐκκλησία εἰσὶν πονηρευομένων. εὖ δὲ καὶ τὸ φάναι "πονηρευομένων". οὐδεὶς κατὰ φύσιν πονηρὸς λέγεται πονηρεύεσθαι, ἀλλ' ὁ πεφυκὼς μὲν πρὸς τὸ οὕτως ἐνεργεῖν, δυνάμενος δὲ ἐκτὸς εἶναι τῆς ἐνεργείας. 6 νίψομαι ἐν ἀθῴοις τὰς χεῖράς μου. ὁ λέγων· "ἐν ἀκακίᾳ μου ἐπορεύθην", καὶ λέγων· "δοκίμασόν με καὶ πείρασόν με, πύρωσον τοὺς νεφρούς μου καὶ τὴν καρδίαν μου", λέγει· "νίψομαι ἐν ἀθῴοις τὰς χεῖράς μου". λέγομεν τοῦτο· τὰ πρότερον κατορθώματα ψυχικὰ ἦσαν· διάθεσιν ἐσήμαινον τοῦ παρρησιαζομένου τὸ μὴ ἔχειν 64 ἀδικίαν ἐν νεφροῖς καὶ καρδίᾳ, τὸ ἐν ἀκακίᾳ πεπορεῦσθαι, τὸ ἐλπίζειν ἐπὶ τῷ θεῷ, τὸ παρρησιάζεσθαι καὶ λέγειν· "δοκί μασόν με καὶ πείρασόν με". ἐπεὶ τοίνυν οὕτως εἰμὶ κατὰ τὴν γνώμην, καὶ τὰς πράξεις ἔχω καθαράς. ἡ διάθεσις ἀπέπλυνέν μου τὰς πράξεις. "νίψομαι" οὖν "ἐν ἀθῴοις τὰς χεῖράς μου"· οὐ γὰρ ἀρκοῦμαι μόνον τῇ διαθέσει. 6 καὶ κυκλώσω τὸ θυσιατήριόν σου, κύριε. καὶ οἱ ἱερεῖς κατὰ τὸν νόμον νιπτόμενοι ἐκύκλουν τὸ θυσιαστήριον. διδάσκει δὲ τὸ τοιοῦτον θέσπισμα, ὅτι δεῖ καθαρὸν εἶναι καὶ πράξεσιν τὸν ἱερώμενον. ἀμέλει γοῦν κατεσκευάσθη λουτὴρ εἰς τὸ νίπτεσθαι "τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας" οὐκ ἐξ ἄλλης ὕλης ἢ ἐκ τῶν καθόπτρων. ἔλαβεν ὁ Μωυσῆς πολλὰ χρυσία καὶ ἄλλα σκεύη παρὰ τῶν Ἑβραίων εἰς τὸ κατασκευάσαι πολλὰ τοῦ ναοῦ σκεύη, λυχνίαν, τράπεζαν. καὶ τὰ μὲν ἐξ ἀργύρου, τὰ δὲ ἐκ χρυσοῦ, τὸν λουτῆρα δὲ ἐκ τῶν καθόπτρων τῶν γυναικῶν κατεσκεύασεν διδάςκων, ὅτι πλυνόμενός τις τὰς πράξεις ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τὰς πορευτικὰς τῆς ψυχῆς δυνάμεις εἰσοπτρίζεσθαι ἑαυτὸν ὀφείλει. ὅτι δὲ ἡ τοιαύτη ἀγωγὴ ἔσοπτρον λέγεται, καὶ Ἰάκωβος γράφει· τὸν "ἀκροατὴν ἐπιλησμονῆς γενόμενον" καὶ μὴ "ποιητὴν ἔργου" λέγει· "κατενόησεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐσόπτρῳ καὶ εὐθέως ἀπελήλυθεν καὶ ἐπελάθετο ὁποῖος ἦν". οὐκ ᾐτιάσατο τὸ κατανοῆσαι ἐν ἐσόπτρῳ τὸ πρόσωπον, ἀλλὰ 96 τὸ ἀποστῆναι εὐθέως. ὡς δὲ ὁ ἐσοπτριζόμενος ὅταν ἀποστῇ τοῦ καθόπτρου, οὐκέτι ὁρᾷ ἑαυτόν, οὕτως ὁ τῷ νόμῳ ἐπανέχων ἐὰν μὴ ποιητὴς ᾖ τοῦ νόμου, παρέρχεται κατὰ τὸν ἀφιστάμενον τοῦ ἐσόπτρου καὶ λήθην λαμβάνει τοῦ κατὰ τὴν . "ἡμεῖς δὲ πάντες ἀνακεκαλυμμένῳ προσώπῳ τὴν δόξαν κυρίου καθοπτριζόμεθα". ἐν τῷ λουτῆρι ἄρα τῷ ἐκ καθόπτρων γενομένῳ καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐνίπτετο τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους εἰς τοῦτο προετρέπετο. 7τοῦ ἀκοῦσαι φωνὴν αἰνέσεώς σου. ὁρᾷς,
Two kinds of destruction and the path of integrity§62
62For after the washing of hands, there comes also the seeing of wonders and the hearing of the voice of praise. For virtue must not stand only up to practice, but also up to contemplation and praise, up to the knowing of that very good thing, the truth, and to narrating all your wonders. The hearing of the voice of praise happens toward the narrating of all the wonders of God. He does not have in his own word any other narration or that concerning the wonders of God.
Thus, the one saying these things is a priest, not one who priesthoods by succession according to the daily shifts of the law, but just as Samuel was always in the house. And each of the saints is able to say, 'I also am with you always.' And here it is said, 'My eyes are toward the Lord always' (Ps 84:10). He who has his eyes toward God always encircles the altar of God, remaining with Him always, always performing the sacred rites.
Lord, I have loved the beauty of your house and the place of the tabernacle of your glory (Ps 26:8). What is the difference between a tabernacle and a house? It has often been said that the tabernacle signifies progress; for it is a house of travelers, a portable house. But the house is established in one place. It signifies perfection. 'And the place of the tabernacle of your glory I have loved,' when it was progressing. The glory of the tabernacle, that is, of progress, becomes virtue both in the practical and in the contemplative. Magnificent is this one who is able to say, 'All that we were useful to do, we have done.' This one is magnificent. Primarily, the fitting is well when it becomes virtue and godliness. He is beautiful who, through chastity, achieves 'how to please the Lord.' He who is 'holy in body and spirit' (1 Cor 6:19) has beauty. Therefore, I loved the beauty of your house, the perfection.
Do not destroy my soul with the ungodly, nor my life with men of blood (Ps 142:10). He does not say, 'Being righteous, do not condemn me with the ungodly, do not draw me toward them.' Rather, you do not join with me with the ungodly if you prevent me from entering into ungodliness. I am prevented from entering into ungodliness if there remain to me achievements of what I have confessed, if I remain walking in innocence, if hoping in you so as not to grow weak. I am perfect. And being perfect, I do not perish with the ungodly. No one is excellent with the wicked...
It is said. The type of destruction is twofold: do not punish me with the ungodly, and do not number me among those punished because of ungodliness. And second: guard me in piety, in pleasing with 'your truth'; for 'ungodliness does not save' those who are by it. Not saving him, it destroys him.
And 'with men of blood my life' (Ps 51:14). Let me not have such a life as those murderous men have. By an analogy: those who are arrogant, being great men, yet stumbling the little ones in the church, are 'men of blood'. Do not let such things happen to me so that I have life with them. 'This life and the length of days is to love the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul' (Deut 6:5). He having this life does not have life with men of blood; he is dead toward the men of blood, but dead because he does not have the life which they have.
Of whom lawlessness is in their hands. Still in their own practices they have lawlessness. They do not possess it, but they have it. And their right hand was filled with gifts. It is possible also to slander judges as bribe-takers. And even those who do not judge, many times we bribe when we show partiality to someone. And if he acquires pleasant things for himself, he bribes; he receives gifts from himself.
But I, in my innocence, went my way. No one of those bribing and having the right hand filled with gifts, no one of the lawless and men of blood, went in innocence. Such was Elymas the sorcerer, ungodly and walking in lawlessness and having the right hand full of gifts; for it seemed to be excellent at deceiving, and it is said concerning him: 'O full of all deceit and all trickery, son of the devil' (Acts 13:10). But he, being full of all trickery, is not able to say: 'In my innocence I went my way'.
Deliver me, O God, and have mercy on me (Ps 51:1). He who walks in iniquities, existing in the iniquities previously mentioned, says 'deliver me'. Even if I am in the most distant iniquities, and with your cooperation all the things of virtue are lifted up for me, yet you have still touched me, the 'body of humiliation', yet 'in the place of my affliction' I am; therefore 'deliver me'. For my foot has stood in uprightness. The same thing as standing in uprightness is the foot of the inner man and that in the rock according to what was said: 'You stood upon a rock' (Matt 7:24).
Greek · §62
ὅτι μετὰ τὴν νίψιν τῶν χειρῶν γίνεται καὶ τὸ ἰδεῖν τὰ θαυμάσια καὶ ἀκοῦσαι τὴν φωνὴν τῆς αἰνέσεως· οὐ γὰρ μέχρι πράξεως στῆναι δεῖ τὴν ἀρετήν, ἀλλὰ καὶ μέχρι θεωρίας καὶ αἰνέσεως, μέχρι τοῦ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτὸ τὸ καλόν, τὴν ἀλήθειαν. 7καὶ διηγήσασθαι πάντα τὰ θαυμάσιά σου. τὸ ἀκοῦσαι φωνὴν αἰνέσεως γίνεται πρὸς τὸ πάντα τὰ θαυμάσια τοῦ θεοῦ διηγήσασθαι. οὐκ ἔχει ὅλως ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ λόγῳ ἄλλην διήγησιν ἢ τὴν περὶ τῶν θαυμασίων τοῦ θεοῦ. οὕτω δὲ ἱερεύς ἐστιν ὁ ταῦτα λέγων οὐχ ὁ ἐκ διαδοχῆς ἱερατεύων κατὰ τὰς ἐφημερίας τοῦ νόμου, ἀλλ' ὥσπερ Σαμουὴλ ἀεὶ ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ ἦν. καὶ ἕκαστος δὲ τῶν ἁγίων ὁ δυνάμενος εἰπεῖν· "ἐγὼ δὲ διὰ παντὸς μετὰ σοῦ". καὶ ἐνταῦθα δὲ εἴρηται· "οἱ ὀφθαλμοί μου διὰ παντὸς πρὸς τὸν κύριον". ὁ διὰ παντὸς ἔχων τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἑαυτοῦ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν κυκλοῖ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τοῦ θεοῦ. παραμένων αὐτῷ ἀεὶ ἀεὶ ἱερουργεῖ. 8κύριε, ἠγάπησα εὐπρέπειαν οἴκου σου καὶ τόπον σκηνώματος δόξης σου. σκηνὴ καὶ οἶκος τίνι διαφέρει; πολλάκις εἴρηται ὅτι ἡ μὲν σκηνὴ προκοπὴν δηλοῖ· οἰκία γάρ ἐστιν ὁδευόντων, φορητὸς οἶκός ἐστιν. ὁ δὲ οἶκος ἵδρυται ἐν ἑνὶ τόπῳ. τὴν τελειότητα γοῦν σημαίνει. "καὶ τόπον σκηνώματος δόξης σου ἠγάπησα", ὅτε προέκοπτον. ἡ δόξα τοῦ σκηνώματος, τουτέστιν τῆς προκοπῆς, καὶ ἐν πρακτικῇ καὶ ἐν διανοητικῇ γίνεται ἀρετῇ. μεγαλοπρεπής ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ δυνάμενος εἰπεῖν· "πάντα, ἃ ὠφείλαμεν ποιῆσαι, πεποιήκαμεν". οὗτος μεγαλοπρεπής ἐστιν. κυρίως εὖ ἔχει τὸ πρέπον, ὅταν εἰς ἀρετὴν καὶ θεοσέβειαν γένηται. εὐπρεπής ἐστιν ὁ διὰ ἀγαμίας κατορθῶν "πῶς ἀρέσῃ τῷ κυρίῳ". ὁ ὢν "ἅγιος σώματι καὶ πνεύματι" εὐπρέπειαν ἔχει. τὴν εὐπρέπειαν οὖν τοῦ οἴκου σου ἠγάπησα, τὴν τελειότητα. 9 μὴ συναπολέσῃς μετὰ ἀσεβῶν τὴν ψυχήν μου καὶ μετὰ ἀνδρῶν αἱμάτων τὴν ζωήν μου. οὐ τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι· "δίκαιον ὄντα μή με κατακρίνῃς μετὰ τῶν ἀσεβῶν, μὴ εἰς ἐκείνους με ἑλκύσῃς". τότε δὲ οὐ συνκολάζεις με μετὰ τῶν ἀσεβῶν, ἐὰν κωλύῃς με εἰς ἀσέβειαν ἐλθεῖν. κωλύομαι δὲ εἰς ἀσέβειαν ἐλθεῖν, ἐὰν παραμείνῃ 97 μοι ἃ ὡμολόγησα ἔχειν κατορθώματα, ἐὰν μείνω ἐν ἀκακίᾳ 65 πορευόμενος, ἐὰν ἐλπίζων ἐπὶ σὲ ὥστε μὴ ἀσθενῆσαι. τέλειός εἰμι. τέλειος δὲ ὢν οὐ συναπόλλυμαι τοῖς ἀσεβέσιν. οὐδεὶς σπουδαῖος σὺν φαύλοις καταδικάζεται. διττὸν δέ ἐστιν τῆς ἀπωλείας τὸ εἶδος· μὴ κολάσῃς με μετὰ ἀσεβῶν, μὴ ἀριθμήσῃς με τούτων τῶν κολαζομένων διὰ ἀσέβειαν. καὶ δεύτερον· φύλαττέ με ἐν τῇ εὐσεβείᾳ, ἐν τῷ εὐαρεστεῖν "τῇ ἀληθείᾳ σου"· "οὐ σώσει" γὰρ "ἀσέβεια τὸν παρ' αὐτῆς". μὴ σῴζουσα δὲ ἀπόλλυσιν αὐτόν. "καὶ μετὰ ἀνδρῶν αἱμάτων τὴν ζωήν μου". μὴ τοιαύτην ζωὴν σχοίημι, οἵαν ἔχουσιν οἱ φονικοὶ ἄνθρωποι. κατὰ ἀναγωγήν· οἱ αὐχοῦντες μεγάλοι καὶ ἄνδρες ὄντες, σκανδαλίζοντες δὲ τοὺς μικροὺς τοὺς ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, "ἄνδρες αἱμάτων" εἰσίν. μὴ τοιαῦτά μοι πραχθείη ὥστε μετ' αὐτῶν ἔχειν τὸ ζῆν. "αὕτη ἡ ζωὴ καὶ ἡ μακρότης τῶν ἡμερῶν τὸ ἀγαπᾶν κύριον τὸν θεόν σου ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας καὶ ἐξ ὅλης ψυχῆς". ὁ τοῦτο τὸ ζῆν ἔχων οὐ μετὰ ἀνδρῶν αἱμάτων ἔχει τὴν ζωήν, νεκρός ἐστιν πρὸς τοὺς ἄνδρας τῶν αἱμάτων· νεκρὸς δὲ τῷ μὴ ἔχειν τὴν ζωήν, ἣν αὐτοὶ ἔχουσιν. 10 ὧν ἐν χερσὶν αἱ ἀνομίαι. ἔτι ἐν ταῖς πράξεσιν ἑαυτῶν ἀνομίαν ἔχουσιν. οὐκ ἐσχή κασιν, ἀλλὰ ἔχουσιν. 10 καὶ ἡ δεξιὰ αὐτῶν ἐπλήσθη δώρων. δύναται καὶ δικαστὰς διαβάλλειν δωροδόκους. ἠρέμα δὲ καὶ οἱ μὴ δικάζοντες πολλάκις δωροδοκοῦμεν, ὅταν λαμβάνωμεν πρόσωπόν τινος. καὶ ἐὰν τὰ ἡδέα ἑαυτῷ περιποιῇ, δωροδοκεῖ, παρ' ἑαυτοῦ λαμβάνει δῶρα. 11 ἐγὼ δὲ ἐν ἀκακίᾳ μου ἐπορεύθην. οὐδεὶς τῶν δωροδοκούντων καὶ ἐχόντων τὴν δεξιὰν πεπληρωμένην δώρων, οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀνόμων καὶ αἱμάτων ἀνδρῶν ἐν ἀκακίᾳ ἐπορεύθη. τοιοῦτος ἦν Ἐλύμας ὁ μάγος καὶ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἐν ἀνομίαις πορευόμενος καὶ τὴν δεξιὰν ἔχων πλήρης δώρων· ἐδόκει γὰρ εἶναι σπουδαῖος πρὸς ἀπατᾶν, καὶ εἴρηται πρὸς αὐτόν· "ὦ πλήρης παντὸς δόλου καὶ πάσης ῥᾳδιουργίας, υἱὲ διαβόλου". ὁ δὲ πάσης ῥᾳδιουργίας πεπληρωμένος οὐ δύναται εἰπεῖν ὅτι· "ἐν ἀκακίᾳ μου ἐπορεύθην". 11 λύτρωσαί με, ὁ θεός, καὶ ἐλέησόν με. ὁ ἐν ἀκακίᾳ πορευόμενος, ὁ ἐν τοῖς κατορθώμασιν τοῖς προειρημένοις ὑπάρχων "λύτρωσαί με" λέγει. εἰ καὶ ἐν τηλικούτοις εἰμὶ κατορθώμασιν καὶ τῇ σῇ συνεργείᾳ πάντα μοι τὰ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀνύεται, ἀλλ' ἔτι ἐπήχθεις με τὸ "σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώσεως", ἔτι "ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τῆς κακώσεώς" εἰμι· διὸ "λύτρωσαί με". 12 ὁ γὰρ πούς μου ἔστη ἐν εὐθύτητι. ταὐτὸν τὸ ἐν εὐθύτητι στῆναι τοῦ ἔσω ἀνθρώπου τὸν πόδα καὶ τὸ ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ κατὰ τὸ λεχθέν· "ἔστησας ἐπὶ πέτραν
The Divine Light and the Armor of Truth§63
63"my feet"; for straightness is like an uncracked and continuous rock. My foot is therefore firm in my straightness. Standing in straightness is the same as standing in faith; for it says, "for indeed you have stood in faith" (Ps 118:137). Such a standing does not happen without Jesus. Those having this standing stand by him, as he says, "there are some standing here," meaning, here by me.
"I will bless you in the churches, Lord" (Ps 22:4). In the church I will offer thanksgiving hymns, not outside anywhere. He who promises to give thanks to God outside, contrary to the ecclesiastical opinion, does not bless in the churches.
Of David; before being anointed. The psalms before this were "to David"; this one is written "of David." He himself brought it forth by the inspiration of the Holy Spirit. He sent it forth "before being anointed." Thirdly, David appears anointed; first, when he went to Samuel and was anointed, and Samuel to Jesse. Second, after Saul had finished; the beginning was preserved; for some were seeking David as king, while others sought Mephibosheth the son of Saul. After the son of Saul was betrayed by Abner because of the appearance of a woman, David was anointed over all the people in Hebron. Therefore, he was anointed a third time. Previously, the peak clearly belongs to a private person. Second, in order that he might rule a part of the people. After the death of the son of Saul, in order that he might also rule the rest of the people, he has been anointed again and again by all. We seek, therefore, regarding what kind of anointing he speaks here. One says that it is generally regarding every anointing; he says the psalm was spoken before being wholly anointed, and quite so; if before the first anointing, it is clearly also before the second and the third. If before the second, not necessarily before the first. If before the third, not necessarily before the first and second. But the psalm seems to have been spoken especially before the first anointing, which is before every anointing. Therefore, the psalm is "before being anointed."
"The Lord is my light and my savior" (Ps 22:1); whom shall I fear? If God enlightens me and saves me, whom do I fear? Neither man, nor an evil power, nor even the devil himself. And the "who" here is instead of "no one"; for this usage lies here continuously.
In the Scriptures: 'What then shall we say to these things? If God is for us, who is against us?' (Romans 8:31) stands instead of 'no one.' 'Who shall bring a charge against the elect of God?' (Romans 8:33) stands instead of 'no one,' and furthermore: 'Behold, the Lord helps me; who can harm me?' (Psalm 27:7) because of many things signified by the word, as it has been said elsewhere, now the 'who' lies instead of 'no one.' Therefore, the word is not about sensible life and some sensible illumination; for by the divine light the mind and the soul are illumined. And life is always joined to salvation. This is the same: eternal life and eternal salvation; for 'Israel' is indeed 'saved by the Lord with an eternal salvation' (Psalm 116:8).
That life is always joined to the illumination, it is seen from many things: 'the life was the light of men' (John 1:4), and again this saint prays: 'enlighten my eyes, lest I sleep into death' (Psalm 139:24), signifying that he who is deprived of the illumination sleeps into death; not the common death, but the one opposed to the blessed life. Therefore, 'the Lord' is 'my light and my salvation' (Psalm 27:1). He himself guides me, speaks to me according to the hidden, enlightens me through which he speaks, and his word prepares to have salvation immediately. Since I said that the one having been illumined has life in every way—the Savior himself also says: 'I am the light of the world; he who follows me will not walk in darkness, but will have the light of life' (John 8:12).
He who has the light of life is not defeated by anything, especially since the truth of God itself becomes a shield fighting for him; for 'his truth shall surround you as a weapon' (Psalm 5:12). Therefore, it immediately reaches: 'The Lord is the defender of my life; from whom shall I dread?' (Psalm 27:1). The Lord is the defender of my life; from whom shall I dread? Who is able to make me afraid? I am clothed in 'the armor of God' (Ephesians 6:13), I 'have the shield' (Ephesians 6:16) of faith, extinguishing 'all the flaming arrows of the evil one' (Ephesians 6:16). If the shield of faith extinguishes the arrows of the evil one, it does much more for those of inferior archers; for there are also other worthless archers. For indeed, 'behold, the sinners have bent a bow, they have prepared arrows in a quiver to shoot at those upright in heart' (Psalm 7:12). I am not defeated by anything. The armor of God is unhurt and unstriking. His shield is truth. And no one is able against the truth.
Greek · §63
τοὺς πόδας μου"· ἡ γὰρ εὐθύτης ὥσπερ πέτρα ἀρραγὴς καὶ ἀδιάκοπός ἐστιν. ὁ πούς μου οὖν βέβαιός ἐστιν ἐν τῇ εὐθύτητί μου. ταὐτὸν δὲ τὸ ἑστάναι ἐν τῇ εὐθύτητι τῷ ἑστάναι ἐν τῇ 98 πίστει· λέγει γάρ· "καὶ γὰρ ἐν τῇ πίστει ἑστήκατε". ἡ τοιαύτη στάσις ἄνευ Ἰησοῦ οὐ γίνεται. παρ' αὐτῷ ἵστανται οἱ ταύτην ἔχοντες τὴν στάσιν ὡς αὐτὸν λέγειν· "εἰσίν τινες τῶν ὧδε ἑστηκότων", τῶν ὧδε παρ' ἐμοί. 12 ἐν ἐκκλησίαις εὐλογήσω σε, κύριε. ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ τοὺς χαριστηρίους ὕμνους ἀποδώσω, οὐκ ἔξω που. ὁ ἔξω παρὰ τὴν ἐκκλησιαστικὴν γνώμην ἐπαγγελλόμενος εὐχαριστεῖν τῷ θεῷ οὐκ ἐν ἐκκλησίαις εὐλογεῖ. 1 Τοῦ ∆αυίδ· πρὸ τοῦ χρισθῆναι. οἱ πρὸ τούτου ψαλμοὶ "τῷ ∆αυὶδ" ἦσαν· οὗτος "τοῦ ∆αυὶδ" ἀναγέγραπται. αὐτὸς αὐτὸν προήγαγεν ἐξ ὑποβολῆς τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος. ἀνέπεμψεν αὐτὸν "πρὸ τοῦ χρισθῆναι". τρίτον δὲ φαίνεται ὁ ∆αυὶδ χρισθείς· πρῶτον μέν, ὅτε πρὸς τὸν Σαμουὴλ ἀπῆλθεν καὶ ἐχρίσθη, καὶ ὁ Σαμουὴλ πρὸς τὸν Ἰεσσαί. δεύτερον τελευτήσαντος τοῦ Σαούλ· διῃρέθη ἡ ἀρχή· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἦσαν ἑλόμενοι τὸν ∆αυὶδ βασιλέα, οἱ δὲ τὸν Μεμφιβόστε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ Σαούλ. προδοθέντος τοῦ υἱοῦ Σαοὺλ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀβεννὴρ προφάσεως γυναικὸς ἕνεκα, ἐχρίσθη ἐπὶ πάντα τὸν λαὸν ὁ ∆αυὶδ ἐν τῇ Χιβρών. τρίτον οὖν ἐχρίσθη. πρότερον ἀκμὴν φανερῶς ἰδιωτεύει. δεύτερον, ἵνα τινὸς μέρους τοῦ λαοῦ ἄρξῃ. κατὰ τὸν θάνατον τοῦ υἱοῦ Σαούλ, ἵνα καὶ τοῦ λοιποῦ μέρους τοῦ λαοῦ, ἑξῆς καὶ πάλιν κέχρισται παρὰ πάντων. ζητοῦμεν οὖν, περὶ ποίας χρίσεως ἐνταῦθα λέγει. ὁ μὲν ἐρεῖ 66 ὅτι καθόλου περὶ πάσης χρίσεως· λέγει τὸν ψαλμὸν εἰρῆσθαι πρὸ τοῦ ὅλως χρισθῆναι, καὶ εἰκότως γε· εἰ πρὸ τῆς προτέρας χρίσεως, φανερὸν ὅτι καὶ τῆς δευτέρας καὶ τῆς τρίτης. εἰ δὲ πρὸ τῆς δευτέρας, οὐ πάντως πρὸ τῆς πρώτης. εἰ πρὸ τῆς τρίτης, οὐκ ἐξ ἀνάγκης καὶ πρὸ τῆς πρώτης καὶ δευτέρας. φαίνεται δὲ ὁ ψαλμὸς μάλιστα πρὸ τῆς προτέρας χρίσεως εἰρῆσθαι, ὅ ἐστιν πρὸ πάσης χρίσεως. "πρὸ τοῦ χρισθῆναι" οὖν ἐστιν ὁ ψαλμός. 1 κύριος φωτισμός μου καὶ σωτήρ μου· τίνα φοβηθήσομαι; εἰ θεὸς φωτίζει με καὶ σῴζει με, τίνα φοβοῦμαι; οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπον οὐδὲ πονηρὰν δύναμιν οὐδὲ αὐτὸν τὸν διάβολον. τὸ δὲ "τίς" ἐνταῦθα α ἀντὶ τοῦ "οὐδείς" ἐστιν· κεῖται γὰρ ἡ χρῆσις αὕτη συνεχῶς ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς· "τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν πρὸς ταῦτα; εἰ ὁ θεὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, τίς καθ' ἡμῶν"; ἀντὶ τοῦ "οὐδείς". "τίς ἐνκαλέσει κατὰ ἐκλεκτῶν θεοῦ"; ἀντὶ τοῦ "οὐδείς", καὶ ἔτι· "ἰδού, κύριος βοηθεῖ μοι· τίς κακώσει με"; πολλῶν οὖν σημαινομένων διὰ τῆς λέξεως, ὡς ἐν ἄλλοις εἴρηται, νῦν τὸ "τίς" ἀντὶ τοῦ "οὐδεὶς" κεῖται. οὐ περὶ τῆς αἰσθητῆς οὖν ζωῆς καὶ αἰσθητοῦ τινος φωτισμοῦ ὁ λόγος ἐστίν· τῷ γὰρ θείῳ φωτὶ καταυγάζονται τὸν νοῦν καὶ τὴν ψυχήν. ἀεὶ συνέζευκται δὲ ἡ ζωὴ τῇ σωτηρίᾳ. ταὐτὸν δέ ἐστιν αἰώνιος ζωὴ καὶ σωτηρία αἰώνιος· "Ἰσραὴλ" γοῦν "σῴζεται ὑπὸ κυρίου σωτηρίαν αἰώνιον". ὅτι δὲ συνέζευκται ἀεὶ τῷ φωτισμῷ ἡ ζωή, ἔστιν ἐκ πολλῶν ἰδεῖν· "ἡ ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων", καὶ πάλιν οὗτος ὁ ἅγιος εὔχεται· "φώτισον τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς μου, μήποτε ὑπνώσω εἰς θάνατον", σημαίνων, ὅτι ὁ στερόμενος τοῦ φωτισμοῦ τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ ὑπνοῖ εἰς θάνατον· θάνατον οὐ τὸν κοινόν, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀντικείμενον τῇ μακαρίᾳ ζωῇ. "κύριος" οὖν "φωτισμός μου καὶ σωτήρ μου". αὐτὸς παι99 δεύει με, κατὰ τὸ κρυπτόν μοι λαλεῖ, φωτίζει με δι' ὧν ὁμιλεῖ, καὶ σωτηρίαν εὐθέως ἔχειν παρασκευάζει ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ. ἐπεὶ εἶπον τὸν πεφωτισμένον πάντως ἔχειν ζωήν–λέγει γοῦν καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ σωτήρ· "ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου· ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ οὐ περιπατήσει ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, ἀλλ' ἕξει τὸ φῶς τῆς ζωῆς". ὁ τὸ φῶς τῆς ζωῆς ἔχων οὐδένα δεδίττεται, μάλιστα ὅτι αὐτὴ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ θεοῦ ἀσπὶς γίνεται ὑπερμαχοῦσα αὐτοῦ· "ὅπλῳ" γὰρ "κυκλώσει σε ἡ ἀλήθεια αὐτοῦ". διὸ εὐθέως ἐπενήνεκται· "κύριος ὑπερασπιστὴς τῆς ζωῆς μου· ἀπὸ τίνος δειλιάσω"; 1 κύριος ὑπερασπιστὴς τῆς ζωῆς μου· ἀπὸ τίνος δειλιάσω; τίς μοι δέος ἐνποιῆσαι δύναται; ἐνδεδυμένος εἰμὶ "τὴν θεοῦ πανοπλίαν", "τὸν θυρεὸν "ἔχω" τῆς πίστεως", τὰ σβέννυντα "πάντα τὰ τοῦ πονηροῦ βέλη πεπυρωμένα". εἰ δὲ τὰ τοῦ πονηροῦ βέλη σβέννυσιν ὁ θυρεὸς τῆς πίστεως, πολλῷ πλέον καὶ τὰ τῶν ὑποδεεστέρων τοξευτῶν· εἰσὶν γὰρ καὶ ἄλλοι φαῦλοι τοξευταί. ἀμέλει γοῦν "ἰδοὺ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἐνέτειναν τόξον, ἡτοίμασαν βέλη εἰς φαρέτραν τοῦ κατατοξεῦσαι τοὺς εὐθεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ". οὐδένα δεδίττομαι. ἄτρωτος καὶ ἄβλητός ἐστιν ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ πανοπλία. ἡ ἀσπὶς αὐτοῦ ἀλήθειά ἐστιν. οὐδεὶς δὲ κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας οἷός
The distinction between affliction and enmity§64
64It is to happen; 'for we are not able,' he says, 'according to the truth, but on behalf of the truth.' It is an armor that protects the one equipped and keeps him unharmed. 'Lord' therefore is 'the defender of my life.' He does not say this concerning common life; for many of those reclining toward God and having put on his armor have died the common death, so that I may not say 'all'; but also many violent ones stood by, of whom Naboth is one and many apostles. Isaiah indeed was afflicted. 2 In the approaching of those intending to harm me to eat my flesh. Those intending to harm the soul eat flesh. If anyone is found having flesh, he has strong enemies against him. The flesh is his food. And the flesh, about which Paul says: 'for the mindset of the flesh is enmity toward God' (Rom 8:7), and: 'we are not in the flesh' (2 Cor 5:3); if he were speaking about the sensory flesh, his word would be false; for all the saints, being in the flesh, pleased God while still surrounded by flesh, and they are not able to say: 'we are not in the flesh.' But when someone kills the flesh and casts down its works, he is not in the flesh. Therefore it is said: 'those of Jesus Christ have crucified the flesh with its desires' (Gal 5:24) and they have it having been made dead, no longer acting. The one being crucified has his hands free to do and his feet to go wherever he wills. Therefore those having been crucified with Christ crucified the flesh with its desires, they left it dead, as if to carry the death of Jesus remaining in their own flesh: 'always we carry the death of Jesus' (2 Cor 4:10). 'Lord, defender of my life; from whom shall I dread? In the approaching of those intending to harm me to eat my flesh' (Ps 27:1-2), since they did not find that which they desired as food, 'they grew weak and fell' (Ps 27:2). See then what this signifies.
2 Those distressing me and my enemies, they themselves grew weak and fell (Ps 27:3). They had come to tear me into weakness, to treat me badly. But for them the passion has happened which they intended to inflict on me; for if they had found 'flesh,' they would have devoured me into weakness and consumed me into sickness. But since they did not find 'flesh,' 'they themselves grew weak and fell' (Ps 27:2), having been subjected to famine. 'Those distressing me and...
"My enemies themselves have grown weak and fallen." Not every one who afflicts is an enemy; the good person also afflicts. For many enemies, intending to afflict and surround those against whom they are hostile, are not able to do this unless God permits it. But many also afflict without being enemies. For instance, parents afflict while disciplining children, and masters afflict slaves, and they are not enemies at all.
It can indeed be said that both groups—the afflicters and the enemies—have grown weak and fallen. And this is possible: the afflicters themselves are also enemies, for they do not afflict for the sake of exhortation and instruction. They are not such as it is said of: "He who brings forth wisdom from his lips, strikes a man without heart with a rod" (Prov 26:3), and: "What do you want? Shall I come to you with a rod or with love?" (1 Cor 4:21); these afflicters are not enemies.
But there is a time when the enemy also afflicts; and not by necessity. But what kind of "killing" is meant?—this is not living according to evil activities. He who carries the killing of Jesus does not live licentiously; he has been killed toward licentiousness, he has been killed toward making his belly his god, he holds his members inactive regarding fleshly desires; he does not allow them to be autonomous, for he has purified desires. For it has been said: "Let not sin reign in your mortal body to obey its desires" (Rom 6:12).
If an ambush is set against me, my heart shall not fear. Therefore, how it does not fear nor tremble is explained by saying: "Whom shall I fear?" and: "From whom shall I tremble?" (Ps 56:3), since the expression "whom" seems to exceed the scope of the question. Even if a whole ambush of evil men and powers is set against me, my heart does not fear; even if they kill the body, the heart remains unshaken, my mind is not struck. If a whole camp with great generals comes against me, I have a fearless heart, my mind does not fear. For the multitude of armies is called by this name: Jacob, when he was returning from Mesopotamia and was about to meet Esau, saw an ambush of angels; for how could there not be an ambush regarding one who was about to go against an enemy who was rushing and hating him? And Elisha similarly: an ambush.
Greek · §64
τέ ἐστιν γενέσθαι· "οὐ γὰρ δυνάμεθα", φησίν, "κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας, ἀλλὰ ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀληθείας". πανοπλία ἐστὶν σφίνγουσα τὸν ὡπλισμένον καὶ ἀβλαβῆ διαφυλάττουσα. "κύριος" οὖν "ὑπερασπιστὴς τῆς ζωῆς μου". οὐ περὶ τῆς κοινῆς ζωῆς τοῦτο λέγει· πολλοὶ γὰρ τῶν θεῷ ἀνακειμένων καὶ τὴν πανοπλίαν αὐτοῦ ἐνδυσάμενοι τεθνήκασιν τὸν κοινὸν θάνατον, ἵνα μὴ εἴπω πάντες· ἀλλὰ καὶ βίαιον πολλοὶ παρέστησαν, ὧν ἐστιν Ναβουθὲμ καὶ ἀπόστολοι πολλοί. Ἰσαίας γοῦν ἐπρίσθη. 2 ἐν τῷ ἐνγίζειν ἐπ' ἐμὲ κακοῦντας τοῦ φαγεῖν τὰς σάρκας μου. οἱ προσέχοντες κακῶσαι τὴν ψυχὴν σάρκας ἐσθίουσιν. ἐὰν εὑρεθῇ τις ἔχων σάρκας, ἰσχυροὺς ἔχει τοὺς πολεμίους κατ' αὐτοῦ. τροφή ἐστιν αὐτοῦ ἡ σάρξ. σάρκα δέ, περὶ ἧς ὁ Παῦλος λέγει· "ὅτι τὸ φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς ἔχθρα εἰς θεόν", καί· "ἡμεῖς οὔκ ἐσμεν ἐν σαρκί". εἰ περὶ τῆς αἰςθητῆς σαρκὸς ἔλεγεν, ψευδὴς ἦν ὁ λόγος· πάντες γὰρ οἱ ἅγιοι ἐν σαρκὶ ὄντες θεῷ ἤρεσαν ἔτι τὴν σάρκα περικείμενοι, καὶ οὐ δύνανται εἰπεῖν· "οὔκ ἐσμεν ἐν 67 σαρκί". ὅταν δέ τις νεκρώσῃ τὴν σάρκα καὶ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῆς καθαιρῇ, οὔκ ἐστιν ἐν σαρκί. διὸ λέγεται· "οἱ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐσταύρωσαν τὴν σάρκα σὺν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις" καὶ νενεκρωμένην αὐτὴν ἔχουσιν, οὐκέτι ἐνεργοῦσαν. ὁ σταυρούμενος κωλυομένας ἔχει τὰς χεῖρας πρὸς τὸ πράττειν καὶ τοὺς πόδας ὅποι βούλεται πορεύεσθαι. οἱ σταυρωθέντες οὖν σὺν τῷ Χριστῷ ἐσταύρωσαν τὴν σάρκα σὺν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτῆς, νεκρὰν αὐτὴν ἀπέφηναν, ὡς τὴν Ἰησοῦ λοιπὸν ἐν τῇ σαρκὶ ἑαυτῶν περιφέρειν νέκρωσιν· "πάντοτε τὴν νέκρωσιν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ περιφέρομεν". "κύριος ὑπερασπιστὴς τῆς ζωῆς μου· ἀπὸ τίνος δειλιάσω; ἐν τῷ ἐνγίζειν ἐπ' ἐμὲ κακοῦντας τοῦ φαγεῖν τὰς σάρκας μου", ἐπεὶ οὐχ εὗρον ἣν ἐπόθουν τροφήν, "ἠσθένησαν καὶ ἔπεσαν". θεώρει δὲ τί συνημμένον ἐστίν. 100 2 οἱ θλίβοντές με καὶ οἱ ἐχθροί μου αὐτοὶ ἠσθένησαν καὶ ἔπεσαν. ἐληλύθασιν ἐμὲ κατασπάσαι εἰς ἀσθένειαν, διαθεῖναί με κακωτικῶς. αὐτοῖς δὲ τὸ πάθος ἐνγέγονεν ὃ ἐμοὶ ἐνποιῆσαι ἠβούλοντο· εἰ γὰρ ἦσαν εὑρόντες "σάρκας", κατήσθιόν με καὶ εἰς ἀσθένειαν καὶ νόσον με κατέσπων. ἐπειδὴ δὲ "σάρκας" οὐχ εὗρον, "αὐτοὶ ἠσθένησαν καὶ ἔπεσαν" λιμῷ ὑποβληθέντες. "οἱ θλίβοντές με καὶ οἱ ἐχθροί μου αὐτοὶ ἠσθένησαν καὶ ἔπεσαν". οὐ πάντως ὁ θλίβων ἐχθρός ἐστιν· καὶ ὁ ἀγαθὸς θλίβει. πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐχθροὶ θλίψεσιν βουλόμενοι καὶ κακώσει περιβαλεῖν ἐκείνους καθ' ὧν ἐχθρεύουσιν, οὐχ οἷοί τέ εἰσιν τοῦτο ποιῆσαι θεοῦ μὴ συνχωροῦντος. πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ θλίβουσιν οὐκ ἐχθροὶ ὄντες. θλίβουσιν γοῦν γονεῖς παιδεύοντες τέκνα καὶ δεσπόται δούλους, καὶ οὐ δήπου ἐχθροὶ ὄντες τοῦτο ποιοῦσιν. δύναται γοῦν λέγειν ὅτι ἀμφότερα τὰ τάγματα τό τε τῶν θλιβόντων καὶ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἠσθένησαν καὶ ἔπεσαν. δυνατὸν δὲ τοῦτο· αὐτοὶ οἱ θλίβοντες καὶ ἐχθροί εἰσιν· οὐ γὰρ ἐπὶ νουθεσίᾳ καὶ παιδεύσει θλίβουσιν. οὐ τοῖοί εἰσιν περὶ ὧν λέγεται· "ὃς προφέρει ἐκ χειλέων σοφίαν, ῥάβδῳ τύπτει ἄνδρα ἀκάρδιον", καί· "τί θέλετε; ἐν ῥάβδῳ ἔλθω πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἢ ἐν ἀγάπῃ"; οὗτοι οἱ θλίβοντες οὔκ εἰσιν ἐχθροί. ἔστιν δὲ ὅτε ὁ ἐχθρὸς καὶ θλίβει· οὐκ ἐξ ἀνάγκης δέ. ἐπερ · ποίαν "νέκρωσιν"; –τοῦτο τὸ μὴ ζῆν κατὰ τὰς ἐνεργείας τὰς φαύλας. ὁ τὴν νέκρωσιν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ περιφέρων οὐκ ἀκολασταίνει· νενέκρωται πρὸς ἀκολασίαν, νενέκρωται πρὸς τὸ θεοποιεῖν τὴν κοιλίαν ἑαυτοῦ, ἀνενέργητα ἔχει τὰ μέλη περὶ τὰς σαρκικὰς ἐπιθυμίας· οὐκ ἐᾷ αὐτὸ αὐτόνομον εἶναι· ἔχει γὰρ ἐπιθυμίας ψεκτάς. εἴρηται γοῦν· "μὴ βασιλευέτω ὑμῶν ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι πρὸς τὸ ὑπακούειν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ". 3 ἐὰν παρατάξηται ἐπ' ἐμὲ παρεμβολή, οὐ φοβηθήσεται ἡ καρδία. λοιπὸν τὸ πῶς οὐ φοβεῖται οὐδὲ δειλιᾷ ἐξηγεῖται εἰπών· "τίνα φοβηθήσομαι"; καί· "ἀπὸ τίνος δειλιάσω"; ἐπεὶ δόκει ἡ λέξις ὑπερβάλλειν "τίνα". κἂν ὅλη παρεμβολὴ πονηρῶν ἀν θρώπων τε καὶ δυνάμεων παρατάξεται ἐπ' ἐμέ, οὐ φοβεῖταί μου ἡ καρδία· κἂν ἀποκτείνωσιν τὸ σῶμα, ἀκλόνητος μένει ἡ καρδία, ἡ νόησίς μου οὐ βάλλεται. ἐὰν ὅλον στρατόπεδον σὺν στρατηγοῖς μεγάλοις ἐπέλθῃ ἐπ' ἐμέ, τὴν καρδίαν ἔχω ἄφοβον, οὐ φοβεῖταί μου ἡ νόησις. ὅτι δὲ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν στρατευμάτων τούτῳ τῷ ὀνόματι καλεῖται· ὁ Ἰακὼβ ὅτε ἀπὸ τῆς Μεσοποταμίας ἐπέστρεφεν καὶ ἤμελλεν συντυγχάνειν τῷ Ἠσαῦ, εἶδεν παρεμβολὴν ἀγγέλων· πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἤμελλεν παρεμβολὴ ἔσεσθαι περὶ τὸν μέλλοντα πρὸς πολέμιον ὑπερβάλλοντα καὶ μισοῦντα ἔρχεσθαι; καὶ ὁ Ἐλισαῖος ὁμοίως· παρεμβολὴ
Progressions and the Single Request§65
65He was stationed like Elisha of Syria. A divine encampment has happened around him, not according to history, but according to the spiritual sense. The soul is led by the mind and is yoked to it. If someone chooses to include the will, it is possible. The name of the spirit of the heart in Psalm 101 sometimes signifies the will, but the mind is to be taken here.
If war rises up against me, in this I hope (Psalm 27:3). There is even more of an encampment if war rises up against me; in my heart I hope, which does not fear, being strengthened by divine fear; 'fear of the Lord surpassed all' (Psalm 34:9), and 'there is no loss to those fearing him' (Psalm 34:18). 'In this I hope.' I am confident that this heart becomes everything to me. The virtues are the weapons of piety. 'Let us put on the weapons of light, let us cast off the works of the flesh' (Romans 13:12). The weapons of light are the virtues, the pious thoughts, the mysteries and doctrines of the truth. In these secure fortunes, no one is shaken, but has unashamed hope. 'In this,' therefore, 'I hope,' not simply in my thought, but in that which is thus secured.
One thing I asked of the Lord, this I will seek (Psalm 81:10). God the Giver is of many good things; for He 'will give good things to those asking Him' (Psalm 81:11), and He fills the desire with His own good things; for He is 'the one filling your desire with good things' (Psalm 81:15). Therefore, it is reasonable to say that these good things are, in essence, virtues and in essence, the mysteries of the truth. When someone—so that I may say it this way—possesses the genus of the virtues, he possesses all. Therefore, he asks for one request, all virtue. When someone does not already possess well-established virtues, he does not send up one request; for if he is in the process of advancing and becoming greater in other things, he pours out requests again and does not ask for one request. But he who sends up a prayer for the whole of virtue and for the piety of the doctrines sends up one. It is also possible to say this: the...
There are many progresses. These are signified by the name of the tabernacle, as it has been shown many times. If anyone becomes in some progress and asks to have God as a helper, to have Him as a succor, he does not remain in this request; for he passes from progress to progress, becoming better than himself. Many tabernacles are spoken of, but there is one house.
Therefore, the one having come to perfection asks one request. 'One' then, 'I asked from the Lord' (Psalm 27:4). And this is also possible: their help—so that, having been prepared for the wars and the encampments that arise, they are able—does not ask one request. They seek much help: a military encirclement, the strength of walls, constructions. But he who has God himself as a helper and asks for this one thing, asks one request. 'All in all' happens, as each of those having been perfected has Him as all things: as bread, as light, as teacher, as shepherd. 'One' then, 'I asked, this I seek out'. He who says 'I seek out' and 'I asked' shows that the one seeking does not yet have it, and longs to find. For no one has perfection unless even if he reaches the very goal and the end of virtue and of union with God.
4 of dwelling with me in the house of the Lord all the days of my life (Psalm 27:4). I did not begin to ask now, but because of the beginning of the end I began; for the one beginning an art begins because of the end of the art. Those having reached this dwell. 'Blessed are all those dwelling in your house' (Psalm 68:1). He who has the blessed life is in the days; it does not happen in nights. Even if ever it becomes in night, but he takes up the beginning of longing for life, he comes out of the night.
4 of beholding my part in the delight of the Lord and sheltering in his temple. Just as I dwell all the days in the house of God, so in all the days I behold the delight of the Lord and I shelter in his temple. But the delight of the Lord is the...
Greek · §65
παρετάξατο ἐπὶ τὸν Ἐλισαῖον τῆς Συρίας. γέγονεν παρεμβολὴ θεία περὶ αὐτόν, οὐ κατὰ τὴν ἱστορίαν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸ πνευματικόν. ἄγεται ἡ ψυχὴ ὑπὸ τοῦ νοῦ, ἡνιοχεῖται ὑπ' αὐτοῦ. ἐὰν δὲ καὶ τὴν γνώμην τις θέλῃ λαβεῖν, δυνατόν. σημαίνει τὸ 101 ὄνομα τοῦ πνεύματος τῆς καρδίας ποτὲ τὴν γνώμην. τὸν νοῦν δὲ λημπτέον ἐνταῦθα. 3ἐὰν ἐπαναστῇ ἐπ' ἐμὲ πόλεμος, ἐν ταύτῃ ἐγὼ ἐλπίζω. πλέον παρεμβολῆς ἐὰν ἐπαναστῇ ἐπ' ἐμέ, ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ μου ἐγὼ ἐλπίζω τῇ μὴ φοβουμένῃ, τῇ 68 ἐνδυναμουμένῃ θεικῷ φόβῳ· "φόβος κυρίου πάντα ὑπερέβαλεν", καί· "οὐκ ἔστιν ὑστέρη μα τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτόν". "ἐν ταύτῃ ἐγὼ ἐλπίζω". θαρρῶ ὅτι αὕτη ἡ καρδία ἀντὶ πάντων μοι γίνεται. αἱ ἀρεταὶ τὰ ὅπλα εἰσὶν τῆς εὐσεβείας. "ἐνδυσώμεθα ὅπλα φωτός, ἀποθώμεθα τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός". τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτὸς αἱ ἀρεταί εἰσιν, αἱ εὐσεβεῖς νοήσεις, τῆς ἀληθείας μυστήρια καὶ δόγματα. ἐν ταύταις ταῖς παντευχίαις ἠσφαλισμένος οὐδένα δεδίττεται, τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχει ἀκαταίσχυντον. "ἐν ταύτῃ" οὖν "ἐγὼ ἐλπίζω", οὐ τῇ νοήσει μου ἁπλῶς, ἀλλὰ τῇ οὕτως ἠσφαλισμένῃ. 4 μίαν ᾐτησάμην παρὰ κυρίου, ταύτην ἐκζητήσω. πολλῶν ἀγαθῶν ὁ θεὸς δοτήρ ἐστιν· "δώσει" γὰρ "ἀγαθὰ τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν", καὶ ἐνπιμπλᾷ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἐν τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ἑαυτοῦ· "τὸν ἐμπινπλῶντα" γὰρ "ἐν ἀγαθοῖς τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν σου". δύναταί τις οὖν τῷ πιθανώτερον εἰπεῖν ὅτι τὰ ἀγαθὰ ταῦτα αἱ κατ' εἶδός εἰσιν ἀρεταί, τὰ κατ' εἶδος μυστήρια τῆς ἀληθείας. ὅταν τις οὖν αὐτό, ἵν' οὕτω εἴπω, τὸ γένος ἔχῃ τῶν ἀρετῶν, πάσας ἔχει. μίαν οὖν αἴτησιν αἰτεῖ, πᾶσαν τὴν ἀρετήν. ὅταν τις οὐκ ἔχῃ ἤδη εὐδοκιμούσας τὰς ἀρετάς, οὐ μίαν αἴτησιν ἀναπέμπει· εἰ γὰρ ἐν τῷ προκόπτειν ἐστὶν καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις μείζω γινόμενος, πάλιν χρῄζει αἰτήσεως καὶ οὐ μίαν αἴτησιν αἰτεῖ. ὁ δὲ ὑπὲρ ὅλης τῆς ἀρετῆς καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς εὐσεβείας τῶν δογμάτων εὐχὴν ἀναπέμπων μίαν ἀναπέμπει. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο εἰπεῖν· αἱ προκοπαὶ πολλαί εἰσιν. σημαίνονται δὲ αὗται τῷ ὀνόματι τῆς σκηνῆς, ὡς πολλάκις ἀποδέδεικται. ἐάν τις οὖν ἔν τινι προκοπῇ γένηται καὶ αἰτῆται θεὸν ἔχειν βοηθόν, ἔχειν καὶ ἐπίκουρον, οὐ μένει ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ αἰτήσει· μεταβαίνει γὰρ ἀπὸ προκοπῆς εἰς προκοπήν. ἐστὶν κρείττων ἑαυτοῦ γινόμενος. σκηνώματα δὲ πολλὰ λέγεται, εἷς δὲ ὁ οἶκος. μίαν οὖν αἴτησιν αἰτεῖται ὁ εἰς τελειότητα ἐλθών. "μίαν" οὖν "αἰτησάμην παρὰ κυρίου". δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο· ἡ βοήθεια αὐτῶν, ἵνα παρεσκευασμένοι πρὸς τοὺς ἐπεγείροντας πόλεμον καὶ τὰς παρεμβολὰς δύνωνται, οὐ μίαν αἴτησιν αἰτεῖται. πολλὰς βοηθείας ζητοῦσιν, στρατιωτικὴν περιβολήν, τειχῶν ἐρυμνότητα, κατασκευάσματα. ὁ δὲ αὐτὸν τὸν θεὸν ἔχων βοηθὸν καὶ τοῦτον αἰτούμενος μίαν αἴτησιν αἰτεῖται. "πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν" γίνεται ὡς ἕκαστον τῶν τελειωθέντων ἔχειν αὐτὸν πάντα, ὡς ἄρτον, ὡς φῶς, ὡς διδάσκαλον, ὡς ποιμένα. "μίαν" οὖν "ᾐτησάμην, ταύτην ἐκζητῶ". ὁ λέγων "ἐκζητῶ" καὶ "ᾐτησάμην" δείκνυσιν ὅτι οὔπω ἔχει ὁ ἐκζητῶν καὶ ποθῶν εὑρεῖν. οὔπω δὲ οὐδεὶς ἔχει τὴν τελειότητα πλὴν εἰ καὶ εἰς αὐτὸ τὸ τέρμα καὶ τὸ τέλος φθάσῃ τῆς ἀρετῆς καὶ τῆς πρὸς θεὸν ἑνώσεως. 4 τοῦ κατοικεῖν με ἐν οἴκῳ κυρίου πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς μου. οὐ νῦν ἠρξάμην αἰτεῖσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀρχόμενος τοῦ τέλους 102 ἕνεκα ἠρξάμην· καὶ γὰρ ὁ ἀρχόμενος τέχνης διὰ τὸ τέλος τῆς τέχνης ἄρχεται. κατοικοῦσιν οἱ εἰς τοῦτον φθάσαντες. "μακάριοι πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ σου". ὁ ἔχων τὴν μακαρίαν ζωὴν ἐν ἡμέραις ἐστίν, ἐν νυξὶν οὐ γίνεται. κἄν ποτε ἐν νυκτὶ γένηται, ἀρχὴν δὲ λάβῃ τοῦ ποθῆσαι τὴν ζωήν, ἔξω γίνεται τῆς νυκτός. 4 τοῦ θεωρεῖν με τὴν τερπνότητα κυρίου καὶ ἐπισκέπτεσθαι τὸν ναὸν αὐτοῦ. ὥσπερ πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ θεοῦ κατοικῶ, οὕτως ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἡμέραις θεωρῶ τὴν τερπνότητα κυρίου καὶ ἐπισκέπτομαι τὸν ναὸν αὐτοῦ. τερπνότης δὲ κυρίου ἐστὶν ἡ
The Body as a Tent and the Mystery of the Incarnation§66
66His participation. And his state is his temple, in which God is found, in which God dwells. Perfect virtue is a house of God. 'And Christ as a son upon his house, of which we are the house,' and; 'Do you not know that you are the temple of God?'; except that we have called both virtue and perfect holiness a house, and secondly, faithful men. For this reason they become a house, because they possess virtue and holiness. It is not that the virtue makes the participants a house of God, but because of the virtue do those sharing in it become a house. And that which is over all is written as an end most especially. But because this does not happen all at once, we call the things before the end 'ends'; for there are also ends before the end: 'I have seen the end of all things' (Psalm 37:30). 'When a man has completed, then he begins.' So when he has completed, he sees the end of a certain progress; then, beginning, he seeks to see another end, and over all things he encounters the end that is over all things.
Take for me an example from the construction of a city: he who desires to build a city magnificently and—what more can I say?—royal, begins the construction. He begins to quarry stones. Often the quarrying completes much. When he has prepared those which are needed and as many as are needed, then he begins to seek a place where he will raise up the city. It becomes 'God all in all' (1 Cor 15:28), not all in each one, but 'in all'. In one he is a mourner, when someone hastens to be such; in another a good judge, in another righteous, in another a dispenser of grace, in another as a teacher to a disciple. And in all, indeed, he becomes all things to those who have drawn near to him, but not all things in each one, but either one, or two, or three gifts. And so that we may make this clear regarding the gifts: 'Receive of the Spirit'; one has the word of wisdom, another the word of knowledge, another the gift of healings. But when someone becomes perfect, no longer having the 'earnest of the Spirit' (Eph 1:14), but the Spirit itself, he becomes all things in each one. I become a perfect bearer and a bishop of the temple of God, not having anything else before my eyes except this, the temple of God, seeing it; for he has hidden me in his tent in the day of my evil. For this reason, 'One thing I have asked and this I will seek: that in the day of my evil he has hidden me in his tent' (Psalm 27:8). And progress was being spoken of. Amidst many evils lying ahead and those willing to harm me, he has hidden me. And it is sometimes said...
And the body is a tent; for it is said, 'the earth is a tent for the prudent' (Ps 103:29), and, 'we groan being in the tent' (2 Cor 5:4). Often, while we are still dwelling in the tent, the body hides us so that we are not harmed by it when someone, as I said previously, surrounds the death of Jesus in the body and strikes the body and enslaves it.
'He covered me in the secrecy of his tent.' For the secrecy of his tent is not harmful, but a covering. But the accessible part of the tent, which is already laid bare, harms rather. In this way, I am a body dwelling as if not being in a body, being swallowed up of the mortal 'by life.'
To swallow and to swallow up in the Scripture signifies victory; 'in whom they raised us, therefore we would be swallowing living ones,' instead of 'he conquered us.' And, 'Israel was laid waste, now it has become among the nations like a useless vessel' (Ps 79:6). 'All,' he says, 'who eat him will transgress.' But the eater is being swallowed up. In the tent, therefore, 'in the secrecy of his tent he hid me.'
One who has become in the body is also able, if he perceives the cause and the mystery through which it has happened in him, to be hidden in the secrecy of it; for having immediately known the mystery and the cause, he will harm himself and will not be swallowed up. And this can be said about the Savior or toward the Savior. If regarding him it is said: 'in the secrecy of his tent he hid me,' he had a tent, he became man. The descent of the Savior has a hidden mystery.
He who is able, after the one who became flesh has tabernacled in him, to say: 'we beheld his glory, glory as of the only-begotten from the Father, full of grace and truth' (John 1:14), was covered 'in the secrecy of his tent.' His covering has become the perceiving of the mystery of the Savior's coming. The Jews, indeed, did not perceive, and as many as are such, and they were not covered 'in the secrecy of his tent.'
And it is possible also, according to the previous argument, for the secrecy of the tent to be the end; for because of this they advance, even if it eludes those who advance; for unless someone reaches it, he is not able to see it as it is, seeing God then 'as he is' (1 John 3:2), when he comes to the end of blessedness. But, have we beheld already? — we certainly do not know. In part...
Greek · §66
μετουσία αὐτοῦ. καὶ ναὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἡ κατάστασις, ἐν ᾗ θεὸς εὑρίσκεται, ἐν ᾗ θεὸς οἰκεῖ. ἡ τελεία ἀρετὴ οἶκός ἐστιν θεοῦ. "Χριστὸς δὲ ὡς υἱὸς ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ, οὗ οἶκός ἐσμεν ἡμεῖς", καί· "οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι ναὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστε"; πλὴν εἰ καὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν καὶ τὴν παντελῆ ἁγιότητα εἴπομεν οἶκον, δευτέρως δὲ καὶ τοὺς πιστοὺς ἀνθρώπους. διὰ τοῦτο οἶκος γίνονται, ὅτι ἔχουσιν τὴν ἀρετὴν καὶ τὴν ἁγιότητα. οὐχ ἡ ἀρετὴ ἐκ τῶν μετεχόντων οἶκος λέγεται θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν οἱ κοινωνοῦντες αὐτῇ. τὸ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν δὲ τέλος ὑπογράφεται μάλιστα. τῷ δὲ μὴ ἀθρόως τοῦτο παραγίνεσθαι, τὰ πρὸ τοῦ τέλους τέλη λέγομεν· εἰσὶν γὰρ καὶ τέλη πρὸ τέλους· "πάσης συντελείας 69 εἶδον πέρας". "ὅταν συντελέσῃ ἄνθρωπος, τότε ἄρχεται". ὅταν οὖν συντελέσῃ, βλέπει πέρας τινὸς προκοπῆς· εἶτα ἀρχόμενος ζητεῖ ἄλλο ἰδεῖν τέλος, καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἀπαντᾷ τὸ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τέλος. λαβέ μοι αὐτὸ καὶ ἐπὶ κατασκευῆς πόλεως· ὁ βουλόμενος φιλοτίμως πολυτελῆ κατασκευάσαι πόλιν καί–τί πλέον εἰπεῖν ἔχω; –βασιλικήν, ἀπάρχεται τῆς οἰκοδομίας. ἄρχεται λατομεῖν λίθους. συντελεῖ πολλάκις τὴν λατόμησιν. ὅταν ἐκείνους εὐτρεπίσῃ τοὺς ὧν χρῄζει καὶ ὅσων χρῄζει, λοιπὸν ἄρχεται ζητεῖν τόπον, ὅπου ἐγείρῃ τὴν πόλιν. γίνεται "ὁ θεὸς πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν", οὐκ ἐν ἑκάστῳ πάντα, ἀλλ' "ἐν πᾶσιν". ἐν ᾧ μὲν οἰκτίρμων, ὅταν τις τοιοῦτος σπεύδῃ εἶναι, ἐν ᾧ δὲ ἀγαθὸς κριτής, ἐν ἄλλῳ δίκαιος, ἐν ἄλλῳ χαριστικός, ἐν ἄλλῳ ὡς διδάσκαλος ἐν μαθητῇ. καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν μὲν πάντα γίνεται τοῖς πλησιάσασιν αὐτοῦ, οὐκ ἐν ἑκάστῳ δὲ πάντα, ἀλλὰ ἢ ἓν ἢ δύο ἢ τρία χαρίσματα. καὶ ἵνα φανερὸν αὐτὸ ποιήσωμεν ἐπὶ τῶν χαρισμάτων, λαβὲ τοῦ πνεύματος· ὁ μὲν ἔχει λόγον σοφίας, ἄλλος λόγον γνώσεως, ἕτερος χάρισμα ἰαμάτων. ὅταν δέ τις τέλειος γένηται οὐκέτι "ἀρραβῶνα πνεύματος" ἔχων, ἀλλ' αὐτὸ τὸ πνεῦμα, ἐν ἑκάστῳ πάντα γίνεται. τέλειος ἔφορος γίνομαι καὶ ἐπίσκοπος τοῦ ναοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ ἔχων ἄλλο πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν τι ἢ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸν θεοῦ ναὸν ὁρῶν. 5 ὅτι ἔκρυψέν με ἐν σκηνῇ αὐτοῦ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κακῶν μου. διὰ τοῦτο "μίαν ᾐτησάμην καὶ ταύτην ἐκζητήσω, ὅτι ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κακῶν μου ἔκρυψέν με ἐν σκηνῇ". ἐλέγετο δὲ ἡ προκοπή. πολλῶν ἐπικειμένων κακῶν καὶ βλάψαι με βουλομένων ἔκρυψέν με. λέγεται δέ ποτε καὶ τὸ σῶμα σκηνή· "βρίθει" γὰρ "τὸ 103 γεῶδες σκῆνος νοῦν πολυφρόντιδα", καί· "οἱ ὄντες ἐν τῷ σκήνει στενάζομεν". πολλάκις μὲν ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ ἡμᾶς ὄντας ἔτι περικειμένους τὸ σῶμα κρύπτει ὥστε μὴ βλάπτεσθαι ὑπ' αὐτοῦ ὅταν, ὡς εἶπον ἔνπροσθεν, "τὴν νέκρωσιν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι" περιφέρῃ τις καὶ ὑπωπιάζῃ τὸ σῶμα καὶ δουλαγωγῇ. 5 ἐσκέπασέν με ἐν ἀποκρύφῳ τῆς σκηνῆς αὐτοῦ. τὸ γὰρ ἀπόκρυφον τῆς σκηνῆς αὐτοῦ οὔκ ἐστιν βλαπτικόν, ἀλλὰ σκεπαστήριον. τὸ δὲ πρόχειρον τῆς σκηνῆς τῆς ἤδη Εἰρημένης βλάπτει μᾶλλον. οὕτω εἰμὶ σῶμα περικείμενος ὡς οὐκ ὢν ἐν σώματι, καταπινομένου τοῦ θνητοῦ "ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς". τὸ καταπίνεσθαι καὶ καταπίνειν ἐν τῇ γραφῇ νίκην σημαίνει· "ἐν ᾧ ἀνέστησαν, ἄρα ζῶντας ἂν κατέπιον ἡμᾶς", ἀντὶ τοῦ "ἐνίκησαν ἡμᾶς". καί· "κατεπόθη Ἰσραήλ, νῦν ἐγένετο ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὡς σκεῦος ἄχρηστον". "πάντες", φησίν, "οἱ ἐσθίοντες αὐτὸν πλημμελήσουσιν". κατα̣πίνει δὲ ὁ ἐσθίων. ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ "ἐν ἀποκρύφῳ" οὖν "τῆς σκηνῆς αὐτοῦ ἔκρυψέν με". δύναται καὶ ὁ ἐν σώματι γενόμενος ἐὰν τὸ αἴτιον καὶ τὸ μυστήριον, δι' ὃ γέγονεν ἐν αὐτῷ, νοήσῃ, ἐν τῷ ἀποκρύφῳ αὐτῆς κατακεκρύφθαι· εὐθέως γὰρ γνοὺς τὸ μυστήριον καὶ τὸ αἴτιον κακώσει ἑαυτὸν καὶ οὐ καταπίνεται. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἢ πρὸς τὸν σωτῆρα εἰρῆσθαι τοῦτο. εἰ περὶ αὐτοῦ ὅτι· "ἐν ἀποκρύφῳ τῆς σκηνῆς αὐτοῦ ἔκρυψέν με"· ἔσχεν σκηνήν, ἐνηνθρώπησεν. ἔχει τι μυστήριον ἀποκεκρυμμένον ἡ κάθοδος τοῦ σωτῆρος. ὁ δυνάμενος οὖν μετὰ τὸ ἐσκηνωκέναι ἐν αὐτῷ τὸν γενόμενον σάρκα λόγον εἰπεῖν· "ἐθεασάμεθα τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός, πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας", ἐσκεπάσθη "ἐν ἀποκρύφῳ τῆς σκηνῆς αὐτοῦ". σκέπη αὐτοῦ γέγονεν τὸ νοῆσαι τὸ μυστήριον τῆς ἐπιδημίας τοῦ σωτῆρος. Ἰουδαῖοι γοῦν οὐκ ἐνόησαν καὶ ὅσοι τοιοῦτοι, καὶ οὐκ ἐσκεπάσθησαν "ἐν τῷ ἀποκρύφῳ τῆς σκηνῆς αὐτοῦ". δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ οὕτως κατὰ τὴν προτέραν ἀπόδοσιν τὸ ἀπόκρυφον τῆς σκηνῆς τὸ τέλος εἶναι· τούτου γὰρ ἕνεκα προκόπτουσιν, εἰ καὶ λανθάνει τοὺς προκόπτοντας· εἰ μὴ γάρ τις ἐπ' αὐτὸ φθάσῃ, ἰδεῖν αὐτὸ οὐ δύναται ὥς ἐστιν, ὀψόμενος τότε τὸν θεὸν "καθώς ἐστιν", ὅταν εἰς αὐτὸ τὸ πέρας ἔλθῃ τῆς μακαριότητος. ἐπερ · ἐθεασάμεθα ἤδη; –οὐ μὴν γιγνώσκομεν. "ἐκ μέρους
The Commonality of the Righteous and the Rock§67
67We know. But is it the human race that says these things? It is not the Lord's man who says these things, but the race of the righteous, the collection of the saints; for even the Son of God does not say according to man, 'The Lord is my light and my salvation; whom shall I fear?' (Ps 27:1). Many times I have said that the things said about the righteous men and about the Lord's man are said in common; but they are common not according to equality, for he surpasses all others even in these thingse things are common according to participation, just as I say the medical art is common to the one who has been perfected and holds it without lack, and to those still progressing. I do not say common according to quantity, but according to quality.
The adulterer is not hidden, but goes outside the tent; for he does not abstain from 'the fleshly desires, which wage war against the soul' (Gal 5:17). But he who clearly lives all things according to the flesh—being uncontrolled, living in luxury, and altogether preferring pleasures over the watchful ones, even if they be unendurable—he has his tent manifest, he has the body manifest; it is evident that a body surrounds him. For he who says, 'But you are not in the flesh', teaches being outside the passions of the flesh. But he who is outside the passions of the flesh is hidden in the tent. According to another sense, the tent is a hiding place, not known to all.
'You have raised me in a rock' (Ps 92:14). It is not a great thing to be raised in a sensible rock so as to send up grateful praises. All things happening by God, on which it is fitting to give thanks, which must be praised, are not at hand, nor are they able to be present to everyone. The rock, therefore, is the unshakeable Word of God himself, who, becoming the one around, is not cast down. For it has been said also in others: 'The judges laid hold of a moving rock' or 'their strong ones'; and indeed, rulers being outside the rock seem to be strong and to prevail over the uncertain. But when they become near the rock, they are immediately defeated.
And I said also yesterday, that the swallowing up signifies the victory; 'in rising up against us living, they would have swallowed us up', and; 'those swallowing up Israel with their whole mouth' (Ps 83:5). The one being defeated is swallowed up, the one surrounding swallows up. You have, therefore, some enigma having happened in the Exodus, Aaron having thrown his staff according to the guidance of God; and it has become...
the scepter of truth
Greek · §67
γιγνώσκομεν". ἐπερ · τὸ γένος τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐστὶν τὸ ταῦτα λέγον; οὐχ ὁ κυριακὸς 70 ἄνθρωπος ταῦτα λέγει, ἀλλὰ τὸ τῶν δικαίων γένος, τὸ τῶν ἁγίων ἄθροισμα· οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν κατὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον λέγων· "κύριος φωτισμός μου καὶ σωτήρ μου· τίνα φοβηθήσομαι"; πολλάκις εἶπον, ὅτι τὰ λεγόμενα περὶ τῶν δικαίων ἀνδρῶν καὶ περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τοῦ κυριακοῦ κοινὰ λέγεται· κοινὰ δὲ οὐ κατὰ τὴν ἰσότητα · ἀσυνκρίτως γὰρ ὑπέρκειται καὶ ἐν τούτοις πάντας. κοινὰ λέγω αὐτὰ κατὰ τὴν μετουσίαν, ὡς 104 κοινὴν λέγω τὴν ἰατρικὴν καὶ τοῦ τελειωθέντος καὶ ἀνενλιπῶς αὐτὴν ἔχοντος καὶ τῶν ἔτι προκοπτόντων. οὐ κατὰ ποσὸν λέγω κοινήν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ ποιόν. ὁ πορνεύων οὐ κρύπτεται, ἀλλ' ἔξω γίνεται τῆς σκηνῆς· οὐκ ἀπέχεται γὰρ "τῶν σαρκικῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν, αἵτινες κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς στρατεύονται". ὁ δὲ προφανῶς πάντα κατὰ σάρκα ζῶν, ἀκολασταίνων, τρυφῶν, καὶ ὅλως τὰ ἡδέα προκρίνων τῶν ἐπιπόνων, κἂν ἀνάρεστα ὦσιν, ἐκεῖνος προφανῆν ἔχει τὴν σκηνὴν ἑαυτοῦ, προφανὲς ἔχει τὸ σῶμα, δῆλός ἐστιν ὅτι σῶμα περίκειται· ὁ γὰρ λέγων· "ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ ἐςτὲ ἐν σαρκί", διδάσκει ἔξω εἶναι τῶν παθημάτων τῆς σαρκός. ὁ δὲ ἔξω ὢν τῶν παθημάτων τῆς σαρκὸς ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ κρύπτεται. κατὰ ἄλλον λόγον τὸ τῆς σκηνῆς ἀπόκρυφον τὸ μὴ πᾶσιν γνώριμον. 5 ἐν πέτρᾳ ὕψωσάς με. οὐ μέγα ἐστὶν τὸ ἐν αἰσθητῇ πέτρᾳ ὑψωθῆναι ὥστε καὶ χαριστηρίους ἀναπέμψαι αἴνους. πάντα τὰ ὑπὸ θεοῦ γινόμενα, ἐφ' οἷς εὐχαριστεῖν προσήκει, ἃ ὑμνεῖν δεῖ, οὐ πρόχειρά εἰσιν, οὐ δυνάμενα παντὶ ὑπάρξαι. πέτρα οὖν ἐστιν ὁ ἀρραγὴς τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος αὐτὸς οὗ ὁ περικύκλῳ γινόμενος οὐ βάλλεται. εἴρηται γοῦν καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις· "κατεπόθησαν ἐχόμενα πέτρας οἱ κριταὶ" ἢ "οἱ κραταιοὶ αὐτῶν". καὶ ἄρχοντες γοῦν ἔξω τῆς πέτρας ὄντες δοκοῦσιν ἰσχύειν καὶ κρατεῖν τῶν ἀβεβαίων. ὅταν δὲ ἐγγὺς τῇ πέτρᾳ γένωνται, εὐθέως ἡττῶνται. εἶπον δὲ καὶ χθές, ὅτι ἡ κατάποσις τὴν νίκην σημαίνει· "ἐν τῷ ἐπαναστῆναι ἐφ' ἡμᾶς ἄρα ζῶντας ἂν κατέπιον ἡμᾶς", καί· "τοὺς καταπίνοντας τὸν Ἰσραὴλ ὅλῳ τῷ στόματι". ὁ ἡττώμενος οὖν καταπίνεται, ὁ περιγινόμενος καταπίνει. ἔχεις γοῦν αἴνιγμά τι ἐν τῇ ἐξόδῳ γεγενημένον, Ἀαρὼν ῥίψας τὴν ῥάβδον αὐτοῦ κατ' ὑφήγησιν θεοῦ· καὶ γέγονεν δράκων. ἔριψαν καὶ οἱ ἐπαοιδοὶ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ταῖς φαρμακείαις αὐτῶν· καὶ ἐγένοντο ἐκεῖναι ὄφεις· "καὶ κατέπιεν ἡ ῥάβδος Ἀαρὼν τὰς ἐκείνων ῥάβδους"· τὸ γὰρ σκῆπτρον τῆς ἀληθείας, ὃ ὁ θεραπευτὴς τοῦ θεοῦ κατέχει, ῥιφὲν καὶ προταθὲν καταπίνει τὰς σοφιστείας τῶν Αἰγυπτίων, ὡς ἧτταν αὐτοὺς ὁμολογῆσαι λέγοντας· "δάκτυλος θεοῦ ἐποί ησεν τοῦτο". ὥσπερ οὖν ἡ ῥάβδος ἡ Ἀαρὼν κατέπιεν τὰς ῥάβδους τῶν ἐπαοιδῶν, τουτέστιν ἐνίκησεν, καὶ ἔκρυψεν αὐτὰς καὶ τὸ μηδὲν αὐτὰς ἀπέδειξεν, οὕτω τῆς πέτρας, ἐν ᾗ ὁ εὐχόμενος εὐχαριστεῖ, οἱ συνεγγίσαντες κραταιοὶ τῶν ἐναντίων κατεπόθησαν ἐγγὺς τῆς πέτρας γενόμενοι ἢ οἱ κριταὶ αὐτῶν. οἱ πρεσβεύοντες τὰ τῶν ἑτεροδόξων τοὺς αἱρεθικοὺς λόγους δοκοῦντες ἰσχυροὺς κατασκευάζειν καὶ κραταιούς, ὅταν πλησιάσῃ αὐτοῖς ἡ πέτρα, ἡ ἀλήθεια, καταπίνονται καὶ τὸ μηδὲν ἀποδείκνυνται. καί· "μὴ εἴποιεν· κατεπίομεν αὐτόν", μὴ αὐχήσαιεν ὡς περιγενάμενοι καὶ νικήσαντές με. "ἐν πέτρᾳ ὕψωσάς με". ὁ ἑστηκότας τοὺς πόδας ἔχων ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ χαριστηρίους ἀναπέμπει αἴνους· "ἔβαλεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου ᾆσμα 105 καινόν". ὅταν στῶσιν οἱ πόδες ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν καὶ κατευθυνθῶσιν τὰ διαβήματα τοῦ οὕτω βοηθουμένου, τότε ἐρεῖ· "ἐνέβαλεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου ᾆσμα καινόν", ἐπινίκιον. ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ οὖν ὁ ὑψούμενος ἐπινικίους πέμπει αἴνους ἠσφαλισμένας ἔχων ἑαυτοῦ τὰς διαβατικὰς ὁρμάς. 6 καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ ὕψωσεν κεφαλήν μου ἐπ' ἐκθρούς μου. ὁ λέγων "καὶ νῦν" δείκνυσιν ὅτι πολλάκις ὑψώθη ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπ' ἐκθρούς. κεφαλὴν δὲ λέγει τὸν νοῦν, ὡς πολλάκις ἀποδέδεικται. πε ρὶ αὐτοῦ γοῦν καὶ ἐν ἐκκλησιαστῇ λέγεται· "τοῦ σοφοῦ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἐν κεφαλῇ αὐτοῦ". διορατικὸν νοῦν ἔχει ὁ σοφός. "καὶ νῦν" οὖν "ὕψωσεν τὴν κεφαλήν μου". καὶ ἀεὶ παλαίων καὶ περιγινόμενος τῶν ἐχθρῶν–διάφοροι δέ 71 εἰσιν οἱ ἐπιτιθέμενοι ἐχθροί–λέγει ἐφ' ἑκάστης νίκης· "καὶ νῦν ὕψωσεν τὴν κεφαλήν μου ἐπ' ἐχθρούς μου". ἀνέστησάν τινες εἰς ἀκολασίαν προτρεπόμενοι, οἷον οἱ κατὰ Σωσάννης πρεσβύτεροι, κατὰ τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ ἀδελφοὶ καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ δόξασα ὕστερον δέσποινα αὐτοῦ γεγονέναι. χαριστηρίως ἅμα λέγων δείκνυσιν ὅτι οὐχ ἱδίᾳ δυνάμει ταῦτα τὰ κατορθώματα ἔσχεν, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ βοηθοῦντος. 6 ἐκύκλωσα καὶ ἔθυσα ἐν τῇ
The Nature of Psalms and Chronology§68
68A shout of victory is offered at his tent. The shout signifies victory, for it is a loud cry made against fallen enemies. For instance, when they encircled Jericho and blew the horns and shouted, the walls of Jericho fell at their shout. Jericho, allegorically, is a place on earth, interpreted as the moon; the place on earth is not according to its increase, but according to its decrease, like the fool: for 'fool' means 'as the moon changes.' Therefore, when he encircles his tent according to all interpretations—the progress was called a tent—the one progressing and succeeding truly becomes a circle of it. And again, the body was called a tent. When the inner man resolutely sets himself against the body, he becomes a circle around it and conquers. When anyone encircles the tent, the body of Jesus, through faith, he is proved a conqueror.
6 I will sing and I will play to the Lord (Ps 94:1). It was said to us in the earlier psalms that to sing means to have contemplation, to send up praises and songs without an instrument. It was said that to play means to practically pour out the song of triumph. Both, then, he says, are sufficient for me: I will play and I will sing. I sing by contemplating the truth. He who takes in the dogmas of piety and having contemplation of their scientific and wise nature, sings. But he who, taking the body as an instrument, both a lyre and a psaltery, striking its strings which are all the impulses and the senses, being able to bring forth a psalm harmoniously, that one plays. This, then, is the holy man who is promised to do the two: to sing and to play. He who subdues his body and disciplines it and performs the moral virtues, such as one doing almsgiving, one establishing gentleness, one advancing in courage, he plays. But he who contemplates each mystery of the truth and is able to penetrate with knowledge every dogma of piety, he sings.
Regarding: 'In the fiftieth, as if we receive some confession upon sin?'—obviously it lies there: 'When Nathan came' and rebuked him concerning Uriah (2 Sam 12). It was a time of confession, and the psalm there sends up a confession. After he had reigned and entered to Uriah, that psalm occurred. Here, however, 'before being anointed' is sung, so that also...
This one differs from that one in time and in practice. But how then is one singing? For virtue is unchangeable. Judas neither saw nor sang to the Lord. Those handed over to the Satan, in order that they might be disciplined not to blaspheme, had not possessed a certain dwelling place and progress in faith and virtue.
However, observe that the various psalms are not altogether spoken concerning one and the same person; for this we have said, that they depend on what kind of person is established according to virtue or wickedness. It is not the same thing to say that a man is without sin and to say that a righteous man is without sin. The one possessing righteousness is not able to be made subject to sin; for how could it be, if the opposites do not coexist? The one possessing evil is not able to have good, unless he first turns away from the evil. Look to what kind of person, not to this one or that one; for when I say that the faithful man is able to do all things, I do not say this one or that one, but all things for the one possessing faith. And even if ever, being faithful, someone possesses the power to do all things and succeeds, but the things of faith fall away from him, I do not say that the faithful man does not succeed, but that this specific man does not succeed.
But is the psalm after this one not earlier in time? The psalms do not require such an order as you seek. That psalm is the one rebuking the Syrian, David. King Saul was at his peak and very much in strength when David was slandered and fled. But much later happened the things concerning Uriah, and much later happened his reigning over all after the final anointing—and this was the third. And much later happened the things concerning Uriah. He was not yet reigning when David threw him out as having taken loaves and the sword of Goliath. Not thus, therefore, is the order of the psalms sought according to the order of times, but according to the successes, but according to the events.
The number fifty has something exceptional; and because of its virtues, the psalm of confession was placed upon it. Observe, then: according to the number fifty, repentance is accomplished. Immediately, too, when the Savior was murmuring at the grumbling of the Pharisees concerning the woman cleansed by him and who came to wash his feet with her own tears and to wipe them with her own hair three times, he proposed: 'Two debtors were to a lender; one owed ten drachmas...'
Greek · §68
σκηνῇ αὐτοῦ θυσίαν ἀλαλαγμοῦ. ὁ ἀλαλαγμὸς νίκην αἰνίττεται· βοὴ γάρ ἐστιν ἄσημος κατὰ πεπτωκότων πολεμίων. αὐτίκα γοῦν ὅτε τὴν Ἰεριχὼ περιεκύκλωσαν καὶ ταῖς κερατίναις ἐσάλπισαν καὶ ἠλάλαξαν, ἐπὶ τῷ ἀλαλαγμῷ αὐτῶν ἔπεσαν τὰ τείχη τῆς Ἰεριχώ. Ἰεριχὼ δὲ κατὰ ἀλληγορίαν ὁ περὶ γῆν ἐστιν τόπος, ἑρμηνευομένη σελήνη ὁ περὶ γῆς τόπος οὐ κατὰ τὴν αὔξησιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὴν μείωσιν, ὡς ὁ ἄφρων· "ἄφρων" γὰρ "ὡς σελήνη ἀλλοιοῦται". ὅταν οὖν κυκλώσῃ τὴν σκηνὴν ἑαυτοῦ κατὰ πάσας τὰς ἀποδόσεις– ἐλέγετο σκηνὴ ἡ προκοπή. ὁ προκόπτων καὶ κατορθῶν γνησίως τὴν προκοπὴν κύκλῳ αὐτῆς γίνεται. καὶ πάλιν τὸ σῶμα σκηνὴ ἐλέγετο. ὅταν ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος συντόνως ἐπιθῆται κατὰ τοῦ σώματος, κύκλῳ αὐτοῦ γίνεται καὶ νικᾷ. ὅταν τις τὴν σκηνήν, τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, διὰ πίστεως κυκλώσῃ, νικητὴς ἀποδείκνυται. 6 ᾄσω καὶ ψαλῶ τῷ κυρίῳ. ἐλέγετο ἡμῖν ἐν τοῖς προτέροις ψαλμοῖς, ὅτι τὸ ᾆσαι τὴν θεωρίαν σημαίνει, τὸ ἄνευ ὀργάνου ἀναπέμπειν τοὺς αἴνους καὶ τὰς ᾠδάς. ἐλέγετο τὸ ψάλλειν τὸ πρακτικῶς ἐξηχεῖν τὸ ἐπινίκιον μέλος. ἀμφότερα οὖν, φησίν, ὑπῆρκταί μοι, καὶ ψαλῶ καὶ ᾄσω. ᾄσω θεωρῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν. ὁ περὶ τῶν δογμάτων τῆς εὐσεβείας διαλαμβάνων καὶ ἐπιστημονικὴν καὶ σοφὴν αὐτῶν ἔχων θεωρίαν, ᾄδει. ὁ δὲ καὶ τὸ σῶμα ὡς ὄργανον, καὶ κίθαραν καὶ ψαλτήριον, διαλαμβάνων καὶ κρούων αὐτοῦ πάσας τὰς ὁρμὰς καὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις οὔσας χορδάς, ἐνμελῶς δυνάμενος ψαλμὸν προενέγκασθαι, ἐκεῖνος ψάλλει. οὗτος οὖν ὁ ἅγιος ἐπαγγέλλεται τὰ δύο ποιῆσαι, τὸ ᾆσαι καὶ τὸ ψάλαι. ὁ ὑπωπιάζων τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ καὶ δουλαγω106 γῶν καὶ πράττων τὰς ἠθικὰς ἀρετάς, οἷον ὁ ἐλεημοσύνην ποιῶν, ὁ πραότητα κατορθῶν, ὁ ἐν ἀνδρείᾳ προαγόμενος, οὗτος ψάλλει. ὁ δὲ θεωρῶν ἕκαστον τῆς ἀληθείας μυστήριον καὶ διεξιέναι δυνάμενος σὺν ἐπιστήμῃ πᾶν δόγμα τῆς εὐσεβείας, οὗτος ᾄδει. ἐπερ · ἐν τῷ πεντήκοντα ὥσπερ ἐξομολόγησίν τινα ἐπὶ ἁμαρτίᾳ λαμβάνομεν; –προφανῶς ἐκεῖ κεῖται· "ὅτε ἦλθεν Νάθαν" καὶ ἤλεγξεν αὐτὸν περὶ τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου. ἐξομολογήσεως ἦν ὁ καιρὸς καὶ ἐξομολογήσεως ἀναπέμπει τὸν ψαλμὸν ἐκεῖ. μετὰ τὸ βασιλεῦσαι καὶ εἰςελθεῖν πρὸς τὴν τοῦ Οὐρίου γέγονεν ὁ ψαλμὸς ἐκεῖνος. ὧδε δὲ "πρὸ τοῦ χρισθῆναι" ᾄδεται, ὥστε καὶ τῷ χρόνῳ καὶ τῇ πράξει διαφέρει οὗτος ἐκείνου. ἐπερ · πῶς οὖν ψάλλων; –ἀμετάπτωτος γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ἀρετή. οὐκ ᾖδεν καὶ ἔψαλλεν τῷ κυρίῳ ὁ Ἰούδας. οἱ παραδοθέντες "τῷ σατανᾷ, ἵνα παιδευθῶσιν μὴ βλασφημεῖν", οὐκ ᾖσαν σκηνήν τινα καὶ προκοπὴν τῆς πίστεως καὶ ἀρετῆς ἐσχηκότες. ὅμως δὲ σκόπει ὅτι οἱ διάφοροι ψαλμοὶ οὐ πάντως περὶ ἑνὸς καὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ προσώπου λέγονται· τοῦτο γὰρ εἰρήκαμεν, ὅτι ποιοῦ εἰσιν πεποιωμένου κατὰ ἀρετὴν ἢ κακίαν. οὐ ταὐτόν ἐστιν εἰπεῖν ὅτι ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἀναμάρτητός ἐστιν καὶ εἰπεῖν ὅτι ὁ δίκαιος ἄνθρωπος ἀναμάρτητός ἐστιν. ὁ δικαιοσύνην ἔχων οὐ δύναται ὑπαχθῆναι ἁμαρτίᾳ· πῶς γάρ, εἰ ἀσυνύπαρκτά εἰσιν τὰ ἐναντία; ὁ ἔχων κακὸν οὐ δύναται ἀγαθὸν ἔχειν, εἰ μὴ πρότερον ἐκκλίνῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ. εἰς ποιὸν βλέπε, μὴ εἰς τόνδε ἢ τόνδε· ὅταν γὰρ λέγω, ὅτι ὁ πιστὸς πάντα δύναται, οὐ τόνδε ἢ τόνδε λέγω, ἀλλὰ πάντα τὸν ἔχοντα πίστιν. κἄν ποτε γοῦν πιστὸς ὤν τις ἔχῃ τὸ πάντα δύνασθαι καὶ κατορθοῖν, μεταπέσῃ δὲ αὐτῷ τὰ τῆς πίστεως, οὐ λέγω ὅτι ὁ πιστὸς οὐ κατορθοῖ, ἀλλὰ ὅσδε οὐ κατορθοῖ. ἐπερ · ὁ μετὰ τοῦτον ψαλμὸς οὐ χρόνῳ πρότερον; –οἱ ψαλμοὶ οὐ τοιαύτην τάξιν ἀπαιτοῦνται οἵαν ζητεῖς σύ. ὁ ψαλμὸς ἐκεῖνος ὁ ἐλέγχων τὸν Σύρον τὸν ∆ωήλ. Σαοὺλ βασιλεὺς ἦν ἀκμὴν καὶ ἰσχύων γε 72 πάνυ, ὡς τὸν ∆αυὶδ διαβληθέντα φυγεῖν. μετὰ πολὺ δὲ γέγονεν τὰ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ Οὐρίου καὶ μετὰ πολὺ γέγονεν τὸ βασιλεῦσαι αὐτὸν πάντων μετὰ τὴν τελευταίαν χρῖσιν–αὕτη δὲ ἡ τρίτη ἦν–. μετὰ πολὺ δὲ γέγονεν τὰ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Οὐρίου. οὔπω δὲ ἐβασιλεύκει ὅτε διέβαλεν αὐτὸν ὁ ∆ωὴλ ὡς λαβόντα ἄρτους καὶ τὴν ῥομφαίαν τοῦ Γολιάς. οὐχ οὕτως οὖν κατὰ τὴν τάξιν τῶν χρόνων ζητεῖται ἡ τάξις τῶν ψαλμῶν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὰ κατορθώματα, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὰ πράγματα. ὁ πεντήκοντα ἀριθμὸς ἔχει τι ἐξαίρετον· καὶ διὰ τὰς ἀρετὰς αὐτοῦ αὐτῷ ἐπετέθη ὁ ψαλμὸς ὁ τῆς ἐξομολογήσεως. θεώρει γοῦν· κατὰ τὸν πεντήκοντα ἀριθμὸν ἡ μετάνοια ἐπιτελεῖται. αὐτίκα γοῦν ὁ σωτὴρ γονγυζόντων τῶν Φαρισαίων περὶ τῆς γυναικὸς τῆς καθαρισθείσης ὑπ' αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐλθούσης πλῦναι τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ τοῖς ἰδίοις δάκρυσιν καὶ ταῖς ἰδίαις τριξὶν ἐκμάξαι, προτείνει· "δύο χρεοφειλέται ἦσαν δανειστῇ ἑνί· ὁ εἷς ὤφειλεν δηνάρια
The Significance of Seven and Seventy§69
69Fifty, and the other five hundred. And he observes that regarding both of those who repent, he has arranged the number in five; for the five hundred has a relationship to the fifty, since the fifty, having been multiplied tenfold, becomes five hundred.
Therefore, such a mystery is concerning the number, and the psalm of confession is arranged in this; for the number is indicative of mercy. Indeed, those who have conquered a war also receive a fiftieth. And on behalf of those who did not fight, but kept the vessels, the fighters, having survived, give a fiftieth. And the priest, beginning to officiate from twenty-five years until fifty years, remains. After fifty years he no longer officiates, but guards the tent.
And the word shows that it is necessary first to establish and to perform all things priestly and to become a perfect priest so as to reach the number fifty, and then to guard the things in the tent. And the word teaches that in the labors of works and growth there is need, but when one is perfected, he ought to guard what he established. Just as one taking up health is in the healing, in the bringing of aids to him. But when he has firmly obtained health and a stable tent, he subsequently brings to himself things for the guarding of health, not doing those things that create health, but guarding things.
For this reason also God placed Adam in Paradise 'to work and to guard it' (Gen 2:15). To work, so that he might bear fruit, so that he might bring forth perfect fruits; and to guard, in addition, the plants that bore fruit. Just as to work and to guard signifies the two—to work being the exercising of virtue and of the knowledge of truth, and to guard being the keeping of things perfected—so also the priest, as much as remains of the number fifty, is in officiating. But when he fulfills this and is shown to be perfect, then he, such as that is, guards the things in the...
In the tabernacle, he no longer works himself, but receives the firstfruits of others working and takes the tithes. This number is the beginning of a square number. A square is measured equally, twice two, thrice three. Thus this is seven times seven; and moreover, the addition of the unit is cast down as the beginning of another seventy times seven. For this reason, when the Savior is asked by Peter concerning repentance, 'How often does one sin?' he says, 'Until seven times'; he says, 'I do not say to you until seven only, but even seventy times seven' (Matt 18:22). Seven times seven is a square. This has holy sides; for the seven has been shown to us many times to be blessed everywhere: 'God blessed the seventh day and sanctified it' (Gen 2:3), and, 'The eyes of the Lord, looking upon all the earth, are seven' (Prov 4:4). I do not say seven as three and four, but it is a most full oversight and supervision.
Thus also in the feast of the weeks, the Pentecost is celebrated according to the old and the new covenant; for you have in the Acts of the Apostles that when the Pentecost was fulfilled (Acts 2:1), the gift of the Holy Spirit was given, and the various gifts of the Spirit were measured; for it was necessary to exceed the seven times seven number and to take the beginning of another such number and thus be perfected. The fifty, therefore, is received over many great things. The seven, indeed, is again perfect. The tabernacling is done in the seventh month according to the Hebrews. Again, for six years the earth was sown, but in the seventh year it was unsown. That year remained, being kept for the poor. And there also, if a festival is led through seven years, that year is again weekly. Seven times seven is also led according to what is called the Jubilee by the Hebrews. The Jubilee is a Pentecostal year. Through fifty years it completed some festive things.
Greek · §69
πεντήκοντα, ὁ ἕτερος πεντακόσια". καὶ θεώρει ὅτι ἀμφοτέρων τῶν μετανοούντων τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἐν πέντε διέταξεν· συγγένειαν γὰρ ἔχει πρὸς τὸν πεντήκοντα ὁ πεντακόσια· δεκαπλασιασθεὶς γὰρ ὁ πεντήκοντα γίνεται πεντακόσια. 107 κατά τι οὖν τοιοῦτο μυστήριον τὸ περὶ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ καὶ ὁ ψαλμὸς ὁ τῆς ἐξομολογήσεως ἐν τούτῳ τέτακται· ἐλέου γὰρ δηλωτικός ἐστιν ὁ ἀριθμός. ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ πεντηκοστὴν εἰσπράττονται οἱ νικήσαντες πόλεμον. καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν μὴ πολεμησάντων, ἀλλὰ φυλαξάντων τὰ σκεύη οἱ πολεμήσαντες καὶ περιγενάμενοι πεντηκοστὴν τιθέασιν. καὶ ὁ ἱερεὺς ἀρχόμενος τοῦ ἱερατεύειν ἀπὸ εἴκοσι καὶ πέντε ἐτῶν ἕως πεντήκοντα ἐτῶν μένει. μετὰ τὰ πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὐκέτι λειτουργεῖ, ἀλλὰ φυλάττει τὴν σκηνήν. δείκνυσιν δὲ ὁ λόγος ὅτι δεῖ πρῶτον κατορθῶσαι καὶ πάντα ἱερατικῶς ἐκτελέσαι καὶ ἱερέα τέλειον γενέσθαι ὥστε φθάσαι εἰς τὸν πεντήκοντα ἀριθμὸν καὶ τότε φυλάττειν τὰ ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ. διδάσκει δὲ ὁ λόγος ὅτι ἐν ταῖς προκοπαῖς ἔργων καὶ αὐξήσεως χρεία, ὅταν δὲ τελειωθῇ τις, φυλάττειν ὀφείλει ἃ κατώρθωσεν. ὥσπερ ὁ ὑγίειαν ἀναλαμβάνων ἐν τῷ ὑγιάζεσθαί ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ προςάγεσθαι αὐτῷ τὰ βοηθήματά ἐστιν. ὅταν δὲ τὴν ὑγί ειαν ἑκτικῶς ἀπολάβῃ καὶ σκηνὴν βεβαίαν, λοιπὸν προσάγει ἑαυτῷ φυλακτικὰ τῆς ὑγείας, οὐ τὰ ἀναλαμβάνειν ποιοῦντα τὴν ὑγίειαν, ἀλλὰ φυλακτικά. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὸν Ἀδὰμ ὁ θεὸς ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ τέθεικεν "ἐργάζεσθαι καὶ φυλάττειν αὐτόν". ἐργάζεσθαι δέ, ἵνα καρποφορήσῃ, ἵνα καρποὺς τελείους ἀγάγῃ, φυλάττειν δὲ λοιπὸν τὰ φυτὰ τὰ καρποφορήσαντα. ὥσπερ τὸ ἐργάζεσθαι καὶ φυλάττειν τὰ δύο δηλοῖ–ἐργάζεσθαι δὲ τὸ ἐνεργεῖν τὰ τῆς ἀρετῆς, τὰ τῆς γνώσεως τῆς ἀληθείας, φυλάττειν δὲ τετελειωμένα–, οὕτω καὶ ὁ ἱερεὺς ὅσον ἀπολείπεται τοῦ πεντήκοντα ἀριθμοῦ, ἐν τῷ ἱερατεύειν ἐστίν. ὅταν δὲ πληρώσῃ τοῦτον καὶ ἀποδειχθῇ τέλειος, τὸ τηνικάδε φυλάττει λοιπὸν τὰ ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ. οὐκέτι αὐτὸς ἐργάζεται, ἀλλὰ ἄλλων ἐργαζομένων αὐτὸς τὰς ἀπαρχὰς δέχεται, τὰς δεκάτας λαμβάνει. ἐστὶν δὲ ὁ ἀριθμὸς οὗτος δευτέρου τετραγώνου ἀριθμοῦ ἀρχή. τετράγωνός ἐστιν ὁ ἰσάκις μετρούμενος, δὶς δύο, τρὶς τρεῖς. οὗτος οὖν ἑπτάι ἑπτά ἐστιν· καὶ λοιπὸν ἡ προσθήκη τῆς μονάδος ἀρχὴν ἄλλου καταβάλλεται ἑβδομηντάι ἑπτά. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ περὶ τῆς μετανοίας ὁ σωτὴρ ὑπὸ τοῦ Πέτρου ἐρωτώμενος· "ποσάχις ἁμαρτάνει; λέγει ἕως ἑπτά"; λέγει· "οὐ λέγω σοι ἕως ἑπτὰ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά". τετράγωνός ἐστιν ὁ ἑπτάι ἑπτά. οὗτος δὲ πλευρὰς ἔχει ἁγίας· ἡ γὰρ ἑβδομὰς πολλάκις ἡμῖν ἀποδέδεικται ὅτι πάντοθέν ἐστιν εὐλογημένη· "εὐλόγησεν" γὰρ "ὁ θεὸς τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἑβδόμην καὶ ἡγίασεν αὐτήν", καί· "οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ κυρίου οἱ ἐπιβλέποντες πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἑπτά εἰσιν". οὐχ ὅτι ἑπτὰ οὕτω λέγω τρεῖς καὶ τέτταρες, ἀλλὰ πληρεστάτη ἐστὶν ἐφόρασις αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπίβλεψις. οὕτω γοῦν καὶ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ τῶν ἑβδομάδων ἡ πεντηκοστὴ ἄγεται ἡ κατὰ τὴν παλαιὰν διαθήκην καὶ τὴν νέαν· ἔχεις γὰρ ἐν ταῖς πράξεσιν τῶν ἀποστόλων ὅτι· "ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὴν πεντηκοστὴν" ἡ δόσις τοῦ ἁγίου 73 πνεύματος δέδοται, τὰ διάφορα χαρίσματα τοῦ πνεύματος ἐπιμετρήθη· ἔδει γὰρ ὑπερβεβηκέναι τὸν ἑπτὰ ἑπτὰ ἀριθμὸν καὶ ἀρχὴν λαβεῖν ἄλλου 108 τοιούτου ἀριθμοῦ καὶ οὕτω τελειωθῆναι. ὁ πεντήκοντα οὖν ἐπὶ πολλῶν παραλαμβάνεται μεγάλων. ὁ ἕβδομος μὴν πάλιν τέλειός ἐστιν. ἡ σκηνοποιία οὖν ἐν τῷ ἑβδόμῳ μηνὶ γίνεται κατ' Ἑβραίους. πάλιν ἓξ ἔτη ἐσπείρετο ἡ γῆ, τῷ δὲ ἑβδόμῳ ἔτει ἄσπορος. ἔμενεν τοῖς πτωχοῖς φυλαττόμενος ὁ ἐνιαυτὸς ἐκεῖνος. κἀκεῖ οὖν πάλιν, εἰ διὰ ἑπτὰ ἐτῶν ἄγεταί τις πανήγυρις, πάλιν ἑβδομαδικός ἐστιν ὁ ἐνιαυτὸς ἐκεῖνος. ἑπτὰ ἑπτὰ ἄγεται δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὸν λεγόμενον παρὰ Ἑβραίοις Ἰωβηλαῖον. ὁ Ἰωβηλαῖος πεντηκοστός ἐστιν ἐνιαυτός. διὰ πεντήκοντα ἐτῶν ἐπετελεῖτό τινα πανηγυρικά.
The Seventy Years and the Nature of Prayer§70
70oikonomia (household/management)
He asks: 'Tell me, when do you think that which is in Isaiah will be fulfilled?' 'And it shall be,' he says, 'after seventy years Tyre shall be restored to its ancient state' (Isaiah 39:7). From when of the seventy years are they counted? Not so that I may take them according to history, but seventy cycles of the sun of righteousness, seventy years. For the sun goes around, illuminating souls and making the doctrines of truth manifest and sending forth its rays. Therefore, when anyone is perfected and has reached the end of his progress, then the seventy years are established for him. As for the stated text, the deviation is not appropriate, but as a question, it is necessary.
Listen, O Lord, to my voice, which I have cried out (Psalm 142:1). I cried a voice to You, requesting what it would be good for me to have. And that which is paradoxical: it sends back a prayer of prayer; for he who entreats someone whose prayer has failed, offers a prayer in place of a prayer. Praying, I cried out to You again, beseeching, so that You might listen to this voice, which I cried out to You. For not everyone who cries according to the inner man cries to God, but he who says the things of God, bringing a petition to Him. The Sodomites also cry, but not to God: 'The cry of Sodom and Gomorrah has filled the heavens and their sins are very great' (Genesis 18:20). And concerning the Ninevites it is said: 'The cry of their wickedness ascended' (Jonah 3:4), the multitude of wickedness. And in Isaiah: 'I waited to do justice, but he made a cry instead' (Isaiah 5:7). Thus, the cry of the Sodomites is an injunction of wickedness.
But he who prays cries to God when he has an uplifted voice, when he prays concerning great things, not concerning trivial and contemptible things, the one requesting that good things might be given to him. And the other Evangelist, the Holy Spirit, interpreted the good things; for writing in the same place, Matthew says: 'He will give good things to those asking Him' (Matthew 7:11), while Luke says: 'He will give the Holy Spirit' (Luke 11:13). The Spirit, being one, is a multitude of good things according to His various gifts; for he who has the Holy Spirit has the gifts of the Spirit, which are many good things. And in essence He is one, but in His thoughts He is many good things, just as God is one in essence. It is said also that He is many according to various thoughts: good, unshakeable, unchangeable, fountain, light; and likewise the Savior is one.
Greek · §70
πλεῖον δὲ εἶχεν οὗτος ὁ ἐνιαυτὸς τῶν ἄλλων ἐνιαυτῶν. ἐλέγομεν εἶναι καὶ ἑβδόμους ἐνιαυτοὺς καὶ ἑβδόμους μῆνας. ἐν τῷ πεντηκοστῷ ἐνιαυτῷ τῷ καλουμένῳ Ἰωβηλαίῳ καὶ χρ̣εοκοπία ἐγί νετο τῶν χρεῶν. ἐχαρίζοντο οἱ δανεισταὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου εἰς τοῦτο ἀγόμενοι, ἐχρεοκόπουν κατὰ τὴν δύναμιν, καὶ οὐδὲ τόκους εἰσεπράττετο. καὶ ἄλλο· αἱ οἰκίαι αἱ ἀποδεδομέναι καὶ οἱ ἀγροὶ λυτρωτοὶ ἐγίνοντο τῷ πεντηκοστῷ ἐνιαυτῷ. εἰ εἶχεν ὁ πωλήσας δοῦναι τὸ τίμημα, ἀπεκαθίστατο αὐτῷ ἡ κτῆσις ἑαυτοῦ ἣν εἶχεν πρότερον. ᾐνίττετο δὲ ὁ λόγος τοῦτο, ὅτι καὶ ἐάν τις τὴν πολιτείαν ἑαυτοῦ ἐκποιήσηται–πολλάκις δὲ ἡ πολιτεία οἰκία εἴρηται, ὡς τό· "ἐὰν ποιήσῃ τοὺς Ἰησοῦ λόγους ὁ ἀκούσας αὐτούς, οἰκοδομεῖ τὴν οἰκίαν ἑαυτοῦ". καὶ πάλιν· "ἐπεὶ ἐφοβοῦντο αἱ μαῖαι τὸν θεόν, ἐποίησαν ἑαυταῖς οἰκίας". ἄρα περὶ μόνων γυναικῶν μαιουμένων ταῦτα γέγραπται προηγουμένως· οὐκ εἶχαν γὰρ οἰκίαν καὶ πρότερον. διὰ τὸν φόβον τοῦ θεοῦ οἰκοδόμησαν οἰκίας ταύτας, τὰς πολιτείας τὰς ὀρθάς, τὰς σὺν φόβῳ θεοῦ κατορθουμένας. ἡ οἰκία ἤδη πεφανέρωται. καὶ τὸν ἀγρόν τις δὲ ἐκεῖνον, ὃν πρότερον εἶχεν καὶ ἠμέλησεν περὶ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν αὐτοῦ, ἀναλαμβάνει ὥστε σπεῖραι πάλιν αὐτοῦ τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα, σπεῖραι εἰς δικαιοσύνην, τρυγῆσαι εἰς καρπὸν ζωῆς, γενήματα δικαιοσύνης συναγαγεῖν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ. μηδέποτε οὖν εἰς τὰς ἐπιγραφὰς τῶν ψαλμῶν σκόπει. οὗτος οὖν "πρὸ τοῦ χρισθῆναί" ἐστιν. ἐὰν ζητῇς τὴν ἐπιγραφήν, ἔδει μᾶλλον τοῦτον μὴ εἰκοστὸν ἑκτὸν εἶναι. ἔτι μὴν ὁ Ἀβεσσαλὼν ἐπέθετο τῷ πατρὶ μετὰ τὰ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Οὐρίου· ὅσον ἧκεν εἰς τάξιν ἀριθμῶν, μετὰ τὸν πεντηκοστόν· καὶ τρίτος ἐπιγράφεται ὁ ψαλμὸς ἐκεῖνος. εἰς τὰς δυνάμεις τῶν ἀριθμῶν σκοποῦμεν καὶ οὕτω τὴν τάξιν τῶν νοημάτων ἐκλαμβάνομεν, οὐχ ἁπλῶς εἰς τοὺς ἀριθμούς. ἐρώτησέν μέ τις τὸ "πᾶσα σοφία παρὰ κυρίου", καὶ ἔλεγον ὅτι ἐὰν λέγῃ "πᾶσα σοφία", πᾶσαν τὴν κατ' εἶδος λέγει, ἐὰν δὲ λέγῃ "πᾶσα ἡ σοφία", μίαν ὅλην λέγει. ὡς καὶ ἐὰν λέγωμεν "πᾶσα ἡ πόλις", μίαν λέγομεν ὅλην, ὅταν δέ· "πᾶσα πόλις κατὰ νόμον διοικεῖται", οὐ μίαν λέγομεν, ἀλλὰ πάσας τὰς πόλεις. καὶ οἱ ἀριθμοὶ οὖν ἐν τοῖς πράγμασιν κεῖνται οὐ πρὸς ἄλλου τεθέντες ἢ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ. πάντα δὲ ἐν σοφίᾳ ποιήσας καὶ τοὺς ἀριθμοὺς ἐν σοφίᾳ ἐποίησεν. ἐπεί, εἰπέ μοι, τὸ ἐν τῷ Ἰσαίᾳ πότε δοκεῖς πληροῦσθαι; "καὶ ἔσται", λέγει, "μετὰ ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτη ἀποκαταστήσεται Τύρος εἰς τὸ ἀρχαῖον", ἀπὸ πότε τῶν ἑβδομήκοντα ἐτῶν ἀριθμουμένων; οὐδὲ ὧδε, ἵνα κατὰ τὴν ἱστορίαν λαμβάνω109 μεν, ἀλλὰ ἑβδομήκοντα περιόδους τοῦ ἡλίου τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἐνιαυτοὺς ἑβδομήκοντα· περιοδεύει γὰρ ὁ ἥλιος τὰς ψυχὰς φωτίζων καὶ τὰ δόγματα τῆς ἀληθείας φανερῶν καὶ ἐκπέμπων τὰς ἀκτῖνας. ὅταν οὖν τις τελειωθῇ καὶ καταπαύσῃ τῆς προκοπῆς εἰς τὸ τέλος ἀφιγμένος, τότε συνέστη αὐτῷ τὰ ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτη. ὡς πρὸς τὸ ῥητὸν τὸ προκείμενον οὐκ οἰκεία ἡ παρέκβασις, ὡς δὲ πρὸς ἐρώτησιν ἀναγκαία. 7 εἰσάκουσον, κύριε, τῆς φωνῆς μου, ἧς ἐκέκραξα. φωνὴν ἔκραξα πρὸς σὲ αἰτούμενος, ἃ καλόν μοι ὑπαρχθῆ ναι. καὶ τὸ δὴ παράδοξον· εὐχῆς εὐχὴν ἀναπέμπει· ὁ γὰρ παρακαλῶν τινα τὴν φθάσασαν εἰσακουσθῆναι αὐτοῦ εὐχήν, εὐχὴν ἀντὶ εὐχῆς 74 προτείνει. εὐχόμενος ἐβόησα πρὸς σὲ πάλιν ἀπιών, ἵνα εἰσακούσῃς ταύτης τῆς φωνῆς, ἧς πρὸς σὲ ἐκέκραξα. οὐ πᾶς γὰρ ὁ κράζων κατὰ τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον πρὸς θεὸν κράζει, ἀλλὰ ὁ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ λέγων, ὁ αἴτησιν πρὸς αὐτὸν προσάγων. κράζουσιν καὶ Σοδομ̣ῖται, ἀλλ' οὐ πρὸς τὸν θεόν· "κραυγὴ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων πεπλήθυνται καὶ αἱ ἁμαρτίαι αὐτῶν μεγάλαι σφόδρα". καὶ περὶ Νινευιτῶν λέγεται ὅτι· "ἀνέβη ἡ κραυγὴ τῆς κακίας αὐτῶν", τὸ πλῆθος τῆς κακίας. καὶ ἐν τῷ Ἰσαίᾳ· "ἔμεινα τοῦ ποιῆσαι δικαιοσύνην, ἐποίησεν δὲ κραυγήν". ἐπίτασις οὖν κακίας ἐστὶν ἡ κραυγὴ Σοδομιτῶν. κράζει δὲ πρὸς θεὸν ὁ εὐχόμενος ὅταν ἐπιτεταμένην φωνήν, ὅταν περὶ μεγάλων εὔχηται, οὐ περὶ εὐτελῶν καὶ εὐκαταφρονήτων, ὁ αἰτούμενος ἵνα δοθῇ αὐτῷ ἀγαθά. τὰ δὲ ἀγαθὰ ἑρμήνευσεν ὁ ἕτερος εὐαγγελιστὴς τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα· τὸν αὐτὸν γὰρ τόπον γράφοντες ὁ μὲν Μαθαῖος λέγει· "δώσει ἀγαθὰ τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν", ὁ Λουκᾶς· "δώσει πνεῦμα ἅγιον". τὸ πνεῦμα δὲ ἓν ὂν κατὰ τὰ διάφορα αὐτοῦ χαρίσματα πλῆθος ἀγαθῶν ἐστιν· ὁ γὰρ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ἔχων ἔχει τὰ χαρίσματα τοῦ πνεύματος ἀγαθὰ ὄντα πλείονα. καὶ τῇ μὲν οὐσίᾳ ἕν ἐστιν, ταῖς δὲ ἐπινοίαις πολλὰ ἀγαθά. ὡς καὶ ὁ θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν κατ' οὐσίαν. λέγεται δὲ καὶ κατὰ διαφόρους ἐπινοίας πολλά· ἀγαθός, ἄτρεπτος, ἀναλλοίωτος, πηγή, φῶς· καὶ πάλιν ὁ σωτὴρ ὡσαύτως εἷς
Satiety and the Divine Light§71
71That which is called life and truth according to its underlying reality. 'Ask,' he says, 'the great things, and the small things will be added to you.' Thus, the one asking for small things says to God, but not with a shouting voice. 'Ask,' he says, 'the heavenly things, and the earthly things will be added to you.' Therefore, the one sending up a prayer concerning sensible things previously does not cry out to God; he speaks to Him calmly. But the one asking for those truly great and heavenly things and those making one god-like cries out to God. For thought is the cry.
7–8 'Have mercy on me and hear me,' my heart has said to you (Psalm 51:1). My mind has said to you: 'from you I ask mercy.' My heart expects mercy from you and says to you, 'hear me.' These things turn back toward themselves: the one being shown mercy by God is heard, and the one being heard is shown mercy. It is not possible, then, to say one before the other. But to hear precedes to show mercy. Yet not in time before. And just as it is not possible to say appearance before color, nor color before appearance. If there is color, there is appearance. If there is appearance, it has been colored. Appearance is pre-conceived. It is necessary for there to be an appearance, so that there may be such color. And the 'it is necessary' I do not take according to time, but according to thought.
'My heart has said to you.' It signifies persons. According to every word, the three persons are signified: the one speaking, and that toward which he speaks, and that concerning which he speaks. Therefore, the person of the one praying is the one now announcing. And he announces the petition to no one other than God. 8 'I sought your face' (Psalm 27:8). My heart saying, 'have mercy and hear me.' I did not seek your face before now. Your face, I did not entreat only now: 'let your face shine upon me and we shall be saved' (Psalm 27:9). And 'I sought' signifies a seeking that was not raised. 8 'Your face, Lord, I will seek.' My heart, Lord, will seek your face. Even if 'I sought' and I had it grasping me, I do not cease until this. Again I seek it. 9 'Do not turn your face away from me' (Psalm 27:9). The eye which is healthy and preserves the virtue of sight, when light is present, has a desire for it, and it is never satisfied; for light is insatiable for the eyes: 'sweet to the eyes,' as the Preacher says (Psalm 19:8). But no one takes satisfaction from the sweet. There is sweet...
Things that satisfy the child, like the sweetness from honey. But that which comes from the light has no satiety, especially when the vision possesses its own inherent virtue. Therefore, moving from the sensible to the intelligible: the eye of the inner man, or the eyes, are never filled and never receive satiety from the face of God; for it is always appearing, illuminating and increasing the desire. 'The light of your face has been marked upon us, O Lord' (Ps 4:6); it remains. But that of the sun, or generally of the sensible light, does not remain. For if anyone withdraws from seeing the light or closes the eyes, he does not have it marked. But the intelligible light appears to remain to the one having been illuminated; it is not cast away.
Do not turn away in anger from your servant (Ps 103:13). It is possible for one to seem as if God is turning away, but not in anger. Some thought that He turned away from Job when his possessions, his children, and his body were delivered to the one asking; but this did not happen in anger. May it not happen so concerning me, from our own sluggishness, so that you should turn your face away from me in anger. Both are therefore possible; may such a thing not be done to me, so that having been angered, you turn away from me. Or thus: may you not be angered in such a way that I am deprived of your presence. 'Become my helper, do not cast me off' (Ps 142:5). Some manuscripts have: 'do not forsake me.' To cast off, to reject, to send away, is the same as to cast off. For in Isaiah it is carried: 'and he casts him off' (Isa 17:4). And observe the precision of the word; it does not always mean the occurrence of a becoming, but rather signifies that which the addition intends. And 'become my helper' is applied here. For one who is becoming a helper to someone does not simply 'become.' I have also said at other times that verbs which imply a becoming, if they are spoken unrestrictedly, signify a creative act: 'all things came into being through him,' instead of 'all things came into being through him.' 'In the beginning God made the heaven and the earth' (Gen 1:1). It is not 'what He made,' but this very thing: 'heaven and earth.' And when it says: 'become my helper, do not forsake me,' it says: 'become a helper to me.' The relationship signifies the helper in relation to the one being helped. So we also say: 'become my teacher,' and it does not mean they are a teacher, but 'become a teacher to me.' Such things are also...
Greek · §71
ὢν κατ' ὑποκείμενον λέγεται ζωή, ἀλήθεια. "αἰτεῖτε", φησίν, "τὰ μεγάλα, καὶ τὰ μικρὰ ὑμῖν προστεθήσεται". ὥστε ὁ μικρὰ αἰτούμενος λέγει μὲν πρὸς θεόν, οὐκ ἐπιτεταμένην δὲ φωνήν. "αἰτεῖτε", φησίν, "τὰ ἐπουράνια, καὶ τὰ ἐπίγεια ὑμῖν προστεθήσεται". ὁ περὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν οὖν προηγουμένως εὐχὴν ἀναπέμπων οὐ κράζει πρὸς τὸν θεόν· ἠρέμα πρὸς αὐτὸν λέγει. ὁ δὲ αἰτούμενος ἐκεῖνα ἀληθῶς μεγάλα καὶ ἐπουράνια καὶ θεοποιοῦντα κράζει πρὸς θεόν. ἡ νόησις δέ ἐστιν ἡ κραυγή. 7–8 ἐλέησόν με καὶ εἰσάκουσόν μου, σοὶ εἶπεν ἡ καρδία μου. ὁ νοῦς μου σοὶ εἶπεν· τὸν ἔλεον παρὰ σοῦ αἰτῶ. ἡ καρδία μου τὸν ἔλεον παρὰ σοῦ προσδοκᾷ καὶ λέγει σοὶ ὅτι "ἐπάκουσόν μου". ταῦτα ἀντιστρέφει πρὸς ἑαυτά· ὁ ἐλεώμενος ὑπὸ θεοῦ εἰσακούεται καὶ ὁ εἰσακουόμενος ἐλεᾶται. οὐκ ἔστιν οὖν θάτερον πρὸ θατέρου εἰπεῖν. προηγεῖται δὲ τοῦ ἐλεῆσαι τὸ εἰσακοῦσαι. οὐ πάντως δὲ χρόνῳ πρότερον. καὶ ὥσπερ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐπιφάνειαν πρὸ χρώματος εἰπεῖν οὐδὲ χρῶμα πρὸ ἐπιφανείας. εἰ ἔστιν χρῶμα, ἔστιν ἐπιφάνεια. εἰ ἔστιν ἐπιφάνεια, κέχρωσται. προεπινοεῖται ἡ ἐπιφάνεια. 110 δεῖ ἐπιφάνειαν εἶναι, ἵν' οὕτω χρῶμα. τὸ δὲ "δεῖ" οὐ κατὰ χρόνον λαμβάνω, ἀλλὰ κατὰ νόησιν. "σοὶ εἶπεν ἡ καρδία μου". πρόσωπα σημαίνει. κατὰ πᾶν ῥῆμα τὰ τρία πρόσωπα σημαίνεται, τὸ λέγον, καὶ πρὸς ὃ λέγει, καὶ περὶ οὗ λέγει. πρόσωπον οὖν ἐστιν τοῦ εὐχομένου τὸ νῦν ἀπαγγέλλον. ἀπαγγέλλει δὲ τὴν δέησιν οὐκ ἄλλῳ ἢ τῷ θεῷ. 8 ἐξεζήτησα τὸ πρόσωπόν σου. ἡ καρδία μου ἡ λέγουσα· "ἐλέησον καὶ εἰσάκουσόν μου". οὐ νῦν πρότερον ἐζήτησά. σου τὸ πρόσωπον, οὐ νῦν μόνον παρεκάλεσα τό· "ἐπίφανον τὸ πρόσωπόν σου καὶ σωθησόμεθα". ἐπιτεταμένην δὲ ζήτησιν σημαίνει, εἰ ἐξεζήτησα. 8 τὸ πρόσωπόν σου, κύριε, ζητήσω. ἡ καρδία μου τὸ πρόσωπόν σου, κύριε, ζητήσει. εἰ καὶ "ἐξεζήτησα" καὶ ἔσχον αὐτὸ καταλάμπον με, ἀλλ' οὐ παύομαι μέχρι τούτου. πάλιν ἐκζητῶ αὐτό. 9 μὴ ἀποστρέψῃς τὸ πρόσωπόν σου ἀπ' ἐμοῦ. ὁ ὀφθαλμὸς ὁ ὑγιαίνων καὶ σῴζων τὴν ὁρατικὴν ἀρετήν, ὅτε πάρεστιν φῶς ἐστιν, πόθον αὐτοῦ ἔχει, οὐ κορέννυται αὐτοῦ ποτε· ἀκόρεστον γὰρ τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἐστιν τὸ φῶς· "γλυκύ ἐστιν ὀφθαλμοῖς", ὡς ὁ ἐκκλησιαστὴς λέγει. οὐδεὶς δὲ τοῦ γλυκέος κόρον λαμβάνει. ἔστιν γλυκέα τὰ τίκτοντα κόρον, οἷον ἡ ἐκ μέλιτος γλυκύτης. ἡ δὲ ἐκ τοῦ φωτὸς οὐκ ἔχει κό ρον, μάλιστα, ὅταν ἔχῃ τὴν οἰκείαν ἀρετὴν ἡ ὄψις. λοιπὸν ἀπὸ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἐπὶ τὰ νοητά· ὁ τοῦ ἔσω ἀνθρώπου ὀφθαλμὸς ἢ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ οὐδέποτε κορέννυνται οὐδὲ κόρον λαμβάνουσιν τοῦ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ· ἐπιφαινόμενον γὰρ ἀεὶ φωτίζει καὶ αὐξάνει καὶ τὸν πόθον. "ἐσημειώθη" γοῦν "ἐφ' 75 ἡμᾶς τὸ φῶς τοῦ προσώπου σου, κύριε"· παραμένει. τὸ δὲ τοῦ ἡλίου ἢ ἁπαξαπλῶς τοῦ αἰσθητοῦ φωτὸς οὐ παραμένει. ἐὰν γοῦν τις ἀναχωρήσῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὁρᾶν τὸ φῶς ἢ μύσῃ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς, οὐκ ἔχει αὐτὸ σεσημειωμένον. φαίνεται δὲ τὸ νοητὸν φῶς παραμένον τῷ φωτισθέντι, ἀναπόβλητόν ἐστιν. 9 μὴ ἐκκλίνῃς ἐν ὀργῇ ἀπὸ τοῦ δούλου σου. ἔστιν ποτὲ δοκεῖν ἐκκλίνειν τὸν θεόν, μὴ ἐν ὀργῇ δέ. ἔδοξάν αν τινες, ὅτι ἐξέκλινεν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἰώβ, ὅτε παρεδόθη τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ τέκνα καὶ τὸ σῶμα τῷ ἐξαιτησαμένῳ· ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐν ὀργῇ τοῦτο γέγονεν. μὴ οὕτω τὰ κατ' ἐμὲ γένοιτο ἐξ ἡμετέρας ῥαθυμίας ὥστε ἐν ὀργῇ ἐκκλῖναι ἀπ' ἐμοῦ τὸ πρόσωπόν σου. ἀμφότερα οὖν δύναται· μὴ τοιαῦτά μοι πραχθείη ὥστε ὀργισθέντα σὲ ἐκκλῖναι ἀπ' ἐμοῦ. ἢ οὕτως· μὴ οὕτως ὀργισθείην ὥστε στερηθῆναι τῆς παρουσίας σου. 9 βοηθός μου γενοῦ, μὴ ἀποσκορακίσῃς με. ἔνια ἀντίγραφα ἔχει· "μὴ ἐνκαταλίπῃς με". τὸ αὐτὸ δέ ἐστιν τὸ ἀποσκορακίσαι, τὸ ἀπορίψαι, τὸ ἀποπέμψαι. ἐν γοῦν τῷ Ἰσαίᾳ φέρεται· "καὶ ἀποσκορακιεῖ αὐτόν". καὶ θεώρει γε τὴν ἀκρίβειαν τῆς λέξεως· οὐκ ἀεὶ τὸ γενέσθαι γένεσιν σημαίνει, ἀλλὰ ἐκεῖνο δηλοῖ, ὃ ἡ προσθήκη βούλεται. πρόσκειται δὲ ὧδε τὸ "βοηθός μου γενοῦ". μὴ γὰρ ὁ γινόμενός τινι βοηθὸς "γίνεται". εἶπον δὲ καὶ ἄλλοτε ὅτι τὰ ῥήματα τὰ γένεσιν ὑποβάλλοντα ἐὰν ἀπολελυμένως λέγηται, δημιουργίαν σημαίνει· "πάντα δι' αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο", ἀντὶ τοῦ· "πάντα δι' αὐτοῦ ὑπέστη". "ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν". οὐκ εἶ111 πεν· "τί ἐποίησεν", ἀλλ' αὐτὸ τοῦτο "οὐρανὸν καὶ γῆν". ὅταν δὲ λέγῃ ὅτι· "βοηθός μου γενοῦ, μὴ ἐνκαταλίπῃς με", τοῦτο λέγει· "βοηθὸς μοὶ γενοῦ". σχέσιν σημαίνει τὴν βοηθοῦ πρὸς βοηθούμενον. οὕτω λέγομεν καί· "διδάσκαλός μου γενοῦ", καὶ οὐ δήπου οὐσίωσιν σημαίνει, ἀλλὰ "ἐμοὶ διδάσκαλος γενοῦ". τοιαῦτά ἐστιν καὶ τὰ
The distinction between hating parents and hating God§72
72Things said about the Savior: 'Understand the apostle and high priest of our confession, faithful in him who made him' (Hebrews 3:6). He made him an apostle; he did not merely make him, but an apostle. And behold, the essence of the Son is eternal. But to become an apostle happens then, when some depart from him; for he is sent to those far off. And observe that the becoming an apostle co-exists with him being far from certain ones, those having been distanced from him.
Again, he becomes high priest when he is set over those for whom he is consecrated. But it is not then that the hypostasis of the Savior has become, as those think, but the beginning, the high priesthood. Thus also in the deeds of the apostles he says: 'Let all the house of Israel know securely this, that God made him both Lord and Christ' (Acts 20:25). He becomes Lord of those fleeing to serve him. If therefore anyone begins to serve him even today, he has become Lord to him today. And if anyone subjects him to his own kingdom and to his own priesthood, he has become Christ to him today; for the Christ declares nothing other than king and high priest.
Indeed, Aaron was said to be the Lord's Christ, and the kings were said to be the Lord's Christs, and concerning Saul: 'The Lord is a witness, and his Christ' (1 Samuel 24:6). And this: 'Do not touch my Christs.' 'My helper' therefore means 'become, do not lead me astray'; do not send me away from you. Concerning some it is said: 'God will cast them away, because they did not listen to him, and they shall be wanderers among the nations' (Psalm 80:12). When they depart, they were led astray here and there, no longer having a firm purpose. And he assigns the cause to us: 'because they did not listen.' It is not God's will to cast anyone away from him. But it is his will to send away those who did not listen, so that he might not seem to hate virtue. And since they did not listen, 'according to the abundance of their lawlessness, cast them out, because they have turned aside from you, Lord' (Psalm 64:6). This is what it means to be led astray.
And they say also that the word is etymologized such that the iron filings are called the 'koras'. Easily the filings are scattered like dust. May I not become such a thing as to be led astray. I wish to be a vessel of gold or a vessel of bronze, but certainly not the dross.
And it is sent away and cast out. 9 And do not leave me, Lord God my Savior. For you are also my Lord—for I serve you—and my God—for I am a child of Abraham, and God is 'of Abraham and of Isaac' (Gen 21:10) and clearly of them—I am as a slave toward a lord, as one worshipping sincerely toward God, being healed, as one being saved toward a Savior. Since therefore all these things have become mine, you do not leave me.
10 For my father and my mother have left me. I wish to clarify this with an explicit evangelical sense, so that it may be understood from that. And the Old Scripture and the Gospel and the very exhortations of the Savior teach to love father and mother. Listen: if anyone hates a father, he does not hate him as a father, but as an impious man; and he hates him not in his capacity as father, but in his capacity as impious. And he who loves a father, does so because of this, that he truly pursues him when he is thus trained by fear and instruction, when he is thus trained as a righteous man. 'Well' indeed 'a father trains a righteous man'. I have said therefore that almost all the Scriptures speak against and punish those who fall away from the honor of parents: 'he who slanders a father or mother shall be executed by death'. Therefore listen: 'he who loves father or mother more than me is not worthy of me'. Even though it says 'honor your parents and love father and mother' (Ex 20:12), but when one does so above God, he is slandered; for when he is about to confess the truth while being restrained by persecution, and when he says, 'because of the old age of the father and the mother I do not wish to die', and betrays them, loving the parents above God, he has preferred the disposition toward the parents over the piety toward God. And this is what is slandered.
In the Gospel, indeed, the Savior says: 'Having turned', he says, 'Jesus said to the crowds: If anyone wants to come after me, if he does not hate his father and his mother and his wife and his brothers and his children, he cannot be my disciple' (Luke 14:26). If you have legislated honor concerning parents and promised me great labors saying: 'Honor your father and your mother, so that it may go well with you and you may be long-lived on the earth' (Matt 19:17), how do you now say: 'If someone does not hate father and mother, he cannot follow me'? The hatred here is called differently, the hatred not...
Greek · §72
λεγόμενα περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος· "κατανοήσατε τὸν ἀπόστολον καὶ ἀρχιερέα τῆς ὁμολογίας ἡμῶν, πιστὸν ἐν τῷ ποιήσαντι αὐτόν". ἀπόστολον αὐτὸν ἐποίησεν, οὐχ ἁπλῶς αὐτὸν ἐποίησεν, ἀλλὰ ἀπόστολον. καὶ ὅρα γε· ἡ οὐσία τοῦ υἱοῦ ἀίδιός ἐστιν. τὸ δὲ γενέσθαι ἀπόστολον τότε γίνεται, ὅταν ἀποστῶσίν τινες ἀπ' αὐτοῦ· πρὸς τοὺς μακρὰν γὰρ πέμπεται. καὶ θεώρει, ὅτι συνυπάρχει τὸ ἀπόστολον αὐτὸν γενέσθαι τῷ εἶναι μακράν τινας αὐτοῦ, μεμακρυνμένους αὐτοῦ. πάλιν ἀρχιερεὺς γίνεται, ὅταν ἦσαν ὑπὲρ ὧν ἱερᾶται. οὐ τότε δὲ ἡ ὑπόστασις τοῦ σωτῆρος γέγονεν, ὡς ἐκεῖνοι οἴονται, ἀλλὰ ἡ ἀρχή, ἡ ἀρχιιερωσύνη. οὕτω πάλιν καὶ ἐν ταῖς πράξεσιν τῶν ἀποστόλων λέγει· "τοῦτο ἀσφαλῶς γιγνωσκέτω πᾶς οἶκος Ἰσραὴλ ὅτι καὶ κύριον αὐτὸν καὶ χριστὸν ἐποίησεν ὁ θεός". κύριος γίνεται τῶν προσφευγόντων εἰς τὸ δουλεύειν αὐτῷ. ἐὰν καὶ σήμερόν τις οὖν ἄρξηται δουλεύειν αὐτῷ, σήμερον αὐτῷ κύριος γέγονεν. καὶ ἐὰν ὑποβάλῃ τις αὐτὸν τῇ αὐτοῦ βασιλείᾳ καὶ τῇ αὐτοῦ ἱερωσύνῃ, χριστὸς αὐτῷ σήμερον γέγονεν· ὁ γὰρ χριστὸς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἢ βασιλέα καὶ ἀρχιερέα δηλοῖ. ἀμέλει γοῦν ὁ Ἀρὼν ἐλέγετο χριστὸς κυρίου, καὶ οἱ βασιλεῖς ἐλέγοντο χριστοὶ κυρίου, καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Σαούλ· "μάρτυς κύριος καὶ μάρτυς ὁ χριστὸς αὐτοῦ". καὶ τοῦτο· "μὴ ἅπτεσθε τῶν χριστῶν μου". "βοηθός μου" οὖν "γενοῦ, μὴ ἀποσκορακίσῃς με"· μὴ ἀποπέμψῃς με ἀπὸ σοῦ. περί τινων λέγεται· "ἀπώσεται αὐτοὺς ὁ θεός, ὅτι οὐκ εἰςήκουσαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται πλανῆται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν". ὅταν ἀποστῶσιν, ἀπεσκορακίσθησαν ὧδε κἀκεῖσε φερόμενοι, οὐκέτι γνώμην ἔχοντες βεβαίαν. τὴν δὲ αἰτίαν ἡμῖν προσάπτει· "ὅτι οὐκ εἰσήκουσαν". οὐ θελητὸν αὐτῷ ἐστιν τὸ ἀπώσασθαί τινας ἀπ' αὐτοῦ. θελητὸν δὲ αὐτῷ ἐστιν τοὺς μὴ εἰσακούσαντας ἀποπέμψαι, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃ ἀρετὴν μισεῖν. καὶ ἐπεὶ οὐκ εἰσήκουσαν, "κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἀνομιῶν αὐτῶν ἔξωσον αὐτούς, ὅτι παρεπίκρανάν σε, κύριε". τοῦτο τὸ ἀποσκορακισθῆναί ἐστιν. λέγουσιν δὲ καὶ ἔκ τινος ἐτυμολογεῖσθαι τὴν λέξιν ὥστε τὸ ῥίνημα τοῦ σιδήρου κόρα λέγουσιν εἶναι. ῥᾳδίως τὸ ῥί νημα οἷα κόνις 76 ἐκπέμπεται. μὴ τοιοῦτος τοίνυν γενοίμην ὥστε ἀποσκορακισθῆναι. σκεῦος χρυσοῦν εἶναι θέλω ἢ σκεῦος χαλκοῦν, οὐ μὴν τὸ ἀπορίνημα. τοῦτο δὲ ἐκπέμπεται καὶ ἀποβάλλεται. 9 καὶ μὴ ἐνκαταλίπῃς με, κύριε ὁ θεὸς ὁ σωτήρ μου. ἐπεὶ καὶ κύριός μου εἶ –δουλεύω σοι γάρ–καὶ θεός μου–ἐπεὶ τέκνον εἰμὶ τοῦ Ἀβραάμ, θεὸς δὲ εἶ "τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ τοῦ Ἰσαὰχ" καὶ τῶν δηλονότι ἐξ ἐκείνων–, ὡς δοῦλος πρὸς κύριόν εἰμι, ὡς λατρεύων γνησίως πρὸς θεόν, θεραπευόμενος, ὡς σῳζόμενος πρὸς σωτῆρα. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ταῦτά μοι πάντα γέγονας, οὐκ ἐνκαταλείπεις με. 112 10 ὅτι ὁ πατήρ μου καὶ ἡ μήτηρ μου ἐνκατέλιπέν με. ῥητὸν εὐαγγελικὸν προσαφηνίσαι θέλω, ἵν' ἐξ ἐκείνου νοηθῇ τοῦτο. καὶ ἡ παλαιὰ γραφὴ καὶ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον καὶ αὐταὶ αἱ τοῦ σωτῆρος προτροπαὶ διδάσκουσιν ἀγαπᾶν πατέρα καὶ μητέρα. ἄκουε· ἐάν τις μισῇ πατέρα, οὐχ ὡς πατέρα μισεῖ αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ ὡς ἀσεβῆ, καὶ μισεῖ αὐτὸν οὐχ ᾗ πατήρ ἐστιν, ἀλλ' ᾗ ἀσεβής ἐστιν. καὶ ὁ ἀγαπῶν πατέρα, διὰ τοῦτο ἀγαπᾷ αὐτόν, ὅτι ἀληθῶς απατηρη ὅταν οὕτως ἐκτρέφῃ φόβῳ καὶ νουθεσίᾳ, ὅταν ὡς δίκαιος ἐκτρέφῃ. "καλῶς" δὲ "ἐκτρέ φει πατὴρ δίκαιος". εἶπον οὖν ὅτι σχεδὸν πᾶσαι αἱ γραφαὶ περὶ τιμῆς γονέων διαγορεύουσιν καὶ κολάζουσιν τοὺς λιποτάκτας· "ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα τελευτήσει θανάτῳ". λοιπὸν οὖν ἄκουε· "ὁ φιλῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος". καίτοι "τίμα τοὺς γονεῖς καὶ φίλει πατέρα καὶ μητέρα", ἀλλ' ὅταν ὑπὲρ τὸν θεόν, διαβάλλεται· προκειμένου γὰρ ὁμολογῆσαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπηρτημένου διωγμοῦ, καὶ ὅταν λέγῃ· "διὰ τὸ γῆρας τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τῆς μητρὸς οὐ βούλομαι ἀποθανεῖν", καὶ προδοῖ, ὑπὲρ τὸν θεὸν τοὺς γονέας ἠγάπησεν, προέκρινεν τὴν πρὸς τοὺς γονέας διάθεσιν τῆς πρὸς θεὸν εὐσεβείας. καὶ τοῦτό ἐστιν ὃ διαβάλλεται. ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ γοῦν ὁ σωτὴρ λέγει· "στραφείς", φησίν, "ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν τοῖς ὄχλοις· εἴ τις θέλει ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν, ἐὰν μή τις μισήσῃ τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ τὰ τέκνα, οὐ δύναταί μου εἶναι μαθητής". ἂν τιμὴν̣ περὶ γονέων ἐνομοθέτησας καὶ ἄθλους μοι μεγάλους ὑπέσχου λέγων ὅτι· "τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα σου, ἵνα εὖ σοι γένηται καὶ ἔσῃ μακροχρόνιος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς", πῶς νῦν λέγεις ὅτι· "εἰ μὴ μισήσῃ τις τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, οὐ δύναταί μοι ἀκολουθῆσαι"; τὸ μῖσος ὧδε ἑτέρως λέγεται τὸ μὴ
Virtue as the Foundation of the House§73
73To prefer something over God. Since God is to be loved most in a time of struggle, in a time of persecution, the love of God must be preferred above all. If one pulls away from parents or the old age of a parent, 'honor God, since you are not able to follow me' (Exodus 20:12). Therefore, to hate the father and the mother does not mean that kind of hatred by which we are provoked and loathe, but rather according to not preferring them to God. In this same way, one treats the wife and the children, and in this same way, the brothers. 'And he will hate even his own soul' (Matthew 10:22), he says. He hates his own soul while enduring death for the sake of a witness, but on account of the Savior; for see what he says: he who hates a father 'because of me' (Matthew 10:37), not completely. The Savior is to be preferred above all. Just as if someone hates a mother because of the Savior. This hatred does not bring slander. He who thus has hated the parents for the sake of the Savior is abandoned by them. Therefore he says: 'for my father and my mother have abandoned me' (Psalm 27:10). The abandonment is unto the end. Psalm of a song of the dedication of a house; to David.
A resurrection occurs both according to the soul and according to the body; 'Awake, sleeper, and arise from the dead, and Christ will shine upon you' (Isaiah 26:19). Here, the one sinning is dead; for 'the soul, the one sinning, this one shall die' (Ezekiel 18:4); and: 'sin, having been completed, brings death' (Romans 6:23) to the one sinning. Therefore, awaken this one into the life that was before the fall; for this was the life with virtue. Thus also in Jeremiah it is said: 'Does not he who has fallen rise again?' (Jeremiah 31:12); and a resurrection also happens to the body; for its formation was not its fall, but the corruption after the formation. Therefore also it itself rises. And in general we say this: the beautiful leads the bad. For indeed even bad craftsmanship is after the art, and the error after the correct, and the transgression after the law; for transgression is nothing other than a deviation.
The command is given. And again, the 'para-' prefix is always used to signify deviation: 'to think wrongly', 'to overlook', 'to step aside'. Therefore, virtue is the first thing; for observe where the word flows: the rational has come to be so that it might possess virtue; for it did not come to be so that it might possess wickedness, since virtue was the very thing that was the opposite of wickedness. Since almost all begin from sin when they reach into material life, if it were granted that the soul never lived before material life, then things began from wickedness, and sin is not actually sin, but rather virtue; for no one is said to sin by doing what is natural or what is characteristic of their nature. Those who practice arts and act according to them, when they do what is characteristic of the art, are not said to think wrongly or to step aside.
Thus, it is the building up of the fallen house and the return from captivity. According to a former principle, we say that the inhabitant and the house are the same thing. But it can also be taken more universally: the sum of the faithful, the church, is the house; 'that you may know how one must conduct oneself in the house of God' (1 Timothy 3:15); and 'I have loved the beauty of your house' (Psalm 26:8). And those who inhabit it are these faithful ones, those living according to virtue. But if the soul is the house, the earnest thoughts which are connatural with it are the inhabitants. Then both the building up and the dedication happen at once. And renovation occurs when those who were previously outside of it take up habitation within it again.
'A psalm of song'. We said when we began the twentieth psalm, that they are psalms, they are songs, they are psalms of song and songs of psalms. And we were saying that the psalm signifies the practice. And the one singing strikes an instrument called a psaltery. But it is possible to sing even without a psaltery; for he who uses only contemplation—to understand God, to know the truth and to partake of it, so that he may take it for himself, since it certainly has the practice sung to it, when someone, come now,
Greek · §73
προκρῖναί τι τοῦ θεοῦ. προκειμένου τοῦ θεὸν ἀγαπῆσαι μάλιστα ἐν καιρῷ ἀγῶνος, ἐν καιρῷ διωγμοῦ, προκριτέα ἐστὶν πάντων ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀγάπη. ἐὰν ἀνθέλκῃ γονεὺς ἢ γῆρας γονέως, "προτίμησον τὸν θεόν, ἐπεὶ οὐ δύνῃ ἀκολουθῆσαι ἐμοί". τὸ μισῆσαι οὖν τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα οὐκ ἐκεῖνο τὸ μῖσος σημαίνει, καθ' ὃ προβαλλόμεθα καὶ βδελυσσόμεθα, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸ μὴ προκρίνειν αὐτοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ. οὕτω καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα καὶ τὰ τέκνα, οὕτω τοὺς ἀδελφούς. "ἔτι δὲ καὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν μισήσει", λέγει. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν μισεῖ δὲ ὁ θάνατον ὑφιστάμενος ὑπὲρ μαρτυρίου, ἀλλ' ἕνεκα τοῦ σωτῆρος· θεώρει γὰρ τί λέγει· ὁ μισῶν πατέρα "ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ", οὐ καθάπαξ. πάντων προκριτέος ἐστὶν ὁ σωτήρ. ὥσπερ οὖν τις μισεῖ καὶ μητέρα ἕνεκεν τοῦ σωτῆρος. τὸ μῖσος τοῦτο οὐ διαβολὴν φέρει. ὁ οὕτω μισήσας τοὺς γονέας διὰ τὸν σωτῆρα ἐνκαταλείπεται ὑπ' αὐτῶν. διὸ λέγει· "ὅτι ὁ πατήρ μου καὶ ἡ μήτηρ μου ἐνκατέλιπέν με". τὴν ἐνκατάλειψιν 1 Εἰς τὸ τέλος· ψαλμὸς ᾠδῆς τοῦ ἐγκαινισμοῦ τοῦ οἴκου· τῷ ∆αυίδ. ––––––––––––––– ––––––––––––– –––––––––––––––––––––––––––– κατὰ ἀμφότερα καὶ κατὰ ψυχὴν καὶ κατὰ σῶμα ἀνάστασις γίνεται· "ἔγειρε, ὁ καθεύδων, καὶ ἀνάστα ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν, καὶ ἐπιφαύσει σοι ὁ Χριστός". ὧδε νεκρός ἐστιν ὁ ἁμαρτάνων· "ψυχὴ" γὰρ "ἡ ἁμαρτάνουσα, αὕτη ἀποθανεῖται"· καί· "ἡ ἁμαρτία ἀποτελεσθεῖσα ἀποκύει θάνατον" τῷ ἁμαρτάνοντι. τοῦτον οὖν διεγείρει εἰς τὴν ζωὴν τὴν πρὸ τῆς πτώσεως· αὕτη γὰρ ἦν ἡ σὺν ἀρετῇ. οὕτω καὶ ἐν Ἰηρεμίᾳ 77 λέγεται· "μήτι ὁ πεσὼν οὐκ ἀνίσταται"; γίνεται δὲ καὶ τοῦ σώματος ἀνάστασις· οὐ γὰρ ἡ πλάσις αὐτοῦ πτῶσις η, ἀλλὰ ἡ μετὰ τὴν πλάσιν φθορά. διὰ τοῦτο οὖν καὶ αὐτὸ ἀνίσταται. καὶ καθόλου γε τοῦτο λέγομεν· ἡγεῖται τὰ καλὰ τῶν κακῶν. ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ ἡ κακοτεχν̣ία μετὰ τὴν τέχνην ἐστίν, καὶ τὸ σφάλμα μετὰ τὸ ὀρθόν, καὶ ἡ παρακοὴ μετὰ τὸν νόμον· οὐδὲν γὰρ ἕτερόν ἐστιν ἡ παρ̣α̣κοὴ ἢ παράβασις ἐντολῆς. καὶ πάλιν τὸ "3παρὰ"3 λεγόμενον ἀεὶ ψέγεται· "3παρανοεῖ"3, "3παραβλέπει"3, "3παρ̣αβαίνει"3. πρώτη οὖν ἐστιν ἡ ἀρετή· θεώρει γάρ, ποῦ νεύει ὁ λόγος· γέγονεν τὸ λογικόν, ἵνα ἀρετὴν ἔχῃ· οὐδὲ γὰρ γέγονεν, ἵν̣α κα̣κίαν ἔχῃ, ἐπεὶ αὐτὴ ἦν ἡ ἀρετὴ ἡ κακία, καὶ ἀπόπτωσις αὐτῆς ἡ ἀρετή. ὅσον οὖν ἧκεν εἰς τὴν ἔνυλον ζ̣ωήν̣, σχεδὸν πάντες ἀπὸ ἁμαρτίας ἄρχονται. καὶ ἐὰν τοῦτο δοθῇ, ὅτι οὐδέ ποτε ἔζησεν ἡ ψυχὴ πρὸ τῆς ἐν̣ύλου ζωῆς, ἀπὸ κακίας ἤρξατο τὰ πράγματα, καὶ οὔκ ἐστιν ἁμαρτία ἡ ἁμαρτία, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἡ ἀρε̣τή· οὐδεὶς γὰρ τὸ κατὰ φύσιν ἐνεργῶν καὶ τὸ οἰκεῖον ἁμαρτάνειν λέγεται. οἱ τὰς τέχνας οὖν μετιόντες καὶ κατ' αὐτὰς ἐνεργοῦντες ὅτε τὰ οἰκεῖα τῇ τέχνῃ ποιοῦσιν, οὐ λέγονται παρανοεῖν, οὐ λέγονται παραβαίνειν. γέγονεν οὖν οἰκοδομὴ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ πεσόντος καὶ ἐπιστροφὴ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας. κατὰ πρότερον θεώρημα λέγομεν, ὅτι τὸ αὐτό ἐστιν τὸ οἰκοῦν καὶ οἶκος. δύναται δὲ καὶ οὕτω, ἵνα καθολικώτερον λάβῃς· τὸ ἄθροισμα τῶν πιστῶν, ἡ ἐκκλησία, ὁ οἶκός ἐστιν· "ἵν' εἰδῇς πῶς δεῖται ἐν οἴκῳ θεοῦ ἀναστρέφεσθαι"· καί· "ἠγάπησα εὐπρέπειαν οἴκου σου". οἱ οἰκοῦντες δὲ οὗτοι οἱ πιστοί, οἱ κατὰ ἀρετὴν πολιτευόμενοι. ἐὰν δὲ ἡ ψυχὴ ᾖν ὁ οἶκος, οἱ λογισμοὶ οἱ σπουδαῖοι, οἱ συνφυεῖς αὐτῇ, οἱ οἰκοῦντές εἰσιν. ἅμα δὲ γίνεται καὶ ἡ οἰκοδομὴ καὶ ὁ ἐνκαινισμός. ἀνακαινισμὸς δέ ἐστιν τότε, ὅταν οἱ πρότερον ἔξω αὐτοῦ γεγενημένοι λάβωσιν πάλιν τὴν ἐν αὐτῷ οἴκησιν. "ψαλμὸς ᾠδῆς". ἐλέγομεν ὅτε ἠρξάμεθα τοῦ εἰκοστοῦ ψαλμοῦ, ὅτι εἰσὶν ψαλμοί, εἰσὶν ᾠδαί, εἰσὶν ψαλμοὶ ᾠδαὶ καὶ ᾠδαὶ ψαλμοί. καὶ ἔλεγον, ὅτι τὴν πρᾶξιν σημαίνει ὁ ψαλμός. ὄργανον δὲ κρούει ὁ ψάλλων τὸ λεγόμενον ψαλτήριον. δυνατὸν δὲ ᾄδειν καὶ ἄνευ ψαλτηρίου· ὁ θεωρίᾳ γὰρ χρώμενος μόνῃ–τὸ νοῆσαι θεόν, τὸ γνῶναι τὴν ἀλήθειαν καὶ μετασχεῖν αὐτῆς, ἵνα αὐτὸ κατ' αὐτὸ λάβῃς, ἐπεὶ ἔχει πάντως ᾀδομένην τὴν πρᾶξιν, τὅτε τις, φέρε,
Humanity and Divine Capacity§74
74He contemplates and scientifically applies what knowledge is, and what the 'mystery of the kingdom' is, which this one sings. Again, as many as practice—and this alone is what they stand at until they practice—they sing; as we said also concerning the rams, that they have a life that is well-proportioned, but if they are not led, they have neither a life nor the necessary works of life. He sings.
But he who both sings and practices, and sings and contemplates: if he begins from practicing, it is a psalm of song; but if from contemplating, it is a song of a psalm. We see these things happening: often some, wishing to contemplate, stand at the virtues and their works, and taking from the standing itself the possibility to succeed, they come to the practicing. It has become a song of a psalm. The song led, the contemplation.
'Having desired wisdom, he kept the commandments' (Ps 119:2); the one desiring saw; he kept the commandments, he sang; and again he has songs being provided to him. Sometimes it begins with the song and receives the psalm, and then, with the psalm having made a way for the soul, it brings a song again. If therefore the beginning and the thought of the beginning arise from work as a craft, it is a psalm of song; but when someone, having begun from contemplation, receives the desire to live according to virtue, it is a song of a psalm.
It was necessary therefore for the one being brought in to inaugurate the house to dance thus for the inauguration of the house. This is called a sequence. A sequence is when one follows the other without turning back. But if the following turns back, as it happens that the former becomes the follower and the latter becomes the leader, it is a sequence. The 'to David' indeed refers to this one who succeeded, to whom the victory and the hymn are referred, or to the singer himself. Even if the singer says it, it seems he speaks from the Holy Spirit.
It is not the same to say that 'a man says' and 'a learned man says'; for when we say a man is the one announcing, the things announced are human, but when we say a learned man, they are knowledgeable. The knowledge is subordinate to him, and he becomes as a servant of the knowledge. The 'worthy' one therefore 'with hand' sings this psalm or this song, the psalm of the song or again. And every practical man is 'worthy' 'by hand'. But the Savior most especially has this; and g...
But others receive capacity from him. John, indeed, looking at his greatness, said: 'I am not worthy to untie the strap of his sandals.' Again, if capacity is given from him: 'Our capacity is from God, who made us worthy to be ministers of a new covenant.' Those who are driven to this and seized by love of the matter become imitators of Christ, seeing him acting 'competently' and they themselves act 'competently' according to what is possible for them.
He began saying in the Psalms that what is said about the man whom the Savior took up, might be said about every imitator of him, not only what is said about him as the only-begotten Son and the Word of God; it might be said—I do not speak about humans, nor even about rulers, but about no created thing at all. What is now being said fits the man of the Savior; therefore also others are able to do these things. 'I will exalt you, Lord, because you have lifted me up' (Psalm 30:1). What I have said many times, and now I say: what is said about God, is understood as being about God; but what is said about humans, is understood as being about humans.
Sometimes, what is said about humans, if not as mortals and as men, but as rational beings, is said, and about angels and generally about every spiritual substance; for according to the spiritual, man is of the same kind, according to the capacity for becoming perfect, 'just as the Father in the heavens is perfect' (Matt 5:48). For what more can an angel bear fruit according to what is possible? Then the Savior says to men that I and my Father will come, 'and we will make a single dwelling with him.' What more has a diligent angel to acquire? And furthermore: 'Give, that just as I and you are one, these may be one in us' (John 17:21). What more has the higher being to acquire? We take the difference according to more bodily things: the angel does not have flesh. But it is not the meaning of being rational for man to have flesh, since all things having flesh are rational.
See then: if, therefore, it says among us about being exalted from a lowly place to a higher one and being moved upward above, it is necessary first to change the place. It is impossible for one not changing place to be exalted or to be humbled, I speak locally. When therefore the saint says: 'I will exalt you', this he says: I will give thanks to you. If anyone thinks of Christ according to...
Greek · §74
θεωρεῖ καὶ ἐπιστημονικῶς ἐπιβάλλει, τί ἐστιν γνῶσις, τί ἐστιν "μυστήριον βασιλείας", οὗτος ᾄδει. πάλιν ὅσοι πράττουσιν καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο μόνον μέχρι τοῦ πρᾶξαι ἵστανται, ψάλλουσιν· ὡς ἐλέγομεν καὶ περὶ τῶν κριῶν, ὅτι βίον εὔτονον ἔχουσιν, οὐκ ἀναγομένων δὲ οὐδὲ ὃν ἔχουσιν βίον οὐδὲ τὰ καθέκαστα ἔργα τοῦ βίου. ἐκεῖνος ψάλλει. ὁ δὲ καὶ ψάλλων καὶ πράττων καὶ ᾄδων καὶ θεωρῶν ἐὰν μὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ πράττειν ἄρξηται, ψαλμὸς ᾠδῆς ἐστίν, ἐὰν δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεωρεῖν, ᾠδὴ ψαλμοῦ. ὁρῶμεν δὲ ταῦτα γινόμενα· πολλάκις τινὲς θεωρεῖν βουλόμενοι ἐπιστάνουσιν ταῖς ἀρεταῖς 130 καὶ τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτῶν καὶ ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἐπιστάνειν τὸ δυνατὸν τοῦ κατορθῶσαι λαβόντες ἔρχονται ἐπὶ τὸ πράττειν. γέγονεν ᾠδὴ ψαλμοῦ. ἡ ᾠδὴ ἡγεῖτο, ἡ θεωρία. "ἐπιθυμήσας σοφίας διατήρησον ἐντολάς"· ὁ ἐπίθυμος ᾖδεν· διετήρησεν ἐντολάς, ἔψαλεν· καὶ πάλιν ψάλας ἔχει χορηγουμένην αὐτήν. συμβαίνει οὖν ποτε ἀπὸ τῆς ᾠδῆς ἄρξασθαι καὶ διαδέξασθαι τὸν ψαλμόν, καὶ ὁ πάλιν ὁ ψαλμὸς ὁδοποιήσας τῇ ψυχῇ πάλιν ῳ᾿̣δὴν φέρει. ἐὰν οὖν ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ ἐπίνοια τῆς ἀρχῆς ἀπὸ ἔργου γένη ται τέχνης, ψαλμὸς ᾠδῆς ἐστιν· ὅταν δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς θεωρίας ἀρξάμ̣ενός τις ἔρωτα λάβῃ τοῦ κατὰ ἀρετὴν ζῆν, ᾠδὴ ψαλμοῦ ἐστιν. ἔδει οὖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἐνκαινισμοῦ τοῦ οἴκ̣ου οὕτως χορεύειν τὸν εἰσαγόμενον εἰς τὸ ἐνκαινίσαι τὸν οἶκον. ἀντακολουθία αὕτη λε´̣γεται. ἐστὶν δὲ ἀκολούθησις, ὅταν τὸ ἕτερον τῷ ἑτέρῳ ἀκολουθῇ καὶ μὴ ἀντιστρέφῃ. ἐὰν δὲ ἀκολούθησις ἀντιστρέφῃ, ὡς γίνεσθαι τὸ πρότερον ἡγούμενον ἑπόμενον καὶ τὸ ἑπόυμενον ἡγούμενον, ἀντ̣ακολουθία ἐστίν. τὸ γοῦν "τῷ ∆αυίδ", τούτῳ τῷ κατορθώσαντι, ᾧ ἡ νίκη καὶ ὁ ὕμνος ἀναφέρ̣εται, ἢ 78 αὐτὸς ὁ ὑμνῳδός. κἂν ὁ ὑμνῳδὸς δὲ λέγῃ, ἐκ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος λέγειν φαίνεται. οὐ ταὐτόν ἐστιν φάναι, ὅτι "3ἄνθρωπος λέγει"3 καὶ "3ἐπιστήμων ἄνθρωπος λέγει"3· ὅταν γὰρ ἄνθρωπον λέγωμεν εἶναι τὸν ἀπαγγέλλοντα, ἀνθρώπινά εἰσιν τὰ ἀπαγγελλόμενα, ὅταν δὲ ἐπιστήμονα, ἐπιστημονικά ἐστιν. ἡ ἐπιστήμη ἐκείνῳ ὑπηχεῖ, κἀκεῖνος ὥσπερ διάκονος γίνεται τῆς ἐπιστήμης. ὁ "3ἱκανὸς"3 οὖν "3τῇ χειρὶ"3 ᾄδει τὸν ψαλμὸν τοῦτον ἢ τὴν ᾠδὴν ταύτην, τὸν ψαλμὸν τῆς ᾠδῆς ἢ ἔνπαλιν. πᾶς δὲ πρακτικὸς "3ἱκανός"3 ἐστιν "3χειρί"3. ὁ δὲ σωτὴρ μάλιστα τοῦτο ἔχει· καὶ γὰρ οἱ ἄλλοι τὴν ἱκανότητα παρ' αὐτοῦ λαμβάνουσιν. ὁ Ἰωάννης γοῦν εἰς τὸ μέγεθος αὐτοῦ ἀφορῶν ἔλεγεν· "οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανός, ἵνα̣ λύσω τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ". πάλιν ἐὰν διδῶται παρ' αὐτοῦ ἡ ἱκανότης, "ἡ ἱκανότης ἡμῶν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὃς ἱκάνωσεν ἡμᾶς διακόνους καινῆς διαθήκης". εἰ μιμηταὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ γίνονται οἱ εἰς τοῦτο προτραπέντες καὶ ἔρωτα τοῦ πράγματος εἰληφότες, ὁρῶντες αὐτὸν "3ἱκανῶς"3 ἐνεργοῦντα ἐνεργοῦσιν καὶ αὐτοὶ κατὰ τὸ ἐφικτὸν αὐτοῖς "3ἱκανῶς"3. ἔλεγον δὲ ἐν τοῖς ψαλμοῖς ἀρχόμενος, ὅτι τὰ λεγόμενα περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὗ ἀνέλαβεν ὁ σωτήρ, ῥηθείη περὶ παντὸς μιμητοῦ αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴν ἃ λέγεται περὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς μονογενοῦς υἱοῦ καὶ θεοῦ λόγου· ῥηθείη ἄν, οὐ λέγω περὶ ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ περὶ ἀρχῶν, περὶ οὐδενὸς ὅλως γενητοῦ. τὰ νῦν οὖν λεγόμενα ἁρμόζει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τοῦ σωτῆρος· διὸ καὶ ἄλλοι δύνανται αὐτὰ ποιεῖν. 2 Ὑψώσω σε, κύριε, ὅτι ὑπέλαβές με. ἃ πολλάκις εἶπον, καὶ νῦν ἐρῶ· ἃ λέγεται περὶ θεοῦ, ὡς περὶ θεοῦ νοεῖται, ἃ δὲ λέγεται περὶ ἀνθρώπων, ὡς περὶ ἀνθρώπων νοεῖται. ἐνίοτε δὲ τὰ περὶ ἀνθρώπων λεγόμενα, ἐὰν μὴ ᾗ θνητοὶ καὶ ᾗ ἄνθρωποι, ἀλλ' ᾗ λογικοὶ λέγωνται, καὶ περὶ ἀγγέλων καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς πάσης νοερᾶς οὐσίας ῥηθείη· κατὰ γὰρ τὸ νοερὸν ὁμοούσιός ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος, κατὰ τὸ δεκτικὸν τοῦ γίνεσθαι τέλειος "ὡς ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς τέλειός ἐστιν"· τί γὰρ πλέον δύν̣αται καρπώσασθαι ἄγγελος 131 κατὰ τὸ ἐφικτόν; εἶτα ὁ σωτὴρ ἀνθρώποις λέγει, ὅτι ἐλεύσομαι ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατήρ μου "καὶ μονὴν π̣αρ' αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα". τί πλέον ἔχει κτήσασθαι ἄγγελος σπουδαῖος; καὶ ἔτι· "δός, ἵν' ὥσπερ ἐγὼ καὶ σὺ ἕν ἐσμεν, καὶ οὗτοι ἐν ἡμῖν ἓν ὦσιν". τί πλέον ἔχει κτήσασθαι ἡ ἄνω οὐσία; τὴν διαφορὰν λαμβάνομεν κατὰ τὰ σωματικώτερα· οὐκ ἔχει σάρκα ὁ ἄγγελος. οὐ τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν τὸ εἶναι λογικὸν τὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸ σάρκα ἔχειν, ἐπεὶ πάντα τὰ ἔχοντα σάρκα λογικά εἰσιν. ἴδε οὖν· ἐὰν οὖν λέγῃ παρ' ἡμῖν τὸ ὑψωθῆναι τὸ ἐκ ταπεινοῦ τόπου εἰς ὑπερκείμενον καὶ ὕπερθεν μετεωρίζεσθαι, δεῖ δὲ πρῶτον ἔχειν τὸ τόπον μεταβάλλειν. ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν τὸ μὴ μεταβάλλον τόπον ὑψωθῆναι ἢ ταπεινωθῆναι, τοπικῶς λέγω. ὅταν οὖν ὁ ἅγιος λέγῃ· "ὑψώσω σε", τοῦτο λέγει· εὐχαριστήσω σοι. ἐάν τις νοῇ Χριστὸν κατὰ
The Healing Ointment and Immediate Response§75
75Not according to the flesh, but when one no longer perceives according to the flesh, but beholds 'his glory, the glory as of the only-begotten from the Father' (cf. John 1:14), and knows that he who has seen the Son sees the Father, and this is to exalt him.
Therefore, because he says this graciously, the following is brought forward: 'because you have taken me up' (John 14:19); having taken me up, you exalted me. When I was exalted, then I knew your height.
And this can also be seen from things held in the hands; one approaches by skill; not yet the magnitude, not yet the beauty, not yet the height of it he sees. But if he begins to grasp it and is improved by considering each part in light of what has already been made known, then seeing the magnitude and the height of the skill and the art, he exalts it, that is, he confesses its height.
For indeed, when he stands over the height and magnitude, he sees much remaining to himself. 'Your knowledge was marveled at from me; it was strengthened, I am not able toward it' (Eccl. 6:18). As much as I stand over it and marvel at it, it becomes strong, and I am no longer able toward it, as long as I am in a body.
This also Solomon says concerning wisdom: 'I said, I will be wise, and it was lengthened far beyond what it was, and a deep depth, who will find it?' (Eccl. 6:18). It was far from me, and when I desired to receive it, it became far from me beyond what it was before. And therefore he gives the reason: 'a deep depth, who will find it?' The 'who will find' may mean 'no one.' And the 'who' is the smallness and not a joy to my enemies upon me. Many enemies lie in wait for me, intending to harm me.
And they were saying that these things are also commonly said concerning the man the Savior and of those imitating him. And the saints had enemies and the Savior had enemies. And no one at all is able to approach him according to the divinity, in order that he might be tested to harm him. And to hate is to approach not for the sake of another but to harm.
And therefore, in the person of Jesus, it is said according to the man and of every imitator and of his member becoming so: 'because you have taken me up' (John 14:19); for if you had not taken me up, my enemies would have rejoiced having taken me in hand, and would not have exalted you. It is also possible from the person of the Savior, no longer dividing us and saying according to God the Word or according to man, as we were fully saying concerning the skilled man: 'I will exalt...'
You, Lord, have taken me; you took those two for me, for whom I cried out (Ps 132:13). 'Behold, I and the children, which God has given to me' and 'I will give you the nations for your inheritance' (Ps 2:8). The Savior regards this as his own contest and his own benefit; therefore 'I have not rejoiced my enemies' (Ps 69:20). For the captives were snatched away because of me, and on my account, and on account of those holding them, I will exalt you, but they do not rejoice.
Lord my God, I cried to you, and heal me (Ps 130:1-2). The voice has been heard; for if he cried concerning healing, he already received what he desired. 'I said, Lord, have mercy on me; heal my soul, because I have sinned against you' (Ps 130:1-2). He had not yet been healed, for he who says this is confessing and repenting. The face of the Savior says this: 'I cried to you, and heal me'; I received an ointment, therapeutic and medicinal 'for every disease and weakness.' Why then did I have the ointment? So that he himself might become a medicine for those who were wounded. Then my healing occurs when the ointment heals others being my body. 'Lord' therefore 'my God, I cried to you, and heal me.' If each of the righteous says this, he will be heard by him to whom he cries. 'While you are still speaking, I will say, Behold, I am here.' The 'I will say, Behold, I am here' shows the work for which you are worthy, I find myself present to you; for your prayer does not delay my gift, but it happens at once; you have prayed, you have the thing. Let us take examples from the Scriptures; a leper came to the Savior saying, 'If you wish, you are able to cleanse me' (Lk 5:17). He says, 'I will, be cleansed'; and the cleansing happened as if there were no delay. By thought alone previously the worthiness occurred before the cleansing, not by time before. Again: 'Do you wish to be well?' Immediately: 'Rise, take up your bed and walk' (Lk 5:17). And the work of Jesus's command did not happen a second later. You know that the reflection imitates the thing seen, and it is not possible to say which is first, but by thought.
Lord, you brought up my soul from Hades (Ps 138:3). Having healed me, you brought up my soul from Hades. This could be said concerning Jesus; since I had an ointment and was wounded because of certain sins—perhaps those having sins in Hades—they descended there, so that the ointment, having approached...
Greek · §75
σάρκα, οὐχ ὑψοῖ αὐτόν. ὅταν δὲ μηκέτι κατὰ σάρκα γιγνώσκῃ, ἀλλὰ θεάσηται "τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός", καὶ γνῷ, ὅτι ὁ ἑωρακὼς τὸν υἱὸν ὁρᾷ τὸν πατέρα, καὶ τοῦτ' ἔστιν τὸ ὑψῶσαι αὐτόν. λοιπὸν ὅτι χαριστηρίως τοῦτο λέγει, ἡ ἑξῆς ἐπιφερομένη· "ὅτι ὑπέλαβές με"· ὑπολαβὼν ὕψωσάς με. ὅτε δὲ ἐγὼ ὑψώθην, τότε ἔγνων σου τὸ ὕψος. καὶ ἔστιν γε καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἐν χερσ̣ὶν θεάσασθαι τοῦτο· προσέρχεταί τις ἐπιστήμῃ· οὔπω τὸ μέγεθος, οὔπω τὸ κάλλος, οὐ τὸ ὕψος αὐτῆς ὁρᾷ. ἐα`̣ν δὲ ἄρξηται μεταλαμβάνειν αὐτῆς καὶ βελτιοῦται καθ' ἑκάστην προσλαμβάνων ἤδη τοῖς γνωσθεῖσιν, τότε τὸ μέγεθος καὶ τὸ ὕψος τῆς ἐπιστήμης καὶ τῆς τέχνης ὁρῶν ὑψοῖ αὐτήν, τουτέστιν ὁμολογεῖ αὐτῆς τὸ ὕψος. ἀμέλει γοῦν ὅτε ἐπιστάνει τῷ ὕψει καὶ μεγέθει, πολὺ ἀπολειπόμενον ἑαυτὸν ὁρᾷ. "ἐθαυμαστώθη ἡ γνῶσίς σου ἐξ ἐμοῦ· ἐκραταιώθη, οὐ μὴ δύνωμαι πρὸς αὐτήν". ὅσον ἐπιστάνω αὐτῇ καὶ θαυμάζω αὐ τήν, κρατερὰ γίνεται, καὶ οὐκέτι δύναμαι πρὸς αὐτήν, ἐς ὅσον ἐν σώματί εἰμι. τοῦτο καὶ Σολομὼν λέγει περὶ τῆς σοφίας· "εἶπα Σοφισθήσομαι, καὶ 79 ἐμακρύνθη μακρὰν ὑπὲρ ὃ ἦν, καὶ βαθὺ βάθος, τίς εὑρήσει αὐτήν"; μακράν μου ἦν, καὶ ὅτε ἠθέλησα αὐτὴν δέξασθαι, μακράν μου γέγονεν ὑπὲρ ὃ ἦν πρότερον. καὶ λοιπὸν τὴν αἰτίαν ἀποδίδωσιν· "βαθὺ βάθος, τίς εὑρήσει αὐτήν"; τὸ "3τίς εὑρήσει"3 δύναται ὅτι "3οὐδείς"3. τὸ δὲ "3τίς"3 τὸ σπάνιον 2 καὶ οὐκ εὔφρανας τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου ἐπ' ἐμοί. πολλοὶ ἐχθροὶ ἐπίκεινταί μοι βουλόμενοί με βλάψαι. ἔλεγον δέ, ὅτι κοινῶς ταῦτα καὶ περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τοῦ σωτῆρος λέγεται καὶ τῶν μιμουμένων αὐτόν. καὶ οἱ ἅγιοι ἐχθροὺς ἔσχον καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ ἔσχεν ἐχθρούς. οὐδεὶς δὲ ὅλως προσπελάσαι αὐτῷ δύναται κατὰ τὴν θεότητα, ἵνα καὶ βλάψαι αὐτὸν πειραθῇ. ἐχθρῶν δέ ἐστιν συνεγγίζειν οὐκ ἄλλου χάριν ἢ τοῦ βλάψαι. καὶ ἐκ προσώπου οὖν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ λέγεται κατὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον καὶ παντὸς μιμουμένου καὶ μέλους αὐτοῦ γινομένου· "ὅτι ὑπέλαβές με"· εἰ μὴ γὰρ ἦς ὑπολαβών, εὐφραίνοντο οἱ ἐχθροί μου ὑπὸ χεῖράν με λαβόντες, καὶ οὐχ ὕψουν σε. δύναται καὶ ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ σωτῆρος οὐκέτι διαιρούντων ἡμῶν καὶ λεγόντων καθὸ θεὸς λόγος ἢ καθὸ ἄνθρωπος, ὡς ἀρτίως ἔλεγον περὶ τοῦ ἐπιστήμονος. "ὑψώσω σε, κύριε, ὅτι ὑπέλαβές με"· ὑπέλαβές με δούς μοι ἐκείνους, ὑπὲρ ὧν ἦλ 132 θον. "ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ καὶ τὰ παιδία, ἅ μοι δέδωκεν ὁ θεός". "δώσω σοι ἔθνη τὴν κληρονομίαν σου". τοῦτο ὥσπερ ἆθλον ἴδιον καὶ ὠφελίαν ἰδίαν ἡγεῖται ὁ σωτήρ· διὸ "οὐκ ηὔφρανας τοὺς ἐχθρούς μ̣ου̣"· ἀποσπασθέντων γὰρ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων δι' ἐμοῦ, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν κρατησάντων ὑψῶ σε μ̣ὲν ἐγώ, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ οὐκ εὐφραίνονται. 3 κύριε ὁ θεός μου, ἐκέκραξα πρὸς σέ, καὶ ἰάσω με. ἐπακουσθέντος ἐστὶν ἡ φωνή· εἰ γὰρ περὶ ἰάσεως ἐκέκραξεν, καὶ ἔσχεν ἤδη, ὃ ἐπόθει. "ἐγὼ εἶπα Κύριε, ἐλέησόν με· ἴασαι τὴν ψυχήν μου, ὅτι ἥμαρτόν σοι". οὔπω ἦν ἰαθείς· ἐξομολογούμενος γάρ ἐστιν καὶ μεταν̣οῶν ὁ τοῦτο λέγων. τὸ δὲ πρόσωπον τοῦ σωτῆρος οὕτω λέγει· "ἐκέκραξα πρὸς σέ, καὶ ἰάσω με"· μώλω̣πα ἀνεδεξάμην, θεραπευτικὸν καὶ ἰατικὸν "πάσης νόσου καὶ μαλακίας". διὰ τί οὖν ἔσχον τὸν μώλωπα̣; ἵνα αὐτὸς φάρμακον γένηται τῶν τρωθέντων. τότε δὲ ἴασις ἐμοῦ γίνεται, ὅταν ὁ μώλωψ ἄλλους̣ θεραπεύσῃ ὄντας μου σῶμα. "κύριε" οὖν "ὁ θεός μου, ἐκέκραξα πρὸς σέ, καὶ ἰάσω με". ἐὰν ἕκαστος τῶν δικαίω̣ν τοῦτο λέγῃ, ἀκούσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ πρὸς ὃν ἔκραζεν. "ἔτι σου λαλοῦντος ἐρῶ Ἰδοὺ πάρειμι". τὸ "ἐρῶ Ἰδοὺ πάρειμι"· δεικνὺς τὸ ἔργον ὑπὲρ οὗ ἀξιοῖς, παρών σοι εὑρίσκομαι· οὐ φθάνει γὰρ ἡ εὐχή σου τὴν ἐμὴν δόσιν, ἀλλὰ ἅμα γίνεται· ηὖξαι, ἔχεις τὸ πρᾶγμα. λάβωμεν παραδείγματα ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν· προςῆλθεν λεπρὸς τῷ σωτῆρι λέγει λέγων· "ἐὰν θέλῃς, δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι". λέγει· "θέλω, καταρίσθητι"· καὶ γέγονεν τὸ καθάρσιον ὡς μὴ ἔχειν διαστεῖλαι. τῇ ἐπινοίᾳ μόνῃ πρότερον ἡ ἀξίωσις γέγονεν ἢ τὸ καθάρσιον, οὐ χρόνῳ πρότερόν ἐστιν. πάλιν· "θέλεις ὑγιὴς γενέσθαι"; εὐθέως· "ἔγειρε, ἆρον τὸν κράβακτόν σου καὶ περιπάτει". καὶ οὐ δεύτερον τὸ ἔργον τῆς προστάξεως Ἰησοῦ γέγονεν. οἶδας, ὅτι ἡ ἔνφασις ἡ καθοπτρικὴ μιμεῖται τὴν ἔνφασιν, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν εἰπεῖν, ποῖον πρῶτον, ἀλλ' ἐπινοίᾳ. 4 κύριε, ἀνήγαγες ἐξ ᾅδου τὴν ψυχήν μου. ἰασάμενός με ἀνήγαγες ἐξ ᾅδου τὴν ψυχήν μου. ῥηθείη ἂν περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦτο· ἐπεὶ μώλωπα ἔσχον καὶ ἐτραυματίσθην διὰ τὰς ἁμαρτίας τινῶν–ἴσως δὲ οἱ τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἔχοντες ἐν ᾅδῃ–, κατῆλθον ἐκεῖ, ἵνα πλησιάσας ὁ μώλωψ μου
Confession and the Life in His Will§76
76May he heal them. For the healing is the bringing up of my soul from there. I became there not to remain myself, but neither to simply depart and return, but to lead up those there. 'Having been put to death in the flesh, but made alive in the spirit, in which he also preached the message to the spirits in prison' (1 Peter 3:19), he led them up. And because of these things he went down there, and because of these things he says he is ascending; for he went down to lead up. If he were not ascending them, he would not have gone up there; for he did not descend or ascend for his own sake.
And this can also be said: the soul is truly our rational being. As it is said of a certain man of God, so it might be said of a soul. 'You have brought up my soul from Hades' (Psalm 42:5). You saved me from those descending into the pit (Psalm 49:15). Those descending into the pit are called the days, because those above are fallen; for the pits are not springs; they do not have water being supplied from anywhere. And Hades because of this is continually called a pit in the Scriptures, because the souls that fall there are falling.
'You saved me from those descending into the pit' (Psalm 49:15). For even if I descended into Hades, I was not seized in the pit like the falling waters, but I was saved, so that what happens to those falling into Hades does not exceed my harm. 'Praise the Lord, you saints of his' (Psalm 149:5). Therefore, while praising and extolling because he was received, he intends to fall upon the hymn even those whom he led up from Hades, the saints having been shown; for those around Abraham and the other saints were there.
And other souls were there too, but some were shown to be the souls of saints, and others were not; for we do not say that the Savior sanctified all, but those souls which were awaiting him there. They were saying, therefore, toward: 'Are you the one coming, or do we await another?' That man knew he was about to die; for being in the prison, he sent this voice, asking: 'Are you coming there yourself, or are you sending another?' Not that he was doubting, but he wished to serve there beside him, having learned from him, being commanded by him. He writes to the saints: the achievement is for us or is common to us and you. Just as therefore I sing a psalm, you also praise; you join in with instruments to our song, which I send up on behalf of you, saying.
“I will exalt you, O Lord.” 5 And you confess the memory of His holiness. Confession here is not called the disclosure of sins; for this too is called confession, as if one says, “Confess your sins to one another” (Ps 50:4). But most often in Scripture, confession is signified by the word thanksgiving: “We will confess to You, O God, we will confess to You” (Ps 106:1). The memory is moved here by dogmas, he says, “of His holiness.” Discipleship-remembrances are not now but before. If anyone is sanctified, having shared in the holy, he has obtained holiness. And so it has happened, so that one might be holy not by essence, but by choice, having received the holy and the good in advance. Therefore, do not neglect, while confessing and singing, that holiness is your own; because you have become it, take hold of it; you have become it so that you might be holy, not profane; yet you have become in filth and profanity. Reclaim your holiness, and thus desire to become it.
6 For wrath is in His mind and life is in His will (Ps 30:5). Because of this, I urge you to sing as those having become holy and to confess the memory of His holiness, “for wrath is in His mind” (Ps 30:5), so that you do not fall into wrath and anger; for if you remain in the same state as before my arrival, having me having accomplished so much, and in the same state regarding the things for which I have come, He will receive wrath, because after so many helps and so many benefits and exhortations you remain in the same state. And just as it becomes like wrath in the mind, so also “life is in His will” (Ps 30:5). He who follows His will and works it, asking to know it from Him—indeed, someone sends a prayer saying, “Teach me to do Your will” (Ps 119:35). Through saying with a reason, “For You are my God” (Ps 73:28), it is shown that the will of God is alone life. And our own will must also cooperate, so that He does not say, “How often I willed, and you did not will.” Therefore, “life” is “in Your will.” The Word God can also be said to be will here. In Him all things came to be; all things through Him came into being. In the will, therefore, of Him who brought you into existence, life lies. 6 Weeping shall turn to joy in the evening and in the morning (Ps 30:5).
Greek · §76
ἰάσηται ἐκείνους. ἡ ἴασις δὲ τὸ ἀναχθῆναί ἐστιν τὴν ψυχήν μου ἐκεῖθεν. γέγονα ἐκεῖ οὐχ ἵνα μείνω ἐγώ, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ ἵνα ἁπλῶς ἀπέλθω καὶ ἔλθω, ἀλλ' ἵνα ἀναγάγω τοὺς ἐκεῖ. "θανατωθεὶς σαρκί, ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι, ἐν ᾧ καὶ τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν ἐκήρυξεν" τὸ κήρυγμα, ἀνήγαγεν. καὶ δι' αὐτὰς κατῆλθεν ἐκεῖ, καὶ δι' αὐτὰς ἀναβαίνειν λέγει· ἀπῆλθεν γὰρ ἀναγαγεῖν. μὴ ἀναβαινουσῶν αὐτῶν οὐκ ἂν ἀνέβαινεν ἐκεῖ· οὐδὲ γὰρ δι' ἑαυτὸν κατέβη ἢ ἀναβαίνει. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο εἰπεῖν· ἡ ψυχὴ ἡ τῷ ὄντι λογικὴ ἡμετέρα ἐστίν. ὡς λέγεταί τις ἄνθρωπος θεοῦ, καὶ 80 οὕτω ῥηθείη καὶ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ. "ἀνήγαγες ἐξ ᾅδου τὴν ψυχήν μου". 4 ἔσωσάς με ἀπὸ τῶν καταβαινόντων εἰς λάκκον. οἱ καταβαίνοντες εἰς λάκκον καὶ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐλέχθησαν, ὅτι οἱ ἄνωθέν εἰσιν πεπτωκότες· οὐ γὰρ πηγαί εἰσιν οἱ λάκκοι· οὐκ ἔχουσιν ὕδωρ χορηγούμενόν ποθεν. καὶ ὁ ᾅδης δὲ διὰ τοῦτο συνεχῶς ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς λάκκος ὀνομάζεται, ὅτι αἱ καταπεσοῦσαι ψυχαὶ ἐκεῖ πίπτουσιν. 133 "ἔσωσάς με ἀπὸ τῶν καταβαινόντων εἰς λάκκον". εἰ γὰρ καὶ κατέβην εἰς ᾅδ̣ου, ἀλλ' οὐ κατεσχέθην ἐν τῷ λάκκῳ ὡς τὰ πίπτοντα ὕδατα, ἀλλ' ἐσώθην, διὸ βλαβῆναι οὐχ ὑπῆρκταί μοι, ἃ ὑπάρχει τισὶν τῶν πιπτόντων εἰς τὸν ᾅδην. 5 ψάλατε τῷ κυρίῳ, οἱ ὅσιοι αὐτοῦ. λοιπὸν ψάλλων καὶ αἰνῶν, ὅτι ὑπελήφθη, βούλεται ἐπέπεσθαι τῷ ὕμνῳ κἀκείνους, οὓς ἀνήγαγεν ἐξ ᾅδου ὁσίους λοιπὸν αὐτοῦ ἀποδεδειγμένους· καὶ γὰρ οἱ ἀμφὶ τὸν Ἀβραὰμ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ἅγιοι ἐκεῖ ἦσαν. ἐκεῖ δὲ ἦσαν καὶ αἱ ἄλλαι ψυχαί, ἀλλ' αἱ μὲν ἀπεδείχθησαν ὁσίων ψυχαί, αἱ δὲ οὐχί· οὐδὲ γὰρ πάσας ἀνηγιοχέναι λέγομεν τὸν σωτῆρα, ἀλλὰ τὰς ψυχὰς ἐκείνας τὰς προσδοκώσας αὐτὸν κἀκεῖ. ἔλεγον οὖν εἰς τό· "σὺ εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, ἠ`̣ ἕτερον προςδοκῶμεν"; ᾔδει ὁ ἀνὴρ ἐκεῖνος μέλλων ἀποθνῄσκειν· ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ γὰρ ὢν τα̣υ´̣την ἔπε̣μ̣ψε τὴν φωνήν, ὅτι "3σὺ ἔρχῃ διὰ σεαυτοῦ ἐκεῖ ἢ ἕτερον πέμπεις"3; οὐχ ὅτι ἀμφέβαλλεν, ἀλλὰ ἤθελεν διακονῆσαι ἐκεῖ παρ' αὐ τοῦ μαθών, προσταχθεὶς παρ' αὐτοῦ. γράφει ὁσίοις· τὸ κατόρθωμα ὑπὲρ ἡμω῀̣ν ἐστιν ἢ κοινὸν ἡμῶν καὶ ὑμῶν. ὥσπερ οὖν ἐγὼ ψαλμὸν ᾠδῆς ᾄδω, ψάλατε καὶ ὑμεῖς· συνεπικρούετε τοῖς ὀργάνοις τῇ ᾠδῇ τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ, ἣν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἀναπέμπω λέγων· "ὑψώσω σε, κύριε". 5 καὶ ἐξομολογεῖσθε τῇν μνήμῃν τῆς ἁγιωσύνης αὐτοῦ. ἐξομολόγησις ἐνταῦθα οὐχ ἡ ἐξαγόρευσις ἐπὶ ἁμαρτήμασιν λέγεται· λέγεται μὲν γὰρ καὶ αὕτη ἐξομολόγησις, ὡς ἐὰν λέγῃ· "ἐξομολογεῖσθε ἀλλήλοις τὰς ἁμαρτίας ὑμῶν". ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον οὖν ἐν τῇ γραφῇ ἡ ἐξομολόγησις διὰ τῆς λέξεως σημαίνεται ἡ εὐχαριστία· "ἐξομολογησώμεθά σοι, ὁ θεός, ἐξομολογησώμεθά σοι". δογμάτων ὧδε κινεῖται ἡ μνήμη, λέγει "τῆς ἁγιωσύνης αὐτοῦ". αἱ μαθητικαὶ ἀναμνήσεις οὐ νῦν πρότερον. ἐάν τις ἁγιασθῇ, μετασχὼν τοῦ ἁγίου ἔσχεν ἁγιωσύνην. οὕτω δὲ γέγονεν, ἵνα ᾖν ἅγιος οὐ κατ' οὐσίαν, ἀλλὰ προαιρέσει, ἐν προχρείᾳ λαβὼν τὸ ἅγιον, τὸ ἀγαθόν. ἀναπολήσατε οὖν ἐξομολογούμενοι καὶ ψάλλοντες, ὅτι οἰκεία ἐστὶν ὑμῖν ἡ ἁγιότης· ἐφ' ᾧ γεγόνατε, ἀναλάβετε· γεγόνατε, ἵνα ἅγιοι ἦτε, οὐχ ἵνα βέβηλοι· γεγόνατε δὲ ἐν ῥυπαρίᾳ καὶ βεβηλότητι. ἀναπολήσατε τὴν ἁγιότητα ὑμῶν, καὶ οὕτω θελήσατε γενέσθαι. 6 ὅτι ὀργὴ ἐν τῷ θυμῷ αὐτοῦ καὶ ζωὴ ἐν τῷ θελήματι αὐτοῦ. διὰ τοῦτο προτρέπομαι ὑμᾶς εἰς τὸ ψᾶλαι ὁσίους γεγενημένους καὶ ἐξομολογήσασθαι τῇ μνήμῃ τῆς ἁγιωσύνης αὐτοῦ, "ὅτι ὀργὴ ἐν τῷ θυμῷ αὐτοῦ" ἐστιν, ἵνα μὴ ὀργῇ καὶ θυμῷ περιπέσητε· ἐμοῦ γὰρ τὰ τηλικαῦτα κατορθώσαντος ἐὰν ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς μένητε οἷς πρὸ τῆς ἐμῆς ἐπιδημίας, καὶ ἐν τοῖς δι' ἃ ἐλήλυθα, διαδέξεται ὀργή, ὅτι καὶ μετὰ τοσαῦτα βοηθήματα καὶ μετὰ τοσαύτας ὠφελίας καὶ προτροπὰς ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς μένετε. γίνεται δὲ ὥσπερ ὀργὴ ἐν τῷ θυμῷ, οὕτω καὶ "ζωὴ ἐν τῷ θελήματι αὐτοῦ". ὁ τῷ θελήματι αὐτοῦ ἑπόμενος καὶ ἐργαζόμενος αὐτό, αἰτησάμενος γνῶναι αὐτὸ παρ' αὐτοῦ– εὐχὴν γοῦν τις ἀναπέμπει λέγων· "δίδαξόν με τοῦ ποιεῖν τὸ θέλημά 134 σου". διὰ τοῦ εἰπεῖν μετ' αἰτιολογικοῦ· "ὅτι ὁ θεός μου εἶ σύ", δείκν̣υσιν, ὅτι τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ θέλημα μόνου ζωή ἐστιν. συνδραμεῖν δὲ δεῖ καὶ τὸ ἡμέτερον θέλημα, ἵνα μὴ εἴπῃ· "ποσάκις ἠθέλησα, καὶ οὐκ ἠθελήσατε". "ζωὴ" οὖν "ἐν τῷ θελήματί" σού ἐστιν. δύναται καὶ τὸν θεὸν λόγον ἐνταῦθα θέλημα λέγειν. ἐν αὐτῷ δὲ τὰ ὅλα γέγονεν, πάντα δι' αὐτοῦ εἰς οὐσίαν ἐλήλυθεν. ἐν τῷ θελήματ̣ι οὖν τοῦ εἰς ὕπαρξιν ὑμᾶς ἀγαγόντος ἡ ζωὴ ἔκειτο. 6 τὸ ἑσπέρας αὐλισθήσεται κλαυθμὸς καὶ εἰς τὸ πρωὶ
Integrity of Character and the Beauty of the Soul§77
77Rejoicing. The evening is the end of the day and the beginning of the night, just as in the morning the end is of the night and the beginning is of the day. But many times it has been said that the opposites, the good and the evil, are co-existing. It is possible to receive in the evening the end of the shadow, the end of the letter.
But when someone wishes to be among them having received the end of the letter and of the shadow, he weeps rather, no longer seeing the pleasantness of the letter, no longer beholding the flower of the Scripture. But when the life-giving Spirit has risen and the New Covenant has been revealed, it is a beginning of the day bringing rejoicing.
Likewise also the more common things: when the assembly from circumcision received the evening of the powerful Sun of Righteousness—for 'she emptied herself,' 'bearing seven, the sun had not yet departed while the day was still in the midst'—she bore seven; then the Sabbath was reached, so that according to it he might spiritually complete all things and become a mother of good thoughts and works; but she emptied herself: she did not receive the fullness, from which having received, John, who signifies the letter and the old Scripture, says: 'of his fullness we have all received' (John 1:16). Because of this, her soul was discouraged, desiring the sun 'while the day was still in the midst,' while this age is still standing; for he himself is also often called day. 'And into the morning' therefore, 'rejoicing.'
7 'And I said in my prosperity, I shall never be shaken for ever' (Ps 92:12). The expression is ambiguous. It can be read thus: 'And I said in my prosperity, I shall never be shaken for ever.' When I am prospering, I said this: I shall never be shaken for ever. But it can also be thus: 'I said, In my prosperity I shall never be shaken for ever.' Both markings have meaning. When he prospers, sowing into righteousness and having harvested generations of righteousness, it was determined thus, that I shall no longer be shaken for ever; for if 'he who does the will of God remains for ever' (1 John 2:17) and 'his righteousness' is 'immortal,' having brought the generations...
Regarding righteousness and uprightness, I said: for I said so with my disposition, as if toward the statement 'no one says Lord Jesus,' both in disposition and in life. I confessed this, bringing forth generations of uprightness and virtue, that I remain unshaken for ever according to: 'he who believes, and everyone living and believing, shall by no means die for ever' (cf. 1 John 2:17); and: 'the righteousness of the Lord remains for the age of ages' (Ps 37:29). And it is also possible thus: to verse differently, 'I said in my uprightness'; when they were being upright and seemed to be resting, he said 'I shall by no means be shaken for ever.' If indeed help had not come quickly, he would have been cut down, because he had encouraged himself, having great confidence in the fruitfulness. If, therefore, the saying is the face of the Savior, let the former thought be held; but if it is of the others, let this also be accepted.
8 Lord, in your will, grant power to my beauty. That is, he says, either gracefully or thankfully. Let us see what kind of beauty he speaks of. He does not speak of bodily beauty, but of spiritual beauty and of the inner man. This beauty, which is perceptible, which is manifested in the face and in the form, has its constitution from the proportion of the members, if the members of the man were proportional to themselves, and not to be such that some exceed and others fail; for the beauty is distorted. It is necessary to have a fitting eye for the nose and this for the mouth; for if the members were disproportionate, even if it might seem beautiful in itself, it does not make beauty for the face. This indeed he says: those virtues which follow your will, the individual ones, so that my thoughts, having been proportioned, are the actions. And in the song of songs, he who praises the bride: 'All beautiful is my beloved, and there is no flaw in you' (Song 4:7). Because of this, 'all beautiful are you,' because there is no flaw and nothing in you is outside of proportion or shame.
9 To you, Lord, I have cried out, and to my God I will help. It is possible, so that we may explain more popularly: To you, O Lord, as...
Greek · §77
ἀγαλλίασις. τὸ ἑσπέρας τέλος ἐστὶν ἡμέρας καὶ ἀρχὴ νυκτός, ὡς αὖ τὸ πρωὶ πέρας ἐστὶν νυκτὸς καὶ ἀρχὴ ἡμέρας. ἀσυνύπαρκτα δὲ πολλάκις ἐλέχθησαν εἶναι τὰ 81 ἐναντία, τὸ ἀγαθὸν καὶ τὸ κακόν. δυνατὸν ἑσπέραν λαβεῖν τὸ τέλος τῆς σ̣κιᾶς, τὸ τέλος τοῦ γράμματος. ὅταν δὲ τέλους λαβόντος τοῦ γράμματος καὶ τῆς σκιᾶς ἐν αὐτοῖς τις θέλῃ εἶναι, κλαίει μᾶλλον οὐκέτι ὁρῶν τοῦ γράμματος τὸ ἱλαρόν, οὐκέτι τῆς γραφῆς θεωρῶν τὸ ἄνθος. ἀνατείλαντος δὲ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ζωοποιοῦντος καὶ φανείσης τῆς καινῆς διαθήκης ἀρχὴ ἡμέρας ἐστὶν φέρουσα ἀγαλλίασιν. λοιπὸν καὶ τὰ δημωδέστερα· ὅτε ἑςπέραν ἔλαβεν ἡ ἐκ περιτομῆς συναγωγὴ δύναντος αὐτῇ τοῦ ἡλίου τῆς δικαιοσύνης–"ἐκενώθη" γὰρ "τίκτουσα ἑπτά, ἐπέδυ ὁ ἥλιος αὐτῇ ἔτι μεσούσης τῆς ἡμέρας". ἑπτὰ ἔτικτε· τότε εἰλήφει τὸ σάββατον, ἵνα κατ' αὐτὸ πνευματικῶς ἐπιτελῇ πάντα καὶ μήτηρ καλῶν νοημάτων καὶ ἔργων γίνηται, ἀλλ' ἐκενώθη· οὐκ ἐδέξατο τὸ πλήρωμα, ἀφ' οὗ λαβὼν ὁ Ἰωάννης ὁ σημαίνων τὸ γράμμα καὶ τὴν παλαιὰν γραφὴν λέγει· "ἐκ τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ ἡμεῖς πάντες ἐλάβομεν". διὰ τοῦτο ἀπεκάκησεν αὐτῆς ἡ ψυχὴ ἐπιδύναντος τοῦ ἡλίου "ἐτι μεσούσης τῆς ἡμέρας", ἔτι ἐνεστηκότος τούτου τοῦ αἰῶνος· λέγεται γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς πολλάκις ἡμέρα. "καὶ εἰς τὸ πρωὶ" οὖν "ἀγαλλίωσις". 7 ἐγὼ δὲ εἶπον ἐν τῇ εὐθηνίᾳ μου Οὐ μὴ σαλευθῶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. ἀμφίβολός ἐστιν ἡ λέξις. δύναται οὕτως ἀναγνωσθῆναι· "ἐγὼ δὲ εἶπα ἐν τῇ εὐθηνίᾳ μου Οὐ μὴ σαλευθῶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα". ὅτε εὐθήνουν, εἶπον τοῦτο· οὐ μὴ σαλευθῶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. δύναται δὲ καὶ οὕτως· "ἐγὼ εἶπα Ἐν τῇ εὐθηνίᾳ μου οὐ μὴ σαλευθῶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα". ἀμφότεραι αἱ στιγμαὶ ἔχουσιν λόγον. ὅτε εὐθήνουν σπείρας εἰς δικαιοσύνην καὶ τρυγήσας γενήματα δικαιοσύνης, οὕτω διετέθην, ὅτι οὐκέτι σαλευθήσομαι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα· εἰ γὰρ "ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα μένει" καὶ "ἡ δικαιοσύνη" αὐτοῦ "ἀθάνατός ἐστιν", ἀγαγὼν τὰ γενήματα τῆς δικαιοσύνης καὶ εὐθηνούμενος εἶπον· εἶπον γὰρ οὕτω τῇ διαθέσει, ὡς εἰς τό· "οὐδεὶς λέγει Κύριον Ἰησοῦν", τῇ διαθέσει καὶ τῷ βίῳ. εὐθηνῶν καὶ ἀρετῆς γενήματα φέρων ὡμολόγησα τοῦτο, ὅτι ἀσάλευτος μένω εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα κατὰ τό· "ὁ πιστεύων καὶ πᾶς ὁ ζῶν καὶ πιστεύων οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα"· καί· "ἡ δικαιοσύνη τοῦ κυρίου μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος". δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ οὕτως· ἄλλως στίξαι "ἐγὼ εἶπα ἐν τῇ εὐθηνίᾳ μου"· ὅτε εὐθήνουν καὶ ἐδόκουν διαναπαύεσθαι, εἶ135 πον· "οὐ μὴ σαλευθῶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα". εἰ μὴ ταχέως δὲ βοήθεια γέγονεν, ἐκλονεῖτο, ὅτι ἐθάρσησεν ἑαυτῷ, μέγα πέποιθεν ἐπὶ τῇ καρποφορίᾳ. ἐὰν μὲν οὖν πρόσωπον ᾖ τοῦ σωτῆρος τὸ λέγον, τὸ πρότερον κρατείτω νόημα, ἐὰν δὲ τῶν λοιπῶν, ἀποδεχέσθω καὶ τοῦτο. 8 κύριε, ἐν τῷ θελήματί σου παρέσχου τῷ κάλλει μου δύναμιν. ἤτοι εὐκτικῶς ἤτοι εὐχαριστητικῶς λέγει. ἴδωμεν, περὶ ποίου κάλλους λέγει. οὐ περὶ σωματικοῦ κάλλους λέγει, ἀλλὰ ψυχικοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἔσω ἀνθρώπου. τὸ κάλλος δὲ τοῦτο τὸ αἰσθητόν, τὸ ἐνφανταζόμενον τῷ προσώπῳ καὶ τῇ μορφῇ, ἐξ ἀναλογίας μελῶν ἔχει τὴν σύνστασιν, ἐὰν ἀνάλογα ᾐ῀̣ τὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου μέλη πρὸς ἑαυτὰ καὶ μὴ οὕτως εἶναι ὡς τὰ μὲν ὑπεραίρειν, τὰ δὲ εἴκειν· διαστρέφεται γὰρ το`̣ κάλλος. δεῖ κατάλληλον ὀφθαλμὸν ἔχειν τῇ ῥινὶ καὶ ταύτην τῷ στόματι· ἐὰν γὰρ ἀσύνμετρα̣ ᾐ῀̣ τὰ μέλη, κἂν αὐτὸ καθ' ἑαυτὸ δοκῇ ὡραῖον εἶναι, ἀλλ' οὐ ποιεῖ τῷ προσώπῳ κάλλος. τοῦτο γοῦν λέγει· ἐν τῷ θελήμ̣ατι τῷ σῷ ἀντακολουθοῦσιν τῶν ἀρετῶν αἱ ἰδικαί, ὥστε τὰς νοήσεις μου ἀναλογούσας̣ εἶναι ταῖς πράξεσιν. καὶ ἐν τῷ ᾄσματι τῶν ᾀσμάτων ὁ ἐπαινῶν τὴν νύμφην· "ὅλη καλή, ἡ πλησίον μου, καὶ μῶμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν σοί". διὰ τοῦτο "ὅλη καλὴ εἶ", ὅτι οὐκ ἔνι μῶμος οὐδὲ παρὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν ἔστιν τι ἐν σοὶ οὐδὲ αἶσχος. 9 πρὸς σέ, κύριε, κεκράξομαι καὶ πρὸς τὸν θεόν μου βοήσομαι. δύναται, ἵνα δημωδέστερον ἐξηγησώμεθα· πρὸς σέ, ὦ κύριε, ὡς
The Lord's Mercy and the Transformation of Mourning§78
78I have cried out to the High Priest as a physician, and I will help toward my God, without dividing the Father from the Son. He who cries out to God cries out toward the Trinity; for the Trinity is one God, not the same as the numerical identity, if it is necessary to speak of numbers.
What profit is there in my blood, in my descending into corruption? I descended into corruption; what profit has occurred? Behold, they remain in their own evils. But he does not say this at all. Rather it is said: 'you were bought' with the blood of Christ, and that: 'not with corruptible things, silver and gold, were you redeemed from your vain manner of life, but in precious blood, as of a lamb without blemish and spotless, Christ' (1 Pet 1:18-19). And this is possible: the whole sum of the saved is called the Body of Christ.
Since, therefore, the Savior arrived and received all that we previously mentioned—the darkness and the cross and the descent into Hades—not all returned, not all took up virtue and faith, but some and others; according to this he says: 'he turned my face away' (Ps 49:15) from certain things being members of me, being my body, 'and I became troubled.' If, therefore, he saved and redeemed and set free by his own blood, how does he say: 'what profit is there in my blood, in my descending into corruption?' Much profit has occurred—but toward those who remain in evils. As for how much has reached you, no profit has exceeded in my blood, my descending into corruption. He says, moreover, that he stirs them up toward repentance.
For this reason he has said: 'shall dust confess to you or announce your truth?' (Ps 65:2) Behold, there are some being dust. But I have come to suffer, so that I might transform them and make them heavenly from being swine. Since, therefore, they remain still wearing the image of the swine, they do not confess to you, nor do they even announce your truth. But I have come so that I might also make the truth manifest, exposing the wandering and the falsehood, and so that I might grant confession, so that someone might cast off the image of the swine and take up that of the heavenly. He says therefore: 'shall dust confess to you?' If dust does not confess to you, as much as has reached him, no profit from my blood has exceeded my descending into corruption. Then—since I have said...
He says this because of those being pressed by former evils; and we have confessed that he also redeemed many by his own blood—thus demonstrating them. 11 The Lord heard and had mercy on me (Ps 117:2). By showing the mercy of the Lord, he speaks of their salvation, that they might receive mercy. 11 The Lord became a helper to me. The verb 'became' signifies that they were not previously so: 'A helper and a protector became to me for salvation.' 11 The Lord heard and had mercy on me (Ps 117:2). I was lamenting, because having descended into corruption, no benefit from my blood has occurred to anyone; but building up the pitied ones, and demonstrating those who are at their peak to be such, that they shall one day be saved; the medicine will one day work in them.
12 You turned my mourning into joy for me (Ps 30:11). He was cutting away the dead out of philanthropy, so that he might raise them up; for immediately a certain understanding took hold: if he mourns and laments because of my sinning, I owe much more to do this. Therefore, 'You turned my mourning into joy for me': their benefit is joy to me, and when we were sinning, my lamentation and mourning were theirs. 12 Having torn my sackcloth, you girded me with gladness. I was carrying a sackcloth of mourning, a severe life, rough, but he changed it into gladness. Thus we have also spoken regarding: 'If in Tyre and Sidon the powers became, long ago they would have repented sitting in sackcloth and ashes' (Matt 15:28; Jonah 2:5). We say that the name of the sackcloth signifies the severe, bitter, and cleansing life of the one lamenting. After this sackcloth, someone takes ashes and sits, no longer acting against it, but sits, ceasing the anger of evil. He groaned over this, which bore chaff, thorns, and thistles; for he was not able to sit among the thorns and thistles, but having burned them and shown them powerless, and that quality by which they were vile, having risen up, he sat upon them.
13 So that my glory may sing to you and I may not be dejected (Ps 82:1). Some say a hint: 'I shall not be dejected'; while my glory sings to you, I am not dejected. But this reading does not satisfy me. Many in the church read it this way. The term 'dejection' (katanyxis) often signifies a repentance. For when Ahaz repented:
Greek · §78
ἀρχιερέα, ὡς ἰατρὸν κεκράξομαι, πρὸς δὲ τὸν θεόν μου βοήσομαι, οὐ διαιροῦντες τὸν πατέρα ἀπὸ τοῦ υἱοῦ. ὁ δὲ βοῶν πρὸς θεὸν πρὸς τὴν τριάδα βοᾷ· εἷς γὰρ θεὸς ἡ τριάς, οὐ τὸ ταὐτὸν τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ, εἴ γε δεῖ ἀριθμοὺς ἐκεῖ φάναι. 10 Τίς ὠφελία ἐν τῷ αἵματί 82 μου, ἐν τῷ καταβῆναί με εἰς διαφθοράν; κατέβην εἰς διαφθοράν· ποία ὠφελία γέγονεν; ἰδού, ἐνμένουσιν τοῖς κακοῖς ἑαυτῶν. οὐ καθόλου δὲ τοῦτο λέγει. εἴρηται δὲ ὅτι· "τιμῆς ἠγοράσθητε" τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ὅτι· "οὐκ ἐν φθαρτοῖς, ἀργυρίῳ καὶ χρυσίῳ, ἐλυτρώθητε ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς, ἀλλ' ἐν αἵματι τιμίῳ ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου Χριστοῦ". δυνατὸν δὲ τοῦτο· τὸ πᾶν ἄθροισμα τῶν σῳζομένων σῶμα Χριστοῦ λέγεται. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ἐπιδημήσαντος τοῦ σωτῆρος καὶ ἀναδεξαμένου πάντα ἃ προειρήκαμεν, τόν τε μώλωπα καὶ τὸν σταυρὸν καὶ τὸ κατελθεῖν εἰς τὸν ᾅδην, οὐ πάντες ἐπέστρεψα̣ν, οὐ πάντες ἀρετὴν καὶ πίστιν ἀνέλαβον, ἀλλ' οἱ μέν, οἱ δὲ οὔ, κατὰ τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι· "ἀπέστρεψεν τὸ πρόσωπόν μου" ἀπὸ τῶνδε τινῶν ὄντων μελῶν μου, ὄντων σώματός μου, "καὶ ἐγενήθην τεταραγμένος". εἰ τοίνυν ἐρύσατο καὶ ἐλυτρώσατο καὶ ἠλευθέρωσεν τῷ αἵματι ἑαυτοῦ, πῶς λέγει· "τίς ὠφελία ἐν τῷ αἵματί μου, ἐν τῷ καταβῆναί με εἰς διαφθοράν"; πολλῆς ὠφελίας γεγένηται–ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἐκείνους τοὺς ἐνμείναντας τοῖς κακοῖς. τὸ ὅσον οὖν ἧκεν εἰς ὑμᾶς, οὐδεμία ὠφελία ὑπῆρκται ἐν τῷ αἵματ̣ί μου, καταβάντος μου εἰς διαφθοράν. διεγείρων αὐτοὺς εἰς μετάνοιαν λοιπὸν λέγει. διὰ τοῦτο εἴρηκεν· 10 μὴ ἐξομολογήσεταί σοι χοῦς ἢ ἀναγγελεῖ τὴν ἀλήθειάν σου; ἰδού, εἰσίν τινες χοῦς ὄντες. ἐλήλυθα δὲ παθεῖν, ἵνα 136 μεταποιήσω αὐτοὺς καὶ οὐρανίους αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ χοϊκῶν ποιήσω. ἐπεὶ οὖν ἐνμένουσιν ἔτι φοροῦντες τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ χοϊκοῦ, οὐκ ἐξομολογοῦνταί σοι, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ τὴν ἀλήθειάν σου ἀναγγελοῦσιν. ἐλήλυθα δὲ ἐγώ, ἵνα καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν φανερώσω τὴν πλάνην καὶ τὸ ψεῦδος ἀνελών, καὶ ἐξομολόγησιν παράσχωμαι, ἵνα τις ἀποβάλῃ τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ χοϊκοῦ καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἐπουρανίου ἀναλάβῃ. λέγει οὖν ὅτι· "μὴ ἐξομολογήσεταί σοι χοῦς"; εἰ οὐκ ἐξομολογεῖταί σοι χοῦς, τὸ ὅσον ἧκεν εἰς αὐτόν, οὐδεμία ἐκ τοῦ αἵματός μου ὑπῆρκται ὠφελία καταβάντος μου εἰς τὴν διαφθοράν. εἶτα– ἐπειδὴ εἶπον, ὅτι διὰ τοὺς ἐνεχομένους τοῖς πρότερον κακοῖς τοῦτο λέγει, ὡμολογήσαμεν δέ, ὅτι καὶ ἐλυτρώσα̣το πολλοὺς τῷ ἰδίῳ αἵματι–, δεικνὺς ἐκείνους λέγει· 11 ἤκουσεν κύριος καὶ ἐλέησέν με. δείξας ἐκείνους ἔλεον τοῦ κυρίου τὴν ἐκείνων σωτηρίαν λέγει, τὸ ἐκείνους ἐλεηθῆναι. 11 κύριος ἐγενήθη βοηθός μου. τὸ γενέσθαι σχέσιν σημαίνει, οὐκ οὐσίωσιν· "βοηθὸς καὶ σκεπαστὴς ἐγένετό μοι εἰς σωτηρίαν". 11 ἤκουσεν κύριος καὶ ἐλέησέν με. ω᾿̣λοφυρόμην, ὅτι καταβάντος μου εἰς διαφθορὰν οὐδεμία ἐκ τοῦ αἵματός μου ὠφελία ἔν τισιν γέγονεν̣· ἀλλὰ οἰκοδομῶν τοὺς ἠλεημένους κἀκείνους δὲ τοὺς ἀκμὴν τοιούτους ὄντας παραδείκνυμι, ὅτι σωθήσονταί ποτε· ἐνεργήσει ποτὲ εἰς αὐτοὺς τὸ φάρμακον. 12 ἔστρεψας τὸν κοπετόν μου εἰς χαρὰν ἐμοί. φιλανθρώπως ἐκόπτετο τεθνηκότας ἐκείνους, ἵνα διεγείρῃ αὐτούς· εὐθέως γὰρ ἔννοιάν τις ἐλάμβανεν· εἰ ἐμοῦ ἡμαρτηκότος ἐκεῖνος πενθεῖ καὶ ὀλοφύρεται, πολλῷ πλέον ἐγὼ τοῦτο ὀφείλω ποιῆσαι. "ἔστρεψας" οὖν "τὸν κοπετόν μου εἰς χαρὰν ἐμοί"· ἡ ἐκείνων ὠφελία ἐμοὶ χαρά ἐστιν, καὶ ὅτε ἡμάρτανον, ἐμὸς ἦν ὁ θρῆνος καὶ ὁ κοπετός. 12 διέρρηξας τὸν σάκκον μου καὶ περιέζωσάς με εὐφροσύνην. πενθῶν σάκκον ἐφόρουν, αὐστηρὸν βίον, τραχύν, ἀλλὰ μετέβαλεν εἰς εὐφροσύνην. οὕτω δὲ εἰρήκαμεν καὶ εἰς τό· "ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδόνι αἱ δυνάμεις ἐγίνοντο, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ καθήμενοι μετενόησαν". ἐλέγομεν, ὅτι τὸν αὐστηρὸν βίον καὶ ε᾿̣πίπονον καὶ καθαπτόμενον τοῦ ὀλοφυρομένου σημαίνει τὸ τοῦ σάκκου ὄνομα. μετὰ τούτου δὲ τοῦ σάκκου τις σποδὸν λαμβάνει καὶ κάθηται οὐκέτι ἐνεργῶν κατ' αὐτό, ἀλλὰ κάθηται, παύει τὴν ὀργὴν τῆς κακίας. ἐστέναζεν ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἃ ἐκαρποφόρησεν ζιζάνια καὶ ἀκάνθας καὶ τριβόλους· οὐκ ἠδύνατο γὰρ καθίσαι ἐν ταῖς ἀκάνθαις καὶ τριβόλοις, ἀλλὰ τεφρώσας καὶ δείξας αὐτὰ ἀνίσχυρα κἀκείνην τὴν ποιότητα, καθ' ἣν ἦσαν φαῦλα, ἀνελὼν ἐκάθισεν ἐπ' αὐτά. 13 ὅπως ἂν ψάλῃ σοι ἡ 83 δόξα μου καὶ οὐ μὴ κατανυγῶ. ἔνιοι ὑποστιγμὴν λέγουσιν· "οὐ μὴ κατανυγῶ"· ψαλλούσης τῆς δόξης μού σοι οὐ κατανύγομαι. οὐκ ἀρέσκει μοι δὲ αὕτη ἡ ἀνάγνωσις. πολλοὶ δὲ τῶν ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ οὕτως αὐτὴν ἀναγιγνώσκουσιν. μεταμέλειάν τινα σημαίνει ἡ κατάνυξις πολλάκις. ὅτε γοῦν μετεμελήθη ὁ Ἀχαάμ·
Hope and Divine Justice§79
79"Did you see how Ahaz was consoled?" and "you gave them a spirit of consolation," a spirit of repentance. This is therefore what he says: my glory sings to you, I act according to your will, and I do not repent, I am not brought low by sorrow. He is not brought low as if by evil, so as to no longer be active. Therefore he connects the thought and says: "Lord, my God, I will give thanks to you forever" (Ps 116:17). "Lord, my God, I will give thanks to you forever." Since, therefore, I will give thanks to you forever, singing to your glory, I am not brought low, nor do I repent.
To the end: A psalm of David; of ecstasy. The name of ecstasy is homonymous; for it means many things, one of which is deviation or follye one who wanders is in ecstasy (stands outside himself). But the name of ecstasy also signifies wonder; for he who wonders is said to be in ecstasy (standing outside himself): "I perceived your works and was amazed" (Ps 138:14) having seen their greatness, the art by which they came to be. And there are many expressions declaring that wonder is made manifest by the name of ecstasy. Thus also Isaac "was in great ecstasy" when he received the blessing from Isaac. And again, ecstasy signifies becoming something outside of one's former state, as if he says: "But I said in my ecstasy, 'Every man is a liar'" (Ps 123:4). When he stood outside himself and was no longer a man, but had become God by making room for the Word of God coming to him, then he said: "Every man is a liar"; for if we take this simply, he lies. If every man is a liar and he himself is one of men, he lies. But in him saying "every man is a liar," they are not altogether liars. The things of men are uncertain, unstable. Such is also what the apostle says: "What eye has not seen, and what ear has not heard, and what has not ascended into the heart of man" (1 Cor 2:9). He is not, therefore, merely the same man, but he brings forth: "But God has revealed them to us through the Spirit" (1 Cor 2:10), to us who are no longer merely men, those who are able to say with boldness: "We have stood in ecstasy with God, we are of the same mind with you." He, therefore, who says these things in the psalm was also in ecstasy; he has become another, he has become God by participating in the Word of God; he has ceased to be a man. For certainly, observe that he does not speak human things, but things that it is fitting for a man having been made divine to proclaim.
And to sing. Upon you, Lord, I have hoped, that I might not be put to shame for ever (Psalm 25:3). For I am not put to shame when the things of the petition exist; for then the one praying suffers shame when he does not happen to get what he expected. And if we take 'the age' more simply, this says: in the time of my life, let me not be put to shame, always attaining those things which I entreat to receive from you; for it has been said many times that the time extending the life of man is called 'an age', just as: 'I will not eat meat for ever'. And it is possible also to say thus: since you are eternal and your existence and your kingdom extend through all the ages, and I too am immortal according to the soul, 'let me not be put to shame for ever'; for I am always with you. Now I know in part and I prophesy, but the one who is perfect will receive that which is in part, so that my hope becomes greater, having a greater remainder of expectation. Therefore, the one who hopes in the Lord is without shame.
Save me in your righteousness and bring me out (Psalm 70:1). The beginning of this seventieth psalm has a certain kinship and likeness. And in the seventieth lies the 'bring me out' itself, concerning which it is said: 'righteousness bowed down', when having bent the heaven, it came down. It has come to loose injustice; for the world having come about on earth was full of injustice; for 'the earth was filled' with iniquities (Genesis 6:13), just as before the flood, when 'all turned aside, at the same time they sinned, there is no one doing goodness' (Genesis 6:11). Just as the light rises and becomes there where the darkness is, and the darkness is made manifest by the presence of light, and when virtue shines forth, evil is driven away—so, when righteousness is revealed and those entreating it are saved, all injustice is dissolved.
Incline your ear toward me, hasten to bring me out (Psalm 70:5). Even if I cry out to you, I am small-voiced as toward your majesty. If you do not incline your ear toward me, my cry is not able to ascend to you. If you do not descend with me, you will not receive my voice. And in another way: since he does not observe all the lawlessness of those being judged and examined by him, it is necessary for him to incline the ear, so that he may hear; for whatever kind of knowledge and whatever kind of power...
Greek · §79
"εἶδες, πῶς κατενύγη ὁ Ἀχαάμ"; καί· "ἐπότισας αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα κατανύξεως", πνεῦμα μετανοίας. τοῦτο οὖν λέγει· ἡ δόξα μου ψάλλει σοι, πράττω κατὰ τὸ βούλημά σου, καὶ οὐ μεταμελοῦμαι, οὐ κατανύσσομαι. οὐχ ὡς ἐπὶ κακῷ κατανύττομαι, ὥστε μηκέτι ἐνεργῆσαι. διὸ συνάπτει 137 καὶ λέγει· "κύριε, ὁ θεός μου, εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἐξομολογήσομαί σοι". 13 κύριε, ὁ θεός μου, εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἐξομολογήσομαί σοι. ἐπεὶ οὖν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἐξομολογοῦμαί σοι ψάλλων τῇ δόξῃ σου, οὐ κατανύγομαι, οὐ μεταμέλομαι. 1 Εἰς τὸ τέλος· ψαλμὸς τῷ ∆αυίδ· ἐκστάσεως. τὸ τῆς ἐκστάσεως ὄνομα ὁμώνυμόν ἐστιν· σημαίνει γὰρ πολλά, ὧν ἕν ἐστιν ἡ παρακοπὴ ἢ παραφροσύνη· ὁ παραπαίων ἐξίσταται. σημαίνει δὲ τὸ ὄνομα τὸ τῆς ἐκστάσεως καὶ θαυμαστότητα· ὁ θαυμάζων γὰρ λέγεται ἐξίστασθαι· "κατενόησα τὰ ἔργα σου καὶ ἐξέστην" τὸ μέγεθος αὐτῶν θεασάμενος, τὴν τέχνην καθ' ἣν γεγόνασιν. καὶ πολλὰ δὲ ἔστιν ῥητὰ δηλοῦντα, ὅτι ἡ θαυμστότης φανεροῦται τῷ ὀνόματι τῆς ἐκστάσεως. οὕτω γοῦν κ̣αι`̣ Ἰσαὰκ̣ "ἐξέστη ἔκστασιν μεγάλην", ὅταν τὴν εὐλογίαν ἔλαβεν ὑπὸ Ἰσαῦ. καὶ πάλιν σημαίνει τὸ ἔκστασις τὸ ἔξω̣ τινὰ γενέσθαι τῆς προτέρας ἑαυτοῦ καταστάσεως, ὡς ἐὰν λέγῃ· "ἐγὼ δὲ εἶπα ἐν τῇ ἐκστάσει μου Πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης". ὅτε ἐξέστην ἐμαυτοῦ καὶ οὐκέτι ἄνθρωπος, ἀλλὰ θεὸς γέγονα χωρήσας πρός με γεν̣όμενον τὸν θεὸν λόγον, τότε εἶπον ὅτι· "πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης"· εἰ γὰρ ἁπλῶς λαμβάνοιμεν τοῦτο, ψεύδεται. εἰ πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ εἷς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐστίν, ψεύδεται. ψευδομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ ὅτι "πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ψεύςτης", οὐ πάντως ψεῦσταί εἰσιν. τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀβέβαια, ἀσύνστατα. τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν καὶ ὃ λέγει ὁ ἀπόστολος· "ἃ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐχ εἶδεν καὶ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσεν καὶ ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἀνέβη". οὐκ ἔστιν οὖν αὐτὸς ἄνθρωπος, ἀλλ' ἐπιφέρει· "ἡμῖν δὲ ἀπεκάλυψεν ὁ θεὸς διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος", ἡμῖν τοῖς μηκέτι ἀνθρώποις, τοῖς δυναμένοις μετὰ παρρησίας εἰπεῖν· "συνεξέστημεν θεῷ, συνσωφρονοῦμεν ὑμῖν". ἐξέστη οὖν καὶ ὁ ταῦτα λέγων ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ· ἄλλος ἑαυτοῦ γέγονεν, θεὸς γέγονεν μετασχὼν τοῦ θεοῦ λόγου· πέπαυται τοῦ εἶναι ἄνθρωπος. ἀμέλει γοῦν θεώρει, ὅτι οὐκ ἀνθρώπινα λέγει, ἀλλὰ ἃ ἁρμόζει θεοποιηθέντι ἀνθρώπῳ ἀπαγγέλλειν καὶ ᾄδειν. 2 ἐπὶ σοί, κύριε, ἤλπισα, μὴ καταισχυνθείην εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. οὐ γὰρ καταισχύνομαι, ὅταν τὰ τῆς αἰτήσεως ὑπαρχθῇ· τότε γὰρ αἰσχύνην ὁ εὐχόμενος ὑφίσταται, ὅταν μὴ τύχῃ ὧν προσεδόκησεν. καὶ εἰ μὲν ἁπλούστερον λαμβάνοιμεν τὸν αἰῶνα, τοῦτο λέγει· ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ τῆς ζωῆς μου παντὶ μὴ καταιςχυνθείην, ἀεὶ ἐπιτυγχάνων ὧν δέξασθαι παρὰ σοῦ παρακαλῶ· πολλάκις γὰρ ἐλέχθη, ὅτι ὁ παρεκτείνων τῇ ζωῇ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου χρόνος "3αἰὼν"3 καλεῖται, ὡς τό· "οὐ μὴ φάγω κρέα εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα". δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ οὕτως εἰπεῖν· ἐπεὶ αἰώνιος εἶ καὶ παρεκτείνει σου ἡ ὕπαρξις καὶ ἡ βασιλεία εἰς πάντας τοὺς αἰῶνας, εἰμὶ δὲ κἀγὼ ἀθάνατος κατὰ τὴν ψυχήν, "μὴ καταισχυνθείην εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα"· ἀεὶ γὰρ μετὰ σοῦ εἰμι. νῦν ἐκ μέρους γιγνώσκω καὶ προφητεύω, ἀλλὰ διαδέξεται τὸ ἐκ μέρους ὑπὸ τοῦ τελείου, ὥστε μᾶλλον ἡ ἐλπίς μου μείζω γέγονεν περὶ μειζόνων λοιπὸν ἔχουσα τὴν προσδοκίαν. ἀκαταίσχυντος οὖν ἐστιν ὁ ἐλπί ζων ἐπὶ κύριον. 2 ἐν τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ σου ῥῦσαί με καὶ ἐξελοῦ με. ἡ ἀρχὴ τοῦ ἑβδομηκοστοῦ καὶ τούτου ἔχουσίν τινα συγγένειαν καὶ ὁμοιότητα. καὶ ἐν τῷ ἑβδομηκοστῷ κεῖται τὸ "ἐξελοῦ με" αὐτὸς γάρ ἐστιν, περὶ ἧς λέγεται· "δικαιοσύνη δι138 έκυψεν", ὅτε κλίνας τὸν οὐρανὸν κατέβη. ἐλήλυθεν ἐπὶ τῷ λῦσαι ἀδικίαν· ἀδικίας γὰρ ἦν πλήρης ὁ κόσμος ὁ περὶ γῆν γενόμενος· "ἐπλήσθη" γὰρ "ἡ γῆ ἀδικιῶν", ὥςπερ καὶ πρὸ τοῦ 84 κατακλυσμοῦ, ὅτε "πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν, οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα". ὥσπερ οὖν τὸ φῶς ἀνατέλλον καὶ γινόμενον ἐκεῖ, ἔνθα τὸ σκότος, λύει τὸ σκότος–παρουσίᾳ γὰρ φωτὸς ἀφανίζεται ἡ σκοτία, καὶ ἐπιλαμψάσης τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐκποδὼν ἡ κακία οἴχεται–, οὕτω τῆς δικαιοσύνης φανερωθείσης καὶ ῥυομένης τοὺς παρακαλοῦντας καταλύεται πᾶσα ἀδικία. 3 κλῖνον πρός με τὸ οὖς σου, τάχυνον τοῦ ἐξελέσθαι με. εἰ καὶ βοῶ πρὸς σέ, ἀλλ' οὖν ὡς πρὸς τὴν σὴν μεγαλειότητα μικρόφων̣ός εἰμι. ἐὰν μὴ οὖν σὺ κλίνῃς πρὸς ἐμὲ τὸ οὖς σου, οὐκ ἰσχύει ἀναβῆναι ἡ ἐμὴ κραυγὴ πρὸς σέ. εἰ μὴ συνκ̣αταβ̣ῃ῀̣ς, οὐ δέχῃ μου τὴν φωνήν. καὶ ἄλλως· ἐπεὶ μὴ πάσας παρατηρεῖται τὰς ἀνομίας τῶν κρινομένων καὶ ἐξεταζομένων ὑπ' αὐτοῦ, δεῖ αὐτὸν κλῖναι τὸ οὖς, ἵνα ἀκούσῃ· ἐὰν γὰρ οἵας γνώσεώς ἐστιν καὶ οἵας δυνάμεως
The Spirit and the Soul in God's Hands§80
80The prayer remains, and does not ascend to him if it does not incline toward him; but it inclines by descending together. When you incline your ear to me, receive me and quickly take me out from those holding me, from those attacking me. Even if enemies are, 'quickly let me be delivered' (Ps 145:14). Did he say these things in amazement? He did not say that foolishness is shown here, but rather the wonder of becoming outside of himself. You are ignorant of this, that there is not one single perfection. For the one having been perfected says: 'I have seen the end of every arrangement' (Ps 71:20); for he does not say these things having an end that is beyond all.
Become for me, O God, a protector and a house of refuge to save me (Ps 18:2). Become for me an invincible fortress, an unpierceable wall; become for me also a protector, your shield, your weapon. When you become my protector, none of my enemies can harm me. A beast cannot overcome me, the very one snatching, about whom we were sending a prayer: 'never snatch my soul like a lion' (Ps 18:48). 'And into a house of refuge' (Ps 18:49). Become for me that which is called a stronghold, where one fleeing enters within walls; for a building is a guard by means of salvation.
For you are my strength and my refuge (Ps 18:2). You are everything to me, both strength and refuge. I flee to no one, not to a ruler, nor to wealth. And my strength: from you I have the power to hold fast, participating in you, just as a king holds fast. For the sake of your name, you will guide me and nourish me (Ps 143:8). He says this because since your name is called upon me, because of this name of yours which I wear, grant both to me; and guide me, so that I may finish the race without fault and be able to say: 'I have run without lawlessness and I have directed my course' (2 Tim 4:7), and: 'I have run the path of your commandments' (Ps 119:30). And let me be nourished by you. Your way and bread is your Son. 'Way' is he saying, 'I am the way' (John 14:6). He himself is both way and bread. Therefore, 'for the sake of your name,' which you granted to me, so that I may have salvation; for I grew and said: 'O God, in your name save me.'
Bring me out of this snare which you hid for me (Ps 124:7), because you are my protector. Enemies are many, some deceivers, they have prepared a snare for me, so that they may hunt me. I do not only entreat that you may not let me depart there, but also...
Unless they enter, so that you might lead me out from it. One must examine and thus see 5–6: 'for you are my protector, into your hands I will commit my spirit' (Psalm 31:5). I do not commit my spirit to another, but into your hands.
And if a holy man is the one saying these things, his spirit is that which is joined to the soul, concerning which it is said: 'your whole spirit and soul and body.' Some say the spirit is something other than the soul, others say it is its mind, and others say its will. But in all these interpretations, God preserves the spirit. If it is the soul, it is committed into the hands of God so that, being covered, it might remain unharmed, not being struck by enemies, not being destroyed.
Because it is sometimes said that the soul is spirit, Stephen teaches; for as he was about to die, and he exhorted them not to let the sin of those murdering him stand, he says: 'Lord Jesus, receive my spirit' (Acts 7:59), instead of 'my soul.' And James writes: 'just as the body without spirit is dead' (James 2:26), calling the soul spirit. And it is said, as I have said, that something rational is also joined to it, like an inseparable thing, so that it might be a teacher of the soul, namely spirit.
And since this belongs to the soul when it possesses God, he says this: 'may such a thing not happen to me, so that my spirit might be outside your hands, but may all virtue be made straight for me, so that my spirit might be in your hands.' It is also possible to call one's will 'spirit,' so that he also wants it to be guarded in the hands of God.
Therefore, also the interpretative points: the two covenants can be the hands of God. Into these, then, I commit my spirit, wanting to understand both the old, that is, those things protected there, and the new. May both your hands contain my spirit. And it is possible also to say not only two hands of God; for it was not spoken in the dual, but in the plural; and there is no difference between the plural and the dual. However, if the two covenants exist, the hands are spoken of in the dual. But if all the power of God is named his hand—for we say 'the hand of a king' regarding military power—into your military power, finding it to be a guarding hand, I commit my spirit. Toward the...
Greek · §80
μείνῃ, οὐκ ἀναβαίνει πρὸς αὐτὸν ἡ εὐχή. εἰ μὴ ἐπινεύσῃ, οὐ δέχεται τὴν εὐχήν. ἐπινεύει δὲ συνκαταβαίνων. ὅταν κλίνῃς τὸ οὖς σου πρὸς ἐμέ, δέχῃ με καὶ ταχέως ἐξαιρῇ με ἀπὸ τῶν κατεχόντων με, ἀπὸ τῶν πορθούντων με. κἄν τε πολέμιοι ὦσιν, "τάχυνον τοῦ ἐξελέσθαι με". ἐπερ · ἐκστὰς ταῦτα ἔλεγεν; –οὐ τὴν παραφροσύνην εἶπον ἐνταῦθα δηλοῦσθαι, ἀλλὰ τὸν θαυμασμόν, τὸ ἔξω ἑαυτοῦ γενέσθαι. τοῦτο ἀγνοεῖς, ὅτι οὐ μία ἔστιν τελειότης. ὁ γοῦν τελειωθεὶς λέγει· "πάσης συντελείας εἶδον πέρας"· μὴ γὰρ τὸ ὑπὲρ πᾶν τέλος ἔχων λέγει ταῦτα. 3 γενοῦ μοι εἰς θεὸν ὑπερασπιστὴν καὶ εἰς οἶκον καταφυγῆς τοῦ σῶσαί με. γενοῦ μοι φρούριον ἀκαταμάχητον, ἕρκος ἄβλητον, γενοῦ μοι καὶ ὑπερασπιστὴς τὴν σὴν ἀσπίδα, τὸ σὸν ὅπλον. ὅταν γένῃ μου ὑπερασπιστής, οὐδεὶς τῶν ἐχθρῶν μου βλάψαι με δύναται. θὴρ οὐ δύναταί μου περιγενέσθαι, αὐτὸς ὁ ἁρπάζων, περὶ οὗ εὐχὴν ἀνέπεμπον· "μήποτε ἁρπάσῃ ὡς λέων τὴν ψυχήν μου". "καὶ εἰς οἶκον καταφυγῆς". γενοῦ μοι τὸ λεγόμενον κρησφύγετον, ἔνθα καταφεύγων τις ἔσω γίνεται τειχῶν· οἰκοδόμημα γάρ ἐστιν φρουρὸς τυγχάνον τῇ σωτηρίᾳ. 4 ὅτι κραταίωσις καὶ καταφυγή μου εἶ σύ. σὺ πάντα μοι εἶ, καὶ κραταίωσις καὶ καταφυγή. πρὸς οὐδένα καταφεύγω, οὐ πρὸς ἄρχοντα, οὐ πλοῦτον. καὶ κραταίωμά μου· ἐκ σοῦ ἔχω τὸ κρατεῖν σοῦ μετέχων, οἷα βασιλεὺς κρατεῖν. 4 ἕνεκα τοῦ ὀνόματός σου ὁδηγήσεις με καὶ διαθρέψεις με. τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι· ἐπεὶ τὸ ὄνομά σου κέκληται ἐπ' ἐμέ, ἕνεκεν τούτου τοῦ ὀνόματός σου οὗ φορῶ, ἀμφότερά μοι παράσχου· καὶ ὁδήγησόν με, ἵνα τελέσω τὸν δρόμον ἀμέμπτως καὶ εἰπεῖν δυνηθῶ· "ἄνευ ἀνομίας ἔδραμον καὶ κατηύθυνα", καί· "ὁδὸν ἐντολῶν σου ἔδραμον". καὶ διατραφῶ ὑπὸ σοῦ. ἡ σὴ ὁδὸς καὶ ἄρτος ἐστὶν ὁ σὸς υἱός. ὁδός ἐστιν λέγων· "ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ὁδός". αὐτὸς οὖν καὶ ἄρτος ἐστίν. "ἕνεκεν" οὖν "τοῦ ὀνόματός σου", οὗ ἐχαρίσω μοι, ἵνα σωτ̣ηρίαν ἔχω· ηὐξάμην γὰρ καὶ εἶπον· "ὁ θεός, ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου σῶσόν με. 5 ἐξάξεις με ἐκ παγίδος ταύτης, ἧς ἔκρυψάν μοι, ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ ὑπερασπιστής μου. ἐχθροὶ πολλοί, ἀπατεῶνές τινες, ἐσκεύασάν μοι παγίδα, ἵνα με θηρεύσουσιν. οὐ μόνον οὖν παρακαλῶ, ἵνα μὴ ἐάσῃς με ἀπελθεῖν̣ ἐκεῖ, ἀλλὰ κἂν εἰσῆλθον, ἵνα ἐξάξῃς με ἐξ αὐτῆς. 139 στικτέον δὲ καὶ οὕτως· 5–6 ὅτι σὺ ὁ ὑπερασπιστής μου, εἰς χεῖράς σου παραθήσομαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου. οὐκ ἄλλῳ παρατίθημι τὸ πνεῦμά μου, ἀλλ' εἰς τὰς σὰς χεῖρας. καὶ εἰ μὲν ἅγιος εἴη ὁ ταῦτα λέγων ἄνθρωπος, πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἐστιν τὸ συνεζευγμένον τῇ ψυχῇ, περὶ οὗ λέγεται· "ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα". οἱ μὲν οὐχ ἕτερον λέγουσιν εἶναι τὸ πνεῦμα παρὰ τὴν ψυχήν, οἱ δὲ τὸν νοῦν αὐτῆς, ἄλλοι δὲ τὴν γνώμην. ἀμφοτέρως δὲ κατὰ πάσας τὰς ἀποδόσεις θεὸς τηρεῖ τὸ πνεῦμα. ἐὰν ᾖν ἡ ψυχή, εἰς χεῖρας τοῦ θεοῦ παρατίθεται αὐτήν, ἵνα σκεπομένη ἀβλαβὴς διαμείνῃ, μὴ τρωθῇ ὑπὸ πολεμίων, μὴ ἀναιρεθῇ. ὅτι δὲ λέγεταί ποτε ἡ ψυχὴ πνεῦμα, Στέφανος διδάσκει· ὁπηνίκα γὰρ ἔμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν καὶ παρεκάλεσεν μὴ σταθῆναι τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τῶν κατ' αὐτοῦ φονώντων, λέγει· "κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου", ἀντὶ τοῦ "3τὴν 85 ψυχήν μου"3. καὶ ὁ Ἰάκωβος γράφων· "ὥσπερ τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πνεύματος νεκρόν ἐστιν", τὴν ψυχὴν πνεῦμα κ̣αλεῖ. λέγεται δέ, ὡς εἶπον, καὶ παρεζευγμένον τι λογικόν, ὥσπερ ἀχώριστος ἵνα ᾖ διδάσκαλος τῆς ψ̣υχῆς, πνεῦμα. καὶ ἐπειδὴ τοῦτο σύνεστιν τῇ ψυχῇ, ὅτε ἔχεται τοῦ θεοῦ, τοῦτο λέγει· μὴ τοιαῦτά μοι πραχθείη̣, ὥστε τὸ πνεῦμά μου ἔξω τῶν χειρῶν σου γενέσθαι, ἀλλὰ κατορθωθείη μοι πᾶσα ἀρετή, ἵν' ἐν ταῖς σαῖς χερσὶν τὸ πνεῦμά μου τυγχάνῃ. δύναται καὶ τὴν γνώμην ἑαυτοῦ λέγειν πνεῦμα, ὥστε καὶ αὐτὴν θ̣έλ̣ει ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν τοῦ θεοῦ φυλάττεσθαι. λοιπὸν καὶ τὰ ἐξηγητικά· αἱ δύο διαθῆκαι δύνανται χεῖρες τοῦ θεοῦ. εἰς ταύτας οὖν παρατίθεμαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου θέλων καὶ τὴν παλαιὰν νοεῖν, καὶ τουτέστιν τὰ ἐκεῖ προσταττόμενα, καὶ τὴν καινήν. ἀμφότεραι αἱ χεῖρές σου περιεχέτωσάν μου τὸ πνεῦμα. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ μὴ δύο χεῖρας μόνας τοῦ θεοῦ λέγειν· δυϊκῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἐλέχθη, ἀλλὰ πληθυντικῶς· οὐδὲν δὲ διαφέρει πληθυντικῶς ἢ δυϊκῶς. ὅμως ἐὰν αἱ δύο διαθῆκαι ὦσιν, δυϊκῶς αἱ χεῖρες λέγονται. ἐὰν δὲ πᾶσα δύναμις τοῦ θεοῦ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ ὀνομάζηται–λέγομεν γὰρ χεῖρα βασιλέως τὴν στρατιωτικὴν δύναμιν–, εἰς τὴν σὴν στρατιωτικὴν δύναμιν, φρουρὰν χεῖράν σου τυγχάνουσαν, παρατίθεμαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου. πρὸς τὴν
Divine Wills and the Walls of Ideas§81
81before me you are always
If they are of God, they are wills of God. And take by way of example that which is being observed: he who intends to construct a city outlines the whole city and its parts with his own intellect, and according to those thoughts, he constructs the perceptible things. For certainly, if he does not take the meaning correctly—for instance, of the marketplace or the precinct or the others—he does not construct the perceptible things well.
Therefore, the ideas are able to be the walls, written in the hands of God, which are wills. Thus, these walls have their being in the will of God. And I say: 'In Christ,' he says, 'all things were created, those in the heavens and those upon the earth, the visible and the invisible, whether principalities or powers; all things exist through him; and he is before all things, and all things in him consist' (Colossians 1:16-17). In him the visible and the invisible were created; just as if the parts of a city were built in the mind of the architect, that is, in relation to those ideas, being held together by them; for they are words of a sustaining kind. In Christ, therefore, all things consist.
If by reflection you wish to take away the word from the existing things, these things do not stand. They come together by the lifting up of the word. So also the walls; all security is written in the hands of God. And if you also call the virtues walls, the virtues too have ideas, which you will have as archetypes. For example, I have justice, but not all of it, but I have fashioned it according to itself. And the thing being thought of is not without the partaker, just like an idea; not 'idea' in the way you are accustomed to saying. If, therefore, you take away knowledge, the qualities of the knowers are taken away; they come together with it, and being placed there, they partake of it, and they are qualities according to a part. But there is another idea besides these, which is more original and more certain. For certainly, this one does not accept the more and the less, whereas that which is in the partakers accepts this. Therefore, the walls signify security. Lord God of truth, redeem me.
Greek · §81
Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐν Ἰσαίᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ λέγει ὁ θεός· "ἰδού, ἐπὶ τῶν χειρῶν μου ἐζωγράφησά σου τὰ τείχη, καὶ ἐνώπιόν μου εἶ διὰ παντός". μὴ δυνάμεθα κἂν μέχρι ἀναπλασμοῦ εἰπεῖν τείχη αἰσθητὰ γραφόμενα ἐν θεοῦ χερσὶν ἀσωμάτου ὄντος. ἐὰν οὖν, φησίν, τὰ τείχη σου ἐπὶ τῶν ἐμῶν χειρῶν ζωγραφηθῶσιν, ἐνώπιόν μου μένεις διὰ παντός, οὐδενὸς δυναμένου σε αἰχμαλωτίσαι· τὰ γὰρ τείχη τὰ ἐν ταῖς χερσίν μου γεγραμμένα ἀκαθαίρετα· οὐδεὶς ἐπιβῆναι καθ' αὐτῶν δύναται. ὥσπερ οὖν ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν θεοῦ ζωγραφούμενα τείχη οὐκ αἰσθητά ἐστιν, οὕτως ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν τοῦ θεοῦ παρατιθέμενος ἑαυτοῦ τὸ πνεῦμα δείκνυσιν, ὅτι οὐκ εὐτελές τί ἐςτιν τὸ πνεῦμα, ἀλλ' ἤτοι̣ ἡ παρεζευγμένη οὐσία λογικὴ τῇ ψυχῇ ἢ ὁ νοῦς αὐτῆς ὁ θεῖος, ὁ ἀμιγῶς ἔχων καὶ πρὸς ὕλην καὶ πρὸς κακίαν. ὁ νοῦς ὅτε σῴζει τὴν νοῦ α᾿̣ρετήν, πάσης ὕλης ἐκτός ἐστιν, ἀσυνπλόκως ἔχει πρὸς σωματικά, ἀλλὰ καὶ κακίας πάσης ἀμοιρεῖ. διὰ τοῦτο δύναται ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν τοῦ θεοῦ δοθῆ ναι καὶ φυλαχθῆναι· οὐ φυλάττει γὰρ θεὸς τὸν ἔχοντα κακίαν. 140 ἄλλως δὲ φυλάττει αὐτὸν ἔξω τῆς κακίας βουλόμενος αὐτὸν ἀγαγεῖν. ἐπερ · τὰ τείχη τί; –πολυτρόπως ὀνομάζεται ἐν τῇ γραφῇ τὰ τείχη. περὶ τῆς σοφίας λέγεται, ὅτι "ἐπ' ἄκρων τειχέων κηρύττεται"· καὶ οὐ δήπου λέγομεν, ὅτι ἐπ' ἄκρων αἰςθητῶν τειχέων κήρυκες γινόμενοί τινες ἀπαγγέλλοντες τὰ περὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς. τείχη εἰσὶν τὸν νοῦν φρουροῦντα καὶ τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον αἱ ἀρεταὶ καὶ αἱ θεῖαι νοήσεις. ὅσον τις ἔτι ἐν τοῖς θεμελίοις τῶν τειχῶν ἐστιν ἢ ἐμέσασεν τὴν ἀνάβασιν αὐτῶν, οὔπω κηρύξαι δύναται τὴν σοφίαν· μόλις ἐπαΐειν αὐτὴν δύναται. ὅταν δὲ εἰς αὐτὰ τὰ ἄκρα τῶν τειχῶν γένηται, ἵν' οὕτως εἴπω, ὅταν ὑπερβῇ τὸν κόσμον, ὑπερκόσμιος γένηται, τότε δύναται τὴν σοφίαν κηρύττειν. πάλιν, ἐλέχθη ὅτι· "ἐπὶ τῶν χειρῶν μου ἐζωγράφησά σου τὰ τείχη". τῶν αἰσθητῶν εἰσιν ἰδέαι κατ̣άλληλοι. αἱ ἰδέαι δὲ αὗται νοήσεις εἰσὶν θεοῦ, βουλήσεις εἰσὶν θεοῦ. καὶ λάβε διὰ παραδείγματος τὸ θεωρούμενον· ὁ βουλόμενος κατασκευάσαι πόλιν, ὅλην τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὰ μέρη αὐτῆς ἀνατυποῖ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ διανοίᾳ καὶ κατ' ε᾿̣κείνας τὰς νοήσεις κατασκευάζει τὰ αἰσθητά. ἀμέλει γοῦν ἐὰν μὴ ὀρθῶς λάβῃ τὸ νόημα, φέρε, τῆς ἀγορᾶς ἢ τοῦ τεμένους ἢ τῶν ἄλλων, οὐ καλῶς ποιεῖ τὰ αἰσθητά. αἱ ἰδέαι οὖν δύνανται εἶναι τὰ τείχη, ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν τοῦ θεοῦ γεγραμμέναι βουλήσεις. ταῦτα οὖν τὰ τείχη ἐν τῇ βουλήσει τοῦ θεοῦ ἔχουσιν τὸ εἶναι. καὶ λέγω· "ἐν Χριστῷ", φησίν, "ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, τὰ ὁρατὰ καὶ τὰ ἀόρατα, εἴτε ἀρχαὶ εἴτε ἐξουσίαι· πάντα δι' αὐτοῦ ἔστιν· καὶ αὐτὸς ἔστιν πρὸ πάντων καὶ τὰ πάντα ἐν αὐτῷ συνέστηκεν". ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ ὁρατὰ καὶ τὰ ἀόρατα· ὡς ἐὰν πολι η 86 ἐν τῷ νῷ τοῦ ἀρχιτέκτονος τὰ μέρη τῆς πόλεως οἰκοδομηθῇ, τουτέστιν πρὸς ἐκεῖνα, διακρατούμενα ὑπ' ἐκείνων· λόγοι γάρ εἰσιν διακρατητικῶν. ἐν Χριστῷ οὖν συνέστηκεν τὰ πάντα. ἐὰν κατ' ἐπίνοιαν θελήσῃς ἆραι τὸν λόγον ἀπὸ τῶν ὄντων, οὐχ ὑφίστανται ταῦτα. συναπέρχονται τῇ ἄρσει τοῦ λόγου. οὕτω οὖν καὶ τὰ τείχη· ἡ ἀσφάλεια πᾶσα ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν τοῦ θεοῦ γέγραπται. ἐὰν δὲ καὶ τὰς ἀρετὰς λέγῃς τείχη, ἠρέμα καὶ αἱ ἀρεταὶ ἔχουσιν ἰδέας, τὰς πρωτοτύπους ἕξεις. οἷον ἔχω δικαιοσύνην, ἀλλὰ οὐ πᾶσαν αὐτήν, ἀλλὰ κατ' αὐτὴν πεποίωμαι. ἐστὶν δὲ ἡ νοουμένη οὐ χωρὶς τοῦ μετέχοντος ὡσανεὶ ἰδέα, οὐκ ἰδέα οὕτως, ὡς εἴωθας λέγεσθαι. ἐὰν οὖν ἄρῃς ἐπιστήμην, αἴρονται αἱ ἕξεις τῶν ἐπιστημόνων, συναπέρχονται αὐτῇ, κειμένης δὲ ἐκείνης μετέχουσιν αὐτῆς καὶ εἰσὶν αἱ κατὰ μέρος ἕξεις. ἄλλη δέ ἐστιν παρὰ ταύτας, ἅτε δὴ ἀρχικωτέρα οὖσα καὶ βεβαιοτέρα. ἀμέλει γοῦν αὕτη οὐ δέχεται τὸ μᾶλλον καὶ τὸ ἧττον, ἡ δὲ ἐν τοῖς μετέχουσιν δέχεται τοῦτο. τὴν ἀσφάλειαν οὖν σημαίνει τὰ τείχη. 6 ἐλυτρώσω μὲ, κύριε ὁ θεὸς τῆς ἀληθείας.
Deliverance from Necessity and the Broad Place§82
82He is ransomed by God, being made outside of all disturbance. Thus the God of truth ransoms from deception; since God is the God of truth, He ransoms from deception and false glory. When someone has mistaken and false opinions, he cries out to God, so that by His truth He might make him outside of all deception. Again, the God of righteousness rescues from unrighteousnesses; for it is said: 'Hear me, O God of my righteousness' (Ps 25:1), so that you might make me outside of all unrighteousness, so that you might bring low those who work unrighteousness against me. And so it is for each one: Joseph called upon the God of self-control, so that he would not fall into the snares of the rebellious toward incontinence; and Susanna, so that she would not fall to the elders toward adultery. The God of self-control hears, not that He is different and differentrentrent.
You hated those who guard vanities for nothing. Since you are the God of truth, and you hated those who guard vanities for nothing. But vanities are not true. And he said 'for nothing' because in a certain way they do not exist. Every falsehood is unsubstantial. Concerning the one who conceived the temple of Jesus, when I say 'she has brought forth' (τέτοκεν), I speak truly; but if I say, 'she has brought forth from a man,' I lie; it is not that she has brought forth, but the lie occurs regarding the manner. Every evil happens for nothing, it has no end. Therefore he says: You, O God, hated those who guard vanities for nothing. If anyone among those guarding such things receives understanding, who is the one hating such things, will he cease or will he hate himself?
But I have hoped in the Lord (Ps 118:49). You, O Master, did not 'hate those who guard vanities for nothing,' but I have hoped in you as my Lord; for it was possible to say, 'But I have hoped in you.' Instead he says, 'I have hoped in the Lord.' He speaks these things as a slave. From the disposition of a slave and the work of a slave he speaks these things.
I will rejoice and be glad in your mercy (Ps 118:54). Upon your mercy; for even if I confess you as Lord and I have hoped in you, it is not by my own power that the end is achieved, but by your mercy. For you have seen my lowliness (Ps 118:6). You have seen my lowliness which is about to receive mercy. Forgiving, you will not let me fall into it. You saved my soul from necessities. More simply in the Scripture, necessities are called tribulations; 'he...
For it is said, 'he will be brought out from necessity,' and, 'they cried to the Lord, and he heard them, and from their necessities he saved them.' He has brought me out from all tribulation, making it evident by his answering the plea; for a prayer was sent up, so that I might be rescued from enemies, from the impending wars.
It is possible, in a more logical way, to speak of the necessities of evil. Out of necessity, the evil man does not receive righteousness. I do not say that the man is not receptive to righteousness, but the unrighteous man. It is not that the outward state of the afflicted becomes different, but that they are not defeated; for thus we also heard: 'save us from the evil one' (Matt 6:13), and 'do not bring us into temptation' (Matt 6:13). And if the apostles of Christ and the other righteous ones were pleading this, that they might not be tempted, they were never heard, if they are telling the truth saying: 'in everything we are afflicted, but not crushed' (2 Cor 4:8).
'And you did not shut me up in the hands of an enemy.' I am shut up in the hands of those attacking, when I am defeated by necessities and tribulations. But when I am saved from them, I am not shut up in their hands, nor do I do what they want to bring upon me. 'You have set my feet in a broad place.' This too must be understood in two ways. The movement according to the surrounding place, and that which is called broad and spacious according to evil.
It is a great thing having happened in this broad place and spaciousness: not to be dragged under, but to stand. And standing comes from God. Therefore he says gratefully: 'You have set my feet in a broad place.' My feet do not feel the tribulation surrounding me. For those saying: 'who shall separate us from the love of God? tribulation, distress' (Rom 8:35), they will say: 'You have set our feet in a broad place.' Even if the place in which we have come to be, and the road in which we find ourselves, is narrow, we see it as broad, you widening the tribulation. You provide a wider road of tribulation by helping.
'Have mercy on me, Lord, for I am afflicted.' But you say—and indeed you said: 'You have set my feet in a broad place'—so that the saint may pray unceasingly; for there is not one tribulation, for there is not one crisis in life, for there is not one temptation. If anyone, having pleaded, is rescued from one thing or from some people, he again sees others attacking, and again prays concerning those; for they afflict him...
Greek · §82
λυτροῦται ὑπὸ θεοῦ ὁ ἔξω πάσης ταραχῆς γινόμενος. ὁ θεὸς οὖν τῆς ἀληθείας λυτροῦται ἀπὸ ἀπάτης· ᾗ θεὸς ἀληθείας ἐστίν, ἀπὸ ἀπάτης καὶ ψευδοδοξίας λυτροῦται. ὅταν τις φρονήματα ἐσφαλμένα καὶ ψευδῆ ἔχῃ, χρῄζει θεοῦ, ἵνα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ἑαυτοῦ ἔξω αὐτὸν ποιήσῃ πάσης ἀπάτης. πάλιν ὁ θεὸς τῆς δικαιοσύνης ῥύεται ἀπὸ ἀδικημάτων· εἴρηται γοῦν· "εἰσάκουσόν μου, ὁ θεὸς τῆς δικαιοσύνης μου", ἵνα πάσης ἀδικίας ἐκτός με ποιήσῃς, ἵνα τοὺς ἐνεργοῦντας κατ' ἐμοῦ τὰ ἄδικα ἥττῃ ὑποβάλῃς. 141 καὶ οὕτως ἐφ' ἑκάστου· ὁ Ἰωσὴφ παρεκάλει τὸν θεὸν τῆς σωφροσύνης, ἵνα μὴ ὑποπέσῃ ταῖς πάγαις τῆς ἀναπειθούσης εἰς ἀκολασίαν· καὶ ἡ Σωσάννα, ἵνα μὴ ὑποπέσῃ τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις εἰς μοιχείαν. ὁ θεὸς τῆς σωφροσύνης ἐπακούει, οὐχ ὅτι ἄλλος καὶ ἄλλος ἐστίν. 7 ἐμίσησας τοὺς φυλάττοντας ματαιότητας διὰ κενῆς. ἐπεὶ θεὸς τῆς ἀληθείας εἶ, καὶ ἐμίσησας τοὺς φυλάττοντας ματαιότητας διὰ κενῆς. τὰ μάταια δὲ οὔκ εἰσιν ἀληθῆ. "3διὰ κενῆς"3 δὲ εἶπεν αὐτά, ἐπεὶ τρόπον τινὰ οὐχ ὑφίστανται. πᾶν ψευδὲς ἀνυπόστατόν ἐστιν. περὶ τῆς κυοφορησάσης τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ὅταν λέγω ὅτι "3τέτοκεν"3, ἀληθεύω· ἐὰν δὲ εἴπω· "3τέτοκεν ἐξ ἀνδρός"3, ψεύδομαι· οὐχ ὅτι τέτοκεν, περὶ τὸν τρόπον τὸ ψεῦδος γίνεται. πᾶσα κακία διὰ κενῆς γίνεται, οὐκ ἔχει τέλος. λέγει ο̣ὖν̣· σύ, ὦ θεέ, τοὺς φυλάττοντας ματαιότητας διὰ κενῆς ἐμίσησας. ἐάν τις τῶν τοιαῦτα φυλαττόντων αἴσθησιν λάβῃ, τίς ὁ μισῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα, πεπαύσεται ἢ κακίσειεν ἑαυτόν. 7 ἐγὼ δὲ ἐπὶ τῷ κυρίῳ ἤλπισα. σὺ οὐ῀̣ν, ὦ δέσποτα, "ἐμίσησας τοὺς φυλάττοντας ματαιότητας διὰ κενῆς", ἐγὼ δὲ ἐπὶ σὲ ὡς κύριόν μου ἤλπισα· ἠδύνατο γὰρ εἰπεῖν· "3ἐγὼ δὲ ἐπὶ σὲ ἤλπισα"3. λέγει δέ· "ἐπὶ τῷ κυρίῳ ἤλπισα". ὡς δοῦλος ταῦτα λαλεῖ. ἀπὸ διαθέσεως δούλου καὶ ἔργο̣υ̣ δούλου ταῦτα λέγει. 8 ἀγαλλιάσομαι καὶ εὐφρανθήσομαι ἐπὶ τῷ ἐλέει σου. ἐπὶ τῷ σῷ ἐλέει· εἰ γὰρ καὶ κύριόν σε ὁμολογῶ καὶ ἤλπισα ἐπὶ σέ, ἀλλ' οὐ τῇ ἐμῇ δυνάμει τὸ τέλος παραγίνεται, ἀλλ' ἐλεημοσυ´̣νῃ τῇ σῇ. 8 ὅτι ἐφεῖδες τὴν ταπείνωσίν μου. ἐφεῖδες τὴν ταπείνωσίν μου τὴν μέλλουσαν διαδέχεσθαι. ἐφιδὼν οὐκ ἔασάς με πεσεῖν εἰς αὐτήν. 8 ἔσωσας ἐκ τῶν ἀναγκῶν τὴν ψυχήν μου. ἁπλουστέρως ἐν τῇ γραφῇ ἀνάγκαι λέγονται αἱ θλίψεις· "ἑξάκις" γὰρ "ἐξ ἀναγκῶν σε ἐξελεῖται", καί· "ἐκέκραξαν πρὸς κύριον, καὶ εἰσήκουσεν αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἀναγκῶν αὐτῶν ἔσωσεν αὐτούς". ἔξω με πάσης θλίψεως πεποίηκεν, ἐπινεύσας δηλονότι τῇ παρακλήσει· ἀνέπεμψα γὰρ εὐχήν, ἵνα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ῥυσθῶ, ἀπὸ τῶν ἐπικειμένων πολεμίων. δύνασαι δέ πώς ποτε λογικώτερον τὰς κακίας ἀνάγκας εἰπεῖν. ἐξ ἀνάγκης ὁ κακὸς οὐ δέχεται δικαιοσύνην. οὐ λέγω τὸν ἄνθρωπον μὴ εἶναι δεκτικὸν δικαιοσύνης, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἄδικον. οὐ τὸ ἔξω τῶν θλιβηρῶν γενέσθαι, ἀλλὰ τὸ μὴ ἡττηθῆναι· οὕτω γὰρ ἠκούσαμεν καὶ τό· "ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ", καί· "μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς 87 πειρασμόν". εἰ δὲ τοῦτο παρεκάλουν οἱ Χριστοῦ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι δίκαιοι τὸ μὴ πειρασθῆναι, οὐδέποτε ἐπηκούσθησαν, εἴγε ἀληθεύουσιν λέγοντες· "ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι, ἀλλ' οὐ στενοχωρούμενοι". 9 καὶ οὐ συνέκλεισάς με εἰς χεῖρας ἐχθροῦ. συνκλείομαι εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν ἐπιβουλευόντων, ὅταν ἡττηθῶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀναγκῶν καὶ τῶν θλίψεων. ὅταν δὲ σωθῶ ἀπ' αὐτῶν, οὐ συνκλείομαι εἰς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν, οὐ πράττω ὅπερ βούλονται κατ' ἐμοῦ ἐπαγαγεῖν. 9 ἔστησας ἐν εὐρυχώρῳ τοὺς πόδας μου. διχῶς καὶ τοῦτο νοητέον. ἡ ἀγωγὴ ἡ κατὰ τὸν περίγειον τόπον καὶ ἡ κατὰ κακίαν λέγεται πλατεῖα εἶναι καὶ εὐρύχωρος. μέγα δέ ἐστιν γενόμενον ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ πλατείᾳ καὶ εὐρυχώρῳ μὴ ὑποσυρῆναι ἀλλὰ στήκειν. ἡ στάσις δὲ παρὰ θεοῦ γίνεται. χαριστηρίως οὖν λέγει· "ἔστησας ἐν εὐρυχώρῳ τοὺς πόδας μου". οὐκ αἰσθάνονται οἱ πόδες μου θλίψεως περιεστηκυίας. οἱ 142 λέγοντες γοῦν· "τίς ἡμᾶς χωρίσει ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ θεοῦ; θλῖψις, στενοχωρία"; ἐροῦσιν· "ἔστησας ἐν εὐρυχώρῳ τοὺς πόδας" ἡμῶν. εἰ καὶ ὁ τόπος, ἐν ᾧ γεγόναμεν, καὶ ἡ ὁδός, ἐν ᾗ τυγχάνομεν, στενή ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ εὐρύχωρον αὐτὴν ὁρῶμεν σοῦ πλατύνοντος τὴν θλῖψιν. εὐρυτέραν ὁδὸν τῆς θλίψεως παρέχεις βοηθῶν. 10 ἐλέησόν με, κύριε, ὅτι θλίβομαι. ἀλλὰ λέγεις, ὅτι καὶ μὴν εἶπεν· "ἔστησας ἐν εὐρυχώρῳ τοὺς πόδας μου". ἵν' ὁ ἅγιος εὔχεται ἀδιαλείπτως· μὴ γὰρ ἕν ἐστιν θλιβηρόν, μὴ γὰρ μία περίστασίς ἐστιν ἐν τῷ βίῳ, μὴ γὰρ εἷς πειρασμός. ἐάν τις οὖν παρακαλέσας ῥυσθῇ ἀπό τινος ἢ ἀπό τινων, πάλιν ὁρᾷ ἄλλα ἐφεδρεύοντα, καὶ πάλιν περὶ ἐκείνων εὔχεται· θλίβουσιν γὰρ αὐτὸν τὰ
The Unity of the Soul's Attributes§83
83Things are expected. Or, does the prophet foresee them in advance? Such things even a prophet is not able to foresee. I am in a place where many are evil. They hate the righteous one who is there. Even if they once attack and bring a net or a snare and someone comes out of it, knowing their subsequent evil, he remains wide awake expecting such a thing again; 'for not indeed,' he says, 'will they sleep, unless they do evil; their sleep is taken away and they do not sleep' (Ps 31:3). And having been rescued many times, he also prays concerning the following.
My eye was greatly troubled in anger (Ps 32:3). My mind was troubled not in my own anger, but in the anger of the enemies or in your anger; for thinking against those committing sin, having sinned, I fell to the anger and my mind was troubled. My soul and my stomach (Ps 32:4). Not alone, he says, my eye—that is, the mind—was troubled by anger. And this is also possible: 'in anger my eye was troubled.' When I rage, my mind is disturbed; for the passions are disturbances of the mind. And my soul was troubled, of which the eye is the one troubled by the anger.
And 'my stomach'; he does not mean here the stomach of the body, but that which was receiving from the bridegroom and bringing forth: 'from your fear we have taken in the stomach and labored' (Ps 31:7), so as to no longer save hat was received, but to cast it away as small things. And this is also possible: because making the stomach calm, I did not receive the bread of heaven, but I received some other food, harmful, a poison, and my stomach has been disturbed. Therefore, he does not cast away salvation.
Or, the soul being disturbed? Some wish to say that the soul is threefold; rather, they say it is thick and divided. And they call the rational part of it the mind; for this is receptive of knowledge, and this is able to have knowledge. The desiring part does not receive knowledge, but sometimes is persuaded by the rational; being persuaded, it does not itself have knowledge. And just as when the winds of the air blow well, it becomes possible for the pilot—the ship not having such motion, but not opposing the skill of the winds not being contrary—and the desiring part again is persuaded by the rational, not having a calculation itself. Therefore, no one would be saying the mind while sinning. But all things together...
The soul is a single thing. Let us take an example. One takes a flower. The flower has such a color, but the color is not the flower itself. It also has such a fragrance, but the fragrance is not the flower. It also has such a shape. Therefore, all these things taken together are the flower. So when we say, 'The flower is fragrant' (Ps 143:6), we signify only one part of it, namely that it emits a sweet breath. And again, if we say it is bitter, we signify not only its juice alone. But the juice is not the flower; rather, all these things together are the flower.
Thus, when speaking about his own intellect or his own mind, saying that it is troubled by passion, the soul also says this. You know that when the helmsman is badly dragged, the whole vessel is damaged, and when the pilot is overturned, the ship is overturned. Therefore, the one called 'eye' is a certain intellectual power that steers the whole soul. If this is troubled, the soul is also disturbed.
And what about the generative womb? —which I have said many times, and now I will say: regarding sensible things, each thing is a specific kind and cannot be something else. A plant cannot be gold, and gold cannot be a man. But regarding intelligible things, it is possible through various relations and thoughts. For instance, I was saying yesterday that when the soul seeks, and seeks indeed to know itself, it possesses the word of both the seeker and the thing sought. And if it cultivates itself like a plant, the plant is not something else and the farmer is not someone else; difference is found in thought alone.
Therefore, if he says 'eye' and 'womb', it is possible to speak of both regarding the same power; because the mind is called an eye because it sees, and the womb is called a womb because it can generate and bring thoughts into the midst. 'For my life has wasted away in pain, and my years in lamentation' (Ps 102:9). Since my life has wasted away in pain—for I always had it painful—I sometimes lament and sometimes not; I always lament, desiring virtue; I always toil, I always sweat for the sake of the acquisition of the good. Since I suffer this through life, in a way my life has wasted away in pain and my years in lamentation; therefore I beseech you, so that I may no longer endure so much toil; for if I toil again guarding it, it is not the same toil as that of acquiring something and guarding what already exists. And what about how they are kinds in general? —if one requires the word of a man, not...
Greek · §83
προσδοκώμενα. ἐπερ · ὡς πρ̣οφήτης προεθεώρει; –τὰ τοιαῦτα μὲν καὶ οὐ προφήτης δύναται προθεωρεῖν. ἐν τόπῳ εἰμί, ἔνθα πολλοὶ κακοί εἰσιν. μισοῦσιν δὲ τὸν ἐκεῖ ὄντα δίκαιον. κἄν ποτε γοῦν ἐπιθῶνται καὶ προσαγάγωσίν τι πάλαισμα ἢ πειρατήριον καὶ γένηταί τις ἔξω αὐτοῦ, εἰδὼς αὐτῶν τὸ ἔπειτα κακὸν ἐπάγρυπνον προσδοκᾷ πάλιν τοιοῦτό τι· "οὐ γὰρ μή", λέγει, "ὑπνώσουσιν, ἐὰν μὴ κακοποιήσουσιν· ἀφῄρηται ὁ ὕπνος αὐτῶν καὶ οὐ κοιμῶνται". ῥυσθεὶς δὲ πολλάκις εὔχεται καὶ περὶ τῶν ἑξῆς. 10 ἐταράχθη ἀπὸ θυμοῦ ὁ ὀφθαλμός μου. ὁ νοῦς μου ἐταράχθη οὐκ ἐν θυμῷ τῷ ἐμῷ, ἀλλ' ἐν θυμῷ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἢ ἐν θυμῷ τῷ σῷ· θυμοῦσαι γὰρ κατὰ τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων, καὶ ἁμαρτήσας ὑποπέσω τῷ θυμῷ καὶ ταραχθῇ μου ὁ νοῦς. 10 ἡ ψυχή μου καὶ ἡ γαστήρ μου. οὐ μόνος, φησίν, ὁ ὀφθαλμός μου, τουτέστιν ὁ νοῦς, ἐταράχθη ὑπὸ θυμοῦ. δύναται δὲ καὶ τοῦτο· "ἐν θυμῷ ἐταράχθη ὁ ὀφθαλμός μου". ὅτε θυμοῦμαι, ταράττεταί μου ὁ νοῦς· τὰ γὰρ πάθη ταρακτικά εἰσιν τοῦ νοῦ. καὶ ἡ ψυχή μου δὲ ἐταράχθη, ἧς ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμὸς ὁ ταραχθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ θυμοῦ. "καὶ ἡ γαστήρ μου"· γαστέρα ὧδε οὐ τὴν τοῦ σώματος λέγει, ἀλλὰ τὴν συνλαμβάνουσαν ἀπὸ τοῦ νυμφίου καὶ τίκτουσαν· "ἀπὸ τοῦ φόβου σου ἐν γαστρὶ ἐλάβομεν καὶ ὠδινήσαμεν", ὥστε μηκέτι σῴζειν τὰ συνλημφθέντα, ἀλλὰ ἀμβλωθρίδια αὐτὰ ἀπορίπτειν. δύναται δὲ καὶ τοῦτο ὅτι· ἐπειδὴ τὸν γαλήνιον τὴν γαστέρα ποιοῦντα ἄρτον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ οὐκ ἐτράφην, ἀλλὰ ἄλλην τινὰ τροφὴν ἔλαβον βλαπτικήν, δηλητήριον, καὶ ἡ γαστήρ μου τετάρακται. οὐκ ἀφελπίζει οὖν τὴν σωτηρίαν. ἐπερ · τὴν ψυχὴν ταράττεσθαι; –τινὲς βούλονται λέγειν τὴν ψυχὴν τριδύναμον εἶναι· παχύτερον δὲ καὶ μεριστὴν αὐτὴν λέγουσιν. νοῦν δὲ αὐτῆς τὸ λογιστικὸν λέγουσιν· τοῦτο γὰρ ἐπιστήμης ἐστὶν δεκτικόν, τοῦτο γνῶσιν ἔχειν δύναται. τὸ επιθυμητικὸν οὐ δέχεται γνῶσιν, πείθεται δὲ ἐνίοτε τῷ λογιστικῷ, ἐπιπειθές ἐστιν, οὐκ αὐτὸ δὲ ἐπιστήμην ἔχει. καὶ ὥσπερ ὅταν τὰ πνεύματα τοῦ ἀέρος καλῶς πνέῃ, ἐπι πειθὲς γίνεται τῷ κυβερνήτῃ τὸ πλοῖον οὐκ ἔχον κίνησιν τοιαύτην, ἀλλὰ μὴ ἀντιταττόμενον τῇ τέχνῃ τῶν πνευμάτων μὴ ὄντων ἐναντίων, καὶ τὸ επιθυμητικὸν πάλιν πείθεται τῷ λογιστικῷ οὐκ αὐτὸ ἔχον λογισμόν. τὸ λογιστικὸν οὖν οὐκ ἄν τις ἁμάρτοι νοῦν λέγων. ὅλα δὲ ἅμα συνελθόντα ἡ ψυχή ἐστιν. καὶ λάβε 88 παράδειγμα. ἔστιν λαβεῖν ἄνθος. το`̣ ἄνθος ἔχει τοιόνδε χρῶμα, ἀλλ' οὐκ αὐτό ἐστιν τὸ ἄνθος. ἔχει καὶ τοιάνδε ἀποφοράν, ἀλλ' οὐχ ἡ ἀποφορ̣α`̣ τὸ ἄνθος. ἔχει καὶ σχῆμα τοιόνδε. πάντα οὖν ἅμα λαμβανόμενα το`̣ ἄνθος ἐστίν. ὅταν οὖν λέγ̣ωμεν· "3εὐῶδές ἐστιν 143 τὸ ἄνθος"3, μόνον τὶ αὐτοῦ σημαίνομεν, τὸ πνοὴν ἐκπέμπειν ἡδίστην. καὶ πάλιν ἐὰν λέγωμεν αὐτὸ πικρόν, τὸν χυμὸν οὐ μόνον αὐτοῦ μόνον σημαίνομεν. οὔκ ἐστιν δὲ ὁ χυμὸς τὸ ἄνθος, ἀλλὰ ἅμα πάντα τὸ ἄνθος ἐστίν. εἰπὼν οὖν περὶ τοῦ λογιστικοῦ ἢ τοῦ νοῦ ἑαυτοῦ, ὅτι ὑπὸ θυμοῦ τετάρακται, λέγει καὶ ἡ ψυχή. οἶδας ὅτι τοῦ ἡνιόχου κακῶς ὑποσυρέντος καὶ ὅλον τὸ ὄχημα βλάπτεται, καὶ ἀνατραπέντος κυβερνήτου ἀνατρέπεται καὶ τὸ σκάφος. ὁ λεγόμενος οὖν ὀφθαλμὸς οὗτος νοητικὴ δύναμίς τις οὖσα κυβερνᾷ τὴν ὅλην ψυχήν. ἐὰν οὖν οὗτος ταραχθῇ, καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ συνταράττεται. ἐπερ · καὶ ἡ γαστὴρ ἡ γεννητική; –ὅπερ εἶπον δὲ πολλάκις, καὶ νῦν ε᾿̣ρῶ· ἐπὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἕκαστον εἶδός τί ἐστιν καὶ οὐ δύναται ἄλλο τι εἶναι. τὸ φυτὸν οὐ δύναται εἶναι χ̣ρυσός, ὁ χρυσὸς ἄνθρωπος οὐ δύναται. ἐπὶ τῶν νοητῶν δὲ δυνατὸν κατὰ σχέσεις διαφόρους καὶ ἐπινοίας. ἀμε´̣λει γοῦν χθὲς ἔλεγον, ὅτι ἡ ψυχὴ ὅτε ζητεῖ καὶ ζητεῖ γε γνῶναι ἑαυτήν, αὐτὴ ἔχει τὸν λόγον καὶ τοῦ ζητοῦντος καὶ τοῦ ζητουμένου. καὶ ἐὰν γεωργῇ ἑαυτὴν ὡς φυτόν, οὔκ ἐστιν ἄλλο τὸ φυτὸν καὶ ἄλλος ὁ γεωργός, τῇ ἐπινοίᾳ δὲ μόνῃ διαφορὰ εὑρίσκεται. ἐὰν οὖν λέγῃ ὀφθαλμὸν καὶ γαστέρα, ἐνχωρεῖ περὶ τῆς αὐτῆς δυνάμεως ἀμφότερα λέγειν· διὰ τὸ ὁρᾶν λέγεται ὁ νοῦς ὀφθαλμός, διὰ τὸ γεννᾶν καὶ φέρειν εἰς μέσον νοήματα δύναται γαςτὴρ εἶναι. 11 ὅτι ἐξέλιπεν ἐν ὀδύνῃ ἡ ζωή μου καὶ τὰ ἔτη μου ἐν στεναγμοῖς. ἐπεὶ ἐξέλιπεν ἐν ὀδύνῃ ἡ ζωή μου–ἐπώδυνον γὰρ αὐτὴν ἀεὶ ἔσχον–, οὐ ποτὲ στένω, ποτὲ δὲ οὔ· ἀεὶ στένω ποθῶν τὴν ἀρετήν, ἀεὶ πονῶ, ἀεὶ ἱδρῶ ὑπὲρ κτήσεως τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ. ἐπεὶ διὰ βίου οὖν τοῦτο πάσχω, τρόπον τινὰ ἡ ζωή μου ἐν ὀδύνῃ ἐξέλιπεν καὶ τὰ ἔτη μου ἐν στεναγμοῖς· διὸ παρακαλῶ σε, ἵνα μηκέτι τοσοῦτον ὑφίσταμαι πόνον· εἰ γὰρ πάλιν πονῶ τηρῶν αὐτό, ἀλλ' οὔκ ἐστιν ὁ πόνος ὁ αὐτὸς τοῦ κτήσασθαί τι καὶ τοῦ τηρῆσαι τὸ ἤδη ὑπαρχθέν. ἐπερ · πῶς εἴδη εἰσὶν καθόλου; –ἐὰν ἀπαιτῇ λόγον ἀνθρώπου, μὴ
The Scorn of Enemies and Neighbors§84
84He gives the Socrates example: do not say, 'Bring it, Dion.' The definition is, 'a mortal being is a rational animal.' And if I say, for instance, that the righteous man is outside of injustice, I am not speaking of this specific righteous man, but of the righteous man in general. For indeed the beginning of the psalm has become thus: 'In you, Lord, I have hoped, let me not be put to shame for ever' (Ps 25:2), regarding everyone who has hoped and is seeking an unashamed end of expectation; all the words take hold of this. For he who speaks in praise does not speak of this one or that one.
11 And my strength has grown weak in poverty, and my bones have been shaken. Here, poverty does not mean the deprivation of material goods. Strength here is spoken of in distinction of weakness. The strength which consists according to the soul is from wealth, but the sensory and bodily strength is not necessarily so; there are strong ones possessing nothing, and weak ones being masters of many goods. Just as if someone were to speak also concerning virtue or knowledge: 'Since I have fallen into poverty from virtue and knowledge, my strength, which I ought to have had from the presence of these qualities, has become weak.' 'My bones have been shaken.' Bones are parts of the body that hold the other parts together. While bones exist, nerves, veins, and the others can also be. Therefore, when the strong powers of the soul, called bones, become weak, the whole soul becomes in weakness.
And that he speaks of bones, not those of the body: 'All my bones shall say, Lord, who is like you?' (Ps 35:9); for the bones of the body do not have any concept of God, so that they might be able to say, whether there is anyone like Him or not. For it is necessary first to know God, and then thus to say. If therefore he says, 'All my bones shall say,' he means the powers of the soul which are well-proportioned and hold the other powers of it together, the sensory, the phantasic, the mnemonic. And again: 'My bones have been scattered by the netherworld,' those who confess and repent say. But regarding this netherworld, which is accustomed to be spoken of, the bones of the body cannot be scattered. And even if they were, as some say, under the moon, the bones of the dead do not undergo that. But when the powers of the soul, which through well-proportionedness are called bones, become weak by sin,
They were scattered like scorpions by the song, no longer preserving their own harmony. 'I have become a reproach to all my enemies and greatly to my neighbors' (Psalm 69:8). This psalm was said both before and in the presence of the Savior according to the man: 'I have become a reproach to all my enemies.' It alludes to the cross; for he says in another psalm, which Paul took to be from the presence of the Savior: 'The reproaches of those reproaching you have fallen upon me' (Psalm 41:9). I have received them. Some reproach you, O Father or O God, and these reproaches have fallen upon me. And it is nothing wonderful; often even a learned man, when he sees others mocking the learning, draws the reproaches upon himself. Those sinning are his enemies. This is said: 'For being enemies, we were estranged' (Psalm 51:11). The one sinning is an enemy of God, not God is an enemy of him; for God is an enemy to no one.
'And greatly to my neighbors' (Psalm 69:8). His neighbors are those promising to know his Scripture and calling themselves his partakers. Therefore, 'greatly': for example, let the Gentiles be enemies; for they sin and act impiously. I have become a reproach among all those, as having endured the cross, as having descended into death. 'And greatly to my neighbors.' But when those owing to me and promising to have their own buildings near me do the same things to enemies, the reproach among these has become great.
And a fear to those known to me. Those knowing me, having seen me suffering these things, had either a similar reverence, or had a fear of not suffering the same things. Those seeing me fled away from me. Those seeing me, having seen these things happening concerning me before, were seeing from outside me, not having departed from me, but they fled outside. Everyone fleeing Jesus becomes outside of him, outside of salvation. I was cast out as if dead from the heart. The enemies reproaching me, and the neighbors having done this greatly, cast me out from their hearts. And of the dead, a quick forgetting happens. For those undergoing afflictions say thus: 'From where the dead was placed, it is blotted out,' it says, 'the sorrow is blotted out from the soul.' They hasten...
Greek · §84
Σωκράτους ἀποδίδως, μὴ λέγεις ὅτι, φέρε, ∆ίων. "3ζῷον θνητὸν λογικόν ἐστιν"3 τοῦ εἴδους ἐστὶν ὁ λόγος. καὶ ἐὰν τοίνυν λέγω, ὅτι ὁ δίκαιος ἔξω ἀδικίας ἐστίν, οὐ τόνδε τὸν δίκαιον λέγω, ἀλλὰ καθόλου τὸν δίκαιον. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν καὶ ἡ ἀρχὴ τοῦ ψαλμοῦ οὕτως γέγονεν· "ἐπὶ σοί, κύριε, ἤλπισα, μὴ καταισχυνθείην εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα", περὶ παντὸς ἐλπίσαντος καὶ ἀκαταίσχυντον τέλος ζητοῦντος τῆς προσδοκίας ἐκλάμβανε τὰς λέξεις πάσας· μὴ γὰρ ὁ λέγων ἐνκώμια ῥήτορος τοῦδε ἢ τοῦδε λέγει. 11 καὶ ἠςθένησεν ἐν πτωχείᾳ ἡ ἰσχύς μου, καὶ τὰ ὀστᾶ μου ἐταράχθησαν. πτωχείαν πάλιν ὧδε οὐ τὴν στέρησιν τῶν χρημάτων λέγει. ἡ ἰσχὺς ἐνταῦθα πρὸς διαφορὰν ἀσθενείας λέγεται. ἡ ἰσχὺς οὖν ἡ κατὰ ψυχὴν ἐκ πλούτου συνίσταται, ἡ δὲ αἰσθητὴ καὶ σωματικὴ οὐ πάντως· εἰσὶν ἰσχυροὶ μηδὲν κεκτημένοι, καὶ ἀσθενεῖς πολλῶν χρημάτων δεσπόται. ὡς εἴ τις λέγοι καὶ περὶ ἀρετῆς ἢ ἐπιστήμης· "3ἐπεὶ ἐπτώχευσα ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρετῆς καὶ τῆς ἐπιστήμης, ἡ ἰσχύς μου, ἣν ὤφειλον ἔχειν ἐκ τῆς παρουσίας τούτων τῶν ποιοτήτων, ἀσθενὴς γέγονεν"3. "τὰ ὀστᾶ μου ἐταράχθησαν". τὰ ὀστᾶ μέρη εἰσὶν τοῦ σώματος διακρατητικὰ τῶν ἄλλων μερῶν αὐτοῦ. τῶν ὀστῶν ὄντων καὶ νεῦρα δύνανται εἶναι καὶ φλέβια καὶ τὰ ἄλλα. ὅταν οὖν αἱ ἰσχυραὶ δυνάμεις τῆς ψυχῆς ὀστᾶ καλούμεναι ἀσθενήσωσιν, ὅλη αὐτὴ ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ γίνεται. καὶ ὅτι ὀστᾶ οὐ τὰ του῀̣ σώματος λέγει· "πάντα τὰ ὀστᾶ μου ἐροῦσιν· "3κύριε, τίς ὅμοιός σοι"3"; τὰ ὀστᾶ δὲ τοῦ σώματος οὐδ' ὅλως ἔχουσιν ἔννοια̣ν θεοῦ, ἵνα καὶ δυνηθῶσιν 144 εἰπεῖν, εἴ ἐστίν τις ὅμοιος ἢ οὔκ ἐστιν· δεῖ γὰρ πρῶτον γ̣ν̣ῶναι θεόν, εἶτ' οὕτως εἰπεῖν. ἐὰν οὖν λέγῃ· "πάντα τὰ ὀστᾶ μου ἐροῦσιν", τὰς δυνάμεις τῆς ψυχῆς τὰς εὐτόνους καὶ διακρατούσας τὰς ἄλλας αὐτῆς δυνάμεις, τὰς αἰσθητικάς, τὰς φανταστικάς, τὰς 89 μνημονικάς. καὶ πάλιν· "διεσκορπίσθη τὰ ὀστᾶ μου παρὰ τὸν ᾅδην", οἱ ἐξομολογούμενοι καὶ μετανοοῦντες λέγουσιν. παρὰ τὸν ᾅδην δὲ τοῦτον τὸν εἰωθότα λέγεσθαι οὐ δύναται ὀστᾶ σώματος σκορπισθῆναι. εἰ δὲ καὶ εἶεν, ὡς λέγουσίν τινες, ὑπὸ τὴν σελήνην, οὐ γίνεται ἐκεῖ τὰ ὀστᾶ τῶν νεκρῶν. ἀλλ' ὅταν αἱ τῆς ψυχῆς δυνάμεις αἱ δι' εὐτονίαν ὀστᾶ καλούμεναι ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν γένωνται, "παρὰ τὸν ᾅδην ἐσκορπίςθησαν", οὐκέτι σῴζουσιν τὴν ἰδίαν ἁρμονίαν. 12 παρὰ πάντας τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου ἐγενήθην ὄνειδος καὶ τοῖς γείτοσίν μου σφόδρα. ἔλεγον τὸν ψαλμὸν τοῦτον ὡς καὶ τοὺς πρὸ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ σωτῆρος λέγεσθαι κατὰ τὸν ἄν̣θρωπον. "παρὰ πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐχθροῖς μου ὄνειδος ἐγενήθην". τὸν σταυρὸν αἰνίττεται· λέγει γὰρ ἐν ψαλμῷ ἄλλῳ̣, ὃν ε᾿̣ξ̣έλαβεν ὁ Παῦλος ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ σωτῆρος εἶναι, τό· "οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ' ἐμέ". ἐγὼ ἀνεδεξάμην αὐτούς. ὀνειδίζουσίν σέ τινες, ὦ πάτερ ἢ ὦ θεέ, καὶ οὗτοι οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ' ἐμέ. καὶ θαυμαστὸν οὐδέν· πολλάκις καὶ ἐπιστήμων ὅταν ἴδῃ χλευάζοντας τὴν ἐπιστήμην, εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἕλκει τοὺς ὀνειδισμούς. ἐχθροὶ αὐτοῦ εἰσιν οἱ ἁμαρτάνοντες. τοῦτο δὲ εἴρηται· "εἰ γὰρ ἐχθροὶ ὄντες κατηλλάγημεν". ὁ ἁμαρτάνων ἐχθρός ἐστιν θεοῦ, οὐ θεὸς ἐχθρός ἐστιν ἐκείνου· οὐδενὸς γάρ ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς ἐχθρός. "καὶ τοῖς γείτοσίν μου σφόδρα". γείτονες αὐτοῦ εἰσιν οἱ ἐπαγγελλόμενοι τὴν γραφὴν αὐτοῦ γιγνώσκειν καὶ μετόχους αὐτοῦ λέγοντες ἑαυτούς. "σφόδρα" οὖν· οἷον, φέρε, ἐχθροὶ ἔστωσαν οἱ ἐθνικοί· ἁμαρτάνουσιν γὰρ καὶ ἀσεβοῦσιν. ὄνειδος παρὰ πᾶσιν ἐκείνοις γέγονα, ὡς σταυρὸν ὑπομείνας, ὡς εἰς θάνατον κατελθών. "καὶ τοῖς γείτοσίν μου σφόδρα". ὅταν δὲ οἱ ἐνγίζειν μοι ὀφείλοντες καὶ τὰ οἰκοδομήματα ἑαυτῶν ἐγγύς μου ἔχειν ἐπαγγελλόμενοι τὰ αὐτὰ πράττουσιν τοῖς ἐχθροῖς, σφόδρα παρὰ τούτους ὁ ὀνειδισμὸς γέγονεν. 12 καὶ φόβος τοῖς γνωστοῖς μου. οἱ γιγνώσκοντές με θεωρήσαντές με ταῦτα παθόντα φόβον ἔσχον τὸν ἴσον εὐλαβείᾳ, ἢ φόβον ἔσχον τοῦ μὴ τὰ αὐτὰ παθεῖν. 12 οἱ θεωροῦντές με ἔξω ἔφυγον ἀπ' ἐμοῦ. οἱ θεωροῦντές με πρὸ τούτου τὰ περὶ ἐμὲ γενόμενα θεωρή σαντες ἔξω μου γέγοναν, οὐκ ἀποσταλέντες παρ' ἐμοῦ, ἀλλ' ἔφυγον ἔξω. πᾶς φεύγων τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἔξω αὐτοῦ γίνεται, ἔξω σωτηρίας. 13 ἐπελήσθην ὡσεὶ νεκρὸς ἀπὸ καρδίας. οἱ ὀνειδίσαντές με ἐχθροὶ καὶ σφόδρα τοῦτο ποιήσαντες γείτονες ἀπέβαλόν με ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας ἑαυτῶν. τῶν δὲ νεκρῶν ταχὺ λήθη γίνεται. λέγουσιν γοῦν ὧδε οἱ συμφορὰς ὑφιστάμενοι ὅτι· "3ἀπ' οὗ ἐτέθη ὁ νεκρός, ἀπαλείφεται"3, λέγει, "3ἀπὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ἡ λύπη"3. σπουδάζουσιν
The nature of reproach and shame§85
85Men do this thing quickly. 'I was forgotten' therefore 'from the heart.' They cast me out from their own heart; for he did not have me purely as the apostle says, 'but Christ lives in me' (Galatians 2:20). I no longer lived in them. When anyone having the word in himself no longer works according to it, he rejects the amount of the word in him, and it becomes in his forgetfulness. But hear about forgetfulness thus: not as not knowing that he once had it; for many such things are said both in common usage and in the Scripture. For many times indeed we say to friends, 'You have already forgotten me,' not saying this, that 'you have no memory at all.' But the Scripture says: 'The evil of a time causes forgetfulness of pleasure.' Now the one, having been harmed by pleasure, forgets the time. And again: 'and they shall forget,' he says, 'their former tribulation, and it shall not ascend again upon their heart.' Thus you think, that the one having come out of tribulation forgets it.
Furthermore: 'I have become a reproach to all my enemies' (Psalm 69:8); he did not say 'to all men,' but 'to my enemies.' And enemies are not just bad men who justify, but enemies by disposition; for he himself is an enemy to no one, but many are enemies to him. 'Hear the word of the Lord, you who tremble at his word; say, brothers, to those who hate you' (Isaiah 43:26; Luke 6:28). They hate and are enemies. And you, he says, call them 'brothers' not by voice, nor by utterance, but by disposition, or you demonstrate toward brothers by a disposition of brotherly love. And this is enmity: to have an opposing disposition. If even the Savior says this—let us say that it can be said from the person of the Savior as a man—he says the Jews have become his enemies. But not all have become his enemies; for the apostles also were Jews, they were Israelites. He did not therefore say 'to all the Hebrews, to all the Israelites,' but 'I have become a reproach to my enemies.' They reproach the righteous...
Not according to the first reading. Even the Savior is reproached by the wicked. Not every reproach brings a boast to the one reproached. There are times when those reproaching are themselves refuted, and again, those reproached because of sin.
Indeed, in the writing of Proverbs, it is said to the wise man: 'Do not acquire the reproach of wicked men' (Proverbs 22:8). By adding 'of wicked men,' it showed that even serious men are a reproach. For instance, the disciples rejoice when they are reproached. These are not the reproaches for which the apostles are refuted, namely, the reproaches of wicked men.
Furthermore, since it is up to us to do things worthy of reproach, it commands: 'Do not acquire the reproach of wicked men, nor envy their ways' (Proverbs 22:8); for he who envies their practices and their thoughts has become a bad man, having acquired a reproach of evils. Concerning this reproach, it is said that some rise up 'unto reproach and eternal shame.' But not all rise up 'unto reproach and eternal shame,' but those who seem to be good in that place. When those considered serious and holy men rise up and the shames of their soul are revealed, these rise up unto reproach; for those who are openly evil do not rise up unto reproach, but unto punishment.
And if the Savior says this, he calls the cross a reproach; for this is what the apostle taught: 'The reproaches of those reproaching you have fallen upon me' (2 Corinthians 12:5). Again: 'Who, despising the shame, endured the cross instead of the joy set before him' (Hebrews 12:2). Reproach and shame are the same thing. And see how much it reached him, that joy was set before him, a man not having sin. Therefore he despised the shame, he trampled it.
Reproach does not happen from friends and those having the same virtue, but from enemies. Consider, therefore, the reproaches which they bring against the Lordly Man: 'Do we not speak well, saying, You are a Samaritan and have a demon?' (John 8:48). Not serious men offered this to him...
Greek · §85
γοῦν τοῦτο ποιεῖν ταχέως οἱ ἄνδρες. "ἐπελήσθην" οὖν "ἀπὸ καρδίας". ἀπέβαλόν με ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας ἑαυτῶν· οὐ γὰρ εἶχόν με ἀμιγῶς ὡς ὁ ἀπόστολος λέγων· "ζῇ δὲ ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός". οὐκέτι ἔζων ἐν αὐτοῖς. ὅταν τις ἔχων τὸν λόγον ἐν ἑαυτῷ μηκέτ̣ι̣ ἐνεργῇ κατ' αὐτόν, τὸ ὅσον εἰς αὐτόν, ἐνέκρωσεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν λήθῃ αὐτοῦ γίνεται. τὴν λήθην δὲ οὕτω ἄκουε, μ̣ὴ ὥστε μὴ εἰδέναι, ὅτι ἔσχεν ποτὲ αὐτόν· πολλὰ γὰρ τοιαῦτα καὶ ἐν τῇ συνηθείᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ γραφῇ λέγεται. πολλάκις γοῦν λέγομεν φίλοις· "3ἤδη ἐπελάθου με"3, μὴ γὰρ τοῦτο λέγοντες, ὅτι "3ὅλως οὐκ ἔχεις ἐν μνήμῃ"3. ἡ γραφὴ δέ· "κάκωσις ὥρας ἐπιλησμονὴν ποιεῖ τρυφῆς". ἄρτι 145 ἐπιλανθάνεται ὁ ὥραν κακωθεὶς τῆς τρυφῆς. καὶ πάλιν· "καὶ ἐπιλήσονται", φησίν, "τῆς θλίψεως ἑαυτῶν τῆς προτέρας, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἀναβῇ αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν". οὕτω νομίζεις, ὅτι ὁ ἔξω θλίψεως γενόμενος ἐπιλανθάνεται αὐτῆς. ἐπερ · "παρὰ πάντας τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου ἐγενήθην ὄνειδος"; –οὐκ εἶπεν "παρὰ πάντας ἀνθρώπους", ἀλλὰ "τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου". ἐχθροὶ δὲ οὐ δικαιοῦντες οἱ φαῦλοι ἄνθρωποι, ἐχθροὶ κατὰ διάθεσιν· αὐτὸς γὰρ οὐδενός ἐστιν ἐχθρός, αὐτοῦ δὲ πολλοί. "ἀκούσατε τὸ ῥῆμα κυρίου, οἱ τρέμοντες τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ· εἴπατε, ἀδελφοὶ ἡμῶν, τοῖς μισοῦσιν ὑμᾶς". ἐκεῖνοι μισοῦσιν καὶ ἐχθροί εἰσιν. σὺ δέ, φησίν, αὐτοὺς "ἀδελφοὺς" λέγε οὐ φωνῇ, οὐ προφορᾷ, ἀλλὰ 90 διαθέσει, ἢ ἐπιδείκνυσαι πρὸς ἀδελφοὺς τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ διαθέσει. τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν ἔχθρα τὸ ἀντικειμένην ἔχειν διάθεσιν. ἐὰν δὲ καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ τοῦτο λέγῃ–εἴπομεν ὅτι δύναται καὶ ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ σωτῆρος ὡς ἄνθρωπος λέγεσθαι–, λέγει τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτοῦ γεγεν̣ημένους. οὐ πάντες δὲ ἐχθροὶ αὐτοῦ γεγόνασιν· καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι γὰρ Ἰουδαῖοι ἦσαν, Ἰσραηλῖται ἦσαν. οὐκ εἶπεν οὖν "παρὰ πάντας τοὺς Ἑβραίους, παρὰ πάντας τοὺς Ἰσραηλίτας", ἀλλὰ "τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου ἐγενήθην ὄνειδος". ὀνειδίζουσιν τὸν δίκαιον κατὰ τὴν πρώτην ἐκδοχήν. ὀνειδίζουσιν δὲ καὶ τὸν σωτῆρα οἱ φαῦλοι. οὐ πᾶς οὖν ὀνειδισμὸς ψόγον φέρει τῷ ὀνειδιζομένῳ. ἔστιν ὅτε οἱ ὀνειδί ζοντες ψέγονται, καὶ ἐκεῖνοι πάλιν οἱ διὰ ἁμαρτίας ὀνειδιζόμενοι. ἀμέλει γοῦν ἐν τῇ τῶν Παροιμιῶν γραφῇ λέγεται πρὸς τὸν σοφόν· "μὴ κτήσῃ κακῶν ἀνδρῶν ὀνείδη". διὰ τοῦ προςθεῖναι "κακῶν ἀνδρῶν" ἔδειξεν ὅτι εἰσὶν ὀνείδη σπουδαίων ἀνδρῶν. οἱ γοῦν μαθηταὶ χαίρειν προστάττονται ὅταν ὀνειδίζωνται. οὔκ εἰσιν οὗτοι οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ ἐφ' ὧν ψέγονται οἱ ἀπόστολοι, κακῶν ἀνδρῶν. εἶτα, ἐπεὶ ἐφ' ἡμῖν ἐστιν τὸ τὰ ὀνειδισμοῦ ἄξια ποιεῖν, προστάττει· "μὴ κτήσῃ κακῶν ἀνδρῶν ὀνείδη μηδὲ ζηλώσῃς τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτῶν"· ὁ γὰρ τὰς πράξεις ἐκείνων καὶ τὰς νοήσεις ζηλῶν κακὸς ἀνὴρ γέγονε̣ν κακὰ ὀνείδη κεκτημένος. περὶ τούτου τοῦ ὀνειδισμοῦ λέγεται ὅτι ἀνίστανταί τινες "εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν καὶ αἰσχύνην αἰώνιον". οὐ πάντες δὲ "εἰς ὀνειδιςμὸν καὶ αἰσχύνην αἰώνιον" ἀνίστανται, ἀλλ' οἱ δοκοῦντες ἐνταῦθα ἀγαθοὶ εἶναι. ὅταν νομιζόμενοι σπουδαῖοι καὶ ἅγιοι ἄνδρες ἀναστῶσιν καὶ φανῇ αὐτῶν τὰ αἴσχη τῆς ψυχῆς, εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν οὗτοι ἀνίστανται· οἱ γὰρ φανερῶς κακοὶ οὐκ εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν ἀνίστανται, ἀλλ' εἰς κόλασιν. καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ ἐὰν λέγῃ τοῦτο, τὸν σταυρὸν ὀνειδιςμὸν λέγει· τοῦτο γὰρ ὁ ἀπόστολος ἐδίδαξεν· "οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀνειδιζόντων σε ἐπέπεσαν ἐπ' ἐμέ". πάλιν· "ὃς ἀντὶ τῆς προκειμένης αὐτῷ χαρᾶς ὑπέμεινεν σταυρὸν αἰσχύνης καταφρονήσας". ταὐτὸν δὲ ὀνειδισμὸς καὶ αἰςχύνη. καὶ ὅρα γε, ὅσον ἧκεν εἰς αὐτόν, χαρὰ αὐτῷ προέκειτο ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἔχοντι. κατεφρόνησεν οὖν αἰσχύνης, ἐπάτησεν αὐτήν. οὐ παρὰ τοῖς φίλοις καὶ τοῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἀρετὴν ἔχουσιν γίνεται ὄνειδος, ἀλλὰ παρὰ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς. θεώρει γοῦν τοὺς ὀνειδισμοὺς οὓς ἐπιφέρουσιν τῷ κυριακῷ ἀνθρώπῳ· "οὐ καλῶς ἐλέγομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτι Σαμαρίτης εἶ σὺ καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις"; μὴ σπουδαῖοι ταύτην προσέφερον αὐτῷ τὴν
Many vs All and the Fear of God§86
86A sound, not the apostles and the others. Again, if they say, 'By Beelzebul, the ruler of demons, he casts out demons' (Matt 12:24), they are not friends, they are not virtuous men. 'And my neighbors very much.' The Jews were his neighbors, if the Savior is the one speaking; and the hypocrites of virtue are significant.
They are my neighbors, and they have their own buildings near my house; for the house of the righteous is the upright conduct. For the 146th Psalm having heard the words of Jesus and having converted them into works, builds a house upon the rock, whereas the one building upon the sand is foolish. Since both have become hearers of the words of Jesus, they seem to be neighbors, they seem to be similar.
'The houses of the lawless shall undergo cleansing, but the houses of the righteous are received.' The law-breakers are not lawless, but they have the same law, yet they transgress it. But when it is said, 'Blessed are those to whom the lawless deeds have been forgiven,' those have no experience of law. 'Law-breaking brings a man to reproach'; for in a way the lawless do not even stand up for judgment so that they might be reproached. To be reproached is a lesser punishment. Therefore, those having received the law and having transgressed, these stand up 'for reproach and eternal shame.'
And that this is so, we will understand from the prophecy of Daniel; for in it this lies: 'And from the sleeping ones of the earth's dust'—he did not say 'all'—'these stand up for life, and those for reproach and for shame' (Dan 12:2). The resurrection is also found in the 91st Psalm; the ungodly stand up not to be judged. The law-breakers, those having received the law and having transgressed, the sinners, stand up for judgment. The righteous are raised up not to be judged, but to receive the promises.
Now therefore he says: 'And many of those sleeping'; for he does not count thus the ungodly who are not raised for judgment, but those standing up 'for reproach and eternal shame.' These are the sinners. The righteous stand up 'for eternal life.' Concerning these two ranks, the Savior also says in the Gospel: 'Those who have done the good shall come forth for a resurrection of life, but those who have done the evil for a resurrection of judgment' (John 5:29). He does not even mention the ungodly here. Since, therefore, the rank of the ungodly is set apart...
He did not say that 'all' rise up, but 'many of those sleeping'. If anyone considers this interpretation to be violent and says that the ungodly and the impious are also arranged among the 'many', we hear 'many' thus instead of 'all'; for all are many, and it is not a contradiction. However, let the 'many' be said here instead of 'all'.
And the apostle writes this: 'just as through the obedience of one man many will be made righteous, so also through the disobedience of one man many will be made sinners' (Rom 5:19). And here 'all' are signified by the 'many': all those who disobey, all those who obey. It is not a contradiction. If some are 'all', it is not necessarily that the 'many' are 'all', for example: 'many will say to my soul' or 'and fear to my known ones'. I have become a fear to my known ones, bearing this state which many reproach. Indeed, even the apostles, having been afraid, were scandalized at a certain time.
But here he speaks of a fear which is passive, which is followed by cowardice if it is not itself cowardice. It is possible also to receive a divine fear. Those observing me, knowing the mystery of my visitation and for whose sake I was crucified, had a fear equal to reverence, concerning which it is said: 'the fear of the Lord surpassed all things'; see, for what does it say: 'my known ones'.
The diligent are known by God; for the Lord knew those who were His, and they know Him. For the apostle says also to the Galatians: 'but once they did not know God, but now they know God, and even more so they are known by God' (Gal 4:9). When we know God, He knows us; for 'if anyone' 'is ignorant, he is unknown', clearly meaning that if anyone knows, he is known. Therefore, 'fear' 'to my known ones'.
Those worthy of being known, and knowing me, had a fear equal to reverence, concerning which it is said: 'then you will understand the fear of the Lord', after many mistakes. 'Those observing me fled from me'.
The Savior and Lord of us is both God and man at once. But He is seen and observed according to being man; for He is invisible being the 'image' 'of the invisible God'. And it is necessary for the image of the invisible to be invisible. But if it is said: 'he who has seen me', let 'having seen' be taken homonymously instead of 'he who observes me intelligently, he who sees me divinely, he who sees as...'
Greek · §86
φωνήν, μὴ οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι. πάλιν ἐὰν λέγωσιν· "ἐν Βεεζεβοὺλ τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια", μὴ φίλοι εἰσίν, μὴ ἐνάρετοι ἄνδρες εἰσίν. "καὶ τοῖς γείτοσίν μου σφόδρα". γείτονες ἦσαν αὐτοῦ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, ἐὰν ὁ σωτὴρ ᾖν ὁ λέγων· καὶ τοῦ σπουδαίου οἱ ὑποκριταὶ ἀρετῆς. γείτονές μού εἰσιν, πλησίον δὲ τῆς οἰκίας μου ἔχουσιν τὰ ἑαυτῶν οἰκοδομήματα· οἰκία γὰρ τοῦ δικαίου ἡ ὀρθὴ πολιτεία· ὁ 146 γὰρ τοὺς Ἰησοῦ λόγους ἀκούσας καὶ εἰς ἔργα μεταβαλὼν αὐτοὺς οἰκοδομεῖ οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν τοῦ φαύλου ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον οἰκοδομοῦντος. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀμφότεροι ἀκροαταὶ γεγόνασιν τῶν Ἰησοῦ λόγων, δοκοῦσιν γείτονες εἶναι, δοκοῦσιν ὅμοροι. "οἰκίαι παρανόμων ὀφειλήσουσιν καθαρισμόν, οἰκίαι δὲ δικαίων δεκταί". οἱ παράνομοι οὔκ εἰσιν ἄνομοι, ἀλλ' ἔχουσιν τὸν αὐτὸν νόμον, παραβαίνουσιν δὲ αὐτόν. ὅταν δὲ λέγηται· "μακάριοι ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι", ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἔχουσιν πεῖραν νόμου. "παρανομίαι ἄνδρα ἀγρεύουσιν"· τρόπον τινὰ γὰρ οἱ ἄνομοι οὐδὲ εἰς κρίσιν ἀνίστανται ὅλως ἵνα καὶ ὀνειδισθῶσιν. ἐλάττω κόλασίς ἐστιν τὸ ὀνειδισ θῆναι. ἀμέλει γοῦν οἱ λαβόντες τὸν νόμον καὶ παραβάντες, οὗτοι "εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν καὶ αἰσχύνην αἰώνιον" ἀνίστανται. καὶ ὅτι τοῦτο οὕτως ἔχει, ἐπιστήσομεν τῇ προφητείᾳ τοῦ ∆ανιήλ· ἐν αὐτῇ γὰρ κεῖται τοῦτο· "καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν καθευδόντων ἐκ γῆς χώματος"–οὐκ εἶπεν ὅτι "πάντες"–"ἀνίστανται οὗτοι εἰς ζωὴν καὶ οὗτοι εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν καὶ εἰς αἰσχύνην". τριχῶς δὲ ἡ ἀνάστασις ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ 91 ψαλμῷ κεῖται· ἀνίστανται οἱ ἀσεβεῖς οὐκ εἰς τὸ κριθῆναι. ἀνίστανται οἱ παρανομήσαντες, οἱ δεξάμενοι τὸν νόμον καὶ παραβάντες, οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ εἰς κρίσιν. οἱ δίκαιοι οὐκ εἰς τὸ κριθῆναι, ἀλλ' εἰς τὸ λαβεῖν τὰς ἐπαγγελίας ἐγείρονται. νῦν οὖν λέγει ὅτι· "καὶ πολλοὶ τῶν καθευδόντων"· οὐκ ἀριθμεῖ οὕτω γὰρ τοὺς ἀσεβεῖς τοὺς μὴ ἐγειρομένους εἰς κρίσιν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἀνισταμένους "εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν καὶ αἰσχύνην αἰώνιον". οὗτοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ ἁμαρτωλοί. οἱ δίκαιοι "εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον". περὶ τούτων τῶν δύο ταγμάτων καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ ἐν εὐαγγελίῳ λέγει· "ἐξελεύσονται οἱ τὰ ἀγαθὰ πράξαντες εἰς ἀνάστασιν ζωῆς, οἱ δὲ τὰ φαῦλα εἰς ἀνάστασιν κρίσεως". οὐ μνημονεύει οὐδὲ ὧδε τ̣ῶν ἀσεβῶν. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ὑπεξαιρεῖται τὸ τάγμα τῶν ἀσεβῶν, οὐκ εἶπεν ὅτι "πάντες" ἀνίστανται, ἀλλὰ "πολλοὶ τῶν καθευδόντων". ἐὰν δέ τις βίαιον ἡγῆται ταύτην τὴν ἀπόδοσιν οὐκ οὖσαν τοιαύτην καὶ λέγῃ ὅτι ἐν τοῖς ἁμαρτωλοῖς τάττονται καὶ οἱ ἀσεβεῖς, τὸ "πολλοὶ" οὕτως ἀκούομεν ἀντὶ τοῦ "πάντες"· οἱ πάντες γὰρ πολλοί εἰσιν, οὐκ ἀντιστρέφει δέ. ὅμως οἱ πολλοὶ ὧδε ἀντὶ πάντων λεγέσθωσαν. τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ὁ ἀπόστο λος γράφει· "ὥσπερ γὰρ διὰ τῆς ὑπακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου δίκαιοι κατασταθήσονται οἱ πολλοί, οὕτω καὶ διὰ τῆς παρακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἁμαρτωλοὶ καθίστανται οἱ πολλοί". καὶ ὧδε οἱ πάντες σημαίνονται διὰ τῶν πολλῶν· πάντες οἱ παρακούσαντες, πάντες οἱ ὑπακούσαντες. οὐκ ἀντιστρέφει. εἴ τινες πάντες εἰσίν, οὐ πάντως δὲ οἱ πολλοὶ πάντες, οἷον· "πολλοὶ ἐροῦσιν τῇ ψυχῇ μου". "καὶ φόβος τοῖς γνωστοῖς μου". τοῖς γνωστοῖς μου φόβος γέγονα ταύτην φέρων τὴν κατάστασιν ἣν ὀνειδίζουσιν πολλοί. ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι φοβηθέντες ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν πρὸς ὥραν. φόβον δὲ ἐνταῦθα τὸν παθητικὸν λέγει ᾧ ἕπεται δειλία εἰ μὴ αὐτή ἐστιν δειλία. δυνατὸν καὶ θεῖον φόβον λαβεῖν. οἱ θεωροῦντές με, οἱ τὸ μυστήριον τῆς ἐπιδημίας μου ἐπιστάμενοι καὶ τίνος ἕνεκα ἐσταυρώθην, φόβον ἔσχον τὸν ἴσον εὐλαβείᾳ, περὶ οὗ λέγεται· "φόβος κυρίου πάντα ὑπερέβαλεν"· ἴδε γάρ, τί λέγει· "οἱ γνωστοί μου". γιγ̣νώσκονται ὑπὸ θεοῦ οἱ σπουδαῖοι· ἔγνω γὰρ κύριος τοὺς ὄντας αὐτοῦ, καὶ γιγνώσκουσιν αὐτόν. λέγει γοῦν καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος Γαλάταις· "ἀλλὰ 147 τότε μὲν οὐκ εἰδότες, νῦν δὲ γνόντες θεόν, μᾶλλον δὲ γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ". ὅτε γιγνώσκομεν τὸν θεόν, γιγνώσκει ἡμᾶς· "εἴ τις" γὰρ "ἀγνοεῖ, ἀγνοεῖται", δηλονότι εἴ τις γιγνώσκει, γιγνώσκεται. "φόβος" οὖν "τοῖς γνωστοῖς μου". οἱ ἄξιοι τοῦ γιγνώςκεσθαι καὶ γιγνώσκοντές με, φόβον ἔσχον τὸν ἴσον εὐλαβείᾳ, περὶ οὗ λέγεται· "τότε συνήσεις φόβον κυρίου", μετὰ πολλὰ κατορθώματα. "οἱ θεωροῦντές με ἔξω ἔφυγον ἀπ' ἐμοῦ". ὁ σωτὴρ καὶ κύριος ἡμῶν θεὸς ἅμα καὶ ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν. ὁρᾶται δὲ καὶ θεωρεῖται κατὰ τὸ ἄνθρωπος εἶναι· ἀόρατος γάρ ἐστιν "εἰκὼν" ὢν "τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου". καὶ δεῖ τοῦ ἀοράτου τὴν εἰκόνα ἀόρατον εἶναι. ἀλλὰ ἐὰν λέγηται· "ὁ ἑωρακὼς ἐμέ", ὁμωνύμως τὸ "ἑωρακὼς" λάβε ἀντὶ τοῦ "ὁ ἐπιστημόνως με θεωρῶν, ὁ θεικῶς με ὁρῶν, ὁ ὡς
The Encirclement of Jesus§87
87Imposing the mystery upon the invisible, he who also understands the mystery of the presence and the passion. Therefore, those outside are looking at me as outside, those who know Christ only according to the flesh, and such people are those about whom Paul writes: 'For I decided to know nothing among you except Jesus Christ and him crucified' (1 Cor 2:2). They are of the outside and run outside, such as those are who hear in parables; for it is not the parable spoken unclearly that has made them outside, but their own external intellect has led them outside to this.
He became as if dead from the heart. The one understanding Jesus as being life—for he says: 'I am the life' (John 14:6)—and living, is the son of a living Father; for he says 'I live' because of the Father—they never forget him; for being present in their intellect, he always enlightens them, so that each one says: 'But Christ lives in me' (Gal 2:20). Such a person is in Christ and has Christ in himself, living and working. But when someone perceives him not as living nor working, he forgets him as if dead; for Christ does not live in all, but in those working according to him. And those who consider themselves to be Christians, but do not work according to Christ, do not have him living in them.
See: the foolish man lives according to wickedness, being 'more a lover of pleasure than a lover of God' (2 Tim 2:22), doing all things hedonistically. He considers the righteous man to be dead, because he is stripped of his own foolish life and does not receive it in his intellect. 'I became as a lost vessel' (2 Tim 2:21). I have not become a lost vessel, but like the lost vessel. And take for me the example: the other men being crucified beside the Savior seem to have become useless vessels, vessels of destruction. This one saying these things as if he has become the lost vessel, but not lost. Just as sin became not the same thing to others as being sin, but so that they might become the righteousness of God in him, he was made like sin (2 Cor 5:21), he was made like the lost vessel. For that men are called vessels is not unknown, and these indeed are for honor, but those for dishonor. This vessel according to Jesus is not of destruction; for he did not know sin. But it has become like the lost vessel. It has become a curse, so that it might bring blessing. But no curse brings blessing, but rather it diminishes the blessing; not—
For he was a blessed man, though cursed. This one, having become a curse, has become a cause of blessing, and not for one man, but for all who believe.
I heard the slandering of many dwelling around. I heard many slandering me, not having set themselves apart at all. The Israelites were dwelling around Jesus. They slandered him: 'He casts out demons by Beelzebub, the ruler of the demons' (Matt 12:24). 'He is a sinner because he does not keep the Sabbath' (Matt 12:2). They were around. If those saying these things were Gentiles, they would not have been his circle. These have become a circle. For he says: 'And they encircled me like bees, Lord' (Ps 118:148). They encircled me aggressively.
In the gathering of them all at once against me. He mentioned enemies, neighbors greatly reviling him; he mentioned those attacking him from the heart; he says those dwelling around and slandering. These were gathered together at once 'to take his soul,' especially when 'nations and peoples raged and labored in vain' (Ps 2:2); for here also nations having raged were not yet entirely set apart from him or separated. 'Why did they rage?' They attacked the Hebrews more arrogantly. And the Hebrews in vain and emptily labored over the prophecies concerning me. All the things said: the hosts 'were gathered together at once, they deliberated to take my soul.' The magnitude of the attack is shown, that 'at once all were gathered together to take his soul.' Not one, nor two, nor ten, nor a thousand, but all at once. The unshakeable and the irresistible, or the not being overturned, of the soul of Jesus is signified. They hardly gathered at once to take my soul or deliberated, and they did not seize it. 'No one takes my soul from me; I lay it down from myself, so that I may take it again' (John 10:18).
They deliberated to take my soul. They have gone as far as deliberating to kill him. If he himself does not give himself, they were not able to do this. For they came greedily to seize him, he says: 'Whom are you seeking?' (John 18:3) and he says: 'Jesus the Nazarene' (John 18:5). 'I am,' as he said, 'they went backward and fell to the ground' (John 18:6). And again a second time: 'Whom are you seeking?' and he said the same to them, and they fell to the ground again. He says a third time: 'I am,' therefore me...
Greek · §87
ἀοράτῳ ἐπιβάλλων, ὁ καὶ τὸ μυστήριον τῆς ἐπιδημίας καὶ τοῦ πάθους ἐπιστάμενος". οἱ ἔξω οὖν θεωροῦντές με ἔξω γέγοναν, οἱ κατὰ σάρκα μόνον εἰδότες Χριστὸν καὶ οἱ τοιοῦτοι ὄντες οἷς γράφει Παῦλος· "οὐ γὰρ ἔκρινά τι εἰδέναι ἐν ὑμῖν εἰ μὴ Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν καὶ τοῦτον ἐσταυρωμένον". τῶν ἔξω εἰσι`̣ν̣ καὶ ἔξω τρέχουσιν, οἷοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐν παραβολαῖς ἀκούοντες· οὐ γὰρ ἡ παραβολὴ ἀσαφῶς λεγομένη ἔξω αὐτοὺς πεποίηκεν, ἀλλὰ ἔξω αὐτοὺς ὄντας εἰς τοῦτο ἤγαγεν ἡ αὐτῶν ἐξωτερικὴ διάνοια. "ἐπελήσθην ὡςεὶ νεκρὸς ἀπὸ καρδίας". ὁ ἐπιστάμενος Ἰησοῦν ζωὴν ὄντα–λέγει γάρ· "ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ζωή", καὶ ζῶν ζῶντος πατρὸς υἱός ἐστιν· "ζῶ" γὰρ· "διὰ τὸν πατέρα"–οὐκ ἐπιλανθάνονται αὐτοῦ ποτε· παρὼν γὰρ τῇ διανοίᾳ αὐτῶν ἀεὶ φωτίζει αὐτούς, ὥστε ἕκαστον λέγειν· "ζῇ δὲ ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός". ὁ τοιοῦτος ἐν Χριστῷ ἐστιν καὶ Χριστὸν ἔχει ἐν ἑαυτῷ ζῶντα καὶ ἐνεργοῦντα. ὅταν δέ τις μὴ ζῶντα μηδὲ ἐνεργοῦντα αὐτὸν 92 νοήσῃ, ἐπιλανθάνεται αὐτοῦ ὡς νεκροῦ· οὐ γὰρ ε᾿̣ν πᾶσιν ζῇ Χριστός, ἀλλ' ἐν τοῖς κατ' αὐτὸν ἐνεργοῦσιν. ὅσοι δὲ νομίζουσιν εἶναι Χριστιανοί, μὴ ἐνεργοῦσιν δὲ κατὰ Χριστόν, οὐκ ἔχουσιν ζῶντα αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτοῖς. ἴδε· ὁ φαῦλος ἄνθρωπος ζῇ κατὰ κακίαν, "φιλήδονος μᾶλλον ἢ φιλόθεος" ὑπάρχων πάντα ἡδονικῶς ποιεῖ. τὸν δίκαιον νεκρὸν ἡγεῖται, ἐπεὶ στέρεται τῆς αὐτοῦ ζωῆς τῆς φαύλης καὶ οὐ δέχεται αὐτὴν ἐν τῷ διανοητικῷ ἑαυτοῦ. 13 ἐγενήθην ὡσεὶ σκεῦος ἀπολωλός. οὐ σκεῦος ἀπολωλὸς γέγονα, ἀλλ' ὡς τὸ ἀπολωλὸς σκεῦος. καὶ λάβε μοι τὸ παράδειγμα· οἱ ἄνθρωποι οἱ ἄλλοι παρὰ τὸν σωτῆρα σταυρούμενοι δοκοῦσιν ἄχρηστα σκεύη γεγονέναι, ἀπωλείας σκεύη. οὗτος ὁ λέγων ταῦτα ὡς τὸ ἀπολωλὸς γέγονεν σκεῦος, οὐκ ἀπολωλὸς δέ. ὥσπερ γέγονεν ἁμαρτία οὐ τὰ αὐτὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἁμαρτία ὤν, ἀλλ' ἵν' ἐκεῖνοι δικαιοσύνη θεοῦ ἐν ω αὐτῷ γένωνται, ὡμοιώθη τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ὡμοιώθη τῷ σκεύει τῷ ἀπολωλότι. ὅτι δὲ οἱ ἄνθρωποι λέγονται σκεύη, οὐκ ἀγνοεῖται, καὶ ταῦτα μὲν εἰς τιμήν, τὰ δὲ εἰς ἀτιμίαν. τοῦτο τὸ κατὰ τὸν Ἰησοῦν σκεῦος οὐκ ἀπωλ̣είας· οὐκ ἔγνω γὰρ ἁμαρτίαν. γεγένηται δὲ ὡς τὸ ἀπολωλὸς σκεῦος. γέγονεν κατάρα, ἵν' εὐλογίαν ἐπαγάγῃ. οὐδεμία δὲ κατάρα εὐλογίαν φέρει, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον φθείρει τὴν εὐλογίαν· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἐπικατάρατος εὐ λογημένος. οὗτος δε`̣ γενόμενος κατάρα αἴτιος εὐλογίας γέγονεν, καὶ οὐχ ἑνί γε ἀνθρώπῳ, ἀλλὰ πᾶσιν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν. 14 ὅτι ἤκουσα ψόγον πολλῶν παροικούντων κυκλόθεν. ἤκουσα ψεγόντων με πολλῶν οὐκ ἀπεσχοινισμένων παντάπασιν. παροίκουν κύκλῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ οἱ Ἰσραηλῖται. ἔψεγον αὐτόν· "ἐν Βεεζεβοὺλ τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια". "ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν ὅτι τὸ σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ". κυκλόθεν ἦσαν. εἰ ἦσαν ἐθν̣ικοὶ οἱ ταῦτα λέγοντες, οὐκ ἦσαν αὐτοῦ κύκλος. οὗτοι κύκλῳ γεγόνασιν. λέγει γοῦν· "καὶ ἐκύκλωσάν 148 με ὡς αἱ μέλισσαι κηρίον". πολεμικῶς ἐκύκλωσάν με. 14 ἐν τῷ ἐπισυναχθῆναι αὐτοὺς ἅμα ἐπ' ἐμέ. ἐμνημόνευσεν ἐχθρῶν, γειτόνων σφόδρα ὀνειδιζόντων αὐτόν, ἐμνημόνευσεν ἐπιλαθομένων αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ καρδίας, παροικοῦντας κυκλόθεν λέγει καὶ ψέγοντας. οὗτοι ἅμα ἐπισυνήχθησαν "τοῦ λαβεῖν τὴν ψυχὴν" αὐτοῦ, τότε μάλιστα ὅτε "ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά"· ἐνταῦθα γὰρ καὶ ἔθνη φρυάξαντα οὔπω πάντη ἀποκεκονμένα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀπεσχοινισμένα. "ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν"; ἀλαζονικώτερον ἐπέθεντο τοῖς Ἑβραίοις. καὶ οἱ Ἑβραῖοι δὲ ματαίως καὶ κενῶς ἐμελέτησαν τὰς περὶ ἐμοῦ προφητείας. πάντα τὰ εἰρημένα τάγματα "ἅμα ἐπισυνήχθησαν, τοῦ λαβεῖν τὴν ψυχήν μου ἐβουλεύσαντο". τὸ μέγεθος τοῦ πορθ̣ο̣υμένου δείκνυται, ὅτι "ἅμα πάντες ἐπισυνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τῷ λαβεῖν τὴν ψυχὴν" αὐτοῦ. οὐχ εἷς, οὐ δεύτερος, οὐ δέκα, οὐ χίλιοι, ἀλλὰ ἅμα πάντες. τὸ ἀκαθαίρετον καὶ τὸ δυσανάτρεπτον ἢ τὸ μὴ ἀνατρέπεσθαι τῆς Ἰησοῦ ψυχῆς σημαίνεται. μόλις ἅμα δεδύνηνται λαβεῖν τὴν ψυχήν μου ἢ βεβούληνται, οὐκ εἰλήφασιν δέ. "οὐδεὶς αἴρει τὴν ψυχήν μου ἀπ' ἐμοῦ· ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ' ἐμαυτοῦ, ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν". 14 τοῦ λαβεῖν τὴν ψυχήν μου ἐβουλεύσαντο. μέχρι τοῦ βουλεύσασθαι γεγόνασιν ἀποκτεῖναι αὐτόν. εἰ μὴ αὐτὸς δὲ ἑαυτὸν δεδώκει, οὐκ ἠδύναντο τοῦτο ποιῆσαι. ἀμέλει γοῦν ὁπηνίκα ἦλθαν ἐπὶ τῷ συλλαβεῖν αὐτόν, λέγει· "τίνα ζητεῖτε"; καὶ λέγει· "Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζαρηνόν". "ἐγώ εἰμι", ὡς εἶπεν, "ἀπῆλθαν εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω καὶ ἔπεσαν χαμαί". καὶ δεύτερον πάλιν· "τίνα ζητεῖτε"; καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἔπεσαν εἰς τὸ χαμαὶ πάλιν. τὴν τρίτην λέγει· "ἐγώ εἰμι", ἐμὲ οὖν
Unit 22 rem close§88
88lot/inheritance
from mere images
Greek · §88
κρατήσατε, "ἄφετε τούτους ὑπάγειν"· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἠδύνατο συνλημφθῆναι μετ' αὐτοῦ. πολλάκις ἐλέχθη τοῦτο, ὅτι ἕνεκα τοῦ μὴ ὑπόλημψιν παρασχεῖν τοῖς ἀβεβαίοις, ὅτι οὐκ αὐτὸς ἠρίστευσεν, ἀλλ' ὁ σὺν αὐτῷ παθών, οὐκ ἐπέτρεψεν τοῦτον. καὶ τοῦ Πέτρου οὖν λέγοντος ὅτι· "ἕτοιμός εἰμι μετὰ σοῦ καὶ εἰς φυλακὴν" καὶ θεῖναι "ψυχήν μου ὑπὲρ σοῦ", λέγει· πέπαυσο, "πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι τρίς με ἀπαρνήσῃ". 93 εἰ δὲ ἦν συνπαθών, ἀμφήριστον ἐγίνετο, τίνος ἕνεκα τοῦτο γέγονεν. καὶ "ἑαυτὸν παρέδωκεν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν". λέγεται δὲ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ παραδεδωκέναι αὐτόν· εὐδοκίᾳ γὰρ πα τρὸς καὶ τοῦτο γέγονεν̣. ἐὰν δὲ καὶ Ἰούδας λέγηται αὐτὸν παραδεδωκέναι, ἑτέρῳ τρόπῳ αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνος παρέδωκεν· προδότης αὐτοῦ γέγονεν. 15–16 ἐγὼ δὲ ἐπὶ σὲ ἤλπισα, κύριε· εἶπον Σὺ εἶ ὁ θεός μου. ἐν ταῖς χερσίν σου οἱ κλῆροί μου. εἰ καὶ ἐκεῖνοι οὕτω πεποίηκαν καὶ ἐπισυνήχθησαν ἅμα ἐπ' ἐμὲ λαβεῖν τὴν ψυχήν μου βουλευσάμενοι καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ποιήσαντες, ἀλλ' οὖν γε ἐγὼ οὐκ ἀπέστην τοῦ ε᾿̣πὶ σὲ ἐλπίσαι. "εἶπα Σὺ εἶ ὁ θεός μου. ἐν ταῖς χερσίν σου οἱ κλῆροί μου". αἱ παπατικαὶ ἐξηγήσεις τοῦτο λέγουσιν, ὅτι οἱ κλῆροι ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν τοῦ θεοῦ τυγχάνουσιν οἷον ἡ διακονία, ὁ πρεσβύτερος, ἡ ἐπισκοπή. μακάριον δέ ἐστιν τὸ ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν τοῦ θεοῦ τοὺς κλήρους ἔχειν οὕς τις κεκλήρωται. ἀνεπιβούλευτός ἐστιν ὁ τοιοῦτος· "οὐδεὶς" γὰρ ἁρπάζει "ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ πατρός". "ἐν ταῖς σαῖς χερσὶν οἱ κλῆροί μού" εἰσιν, λέγει ὁ σωτήρ. καὶ ἵνα συνέλθωμεν τῇ δοθείσῃ ἐκδοχῇ, λέγομεν ὅτι· οὓς ἐκληρωσάμην ἵνα μοι ὑπηρετῶσιν, οὓς ἐθέμην ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἀποστόλους καὶ προφήτας καὶ διδασκάλους, ἐν ταῖς χερσίν σού εἰσιν. δυνατὸν δέ–καὶ ὁ Ἰσραὴλ ὅτε ἐχρημάτισεν "λαός μου", ἐλέγετο αὐτοῦ μερὶς καὶ κληρονομία–· τὰ ἔθνη πάντα κληρονομία δέδοται τῷ υἱῷ. πολλοὶ κλῆροί εἰσιν τὰ ἔθνη. οὗτοι οἱ κλῆροι ἐν ταῖς σαῖς χερσίν εἰσιν, ἠσφαλισμένοι ὑπὸ τῶν δραστηρίων καὶ σκεπαστικῶν σου δυνάμεων, ὥστε μη δένα οἷόν τε εἶναι ἁρπάσαι ἐκ τῆς χειρός σου· "οὐδεὶς" 149 γὰρ "δύναται ἁρπάσαι ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ πατρός". οὐκ εἶπεν· εἰ μὴ ἔξω τις ἑαυτὸν ποιήσῃ τῆς χειρός, οὐ δύναται ἁρπασθῆναι ὑπό τινος. ἐπεὶ λέξουσίν τινες· καὶ μὴν σπουδαῖοι ὕστερον ὑπεσύρησαν εἰς ἀσέβειαν. καὶ ἵνα μὴ ἐξ εἰκότων λέγω, οἷον ὁ Ἰούδας αὐτὸς ἔξω πεποίηκεν ἑαυτὸν τῆς χειρός· νυκτὸς γὰρ οὔσης ὅτε τὰ περὶ τῆς προδοσίας ἐλογίζετο, λέγει· "ἐξῆλθεν ἔξω· νὺξ γὰρ ἦν". "οἱ κλῆροι" οὖν "μου"· ἕκαστος τῶν πιστευόντων εἰς ἐμὲ κλῆρός μού ἐστιν. ἐν ταῖς χερσίν σου τυγχάνει ἴσος κλη̣ρονομίᾳ· ἕπεται γὰρ τῇ κληρονομίᾳ καὶ ὁ κλῆρος ὅταν εἰς πολλοὺς λογίζεται. ἀμφιλαφεστέρως λ̣έγομεν καὶ τοῦτο· χεῖρες τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσιν αἱ δύο διαθῆκαι. εἴ τις κλῆρος αὐτοῦ τυγχάνει, ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ. 16 ῥῦσαί με ἐκ χειρὸς ἐχθρῶν μου καὶ ἐκ τῶν καταδιωκόντων με. οὐ πάντες οἱ ἐχθροὶ καταδιώκουσιν· οἱ δὲ καταδιώκοντες πάντες ἐχθροί. ἵνα τὸ τὸ μὴ καταδιῶξαι ὧδε μὴ ἐπὶ τῷ λαβεῖν, ἀλλὰ ἐπὶ τῷ ἐνεδρεῦσαι· "εἶπεν ὁ ἐχθρὸς ∆ιώξας καταλήμψομαι". οὗτος ὁ διωγμὸς οὔκ ἐστιν μιμήσεως χάριν γινόμενος. διώκοντας δὲ δικαιοσύνην δεῖ ἀγαπᾶν. οἱ διώκοντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἕνεκεν τοῦ μετασχεῖν αὐτῆς καὶ ποιωθῆναι κατ' αὐτὴν διώκουσιν α̣ὐτήν. ὡς ἐάν τις διώκοι ἐπιστήμην ἵνα κατὰ τὴν ἐπιστήμην καὶ θεωρῇ. οὕτω καὶ τό· "ζήτησον εἰρήνην καὶ καταδίωξον αὐτήν", ἐκλαβεῖν δεῖ. δύναται ἠθικώτερον καὶ οὕτω λημφθῆναι· ἐπεὶ ἡ χεὶρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν καὶ τῶν καταδιωκόντων με κακία ἐστίν, πρᾶξις ἀπηγορευμένη, ῥῦσαί με ἐκ τῆς πράξεως τούτων, μὴ ὑποπέσοιμι τοῖς αὐτῶν κακοῖς, τῇ αὐτῶν πράξει. 17 ἐπίφανον τὸ πρόσωπόν σου ἐπὶ τὸν δοῦλόν σου, σῶσόν με ἐν τῷ ἐλέει σου. ἐάν με ε᾿̣γείρῃς καὶ ἔξω ποιήσῃς τῶν διωκόντων, ἐπέφανες τὸ πρόσωπόν σου. ἐγὼ δέ εἰμι τὸ πρόσωπόν σου, ὁ "χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεώς" σου, ἡ "εἰκών" σου "τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου". ἐπειδὴ δὲ "μορφὴν" ἔλαβον "δούλου", "ἐπὶ τὸν δοῦλόν σου ἐπίφανον τὸ πρόσωπόν σου". δεῖξον ὅτι οὗτος ὁ δοῦλος μορφὴν τὴν σὴν ἔχει, τὸ σὸν πρόσωπον ἐσκήνωσεν ἐν τῷ δούλῳ τούτῳ, ἵνα τὸ "ῥύσῃ με" κατ' ἐπίνοιαν τοῦ δούλου λέγηται, τὸ δὲ "πρόσωπον" κατ' ἐπίνοιαν τῆς ἀληθείας, τοῦ χαρακτῆρος τῆς θεικῆς ὑποστάσεως. "ἐν τῷ ἐλέει" οὖν "τῷ σῷ σῶσόν με". ἔγειρόν με ἐκ νεκρῶν. τάχα δὲ καὶ σωτηρίαν ἑαυτοῦ λέγει τὴν σωτηρίαν τὴν ὑπὲρ ὧν ἐλήλυθεν, ἵν' "αἴτιος" αὐτοῖς "σωτηρίας αἰωνίου" γένηται. 18 μὴ καταισχυνθείην, ὅτι 94
Deceitful lips and the hidden goodness of God§89
89I have called upon you. Then I am not ashamed, if the things of the calling exist. For is there not a word of the Savior? Sudden shifts in perspective occur So also it is done in the prophets.
And something else concerning the bare man: just as each of us, frequently narrating about a man, sometimes indicates him from the soul, and sometimes from the body. If I say that he is a beautiful man, 'pyrakis'—so that I may speak from the Scripture, 'with beauty of eyes'—it is immense; then I say that he is a learned man, a slave of God, he is subject to the Lord; for the change of persons is not outside of all things. When it is spoken concerning a composite, the changes of persons are carried from part to part.
Since, therefore, also the one saying these things is not a man alone, nor is he God alone, but God having become man, some things are said as from the man, and others as from the Word of God or concerning the God Word. 'And the Word became flesh and dwelt among us, and we beheld his glory, glory as of the only-begotten from the Father' (John 1:14).; for he does not say: 'Let your face shine upon your slave,' the other to me; me, your slave.
The ungodly were shamed and were brought down into Hades. The 'were brought down into Hades' again has a certain power. He did not say 'they descended into Hades.' But for those descending voluntarily, there is the descending. These, however, are not being brought down into Hades voluntarily. Also, concerning Capernaum, it is said: 'And you, Capernaum, which shall be exalted to heaven, shall be brought down to Hades' (Matt 18:17). It is being brought down by others. Then they are ashamed when they know that they are ungodly and do not have the impulse of readiness to descend into Hades. Because of this, they are brought down so that, having received the understanding of where they are about to descend, they might be shamed. Furthermore, they will do even more evil to themselves because they have become ungodly.
Let the lips be without sound.
The deceitful ones speak lawlessness against the righteous. He does not cast them down; rather, he blesses them; for he did not say, 'Let their lips become silent.' The 'deceitful ones' become silent when they are deprived of devilish words. Their lips are not entirely silenced, but rather 'the deceitful ones'. Having cast away the deceitful word, they otherwise speak with boldness and truth. Thus it is said: 'The Lord will destroy all deceitful lips and the loud-sounding tongue' (Psalm 12:3). When the loud-sounding tongue—that is, the word—is destroyed, that from which it is destroyed, the person then speaks the remaining word of God.
19 In pride and contempt. Since 'of the righteous' lies absolutely, it can mean both of a righteous man and of a righteous matter, concerning which it is said: 'Rightly the just' (Psalm 115:3). But he who speaks against the righteous and against him who possesses it and is convinced by it, speaks in pride and contempt; for then their lips become silent when they know what kind of lowliness they are, when they know that the one whom they will despise is not worthy of contempt.
20 How great is the multitude of your goodness, Lord, which you have hidden for those who fear you. Since it seemed to someone to speak in a strange way, but looking into the intention of the speaker, we say that they are not curses, but rather blessings. And you wish for them to be found good. Since it happened that those not ignoring the goodness and the end of the saved were being rubbed, you hid it from those who fear you. But he says 'fearing' here to mean those having the punishing fear, not the righteous, nor those having that fear which has no deficiency, nor those surpassing all. He says: since your goodness is inborn with your goodness, and you do all for the salvation of all, and you make the dark things and the falling of someone dark to be dark, but because those being rubbed through carelessness were going to be harmed, you hid it from those who fear you, not...
Greek · §89
ἐπεκαλεσάμην σε. τότε δὲ οὐ καταισχύνομαι, ἐὰν τὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως ὑπαρχθῇ. ἐπερ · λ̣όγος οὔκ ἐστιν τοῦ σωτῆρος; –ὀξεῖαι μεταβολαὶ τῶν προσώπων γίνονται. οὕτω καὶ ἐν τοῖς προφητι κοῖς πράττει. καὶ ἄλλο περὶ τ̣οῦ ψιλοῦ ἀνθρώπου· οἷον ἕκαστος ἡμῶν πολλάκις διηγούμενος περὶ ἀνθρώπου ὁτὲ μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτὸν σημαίνομεν ον , ὁτὲ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος. ἐὰν λέγω ὅτι καλὸς ἄνθρωπος, "πυράκης", ἵνα ἀπὸ τῆς γραφῆς εἴπω, "μετὰ κάλλους ὀφθαλμῶν", ὑπερμεγέθης, –εἶτα λέγω ὅτι ἐπιστήμων ἄνθρωπος, θεοῦ δοῦλός ἐστιν, ὑπόκειται τῷ κυρίῳ· μὴ γὰρ ἡ μεταβολὴ τῶν λέξεων ἐξ ὅλων ἔξω. ὅταν περὶ συνθέτου λέγηται, αἱ μεταβολαὶ τῶν προσώπων ἐκ μέρους ἐπὶ αὐτὸ μέρος φέρονται. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν καὶ ὁ ταῦτα λέγων οὐ μόνος ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν οὐδὲ μόνος θεός, ἀλλὰ θεὸς ἐνανθρωπήσας, τὰ μὲν ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου λέγεται, τὰ δὲ ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγου ἢ περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγου. "καὶ ὁ λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο καὶ ἐσκήνωσεν ἐν ἡμῖν, καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός". ἐπὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λαμβάνεις· μὴ γὰρ τοῦτο λέγει· "ἐπίφανον τὸ πρόσωπόν σου ἐπὶ τὸν δοῦλόν σου", τὸν ἄλλον ἐμοῦ· ἐμὲ τὸν δοῦλόν σου. 150 18 αἰσχυνθείησαν οἱ ἀσεβεῖς καὶ καταχθείησαν εἰς ᾅδου. τὸ "καταχθείησαν εἰς ᾅδου" πάλιν δύναμίν τινα ἔχει. οὐκ εἶπεν "καταβήτωσαν εἰς ᾅδην". ἑκουσίως δὲ κατιόντων ἐστὶν τὸ καταβῆναί που. οὗτοι δὲ οὐχ ἑκουσίως ἐν τῷ ᾅδῃ καταβιβάζονται. ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ περὶ τῆς Καφαρναοὺ ἢ πρὸς τὴν Καφαρναοὺ λέγεται· "καὶ σύ, Καφαρναού, ἣ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ, ἕως ᾅδου καταβιβασθήσῃ". ὑπὸ ἄλλων καταβιβάζεται. τότε δὲ αἰσχύνονται ὅταν γνῶσιν ὅτι ἀσεβεῖς εἰσιν οὐκ ἔχουσιν ὁρμὴν προθυμίας καταβῆναι εἰς τὸν ᾅδην. διὰ τοῦτο κατάγονται ἵν' ὥσπερ ἔννοιαν λαβόντες ὅπου μέλλουσιν κατιέναι, αἰσχυνθείησαν. ἔτι πλέον κακίσουσιν ἑαυτοὺς ὅτι ἀσεβεῖς γεγόνασιν. 19 ἄλαλα γενηθήτω τὰ χείλη τὰ δόλια τὰ λαλοῦντα κατὰ τοῦ δικαίου ἀνομίαν. οὐκ ἐπαρᾶται αὐτούς· εὐλογεῖ αὐτούς· μὴ γὰρ εἶπεν· "ἄλαλα γενηθήτω τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν". "τὰ δόλια" ὅταν στερηθῶσιν τῶν διαβολικῶν λόγων, ἄλαλα γέγονεν. τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν οὐ καθάπαξ, ἀλλὰ "τὰ δόλια". ἀποβαλόντα τὸν λόγον λοιπὸν σὺν παρρησίᾳ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ λαλοῦσιν. οὕτω γοῦν λέγεται· "ἐξολεθρεύσει κύριος πάντα τὰ χείλη τὰ δόλια καὶ γλῶσσαν μεγαλορήμονα". ὅταν ἡ μεγαλορημονοῦσα γλῶττα, τουτέστιν ὁ λόγος, ὀλεθρευθῇ, ἐκεῖνος ἀφ' οὗ ὀλεθρεύεται, τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ λοιπὸν λαλεῖ λόγον. 19 ἐν ὑπερηφανίᾳ καὶ ἐξουδενώσει. ἐπεὶ ἀπαρεμφάτως κεῖται τὸ "τοῦ δικαίου", δύναται καὶ τοῦ δικαίου ἀνθρώπου καὶ τοῦ δικαίου πράγματος, περὶ οὗ λέγεται· "δικαίως τὸ δίκαιον". ὁ λαλῶν δὲ κατὰ τοῦ δικαίου καὶ κατὰ τοῦ ἔχοντος αὐτὸ καὶ πεποιωμένου κατ' αὐτὸυ λαλεῖ ἐν ὑπερηφανίᾳ καὶ ἐξουδενώσει· τότε γὰρ ἄλαλα γίνεται αὐτῶν τὰ χείλη, ὅταν γνῶσιν οἵας ταπεινότητός εἰσιν, ὅταν γνῶσιν ὅτι ὃν ἐξουδενώσουσιν, οὔκ ἐστιν ἄξιος ἐξουθενώσεως. 20 ὡς πολὺ τὸ πλῆθος τῆς χρηστότητός σου, κύριε, ἧς ἔκρυψας τοῖς φοβουμένοις σε. ἐπεὶ ἔδοξέν τινα ἀρατικῶς λέγειν, σκοποῦντες δὲ εἰς τὴν διάθεσιν τοῦ λέγοντος λέγομεν ὅτι οὔκ εἰσιν ἀραί, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἐπευχαί. καλὰ δὲ αὐτοῖς ὑπαρχθῆναι βούλεται. ἐπεὶ συνέβαινεν τοὺς μὴ ἀγνο̣ου῀̣ντας τὴν χρηστότητα καὶ τὸ τέλος τῶν σῳζομένων ἐπιτρίβεσθαι, ἔκρυψεν τοῖς φοβουμένοις. φοβουμένους δὲ ὧδε λέγει τοὺς τὸν κολαστικὸν φόβον ἔχοντας, οὐ τοὺς δικαίους, οὐ τοὺς ἔχοντας ἐκεῖνον τὸν φόβον οὗ οὐδέν ἐστιν ὑστέρημα, οὐ τὸν πάντα ὑπερβαλόντα. λέγει ὅτι· ἐπεὶ ἡ χρηςτότης σου συνφυής ἐστιν ἡ αὐτὴ οὖσα τῇ ἀγαθότητί σου, πάντα δὲ ὑπὲρ σωτηρίας τῶν ὅλων ποιεῖς, καὶ τὰ σκυθρωπὰ καὶ τὸ ὑποπεσεῖν τινα ποιῆσαι σκυθρωποῖς, ἀλλ' ἐπειδὴ ἤμελλον οἱ ἐπιτριβόμενοι διὰ ἐπιπολαιότητα βλάπτεσθαι, ἔκρυψας αὐτὸ τοῖς φοβουμένοις σε, οὐ
The Manifestation and Hiddenness of God§90
90To those who love: for here we receive the fear that is being set aside for the sake of love—'perfect love casts out fear' (1 John 4:18). And love is perfect when we do not love for the sake of another. Therefore, 'perfect love casts out fear because fear has punishment'—not that which is said concerning it: 'it is no loss to those who fear him.'
I have worked for those who hope in you against the sons of men. I have worked this concealment. Some are sons of men who are not reproached. But men and sons are often reproached when it is said: 'Sons of men, how long will you be heavy-hearted?' (Ps 39:13) But when it is said: 'The Lord looked down from heaven, he saw all the sons of men' (Ps 145:5), these sons of men are praised.
And I say a paradox: when they are lifted up toward God, they are righteous men and sons of men; but when they are toward the righteous, the sinners are sons of men, being vile, concerning whom Paul writes: 'For where there is strife and jealousy among you, are you not human?' (Gal 5:20) and concerning whom: 'But you, indeed, as men, are dying' (1 Cor 3:3), having fallen from being the sons of the Most High. Toward the holy men called or named gods, the vile are called sons of men; but toward the sons who are the cause for God, those whom he looks upon, they are diligent.
And again: 'You will save men and cattle, Lord. As you have multiplied your mercy, O God; and the sons of men hope in the shadow of your wings' (Ps 36:7). 'A great man and a precious man is the merciful one.' Here the man who is 'according to the image and likeness' (Gen 1:26) of God is praised in greatness. But when someone, having fallen from being the son of the Most High, becomes a son of man, this man is vile.
'I have worked for those who hope in you against the sons of men'—the diligent ones—and let those know the work: the concealment of the wealth of your goodness. You will hide them in the secrecy of your face, the sons of men for whom I have worked your mercy. And someone is hidden in the secrecy of God thus: God has a face appearing through his own creatures; for it is said: 'Analogously, the Creator is seen from the greatness and beauty of the creatures.' He is seen from the analogy of creation; for just as if someone sees a ship, the imagination of the shipbuilder...
Where is it received even if not present? And he who sees a ship sailing straight from afar immediately comes to the understanding that there is one steering it. And a chariot being carried in order from afar, even if the one seeing does not see the driver, he remembers him. In this way, as the cosmos is being carried in order and having a beautiful nature, a vision of the beauty and greatness of God is known; for if the things created are great, much greater is the Maker.
Therefore, when someone takes a vision of God from the cosmos, the order, the concept, and the judgments of providence, he has not been hidden into the secrecy of His person. Such also are those who have philosophized among the Greeks; for from the greatness of the created things and the beauty, they took a vision of God. But he who, receiving a vision of God without the creation, has seen the Son and through the Son the Father—for 'he who has seen me has seen the Father' (John 14:9)—this one is hidden in the secrecy of the person of God. And the creative Word is a secret.
Again, so that I may speak more popularly: Jesus had two persons, of man and of God. Those who know Him according to the flesh, receive Him in the manifestation of the person. But those who, turning away from knowing Him according to the flesh, have come to knowing Him as the Divine Word, these have been hidden in the secrecy of the person of God. And furthermore, since we were saying that the outward vision of the cosmos is a person, the Word through whom the things created came to be, and through whom they are provided for and governed, is the secret of the person of God; and the creative Word is a secret.
God often hides His own goodness from the small ones who fear Him. We examined yesterday those who fear, abstaining from evil through the fear of punishment, if it must be called this abstention from evil. 'Perfect love casts out fear, because fear has punishment' (1 John 4:18). The disposition of knowledge of good and evil, and desiring the good and, having bowed to it, abstaining from evil lust, stays away from evil not by the fear of punishment, but turns away from evil. If, however, some word persuades him that there is no punishment, he practices what he chooses as evil. God, therefore, often does not bring punishment immediately, but brings goodness.
Greek · §90
τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν· ὧδε γὰρ τὸν φόβον τὸν διαστελλόμενον πρὸς τὴν ἀγάπην λαμβάνομεν–"ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον". τελεία δέ ἐστιν ἀγάπη ὅταν 95 μὴ ἄλλου χάριν αὐτὸ ἀγαπῶμεν. "ἡ τελεία" οὖν "ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον ὅτι ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει"–, οὐκ ἐκεῖνον, περὶ οὗ λέγεται· "οὐκ ἔστιν ὑστέρημα τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτόν". 20 ἐξειργάσω τοῖς ἐλπίζουσιν ἐπὶ σὲ ἐναντίον τῶν υἱῶν τῶν ἀνθρώπων. ἐξειργάσω ταύτην τὴν κρύψιν. τινές εἰσιν υἱοὶ ἀνθρώπων οὐ ψεγομένων. ψέγονται δὲ πολλάκις οἱ ἄνθρωποι καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ ὅταν λέγῃ ὅτι· "υἱοὶ ἀνθρώπων, ἕως πότε βαρυκάρδιοι"; ὅταν δὲ λέγῃ· "ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐπέβλεψεν κύριος, εἶδεν πάντας τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων", ἐπαινετοί εἰσιν οὗτοι οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. καὶ λέγω παράδοξον· ὅταν πρὸς θεὸν ἀναφέρωνται, οἱ δίκαιοι ἄνθρωποί εἰσιν καὶ ἀνθρώπων υἱοί, ὅταν δὲ πρὸς τοὺς δικαίους, οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ υἱοὶ ἀνθρώπων, φαύλων ὄντων ἐκεί151 νων, περὶ ὧν γράφει Παῦλος· "ὅπου γὰρ ἔρις καὶ ζῆλος ἐν ὑμῖν, οὐχὶ ἄνθρωποί ἐστε"; καὶ περὶ ὧν· "ὑμεῖς δὲ δὴ ὡς ἄνθρωποι ἀποθνῄςκετε", ἐκπεσόντες τοῦ θεοὶ εἶναι καὶ υἱοὶ ὑψίστου. πρὸς τοὺς ἁγίους ἀνθρώπους λεγομένους ἢ θεοὺς ὀνομαζομένους υἱοὶ ἀνθρώπων οἱ φαῦλοι λέγονται, πρὸς δὲ τὸν τῷ θεῷ αἴτιον υἱοὺς σπουδαίους, ἐφ' οὓς ἐπιβλέπει. καὶ πάλιν· "ἀνθρώπους καὶ κτήνη σώσεις, κύριε. ὡς ἐπλήθυνας τὸ ἔλεός σου, ὁ θεός· οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐν σκέπῃ τῶν πτερύγων σου ἐλπιοῦσιν". "μέγα ἄνθρωπος καὶ τίμιον ἀνὴρ ἐλεήμων". ὧδε ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ "κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν" θεοῦ ἐπὶ μεγέθει ἐπαινεῖται. ὅταν δέ τις ἐκπεσὼν τοῦ εἶναι ὑψίστου υἱὸς ἄνθρωπος γένηται υἱός, φαῦλός ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος. "ἐξειργάσω τοῖς ἐλπίζουσιν ἐπὶ σὲ ἐναντίον τῶν υἱῶν τῶν ἀνθρώπων" τῶν σπουδαίων–ἴσασιν δὲ ἐκεῖνοι τὴν ἐξεργασίαν– κρύψιν τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητός σου. 21 κατακρύψεις αὐτοὺς ἐν ἀποκρύφῳ τοῦ προσώπου σου. τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἷς ἐξειργάσω τὸν σὸν ἔλεον. κατακρύπτεταί τις δὲ ἐν ἀποκρύφῳ τοῦ θεοῦ οὕτως· ἔχει θεὸς πρόσωπον ἐπιφαινόμενον διὰ τῶν ἑαυτῶν δημιουργημάτων· λέγεται γάρ· "ἐκ μεγέθους καὶ καλλονῆς τῶν κτισμάτων ἀναλόγως ὁ γενεσιουργὸς αὐτῶν θεωρεῖται". ἐξ ἀναλογίας τῆς κτίσεως θεωρεῖται· ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐὰν ἴδῃ τις σκάφος, φαντασίαν ναυπηγοῦ λαμβάνει κἂν μὴ παρῇ, καὶ ὁ θεωρήσας ἰθυνομένην ναῦν πόρρωθεν εὐθέως εἰς ἔννοιαν ἔρχεται ὅτι ἔστιν ὁ πηδαλιουχῶν αὐτήν, καὶ ἅρμα πόρρωθεν ὁ βλέπων τεταγμένως φερόμενον κἂν μὴ ὁρᾷ τὸν ἡνίοχον, ἐνθύμησιν αὐτοῦ λαμβάνει, οὕτω τεταγμένως τοῦ κόσμου ἄρα φερομένου καὶ περικαλλῆ ἔχοντος τὴν φύσιν φαντασία τοῦ κάλλους καὶ τοῦ μεγέθους τοῦ θεοῦ γνωρίζεται· εἰ γὰρ μεγάλα τὰ γενόμενα, πολὺ μείζω ὁ κατασκευάσας. ὅταν τις οὖν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τῆς τάξεως καὶ τῆς ἐννοίας καὶ τῶν κριμάτων τῆς προνοίας φαντασίαν λάβῃ θεοῦ, οὐκ εἰς τὸ ἀπόκρυφον τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ κατεκρύβη. τοιοῦτοι δέ εἰσιν καὶ οἱ παρ' Ἕλλησιν φιλοσοφήσαντες· ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ μεγέθους τῶν δημιουργημάτων καὶ τῆς καλλονῆς φαντασίαν ἔλαβον θεοῦ. ὁ δὲ ἄνευ τῆς δημιουργίας λαμβάνων θεοῦ φαντασίαν ἑωρακὼς τὸν υἱὸν καὶ διὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τὸν πατέρα–"ὁ" γὰρ "ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ ἑώρακεν τὸν πατέρα"–, οὗτος ἐν ἀποκρύφῳ τοῦ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ κέκρυπται. ἀπόκρυφον δὲ τὸ κατὰ τὸν λόγον τὸν δημιουργικόν. πάλιν ἵνα καὶ δημωδεστέρως εἴπωμεν· δύο πρόσωπα εἶχεν Ἰησοῦς, ἀνθρώπου καὶ θεοῦ. ὅσοι κατὰ σάρκα αὐτὸν γιγνώσκουσιν, ἐν τῇ φανερώσει τοῦ προσώπου αὐτὸν λαμβάνουσιν. ὅσοι δὲ ἀποστάντες ἀπὸ τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα αὐτὸν εἰδέναι ἦλθον εἰς τὸ γιγνώσκειν αὐτὸν καθὸ θεὸς λόγος ἐστίν, οὗτοι κατεκρύβησαν ἐν ἀποκρύφῳ τοῦ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ. καὶ ἔτι, ἐπειδὴ ἔλεγον τὴν ἔξωθεν φαντασίαν τοῦ κόσμου πρόσωπον εἶναι, ὁ λόγος ὁ καθ' ὃν γέγονεν τὰ γενόμενα καὶ προνοεῖται καὶ διοικεῖται, τὸ ἀπόκρυφόν ἐστιν τοῦ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀπόκρυφον δὲ τὸ κατὰ τὸν λόγον τὸν δημιουργικόν. κρύπτει τὴν ἑαυτοῦ χρηστότητα ὁ θεὸς πολλάκις τοῖς μικροῖς τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτόν. ἐξειλήφαμεν δὲ χθὲς τοὺς φοβουμένους τοὺς φόβῳ 96 κολάσεως ἀπεχομένους κακίας, εἴ γε δεῖ ταύτην ἀποχὴν κακίας εἰπεῖν. "ἡ τελεία", φησίν, "ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον ὅτι ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει". ὁ σχὼν ἐπιστήμην ἀγαθοῦ καὶ κακοῦ καὶ ποθήσας τὸ ἀγαθὸν καὶ αὐτῷ προσκλιθεὶς ἀπέχεται τοῦ κακοῦ ἔρωτι τῷ πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθόν, 152 ἀφίσταται τοῦ κακοῦ οὐ φόβῳ κολάσεως, ἐκκλίνει ἀπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ. ἐὰν γοῦν λόγος τις πείσῃ αὐτόν, ὅτι οὐκ ἔνι κόλασις, πράττει ὃ αἱρεῖται κακόν. ὁ θεὸς οὖν πολλάκις οὐκ ἐπάγει τὴν τιμωρίαν παραυτὰ χρηστότητι
The Son of Man as the Archetypal Human§91
91And goodness. He hides the abundance of the wealth of his kindness because of those who fear, because of the small ones, because of those who refrain from evil through the fear of punishment. 'How much indeed is the abundance of your kindness, Lord' (Ps 52:10). He hid it; for the knowledge of it was making them stumble into evils. If anyone should bring forth words of indignation even unto the point of causing amazement, and hide the kindness as if he were about to punish, if the son had known that the threat is only in form, he would have despised his kindness and would have been lost and become responsible for wrath. In truth, much kindness is his, a great abundance.
For the apostle also says to some: 'Or do you despise the wealth of his kindness, forbearance, and patience, not knowing that the goodness of God leads you to repentance?' (Rom 2:4). And the one not knowing this thinks that he is not being unyielding to evils, and therefore does not come forward. And Peter, the foremost of the apostles, writes the epistle and has said such words: 'The Lord is not slow concerning the promise, which some count as slowness, but is patient, not wishing anyone to perish but all to come to repentance' (2 Pet 3:9). Behold the kindness. It was not necessary for it to be made known to the many; for they would have despised it even more. You have therefore hidden from those who fear you the abundance of your kindness. 'I have worked for those who hope in you, against the sons of men' (Ps 146:9). Those who hope are those who are watching for the divine rewards and the promises which God promised to those living well. 'I have worked' therefore this, 'for those who hope in you.' I have worked this, to hide the abundance of your kindness, so that even those who hope in you might not see this, that for a certain reason you do not bring forth wrath. He says therefore, 'against men.' The abundance of your kindness is not hidden forever, but only as long as those men are, concerning whom it is said: 'But you, indeed, as men, are dying.' And: 'For where there is strife and jealousy among you, are you not acting as men?' (1 Cor 3:3). Therefore, against these sons of men, I have worked this hiding according to the abundance of your kindness; for to them also he opens this. The God of all things is called many times human...
It is not that he has become a man or is a man, but because he descends with men, he governs their affairs in such a way, and as their judge, he becomes like a man who sympathizes. 'He shall nurture him as a man nurtures his son' (Deut 32:6). He observed your ways by nourishing and governing you. This is confirmed by this: 'If he observes iniquity, Lord, Lord, who will stand?' (Ps 139:24), and: 'His eyes examine the sons of men' (Ps 17:24). With eyes alone he sees what is being done.
Just as the one who sent the Son, having approved of his coming, governs men as a man provides benefits, so also this one is a 'son of man'; he is the son of a man who is thus led. And another thing: the particulars are in a certain way the offspring of the general. And the general human has become 'in image and likeness' (Gen 1:26) of God; for this was not said only concerning Adam, but the human nature, the general species, became 'in image and likeness' of God. He who preserves the prototype, the almost-general, is therefore the son of man.
Since, therefore, the soul of Jesus preserved the image—for he neither knew sin nor did it—because of this, he is called the son of that man who became 'in image and likeness' of God. It is also said otherwise: although Jesus did not have a father according to the man, he had a mother. And the woman is a human. To refute the opinion, he is called son of man. Even if he does not have the status from a father, he is from a mother. Thus indeed it is said, 'born of a woman' (Gen 3:15). All are born from men; for Paul also writes: man comes 'from a man,' but 'through a woman'; for from the man the casting of the seed happens, but through the woman the formation and the birth. Since therefore this one does not have the part from a man and through a woman, but from a woman—for he took the whole matter from the woman, not according to other men—'And Jacob begat Joseph the husband of Mary, of whom Christ was born' (Matt 1:16). He did not say 'through whom'—and because of this, therefore, he is designated 'son of man'; for if he were simply called a man, the doubters would have assumed that he had fallen, a man not having origin from a man or...
Greek · §91
καὶ ἀγαθότητι. κρύπτει δὲ τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ διὰ τοὺς φοβουμένους, διὰ τοὺς μικρούς, διὰ τοὺς φόβῳ κολάσεως ἀπεχομένους τοῦ κακου῀̣. "ὡς πολὺ" οὖν "τὸ πλῆθος τῆς χρηστότητός σου, κύριε". ἔκρυψεν αὐτήν· ἡ γνῶσις γὰρ αὐτῆς ἐποίει αὐτοὺς ἐπιτριβῆναι εἰς τὰ κακά. ὡς ἐάν τις μέχρι τοῦ θαμβῆσαι υἱὸν ἀγανακτήσεως λόγους προφέρῃ καὶ κρύπτῃ τὴν χρηστότη τα καθ' ἣν ποιεῖ τοῦτο ὡς μέλλων τιμωρήσασθαι· εἰ γὰρ γνοὺς ἦν ὁ υἱός, ὅτι μέχρι σχήματός ἐστιν ἡ ἀπειλή, κατεφρόνει τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀπώλλυτο καὶ ἐγίνετο ὑπεύθυνος ὀργῇ. τῷ ὄντι πολλὴ χρηστότης ἐστὶν αὐτοῦ, πολὺ πλῆθός ἐστιν. λέγει γοῦν καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολ̣ος πρός τινας· "ἢ τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς καὶ μακροθυμίας αὐτοῦ καταφρονεῖς, ἀγνοῶν ὅτι τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει"; ὁ δὲ μὴ τοῦτο ἐπιστάμενος οἴεται ὅτι οὐκ ἀπαρέσκεται τ̣οῖς κακοῖς καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἐπεξέρχεται. καὶ Πέτρος δὲ ὁ τῶν ἀποστόλων κορυφαιώτατος γράφων τὴν ἐπιστολὴν καὶ τοιαύτην λέξιν εἴρηκεν· "οὐ βραδύνει κύριος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας ἧς τινες βραδύτητα ἡγοῦνται, ἀλλὰ μακροθυμεῖ οὐ βουλόμενός τινας ἀπολέσαι ἀλλὰ πάντας εἰς μετάνοιαν χωρῆσαι". ἰδοὺ ἡ χρηστότητος̣. οὐκ ἔδει τοῖς πολλοῖς αὐτὴν γνωρίμην εἶναι· κατεφρόνησαν γὰρ ἔτι μᾶλλον αὐτῆς. ἔκρυψας οὖν τοῖς φοβουμένοις σε τὸ πλῆθος τῆς χρηστότητός σου. "ἐξειργάσω τοῖς ἐλπίζουσιν ἐπὶ σὲ ἐναντίον τῶν υἱῶν τῶν ἀνθρώπων". οἱ ἐλπίζοντες οἱ καραδοκοῦντές εἰσιν τὰς θείας ἀμοιβὰς καὶ τὰς ἐπαγγελίας ἃς θεὸς ὑπέσχετο τοι῀̣ς εὖ βιοῦσιν ὀρέξαι. "ἐξειργάσω" οὖν τοῦτο "τοῖς ἐλπίζουσιν ἐπὶ σέ". ἐξειργάσω τοῦτο τὸ κρύψαι τὸ πλῆθος τῆς χρηστότητός σου, ἵνα μηδὲ οἱ ἐλπίζοντες ἐπὶ σὲ τοῦτο ἴδωσιν ὅτι διά τινας οὐκ ἐπιφέρεις τὴν ὀργήν. λέγει οὖν ὅτι "ἐναντίον τῶν ἀνθρώπων". οὐκ εἰς ἀεὶ κρύπτεται τὸ πλῆθος τῆς χρηστότητός σου, ἀλλ' ὅσον ἄνθρωποί εἰσιν ἐκεῖνοι περὶ ὧν λέγεται· "ὑμεῖς δὲ δὴ ὡς ἄνθρωποι ἀποθνῄςκετε". καί· "ὅπου γὰρ ἔρις καὶ ζῆλος ἐν ὑμῖν, οὐχὶ ἄνθρωποί ἐστε"; ἐναντίον οὖν τούτων τῶν υἱῶν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐξειργάσω τοῦτο τὸ κρύψαι κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῆς χρηστότητός σου· καὶ αὐτοῖς γὰρ ἀνοίγει τοῦτο. ὁ θεὸς τῶν ὅλων λέγεται πολλάκις ἄνθρωπος, οὐχ ὅτι ἄνθρωπος γέγονεν ἢ ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν, ἀλλ' ὅτι συνκαταβαίνων τοῖς ἀνθρώποις οὕτω διοικεῖ τὰ κατ' αὐτοὺς καὶ κριτὴς αὐτῶν οὕτω γίνεται ὡς συνπαθὴς ἄνθρωπος. "ἐτροποφόρησέν σε ὡς εἴ τις τροποφορήσει ἄνθρωπος τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ". τοὺς τρόπους σου ἐφο´̣ρ̣ησεν τρέφων σε καὶ διοικῶν. συνᾴδει τούτῳ τό· "ἐὰν ἀνομίας παρατηρήσῃ, κύριε, κύριε, τίς ὑποστήσεται"; καί· "τὰ βλέφαρα αὐτοῦ ἐξετάζει τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων". βλεφάροις μόνοις ὁρᾷ τὰ πραττόμενα. ὥσπερ οὖν ὁ ἀποστείλας τὸν υἱόν, ὁ εὐδοκήσας τῇ ἐπιδημίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἀνθρώπους διοικῶν ὡς ἄνθρωπος προσφέρει τὰς ὠφελίας, οὕτω καὶ οὗτος "υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου" ἐστίν· τοῦ οὕτω ἀγομένου ἀνθρώπου υἱός ἐστιν. καὶ ἄλλο δέ· τρόπον τινὰ τὰ καθέκαστα γεννήματά εἰσιν τοῦ καθόλου. ὁ καθόλου δὲ ἄνθρωπος "κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν" θεοῦ γέγονεν· οὐδὲ γὰρ πάντως περὶ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ τοῦτο μόνου εἴρηται, ἀλλὰ ἡ φύσις ἡ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἡ καθόλου, τὸ εἶδος "κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν" θεοῦ γέγονεν. ὁ φυ λάττων οὖν τὸ πρωτότυπον, τὸ ὡσανεὶ καθόλου, ἐκεῖνος υἱός ἐστιν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ἡ Ἰησοῦ ψυχὴ ἐφύλαξεν τὸ κατ' εἰκόνα–ἁμαρτίαν γὰρ οὐκ ἔγνω οὐδὲ ἐποίησεν αὐτήν–, κατὰ τοῦτο υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου 97 ἐκείνου λέγεται τοῦ "κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν" θεοῦ γεγονότος. ῥηθείη καὶ ἄλλως· εἰ καὶ πατέρα οὐκ ἔσχεν Ἰησοῦς κατὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ μητέρα ἔσχεν. καὶ ἡ γυνὴ δὲ ἄνθρωπος. 153 πρὸς ἀναίρεσιν δὲ τῆς δοκήσεως υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου εἴρηται. εἰ καὶ οὐκ ἔχει ἐκ πατρὸς τὸ εἶναι, ἀλλ' ἐκ μητρός ἐστιν. οὕτω γοῦν "γενόμενος ἐκ γυναικὸς" εἴρηται. πάντες ἐξ ἀνδρῶν γίνονται· τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ ὁ Παῦλος γράφει· "ἐξ ἀνδρὸς" γίνεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος, "διὰ γυναικὸς" δέ· ἐκ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς γὰρ ἡ καταβολὴ γίνεται τοῦ σπέρματος, διὰ τῆς γυναικὸς δὲ ἡ μόρφωσις καὶ ἡ ἀπότεξις. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν οὐκ ἔχει οὗτος τὸ ἐξ ἀνδρὸς καὶ τὸ διὰ γυναικός, ἀλλ' ἐκ γυναικός–τὴν ὅλην γὰρ ὕλην ἐκ τῆς γυναικὸς ἔλαβεν, οὐ κατὰ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους· "Ἰακὼβ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωσὴφ τὸν ἄνδρα Μαρίας, ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη ὁ Χριστός". οὐκ εἶπεν "δι' ἧς"–, καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο οὖν "υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου" χρηματίζει· εἰ γα`̣ρ ἁπλῶς ἄνθρωπος ἐλέγετο, ὑπελάμβανον οἱ δοκηταὶ ὅτι πέφηνεν ἄνθρωπος οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπου ἔχων γένεσιν ἢ
The Hidden Face and the City of Protection§92
92Beginning. So that he might show that he is from Mary, he called himself 'a son of man'. And even the Word of God is sometimes called a son of a manan; for when he says, 'No one has ascended into heaven except the one who descended from heaven, the Son of Man' (John 3:13), he speaks this against the God Logos. Thus he is called a son of man, just as we often say that the soul is from the parents. Just as we say, 'The holy Jacob is of Isaac', we do not mean that in his nature or essence he is holy, but that he, by whom it happened to be holy, is of Isaac. Therefore, let the God Logos be called a son of man in this way.
If then you see the Son of Man ascending where he was before (Mark 4:13), we do not even take it to mean the body, so that we may not bow down to those who say that he was brought down from heaven as a body. Almost all the heretics say this, such as Marcion, Basilides, and Valentinus. In this same way, we often say, 'A wise man, holy, a friend of God', and he is a son in this respect: not that he is a son according to such a nature, but he is a son of that lineage. In composite things, we often speak of the parts in regard to the whole; just as if we say, 'A man who is intelligent, sensible, mindful, healthy in body, well-formed, and large-statured', we speak of some things from the body and some from the soul; for some of the things belonging to a composite being cannot belong to each of the individual parts in the composition. But to be awake or to sleep is said neither of the soul alone nor of the body alone; for neither does the soul do this apart from this body, nor the body without the soul. Therefore, it is said concerning the composite.
You will hide them in the secret of your face (Psalm 27:5). The creation of God is sometimes said to be his face; 'in proportion to the greatness of the beauty of the creatures, the Creator is perceived'. They are not in his hidden face, but in his manifest one. If you see a physician working, performing skillfully, you see his face; for the works of medicine demonstrate the physician. But when we are able to see the analogy of the word of the skilled ones and the disposition of the one doing the work, we no longer see his manifest face, but the hidden one. So also we say concerning God that, when we contemplate the created things, from the created things and from the greatness of the...
Regarding others, we fix our mind on God, who is a sea of beauty and greatness in His manifest face. But when we observe, why, I ask, has He made the heavens in such a way, and why in this specific manner, so that we might enter into the hiddenness of His face, into the Word through which He made all things? 'The Word became flesh' (John 1:14). Behold the outward face. 'And we beheld His glory, a glory as of the only-begotten from the Father' (John 1:14). To understand this is hidden.
Therefore, the apostle also agrees, saying: 'Even if we have known Christ according to the flesh, but now we no longer know Him' (2 Cor 5:16). You will cover them from the disturbance of men in a tent, and from the contention of tongues. Those who are now being saved and delivered from the disturbance of men are covered in progress; for he who turns away from evil in order to do good does not at the same time as the turning away from evil have the good perfectly within himself. He becomes a disciple of the unique tongue, the tongue of God. For tongues signify words, and this has often been demonstrated: 'They bent their tongue like a bow' (Ps 126:3), their word; and: 'Death and life are in the power of the tongue' (Prov 18:21). The sensory tongue does not have a hand at all. But it has energy, the Word being called a tongue.
Blessed is the Lord, because His mercy has marveled in a city of protection (Ps 116:2). Having understood those who were speaking and having become in their knowledge, He sends back praises in a manner of thanks for the remainder of blessing and says: 'His mercy has marveled in a city of protection' (Ps 116:2). They were saying that He hid the abundance of His kindness for the sake of mercy, in order that He might show mercy. Having known the reason why the abundance of kindness was hidden, he blesses Him who did this and says that 'in the city of protection' we have done this. We are able to call the life there, the sojourn in this world, a 'city of protection'; for in a certain way we are enclosed as if in a fortress. And since in the Kingdoms Zion is also called a 'city of protection'—'who will take me into a city of protection?'—this protection is to be praised; it is an invincible fortress, an unassailable stronghold. Therefore, 'His mercy has marveled in the city of protection' (Ps 116:2). If anyone is outside this city, he is ignorant of why God hides the abundance of His kindness.
Greek · §92
ἀρχήν. ἵνα δείξῃ οὖν ὅτι ἐκ τῆς Μαρίας ἐστίν, εἶπεν ἑαυτὸν "υἱὸν ἀνθρώπου". λέγεται δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ θεὸς λόγος ποτὲ ἀνθρώπου υἱός· ὅταν γὰρ λέγῃ· "οὐδεὶς ἀναβέβηκεν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰ μὴ ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου", τὸν θε ὸν λόγον κατ̣' αὐτοῦ λέγει. οὕτω δὲ λέγεται υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου, ὡς ἐὰν λέγωμεν πολλάκις τὴν ψυχὴν ἐκ τῶν γονέων. ὡς ἐὰν λέγωμεν ὅτι· "ὁ Ἰακὼβ ὁ ἅγιος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκ τοῦ Ἰσαάχ ἐστιν", οὐ τοῦτο λέγομεν ὅτι ᾗ ποιός ἐστιν καὶ ἅγιος, ἀλλ' οὗτος ᾧ συνέβη ἁγίῳ εἶναι, ἐκ τοῦ Ἰσαάχ ἐστιν. καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο οὖν λεγέσθω υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ὁ θεὸς λόγος. "ἐὰν οὖν ἴδητε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον", οὐδὲ τὸ σῶμα λαμβάνομεν, ἵνα μὴ προσκλιθῶμεν τοῖς λέγουσιν οὐρανόθεν αὐτὸν κεκομικέναι σῶμα. σχεδὸν δὲ πάντες οἱ αἱρεθικοὶ τοῦτο λέγουσιν, ὡς Μαρκίων, Βασιλείδης, Βαλεντῖνος. οὕτω δὲ πολλάκις καὶ λέγομεν ὅτι "σοφὸς ἀνήρ, ἅγιος, θεοῦ φίλος", υἱὸς δέ ἐστιν τῆσδε· μὴ γὰρ καθὸ τοιοῦτός ἐστιν, υἱός ἐστιν ἐκείνης. ἐν τοῖς συνθέτοις πολλάκις τὰ τῶν κατὰ μέρος περὶ τοῦ ὅλου λέγομεν· ὡς ἐὰν λέγωμεν "νοήμων ἄνθρωπος, συνετός, μνήμων, ὑγιὴς τὸ σῶμα, εὔμορφος, εὐμεγέθης", τὰ μὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος, τὰ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ψυχῆς λέγομεν· ἔνια γὰρ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων τῷ συνθέτῳ οὐ δύναται τῶν ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ τῶν ἐν τῇ συνθέσει εἶναι. τὸ μέντοι γρηγορεῖν ἢ καθεύδειν οὐδὲ περὶ τῆς ψυχῆς λέγεται μόνης οὐδὲ περὶ τοῦ σώματος· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἡ ψυχὴ χωρὶς σώματος τοῦτο ποιεῖ οὐδὲ τὸ σῶμα ἄνευ τῆς ψυχῆς. περὶ τοῦ συνθέτου ἄρα λέγεται. "κατακρύψεις αὐτοὺς ἐν ἀποκρύφῳ τοῦ προσώπου σου". ἡ κτίσις τοῦ θεοῦ λέγεται εἶναί ποτε αὐτοῦ πρόσωπον· "ἐκ μεγέθους καλλονῆς τῶν κτισμάτων ἀναλόγως ὁ γενεσιουργὸς θεωρεῖται". οὐκ ἐν τῷ ἀποκρύφῳ αὐτοῦ προσώπῳ εἰσίν, ἀλλ' ἐν τῳ῀̣ προφανεῖ. ἐὰν ἰατρὸν ἴδῃς ἐργαζόμενον, τεχνικῶς ἐπιτελοῦντα, τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὁρᾷς· δείκνυσιν γὰρ τὰ τῆς ἰατρικῆς ἔργα τὸν ἰατρόν. ὅταν δὲ δυνηθῶμεν τὴν ἀναλογίαν τοῦ λόγου τῶν τεχνητῶν ἰδεῖν καὶ τὴν διάθεσιν τοῦ ποιοῦντος, οὐκέτι τὸ φανερὸν αὐτοῦ πρόσωπον ὁρῶμεν, ἀλλὰ τὸ κεκρυμμένον. οὕτω καὶ ἐπὶ θεοῦ λέγομεν ὅτι, ὅτε θεωροῦμεν τὰ δημιουργήματα, ἐκ τῶν δημιουργημάτων καὶ ἐκ τοῦ μεγέθους τοῦ κάλλους αὐτῶν τὸν ὄντα πέλαγος κάλλους καὶ μεγέθους θεόν, ἐν τῷ φανερῷ αὐτοῦ προσώπῳ ἔχομεν τὸν νοῦν. ὅταν δὲ σκοπήσωμεν, διὰ τί, φέρε, οὐρανὸν πεποίηκεν τ̣οι̣ῶσδε καί πως ἔχοντα καὶ διὰ τί τὸ τηνικαῦτα, εἰς τὸ ἀπόκρυφον τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ εἰσήλθαμεν, εἰς τὸν λόγον καθ' ὃν ἐποίησεν. "ὁ λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο". ἴδε τὸ ἔξω πρόσωπον. "καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός". τὸ νοῆσαι ἀπόκρυφόν ἐστιν. τούτῳ οὖν συνφερόμενος καὶ ὁ ἀ154 πόστολος λέγει· "εἰ καὶ ἐγνώκαμεν κατὰ σάρκα Χριστόν, ἀλλὰ νῦν οὐκέτι γιγνώσκομεν". 21 ἀπὸ ταραχῆς ἀνθρώπων σκεπάσεις αὐτοὺς ἐν σκηνῇ, ἀπὸ ἀντιλογίας γλωσσῶν. οἱ ἄρτι ἀπὸ ταραχῆς ἀνθρώπων 98 ῥυόμενοι καὶ ἀπαλλαττόμενοι σκέπονται ἐν προ̣κοπῇ· ὁ γ̣ὰρ ἐκκλίνας ἀπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ ἵνα τὸ ἀγαθὸν ποιήσῃ, οὐχ ἅμα τῇ ἐκκλίσει τῇ ἀπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ τελείως ἔχε̣ι τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐν ἑαυτῷ. γίνεται μαθητὴς τῆς μονοτρόπου γλώττης, τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ γλώττης. λόγους δὲ σημαίνουσιν αἱ γλῶσσαι, καὶ πολλάκις τοῦτο ἀποδέδεικται· "ἐνέτειναν τὴν γλῶτταν αὐτῶν ὡσεὶ τόξον", τὸν λόγον αὐτῶν. καί· "θάνατος καὶ ζωὴ ἐν χειρὶ γλώσσης". οὐκ ἔχει ὅλως χεῖρα ἡ αἰσθητὴ γλῶσσα. ἐνέργ̣ειαν δὲ ἔχει· ὁ λόγος καλούμενος γλῶσσα. 22 εὐλογητὸς κύριος, ὅτι ἐθαυμάστωσεν τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ ἐν π̣όλει περιοχῆς. ἐπιστήσας τοῖς εἰρημένοις καὶ ἐν γνώσει αὐτῶν γεγενημένος λοιπὸν εὐλογίας̣ τρόπῳ χαριστηρίους ἀναπέμπει αἴνους καὶ λέγει· "ἐθαυμάστωσεν τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ ἐν πόλει περιοχῆς". ἔλεγον ὅτι τὸ πλῆθος τῆς χρηστότητος ἑαυτοῦ ἔκρυψεν ἐλέους ἕνεκα ἵνα ἐλεήσῃ. γνοὺς τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ κεκρύφθαι τὸ πλῆθος τῆς χρηστότητος εὐλογεῖ τὸν τοῦτο πεποιηκότα καὶ λέγει ὅτι "ἐν τῇ πόλει τῆς περιοχῆς" τοῦτο πεποίηκαμεν. δυνάμεθα "πόλιν περιοχῆς" εἰπεῖν τὴν ἐνταῦθα ζωήν, τὴν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ διατριβήν· τρόπον γάρ τινα ὡς ἐν φρουρᾷ περιεχόμεθα. ἐπειδὴ δὲ καὶ ἐν ταῖς Βασιλείαις λέγεται ἡ Σιὼν "πόλις περιοχῆς"–"τίς ἀπάξει με" γὰρ "εἰς πόλιν περιοχῆς"; –, ἐπαινετή ἐστιν αὕτη ἡ περιοχή, φρουρά ἐστιν ἀκαταμάχητος, ἄβλητον ἕρκος. "ἐθαυμάστωσεν" οὖν "τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ πόλει τῆς περιοχῆς". εἴ τις ἔξω τῆς πόλεώς ἐστιν ταύτης, ἀγνοεῖ διὰ τί κρύπτει ὁ θεὸς τὸ πλῆθος τῆς χρηστότητος
The Eye of the Hand and Perfect Love§93
93His. We say that the small ones are those who do not commit evil for fear of punishment. Does it not stand, 'His mercy is to me'? The magnitude of God's mercy is taken away if you add 'to me'. It is general. We make it somewhat particular. If we make it that it is for a diligent one or an expert, we have not made it for that one alone, but for every diligent one, for every expert. Therefore, it is not necessary to have 'to me'. Someone self-loving added it.
But I said in my ecstasy, 'I have shrunk away from the presence of your eyes.' Concerning his former state of being he speaks, in which he sought and was troubled. This is ecstasy at the magnitude of the wonder. And being amazed at the economy of the concealment of the goodness of God, I thought it had been cast away from the presence of the eyes of God, from whose presence the one unworthy of His presence, practicing evil, is cast off. However, this one is not as evil as the one becoming so by his own will outside the presence of God. Cain, therefore, was such; for 'Cain went out from the presence of the Lord God' (Gen 4:16). He consented to evil, embraced ungodliness, and became an advocate of thoughtlessness. Concerning Adam, however, it is said that the Lord 'drove out' (Gen 3:24). But he who strives to be inside is driven out. And he was not as evil as Cain.
And he who says these things said: since such things happened, and according to the image, the economy of the concealment of the abundance of your goodness from those fearing you, I thought it had been cast away from the presence of your eyes. And it is possible even thus: just as all those having come by faith are 'the body of Christ' and 'members in part' (1 Cor 12:27), so also of the divine powers, the fullness of the rational powers is the body of God. And just as concerning the members of Christ we say that the discerning eyes are called, and the practical hands, and the feet 'not slothful in diligence'—this is 'the eye cannot say to the hand, I have no need of you' (Mark 7:42), nor can the hand say, 'not...
"I am from the body, because I am not an eye." And behold: the eye of the hand is greater, and this discerning eye is not able to observe the economies to say, "I have no need of you"; for you know that the hand has a practice which the eye previously could not do. For indeed it is like this, that the greater cannot say to the less, "I have no need of you." Discerning men are eyes of God. And he says: because I have come upon things and did not perceive them, I am not an eye. I have therefore said this: perhaps I have become outside the eyes of God, the discerning men who see with the intellect.
Because of this, you have heard the voice of my prayer. Because of this, you have heard that I have known how far I had fallen from the eyes of God. Love the Lord, all his holy ones. The holy ones are those who make right what is just toward God, those who keep that which the Savior said: "Render to God the things of God" (Matt 22:21). "Love the Lord"; observe toward what this is said: from which the mercy of God was hidden, they were fearing. And we took the explicit word of John and clarified it thus: "Perfect love casts out fear, because fear has punishment, but the one fearing is not perfected" (1 John 4:18). Perfect love, therefore, is when someone, loving toward the good, flees from the evil; not because of the fear of punishment does he remain away from evil, but because he has a genuine passion toward the good. And the opposites are incompatible.
For the Lord seeks truth. The truth of God is unique; for "I am the truth," the Savior says (John 14:6). And a certain truth comes to be in those who participate. And just as it is regarding knowledges and virtues—we do not say of each of the knowledgeable ones that he possesses all knowledge, but a certain knowledge, that is, a particular one. So whoever the knowledgeable ones may be, so many particular knowledges they are, and whoever they may be...
Greek · §93
α̣ὐτοῦ. λέγομεν δὲ τοὺς μικροὺς εἶναι τοὺς φόβῳ κολάσεως μὴ πράττοντας τὸ κακόν. ἐπερ · "τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ ἐμοὶ" οὐ κεῖται; –ἀφαιρεῖται τὸ μέγεθος τοῦ ἐλέους τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐὰν προσθῇς τὸ "ἐμοί". καθόλου ἐστίν. ποιοῦμεν ἐνίοτέ τινα. ἐὰν ποιήσωμεν ὅτι σπουδαῖος ἢ ὅτι ἐπιστήμων, οὐκ ἐκείνῳ πεποιήκαμεν μόνῳ, ἀλλὰ παντὶ σπουδαίῳ, παντὶ ἐπιστήμονι. οὐ δεῖ οὖν ἔχειν τὸ "ἐμοί". φίλαυτός τις προσέθηκεν αὐτό. 23 ἐγὼ δὲ εἶπα ἐν τῇ ἐκστάσει μου Ἀπέριμμαι ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν σου. περὶ τῆς προτέρας ἑαυτοῦ περιστάσε̣ως λέγει, ἐν ᾗ ἐζήτει καὶ ἐταράττετο. ἐκστὰς ἐπὶ τῷ μεγέθει τοῦ θαύματος. καὶ ἐκπλαγεὶς ἐπὶ τῇ οἰκ̣ονομίᾳ τῆς κρύψεως τῆς χρηστότητος τοῦ θεοῦ, ἔδοξα ἀπερῖφθαι ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν τοῦ θεοῦ, ὧν ἀπορίπτεται ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ ἀνάξια τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ πράττων. πλὴν οὗτος οὔκ ἐστιν οὕτω κακὸς ὡς ὁ ἰδίᾳ προαιρέσει ἔξω τοῦ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ γινόμενος. ὁ Κάϊν οὖν τοιοῦτος ἦν· "ἐξῆλθεν" γὰρ "Κάϊν ἀπὸ προσώπου κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ". αὐτομόλησεν πρὸς τὸ κακόν, ἀθεότητα ἠσπάσατο, ἀπρονοησίας γέγονεν εἰσηγη̣τής. περὶ μέντοι τοῦ Ἀδὰμ λέγεται ὅτι "ἐξέβαλεν" κύριος. ἐκβάλλεται δὲ ὁ ἐφιέμενος ἔσω εἶναι. οὐκ ἦν δὲ οὕτω κακὸς ὡς ὁ Κάϊν. καὶ οὗτος οὖν ὁ ταῦτα λέγων εἶπεν ὅτι· ἐπειδὴ τοιαῦτα ἐπέστησαν καὶ τοῦ κα̣τ' εἰκόνα τὴν οἰκονομίαν τοῦ κεκρύφθαι τὸ πλῆθος τῆς χρηστότητός σου ἀπὸ τῶν φοβουμένων σε, ἔδοξα ἀπορερῖφθαι ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν σου. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ οὕτως· ὥσπερ πάντες οἱ τῇ πίστει προσεληλυθότες "σῶμα Χριστοῦ" εἰσιν "καὶ μέλη ἐκ μέρους", οὕτω καὶ τῶν θείων δυνάμεων, τῶν λογικῶν τὸ συνπλήρωμα σῶ155 μα θεοῦ ἐστιν. καὶ ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ μελῶν λέγομεν ὅτι οἱ διορατικοὶ ὀφθαλμοὶ λέγονται, οἱ δὲ πρακτικοὶ χεῖρες, οἱ "τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροὶ" πόδες–τόδε "οὐ δύναται ὁ ὀφθαλμὸς εἰπεῖν τῇ χειρί· χρείαν σου οὐκ ἔχω", οὐδὲ ἡ χεὶρ δύναται εἰπεῖν· "οὔκ εἰμι ἐκ τοῦ σώματος, ἐπεὶ ὀφθαλμὸς οὔκ εἰμι". καὶ ὅρα γε· μείζ̣ων ἐστὶν ὁ ὀφθαλμὸς τῆς χειρός, καὶ οὐ δύναται οὗτος ὁ ὀφθαλμὸς ὁ διορατικὸς διὰ τὸ σκοπεῖν τὰς οἰκονομίας εἰπεῖν ὅτι· "χρείαν σου οὐκ ἔχω"· οἶδας γὰρ ὅτι ἔχει πρᾶξιν ἡ χεὶρ ἣν ὀφθαλμὸς προηγουμένως ποιεῖν οὐ δύναται. κα̣······ν̣ γοῦν καὶ οἰήσεώς ἐστιν τοῦτο ὅτι ὁ μείζω τῷ ἐλάττονι οὐ δύναται εἰπεῖν· "χρείαν σου οὐκ ἔχω". οἱ διορατικοὶ ἄνδρες ὀφθαλμοί εἰσιν τοῦ θεοῦ. καὶ λέγει· ἐπειδὴ ἐπέστησα πράγμασιν καὶ οὐκ ἐνόησα αὐτά, οὔκ εἰμι ὀφθαλμός. 99 εἶπον οὖν τοῦτο ὅτι· τάχα ἔξω τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν τοῦ θεοῦ γέγονα, τῶν διορατικῶν ἀνδρῶν καθορώντων τῇ διανοίᾳ. 23 διὰ τοῦτο εἰσήκουσας τῆς φωνῆς τῆς δεήσεώς μου. διὰ τοῦτο εἰσήκουσας ὅτι ἔγνων· τὸ ὅσον ἧκεν εἰς τὴν ἐμ̣ὴν ἄγνοιαν, ἀπερίφην ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν τοῦ θεοῦ. 24 ἀγαπήσατε τὸν κύριον, πάντες οἱ ὅσιοι αὐτοῦ. ὅσιοί εἰσιν οἱ τὸ πρὸς θεὸν δίκαιον κατορθοῦντες, οἱ τηροῦντες ἐκεῖνο ὃ εἶπεν ὁ σωτήρ· "ἀπόδοτε τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τῷ θεῷ". "ἀγαπήσατε τὸν κύριον"· σκόπει πρὸς τί εἴρηται τοῦτο· ἀφ' ὧν ἀπεκρύβη τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ θεοῦ, φοβούμενοι ἦσαν. καὶ ἐλάβομεν τὸ τοῦ Ἰωάννου ῥητὸν καὶ ἐσαφηνίσαμεν οὕτως τό· "ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον, ὅτι ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει, ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος οὐ τετελείωται". ἡ τελεία οὖν ἀγάπη, ὅταν τις ἀγάπῃ τῇ πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθὸν φεύγῃ τὸ κακόν· οὐ διὰ φόβον κολάσεως ἐκτὸς τοῦ κακοῦ μένει, ἀλλ' ὅτι ἔρωτα ἔχει γνήσιον πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθόν. ἀσυνύπαρκτα δέ ἐστιν τὰ ἐναντία. 24 ὅτι ἀληθείας ἐκζητεῖ κύριος. μονογενής ἐστιν ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀλήθεια· "ἐγὼ" γάρ "εἰμι ἡ ἀλήθεια", ὁ σωτὴρ λέγει. γίνεται δὲ ἐν τοῖς μετέχουσιν ἀλήθειά τις. καὶ ὥσπερ ἔχει ἐπὶ ἐπιστημῶν καὶ ἀρετῶν –οὐχ ἕκαστον τῶν ἐπιστημόνων λέγομεν πᾶσαν ἔχειν τὴν ἐπιστήμην, ἀλλὰ ἐπιστήμην τινά, τουτέστιν ἄτομον. ὅσοι οὖν ἐὰν ὦσιν οἱ ἐπιστήμονες, τοσαῦται ἄτομοι ἐπιστῆμαί εἰσιν, καὶ ὅσοι ἐὰν ὦσιν
The Strength of Hope and the Arithmetic of Regeneration§94
94Those participating in the truth are as many truths as there are participants. I say these things before the end, for there will not be many truths, nor many people who are true, nor many experts, nor many knowings at the end; because if from the believing ones there comes 'one heart and one soul' (1 Sam 18:1) and 'being completed in the same mind and the same judgment' (Phil 2:2)—even if not from all, but rather according to a certain measure—at the final desired end, there will be no difference between one expert and another.
Just as, even if by hypothesis all doctors possessed medicine in an unsurpassed way in all its parts, there were not many doctors; there were many men, but not many doctors. Since therefore the truth is one—for 'grace and truth' (John 1:17) come 'through Jesus Christ'—one truth becomes through itself, not truths as individuals through it. They become through the one, just as partial virtues become through the universal and individual knowings through the universal.
Therefore the Lord seeks these; so strive as far as you are able to receive some truth, for God seeks these. Even if you receive truth regarding practical virtues, the truth of practical virtues is judged from the disposition, if one participates in justice through that very thing. Since 'let the righteous pursue justice rightly' (Ps 33:5), pursue that very justice rightly, pursue the practice of the righteous with a disposition of righteousness.
'Love the Lord, all you his saints' (Ps 5:7). He gave a reason; since 'the Lord seeks truth', 'love the Lord', the provider of truths. Thus we also hear righteousness being spoken of in the plural: 'The Lord is righteous and he loved righteousness' (Ps 116:15). But when he speaks concerning universal righteousness, the essence, 'righteousness descended from heaven' (Ps 11:7), he calls the Savior righteousness here. And just as it has become to us as wisdom, so also righteousness.
And they repay those who practice pride excessively. Since he showed the smallness of those who fear, for he also said there are men who trouble them, certain sophists and deceivers, he called these proud. But they practice pride excessively. And it is possible even thus: all evil becomes superfluous instead of being in vain. This indeed is also said in Proverbs: 'Do not love...'
against a man in vain; for even one hating a friend cannot do anything to him, unless God gives it. Therefore he does this in vain. And it is not necessary to strive for vain things. And these therefore the proud do pridefully in excess; for not all those of whom they boast will be subordinates to them, unless God gives it.
Be men, and let your heart be strong, all you who hope in the Lord (Psalm 31:6). Having said this, he anoints all the struggles for endurance, for manliness. And he does not speak of those who fear, but of those who hope. And we say that these are those working for the good of the promises with desire. These therefore are ready to become manly and to be strengthened and to draw near to God. And each one, clinging to Him, becomes one spirit with Him. And if each one of those clinging to the Lord becomes one with Him, when many are the ones clinging to Him, by a way of communion all become one spirit.
To David: of understanding. Blessed are those whose lawlessnesses have been forgiven (Psalm 32:1). The forgiveness of sins is a new genesis, a genesis upon genesis. Because of this it is called regeneration. Just as the repetition denotes song upon song, so also the regeneration is another genesis being added upon a genesis that has arrived. It was necessary, therefore, for the psalm concerning regeneration to have certain virtues in number. And from the fourth square, five times five takes an addition and receives the first of the perfect ones, the six; for the first of the perfect ones, having been added to the fourth of the squares, makes thirty-one. The five times five is a square. A square is that which is equal. These therefore, the numbers having been set forth, have become suitable to the regeneration; for it is necessary to have its constitution from a perfect number and from a square because of stability. The former genesis became corrupt. The first-formed ones turned away from perfect virtue and from the keeping of the divine commandment which they had received from God. It was necessary, therefore, for the second genesis to be more stable. The stable one has its quality from the square; it has the perfect one from the six, in the number being composed and partitioned from its own parts. And this must be said: even if the twenty-five is a square, it has its imperfection from sensible things; for the sensible things are five...
Greek · §94
μετέχοντες τῆς ἀληθείας, τοσοῦτοί εἰσιν ἢ τοσαῦταί εἰσιν αἱ ἀλήθειαι ὅσοι οἱ μετέχοντες. ταῦτα δὲ πρὸ τοῦ τέλους λέγω· οὐκ ἔνι γὰρ ἐκεῖ εἰπεῖν οὐδὲ πολλοὺς ἀληθεῖς οὐδὲ πολλὰς ἀληθείας, οὐ πολ λοὺς ἐπιστήμονας, οὐ πολλὰς ἐπιστήμονας· εἰ γὰρ ἀπεντεῦθεν τῶν πιστευόντων γίνεται "καρδία μία καὶ ψυχὴ μία" καὶ "κατηρτισμένοι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ νοῒ καὶ τῇ αὐτῇ γνώμῃ"–εἰ καὶ μὴ ἐξ ὅλων, ἀλλὰ κατά τι μᾶλλον–, ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἐν τῷ τέλει τῷ ἐσχάτῳ ὀρεκτῷ οὐκ ἔνι εἰπεῖν ἐπιστήμονα ἐπιστήμονος διαφέρειν. ὡς εἰ καὶ κατ' ὑπόθεσιν πάντες οἱ ἰατροὶ κατὰ πάντα τὰ μέρη τῆς ἰατρικῆς εἶχον αὐτὴν ἀνυπερβλήτως, οὐκ ἦσαν πολλοὶ ἰατροί· πολλοὶ ἄνθρωποι, ἀλλ' οὐ πολλοὶ ἰατροί. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν μία ἐστὶν ἡ ἀλήθεια–"ἡ χάρις" γὰρ "καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια" παραγίνεται "διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ"–· μ̣ία οὖν δι' ἑαυτῆς ἡ ἀλήθεια γίνεται, οὐχὶ ἡ ὡς καθέκαστα ἀλήθεια δι' αὐτῆς. γίνονται διὰ τῆς μιᾶς, ὡς αἱ κατὰ μέρος ἀρεταὶ διὰ τῆς καθόλου καὶ αἱ καθέκαστα ἐπιστῆμαι διὰ τῆς καθόλου. ταύτας οὖν ἐκζητεῖ κύριος· διὸ σπουδάσατε ὡς οἷοί τέ ἐστε ἀλήθειάν τινα δέξασθαι· ταύτας γὰρ ἐκζητεῖ θεός. κἂν ἐπὶ τῶν πρακτικῶν ἀρετῶν λάβῃς, ἡ ἀλήθεια τῶν πρακτικῶν ἀρετῶν ἐκ τῆς διαθέσεως κρίνεται, εἰ δι' αὐτὸ τὸ δίκαιον μετέρχεταί τις αὐτό. ἐπεὶ τὸ "δικαίως τὸ δίκαιον διώξῃ", αὐτὸ τὸ δίκαιον δικαίως δίωξον, τὴν πρᾶξιν τοῦ δικαίου 156 δίωξον μετὰ διαθέσεως τῆς δικαιοσύνης. "ἀγαπήσατε τὸν κύριον, πάντες οἱ ὅσιοι αὐτοῦ". αἰτίαν δέδωκεν· ἐπεὶ "ἀληθείας ἐκζητεῖ κύριος", "ἀγαπήσατε κύριον", τὸν χορηγὸν τῶν ἀληθειῶν. οὕτω ἀκούομεν καὶ δικαιοσυνῶν πληθυντικῶς λεγομένων· "δίκαιος κύριος καὶ δικαιοσύνας ἠγάπησεν". ὅταν μέντοι περὶ τῆς καθό λου δικαιοσύνης, τῆς οὐσιώσεως λέγῃ· "δικαιοσύνη ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ διέκυψεν", τὸν σωτῆρα ὧδε δικαιοσύνην λέγει. καὶ γέγονεν ἡμῖν ὥσπερ σοφία, οὕτω καὶ δικαιοσύνη. 24 καὶ ἀνταποδίδωσιν τοῖς περισσῶς ποιοῦσιν ὑπερηφανίαν. ἐπεὶ τὴν σμικρότητα ἔδειξεν τῶν φοβουμένων, εἴρηκεν γὰρ καὶ ἀνθρώπους ταράττοντας αὐτούς, σοφιστάς τινας καὶ ἀπατεῶνας, τούτους ὑπερηφάνους εἶπεν. πε̣ρισσῶς δὲ ποιοῦσιν τὴν ὑπερηφανίαν. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ οὕτω· πᾶσα κακία περιττὴ γίνεται, ἀντὶ τοῦ ματαίω̣ς. τοῦτο̣ γοῦν καὶ ἐν Παροιμίαις λέγεται· "μὴ φιλεχθρήσῃς πρὸς ἄνθρωπον μάτην"· οὐδὲ γὰρ φιλεχθρήσας δύνῃ τι αὐτῷ, εἰ μὴ θεὸς παραδῷ. ματαίως οὖν τοῦτο ποιεῖ. οὐ δεῖ δὲ τὰ μάταια σπουδάζειν. καὶ οὗτοι οὖν οἱ ὑπερήφανοι περιττῶς ποιοῦσιν ὑπερηφανίαν· οὐδὲ γὰρ πάντες καθ' ὧν ἐπαίρονται, ὑποχείριοι αὐτοῖς γενήσονται, εἰ μὴ θεὸς παραδῷ. 25 ἀνδρίζεσθε, καὶ κραταιούσθω ὑμῶν ἡ 100 καρδία, πάντες οἱ ἐλπίζοντες ἐπὶ κύριον. εἰρηκὼς τὰ ἀγωνίσμ̣ατα πάντα ἀλείφει εἰς καρτερίαν, εἰς ἀνδρείαν. και`̣ οὐ τοὺς φοβουμένους λέγει, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἐλπίζοντας. ἐλ̣έγ̣ομεν δὲ τούτους εἶναι τοὺς πόθῳ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐργαζομένους. οὗτοι οὖν ἑτοίμως ἔχουσιν πρὸς τὸ ἀνδρωθῆναι καὶ κραταιωθῆναι καὶ ἐνγίσαι τῷ θεῷ. κολλώμενος δὲ αὐτῷ ἕκαστος γίνεται ἓν πνεῦμα πρὸς αὐτόν. εἰ δὲ ἕκαστος τῶν κολλωμένων τῷ κυρίῳ ἓν γίνεται πρὸς αὐτόν, ὅταν πολλοὶ ὦσιν οἱ κολλώμενοι αὐτῷ, τρόπῳ μετουσίας οἱ πάντες ἓν πνεῦμα γίνονται. 1 Τῷ ∆αυίδ· συνέσεως. μακάριοι ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι. ἡ ἄφεσις τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν καινὴ γένεσίς ἐστιν, γένεσις ἐπὶ γενέσει. διὰ τοῦτο παλινγενεσία λέγεται. ὡς ἡ παλινωδία δηλοῖ ᾠδὴν ἐπ' ᾠδῇν, οὕτω καὶ ἡ π̣αλινγενεσία ἐπὶ φθασάσῃ γενέσει ἄλλη γένεσίς ἐστιν ἐπιγινομένη. ἔδει οὖν τὸν περὶ τῆς παλινγ̣ενεσίας ψαλμὸν ἐν ἀριθμῷ ἔχοντι ἀρετάς τινας κεῖσθαι. ἔστιν δὲ ἐκ τοῦ τετάρτου τετραγώνου πέντε πέντε καὶ προσθήκην λ̣αμβάνει τὸν πρῶτον τῶν τελείων τὸν ἕξ· ὁ γὰρ πρῶτος τῶν τελείων τῷ τετάρτῳ τῶν τετραγώνων προσλημφθεὶς ἀποτελεῖ τὸν τριάκοντα ἕνα. τὸ πέντε πέντε τετράγωνός ἐστιν. τετράγωνός ἐστιν ὁ ἰσάκις ἴσος. οὗτοι οὖν προ̣σ̣τεθέντες οἱ ἀριθμοὶ πεποίηκαν κατάλληλον τῇ παλινγενεσίᾳ· δεῖ γὰρ ἐκ τελείου ἀριθμοῦ ἔχειν τὴν σύνστασιν καὶ ἐκ τετραγώνου διὰ τὸ βέβαιον. ἡ προτέρα γένεσις εὔσειστος γέγονεν. ἀπάτη τοῦ ὄφεως ἀπέστησεν τοὺς πρωτοπλάστους ἀπὸ τῆς τελείας ἀρετῆς καὶ τῆς τηρήσεως τῆς θείας ἐντολῆς ἧς θεόθεν εἰλήφεσαν. ἔδει οὖν βεβαιοτέραν εἶναι τὴν δευτέραν γένεσιν. ἔχει τὸ βέβαιον ἐκ τοῦ τετραγώνου, ἔχει καὶ τὸ τέλειο̣ν̣ ἐκ τοῦ ἓξ τῷ ἀνενλιπῆ εἶναι τὸν ἀριθμὸν τὸν ἐκ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ μερῶν συντιθέμενον καὶ ἀπαρτιζόμενον. καὶ τοῦτο δὲ λεκτέον· εἰ καὶ τετράγωνός ἐστιν ὁ εἰκοσι πέντε, ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ αἰσθητῶν ἔχει τὴν ἐπικοίλισιν· τὰ γὰρ αἰσθητὰ πέντε
Understanding and the Nature of Gospel§95
95the visible, the audible, the tasted, the smelled, the touched
to be among those being instructed. And since it seemed regarding him to be himself the teacher, it is necessary for the teacher to be helped by the students; having hidden it, he says: 'May God give you understanding in all things.' Therefore understanding is manifold; the word is homonymous, and it has many meanings.
And since he speaks about hidden things here, there lies that which is according to knowledge, that which is kindred to wisdom; for the psalm contains mysteries. And this must be said: it is impossible to understand grammatical words if one does not have understanding of letters, and it is not possible to understand the arguments of philosophers unless one has knowledge of their previously proposed thesis. So also the things of God are impossible to understand without divine understanding.
And why is it that grace is given to David alone, or the understanding is said to be from David? Observe that characteristics are known both from the giver and from the receiver, knowing them. For instance, even the Holy Spirit in the Scripture is called at times Elijah and at times John. Likewise also the Gospel is called at times of God, as of God giving and arranging it: 'set apart' for 'the gospel of God'; and at times from the one ministering it: for 'according to' 'my gospel'; and of those preaching, it is sometimes said they have received the gospel, and at times it is said as having been released: 'repent and believe in the gospel.' Such names, when they mean the same both with and without an addition—with a divine addition and without this, as I said, simply gospel and gospel of God—are the same. Therefore it is the same to say simply gospel and gospel of God. Thus, understanding is from the giving God, and from the prophet and his psalmist who received it, the understanding is said to be.
Blessed are they whose lawlessnesses have been forgiven, and whose sins have been covered (Psalm 32:1). Sin differs from lawlessness. Lawlessness is the sinful practice of one not having law; for the transgressor of law is called lawless. 'Lawlessness reproaches a man' (1 John 3:4). And: 'The lawless man says that he sins in himself' (James 4:17). Even if in another way sin and lawlessness are the same: for this the divine John writes in the epistle concerning it: 'everyone who does sin and lawlessness does, and the...'
Greek · §95
τυγχάνει, τὸ ὁρατόν, τὸ ἀκουστόν, τὸ γευςτόν, τὸ ὀσφρητόν, τὸ ἁπτόν. ὁ´̣μως καὶ ἐν τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς ἐστιν τελειότης καὶ βεβαιότης· δίδοται γὰρ τὸ ἐπαινετὸν καὶ αἰσθητῶς, τελειοῦται δὲ διὰ τῆς ἑξάδος, διὰ τῆς τελειότητος. καὶ τοῦτο δὲ ἰστέον· ὁ πρὸ τούτου ψαλμός–φημὶ δὲ ὁ τριακοστός–τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην περιέχει γένεσιν· τριακοντού157 της τις γὰρ γεγενημένος δύναται πάππος εἶναι καὶ μάμμη ἡ τελειοῦσα τριάκον̣τα ἐτῶν γενομένη. ταῦτα καὶ οἱ παῖδες τῶν ἰατρῶν λέγουσιν· δεκατεσσάρων τις ἐτῶν γεγενημένος γόνιμον δύναται προϊέναι σπέρμα. ἐὰν οὖν τοῦτο καταβληθῇ εἰς τὸ ἐργαστήριον τῆς φύσεως, ἀποτελεῖται ζῷον καὶ γεννᾶται τῷ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ ἔτει. εἶτα αὐτὸ τοῦτο πάλιν δεκατεσσάρων ἐτῶν γεγενημένον δύναται γόνιμον εἶναι, καὶ εἰς τριακοςτὸν ἔτος πάππος ἀποδείκνυται. ἡ τριγένεια δὲ μάλιστα ἐν τοῖς ὑπὸ γένεσιν προτέρ̣α̣ν ταύτην ἔχει τὴν τελείωσιν. αὕτη οὖν ἡ γένεσις ἀνθρωπικωτέρα οὖσα προϋπάρχει τῆς γενέσεως τῆς δευτέρας, ἥτις κατὰ τὸν ἀριθμὸν τὸν εἰρημένον κεῖται βεβαιότητα ἔχοντα διὰ τὸν εἰκοσιπέντε καὶ τελ̣ειότητ̣α δ̣ιὰ τὸν ἔξ. λοιπὸν ἴδωμεν τὴν ἀρχὴν αὐτοῦ τοῦ ψαλμοῦ τί μυστήριον περιέχει. ὁ ψαλμὸς "συνέσεως" ε᾿̣π̣ιγέγραπται, "τῆς συνέσεως τοῦ ∆αυίδ", ἵν' ὁ νοῦς ὁ περιεχόμενος ἐν τοῖς στοιχείοις, ὡς ἐὰν λέγῃς περ̣ὶ ἰατρικῶν θεωρημάτων ὅτι· τῆς συνέσεως τοῦδέ ἐστιν τοῦ ἰατροῦ τὰ γεγραμμένα, κατὰ μὲν Πέτρο̣ν Γαληνοῦ, κατὰ δὲ ἄλλους Μενεμάχου. "συνέσεως" οὖν "τοῦ ∆αυίδ". ἡ σύνεσις δὲ τοῦ ∆αυὶδ οὐκ ἀνθρωπικωτέρα ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ θεία, ἥτις καὶ πρᾶξιν ἔχει συνεζευγμένην· λέγεται γάρ· "σύνεσις δὲ ἀγαθὴ πᾶσιν τοῖς ποιοῦσιν αὐτήν". ἔστιν σύνεσις ἰσοδυναμοῦσα σοφίᾳ, ὡς ἐὰν λέγηται· "πνεῦμα σοφίας καὶ συνέσεως". αὕτη ἡ σύνεσις θεωρητική ἐστιν, περὶ τὰ μυςτήρια τῆς εὐσεβείας καὶ τὰ δόγματα τῆς ἀληθείας ἔχει. ἡ δὲ ἄλλη ἡ πρακτικ̣η´̣ ε᾿̣σ̣τιν, ἡ ποιουμένη· "σύνεσις" γὰρ "ἀγαθὴ πᾶσιν τοῖς ποιοῦσιν αὐτήν". 101 ἔχει δὲ καὶ ἡ πρακτικὴ ἀρετὴ συ´̣νεσιν καὶ γνῶσιν· πόθεν γὰρ ἴσμεν εἰ πρακτικὰ ἢ ἠθικά εἰσιν, ἐὰν μὴ συνῶμεν αὐτά; καὶ ὁ Παῦλος γοῦν ὑπ̣οθήκας πρακτικὰς γράφων λέγει· "δῴη σοι ὁ θεὸς σύνεσιν ἐν πᾶσιν". περὶ τῶν προσφορῶν ἔλεγεν, περὶ τοῦ δεῖν τὸν διδάσ̣καλον τρέφεσθαι παρὰ τῶν παιδευομένων. καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐδόκει περὶ αὐτὸν εἶναι ἢ αὐτὸς ὁ διδάσκαλος τὸ δεῖν τὸν διδ̣άσκαλον ἐπικουρεῖσθαι παρὰ τῶν μαθητῶν ἐπικεκρυμμένως αὐτὸ εἰρηκὼς λέγει· "δῴη σοι ὁ θεὸς σύνεσιν ἐν πᾶσιν". πολύτροπος οὖν ἐστιν ἡ σύνεσις, ὁμώνυμός ἐστιν ἡ λέξις, πολλὰ σημαινόμενα ἔχει. ἐπεὶ δὲ περὶ κεκρυμμένων ἐνταῦθα λέγει, κεῖται τὸ κατὰ τὴν γνῶσιν, τὸ συγγενὲς τῇ σοφία· μυστήρια γὰρ περιέχει ὁ ψαλμός. καὶ τοῦτο δὲ λεκτέον· ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν γραμματικοὺς λόγους νοῆσαι, ἐὰν μή τις ἔχῃ γραμμάτων σύνεσιν, καὶ οὐχ οἷόν τέ ἐστιν φιλοσόφους νοῆσαι λόγους, ἐὰν μὴ τοῦ εἰσηγουμένου θεωρήματος αὐτῶν γνῶσιν τις ἔχῃ. οὕτω καὶ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν νοῆσαι χωρὶς θεϊκῆς σ̣υνέσεως. διὰ τί δὲ τῷ ∆αυὶδ μόνῳ χαρίζεται ἢ λέγεται ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ ∆αυὶδ ἡ σύνεσις; –σκόπει ὅτι τὰ ἰδιώματα ὁτὲ μὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ διδόντος ὁτὲ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ λαμβάνοντος γνωριζόντων. αὐτίκα γοῦν καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ἐν τῇ γραφῇ λέγεται ὁτὲ μὲν Ἠλία ὁτὲ δὲ Ἰωάννου. ὡσαύτως καὶ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ὁτὲ μὲν θεοῦ λέγεται ὡς τοῦ θεοῦ διδόντος αὐτὸ καὶ συντάττοντος· "ἀφωρισμένος" γὰρ "εἰς εὐαγγέλιον θεοῦ", ὁτὲ δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ διακονοῦντος αὐτό· "κατὰ" γὰρ "τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου", καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων ποτὲ λέγεται τῶν εἰληφότων τὸ εὐαγγέλιο̣ν, ὁτὲ δὲ καὶ ἀπολελυμένως· "μετανοεῖτε καὶ πιστεύετε ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ". τὰ τοιαῦτα ὀνόματα ὁ´̣ταν μετὰ καὶ ἄνευ προσθήκης τὸ αὐτὸ σημαίνουσιν, μετὰ θείας προσθήκης κ̣αὶ ἄνευ ταύτης ἐστίν, ὡς ἔλε158 γον, ἁπλῶς εὐαγγέλιον καὶ εὐαγγε´̣λιον θεοῦ. ταὐτὸν οὖν ἐστιν εἰπεῖν ἁπλῶς εὐαγγέλιον καὶ εὐαγγέλιον θεοῦ. οὕτως οὖν σύνεσις ἀπὸ μὲν τοῦ δ̣ιδόντος θεοῦ ἔστιν, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ εἰληφότος προφήτου καὶ ἱεροψάλτου αὐτοῦ λέγετ̣αι ἡ σύνεσις εἶναι. 1 μακάριοι ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι καὶ ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι. διαφέρει ἁμαρτία ἀνομίας. ἀνομία ἐστὶν ἡ ἁμαρτητικὴ πρᾶξις τοῦ νόμον μὴ ἔχοντος· παράνομος γὰρ λέγεται ὁ παραβάτης νόμου. "παρανομίαι ἄνδρα ἀγρεύουσιν". καί· "φησὶν ὁ παράνομος τοῦ ἁμαρτάνειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ". εἰ καὶ ἄλλῳ τρόπῳ η῾̣ ἁμαρτία καὶ η῾̣ ἀνομία ταὐτόν ἐστιν· τοῦτο γὰρ Ἰωάννης ὁ θεῖος ἐν τῇ κατ' αὐτὸν ἐπιστολῇ γράφει· "πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν καὶ τὴν ἀνομίαν ποιεῖ, καὶ ἡ
The distinction between active sin and the potential for evil§96
96"Sin is lawlessness." If, therefore, one has sinned, he has in a certain way lawlessness; but he speaks of two things. For by a connective conjunction, he has shown that there are two. Then: "and sin is lawlessness." Sin is a genus of lawlessness; for he was saying that lawlessness is a species, when the one doing evil does not have law. And this is also called sin: the transgression or violation of the law, which I called lawlessness. It is like saying: "everyone having a horse has an animal"; the animal is a genus. Not everyone having an animal has a horse, but he having a horse has an animal. He who has the species has the genus. Thus also here he speaks, as if he were speaking of the same lawlessness and sin. But in thought there is a difference, because one is general and the other is in part; one is genus and the other is species; for he said that the name of sin lies both against transgression and against lawlessness.
Therefore both kinds sin: "for as many as sinned lawlessly" (Ps 51:2). Behold, these who are without law, they sin. "And as many as sinned in law": these are those having wisdom, having transgressions of the law. Both "sinned." But the forgiveness of lawlessness happens when the divine law, the spiritual one, the one "turning back souls," holds the lawless ones. Then the lawlessnesses are forgiven. And I say thus, the forgiveness of sins does not happen immediately. Jesus forgives if he says: "the Son of Man has authority to forgive sins" (Matt 9:6). And: "Child, your sins are forgiven" (Mark 2:5); for he does not say: "Behold, your sins have been forgiven I." He has given a power that is making new. And the energy having come to pass destroyed the evil. Therefore those whose sins were forgiven are blessed. Consequently, they return to the blameless law of God which turns back souls.
Thus the forgiveness of sins happens when the divine law according to the gospel comes; for this is the "spiritual law" by which souls are turned back, as I said. And those sins which come to pass through transgression of the law and are added, have a covering. The sins are covered. But it is impossible for those baptized once to again find the bath. They are covered through works of repentance. But you say that the sins, having been covered, are saved. Not "love," he says, "but...
Does it love remove a multitude of sins? For it does not utterly annihilate sins, but in another way; for he who performs works of love performs them. For no one who shows love toward a neighbor speaks against him, insults him, or acts unjustly. But when he does this, he lacks love toward him.
All these things are examined not as being currently active, not because they are hidden as if they were destined, but because the arriving love has hidden those things, that is, it has departed from them, it has cast them out. And if one must speak briefly, the arriving love stops the sin in its active state, leaving the potential for sin remaining. If anything is examined, it is the activity; for example, the repentant robber had sin in activity; he had repentance; the Savior gave him remission; the activities according to which he had lived were cast away. But the potentials remain, and they are examined.
For one must not pay attention to those who say that evil is a deprivation. There are some, and indeed a whole heresy of the Stoics, saying this: 'It is impossible for one who has cast away virtue to take it up again.' Just as it is impossible for one who has lost sensation to take it back, and therefore through this blindness and deafness are a deprivation, so they reason concerning virtue. But to us, who are simpler, and rather more unlearned, they say that there is no longer such a thing; for they say that there is no repentance after these things, no taking up of virtue again, but the evil remains for ever and brings appropriate punishment.
Therefore, sins are examined in the way I have said; they pass into potentiality; for it is blessed to have the potential for evil. Opposites do not coexist. He who has virtue in activity has the potential for evil, and this is a blessed thing. Therefore, one must not have virtue in potential, but in activity. For this reason also, God from the beginning, having made man 'in image and likeness' (Gen 1:26) of himself and 'upright,' just as the good was in potential, immediately also gave a law to prevent sin, so that sin might always remain in potential.
Blessed is the man to whom the Lord will not impute sin (Ps 32:2), nor is there deceit in his mouth (Ps 31:13). Paul took this regarding those of the circumcision and regarding the Gentiles; 'this blessedness,' he says, 'is upon the...'
Greek · §96
ἁμαρτία ἐστὶν ἡ ἀνομία". εἰ τοίνυν ἥμαρτεν, ἀνομία ἐστίν πως· ἀλλ̣ὰ δυ´̣ο αὐτὰ λ̣έγει. συνπλεκτικῷ γοῦν συνδέσμῳ δήσας ἔδειξεν ὅτι δύο εἰσίν. εἶτα· "καὶ ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐστὶν ἡ ἀνομία". οἷον γένος ἐστὶν ἡ ἁμαρτία τῆς ἀνομίας· ἔλεγον γὰρ εἶδος εἶναι ἀνομίας, ὅταν ὁ πράττων κακῶς νόμον οὐκ ἔχῃ. λέγεται δὲ καὶ αὕτη ἁμαρτία καὶ ἡ τοῦ νόμου παράβασις ἢ παρακοὴ ἣν εἶπον παρανομίαν. ὡς ἐὰν λέγω· "πᾶς ὁ ἔχων ἵππον καὶ ζῷον ἔχει", γένος ἐστὶν τὸ ζῷον. οὐ πᾶς ὁ ἔχων ζῷον ἔχει ἵππον, ὁ δὲ ἵππον ἔχων ἔχει ζῷον. ὁ ἔχων τὰ εἴδη τὸ γένος τὰ εἴδη ἔχει. οὕτως οὖν καὶ ἐνταῦθα λέγει, ὡς τὴν αὐτὴν ἀνομίαν καὶ ἁμαρτίαν λέγει. κατ' ἐπίνοιαν δὲ ἔχει τὴν διαφοράν, ὅτι ἡ μὲν καθόλου, ἡ δὲ ἐν μέρει ἐστίν, ἡ μὲν γένος ἐστίν, ἡ δὲ εἶδος· ἔλεγον γάρ, ὅτι τὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὄνομα καὶ κατὰ τῆς παρανομίας καὶ τῆς ἀνομίας κεῖται. ἁμ̣αρτ̣άνουσιν οὖν ἑκάτεροι· "ὅσοι γὰρ ἀνόμως ἥμαρτον". ἰδοὺ οὗτοι οἳ χωρὶς νόμου εἰσίν, ἁμαρτάνουσ̣ι̣ν̣. "καὶ ὅσοι ἐν νόμῳ ἥμαρτον"· οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ σοφίαν ἔχοντες, οἱ παράβασιν νόμου ἔχοντες. ἀμφότεροι̣ "ἥμαρτον". ἄφεσις δὲ ἀνομιῶν γίνεται, ὅταν ὁ θεῖος νόμος, ὁ πνευματικός, ὁ "ἐπιστρέφων ψυχὰς" κρατήσῃ τῶν ἀνομούντων. τότε ἀφίενται αἱ ἀνομίαι. καὶ λέγω οὕτω ἡ ἄφεσις τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων μη`̣ γι´̣νεται εὐθέως. ἀφίησιν Ἰησοῦς ἐὰν λέγῃ ὅτι· "ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἁμαρτίας ἀφιέναι". καί· "τέκνον, ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι"· μὴ γὰρ τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι· "ἰδοὺ 102 ἀφέθησάν σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι". δύναμιν δέδωκεν καινοποιοῦσαν. ἡ ἐνέργεια δὲ προσγεν̣ομένη ἔφθειρεν τὴν κακίαν. μακαρίζονται οὖν ἐκεῖνοι ὧν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ἀφέθησαν. λοιπὸν ἐπανέχου̣σιν τῷ ἀμώμῳ νόμῳ τοῦ θεοῦ τῷ ἐπιστρέφοντι ψυχάς. ἄφεσις οὖν ἁμαρτιῶν γίνεται ὅταν προσέλθῃ θεῖος νόμος ὁ κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον· τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν ὁ "πνευματικὸς νόμος" ᾧ ψυχαὶ ἐπιστρέφονται, ὡς εἶπον. καὶ αἱ κατὰ παράβασιν νόμου ἐπιγινόμεναι καὶ ἐπιδιδόμεναι ἁμαρτίαι ἔχουσιν ἐπίκρυψιν. αἱ μὲν ἁμαρτίαι ἐπικρύβονται. ἀδύνατον δὲ τοὺς ἅπαξ βαπτισθέντας πάλιν τυχεῖν τοῦ λουτροῦ. ἐπικρύβονται δὲ δι' ἔργων μετανοίας. ἀλλὰ λέγεις ὅτι ἐπικεκρυμμέναι μὲν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ὑπὸ τὸ κάλυμμα σῴζονται. οὐχὶ "ἀγάπη", φησίν, "καλύπτει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν"; μὴ γὰρ καθάπαξ ἀφανίζει τὰ ἁμαρτήματα, ἀλλ' ἑτέρῳ τρόπῳ· ὁ γὰρ ἀγαπῶν ἔργα ἀγάπης ἐκπονεῖ· οὐ γάρ που δεικνύων τις ἀγάπην πρὸς τὸν πλησίον καταλαλεῖ αὐτοῦ, λοιδορεῖ αὐτόν, ἀδικεῖ. ὅταν δὲ τοῦτο ποιῇ, ἔχει οὗτος μὴ ἀγάπην εἰς αὐτόν. ἐπικρύβεται ταῦτα πάντα οὐκέτι ἐνεργούμενα, οὐχ ὅτ̣ι πεπρεμνισμένα εἰσὶν κρυπτόμενα ὑπ' αὐτῆς, ἀλλ' 159 ἡ ἀγάπη ἐπελθοῦσα ἔκρυψεν ἐκεῖνα, τουτέστιν ἀπέστησεν αὐτά, ἔξω αὐτὰ πεποίηκεν. εἰ δὲ δεῖ καὶ μικρολογήσασθαι, η῾̣ ἀγάπη ἐπελθοῦσα παύ ει τὴν κατ' ἐνέργειαν ἁμαρτίαν σῳζομένης λοιπὸν τῆς δυνάμεως. εἴ τις ἐπικρύβεται, ἡ ἐνέργεια· οἷον ὁ μετανοήσας λῃστὴς εἶχε κατ' ἐνέργειαν ἁμαρτίαν· μετάνοιαν ἔσχεν· ὁ σωτὴρ ἄφεσιν αὐτῷ ἔδωκεν· αἱ ἐνέργειαι καθ' ἃς ἐλῄστευεν, ἀπεβλήθησαν. μένουσιν δὲ αἱ δυνάμεις, ἐπικρύβο̣ν̣τ̣αι δέ. οὐ γὰρ προσεκτέον τοῖς λέγουσιν ὅτι στέρησίς ἐστιν ἡ κακία. εἰσίν τινες, καὶ αἵρεσίς γε ὅλη τῶν _0__Σ_τ_ο0_1___∆_ω_ν_α_τ_1ικῶν τοῦτο λέγουσα ὅτι· "ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν τὸν ἀποβαλόντα ἀρετὴν ἀναλαβεῖν". ὡς ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν τὸν αἴσθησιν ἀποβαλόντα ἀναλαβεῖν, καὶ δια`̣ τ̣οῦτο στέρησις ἡ τυφλότης καὶ ἡ κωφότης, οὕτω καὶ περὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς διανοοῦνται. ἡμῖν δέ, ὅσοι ἁπλούςτεροι, μᾶλλον δὲ ἀμαθοφλύαροι, λέγουσιν ὅτι οὐκέτι ἔνι τοιοῦτο· λέγουσιν γὰρ ὅτι οὐκ ἔνι μετὰ ταῦτα μετάνοια, οὐκ ἔνι ἀναλαβεῖν ἀρετήν, ἀλλὰ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων μένει ἡ κακία καὶ φέρει κατάλληλον κόλασιν. ἐπικρύβονται οὖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι τούτῳ ᾧ εἶπον τρόπῳ· εἰς δύναμιν ἐ´̣ρχονται· μακάριον γάρ ἐστιν τὸ δύναμιν ἔχειν κακίας. ἀσυνύπαρκτά ἐστιν τὰ ἐναντία. ὁ ἔχων κατ' ε᾿̣νέργειαν τὴν ἀρετήν, δύναμιν ἔχει κακίας, καὶ μακάριόν γέ ἐστιν τοῦτο. οὐ δεῖ οὖν δυνάμει ἔχειν τὴν ἀρετήν, ἀλλ' ἐνεργείᾳ. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ θεὸς ποιήσας τὸν ἄν θρωπον "κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν" τὴν ἑαυτου῀̣ κ̣αὶ "εὐθῆ", διὸ ὥσπερ ἐν προχρείᾳ ἦν τὸ ἀγαθόν, εὐθὺς καὶ νόμον δέδωκεν κωλυτικὸν ἁμαρτίας, ἵν' ἡ ἁμαρτία ἀε̣ὶ ἐν δυνάμει μένῃ. 2 μακάριος ἀνήρ, ᾧ οὐ μὴ λογίσηται κύριος ἁμαρτίαν, οὐδὲ ἔστιν ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ δόλος. ἔλαβεν αὐτὸ ὁ Παῦλος περὶ τῶν ἐκ περιτομῆς καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν· "ὁ μακαρισμός", λέγει, "οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν
The New Covenant and Sincerity of Heart§97
97"circumcision and uncircumcision." He received law in that word of the speaker, according to the good law. The Gentiles are lawless; for 'law' means 'those without law of their own.'." But when they were called to the true law, not according to the common concept, they are no longer lawless. The blessing may be for both kinds of lawless: the Gentiles, or the Jews who have sin concealed. But they had law earlier, so that the distinction of circumcision toward uncircumcision occurs.
This existed before the gospel when the human race was divided into two kinds of men, circumcised and uncircumcised. But when our Lord pleased to come, he joined both ranks into one new man, having created him. The new man is not a Gentile, the new man is not from circumcision, but one new just as one man had become in the beginning; for there was no difference of circumcision and uncircumcision then.
Just as the one from circumcision and the Greek are created into one new man through repentance, through the knowing of the former conduct—and the former conduct before the law is evangelical. If ever Greeks mock saying, "Christianity was brought into the midst only recently; but we were earlier," we show that before Moses, and before idols were brought into the midst and the making of idols, the polity of men is such as Christians now have, living according to practical and intellectual virtue.
Into that one man therefore he created, and a new one he has made him, a new man not a different one, but a new man being set apart from the old. When a succession of commandments occurs, that old one becomes old, as we have often said that the coming law makes the former old. So also the law of the Jews according to the shadow is old, since it was received from the gospel. Since it is non-successive...
This is the Gospel—'even if heaven and earth pass away, the words of Jesus remain' (Matt 24:35)—for this reason it is called a new covenant, because it is non-successive. Thus, the life of the lawless and of the sinners has also been inherited; for the lawlessness of the former has been forgiven, and the sins of the latter have been covered up, and moreover, he has become a man. He no longer speaks concerning a lawless person or a sinner, and he says: 'Blessed is the man to whom the Lord will not impute sin' (Ps 32:2). Pay attention to what they were saying: sin is a kind of lawlessness.
It can also be referred to the 'underscoring' of the saved ones, the Lord's man I say. Blessed is this one; for sin is not imputed to him, for he did not know it nor did he do it. 'Nor is there deceit in his mouth.' The one 'speaking truth in his heart' according to the psalm that says this: 'Walking blamelessly and working righteousness, speaking truth in his heart' (Ps 15:2), the one speaking truth in his heart does not have deceit in his mouth, he does not have a deceitful word. And it is good also to say: 'Nor is there deceit in his mouth.'
Some do not have deceit in their mouth, but they have it in their heart; for 'your heart' is said to someone, is 'full of deceit.' And toward Elymas the magician the apostle said: 'O full of all deceit' (Acts 13:10). Therefore, it is a great thing not to have deceit in the mouth when the heart does not have deceit; for a cunning person can say all such things as to seem to have no deceit. And I say: no one has deceit in the mouth like the sophists; I do not mean the teachers of rhetoric, but the sophistical ones who are false with their sophisms. A sophism is a falsehood; even if it were ever known to be from true premises, the conclusion is a falsehood.
3 Because I was silent, my bones grew old from crying out all day long. This lies beyond the scope of this: 'Because I was silent from crying out all day long, my bones grew old' (Ps 32:3).
Greek · §97
περιτομὴν καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν". ἐπὶ νόμον ἔλαβεν ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ εἰργμῷ τοῦ ῥητοῦ τὸν ἀγαθόν, ἐπὶ τὸν ἀγαθὸν νόμον. ἄνομοί εἰσιν οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν· "νόμον" γὰρ "μὴ ἔχοντες ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος". ὡς δὲ προσεκλήθησαν τῷ ἀληθιν̣ῷ, οὐ τῷ κατὰ τὴν κοινὴν ἔννοιαν, οὐκέτι ἄνομοί εἰσιν. δύναται δὲ ὁ μακαρισμὸς ἀμφοτέρων εἶναι τω῀̣ν ἀνόμων, τῶν ἐθνῶν ἢ τῶν ἁμαρτίας ἐχόντων ἐπικρυβομένας, τῶν Ἰουδαίων. ἔσχον δὲ νόμον̣ πρ̣ο´̣τεροι ὥστε διαστολὴ τῆς περιτομῆς πρὸς τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν γίνεται. ὑπῆρχε δὲ τοῦτο πρὸ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ὅτε τὸ τ̣ῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος εἰς δύο ἀνθρώπους διῄρητο, εἰς περίτομον καὶ ἀκρόβυστον. ὅτε δὲ ἐλθ̣εῖν εὐδόκησεν ὁ κύριος̣ ἡμῶν, ἀμφότερα τὰ τάγματα συνῆψεν τοὺς δύο εἰς ἕνα καινὸν ἄνθρωπον κτίσας. ὁ καινὸς οὔκ ἐστιν ἐθνικός, ὁ καινὸς οὔκ ἐστιν ἐκ περιτομῆς, ἀλλ' εἷς καινὸς ὥσπερ καὶ γέγονεν ἐν ἀρχῇ εἷς ἄνθρωπος· οὐ γὰρ ἦν διαφορ̣ὰ περιτομῆς καὶ ἀκροβυστίας τότε. ὥσπερ οὖν ὁ ἐκ περιτομῆς καὶ ὁ Ἕλλην εἰς ἕνα καινὸν 103 ἄνθρωπον κτ̣ίζονται διὰ μετανοίας, διὰ τοῦ ἐπιγνῶναι τὴν προτέραν ἀναστροφήν–ἡ προτέρα δὲ ἀναστροφὴ ἡ πρὸ τοῦ νόμου εὐαγγελική ἐστιν. ἄν ποτε γοῦν χλευάζωσιν Ἕλληνες λέγοντες ὅτι· "ὀψέ ποτε ὁ Χριστιανιςμὸς εἰς μέσον ἤχθη· ἡμεῖς δὲ πρότεροί ἐσμεν", δεικνύομεν ὅτι πρὸ Μω̣σέως καὶ πρὸ τοῦ τὰ ἀγάλματα εἰς μέσον ἔλθῃ καὶ αἱ ποιήσεις τῶν εἰδώλων ἡ πολιτεία τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοιαύτη ἐστίν, οἵαν ἔχουσιν νῦν Χριστιανοὶ κατὰ πρακτικὴν καὶ διανοητικὴν ἀρετ̣ὴν διάγοντες. εἰς ἐκεῖνον οὖν τὸν ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἔκτισεν καὶ καινὸν αὐτὸν πεποίηκεν, καινὸν οὐχ ἕτε̣ρον, ἀλλὰ καινὸν διαστελλό160 μενον πρὸς παλαιόν. ὅταν διαδοχὴ τῶν ἐντολῶν γένηται, παλαιὰ ἐκείνη γίνεται, ὡς πολλάκις εἰρήκαμεν ὅτι ὁ ἐπελθ̣ὼν νόμος παλαιοῖ τὸν πρότερον. οὕτω γοῦν καὶ ἡ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἡ κατὰ τὴν σκιὰν παλαιά ἐστιν, ἐπεὶ διεδέχθη ἀπὸ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀδιάδοχός ἐστιν ἡ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου–κἂν ὁ οὐρανὸς οὖν καὶ ἡ γῆ παρε´̣λ̣θ̣ῃ̣, μένουσιν οἱ Ἰησοῦ λόγοι–, διὰ τοῦτο καινὴ διαθήκη λέγεται, ἐπειδὴ ἀδιάδοχός ἐστιν. διεδέχθη οὖν καὶ ο῾̣ βίος ὁ τῶν ἀνόμων καὶ ὁ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν· τῶν μὲν γὰρ ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι, τῶν δὲ ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, καὶ λοιπὸν ἄνθρωπος γέγονεν. οὐκέτι περὶ ἀνόμου λέγει ἢ ἁμαρτωλοῦ, καὶ λέγει· "μακάριος ἀνήρ, ᾧ οὐ μὴ λογίσεται κύριος ἁμαρτίαν". πρόσεχε ὅτι ἔλεγον· γένος ἐστὶν τῆς ἀνομίας ἡ ἁμαρτία. δύναται καὶ εἰς τὸν "ὑπογραμμὸν" τῶν σῳζομένων ἀναφέρεσθαι, τὸν κυριακὸν λέγω ἄνθρωπον. μακάριός ἐστιν οὗτος· οὐ γὰρ λογίζεται αὐτῷ ἁμαρτία· οὐ γὰρ ἔγνω αὐτὴν οὐδὲ ἐποίησεν. "οὐδὲ ἔστιν ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ δόλος". ὁ "λαλῶν ἀλήθειαν ἐν καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ" κατὰ τὸν ψαλμὸν τὸν τοῦτο λέγοντα· "πορευόμενος ἄμωμος καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην, λαλῶν ἀλήθειαν ἐν καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ", ὁ ἐν καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ λαλῶν ἀλήθειαν οὐκ ἔχει δόλον ἐν τῷ στόματι, ου᾿̣κ ἔχει δεδολωμένον λόγον. εὖ δὲ καὶ τὸ φάναι· "οὐδὲ ἔστιν ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ δόλος". ἔνιοι οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἐν τῷ στόματι δόλον, ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ δὲ ἔχουσιν· "ἡ καρδία σου" γάρ, λέγεται πρός τινα, ἐστὶν "πλήρης δόλου". καὶ πρὸς τὸν Ἐλύμαν τὸν μάγον ὁ ἀπόστολος εἶπεν· "ὦ πλήρης παντὸς δόλου". μέγα οὖν ἐστιν τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ἐν τῷ στόματι δόλον, ὅταν ἡ καρδία μὴ ἔχῃ δόλον· ἐνχωρεῖ γὰρ πανοῦργόν τινα πάν̣τα λαλεῖν τοιαῦτα ὡς δοκεῖν μὴ δόλον ἔχειν. καὶ λέγω· οὐδένα ἔχει δόλον ἐν στόματι ω῾̣ς οἱ σ̣ο̣φισταί· οὐ τοὺς διδασκάλους τῶν ῥητόρων λέγω, ἀλλὰ τοὺς σοφιστικοὺς τοὺς ψ̣ευδ̣ομ̣ένους τοῖς σοφίσμασιν. σόφισμα ψεῦδός ἐστιν· κἂν γάρ ποτε ἐξ ἀληθῶν λημμάτων ᾖν γινο´̣μ̣ενον, ἀλλὰ τὸ συνπέρασμα ψεῦδός ἐστιν. 3 ὅτι ἐσίγησα, ἐπαλαιώθη τὰ ὀστᾶ μου, ἀπὸ τοῦ κράζειν με ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν. ὑπερβατῶς τοῦτο κεῖται· "ὅτι ἐσίγησα ἀπὸ τοῦ κράζειν με ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν, ἐπαλαιώθη τὰ ὀστᾶ μου".
The Readiness of the Heart and the Twofold Creation of Man§98
98But the phrase 'my bones have grown old' has been placed erroneously thus: 'because I was silent,' these things, the 'my bones have grown old from crying out all day long.' Not 'my bones have grown worn out from crying out all day long,' but 'because I was silent from crying out all day long'; for before this they had the day which 'the sun of righteousness' (Mal 4:2) makes. And he was crying out, this indeed praying, and that indeed glorifying God who grants me the day. Since therefore I was silent from crying out all day long, my bones have grown worn out.
It has been said to us also before that 'bones' refers to the vigorous powers of the soul and the doctrines of piety. Just as these bones hold together the whole body—for from them even the veins and everything is suspended. It is therefore said: 'All my bones shall say, Lord, who is like you?' (Ps 145:17); not that these bones have sensation or intellect. For they do not feel themselves when being ground. Therefore 'my bones have grown old' was received. When it was united to God, then it cried out all day long. But since silence received the cry, my bones have grown worn out.
And I have already said that the unceasing one saw all the sons of men (Ps 32:13), having been cast as 'to the foolish beasts' (Ps 104:25). These, therefore, he saw, the sons of men, from his ready dwelling-place (Ps 104:26). His dwelling-place is like his temple, the state of his being... his throne. This throne is ready and a dwelling-place... 'Your throne is ready from of old, and you are from the age' (Ps 102:25). The ready... about him as a king. And of his throne we take up the thought... It comes, and thus when we hear of his temple, we receive him as ready along with itth it... as if manifesting the state of God, the majesty of God. A soul which does not... his dwelling-place is ready. And this is also possible; one becomes ready from the same participation to make room for God's presence; holiness is briefly produced in the one having it; for that one begins to progress through participation..
A dwelling-place of God is not ready; rather, through progress, something small becomes great as it is measured by its being, and it becomes ready. It is said that the good thing itself is ready, as if one says, 'My heart is ready, O God'; for he who has a prepared heart is a temple of God, a ready dwelling-place for Him. And again: 'Has it not been announced to you, O man, what is good' (Micah 6:8) and what is pleasant, 'but to do justice and to love mercy and to be ready to walk with your Lord God'? And again: 'Pay attention with your ear to the preparation of their heart' (Psalm 103:5).
He looked upon all who dwell in the earth (Psalm 36:6). Others are those dwelling in the earth, apart from the sons of men; for those who have not kept the image, nor have become earthly, dwell. But the sons of this kind of men do not dwell, but they reside. For He 'causes the sun to rise' (Matthew 5:45) as it is 'upon the good,' and so also 'upon the evil,' He surveys all the sons of men, and those dwelling in the earth, even irrational animals; for He gives 'food to all flesh' (Psalm 145:16). He flies into a snare; for we do not say the sons of men and those dwelling in the earth are parallel terms.
He who formed man alone formed their hearts. In the Scripture, the doing is distinguished from the fashioning; for God made man 'according to His image and likeness' (Genesis 1:26), but He formed the man from the 'dust from the ground' (Genesis 2:7). And Job indeed says both these things: 'Your hands have formed me and made me' (Job 10:8). If he says this word strictly, the inner man becomes the result, but the outer is fashioned. And as it has been said: 'Remember that you formed me of clay' (Job 10:9). The verb of forming implies a difference; for the one doing is able and will desire to bring into being as parents bring into existence. In the previously read passages, we say that 'to become' differs from 'to be created'; just as to form is not entirely the same as itself. Listen then to what he says...
Greek · §98
ἐσφαλμένως δὲ τέθειται τὸ "ἐπαλαιώθη τὰ ὀστᾶ μου" οὕτως· "ὅτι ἐσίγησα" ταῦτα, τὸ "ἐπαλαιώθη τὰ ὀστᾶ μου ἀπὸ τοῦ κράζειν με ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν". οὐκ "ἀπὸ τοῦ κράζειν με ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν" "πεπαλαίωνται τὰ ὀστᾶ μου", ἀλλ' "ὅτι ἐσίγησα ἀπὸ τοῦ κράζειν με ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν"· πρὸ τούτου γὰρ εἶχον τὴν ἡμέραν ἣν "ὁ ἥλιος τῆς δικαιοσύνης" ποιεῖ. καὶ ἐβόων δὲ τοῦτο μὲν εὐχόμενος, τοῦτο δὲ δοξολογῶν τὸν θεὸν τὸν χαριζόμενόν μοι τὴν ἡμέραν. ἐπεὶ οὖν ἐσίγησα ἀπὸ τοῦ κράζειν με ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν, πεπαλαίωνται τὰ ὀστᾶ μου. εἴρηται δὲ ἡμῖν καὶ πρὸ τούτου ὅτι ὀστᾶ λέγει τὰς εὐτόνους δυνάμεις τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ τὰ δόγματα τῆς εὐσεβείας. ὡς δὲ τὰ ὀστᾶ ταῦτα διακρατεῖ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα–ἐξ αὐτῶν γὰρ καὶ τὰ φλέβια καὶ πάντα ἤρτηται. λέγεται οὖν· "πάντα τὰ ὀστᾶ μου ἐροῦσιν Κύριε, τίς ὅμοιός σοι"; οὐ ταῦτα τὰ ὀστᾶ αἴσθ̣ησιν ἢ νόησιν ἔχει. πριζόμενα γοῦν αὐτὰ οὐκ αἰσθάνονται. "ἐπαλαιώθη" οὖν "τὰ ὀστᾶ μου". διεδέχθη. ὅτε ἦν θεῷ ἡνωμένα, τότε ἔκραζον ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν. ἐπειδὴ δὲ σιωπὴ τὴν κραυγὴν διεδέχθη, πεπαλαίωνται τὰ ὀστᾶ μου. ἤδη δὲ εἶπον ὅτι τὰ ἀδιάδοχα 177 32,13 εἶδεν πάντας τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων. βληθέντος "τοῖς 104 κτήνεσιν τοῖς ἀνοήτοις". τούτους οὖν εἶδεν τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων. 14 ἐξ ἑτοίμου κατοικητηρίου αὐτοῦ. κατοικητήριον αὐτοῦ ὡσανεὶ ναὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἡ κατάστασις ····· ····· ····· ···· τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ. ὁ θρόνος οὗτος ἕτοιμός ἐστιν καὶ κατοικητήριο̣ν̣ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· "ἕτοιμος ὁ θρόνος σου ἀπὸ τότε, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος σὺ εἶ". τὸ ετοιμ̣ο̣····· ····· ····· ····· ····· περὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς βασιλέως. καὶ τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ ἔννοιαν λαμβάν̣ομ̣εν ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ἔρχεται, καὶ οὕτω ναὸν αὐτοῦ ἀκούοντες σὺν αὐτῷ ἕτοιμον αὐτὸν λ̣αμβάνομεν ····· ····· ····· ·· ὡσανεὶ κατάστασιν θεοῦ δηλοι῀̣, μεγαλειότητα θεοῦ. ψυχὴν ἧς οὐκ ε····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ἕτοιμόν ἐστιν αὐτοῦ τὸ κατοικητήριον. δύναται δὲ καὶ τοῦτο· ετ̣οι̣····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς μετουσίας ἕτοιμος γίνεται πρὸς τὸ χωρῆσαι θεοῦ παρουσίαν ······ ····· ····· ····· ··· ἁγιότης κατὰ βραχὺ ἐνγίνεται τῷ ἔχοντι· ἄρχεται γὰρ ἐκεῖνος προκοπ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· λάμβανε τὴν μετουσίαν. τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ κατοικητήριον ἕτοιμόν ἐστιν ο̣ὐκ ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· κατὰ προκοπὴν ἐκ μικροῦ μέγας γίνεται συνμετρούμενον τῇ υ῾̣π̣άρξει ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· ἕτοιμόν ἐστιν. λέγεται δέ ποτε αὐτὸ τὸ καλὸν ἕτοιμον, ὡς ἐὰν λέγῃ· "ἑτοίμη ἡ καρδία μου, ὁ θεός"· ὁ γὰρ ἡτοιμασμένην ἔχων τὴν καρδίαν, ναός ἐστιν θεοῦ, ἕτοιμον αὐτοῦ κατοικητήριόν ἐστιν. καὶ ἔτι· "εἰ ἀνηγγέλη σοι, ἄνθρωπε, τί καλὸν" καὶ τί τερπνὸν "ἀλλ' ἢ τοῦ ποιεῖν κρίμα καὶ ἀγαπᾶν ἔλεον καὶ ἕτοιμον εἶναι τοῦ πορεύεσθαι μετὰ κυρίου θεοῦ σου"; καὶ ἔτι· "τὴν ἑτοιμασίαν τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν προσέσχεν τὸ οὖς σου". 14 ἐπέβλεψεν ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν γῆν. ἄλλοι εἰσὶν οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὴν γῆν παρα`̣ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων· κατοικοῦσιν γὰρ ἄνθρωποι οἱ μὴ τηρήσαντες τὸ κατ' εἰκόνα μηδὲ τυγχάνοντ̣ες̣ γ̣ε̣····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· γῆν. οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τούτων οὐ κατοικοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ παροικοῦσιν ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· προνοεῖται· "ἀνατέλλει" γὰρ "τὸν ἥλιον" ὥσπερ "ἐπὶ ἀγαθούς", οὑ´̣τ̣ω καὶ "ἐπὶ πονηρούς" ····· ····· ·· πάντας τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐφορᾷ, καὶ τοὺς κατοικο̣υ῀̣ν̣τ̣α̣ς̣ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ἄλογα ζῷα· δίδει γὰρ "τροφὴν πάσῃ σαρκί". πάντας τοὺς ἐπὶ τ̣η῀̣ς γ̣ῆς ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· πτει εἰς παγίδα· οὐ γὰρ ἐκ παραλλήλου λέγομεν τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν γῆν. 15 ὁ πλάσας κατὰ μόνας τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν. διαστέλλετ̣αι ἐν τῇ γραφῇ τὸ ποιεῖν πρὸς τὸ πλάττειν· τὸν "κατ' εἰκόνα" γὰρ "καὶ ὁμοίωσιν" ἑαυτοῦ ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν ἄνθρωπον, ἔπλασεν δὲ τὸν ἐκ τοῦ "χοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς" ἄνθρωπον". καὶ ὁ Ἰὼβ γοῦν ἀμφότερα ταῦτα λέγει· "αἱ χεῖρές σου ἔπλασάν με καὶ ἐποίησάν με". εἰ κυρίως ταύτην τὴν λέξιν λέγει, γίνεται ἂν ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος̣, πλάττεται δὲ ὁ ἔξω. καὶ ὡς εἰρηκ····· ··· "μνήσθητι ὅτι πηλόν με ἔπλασας". τὸ τῆς πλάσεως ῥῆμα αντ··φηρησιν σημαίνει· οἷον ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· · ὁ δὲ ποιῶν δύναται δυνατε καὶ θελήςει ᾗ γονεῖς εἰς ὕπαρξιν ἀγαγεῖν ····· ····· ····· ·· ἐν τοῖς ἔνπροσθεν ἀναγνωσθεῖσιν ἐλέγομεν διαφε´̣ρειν τὸ γενέσθαι τοῦ κ̣τισθῆναι ····· ····· ····· ·· ως τὸ πλάσαι οὐ πάντη αὐτό ἐστιν. ἄκουε γοῦν τί λέγει· οὐ
The Shaping of the Heart§99
99He says that the hearts were formed by God in all ways, but 'only alone'. The hearts were formed 'only alone' to join heart to heart in companionship.
They certainly differ, and though many possess them, they possess them with some difference. This indeed is also said in Proverbs: 'Just as faces are not alike to faces, so also the hearts of men' are not alike (Proverbs 27:19). It is therefore difficult to find two similar faces. Even if the myth of Polydeuces and Castor is told, it stands only as a myth. They say the hemispheres are signified by these two names. Therefore they say day by day, living in parts; for the hemispheres are thus: when one semicircle becomes under the earth, the other becomes over the earth, because the semicircles are dissimilar in their likeness. If indeed you cut a circle in the middle, the semicircles are dissimilar. Let that remain a myth to me.
But let us grant that such men have also come to be. It is therefore difficult to join face to face in likeness. 'Just as faces are not alike to faces, so also the hearts of men' are not alike (Proverbs 27:19). For indeed 'no one knew the things of man except the spirit of the man which is in him' (1 Corinthians 2:11). If no one knew the things of man except the spirit in him, the things of men have been formed by God individually, each one.
Having formed there a kind of mixture, for he said that they do not fall to the more sensory understanding, just as a potter forms clay, the hearts, he knows all their works; for since one knows works in a certain way, if from the works themselves. We also say at other times that one who understands mechanical works is able to judge whether the parts of the clock are well or not. And upon an image, therefore, heart does not join to heart. Therefore he alone is called 'the knower of hearts of all' according to the prayer sent up by the apostles, when the disciples were making a selection. No one else is able to know the heart of...
A man to see. Therefore, one cannot separate heart from heart. And Job says, 'He who understands the mind of men' (Job 33:32). Even if another stood by... this is of God. He alone shapes the hearts. Each heart... the name of the shaping does not mean the creation of the heart... and indeed the elders, receiving its right which he... have said, 'Good is the shaping of your heart.' They do not say the essence of the heart is good, but the shaping, by which he skillfully worked. Toward the beautiful, he says, it has become... and it is possible to say by a second sense that the 'shaping of the heart' is then good, when it is protected from wickedness or ignorance, as it was in the beginning.
The man having become 'in the image and likeness' (Gen 1:26) of God is not said to have been shaped, but to have been made. But the man having become from clay and matter is said to be a shaping of God: 'Remember that you formed me of clay' (Job 10:9). And concerning both of the active powers of God it is said, 'Your hands shaped me and made me' (Ps 138:7). To fashion the heart... is a shaping of the heart, not to sustain it. So that you may know: the first making of our hearts had no difference; therefore it was not said then that each heart was shaped alone. There was no difference from the others. Here this is said after the subtext.
Regarding: 'one heart and one soul' (Acts 4:32) of the disciples? According to this, 'of those believing' according to being of one mind; for we do not take the whole from all. Regarding: so will the shaping ever cease? —the shaping alone, since this also took a beginning from us. And it took the beginning from us and an end it will reach, when it becomes—just as the Father and the Son are one (John 17:21), so all rational things are. I want it to be in this: 'that just as I and you are one, Father, so may we all be one' (John 17:21). Regarding: does making differ from creation? —it differs. To make signifies bringing into being from non-being, not to fashion; and for some, the name of creation also denotes the adornment of that which has become. The name of creation suffices even for the soulless: 'making...'
Greek · §99
λέγει καθ' ἁπάσας πεπλάσθαι τὰς καρδίας ὑπὸ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ "κατὰ μόνας". "κατὰ μόνας" ἐπλάσθησαν αἱ καρδίαι τ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· καρδίαν πρὸς καρδίαν συντροχάσαι. διαφέρουσιν πάντως καὶ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· 178 ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· ἔχωσιν πολλοί, κατά τινα διαφορὰν ἔχουσιν αὐτά. τοῦτο γοῦν καὶ ἐν Παροι μίαις λέγει· "ὥσπερ οὐχ ὅμοια πρόσωπα προσώποις, οὕτως οὐδὲ αἱ καρδίαι τῶν ἀνθρώπων" ὅμοιαι. δύσκολον οὖν ἐστιν δύο ὅμοια πρόσωπα εὑρεῖν. κἂν μυθεύηται τὸ τοῦ Πολυδεύκους καὶ Κάστορος, ἀλλὰ μέχρι μύθου ἵσταται. λέγουσιν τὰ ἡμισφαίρια σημαίνεσθαι διὰ τῶν δύο τούτων ὀνομάτων. διὸ λέγουσιν ἡμέραν παρ' ἡμέραν ἐν μέρει ζῆν αὐτούς· τὰ γὰρ ἡμισφαίρια οὕτως εἰσίν· ὅταν γένηται τὸ ἓν ἡμικύκλιον ὑπὸ τὴν γῆν, τὸ ἄλλο ὑπὲρ τὴν γῆν γίνεται ····· ··· διὰ τὸ τὰ ἡμικύκλια ἀπαράλλακτα εἶναι τῇ ὁμοιότητι. ἐὰν γοῦν τέμῃς κύκλον ἐν μέσῳ, τὰ ἡμικύκλια ἀπαράλλακτά 105 εἰσιν. ἐκεῖνο οὖν μεμυθεύσθω. δῶμεν δὲ ὅτι καὶ γέγοναν ἄνθρωποι τοιοῦτοι ····· ····· ····· ····· ·····ο̣υσαν. δύσκολον οὖν ἐστιν συντροχάσαι πρόσωπον προσώπῳ ἐν ὁμοιότητι ····· ····· ····· ····· ··ε̣ιν ἐπιγιγνώσκουσιν. "ὥσπερ" οὖν "οὐχ ὅμοια πρόσωπα προσώποις, οὕτως οὐδὲ αἱ καρδίαι τῶν ἀνθρώπων" ὅμοιαι. ἀμέλει γοῦν "οὐδεὶς οἶδεν τὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου εἰ μὴ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὸ ἐν αὐτῷ". εἰ οὐδεὶς οἶδεν τὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου εἰ μὴ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἐν αὐτῷ, τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων κατ' ἰδίαν πέπλασται ἕκαστα. πλάσιν δὲ ἐνταῦθα τὴν ὡσανεὶ κρᾶσιν καὶ ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· εἶπον γὰρ ὅτι οὐχ ὑποπίπτουσιν τῇ αἰσθητικωτέρᾳ πλάσει ὥσπερ πηλὸς κεραμικός ····· ····· ····· ··· τὰς καρδίας, οἶδεν πάντα τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν· ἐπεὶ γὰρ κυρίως ἔργα τις οἶδεν, ἐὰν ἐκ τῆς ····· ····· ····· ····· ····εν̣ αὐτά. ἐλέγομεν καὶ ἄλλοτε ὅτι ὁ ἐπιστάνων μηχανικοῖς ποιήμασιν τὸν νοῦν ····· ····· ····· ··· · ··· δύνασαι κρῖναι εἰ καλῶς ἢ οὐ καλῶς ἔχει τὰ μέρη τοῦ ὡρολογίου. καὶ ἐπὶ εἰκόνος ····· ····· ····· ·· οὐ συντροχάζει οὖν καρδία πρὸς καρδίαν. διὸ μόνος αὐτὸς "καρδιογνώστης πάντων" λέγεται κατὰ τὴν εὐχὴν τὴν ἀναπεμφθεῖσαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων, ὅτε ἐκλογὴν ἐποίουν οἱ μαθηταὶ δεσ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· οὐδ̣εὶς ἄλλος δύναται τὴν καρδίαν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου φωρᾶσαι. διὸ οὐ δύναται διαστεῖλαι καρδίαν ἀπὸ καρδίας. καὶ ὁ Ἰὼβ λέγει· "ὁ ἐπιστάμενος τὸν νοῦν τῶν ἀνθρώπων". εἰ καὶ ἄλλος παρίστατο ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦτο. κατὰ μόνας πλάττει τὰς καρδίας. ἑκάστη καρδία ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· τὸ τῆς πλάσεως ὄνομα οὐ δημιουργίαν τῆς καρδίας σημαίνει ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· καὶ γὰρ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι οἱ ἀποδεχόμενοι αὐτῆς τὴν ἀριστείαν ἣν ἐπε····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· εἰρη´̣κασιν· "ἀγαθὸν τὸ πλάσμα τῆς καρδίας σου". οὐ τὴν οὐσίαν τῆς καρδίας ἀγαθὴν λέγουσιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν πλάσιν, καθ' ἣν ἐστρατήγησεν τεχ̣νικῶς. πρὸς καλοῦ, φησίν, γέγονεν ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· δυνατὸν δὲ κατὰ δεύτερον λόγον εἰπεῖν ὅτι τὸ "πλάσμα τῆς καρδίας" τότε ἀγαθόν ἐστιν, ὅταν βδελυχθῇ κακίαν ἢ ἄγνοιαν, ὅταν οὕτω ὡς ἐν α᾿̣ρχῇ γέγονεν, φυλαχθῇ. ὁ "κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν" θεοῦ γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος οὐκ εἴρηται πεπλάσθαι, ἀλλὰ πεπ̣ο̣ιῆσθαι. ὁ δὲ ἐκ τοῦ πηλοῦ καὶ τῆς ὕλης γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος λέγεται πλάσμα θεοῦ εἶναι· "μνήσθητι ὅτι πηλόν με ἔπλασας". καὶ ἐπὶ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν δραστηρίων δυνάμεων τοῦ θεοῦ εἴρηται· "αἱ χεῖρές σου ἔπλασάν με καὶ ἐποίησάν με". τὸ διατυπῶσαι τὴν καρδίαν ····· ····· ····· ·····ς πλάσις καρδίας ἐστίν̣, οὐ τὸ ὑποστῆσαι αὐτήν. ἵνα δὲ γνῷς· ἡ πρώτη ποίησις τῶν καρδιῶν ἡμῶν οὐκ̣ εἶχεν διαφοράν· ὅθεν οὐκ ἐλέγετο τότε ὅτι κατὰ μόνας ἑκάστη καρδία ἐπλάσθη. οὐδεμία ἦν διαφορὰ τῶν ἄλλων. ὧδε τοῦτο λέγεται μετὰ τὴν ὑπόβασιν. 179 ἐπερ · τὸ "καρδία μία καὶ ψυχὴ μία" τῶν μαθητῶν; κατὰ τοῦτο "τῶν πιστευόντων" κατὰ τὸ ὁμοφρονεῖν· μὴ γὰρ λαμβάνομεν τὸ ὅλαι ἐξ ὅλων. ἐπερ · ὥστε ἐκλείψει ποτὲ τὸ τῆς πλάσεως; –τῆς κατὰ μόνας, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἀρχὴν ἐ´̣λαβεν αὕτη ἐξ ἡμ̣ῶν. καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἔλαβεν ἐξ ἡμῶν καὶ πέρατος τεύξεται, ὅταν γένηται, ὥσπερ ὁ πατὴρ καὶ ὁ υἱὸς ἕν εἰσιν, οὕτω πάντα τὰ λογικά. ἐν αὐτῷ εἶναι θέλω, "ἵν' ὥσπερ ἐγὼ καὶ σὺ ἕν ἐσμεν, πάτερ, οὕτω ἓν ἡμεῖς ὦμεν πάντες". ἐπερ · διαφέρει ποίημα κτίσματος; –διαφέρει. οὐσίωσιν τὴν ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος σημαίνει το`̣ ποιεῖν, οὐ διατύπωσιν δέ· τινὰ δὲ καὶ διακόσμησιν τοῦ γενομένου τὸ τῆς κτίσεως ὄνομα δηλοῖ. τὸ τῆς κτίσεως ὄνομα φθάνει καὶ ἐπὶ ἀψύχων· "ποιῶν
God's Creation and Transformation of Evil§100
100“He is peace and one who creates new things out of evils.” And according to what is at hand, we say this: He proves to be a providential one over all things, and he gives peace to them and creates new things out of the evils. And in another way the expression was made clear to us thus: he creates evils as though it were an unclean creation., so that it might no longer be unclean; he creates, so that it might become pure, and he creates the two into one new man within him. He creates evils so that they might no longer be evils; for example, he creates evil men so that they might no longer be evil.
Question: Regarding the quality? —the quality in the sense of being like it; “for we are his workmanship, created in Christ Jesus for good works” (Eph 2:10). Regarding the workmanship, he has not said “for good works,” but rather for the sake of being. But they are created “for good works,” so that they might do good works. Question: so that the formation is from the quality? —in such a way as is possible; for the essence was formed from the heart. And the heart is the mind.
And the name of creation is extended even to the sensible things: “and having created the world out of formless matter.” Question: regarding the rational things by analogy? —yes, regarding the rational in general. An extension is also found regarding the irrational souls, the one understanding all their works. He understands the works, because he knows the heart, and the beginnings of the happening works are taken from perception.
Among us, many receive people from what is within them; and those becoming imitators of God do so for no other reason than that “it is more blessed to give than to receive” (Acts 20:35); for giving is like God, but receiving is not; for each of those receiving is a recipient of something. But being a recipient is a deficiency, and that is to say, the saying that it is good “to give rather than to receive.”
Again: “blessed are the merciful, for they shall receive mercy” (Matt 5:7). There is a certain lesser progress here; for in order to receive mercy, one must show mercy. Another, out of compassion, shows mercy, fearing that a man being so might fall into such states. Thus also Christians, out of compassion, nourish those in prison. Others again, having seen someone sometimes struck by disease, pity him because he has become ill. And again others do this even for the sake of the pursuit of glory, so that they might be glorified. But each of these, not being perfect, receives the more and the less; for the perfect is only that which does not seek...
more and less
Greek · §100
εἰρήνην καὶ κτίζων κακά". καὶ κατὰ τὸ πρόχειρον μὲν τοῦτο λέγομεν· προνοητὴς τῶν πάντων τυγχάνων καὶ τὴν εἰρήνην αὐτοῖς δίδωσιν καὶ κτίζ̣ει τὰ κακά. καὶ ἄλλῃ διανοίᾳ ἐσαφηνίσθη ἡμῖν ἡ λέξις οὕτως· κτίζει κακὰ ὡς τὴν ἀκάθαρτον κτίσιν, ἵν̣α μηκέτι ᾖν ἀκάθαρτος, κτίζει, ἵνα καθαρὰ γένηται, καὶ κτίζει τοὺς δύο εἰς ἕνα καινὸν ἄν̣θρωπον ἐν αὐτῳ῀̣. κτίζει τὰ κακά, ἵνα μηκέτι ὦσιν κακά· οἷον τοὺς κακοὺς ἀνθρώπους κτίζει, ἵνα μηκέτι ὦσιν κακοί. ἐπερ · τὴν ποιότητα; –τὴν ὡσανεὶ ποιότητα· "αὐτοῦ γάρ ἐσμεν ποίημα, κτισθέντες ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ ἐπὶ ἔργοις 106 ἀγαθοῖς". ε᾿̣πὶ τοῦ ποιήμ̣ατος οὐκ εἴρηκεν τὸ "ἐπὶ ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς", ἀλλὰ ἐπὶ τῷ εἶναι. κτίζονται δὲ "ἐπὶ ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς", ἵνα ἀγαθὰ ἔργα ποιῶσιν. ἐπερ · ἵνα ἡ πλάσις ἀπὸ τῆς ποιότητος ᾖ; –οὕτως ὡς εἶδός ἐστιν· καρδίας γὰρ ἡ οὐσία ἐπλα´̣σθη. ἡ δὲ καρδία νοῦς ἐστιν. τὸ δὲ τῆς κτίσεως ὄνομα παρατείνει καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν· "καὶ κτίσασα τὸν κόσμον ἐξ ἀμόρφου ὕλης". ἐπερ · ἐπὶ τῶν λογικῶν ἐκ παραλλήλου; –ναί, ἐπὶ τῶν λογικῶν καθόλου. εὑρίσκεται παρατεῖνον καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀλόγων ψυχῶν. 15 ὁ συνιεὶς πάντα τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν. τὰ ἔργα συνίει, ἐπεὶ τὴν καρδίαν ἐπίσταται, αἱ ἀρχαὶ δὲ τῶν γινομένων ἔργων ἀπὸ τῆς αἰσθήσεως λαμβάνονται. παρ' ἡμῖν πολλοὶ δεξιοῦνται ἐκ τῶν ἐνόντων ἀνθρώπους, καὶ οἱ μὲν μιμηταὶ τοῦ θεοῦ γινόμενοι οὐ δι' ἄλλο ἢ ὅτι "ἀγαθόν ἐστιν διδόναι μᾶλλον ἢ λαμβάνειν"· ὁμοιοῖ γὰρ τῷ θεῷ τὸ διδόναι, τὸ λαμβάνειν δὲ οὔ· ἕκαστος γὰρ τῶν λαμβανόν των ἐστὶν δεκτικός τινος. παρεκτικὸς δέ ἐστιν, καὶ τουτέστιν τ̣ὸ λέγεσθαι ἀγαθὸν εἶν̣αι "τὸ διδόναι μᾶλλον ἢ λαμβάνειν". πάλιν· "μακάριοι οἱ ἐλεήμονες ὅτι αὐτοὶ ἐλεηθήσονται". ἔστιν προκοπή τις ἐλάττω· ἵν' ἐλεηθῇ γάρ, ἐλεᾷ. ἄλλος διὰ συνπάθειαν ἐλεᾷ εὐλαβούμενος μὴ τοῖς τοιούτοις περιπέσῃ ἄνθρωπος ὤν. οὕτω γοῦν καὶ τοὺς ἐν δεσμωτηρίοις τρέφουσιν Χριστιανοὶ κατὰ συνπάθειαν. ἄλλοι πάλιν ἑωρακότες ἐνίοτε βεβλημένον νόσῳ οἰκτίρουσιν διὰ τὸ κεκακῶσθαι ἐκεῖνον. καὶ πάλιν ἄλλοι καὶ ἐπὶ θήρᾳ δόξης τοῦτο ποιοῦσιν, ἵνα δοξασθῶσιν. ἕκαστον δὲ τούτων οὐκ ὂν τέλειον δ̣έχεται τὸ μᾶλλον καὶ τὸ ἧττον· τὸ τέλειον γάρ ἐστιν μόνον τὸ μὴ ἐπιδεχόμενον τὸ μᾶλλον καὶ τὸ ἧττον, τὸ δεξιὸν καὶ σ̣καιόν. ἕκαστον δὲ τούτων ἄπειρον ἔχει διαφοράν. οὐ μόνον δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἐπίτασιν τὸ μᾶλλον καὶ τὸ ἧττον, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τὸν χρόνον λαμβάνεται. ἡ ἀπειρία οὖν αὕτη μόνη θεῷ καταλαμβάνεται. μόνος αὐτὸς τοῦτο ἐπίσταται. διὰ τοῦτο ἑκάστου τὴν καρδίαν οἶδεν. καὶ δύσκολόν ἐστιν εὑρεῖν τάχα ἀπαράλλακτον καρδίαν πρὸς ἄλλην καρδίαν. ἡμεῖς οὖν ταῦτα, ἃ εἰρήκαμεν, ἐπιτελοῦμε̣ν̣ κατὰ κενοδο180 ξίαν, κατὰ συνπάθειαν. ἄλλο δὲ τὸ δεξιοῦσθαι ἁγίους. οὐ λέγεται οὖν ἐλεημοσύνη ἐπὶ τῶν ἁγίων· "ταῖς" γὰρ "χρείαις τῶν ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες". ὕπαρξιν λαμβάνειν δεῖ μᾶλλον ὁ διδοὺς ἁγίῳ ἤπερ δίδει. 16 οὐ σῴζεται βασιλεὺς διὰ πολλὴν δύναμιν. καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ῥητοῦ ἀληθές ἐστιν τοῦτο. πολλοὶ μεγάλην ἔχοντες δύναμιν καὶ χεῖρα στρατιωτῶν πολλὴν ἑάλωσαν, καὶ οὐ πάντως τὸ πλῆθος τῶν στρατιωτῶν σῴζει τὸν βασιλέα. ὁ Φαραὼθ μετὰ πολλῆς δυνάμεως ἐξῆλθεν διώκειν τοὺς Ἑβραίους, καὶ οὐκ ἐσώθη διὰ τὴν πολλὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ· τὰ γὰρ "ἅρματα Φαραὼθ καὶ τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ ἔριψεν εἰς θάλασσαν". εὑρίσκομεν δὲ καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις ἱστορίαις τῶν γραφῶν ὀλίγους πολλάκις περιγενομένους πολλῶν. καὶ καθόλου προφητείας τρόπῳ εἴρηται τοῖς Ἑβραίοις· "εἷς" ἐξ ὑμῶν "διώξεται χιλίους καὶ δύο μετακινήσουσιν μυριάδας", "καὶ διὰ φωνὴν πέντε φεύξονται πολλοί". σῴζεται οὖν καὶ τὸ τῆς ἱστορίας. καὶ ἡ ἀναγωγὴ δὲ ἀκολουθίαν ἔχει πολλήν· πολλοὶ δοκοῦντες παρασκευὴν ἔχειν λόγων καὶ δύναμιν συνκεκροτημένην σφάλλον̣ται, ὑπ' αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας ἐλέγχονται, καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο λέγομεν ὅτι· κἄν τις αὐχῇ βασιλέιαν διὰ ἄλλην παρασκευήν, διὰ ἄλλην δεινότητα, διὰ προισταμένων, οὐ σῴζεται πάντως ἐν τῇ πολλῇ ταύτῃ δυνάμει. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ οὕτως λαβεῖν· ἐπεί εἰσίν τινες κατὰ ἀλληγορίαν βασιλεῖς, ὡς ἦσαν Κορίνθιοι, περὶ ὧν λέγε̣ι ὅτι ἐβασίλευον–καὶ ὁ Ἀβραὰμ δὲ "βασιλεὺς παρὰ θεοῦ" ἦν–, ὁ δοὺς ἑαυτῷ ἐκ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ δυνάμεως τὸ τοιούτως βασιλεύει̣ν καὶ μὴ ἐκδεξάμενος τὸν ἐλεῶντα θεόν, οὐ σῴζεται ἐν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ δυνάμει· ὥσπερ οὐδὲ ἡ φρουρουμένη πόλις ἄνευ θεοῦ συνεργείας ἀβλαβὴς μένει οὐδὲ ὁ οἶκος ὁ οἰκοδομούμενος μὴ συνλαμβανομέν̣ου τοῦ ἀρχιτέκτονος τῶν
The False Horse and the Fear of God§101
101Everything comes to an end. And a great giant will not be saved by the abundance of his own strength. This also contains a history: Goliath was a great giant and had an abundance of strength, and he believed in nothing other than in his own luck and his own strength and greatness. And he was also arrogant; therefore he was not saved; for he, having armed himself in the 'name of the Lord' (1 Sam 17:45), was defeated and brought down. And we find many in the Scriptures being cast down great, because they cast great confidence upon themselves.
The Amalekite was prepared for war and seemed to be stronger than Israel; for Israel was not fully prepared for military matters, and yet, as the hands of Moses were being lifted up, the Amalekite was being subdued and humbled, and the lifting of the hands was happening to him, and he was not saved because of his own strength. We say again: if anyone, having a god-fighter's attitude, 'building up lofty things against the knowledge of God,' falls by the strength which he had and is swallowed up, he is by no means saved. Sometimes the God-wise one contends with him and casts him down from where he has conceit.
A false horse for salvation. Again, many think greatly upon a horse, but the God-Word shows that even the conceit of horses is easily broken; for 'these are in chariots and these in horses, but we in the name of the Lord our God shall be magnified' (Ps 20:7). See, 'a false horse for salvation.' To many it was promised that Pharaoh would capture the Hebrews with horses. But they did not even possess one horse, and their salvation has become false, having sinned and having failed. And also in Proverbs: 'A horse is prepared for the day of battle, but salvation is by the Lord' (Prov 21:31). You see that it is false for salvation, if this does not exist from the Lord, even if it is according to a spoken word.
And for thought: it is often said that the body is a horse of the soul, and the soul is the rider or the one mounting it; 'I will strike,' he says, 'the whole horse in frenzy and its rider in madness.' When anyone carries...
When one, enjoying pleasures upon the body and fulfilling his own desire, receives a foolishness, then salvation occurs. A horse is trodden down by God in frenzy, becoming outside of itself; for indeed, being subdued and led away as a slave, it no longer moves according to its own impulses, but stands out from these.
Barhesanes lived in former times, in the days of Antoninus the Roman king. He was at the beginning of the school of Valentinus, moved into the church, and became a presbyter.
17 And in the multitude of his power he shall not be saved. That is, either the one using horses or the power of many horses; for both are true: 'a false horse for salvation,' even if it be many; for it is not upon one horse alone. Often the whole cavalry is a horse. That is, therefore, the multitude of the power of the cavalry used by the riders does not save him, nor the multitude and power of the horses.
18 Behold, the eyes of the Lord are upon those who fear him (Ps 33:18). It is equal to: 'the eyes of the Lord upon the righteous' (Ps 34:8). And this again in the twelfth psalm says: 'Look, hear my prayer, O Lord my God' (Ps 12:2). Therefore, 'the eyes of the Lord upon those who fear him' is not a fear of passivity, but 'him'; for there is also a passive fear, which perfect love casts out from those having the fear of God. There is fearing and fearing God; for the fear toward God is not passive, but signifies the surpassing of all. Thus indeed it says: 'the fear of the Lord surpassed all' (Ps 111:10), and: 'there is no deficiency to those fearing him' (Ps 112:7). Being righteous, they are worthy of being watched over by God.
18 Those hoping in his mercy. Behold, those fearing God hope in his mercy; for having done all things, they expect to be shown mercy by him, as it was said a little earlier: 'not of him who wills nor of him who runs, but of the God who shows mercy' (Rom 9:16). And no one is able to keep himself unblemished.
Greek · §101
ὅλων εἰς πέρας ἔρχεται. 16 καὶ γίγας οὐ σωθήσεται ἐν πλήθει ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ. ἔχει καὶ τοῦτο ἱστορίαν· μέγας γίγας ἦν ὁ Γολιὰτ καὶ πλῆθος ἰσχύος εἶχεν καὶ ἐπίστευσεν οὐκ 107 ἐπ' ἄλλῳ τινὶ ἢ ἐπὶ παντευχίᾳ καὶ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ἰσχύϊ καὶ μεγέθει. ἦν δὲ καὶ ὑπε̣ρ̣ήφανος· διὸ καὶ οὐκ̣ ἐσώθη· ὁ γὰρ "ὀνόματι κυρίου" ὁπλισάμενος εἷλεν αὐτὸν καὶ κατέβαλεν. καὶ πολλούς γε εὑρίσκομεν ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς μεγάλους καθαιρεθέντας, ἐπεὶ ἐφ' ἑαυτοῖς μέγα ἐβάλοντο. ὁ Ἀμαλὴχ παρεσκευασμένος ἦν εἰς πόλεμον καὶ ἐδόκει ἰσχυρότερος εἶναι τοῦ Ἰσραήλ· οὐ πάνυ γὰρ ὁ Ἰσραὴλ παρεσκεύαστο πρὸς τὰ πολεμικά, καὶ ὅμως ἐπαίροντος Μωϋσέως τὰς χεῖρας κατεπονεῖτο καὶ ἐταπεινοῦτο ὁ Ἀμαλήχ, καὶ ἡ ἔπαρσις τῶν χειρῶν περιεγίνετο αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἐσώθη διὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἰσχύν. λέγομεν πάλιν· ἐάν τις θεομάχος ἔχων "ὑψώματα ἐπαιρόμενα κατὰ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ θεοῦ" βάλληται ἐπὶ τῇ ἰσχύϊ ᾗ ἔσχεν καὶ βρενθύηται, οὐ πάντως σῴζεται. ἐνίοτε ὁ θεόσοφος συνλογίζεται αὐτὸν καὶ καταβάλλει αὐτὸν ἀφ' οὗ ἔχει φρυάγματος. 17 ψευδὴς ἵππος εἰς σωτηρίαν. πολλοὶ πάλιν ἐπὶ ἵππῳ μέγα φρονοῦσιν, ἀλλ' ὁ θεὸς λόγος δείκνυσιν ὅτι καὶ ἵππων τὸ φρύαγμα εὐκατάλυτόν ἐστιν· "οὗτοι" γὰρ "ἐν ἅρμασιν καὶ οὗτοι ἐν ἱππάσιν, ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐν ὀ νόματι κυρίου θεοῦ ἡμῶν μεγαλυνθησόμεθα". ἴδε, "ψευδὴς ἵππος εἰς σωτηρίαν". πολλοῖς ἐπηγγέλλετο Φαραὼθ ἵπποις ἑλεῖν τοὺς Ἑβραίους. ἐκεῖνοι δὲ οὐδὲ ἕνα ἵππον εἶχον, 181 καὶ ψευδὴς ἡ σωτηρία αὐτῶν γέγονεν, διήμαρτεν, ἀπέτυχεν. ἔνι δὲ καὶ ἐν Παροιμίαις· "ἵππος ἑτοιμάζεται εἰς ἡμέραν πολέμου, παρὰ δὲ κυρίου ἡ σωτηρία". ὁρᾷς ὅτι ψευδής ἐστιν εἰς σωτηρίαν, ἐὰν μὴ παρὰ κυρίου αὕτη ὑπαρχθῇ. ἔστω καὶ κατὰ ῥητόν. πρὸς δὲ διάνοιαν· λέγεται πολλάκις τὸ σῶμα ἵππος τῆς ψυχῆς, καὶ τούτου δὲ ἐπιβάτης ἢ ἀναβάτης ἡ ψυχή· "πατάξω", φησίν, "πάντα ἵππον ἐν ἐκστάσει καὶ τὸν ἐπιβάτην αὐτοῦ ἐν παραφρονήσει". ὅταν τις οὖν φερόμενος ἐπὶ τοῦ σώματος ἡδυπαθῶν, ἐπιθυμίας αὐτοῦ ἐκτελῶν παραφρόνησιν λάβῃ, τότε γίνεται σωτηρία. πατάσσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ ἵππος ἐν ἐκστάσει, ἔξω ἑαυτοῦ γίνεται· λοιπὸν γὰρ ὑπωπιαζ̣ομένου αὐτοῦ καὶ δουλαγωγουμένου οὐκέτι κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ὁρμὰς χωρεῖ, ἀλλ' ἐξίσταται τούτων. διῆγεν δὲ ὁ Βαρτησάνης ἐν τοῖς ἔνπροσθεν χρόνοις, ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ἀντωνίνου τοῦ βασιλέως Ῥωμαίων. οὗτος δὲ κατ' ἀρχη`̣ν τῆς σχολῆς ἦν Οὐαλεντίνου, μετέστη εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, γέγονεν πρεσβύτερος. 17 ἐν δὲ πλήθει δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ οὐ σωθήσεται. ἤτοι ὁ χρώμενος τοῖς ἵπποις ἢ ἡ δύναμις τῶν πολλῶν ἵππων̣· ε῾̣κατέρως γὰρ ἀληθές ἐστιν τὸ· "ψευδὴς ἵππος εἰς σωτηρίαν", κἂν πολὺς ᾖν· οὐκ ἐπὶ ἑνὸς ἵππου γὰρ μόνο̣ν. πολλάκις ὅλον τὸ ἱππικὸν ἵππος. ἤτοι οὖν τοῦ ἱππέως τοῦ χρωμένου τοῖς ἱππεῖσιν τὸ πλῆθος τῆς δυνάμεως οὐ σῴζει αὐτὸν ἢ τῶν ἵππων τὸ πλῆθος καὶ ἡ δύναμις. 18 ἰδοὺ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ κυρίου ἐπὶ τοὺς φοβουμένους αὐτόν. ἴσον ἐστὶν τό· "ὀφθαλμοὶ κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους". καὶ τοῦτο πάλιν ἐν δωδεκάτῳ ψαλμῷ λέγει ὅτι· "ἐπίβλεψον, εἰσάκουσόν μου, κύριε ὁ θεός μου". "οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ" οὖν "τοῦ κυρίου ἐπὶ τοὺς φοβουμένους" οὐ κ̣αθάπαξ, ἀλλ' "αὐτόν"· ἔστιν γὰρ καὶ παθητικὸς φόβος, ὃν ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει ἀπὸ τῶν ἐχόντων τὸν φόβον θεοῦ. ἔστιν φοβεῖσθαι καὶ φοβεῖσθαι τὸν θεόν· ὁ φόβος γὰρ ὁ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν οὐ παθητικός ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν πάντων ὑπεροχὴν σημαίνει. οὕτω γοῦν λέγει· "φόβος κυρίου πάντα ὑπερέβαλεν", καί· "οὐκ ἔστιν ὑστέρημα τ̣οῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτόν". ἄξιοι τοῦ ἐφορᾶσθαί εἰσιν ὑπὸ θεοῦ δίκαιοι ὄντες. 18 τοὺς ἐλπίζοντας ἐπὶ τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ. θεώρει· οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν θεὸν ἐλπίζουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ· ποιήσαντες γὰρ πάντα τὰ παρ' αὐτῶν ἐκδέχονται παρ' αὐτοῦ ἐλεηθῆναι, ὡς ἐλέγετο μικρῷ πρότερον· "οὐ τοῦ θέλοντος οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ἐλεῶντος θεοῦ". καὶ οὐδεὶς δύναται ἀκαθαίρετον ἑαυτοῦ τὴν
Divine Provision and the Diversity of Instruction§102
102To guard a city, whether it be the body or the soul, is impossible unless God co-guards it. 'Those hoping in his mercy' Ps 33:18; he has mercy on those fearing him, to rescue their souls from death. For this reason, 'his eyes' are 'upon those fearing him' Ps 33:18-19 and 'those hoping in his mercy', so that he may rescue 'their souls from death' Ps 33:19. Death here we do not take to be the common death which the pious and the impious, the righteous and the unjust, all undergo, but it is a death of the soul which consumes the soul from the blessed life.
From this death we are turned away to avoid it; concerning this it is said: 'this soul that sins shall die' Ezek 18:4. And again: 'sin, when completed, brings forth death' Gal 6:8. And since this death follows sins, God, giving the forgiveness of sins, will rescue those who have received grace beforehand from the following death. And he will nourish them in famine, those fearing him and hoping in his mercy. Just as he rescues souls from death, so also he nourishes them in famine.
Indeed, such things have happened many times in history. He nourished the people of the Hebrews during a long journey in the wilderness, providing manna every day by himself. And you will find this in various instances: for example, Elijah was nourished by the widow and by the angel shown to him through bread and the jar of water. And also, while Jezebel was persecuting Elijah and all the prophets of the Lord, Obadiah, the commander of the household of King Ahab, nourished fifty men in two caves, God having prepared him for this. Indeed, he said this without neglect to Elijah when he met him: 'and your servant fearing the Lord' 1 Kings 18:3. And he who feared the Lord nourished them because of the Lord.
If, therefore, he has restorations—these other things have happened according to history—he again nourishes those fearing his fear and hoping in his mercy, providing for them the bread of life, descending from heaven, which partakes of his flesh as 'true food' John 6:51. Being the savior of all, he holds them. He does not do this by a single means, but according to the circumstances: he saves in wars from external enemies, making them victorious and not allowing them to fall into captivity, he saves...
He saves those who are doing badly, like a pilot when we are tossed by storms in the sea of life. Furthermore, he gives to each one a spring—in which is 'a spring unto eternal life' (John 4:14)—and he is nourished even when having become in a waterless place. And, 'open your eyes and be filled with bread' (Isa 58:11).
The one having opened the eyes of the soul and having been filled by the manner of chewing the bread of the divine logos does not suffer from famine; for 'the Lord will not let the soul of the righteous starve' (Ps 34:9). Whoever is in desire for bread but is not opening his eyes to his own bread, lives in famine; for the soul has many foods from God within itself.
Our soul waits upon the Lord. This is what is said: since we have known these things, that the eyes of the Lord are watching those who fear him (Ps 33:18)—even if they have at some time been in death, he rescued them; even if they have at some time been in famine, he nourished them; even if we should at some time be in any lack, we wait knowing that we too shall enjoy these things; and our soul, if it should be in death, shall be saved. For he is a helper and a defender of us.
You see that a remainder has become a multitude: 'the Lord looked down from heaven, he saw all the sons of men' (Ps 147:9). If at any time something is being said discordantly and oppositely, observe if these things are being said about one single thing; for then an opposition occurs. But if it is being said about a church or a city or a house, they are not opposites; for the things concerning the one are said, and the things concerning the other are said.
And this you ought to know: that the saints do not offer up their prayers and thanksgivings concerning themselves alone, but concerning all things which they consider. It is not the same to say one thing that must harmonize with one, and a multitude, such as a people or a nation or a city. It is impossible for the same thing to be at once good and bad, or temperate and intemperate.
And the apostle writes to the Corinthians that they have become rich 'in every word and in all knowledge' (1 Cor 1:5). Does he not say again, 'fornication is heard among you' (1 Cor 5:1)? If he were saying these things toward one person, it would be discordant. But since the whole church is being addressed, and such and such are in the collections, he says all things, so that each one may receive help for himself. In this way, too, he charges them concerning those erring about the resurrection, and concerning the gifts, and concerning those having become idolaters.
Greek · §102
πόλιν ἢ τὴν τοῦ σώματος̣ ἢ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς φυλάξαι, ἐὰν μὴ θεὸς συνφρουρῇ. "τοὺς ἐλπίζοντας ἐπὶ τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ"· φοβουμε´̣νους αὐτὸν ἐλεᾳ῀̣. 19 ῥύσασθαι ἐκ θανάτου τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν. διὰ τοῦτο "οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ" αὐτοῦ "ἐπὶ τοὺς φοβουμένους αὐτὸν" καὶ 108 "τοὺς ἐλπίζοντας ἐπὶ τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ", ἵνα ῥύσηται "ἐκ θανάτου τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν". θάνατον ἐνταῦθα οὐ τὸν κοινὸν ἐκλαμβάνομεν ὃν ἀποθνῄσκουσιν εὐσεβεῖς καὶ ἀσεβεῖς καὶ δίκαιοι καὶ ἄδικοι, ἀλλὰ θάνατος ψυχῆς ἐστιν ὁ κατασπῶν τὴν ψυχὴν ἀπὸ τῆς μακαρίας ζωῆς. ἀπὸ τούτου τοῦ θανάτου τρεπόμεθα ἀπέχεσθαι, περὶ τούτου λέγεται· "ψυχὴ ἡ ἁμαρτάνουσα αὕτη ἀποθανεῖται". καὶ ἔτι· "ἡ ἁμαρτία ἀποτελεσθεῖσα ἀποκύει θάνατον". καὶ ἐπεὶ ἁμαρτίαις ἕπεται ὁ θάνατος οὗτος, ὁ ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν διδοὺς θεὸς ρ῾̣ύσεται ἐκ τοῦ ἀκολουθοῦντος θανάτου τοὺς προκατεσχημένους. 19 καὶ διαθρέψαι αὐτοὺς ἐν λιμῷ. 182 τοὺς φοβουμέν̣ου̣ς αὐτὸν καὶ ἐλπ̣ίζοντας ἐπὶ τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ. ὥσπερ ἐκ θανάτου ῥύεται τὰς ψυχάς, οὕτω καὶ διατρέφει αὐτοὺς ἐν λιμῳ῀̣. γέγονεν γοῦν καὶ ἐπὶ ἱστορίας πολλάκις τὸ τοιοῦτο. τὸν Ἑβραίων οὖν λαὸν ἐπὶ πολυχρόνιον πορείαν διέθρεψεν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ὀρέγων τὸ μάννα καθ' ἡμέραν αὐτὸ παρέχων. καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν κ̣αθέκαστα τοῦτο εὑρήσεις· οἷον ὁ Ἠλίας ἐτράφη ὑπὸ τῆς χήρας καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ δειχθέντος αὐτῷ ἀγγέλου διὰ τοῦ ἄρτου καὶ τοῦ κανψάκου τοῦ ὕδατος. καὶ ἔτι τῆς Ἰεζάβελ διωκούσης τὸν Ἠλίαν καὶ πάντας τ̣οὺς προφήτας κυρίου, Ἀβδιοὺ δὲ τ ὁ υ ἀρχιστράτηγος τοῦ βασιλέως τοῦ Ἀχαὰ ἀνὰ πεντήκοντα ἄνδρας ἐν δύο σπηλαίοις διέτρεφεν̣ θεοῦ εἰς τοῦτο αὐτὸν παρασκευάσαντος. ἀμέλει γοῦν τοῦτο πρὸς τὸν Ἠλίαν εἶπεν ὅτε ἐν̣έτυχεν αὐτῷ· "καὶ ὁ δοῦλός σου φοβούμενος τὸν κύριον". ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος τὸν κύριον διὰ τὸν κύριον ἔθρεψεν ἐκείνους. ···· εἰ ἔχει οὖν ἀναγωγάς–ταῦτα ἄλλα κατὰ τὴν ἱστορίαν γεγένηται–, πάλιν τοὺς φοβουμένους τὸν φόβον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐλπίζοντας ἐπὶ τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ διατρέφει παρέχων αὐτοῖς τὸν ἄρτον τῆς ζωῆς, τὸν οὐραν̣όθεν κατ̣αβαίνοντα, τὰς σάρκας αὐτοῦ τυγχανούσας "βρῶσις ἀληθινή". σωτὴρ πάντων ὑπάρχων κ̣ρατεῖ αὐτούς̣. οὐ καθ' ἓν σημαινόμενον τοῦτο ποιεῖ, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὰ ὑποκείμενα· σῴζει ἐν πολέμοις ἔξω πολεμίων καθιστὰς καὶ οὐκ ἐπιτρέπων αἰχμαλωσίᾳ ὑποπεσεῖν, σῴζει τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας, σῴζει καὶ ὡς κυβερνήτης ὅταν χειμαζώμεθα ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάττης τοῦ βίου. ἐπερ · δίδωσιν ἑκάστῳ ἔχειν πηγήν; –ἐν ᾧ ἐστιν "πηγὴ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον", οὗτος ἐν ἀνύδρῳ γενόμενος διατρέφε ται. καί· "διάνοιξον τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σου καὶ ἐνπλήσθητι ἄρτων". ὁ διανοίξας τὰ ὄμματα τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ πληρωθεὶς θείων λόγων ἄρτων τρόπῳ μασω̣μένων οὐ λιμοκτονεῖται· "οὐ λιμοκτονήσει" γὰρ "κύριος ψυχὴν δικαίου". ὅστις ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ ἄρτων ἐστὶν μὴ ἀνοίγων τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ ἐν τοῖς ἄρτοις τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ, ἐν λιμῷ διάγει· ἔχει γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ π̣αρὰ θεοῦ ἡ ψυχὴ φαγήματα πολλά. 20 ἡ ψυχὴ ἡμῶν ὑπομένει τῷ κυρίῳ. τοῦτο λέγει· ἐπεὶ ταῦτα ἔγνωμεν ὅτι εἰσὶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ τοῦ κυρίου ἐφορῶντες τοὺς φοβουμένους αὐτόν–κἄν ποτε γεγόνασιν ἐν θανάτῳ, ἐρύσατο α̣ὐτούς, κἄν ποτε δὲ γεγόνασιν ἐν λιμῷ, ἔθρεψεν αὐτούς, κἄν ποτε δὲ γενώμεθα ἔν τινι ὑστερήματι, ὑπομ̣ένομεν ἐγνωκότες ὅτι καὶ ἡμεῖς τούτων ἀπολαύσομεν· καὶ ἡ ἡμῶν ψυχὴ ἐὰν γένηται ἐν θανάτῳ, ῥυσθήσεται. 20 ὅτι βοηθὸς καὶ ὑπερασπιστὴς ἡμῶν ἐστιν. θεωρεῖς ὅτι εἰς πληθυντικὸν λοιπὸν ἐγίνετο ἀριθμόν· "ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐπέβλεψεν ὁ κύριος, εἶδεν πάντας τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων". ἐάν ποτε λέγητα̣ί τινα διάφωνα καὶ ἐναντία, σκόπει εἰ περὶ ἑνὸς λέγηται ταῦτα· τότε γὰρ ἐναντίωμα γίνεται. ἐὰν δὲ λέγηται περὶ ε᾿̣κκλησίας ἢ πόλεως ἢ οἴκου, οὔκ εἰσιν ἐναντία· τὰ μὲν γὰρ περὶ τῶνδε, τὰ δὲ περὶ τῶνδε λέγεται. καὶ τοῦτο δὲ ὀφείλεις εἰδέναι, ὅτι οἱ ἅγιοι οὐ περὶ ἑαυ τῶν μόνων ἀναπέμπουσιν τὰς εὐχὰς καὶ τὰς εὐχαριστίας, ἀλλὰ περὶ πάντων ὧν ἡγοῦνται. οὐ ταὐτόν ἐστιν πρὸς ἕνα τι λέγεσθαι ὃ δεῖ ἡρμόσθαι ἑνί, καὶ πλήθει οἷον λαῷ ἢ ἔθνει ἢ πόλει. ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν τὸν αὐτὸν ἅμα ἀγαθὸν καὶ κακὸν εἶναι καὶ σώφρονα καὶ ἀκόλαστον. γράφει δὲ Κορινθίοις ὁ ἀπόστολος ὡς πλουτήσασιν "ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ καὶ πά183 σῃ γνώσει". οὐ λέγει πάλιν· "ἀκούεται ἐν ὑμῖν πορνεία"; 183 109 εἰ πρὸς ἕνα ἔλεγεν ταῦτα, διάφωνα ἦν. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὅλη ἡ ἐκκλησία ταῦτα ἐπιστέλλεται, εἰσὶν δὲ ἐν τοῖς ἀθροίσμασιν καὶ τοιοῦτοι καὶ τοιοῦτοι, λέγει πάντα, ἵνα ἕκαστος πρὸς ἑαυτὸν τὸ βοήθημα λάβῃ. οὕτω γοῦν αἰτιᾶται αὐτοὺς καὶ περὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν σφαλλομένους καὶ περὶ τῶν χαρισμάτων καὶ περὶ εἰδωλόθυτα κεχηνότας.
The Nature of Hope and Double Names§103
103How then are these enriched with all word and knowledge? They are others about whom he was speaking. In the same way, the holy one does not speak only about himself—for he was a teacher—but about all those who have death and have fallen into famine because they neglected their own land. He does not say everything about everyone, but he says everything about others, applying each thing to each.
Since he is a help and a protector for us, because of this our soul waits for him. We know that even if we propose some good things, even if we wish to run toward the beautiful things and wish to bring them to an end, unless he himself cooperates and has mercy, we are not able to establish these things. He is a helper of the needs of which we are in need; he is a protector, throwing forward his own shield so that the adversaries may not be able to wound us.
For in him our heart shall rejoice (Ps 21:6). Others rejoice in strength, in beginning, in status, or in praises, but for us, the cause of joy is the helper and protector himself. And in his holy name we have hoped (Ps 20:9). We hoped in the one who was called upon for us. And since it seems according to the other group—I do not say those who fear the Lord are even in death—to be so, observe: we hoped in a present thing. But no one hopes in what is present, but in what is coming and expected; for 'hope is a thing not seen' (Heb 11:1).
Even if they sometimes say in the manner of a prayer, 'Hallowed be thy name' (Matt 6:9), they do not say let that which is not holy be hallowed, but let it be shown, let it appear holy. Then indeed it appears holy, when he also helps us and protects us. And when we say toward the Gospel, we say many thoughts toward this: 'Hallowed be thy name,' and this was taken to mean: since we carry it, cooperate so that we may not blaspheme it, hallow it, keep it holy in us; for it is said in imperative words. It was spoken in the optative: 'May thy name be hallowed.' And another meaning: since they now carry your name even to idols and to demons and to the womb—for 'God is the womb' of those—when knowledge becomes to men concerning your majesty so that they make no other god, when 'all is in all' (1 Cor 15:28) becomes, your name is hallowed being snatched away from...
May it be, Lord, your mercy upon us, just as we have hoped in you. 'May your mercy be upon us.' This prayer is sent up not because they already possess the mercy; for he did not say, 'Let your mercy be preserved,' but 'May it be, just as we have hoped in you.' For this reason we hoped in you.
Observe how, according to the proportion of faith, he gives gifts, and not to all everything, nor in the same measure, but according to the measure of the faith received; and so also here: 'just as we have hoped.' Some have hoped perfectly, and some not so, but according to a certain progress, or in another way according to an introduction. 'According to the proportion' of our faith, may your mercy be upon us, Lord; for thus we hoped.
Regarding David, when he changed his face before Abimelech (1 Sam 27:1-4), and released him, and departed. To those who read the royal histories, the present narrative is clear. How intensely David was being pursued by Saul and was about to be captured, he departed to Gath toward King Achish. It is here that Abimelech is named. The word is a double name; for double names are also found in the Scripture, such as regarding Moses' father-in-law; and Jethro is called also Reuel. And Thomas is called also Didymus. And many such double names exist; Matthew seems to name Levi in Luke (Luke 5:27). But he is not he, but Matthias who was established in place of Judas, and Levi are two double names. This is evident in the Gospel according to the Hebrews.
Therefore, it is possible both the king of Gath, Achish, and Abimelech to be said. And it is possible also to impose it otherwise; many of the kings are named by a common name and a personal name, just as all those who ruled Egypt are so named Pharaoh. And their names are found, such as Sumach, Necho, as it is a name of the office, Pharaoh, while among the Romans it is Caesar. Therefore, it is possible also this: that Achish has the name of the office, and Abimelech is his personal name. So that if he has it, the mind does not struggle. You wish, then, the one to be the name of the office, and the other the personal. This is what the grammarians say, distinguishing for the sake of the personal name; for the personal name is also spoken of as being divided; it is divided for the sake of the personal name.
Greek · §103
πῶς οὖν οὗτοι "παντὶ λόγῳ καὶ γνώσει" πεπλουτηκότες εἰσίν; ἄλλοι εἰσὶν περὶ ὧν ἔλεγεν. οὕτω καὶ ὁ ἅγιος οὐ περὶ ἑαυτοῦ μόνου λέγει–διδάσ̣καλος γὰρ ἦν–, ἀλλὰ περὶ πάντων τῶν ὑφ' αὐτὸν καὶ θάνατον ἔχοντας καὶ λιμῷ π̣εριπεσόντας ἐπεὶ ἠμέλησαν ἑαυτῶν τῆς ἑαυτῶν γῆς. οὐ περὶ πάντων πάντα λέγει, ἀλλὰ πάντα περὶ ἄλλων λέγει, ἕκαστα ἑκάστοις ἐφαρμόζει. ἐπεὶ "βοηθὸς καὶ ὑπερασπιστὴς ἡμῶν ἐστιν", διὰ τοῦτο "ἡ ψυχὴ ἡμῶν ὑπομένει" αὐτῷ. οἴδαμεν δὲ ὅτι, κἂν προθώμεθά τι τῶν ἀγαθῶν, κἂν θελήσωμεν δραμεῖν̣. ἐπὶ τὰ καλὰ καὶ θελήσωμεν αὐτὰ εἰς πέρας ἀγαγεῖν, εἰ μὴ αὐτὸς συνεργήσῃ καὶ ἐλεήσῃ, οὐ δυνάμεθα ταῦτα κατορθῶσαι. βοηθός ἐστιν ὀρέγων τὰ ὧν ἐπιδεεῖς ἐσμεν, ὑπερασπιστής ἐστιν τὴν ἀσπίδα τὴν ἑαυτοῦ προβάλλων ἵνα οἱ ἀντίδικοι μὴ δύνωνται ἡμᾶς τρῶσαι. 21 ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ εὐφρανθήσεται ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν. ἄλλοι ἐν ἰσχύι εὐφραίνονται, ἐπὶ ἀρχῇ, ἐπὶ ἀξιώματι, ἐπὶ ἐπαίνοις, ἡμῶν δὲ α̣ἴτιον τῆς εὐφροσύνης αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ βοηθὸς καὶ ὑπερασπιστής. 21 καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἁγίῳ αὐτοῦ ἠλπίσαμεν. τῷ ἐπικληθέντι ἐφ' ἡμᾶς ἡμεῖς ἠλπίσαμεν. καὶ ἐπειδὴ δοκεῖ κατὰ τὸ ἄλλο τάγ̣μα εἶναι–τοὺς φοβουμένους τὸν κύριον οὐ λέγω εἶναι καὶ ἐν θανάτῳ–, σκόπει· ἠλπίσαμεν ἐπὶ παρόντι. ο̣ὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπὶ παροῦσιν ἐλπίζει, ἀλλ' ἐπὶ μέλλουσιν καὶ προσδοκωμένοις· "ἐλπὶς" γὰρ "βλεπομένη οὐκ ἔστιν ἐλπίς". κἄν ποτε ἐν εὐχῆς τρόπῳ λέγουσιν· "ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου", οὐ του῀̣το λέγουσιν οὐκ ὂν̣ ἅγιον ἁγιασθήτω, ἀλλὰ ἀποδειχθήτω, ἅγιον φανήτω. τότε δὲ ἅγιον φαίνεται, ὅταν καὶ βοηθῇ ἡμῖν καὶ σκέπῃ ἡμᾶς. καὶ ὅτε εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἐλέγομεν, πολλὰς διανοίας εἰς τοῦτο ἐλ̣έγομεν εἰς τό· "ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου", καὶ τοῦτο ἐλήφθη· ἐπεὶ φοροῦμεν αὐτό, συνέργησον ἵνα μὴ βλασφημήσωμεν αὐτό, ἁγίασον αὐτό, φύλαξον αὐτὸ ἐν ἡμῖν ἅγιον· προστακτικαῖς γὰρ εἴρηται λέξεσιν. εὐκτικαῖς εἰρήκει· "ἁγιασθείη τὸ ὄνομά σου". καὶ ἄλλο· ἐπεὶ τὸ ὄνομά σου νῦν καταφέρουσιν καὶ εἰς ἀγάλματα καὶ εἰς δαίμονας̣ καὶ εἰς κοιλίαν–"ὧν" γὰρ "ὁ θεὸς ἡ κοιλία"–, ὅταν γνῶσις τοῖς ἀνθρώποις γένηται περὶ τῆς σῆς μεγαλειότητος ω῾̣ς̣ μ̣η̣δὲν ἄλλο θεοποιεῖν, ὅτε "πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν" γένῃ, ἁγιάζεται τὸ ὄνομά σου ἀποσπώμενον ἀπὸ δα̣ι̣μο´̣ν̣ω̣ν̣. 22 γένοιτο, κύριε, τὸ ἔλεός σου ἐφ' ἡμᾶς, καθάπερ ἠλπίσαμεν ἐπὶ σέ. "γένοιτο τὸ ἔλεός σου ἐφ' ἡμᾶς". ἡ εὐχὴ ἀναπέμπεται οὐκ ἐκ τῶν ἤδη ἐχόντων τὸ ἔλεος· οὐ γὰρ̣ εἶπεν· "φυλαχθείη τὸ ἔλεός σου", ἀλλὰ "γένοιτο, καθάπερ ἠλπίσαμεν ἐπὶ σέ". διὰ τοῦτο ἠλπίσαμεν ἐπὶ σέ. σκόπει, ὡς "κατὰ ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως" δ̣ι´̣δε̣ι τὰ χαρίσματα καὶ οὐ πᾶσιν πάντα δίδοται οὐδὲ τῷ αὐτῷ μέτρῳ, ἀλλὰ τῷ μέτρῳ τῆς προσλαβούσης πίστεως, οὕτω δὲ καὶ ὧδε· "καθάπερ ἠλπίκαμεν". εἰσὶν πάνυ τελείως ἐλπίσαντ̣ες, εἰσὶν καὶ οὐχ οὕτως, ἀλλα`̣ κ̣ατὰ 184 προκοπήν τινα, ἄλλως κατὰ εἰσαγωγήν. "κατὰ ἀναλογίαν" μὲν "τῆς πίστεως" ἡμῶν γένοιτο ἐφ' ἡμᾶς τὸ ἔλεός σου, κύριε· οὕτω γὰρ ἠλπίσαμεν. 1 Τῷ ∆αυίδ, ὁπότε ἠλλοίωσεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἐναντίον Ἀβιμέλεχ, καὶ ἀπέλυσεν αὐτόν, καὶ ἀπῆλθεν. τοῖς ἀναγνοῦσιν τὰς βασιλικὰς ἱστορίας φανερόν ἐστιν τὸ νῦν κείμενον διήγημα. ὁπηνίκα ἐδιώκετο ὑπὸ τοῦ Σαοὺλ ὁ ∆αυὶδ καὶ ἤμελλεν ἁλῶναι, ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὴν Γὲθ πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα Ἀνχούν. ἐνταῦθα δὲ Ἀβιμέλεχ ὀνομάζεται. ἡ λέξις διώνυμός ἐστιν· φέρονται γὰρ καὶ ἐν τῇ γραφῇ διωνυμίαι, ὡς ἐπὶ τοῦ γαμβροῦ Μωσέως· καὶ Ἰόθορ λέγεται καὶ Ῥαγουήλ. καὶ ὁ Θωμᾶς λέγεται καὶ ∆ίδυμος. καὶ πολλαί γέ εἰσιν τοιαῦται διωνυμίαι· τὸν Μαθθαῖον 110 δοκεῖ ἐν τῷ κατὰ Λουκᾶν Λευὶν ὀνομάζειν. οὔκ ἐστιν δὲ αὐτός, ἀλλὰ ὁ κατασταθεὶς ἀντὶ τοῦ Ἰούδα ὁ Μαθθίας καὶ ο῾̣ Λ̣ε̣υ̣ὶς εἷς διώνυμοί εἰσιν. ἐν τῷ καθ' Ἑβραίους εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦτο φαίνεται. ἐγχωρεῖ οὖν καὶ τὸν τῆς Γὲθ βασιλέα καὶ Ἀνχοὺν λέγεσθαι καὶ Ἀβιμέλεχ. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ ἑτέρως ἐπιβαλεῖν· πολλοὶ τῶν βασιλέων ὀνομάζονται κοινῷ ὀνόματι καὶ ἰδίῳ, ὡς Φαραὼ πάντες οἱ τῆς Αἰγύπτου κρατήσαντες οὕτως ὀνομάζονται. εὑρίσκονται δὲ ὀνόματα αὐτῶν Σουμαχί, Νεχαώ, ὡς τοῦ ἀξιώματος ὄνομα εἶναι τὸ Φαραώ, παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις δὲ τὸ κρυσσον. ἐνχωρεῖ οὖν καὶ τοῦτον τὸ μὲν Ἀνχοὺς τοῦ ἀξιώματος ἔχειν ὄνομα, τὸ δὲ Ἀβιμέλεχ κύριον αὐτοῦ ὄνομα. ὅπως δὲ ἐὰν ἔχῃ, οὐ μάχεται ἡ διάνοια. θέλεις οὖν, τὸ μὲν ἀξιώματός ἐστιν ὄνομα, τὸ δὲ κύριον. τ̣οῦτο λ̣έγ̣ουσιν διαστελλόμενον οἱ γραμματικοὶ πρὸς προσηγορικόν· καὶ τὸ κύριον γὰρ διχῶς λέγεται· διαστέλλεται πρὸς προσηγορικὸν
The Alteration of the Most High's Right Hand§104
104Regarding improper usage, they say that for a man, the names of species and kinds signify a common essence as appellatives, while 'this one' or 'that one' is used as a master. It is also said that 'master' signifies something else by improper usage.
I say many times: 'isometric' corresponds to 'concordant'. To be isometric is said to be in equal measure. I say that it also means to harmonize and to be in agreement. This is an improper usage; for to harmonize and to be in agreement is said of sounds. And again, we say of those who think the same and are of one mind that they are in concord. 'Master' is indeed used of those who think the same and intend the same, namely 'thinking the same' and 'being of one mind', but 'to be in concord' is an improper usage.
Therefore, it is possible for a master to be a name not distinguished by improper usage, but by appellative use, such as Abimelech, and for a title, such as Anchos. Thus the history is clear: he saw that King Saul was positioned with military power against his one man, David, and they were armed without armor. He fled there; and since it was not safe to enter a foreign city or land—for then suspicion of spies was greatest because the city-dwellers always had war against themselves—he feigned madness and let his saliva flow and acted foolishly, beating the doors of the gate, so that he might seem to be possessed by demons. Thus, those of Anchos slandered him. He says, 'I am diminished,' he says, 'when being seized, for you seize me when I am seized?' (Psalm 34:6). And they released him and he departed.
He named such a state of affairs a 'change of countenance'; for change signifies a change of quality. Thus a change of quality happened voluntarily, not involuntarily; for it happens to change involuntarily, such as when someone, having been frightened, becomes pale, or having been struck, or from some disturbance, seems to be flushed. Thus this change happened voluntarily even unto form.
And since David is often drawn up, as has been said in the preceding sections, to the Savior, you will say that the change of the countenance of the Savior is the taking on of the form of a slave. And here it has not happened as a change from one form into another form, but a concealment of form from another apparent form; for even a change of the countenance of the turning one cannot take place. And concerning him, the Savior, it is said in one of the Psalms: 'This is the al...'
The alteration of the right hand of the Most High. The right hand of the Father—and especially according to the intention of the Psalmist—is often said to be the Savior. But having become flesh, he was altered, a curse. He endured becoming sin, so that the sinners might become the righteousness of God in him (2 Cor 5:21). Therefore, the alteration is an assumption in this way, not a change; for no one would seek a change regarding the unchangeable. If not, as someone says, it is foreign.
‘This’ then is ‘the alteration of the right hand of the Most High.’ The right hand of the Most High is unchangeable. And he became sin not by chance, but so that he might make righteousness. But sin making righteousness is not a change from non-sin to being sin; for sin makes bad people, it makes injustice. But this makes righteousness of those having it. When therefore the Word becomes flesh and takes the form of a servant (John 1:14), he was altered according to the person, not by change, as I have already often said, but by assumption. And also: ‘We have seen him, glory as of the only-begotten from the Father’ (John 1:14), signifies the glory according to his own nature. He therefore had glory fitting the flesh which was becoming to him.
‘This is the alteration of the right hand of the Most High.’ I do not say that we should speak of an alteration here which he himself received when we were saying that the assumption of the servant's form was altered, but rather ‘this is the alteration’ which he himself alters; for he himself describes the wrath, and makes the mercies effective. He says little about glorifying and praising: ‘For I will remember from the beginning of your wonders’ (Ps 77:8). ‘And I said, Now I have begun’ (Ps 77:9). I said all things darkly, that having been troubled I did not speak, that the watchmen had come upon me, but rather: ‘Now I have begun.’ I will now narrate other things after those, those following the dark things.
‘This is the alteration of the right hand of the Most High.’ Therefore he says: ‘Who is God like our God, the great?’ (Ps 86:8). ‘You made known your power among your peoples’ (Ps 86:9). Behold, this is the alteration. Then he altered his countenance. You can take the king of Egypt more allegorically as the ruler of this world, the devil. Therefore, the place which is among us is a land of different tribes. And just as when Egypt is named, it is the place upon the earth, Pharaoh is called the one ruling and tyrannizing, and when Babylon, Nebuchadnezzar is called, and when Assyria...
Greek · §104
καὶ πρὸς κατάχρησιν. λέγουσιν τὸν ἄνθρωπον, τὰ τῶν εἰδῶν καὶ γενῶν ὀνόματα κοινὴν οὐσίαν σημαίνοντα προσηγορικά, τὸ δέ, φέρε, ὅσδε ἢ ὅσδε, κύρια. λέγεται δὲ καὶ κ̣αθ' ἕτερον σημα̣ι̣νόμενον τὸ κύριον πρὸς κατάχρησιν. λέγω πολλάκις· συμφωνεῖ τὸ ἰσομετρές. ἰσομετρὲς εἶναι ποσὸν πο̣σῷ λέγεται. λέγω δὲ αὐτὸ συνᾴδειν καὶ συνφωνεῖν. τοῦτο κατάχρησίς ἐστιν· τὸ γὰρ συνᾴδειν καὶ συμφωνεῖν ἐπὶ φθόγγων καὶ λέγεται. καὶ πάλιν τοὺς ὁμοφρονοῦντας καὶ ὁμονοοῦντας λέγομεν συμφωνεῖν. κύριον μέν ἐστιν ἐπὶ τῶν τὰ αὐτὰ φρονούντων καὶ ἐννοουμένων τὸ ὁμοφρονεῖν, τὸ ὁμονοεῖν, τὸ δὲ σ̣υμφωνεῖν κατάχρησίς ἐστιν. ἐνχωρεῖ οὖν κύριον ὄνομα εἶναι οὐ τὸ διαστελλόμενον πρὸς κατάχρησιν, ἀλλὰ πρ̣ὸς προσηγορικόν, τὸ Ἀβιμέλεχ, τοῦ δὲ ἀξιώματος τὸ Ἀνχούς. ἡ ἱστορία οὖν φανερά· εἶδεν ὅτι ἐπέκειτο ὁ Σαοὺλ βασιλεὺς μετὰ στρατιωτικῆς δυνάμεως καθ' ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου αὐτοῦ τοῦ ∆αυίδ, καὶ ὡπλισμένοι κατὰ ἀνόπλου. ἔφυγεν ἐκεῖ· εἶτ', ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς ἦν εἰς ἀλλοτρίαν ἐλθεῖν πόλιν ἢ χώραν –τότε γὰρ μάλιστα ὑποψία κατασκόπων ἐγίνετο διὰ τὸ τοὺς ἀστυγείτονας ἀεὶ πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς πόλεμον ἔχειν–, προςεποιήσατο μωρὸν καὶ τὰ σίελα αὐτοῦ ῥέοντα κ̣αὶ περιήρ̣χετο τυμπανίζων τὰς θύρας τῆς πύλης, ἵνα δόξῃ δαιμονίων εἶναι. ἀμέλει γοῦν οἱ τοῦ Ἀνχοὺ διέβαλον αὐτόν. λέγει "ἐλαττοῦμαι", φησίν, "ἐπιλημπτιζομένων, ὅτι ἐπίλημπτον εἰσάγετε πρὸς ἐμέ"; καὶ ἀπέ λυσεν αὐτόν, καὶ ἀπῆλθεν. τὴν τοιαύτην οὖν κατάστασιν ἀλλοίωσιν τοῦ προσώπου ὠνόμασεν· καὶ γὰρ ἡ ἀλλοίωσις μεταβολὴν ποιότητος σημαίνει. γέγονεν οὖν μεταβολὴ ποιότητος ἑκούσιος, οὐκ ἀκού185 σιος· συμβαίνει γὰρ ἀκουσίως μεταβαλεῖν, ὡς ὅταν τις φοβηθεὶς ὠχριάσῃ ἢ κακωθεὶς ἢ ἐξ ἐνοχλοῦντός τινος δόξῃ πυρρὸς εἶναι. ἑκουσία οὖν αὕτη γέγονεν ἡ ἀλλοίωσις μέχρι σχήματος. καὶ ἐπεὶ ἀνάγεται πολλάκις ὁ ∆αυίδ, ὡς ἐν τοῖς ἔνπροσθεν εἴρηται, εἰς τὸν σωτῆρα, ἀλλοίωσιν τοῦ προσώπου τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐρεῖς τὴν λῆμψιν τῆς τοῦ δούλου μορφῆς. καὶ ὧδε οὐ μεταβολὴ ἐξ μορφῆς εἰς μορφὴν γέγονεν, ἀλλὰ μορφῆς ἐπίκρυψις ἐξ ἄλλης προφανοῦς μορφῆς· ο̣ὐδὲ γὰρ ἀλλοίωσις τοῦ προσώπου τοῦ ἀτρέπτου δύναται γενέσθαι. καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ γοῦν τοῦ σωτῆρος ε᾿̣ν ἑνὶ τῶν ψαλμῶν λέγεται· "αὕτη ἡ ἀλλοίωσις τῆς δεξιᾶς τοῦ ὑψίστου". δεξιὰ τοῦ πατρός, καὶ μάλιστα κατὰ τὴν τοῦ ψαλμ̣ιστοῦ ἐπίνοιαν, πολλάκις ὁ σωτὴρ εἴρηται. ἠλλοιώθη δὲ σὰρξ γενόμενος, κατάρα. ὑπέμεινεν γενέσθαι ἁμαρτία, ἵνα δικαιοσύνη θεοῦ γένωνται οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἐν αὐτῷ. ἡ ἀλλοίωσις οὖν πρόσλημψίς ἐστιν ὧδε, οὐ μεταβολή· περὶ γὰρ τὸν ἄτρεπτον μεταβολὴν οὐκ ἄν τις ζητοίη. εἰ δὲ μή γε, ὡς ἔλεγέν τις, ἀλλόκοτός ἐστιν. "αὕτη" οὖν "ἡ ἀλλοίωσις τῆς δεξιᾶς τοῦ ὑψίστου". ἡ δεξιὰ τοῦ ὑψίστου ἄτρεπτός ἐστιν. γέγονεν δὲ ἁμαρτία οὐχ ὡς ἔτυχεν, ἀλλ' ἵνα δικαιοσύνην ποιήσῃ. ἁμαρτία δὲ ποιοῦσα δικαιοσύνην οὐ μεταβολὴν ἐξ οὐχ ἁμαρτίας εἰς τὸ ἁμαρτία εἶναι· κακοὺς γὰρ ποιεῖ ἡ ἁμαρτία, ἀδικίαν ποιεῖ. αὕτη δὲ δικαιοσύνην ποιεῖ τοὺς ἔχοντας αὐτήν. ὅτε οὖν ὁ λόγος γίνεται σὰρξ καὶ μορφὴν 111 λαμβάνει δούλου, ἠλλοιώθη κατὰ τὸ πρόσωπον, οὐ κατὰ μεταβολήν, ὡς ἤδη πολλάκις εἶπον, ἀλλὰ κατὰ πρόσλημψιν. καὶ τό· "ἐθεασάμεθα αὐτόν, δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός", τὴν κατὰ φύσιν αὐτοῦ δόξαν σημαίνει. ἔσχεν οὖν πρὸς δόξαν ἁρμόζουσαν τῷ συνθέτῳ γενομένῳ αὐτῷ σαρκί. "αὕτη ἡ ἀλλοίωσις τῆς δεξιᾶς τοῦ ὑψίστου". οὐχ ἵνα ἀλλοίωσιν ὧδε λέγωμεν ἣν αὐτὸς ἀνεδέξατο ὅτε ἐλέγομεν ὅτι προσλήμψει τῆς τοῦ δούλου μορφῆς ἠλλοιω´̣θη, ἀλλ' η "αὕτη ἡ ἀλλοίωσις" ἣν αὐτὸς ἀλλοιοῖ· αὐτὸς γὰρ τὴν ὀργὴν περιγράφει, τοὺς οἰκτιρμοὺς ποιεῖ ἐνεργῆσαι. δοξάσαι καὶ α̣ἰνέσαι ἐάσας ὀλίγον λέγει· "ὅτι μνησθήσομαι ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς τῶν θαυμασίων σου". "καὶ εἶπα Νῦν ἠρξάμην". εἶπον τα`̣ σκυθρωπὰ πάντα, ὅτι ταραχθεὶς οὐκ ἐλάλησα, ὅτι οἱ φύλακες περὶ ἐμὲ γεγόνασιν, ἀλλὰ λοιπόν· "νῦν ἠρξάμην". ἄλλα νῦν διηγήσομαι τὰ μετ' ἐκεῖνα, τὰ διαδεχόμενα τὰ σκυθρωπά. "αὕτη ἡ ἀλλοίωσις τῆς δεξιᾶς τοῦ ὑψίστου". λοιπὸν λέγει· "τίς θεὸς ὡς ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν μέγας"; "ἐγνώρισας ἐν τοῖς λαοῖς σου τὴν δύναμίν σου". ἰδοὺ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἀλλοίωσις. τότε οὖν ἠλλοίωσεν τὸ πρόσωπον̣ αὐτοῦ. τὸν βασιλέα τῆς Γὲθ ἀλληγορικώτερον δύνῃ λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρχοντα τοῦ κόσμου τούτου διάβολον. χώρα οὖν̣ τῶν ἀλλοφύλων ὁ καθ' ἡμᾶς ἐστιν τόπος. καὶ ὥσπερ ὅταν Αἴγυπτος λέγηται ὁ ἐπὶ γῆν τόπος, Φαρα̣ω`̣τ̣ ὁ κρατῶν καὶ τυραννῶν λέγεται, καὶ ὅταν Βαβυλών, λέγεται Ναβουχοδονοσσόρ, καὶ ὅταν Ἀσσυ
The Diversity of Ranks and Numerical Symbolism§105
105The Assyrian power is like this: from the said place concerning the earth, it was able to strike again some evil power. He 'changed his own face' Phil 2:7, 'having taken the form of a slave'; for it seemed to him that he would hold him, even as he would devise death against him. He tasted 'by the grace of God above every death'. And a sign of this change is: 'he released him'. He is not able to seize him.
And I say the paradox: if he is not able to seize his lowliness, what would he say concerning the divinity? Therefore, you who say that the Word was crucified, the Lord of glory? 'He released him, and he departed'. He departed from him; for he did not come there to wear away life there, but in order that, having completed the economy, he might withdraw and snatch away many from there. It has happened also in the song, and he led up many souls of the righteous from there.
When you hear of bodies, do not look solely at the tents; for many think this. And he did not hesitate to say, alongside the other divine signs, that this paradox has happened; but see, lest it fight against the whole pattern of the economy. Know this: if men had known their own true state, it would be difficult for them to remain in unbelief.
And another thing: Peter, in the Acts of the Apostles, says concerning David: 'and his tomb is until now' Acts 2:29. Consider: if anyone were being raised at all, David was being raised. Therefore, the souls having been carried forth from the earth, we call 'bodies of saints'. And so we say, just as we say the whole church is the body of Christ. And in the resurrection it is said: 'each in his own rank' 1 Cor 15:23. But the individual ranks of those being raised from the dead are characterized by nothing other than the progress of souls. Those having the same virtue, faith, and piety are arranged into one rank. 'Christ is the firstfruits, then those of Christ, each in his own rank' 1 Cor 15:23. Those of Christ...
The ranks are not all the same. To take another example, as on the earth that received the seed, which bear fruit by a hundred, sixty, or thirty, so different ranks are formed; for it is not one single heart that bears a hundred, sixty, and thirty.
Indeed, our commentators say this: those participating in virginity bear the hundred, and those participating in marriage bear the divine thirty. They looked toward the smallness and inequality of the numbers, not toward the nature of the numbers. Some bear perfect fruit. These are signified by the number hundred. And in the promise, indeed, it says: 'The youth shall be a hundred years' (Gen 15:13/21:5). And Abraham, having become a hundred, was made a father according to the promise. And altogether the number ten is most beautiful; for the ten, being multiplied tenfold, makes a hundred. And we say that the number ten is all-encompassing; it contains all numbers.
Again, the sixty seems to have a relationship to the world; for it came into being in six days. Therefore, those who become citizens of the cosmos and surpass this and that which is indicated by it—for the number six was called perfect—these are another rank, and they inherit the kingdom. Perhaps those prophets who have two things and the Holy Spirit abounding in them, these are the thirty. And the thirty has a kinship with the worshipful Triad. Or perhaps, since the Savior, having become thirty, began his excellent ministry and his evangelical speech, those who have now come to him bear the thirty.
Listen: virtues follow one another as if one possessing all of them had only one. We take this up regarding the exceedingly perfect. When someone is making progress, he has one virtue at times more dominant than that from which he began or that for which he strove, just as it is with the arts; you see often a grammarian and a musician and a physician, and he has one more dominant, into which he has all others.
Greek · §105
ρία, Ἀσσύριος, οὕτω τῆς Γὲθ ἀπὸ τῆς λεγομένης ἐπὶ τοῦ περὶ γῆν τόπου τοῦτον βασιλέα αὐτῆς πάλιν πονηράν τινα δύναμιν ἐκλημπτέον. "ἠλλοίωσεν" οὖν "τὸ πρόσωπον ἑαυτοῦ" "μορφὴν δούλου λαβών"· οὕτω γὰρ ἔδοξεν ἐκεῖνος κρατεῖν αὐτοῦ, ὡς καὶ θάνατον μηχανηθῆναι κατ' αὐτοῦ. ἐγεύσατο "χάριτι θεοῦ ὑπὲρ παντὸς θανάτου". καὶ σημεῖον τῆς ἀλλοιώσεως τούτου· "ἀπέλυσεν αὐτόν". οὐ δεδύνηται αὐτὸν κατασχεῖν. καὶ λέγω τὸ παράδοξον· εἰ τὴν ἐλάττωσιν αὐτοῦ κατασχεῖν οὐ δεδύνηται, τί ἂν εἴποιεν περὶ τῆς θεότητος; ὅθεν ὑμεῖς δὲ οἱ λέγοντες τὸν λόγον ἐσταυρῶσθαι, τὸν κύριον τῆς δόξης; "ἀπέλυσεν" οὖν "αὐτόν, καὶ ἀπῆλθεν". ἀπῆλθεν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἕνεκα τοῦ ἐκεῖ διατρίβειν γέγονεν ἐκεῖ, ἀλλ' ἵνα οἰκονομίαν ἐκτελέσας ἀναχωρήσῃ καὶ συναποσπάσῃ πολλοὺς ἐκεῖθεν. γέγονεν οὖν καὶ ἐν τῷ ᾅδῃ καὶ ἀνήγαγεν ἐκεῖθεν 186 πολλὰς ψυχὰς δικαίων. ὅταν δε`̣ σώματα ἀκούῃς, μὴ πάντως τὰ σκηνώματα σκόπει· τοῦτο γὰρ πολλοὶ νομίζουσιν. καὶ οὐκ ἀπεμφαίνει εἰπεῖν πρὸς ταῖς ἄλλαις θεοσημείαις καὶ τοῦτο τὸ παράδοξον γεγονέναι· ἀλλ' ὅρα, μὴ μάχεται ὅλῳ τῷ εἱρμῷ τῆς οἰκονομίας. τοῦτο γίγνωσκε, ὅτι εἰ ἐπέγνωσαν τοὺς ἑαυτῶν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, δύσκολον εἰ ἔμειναν ἐν τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ. καὶ ἄλλο δέ· ὁ Πέτρος ἐν ταῖς πράξεσιν τῶν ἀποστόλων περὶ τοῦ ∆αυὶδ λέγει ὅτι· "καὶ τὸ μνῆμα ἔστιν αὐτοῦ ἕως ἄρτι". θεω̣ρητέον· εἰ ὅλως ἠγείρετό τις, ὁ ∆αυὶδ ἠγείρετο. τὰς ψυχὰς οὖν τὰς μετενεχθείσας ἐκ τῆς γῆς "σώματα ἁγίων" λέγομ̣εν. οὕτω δὲ λε´̣γ̣ο̣μεν, ὡς λέγομεν σῶμα Χριστοῦ ὅλην τὴν ἐκκλησίαν. καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει λέγεται· "ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ τάγματι". τ̣ὰ ἴδια̣ δὲ τάγματα τῶν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγειρομένων οὐκ ἀπ' ἄλλου τινὸς χαρακτηρίζεται ἢ προκοπῇ ψυχῶν. οἱ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχοντες ἀρετὴν καὶ πίστιν καὶ εὐσέβειαν εἰς ἓν τάγμα συντάττονται. "ἀπαρχὴ" οὖν "Χριστός, ἔπειτα οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ τάγματι". οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰσιν οἱ τάγματα διάφορα ἔχοντες. καὶ ἵνα ἐξ ἄλλου λάβωμεν, ὡς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς τῆς δεξαμένης τὸν σπόρον, ὃν ἑκατόν, ἑξήκοντα, τριάκοντα καρποφοροῦσιν, γίνονται διάφορα τάγματα· μὴ γὰρ εἷς ἐστιν ἢ μία καρδία φέρουσα ἑκατὸν καὶ ἑξήκοντα καὶ τριάκοντα. ἀμέλει γοῦν οἱ ἐξηγηταὶ ἡμῶν τοῦτο λέγουσιν ὅτι οἱ τὴν παρθενίαν τὰ ἑκατόν, οἱ τὸν γάμον μετερχόμενοι τὸν θεῖον τὰ τριάκοντα. εἰς τὴν ἐλάττωσιν καὶ ἀνισότητα τῶν ἀριθμῶν ἐσκόπησαν, οὐκ εἰς τὴν φύσιν τῶν ἀριθμῶν. τέλειοι καρποφοροῦσίν τινες. οὗτοι δὲ τῷ ἑκατὸν ἀριθμῷ σημαίνονται. καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐπαγγελίᾳ γοῦν λέγει· "ἔσται ὁ νέος ἑκατὸν ἐτῶν". 112 καὶ ὁ Ἀβραὰμ ἑκατοντούτης γενόμενος πατὴρ ἐχρημάτισεν ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας. καὶ ὅλως ὁ ἀριθμὸς κάλλιστός ἐστιν· δεκάκις γὰρ πολυπλασιαζόμενος ὁ δέκα τὸν ἑκατὸν ποιεῖ. ἐλέγομεν δὲ ὅτι ὁ δέκα ἀριθμὸς πανδεχής ἐστιν· πάντας περιέχει τοὺς ἀριθμούς. πάλιν ὁ ἑξήκοντα οἰκειότητα δοκεῖ ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν κόσμον· ἐν̣ ἓξ ἡμ̣έραις γὰρ γέγονεν. ὅσοι οὖν γίνονται κοσμοπολῖται καὶ ὑπερβαίνουσιν τοῦτον κ̣αὶ τὸν ὑπὸ τούτου δηλούμενον κληρονομοῦσιν–τέλειος δὲ ἐλέχθη ὁ ἓξ α᾿̣ριθ μός–, οὗτοι ἄλλο τάγμα εἰσίν. τάχα δὲ οἱ προφητικοὶ ἔχοντες ἐφ' οἷς δυσὶν ἔχουσιν, καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα πλεονάζον ἐν αὐτοῖς, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ τριάκοντα. ὁ δὲ τριάκοντα συγγένειαν ἔχει πρὸς τὴν προσκυνητὴν τριάδα. ἢ τάχα ἐπεὶ τριακοντούτης γενόμενος ὁ σωτὴρ ἤρξατο τῆς πολιτείας τῆς ἀρίστης καὶ τῆς εὐαγγελικῆς αὐτοῦ λ̣αλιᾶς, οἱ ἄρτι προσεληλυθότες αὐτῷ τὸν τριάκοντα καρποφοροῦσιν. ἄκουε· αἱ ἀρεταὶ ἀντακολουθοῦσιν ὡς τὸν μίαν̣ ἔχοντα πάσας ἔχειν. ἐπὶ τοῦ ἄγαν τελείου τοῦτο λαμβάνομεν. ὅταν δέ τις ᾖν ἐν τῷ προκόπτειν, ἔχει μίαν̣ ἐνίοτε ἐπικρατεστέραν τὴν ἀφ' ἧς ἤρξατο ἢ περὶ ἧς ἐσπούδασεν, ὡς ἔχει καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν τεχνῶν· ὁρᾷς πολλάκις γραμματικὸν καὶ μουσικὸν καὶ ἰατρόν, καὶ ἔχει ἐπικρατεστέραν μίαν εἰς ἣν ἔχει ὅλην
The Relation of the Word to God and Participants§106
106the murmur. We are being instructed by this from the beatitudes; for does not the poor in spirit possess the other virtues? The poor in spirit is also a fellow-sufferer; and because of this he mourns; for if he were without sympathy, he would not be poor in spirit. He has meekness; for if he were angry, he could not be called blessed. He has righteousness.
Regarding the one with much power and the more stable condition, the so-called ones are marveled at. Regarding the phrase: 'they saw many in the holy city'; yet Jerusalem was not holy, 'she who killed the prophets' (Hebrews 11:37), which the Savior left behind saying: 'Behold, your house is being left to you' (Matthew 22:7). Those who walk upon the earth and have their citizenship in the heavens (Philippians 3:20) were seen in the holy city, the city of the living God.
Concerning the word: 'they were seen';—these thicker perceptions are grasped by the fat ones. He has thirty-three, three, eleven, and thirty-three. They become fifteen. Often the number fifteen has been said to be raised to the two testaments; for it teaches the seven and the eight; for it has been said to us in the additions that it is also a triangle and, having been handed over as a pentad, it has a relationship to the sensible things; for how was it not destined, since a change of face has occurred?
Regarding the phrase: 'if we say that he remained there';—not immediately. In another stay occurring there. This is almost at the beginning of the kingdoms, but concerning the end, that is, when they finished the rest for war against Saul. Regarding the phrase: 'did he not first release and depart?';—by no means, examine the ascents toward the word. Since I say to you also that which is about Abraham: 'He had two sons, one from the slave-girl and one from the free woman' (Genesis 21:2). And he, not being Abraham, had them. Through Hagar he had Ishmael as Abram, but Abraham had this.
And now that: 'it corresponds to the present Jerusalem'. I do not say 'now' in order that you might take the correspondence according to a symbol. But the correspondence is said in many ways. Immediately, even in grammar, the aspirated ones are said to correspond to the unaspirated, and the long to the short. But among those who deal with logic, the opposites are said to correspond. You divide the animal into rational and irrational, and into mortal and immortal, and into having a head and being headless. The rational and the mortal is not corresponding...
not, but the irrational. The correspondence here according to the apostle to the preceding thing is symbolic. In order that I might say it more thickly: there is a sensible sacrifice and circumcision, and both are spiritual. It is not necessary to take the circumcision according to the flesh as corresponding to the spiritual sacrifice, and the more bodily sacrifice not to the spiritual circumcision, but merely a sacrifice.
Furthermore: 'By the word of the Lord the heavens were established' (Ps 33:6), and again: 'For straight is the word of the Lord' (Isa 55:11)?—the same things, when they are not sensible, seem by thought to be one thing and another. One is the Holy Spirit, and we say of him various gifts. If you look toward the gifts, it seems to be a multitude of holy spirits. You have, indeed: 'and the spirit of prophets is subject to the prophets' (1 Cor 12:10). It is also said, the spirit of Elijah and the spirit of Elisha. These are not different things in essence, but by thought and by the relation of the partakers, they are said in the plural, 'spirits'.
And the Word, therefore, the Word of God, when he was still with God—for 'the Word was with God' (Jn 1:1)—has no relation to any other, but to God alone, and secondly also to his partakers: for 'those' he called 'gods, those to whom the Word of God became' (Ps 82:6). The Word of God was with him. Therefore, his Word is without relation to God, but it became in a relational way toward the partakers of it.
The partakers do not participate in one single imposition, as was said concerning the Spirit: for one has a word of wisdom, another a word of knowledge; for not one and another is this same Word according to the underlying reality. There are some having knowledge of spiritual things, knowledge of the truth, of the dogmas of piety; for they are not able to explain something about them. And we have known thinking men to be very understanding, yet unable to speak even by chance. These have a word of knowledge. But when he has the having of knowledge and the ability to explain and to teach and to carry the thoughts in it to others, it is a word of wisdom. For Wisdom herself says, without fail: 'she examines words', clearly in a teaching manner. The same Word, therefore, becomes toward the prophets, and is toward God, and toward those becoming gods from his union. And
Greek · §106
τὴν ῥοπήν. τοῦτο δὲ ἐκ τῶν μακαρισμῶν παιδευόμεθα· μὴ γὰρ ὁ πτωχὸς τῷ πνεύματι οὐκ ἔχει τὰς ἄλλας ἀρετάς; ὁ πτωχὸς τῷ πνεύματι καὶ συνπαθής ἐστιν· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πενθεῖ· εἰ γὰρ ἦν ἀσυνπαθής, οὐκ ἦν πτωχὸς τῷ πνεύματι. ἔχει πραότητα· εἰ γὰρ ὀργίλος ἦν, οὐκ ἠδύνατο μακαρίζεσθαι. ἔχει δικαιοσύνην. περὶ τοῦ οὖν πλειστοδυναμοῦντος καὶ τῆς ἐπικρατεςτέρας ἕξεως θαυμάζονται οἱ παρονομαζόμενοι. ἐπερ · πολλούς, λε´̣γ̣ε̣ι̣, ἐθεώρησαν ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ πόλει; οὐκ ἦν δὲ ἁγία ἡ Ἰερουσαλὴμ "ἡ ἀποκτείνασα τοὺς προφήτας", ἣν κατέλειψεν ὁ σωτὴρ λέγων· "ἰδοὺ ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν". τοῖς ἐπὶ γῆς περιπατοῦσιν καὶ ἔχουσιν ἐν οὐρανοῖς τὸ πολίτευμα ὤφθησαν ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ πόλει, τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ ζῶντος πόλει. ἐπερ · τὸ "ὤφθησαν"; –αἱ παχύτεραι αὗται αἰσθήσεις παχέων ἀντιλαμβάνονται. ἔχει ὁ τριάκοντα τρεῖς τρεῖς, ἕνδεκα καὶ τριάκοντα τρεῖς. δεκαπέντε γίνονται. πολλάκις δὲ ὁ δεκαπέντε ἀριθμ̣ὸς ἐλέχθη ἀνάγεσθαι εἰς τὰς δύο διαθήκας· 187 διδόασιν γὰρ τοῖς ἑπτὰ καὶ τοῖς ὀκτώ· εἴρηται γὰρ ἡμῖν ἐν τοῖς ἔνπροσθεν ὅτι καὶ τρίγωνός ἐστιν κ̣αι`̣ παραδοθεὶς πεντάδα ἔχει, οἰκειότητα πρὸς τὰ αἰσθητὰ ἔχει· πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἤμελλεν ἀλλοιώσεως τοῦ προσώπου γεγενημένης; ἐπερ · ἐὰν εἴπωμεν ὅτι ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ; –οὐκ εὐθέως. ἐν ἄλλῃ γενομένῃ ἐκεῖ ἐπιδημίᾳ. σχεδὸν ἐν ἀρχῇ τῶν βασιλειῶν ἐστιν τοῦτο, περὶ τὸ τέλος δὲ ἐκεῖνο τὸ ὅτε λοιπὸν ἐξετέλεσαν εἰς πόλεμον πρὸς τὸν Σαούλ. ἐπερ · οὐ τὸ πρῶτον ἀπελύθη καὶ ἀπῆλθεν; – μήποτε τὰς ἀναγωγὰς πρὸς λέξιν ἐξέταζε. ἐπεὶ λέγω σοι κἀγὼ τὸ περὶ τοῦ Ἀβραάμ· "ἔσχεν δύο υἱούς, ἕνα ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης καὶ ἕνα ἐκ τῆς ἐλευθέρας". καὶ οὐκ Ἀβραὰμ ὢν ἔσχεν αὐτούς. τὸν δι̣' Ἁγὰρ Ἰσμ̣αὴλ Ἀβρὰμ ἔσχεν, Ἀβραὰμ δὲ τοῦτοἔσχεν. καὶ ἄρτι τό· "συνστοιχεῖ τῇ νῦν Ἰερουσαλήμ". οὐ λέγει λέγω ἀρτίως, ἵνα τὴν συνστοιχίαν λάβῃς καὶ κατὰ σύμβολον. κατὰ πολλοὺς δὲ τρόπους λέγεται ἡ συνστοιχία. αὐτίκα γοῦν καὶ ἐπὶ γραμματικῆς τὰ δασεῖα τοῖς ψιλοῖς σύνστοιχα λέγεται εἶναι, καὶ τὰ μακρὰ τοῖς βραχέσιν. παρὰ δὲ τοῖς τὰ λογικὰ σύνστοιχα λέγονται τὰ ἀντιδιῃρημένα. διαιρεῖς τὸ ζῷον εἰς λογικὸν καὶ ἄλογον, καὶ εἰς θνητὸν καὶ εἰς ἀθάνατον, καὶ ὑπόπουν καὶ ἄπουν. οὔκ ἐστιν σύνστοιχον τὸ λογικὸν καὶ τὸ θνητόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἄλογον. τὸ συνστοιχεῖν δὲ ὧδε παρὰ τῷ ἀποστόλῳ τὸ συμβολικὸν πρὸς τὸ προηγούμενον. ἵνα παχύτερον εἴπω· ἔνι θυσία αἰσθητὴ καὶ περιτομή, καὶ ἀμφότερα πνευματικά. οὐ δεῖ σύνστοιχον λαβεῖν τὴν περιτομὴν τὴν κατὰ σάρκα πρὸς τὴν πνευματικὴν θυσίαν, καὶ τὴν σωματικωτέραν θυσίαν οὐ πρὸς τὴν πνευματικὴν _0_θ_υ_σ_ί_α_ν0_1__π_ε_ρ_ι_τ_ο_μ_ή_ν_1 , ἀλλὰ θυσίαν. ἐπερ · τὸ "τῷ λόγῳ κυρίου οἱ οὐρανοὶ ἐστερεώθησαν", καὶ πάλιν· "ὅτι εὐθὴς 113 ὁ λόγος τοῦ κυρίου"; –τὰ αὐτὰ πράγματα ὅτε οὐκ αἰσθητά ἐστιν, κατ' ἐπίνοιαν δοκοῦσιν ἄλλα καὶ ἄλλα εἶναι. ἕν ἐστιν τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα, καὶ λέγομεν αὐτοῦ διάφορα χαρίσματα. ἐὰν εἰς τὰ χαρίσματα σκοπήσῃς, δοκεῖ πλῆθος ἁγίων πνευμάτων εἶναι. ἔχεις γοῦν· "καὶ πνεῦμα προφητῶν προφήταις ὑποτάσσεται". λέγεται καὶ πνεῦμα Ἠλία καὶ πνεῦμα Ἐλισαῖε. οὐχ ἕτερά εἰσιν ταῦτα τῇ οὐσίᾳ, ἀλλὰ τῇ ἐπινοίᾳ καὶ τῇ σχέσει τῶν μετεχόντων λέγεται πληθυντικῶς πνεύματα. καὶ ὁ λόγος οὖν ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ ὅτε ἔτι πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἦν –"καὶ ἦν" γὰρ "ὁ λόγος πρὸς τὸν θεόν"–, οὐδεμίαν ἔχει σχέσιν πρὸς ἄλλον, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν μόνον, δευτέρως δὲ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς μετόχους ἑαυτοῦ· "ἐκείνους" γὰρ "θεοὺς εἶπεν πρὸς οὓς ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐγένετο". πρὸς αὐτὸν μὲν ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ἦν. ἀσχέτως οὖν ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἔστιν, σχετικῶς δὲ πρὸς τοὺς μετέχοντας αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο. π̣οτὲ κατὰ μίαν ἐπιβολὴν μετέχουσιν οἱ μετέχοντες, ὡς περὶ τοῦ πνεύματος εἶπον· ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἔχει λόγον σοφίας, ἄλλος λόγον γνώσεως· μὴ γὰρ ἄλλος καὶ ἄλλος ἐστὶν κατὰ τὸ ὑποκείμενον ὁ λόγος οὗτος. εἰσίν τινες ἔχοντες γνῶσιν πνευματικῶν, γνῶσιν τῆς ἀληθείας, τῶν τῆς εὐσεβείας δογμάτων· διεξιέναι γάρ τι περὶ αὐτῶν οὐ δύνανται. καὶ ἔγνωμεν ἡμεῖς νοοῦντας ἀνθρώπους πάνυ συνετῶς καὶ οὐ δυναμένους εἰπεῖν οὐδὲ τῷ τυχόντι. οὗτοι λόγον γνώσεως ἔχουσιν. ὅταν δὲ πρὸς τῷ ἔχειν τὴν γνῶσιν ἔχῃ καὶ τὸ δύνασθαι διεξοδεύειν καὶ διδάσκειν καὶ εἰς ἄλλους φέρειν τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ νοήματα, λόγος σοφίας ἐστίν. ἀμέλει γοῦν αὐτὴ ἡ Σοφία λέγει· "ἐξέτεινον λόγους", διδασκαλικῶς δηλονότι. ὁ αὐτὸς οὖν λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ γίνεται πρὸς τοὺς προφήτας καὶ ἔστιν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς γινομένους ἐκ τῆς συνουσίας αὐτοῦ θεούς. καὶ
Blessing in All Seasons§107
107We do not seek the same kind of relationship; for indeed, toward the Father it is unsurpassed. The communion toward God is not by condescension, but toward those who have become gods according to their merit, power, and the proportion of their progress. And toward the prophets it happens thus: 'the Word who came into being with Jeremiah' (Jeremiah 1:5). He did not say 'the Being,' but 'the one coming into being.' And coming into being happens according to that measure. And here, therefore, we have explained differently the direct Word of God, whose works are in faith. We have said that the teaching-word is able to be.
Furthermore: what kind of spirit shall we receive? —By an intention, the mouth of God shall receive a spirit instead of: when through the word it leads into the knowledge of those things which it judges to be acceptable. 'Remove the crookedness from your mouth.' 'And his mouth calls upon the bold death.' When the spirit is toward God and toward the Son, it is not called 'spirit of the mouth,' but when it is ministered to those able to receive it by the word. Furthermore: do you not say someone is a participant of righteousness being practical? —The one having righteousness with understanding and being able to make it clear to another just as he himself possesses it. Furthermore: do you not say he does this by the word? —I do not say by the word in the spoken sense.
2 'I will bless the Lord at all times; his praise is continually in my mouth' (Psalm 34:1). He who blesses God at all times is the one who is giving thanks in all things falling upon him. And the apostle also writes: 'giving thanks in all things' (1 Thessalonians 5:18). He who gives thanks to God does not do so only for pleasant things; he does this, but also for unpleasant things. Job, indeed, does not bless God only in prosperity and the salvation of children and the other surrounding wealth, but also when all was taken from him at once. When indeed all his ordered things, the existing things, were taken from him, he gives thanks to God, and 'he did not sin,' he says, 'Job did not act foolishly toward the Lord, nor did he give unfaithfulness to God' (Job 1:21-22). He who speaks concerning providence saying: 'he ought to have done thus or thus,' imputes foolishness to God and speaks of how much he did not consider God regarding what He ought to have done. When indeed someone says: 'it was necessary for the old to die before the young, the parents before the children, and the healthy not to die, but the sick,' he gives foolishness to the Divine...
Being cared for and provided for. Thus, 'he did not give foolishness to God' (cf. Ps 34:1).... 'Blessed is the Lord' (Ps 34:1). Since therefore both times and seasons are different, and it is fitting to give thanks in everything, he rightly says: 'I will bless the Lord at all times' (Ps 34:1). There is no time when I do not bless the Lord. Even if the things coming upon me are unpleasant, I receive them as good.
Another word said: 'Whatever comes to you from the Lord, receive it as good.' You would not say, seeing one who is sick and being treated by a skilled physician, that he is thankful to the physician desiring salvation; for when the physician treats him, even if he divides him with a sword so that he may be saved, he accepts it, not only when the physician gives him pleasant helps. He looks not to the pleasant or the unpleasant of the things coming, but to the profitable and the effective. Therefore every time is a time to bless God. We take the time in two ways: the necessary season and the condition of the one helping.
We say, for example, regarding the healthy, that the time of a skilled physician is midday and the time of dinner is evening; but regarding the one suffering, we do not take the time as a season, but rather looking to how his body is. In both ways the saint blesses God 'at all times' (Ps 34:1); for he knows that it is by providence, and that he who provides knows even better what will be effective for him. 'Rejoice always, pray without ceasing, in everything give thanks' (1 Thess 5:16-18). If the saint rejoices always, he is never submerged or cast down when grim things are present; for even at these things he rejoices, he rejoices as if at athletic contests. He who follows the victory sees the contests and expects the crowns and the prizes, and rejoices, even if the surrounding circumstances are unpleasant.
Therefore, 'I will bless' (Ps 34:1). And so that no one thinks the blessing happens by spoken word, such as someone saying by a promise: 'His praise is in my mouth continually' (Ps 63:3). In praising him, I bless him. 'His praise is in my mouth continually' (Ps 63:3). But we do not say this so that something impossible might follow, that the praise is in the spoken word continually. But this is impossible; for while sleeping one does not do this, while eating at times one does not do this; but thus it must be praised: all that I do, even if I eat and drink and sleep, I undergo these things thanking God. Thus also it should be heard from: 'Always...'
Greek · §107
οὐ τὴν αὐτὴν ζητοῦμεν σχέσιν· ἐπὶ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ πατρὸς ἀνυπέρβλητός ἐστιν. ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν αὐτοῦ συνουσία οὔκ ἐστιν κατὰ συνκατάβασιν, πρὸς δὲ 188 τοὺς γενομένους θεοὺς κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν, τὴν δύναμιν καὶ τὴν ἀναλογίαν ἧς ἔχουσιν προκοπῆς γίνεται. καὶ πρὸς τοὺς προφήτας οὕτως γίνεται· "ὁ λόγος ὁ γενόμενος πρὸς Ἰηρεμίαν". οὐκ εἶπεν "ὁ ὤν", ἀλλ' "ὁ γενόμενος". γινόμενος δὲ κατὰ τὸ μέτρον ἐκείνου γίνεται. καὶ ἐνταῦθα οὖν διαφόρως ἐξηγησάμεθα τὸν εὐθῆ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγον, οὗ τὰ ἔργα ἐν πίστει ἐστίν. εἰρήκαμεν ὅτι δύναται ὁ διδασκαλικὸς εἶναι λόγος. ἐπερ · ἵνα ποῖον λάβωμεν πνεῦμα; –κατ' ἐπίνοιάν τινα λήψ̣ει τὸ στόματος θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἀντὶ τοῦ· ὅτε διὰ λόγου αὐτὸ εἰς γνῶσιν ἄγει ὧν κρίνει παραδέξασθαι αὐτό. "περίελε σεαυτοῦ σκολιὸν στόμα". "τὸ δὲ στόμα αὐτοῦ τὸ θρασὺ θάνατον ἐπικαλεῖται". ὅταν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ᾖ τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πρὸς τὸν υἱόν, οὐ λέγεται "πνεῦμα στόματος", ἀλλ' ὅταν διακονῆται τοῖς δυναμένοις λόγῳ αὐτὸ δέξασθαι. ἐπερ · οὐ λέγεις τινὰ μέτοχον δικαιοσύνης πρακτικὸν ὄντα; –τὸν μετ' ἐπιστήμης ἔχοντα τὴν δικαιοσύνην καὶ δυνάμενον ἄλλῳ αὐτὴν οὕτω σαφηνίσαι ὡς αὐτὸς αὐτὴν ἔχει. ἐπερ · οὐ λέγεις λόγῳ τοῦτο ποιεῖ; –οὐ λέγω λόγῳ τῷ προφορικῷ. 2 εὐλογήσω τὸν κύριον ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ, διὰ παντὸς ἡ αἴνεσις αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ στόματί μου. εὐλογεῖ τὸν θεὸν ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ ὁ ἐν παντὶ τῷ προσπίπτοντι εὐχαριστῶν. γράφει δὲ καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος· "ἐν παντὶ εὐχαριςτοῦντες". ὁ εὐχαριστῶν θεῷ οὐκ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἡδέσιν μόνοις· τοῦτο ποιεῖ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀηδέσιν. ὁ Ἰὼβ γοῦν οὐκ ἐπὶ τῇ εὐετηρίᾳ καὶ τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῶν τέκνων καὶ τῷ ἄλλῳ περιρέοντι πλούτῳ μόνον εὐλογεῖ τὸν θεόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅτε ἅμα πάντων ἀφῃρέθη. ὅτε γοῦν πάντα αὐτοῦ ἀφῃρέθη τὰ τέτακνα, τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, εὐχαριστεῖ τῷ θεῷ, καὶ "οὐδὲν ἥμαρτεν", φησίν, "̓Ιὼβ ἐναντίον τοῦ κυρίου οὐδὲ ἔδωκεν ἀφροσύνην τῷ θεῷ". ὁ λέγων περὶ τῆς προνοίας ὅτι· "ὤφειλεν οὕτω ποιεῖν ἢ οὕτω", ἀφροσύνην π̣ροσάπτει τῷ θεῷ καὶ ὅσον εἰς αὐτὸν μὴ νοήσαντα τὸν θεὸν ὃ ἔδει ποιῆσαι. ὅταν γοῦν τις λέγῃ ὅτι· "ἔδει τοὺς γέροντας πρὸ τῶν νέων ἀποθνῄσκειν, τοὺς γονέας πρὸ τῶν τέκνων καὶ τοὺς ὑγιαίνοντας μὴ α᾿̣π̣οθνῄσκειν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς̣ 114 νοσοῦντας̣", ἀφροσύνην δίδωσιν τῷ δι οικοῦντι καὶ προνοουμένῳ. "οὐκ ἔδωκεν" οὖν "ἀφροσύνην τῷ θεῷ". ···· "εὐλογητ̣ὸς κύριος". ἐπεὶ τοίνυν καὶ καιροὶ διάφοροί εἰσιν, ἐν παντὶ δὲ εὐχαριστεῖν προσήκει, εἰκότως λέγει ὅτι· "εὐλογήσω τὸν κύριον ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ". οὐκ ἔστιν ὅτε οὐκ εὐλογῶ τὸν κύριον. κἂν ἀηδῆ ᾖν τὰ ἐπιφερόμενα, ὡς ἀγαθὸν προσδέχομαι. ἔλεγεν δὲ ἄλλος λόγος ὅτι· "πᾶν τὸ ἐπαγόμενόν σοι παρὰ κυρίου ὡς ἀγαθὸν προςδέχου". οὐκ ἂν εἴποις ὁρῶν νοσοῦντα καὶ περιοδευόμενον ὑπὸ ἀρίστου ἰατροῦ ὅτι εὐχαριστεῖ τῷ ἰατρῷ ποθῶν σωτηρίαν; ὅταν γὰρ α̣····· ···· αὐτὸν καὶ διαιρῇ ξίφει ἵνα σωθῇ, μὴ μόνον ὅτε προσηνῆ βοηθήματα αὐτῷ δίδωσιν, ἀποδέχεται. οὐκ εἰς τ̣ὸ προσηνὲς δὲ βλέπει οὐδὲ εἰς τὸ ἀηδὲς τῶν προσαγομένων, ἀλλ' εἰς τὸ συμφέρον καὶ λυσιτελοῦν. πᾶς καιρὸς οὖν ἔστιν τοῦ εὐλογεῖν τὸν θεόν. ἑκατέρως δὲ τὸν καιρὸν λαμβάνομεν καὶ τὸν δέοντα χρόνον καὶ τὴν κατάστασιν τοῦ βοηθουμένου. λέγομεν οὖν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑγιαινόντων καιρὸν ἀρίστου εἶναι τὸν μεσημβρινὸν καὶ δείπνου τὸν ἑσπερινόν, ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ κάμνοντος οὐχ οὕτ̣ω λαμβάνομεν τὸν καιρὸν εἰς χρόνον ἀφορῶντες, ἀλλ' εἰς τὸ πῶς ἔχει αὐτοῦ τὸ σῶμα. ἑκατέρως "ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ" εὐλογεῖ τὸν θεὸν ὁ ἅγιος· οἶδεν γὰρ ὅτι ὑπὸ πρόνοιάν ἐστιν καὶ ὅτι ὁ προνοούμενος μᾶλλον αὐτοῦ οἶδεν τὰ αὐτῷ λυσιτελοῦντα. "πάντοτε χαίρετε, ἀδιαλείπτως προσεύχεσθε, ἐν παντὶ εὐχαριστοῦντες". εἰ πάντοτε χαίρει ὁ ἅγιος, οὐδέποτε καταδύεται ἢ κατηφεῖ ἐπὶ σκυθρωποῖς παροῦσιν· καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις γὰρ χαίρει, χαίρει ὡς ἐπὶ ἀγωνίσμασιν. τὴν διαδεχομένην νί κην τοὺς ἀγῶνας ὁρᾷ καὶ τοὺς στεφάνους προσδοκῶν καὶ τὰ βραβεῖα χαίρει, κἂν ἀηδῆ ᾖν τὰ περιεστηκότα. 189 "εὐλογήσω" οὖν. καὶ ἵνα μή τις τὴν εὐλογίαν προφορᾷ νομίσῃ γίνεσθαι, οἷον λέγειν τινὰ ἐπαγγελίᾳ· "διὰ παντὸς ἡ αἴνεσις αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ στόματί μου". ἐν τῷ ὑμνεῖν αὐτὸν εὐλογῶ αὐτόν. "διὰ παντὸς ἡ αἴνεσις αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ στόματί μου". οὐ τοῦτο δὲ λέγομεν, ἵνα μὴ ἀδύνατόν τι ἀκολουθήσῃ, ὅτι ἐν τῷ προφορικῷ διὰ παντὸς ἔχει τὴν αἴνεσιν. ἀδύνατον δὲ τοῦτο· καθεύδων γὰρ οὐ ποιεῖ τοῦτο, ἐσθίων ἐνίοτε οὐ ποιεῖ· ἀλλὰ οὕτως αἰνεῖν δεῖ· πάντα ἃ ποιῶ, κἄν τε ἐσθίω κἂν πίνω κἂν καθεύδω, εὐχαριςτῶν τῷ θεῷ ὑφίσταμαι ταῦτα. οὕτω γοῦν ἀκουστέον καὶ τοῦ; "πάντοτε
Praise and the Meek§108
108“Rejoice.” If you receive this by grace through operation, the one sleeping does not have this; by power he has it. “Pray without ceasing.” If you take this as praying in a demonstrative manner, it cannot be performed without ceasing. For indeed, if one is recorded historically, it is said that one prays “three times of the day,” at noon or around the ninth hour; let us grant also the evening. Therefore, to pray without ceasing is such a thing: there is no other prayer or petition for good things from God.
Whenever anyone, through all time, does what he does, he asks God for good things, he prays. Even if he does not do his own specific prayer, having desire to encounter the profitable things, he prays. The desire itself is prayer; for he has the desire. Whatever he may do, even if he is hindered from doing his own prayer, he has the asking of God. Thus also it is said in the Wisdom of Sirach: “Instruct the pious in wisdom through all time” (Sirach 24:23). How can one instruct wisdom through all time? If we take it this way—and such things are often taken this way by custom—as when we often seek something and desire to learn where we might encounter it; they say: “He always sits at this physician's office and is continuously there,” not taking the whole day, but rather, when he sits, he sits there. He did not therefore simply say “through all time is the praise,” but “of Him”; for he who thinks to praise without right thoughts, without the truly theological thoughts, does not praise Him, does not praise Him.
“My soul shall be praised in the Lord” (Psalm 34:1). My soul is not praised upon anything else previously than upon participating in God; for just as another seeks to be praised upon a skill, or upon knowledge, or upon a dignity or honor, so the saint wants his soul to be praised in the Lord. He knew no other praise of the soul except this; for even if, as I have said, someone is praised upon knowledge, this praise, being compared to another occurring upon God, is not praise at all. We say often: “Nothing is as sweet as honey.” There are indeed other sweet things, but they are not sweet as compared to honey. And in another psalm he says: “From you is my praise in a great assembly” (Psalm 22:5). Which praise, which He gives to me, is praise not occurring upon anything else...
Or upon you. 'My soul shall praise in the Lord.' 'In you,' he says, 'we shall praise all the day.' The whole time of our life is called a day. And 'in you' may mean 'upon you' or 'by you.' Both run toward the holy one. And upon you God is praised, and by God one receives the wine. 3 Listen, O meek, and be glad. Just as the foolish man wants to hide what he says and does when he is not known, so the diligent, reclining with God, wants what he says and does to be known by all. He wants his light to shine before men, so that they, seeing, might glorify God. He wants his words to go to others; for it has been said, 'talk in your perambulations' (Acts 8:31). He who talks to others talks, not to himself previously. Since therefore I have set before myself to praise the Lord at all times and to have his praise continually in my mouth, so that my soul may be praised in him, 'listen, O meek, and be glad' (Psalm 34:8). Imitate me, and you also become such. But if he calls the meek greater than himself, he says, 'listen, O meek,' because I, being educated toward you and having established you, am such; for the lesser exists and belongs to the greater. The disciples are praiseworthy and praising the Lord—much more the teachers, having established them. Therefore take it either way: that the greater than me, the meek, having heard, were glad because they had such a disciple or companion.
4 Magnify the Lord with me. Having spoken about the meek to them, he turns the word further: 'and upon me magnify the Lord with me.' For someone magnifies God not by adding greatness to him from something small, but when he is able to take in his greatness. For the sun, rising, is not viewed as being of its actual size. Rather, it is seen as slightly greater; for it does not himself receive an increase, but the one viewing is improved, seeing him more clearly. 'Magnify God,' think great things about God, 'with me'; for 'magnify God' means to think great things about him. 4 And we shall exalt his name above the same. He—
Greek · §108
χαίρετε". ἐὰν κατ' ἐνε´̣ργειαν λάβῃ̣ς̣ χάριν, ὁ κοιμω´̣μενος οὐκ ἔχει ταύτην. δυνάμει αὐτὴν ἔχει. "ἀδιαλείπτως προσεύχεσθε". ἐὰν ἐπὶ τοῦ δεικτ̣ικῶς προσεύχεσθαι λάβῃς, οὐ δύναται ἀδιαλείπτως τελεῖσθαι. ἀμέλει γοῦν εἴ τις ἱστορικῶς ἀνεγράφη η, "τρὶς τῆς ἡμέρας" λέγεται προσεύχεσθαι, μεσημβρινῆς ἢ περὶ ἐνάτην ὥραν, δῶμεν ὅτι καὶ ἑσπερινῆς. τὸ ἀδιαλείπτως οὖν προσεύχεσθαι τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· ο̣ὐδ̣ε`̣ν̣ ἑ´̣τ̣ερ̣όν ἐστιν προσευχὴ ἢ αἴτησις ἀγαθῶν παρὰ θεοῦ. ὅταν τις τοίνυν διὰ παντὸς οὗ ποιεῖ, αἰτῆται ἀγαθὰ τὸν θεόν, προσεύχεται. κἂν τὸ ἰδικὸν μὴ ποιῇ, πόθον ἔχων τοῦ τυχεῖν τῶν ὠφελίμων, προσεύχεται. αὐτὸς ὁ πόθος προσευχή ἐστιν· ἔχει γὰρ τὸν πόθον. ὅ τι ποτὲ ἐὰν ποιῇ, κἂν ἐνποδίζηται τοῦ τὸ ἰδικὸν τῆς προσευχῆς ποιεῖν, ἀλλὰ ἔχει τὸ αἰτεῖσθαι τὸν θεόν. οὕτω γοῦν καὶ ἐν τῇ Σοφίᾳ τοῦ Σιρὰχ λέγεται· "διήγη σις εὐσεβοῦς διὰ παντὸς σοφία". πῶς διὰ παντὸς δύναται τὴν σοφίαν διηγεῖσθαι; ἐὰν οὕτω λάβωμεν –λαμβάνεται δὲ πολλάκις ταῦτα καὶ ἐν τῇ συνηθείᾳ οὕτως–, ὡς καθόλου πολλάκις ζητοῦμέν τινα καὶ μαθεῖν ποθοῦμεν, ποῦ ἔστιν αὐτῷ συντυχεῖν· λέγουσιν· "εἰς τὸ ἰατρεῖον τοῦτο ἀεὶ κάθηται καὶ διηνεκῶς ἐκεῖ ἐστιν", οὐχ οὕτω λαμβάνων τὴν ἡμέραν ὅλην, ἀλλ' ὅτε κάθηται, οὕτω, μᾶλλον ἐκεῖ κάθηται. οὐκ εἶπεν οὖν ἁπλῶς "διὰ παντὸς ἡ αἴνεσις", ἀλλ' "αὐτοῦ"· ὁ γὰρ δοκῶν αἰνεῖν μὴ μετὰ φρονημάτων ὀρθῶν, μὴ μετὰ τῶν ἀληθῶς θεολογικῶν, οὐχ αὑτῷ αἰνεῖ, οὐκ αὐτὸν αἰνεῖ. 3 ἐν τῷ κυρίῳ ἐπαινεθήσεται ἡ ψυχή μου. ἡ ψυχὴ ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἐπαινεῖται ἐπ' ἄλλ̣ῳ̣ τ̣ι̣ν̣ὶ προηγουμένως ἢ ἐπὶ τῷ μετέχειν θεοῦ· ὡς γὰρ ἄλλος ἐπὶ τέχνῃ ἐπαινεῖσθαι ποθεῖ ἢ ἐπὶ ἐπιστήμῃ̣ ἢ ἐπὶ ἀξιώματι ἢ τιμῇ, οὕτως ὁ ἅγιος ἐν τῷ κυρίῳ 115 θέλει ἐπαινεῖσθαι τὴν ψυχὴν ἑαυτοῦ. οὐκ οἶδεν ἄλλον ἔπα̣ινον τῆς ψυχῆς ἢ τοῦτον· κἂν γάρ, ὡς ε̣ἶπ̣ον, ἐπὶ ἐπιστήμῃ τις ἐπαινεῖται, ἀλλὰ συνκρινόμενος οὗτος ὁ ἔπαινος π̣ρὸς ἀ´̣λλον ἐπὶ θεῷ γινόμενον οὐδὲ ἔπαινός ἐστιν ὅλως. λέγομεν οὖν πολλάκ̣ι̣ς· "οὐδὲν γλυκύ ἐστιν ἢ τὸ μέλι". εἰσὶν μὲν καὶ ἄλλα γλυκέα, ἀλλὰ ὡς πρὸς τὸ μέλι οὔκ εἰσιν γλυκέα. καὶ ἐν ἄλλῳ ψαλμῷ λέγει· "παρὰ σοῦ ὁ ἔπαινός μου ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ μεγάλῃ". ὃν δίδως μοι ἔπαινον οὐκ ἐπ' ἄλλῳ ἐστὶν γινόμενος ἢ ἐπὶ σοί. "ἐν τῷ κυρίῳ ἐπαινεσθήσεται ἡ ψυχή μου". "ἐν σοί", φησίν, "ἐπαινεσθησόμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν". ὅλον τὸν χρόνον τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν ἡμέραν καλ̣ούμενον. δύναται δὲ τὸ "ἐν σοὶ" ἤτοι τὸ "ἐπὶ σοὶ" ἢ τὸ "ὑπὸ σοῦ". ἀμφότερα δὲ συντρέχει ἐπὶ τοῦ ἁγίου. καὶ ἐπὶ τ̣ο̣ῦ θεου῀̣ ἐπαινεῖται καὶ ὑπ' αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ ἔχει τὸν αἶνον. 3 ἀκουσάτωσαν πραεῖς καὶ εὐφρανθήτωσαν. ὥσπερ ὁ φαῦλος βούλεται κρύπτειν ἃ λέγει καὶ ἐνεργεῖ, ὅταν μὴ ἀπεγνωσμένος ᾖν, οὕτως ὁ σπ̣ουδαῖος καὶ θεῷ ἀνακείμενος θέλει ἃ λέγει καὶ ἃ πράττει πᾶσιν γνώριμα εἶναι. θέλει τὸ φῶς αὐτοῦ λάμπειν ἔνπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἵν' ἰδόντες ἐκεῖνοι δοξάσωσιν τὸν θεόν. β̣ούλεται τοὺς λόγους αὐτοῦ εἰς ἄλλους ἔρχεσθαι· εἴρηται γάρ· "ὁμιλεῖτε ἐν περιπάτοις". ὁ δὲ ὁμιλῶν ἄλλοις ὁμιλεῖ, οὐχ̣ ἑαυτῷ προηγουμένως. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ προεθέμην εὐλογεῖν τὸν κύριον καὶ ἔχειν διὰ παντὸς τὴν αἴνεσιν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ στόματί μου, ὥστε τὴν ψυχήν μου ἐν αὐτῷ ἐπαινεῖσθαι, "ἀκούσατε πραεῖς καὶ εὐφράνθητε". μιμήσασθέ με, καὶ ὑμεῖς τοιοῦτοι γένεσθε. ἐὰν δὲ τοὺς πραεῖς μείζονας ἑαυτοῦ λέγῃ, λέγει· "ἀκούσατε πραεῖς", ὅτι ἐγὼ ὁ πρὸς ὑμῶν παιδευόμενος καὶ ὑποβεβηκὼς ὑμᾶς τοιοῦτός εἰμι· τὸ γὰρ τὸ ἐλάττονι ὑπάρχον 190 καὶ τῷ μείζονι ὑπάρχει. οἱ μαθηταὶ αἰνετοὶ καὶ ἐπαινοῦντες τὸν κύριον–, πολλῷ πλέον οἱ διδάσκαλοι καὶ ὑπερβεβηκότες αὐτούς. ἑκατέρως οὖν λάβε· ἤτοι οἱ μείζονες ἐμοῦ πρᾶοι ἀκούσαντες εὐφράνθητε, ὅτι ἐσχήκατε τοιοῦτον μαθητὴν ἢ συνμέτοχον. 4 μεγαλύνατε τὸν κύριον σὺν ἐμοί. περὶ τῶν πράων εἰπὼν πρὸς αὐτοὺς λοιπὸν τρέπει τὸν λόγον· "καὶ ἐπ' ἐμὲ μεγαλύνατε τὸν κύριον σὺν ἐμοί". μεγαλύνει δέ τις τὸν θεὸν οὐκ ἐκ μικροῦ μέγεθος αὐτῷ προστιθείς, ἀλλ' ὅταν δυνηθῇ τὸ μέγεθος αὐτοῦ λαβεῖν. ὁ ἥλιος οὖν ἀλλ' ὅταν δυνηθῇ τὸ μέγεθος αὐτοῦ λαβεῖν. ὁ ἥλιος οὖν ἀνατέλλων οὐχ, ὅσου ἐστὶν μεγέθους, παραυτὰ θεωρεῖται. καθ' ὁλίγον δὲ μείζω βλέπεται· οὐ γὰρ δήπου αὐτὸς αὔξησιν λαμβάνει, ἀλλ' ὁ θεωρῶν βελτιοῦται, κρειττόνως ὁρᾷ αὐτόν. "μεγαλύνατε τὸν θεόν", μεγάλ̣α φρονήσατε περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ, "σὺν ἐμοί"· τὸ γὰρ "μεγαλύνατε τὸν θεόν", τὸ μεγάλα περὶ αὐτοῦ φρονῆσαι. 4 καὶ ὑψώσομεν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό. ἡ
Seeking God through Prayer and the Light of His Face§109
109The appellation of God is called upon the diligent; for they are profiting from Him. Therefore, when we have actions and thoughts appropriate to His name, then His name is elevated, not divided, but 'upon the same,' as those who are complete in the same mind and the same judgment. It is also possible to say in another way that the name of God is elevated upon the same: that some might scatter the appellation of God upon lifeless matter, as if calling idols gods. In a certain way, they debase the name of God. And others carry the name from their own bellies, making God, according to their teaching, to be gluttonous and all-devouring. Therefore, when we consider nothing that is not God to be God, but only Him who created all things, we have elevated His name upon the same.
We all in the Gospel are instructed in prayer to say: 'Hallowed be thy name' (Matt 6:9). And even if the voice is imperative, since we say it in prayer, it is a prayer. Therefore, in all ways of the elevation of the name and its being hallowed, we take this: do nothing profane, nothing wretched and lowly, so that the name of God may be elevated, so that it may be hallowed; turn the appellation of God away from every base thing, from every earthly matter; for then the appellation of God is hallowed. But this will exist most especially when 'God becomes all in all' (1 Cor 15:28), when eternal joy seizes one from the footsteps of pain and distress and sighing.
'I sought the Lord, and He heard me' (Ps 34:4). He did not simply say 'I sought,' but emphatically 'I have done this.' 'And He heard me.' This shows that the seeking now being spoken of happens through prayer; for this has been confirmed: 'And He heard me.' If indeed he who desires to know God seeks as much as is possible, but has no end. To be heard is quickly to find, to be perfected. 'I sought the Lord, and He was found to me' (Ps 34:4). Thus indeed it has been written in...
He is found by those not unfaithful to him, and he is manifested to those seeking him. And again: 'Seek the Lord; whenever he is near to you.' Here, then, the 'he heard' says this, meaning that the seeking happened through prayers. Praying unceasingly, one seeks God and he heard him, finding what was sought.
5 And from all my tribulations he rescued me. Many times we have spoken about these things, that God's rescuing from tribulation does not mean the becoming of an absence of tribulation; for if the apostles are telling the truth, saying: 'in all things we are being afflicted' (2 Cor 4:8), and again: 'through many tribulations it is necessary for us to enter the kingdom of God' (Acts 14:22), it is never necessary to be outside of being afflicted. If someone does not take 'to be rescued' in this way, the saints were never heard; always being afflicted, they passed their lives lacking until the last breath.
6 'Come to him and be enlightened, and your faces shall never be put to shame.' Having stated the disposition which he has toward God, and having stated the things which are under God useful to those seeking and having been heard, he exhorts either all or many and says: 'Come to him and be enlightened.' Not to those already enlightened and able to say: 'The light of your face, Lord, has been marked upon us' (Ps 4:6), 'come'; for those having already come are light. Immediately, indeed, the apostles, having come, heard: 'You are the light of the world' (Matt 5:14). And they enlighten others. 'Come' therefore, those far off, 'to him and be enlightened', and from your being enlightened, the unashamedness is urged. And 'your faces' 'shall never be put to shame'; for they become enlightened, as those who say thankfully have said: 'The light of your face has been marked upon us'. When that is fulfilled: 'The Lord will be to you an eternal light' (Isa 60:20), every shame will be destroyed. If there was no shame before sin, 'Adam and Eve were naked, and they were not ashamed'. Naked...
Greek · §109
προσηγορία τοῦ θεοῦ κέκληται ἐπὶ τοὺς σπουδαίους· αὐτοῦ γὰρ χρηματίζουσιν. ὅταν τοίνυν καταλλήλους τῷ ὀνόματι πράξεις καὶ νοήσεις ἔχωμεν, τότε ὑψοῦται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, οὐ διεσπ̣ασμένως, ἀλλ' "ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό", καταρτιζομένων "τῷ αὐτῷ νοῒ καὶ τῇ αὐτῇ γνώμῃ". δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ κατὰ διάνοιαν ἄλλην εἰπεῖν ὑψοῦσθαι τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό· τὴν θεοῦ προσηγορίαν κατασπῶσίν τ̣ινες ἐπὶ ἄψυχον ὕλην, ὡς τὰ ἀγάλματα θεοὺς ὀνομάζειν. τρόπον τινὰ ταπεινοῦσιν τὴν θεοῦ ὀνομασίαν. καὶ ἄλλοι ἐκ τῆς γαστρὸς ἑαυτῶν φέρουσιν τὴν ὀνομασίαν θεοποιοῦντες τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ τῷ ἀδηφάγοι καὶ παντοφάγοι εἶναι. ὅταν τοίνυν μηδὲν τῶν μὴ θεῷ φρονῶμεν εἶναι θεόν, ἀλλὰ μόνον τὸν πάντα δημιουργήσαντα, ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ὑψώσαμεν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ. ἡμεῖς ὅλοι ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ ἐν εὐχῇ προσταττόμεθα λέγειν· "ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου". εἰ δὲ καὶ προστακτική ἐστιν ἡ φωνή, ἀλλ' ἐν εὐχῇ λέγομεν̣ αὐτήν, εὐχή ἐστιν. κατὰ πάσας οὖν τὰς διανοίας τῆς ὑφώσεως τοῦ ὀνόματος καὶ τὸ ἁγιασθῆναι αὐτὸ λαμβάνομ̣εν· μηδὲν πράττετε βέβηλον, μηδὲν πτωχὸν καὶ ταπεινόν, ἵνα ὑψῶται τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θεου῀̣, ἱ´̣να ἁγιάζηται· ἀπ̣οστήσατε τὴν θεοῦ προσηγορίαν ἀπὸ παντὸς χαμαιπετοῦς, ἀπὸ παντὸς γηίνου πρ̣άγματος· τότε γὰρ ἁγιάζεται ἡ 116 προσηγορ̣ία τοῦ θεοῦ. μάλιστα δὲ τοῦτο ὑπάρξεται, ὅταν "ὁ θεὸς πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν" γένηται, ὅταν ἀ ποδράσης ὀδύνης καὶ λύπης καὶ στεναγμοῦ αἰώνιος εὐφροσύνη καταλάβῃ. 5 ἐξεζήτησα τὸν κύριον, καὶ ἐπήκουσέν μου. οὐχ ἁπλῶς εἶπεν "ἐζήτησα", ἀλλ' ἐπιτεταμένως τοῦτο πεποίηκα. "καὶ ἐπήκουσέν μου". δείκνυσιν ὅτι ἡ νῦν λεγομένη ἐκζήτησις δι' εὐχῆς γίνεται· τοῦτο γὰρ ἐπενήνεκται· "καὶ ἐπήκουσέν̣ μου". εἰ δ̣ε`̣ καὶ ἐκζητεῖ ὁ βουλόμενος γνῶναι τὸν θεόν, ὡς οἷόν τέ ἐστιν, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἔχει τέλος. τὸ ἐπακουσθῆναι τάχ̣α τὸ εὑρεῖν, τὸ τελειωθῆναι. ἐξεζήτησα τὸν κύριον, καὶ ηὑρέθη μοι. οὕτω γοῦν γέγραπται ἐν Σοφίᾳ· "εὑρίσκεται τοῖς μὴ ἀπιστοῦσιν αὐτῷ, ἐνφανίζεται τοῖς ζητοῦσιν αὐτόν". καὶ ἔτι· "ἐκζητήσατε τὸν κύριον· ἡνίκα δὲ ἐὰν ἐγγίζῃ ὑμῖν". ὧδε οὖν τὸ "ἐπήκουσεν" τοῦτο λέγει, ὅτι ἡ ἐκζήτησις δι' εὐχῶν γέγονεν. ἀδιαλείπτως προσευχόμενος ἐκζητεῖ τὸν θεὸν καὶ ἐ´̣σ̣χεν αὐτὸν ὑπήκοον εὑρὼν τὸ ζητούμενον. 5 καὶ ἐκ πασῶν τῶν θλίψεών μου ἐρύσατό με. πολλάκις περὶ τούτων εἰρήκαμεν, ὅτι τὸ ῥύεσθαι τὸν θεὸν ἐκ θλίψεως οὐ τὸ ἐ´̣ξω θλ̣ίψ̣εως γενέσθαι σημαίνει· εἰ γὰρ ἀληθεύουσιν οἱ ἀπόστολοι λέγοντες· "ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμεθα"· καὶ ἔτι· "διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ", οὐδέποτε ἐκτὸς τοῦ θλίβεσθαι δεῖ γενέσθαι. εἰ δὲ τοῦτο μὴ οὕτω τις λάβοι τὸ ῥύεσθαι, 193 οὐδέποτε εἰσηκούσθησαν οἱ ἅγιοι· ἀεὶ θλιβόμενοι, ὑστερούμενοι διετέλεσαν τὸν βίον αὐτῶν μέχρις ἐσχάτης ἀναπνοῆς. 6 προσέλθατε πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ φωτίσθητε, καὶ τὰ πρόσωπα ὑμῶν οὐ μὴ καταισχυνθῇ. εἰρηκὼς τὴν διάθεσιν ἣν ἔχει πρὸς τὸν θεόν, καὶ εἰρηκὼς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ὠφέλιμα τοῖς ἐκζητοῦσιν καὶ ἐπακουσθεῖσιν, προτρέπεται ἢ πάντας ἢ πολλοὺς καὶ λέγει· "προσέλθατε πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ φωτίσθητε". οὐ τοῖς ἤδη πεφωτισμένοις καὶ δυναμένοις εἰπεῖν· "ἐσημειώθη ἐφ' ἡμᾶς τὸ φῶς τοῦ προσώπου σου, κύριε", "προσέλθατε"· οἱ γὰρ ἤδ̣η προσελθόντες φῶς εἰσιν. αὐτίκα γοῦν οἱ ἀπόστολοι προσεληλυθότες ἤκουσαν· "ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου". καὶ ἄλ λους φωτίζουσιν. "προσέλθατε" οὖν οἱ μακρὰν "πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ φωτίσθητε", καὶ ἐκ τοῦ φωτισθῆναι ὑμᾶς π̣αραγι´̣ν̣εται τὸ ἀκαταίσχυντον. "τὰ πρόσωπα" δὲ "ὑμῶν οὐ μὴ καταισχυνθῇ"· πεφωτισμένα γὰρ γίνεται, ὡς εἰρ̣ήκασιν οἱ εὐχαρίστως · "ἐσημειώθη ἐφ' ἡμᾶς τὸ φῶς τοῦ προσώπου σου". ὅταν πληρωθῇ τό· "ἔσται σοι κύριος φῶς αἰώνιον", πᾶσα αἰσχύνη ἀφανισθήσεται. ἐὰν πρὸ ἁμαρτίας οὐκ ἦν αἰσχύνη, "γυμνοὶ ἦσαν ὅ τε Ἀδὰμ καὶ ἡ Εὕα, καὶ οὐκ ᾐσχύνοντο". γυμνοὶ
The Covering of Shame and the Poverty of Sin§110
110They were in all evil; they did not have a garment covering the reasoning faculty, and the word was not being hidden by irrational passions. But when sin has happened, both the remaining feeling, thought, and life, and shame have increased.
If therefore we approach the light, by which we ceased sinning, our faces are not being shamed, and we have much boldness; for he says: 'if our heart does not condemn us, we have boldness toward God' (1 John 3:20). If someone sees himself as uncondemned by heart and conscience, he has much boldness toward God, as to say: 'the Lord lives, to whom I stood before him'. Having spoken with boldness: 'in the morning I will stand before you and I will watch; I will see many things, but even more I will observe; I will observe things to be seen'. 'And your faces will by no means be shamed' (Psalm 5:12).
We say that when sin exists, the face of the soul is covered by shame so that its beauty and the proportion of its melodies can no longer be seen. But when illumination comes, the remaining 'with an unveiled face, the glory of the Lord is reflected' (2 Cor 3:18). No one having a covered face reflects the glory of God, but rather if someone has cast off the coverings that came upon him. Those, indeed, having received perception, that evils have become by themselves, say: 'dishonor has covered our face'. Dishonor has become a covering for us, the shame, of our face.
7 This poor man cried out, and the Lord heard him (Psalm 34:6). Il. If someone, having become without evil, having cast off the wealth of ignorance, cries to God from this evil, he has Him listening. Perhaps, as they implied locally regarding the time, that which belongs to the lesser and the greater, encouraging those already illuminated and blessing 'the Lord at all times' (Psalm 34:8) to be rich, he says: and if the poor man approaches and cries, he is heard.
And it is possible also to say this concerning the people from among the Gentiles, that: the people 'not having hope and being godless in the world' (1 Thess 4:17) approached and cried and had Him listening to them. For he says with other things in the same psalm: 'the rich have become poor and hungered' (Psalm 39:7), saying those from the circumcision have become poor by having cast away the law and the prophets. Because of this, he also says pointedly: 'this poor man'; worthy.
a poverty that produces wealth
Greek · §110
ἦσαν πάσης κακίας, οὐκ εἶχον ἔνδυμα καλύπτον τὸ λογιστικόν, οὐκ ἦν ὁ λόγος ἐπικρυπτόμενος ὑπὸ παθῶν ἀλόγων. ὅτε δὲ ἁμαρτία γέγονεν, καὶ ἐνπαθὴς λοιπὸν καὶ νόησις καὶ ζωή, καὶ αἰσχύνη ὑπῆρκται. ἐὰν τοίνυν προσέλθωμεν τῷ φωτί, ᾧ κατελείψαμεν ἁμαρτάνοντες, τὰ πρόσωπα ἡμῶν οὐ καταισχύνεται, πολλὴν παρρησίαν ἔχομεν· λέγει γάρ· "ἐὰν μὴ καταγιγνώσκῃ ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία, παρρησίαν ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν θεόν". ἐὰν ἀκατάγνωστόν τις ἀπὸ καρδίας καὶ συνειδήσεως ἑαυτὸν ὁρᾷ, πάνυ παρρησίαν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἔχει ὡς λέγειν· "ζῇ κύριος, ᾧ παρέστην ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ". παρρησιασαμένου φωνὴ καί· "τὸ πρωὶ παραστήσομαί σοι καὶ ἐφόψομαι". εἶδον πολλά, ἀλλ' ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐπιθεωρήσω υ̣···· ἐφοπτικὰ θεωρήσω. "καὶ τὰ πρόσωπα ὑμῶν οὐ μὴ καταισχυνθῇ". ἐλέγομεν ὅτι ἁμαρτίας οὔσης καλύπτεται τὸ πρ̣όσωπον τῆς ψυχῆς ὑπὸ αἰς̣χύνης ὡς μηκέτι τὸ κάλλος αὐτῆς καὶ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῶν μελω῀̣ν αὐτῆς θεωρεῖσθαι. ὅταν δὲ φωτισμὸς̣ γένηται, λοιπὸν "ἀνακεκαλυμμένῳ προσώπῳ τὴν δόξαν κυρίου καθοπτρίζεται". οὐδεὶς κεκαλυμμένον ἔχων πρόσωπον τὴν δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ καθοπτρίζεται, ἀλλ' εἴ τις ἀπέβ̣αλεν τὰ ἐπιγενόμενα καλύμματα. οἱ γοῦν αἴσθησιν λαβόντες, οἷ κακῶν̣ παρ' ἑαυτοὺς γεγόνασιν, λέγουσιν· "κατεκάλυψεν ἀτιμία τὸ πρόσωπον ἡμῶν". κάλυμμα ἡμῖν ἡ ἀτιμία γέγονεν, ἡ αἰσχύνη, τοῦ προσώπου ἡμῶν. 7 οὗτος ὁ πτωχὸς ἐκέκραξεν, καὶ ὁ κύριος εἰσήκουσεν αὐτοῦ. 117 δείκνυσίν τινα πτωχὸν τῇ ἁμαρτ̣ίᾳ ὄντα, πτ̣ωχὸν πάσης κακίας. ἐὰν ἄνευ κακίας τις γενόμενος ἀποβαλὼν τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς ἀγνοίας και`̣ τη῀̣ς κακίας πρὸς θεὸν βοήσῃ, ἔχει αὐτὸν ἐπακούοντα. τάχα δέ, ὡς υ῾̣φ̣εῖπον τοπικῶς τῆς ὥρας ὅτι τὸ τῷ ἐλάττονι καὶ τῷ μείζονι ὑπάρχει, προτρεπόμενος τοὺς ἤδη πεφωτισμένους καὶ εὐλογοῦντας "τὸν κύριον ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ" πλουσίους ὄντας, λέγει· καὶ ὁ πτωχὸς ἐὰν προσέλθῃ καὶ βοήσῃ, ἐπακούεται. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο περὶ τοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν λαοῦ εἰρῆσθαι τοῦτο ὅτι· ὁ "ἐλπίδα μὴ ἔχων καὶ ἄθεος ὢν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ" λαὸς προσελθὼν ἐβόησεν καὶ ἔσχεν ὑπήκοον αὐτόν. λ̣έγει γοῦν μεθ' ἕτερα ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ ψαλμῳ῀̣· "πλούσιοι ἐπτώχευσαν καὶ ἐπείνασαν", λέγων τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς πτωχεύσαντας ἀπὸ τοῦ τὸν νόμον καὶ τοὺς προφήτας ἀποβεβληκέναι. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ δεικτικῶς λέγει· "οὗτος ὁ πτωχός"· ἄξιος γέγονεν τοῦ δείκ ν̣υσθαι ὑφ' ἁγίων̣ ἀνδρῶν καὶ ὑπ' αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ καθόλου περὶ πάντων τοῦτο λέγ̣εσθαι· ὡς 194 πρὸς τὸν πλουτοδότην θεὸν τὸν μεγάλα χαριζόμενον πάντες πτωχοί ἐσμεν. ἐπερ · οὐκ "ἐπτώχευσεν" Ἰησοῦς "δι' ἡμᾶς"; –θεώρει γὰρ τὴν ἀποστολικὴν ἀκρίβειαν· "ὅτι πλούσιος ὢν δι' ἡμᾶς ἐπτώχευσεν". οὐκ ἐπλο̣υ̣τίσθη. "ὢν πλούσιος δι' ἡμᾶς ἐπτώχευσεν", ἵνα τί γένηται; "ἵνα τῇ ἐκείνου πτωχείᾳ πλουτήσωμ̣εν"· ποιητικ̣ὴ γὰρ πλούτου πτωχεία οὐχ ἡ ἀληθῶς πτωχεία ἐστίν. καὶ ὥσπερ γίνεται "κατάρα ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν", ἵν' εὐλογίαν λάβωμεν, κατάρα δὲ ποιητικὴ εὐλογίας οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἐστιν κατάρα, ἀλλ' αὐτὸ τοῦτο κατάρα εὐλογίας̣ ποιητική, οὕτω καὶ πτωχός· "ὃς ἐν μορφῇ θεοῦ ὑπάρχων οὐχ ἁρπαγμὸν ἡγήσατο τὸ εἶναι ἴσα θεῷ, ἀλλ' ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσεν μορφὴν δούλου λαβών". ἰδοὺ ἡ πτωχεία ἣν ἐπτώχευσεν· πλούσιος ὢν ἀληθῶς ἀεὶ ἐν μορφῇ θεοῦ ὑπάρχων καὶ ὠ`̣ν "χαρακτὴρ τῆς θεοῦ ὑποστάσεως", "τὴν τοῦ δούλου λαβὼν μορφὴν" πάντα ὑπέστη τὰ τῆς πτωχείας. "ἁμαρτία" γέγονεν "ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, ἵνα δικαιοσύνη θεοῦ γενώμεθα", κατάρα, ἵνα εὐλογίαν κληρονομήσωμεν, θάνατον ὑπέστη καὶ νενέκρωται, ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἀπολάβωμεν. "ἐπτωχεύσαμεν σφόδρα". οὕτως συνκατέβημεν φθάσαντες μέχρι τῆς κ̣αταστάσεως τῆς ὑμετέρας, ἵνα τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ θεοῦ προκαταλαβόντων ἀναβιβάσωμεν ὑμᾶς. ὡς εἴρηκάν τ̣ινες παράδειγμα τοιοῦτο περὶ τῶν ἁγίων ὅτι· ἐν τῷ σκάφει τοῦ βίου τούτου πλέοντες εἶδον πολλοὺς ἐκπεσόντας ἐκ τοῦ σκάφους καὶ διὰ τὸ ἀκολύμβους εἶναι κατενεχθέντας εἰς τὸν βυθόν, καὶ ἥλαντο εἰς τὸν βυθὸν̣ καὶ ἔδοξαν τὸ αὐτὸ πάσχειν τοῖς βυθισθεῖσιν, ἀλλ' ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐκείνων βοηθείας τοῦτο πεποιήκασιν, ἵνα ἀναβιβάσωσιν τοὺς μὴ δυναμένους δι' ἑαυτῶν ἀναβῆναι. 7 καὶ ἐκ πασῶν τῶν θλίψεων αὐτοῦ ἐρύσατο αὐτόν. τ̣ὸ ῥύσεσθαι ἐκ πασῶν τῶν θλίψεων ἤδη πολλάκις ἀποδέδοται ἡμῖν ὅτι τὸ μὴ ἡττηθῆναι, οὐ τὸ ἔξω γενέσθαι τῶν θλιβηρῶν. 8 παρεμβαλεῖ ὁ ἄγγελος κυρίου κύκλῳ τῶν φοβουμένων αὐτὸν καὶ ῥύσεται αὐτούς. ἄγγελος παρεμβάλλων κύκλῳ τῶν τὸν θεὸν φοβουμένων καὶ ῥύεται αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ παντὸς πολεμίου, ἀπὸ πάσης θλίψεως, ἀπ̣ὸ παντὸς τραύματος. λέξει τις οὖν ὅτι· "εἷς ἄγγελος αὐτάρκης ἐστὶν πρὸς τὸ τοὺς φοβουμένους τὸν θεὸν πάντας σῶσαι ἀπὸ τοῦ
The Nourishment of the Inner Man§111
111Is it against the law? Observe: one angel, at the will of God, struck down one hundred eighty-five thousand in a single blow (Ps 78:49), and perhaps he was not a pure angel, since he was not acting to punish. Therefore, the perfect man who guards holiness, being God's own eyewitness and servant, is able to save many who fear Him.
If the explanation seems violent to anyone, not so: just as it is said, 'God made man' (Gen 1:26), to be the ruler of irrational animals, and we are not speaking of the individual kind, nor of this specific one, but the whole species. 'I made earth and man upon it' (Gen 1:1); thus he named the whole species. Even so, the angel here may signify the general, that those fearing the Lord have angels intervening and surrounding them, saving them from every tribulation.
You have this in the Gospel: 'See that you do not cause one of these little ones who believe in me to stumble; for their angels always see the face of our Father in heaven' (Matt 18:10). They stand before God, we see His face, they see the invisible one invisibly. Behold, therefore, of the many little ones, many angels are spoken of, but of those fearing the Lord, one angel is said. It is said singularly, for not even one is excluded.
And this can also be said: the little ones do not fear God, but have a passive fear; for 'perfect love casts out fear' (1 John 4:18). And: 'fear has punishment'. 'Do not fear those who kill the body but are not able to kill the soul' (Matt 10:28); but those who fear God have an excessive fear, about which it is said in Sirach: 'the fear of the Lord surpassed all things' (Sir 1:14), which comes to him who seeks Him with much progress.
Therefore, these who fear the Lord can have one angel intervening and saving them, the Savior himself, about whom it is said: 'His name is called Angel of Great Counsel' (Isa 9:6); for in many writings an angel is mentioned not applying to any single person. Jacob also says of him: 'the angel who saves me from all evils' (Gen 48:16). But no one is able to save from all evils except the Savior who has the authority to forgive all sin. And of the sin...
Once the punishment is assigned, the following afflictions follow, joining together with that evil. It is like a perimeter and a wall surrounding them, keeping them safe from harm. And in Zechariah, namely the eleventh of the twelve prophets, it says: 'Jerusalem shall be inhabited desolately' (Zech 8:10), and it says: 'And I will be around them like a pillar of fire and a wall encircling them' (Zech 2:5). But it is fire for the purpose of harming those approaching more; for immediately in that same region of the prophet it says: 'because he who touches you touches the apple of his eye' (Zech 2:8). To touch there means to harm, like: 'Touch not my anointed ones' (Ps 105:15). Taste and see that the Lord is good (Ps 34:8).
Many times it has been said to us that the sensible and bodily things are like this: each thing is only what it is; for example, a stream is nothing other than a stream, or bread. But the thing that nourishes the inner man is called food according to various thoughts. It is indeed called light, it is called a spring, it is called bread and flesh, true nourishment. It says, therefore, 'taste' by the incorporeal taste of the inner man, 'and see that the Lord is good' (Ps 34:8), because He is good. Just taste, know that He is nourishment, see the spring of goodness, the spring of kindness.
Blessed is the man who hopes in Him (Ps 1:1). The one hoping in the good Lord—for he tastes Him—and he will experience His sweetness, and from this food he will have all things, and being nourished athletically he will be strong, so that in the struggle he no longer has it 'not toward blood and flesh, but toward principalities and powers' (Eph 6:12). 'Taste and see that He is good' (Ps 34:8). If anyone is weary and sick according to the soul, let him taste Him as nourishment, as one preparing health, as one removing harm. And this food not only satisfies, but also removes, casting out the harmful things.
Therefore, 'blessed' is not simply the man, but the 'man' who has done away with 'the things of a child' (1 Cor 13:11), who has not walked 'in the counsel of the ungodly' (Ps 1:1), nor sat 'in the seat of scoffers' (Ps 1:1), nor 'in the way of sinners' (Ps 1:1), nor 'on the seat of scoffers' (Ps 1:1), but having 'his will in the law of the Lord' (Ps 1:2). This one has his will in the law of the Lord; for many observe the law so that they may not be punished or so that they may be honored with praise. But the holy one, the...
Greek · §111
ἐναντίου"; σκόπει· εἷς ἄγγελος θελήσαντος θεοῦ ἑκατὸν ὀγδοήκοντα πέντε χιλιάδας ῥοπῇ μιᾷ ἀνεῖλεν, καίτοι τάχα οὐ καθαρὸς ἄγγελος ὤν, ἐπεὶ κολάσει οὐ διεκονεῖτο. πολλῷ πλέον οὖν ὁ τέλειος ἄνθρωπος ὁ ἁγιότητα φυλάττων, ὁ "αὐτόπτης καὶ ὑπηρέτης" ὢν θεοῦ, δύναται ῥύσασθαι πολλοὺς φοβουμένους. ἐὰν δέ τινι βίαιος φαίνηται ἡ ἀπόδοσις, οὑ´̣τ̣ως̣· ὥσπερ λέγει, ὅτι "ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον", ἵνα ἄρχῃ τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων, καὶ οὐ τὸν ἰδικῶς ποιὸν λέγομεν, οὐ τόνδε λέγομεν, ἀλλ' ὅλον τὸ εἶδος. "ἐποίησα γῆν καὶ ἄνθρωπον ἐπ' αὐτῆς"· τὸ εἶδος ὅλον οὕτως ὠνόμασεν. δύναται οὐ῀̣ν̣ καὶ ὧδε ὁ ἄγγελος τὸ καθόλου σημαίνειν, ὅτι οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν κύριον ἔχουσιν παρεμβεβληκότας καὶ κυκλοῦντας αὐτοὺς ἀγγέλους 118 ῥυομένους αὐτοὺς ἐκ πάσης θλίψεως. ἔχεις γοῦν τοῦτο ἐν εὐαγγελίῳ· "ὁρᾶτε μὴ σκανδαλίσητε ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων τῶν πιστευόντων εἰς ἐμέ· οἱ γὰρ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς". παραστάται εἰσὶν τοῦ θεοῦ, τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὁρῶσιν, ἀοράτως τὸν ἀόρατον βλέπουσιν. ἰδοὺ οὖν τῶν πολλῶν μικρῶν πολλοὶ ἄγγελοι ἐλέχθησαν, τῶν δὲ φοβουμένων τὸν κύριον εἷς ἄγγελος εἴρηται. ἑνικῶς εἴρηται, οὐδὲ γὰρ εἷς. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο εἰπεῖν· οἱ μικροὶ οὐ τὸν θεὸν φοβοῦνται, ἀλλὰ τὸν παθητικὸν ἔχουσιν φόβον· "ἡ τελεία" γὰρ "ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον". καί· "ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει". "μὴ φοβεῖσθε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν μὴ δυναμένων ἀποκτεῖναι"· ἐκεῖνοι δὲ τὸν θεὸν φοβοῦνται οἱ τὸν ὑπερβάλλοντα φόβον ἔχοντες, περὶ οὗ εἴρηται 195 ἐν τῇ Σιράχ· "φόβος κυρίου πάντα ὑπερέβαλεν", ὅστις παραγίνεται τῷ ζητοῦντι αὐτὸν μετὰ πολλὴν προκοπήν. δύνανται οὖν οὗτοι οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν κύριον ἕνα ἄγγελον ἔχειν παρεμβεβληκότα καὶ ῥυόμενον αὐτοὺς αὐτὸν τὸν σωτῆρα περὶ οὗ λέγεται· "καλεῖται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ μεγάλης βουλῆς ἄγγελος"· ἐν πολλαῖς γὰρ γραφαῖς φαίνεται ἄγγελος μνημονευόμενος οὐκ ἐφαρμόζων τινὶ γενητῷ. περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγει καὶ ὁ Ἰακώβ· "ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ ῥυόμενός με ἐκ πάντων τῶν κακῶν". οὐδεὶς δὲ δύναται ῥύσασθαι ἐκ πάντων τῶν κακῶν, εἰ μὴ ὁ σωτὴρ ὁ ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἀφιέναι πᾶσαν ἁμαρτι´̣αν. τῆς δὲ ἁμαρτίας ἀφιεμένης καὶ ἡ ἑπομένη κόλασις, τὰ ἑπόμενα κακωτικά, συναπέρχεται τῃ῀̣ κα̣κίᾳ̣. ὥσπερ περίβολός τις καὶ περίτειχος περὶ αὐτοὺς γινόμενος ἀβ̣λ̣ήτους αὐτ̣οὺς φυλάττει. καὶ ἐν τῷ Ζαχαρίᾳ γοῦν τῷ ἑνδεκάτῳ τῶν δώδεκα προφητῶν λέγει· "κατακάρπως κατοικηθήσεται Ἰερουσαλήμ", καὶ λέγει· "καὶ ἔσομαι κύκλῳ αὐτῶν ὡς στῦλος πυρὸς καὶ τεῖχος κυκλοῦν αὐτούς". πυρὸς δὲ ἐπὶ τῷ τοὺς ἐγγίζοντας βλάπτεσθαι μᾶλλον· εὐθέως γὰρ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ περιοχῇ τοῦ προφήτου λέγει· "διότι ὁ ἁπτόμενος ὑμῶν ὡς ὁ ἁπτόμενος τῆς κόρης τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ αὐτοῦ". τὸ ἅψασθαι ἐνταῦθα τὸ βλάψαι σημαίνει, ὡς τό· "μὴ ἅπτεσθε τῶν χριστῶν μου". 9 γεύσασθε καὶ ἴδετε ὅτι χρηστὸς ὁ κύριος. πολλάκις ἐλέχθη ἡμῖν ὅτι τὰ αἰσθητὰ καὶ σωματικὰ οὕτως εἰσίν· ἕκαστον ὅ ἐστιν αὐτὸ μόνον ἐστίν· οἷον ἡ ῥοιὰ οὐδὲν ἕτερόν ἐστιν ἢ ῥοιά, ὁ ἄρτος. ἡ δὲ τρέφουσα τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον τροφὴ κατὰ διαφόρους ἐπινοίας λέγεται. λέγεται γοῦν καὶ φῶς, λέγεται καὶ πηγή, λέγεται καὶ ἄρτος καὶ σάρξ, ἀληθινὴ βρῶσις. λέγει γοῦν· "γεύσασθε" τῇ γεύσει τῇ ἀοράτῳ τῇ τοῦ ἔσω ἀνθρώπου, "καὶ ἴδετε ὅτι χρηστός ἐστιν ὁ κύριος", ὅτι ἀγαθός. γεύσασθε μόνον, γνῶτε ὅτι τρόφιμός ἐστιν, ὁρᾶτε πηγὴν ἀγαθότητος, πηγὴν χρηστότητος. 9 μακάριος ἀνήρ, ὃς ἐλπίζει ἐπ' αὐτόν. ὁ ἐπ' αὐτὸν τὸν χρηστὸν κύριον ἐλπίζων–γεύεται γὰρ αὐτοῦ–, καὶ τῆς γλυκύτητος αὐτοῦ πειραθήσεται καὶ ἐκ τῆς τροφῆς ταύτης πάντα ἕξει καὶ ἀθλητικῶς τρεφόμενος ἰσχυρὸς ἔσται, ὡς τὴν πάλην μηκέτι "πρὸς αἷμα καὶ σάρκα, ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἀρχὰς καὶ ἐξουσίας" ἔχειν. "γεύσασθε καὶ ἴδετε ὅτι χρηστός". εἴ τις κ̣άμ̣ν̣ει καὶ νοσεῖ κατὰ τὴν ψυχήν, γευσάσθω αὐτοῦ ὡς τροφίμου, ὡς παρασκευάζοντος ὑγίειαν, ὡς ἀπαλέξουντος βλάβην. η῾̣ δὲ τροφὴ αὕτη οὐ μόνον κορέννυσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπαλέξει, τὰ βλαπτικὰ ἀποβάλλει. "μακάριος" οὖν οὐχ ἁπλῶς ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἀλλ' ὁ "ἀνήρ", ὁ καταργήσας "τὰ τοῦ νηπίου", ὁ "ἐν βουλῇ ἀσεβῶν" μὴ πορευθεὶς μηδὲ στὰς "ἐν ὁδῷ ἁμαρτωλῶν" μηδὲ "ἐπὶ καθέδραν λοιμῶν" καθίσας, ἀλλ' ἔχων "τὸ θέλημα ἑαυτοῦ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ κυρίου". οὗτ̣ο̣ς τὸ θέλημα ἑαυτοῦ ἔχει ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ κυρίου· πολλοὶ γὰρ τηροῦσιν τὸν νόμον, ἵνα μὴ κολασθῶσιν ἢ ἵνα δόξωσιν ἐπαινεῖσθαι. ὁ δὲ ἅγιος, ὁ
The Poverty of the Rich and the Fullness of Seekers§112
112A perfect man has his own will within the law of the Lord, in such a way that his will is not something different from the legal will. And this legal will is this: to forbid evil and to protect virtue. Therefore, when someone becomes a law to himself—for 'they are to themselves a law, not having a law' (Rom 2:29)—it is as if he has his own law intertwined with the law of the Lord. 'Fear the Lord, all his saints' (Ps 112:7), for there is no lack for those fearing him. I urge all the saints to fear him, the Lord. It has been said in Isaiah: 'He himself shall be your fear' (Isa 33:15). Let him himself become your fear. And just as food becomes nourishment to some, and wisdom makes others wise, and righteousness makes others righteous, so they also partake of sanctification; for he himself is also the sanctification, 'who became to us wisdom from God, and righteousness and sanctification and redemption' (1 Cor 1:30). Therefore, 'fear the Lord, all his saints.' His saints; for they are not merely called holy in a simple sense, but not necessarily his. As many as are being shaped into holiness seem to be saints, but not of God. And he gives the reason why 'all'; for 'there is no lack for those fearing him.' The fear of God makes them unshakable and unabandoned. 'Fear the Lord, all his saints.' Since 'there is no lack for those fearing him,' in order that you might become unabandoned, fear him, the God. And the fear of God is not passive, as I have said, but equal to reverence, equal to piety. When we take up a conception of God, fear immediately increases and piety arises; for we do not fear him as if we were terrified of him, not as if he were some bogeyman, but as something supremely venerable. And since the holy church stands glorious at the right hand of the Savior, all those completing it are saints. Therefore, concerning the calling of the Gentiles, it can be said: 'Fear the Lord, all his saints,' for there is no lack for those fearing him. 'The rich have fallen away and are hungry, but those seeking the Lord shall not lack any good thing' (Ps 34:10). The former, those completing the assembly before the arrival, were rich...
...
Being rich, they fell into poverty. The rich became impoverished and hungered, but those seeking the Lord shall not be diminished from every good thing. When the kingdom of God was taken from them, when the understanding of the divine writings departed from them, when they turned away from the old writing and from themselves, they became poor from being rich; for indeed this wealth fully benefits the possessor—for it becomes for him both food, and a covering, and a garment—so he says that these rich ones, having become poor, hungered. They cast away the spiritual food, they turned away from the 'bread of life'. They became poor; yet even if they themselves became poor, those seeking the Lord are not diminished from the good things, but they become full of them, they shall partake of them perfectly; for just as the kingdom of the heavens was taken from them—this also the mother of Jesus says: 'He has filled the hungry with good things and sent the rich away empty' (Luke 1:53).
Those formerly rich were sent away empty; for even if they possess the books of Moses and the prophets, they are empty of their divine fullness. Fullness, therefore, of the divine writing is not the shadow, but the truth and the Spirit. 'Those seeking' therefore 'the Lord'—the seeking implies a longing—are filled with all good things. Concerning this also the singer says, conversing with his own soul: 'Bless the Lord, O my soul, who fills your desire with good things' (Psalm 103:2). And: 'Trust in the Lord, and he will give you the requests of your heart' (Psalm 37:4).
Upon it, those passing from the shadow of the law and from partial knowledge and prophecy, find all things good. But primarily the spiritual things of the law are good, unceasing and most full; for these lead one toward the truth face to face, that which brings the perfection, in which no one shall be imperfect. 12 Come, children, listen to me. I will teach you the fear of the Lord calmly, concerning the necessity of taking up fear toward God, and how some, having fallen away from him, have become poor and needy from being rich, and that those seeking the Lord whom they fear, are filled with all good things; therefore, toward all those becoming his children, he composes the teaching, saying: 'Come, children, listen'.
Greek · §112
τέλειος ἀνὴρ τὸ θέλημα ἑαυτοῦ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ἔχει τοῦ κυρίου, ὡς μὴ εἶναι τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ ἄλλο τοῦ νομικοῦ θελήματος. τὸ νομικὸν δὲ θέλημα τοῦτό ἐστιν· ἀπαγορεύειν τὴν κακίαν καὶ προστάττειν τὴν ἀρετήν. ὅταν τοίνυν ἑαυτοῦ τις γένηται νόμος– 119 "οὗτοι" γὰρ "νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος"–, ὡς ἔχειν τὸν νόμον τὸν ἑαυτοῦ συνπεπλεγμένον τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ κυρίου. 10 φοβήθητε τὸν κύριον, πάντες οἱ ἅγιοι αὐτοῦ. ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ὑστέρημα τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτόν. πᾶσιν τοῖς ἁγίοις παρακελεύομαι φοβηθῆναι τὸν κύριον αὐτόν. εἰ´̣ρηται δὲ ε᾿̣ν Ἰσαίᾳ· "αὐτὸς ἔσται σου φόβος". αὐτὸς γενέσθω ὑμῶν φόβος. καὶ ὥσπερ γίνεται τροφή τισιν καὶ ἄλλοις σοφία σοφοὺς αὐτοὺς παρασκευάζουσα καὶ ἑτέροις δικαιοσύνη, καὶ γίνονται δίκαιοι οἷς γέγονεν δικαιοσύνη, οὕτω 196 καὶ τοῦ ἁγιασμοῦ μετέχουσιν· αὐτὸς γάρ ἐστιν καὶ ὁ ἁγιασμός, "ὃς ἐγενήθη ἡμῖν σοφία ἀπὸ θεοῦ, δικαιοσύνη καὶ ἁγιασμὸς καὶ ἀπολύτρωσις". "φοβήθητε" οὖν "τὸν θεόν, πάντες οἱ ἅγιοι αὐτοῦ". οἱ αὐτοῦ ἅγιοι· εἰσὶν γὰρ ἁπλῶς ἅγιοι λεγόμενοι, ἀλλ' οὐκ αὐτοῦ. ὅσοι ἐπιμορφάζονται ἁγιότητα, ἅγιοι μὲν δοκοῦσιν εἶναι, οὐ τοῦ θεοῦ δέ. καὶ λέγει τὴν αἰτίαν διὰ τί "πάντες"· "οὐκ ἔστιν" γὰρ "ὑστέρημα τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτόν". ἀκαθυστερήτους καὶ ἀνενλιπεῖς ποιεῖ ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ φόβος. "φοβήθητε τὸν κύριον, πάντες οἱ ἅγιοι αὐτοῦ". ἐπείπερ "οὐκ ἔστιν ὑστέρημα τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτόν", ἵνα ἀνενλιπεῖς γένησθε, φοβήθητε αὐτὸν τὸν θεόν. καὶ οὔκ ἐςτίν γε παθητικός, ὡς ε̣ἶπ̣ον, ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ φόβος, ἀλλὰ σεβασμῷ ἴσος, εὐλαβείᾳ ἴσος. ὅταν φαντασίαν θεοῦ λάβωμεν, εὐθέως φόβος ἐπαύξεται, εὐλάβεια παραγίνεται· οὐ γὰρ οὕτω φοβούμεθα ὡς δεδιττόμενοι αὐτόν, οὐχ ὡς μορμολυκεῖόν τι, ἀλλ' ὡς σεβάσμιον ὑπερβάλλον. καὶ ἐπεὶ ἡ ἐκκλησία ἁγία ἐστὶν ἔνδοξος παραστᾶσα ἐκ δεξι ῶν τοῦ σωτῆρος, οἱ συνπληροῦντες αὐτὴν πάντες ἅγιοί εἰσιν. δύναται οὖν περὶ τῆς κλήσεως τῶν ἐθνῶν λέγεσθαι τό· "φοβήθητε τὸν κύριον, πάντες οἱ ἅγιοι αὐτοῦ". ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ὑστέρημα τοῖς φοβουμένοις αὐτόν. 11 πλούσιοι ἐπτώχευσαν καὶ ἐπείνασαν, οἱ δὲ ἐκζητοῦντες τὸν κύριον οὐκ ἐλαττωθήσονται παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ. οἱ πρότεροι οἱ συνπληροῦντες τὴν συναγωγὴν τὴν πρὸ τῆς ἐπιδημίας πλούσιοι ὄντες εἰς πτωχείαν ἔπεσαν. πλούσιοι ἐπτώχευσαν καὶ ἐπείνασαν, οἱ δὲ ἐκζητοῦντες τὸν κύριον οὐκ ἐλαττωθήσονται παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ. ὅτε ᾔρθη ἀπ' αὐτῶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅτε ἀπέβη ἀπ' αὐτῶν ἡ νόησις τῶν θείων γραφῶν, ὅτε ἀπεστράφησαν τὴν παλαιὰν γραφὴν καὶ αὐτὴ αὐτούς, ἐκ πλουσίων πένητες γέγοναν· ἐπεὶ γὰρ ὁ πλοῦτος οὗτος παντοίως ὠφελεῖ τὸν ἔχοντα–γίνεται γὰρ αὐτοῦ καὶ τροφή, γίνεται αὐτοῦ καὶ σκεπαστήριον καὶ ἀμφίον–, λέγει ὅτι οὗτοι οἱ πλούσιοι πτωχεύσαντες ἐπείνασαν. ἀπέβαλον τὴν πνευματικὴν τροφήν, ἀπεστράφησαν τὸν "ἄρτον τῆς ζωῆς". ἐπτώχευσαν οὖν, πλὴν εἰ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐπτώχευσαν, οἱ ἐκζητοῦντες τὸν κύριον οὐκ ἐλάττω̣νται τῶν ἀγαθῶν, ἀλλὰ πλήρης αὐτῶν γίνονται, τελείως αὐτῶν μεθέξουσιν· ὥσπερ γὰρ ᾔρται ἀπ' ἐκείνων ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν–τοῦτο καὶ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ λέγει· "πεινῶντας ἐνέπλησεν ἀγαθῶν καὶ πλουσίους ἐξαπέστειλεν κενούς". οἱ πάλαι πλουτοῦντες κενοὶ ἐξαπεστάλησαν· κἂν γὰρ ἔχωσιν τὰ βιβλία Μωσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν, ἀλλὰ κενοί εἰσιν τοῦ θείου πληρώματος αὐτῶν. πλήρωμα οὖν τῆς θείας γραφῆς οὐχ ἡ σκιά, ἀλλὰ ἡ ἀλ̣η´̣θεια καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα. "οἱ ἐκζητοῦντες" οὖν "τὸν κύριον"–ἐπίτασιν τὸ ἐκζητεῖν δηλοῖ–πληροῦνται πάντων ἀγαθῶν. περὶ τούτου καὶ ὁ ὑμ̣νῳδός που λέγει πρὸς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν διαλεγόμενος· "εὐλόγει, ἡ ψυχή μου, τὸν κύριον τὸν ἐνπιμπλῶντα ἐν ἀγαθοῖς τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν σου". καί· "κατατρύφησον τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ δώσει σοι τὰ αἰτήματα τῆς καρδίας σου". ἐπ' αὐτῆς εὑρίσκουσιν καλὰ πάντα̣ οἱ μεταβαίνοντες ἀπὸ τῆς σκιᾶς τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῆς ἐκ μέρους γνώσεως καὶ προφητείας. κυρίως δὲ ἀγαθὰ καὶ ἀκαθυστέρητα καὶ πληρέστατα τὰ τοῦ νόμου πνευματικά· ταῦτα γὰρ χειραγωγοῦσιν καὶ εἰς τὴν ἀλήθειαν τὴν πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον, τὴν τὸ τέλειον φέρουσαν, ἐν ᾗ οὐδεὶς ἀτελὴς ἔσται. 12 δεῦτε, τέκνα, ἀκούσατέ μου. φόβον κυρίου διδάξω ὑμᾶς εἰρηκὼς περὶ τοῦ δεῖν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἀναλαβεῖν φόβον, καὶ ὥς τινες ἀποπεσόντες ἀπ' 120 αὐτοῦ ἐκ πλουσίων πένητες καὶ πτωχοὶ γεγένηνται, καὶ ὅτι οἱ ἐκζητοῦντες τὸν κύριον ὃν φοβοῦνται, πληροῦνται πάντων ἀγαθῶν, λοιπὸν πρὸς πάντας τοὺς γενομένους αὐτοῦ τέκνα ἀποτείνει τὴν διδασκαλίαν λέγων· "δεῦτε, τέκνα, ἀκούσατέ
Unity in Virtue vs. Division in Vice§113
113Not according to any flesh. Those rushing toward wisdom are children of the wise; those desiring to be sanctified are children of the holy; those establishing righteousness are children of the first righteous one. For it has been said to us at the beginning of the psalm (Ps 1:1) that even from the face of the Savior, according to the human, it is possible to be proclaimed. But those attending to virtue, those rushing to take up the knowledge of the truth, are children of the Savior.
Therefore he calls them 'forward-moving,' not so that, having moved transitively from place to place, they might come, but from disposition to disposition, from a lesser state to the greater and more perfect. 'I will teach you the fear of the Lord' (Ps 34:11). And these children, toward whom the word is addressed, 'infants in Christ,' are able to have a fear—not the perfect fear, nor the one making one unshakeable, but the one producing an avoidance of practical evil, the fear of punishment; for such people are children found imperfect. For he who fears the Lord is one who has not left Him, and these have not left Him, not possessing the perfect love which casts out the aforementioned fear, but some other thing of the divine participation. 'God' indeed 'is love' (1 John 4:8). And just as the one participating in righteousness is righteous, so the one having approached by this love and having become one with it is a child of wisdom, a son of love.
'Who is the man who desires life?' (Ps 34:12). When they were in the lesser fear, being those who bring on punishment and fearing the punishment so that no one might sin, they were a multitude. But when they henceforth rush to approach the one calling so that they might be taught the fear of God, the things being proclaimed are announced as if to a single one; for having been equipped 'with the same mind and the same judgment' (Phil 2:2) and each having been joined to the Lord and having become one spirit with Him, they cast off the multitude; for the multitude, especially that according to the soul and the inner man, or from opposition...
It happens either from a difference in being more or less. If all the called possess virtue, but do not possess it in the same way, there is a multitude. And this multitude is not one of opposition. But when they also possess opposing perceptions, many become divided because of the present evil; for evil is not unifying, but rather dividing. Therefore, we speak of a following of virtues, not of vices. It is impossible for vices to follow themselves; for they are excesses and deficiencies. And excesses and deficiencies are oppositions. Therefore, all those receiving virtue perfectly are one, and they become one toward God.
Immediately, therefore, all those believing according to the right faith have one heart and one soul, unlike those not having this. Thus, some are called double-souled. Therefore, the discourse is made toward man alone. For man is one according to essence; even if they become diverse and many men, they have a multitude from the qualities that occur. But according to the first underlying subject, the recipient of the qualities, they are one; for all are of the same substance. It is the task of man to set life, the task of the one saving according to the image, to be a man. A female horse does not set life.
Furthermore: 'What is a man?'—not the small thing, nor the impossible; but the one's own kind which we call individual, so that it may be: if anyone is a man of this kind, let him come and let him learn the fear of God. Do you love to see good days? (Psalm 34:12) Stop your tongue from evil and your lips from speaking deceit. Immediately there follows the desire of life and the learning of the godly fear, to become in good days; for we are not as sincere as some think, to consider the well-being of the body and the surrounding wealth to be good days; for you have many such things in the Scripture: 'Honor your father and your mother, so that it may go well with you and you may be...'
Greek · §113
μου". οὐ κατὰ σάρκα τινά. τέκνα δ' εἰσὶν τοῦ σοφοῦ οἱ σπεύδοντες ἐπὶ σοφίαν, τέκνα εἰσὶν τοῦ ἁγίου οἱ βουλόμενοι ἁγιασθῆναι, οἱ τὴν δικαιοσύνην κατορθοῦντες αὐτοῦ τοῦ πρώτου δικαίου τέκνα εἰσίν· εἴρηται γὰρ ἡμῖν ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ ψαλμοῦ ὅτι καὶ ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ σωτῆρος κατὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον δύναται ἀπαγγέλλεσθαι. τέκνα δὲ τοῦ σ̣ωτῆρός εἰσιν ο̣ἱ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐπιμελόμενοι, οἱ 197 σπεύδοντες ἀναλαβεῖν τὴν γνῶσιν τῆς ἀληθείας. καλεῖ οὖν αὐτοὺς πόρρω ὄντας, οὐχ ἵνα μεταβατικῶς κινηθέντες ἐκ τόπου εἰς τόπον ἔλθωσιν, ἀλλὰ ἐκ διαθέσεως εἰς διάθεσιν, ἐξ ἐλάττονος καταστάσεως ἐπὶ τὴν μείζονα καὶ τελειοτέραν. 12 φόβον κυρίου διδάξω ὑμᾶς. καὶ δύνανται ταῦτα τὰ τέκνα πρὸς οὓς τὸν λόγον ποιεῖται, "νήπιοι ἐν Χριστῷ" εἶναι φόβον ἔχοντες οὐ τὸν τέλειον, οὐ τὸν ἀκαθυστερήτους ποιοῦντα, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποχὴν τῆς κακίας τῆς πρακτικῆς ποιοῦντα, τὸν τῆς κολάσεως φόβον· τέκνα γάρ εἰσιν οἱ τοιοῦτοι ἀτελεῖς τυγχάνοντες· τοῦ γὰρ φοβουμένου τὸν κύριον ἀνενλιποῦς ὄντος καὶ οὗτοι οὐκ ἀνενλιπεῖς εἰσιν οὐκ ἔχοντες τὴν τελείαν ἀγάπην ἥτις ἔξω βάλλει τὸν προειρημένον φόβον οὐκ ἄλλη τις οὖσια τῆς θεοῦ μετουσίας. "ὁ θεὸς" δὲ "ἀγάπη ἐστιν". καὶ ὥσπερ ὁ μετέχων δικαιοσύνης δίκαιός ἐστιν, οὕτως ὁ τῇ ἀγάπῃ ταύτῃ ἐγγίσας καὶ ἓν πρὸς αὐτὴν γενόμενος τέκνον ἐστὶν σοφίας, υἱὸς ἀγάπης. 13 τίς ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος ὁ θέλων ζωήν; ὅτε ἐν τῷ ἐλάττονι φόβῳ ἦσαν τῷ τὴν κόλασιν ἐπιφέροντι καὶ ἐκφοβοῦντι τὴν κόλασιν ἵνα μή τις ἁμαρτάνῃ, πλῆθος ἦσαν. ὅτε δὲ λοιπὸν σπεύδουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ ἐγγίσαι τῷ καλοῦντι ἵνα τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ φόβον διδαχθῶσιν, ὡς πρὸς ἕνα λοιπὸν ἀπαγγέλλεται τὰ ἀπαγγελλόμενα· καταρτισθέντες γὰρ "τῷ αὐτῷ νοῒ καὶ τῇ αὐτῇ γνώμῃ" καὶ ἕκαστος κολληθεὶς πρὸς τὸν κύριον καὶ ἓν πνεῦμα γενάμενος πρὸς αὐτόν, ἀποβάλλουσιν τὸ πλῆθος· τὸ γὰρ πλῆθος, μάλιστα τὸ κατὰ τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον, ἢ ἐξ ἐναντιότητος συμβαίνει ἢ ἐκ διαφορᾶς τῆς κατὰ τὸ μᾶλλον καὶ ἧττον. ἐὰν πάντες οἱ καλούμενοι ἀρετὴν ἔχωσιν, μὴ ὁμοίως δὲ αὐτὴν ἔχωσιν, πλῆθός ἐστιν. καὶ οὔκ ἐστιν δὲ τοῦτο τὸ πλῆθος τὸυ κατ' ἐναντιότητα. ὅταν δὲ καὶ ἐναντίας ἔχωσιν αἰσθήσεις, πολλοὶ τυγχάνουσιν διὰ τὴν παροῦσαν κακίαν· οὐ γὰρ ἑνοποιός ἐστιν ἡ κακία, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον διαιρετική. ἀντακολουθίαν γοῦν τῶν ἀρετῶν, οὐχὶ δὲ τῶν κακιῶν λέγομεν. ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν ἀντακολουθεῖν τὰς κακίας ἑαυταῖς· εἰσὶν γὰρ ὑπερβολαὶ καὶ ἐνλείψεις. αἱ δὲ ὑπερβολαὶ καὶ ἐνλείψεις ἐναντιώσεις εἰσίν. πάντες οὖν οἱ τελείως τὴν ἀρετὴν ἀναλαμβάνοντες ἕν εἰσιν καὶ ἓν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν γίνονται. αὐτίκα γοῦν οἱ πιστεύοντες πάντες κατὰ τὴν ὀρθὴν πίστιν μίαν καρδίαν καὶ μίαν ψυχὴν ἔχουσιν τῶν φαύλων οὐκ ἐχόντων τοῦτο. καλεῖ οὖν ἐνίους καὶ διψύχους. πρὸς ἄνθρωπον οὖν μόνο̣ν ποιεῖται τὸν λόγον. εἷς δέ ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος κατὰ τὴν οὐσίαν· κἂν γὰρ διάφοροι καὶ πολλοὶ γίνωνται ἄνθρωποι, ἐκ̣ τῶν συμβαινουσῶν ποιοτήτων τὸ πλῆθος ἔχουσιν. κατὰ μέντοι τὸ πρῶτον ὑποκείμενον τὸ δε̣κτικ̣ὸν τῶν ποιοτήτων εἷς εἰσιν· πάντες ὁμοούσιοι γάρ εἰσιν. ἀνθρώπου οὖν ἐστιν τὸ ποθεῖν ζωήν, ἀνθρώπου τοῦ σῴζοντος τὸ κατ' εἰκόνα. ἵππος θηλυμανὴς οὐ ποθεῖ ζωήν. ἐπερ · τὸ "τίς ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος"; –οὐ τὸ σπάνιον οὐδὲ τὸ ἀδύνατον· τὸν ἰδίως ποιὸν ὃν λέγομεν ἄτομον, ἵνα ᾖ τό· εἴ τις ἄνθρωπος τοιοῦτός ἐστιν, ἡκέτω καὶ μαθέτω τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ φόβον. 13–14 ἀγαπῶν ἡμέρας ἰδεῖν ἀγαθάς; παῦσον τὴν γλῶσσάν σου ἀπὸ κακοῦ καὶ χείλη σου τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον. εὐθέως ἕπεται τῷ πόθῳ τῆς ζωῆς καὶ τῇ μαθήσει τοῦ θεικοῦ φόβου τὸ ἐν ἀγαθαῖς ἡμέραις γενέσθαι· οὐ γὰρ οὕτως ἠλίθιοί ἐσμεν ὥς τινες, ὡς νομίζειν τὴν εὐπάθειαν τοῦ σώματος καὶ τὸν περιρέοντα πλοῦτον ποιεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθάς· ἔχεις γὰρ πολλὰ ἐν τῇ 121 γραφῇ τοιαῦτα· "τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα σου, ἵνα εὖ σοι γένηται καὶ ἔσῃ
The Synergy of Wills and the Crucifixion of the Self§114
114"Long-lasting on the good earth, which the Lord God gives to you." If you were to take this regarding this earth and these immediate parents, it is a lie. Regarding the present text, it is not said "which he gives to you."
"Stop your tongue from evil." He calls you to learn the fear of the Lord, so that having learned, you may become holy, undefiled, lacking no virtue. Therefore come, so that you may stop your tongue from evil. Let the tongue of the inner man no longer have evil. Then indeed it becomes all outward, when it has and brings forth the good. And it follows the stopping of the tongue from evil and the lips no longer speaking deceit, and it also calms the hypocrisy; for one who acts deceitfully is to do evil.
"Their tongue is a piercing arrow, deceitful are the words of their mouth." These are those from the heresies, those who stand before ungodliness. One can therefore say regarding the explicit text: since at that time especially when we say this, all were running toward evil, as for the remainder to sing laments over them, he was saying toward such people: for he did not say "each of my brothers" or "each of our brothers", that is, of the saints, but of those desiring to have one father, those born of the devil through wanting to do his desires; for "you are of the father the devil and you want to do the desires of the devil."
Regarding such brothers, born for the father and the evil one, he says: "every brother stumbles"; for indeed their father is such: by deceit he led all under himself and leads those following him by wickedness. "And every friend" is such that he "will fall". He is not speaking about those who are truly friends. Jesus says to the disciples: "You are friends"; and he gave the reason: "because all things of the father I have made known to you." None of these friends will fall. Because of this they are free. Therefore the word is toward those who are such: "they will by no means speak truth." Regarding those not speaking truth, the word is: "he did not stand in the truth." He who is not standing in the truth has once been in it. But we never say about anyone that he does not stand in a craft, unless he has been tested in a craft or in many crafts and...
He might pass from one state to another. If he had not become one in the truth, not standing in it would not have brought him reproach. And behold the doctrine: how 'God wants all men to be saved and to come to the knowledge of the truth' (1 Tim 2:4)? If no one opposes His will, how is it that some are lagging behind, despite His wanting all to be saved and to come to the knowledge of the truth—so that I may not say, the majority? If He wants it, and if we also want it, and a convergence of the two wills occurs, salvation happens; for no one is good against his will, no one who does not want is saved, and no one hurrying toward approaching God and having kept His law is able to know the truth.
For this reason also the Savior says in the Gospel: 'If anyone wants to come after me, let him deny himself and let him take up his cross and follow me' (Matt 16:24). 'If anyone wants': as far as it concerns the Savior, He wills him to do this, but He does not compel; He moves the choice, He awakens the desire. 'If anyone' therefore 'wants to come after me', 'if anyone wants to follow me'—for this is what 'to come after me' means—, 'let him take up his own cross': let him be crucified to the world, let him put to death 'his members which are upon the earth', let him become inactive toward the world. He who is crucified has his feet hindered from walking as he wants, and his hands from doing what he wants. Therefore, when someone is crucified toward the world, he neither walks according to it anymore, nor does he do its things; and by this, the world is also crucified to the one crucified, so that the world may also be inactive toward him, neither walking according to him, nor doing those things that harm him.
'If anyone' therefore 'wants to come after me': perhaps not, perhaps yes; for virtue, when spoken of continuously, is virtue and perfection, not as in other actions. Just so also the apostle writes: 'Rejoice always, pray without ceasing, giving thanks in all circumstances' (1 Thess 5:16-18). He who rejoices always possesses the virtue always; for he rejoices not upon anything else except upon being well-pleasing in the pleasing God. 'Loving to see good days' (Ps 90:16). The 'to see' here means to be tested, and 'to be tested of good days' means to enjoy. 'Keep your tongue from evil'. Let your word be restrained, let it be tested; let it desire to have an unsearchable word; as it writes...
Greek · §114
μακροχρόνιος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς τῆς ἀγαθῆς, ἧς κύριος ὁ θεὸς δίδωσίν σοι". ἐὰν περὶ τῆς γῆς ταύτης ἐκλάβῃς καὶ τούτων τῶν κατὰ τὸ πρόχειρον γονέων, διαψεύδεται. περὶ τῆς παρούσης οὐ λέγεται "ἧς δίδωσίν σοι". "παῦσον τὴν γλῶσσάν σου ἀπὸ κακοῦ". καλῶ σε μαθεῖν φόβον κυρίου, ἵνα μαθὼν ἅγιος γένῃ, ἀκαθυσ198 τέρητος, οὐδεμιᾶς ἀρετῆς λειπόμενος. τοίνυν ἐλθέ, ἵνα παύσῃς τὴν γλῶσσάν σου ἀπὸ κακοῦ. μηκέτι ἡ γλῶσσα τοῦ ἔσω ἀνθρώπου ἐχέτω τὸ κακόν. τότε δὲ ἔξω παντὸς γίνεται, ὅταν τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἔχῃ καὶ προφέρῃ. ἕπεται δὲ τῷ παύσασθαι τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ καὶ τὸ τὰ χείλη μηκέτι δόλον λαλεῖν, ἠρεμᾷ δὲ καὶ τὸ ὑποκρίνασθαί τι· ἐστὶν μὲν γὰρ δολιευόμενος ἐπὶ τῷ κακὸν ποιῆσαι. "βολὶς τιτρώσκουσα ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτῶν, δόλια τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ στόματος αὐτῶν". οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν αἱρέσεων, οἱ προιστάμενοι τῆς ἀθεότητος. δύναταί τις οὖν εἰς τὸ ῥητὸν εἰπεῖν ὅτι· ἐπεὶ τότε μάλιστα ὅτε τοῦτ' ἔλεγομεν, πάντες ἐπὶ τὸ κακὸν ἦσαν δραμόντες, ὡς λοιπὸν θρήνους ἐπ' αὐτῶν ᾄδεσθαι, πρὸς τοὺς τοιούτους ἔλεγεν· οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν ὅτι "ἕκαστος τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου" ἢ "ἕκαστος τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν", τουτέστιν τῶν ἁγίων, ἀλλὰ τῶν θελησάντων ἕνα πατέρα ἔχειν, τῶν ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου γεγεννημένων διὰ τοῦ θέλειν αὐτοῦ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας ποιεῖν· "ὑμεῖς" γὰρ "ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστὲ καὶ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τοῦ διαβόλου θέλετε ποιεῖν". περὶ τῶν τοιούτων οὖν ἀδελφῶν τῶν ὑπὲρ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ πονηροῦ γεγεννημένων λέγει· "πᾶς ἀδελφὸς πτέρνᾳ πτερνιεῖ"· καὶ γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῶν τοιοῦτός ἐστιν· δόλῳ πάντας ἐπήγαγεν ὑφ' ἑαυτὸν καὶ ὑπάγει τοὺς ἑπομένους αὐτοῦ τῇ πονηρίᾳ. "καὶ πᾶς φίλος" τοιοῦτος "καταπταίξεται". οὐ περὶ τῶν ὄντως φίλων λέγει. Ἰησοῦς λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς ὅτι· "ὑμεῖς φίλοι ἐστέ". καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν ἀποδέδωκεν· "ὅτι πάντα τὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐγνώρισα ὑμῖν". οὐδεὶς τῶν φίλων τούτων καταπταίξει. διὰ τοῦτο ἐλεύθεροί εἰσιν. πρὸς ἐκείνους οὖν ὁ λόγος ἐστὶν τοὺς ὄντας τοιούτους· "ἀλήθειαν οὐ μὴ λαλήσουσιν". περὶ τῶν μὴ λαλούντων ἀλήθειαν ὁ λόγος ὅτι· "ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὐκ ἔστηκεν". ὁ μὴ στὰς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ γέγονεν ἐν αὐτῇ ποτε. οὐδέποτε δὲ περί τινος λέγομεν ὅτι οὐχ ἵσταται οὗτος ἐν τέχνῃ, ἐὰν μὴ πειραθεὶς ᾖν ἐν τέχνῃ ἢ τεχνῶν πολλῶν καὶ μεταβαίνῃ ἐξ ἑτέρων εἰς ἑτέρας. εἰ μὴ ἦν γενόμενος ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, οὐκ ἔφερεν αὐτῷ ψόγον τὸ μὴ ἑστάναι ἐν αὐτῇ. καὶ ὅρα γε τὸ δόγμα· πῶς "θέλει πάντας ἀνθρώπους σωθῆναι καὶ εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν"; εἰ τῷ θελήματι αὐτοῦ οὐδεὶς ἀντιστήκει, πῶς θέλοντος αὐτοῦ σωθῆναι καὶ εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν πάντας ὑστεροῦσίν τινες, ἵνα μὴ εἴπω, οἱ πλεῖστοι; θέλοντος αὐτοῦ ἐὰν θελήσωμεν καὶ συνδρομὴ τῶν δύο βουλημάτων γένηται, ἡ σωτηρία γίνεται· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἄκων ἀγαθός ἐστιν, οὐδεὶς μὴ θέλων σῴζεται, οὐδεὶς μὴ σπεύδων πρὸς τὸ προσελθεῖν τῷ θεῷ καὶ τὸν νόμον αὐτοῦ τηρήσας οἷός τέ ἐστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τὴν ἀλήθειαν. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ λέγει· "εἴ τις θέλει ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν, ἀρνησάσθω ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι". "εἴ τις θέλει"· ὅσον ἧκεν εἰς τὸν σωτῆρα, βούλεται αὐτὸν τοῦτο ποιεῖν, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἀναγκάζει, προαίρεσιν κινεῖ, θέλησιν διεγείρει. "εἴ τις" οὖν "θέλει ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν", "εἴ τις θέλει ἀκολουθῆσαί μοι" –τοῦτο γὰρ σημαίνει τὸ "ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν"– , "ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν ἑαυτοῦ"· σταυρωθήτ̣ω̣ τῷ κόσμῳ, νεκρωσάτω "τὰ μέλη αὐτοῦ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς", ἀνενέργητος γενέσθω πρὸς τὸν κόσμον. ὁ σταυρωθεὶς τοὺς πόδας ἔχει κωλυομένους βαδίζειν ὅποι βούλεται, τὰς χεῖρας πράττειν ὃ θέλει. ὅταν τοίνυν πρὸς τὸν κόσμον σταυρωθῇ τις οὐδὲ βαδίζῃ κατ' αὐτὸν ἔτι οὐδὲ ἐνεργῇ τὰ ἐκείνου, τούτῳ δὲ καὶ ὁ κόσμος σταυροῦται τῷ σταυρωθέντι αὐτῷ, ἵνα καὶ ὁ κόσμος ἀνενέργητος ᾖ κατ' αὐτοῦ μηδὲ βαδίζων κατ' αὐτοῦ μηδὲ ἐνεργῶν τὰ ἐκεῖνον βλάπτοντα. "εἴ τις" οὖν "θέλει ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν"· μὴ ποτὲ μέν, ποτὲ δὲ μή· ἡ γὰρ 122 ἀρετὴ συνεχῶς λεγομένη ἀρετή ἐστιν καὶ τελειότης ἐστίν, οὐχ ὡς ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων πράξεων. οὕτω γοῦν καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος γράφει· "πάντοτε χαίρετε, ἀδιαλείπτως προσεύχεσθε ἐν παντὶ εὐχαριστοῦντες". ὁ πάντοτε χαίρων πάντοτε ἔχει τὴν ἀρετήν· χαίρει γὰρ οὐκ ἐπ' ἄλλῳ τινὶ ἢ ἐπὶ τῷ εὐδοκιμεῖν ἐν τῷ ἀρεστεῖν θεῷ. "ἀγαπῶν ἡμέρας ἰδεῖν ἀγαθάς". τὸ "ἰδεῖν" ὧδε τὸ πειραθῆναι σημαίνει, καὶ "ἀγαθῶν πειραθῆναι ἡμερῶν", ἀπολαῦσαι. "παῦσον τὴν γλῶσσάν σου ἀπὸ κακοῦ". ἐπίστησον τῷ λόγῳ σου, δοκίμασον αὐτόν, λόγον ἀκατάγνωστον ἔχειν θέλησον· ὡς γράφει
The Pursuit of Righteousness and the Nature of God§115
115The apostle calls the 'healthy word' 'unfailing' (ἀκατάγνωστον). He who possesses an unfailing word fulfills many commandments of Jesus. It is impossible for one not possessing an unfailing word to keep that: 'Let your yes be yes and your no, no' (Matt 5:37); for one who is not believing is sometimes required to swear an oath. But if one always possesses a word that is not scrutinized, no one ever doubts him, whether he previously tells the truth or not, or whether he says and does as he says, when an oath is required and his yes is yes and his no is no, such a word is indeed unfailing. Again, he who goes through the doctrines of the truth and demonstrates them scientifically possesses a word and is unfailing concerning them. No one is able to accuse him of lying, of thinking poorly, or of being outside the truth.
Turn away from evil and do good (Rom 12:21). This says: if you are already in evil, having settled in it and acting according to itce I call you to the doing of the good, turn away from the evil. It is impossible to be outside both. Let the infants be circumcised now (cf. Acts 7:50). He who is not in good is in evil; he who happens to be outside of evil participates in the good. Therefore, 'turn away from evil.' And the turning is a matter of choice, for it protects and advises. But no one protects or advises one who does not have choice. I call you to do the good. You cannot do it otherwise and act according to it, unless you turn away from the evil. Thus also it is said in Isaiah: 'Stop from your evils, learn to do good' (Isa 1:16); for as long as anyone is in his evils, that is, his wickedness, he is acting in them, and this one is unable to learn to do good. Again the law-giving apostle writes: 'Test all things, hold fast to the good, abstain from every form of evil' (1 Thess 5:21-22). Therefore also, 'turn away from evil and do good.' It is not sufficient to turn away from evil unless one also does the good; for it is possible to turn away from evil being prevented by fear of punishment from going toward this, but this one does not do the good by choice; for if you bypass the good by will, it is no longer at all good.
Seek peace and pursue it (Ps 34:14). Evil is a crowding thing and works turmoil in the soul; for the race of wickedness has much difference...
Evil things occur either in a small way or in excess, such as cowardice and rashness, or superstition and impiety. One must pursue peace; for to pursue it in this way does not mean that one has driven it away. You have this also in the Proverbs: 'those pursuing,' it is said, 'love righteousness' (Proverbs 15:27), meaning that God clearly loves them, that is, those who pursue. The righteousness that is pursued is all virtue. For Wisdom says: 'Evil men will seek me and will not find me' (Proverbs 1:28). The evil men seek wisdom only to hide it and make it vanish, as much as it reaches them. But those eager to become wise do not seek wisdom in this way, but they pursue it.
And I say, since you love these interpretive things: Herod sought Jesus in order to kill him. Often the Jews sought him in order to kill him. But the disciples sought him in order to be benefited, in order to partake of him. For someone said to him: 'The crowds seek to see you,' because they wanted to believe and see paradoxical works and hear words and chance upon healings. Therefore, 'pursuing' is a homonym.
16 For the eyes of the Lord are upon the righteous (Psalm 34:15). Much exhortation again, much instruction. This is what it says: the eyes of God are ready to see and save, and his ears are ready to obey. 'Turn away' therefore 'from evil and do good, and seek peace and pursue it' (Psalm 34:14); for immediately you will have God as a supporter. Only desire to be righteous, to pursue righteousness, and you have the eyes of God lying upon you and his ears ready to receive the requests which you make to him. 16 And his ears toward their prayers.
Often it has been said that what is spoken of humans regarding God must not be taken literally, as they think it is anthropomorphic; for they want there to be a human face concerning God, and they say that the man made according to the image and likeness of God has become so according to the construction of the body. But such a thing has been overturned by wise men; for they say: 'If by this the man is according to the image of God, because he imitates God physically and his body has a likeness to God, how then is God said to have wings: "In the shelter of your wings you will protect me" (Psalm 17:8)?' Therefore, a wingless being is the...
Greek · §115
Τίτῳ ὁ ἀπόστολος "ὑγιῆν λόγον" ἔχειν "ἀκατάγνωστον". ὁ ἔχων ἀκατάγνωστον λόγον καὶ ἄλ199 λας πολλὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληροῖ. ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν τὸν ἀκατάγνωστον λόγον μὴ ἔχοντα τηρῆσαι τό· "ἔστω ὑμῶν τὸ ναὶ ναὶ καὶ τὸ οὒ οὔ"· μὴ πιστευόμενος γὰρ ἐνίοτε ἀπαιτεῖται ὅρκον. ἐὰν δὲ μηδέποτε κατεγνωσμένον σχῇ λόγον, μηδέποτε ἀμφιβάλῃ τις, πρότερον ἀληθεύει ἢ οὒ ἢ ὡς λέγει καὶ ποιεῖ, ὅταν ἀπαιτηθήσεται ὅρκον καὶ ἔστιν τὸ ναὶ ναὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ οὒ οὔ, ἀκατάγνωστος λόγος οὖν ἐστιν ὁ τοιοῦτος. καὶ πάλιν ὁ περὶ τῶν δογμάτων τῆς ἀληθείας διεξερχόμενος καὶ ἀποδεικνὺς αὐτὰ ἐπιστημονικῶς λόγον ἔχει καὶ περὶ αὐτὰ ἀκατάγνωστον. οὐδεὶς αὐτὸν ἐλέγξαι δύναται ὡς ψευσάμενον, ὡς φαύλως φρονοῦντα, ὡς ἐκτὸς τῆς ἀληθείας ὄντα. 15 ἔκκλινον ἀπὸ κακοῦ καὶ ποίησον ἀγαθόν. τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι· ἐὰν ἐν τῷ κακῷ τυγχάνῃς, ἐὰν κατ' αὐτὸ πεποιωμένος ᾖς καὶ ἐνεργῶν κατ' αὐτό, ἐπεὶ καλῶ σε ἐπὶ ποίησιν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, ἔκκλινον ἀπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ. ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν ἐκτὸς εἶναι ἀμφοτέρων. ὑπεξῃρήσθω δὲ νῦν τὰ βρέφη. ὁ μὴ ὢν ἐν ἀγαθῷ ἐν κακῷ ἐστιν, ὁ ἐκτὸς τοῦ κακοῦ τυγχάνων μετέχει τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ. "ἔκκλινον" τοίνυν "ἀπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ". ἡ ἔκκλισις δὲ προαιρετική ἐστιν· προστάττει γὰρ καὶ συμβουλεύει. οὐδεὶς δὲ προστάττει ἢ συμβουλεύει τῷ προαίρεσιν μὴ ἔχοντι. καλῶ σε εἰς τὸ ποιῆσαι τὸ ἀγαθόν. οὐκ ἄλλως δὲ αὐτὸ ποιῆσαι καὶ κατ' αὐτὸ ἐνεργῆσαι δύνῃ, ἐὰν μὴ ἀποστῇς τοῦ κακοῦ. οὕτω γοῦν καὶ ἐν Ἰσαίᾳ λέγεται· "παύσασθε ἀπὸ τῶν πονηριῶν ὑμῶν, μάθετε καλὸν ποιεῖν"· ἐν ὅσῳ γάρ τις ἐν ταῖς πονηρίαις ἑαυτοῦ, τουτέστιν ταῖς κακίαις, ἐστὶν ἐνεργῶν, οὐδὲν οὗτος δύναται μαθεῖν καλὸν ποιεῖν. καὶ πάλιν ὁ θεσπέσιος ἀπόστολος γράφει· "πάντα δοκιμάζετε, τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε, ἀπὸ παντὸς εἴδους πονηροῦ ἀπέχεσθε". "ἔκκλινον" τοιγαροῦν "ἀπὸ κακοῦ καὶ ποίησον ἀγαθόν". οὐκ ἀπαρκεῖ τὸ ἐκκλῖναι ἀπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, εἰ μὴ καὶ τὸ ἀγαθόν τις ποιήσῃ· ἔστιν γὰρ ἐκκλῖναι ἀπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ κωλυόμενον φόβῳ κολάσεως εἰς τοῦτο ἀγούσης, ἀλλ' οὐ προαιρετικῶς οὗτος τὸ ἀγαθὸν ποιεῖ· ἐὰν γὰρ περιέλῃς τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ τὸ ἑκούσιον, οὐκέτι ὅλως ἀγαθόν ἐστιν. 15 ζήτησον εἰρήνην καὶ δίωξον αὐτήν. συνχυτικόν ἐστιν τὸ κακὸν καὶ τάραχον ἐργάζεται τῇ ψυχῇ· πο̣λ̣λὴν γὰρ ἔχει τὸ γένος τῆς κακίας διαφοράν. αἱ μὲν τῶν κακιῶν κατ' ἐλάττωσιν γίνονται, αἱ δὲ κατὰ πλεονασμόν, ὡς δειλία καὶ θρασύτης, ὡς δεισιδαιμονία καὶ ἀσέβεια. μεταδίωκε αὐτὴν τὴν εἰρήνην· τὸ γὰρ οὕτω διῶξαι οὐ τοῦτο σημαίνει ὅτι ἀπέλασον αὐτήν. ἔχεις δὲ καὶ ἐν ταῖς Παροιμίαις· "διώκοντας", φησίν, "δικαιοσύνην ἀγαπᾷ", ὁ θεὸς δηλονότι, τουτέστιν τοὺς μεταδιώκοντας. ἡ δικαιοσύνη δὲ ἡ μεταδιωκομένη πᾶσά ἐστιν ἡ ἀρετή. λέγει γοῦν ἡ Σοφία· "ζητήσουσίν με κακοὶ καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσουσιν". οἱ κακοὶ ζητοῦσιν τὴν σοφίαν, τὸ ὅσον ἧκεν εἰς αὐτούς, κρύψαι αὐτὴν καὶ ἀφανίσαι θέλοντες. οὐχ οὕτω δὲ ζητοῦσιν τὴν σοφίαν οἱ σπεύδοντες σοφοὶ γενέσθαι, ἀλλὰ μεταδιώκουσιν αὐτήν. καὶ λέγω, ἐπειδὴ τα`̣ ἐξηγητικὰ φιλεῖτε· Ἡρῴδης ἐζήτει τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἵνα φονεύσῃ. πολλάκις ἐζήτησαν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, ἵνα ἀπκτείνωσιν. οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν ἵνα ὠφεληθῶσιν, ἵνα μετάσχωσιν αὐτοῦ. εἶπεν γοῦν τις αὐτῷ· "οἱ ὄχλοι ζητοῦσίν σε ἰδεῖν σε θέλοντες"· πιστεῦσαι γὰρ ἠβούλοντο καὶ ἔργα παράδοξα ἰδεῖν καὶ λόγους ἀκοῦσαι καὶ θεραπειῶν τυχεῖν. ὁμώνυμον οὖν τὸ διώκειν. 16 ὅτι οἱ 123 ὀφθαλμοὶ κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους. πολλὴ προτροπὴ πάλιν, πολλὴ παίδευσις. τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι· οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ἕτοιμοί εἰσιν πρὸς τὸ ἰδεῖν καὶ σῶσαι, καὶ ἕτοιμα ἔχει τὰ ὦτα πρὸς τὸ ὑπακοῦσαι. "ἔκκλινον" τοίνυν "ἀπὸ κακοῦ καὶ ποίησον ἀγαθόν, καὶ ζήτησον εἰρήνην καὶ δίωξον αὐτήν"· εὐθέως γὰρ ἕξεις θεὸν ἔφορον. μόνον θέλησον εἶναι δίκαιος, διώκειν τὴν δικαιοσύνην, καὶ ἔχεις τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπικειμένους σοι καὶ τὰ ὦτα αὐτοῦ ἕτοι μα εἰς τὸ δέξασθαι τὰς εὐχάς σου ἃς ποιῇ πρὸς αὐτόν. 16 καὶ ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν. πολλάκις ἐλέχθη ὅτι τὰ ἀνθρωπολογούμενα ἐπὶ θεοῦ οὐκ ἐπὶ ῥητοῦ λαμβάνειν δεῖ, ὡς οἴονται οἱ ἀνθρωπομορφεῖται· θέλουσιν γὰρ καὶ πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπινον εἶναι περὶ τὸν θεόν, καὶ λέγουσιν ὅτ̣ι ὁ κατὰ εἰκόνα ἄνθρωπος καὶ ὁμοίωσιν θεοῦ 200 γέγονεν κατὰ τὴν κατασκευὴν τοῦ σώματος. ἀνετράπη δὲ τὸ τοιοῦτο ὑπὸ σοφῶν ἀνδρῶν· λέγουσιν γὰρ ὅτι· "3εἰ κατὰ τοῦτο ὁ ἄνθρωπος κατ' εἰκόνα θεοῦ ἐστιν, ὅτι μιμεῖται σωματικῶς τὸν θεὸν καὶ τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ ὁμοίωσιν ἔχει πρὸς τὸν θεόν, πῶς ὁ θεὸς λέγεται πτέρυγας ἔχειν· "ἐν σκέπῃ τῶν πτερύγων σου σκεπάσεις με"; ἄπτερον οὖν ζῷόν ἐστιν ὁ
The Nature of the Wicked Death§116
116Man is such that he is not, according to the body, 'in image and likeness' of God. But if you reflect upon what the wings of God are, you will see that man also possesses such wings, intellectual ones, suspending him. Again, the eyes: since they take in all things according to history, the man having two eyes is not 'in image and likeness' of the One having seven, so that those things being lifted up from the sensible, the things concerning man being lifted up from the sensible, they preserve the likeness toward God.
And the face of the Lord is upon those doing evil (Ps 70:1). This he says because those doing evil are not righteous. And not being righteous, they are not feared by God, nor are they heard. However, they do not remain invisible to him. But when they fall into certain calamities and come to a realization that because of the evil things being done and thought they have come to these, they receive a vision of him. For Moses also pursued Pharaoh and his whole army with great speed, and he said he heard of God saying: 'I shall be glorified in Pharaoh and in all his army, and the Egyptians shall know that I am the Lord'; for how did they know? Having become submerged, no longer being able to escape, they received a vision of God. And it is set forth in the Psalms: 'Let them be ashamed and be confounded and perish, and let them know that your name, O Lord' (Ps 76:10). After the perishing, after the being ashamed, they knew God, and this is to be the appearing of him to be and to have a face upon those doing evil.
But how else does he say: 'And you turned your face, and I became troubled' (Ps 31:7)? Elsewhere it is said: the voice belongs to the Savior. Listen then: to turn the face he does not say is from those doing evil, but from those having it appearing to them. And having been slightly troubled, they thought it was happening outside the face; therefore also they were troubled. I perceived by sense that something unpleasant was above them. And the turning of the face happened thus, toward stirring up those who previously saw him and did not have him turned away, so that they might encounter him. But for those doing evil, neither is this the cause, but so that they may perceive that by the providence of God they were judged, that by the providence of God they are in calamities. And this also happens to...
The end is useful; 17 to destroy their memory from the earth. It is not merely 'their memory', but 'from the earth', so that they are no longer counted as belonging to the earth, no longer thinking of earthly things. Just as we say that he drove this man out of the country where many prostitutions are; for it is no curse that one should remove him from there, having placed him among the opposites. 18 The righteous cried out, and the Lord heard them. And rightly so, since he has ears toward them; having cried out, they happened to find him listening. Pay attention, for two things are said, one praiseworthy and one punishing; 124 it is praiseworthy that the eyes of the Lord and the ears are toward the righteous, but the face of the Lord is punishing 'to destroy the memory from the earth'; for even if the end is not a decrease, but happens through evil, it is like through cauteries and surgeries and very sharp draughts.
Regarding the other thing, the preceding says: since the ears of God are toward the prayer of the righteous and his eyes watch over them, having cried out they did not fail; for he 'heard' 'them'. And toward the other: 'the face of the Lord toward those doing evil', in the following he says: 'but the death of sinners is evil'. Not every death is evil, but the death of the sinners. And the word is not now about the common man; for that is of a living being, not of one doing, not of a sinner, not of a righteous man. Even if you call him common, when he dies as a sinner, he has an evil death—for he will receive punishment—and if the other, that which is truly appropriate to the sinner, 'sin', he says, 'having been completed, brings forth death'. But sin is completed not from outside those doing it, but in the men doing it. Therefore the death following them is evil.
And regarding the former meaning, we say the death is evil as a maker of evil, as a corruptor. But here we say evil according to the second attribution, that it is outside of goodness. The grammarians therefore read evil as 'evil as a corruptor'. 'And all the evil diseases of Egypt I will not let touch you', the grievous plagues which the Egyptians suffered according to history. And when he says: 'abstain from every form of evil', we do not say...
Greek · §116
ἄνθρωπος, ὥστε οὐ κατὰ τὸ σῶμα "κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσίν" ἐστιν θεοῦ"3. ἐὰν δὲ νοήσῃς, τίνες αἱ τοῦ θεοῦ πτέρυγες, ὄψει ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἔχει τοιαύτας πτέρυγας νοητὰς μετεωριζούσας αὐτόν. πάλιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί· ἐπειδὴ κατ' ἱστορίαν πάντα λαμβάνουσιν, ὁ ἄνθρωπος δυ´̣ο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχων οὔκ ἐστιν "κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν" τοῦ ἑπτὰ ἔχοντος, ὥστε ἀναγόμενα ἐκεῖνα τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἀπάγει, τὰ περὶ ἀνθρώπου δὲ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἀπαγόμενα τὴν ὁμοιότητα τὴν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν σῴζει. 17 πρόσωπον δὲ κυρίου ἐπὶ ποιοῦντας κακά. τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι οἱ ποιοῦντες τὰ κακὰ οὔκ εἰσιν δίκαιοι. μὴ ὄντες δὲ δίκαιοι οὐκ ἐφορῶνται ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐδὲ εἰσακούονται. ὅμως οὐ μένουσιν ἀφάνταστοι αὐτοῦ. ὅταν δὲ περιπέσωσιν ἀνιαροῖς τισιν καὶ ἐν συναισθήσει γένωνται ὅτι διὰ τὰ πραττόμενα καὶ φρονούμενα κακὰ ἐν τούτοις γεγόνασιν, φαντασίαν αὐτοῦ λαμβάνουσιν. ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ Μωυσῆς ὁπηνίκα ἐδίωκεν Φαραὼθ καὶ ἡ στρατιὰ αὐτοῦ πᾶσα, εἶπεν ἤκουσεν τοῦ θεοῦ ὅτι· "δοξασθήσομαι ἐν Φαραὼ καὶ ἐν πάσῃ τῇ στρατιᾷ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνώσονται οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι κύριος"· πῶς γὰρ ἔγνωσαν; ἦ ὑποβρύχιοι γενόμενοι μηκέτι διαφυγεῖν δυνάμενοι ἔλαβον φαντασίαν θεοῦ. καὶ ἐν ψαλμοῖς δὲ κεῖται ὅτι· "αἰσχυνθήτωσαν καὶ ἐντραπήτωσαν καὶ ἀπολέσθωσαν καὶ γνωσάτωσαν ὅτι ὄνομά σοι, κύριε". μετὰ τὸ ἀπολέσθαι, μετὰ τὸ αἰσχυνθῆναι ἔγνωσαν τὸν θεόν, καὶ τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἐμφανῆν αὐτὸν εἶναι καὶ πρόσωπον ἔχειν ἐπὶ ποιοῦντας κακά. ἐπερ · πῶς ἀλλαχοῦ λέγει· "ἀπέστρεψας δὲ τὸ πρόσωπόν σου, καὶ ἐγενήθην τεταραγμένος"; –ἄλλως ἐκεῖ λέγεται· τοῦ σωτῆρός ἐστιν ἡ φωνή. ἄκουε οὖν· τὸ ἀποστρέψαι τὸ πρόσωπον οὐκ ἀπὸ τῶν ποιούντων τὰ κακὰ λέγει, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἐχόντων αὐτὸ φαινόμενον. ὀλίγον δὲ ταραχθέντες ἔδοξαν ἔξω τοῦ προσώπου γίνεσθαι· διὸ καὶ ἐταράχθησαν. αἴσθησιν ἐ´̣λαβον ὅτι ὑπῆρκταί τι αὐτοῖς ἀηδές. γέγονεν δὲ ἡ ἀποστροφὴ τοῦ προσώπου ὧδε πρὸς τὸ διεγεῖραι ἐκείνους τοὺς πρότερον αὐτὸ ὁρῶντας καὶ μὴ ἀπεστραμμένον ἔχοντας, ἵνα τύχωσιν αὐτοῦ. ἐπὶ τοὺς ποιοῦντας δὲ κακὰ οὐδ' αὕτη ἡ αἰτία, ἀλλ' ἵν' αἰσθηθῶσιν ὅτι προνοίᾳ θεοῦ κατεδικάσθησαν, προνοίᾳ θεοῦ ἐν τοῖς ἀνιαροῖς εἰσιν. κ̣αὶ γίνεταί γε καὶ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τέλει χρηστῷ· 17 τοῦ ἐξολεθρεῦσαι ἐκ γῆς τὸ μνημόσυνον αὐτῶν. οὐ καθάπ̣αξ "τὸ μνημόσυνον αὐτῶν", ἀλλ' "ἐκ τῆς γῆς", ὥστε μηκέτι αὐτοὺς γῆν λογίζεσθαι, μηκέτι τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονεῖν. ὡς λέγομεν ὅτι ἐξήλασεν τόνδε τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ τῆς χώρας, ἔνθα πολλαὶ πορνεῖαί εἰσιν· μὴ γὰρ κατάρα ἐστὶν ὃς ᾖρε̣ν αὐτὸν ε᾿̣κεῖθεν ἐν τοῖς ἐναντίοις αὐτὸν τεθεικώς. 18 ἐκέκραξαν οἱ δίκαιοι, καὶ ὁ κύριος εἰςήκουσεν αὐτῶν. καὶ εἰκότως γε, ἐπεὶ τὰ ὦτα ἔχει ἐπ' αὐτούς, κράξαντες ἔτυχον αὐτοῦ ἐπηκόου. πρόσεχε, δύο εἴρηται, ἐπαινετὸν καὶ ψεκτόν· 124 ἐπαινετὸν δὲ τὸ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ κυρίου καὶ τὰ ὦτα εἰς τοὺς δικαίους εἶναι, κολαςτικὸν δὲ τὸ πρόσωπον κυρίου "τοῦ ἐξολεθρεῦσαι ἐκ τῆς γῆς τὸ μνημόσυνον"· εἰ γὰρ καὶ τέλος ἀμείνω ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ διὰ κακοῦ γινόμενον, ὡς διὰ καυστήρων καὶ χειρουργιῶν ὑγίεια καὶ προποτισμῶν δριμυτάτων. πρὸς τὸ ἕτερον οὖν τὸ προηγούμενον λέγει. ἐπεὶ τὰ ὦτα τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς τὴν δέησιν τῶν δικαίων ἐστὶν καὶ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐφορῶσιν αὐτούς, κράξαντες οὐκ ἀπέτυχον· "εἰσήκουσεν" γὰρ "αὐτῶν". πρὸς δὲ τὸ ἄλλο τό· "πρόσωπον κυρίου ἐπὶ ποιοῦντας κακά", ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς λέγει· "θάνατος δὲ ἁμαρτωλῶν πονηρός". οὐ πᾶς θάνατος πονηρός ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ ὁ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν. οὐ περὶ τοῦ κοινοῦ δὲ νῦν ὁ λόγος· ζῴου γάρ ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος, οὐ ποιοῦ, οὐχ ἁμαρτωλοῦ, οὐ δικαίου. κἂν τὸν κοινὸν οὖν λά201 βῃς, ὅταν ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς ἀποθάνῃ, πονηρὸν ἔχει τὸν θάνατον –διαδέξεται γὰρ αὐτὸν κόλασις–, καὶ ἐὰν τὸν ἄλλον τὸν τῷ ὄντι κατάλληλον τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ, "ἡ ἁμαρτία", φησίν, "ἀποτελεσθεῖσα ἀποκύει θάνατον". ἡ ἁμαρτία δὲ ἀποτελεῖται οὐκ ἔξωθεν τῶν ποιούντων, ἀλλὰ ἐν τοῖς ποιοῦσιν ἀνθρώποις. θάνατος οὖν ὁ ἑπόμενος αὐτοῖς πονηρός ἐστιν. καὶ ἐπὶ μὲν τοῦ προτέρου νοήματος πονηρὸν λέγομεν εἶναι τὸν θάνατον πονηροῦ ποιητικόν, κακωτικόν. ὧδε δὲ πονηρὸν λέγομεν κατὰ τὴν δευτέραν ἀπόδοσιν, ὅτι ἔξω ἀγαθότητός ἐστιν. οἱ γραμμα τικοὶ οὖν πονηρὸν ἀναγιγνώσκουσιν "3πονηρὸν τὸ κακωτικόν"3. "καὶ πάσας τὰς νόσους Αἰγύπτου τὰς πονηρὰς οὐκ ἐπαφῶ ἐπὶ σέ", τὰς ἐπιπόνους̣ ἃς ὑπέστησαν πληγὰς οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι κατὰ τὴν ἱστορίαν. ὅταν δὲ λέγῃ· "ἀπὸ παντὸς εἴδους πονηροῦ ἀπέχεσθε", οὐ λ̣έγομεν
The crushing of the heart and the path to glory§117
117They are divine matters
"...that the man's heart shall be lifted up." The proud man hears words against pride, and at times he experiences the trial of afflictions, seeing that he is blinded. If you fall by this crushing, which leads you more effectively through the pains concerning humility, the heart is not lifted up. Before the rebuke—so that I may speak thus—and before the lashes, he has a lifted-up heart. For when he falls through afflictions, he recognizes that because of his own pride he has fallen down to the thoughtless.
Thus it must be heard also regarding: "Capernaum, which until heaven you were lifted up, shall be brought down to Hades" (Luke 9:79). And to be brought down to Hades is a crushing. Before this crushing, he had been proud. "Before glory, one is humbled" (Proverbs 18:12). It is necessary first to be humbled voluntarily, so that one may attain glory; for second, glory comes after the un-blinding. For this reason also the Savior said: "The one humbling himself will be lifted up" (Luke 14:11). And behold, "everyone lifting himself up will be humbled" (Matthew 23:12); he will be crushed here. Before this crushing, he has a lifted-up, vainglorious, proud heart.
Again, glory is brought to the one humbling himself, so that he may be un-blinded. Before this glory, it is necessary to be humbled; it is necessary to work, so that he may receive a reward. Therefore, he receives glory of the un-blinding from God. In this way also Peter exhorts, saying: "Humble yourselves under the mighty hand of God, so that you may be lifted up in due time" (1 Peter 5:6). And Job indeed says: God is the one "making the humble into height" (Job 22:9).
And "crushed" here he says "the heart," not those whose hearts are harmed. And sometimes the name of the crushing signifies such a thing as not having healthy thoughts, not having straight understandings. This crushing of the heart needs a physician, and a physician who heals what is hidden; for it has been said: "The Lord builds Jerusalem and gathers the dispersals of Israel, he who heals the crushed in heart" (Psalm 147:2). These were crushed like wounds. In this way also the...
Greek · §117
πονηροῦ τούτου τοῦ ἐπιπόνου· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἡμέτερόν ἐστιν ἀπέχεσθαι τούτων. θεήλατά εἰσιν, μὴ θελόντων ἡμῶν ἐπιγίνεται ταῦτα διὰ προλαβοῦσαν κακίαν. πρὸς τό· "πρόσωπον δὲ κυρίου ἐπὶ ποιοῦντας κακά", εἶτα ἐπενήνεκται· "θάνατος ἁμαρτωλῶν πονηρός"· ἢ πονηρὸς ἢ πονηρός· τἀμφότερα ἔχει· καὶ τὴν κόλασιν γὰρ ἔχουσιν καὶ τὴν κατασπῶσαν ἀπὸ τῆς μακαρίας ζωῆς πονηρίαν ἥτις ἴση κακίᾳς ἐστίν. "ἀφέλετε τὰς πονηρίας ἀπὸ τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν μου". ὅρα γε τὴν ἀκρίβειαν· ἐπειδὴ ψυχῶν πονηρίας ὠνόμασεν, αὗται δὲ οὐκ ἄλλῳ ὁρῶνται ἢ τῷ θεῷ, λέγει ὅτι· μὴ ἐπιμορφάζεσθε ἀφαίρεσιν πονηριῶν τῶν ἀπὸ τῶν ψυχῶν ἀπέναντι τῶν ἐμῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ὡς ἐμοῦ ὁρῶν τος, εἰ καὶ μὴ ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου. ἴσον ἐστὶν τῷ λεγομένῳ ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος δεῖν τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην ἐν κρυπτῷ ποιεῖν, ἵν' "ὁ πατὴρ ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ ἀποδώσῃ". 18 καὶ ἐκ πασῶν τῶν θλίψεων αὐτῶν ἐρύσατο αὐτούς. καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις στίχοις τοῦ ψαλμοῦ ἐλέχθη, ὅτι τὸ ῥυσθῆναι ἀπὸ θλίψεων πασῶν οὐ τὸ ἔξω τοῦ θλίβεσθαι ποιεῖν σημαίνει, ἐπεὶ οὐδέποτε ἐπηκούσθησαν οἱ ἅγιοι, ὡς τὸν Παῦλον λέγειν· "ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι". 19 ἐγγὺς κύριος τοῖς συντετριμμένοις τὴν καρδίαν καὶ τοὺς ταπεινοὺς τῷ πνεύματι σώσει. ὥσπερ οἱ διαλεκτικοὶ καὶ ἀποδεικτικοὶ λέγουσιν, ὅτι δεῖ ἐκ τῶν φανερῶν τὰ μὴ φανερὰ κατασκευάζειν καὶ ἀποδεικνύναι· τοῦτο γὰρ ἀληθές ἐστιν. ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν ἄγνωστα γνωσθῆναι ἐξ ὁμοίως ἀγνώστων καὶ πολλῷ γε πλέον ἐξ ἀγνωστοτέρων. ἐκ τῶν φανερῶν οὖν τὰ μὴ φανερὰ γνωρίζεται καὶ ἐκ̣ τῶν γιγνωσκομένων τὰ μὴ γιγνωσκόμενα. λοιπὸν ἄλλην γραφὴν σαφεστέραν νοήσωμεν, ἵνα καὶ τῆς προκειμένης ὀρθὴν γνώμην λάβωμεν καὶ γνῶσιν. λέγεται τοίνυν ἐν Παροιμίαις· "πρὸ συντριβῆς ὑψοῦται καρδία ἀνδρὸς ἢ πρὸ δόξης ταπεινοῦται". τοῦτο λέγει· ὁ ὑπερήφανος οὐ συντριβεὶς ταπεινοῦται. συν̣τριβεὶς δὲ ὑπὸ πόνων τῶν ὑπὲρ ἀτυφίας ὑψοῦται. "πρὸ συντριβῆς ὑψοῦται καρδία ἀνδρός". ὁ ὑπερήφανος ἀκούει λόγους κατὰ τῆς ὑπερηφανίας, ἐνίοτε καὶ θλιβηρῶν πεῖραν λαμβάνει, ὅτι τετυφωμένος ἐστίν. ἐὰν ὑποπέσῃς τῇ συντριβῇ ταύτῃ τῇ βελτιόνως προσαγομένῃ διὰ τῶν πόνων τῶν ὑπὲρ ταπεινοφροσύνης, οὐχ ὑψοῦται ἡ καρδία. πρὸ τῆς ἐπιτιμίας, ἵν' οὕτως 125 εἴπω, καὶ πρὸ τῶν μαστιγῶν ὑψουμένην ἔχει τὴν καρδίαν. ὅταν γοῦν ὑποπέσῃ θλιβηροῖς, γιγνώσκει ὅτι διὰ τὴν ὑπερηφανίαν ἑαυτοῦ ὑπέπεσεν τοῖς ἀβουλήτοις. οὕτως ἀκουστέον καὶ τοῦ· "Καφαρναού, ἣ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ, ἕως ᾅδου καταβιβασθήσῃ". συντριβὴ δέ ἐστιν τὸ καταβιβασθῆναι ἕως ᾅδου. πρὸ ταύτης τῆς συντριβῆς ὑπερηφανεύσατο. "πρὸ δόξης ταπεινοῦται". δεῖ πρῶτον ταπεινωθῆναι ἑκουσίως, ἵνα δόξης τύχῃ· δευτέρα γὰρ ἡ δόξα γίνεται μετὰ τὴν ἀτυφίαν. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ ἔλεγεν ὅτι· "ὁ ταπεινῶν ἑαυτὸν ὑψωθήσεται". καὶ ὅρα γε, "πᾶς ὁ ὑψῶν ἑαυτὸν ταπεινωθήσεται", συντριβήσεται ὧδε. πρὸ ταύτης τῆς συντριβῆς ὑψουμένην ἔχει τὴν καρδίαν, ἀλαζονευομένην, ὑπερηφανευομένην. πάλιν δόξαν φέρει τῷ ταπεινοῦντι ἑαυτόν, ἵν' ἀτυφωθῇ. πρὸ ταύτης τῆς δόξας δεῖ ταπεινωθῆναι, δεῖ ἐργάσασθαι, ἵνα μισθὸν λάβῃ. λαμβάνει δόξαν οὖν τῆς ἀτυφίας παρὰ θεοῦ. οὕτω γοῦν καὶ ὁ Πέτρος παραινεῖ λέγων· "ταπεινώθητε ὑπὸ 202 τὴν κραταιὰν χεῖραν τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα ὑψώθητε ἐν καιρῷ". καὶ ὁ Ἰὼβ γοῦν λέγει· "ποιῶν ταπεινοὺς εἰς ὕψος" ἐστὶν ὁ θεός. "συντετριμμένους" δὲ ὧδε "τὴν καρδίαν" λέγει οὐ τοὺς βλαβέντας τὴν καρδίαν. σημαίνει δέ ποτε τὸ τῆς συντριβῆς ὄνομα τοιοῦτό τι τὸ μὴ ὑγιεινοὺς ἔχειν λογισμούς, τὸ μὴ τὰς νοήσεις ἀδιαστρόφους ἔχειν. αὕτη ἡ συντριβὴ τῆς καρδίας ἰατροῦ δέεται, ἰατροῦ δὲ τοῦ τὸ κρυπτὸν θεραπεύοντος· εἴρηται γὰρ τό· "οἰκοδομῶν Ἰερουσαλὴμ ὁ κύριος καὶ τὰς διασπορὰς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἐπισυνάξει, ὁ ἰώμενος τοὺς συντετριμμένους τὴν καρδίαν". οὗτοι συνετρίβησαν οἷα τραυματίαι. οὕτω γοῦν καὶ ὁ
Humility and the Preservation of the Soul's Powers§118
118Having descended from Jerusalem, that is, to Jericho, that is, to the place around the earth and its city called Jericho because of the interpretation of the name—for Jericho means moonool is like the moon, changing,' like a moon which does not have increasing light, but diminishing. And the bride who is being hymned in the Song of Songs, 'emerging beautiful like the dawn' (Song of Songs 6:10), becomes 'like a chosen moon.' This change happens toward the better, toward the perfection; for in one way the moon changes: passing from the moon-like, it comes to the full moon. And there are four transitions of the progress of growth: moon-like, half-moon, quarter-moon, and full moon. And again, from the full moon it comes to the quarter-moon, and from the quarter-moon to the half-moon, and from the half-moon to the moon-like. In this way, the bride of the Word, the perfect soul, the church having been betrothed to him, emerges like the dawn. And she changes so as to become beautiful, chosen like a full moon. And after this he says: 'as a sun, a haze.' And from the lunar light it comes to the solar, being fulfilled of that prophecy which says: 'the moon shall be as the sun' (Malachi 3:1).
Someone, therefore, is being crushed when he is fulfilled of crushed thoughts, of mindsets alien to the healthy thinking of truth. Of these crushings the Savior becomes the physician; for 'he who is being healed' is 'those having crushed hearts and binding their fragments,' binding their wounds (Psalm 51:17). And I take by way of an example: someone is crushed many times in a struggle, contending against the adversary, and he attains a crown. Let not these crushings bring him mockery. But when he is crushed by beasts or robbers, we question him—not according to history I say, for he undergoes this through ignorance—but: 'Why has this happened where the beasts are, or why did you approach the spiritual robbers of wickedness?' 'And he will save the lowly in spirit.' Spirit here means the judgment. This is equivalent to that said in the beatitudes of the Gospel: 'Blessed are the poor in spirit' (Matthew 5:3), those poor in judgment. These are those who through the Word rightly achieve blindness, those having heard from the Savior saying: 'Learn from me, for I am...'
"I am also humble in heart." But opinion and heart are the same. Just as the Savior is humble in heart, so also those learning from him become humble in opinion. And these are the poor in spirit (Matt 5:3), those who do not wish to be rich in arrogance.
Many are the afflictions of the righteous, and from all their afflictions he will rescue them. It has already been said to us many times that from all of them he rescues (Ps 34:19). 'Many' are 'the afflictions of the righteous'; he said that through life and until a later breath.
The Lord guards all their bones. If they are rescued from all the afflictions so as not to fall and be crushed, all their sustaining powers, called bones, are guarded by God. And it was said before this that the powers of the soul are called its bones; for they are the sustaining powers of the whole soul, while the bones are the sensible powers of the whole body. It was impossible for the flesh or the others to stand; the things sustaining the members of the body are bones.
And the sustaining powers of the soul, such as the mnemonic or the contemplative or the aesthetic of the beautiful, when they are unbending and perfect, are held by God in this, not by their own power. Therefore, they come by preconception toward this willing, but they are perfected according to this, God having cooperated.
Not one of them shall be broken (Ps 34:20). If they are righteous and have cried out to God and were rescued from all the afflictions, 'one' of their bones 'shall not be broken', instead of 'one power'. And that I may begin from the more aesthetic of the powers: there is a certain visual power. When one does not see, so that he may desire the beauty of women and not be conquered by the desire of beauty, this bone was not crushed by the Lord, but is guarded by him harmlessly.
When, having looked into the heaven, one sees the sun and the moon and does not prostrate himself and worship, but from the seen creation understands Him who showed all things, and by analogously contemplating the greatness of His creatures and their beauty, this bone of the sight is strengthened. Thus I take it as more aesthetic, when someone does not accept a vain hearing, but judges by what kind of words he will be persuaded and by what kind not, and by what kind he will agree and by what kind he will be renewed—'compare your ear to the words of the wise', and 'he will not accept a vain hearing'—this one has...
Greek · §118
καταβὰς ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰερουσαλὴμ τουτέστιν εἰς Ἰεριχώ, τουτέστιν εἰς τὸν περὶ γῆν τόπον καὶ τὴν πολιτέιαν αὐτοῦ Ἰεριχὼ καλούμενον διὰ τὴν ἑρμηνείαν τοῦ ὀνόματος– σε̣λήνη γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται ἡ Ἰεριχών. λέγεται δὲ "ὁ ἄφρων ὡς σελήνη ἀλλοιοῦσθαι", ὡς σελήνη ἣ οὐκ αὐξάνον ἔχει τὸ φῶς, ἀλλὰ μειούμενον. ἡ δὲ νύμφη ἡ ὑμνουμένη ἐν τῷ ᾄσματι τῶν ᾀσμάτων "ἐκκύπτουσα ὡσεὶ ὄρθρος καλὴ" γίνεται, "ὡς σελήνη ἐκλεκτή". ἡ ἀλλοίωσις αὕτη ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον γίνεται, ἐπὶ τὸ τελειωθῆναι· ἑκατέρως γὰρ ἀλλοιοῦται ἡ σελήνη· ἐκ τοῦ μηνοειδοῦς μεταβαλοῦσα ἔρχεται ἐπὶ τὸ πλησιφαές. καὶ γίνονται μεταβάσεις τῶν προκοπῶν τῆς αὐξήσεως τέσσαρες, μηνοειδές, διχότομον, ἀμφίκυρτον, πλησιφαές. ἔνπαλιν δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ πλησιφαοῦς ἔρχεται ἐπὶ τὸ ἀμφίκυρτον καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀμφικύρτου ἐπὶ τὸ διχότομον, ἀπὸ τοῦ διχοτόμου ἐπὶ τὸ μηνοειδές. οὕτω γοῦν ἐκκύπτει ὡσεὶ ὄρθρος ἡ νύμφη τοῦ λόγου, ἡ τελεία ψυχή, ἡ ἐκκλησία ἡ νυμφοστοληθεῖσα αὐτῷ. καὶ ἀλλοιοῦται ὥστε καλὴ γενέσθαι, ἐκλεκτὴ ὡς σελήνη πλησίφως. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο λέγει· "ὡς ἥλιος θάμβος". καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ σεληνιακοῦ φωτὸς ἔρχεται ἐπὶ τὸ ἡλιακὸν πληρουμένης τῆς προφητείας ἐκείνης τῆς λεγούσης ὅτι· "ἔσται ἡ σελήνη ὡς ὁ ἥλιος". συντριβήσεταί τις οὖν τὴν καρδίαν, ὅταν πληρωθῇ συντετριμμένων λογισμῶν, φρονημάτων ἀλλοτρίων τῆς ὑγιαι νούσης ἀληθείας. τούτων τῶν συντριβῶν ὁ σωτὴρ ἰατρὸς γίνεται· "ὁ ἰώμενος" γὰρ "τοὺς συντετριμμένους τὴν καρδίαν καὶ δεσμεύων τὰ συντρίμματα αὐτῶν", δεσμεύων τὰ τραύματα αὐτῶν. καὶ λαμβάνω ἐπὶ παραδείγματος· συντρίβεταί τις πολλάκις ἐν ἀγῶνι ἀγωνιζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀντιπάλου καὶ τυγχάνει στεφάνου. μὴ τὰ συντρίμματα ταῦτα ψόγον αὐτῷ φέρει. ὅταν δὲ συντριβῇ ὑπὸ θηρίων ἢ λῃστῶν, αἰτιώμεθα αὐτόν–οὐ κατὰ τὴν ἱστορίαν λέγω· ἐνχωρεῖ γὰρ κατὰ ἄγνοιαν τοῦτο παθεῖν–, ὅτι· "3διὰ τί ἐγίνου ἔνθα τὰ θη̣ρ̣ία̣, ἢ δια`̣ τί ἐπλησίαζες τοῖς πνευματικοῖς τῆς πονηρίαις λῃσταῖς"3; "καὶ τοὺς ταπεινοὺς τῷ πνεύματι σώσει". πνεῦμα ὧδε τὴν̣ γνώμην λέγει. ἰσοδυναμεῖ τοῦτο τῷ ἐν μακαρισμοῖς τοῦ εὐαγγελίου εἰρημένῳ· "μακάριοι οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι", οἱ πτωχοὶ τῇ γνώμῃ. οὗτοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ διὰ λόγον ὀρθὸν ἀτυφίαν κατορθοῦντες, οἱ ἀκούσαντες ὑπο`̣ τοῦ σωτῆρος λέγοντος· "μάθετε ἀπ' ἐμοῦ, ὅτι πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ". ταὐτὸν δὲ γνώμη καὶ καρδία. 126 ὥσπερ οὖν ὁ σωτὴρ τῇ καρδίᾳ ταπεινός ἐστιν, οὕτω καὶ οἱ μανθάνοντες παρ' αὐτοῦ τοῦτο ταπεινοὶ γίνονται τῇ γνώμῃ. καὶ οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι οἱ μὴ πλουτεῖν ἐν ἀλαζονείᾳ βουλόμενοι. 20 πολλαὶ αἱ θλίψεις τῶν δικαίων, καὶ ἐκ πασῶν τῶν θλίψεων αὐτῶν ῥύσεται αὐτούς. πολλάκις ἤδη ἡμῖν ἐλέχθη ὅτι ἐκ πασῶν αὐτῶν ῥύεται. "πολ λαί" εἰσιν "αἱ τῶν δικαίων θλίψεις"· εἶπον ὅτι διὰ βίου καὶ μέχρις ὑστέρας ἀναπνοῆς. 21 κύριος φυλάττει πάντα τὰ ὀστᾶ αὐτῶν. εἰ ῥύονται ἐκ πασῶν τῶν θλίψεων ὥστε μὴ ὑποπεσεῖν καὶ συντριβῆναι, πᾶσαι αἱ εὔτονοι αὐτῶν δυνάμεις ὀστᾶ καλούμεναι φυλάττονται ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ. ἐλέχθη δὲ καὶ πρὸ τούτου ὅτι αἱ τῆς ψυχῆς δυνάμεις ὀστᾶ αὐτῆς καλοῦνται· διακρατητικὰ γάρ εἰσιν ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς, τὰ ὀστᾶ τὰ αἰσθητὰ ὅλου τοῦ σώματος. ἀδύνατον ἦν στῆναι τὰς σάρκας ἢ τὰ ἄλλα· τὰ διακρατοῦντα τὰ μέλη τοῦ σώματος ὀστᾶ. καὶ αἱ εὔτον̣ο̣ι αἱ τῆς ψυχῆς δυνάμεις, οἷον ἡ μνημονικὴ 203 ἢ ἡ θεωρητικὴ ἢ αἰσθητικὴ τῶν καλῶν, ὅταν ἀκαμπεῖς ὦσιν καὶ τέλειαι φυλαττόμεναι, ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦτ' ἔχουσιν, οὐχ ἱδίᾳ δυνάμει. ἐκ προαιρέσεως οὖν ἐπὶ τὸ θέλειν τοῦτο ἔρχονται, τελειοῦνται δὲ κατὰ τοῦτο συνεργήσαντος τοῦ θεοῦ. 21 ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ συντριβήσεται. εἰ δίκαιοί εἰσιν καὶ ἐκέκραξαν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καὶ ἐκ πασῶν τῶν θλίψεων ἐρύσθησαν, "ἓν" τῶν ὀστῶν αὐτῶν "οὐ συντριβήσεται", ἀντὶ τοῦ "μία δύναμις". καὶ ἵνα ἀπὸ τῶν αἰσθητικωτέρων ἄρξωμαι δυνάμεων· δύναμίς ἐστίν τις ὁρατική. ὅταν μὴ ὁρᾷ ἵνα ἐπιθυμήσῃ κάλλος γυναικῶν μηδὲ νικηθῇ ὑπὸ κάλλους ἐπιθυμίας, τὸ ὀστοῦν τοῦτο οὐ συνετρίβη ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου, ἀλλὰ φυλάττεται ὑπ' αὐ τοῦ ἀβλαβές. ὅταν βλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἴδῃ τὸν ἥλιον καὶ τὴν σελη´̣ν̣ην καὶ μὴ προςκυνήσῃ καὶ λατρεύσῃ, ἀλλὰ ἐκ τῆς ὁρωμένης κτίσεως τὸν καταδείξαντα πάντα νοήσῃ καὶ ἐκ̣ μεγέθους τῶν κτισμάτων αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς καλλονῆς ἀναλόγως θεωρῶν, ἔρρωται τοῦτο τὸ ὀστοῦν τὸ κατ̣ὰ τὴν ὄψιν. ὥστε αἰσθητικώτερον λαμβάνω, ὅταν μὴ παραδέχηταί τις ἀκοὴν ματαίαν, ἀλλὰ κρίνῃ ποίοις λόγοις πείθηται καὶ ποίοις μὴ καὶ ποίοις συνκαταθῆται καὶ ποίοις ἀνανεύῃ– "λόγοις σοφῶν παράβαλλε σὸν οὖς", καὶ "μὴ παραδέξῃ ἀκοὴν ματαίαν"–, οὗτος ἔχει
Passive vs Active Injustice§119
119And the bone, the hearing, the sensation of the hearing, remains uncrushed and healthy. 22 The death of sinners is evil, and those hating the righteous shall suffer lack. For the bones of the righteous are kept by the Lord, and not one of them shall be crushed, but the death of the sinners is evil. It has already been said to us that 'evil' is spoken in two ways. If death, which follows sin, tears one away from the blessed life—according to: 'sin, when completed, brings forth death'—then this death is evil. Again, since they are handed over to punishment having escaped from life, they have died again in order that they might be punished. For it is said: 'Precious in the sight of the Lord is the death of his saints'; for how could this be evil, or death be evil, being planted together with the death of Christ? 'For if we are of the same kind,' he says, 'we have become indeed by the likeness of his death, but also of his resurrection.' And: 'If we died with him, we shall also live with him.' 'And those hating the righteous shall suffer lack.' The sinner, if he receives remission of sin, hates the righteous. But hating the righteous, he hates virtue. For the sinners hate the righteous not as a man—for they do not hate the sinners—but as being righteous. But he who hates a physician as a physician, hates the medical art. Because of this they shall suffer lack, they shall be punished.
23 The Lord shall redeem the souls of his servants. Therefore he says: even if an evil death touches the sinners and for those hating the righteous there shall be lack, yet he redeems the good souls of his servants. He redeems the souls from those who previously held them in a painful grip. Again you take it both ways: he is redeemed from punishment and he is redeemed from sin; for if he is redeemed from sin, it follows that he is to be redeemed from punishment. 23 And all those hoping in him shall not suffer lack. All those hoping in God shall not suffer lack like those who suffer lack, namely those hating the righteous; for if for those hating the righteous the lack signifies punishment and penalty, then for those hoping in the Lord, the not suffering lack signifies not being punished, not being penalized, and not falling to those who cause pain.
1 To David. Judge, O Lord, those doing me wrong, fight against those fighting me. No one
He demands a judge, having thoughts as if he were being wronged. It is not the voice of one committing injustice, but rather of one being wronged, rather than one committing injustice. And no one at all prefers being wronged; rather, when both committing injustice and being wronged are set forth, if it is not possible for both to exist—for it is not possible—one chooses rather to be wronged than to commit injustice; for the one committing injustice undergoes punishment, and unrighteous ones are not able to inherit the kingdom of God. But the one being wronged is not tested by these things; for he is being wronged voluntarily. Let us add that even if he is not able to defend himself, he does not exhaust himself in struggle because he cannot take vengeance, but observing what has happened, he sees that the one being wronged is more sympathetic and has many who pity him.
And the unrighteous man, even if no one punishes him, is worthy of punishment. This whole matter of examining injustice and desiring to defend oneself as if one were not committing injustice—his conscience condemns him. There is much boldness for the one saying the psalm: 'Judge, O Lord, those who wrong me, fight against those who fight against me' (Ps 35:23). I do not fight them. And I am 'peaceable among those who hate peace' (Ps 34:14). I am persuaded by the Holy Spirit saying: 'Hear the word of the Lord, you who tremble at his word: say "our brothers" to those who hate you, so that the name of the Lord may be glorified, but they shall be ashamed' (Isa 54:17).
'Hear the word of the Lord, you who tremble at his word: say to those who hate you "our brothers"', so that I may speak truly and not merely with a voice; for those saying 'Lord, Lord' with voice alone, He says: 'Why do you call me Lord, Lord, and do not do what I say?' (Luke 6:46). But the one saying 'in the Holy Spirit' calls Lord Jesus, through the participation of the Holy Spirit, by means of those things which he does and thinks; he cries out 'Lord Jesus' according to the Spirit. Therefore, 'say "brothers" to those who hate you'. Let them hate, but you call them brothers truly, not by speech alone, but you act out the obligations due to brothers toward them; for in this way the name of the Lord is glorified; for it is known that someone performs these things through God; for as far as it reaches the hating, he has not spoken of those who hate brothers. 'And they themselves shall be ashamed' (Isa 54:17).
Greek · §119
καὶ τὸ ὀστοῦν, τὴν ἀκοήν, τὴν αἴσθησιν τῶν ἀκοῶν ἀσύντριβον, ὑγιαίνουσαν. 22 θάνατος ἁμαρτωλῶν πονηρός, καὶ οἱ μισοῦντες τὸν δίκαιον πλημμελήσουσιν. τῶν μὲν δικαίων τὰ ὀστᾶ ὑπὸ κυρίου φυλάττεται καὶ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ συντρίβεται, τῶν δὲ ἁμαρτωλῶν ὁ θάνατος πονηρός ἐστιν. ἐλέχθη δὲ ἡμῖν ἤδη, ὅτι διχῶς λέγεται πονηρός. εἰ δὲ ἕπεται ὁ κατασπῶν ἀπὸ τῆς μακαρίας ζωῆς θάνατος τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, κατὰ τό· "ἡ ἁμαρτία ἀποτελεσθεῖσα ἀποκύει θάνατον", πονηρός ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ θάνατος. πάλιν ἐπεὶ κολάσει παραδίδονται ἀπαλλαγέντες τοῦ βίου, τεθνήκασιν πάλιν ἵνα κολασθῶσιν. λέγεται γοῦν· "τίμιος ἐναντίον κυρίου ὁ θάνατος τῶν ὁσίων αὐτοῦ"· πῶς γὰρ οἷόν τε εἶναι τοῦτον πονηρὸν ἢ πονηρὸν τὸν θάνατον σὺν τῷ θανάτῳ Χριστοῦ φυτευόμενον; "εἰ γὰρ σύνφυτοι", φησίν, "γεγόνα μεν τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως". καί· "εἰ συναπεθάναμεν, καὶ συνζήσομεν". "καὶ οἱ μισοῦντες τὸν δίκαιον πλημμελήσουσιν". ὁ ἁμαρτωλὸς ἐὰν ἐπίτασιν ἁμαρτίας λάβῃ, τὸν δίκαιον μισεῖ. μισῶν δὲ τὸν δίκαιον τὴν ἀρετὴν μισεῖ. οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ γοῦν μισοῦσιν τὸν δίκαιον οὐχ ᾗ ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν–τοὺς γοῦν ἁμαρτωλοὺς οὐ μισοῦσιν–, ἀλλ' ᾗ δίκαιός ἐστιν. ὁ δὲ μισῶν ἰατρὸν ᾗ ἰατρός, τὴν ἰατρικὴν μισεῖ. διὰ τοῦτο πλημμελήσουσ̣ιν, κολασθήσονται. 23 λυτρώσεται κύριος ψυχὰς δούλων αὐτοῦ. λοιπὸν λέγει· εἰ καὶ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν ἅπτ̣εται πονηρὸς θάνατος καὶ τῶν μισούντων τὸν δίκαιον γενήσεται πλημμέλεια, ἀλλὰ τὰς τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ ἀγαθὰς ψυχὰς λυτροῦται. λυτροῦται τὰς ψυχὰς ἀπὸ τῶν προλαβόντων κρατησάντων ἀνιαρῶν. ἑκατέρως π̣άλιν λαμβάνεις· καὶ ἀπὸ κολάσεως λυτροῦται καὶ ἐξ ἁμαρτίας λυτροῦται· εἰ γὰρ ἐξ ἁμαρτίας λυτροῦται, ἕπεται τὸ ἀπὸ 127 κολάσεως λυτρωθῆναι. 23 καὶ οὐ μὴ πλημμελήσωσιν πάντες οἱ ἐλπίζοντες ἐπ' αὐτόν. οἱ ἐλπίζοντες ἐπὶ τὸν θεὸν πάντες οὐ πλημμελήσουσιν ὡς οἱ ὡς πλημμελοῦσιν οἱ μισοῦντες τὸν δίκαιον· εἰ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν μισούντων τὸν δίκαιον ἡ πλημμέλεια τιμωρίαν καὶ κόλασιν σημαίνει, τὸ μὴ πλημμελῆσαι ἐπὶ τῶν ἐλπιζόντων ἐ πὶ κύριον τὸ μὴ κολασθῆναι, μὴ τιμωρηθῆναι, μὴ ὑποπεσεῖν τοῖς πόνον ποιοῦσιν. 1 Τῷ ∆αυίδ. δίκασον, κύριε, τοὺς ἀδικοῦντάς με, πολέμησον τοὺς πολεμοῦντάς με. οὐδεὶς δικαστὴν ἀπαιτεῖ τὸν θεὸν αὐτοῦ γενέσθαι ἔχων λογισμοὺς ὡς ἀδικοῦντος. μὴ ἀδικοῦντος, ἀλλὰ ἀδικουμένου ἐστὶν ἡ φωνὴ ἑλομένου μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθ̣αι ἢ ἀδικεῖν. καὶ οὐ καθάπαξ τις προκρίνει τὸ ἀδικεῖσθαι, ἀλλὰ προκειμένου τοῦ ἀδικεῖν καὶ ἀδικεῖσθαι, ἐὰν μὴ ἀμφότερα δυνηθῇ ὑπαρχθῆ204 ναι–οὐδὲ γὰρ δύναται–, αἱρεῖται μᾶλλον ἀδικηθῆναι ἢ ἀδικῆσαι· ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἀδικῶν τιμωρίαν ὑφίσταται, καὶ ἄδικοι βασιλείαν θεοῦ κληρονομῆσαι οὐ δύνανται. οὐκ ἔστιν δὲ κατὰ τὸν ἀδικούμενον τούτων πειραθῆναι· ἑκουσίως γὰρ ἀδικεῖται. δῶμεν δὲ ὅτι καὶ μὴ δυνάμενος ἐπαμῦναι ἑαυτῷ, ὅμως οὐ καταπονεῖ ἑαυτὸν ὅτι οὐ δύναται ἐκδικῆσαι, ἀλλὰ οὔτε τὸ προσπεσὸν σκοπήσας ὅτι μᾶλλον ὁ ἀδικούμενος συνγνωστός ἐστιν καὶ πολλοὺς ἔχει τοὺς ἐλεῶντας. ὁ δὲ ἄδικος κἂν μηδεὶς αὐτὸν κολάζῃ, κολαστέος ἐστίν. καὶ αὐτὸ ὅλως τοῦτο τὸ σκέπειν τὴν ἀδικίαν καὶ θε´̣λ̣ειν ἀπολογεῖσθαι ὡς οὐκ ἀδικῶν τιμωρία αὐτοῦ ἐστιν. ἡ συνείδησις αὐτοῦ καταδικάζει αὐτόν. παρρησία δὲ πολλή ἐστιν τοῦ τὸν ψαλμὸν λέγοντος· "δίκασον, κύριε, τοὺς ἀδικοῦντάς με, πολέμησον τοὺς πολεμοῦντάς με". οὐκ ἐγὼ αὐτοὺς πολεμῶ. καὶ "μετὰ τῶν μισούντων τὴν εἰρήνην εἰρηνικός" εἰμι. πείθομαι τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι λέγοντι· "ἀκούσατε τὸ ῥῆμα κυρίου, οἱ τρέμοντες τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ· εἴπατε "3ἀδελφοὶ ἡμῶν"3 τοῖς μισοῦσιν ὑμᾶς, ἵνα τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου δοξασθῇ, αὐτοὶ δὲ αἰσχυνθήσονται". "ἀκούσατε τὸ ῥῆμα κυρίου, οἱ τρέμοντες τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ· εἴπατε τοῖς μισοῦσιν ὑμᾶς "3ἀδελφοὶ ἡμῶν"3", ἵνα πραγματικῶς εἴπωμεν καὶ μὴ φωνῇ· οἱ γὰρ μόνῃ φωνῇ λέγοντες Κύριον Ἰησοῦν ἀκούουσιν· "τί με λέγετε· κύριε κύριε, καὶ οὐ ποιεῖτε ἃ λέγω"; ὁ δὲ "ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ" λέγων Κύριον Ἰησοῦν, μετουσίᾳ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος, διὰ τῶν ὧν πράττει καὶ νοεῖ, κατὰ τὸ πνεῦμα βοᾷ Κύριον Ἰησοῦν. "εἴπατε" οὖν ""3ἀδελφοὶ"3 τοῖς μισοῦσιν ὑμᾶς". ἐκεῖνοι μισείτωσαν, ἀλλ' ὑμεῖς ἐκείνους ἀδελφοὺς λέγετε πραγματικῶς, οὐ προφορᾷ μόνῃ, ἀλλὰ τὰ ὀφείλοντα εἰς ἀδελφοὺς πράττεσθαι ἐνεργεῖτε εἰς αὐτούς· οὕτω γὰρ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου δοξάζεται· γιγνώσκεται γάρ, ὅτι διὰ τὸν θεὸν ταῦτ' ἐνεργεῖ τις· ὅσον γὰρ ἧκεν εἰς τὸ μισεῖσθαι, οὐκ εἴρηκεν τοὺς μισοῦντας τοὺς ἀδελφούς. "καὶ αὐτοὶ αἰσχυνθήσονται"·
The Transformation through Christ's Passion§120
120For those who are shamed do not rub the wound. Therefore, the saint fights no one. But the one being fought strives not to oppose, but to suffer nothing; and so I shall express it—since it is a violent thing and because of the vividness of the image—that he uses only a weapon, not a sword-shield, nor a defender capable of resisting and opposing.
'Fight those who fight me' (Ps 18:34). There was still in the act of doing wrong to him and in the act of fighting. So that they might no longer do wrong or fight, he asks God for an ally, not so that he might wrong them or fight, but so that he might remain unharmed while being wronged and fought. And the nature of the rational being, if it does not suffer perversion, possesses this as its own characteristic.
'Fight,' therefore, meaning prevent them from surrounding me with destruction. Take the weapon and the shield and stand up for my help (Eph 6:16). The shield of God extinguishes the flaming arrows of the enemy, of the evil one. Take therefore this shield, place it around me. I do not say this: 'You shall shield yourself with the shield.' Rather, take it in order to grant it to me, in order to make me secure. The weapon and the shield can be parallel. Perhaps also the kinds of weapons signify something.
One may pray that the incarnation might happen; for when he takes hold of a man who is able to secure us and fight on our behalf, he took hold of a weapon and a shield and rose for our help. He rose from the bosom of the Father, so that, bending the heavens, he might descend, so that he might be seen fighting on our behalf; for he has come not to fight himself, but to fight on our behalf, and he has come not to suffer simply, but to suffer on our behalf. And behold: 'By the grace of God he has overcome death' (2 Tim 1:10).
We were all under death; our whole race was mortal. And the mortal is subject to death. To say of the one suffering through so much that 'he overcame death.' And that he did not suck up the whole mire of death—for it seems appropriate—thus it was made clear to me also in Isaiah: 'By his wound we were all healed' (Isa 53:5). And his wound, they say, is the cross. Regarding the nature of the cross and the greatness of the injury, it is not a wound. But it is a wound in the sense that, as a wound to him, it is not harming the one possessing it, but benefiting those for whom he bore the wound. So also 'by grace'...
He becomes the righteousness of God through death. For having become in death, he loosed death. And the suffering of the Savior is the loosing of the sufferings; for having become in the sufferings, he loosed them, not being mastered by them.
And just as one becoming a curse looses the curse so as to provide a blessing in its place—for we say he became under a curse not so that he might suffer, but so that he might loose the curse and extend a blessing in its place—so too, he did not make sin for us who did not know sin, so that we might become the righteousness of God in him (cf. 2 Cor 5:21). Sin becomes the means by which those having righteousness are made righteousness. It is not called sin simply, but sin for the purpose of making those previously mastered by sin righteousness, not simply, but the righteousness of God.
This signifies a participation in the quality; that those who participate are called by the same name as the quality they possess. They possess the quality of the righteousness of God. He conquered so much and mastered so much that not only the unrighteous, but that they might be called righteousness itself. And in many places of the Scripture you will find such things. It says, 'God is love' (1 John 4:8). See the greatness of love: 'God is love' (1 John 4:8). The same essence is signified by both names, God and Love.
Then he says that the one approaching God and loving him with all heart, and with all soul, and with all power, becomes love; for are the things said about love elsewhere—'love does not swell, does not wander, is not unseemly, does not count the evil, covers all, believes all, endures all' (1 Cor 13:4-7)—not things said about virtue? For I do not say that virtue endures or covers or believes. He named the one having love 'love' by the same name. Thus also those holding to righteousness become the righteousness of God from the sin made on our behalf, no longer merely righteous of God but the righteousness of God.
And this signifies perfection, progress. For many of the optative forms in Scripture are presented in the imperative character—perhaps also with others—and so that we may not depart far: 'Hallowed be thy name' (Matt 6:10), which is 'May thy name be hallowed.' 'Thy kingdom come; thy will be done' (Matt 6:10), which is 'May thy will be done.' 'Let the deceitful lips be removed'—instead of...
Greek · §120
αἰσχυνθέντες γὰρ οὐκ ἐπιτρίβονται. οὐδένα οὖν ὁ ἅγιος πολεμεῖ. πολεμούμενος δὲ σπουδάζει οὐκ ἀντιδιαθεῖναι, ἀλλὰ μηδὲν παθεῖν καί, ἵν' οὕτω φράσω, βίαιον ὂν καὶ διὰ τὴν ἐνάργειαν, ὅτι ὅπλῳ μόνῳ χρᾶται, οὐχὶ καὶ ξίφει σκεπαστηρίῳ χρᾶται, οὐκ ἀμυντηρίῳ τῷ δυναμένῳ ἀντιτρῶσαι καὶ ἀντιδιαθεῖναι. "πολέμησον τοὺς πολεμοῦντάς με". ἔτι ἐν τῷ ἀδικεῖν αὐτὸν ὑπῆρχον καὶ ἐν τῷ πολεμεῖν. ἵν' οὖν μηκέτι ἀδικῶσιν μηδὲ πολεμῶσιν, σύμμαχον αἰτεῖ τὸν θεόν, οὐχ ἵνα ἀδι̣κ̣ήσῃ αὐτούς, οὐχ ἵνα πολεμήσῃ, ἀλλ' ἵνα ἀβλαβὴς διαμείνῃ ἀδικούμενος καὶ πολεμούμενος. καὶ ἡ φύσις τοῦ λογικοῦ ἐὰν μὴ διαστροφὴν πάθῃ, τοῦτο ἔχει ἴδιον. "πολέμησον" οὖν, κώλυσον αὐτοὺς ὀλέθ̣ρῳ̣ με περιβαλε̣ῖν. 2 ἐπιλαβοῦ ὅπλου καὶ θυρεοῦ καὶ ἀνάστηθι εἰς τὴν βοήθειάν μου. ὁ θυρεὸς τοῦ θεοῦ σβέννυσ̣ιν τὰ πεπυρωμένα τοῦ ἐχθροῦ βέλη, τοῦ πονηροῦ. ἐπιλαβοῦ οὖν τούτου τοῦ θυρεοῦ, περίθες μοι αὐτόν. οὐ τοῦτο λέγω ὅτι· "3σὺ φράξον σεαυτὸν τῷ θυρεῷ"3. οὕτω ἐπιλαβοῦ πρὸς τὸ χαρίσασθαί μοι 128 αὐτόν, πρὸς τὸ ἀσφαλίσασθαί με. ἐκ παραλλήλου δύναται τὸ ὅπλον καὶ ὁ θυρεὸς εἶναι. τάχα δὲ καὶ εἴδη ὅπλων σημαίνουσιν. δύναται εὔχεσθαι τὴν ἐνανθρώπησιν γενέσθαι· ὅταν γὰρ ἐπιλάβηται ἀνθρώπου τοῦ δυναμένου ἡμᾶς ἀσφαλίσασθαι καὶ ὑπερμαχῆσαι ἡμῶν, ἐπελάβετο ὅπλου καὶ θυρεοῦ καὶ ἀνέστη εἰς βοήθειαν ἡμῶν. ἀνέστη ἐκ τῶν κόλπων τοῦ πατρός, ἵνα κλίνας οὐρανὸν καταβῇ, ἵν' ὑπέρμαχος ἡμῶν ὀφθῇ· ἐλήλυθεν γὰρ οὐκ αὐτὸς πολεμῆσαι, ἀλλ' ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν πολεμῆσαι, καὶ ἐλήλυθεν οὐ παθεῖν ἁπλῶς, ἀλλ' ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν παθεῖν. καὶ ὅρα γε· "χάριτι θεοῦ ὑπὲρ παντὸς εγεύσασθαι θανάτου" ἐλήλυθεν. οἱ πάντες ὑπὸ θάνατον ἦμεν, ὅλον τὸ γένος ἡμῶν θνητὸν ἦν. τὸ δὲ θνητὸν ὑπόκειται θανάτῳ. τὸν ὑπὲρ τοσούτων οὖν παθόντα εἶπειν ὅτι "ἐγεύσατο θανάτου". καὶ ὅτι οὐχ ὅλην τὴν ἴλινγα τοῦ θανάτου ἐρόφησεν– δοκεῖ γὰρ 205 κατάλληλον εἶναι–, οὕτως ἐσαφηνίσθη μοι καὶ τὸ ἐν Ἰσαίᾳ· "τῷ μώλωπι αὐτοῦ πάντες ἡμεῖς ἰάθημεν". μώλωπα δὲ αὐτοῦ λέ γει τὸν σταυρόν. ὅσον ἐπὶ τῇ φύσει τοῦ σταυροῦ καὶ τῷ μεγέθει τῆς κακώσεως οὔκ ἐστιν μώλωψ. αὐτῷ δὲ μώλωψ ἐστίν, ὡς πρὸς αὐτὸν μώλωψ ἐστὶν οὐ βλάπτων τὸν ἔχοντα, ἀλλ' ὠφελοῦντα ἐκείνους ὑπὲρ ὧν ἔσχεν τὸν μώλωπα. οὕτω καὶ "χάριτι θεοῦ γεύεται θανάτου". ἀμέλει γοῦν γενόμενος ἐν θανάτῳ ἔλυσεν τὸν θάνατον. καὶ τὸ παθεῖν τὸν σωτῆρα πάλιν τὸ λῦσαί ἐστιν τὰ πάθη· γενόμενος γὰρ ἐν τοῖς πάθεσιν ἔλυσεν αὐτά, οὐκ ἐκρατήθη ὑπ' αὐτῶν. καὶ ὥσπερ γινόμενος κατάρα λύει τὴν κατάραν ὥστε εὐλογίαν παρασχεῖν ἀντ' αὐτῆς, καὶ λέγομεν αὐτὸν ὑπὸ ἀρὰν γεγονέναι, οὐχ ἵνα τι πάθῃ, ἀλλ' ἵνα λύσῃ τὴν ἀρὰν καὶ εὐλογίαν ἀντ' αὐτῆς ὀρέξῃ. οὐ "τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησεν, ἵν' ἡμεῖς δικαιοσύνη θεοῦ γενώμεθα ἐν αὐτῷ"; ἡ ἁμαρτία γίνεται ποιοῦσα τοὺς ἔχοντας δικαιοσύνην αὐτὸ δικαιοσύνην. οὐ καθάπαξ λέγεται ἁμαρτία, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτία ὑπὲρ τοῦ ποιῆσαι τοὺς πρότερον κρατουμένους ὑπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας δικαιοσύνην, οὐχ ἁπλῶς, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην. ἐπίτασιν δὲ σημαίνει τῆς μετουσίας τῆς ποιότητος τὸ τοὺς μετεσχηκότας ὁμωνύμως καλεῖσθαι ᾗ ἔχουσιν ποιότητα. ἔχουσιν θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην ποιότητα. ἐνίκησεν τοσοῦτον καὶ ἐκράτησεν ὡς μὴ δικαίους αὐτούς, ἀλλὰ αὐτὸ δικαιοσύνη κληθῆναι. καὶ ἐν πολλοῖς τόποις τῆς γραφῆς τοιαῦτα εὑρήσεις. λέγει· "ὁ θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν". ἴδε τὸ μέγεθος τῆς ἀγάπης· "ὁ θεὸς ἡ ἀγάπη ἐστίν". τοῖς δύο ὀνόμασιν ἡ αὐτὴ οὐσία δηλοῦται, η ὁ θεὸς καὶ ἡ ἀγάπη. εἶτα λέγει ὅτι ὁ πλησιάζων τῷ θεῷ καὶ ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας καὶ ἐξ ὅλης ψυχῆς καὶ δυνάμεως αὐτὸν ἀγαπῶν, ἀγάπη γίνεται· τὰ γὰρ λεγόμενα περὶ τῆς ἀγάπης ἑξῆς· "ἡ ἀγάπη οὐ φυσιοῦται, οὐ περπερεύεται, οὐκ ἀσχημονεῖ, οὐ λογίζεται τὸ κακόν, πάντα στέγει, πάντα πιστεύει, πάντα ὑπομένει", περὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς λεγόμενα ταῦτα οὐκ ἀλλότριά εἰσιν; οὐ γὰρ λέγω ὅτι ἡ ἀρετὴ ὑπομένει ἢ στέγει ἢ πιστεύει. τὸν ἔχοντα τὴν ἀγάπην ὁμωνύμως ἀγάπην ὠνόμασεν. οὕτω καὶ οἱ τὴν δικαιοσύνην σχόντες ἐκ τῆς γενομένης ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίας δικαιοσύνη θεοῦ γίνονται, οὐκέτι δίκαιοι θεοῦ ἁπλῶς ἀλλὰ δικαιοσύνη θεοῦ. ἐπίτασιν δὲ σημαίνει τῆς τελειώσεως, τῆς προκοπῆς. ἐπερ · πολλὰ τῶν εὐκτικῶν κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν προστακτικῷ χαρακτῆρι προφέρονται; –τάχα δὲ καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις· καὶ ἵνα μὴ μακρὰν ἀπέλθωμεν· "ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου", ὅ ἐστιν· "ἁγιασθείη τὸ ὄνομά σου". "ἐλθάτω ἡ βασιλεία σου· γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου"· "γενηθείη τὸ θέλημά σου". "ἄλαλα γενηθήτω τὰ χείλη τὰ δόλια"–ἀντὶ τοῦ
The Pouring Out of the Word and Spirit§121
121"that it might be born"—"those speaking against the law of the righteous". Does one pray to Him? To Him, yes. I say: if I wish to receive something from another, but I say it is from God, I would not be praying to that person, but to God, so that He might give us such a helper, so that He might lead such a person as a general into our midst. But when it is to Him, God: if someone prays to Him wishing to receive something, they bring both the request and the hope of receiving it to Him.
It is as if I say to God: "Drink from my merit," I am sending a prayer about prayer. "Hear my voice, O Lord, for to You I have cried" (Ps 130:1); and I am sending a prayer about a prayer; for since God needs cooperation and for the prayer to be heard, I call Him again a partner through the prayer, so that He might fulfill my prayer by hearing it. This is also what I mean by "arise to my help, not unarmed, but taking up a weapon." Receive my body and my soul; for through these you will be able to help me.
Often a physician, having great capacity, is unable to heal small things or small people. Sometimes, therefore, he prepares one of his disciples, one of the lesser ones and much more advanced than him, so that he might be able to approach this one and heal him. To take up a weapon and a shield means to take up a man, to assume the form of a servant. And such things often happen.
Therefore he says: if he proposes to help me as God, the help is superior. Having become a man, help me. And he says to Him: "Gird your sword upon your thigh, O Mighty One, with your beauty and your splendor" (Ps 45:3). You have beauty and splendor; for you did not commit sin, nor did you know it. "Gird" therefore "the sword upon your thigh." Often the name of the thigh signifies the things of generation, as if saying: "every thigh shall be moistened," meaning euphemistically and decorously through the thigh the functional organs of generation. Because of this also...
Abraham, sending his son for the marriage of Rebekah, says: 'Put your hand under my thigh, and I swear you' (Genesis 24:2); for since he was about to receive a virgin and lead her from a far place to a far place, he necessarily secured his prudence. And it is also possible in this way: since the one coming for the salvation of all is to come from my thighs, there 'put your hand, and I swear you'. And the Scripture very solemnly names many such things.
Concerning the dragon, that is to say, the devil, it says: 'Behold, his strength is upon the loins, and his power is upon the navel of the belly' (Revelation 12:5). Concerning the man, it named the loins, but concerning the woman, it solemnly said that organ 'the navel of the belly'. From the nearby parts, it revealed the use of what it spoke.
'Pour out your sword and shut against those pursuing me; multiply the sword, give us a sword against the enemies' (Psalm 149:6). And the living Word of God is the sword. And again the word of the Spirit: 'and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God' (Ephesians 6:17).
To pour out signifies always, as if it says: 'I will pour out from my Spirit upon all flesh' (Joel 2:28); it signifies a bountiful gift and a rich provision through the word. 'The love of God is poured out in our hearts' (Romans 5:5). And again: 'Your name poured out as oil'. The poured out oil goes out from the containing vessel and sends out its fragrance to the utmost.
When indeed the Savior was in Israel alone—for 'in Israel great is his name' (Psalm 72:17)—it was as if his name were in a vessel. But when 'how wonderful is his name' has become 'in all the land', and that has been filled: 'As your name, O God, so is your praise to the ends of the earth' (Psalm 72:17), it has become poured out oil. This word therefore signifies a bountiful provision. This then says: make each of us a sword-bearer, pour out the sword; for then you shut against those of the...
Greek · §121
"γενηθείη"–"τὰ λαλοῦντα κατὰ τοῦ δικαίου ἀνομίαν". ἐπερ · αὐτῷ προσεύχεται; – αὐτῷ, ναί. λέγω· ἐὰν παρ' ἄλλου θέλω τι λαβεῖν, ἄλλου δὲ παρὰ τὸν θεὸν λέγω, ου᾿̣κ ἂν αὐτῷ π̣ροσηύχετο, ἀλλὰ τῷ θεῷ, ἵνα δώῃ ἡμῖν τοιοῦτον βοηθόν, ἵνα τοιοῦτον ἡμῖν στρατηγὸν εἰς με´̣σον ἀγάγῃ. ὁ´̣ταν δὲ αὐτῷ τῷ θεῷ. τις εὔχηται παρ' αὐτοῦ θέλων τι λαβεῖν, αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν αἴτησιν προσάγει καὶ τὴν προσδοκίαν τοῦ λαβεῖν παρ' 129 αὐτῷ ἔχει. ὡς ἐὰν λέγω τῷ θεῷ· "ἐπίνευσον τῇ ἀξιώσει μου", περὶ προσευχῆς προσευχὴν ἀναπέμπω. "εἰσάκουσόν μου, κύριε, ὅτι πρὸς σὲ ἐκέκραξα"· καὶ εὐχὴν περὶ εὐχῆς ἀναπέμ πω· ἐπεὶ γὰρ συνεργίας χρῄζει θεοῦ καὶ τὸ εὐχὴν ἐπακουσθῆναι, αὐτὸν πάλιν συνεργὸν διὰ τῆς εὐχῆς καλῶ, ἵνα πληρώσῃ μου τὴν εὐχὴν καὶ εἰσακούσῃ αὐτῆς. τοῦτο αὐτὸ παρακαλῶ ἀναστῆναί σε εἰς τὴν βοήθειάν μου οὐκ ἄνοπλον, ἀλλὰ ἐπιλαβόμενον ὅπλου. τὸ ἐμὸν σῶμα καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν δέξαι· διὰ τούτων γὰρ δυνήσῃ βοηθῆσαί μοι. πολλάκις ἰατρὸς πολὺ μέγεθος ἔχων οὐ δύναται μικρὰ θεραπεῦσαι ἢ μικροὺς ἀνθρώπους. ἐνίοτε οὖν ἕνα τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ παρασκευάζει τῶν ὑποδεεστέρων καὶ πολὺ ὑποβεβηκότων αὐτόν, ἵνα δυνηθῇ προσελθεῖν τῷδε καὶ θεραπεύσῃ αὐτόν. τὸ ἐπιλαβέσθαι οὖν ὅπλου καὶ θυρεοῦ τὸ ἄνθρωπον ἀναλαβεῖν ἐστιν, μορφὴν δέξασθαι δούλου. καὶ ἔστιν συνήθως πολλὰ γινόμενα τοιαῦτα. τοῦτο οὖν λέγει· ἐὰν ὡς θεὸς βοηθῆσαί 206 μοι̣ προθῇ, ὑπεραίρει ἡ βοήθεια. ἄνθρωπος γενόμενος βοήθησόν μοι. καὶ αὐτῷ γοῦν λέγει· "περίζωσαι τὴν ῥομφαίαν σου ἐπὶ τὸν μηρόν σου, δυνατέ, τῇ ὡραιότητί σου καὶ τῷ κάλλει σου". ὡραιότητα καὶ κάλλος ἔχεις· ἁμαρτίαν γὰρ οὐκ ἐποίησας οὐδὲ ἔγνως αὐτήν. "περίζωσαι" οὖν "ἐπὶ τὸν μηρόν σου τὴν ῥομφαίαν". σημαίνει πολλάκις τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ μηροῦ τὰ γενέσεως πράγματα, ὡς ἐὰν λέγῃ· "πᾶς μηρὸς μολυνθήσεται ὑγρασίᾳ", εὐφήμως καὶ εὐσχημόνως διὰ τοῦ μηροῦ τὰ γενέσεως ὑπηρετικὰ ὄργανα σημαίνει. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Ἀβραὰμ ἐκπέμπων ἐπὶ μνηστείᾳ τῆς Ῥεβέκας τὸν παῖδα ἑαυτοῦ· "θὲς τὴν χεῖρά σου ὑπὸ τὸν μηρόν μου, καὶ ἐξορκιῶ σε"· ε᾿̣πει`̣ γὰρ ἤμελλεν παρθένον παραλαμβάνειν καὶ ἄγειν ἐκ μακροῦ τόπου εἰς μακρὸν τόπον, ἀναγκαίως ἠσφαλίσατο α̣υ᾿̣τοῦ τὴν σωφροσύνην. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ οὕτως· ἐπεὶ ἐκ τῶν μηρῶν μου μέλλει προέρχεσθαι ὁ ὑπὲρ σωτηρίας τῶν ὅλων ἐρχόμενος, ἐκεῖ "θὲς τὴν χεῖρά σου, καὶ ἐξορκιῶ σε". καὶ πολλά γε σεμνῶς ἡ γραφὴ τοιαῦτα ὀνομάζει. περὶ τοῦ δράκοντος, τουτέστιν τοῦ διαβόλου, λέγει· "ἰδοὺ ἡ ἰσχὺς αὐτοῦ ἐπ' ὀσφύος, καὶ ἡ δύναμις αὐτοῦ ἐπ' ὀμφαλοῦ γαστρός". ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τὴν ὀσφῦν ὠνόμασεν, ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς γυναικὸς σεμνῶς τὸ ὄργανον ἐκεῖνο "ὀμφαλὸν γαςτρὸς" εἶπεν. ἐκ τῶν πλησιαζόντων μερῶν ἐδήλωσεν οὗ ἀπεῖπεν τὴν χρῆσιν. 3 ἔκχεον ῥομφαίαν σου καὶ σύνκλεισον ἐξ ἐναντίας τῶν καταδιωκόντων με. πλήθυνον μάχαιραν, δὸς ἡμῖν μάχαιραν τὴν κατὰ τῶν πολεμίων. ὁ ζῶν δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος ἐστὶν ἡ μάχαιρα. καὶ πάλιν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦ πνεύματος· "καὶ τὴν μάχαιραν τοῦ πνεύματος, ὅ ἐστιν ῥῆμα θεοῦ". τὸ ἐκχέαι δὲ τὴν δαψίλειαν ἀεὶ σημαίνει, ὡς ἐὰν λέγῃ· "ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματός μου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα", τὴν δαψιλῆν δόσιν καὶ πλουσίαν χορηγίαν διὰ τῆς λέξεως σημαίνει. "ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν". καὶ ἔτι· "μύρον ἐκκενωθὲν ὄνομά σου". τὸ ἐκκενωθὲν μύρον ἔξω γίνεται τοῦ περιέχοντος ἄγγους καὶ ἐπὶ μήκιστον ἐκπέμπει τὴν πνοήν. ὅτε γοῦν ὁ σωτὴρ ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ μόνῳ ἦν–"ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ" γὰρ "μέγα τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ"–, ὡς ἐν ἄγγει ἦν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ. ὅτε δὲ "ὡς θαυμαστὸν τὸ ὄνομα" αὐτοῦ γέγονεν "ἐν πά σῃ τῇ γῇ", καὶ πεπλήρωται ἐκεῖνο τό· "καθὼς τὸ ὄνομά σου, ὁ θεός, οὕτω καὶ ἡ αἴνεσίς σου ἐπὶ τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς", μύρον ἐκκενωθὲν γέγονεν. ἡ λέξις οὖν αὕτη δαψιλῆ χορηγίαν σημαίνει. τοῦτο οὖν λέγει· ἕκαστον ἡμῶν ποίησον μαχαιροφόρον, ἔκχεε ῥομφαίαν· τότε γὰρ συνκλείεις ἐξ ἐναντίας τῶν
The Depth of Judgment and the Nature of Shame§122
122They persecute us; for indeed we become soldiers, approaching them with swords, not in order to strike down, but so that we might suffer nothing.
Regarding: what is the 'confinement'? The 'confinement' signifies many things, but most especially it has become a confinement that is like a gathering of the conclusion, which prevents the impulse of one desiring to philosophize. For even those who engage in dialogue have been accustomed to say, 'I have shut him in.' It also signifies something else, as it lies within the philosophy of Paul: 'God gave them all over to disobedience, so that He might have mercy on all' (Romans 11:32). And observe the sequence of the words: the Gentiles, having believed in the Savior, were descending into the fold from the Jews. And previously, again, the Jews prevented the nations from being called unto salvation; for they were saying, 'You are receiving into salvation those from the descendants of your cursed fathers, from idolaters, from many gods.' Therefore, He has made a confinement; He has reproved both.
And such an image is to be used: let someone have a son remaining with him and another cast out because of a malice that preceded. If, the cast-out having repented, the father wishes to receive him in, the son who remains opposes him, saying, 'Does this man become a co-heir with me? He has done such and such.' He reproves even that one upon other sins, saying, 'It is not for this reason that this one is cut off from the lot; and you cast him out, because you have done such and such.' And eventually he no longer argues; for this one too was shut in, that is, he was shut in by the reproofs, just as that one was.
'So that He might have mercy on all'—this is what He has done; for not so that He might prove them to be such, having pursued the reproofs, but so that He might prevent each one from the rest. For neither does the Greek still ascend above the Jews through the cross presented to the Savior by them, nor do they ascend above these; for all were found under sin. This is therefore what he says: 'Just as once you disbelieved in God,' you Greeks—even if now you have embraced the gospel and set before yourselves to be God-fearing, but once you also were impious—'but now you have been set free by their disobedience'—if Israel had not been disobedient, you would not have had salvation, for they were arguing and preventing—'so,' he says, 'these also,' the Jews, 'disbelieved in your mercy, so that they also might be set free.' Therefore, as a conclusion, it followed...
For God gave them up to all unrighteousness, that He might have mercy on all (Rom 1:24). The depth of the judgment: 'O depth of the riches and wisdom and knowledge of God; how unsearchable are His judgments and untraceable His ways; for who has known the mind of the Lord? Or who has become His counselor?' (Rom 11:33)—the one who shut up all into unrighteousness. Regarding wars, 'shutting up' is taken thus: when every way is removed from them to tread upon and to harm severely; for one is shut up in this way.
Just as the Jew reasoned to himself: 'Do not reproach the sin of the Gentiles; for you also have done the same things' (Rom 2:24). Again, the Greeks who were trampling upon the Jews and saying, 'The murderers and such like.' He says: 'When were you unrighteous? You were idolaters.' Having said to my soul, 'I am your salvation.' Say, O God, truly to the soul: 'I am your salvation.' But when do you say, 'I am the salvation'? Either when you save, or when you bring everything to my soul, leading it toward that same salvation?
Those seeking my soul were put to shame and were ensnared. These are the ones doing wrong, these are the ones warring, concerning whom he said: 'Judge those doing wrong to me, war against those warring against me.' 'They were put to shame,' he says, 'and were ensnared.' It is not possible for anger to be in them, but shame because of the things they do; for in this way they will cease. Indeed, those having known hat they have come into shame, say: 'We have slept in our shame, and our dishonor has uncovered us.' It is 'having known,' that they have come into shame and that they were exposed by dishonor.
And this shame and dishonor came from sin. Something like this also in Ezekiel, toward someone being insolent and acting impudently, he says: 'Be ashamed and take your dishonor.' As if someone, suppose, were condemned to serve in public works, such as in a mine or in metal, and thinks greatly upon this, we say to him: 'Be ashamed, know that you are in dishonor.' But—was it the shame of Adam? For not every shame is of the same kind. The scripture itself says: 'There is a shame that follows sin, and there is shame of glory and joy.' And behold: many regarding those things in which it is necessary to sink and to hide and...
Greek · §122
διωκόντων η῾̣μᾶς· λοιπὸν γὰρ ὁπλῖται γινόμεθα, ξιφήρεις αὐτοῖς προσερχόμεθα, οὐχ ἵνα ἀναιρήσω, ἀλλ' ἵνα μηδὲν πάθω. ἐπερ · τὸ "σύνκλεισον"; –τὸ "σύνκλεισον" πολλὰ σημαίνει, μάλιστα δὲ ἡ ὡσανεὶ συναγωγὴ τοῦ συνπεράσματος ἡ κωλύουσ̣α τὴν ὁρμὴν τοῦ θέλοντος σοφίσασθαι συνκλεισμὸς γέγονεν. εἰώθασιν γοῦν καὶ οἱ διαλεγόμενοι λέγει ὅτι "συνέκλεισα αὐτόν". σημαίνει δὲ καὶ ἄλλο τι, ὡς παρὰ τῇ Παύλου φιλοσοφίᾳ κεῖται· "συνέκλεισεν ὁ θεὸς τοὺς πάντας εἰς ἀπείθειαν ἵνα τοὺς 130 πάντας ἐλεήσῃ". καὶ ὅρα γε τὴν ἀκολουθίαν τῆς λέξεως· κατεπέβαινον τῶν Ἰουδαίων τῶν πιστευσάντων τῷ σωτῆρι οἱ ἀπὸ Ἑλλήνων πεπιστευκότες. καὶ πρότερον πάλιν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐκώλυον κληθῆναι τὰ ἔθνη εἰς σωτηρίαν· ἔλεγον γὰρ ὅτι· "τοὺς ἀπο`̣ ἐπικαταράτων πατέρων, ἐξ εἰδωλολάτρων, ἐκ πολυθέων εἰς τὴν σωτηρίαν παραλαμβάνεις"; πεποίηκεν οὖν συνκλεισμόν, ἤλεγξεν ἀμφοτέρους. καὶ εἰκόνι τ̣οιαύτῃ ἔστιν χρήσασθαι· ἐχέτω τις υἱὸν παραμένοντα αὐτῷ καὶ ἄλλον ἐκβληθέντα διὰ προλαβοῦσαν κακίαν. ἐὰν μετανοήσαντος τοῦ ἐκβληθέντος θέλῃ εἰσδέξασθαι αὐτὸν ὁ πατήρ, ὁ υἱὸς ὁ ἀπομείνας ἐναντιοῦται λέγων ὅτι· "οὗτος συνκληρονόμος μου γίνεται; τάδε καὶ τάδε πεποίηκεν". ἐλέγχει κἀκεῖνον ἐπὶ ἁμαρτήμασιν ἄλλοις ὅτι· "οὐ διὰ τοῦτο οὗτος εἴργεται τοῦ κλήρου· καὶ σὺ ἔξω ἀποβάλλῃ· τάδε καὶ τάδε πεποίηκας". καὶ λοιπὸν οὐκέτι ἀντιλέγει· συνεκλείσθη γὰρ καὶ οὗτος, τουτέστιν τοῖς ἐλέγχοις συνεκλείσθη, κἀκεῖνος. "ἵνα τοὺς πάντας" οὖν "ἐλεήσῃ", τοῦτο πεποίηκεν· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἵνα ἀποδείξῃ αὐτοὺς τοιούτους, τ̣οὺς ἐλέγχους ἠγίοχεν, ἀλλ' ἵν' ἑκάτερον ἀπὸ τοῦ λοιποῦ κωλύσῃ· οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ Ἕλλην ἔτι κατεπιβαίνει τῶν Ἰουδαίων δια`̣ τὸν σταυρὸν τὸν προσαχθέντα ὑπ' αὐτῶν τῷ σωτῆρι, οὐδὲ ἐκεῖνοι τούτοις· πάντες γὰρ ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν εὑρέθησαν. τοῦτο οὖν λέγει· "ὥσπερ γάρ ποτε ὑμεῖς ἠπειθήσατε τῷ 207 θεῷ", ὑμεῖς οἱ Ἕλληνες –εἰ καὶ νῦν προσήκασθε τὸ εὐαγγέλιον καὶ θεοσεβεῖν προτέθεισθε, ἀλλὰ ποτὲ καὶ ἐλιθάσατε–, "νῦν δὲ ἠλευθερώθητε τῇ τούτων ἀπειθείᾳ"–εἰ μὴ ἦν ἀπειθήσας ὁ Ἰσραήλ, οὐκ εἴχετε σωτηρίαν· ἀντέλεγον γὰρ καὶ ἐκώλυον–, "οὕτω", λέγει, "καὶ οὗτοι", οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, "ἠπείθησαν τῷ ὑμετέρῳ ἐλέει, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐλευθερωθῶσιν". λοιπὸν ὥσπερ συνπέρασμα ἐπήγαγεν· "συνέκλεισεν γὰρ ὁ θεὸς τοὺς πάντας εἰς ἀπείθειαν, ἵνα τοὺς πάντας ἐλεήσῃ". τὸ βαθὺ τοῦ κρίματος· "ὦ βάθος πλούτου καὶ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως θεοῦ· ὡς ἀνεξερεύνητα τὰ κρίματα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδοὶ αὐτοῦ· τίς γὰρ ἔγνω νοῦν κυρίου; ἢ τίς σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ γέγονεν" τοῦ συνκλείσαντος πάντας εἰς τὴν ἀπείθειαν; ἐπὶ πολεμίων οὖν τὸ "σύνκλεισον" λαμβάνεται οὕτως, ὅταν πᾶσα ὁδὸς περιαιρεθῇ ἀπ' αὐτῶν τοῦ ἐπιβαίνειν καὶ δεινῶς βλάπτειν· συνκλείεται γάρ τις οὕτως. ὡσανεὶ συνλογιστικῶς συνελογίσατο τὸν Ἰουδαῖον ὅτι· "3μὴ μέμφου τὴν κλῆ σιν τῶν ἐθνῶν· καὶ σὺ γὰρ τὰ αὐτὰ πεποίκας"3. πάλιν τοὺς Ἕλληνας τοὺς κατεπιβαίνοντας τῶν Ἰουδαίων καὶ λέγοντας "3οἱ κυριοκτόνοι καὶ οἱ τοιοίδε"3. λέγει· "3"ποτὲ ὑμεῖς ἠπειθήσατε", εἰδωλολάτραι ἦτε"3. 3 εἰπὸν τῇ ψυχῇ μου Σωτηρία σου ἐγώ εἰμι. εἰπέ, ὦ θεέ, πραγματικῶς τῇ ψυχῇ ὅτι· "ἐγὼ ἡ σωτηρία σου". πότε δὲ λέγεις ὅτι· "ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ σωτηρία" ἢ ὅταν σῴζῃς ἢ ὅταν πάντα ἐπιφέρῃς τῇ ψυχῇ μου εἰς σωτηρίαν αὐτὴν ξεναγωγῶν; 4 αἰσχυνθείησαν καὶ ἐντραπείησαν οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχήν μου. οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ ἀδικοῦντες, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ πολεμοῦντες, περὶ ὧν εἶπεν· "δίκασον τοὺς ἀδικοῦντάς με, πολέμησον τοὺς πολεμοῦντάς με". "αἰσχυνθείησαν", φησίν, "καὶ ἐντραπείησαν". οὐ χόλος αὐτοῖς ὑπαρχθῆναι δύναται, ἀλλ' αἰσχύνη ἐφ' οἷς πράττουσιν· οὕτω γὰρ παύσονται. ἀμέλει γοῦν οἱ τοῦτο ἐγνωκότες ὅτι ἐν αἰσχύνῃ γεγένηνται, λέγουσιν· "ἐκοιμήθημεν ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ ἡμῶν, καὶ ἐπεκάλυψεν ἡμᾶς ἡ ἀτιμία ἡμῶν". ἐγνωκότων ἐστίν, ὅτι ὑπὸ αἰσχύνην γεγένηνται καὶ ὅτι ἐπεκρύβησαν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀτιμίας. αὕτη δὲ ἡ αἰσχύνη καὶ ἡ ἀτιμία ἐξ ἁμαρτίας ἐγεγόνει. τοιοῦτόν τι καὶ ἐν τῷ Ἰεζεκιὴλ πρὸς θρασυνόμενόν τινα καὶ ἀναιδευόμενον λέγει· "αἰσχύνθητι καὶ λαβὲ τὴν ἀτιμίαν σου". ὡς εἴ τις, φέρε, κατ' ὑπόθεσιν, καταδικασθείη δημοσίοις ἔργοις ὑπηρετεῖν, οἷον ἐν βαλανείῳ ἢ ἐν μετάλλῳ, καὶ μέγα φρονοίη ἐπὶ τούτῳ, λέγομεν αὐτῷ· "αἰσχύνθητι, γνῶθι ὅτι ἐν ἀτιμίᾳ εἶ". ἐπερ · τοῦ οὖν Ἀδὰμ ἡ αἰσχύνη; – μὴ γὰρ πᾶσα αἰσχύνη ὁμοειδής ἐστιν. αὐτὴ γοῦν ἡ γραφὴ λέγει· "ἔστιν αἰσχύνη ἐπάγουσα ἁμαρτίαν, καὶ ἔστιν αἰςχύνη 131 δόξα καὶ χαρά". καὶ θεώρει γε· πολλοὶ ἐφ' οἷς δεῖ καταδύεσθαι καὶ λανθάνειν καὶ
The Wicked as Chaff and the Angel as Tormentor or Corrector§123
123They are glorified for appearing shameful. For the apostle says: 'of whom God is the womb and the glory in their shame, those who think on earthly things' (Rom 8:4). In those things in which it is necessary to be ashamed, they are bold; and we see such things by nature even among men. But he who awaits the Savior, the God Word, knowing that they are being transformed toward the more glorious and toward becoming conformed to the body which He Himself possessed, no longer thinks greatly upon shameful works.
'Let those who consider me evil turn back and be ashamed.' The word 'backwards' is used differently in various places of the Scripture. The phrase 'to turn back to the rear' carries a reproach. For instance, the wife of Lot, leaving from that place of destruction, heard: 'do not look to the rear' (Gen 19:26), meaning, do not set your heart upon that which you are leaving behind. Again, in other places it is said: 'my enemies turned back to the rear.' They turned back to their own rear, so that they might no longer pursue the same path as enemies. 'No one, having laid his hand to the plow, and having turned to the rear' (Luke 9:62). It was not said 'of someone,' but simply 'to the rear'; for when the plowman turns, he breaks the furrow. And the breaking of the furrow hinders the work. It is said that someone turns himself to the rear; this is praised, but this is a reproach. If one hastens to flee a path and turns, this turning to the rear is a reproach. But if someone is pressed toward evil and is checked and turns back by words of repentance, this turning which comes from repentance is praised.
For he says: 'since they pursue toward evil and it is their eagerness to harm me, they turned back from this intention.' Thus, they consider me evil in two ways: when they wish to surround me with sin, they consider me evil; when, wishing to attack, they want to bring something evil upon me, again they consider me evil. The two elders who remained, according to Sosannas, both did this: they considered it evil toward her, wishing to lead her into adultery. Having failed in this, they considered another kind of evil, to overthrow her, to stone her. Consider the same regarding Joseph and Egypt: there too, the matter of fornication was considered evil, e—
To which he was determined to destroy him. However, failing in this, he attempted another way of evils, leaving a slander against him, through which his supposed master was driven as a tormentor.
Let them become like chaff before the face of the wind. Let them become worthless. This is also said in the first Psalm: 'Not so the ungodly, not so, but like the chaff which the wind drives from the face of the earth' (Psalm 1:4). Their worthlessness shows not so much of substance as of intention; for 'those who think on earthly things' (Colossians 3:2), having become entirely of the flesh and of the members, are chaff not having a sheaf, nor a stable seat. Thus a wind briefly moves them. And this wind is able to be either tribulation or a deceptive word. For thus some are carried away by 'every wind of doctrine' (Ephesians 4:14) deceptively 'in the gambling' of those professing that cunning teaching of those practicing it.
And an angel of the Lord driving them out. They have an angel of the Lord driving them out. In the preceding Psalm, 'the angel of the Lord encamping around those who fear him rescued them' (Psalm 34:7). Here, however, the angel of the Lord drives them out, being a certain tormentor sent to punish them. But it is possible and praiseworthy to take the angel as 'encamping around those who fear him'; for the one who uses reproof drives out the sinner, persuading him to depart from what he thinks is pleasant.
Let their way be darkness and a slipping place. Their way—not that of God, not that of virtue, not that of the commandments of God, as it is said: 'I have run the way of your commandments' (Psalm 119:30)—but their way, in which they swell themselves, in which they think they run brightly. Let them know what their way is, let them slip; for this fall is shameful. Just as one who departs from running the straight way falls into a great evil, so the one hastening to run toward evil, when having slipped he falls, takes the beginning of repentance.
And an angel of the Lord pursuing them. As I have said, both reproving and striking or punishing them.
Because you have hidden from me for nothing the corruption of their snare. Evil is often called corruption; for it destroys the truth, makes the inner man evil from good, the just man wicked from the righteous, and the God-fearing ungodly from the God-fearing. And because evil is called corruption:
Greek · §123
δοκεῖν ἀσχημονεῖν, δοξάζονται. λέγει γοῦν ὁ ἀπόστολος· "ὧν ὁ θεὸς ἡ κοιλία καὶ ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν, οἱ τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονοῦντες". ἐν οἷς δεῖ αἰσχύνεσθαι, ἐν τούτοις παρρησιάζονται, καὶ ὁρῶμεν φύσει καὶ ἐν ἀνθρώποις τοιαῦτα. ὁ δὲ ἀπεκδεχόμενος σωτῆρα, τὸν θεὸν λόγον, εἰδὼς ὅτι πρὸς αὐτοῦ μετασχηματίζονται εἰς τὸ ἐνδοξότερον καὶ τὸ σύνμορφον̣ γενέσθ̣αι τ̣ῷ σώματι ᾧ αὐτὸς εἶχεν, οὐκέτι μέγα φρονεῖ ἐπὶ τοῖς αἰσχύνης ἔργοις. 4 ἀποστραφήτωσαν εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω καὶ καταισχυνθήτωσαν οἱ λογιζόμενοί μοι κακά. ἡ "ὀπίσω" λέξις διαφόρως ἐν ποικίλοις τόποις τῆς γραφῆς φέρεται. τὸ "ἀποστραφῆναι εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω" ψόγον φέρει. ἀμέλει γοῦν ἡ γυνὴ τοῦ Λὼθ ἐξιοῦσα ἀπὸ τῆς περιχώρου ἐκείνης τῆς ὀλεθρίου ἤκουσεν· "μὴ περιβλέψῃ εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω", μὴ ἐφ' ἃ καταλέλοιπας τὸ νεῦμά σου θῇς. πάλιν ἐν ἄλλοις λέγεται ὅτι· "ἀποστραφείησαν οἱ ἐχθροί μου εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω". εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω ἑαυτῶν ἀποστραφείησαν, ἵνα μηκέτι τὴν αὐτὴν ἐλαύνωσιν ὁδὸν τὴν ἐχθρῶν. "οὐδεὶς ἐπιβαλὼν τὴν χεῖρα ἐπ' ἄροτρον καὶ στραφεὶς εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω". οὐκ ἐλέχθη "τινός", ἀλλὰ ἁπλῶς "εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω"· ὅταν γὰρ ὁ ἀροτριῶν στραφῇ, θλᾷ τὴν εὐθεῖαν. ἡ θλάσις δὲ τῆς εὐθείας ἐμποδίζει τὸ ἔργον. λέγεται δέ τις ἑαυτοῦ εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω ἀποστρέφεσθαι τοῦτο μὲν ἐπαινετῶς, τοῦτο δὲ ψεκτῶς. ἐὰν τὴν θείαν σπεύδῃ ἀνύσαι ὁδὸν καὶ στραφῇ, ψεκτή ἐστιν αὕτη ἡ στροφή, τὸ εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω γενέσθαι. ἐὰν δέ τις ἐπείγηται πρὸς τὴν κακίαν καὶ λόγοις μετανοίας ἀνακοπῇ καὶ ἀποστραφῇ, ἐπαινετή ἐστιν αὕτη ἡ στροφὴ ἡ ἐκ μετανοίας γινομένη. 208 λέγει γοῦν ὅτι· ἐπειδὴ ἐπὶ τὴν κακίαν ἐλαύνουσιν καὶ σπουδή ἐστιν αὐτοῖς κακῶσαί με, ἀποστραφείησαν εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω ταύτης τῆς προθέσεως. ἑκατέρως οὖν λογίζονταί μοι κακά· ὅταν περιβαλεῖν με θέλωσιν ἁμαρτίᾳ, λογίζονταί μοι κακά, ὅταν ἐπιβουλεύειν θέλοντες κακωτικόν τι ἐπενεγκεῖν μοι θέλωσιν, πάλιν λογίζονταί μοι κακόν. οἱ δύο πρεσβύτεροι οἱ μανέντες κατὰ Σωσάννης ἀμφότερα πεποιήκασιν· ἐλογίσαντο κακὸν εἰς μοιχείαν αὐτὴν θέλοντες ἀγαγεῖν. τούτου ἀποτυχόντες τὸ ἕτερον γένος τῶν κακῶν ἐλογίσαντο, ἀναιρῆσαι αὐτήν, λιθοβοληθῆναι αὐτήν. τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ περὶ τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ καὶ τῆς Αἰγυπτίας νόει· κἀκείνη ἐλογίσατο κακὸν τὸ τῆς πορνείας, εἰς ὃ κατασπάσαι αὐτὸν ἠβουλήθη. ὅμω̣ς τούτου ἀποτυχοῦσα τὸν ἕτερον τρόπον τῶν κακῶν ἐπεχείρησεν διαβολὴν αὐτοῦ κατειποῦσα, δι' ἧς ὡς κατὰ κολαστέου ὡρμήθη ὁ δοκῶν δεσπότης αὐτοῦ εἶναι. 5 γενηθήτωσαν ὡσεὶ χνοῦς κατὰ πρόσωπον ἀνέμου. εὐτελεῖς γενηθήτωσαν. τοῦτο καὶ ἐν πρώτῳ ψαλμῷ λέγεται· "οὐχ οὕτως οἱ ἀσεβεῖς, οὐχ οὕτως, ἀλλ' ἢ ὡς ὁ χνοῦς, ὃν ἐκριπτεῖ ὁ ἄνεμος ἀπὸ προσώπου τῆς γῆς". τὸ εὐτελὲς αὐτῶν δείκνυσιν οὐ τοσοῦτον τῆς οὐσίας, ὅσον τῆς γνώμης· "οἱ" γὰρ "τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονοῦντες" καὶ ὅλοι τῆς σαρκὸς καὶ τῶν μελῶν γεγενημένοι χνοῦς εἰσιν οὐκ ἔχοντες στίβον, οὐχ ἕδραν βεβαίαν. ἄνεμος οὖν βραχὺς κινεῖ αὐτούς. καὶ ὁ ἄνεμος οὗτος δύναται ἢ θλῖψις εἶναι ἢ ἀπατη̣λὸς λόγος. οὕτω γοῦν τινες φέρονται "παντὶ ἀνέμῳ διδασκαλίας" ἀπατηλῷ "ἐν τῇ κυβείᾳ" τῶν πρεσβευομένων ἐκείνην τὴν διδασκαλίαν τὴν πανοῦργον τῶν πραττόντων. 5 καὶ ἄγγελος κυρίου ἐκθλίβων αὐτούς. ἄγγελον κυρίου ἔχουσιν ἐκθλίβοντα. ἐν τῷ προλαβόντι ψαλμῷ "ἄγγελος κυρίου παρεμβάλλων κύκλῳ τῶν φοβουμένων αὐτὸν ἐρύσατο αὐτούς". ἐνταῦθα δὲ ἐκθλίβει αὐτοὺς ὁ ἄγγελος τοῦ κυρίου κολαστής τις ὢν καὶ καταπεμπόμενος τιμωρῆσαι αὐτούς. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ ἐπαινετὸν τὸν ἄγγελον λαβεῖν τὸν "παρεμβάλλοντα κύκλῳ τῶν φοβουμένων"· ἐκθλίβει γὰρ τὸν ἁμαρτωλὸν ὁ ἐλέγχοις χρώμενος, ὁ πείθων αὐτὸν ἀποστῆναι ὧν νομίζει ἡδέων. 6 γενηθήτω ἡ ὁδὸς αὐτῶν σκότος καὶ ὀλίσθημα. ἡ αὐτῶν ὁδός, οὐχ ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐχ ἡ τῆς ἀρετῆς, οὐχ ἡ τῶν ἐντολῶν τοῦ θεοῦ, ὡς λέγεται· "ὁδὸν ἐντολῶν σου ἔδραμον", ἀλλ' ἡ αὐτῶν ὁδός, ἐν 132 ᾗ ἐναβρύνονται, ἐν ᾗ νομίζουσιν φωτεινῶς δρ̣αμεῖν. γνώτωσαν, οἵα ἐστὶν ἡ ὁδὸς αὐτῶν, ὀλισθησάτωσαν· τὸ πτῶμα γὰρ τοῦτο αἴσιόν ἐστιν. ὥσπερ̣ ὁ ἀποστὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ τρέχειν τὴν εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν μεγάλῳ ὑποπίπτει κακῷ, οὕτως ὁ σπεύδων δραμεῖν ἐπὶ τὸ κ̣ακ̣όν, ὅταν ὀλισθήσας πέσῃ, ἀρχὴν λαμβάνει μετανοίας. 6 καὶ ἄγγελος κυρίου καταδιώκων αὐτούς. ὡς εἶπον, ἀμφοτέρως ἤτοι ἐλέγχων καὶ ἐπιπλήττων ἢ κολάζων αὐτούς. 7 ὅτι δωρεὰν ἔκρυψάν μοι διαφθορὰν παγίδος αὐτῶν. ἡ κακία πολλάκις διαφθορὰ ὀνομάζεται· φθείρει γὰρ τὸ ἀληθές, τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον ἐξ ἀγαθοῦ πονηρὸν ποιεῖ, ἐκ δικαίου ἄδικον, ἐκ θεοσεβοῦς ἀσεβῆν. καὶ ὅτι φθορὰ λέγεται ἡ κακία·
Corruption, Punishment, and Vain Malice§124
124He says, "they corrupt good habits, bad associations." This corruption—for it is not a physical corruption of the members—corrupts the habits. And the corruption of morals is a moral wickedness. "Bad associations" are deceptive associations.
And so that I may use an image of the prostitute introduced in Proverbs, namely false doctrine or licentiousness: the prostitute woman corrupted the good habits of that young man; for she had approached him with some sophistry. "A sacrifice to me is peace, today I pay my vows"—wherever you wish, the word "today"—"because of this, I went to meet you." But she lies. He did not go out in order to pay his vows, but "desiring." "Because you have hidden from me the corruption of their snare for nothing."
Many errors and false thoughts arise for those unable to distinguish homonyms. The name of corruption and of spoiling signifies many things according to the Scripture. "If anyone," he says, "destroys the temple of God, God destroys him." In this very same expression, two meanings of corruption lie: "if anyone destroys the temple of God" through sin, the body, for "your bodies are a temple of the Holy Spirit who is in you, which you have from God." Therefore, all wickedness is corruption.
And the kind of wickedness is called corruption, the dissolution of virginity. Thus indeed we say to corrupt the virgin, and to corrupt the child having just tasted of the pleasures of Aphrodite. However, even if the genus of wickedness is called corruption, and even if the species, they are subject to a single signified thing: for such corruption, both soul and body are destroyed and ravaged.
It is said in the prophet: "Because of uncleanness you were destroyed by corruption." And uncleanness of soul is wickedness. It has been said indeed in Proverbs concerning some evil that: "it is crushed because of the uncleanness of the soul." And in the Lamentations of Jeremiah it is said: "her uncleanness is toward her feet," instead of: her way is unclean; for she treads upon the forbidden way of death, the evil way. "Because" therefore "of uncleanness you were destroyed by corruption." And uncleanness of soul is wickedness, as has been said, according to the twofold manner of the said corruption, and according to the genus and the species of wickedness, that is, both according to licentiousness and according to other kinds of wickedness. "Because of uncleanness you were destroyed by corrupt...
And it is also possible to take the other meaning of corruption from this: 'if anyone destroys the temple of God, God destroys him' (1 Cor 3:17). God destroys by testing. And just as the name of loss is taken in two ways regarding the soul, we say both that the sinner suffers loss and that the one being punished suffers loss: 'fear him' (Matt 10:28) who 'is able to destroy both soul and body in hell.' Here, loss is a punishment, which is also called corruption. Thus it is possible that 'because of impurity you were destroyed by corruption'; that is, you have fallen under punishment because you loved to be impure, because you hurried to have the impurity of the soul.
This impurity is the opposite of purity, which, coming upon the heart, brings presence and vision; for 'blessed are the pure in heart, for they shall see God' (Matt 5:8). Concerning this it is said: 'cleanse your hands, you sinners' (Ps 26:6)—and they become clean when they pursue 'the righteous thing righteously'—but also 'purify your hearts,' and right understanding through the contemplations of the truth. Therefore, 'they hid it from me in vain' (Ps 58:10), wanting to corrupt me to bring me down to wickedness, or even to attack and lead me into harm.
But each of these is doing in vain—for 'in vain' here means 'vainly'—that is, that because I did not provide a cause. The one previously set to act unjustly and to suffer evil rather than to do the opposite will say: 'those surrounding me do this in vain, as God becomes my helper' (Ps 58:10), or: 'they do it in vain because I did not provide a cause.' For example, if Susanna had been condemned by the elders through slander, she would have said: 'they decided against me in vain, since I provided no cause.' Joseph would have said this too, as would the disciples of Christ being persecuted, being denied, and being reviled for the sake of the name of Christ; for if any of the Christians is attacked not for any other reason but because he is a Christian, those attacking him attack him in vain; for sometimes some act against Christians, wanting to harm them, and they find a cause from within them. In vain they reviled my soul. For I did not do anything to cause reviling. And it was also said...
Greek · §124
"φθείρουσιν", φησίν, "ἤθη χρηστὰ ὁμιλίαι κακαί". ἡ φθορὰ αὕτη–μὴ γὰρ σωματική ἐστιν τῶν μελῶν–φθείρει τὰ ἤθη. ἡ φθορὰ δὲ τῶν ἠθικῶν κακία ἐστὶν ἠθική. "ὁμιλίαι κακαὶ" ἀπατηλαὶ ὁμιλίαι. καὶ ἵνα εἰκόνι συνχρήσωμαι τῇ ἐν ταῖς Παροιμίαις εἰσαγομένῃ πόρνῃ ἤτοι ψευδοδοξίᾳ ἢ ἀκολασίᾳ· ἡ πόρνη γυνὴ ἔφθειρεν τὰ χρηστὰ ἤθη τοῦ νεανίου ἐκείνου· σοφιστικὰ γάρ τινα αὐτῷ προσηγίοχεν· "θυσία μοι εἰρηνική ἐστιν, σήμερον ἀποδίδωμι τὰς εὐχάς μου" –ὅπου θέλεις, τὸ "3σήμερον"3 στίξον–· "ἕνεκεν τούτου ἐξῆλθον εἰς ὑπάντησίν σοι". ψεύδεται δέ. οὐχ ἵνα τὰς εὐχὰς ἀποδῷ, ἐξῆλθεν, ἀλλὰ "ποθοῦσα". 209 "ὅτι δωρεὰν ἔκρυψάν μοι διαφθορὰν παγίδος αὐτῶν". πολλὰ σφάλματα καὶ ψευδῆ νοήματα ἀνακύπτει τοῖς τὰς ὁμωνυμίας διαστέλλειν μὴ δυναμένοις. τὸ τῆς διαφθορᾶς ὄνομα καὶ τῆς φθορᾶς πολλὰ κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν σημαίνει· "εἴ τις", φησίν, "τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ φθείρει, φθερεῖ τοῦτον ὁ θεός". ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ ταύτῃ λέξει δύο σημαινόμενα φθορᾶς κεῖται· "εἴ τις τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ φθείρει" διὰ ἁμαρτίας, τὸ σῶμα λέγει· "τὰ σώματα" γὰρ "ὑμῶν ναὸς τοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν ἁγίου πνεύματος οὗ ἔχετε ἀπὸ θεοῦ". πᾶσα οὖν ἡ κακία φθορά ἐστιν. καὶ τὸ εἶδος δὲ τῆς κακίας κυριώτερον λέγεται φθορά, ἡ λύσις τῆς παρθενίας. οὕτω γοῦν ἐφθάρθαι τὴν παρθένον λέγομεν καὶ ἐφθάρθαι τὸν παῖδα τὸν ἄρτι ἀφροδισίων γευσάμενον. ὅμως κἂν τὸ γένο̣ς τῆς κακίας φθορὰ λέγηται, κἂν τὸ εἶδος, ἑνὶ σημαινομένῳ ὑπάγονται· φθείρει γὰρ καὶ κατασπᾷ καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τὸ σῶμα̣ ἡ τοιαύτη φθορά. ἐν τῷ προφήτῃ λέγεται· "ἕνεκεν ἀκαθαρσίας διεφθάρητε φθορᾷ". ἀκαθαρσία δὲ ψυχῆς κακία ἐστίν. εἴρηται γοῦν ἐν Παροιμίαις περὶ φαύλου τινὸς ὅτι· "συντρίβεται διὰ ἀκαθαρσίαν ψυχῆς". καὶ ἐν τοῖς θρήνοις Ἰηρεμίου λέγεται· "ἀκαθαρσία αὐτῆς πρὸς ποδῶν αὐτῆς", ἀντὶ τοῦ· ἡ πορεία αὐτῆς ἀκαθαρσία ἐστίν· ἐπιβαίνει γὰρ αὐτῇ ἀπαγορευομένῃ τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ θανάτου, τῇ ὁδῷ τῇ πονηρᾷ. "ἕνεκεν" οὖν "ἀκαθαρσίας διεφθάρητε φθορᾷ". ἀκαθαρσία δὲ ψυχῆς ἡ κακία ἐστίν, ὡς εἴρηται, κατὰ τὸν διττὸν τρόπον τῆς εἰρημένης φθορᾶς καὶ κατὰ τὸ γένος καὶ κατὰ τὸ εἶδος τῆς κακίας, τουτέστιν καὶ κατὰ ἀκολασίαν καὶ κατὰ ἄλλα εἴδη τῆς κακίας. "ἕνεκεν ἀκαθαρσίας διεφθάρητε φθορᾷ" δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο ἕνεκεν ἀκαθαρσίας διεφθάρητε φθορᾷ τὸ ἕτερον σημαινόμενον τῆς φθορᾶς λαβεῖν· "εἴ τις τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ φθείρει, φθερεῖ τοῦτον ὁ θεός". φθείρει δὲ ὁ θεὸς δοκιμάζων. καὶ ὥσπερ τὸ τῆς ἀπωλείας ὄνομα κατὰ ψυχῆς λαμβανόμενον διττῶς λέγεται· λέγομεν γὰρ τὸν ἁμαρτάνοντα ἀπώλειαν λέγεσθαι καὶ τὸν κολαζόμενον ἀπώλειαν· "φοβήθητε" οὖν "τὸν δυνάμενον ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα ἀπολέσαι ἐν γεέννῃ". ἡ ἀπώλεια ὧδε κόλασίς ἐστιν, ἥτις καὶ δ̣ιαφθορὰ λέγεται. δύναται οὖν τό· "ἕνεκεν ἀκαθαρσίας διεφθάρητε φθορᾷ"· διὰ τοῦτο κολάσει ὑποπεπτώκατε ὅτι ἠγαπήσατε εἶναι ἀκάθαρτοι, ὅτι ἐσπεύσατε τὴν ψυχῆς ἀκαθαρσίαν ἔχειν. αὕτη δὲ ἡ ἀκαθαρσία ἐναντία ἐστὶν τῇ καθαρότητι, ἥτις ἐπιγινομένη τῇ καρδίᾳ θεοῦ φέρει παρουσίαν καὶ φαντασίαν· "μακάριοι" γὰρ "οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ, ὅτι αὐτοὶ τὸν θεὸν ὄψονται". περὶ ταύτης λέγεται· "καθαρίσατε χεῖρας, ἁμαρτωλοί"–τότε δὲ καθαραὶ γίνονται, ὅταν "τὸ δίκαιον δικαίως" διώκητε–, ἀλλὰ καὶ "τὰς καρδίας ἁγνίσατε", καὶ τὴν ὀρθὴν φρόνησιν τοῖς θεωρήμασιν τῆς 133 ἀληθείας. "δωρεὰν" οὖν "ἔκρυψάν μοι", διαφθεῖραί με θέλοντες, εἰς κακίαν καταβιβάσαι, ἢ καὶ ἐπιβουλεῦσαι καὶ εἰς κάκωσιν ἀγαγεῖν. ἑκάτ̣ερα δὲ μάτην ποιοῦσιν –τὸ γὰρ "3δωρεὰν"3 ὧδε τὸ "3μάτην"3 σημαίνει–, ἤτοι ὅτι ἐμοῦ αἰτίαν μὴ παρεσχηκότος–ὁ π̣ρο̣τεθειμένος οὖν ἀδικεῖσθαι καὶ κακοπαθεῖν μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ ἐναντία πράττειν ἐρεῖ ὅτι· "3οἱ περιβάλλοντές μ̣ε διαφθορᾷ ματαίως τοῦτο ποιοῦσιν θεοῦ συνλήμπτορος γινομένου"3, ἢ ὅτι· "3δωρεὰν ποιοῦσιν ἐμοῦ αἰτίαν μὴ παρεσχηκότος"3. οἷον εἰ ἦν ἀναιρεθεῖσα ἡ Σωσάννα ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων συκοφαντηθεῖσα, εἶπεν ἂν ὅτι· "3δωρεὰν ἐβεβούλευσάν μοι ἐμοῦ τὴν αἰτίαν μὴ ἐνδούσης"3. ταῦτα καὶ ὁ Ἰωσὴφ ε̣ἶπεν ἄν, εἴποιεν ἂν καὶ οἱ Χριστοῦ μαθηταὶ διωκόμενοι, ἀναιρούμενοι, ὀνειδιζόμενοι ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ· ἐὰν γάρ τις τῶν Χριστιανῶν ἐπιβουλεύηται μὴ ἄλλου χάριν ἢ ὅτι Χριςτιανός ἐστιν, οἱ ἐπιβουλεύοντες δωρεὰν αὐτῷ ἐπιβουλεύουσιν· ἐνίοτε γάρ τινες κατὰ Χριστιανῶν γίνονται καὶ βλάψαι αὐτοὺς θέλοντες αἰτίαν εὑρίσκουσιν ἐξ αὐτῶν. 7 μάτην ὠνείδισαν τὴν ψυχήν μου. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐγὼ ὀνειδισμοῦ τι αἴτιον ἐποίησα. ἐλέχθη δὲ καὶ
Joy in Providence and the Nature of Trials§125
125By another meaning, it is signified that I suffered for nothing, because no cause was provided for me to suffer for the sake of the name of Christ and for no other thing. And again: 'He shall not take the reproach of evil men' (Psalm 34:18). 'He shall not take,' since it is up to us to acquire. But if, even though we have not acquired it, some surround us with reproaches, 'vainly they reproach our soul.' Do you not say that Jezebel and those who breathed with her vainly reproached Naboth, to hide from him for nothing the corruption of their trap? Furthermore: the 'trap of them'; he says 'traps' not in which they are being trapped, but in which they wish to trap. The drama prepared against Susanna by the elders was a trap of theirs, not in the way that they themselves are being trapped, but in the way they intended to trap her and subject her to punishment and shame.
Let a trap come upon them, which they do not know. This he says: those who are powerful against some, devising machines and attacking them, vainly are never placed before their eyes, that they are able to ensnare those whom they themselves prepared; for example, 'he who digs a pit' (Psalm 7:15) for his neighbor, 'he shall fall into it.' They do not quite consider that they themselves fall into the pit, since they did not dig it. Therefore he did not know that the trap was coming upon them, which they were preparing for another in order to surround him and catch him. 'Which they do not know,' therefore, which they did not have before their eyes, since they were not even preparing it.
And the hunt, which they hid, let him catch them, in order that they might hide from others and without warning hunt those. 'Let him catch them.' 'They dug a pit before my face and fell into it' (Psalm 35:8). And in the trap they shall fall in it. In this one which they prepared for others, they shall fall. Upon the fall of others they themselves have fallen in such devices as some make, and they come against themselves. It happens in some entanglement of providence. The discourse concerning providence has a great entanglement, even if it is ignored by many, lest I say by all. And my soul loves...
She will rejoice in the Lord. Moses says, 'Do to him the way he has done evil to his neighbor' (Exodus 22:25). Having these things happen, she will rejoice, knowing that she has suffered nothing.
Is she rejoicing over them? No, but marveling at the providence and rejoicing that she was not overtaken. For example, the soul of Susanna rejoiced, not because the elders were judged, but because she was released from the indictment. And it happened according to what was destined.
And indeed, when the saints are in tribulation, they pray, praying only this: 'Let us not be taken by the tribulation' (Matthew 6:13), not rather against those surrounding them with tribulation; for they receive it as a contest, not as a punishment. And he who receives it as a contest is not so against the opponents, as to wish them no longer to exist. 'Bring us not into temptation'; for he has not said, 'Strike those who tempt us.'
I once asked, how did the marriage of the saints come to be without pleasure—not that 'the marriage is honorable and the bed undefiled' (Hebrews 13:4)—and I was told that the saints only understand the marital duties when there is also the occasion of coition. After coition, they do not touch. Therefore, it was said that their intention was not pleasure, which they intended to preserve, but to serve procreation. And pleasure is also necessarily joined, but they do not come together for its sake.
And the same happens regarding food: one is being fed not for the sake of anything else than to satisfy the appetite, in order to be satiated. But if it happens that the things being eaten are pleasant, he does not choose them for that reason because they are pleasant. And especially regarding medical aids, this happens: often the aid is pleasant, but it was not brought for the sake of pleasure. Indeed, even if it is tasteless, it approaches, because it does so for the sake of health and what is beneficial. And if, then, those who inflict trials cause the righteous to suffer the same things, he rejoices that it has not seized him. Therefore, let the 'if' and 'what they have suffered' fall away. But I marvel whether it is perfect according to the holy.
Greek · §125
καθ' ἕτερον σημαινόμενον τὸ δωρεὰν ἐμοῦ αἰτίαν μὴ παρεσχηκότος τὸ παθεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ μὴ δι' ἄλλο τι. καὶ 210 πάλιν· "μὴ κτήσῃ κακῶν ἀνδρῶν ὀνείδη". "μὴ κτήσῃ", ἐπεὶ ἐφ' ἡμῖν ἐστιν τὸ κτήσασθαι. ἐὰν δὲ μὴ κτησαμένων ἡμῶν περιβάλωσιν ἡμᾶς τινες ὀνειδισμοῖς, "μάτην ὀνειδίζουσιν τὴν ψυχὴν" ἡμῶν. οὐκ ἐρεῖς τὴν Ἰεζάβελ καὶ τοὺς συνπνεύσαντας αὐτῇ μάτην ὠνειδικέναι τὸν Ναβουθαί, δωρεὰν κεκρυφέναι αὐτῷ διαφθορὰν παγίδος αὐτῶν; ἐπερ · τὸ "παγίδος αὐτῶν"; –αὐτῶν λέγει παγίδας οὐκ ἐν αἷς παγιδεύονται, ἀλλ' ἐν αἷς παγιδεύειν θέλουσιν. ἡ σκευασθεῖσα δραματοποιία κατὰ τῆς Σωσάννης ὑπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων παγὶς ἦν αὐτῶν οὐχ ᾗ πα̣γ̣ιδεύονται αὐτοί, ἀλλ' ᾗ ἤθελον ἐκείνην παγιδεῦσαι καὶ τιμωρίᾳ ὑποβαλεῖν καὶ αἰσχύνῃ. 8 ἐλθάτω αὐτοῖς παγίς, ἣν οὐ γιγνώσκουσιν. τοῦτ̣ο λέγει· οἱ ἰσχύοντες κατά τινων μηχανὰς συντιθέναι καὶ ἐπιβουλεύοντες αὐτοῖς μάτην οὐδέποτε πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν τίθενται, ὅτι δύνανται ἁλῶναι οἷς αὐτοὶ ἐσκεύασαν· οἷον "ὁ ὀρύσσων βόθρον" τῷ πλησίον "εἰς αὐτὸν ἐνπεσεῖται". οὐ πάνυ τι λογίζονται, ὅτι αὐτοὶ εἰς τὸν βόθρον καταπίπτουσιν, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ὤρυττον αὐτόν. οὐκ ἐγίγνωςκον οὖν ὅτι ἐπ' αὐτοὺς ἤρχετο ἡ παγίς, ἣν ἄλλῳ εὐτρέπιζον ἵνα περιβάλωσιν αὐτὸν καὶ ἀγρεύσωσιν. "ἣν οὐ γιγνώσκουσιν" οὖν, ἣν οὐκ εἶχον πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν, ἐπεὶ οὐδὲ ἐσκεύαζον αὐτήν. 8 καὶ ἡ θήρα, ἣν ἔκρυψαν, συλλαβέτω αὐτούς. ἵνα λάθωσιν ἄλλους καὶ ἀπροοράτως ἐκείνους θηρεύσωσιν. "συνλαβέτω αὐτούς". "ὤρυξαν πρὸ προσώπου μου βόθρον καὶ ἐνέπεσαν εἰς αὐτόν". 8 καὶ ἐν τῇ παγίδι πεσοῦνται ἐν αὐτῇ. ἐν ταύτῃ ᾗ ἐσκεύασαν ἄλλοις, πεσοῦνται. ἐπὶ πτώματι ἄλλων αὐτοὶ κατέπεσαν ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις μηχανήμασιν οἷς ποιοῦσίν τινες, καὶ ἔρχονται κατ' αὐτῶν. ἐν πλοκῇ τινι τῆς προνοίας γίνεται. μεγάλην πλοκὴν ἔχει ὁ περὶ τῆς προνοίας λόγος, εἰ καὶ ἀγνοεῖται ὑπὸ πολλῶν, ἵνα μὴ εἴπω, ὑπὸ πάντων. 9 ἡ δὲ ψυχή μου ἀγαλλιάσεται ἐπὶ τῷ κυρίῳ. λέγει Μωυσῆς· "ποιήσατε αὐτῷ ὃν τρόπον ἐπονηρεύσατο ποιῆσαι τῷ πλησίον αὐτοῦ". τούτων γεγενημένων ἀγαλλιάσεται γνοῦσα ὅτι οὐδὲν πέπονθεν. ἐπερ · ἐπιχαίρων αὐτοῖς; –οὔ, ἀλλὰ θαυμάζων τὴν πρόνοιαν καὶ ἀγαλλιώμενος ὅτι οὐκ ἐπαγιδεύθη. οἷον ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ ψυχὴ τῆς Σωσάννης οὐχ ὅτι κατεδικάσθησαν οἱ πρεσβύτεροι, ἀλλ' ὅτι αὐτὴ ἀπελύθη τοῦ ἐνκλήματος. κατὰ συμβεβηκὸς δὲ ἐκεῖνο γέγονεν. καὶ εὐχόμενοι γοῦν οἱ ἅγιοι ὅτε εἰσὶν ἐν θλίψει, αὐτὸ τοῦτο μόνον εὔχονται· "3μὴ ἁλῶμεν ὑπὸ τῆς θλίψεως"3, οὐ μὴν κατὰ τῶν περιβαλόντων τῇ θλίψει· ὡς̣ ἀγώνισμα γὰρ δέχονται, οὐχ ὡς κόλασιν. ὁ δὲ ὡς ἀγώνισμα δεχόμενος οὐχ οὕτως ἐστὶν κατὰ τῶν ἀντιπάλων, ὥστε μηκέτι αὐτοὺς ὑπάρχειν. "μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν"· μὴ γὰρ εἴρηκεν ὅτι· 134 "3πάταξον τοὺς πειράζοντας ἡμᾶς"3. ἠρωτώμην ποτέ, πῶς τῶν ἁγίων ὁ γάμος ἐγίνετο ἄνευ ἡδονῆς –οὐχ ὅτι "ὁ τίμιος ὁ γάμος καὶ ἡ ἀμίαντος ἡ κοίτη"; –, καὶ ἔλεγον ὅτι οἱ ἅγιοι τότε μόνον συνίασιν ταῖς γαμεταῖς, ὅταν και ρὸς ᾖν συνλήμψεως. μετὰ σύνλημψιν οὐχ ἅπτονται. ἔλεγον οὖν ὅτι ἡ πρόθεσις α̣ὐτῶν οὐκ ἦν ἡδονη`̣ ἣν θηρεῦσαι ἠβούλοντο, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι τῇ παιδοποιίᾳ. ἀναγκαίως δὲ συνήρτηται καὶ ἡ ἡδον̣ή, οὐ μ̣έντοι αὐτῆς ἕνεκα συνέρχονται. καὶ ἐπὶ τροφῆς δὲ τὸ αὐτὸ συμβαίνει· ἐστὶν τρεφόμενος οὐκ ἄλλου χάριν ἢ τὴν ὄρ̣εξιν ἀποπληρῶσαι, τοῦ χορτασθῆναι χάριν. ἐὰν δὲ παρέπηται καὶ ἡδέα εἶναι τὰ ἐσθιόμενα, οὐ διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὰ αἱρεῖται ὅτι ἡδέα. καὶ μάλιστα ἐπὶ τῶν ἰατρικῶν βοη̣θημάτων τοῦτο συμβαίνει· πολλάκις ἡδύ ἐστιν τὸ βοήθημα, ἀλλ' οὐ διὰ τὴν ἡδονὴν προσήνεγκεν αὐτά. ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ ἐὰν ἀηδὲς ᾖ, προσάγει αὐτό, ἐπεὶ ὑγιείας καὶ τοῦ συμφέροντος χάριν αὐτὸ ποιεῖ. κἄν ποτε οὖν οἱ ἐπιτιθέμε̣νοι κατὰ δικαίου τὰ αὐτὰ πάθωσιν, χαίρει ὅτι οὐχ ἑάλωκεν αὐτοῖς. λοιπὸν ἑπέσθω τὸ εἰ καὶ ὅ τι πεπόνθασιν. θαυμάζω δὲ εἰ κατὰ ἅγιον τέλειόν ἐστιν
Relational Identity and the Bones of the Soul§126
126This is understood by those making progress: that they have labored to possess something, but not perfectly. For what is the difference between 'upon the Lord' and 'in the Lord'? One who takes the prepositions unskillfully will say there is no difference. But it can be so: for instance, someone is rejoiced upon his child if he is healthy, but rejoiced in a drink of wine. He has a different cause for each.
Let us take the proof from another word: 'everyone' (as he says), 'who confesses in me in the presence of men' (Romans 10:10)—he did not say 'upon me'—'and I will confess him.' If the preposition had been placed simply, 'in' would have been placed even in the denial: 'and everyone denying in me, I will deny in him' (Matthew 10:33). But it was impossible 'to be denying in Christ' the one denying him, or for Christ to deny the one existing in him. Therefore, the one denying has been severed. The one who denies God has been severed, and his God has turned away. But the one confessing him is in him, so that you may not receive the confession by voice alone; for those honoring with lips confess, but they are not in him.
Since, therefore, our connection to God is also different, at times we say we rejoice upon him as upon a savior, as upon a benefactor, as upon a general who has secured the victory for us, but at other times 'in him' as in wisdom, as in sanctification, as in righteousness. The one confessing, therefore, is in Christ. And take from another example: one confessing knowledge cannot confess it otherwise than if he knew it.
But if so, is it as in essence or in quality? Let these things be left for later; for now the inquiry is about the difference of the prepositions. Whether one participates in essence or in quality, let it be at another time. And the same: for God is not a different Father becoming of the righteous, a different Creator of them, or a different King of them, in thought. From which we take the thoughts, since there is not in it a distribution of thought from thought. God is light, and is also sanctification and righteousness and wisdom, and it is not possible to separate existence from existence. But we separate relation from relation. Let a man be father and master and teacher and ruler; for he does not differ from himself. If, however...
You may hear that a ruler is a ruler in relation to those being ruled, and a king in relation to those being kinged, and a father in relation to the one born, and a master in relation to the slave, and a physician in relation to the one being treated, and a teacher in relation to the one learning; it is not the person himself in relation to himself that makes the difference, but the relation which is directed toward one other and another that makes the distinction. Just as it happens to the same person to be both father and teacher and the others, it also happens for the same disciple to be to the ruler and to the learner. Again, since one is not always said in relation to one—for it happens to find a son of another and the same one to be a disciple of another and a friend of another—9 he will be delighted in his salvation. Regarding 'salvation' here he means 'salvation'; for often 'salvation' signifies 'salvation'. And there is a case where even the agent of salvation is called thus, as if he were saying: 'The ends of the earth have seen the salvation of our God' (Ps 18:45), instead of 'the Savior.' Therefore the soul 'is delighted' in 'the salvation.' It does not seek salvation from elsewhere than from this God, from Him, eternal salvation from the one saving; for 'Israel' 'is saved by the Lord with eternal salvation' (Ps 106:1).
10 'All my bones shall say, Lord, Lord, who is like you?' (Ps 62:11). First, it is theology to know what the holiness of God is and who is able or unable to be made like Him. Therefore apply this theology and the knowledge of God to your own bones, from which it appears that he is not speaking about his own bones, those which hold together the other members of the body and the flesh and the nerves, but about the agile powers, of which we have often said that they are the bones of the inner man. Therefore 'all' 'my bones shall say'; the agile doctrines, my agile movements, according to which I recognize and understand, confess God, that no one of the created things happens to be like Him. Furthermore: the 'who' refers to how? —in the context of the impossible, as in: 'God, who shall be like you?'; regarding the Son we do not take this to mean likeness in the future; for he does not have the likeness in what is to come, but being the 'character of the substance' he is eternally like. Therefore two things can be taken: if concerning likeness of essence, no one is made like Him. But if concerning likeness according to virtue and holiness, he who is made like Him is rare.
Greek · §126
τοῦτο. κατὰ προκόπτοντά ἐστιν ἡσθῆναι ὅτι πεπόνθασίν τι κακῶς αὐτὸν διαθεῖναι σπουδάσαντες, οὐ κατὰ τέλειον δέ. ἐπερ · τί διαφέρει τὸ "3ἐπὶ τῷ κυρίῳ"3 καὶ τὸ "3ἐν τῷ κυρίῳ"3; –ὁ ἀπεριέργως μὲν τὰς προθέσεις ἐκλαμβάνων ἐρεῖ μηδὲν διαφέρειν. δύναται δὲ οὕτως· οἷον εὐφραίνεταί τις, φέρε, ἐπὶ τῷ τέκνῳ ἑαυτοῦ ἐὰν ὑγιαίνῃ. εὐφραίνεται ἐν πόσει οἴνου. ἄλλην καὶ ἄλλη̣ν ἔχει τὴν αἰτίαν. ἐξ ἄλλου ῥητοῦ λάβωμεν τὴν ἀπόδειξιν· "πᾶς", φησίν, "ὃς ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔνπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων"–οὐκ εἶπεν 211 "3ἐπ' ἐμοί"3–, "κἀγὼ ὁμολογήσω αὐτόν". εἰ δὲ ἁπλῶς ἦν ἡ πρόθεσις τεθειμένη, ἡ "3ἐν"3 ἐτίθετο ἂν καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ἀρνήσεως· "3καὶ πᾶς ὁ ἀρνούμενος ἐν ἐμοί, ἀρνήσομαι κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ"3. ἀδύνατον δὲ ἦν "3ἀρνούμενον εἶναι ἐν Χριστῷ"3 τὸν ἀρνούμενον αὐτὸν ἢ τὸν Χριστὸν ἀρνεῖσθαι τὸν ὄντα ἐν αὐτῷ. ἀπέζευκται οὖν ὁ ἀρνούμενος οὗ ἀρνεῖται. ἀπέζευκται ὁ ἀρνησίθεος τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ὁ θεὸς αὐτοῦ ἀπεσχοίνισται. ὁ δὲ ὁμολογῶν αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτῷ ἐστιν, ἵνα μὴ φωνῇ μόνῃ τὴν ὁμολογίαν λάβῃς· οἱ γὰρ τοῖς χείλεσιν τιμῶντες, ὁμολογοῦσιν μέν, οὐκ ἐν αὐτῷ δέ εἰσιν. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν καὶ ἡ πρὸς θεὸν ἡμῶν συνάφεια διάφορός ἐστιν, ὁτὲ μὲν λεγόμεθα ἐπ' αὐτῷ εὐφραίνεσθαι ὡς ἐπὶ σωτῆρι, ὡς ἐπὶ εὐεργέτῃ, ὡς ἐπὶ στρατηγῷ τὴν νίκην ἡμῖν περιποιήσαντι, ὁτὲ δὲ ἐν αὐτῷ ὡς ἐν σοφίᾳ, ὡς ἐν ἁγιασμῷ, ὡς ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ. ὁ ὁμολογῶν οὖν τὸν Χριστὸν ἐν αὐτῷ ἐστιν. καὶ λάβε ἀπὸ ἄλλου παραδ̣είγματος· ὁ ὁμολογῶν ἐπιστήμην οὐκ ἄλλως δύναται ὁμολογεῖν αὐτήν, εἰ μὴ εἰδείη αὐτήν. ἐπερ · ἵνα ὡς ἐν οὐσίᾳ ἢ κ̣αὶ ποιότητι; –τέως ἀφιέσθω ταῦτα· νῦν περὶ γὰρ τῆς διαφορᾶς τῶν προθέσεων ἡ ζήτησίς ἐστιν. πότερον οὐσίᾳ μετέχει τις ἢ ποιότητι, ἄλλου καιροῦ ἔστω. καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ δέ· μὴ γὰρ ἕτερός ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς πατὴρ γινόμενος τῶν δικαίων, ἕτερος δημιουργὸς αὐτῶν ὤν, ἄλλος βασιλεὺς ὢν αὐτῶν, τῇ ἐπινοίᾳ δέ. ἐξ ὧν ἴσμεν λαμβάνομεν τὰς ἐπινοίας, ἐ πεὶ οὐκ ἔνι ἐκεῖ διαστεῖλαι ἐπίνοιαν ἀπὸ ἐπινοίας. ὁ θεὸς φῶς ἐστιν, ἐστὶν καὶ ἁγιασμὸς καὶ δικαιοσύνη καὶ σοφία, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν χωρίσαι ὕπαρξιν ἀπὸ ὑπάρξεως. σχέσιν δὲ ἀπὸ σχέσεως χωρίζομεν. ἔστω ἄνθρωπος πατὴρ καὶ δεσπότης καὶ διδάσκαλος καὶ ἄρχων· μὴ γὰρ διαφέρεται πρὸς ἑαυτόν. ἐὰν δὲ ἀκούσῃς ὅτι ἄρχων ἐστὶν ὡς πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχομένους καὶ βασιλεὺς πρὸς τοὺς βασιλευομένους καὶ πατὴρ πρὸς τὸν γεννηθέντα καὶ δεσπότης πρὸς τὸν δοῦλον καὶ ἰατρὸς πρὸς τὸν θεραπευόμενον καὶ διδάσκαλος πρὸς τὸν μανθάνοντα, οὐκ αὐτὸς πρὸς ἑαυτὸν διαφέρεται, ἀλλ' ἡ σχέσις ἡ πρὸς ἄλλους καὶ ἄλλους ἀναφερομένη ποιεῖν τὴν διαφοράν. ὥσπερ οὖν τὸν αὐτὸν συμβαίνει καὶ πατέρα εἶναι καὶ διδάσκαλον καὶ τὰ ἄλλα, συμβαίνει καὶ τὸν μαθητὴν τὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι τῷ ἀρχομένῳ καὶ τῷ μανθάνοντι. πάλιν δὲ ἐπειδὴ μὴ ἀεὶ ἕνα πρὸς ἕνα λέγεται –συμβαίνει γὰρ εὑρεῖν υἱὸν ἄλλου καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν τοῦτον ἄλλου μαθητὴν καὶ ἄλλου 135 φίλον. 9 τερφθήσεται ἐπὶ τῷ σωτηρίῳ αὐτοῦ. σωτήριον ἐνταῦθα τὴν σωτηρίαν λέγει· πολλαχοῦ γὰρ τὸ σωτήριον τὴν σωτηρίαν σημαίνει. ἔστιν δὲ ὅτε καὶ τὸ ποιητικὸν τῆς σωτηρίας οὕτω καλεῖται, ὡς ἐὰν λέγῃ· "εἴδοσαν τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν", ἀντὶ τοῦ "3τὸν σωτῆρα"3. "τέρπεται" οὖν ἡ ψυχὴ "ἐπὶ τῷ σωτηρίῳ". οὐ ζητεῖ ἄλλοθεν σωτηρίαν ἢ παρ' αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, παρ' αὐτοῦ τοῦ σῴζοντος σωτηρίαν αἰώνιον· "Ἰσραὴλ" γὰρ "σῴζεται ὑπὸ κυρίου σωτηρίαν αἰώνιον". 10 πάντα τὰ ὀστᾶ μου ἐροῦσιν Κύριε, κύριε, τίς ὅμοιός σοι; πρώτη θε̣ολογι´̣α ε᾿̣σ̣τὶν τὸ γνῶναι, τίς ἐστιν ἡ θεοῦ ἁγιότης καὶ τίς δύναται ἢ ὁμοιωθῆναι ἢ οὐ δύναται. προσάπτει οὖν ταύτην τη`̣ν θεολογίαν καὶ τὴν θεογνωσίαν τοῖς ὀστοῖς ἑαυτοῦ, ἐξ οὗ παρίσταται ὅτι οὐ περὶ τῶν ὀστέων ἑαυτοῦ λε´̣γει τούτων τῶν διακρατούντων τὰ μέλη τὰ ἄλλα τοῦ σώματος καὶ τὰς σάρκας καὶ τὰ νεῦρα, ἀλλὰ τῶν εὐτόνων δυν̣άμεων, ὧν πολλάκις εἰρήκαμεν ὅτι αὐτοῦ ὀστᾶ τοῦ ἔσω ἀνθρώπου εἰσίν. "πάντα" οὖν "τὰ ὀστᾶ μου ἐροῦσιν"· τὰ εὔτονα δόγματα, αἱ εὔτονοί μου κινήσεις, καθ' ὃ γιγνώσκω καὶ ἐπίσταμαι, ὁμολογοῦσιν τὸν θεὸν ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν γενητῶν ὅμοιος αὐτῷ τυγχάνει. ἐπερ · τὸ "3τίς"3 πῶς; –ἐπὶ ἀδυνάτου, ω῾̣ς τό· "ὁ θεός, τίς ὁμοιωθήσεταί σοι"; ἐπὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ οὐ λαμβάνομεν τοῦτο· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐπὶ μέλλοντι ἔχει τὴν ὁμοίωσιν, ἀλλὰ "χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως" ὢν ἀιδίως ὅμοιός ἐστιν. ἑκάτερα οὖν δύναται λημφθῆναι· ἐὰν περὶ τῆς ὁμοιώσεως τῆς οὐσιώδους, οὐδεὶς ὁμοιοῦται αὐτῷ. ἐὰν δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς κατὰ ἀρετὴν καὶ ἁγιότητα, σπάνιος ὁ ὁμοιούμενος
The Purpose of Goodness and the Sackcloth of Repentance§127
127Him. Rescuing the poor from the hands of those stronger than he. If the similarity is taken regarding this action, the verse signifies: God rescues the poor and the needy from the hands of those stronger than him. And this is over men, such as rulers, powerful in strength, and also the devil himself. Therefore, only God rescues from these. If, however, as I have said, he is rescued from practical matters, the verse is also able to do this; for it is not a great thing to rescue from lesser things. Those remaining according to Sosannas seemed to be stronger than her; for they were rulers and judges, but that woman was a chambermaid and a private person. And God rescued from the stronger. And this is to be understood: everyone who is of some lesser strength is poor according to this, the one unable to benefit himself, the one not able to help himself and to make himself out of the surrounding circumstance. And poor and needy from those seizing him. And it happens especially according to the underlying subject to be both poor and needy. If he is outside of wealth, he is poor; but if he is satisfied by his toil, he is a needy man; for 'the rich have become poor' (Job 22:28). If, therefore, you lift these things up, you take the man from the Jews who believed to be the poor, and the needy as one not having hope, but also being godless.
Unjust witnesses arose, things which they did not know, they questioned me. The unjust witnesses question him about things which the one whom they wish to testify against does not know. Here, 'things which they did not know', is 'things which they were not tested'. Not knowing sometimes means ignorance; 'but at that time not knowing God', it declares ignorance. It also signifies not having been tested, as if I say: 'the one who does not know sin', the one not having been tested by sin. Therefore, he knows her according to something; he understands her nature. But he does not know her without having used her. Thus also regarding wives and women in general, it is said that: 'he did not know her', 'he knew her'. He signifies the experience here. 'And Adam knew Eve his wife' (Gen 4:1). This was said when they had come together; for he approached: 'and having come together, she bore' (Gen 4:1). Therefore, the unjust ones are witnesses who say against someone things which are not present to him. Such also is this: 'as the evil was turning away from me, he did not know'. Repay me evil for good, and barrenness to my soul (Ps 31:11). It was necessary for him...
They did not realize that I was not being kind to them, nor did they know what I am asking; for I was about to be punished, and because of this, not only will they not be punished for me, but as much as it concerns me. Thus we also interpreted the Gospel: 'Be well-disposed toward your adversary until you are with him in the way' (Matt 5:44).
And since the word of well-disposition is this: 'Well-disposition is a will of good things for the sake of the neighbor,' for many times I desire to provide good things to him in order to gain something from him. Therefore, they wanted to punish me, who had done them no wrong, but had also provided them an opportunity for salvation. Such also is what is said by Jacob to Laban: 'Know, if there is anything of yours with me, take it' (Gen 31:32). I do not want any of yours; I am well-disposed toward you, I give back to you the things. Instead of the good things which I did for them, I have done good things to them so that they would not be established for the sake of being punished because of me, since I did not show them.
Even Susanna would not have said concerning the elders: 'They intended to tear me away to adultery; I was not well-disposed toward them; I did a good thing to them; as far as it concerns me, they have not committed in sin to make me barren' (Sus 3:7)? The 'they repaid me' is common; just as they repaid me evil instead of good, so also they repaid my soul with barrenness. And what about the offspring of the soul? Right thoughts, excellent deeds. 'From the fear of you we conceived in the womb and labored and brought forth' (Ps 22:3).
And I, while they were bothering me, was putting on sackcloth. Behold, their evils and the reason for wanting to make her barren—they bothered her by name, as the one who said, 'sophistical disturbances bother me more than they harm me.' However, I was putting on sackcloth so that, not being abandoned, I would not be captured by them, and on their behalf so that they would cease their insolence toward me; I was putting on a certain strict life, bearing in some way a sign of repentance, so that I might not be harmed by the bothering, and on the other hand, so that they might not be emboldened. And it is much more for the good, if they should cease. And they humbled my soul in fasting (Ps 35:6). I was not putting on sackcloth alone, that is, strictness of life, but also 'they humbled my soul in fasting,' both according to the literal sense and according to the original sense, no longer being nourished by those painful things.
Greek · §127
αὐτῷ. 10 ῥυόμενος πτωχὸν ἐκ χειρὸς στερεωτέρων αὐτοῦ. ἐὰν ἐπὶ ταύτης λαμβάνηται τῆς πράξεως ἡ ὁμοιότης, τ̣ὸ σπάνιον σημαίνει. θεὸς ῥύεται πτωχὸν καὶ πένητα ἐκ χειρὸς στερεωτέρων αὐτοῦ. καὶ ἐπὶ ἀνθρώπων, οἷον ἀρχόντων, πλουσι 212 δυνάμεων καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ διαβόλου. μόνος οὖν θεὸς ῥύεται ἐκ τούτων. ἐὰν δέ, ὡς εἶπον, ἀπὸ πρακτικῶν ῥύηται, καὶ ὁ σπάνιος δύναται τοῦτο ποιεῖν· ἐξ ἐλαττόνων γὰρ ῥύσασθαι οὐ μέγα ἐστίν. οἱ κατὰ Σωσάννης μανέντες ἐδόκουν εἶναι στερεώτεροι αὐτῆς· ἄρχοντες γὰρ ἦσαν καὶ κριταί, ἐκείνη δὲ γυνὴ θαλαμευομένη καὶ ἰδιῶτις. καὶ ἐρύσατο ἐκ τῶν στερεωτέρων ὁ θεός. καὶ τοῦτο δὲ ἰστέον· πᾶς ὁ ἀσθενέστερός τινος κατὰ τοῦτο πτωχός ἐστιν, ὁ μὴ δυνάμενος ἑαυτῷ ἀρήγειν, ὁ μὴ οἷός τε ἑαυτῷ βοηθεῖν καὶ ποιεῖν ἑαυτὸν ἔξω τῆς περιεστώσης περιστάσεως. 10 καὶ πτωχὸν καὶ πένητα ἀπὸ τῶν διαρπαζόντων αὐτόν. συμβαίνει δὲ μάλιστα κατ' ὑποκείμενον τὸν αυ᾿̣τὸν καὶ πτωχὸν καὶ πένητα εἶναι. εἰ μὲν ἔξω πλούτου ἐστίν, πτωχός, εἰ δὲ ἐκ τοῦ πονεῖν ἐπαρκεῖ ἑαυτῷ, πένης· "πλούσιοι" γὰρ "ἐπτώχευσαν". ἐὰν οὖν ἀνάγῃς ταῦτα, λαμβάνεις τὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸν ἐξ Ἰουδαίων πιστεύσαντα τὸν πτωχόν, πένητα δὲ τὸν ἐλπίδα μὴ ἔχοντα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄθεον ὄντα. 11 ἀναστάντες μάρτυρες ἄδικοι ἃ οὐκ ἐγίγνωσκον ἠρώτων με. οἱ ἄδικοι μάρτυρες ἃ οὐ γιγνώσκει ὁ ᾧ θέλουσιν μαρτυρῆσαι ἐπερωτῶσιν αὐτόν. ὧδε δὲ "ἃ οὐκ ἐγίγνωσκον", "3ἃ οὐκ ἐπειράθην"3. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ μὴ γιγνώσκειν σημαίνει ποτὲ τὴν ἄγνοιαν· "ἀλλὰ τότε μὲν οὐκ εἰδότες θεόν", τὴν ἄγνοιαν δηλοῖ. σημαίνει δὲ καὶ τὸ μὴ πεπειρᾶσθαι, ὡς ἐὰν λέγω· "τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν", τὸν μὴ πειραθέντα ἁμαρτίας. κατά τι οὖν γιγνώσκει αὐτήν· τὴν φύσιν αὐτῆς ἐπίσταται. οὐ γιγνώςκει δὲ αὐτὴν μὴ χρησάμενος αὐτῇ. οὕτω γοῦν καὶ ἐπὶ γαμετῶν καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς γυναικῶν λέγεται ὅτι· "3οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτήν"3, "3ἔγνω αὐτήν"3. τὴν πεῖραν ὧδε σημαίνει. "ἔγνω δὲ Ἀδὰμ Εὕαν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ". τότε ἐλέχθη τοῦτο ὅτε συνελήλυθεν· ἐπήγαγεν γάρ· "καὶ συνλαβοῦσα ἔτεκεν". ἄδικοι οὖν μάρτυρές εἰσιν οἱ λέγοντες κατά τινος ἃ μὴ πρόσεστιν ἐκείνῳ. τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν καὶ τό· "ἐκκλίνοντος ἀπ' ἐμοῦ τοῦ πονηροῦ οὐκ ἐγίγνωσκον". 12 ἀνταπέδοσάν μοι πονηρὰ ἀντὶ καλῶν καὶ ἀτεκνίαν τῇ ψυχῇ μου. ἔδει αὐτοὺς γνῶναι ὅτι πρὸς καλοῦ αὐτοῖς οὐκ ἐπείσθην οὐδὲ ἔγνων ἃ ἐρωτῶσιν· ἔμελλον γὰρ κολάζεσθαι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐπ' 136 ἐμοὶ οὖν οὐ κολασθήσονται, ὅσον ἧκεν εἰς ἐμέ. οὕτως ἐξηγησάμεθα καὶ τὸ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου· "ἴσθι εὐνοῶν τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου ἕως ὅτου εἶ μετ' αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ". καὶ ἐπειδὴ ὁ λόγος τῆς εὐνοίας οὗτός ἐστιν· "3εὔνοιά ἐστιν βούλησις ἀγαθῶν τῷ πλησίον χάριν ἐκείνου"3–πολλάκις γὰρ θέλω ἀγαθὰ αὐτῷ παρασχεθῆναι, ἵνα σχῶ τι παρ' αὐτοῦ. ἐμὲ οὖν θέλοντες κολάζειν τὸν μηδὲν αὐτοὺς ἠδικηκότα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀφορμὴν αὐτοῖς σωτηρίας παρεσχηκότα. τοιοῦτο̣ν οὖν ἐστιν καὶ τὸ λεγόμενον παρὰ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ πρὸς τὸν Λαβά· "ἐπίγνωθι, εἴ τί ἐστιν τῶν σῶν παρ' ἐμοί, καὶ λάβε". ου᾿̣δὲν θέλ̣ω τῶν σω῀̣ν, εὐνοῶ σοι, ἀποδίδωμί σοι τὰ σά. ἀντὶ τῶν καλῶν ὧν ἐποίησα αὐτοῖς. πεποίηκα δὲ αὐτοῖς καλὰ μ̣ὴ κατασταθήσεσθαι αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ τιμωρηθῆναι χάριν ἐμοῦ, ἐπεὶ οὐκ εἶξα αὐτοῖς. οὐκ ἂν εἶπεν καὶ ἡ Σωσάννα περὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων ὅτι· "3εἰς μοιχείαν με ἠθέλησαν κατασπάσαι· οὐκ ἐπείσθην αὐτοῖς· καλὸν αὐτοῖς τι πεποίηκα· τὸ ὅσον εἰς ἐμέ, οὐ γεγόνασιν ἐν ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀτεκνῶσαί με"3; κατὰ κοινοῦ τὸ "ἀνταπεδίδοσάν μοι"· ὥσπερ πονηρὰ ἀνταπέδωκάν μοι ἀντὶ καλῶν, οὕτω καὶ ἀτεκνίαν τῇ ψυχῇ μου ἀνταπέδωκαν. ἐπερ · τὰ γεννήματα τῆς ψυχῆς; –λογισμοὶ ὀρθοί, πράξεις ἄρισται. "ἀπὸ τοῦ φόβου σου ἐν γαστρὶ ἐλάβομεν καὶ ὠδινήσαμεν καὶ ἐτέκομεν". 13 ἐγὼ δὲ ἐν τῷ αὐτοὺς παρενοχλεῖν μοι ἐνεδυόμην σάκκον. θεώρει· τὰ πονηρὰ αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ θέλειν αὐτὸν ἀτεκνῶσαι παρενοχλῆσαι ὠνόμασεν, ὡς ὁ εἰρηκὼς σοφιστικὰς ἐνοχλήσεις. παρενοχλοῦσίν μοι μᾶλλον ἢ βλάπτουσίν με. ὅμως ἐγὼ ἐνεδιδυσκόμην σάκκον καὶ ἵνα μὴ ἐνκαταλειφθεὶς ἁλῶ αὐτοῖς, καὶ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἵνα παύσωνται τῆς θρασύτητος τῆς κατ' ἐμοῦ· ἐνεδιδυσκόμην αὐστηρὸν βίον τινά, μετανοία̣ς σημεῖον ἔφερον πῇ μέν, ἵνα μὴ βλαβῶ ἐκ τῆς παρενοχλήσεως, πῇ δέ, ἵνα ἐκεῖνοι μὴ ἐπιτρίβωνται. πολλῷ πλέον δὲ πρὸς καλοῦ, ἐὰν καὶ παύσωνται. 13 καὶ ἐταπείνουν ἐν νηστείᾳ τὴν ψυχήν μου. 213 οὐ μόνον σάκκον ἐνεδυόμην, τουτέστιν αὐστηρότητα βίου, ἀλλὰ καὶ "ἐν νηστείᾳ ἐταπείνουν τὴν ψυχήν μου", καὶ τῇ κατὰ τὸ ῥητὸν καὶ τῇ κατὰ τὸ πρωτότυπον, οὐκέτι ἐκείνων τῶν ὀδυνηρῶν τι τρεφόμενος.
The Humiliation of the Apostle§128
128And the use of history often happens for assistance; for we have seen many things accomplished through fasting, such as the city of Nineveh not falling to destruction, and the nation of the Jews being saved from Haman. 'And my prayer shall turn into my bosom' (Ps 17:5). By the name of the bosom, in many writings, the mind and governing principle are meant, as if it says: 'everything shall turn into the bosom of the unrighteous.' It is equal to: 'I have given their ways into their own heads' (Ps 106:15); for again the heads signify the governing principle: 'his labor shall return upon his own head.' The holy man prays that good things might come to be. And there is no other prayer than a 'petition for good things from God.' When someone obtains the good things for which he prayed, his prayer was turned into his own bosom. It was not cast away and remained outside, whose voice was sent up and was scattered into the air, but it brought what he had asked. And this means that his prayer is not sent up in vain, but is received into the heart of the one praying, into what he asked: 'the one filling your desire with good things.' the one who desires them is filled with them. 'This deception is in the land of Egypt, in their bosom' (Gen 41:54). And: 'the woman who is in your bosom,' whom you love, who is of one mind with you, who is in agreement with you. 'And my prayer shall turn into my bosom.' The one asking good things from God prays. When he obtains what he asks, his prayer turned into his bosom, into his governing principle. And I have diverted from many sayings, that the governing principle is often signified by the name of the bosom: 'this is their deception in the land of Egypt in their bosom.' And again: 'everything comes into the bosom of the unrighteous.'
But the bosom signifies intimacy. So also in the bosoms of the patriarchs Abraham found rest, having the same courage and endurance, and: 'the woman who is in your bosom,' your own, living together with you. As a neighbor, as our brother, thus they were pleasing. This says that: no one has an excuse to be angry with me, no one takes from me a cause to be an enemy to me; for toward each one I was thus as a neighbor, as a brother, and thus they were pleasing through brotherly love, friendship, and sibling-love. As one mourning and dejected.
Living, thus I was humbled. 'Thus I was humbled' because of them. Those whom it seemed to be neighbors and brothers were gathered against me; they waged war against me, as in the beginning of this psalm: 'Judge, O Lord, those doing wrong to me, fight those fighting against me' (Ps 54:5). Again he says: 'To me they spoke peace, but they were plotting deceit in anger' (Ps 55:21). Because of this, as one mourning them and as one being gloomy toward them, thus I was humbled; for if I were providing them with things that gladden, I would be exalted, rejoice, and be glad from cheerfulness.
But what about 'thus I was humbled'?—if someone has a son whom he loves and desires, and sees him burning, he is humbled, because not as he wished him to live, thus he sees him suffering evil. Since therefore I was providing opportunities for virtue as toward neighbors and brothers, but they themselves were proving to be enemies and foes, I was humbled toward them, though it was necessary for me to rejoice toward them. What do you think of Paul concerning Hymenaeus and Alexander, was he not humbled seeing them shipwrecked concerning the faith? Was it not previously thus toward them, that he did not love, did not give opportunities toward blessedness? And if these things are said regarding the face of the Savior, he is able to say these things regarding Judas and regarding the whole people of the Hebrews. And they rejoiced against me and were gathered together.
But do you wish to know that the descent upon one sinning is humiliation? Paul writes to the Corinthians, stirring them up toward repentance, he says: 'Lest coming I should find you and my God should humble me' (1 Cor 4:14). The holy man is exalted when he sees those being helped by him becoming better. And a father, having rejoiced over children and being glad, is exalted. If I had been preserving the love which I was preserving toward them, toward me, I would not have been humbled, but I would have been exalted, having such as equals, having sharers. 'And they rejoiced against me and were gathered together.' But I was thus toward them from most private compassion; but they, from the opposite, having been gathered against me, rejoiced or, having rejoiced against me, were gathered together, in order that they might bring more evil and misery to me. Scourges were gathered against me, and I did not know. The eagerness is to do evil. I said in the previous readings from one of the psalms, that the same evils are to some as scourges, and to others as contests, when...
Greek · §128
καὶ τὸ τῆς ἱστορίας δὲ γίνεται πρὸς βοήθειαν πολλάκις· πολλὰ γὰρ εἴδομεν ἐκ νηστείας κατορθωθέντα, τὸ μὴ ὑποπεσεῖν καταστροφῇν τὴν Νινευιτῶν πόλιν, τὸ σωθῆναι τὸ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνος ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἀμάν. 13 καὶ ἡ προσευχή μου εἰς κόλπον μου ἀποστραφήσεται. τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κόλπου ἐν πολλαῖς γραφαῖς τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν καὶ ὁ νοῦς σημαίνεται, ὡς ἐὰν λέγῃ· "εἰς κόλπον στραφήσεται πάντα τοῖς ἀδίκοις". ἴσον ἐστὶν τῷ· "τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτῶν ἔδωκα εἰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν"· πάλιν γὰρ αἱ κεφαλαὶ τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν σημαίνουσιν· "ἐπιστρέψει ὁ πόνος αὐτοῦ εἰς κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ". ὁ ἅγιος εὔχεται ὑπαρχθῆναι ἀγαθά. οὐδὲν δὲ ἕτερόν ἐστιν προσευχὴ ἢ "3αἴτησις ἀγαθῶν παρὰ θεοῦ"3. ὅταν τύχῃ τις τῶν ἀγαθῶν ὑπὲρ ὧν ηὔχετο, εἰς τὸν κόλπον αὐτοῦ ἀπεστράφη ἡ προσευχὴ αὐτοῦ. οὐκ ἐρίφη καὶ ἔξω ἔμεινεν, οὗ φωνὴ ἀν επέμφθη καὶ εἰς τὸν ἀέρα ἐσκεδάσθη, ἀλλ' ἤγαγεν ἃ ᾐτήσατο. καὶ τουτέστιν τὸ τὴν προσευχὴν αὐτοῦ μὴ μάτην αν ἀναπεπέμφθαι, ἀλλὰ ἠγιοχέναι εἰς τὴν καρδίαν τοῦ εὐξαμένου ἃ ᾐτήσατο "τὸν ἐνπιμπλῶντα ἐν ἀγαθοῖς τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν σου". ὁ ἐπιθυμῶν αὐτὰ ἐμπίμπλαται αὐτῶν. "οὗτος ὁ φαυλισμὸς ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ ἐν κόλπῳ αὐτῶν". καί· "ἡ γυνὴ ἡ ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ σου", ἣν στέργεις, ἡ ὁμόφρων σοι, ἡ ὁμονοοῦσά σοι. 217 "καὶ ἡ προσευχή μου εἰς κόλπον μου ἀποστραφήσεται". ὁ αἰτούμενος παρὰ θεοῦ ἀγαθὰ προσεύχεται. ὅταν τύχῃ ὧν αἰτεῖται, ἡ προσευχὴ αὐτοῦ εἰς κόλπον ἐπεστράφη, εἰς τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν αὐτοῦ. καὶ παρεθέμην ἐκ ῥητῶν πλειόνων, ὅτι τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν πολλάκις τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κόλπου σημαίνεται· "οὗτος ὁ φαυλισμὸς αὐτῶν ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ εἰς κόλπον αὐτῶν". καὶ πάλιν· "εἰς κόλπον ἐπέρχεται πάντα τοῖς ἀδίκοις". οἰκειότητα δὲ δηλοῖ ὁ κόλπος. οὕτω γοῦν καὶ ἐν τοῖς κόλποις Ἀβραὰμ ἀνεπαύετο τὴν αὐτὴν αὐτῷ ἔχων ἀνδρείαν καὶ ὑπομονήν, καὶ τό· "ἡ γυνὴ ἡ ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ σου", ἡ οἰκεία σου, ἡ 137 συνβιοῦσα μετὰ σοῦ. 14 ὡς πλησίον, ὡς ἀδελφὸν ἡμέτερον, οὕτως εὐηρέστουν. τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι· οὐδεὶς ἔχει πρόφασιν τοῦ ὀργίζεσθαί μοι, οὐδεὶς ἀπ' ἐμοῦ αἰτίαν λαμβάνει τοῦ ε᾿̣χ̣θραίνειν μοι· πρὸς ἕκαστον γὰρ οὕτως ἤμην ὡς πλησίον, ὡς ἀδελφός, καὶ οὕτως εὐηρέστουν διὰ φιλαλληλίας, φιλεταιρίας, φιλαδελφίας. 14 ὡς πενθῶν καὶ σκυθρωπάζων, οὕτως ἐταπεινούμην. "οὕτως ἐταπεινούμην" δι' ἐκείνους. οὓς ἐδόκουν πλησίον καὶ ἀδελφοὺς εἶναι, κατ' ἐμοῦ συνήγοντο, ἐπολέμουν με, ὡς ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ ψαλμοῦ τόυ· "δίκασον, κύριε, τοὺς ἀδικοῦντάς με, πολέμησον τοὺς πολεμοῦντάς με". ἑξῆς λέγει· "ἐμοὶ μὲν εἰρηνικὰ ἐλάλουν καὶ ἐπ' ὀργῇ δόλους διελογίζοντο". διὰ τοῦτο ὡς πενθῶν αὐτοὺς καὶ ὡς σκυθρωπάζων ἐπ' αὐτοῖς, οὕτως ἐταπεινούμην· εἰ μὲν γὰρ παρεῖχόν μοι τὰ εὐφραίνοντα, ὑψούμην, ἔχαιρον, ἐγανούμην ἀπὸ ἱλαρότητος. ἐπερ · τὸ "οὕτως ἐταπεινούμην"; –ἐὰν ἔχῃ τις υἱὸν στεργόμενον καὶ ποθούμενον καὶ ἴδῃ αὐτὸν πυρέττοντα, ταπεινοῦται, ἐπεὶ οὐχ ὃν ἤθελεν οὕτω διάγειν, οὕτως ὁρᾷ κακούμενον. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ἐγὼ παρεῖχον ἀρετῆς ἀφορμὰς ὡς πρὸς πλησίον καὶ ἀδελφοὺς ἔχων, αὐτοὶ δὲ ἐχθροὶ καὶ πολέμιοι ἀνεδείκνυντο, ἐταπεινούμην ἐπ' αὐτοῖς δέον χαίρειν με ἐπ' αὐτοῖς. τί νομίζεις τὸν Παῦλον περὶ Ὑμεναίου καὶ Ἀλεξάνδρου, οὐκ ἐταπεινοῦτο ὁρῶν αὐτοὺς περὶ τὴν πίστιν ναυαγοῦντας; μὴ πρότερον οὕτως ἦν πρὸς αὐτούς, οὐκ ἠγάπα, οὐκ ἀφορμὰς ἐδίδου πρὸς μακαριότητα; ἐὰν δὲ ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ σωτῆρος ᾖν τὰ λεγόμενα, δύναται περὶ τοῦ Ἰούδα ταῦτα λέγειν καὶ περὶ ὅλου τοῦ λαοῦ τῶν Ἑβραίων. 15 καὶ κατ' ἐμοῦ εὐφράνθησαν καὶ συνήχθησαν. θέλεις δὲ γνῶναι, ὅτι τὸ ἐπὶ ἁμαρτ̣ωλῶν κατηφεῖν ταπείνωσίς ἐστιν; Παῦλος γράφει Κορινθίοις· διεγείρων αὐτοὺς εἰς μετάνοιαν λέγει· "μή πως ἐλθὼν εὕρω ὑμᾶς καὶ ταπεινώσῃ με ὁ θεός μου". ὑψοῦται ὁ ἅγιος, ὅταν ἴδῃ τοὺς ὠφελουμένους παρ' αὐτοῦ βελτιουμένους. καὶ πατὴρ ἐπὶ τέκνοις γηθῶν καὶ εὐφραινόμενος ὑψοῦται. εἰ ἔσῳζον τ̣ὴν ἀγάπην ἣν ἔσῳζον πρὸς αὐτούς, πρὸς ἐμέ, οὐκ ἐταπεινούμην, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑψούμην ἔχων ὁμοίους, ἔχων μετόχους. "καὶ κατ' ἐμοῦ εὐφράνθησαν καὶ συνήχθησαν". ἐγὼ δὲ οὕτω πρὸς αὐτοὺς διεκείμην ἀπὸ σπλάγχνων ἰδ̣ι̣ω´̣τ̣ατος· αὐτοὶ δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου κατ' ἐμοῦ συναχθέντες εὐφραίνοντο ἢ εὐφρανθέντες κατ' ἐμοῦ συνήχθησαν, ἵνα πλέον τι κακὸν καὶ ἀνιαρὸν ἐπαγάγωσίν μοι. 15 συνήχθησαν ἐπ' ἐμὲ μάστιγες, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνων. ἐπιχαιρεκάκων ἡ σπουδή. εἶπον ἐν τοῖς προλαβοῦσιν ἀναγνώσμασιν ἀφ' ἑνὸς τῶν ψαλμῶν, ὅτι αἱ αὐταὶ κακώσεις τοῖς μὲν μάστιγές εἰσιν, τοῖς δὲ ἀγῶνες, ὅτε
The Unawareness of the Virtuous in Suffering§129
129The subject at hand is: 'Many are the lashes of the sinner.' Here, lashes and evil powers may be said to be meant. 'They seized him, and he did not know' is similar to what was said: 'While the evil one was turning away from me, I did not perceive him.' The evil one was approaching; he provided no place for himself, having been persuaded by the apostolic opinion which says: 'Do not give place to the devil' (Eph 4:27).
I have not exhausted his examples. One of the ancient philosophers is said to have scourged himself so that he might fall from his own city, so that he might be accused by his fellow citizens. Fearing lest he should even utter a single word in pain, he bit his own tongue and cut it and threw it to the one who was assaulting him. That man was not able to say 'I did not know'; for indeed he knew a little, unless he had secured safety from some other source. But the holy man did not. Isaiah was sawn with a wooden saw.
And behold the wickedness of Manasseh the apostate, who practiced idolatry. And when the idol that he himself had set up fell, after Isaiah looked upon it and other things, they set forward accusers and two charges were brought against him: one, that, saying Moses said, 'No one has seen my face and shall live,' this man says, 'He saw the Lord of Sabaoth sitting upon a throne' (Isa 6:1). But if he stood precisely in the truth, I perceived his slandering. He did not say at all that he did not see his face. He saw it concealed, so that we might show them to be slanderers according to the word.
This, therefore, was the charge brought against him, and a second, that, regarding the ruler of the discerning race, of the holy priesthood, of the royal people, he said, 'Ruler of Sodom,' and regarding the people whom God loved and whom God honored, he said, 'People of Gomorrah.' Because of these two charges they slandered him, even though they previously knew that he did not say such things about him, but when the idol fell, they acted so that they might not appear as if they were avenging a god who was not manifest, but instead they attached a charge to him.
Isaiah might also say, 'whips were drawn against me, and I did not know.' Consider the malice of Manasseh; so that he might remain suffering for a long time, he was sawed with a wooden saw, so that the flesh being removed by those mills might prepare more pain and more duration.
Regarding the question: do they present punishments as if for a wrongdoer, and because of this they are whips? But I did not know them as whips, for I struggled and was crowned through them. Then I tested them, to see if I was such a person as those seemed to punish. Hypothetically: perhaps they also whipped Susanna, those who worked the slander against her; for there was such terror in her falling, as to say, 'distress is all around me.' If they offered these atrocities as if for an adulteress, they were whips. But she did not know them; for she was not lawless.
Let virtue, therefore, be like fish-glue to the saints. Let fire be offered, such as the burnings of shameful passion. She did not know that the present thing is a burning, that is, she was not tested; but the fish-glue, being bodily, is consumed by the fire, and then the fire of Him who was anointed is poured out, and he was not previously harmed. But for him whose virtue is a bonfire, the fish-glue-like substance remains always, and the fire never prevails against the one possessing virtue.
Regarding: 'He set the Most High as his refuge, and no whip shall strike his tent' (Ps 91:7): we find many having been whipped and having died in the whipping. If, therefore, we say that the one being whipped with sensible things does not feel their pains, it is not a struggle. This is not a great thing, and anyone could endure this. But they did not know, and this happens while being forced by the whips into being tested and being made to do something against their will. Behold, the examples of Susanna have become manifest; let the example of Joseph also be taken: how whips were presented as if for a lawless person, and neither of the two knew anything.
Greek · §129
προέκειτο τό· "πολλαὶ αἱ μάστιγες τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ". δύνανται μάστιγες ἐνταῦθα καὶ πονηραὶ δυνάμεις λέγεσθαι. "συνήχθησαν, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνων"· ὁμοιότροπον δέ ἐστιν τοῦτο τὸ λεχθὲν τῷ· "ἐκκλίνοντος ἀπ' ἐμοῦ τοῦ πονηροῦ οὐκ ἐγίγνωσκον". ἠ´̣ν̣γγιζεν ὁ πονηρός· τόπον αὐτῷ οὐ παρεῖχον πεισθεὶς τῇ γνώμῃ τῇ ἀποστολικῇ τῇ λεγούσῃ· "μὴ δίδοτε τόπον τῷ διαβόλῳ". οὐ πεπείραμαι αὐτοῦ. εἷς τῶν ἀρχαίων φιλοσόφων λέγεται ὅτι ἐμαστίζετο, ἵνα 218 κατείπῃ τῆς πόλεως ἑαυτοῦ, ἵνα κατηγορήσῃ τῶν συνπολιτῶν. εὐλαβούμενος μὴ κἂν ἄκων ἐκλαλήσῃ τι, ἔδακεν τὴν γλῶσσαν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ ἔτεμεν καὶ ἔριψεν τῷ βιαζομένῳ. ἐκεῖνος οὐκ ἠδύνατο εἰπεῖν "οὐκ ἔγνων"· μικροῦ δεῖν γὰρ ἔγνω, εἰ μὴ ἄλλοθεν τὴν ἀσφάλειαν ἐπορίσατο. ὁ δὲ ἅγιος οὐχί. ὁ Ἰσαίας πρίονι ξυλίνῳ ἐπρίσθη. καὶ ὅρα γε τὸ κακόηθες τοῦ Μανασὴ τοῦ ἀποστάτου, τοῦ εἰδωλολατρήσαντος. καὶ ἐπεὶ τὸ εἴδωλον κατέπεσεν ὃ ἔστησεν αὐτὸς τοῦ Ἰσαία βλέψαντος εἰς αὐτὸ καὶ ἄλλα τινά, προεστήσατο κατηγόρους καὶ δύο ἐνκλήματα αὐτῷ προσηγίοχαν· ἓν μὲν τοῦτο, ὅτι· "3Μωυσέως λέγοντος ὅτι "οὐδεὶς εἶδεν τὸ πρόσωπόν μου καὶ ζήσεται", οὗτος λέγει ὅτι "εἶδεν τὸν κύριον σαβαὼθ καθήμενον ἐπὶ θρόνου""3. εἰ δὲ ἀκριβῶς ἐπέστανον, ἐγίγνωσκον τὴν συκοφαντίαν αὐτοῦ. οὐκ εἶπεν ὅλως οὐδὲ εἶδεν αὐτοῦ τὸ πρόσωπον. συνκεκαλυμμένον αὐτὸ 138 εἶδεν, ἵνα ὡς πρὸς τὴν λέξιν δείξωμεν αὐτοὺς συκοφάντας. τοῦτο οὖν τὸ ἔνκλημα προσηγίοχαν αὐτῷ καὶ δεύτερον ὅτι· "3τοὺς ἄρχοντας τοῦ διορατικοῦ γένους, τοῦ ἱερατεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου, τοῦ βασιλικοῦ λαοῦ, εἶπεν "Σοδόμων ἄρχοντας", καὶ τὸν λαὸν ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ θεός, ὃν ἐτίμα ὁ θεός, "λαὸν Γομόρρων" εἶπεν"3. διὰ ταῦτα τὰ δύο ἐνκλήματα ἐσυκοφάντησαν αὐτὸν καίτοι πρότερον εἰδότες ὅτι οὐχ οὕτως ἐλέγοντο παρ' αὐτοῦ, ἀλλ' ὅτε κατέπεσεν τὸ εἴδωλον, ἵνα μὴ φανῶσιν ὡς ἐκδικοῦντες τὸ μὴ φανὲν θεόν, ἀλλὰ αὐτῷ προσῆψαν ἔνκλημά τι. εἴποιεν ἂν καὶ ὁ Ἰσαίας· "συνήχθησαν κατ' ἐμοῦ μάστιγες, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνων". καὶ τὴν κακοήθειαν τοῦ Μανασὴ σκόπει· ἵνα ἐπὶ πολλὴν ὥραν μείνῃ βασανιζόμενος, ξυλίνῳ πρίονι αὐτὸν ἔπρισεν, ἵνα ξεόμεναι αἱ σάρκες ὑπὸ τῶν μυλῶν ἐκείνων πλείονα ἀλγηδόνα καὶ πολυχρονιωτέραν κατασκευάσωσιν. ἐπερ · ὅτι προσάγουσιν κολάσεις ὡς κακούργῳ, καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο μάστιγές εἰσιν; –ἀλλ' ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔγνων αὐτὰς μάστιγας· ἠγωνισάμην γὰρ καὶ ἐστέφθην δι' αὐτῶν. τότε δὲ ἐπειρώμην αὐτῶν, εἰ τοιοῦτος ἤμην, οἷον ἐδόκουν ἐκεῖνοι κολάζειν. καθ' ὑπόθεσιν· ἠρέμα δέ πως καὶ ἐμάστιξαν τὴν Σωσάννην οἱ κατ' αὐτῆς διαβολὴν ἐργασάμενοι· εἰς τοσοῦτον γὰρ δέος ἦν ἐκπεσοῦσα ὡς εἰπεῖν· "στενά μοι πάντοθεν". εἰ ὡς κατὰ μοιχευθείσης προσέφερον τὰ κακουργήματα, μάστιγες ἦσαν. οὐκ ἔγνω δὲ αὐτά· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἦν ἀκόλαστος. ἡ ἀρετὴ οὖν ἔστω τοῖς ἁγίοις ἰχθυόκολλον. προσφερέσθω πῦρ οἷον αἱ πυρώσεις τῆς αἰσχροπαθείας. οὐκ ἔγνω ὅτι πύρωσίς ἐστιν ἡ παροῦσα, τουτέστιν οὐκ ἐπειράθη, ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν ἰχθυόκολλον σωματικὸν ὂν ἀναλίσκεται ὑπὸ τοῦ πυρός, καὶ τότε καθάπτεται τὸ πῦρ ἐκείνου τοῦ χρισθέντος καὶ μὴ βλαβέντος πρότερον. τῷ δὲ τὴν ἀρετὴν πυράμονον εἶναι τὸ ὡσανεὶ ἰχθυόκολλον ἀεὶ μένει καὶ οὐδέποτε τὸ πῦρ ἰσχύει κατὰ τοῦ ἔχοντος τὴν ἀρετήν. ἐπερ · "τὸν ὕψιστον ἔθετο καταφυγὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ μάστιξ οὐκ ἐνγιεῖ τῷ σκηνώματι αὐτοῦ"; –εὕρομεν πολλοὺς μαστιχθέντας καὶ τεθνηκότας ἐν τῷ μαστίζεσθαι. ἐὰν οὖν λέγωμεν ὅτι ὁ ταῖς αἰσθηταῖς μάστιξιν μαστιζόμενος οὐκ αἴσθεται τὰς ἀλγηδ̣όνας αὐτῶν, οὔκ ἐστιν ἀγώνισμα. οὐ μέγα τοῦτο καὶ πᾶς τις ἠδύνατο τοῦτο ὑποστῆναι. ἀλλ' οὐκ ἔγνωσαν, καὶ τοῦτο βιαζομένων τῶν μαστίγων εἰς τὸ πειραθῆναι αὐτῶν καὶ ἀβούλητόν τι ποιῆσαι. ἰδοὺ φανερὰ γέγονεν τὰ παραδείγματα τῆς Σωσάννης, ληφθήτω καὶ τὸ τοῦ Ἰωσήφ· ὡς κατὰ ἀκολάστου μάςτιγες προσηνέχθησαν, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνω οὐδέτερος οὐδέν. ὁ
The division of tongues and the meaning of regret§130
130Nebuchadnezzar plotted and was scourged as one who blessed God, just as the devil spoke instead of blaspheming, and he did not realize; for he did not cast off godliness. Furthermore, it is not said improperly: 'I will hide you from the lashes of the tongue' (Psalm 52:2). What is this 'lash of the tongue'? Do not take it in a sensory way. It is a false word, a slander. In this way also the evil powers, since they are overcome more by the lashes of the ruling faculty being unguarded against them, are called 'lashes.' And that these lashes are such, they 'were gathered together.' This means they were united in purpose, according to some reasoning. They were split apart and were not unified. Agreement upon evils is a great evil, it is harmful.
Thus, those coming from the east and coming into the plain of Sennacherib, where also Nebuchadnezzar raised his image, once agreed in one mind. And see that this is evil. It is interpreted as 'a scattering of teeth.' Often teeth are taken instead of words; for instance, 'he crushed the teeth of the sinners,' and we do not mean these sensory millstones; for this was never recorded. And: 'The Lord crushed the millstones of the lions.' He does not speak of the sensory, four-footed, and wild beasts, but of such humans. Therefore, agreement upon evils is most trivial. But the scattering and the division of these is something good.
If those realize that because of private malice they were scattered from those being in agreement, and by the sparing of God—just as the Sadducees and Pharisees once agreed according to Paul, when they also brought him into the council, and the high priest gave him to them so that he might be bound to know something about him—they had taken haste to overthrow him. But they deemed themselves worthy to have him led away and to stand upon the steps. 'Knowing that the one part belongs to the Sadducees and the other to the Pharisees,' something said that dissolved and split their agreement; for he said: 'Concerning the resurrection of the dead I am judged today' (Acts 23:9), and they were split, some saying: 'He says nothing absurd' (Acts 23:9), and the other part, the lying. If they had realized from this split, they would no longer have plotted against Paul. They were not unified, therefore; they did not know the cause of the division. And David, indeed, prays and says: 'And cut off the tongues...'
Their tongues are divided; for then their tongues are divided when they begin to fight in speech. This indeed happened to the elders according to Sosannas; their tongues were divided, the first saying one thing and the second another. If they had realized their error, they would have ceased the accusation and would not have endured what they underwent.
Thus 'they were split' and 'they did not realize'. The one who split them did so so that they might realize and repent; but they did not know the cause of their splitting and their division. Regarding 'they did not realize'—they did not change their mind. To realize is to set aside one's former thought and original disposition. Indeed, when Ahaziah realized what had passed, God says to Elijah, 'Have you seen how Ahaziah realized?' (2 Kings 9:27), for he returned weeping. And regarding this change of his, He called it his realization. And the Saint, if he says, 'so that my glory may sing to you and I may never realize,' he means 'may I never change my mind.'
Regarding other matters, realization happens concerning things not going rightly. 'They tested me, they mocked me with a sneer.' It was necessary for them, having realized, to cast away their anger against me, but instead they laid upon me, they attacked, they tested me, they mocked me with a sneer. However, even though they tested me, they did not find me as they wished; they did not enter into temptation, I was not seized by the snares of their temptation; for this is also what is interpreted: 'lead us not into temptation' (Matt 6:13). 'They mocked me' means they treated me with contempt. And again, bravely standing against their sneer, I showed nothing.
'They gnashed their teeth at me.' One gnashes his teeth sometimes against another, and sometimes against himself when he changes his mind, having fallen into the cruelties of what he has done; 'there will be weeping and the gnashing of teeth' (Matt 13:42), because knowing that they are punished because of their own impiety and sin, they weep and gnash their teeth in repentance. Another gnashes; therefore 'he gnashed his teeth at me' is said concerning the devil, and concerning the wicked here: 'they gnashed their teeth at me.' Failing in what they were striving for, they gnashed as if having done evil in vain or having fallen into a trial of what they intended to do, suffering what they intended to do to another. Regarding the words, then, must we take the teeth?—if there is repentance.
Greek · §130
Ναβουθαὶν ἐπεβουλεύθη καὶ ἐμαστίχθη ὡς θεὸν εὐλογήσας, ὡς ὁ διάβολος εἶπεν ἀντὶ τοῦ βλασφημήσας, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνω· μὴ γὰρ ἐξωμόσατο τὴν θεοσέβειαν. ἐπερ · οὐ λέγεται καταχρηστικῶς· "ἀπὸ μαστίγων γλώσσης σε κρύψει"; τί ἐστιν ἡ "3μάστιξ τῆς γλώττης"3; –μὴ αἰσθητικῶς αὐτὸ λαμβάνεις. λόγος ψευδής ἐστιν, συκοφαντία. οὕτω καὶ αἱ πονηραὶ δυνάμεις ἐπεὶ καθάπτονται μᾶλλον τῶν μαςτίγων τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ τοῦ ἀφυλάκτως πρὸς αὐτὰς ἐσχηκότος, "3μάστιγες"3 λέγονται. καὶ ὅτι τοιοῦτο αὗται αἱ μάστιγες, "3συνήχθησαν"3. τὸ δὲ συναχθῆναι κατά τινος λογικοῦ ἐστιν. 15 διεσχίσθησαν καὶ οὐ κατηνύγησαν. ἡ ἐπὶ κακοῖς ὁμοφροσύνη φαῦλον μέγα ἐστίν, βλαβερόν 219 ἐστιν. συνεφώνησαν οὖν ποτε οἱ ἐλθόντες ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ ἐλθόντες εἰς τὸ πεδίον Σενναά, ὅπου καὶ Ναβουχοδονοσσὸρ ἤγειρεν τὴν εἰκόνα αὐτοῦ. καὶ ὅρα ὅτι φαῦλόν ἐστιν τοῦτο. ἑρμηνεύεται δὲ "3ὀδόντων ἐκτιναγμός"3. πολλάκις δὲ οἱ ὀδόντες ἀντὶ λόγων λαμβάνονται· "ὀδόντας" γοῦν "ἁμαρτωλῶν συνέτριψεν", καὶ οὐ δήπου λέγομεν ὅτι ταύτας τὰς αἰσθητὰς μύλας· οὐδὲ γὰρ τοῦτό ποτε ἱστορήθη. καί· "τὰς μύλας τῶν λεόντων συνέθλασεν κύριος". οὐ περὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν τῶν τετραπόδων καὶ ἀγρίων λέγει θηρῶν ταῦτα λέγει, ἀλλὰ ἀνθρώπων τοιούτων. ἡ ἐπὶ κακοῖς οὖν ὁμοφροσύνη φαυλότατόν ἐστιν. ὁ δὲ τούτων σκορπισμὸς καὶ ἡ διαίρεσις ἀγαθόν τί ἐστιν. ἐὰν αἰσθηθῶσιν ἐκεῖνοι ὅτι διὰ κακίαν ἰδίαν ἐξ 139 ὁμοφρονούντων καὶ φειδῷ θεοῦ ἐσκορπίσθησαν –οἷον συνεφρόνησάν ποτε Σαδδουκαῖοι καὶ Φαρισαῖοι κατὰ Παύλου, ὅτε καὶ εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν αὐτὸν ἤγαγον, καὶ δέδωκεν αὐτοῖς αὐτὸν ὁ χιλίαρχος ἵνα δῆθεν διαγνῶσίν τι περὶ αὐτοῦ. σπουδὴν δὲ εἶχαν λαβόντες αὐτὸν ἀναιρῆσαι. αὐτοὶ δὲ τοῦτο ἠξιώκεισαν ἐνεχθῆναι αὐτὸν καὶ στῆναι ἐπὶ τῶν ἀναβαθμῶν. "γνοὺς ὅτι τὸ ἕτερον μέρος Σαδδουκαίων ἐστίν, τὸ δὲ ἕτερον Φαρισαίων", εἶπέν τι τὸ διαλύον καὶ διασχίζον τὴν ὁμοφροσύνην αὐτῶν· εἶπεν γὰρ ὅτι· "περὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν ἐγὼ κρίνομαι σήμερον", καὶ ἐσχίσθησαν ὡς τοὺς μὲν λέγειν· "3οὐδὲν ἄτοπον λέγει"3, τὸ δὲ ἐπικεῖσθαι. εἰ ἦσαν κατανυγέντες ἐκ τῆς διασχίσεως ταύτης, οὐκέτι ἐπεβούλευον τῷ Παύλῳ. οὐ κατηνύγησαν οὖν, οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὸ αἴτιον τῆς διαιρέσεως. καὶ ὁ ∆αυὶδ γοῦν εὔχεταί που καὶ λέγει· "καὶ καταδίελε τὰς γλώσσας αὐτῶν"· τότε γὰρ καταδιαιροῦνται αἱ γλῶσσαι αὐτῶν, ἐὰν ἄρξωνται μαχόμενα λέγειν. τοῦτο γοῦν καὶ τοῖς κατὰ Σωσάννης πρεσβυτέροις ὑπῆρκται· διῃρέθησαν αἱ γλῶσσαι αὐτῶν, ἄλλα εἶπεν ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ἄλλα ὁ δεύτερος. εἰ ἦσαν κατανυγέντες, ἐπαύοντο τῆς κατηγορίας καὶ οὐχ ὑπέμενον ἃ ὑπέστησαν. "διεσχίσθησαν" οὖν "καὶ οὐ κατηνύγησαν". ὁ διασχίσας αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τῷ κατανυγῆναι αὐτοὺς καὶ μετανοῆσαι τοῦτο πεποίηκεν. αὐτοὶ δὲ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὸ αἴτιον τῆς διασχίσεως καὶ τῆς διαιρέσεως αὐτῶν. ἐπερ · τὸ "οὐ κατενύγησαν"; –οὐ μετενόησαν. κατανυγῆναί ἐστιν τὸ ἀθετῆσαι πρότερον ἑαυτοῦ λογισμὸν καὶ διάθεσιν πρώτην. ἀμέλει γοῦν ὅτε ἐν συναισθήσει γέγονεν τῶν παρελθόντων ὁ Ἀχαάμ, λέγει ὁ θεὸς τῷ Ἠλίᾳ· "εἶδες πῶς κατενύγη ὁ Ἀχαάμ"; κλαίων γὰρ ἐπέστρεψεν. καὶ ταύτην τὴν μεταβολὴν αὐτοῦ κατάνυξιν αὐτοῦ εἴρηκεν. ὁ δὲ ἅγιος ἐὰν λέγῃ· "ὅπως ἂν ψάλῃ σοι ἡ δόξα μου καὶ οὐ μὴ κατανυγῶ", "3οὐ μὴ μεταμεληθῶ"3. ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων συμβαίνει κατανυγῆναι τῶν μὴ ὀρθῶς γινομένων. 16 ἐπείρασάν με, ἐξεμυκτήρισάν με μυκτηρισμόν. δέον αὐτοὺς κατανυγέντας ἀποβαλεῖν τὴν κατ' ἐμοῦ ὀργήν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπ̣έβαλ̣ον, ἐπέθεντο, ἐπείρασάν με, ἐξεμυκτήρισάν με. πλὴν εἰ καὶ ἐπείρασάν με, οὐχ εὗρόν με οἷον ἐβούλοντο, οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς πειρασμόν, εἰς τὰς πάγας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἐλήμφθην· τούτῳ γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται καὶ τό· "μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειραςμόν". "ἐξεμυκτήρισάν με", εὐτέλισάν με. καὶ πάλιν ἀνδρείως ἐγὼ στὰς τὸν μυκτηρισμὸν αὐτῶν τὸ οὐδὲν ἔδειξα. 16 ἔβρυξαν ἐπ' ἐμὲ τοὺς ὀδόντας αὐτῶν. βρύχει τις τοὺς ὀδόντας ὁτὲ μὲν κατ' ἄλλου, ὁτὲ δὲ καθ' ἑαυτοῦ, ὅταν μεταμεληθῇ περιπεσὼν ἀνιαροῖς ἐξ ὧν ἔπραξεν· "ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων"· ἐπεὶ γὰρ γνόντες ὅτι παρὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἀσεβείας καὶ ἁμαρτίας κολάζονται, ἐν μεταμελείᾳ γινόμενοι κλαίουσιν καὶ βρύχουσιν τοὺς ὀδόντας. ἄλλος δὲ βρύχει· διὸ "ἔβρυξεν ἐπ' ἐμὲ τοὺς ὀδόντας αὐτοῦ", περὶ τοῦ διαβόλου λέγεται, καὶ περὶ τῶν φαύλων ὧδε· "ἔβρυξαν ἐπ' ἐμὲ τοὺς ὀδόντας αὐτῶν". ἀποτυχόντες τοῦ σπουδαζομένου ἔβρυξαν ὡς μάτην κακοποιήσαντες ἢ πείρᾳ περιπεσόντες τῶν προς ἃ ἐβουλήθησαν ποιῆσαι, παθόντες ἃ δια θεῖναι ἠθέλησαν ἄλλον. ἐπερ · τοὺς λόγους οὖν δεῖ λαβεῖν τοὺς ὀδόντας; –ἐὰν μεταμέλειαν
Restoration from Malice§131
131It also signifies the anger of those who did not endure what he intended to do; we take this from 'they gnashed their teeth', so that the gnashing of the teeth signifies their destruction, or a pain coming upon them because of what they encountered. But if you wish to take the teeth otherwise, it is not derived from this specific word; for often a theological insight is true, though not necessarily derived from this word. And because it is true, those who are unable to harmonize the meanings with the words accept it.
The teeth are often called the masticatory powers of the soul. And with these masticatory powers which mince the foods, if one were to use them properly, he eats the 'bread of life', the fruit of the 'tree of life', the flesh of Jesus. But if he were to use them badly, he eats the flesh of the dragon. And the flesh of the dragon are impious doctrines, they are great sins; for just as the body of Jesus is filled up from the doctrines, as it says: 'vainly puffing oneself up' in haste 'with a mind of flesh and not holding the head, from which the whole body being joined together increases the growth of God'.
This says: he who has a fleshly mind, that is, he who approaches carnally and sensually, has a mind that puffs itself up in vain, being flesh, and does not hold the head of the doctrines, he does not hold the Savior, who is the head of the doctrines. And the great things of those being theologized are the head of such a body, 'from which the body being joined together through every ligament and sinew increases the growth of God'. In this same way also we, when more words and many headings have their reference to one thing, we say the word has been embodied.
If we take that the masticatory powers of the soul are the teeth, we say something true, but not regarding the immediate context. But if you also take this, that some use these masticatory powers treacherously against that: 'if you bite and devour one another' (Gal 5:15), and: 'those devouring Israel with the whole mouth' (Rev 9:5), and these refer to punishments, it is also possible to think thus: 'they gnashed their teeth against me'; they gnashed these teeth, and because of this they will undergo destruction; for 'you crushed the teeth of the sinners' (Ps 58:7). Lord, how long will you look on?
When you visit so as to forbid them, and to make me outside of the harms? For regarding 'to turn away' and 'to look away', we have often said that to pass by signifies long-suffering. 'Lord, when will you have pity?' For if you have pity, you will also do good to me, looking upon me and having mercy on me, and you will set even them outside of their haste toward evil, so that they do not harm me, nor do they remain any longer in that beastly malice which they are still practicing.
Restore my soul from their malice. He says this because lying enemies are present, many and having much planned maliciously against him. And from the beginning of the psalm this is presented: 'Judge, Lord, those doing wrong to me, fight against those fighting against me' (Psalm 35:23), and the following: 'And until I saw, Lord' (Psalm 34:19); 'they gnashed their teeth against me' (Psalm 35:16); 'whips were gathered against me, and I did not know' (Psalm 38:11).
He says therefore: make my soul outside of them; for indeed it was outside of them; for this is what the name of 'restoration' remembers. No one enters into a place where it never was, it is said to be restored, but one having come from one fatherland to another fatherland, or from one place to another place. He says therefore: they wished to ensnare my soul, being holy, to subject it to corruption. Then it is restored from the malice of the wicked, when it suffers nothing from them, when it does not act against them.
Susanna was overturned regarding her self-control, and she was very much self-controlled having been educated according to the Law of Moses, despite how far she had fallen into adultery by the elders attacking her. She pleaded, saying: 'Restore my soul' (Psalm 31:6), to lead her back into that same self-control from the malice of these men. All who are plotting against one say these things. And the soul of the martyrs is restored, having been tested in nothing.
For as to what this 'to restore' signifies, in one of the psalms he says: 'You are the one restoring my inheritance to me' (Psalm 71:19). According to this meaning we say the man is restored into Paradise, because entrance there has become possible for him, when the penitent heard: 'Today you will be with me in Paradise' (Luke 23:43). 'Restore' therefore 'my soul'. They have acted with such malice toward me as to have become wild beasts. 17 Restore me from lions, my only one.
Greek · §131
σημαίνῃ καὶ ὀργὴν τῶν μὴ ἀνυσάντων ὃ προέθεν̣το ποιῆσαι, λαμβάνομεν τοῦτο, ὅτι "ἔβρυξαν τοὺς ὀδόντας", ἵνα ἡ βρῦξις τῶν ὀδόντων μεταμέλειαν αὐτῶν σημαίνει, ἢ μεταμέλειαν ἢ ὀδύνην ἐπελθοῦσαν αὐτοῖς διὰ τοῦ το ἀποτετευχέναι. ἐὰν δὲ ἄλλως θέλῃς τοὺς ὀδόντας λαβεῖν, οὐκ ἀπὸ το̣ῦ 220 ῥητοῦ τούτου· ὅτι πολλάκις ἔνεστιν ἀληθὲς θεώρημα λαβεῖν, οὐ μὴν ἀπὸ τοῦδε τοῦ ῥητοῦ. καὶ διὰ τὸ ἀληθὲς εἶναι, παραδέχονται αὐτὸ οἱ μὴ δυνάμενοι ἐξομαλίζειν πρὸς τὰς λέξεις τὰ νοήματα. οἱ ὀδόντες πολλάκις τῆς ψυχῆς λέγονται αἱ μασητικαὶ αὐτῆς δυνάμεις. ταύταις δὲ ταῖς μασητικαῖς δυνάμεσιν ταῖς λεπτυνούσαις τὰς τροφάς, εἰ δεόντως χρήσοιτο, ἐσθίει τὸν "ἄρτον τῆς ζωῆς", τὸν καρπὸν τοῦ "ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς", τὰς σάρκας Ἰησοῦ. εἰ δὲ 140 κακῶς αὐταῖς χρήσοιτο, ἐσθίει τὰς σάρκας τοῦ δράκοντος. αἱ σάρκες δὲ τοῦ δράκοντος δόγματα ἄθεά εἰσιν, ἁμαρτίαι μεγάλαι εἰσίν· ὡς γὰρ συνπληροῦται Ἰησοῦ σῶμα ἐκ τῶν δογμάτων, ὡς λέγει ὅτι· "εἰκῆ φυσιούμενος" σπουδῇ "νοὸς σαρκὸς καὶ μὴ κρατῶν τὴν κεφαλήν, ἐξ οὗ πᾶν τὸ σῶμα συναρμολογούμενον αὔξει τὴν αὔξησιν τοῦ θεοῦ". τοῦτο λέγει· ὁ σάρκινον ἔχων νοῦν, τουτέστιν ὁ σαρκίνως καὶ αἰσθητῶς προσιέμενος, εἰκῆ φυσιούμενον ἔχει τὸν νοῦν σάρκα ὄντα, καὶ οὐ κρατεῖ τὴν κεφαλὴν τῶν δογμάτων, οὐ κρατεῖ αὐτοῦ τοῦ σωτῆρος, ὅς ἐστιν τῶν δογμάτων κεφαλή. καὶ τὰ μεγάλα δὲ τῶν θεολογουμένων κεφαλὴ τοῦ τοιούτου σώματός ἐστιν, "ἐξ οὗ συναρμολογούμενον τὸ σῶμα διὰ πάσης ἁφῆς καὶ συνδέσμων αὔξει τὴν αὔξησιν τοῦ θεοῦ". οὕτω γοῦν καὶ ἡμεῖς, ὅταν πλείονες λόγοι καὶ κεφάλαια πολλὰ εἰς ἓν ἔχωσιν τὴν ἀναφοράν, λέγομεν σεσωματοποιῆσθαι τὸν λόγον. ἐὰν λάβωμεν ὅτι αἱ μασητικαὶ τῆς ψυχῆς δυνάμεις, ἀληθὲς μέν τι λέγομεν, οὐ πρὸς τὸ προκείμενον δέ. ἐὰν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο λάβῃς, ὅτι χρῶνταί ποτε ταῖς μασητικαῖς ταύταις δυνάμεσίν τινες ἐπιβουλευτικῶς κατὰ τό· "εἰ δὲ ἀλλήλους δάκνετε καὶ κατεσθίετε", καί· "τοὺς κατεσθίοντας τὸν Ἰσραὴλ ὅλῳ τῷ στόματι", καὶ αὗται ἀναφέρουσιν κόλασιν, καὶ δύναται καὶ οὕτω νοηθῆναι ὅτι· "ἔβρυξαν ἐπ' ἐμὲ τοὺς ὀδόντας"· τούτους τοὺς ὀδόντας ἔβρυξαν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο συντριβὴν αὐτῶν ὑποστήσονται· "ὀδόντας" γὰρ "ἁμαρτωλῶν συνέτριψας". 17 κύριε, πότε ἐφόψῃ; πότε ἐπισκέψῃ ὥστε ἐκείνους μὲν κωλῦσαι, ἐμὲ δὲ ἔξω ποιῆσαι τῶν βλαβῶν; τὸ γὰρ "3ἐφόψῃ"3 καὶ "3ὄψῃ"3 πολλάκις εἰρήκαμεν ὅτι τὴν μακροθυμίαν σημαίνει τὸ παρασιωπῆσαι. "κύριε, πότε ἐφίδοις"; ἐὰν γὰρ ἐφίδοις, καὶ ἐμὲ εὐεργετήσεις ἐπιβλέψας ἐπ' ἐμὲ καὶ ἐλεήσας με, κἀκείνους ἐκτὸς ποιήσεις τῆς σπουδῆς τῆς εἰς τὸ κακόν, ὥστε μηδὲ ἐμὲ βλαβῆναι ὑπ' αὐτῶν μηδὲ αὐτοὺς ἐνμεῖναι ἔτι τῇ κακίᾳ τῇ θηριώδει ἣν ἐπιτηδεύουσιν ἔτι. 17 ἀποκατάστησον τὴν ψυχήν μου ἀπὸ τῆς κακουργίας αὐτῶν. εἶπεν ἐπικειμένους πολεμίους πολλοὺς καὶ πολλὰ αὐτὸν κακωτικῶς διαθέντας. καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς τοῦ ψαλμοῦ τοῦτο παρίσταται· "δίκασον, κύριε, τοὺς ἀδικοῦντάς με, πολέμησον τοὺς πολεμοῦντάς με", καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς· "καὶ ἕως οὗ εἶδες, κύριε"; "ἔβρυξαν ἐπ' ἐμὲ τοὺς ὀδόντας αὐτῶν". "συνήχθησαν κ̣ατ' ἐμοῦ μάστιγες, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνων". λέγει οὖν ὅτι· ἔξω αὐτῶν ποίησόν μου τὴν ψυχήν· καὶ γὰρ ἔξω ἦν αὐτῶν· τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ τῆς ἀποκαταστάσεως ὄνομα μνημονεύει. οὐδεὶς ὑπάγων εἰς τόπον, ἔνθα οὐδέποτε γέγονεν, λέγεται ἀποκαθίστασθαι, ἀλλὰ ὁ ἐλθὼν ἔκ τινος πατρίδος ἐπ' ἄλλην πατρίδα ἢ ἐκ τόπου εἰς ἕτερον τόπον. λέγει οὖν ὅτι· τὴν ψυχήν μου ἁγίαν οὖσαν ἠθέλησαν παγιδεῦσαι, διαφθορᾷ αὐτὴν ὑποβαλεῖν. τότε δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς κακουργίας τῶν πονηρῶν ἀποκαθίσταται, ὅταν μηδὲν ὑπ' αὐτῶν πάθῃ, ὅταν μὴ ποιωθῇ κατ' αὐτούς. ἡ Σωσάννα ἐπὶ σωφροσύνῃ ἀνετράφη καὶ ἄγαν ἦν σώφρων παιδευθεῖσα κατὰ τὸν νόμον Μωσέως. τὸ ὅσον ἧκεν εἰς τοὺς ἐπιθεμένους αὐτῇ πρεσβυτέρους ἑάλω μοιχείᾳ. παρεκάλεσεν κἀκείνη λέγουσα· "3ἀποκατάστησον τὴν ψυχήν μου"3, εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν σωφροσύνην ἄγαγε ἀπὸ τῆς τούτων κακουργίας. ταῦτα ἐρεῖ καὶ πᾶς τις ἐπιβουλευόμενος. καὶ ἡ τῶν μαρτύρων δὲ ψυχὴ ἀπεκατέστη ἐν μηδενὶ πειρασθεῖσα. ὅτι δὲ τὸ ἀποκαταστῆναι τοῦτο σημαίνει, ἐν ἑνὶ τῶν ψαλμῶν λέγει· "σὺ εἶ ὁ ἀποκαθιστῶν τὴν κληρονομίαν μου ἐμοί". κατὰ τοῦτο τὸ σημαινόμενον λέγομεν τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἀποκατεστάσθαι 221 εἰς τὸν παράδεισον, ὅτι γέγονεν αὐτῷ εἴσοδος ἐκεῖ, ὅτε ἤκουσεν ὁ μετανοήσας· "σήμερον μετ' ἐμοῦ ἔσῃ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ". "ἀποκατάστησον" οὖν "τὴν ψυχήν μου". εἰς τοσοῦτόν εἰσιν κακουργήσαντες ὡς θῆρες ἄγριοι κατ' ἐμοῦ γεγενῆσθαι. 17 ἀπὸ λεόντων τὴν μονογενῆν μου.
The distinction between unique and only§132
132"Restore my only-begotten from the lions" (Ps 51:7). He says that he has his soul as only-begotten. He had it as only-begotten; he had it as alone. It is not possible for more than one soul to be tested, since therefore it is only-begotten to me.
And in another way: "God made man upright" (Gen 1:26), "in his own image" and "likeness" he created him. When it remains in this state according to which it was created, it does not become outside himself; it does not become outside himself. Since therefore it is the person of the Savior saying this—which Jesus had as a soul—it does not belong to anyone else.
And our souls become those of the rulers; for whoever is defeated by someone, to him he is also surrendered. And it is indeed possible to fall away from the true Lord to other masters and from one to others, when discordant sins occur; for the one having repented is restored from the malice of those surrounding it into goodness. Since therefore the soul of Jesus "has been tested in every way according to likeness without sin" (cf. Heb 4:15), it never belonged to anyone else except to the one who took it. Because of this he calls it his only-begotten.
And it must be said also thus: "my only-begotten"; for all souls become of the Savior: "receiving the end of faith the salvation of souls" (Heb 2:4). Concerning salvation, therefore, is the seeking and searching of a prophet. They are, therefore, "receiving the salvation, the end of faith" of the Savior. They are indeed members of him, all of them becoming his body. But this one is to him differently from those; for this one he chose to have as an instrument and a temple, so that through it he might dispense the energies, through it the salvation.
So also, having been born in Hades, he did not remain there; for he was only-begotten of him. And "only-begotten" often signifies "alone." Aetius the Arian, the father of Eunomius, who overwhelmed him, used to say: "as great" (meaning), he says, "are they being granted to Christ because he is the only-begotten of God." He says: "and others are only-begotten; the world is only-begotten, the sun, the earth." I say to him: it is not the same to be called only-begotten and an only-begotten offspring and an only-begotten child. Only Jesus is said to be "only-begotten Son" (John 1:14); for it is said: "we beheld his glory, a glory as of the only-begotten from the Father" (John 1:14). And the "only-begotten from the Father" child...
...
It is not 'only-begotten'. And it is always so: 'For God so loved the world that he gave his only begotten Son' (John 3:16). He never said 'only-begotten' simply, but 'only-begotten Son'. And again: 'because they did not believe in the name of the only begotten Son of God' (John 1:18). If something were a unique creation, as you say, 'monogenes', but not a unique work—for there are also other works of God—it would not be a unique creation.
Therefore, when the saint says: 'Look upon me and have mercy on me, for I am alone and poor', he means 'I am alone'. And Elijah, saying: 'I alone am left, and they seek my life to take it from me' (1 Kings 19:10), it would have been said 'alone', not 'son' or 'child'. And here he says: 'my only one from the lions', the cruel ones, those having risen up against me. Save and redeem my soul, which is mine alone; for this one alone did not know sin, this one alone 'has been tested in all things without sin' (1 Cor 10:13).
Furthermore: how was he restored? He did not fall into sins, but rather, how much he was reverent toward the cruelty of those lying in wait, that he might not suffer this. Now we speak from the perspective of the holy man. And the examples of Susanna and Joseph are clear. And the devil himself has devices, sophistic thoughts, which only he and every diligent person can know. For Paul says: 'we are not ignorant of his devices' (2 Cor 2:11). His thoughts are his methods, his very wiles, the sophistic thoughts through which he wants to campaign against us.
Therefore, 'restore' us; for the state of being frightened was entirely a pre-passion. And he wants to bring us out from that pre-passion; for he did not say 'from my wickedness'. Furthermore: to what state of indifference? He did not say, while being frightened, 'restore me to indifference', but to a state where he no longer even has pre-passion. I have a feeling that I am disturbed. 'Restore' therefore 'my soul'. 'Why are you sorrowful, my soul, and why are you troubled within me? Hope in God, for I shall yet praise him' (Psalm 42:5); for he did not say to another; he spoke to his own mind: 'Why are you sorrowful and why are you troubled within me?'. You have Him who stops the disturbance. As if someone were saying while burning and being agitated: 'Why do you burn so? There is a physician able to...'
Greek · §132
"ἀποκατάστησον ἀπὸ λεόντων τὴν μονογενῆν μου". τὴν ψυχὴν ἑαυτοῦ μονογενῆ λέγει. μονογενῆν αὐτὴν ἔσχεν, μόνην αὐτὴν ἔσχεν. οὐχ οἷόν τέ ἐστιν πλειόνων 141 ψυχῶν πειρασθῆναι. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν μονογενής μοί ἐστιν. καὶ ἄλλως δέ· "ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον εὐθῆ πεποίηκεν", "κατ' εἰκόνα" ἑαυτοῦ "καὶ ὁμοίωσιν" ἔκτισεν αὐτήν. ὅταν καταμένῃ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ καταστάσει καθ' ἣν ἐκτίσθη, οὐ γίνεται ἐκτὸς ἑαυτοῦ, ἔξω ἑαυτοῦ οὐ γίνεται. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν πρόσωπόν ἐστιν τοῦ σωτῆρος το`̣ λέγον τοῦτο, ἣν ἔσχεν ψυχὴν Ἰησοῦς, οὐδενὸς ἄλλου γέγονεν. γίνονται δὲ αἱ ψυχαὶ ἡμῶν τῶν κρατούντων· ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται, τούτῳ καὶ δεδούλωται. καὶ ἔστιν γε ἐκ τοῦ ἀληθῶς κυρίου μεταπεσεῖν εἰς ἄλλους δεσπότας καὶ ἐξ ἑτέρων εἰς ἑτέρους, ὅταν διάφωνα ἁμαρτήματα γίνηται· ὁ γὰρ μετανοήσας ἀποκαθίσταται ἀπὸ τῆς κακουργίας τῶν περιβαλόντων αὐτὴν εἰς κακίαν. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ἡ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ψυχὴ "πεπείρασται κατὰ πάντα καθ' ὁμοιότητα χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας", οὐδέποτε ἄλλου τινὸς γέγονεν ἢ τοῦ ἀναλαβόντος αὐτήν. διὰ τοῦτο μονογενῆν αὐτὴν ἑαυτοῦ λέγει. ῥητέον δὲ καὶ οὕτως "τὴν μονογενῆν μου"· πᾶσαι αἱ ψυχαὶ γίνονται τοῦ σωτῆρος· "κομιζόμενοι τὸ τέλος τῆς πίστεως σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν. περὶ τῆς σωτηρίας οὖν ζήτησις καὶ ἐξερεύνησις προφήτου". οἱ "σωτηρίαν" οὖν "κομιζόμενοι τέλος τῆς πίστεως" τοῦ σωτῆρός εἰσιν. μέλη γοῦν αὐτοῦ εἰσιν, οἱ πάντες σῶμα αὐτοῦ τυγχάνουσιν. μόνη δὲ αὕτη ἄλλως αὐτοῦ ἐστιν παρ' ἐκείνας· ταύτην γὰρ ὡς ὄργανον καὶ ναὸν εἵλατο ἔχειν, ἵνα δι' αὐτῆς ἀποδιδῷ τὰς ἐνεργείας, δι' αὐτῆς τὴν σωτηρίαν. οὕτω γοῦν καὶ ἐν τῷ ᾅδῃ γεναμένη οὐ κεκράτηται ἐκεῖ· μονογενὴς γὰρ ἦν αὐτοῦ. σημαίνει δὲ πολλάκις τὸ "3μονογενὲς"3 τὸ "3μόνον"3. Ἀέτιος οὖν ὁ Ἀρειανός, ὁ πατὴρ Εὐνομίου, ὁ βαραθρώσας αὐτόν, ἔλεγεν· "3ὡς μέγα"3, λέγει, "3εἰσὶν χαριζόμενοι τῷ Χριστῷ ὅτι μονογενὴς τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν"3. λέγει· "3καὶ ἄλλοι μονογενεῖς εἰσιν, ὁ κόσμος μονογενής ἐστιν, ὁ ἥλιος, ἡ γῆ"3. λέγω αὐτῷ· οὐ ταὐτόν ἐστιν μονογενὲς λεχθῆναι καὶ μονογενὲς γέννημα καὶ μονογενὲς τέκνον. μόνος οὖν Ἰησοῦς "3μονογενὴς υἱός"3 εἴρηται· εἴρηται γάρ· "ἐθεασάμεθα τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός". τὸ δὲ "3παρὰ πατρὸς μονογενὲς"3 τέκνον μονογενές ἐστιν. καὶ διαπαντὸς οὕτως· "οὕτω γὰρ ἠγάπησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν κόσμον αὐτοῦ ὡς τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ μονογενῆ". οὐδέποτε αὐτὸν ἁπλῶς εἶπεν μ̣ονογενῆ, ἀλλὰ "3μονογενῆ υἱόν"3. καὶ πάλιν· "ὅτι μὴ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ μονογενοῦς υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ". ἐάν τι οὖν μόνον ᾖν κτίσμα, ὡς λέγεις, μονογενές, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ ἔργον μονογενές–καὶ ἄλλα γάρ ἐστιν ἔργα θεοῦ–, οὐ κτίσμα μονογενές. ὅταν οὖν ὁ ἅγιος λέγῃ ὅτι· "ἐπίβλεψον ε᾿̣π̣' ἐμὲ καὶ ἐλέησόν με, ὅτι μονογενὴς καὶ πτωχός εἰμι ἐγώ", τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι "3μόνος εἰμί"3. καὶ ὁ Ἠλίας λέγων ὅτι· "κἀγὼ ὑπελείφθην μόνος καὶ ζητοῦσιν τὴν ψυχήν μου λαβεῖν ἀπ' ἐμοῦ", ῥηθείη ἂν μονογενής, οὐχ υἱὸς δὲ ἢ τέκνον. καὶ ὧδε οὖν λέγει· "τὴν μονογενῆν μου ἀπὸ λεόντων", τῶν ὠμοθύμων, τῶν ἐξηγριωμένων κατ' ἐμοῦ. ῥῦσαι καὶ λύτρωσαι τὴν ψυχήν μου μονογενῆ μοι οὖσαν· μόνη γὰρ αὕτη οὐκ ἔγνω ἁμαρτίαν, μόνη αὕτη "πεπείρασται κατὰ πάντα χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας". ἐπερ · πῶς ἀπεκατέστη; –οὐ γέγονεν ἐν ἁμαρτίαις, ἀλλ' ὅσον ἐπὶ τῇ ὠμότητι τῶν ἐπικειμένων εὐλαβήθη μὴ πάθῃ τοῦτο. νῦν ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ ἁγίου ἀνθρώπου λέγομεν. καὶ τὰ παραδείγματα φανερά ἐστιν τ̣ό τε τῆς Σωσάννης καὶ τοῦ Ἰωσήφ. καὶ ὁ διάβολος αὐτὸς μηχανὰς ἔχει, νοήματα σοφιστικά, ἃ μόνος καὶ πᾶς ὁ σπουδαῖος δύναται εἰδέναι. Παῦλος γοῦν λέγει· "οὐκ αὐτοῦ τὰ νοήματα ἀγνοοῦμεν". νοήματα αὐτοῦ τὰς μεθοδείας, αὐτὰς τὰς πανουργίας, τὰ νοήματα τὰ σοφιστικά, δι' ὧν καταστρατηγῆσαι ἡμῶν θέλει. "ἀποκατάστησον" οὖν ἡμᾶς· αὐτὸ ὅλως γὰρ τὸ δειλωθῆναι προπάθεια ἦν. θέλει δὲ καὶ τῆς προπαθείας ἔξω γενέσθαι· οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν "3ἀπὸ τῆς ἐμῆς κακουργίας"3. ἐπερ · εἰς τὸ ἀδεές; –οὐ νῦν δεδιττόμενος εἶπεν· "3εἰς τὸ ἀδεές με ἀποκατάστησον"3, εἰς τὸ μηκέτι μηδὲ προπάθειαν ἔ222 χειν. αἴσθησιν ἔχω, ὅτι τετάραγμαι. "ἀποκατάστησον" οὖν "τὴν ψυχήν μου". "ἵνα τί περίλυπος εἶ, ἡ ψυχή 142 μου, καὶ ἵνα τί συνταράσσεις με; ἔλπισον ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν, ὅτι ἐξομολογήσομαι αὐτῷ"· μὴ γὰρ ἄλλῳ εἶπεν· τῇ ἑαυτοῦ διανοίᾳ διελέχθη· "ἵνα τί περίλυπος εἶ καὶ ἵνα τί συνταράσσεις με"; ἔχεις ἐγ γὺς τὸν παύοντα τὴν ταραχήν. ὡς εἰ ἔλεγέν τις καὶ πυρέττοντι καὶ ἀνειμένῳ· "3ἵνα τί οὕτω ὀλοφύρῃ; πάρεστιν ἰατρὸς δυνάμενός σε
Critique of Protagoras and the nature of perception§133
133To be freed from the fever. 'Hope in God, for I will confess to him' (Ps 34:8). Once she persuaded herself to hope in God, she was restored from dread and turmoil, which dread and which turmoil arose from the malice of evil powers and from the devil himself. 'From lions, my only-begotten one' (Ps 22:1). He named these malicious ones and lions those who wish to fight, those who attack and come like whips against him.
Since 'he has been tested in all things, yet without sin, according to the likeness' (Heb 4:15), we grant her a pre-passion. But pre-passion is not sin; for if you do not grant this, you bring something foreign into the soul, and it would have neither glory nor worthiness of praise and crowns if it were not shaken. For you have in the Gospel that: 'she began to be terrified and to be in distress' (Mk 5:38); for is not the 'beginning' something other than the pre-passion? This beginning is only the beginning itself; it has nothing with it. This alone, before the choosing of evils, chose the good. This has often been said.
The essence of the rational soul is receptive of those things it is naturally disposed to receive. It is receptive of passion, desire, grief, turmoil, and fear. When something presents itself that moves fear, the rational essence is certainly troubled. Sometimes, however, it establishes the turmoil immediately as if nothing were with it. This they call pre-passion.
You say: is it the same to say 'a man' and 'a doing man'? If I say a man has died, I do not speak of the 'doing' man, such as the righteous man. The death of the righteous is not necessarily the dissolution of the soul from the body, but the ceasing of being righteous. This is the corruption of the righteous. Often, being ignorant of the false opinions of the ungodly, we fall into them. And falling into those, we lose the right opinion. You ask: how do you say that I have not understood? I do not call him righteous. But if another understands as has been said and calls him righteous, he is the same man both righteous and unrighteous. Listen then, because...
What have I said regarding the opinion of the Protagoreans—for Protagoras was a Sophist—they say that being for those that exist is in appearing. They say: 'I appear to you now sitting; but when away, I do not appear sitting; it is unclear whether I sit or do not sit.' And they say that all existing things are in appearing; for example, I see the moon, but another does not see it; it is unclear whether it is or is not. To me, the healthy one, there comes a perception of honey that it is sweet, but to another that it is bitter, if he is feverish; it is therefore unclear whether it is bitter or sweet. And thus they wish to dogmatize incomprehensibility.
If then we also say: 'Since it does not appear to me, by what reasoning has he spoken, I consider him unjust and impious.' If it appears to another, by what reasoning has he spoken, he appears just and pious to that one. And another again does not even stand by the things said by him; neither is he pious nor impious, and we fall into the Protagorean opinion. Let us see then: it is necessary first to understand things and thus to judge or not to judge. He who does not speak of him correctly nor healthily spoken, what kind of intellect of the words does he speak of?
But how then does Job speak? (Job 3:3) If I say: 'Let the day perish in which I was born,' let the genesis perish; for I have come from better things to worse; for it is profitable for me that the evil should perish. As if Jeremiah speaks concerning the people of the Hebrews—and each of the captured Hebrews will say—'Let the day of captivity perish,' he does not say this: 'let there be no more captivity.' 'Let there be no more,' he says, 'that day, it has passed away'; for has it still stood? It had one hundred and forty-eight years when he said these things. How did that day, in which he was born, remain? For it passes away and it is not possible to turn it back. And he says: 'Let it not be a fruitful day' (Jeremiah 31:14); for does someone pray for that day, having occurred in so many years, to turn back again? He therefore curses the genesis of the flesh, the genesis...
The Greek text ends abruptly mid-sentence.
Greek · §133
ἀπαλλάξαι τοῦ π̣υ̣ρ̣ετοῦ"3. "ἔλπισον" οὖν "ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν, ὅτι ἐξομολογήσομαι αὐτῷ". ὅτε ἔπεισεν ἑαυτὴν ἐλπίσαι ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν, ἀπεκατέστη ἀπὸ τοῦ δέους καὶ τῆς ταραχῆς, ὅπερ δέος καὶ ἥπερ ταραχὴ ἀπὸ κακουργίας πονηρῶν δυνάμεων καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ διαβόλου γεγένηται. "ἀπὸ λεόντων τὴν μονογενῆν μου". αὐτοὺς τούτους τοὺς κακούργους καὶ λέοντας ὠνόμασεν τ̣οὺς πολεμεῖν θέλοντας, τοὺς ἐπιτιθεμένους καὶ οἷα μάστιγες ἐπερχομένους κατ' αὐτοῦ. ἐπερ · –ἐπεὶ "πεπείρασται κατὰ πάντα χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας καθ' ὁμοιότητα", δίδομεν αὐτῇ προπάθειαν. οὔκ ἐστιν δὲ ἡ προπάθεια ἁμαρτία· ἐὰν γὰρ μὴ δῷς τοῦτο, ἄλλην οὐσίαν εἰσάγεις ψυχῆς, καὶ οὐδὲ κλέος ἔχει οὐδὲ ἀξία ἐστὶν ἐπαίνων καὶ στεφάνων μὴ κλονηθεῖσα. ἔχεις γοῦν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ ὅτι· "ἤρξατο θαμβεῖσθαι καὶ ἀδημονεῖν"· μὴ γὰρ ἕτερόν τί ἐστιν τῆς προπαθείας τὸ "3ἄρξασθαι"3. ἡ ἀρχὴ αὕτη αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἀρχὴ μόνον ἐστίν, οὐκ ἔχει τι μετ' αὐτήν. μόνη αὕτη πρὸ τῆς αἱρέσεως τῶν κακῶν τὸ ἀγαθὸν εἵλατο. ἐπερ · –πολλάκις ἐλέχθη τοῦτο. ἡ οὐσία τῆς λογικῆς δεκτική ἐστιν ὧν πέφυκεν δέχεσθαι. δεκτική ἐστιν θυμοῦ, ἐπιθυμίας, λύπης, ταραχῆς, φόβου. ὅταν παραστῇ τι τὸ κινοῦν φόβον, πάντως ταράττεται ἡ λογικὴ οὐσία. ἐνίοτε δὲ ἵστησιν εὐθέως τὴν ταραχὴν ὡς μηδὲν μετ' αὐτὴν γενέσθαι. ταύτην προπάθειαν λέγουσιν. ἐπερ · ταὐτὸν εἶναι λέγεις ἄνθρωπον καὶ ποιόν; –ἐὰν λέγω τεθνηκέναι ἄνθρωπον , μὴ τὸν ποιὸν λέγω, οἷον τὸν δίκαιον. θάνατος τοῦ δικαίου ἐστὶν οὐ πάντως τὸ διαλυθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος, ἀλλὰ τὸ παύσασθαι τοῦ εἶναι δίκαιος. φθορὰ δικαίου αὕτη ἐστίν. πολλάκις ἀγνοοῦντες τὰς ψευδεῖς δόξας τῶν ἀσεβῶν περιπίπτομεν αὐταῖς. ἐκείναις δὲ περιπεσόντες ἀπόλλυμεν τὴν ὀρθὴν δόξαν. ἐπερ · πῶς λέγεις ὅτι οὐ νενόηκα; οὐ δίδωμι αὐτὸν δίκαιον. –ἐὰν δὲ ἄλλος νοήσῃ ὡς εἴρηται καὶ δῷ αὐτὸν δίκαιον, ὁ αὐτὸς καὶ δίκαιος καὶ ἄδικός ἐστιν. ἄκουε δέ, διὰ τί εἶπον εἰς δόξαν ἑτέραν οἱ Πρωταγόρου–σοφιστὴς δὲ ἦν ὁ Πρωταγόρας–· λέγει, ὅτι τὸ εἶναι τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν τῷ φαίνεσθαι ἔστιν. λε´̣γει ὅτι· "φαίνομαι σοὶ τῷ παρόντι καθήμενος· τῷ δὲ ἀπόντι οὐ φαίνομαι καθήμενος· ἄδηλον εἰ κάθημαι ἢ οὐ κάθημαι". καὶ λέγουσιν ὅτι πάντα τὰ ὄντα ἐν τῷ φαίνεσθαι ἔστιν· οἷον ὁρῶ τὴν σελήνην, ἄλλος δὲ οὐχ ὁρᾷ· ἄδηλον εἰ ἔστιν ἢ οὐκ ἔστιν. ἐμοὶ τῷ ὑγιαίνοντι ἀντίλημψις γίνεται τοῦ μέλιτος ὅτι γλυκύ, ἄλλῳ δὲ ὅτι πικρόν, ἐὰν πυρέττῃ· ἄδηλον οὖν εἰ πικρὸν ἢ γλυκύ ἐστιν̣. καὶ οὕτω τὴν ἀκαταλημψίαν θέλουσιν δογματίζειν. ἐὰν οὖν καὶ ἡμεῖς λέγωμεν ὅτι· "3ἐπεὶ οὐ φαίνεταί μοι, ποίῳ λογισμῷ εἴρηκεν, ἄδικον καὶ ἀσεβῆν αὐτὸν ἡγοῦμαι"3. ἐὰν ἄλλῳ φαίνηται, οἵῳ λογισμῷ εἴρηκεν, δίκαιος καὶ εὐσεβὴς ἐκείνῳ φαίνεται. καὶ ἄλλος πάλιν οὐδὲ ἐπιστάνει τοῖς εἰρημένοις ὑπ' αὐτοῦ· οὐδὲ εὐσεβὴς οὐδὲ ἀσεβής ἐστιν, καὶ εἰς τὴν Πρωταγόρειαν ἐνπίπτομεν δόξαν. ἴδωμεν οὖν· δεῖ πρῶτον νοεῖν τὰ πράγματα καὶ οὕτως ἢ κρίνεσθαι ἢ μὴ κρίνεσθαι. ὁ μὴ λέγειν αὐτὸν ὀρθῶς μηδὲ ὑγιαίνειν εἰρηκώς, ποίαν λέγει διάνοιαν τῶν λέξεων; ἐπερ · πῶς οὖν λέγει ὁ Ἰώβ; –ἐὰν λέγω· "ἀπόληται ἡ ἡμέρα, ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθην", ἡ γένεσις ἀπολέσθω· ἐκ κρειττόνων γὰρ εἰς χεῖρον ἐλήλυθα· ἐπωφελὲς γάρ τῳ τὸ κακὸν ἀπόλλυσθαι. ὡς ἐὰν λέγῃ ὁ Ἰηρεμίας περὶ τοῦ λαοῦ τῶν Ἑβραίων–καὶ ἕκαστος δὲ τῶν αἰχμαλωτισθέντων Ἑβραίων λέξει– · "ἀπόλοιτο ἡ ἡμέρα τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας", οὐ τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι· "3μὴ ἔστω ἔτι αἰχμαλωσία"3. "3μὴ ἔστω"3, φησίν, "3ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη, ἀπέλθῃ"3· ἔτι γὰρ ὑφέστηκεν; εἶχεν ἔτη ἑκατὸν τεσσαράκοντα ὀκτώ, ὅτε ταῦτα ἔλεγεν. πῶς ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνη, ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθη, ἔμενεν; παρέρχεται γὰρ καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀνακα´̣μ̣ψαι αὐτήν. καὶ 225 λέγει· 143 "μὴ ἔστω ἐπευκτή"· εὔχεται γάρ τις ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐν τοσούτοις ἔτεσιν γενομένην πάλιν ἀνακάμψαι; τὴν γένεσιν οὖν καταρᾶται τῆς σαρκός, τὴν γένεσιν
The Nature of Comparative Good and Evil§134
134of the life that is imminent. Furthermore, does he not sin then? — does not he who insults Satan sin? Does the impious one, 'in being cursed,' curse the impious one, 'Satan, he curses his own soul'? He curses Satan not because he is a creation of God, but because he is evil and impious. And he himself is also impious. Therefore he curses himself, and this curse is not empty. If someone curses him because he is impious, he hates the cause, which is that perceived satanic thing. And impiety is the cause. And perhaps he has ceased, or if not ceasing, he will be punished. If the captives are now cursing the day of their captivity, they do not say this so that they might no longer be subject to the captivity—'do they perhaps have the captivity as a cause'—and be exalted by it.
Furthermore, does he then curse 'that day'? And why did he also add 'that'? For one day does not differ from another. Then he says: 'May he who is about to grasp the great whale curse it' (Psalm 70:1). Why did he not say: 'He who made the sun, he who constructed the cosmos,' but 'he who is about to grasp the great whale'? For the Savior has come and, 'having grasped the great whale,' described the genesis of humans, so as to give them another genesis, the 'from water and spirit' (John 3:5), which is principally called regeneration. And regeneration is genesis upon genesis, just as 'repetition' is song upon song. And he called the resurrection of the dead regeneration; for he says to the disciples: 'You also will sit in the regeneration on twelve thrones' (Matthew 19:28), instead of 'in the resurrection, in the age to come' (1 Corinthians 15:52).
If I say: 'May I not see this day,' being in affliction or disease, do I say 'may I not see' regarding the time, since it has passed? For time does not turn back. Furthermore, has he said that that cause of his genesis is sin? — I do not say this again, but that he who curses a day or blesses a day does not bless or curse with respect to time, but with respect to the things that have happened in time. I say: does he not say 'it is better to dissolve and be with Christ' (Philippians 1:23)? He does not say that being released from this life is better. Furthermore, will he say that being joined to it is better or worse? — neither worse nor better. Furthermore, is it indifferent? — if this is indifferent, then the opposite [is also...]
It is indifferent. Or, is it not considered as evil, but as toward the better? Opposites do not coexist. If one of these is good, the other is evil, and if the other is evil, the other good must be accepted, as it is regarding virtue and vice, injustice and justice, piety and impiety. If the other is bad, the remainder is good. But when neither of the opposites is bad, neither is the remainder. White and black are opposites; and since white is indifferent, being neither good nor evil, so too is the black of the white.
Or, do you say that the outside of the body becomes good according to the one saying 'to dissolve'? Look from the end: the one having dissolved becomes in Christ. Or, is this comparative? Pay attention to what you say. The things said to be comparative are said as being of the same kind, not as being opposed; just as when I say, 'Sodom was justified because of you' (Gen 19:28), it is not that Sodom has been justified. 'Because of your own sins, O Jerusalem' (Jer 15:9), because a prophet was killed and has become a traitor to the Savior. That Sodom incited one man, Lot. 'That Sodom was justified because of you.' Not simply was it justified—for it has not been justified—but 'because of you.' And if it says again: 'He loved wickedness rather than goodness, and deceitful lips rather than to speak righteousness' (Ps 52:3), these things are said comparatively, not oppositely; for this is said because, once one is decided, the other is immediately placed.
The 'dissolving' then is 'and to be in Christ'—if you say it is indifferent to 'remaining in the flesh,' and this is indifferent; for it has been shown to us that the things being compared and added have this state: if the other is bad, the remainder is not important. If it is important to be 'with Christ, the one having dissolved,' the turning away from the world, being outside the flesh, or being in the flesh, even if it is, according to you, inferior, it is good. The inferior is intended to perish, so that he may become a master of the greater. And I say the loss thus: the hindrance, his ceasing. Just now John wished to remain such as he was on the day of his departure. Or, does he not say so? Therefore, he who desires the better knows this, that it is not the better nor even good. He does not wish for such a state to pass away from him. And the passing away of the...
Greek · §134
τῆς ζωῆς τῆς ἐπικήρου. ἐπερ · οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει οὖν; –οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει ὁ ὑβρίζων τὸν σατανᾶν. μὴ ὁ ἀσεβὴς "ἐν τῷ καταρᾶσθαι" τὸν ἀσεβῆν, "τὸν σατανᾶν, καταρᾶται τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχήν"; καταρᾶται τὸν σατανᾶν οὐχ ὅτι ποίημα θεοῦ ἐστιν, ἀλλ' ὅτι κακὸς καὶ ἀσεβής ἐστιν. ἐστὶν δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ἀσεβής. ἑαυτὸν οὖν καταρᾶται, καὶ ἡ κατάρα αὕτη οὔκ ἐστιν ψεκτή. ἐάν τις καταρήσηται αὐτὸν ὅτι ἀσεβής ἐστιν, μισεῖ τὸ αἴτιον τοῦ ἐπινοητὸν αὐτὸν σατανιᾶν . ἡ ἀσέβεια δέ ἐστιν ἡ αἰτία. καὶ ἴσως πεπαύσεται ἢ μὴ παυόμενος κολασθήσεται. ἐὰν ἄρτι καταρῶνται οἱ αἰχμάλωτοι τη`̣ν ἡμέραν τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας ἑαυτῶν, οὐχ, ἵνα μηκέτι ὑποκέοιντο τῇ αἰχμαλωσίᾳ τοῦτο λέγουσιν–μή τί ποτ' ἔχ̣ουσιν̣ τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν αἰτίαν τινά–καὶ ἐπαρῶνται αὐτῇ. ἐπερ · καταρᾶται οὖν αὐτὸς "τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην"; διὰ τί δὲ καὶ προσέθηκεν "τὴν ἐκείνην"; μὴ γὰρ διαφέρει ἡμέρα ἡμέρας. ἔπειτα λέγει· "καταράσοιτο αὐτὴν ὁ μέλλων τὸ μέγα κῆτος χειρώσασθαι". διὰ τί οὐκ εἶπεν· "3ὁ ποιήσας τὸν ἥλιον, ὁ κατασκευάσας τὸν κόσμον"3, ἀλλ' "ὁ μέλλων τὸ μέγα κῆτος χειρώσασθαι"; ἐληλυθὼς γὰρ ὁ σωτὴρ καὶ "χειρωσάμενος τὸ μέγα κῆτος" τὴν γένεσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων περιέγραψεν, ὥστε ἄλλην αὐτοῖς δοῦναι γένεσιν τὴν "ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ πνεύματος", ἥτις κυρίως παλινγενεσία λέγεται. παλινγενεσία δέ ἐστιν γένεσις ἐπὶ γενέσει, ὡς τὸ "3παλινῳδία"3 ᾠδὴ ἐπ' ᾠδῇ. καὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν τῶν νεκρῶν παλινγενεσίαν εἶπεν· λέγει γὰρ τοῖς μαθηταῖς ὅτι· "καθίσεσθε καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν τῇ παλινγενεσίᾳ ἐπὶ θρόνους δώδεκα", ἀντὶ τοῦ "3ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει, ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι αἰῶνι"3. ἐὰν λέγω ὅτι· "3μὴ ἴδοιμι τὴν ἡμέραν ταύτην"3 ἐν θλίψει ἢ νόσῳ ὤν, μὴ τὸν χρόνον λέγω "3μὴ ἴδοιμι"3, ἐπεὶ ἀπῆλθεν· μὴ γὰρ χρόνος ἀνακάμπτει. ἐπερ · τὴν αἰτίαν ἐκείνην τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτίαν εἴρηκεν; –οὐ τοῦτο πάλιν λέγω, ἀλλ' ὅτι ὁ καταρώμενος ἡμέραν ἢ εὐλογῶν ἡμέραν οὐχ εἰς τὸν χρόνον ἀφορῶν εὐλογεῖ ἢ καταρᾶται, ἀλλ' εἰς τὰ ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ γεγενημένα. λέγω· οὐ λέγει "κάλλιον ἀναλῦσαι καὶ σὺν Χριστῷ εἶναι"; τὸ ἀπαλλαγῆναι τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης οὐ λέγει κρεῖττον εἶναι. ἐπερ · τὸ συνπλακῆναι αὐτῇ κρεῖττον ἐρεῖ ἢ χεῖρον; –οὐδὲ χεῖρον οὐδὲ κρεῖττον. ἐπερ · ἀλλὰ ἀδιάφορον; –εἰ ἀδιάφορον τοῦτο, καὶ τὸ ἀντικείμενον αὐτῷ ἀδιάφορόν ἐστιν. ἐπερ · οὐχ ὡς κακὸν ἀλλ' ὡς πρὸς κρεῖττον; –τὰ ἐναντία ἀσυνύπαρκτά ἐστιν. ἐὰν τούτων τὸ ἕτερον ἀγαθὸν ᾖν, τὸ ἕτερον κακόν ἐστιν, καὶ θατέρου κακοῦ ὄντος τὸ ἕτερον ἀγαθὸν θε̣τ̣έον̣, ὡς ἔχει ἐπὶ ἀρετῆς καὶ κακίας, ἐπὶ ἀδικι´̣ας καὶ δικαιοσύνης, ἐπὶ εὐσεβείας καὶ ἀσεβείας. τοῦ ἑτέρου φαύλου ὄντος, καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν ἀγαθόν ἐστιν. ὅταν δὲ μηδέτερον τῶν ἐναντίων φαῦλον ᾖ, οὐδὲ τὸ λοιπόν. τὸ λευκὸν καὶ τὸ μέλαν ἐναντία εἰσίν· καὶ ἐπεὶ τὸ λευκὸν ἀδιάφορόν ἐστιν οὔτε ἀγαθὸν ὂν οὔτε κακόν, οὕτω καὶ τὸ μέλαν τοῦ λευκοῦ. ἐπερ · οὐ λέγεις σὺ τὸ ἔξω γενέσθαι τοῦ σώματος ἀγαθὸν εἶναι κατὰ τὸν λέγοντα "κάλλιον ἀναλῦσαι̣"; –ε᾿̣κ τοῦ τέλους σκόπει· ὁ ἀναλύσας ἐν Χριστῷ γίνεται. ἐπερ · συνκριτικόν ἐστιν τοῦτο; –πρόσεχε τί λέγεις. τὰ συνκρίσει λεγόμενα οὕτω λέγεται ὡς ὁμογενῆ, οὐχ ὡς ἀντικείμενα· ὡς̣ ὅταν λέγω ὅτι· "ἐδικαιώθη Σόδομα ἐκ σοῦ", μὴ Σόδομα δεδικαίωται. "ἔκ γε τῶν σῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, ὦ Ἰερουσαλήμ", ὅτι προφήτας ἀπέκτεινεν καὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος προδότις γέγονεν. ἐκείνη ἡ Σόδομα ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἐπόρθησεν τὸν Λώθ. "ἐδικαιώθη ἐκείνη ἐκ σοῦ". οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἐδικαιώθη–οὐδὲ γὰρ δεδικαίωται–, ἀλλ' "ἐκ σοῦ". καὶ ἐὰν λέγῃ πάλιν· "ἠγάπησεν κακίαν ὑπὲρ ἀγαθωσύνην καὶ χείλη δόλια ὑπὲρ τὸ λαλῆσαι δικαιοσύνην", ταῦτα συνκριτικῶς λέγεται, μὴ ἀντικειμένως· λέγεται γὰρ τοῦτο, ὅτι ἀποφασκομένου ἑνὸς εὐθὺς τὸ ἕτερον τίθεται. τὸ "ἀναλῦσαι" οὖν "καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ εἶναι"–εἰ ἀδιάφορον λέγεις εἶναι τὸ "ἐπιμένειν τῇ σαρκί", καὶ τοῦτο ἀδιάφορον· δέδεικται γὰρ ἡμῖν, ὅτι 144 τὰ συνκρινόμενα καὶ προστιθέμενα οὕτως ἔχει· ἐὰν θάτερον φαῦλον ᾖ, τὸ λοιπὸν οὐ σπουδαῖόν ἐστιν· εἰ σπουδαῖόν ἐστιν τὸ "σὺν Χριστῷ εἶναι ἀναλύσαντα", τὸ ἀποστῆναι τοῦ κόσμου, τὸ ἔξω τῆς σαρκὸς εἶναι, 226 τὸ εἶναι ἐν τῇ σαρκί, κἂν ὡς κατὰ σὲ ὑποδεέστερον ᾖν, ἀγαθόν. βούλεται τὸ ὑποδεέστερον ἀπολέσθαι, ἵνα τοῦ μείζονος ἐνκρατὴς γένηται. τὴν δὲ ἀπώλειαν οὕτω λέγω τὸν κώλυμον, τὴν παῦλαν αὐτοῦ. ἄρτι ὁ Ἰωάννης ἤθελεν μεῖναι οὕτως, οἷος ἦν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς ἀποτέξεως. ἐπερ · λέγει οὔ; –οὔκουν κρείττονος ὀρεγόμενος οἶδεν τοῦτο μὴ κρεῖττον εἶναι μηδὲ καλόν. οὐκ εὔχεται παρελθεῖν αὐτῷ τὴν τοιαύτην κατάστασιν. τὸ δὲ παρελθεῖν τὸ
Weighty Riches and the Just Praise§135
135To perish is to no longer endure. One is agitated by the name of destruction and of disturbance. But one ought not to be agitated. Paul, therefore, was not agitated by such things: 'in part,' he says, 'we know and in part we prophesy; if the perfect comes, the partial will be done away with' (1 Cor 13:10). And they think that being done away with is a worse thing than perishing. Thus we have often said that the partial is done away with not utterly, but that the partial exists, and we received such an image regarding the earnest money.
Furthermore: how do we give, as righteous or as a sinner? It is not this alone you wish to learn; for many things are understood by him. If you had remembered what you heard, you would not always have been agitated about these things. I said: let a king be the ruler of the inhabited world, about whom all are filled with the conviction that he is righteous and whatever he does, he does as a righteous man. 'Bless, O my soul, the Lord' (Ps 103:1). If I keep it thus active toward what was set by the Creator, it is only-begotten. But if at other times it acts otherwise and serves someone, it is no longer the only-begotten of the possessor, but at times it is his, and at times it becomes outside of him.
And in order that I might receive according to the Gospel: he who departed from his father's house became a stranger outside of himself; his soul was no longer his own. But indeed, when he repented, he says: 'having entered into himself' (Luke 15:17). Consequently, he became his own; his soul consequently became his own. This is similar to 'know thyself.' He who knows himself is within himself.
'I will confess to you in a great church, in a heavy people I will praise you' (Ps 18:24). Then a great and many church is called, when it is filled from each side by many; for it is not called a great and many church if it is from small and lowly men. 'He speaks wisdom among the perfect,' says the apostle. These, becoming the same and 'being completed by the same mind and the same judgment,' are a many and great church. And just as I say a wise church when those filling it from each side are wise, and I say a stable and knowledgeable city when the citizens filling it from each side are stable and knowledgeable, so I say a many and great church of those filling it having greatness—but greatness of soul and of mind, not of the body. Again, he says 'a heavy people' regarding the...
For they have become accustomed to call things that are honorable and most precious 'heavy'. This too the Scripture witnesses; for how much the Queen of Sheba came to Solomon, it says, 'in great power' (1 Kings 10:1). And it says the 'heavy power' is her possession, which she had brought. She brought many precious stones, many delicacies, gold, silver, and other accompaniments of wealth. And that power of wealth was called 'heavy' instead of 'precious' or 'valuable'.
Therefore he says that when each of those who complete the people—as I have said concerning the church—is most precious and honorable, for 'glory and honor and peace to everyone who works the good' (cf. Rom 12:10/1 Pet 5:10), if the one working the good possesses glory and honor, the people are an honor. Moreover, it is said about it that it was a 'royal priesthood, a holy nation' (Exod 19:6). The 'holy nation' is completed from all those who are holy, and the 'royal priesthood' is composed of many healers of God. Therefore, 'in a people, I will praise you greatly' (Ps 5:11).
He also prepares him, so that he may also be able to send up a hymn. But he is able to do this when he becomes straight according to the soul and the mind; for 'praise is fitting for the upright' (Ps 5:11). May those who hate me unjustly not rejoice over me (Ps 35:25). Great boldness is in saying these things. They hate me unjustly. They do this, though I provide no pretext or cause for them to lie hostile toward me. Since, therefore, the enemies rejoice when I fall into evils, let me not fall into evils so that they might rejoice over me or assail me; for he who wishes to lead someone into lawlessness rejoices over him, being evil, when he falls into what he strove to surround him with. Let this, therefore, not be to me, so as to make those who hate me unjustly rejoice.
Those who hate me without cause and roll their eyes (Ps 35:19). The 'unjustly' and 'without cause' are the same, 'without reason', and 'rolling eyes' against me; they do not only speak against me with words, but they also roll their eyes. And since often, when the heterodox, regarding those who do us harm, agree with those toward whom they roll their eyes with their own minds, they are of one mind in impiety, because to me they are peaceful...
Greek · §135
ἀπολέσθαι ἐστίν, τὸ μηκέτι ὑφεστάναι. ταράττεται τῷ ὀνόματι τῆς ἀπωλείας καὶ τῆς ταραχῆς. οὐ δεῖ δὲ ταράττεσθαι. ὁ Παῦλος οὖν οὐκ ἐταράχθη ἐπὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις· "ἐκ μέρους", φησίν, "γιγνώσκομεν καὶ ἐκ μέρους προφητεύομεν· ἐὰν ἔλθῃ τὸ τέλειον, τὸ ἐκ μέρους καταργηθήσεται". τὸ καταργηθῆναι δὲ τοῦ ἀπολέσθαι ἔνφασιν χείρονα παρέχει. οὕτως ἡ μεῖς πολλάκις εἰρήκαμεν καταργεῖσθαι τὸ ἐκ μέρους οὐ καθάπαξ, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐκ μέρους εἶναι, καὶ ἐλάβομεν τοιαύτην εἰκόνα τὸ περὶ τοῦ ἀρραβῶνος. ἐπερ · πῶς δίδομεν, ὡς δίκαιος ἢ ὡς ἁμαρτωλός; –οὐ τοῦτο οὖν μόνον θέλεις μαθεῖν· συνήρτηται γὰρ αὐτῷ πολλά. εἰ ἐμνημόνευες ὧν ἤκουσας, οὐκ ἀεὶ περὶ ταῦτα ἐταράττου. εἶπον ὅτι· ἔστω βασιλεὺς ἄρχων τῆς οἰκουμένης, περὶ οὗ πάντες πεπληροφόρηνται ὅτι δίκαιός ἐστιν καὶ ὃ ἐὰν ποιῇ ὡς δίκαιος ποιεῖ. "εὐλόγει, ἡ ψυχή μου, τὸν κύριον". ἐὰν τηρήσω αὐτὴν οὕτως ἐνεργοῦσαν εἰς ἃ ἐτέθη ὑπὸ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ, μονογενής ἐστιν. ἐὰν δὲ ἄλλοτε ἄλλως ἐνεργῇ καὶ δουλεύω τισίν, οὔκ ἐστιν μονογενὴς αὕτη τοῦ ἔχοντος, ἀλλ' ὁτὲ μὲν αὐτοῦ ἐστιν, ὁτὲ δὲ ἔξω αὐτοῦ γινομένη. καὶ ἵνα ἐπὶ εὐαγγελικοῦ λάβω· ὁ ἀποδημήσας τῆς πατρῴας οἰκίας νεώτερος ἔξω ἑαυτοῦ ἐγεγόνει· ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι αὐτοῦ ἦν. ἀμέλει γοῦν ὅτε μετενόησεν, λέγει· "εἰς ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἐλθών". ἑαυτοῦ λοιπὸν γέγονεν· ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ λοιπὸν αὐτοῦ γέγονεν. ὅμοιόν ἐστιν τοῦτο τῷ "3γνῶθι σεαυτόν". ὁ γιγνώσκων ἑαυτὸν εἰς ἑαυτόν ἐστιν. 18 ἐξομολογήσομαί σοι ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ πολλῇ, ἐν λαῷ βαρεῖ αἰνέσω σε. τότε μεγάλη καὶ πολλὴ ἐκκλησία λέγεται, ὅταν ἐκ̣ τω῀̣ν καθέκαστα μεγάλων συνπληρωθῇ· οὐ γὰρ ἐὰν ἐκ μικρῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ χυδαίων, μεγάλη καὶ πολλη`̣ ἐκκλησία αὕτη λέγεται. "λαλεῖ σοφίαν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις" ὁ ἀπόστολος. οὗτοι εἰς ταὐτὸν γινόμενοι καὶ "τῷ αὐτῷ νοὶ καὶ τῇ αὐτῇ γνώμῃ καταρτιζόμενοι" πολλὴ καὶ μεγάλη ἐκκλησία εἰσίν. καὶ ὥσπερ λέγω σοφὴν ἐκκλησίαν, ὅταν οἱ καθέκαστα συνπληροῦντες αὐτὴν σοφοὶ ὦσιν, καὶ λέγω πόλιν εὐσταθῆ καὶ ἐπιστήμονα, ὅταν οἱ καθέκαστα πολῖται εὐσταθεῖς καὶ ἐπιστήμονες ὦσιν, οὕτω πολλὴν καὶ μεγάλην ἐκκλησίαν λέγω τῶν συνπληρούντων αὐτὴν ἐχόντων μέγεθος, μέγεθος δὲ τὸ ψυχῆς, τὸ νοῦ, οὐ τὸ σώματος. πάλιν "λαὸν βαρὺν" λέγει τὸν ἐπίτιμον· εἰώθασιν γὰρ τὰ ἐπίτιμα καὶ τὰ τιμαλφέστατα λέγειν "3βαρεῖα"3. τοῦτο καὶ ἡ γραφὴ μαρτυρεῖ· ὁπηνίκα γὰρ ἡ βασιλὶς τῆς Σαβὰ ἦλθεν πρὸς τὸν Σολομῶνα, λέγει ὅτι "ἐν δυνάμει βαρείᾳ". καὶ λέγει τὴν "βαρεῖαν δύναμιν" τὴν κτῆσιν αὐτήν, ἣν κομίσασα ἦν̣. ἐνηνόχει λίθους τιμίους πολλούς, ἡδύσματα πολλά, χρυσόν, ἄργυρον καὶ ἄλλα συνπληρωτικὰ πλούτ̣ου. καὶ ἐλέχθη ἐκείνη ἡ δύναμις τοῦ πλούτου "3βαρεῖα"3 ἀντὶ τοῦ "3τιμία"3, "3πολύτιμος"3. λέγει οὖν ὅτι, ὅταν ἕκαστος τῶν συνπληρούντων τὸν λαόν, ὡς ἐπὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας εἶπον, τιμαλφέστατος ᾖν, τίμιος ᾖν–"δόξα" γὰρ "καὶ τιμὴ καὶ εἰρήνη παντὶ τῷ κατεργαζομένῳ τὸ ἀγαθόν"–, εἰ τὸ κατεργαζο´̣με̣ν̣ον τὸ ἀγαθὸν δόξαν ἔχει καὶ τιμήν, ἐπίτιμός ἐστιν λαός. ἀμέλει γοῦν περὶ αὐτοῦ εἴρηται, ὡς ἦν "βασίλειον ἱεράτε̣υ̣μα, ἔθνος ἅγιον". τὸ "ἔθνος ἅγιον" ἐκ τῶν καθέκαστα ἁγί ων συνπληροῦται, τὸ "βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα" ἐκ πολλῶν θεραπευτῶν θεοῦ σύνκειται. "ἐν λαῷ" οὖν "βαρεῖ αἰνέσω σε". παρασκευάζει καὶ αὐτόν, ὥστε καὶ αὐτὸν δύνασθαι 145 ὕμνον ἀναπέμπειν. τότε δὲ τοῦτο 227 πρᾶξαι δύναται, ὅταν εὐθὴς κατὰ τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τὸν νοῦν γένηται· "τοῖς" γὰρ "εὐθέσιν πρέπει αἴνεσις". 19 μὴ ἐπιχαρείησάν μοι οἱ ἐχθραίνοντές μοι ἀδίκως. μεγάλη παρρησία τοῦ ταῦτα λέγοντος. ἀδίκως ἐχθραίνουσίν μοι. ἐμοῦ οὐ παρέχοντος πρόφασιν οὐδὲ αἰτίαν τοῦ ἐχθρικῶς ἐπικεῖσθαί μοι αὐτῷ, τοῦτο πράττουσιν. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ἐχθροὶ ὄντες χαίρουσιν, ὅταν κακοῖς περιπέσω, μὴ περιπέσοιμι κακοῖς, ὥστε ἐκείνους ἐπιχαίρειν μοι, ἐφιστάναι μοι· ὁ γὰρ βουλόμενός τινα εἰς ἀκολασίαν ἀγαγεῖν τότε ἐπιχαίρει αὐτῷ, ἐπιχαίρει κακὸς ὤν, ὅταν περιπέσῃ οἷς ἐσπούδασεν αὐτὸν περιβαλεῖν. μὴ τοῦτο οὖν ὑπάρξῃ μοι, ὥστε ἐπιχαρῆναι τοὺς ἐκθραίνοντάς μοι ἀδίκως. 19 οἱ μισοῦντές με δωρεὰν καὶ διανεύοντες ὀφθαλμοῖς. τὸ "3ἀδίκως"3 καὶ τὸ "3δωρεὰν ταὐτόν ἐστιν, τὸ "3ἄνευ αἰτίας"3 "καὶ διανεύοντες̣" κατ' ἐμοῦ "ὀφθαλμοῖς"· οὐ μόνον λόγοις λέγουσιν κατ' ἐμοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ διανεύουσιν ὀφθαλμοῖς. καὶ ἐπεὶ πολλάκις, ὅταν οἱ ἑτερόδοξοι ὑπὲρ τῶν ἡμᾶς κακούντων, πρὸς οὓς διανεύουσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, τοῖς νουσὶν ἑαυτῶν, συμφωνοῦσιν εἰς τὸ κακόν, ὁμοφρονοῦσιν εἰς τὴν ἀ σέβειαν 20 ὅτι ἐμοὶ μὲν εἰρηνικὰ
Deception and Divine Patience§136
136They were speaking and calculating deceits in anger. This is a kind of impiety; while speaking peaceably, they were not acting peaceably. This is an injustice. One speaks peaceably to friends and companions as a lover of peace, but calculates deceits in anger. Anyone who approaches a neighbor with any deceit and is angry with him does this. And I say: anger is a desire for punishment. For anyone approaching with deceit wants to harm that person, so that the deceitful one is also an angry one. And many times, appearing not to be, he seems to be speaking peaceably.
This indeed is also said in Jeremiah concerning someone: 'He speaks peaceably to his neighbor, but holds enmity within himself' (Jeremiah 9:4). 'To me,' he says, 'they spoke peaceably.' They did not simply speak 'peaceably,' but 'to me'; wanting to deceive me, they spoke peaceably; for the truly peaceful man does not speak peaceably to someone while holding another intention against him. Immediately also the Savior says to others that 'the peacemakers are blessed,' 'because they are sons of God' (Matthew 5:9). To be peaceful is to be sons of God. And he said 'peacemakers' to mean those making peace. When they lead those who have been divided by intention into harmony and friendship, they are peacemakers. And they are peacemakers toward themselves also.
First, having made peace within themselves, so that they do not have fighting thoughts or works within themselves, then they made peace in themselves. And they carry this peace also to others; for they want those being taught to be as they themselves are. They teach to make peace between the soul and the body and the body and the soul; for when the soul 'subdues the body and brings it into subjection,' and the soul rules and the body is ruled, it is a peace of body and soul. Just as they constructed peace within themselves, so they do this toward others who are beloved and loving, or even toward those fighting. Because of this, it is also said in the Didache, the book of instruction: 'You shall make peace with those who fight.' He who brings others who are fighting into peace and social dealings has first made peace himself; he has no strife within himself, he has no fighting thoughts.
21 And they opened their mouths against me. They opened their word against me, speaking peaceably. But their mind was groaning under the deceit.
Being led to the same end, not in a praiseworthy way, but so as to lose one's own virtues. This is also possible: 'they spread the lie against me' (Ps 50:21), as they spoke peaceably, but while calculating deceits in anger, they thought I was being deceived. Then they began to flatter and to spread their word against me.
You have such symbols in history: Delilah, who was brought in the book of Judges (Judg 16), a prostitute, was plotting with deceits to have Samson brought, so that she might give him to the other nations who wished to kill him. And she was saying: 'In what weakness will your strength be, or in what way will you become as weak as one of the hundred and forty men?' She was not telling him the truth. Then, having thought that he believed, she bound him and did other things, and as she was cutting his hair, she was saying: 'Other nations against you, Samson.' See, she spread the mouth the lie against him. Formerly she spoke peaceably, she was flattering. But when it seemed that she had caught him within her snare, as one cutting hair, she was saying: 'Other nations against you, Samson.' And behold, she who formerly spoke peaceably and calculated deceits in anger, when it seemed he had become self-controlled, spread the mouth the lie while now acting grandiosely.
'Well done, well done, our eyes have seen' (Ps 50:21). Those who think they have obtained the hand they wanted, thus they speak: 'Well done, well done, what we wanted, our eyes have not seen; we no longer see you as you were supposed to be, but as we desired. We have found you easy to capture.'
'You have seen, Lord, do not remain silent' (Ps 50:22). The 'do not remain silent' is the 'do not long-suffer any longer' (Ps 50:23); for from many words we showed this: 'I was silent from eternity, shall I also be silent forever?' (Ps 50:24). I was long-suffering, I did not go out against the evils being done. This shall not be forever. Goodness is again known by the one threatening the one already being punished, so that through the threat he may be stirred up and be brought to repentance. And in another psalm he says: 'To the sinner God said: Why do you declare my judgments and take up my words through your lips? But you hated instruction' (Ps 51:16). Then at the end: 'Having done these things, and I was silent'—not going out—'you assumed lawlessness, that I would be like you' (Ps 51:20). But long-suffering does not remain always; for 'I will convict' 'you and present against your face' your sins. And therefore the threats of God happen out of much goodness.
Greek · §136
ἐλάλουν καὶ ἐπ' ὀργὴν δόλους διελογίζοντο. ἓν εἶδος τῆς ἀσεβείας τοῦτο· εἰρηνικὰ λαλοῦντες οὐκ εἰρηνικὰ ἔπραττον. τοῦτο δὲ ἀδικῆσαί ἐστιν. εἰρηνικὰ λαλεῖ ἐν τοῖς φίλοις, ἐν τοῖς ἑταίροις ὡς φιλάλληλος, δόλους δὲ διαλογίζεται ἐπ' ὀργῇ. πᾶς δόλον εἰς τὸν πλησίον ἔχων ὀργιζόμενος αὐτῷ τοῦτο ποιεῖ. καὶ λέγω· ἡ ὀργὴ ὄρεξίς ἐστιν τιμωρίας. πάντως δὲ ὁ δόλῳ τινὶ προσερχόμενος βλάψαι ἐκεῖνον θέλει, ὥστε ὁ δόλιος καὶ ὀργίλος ἐστίν. τῷ δὲ δοκεῖν οὔκ ἐστιν πολλάκις ὀργίλος φαινόμενος εἰρηνικὰ λαλῶν. τοῦτο γοῦν καὶ ἐν Ἰηρεμίᾳ λέγεται περί τινος· "τῷ πλησίον αὐτοῦ λαλεῖ εἰρηνικὰ καὶ ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἔχει τὴν ἔχθραν". "ἐμοὶ" οὖν, φησίν, "εἰρηνικὰ ἐλάλουν". οὐκ "εἰρηνικὰ" ἁπλῶς "ἐλάλουν", ἀλλ' "ἐμοί"· ἐμὲ ἀπατῆσαι θέλοντες εἰρηνικὰ ἐλάλουν· οὐ γὰρ ὁ ἀληθῶς εἰρηνικὸς ἄνθρωπος λαλεῖ τινι εἰρηνικὰ ἄλλην ἔχων διάνοιαν κατ' ἐκείνου. αὐτίκα γοῦν ὁ σωτὴρ λέγει πρὸς ἑτέροις "τοὺς εἰρηνοποιοὺς μακαρίους" εἶναι, "ὅτι υἱοὶ θεοῦ εἰσιν". υἱῶν θεοῦ ἐστιν τὸ εἰρηνικοὶ εἶναι. εἰρηνοποιοὺς δὲ εἶπεν τοὺς ποιοῦντας εἰρήνην. ὅταν εἰς συμφωνίαν καὶ φιλίαν ἄγωσιν τοὺς διεστηκότας τῇ προαιρέσει, εἰρηνοποιοί εἰσιν. καὶ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν δὲ εἰρηνοποιοί εἰσιν. πρότερον δὲ εἰρήνην ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ποιήσαντες, ὥστε μηδὲ λογισμοὺς μαχομένους ἔχειν ἑαυτοῖς ἢ ἔργα· τότε εἰρήνην ἐποίησαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς. ταύτην δὲ τὴν εἰρήνην καὶ εἰς ἑτέρους μεταφέρουσιν· οἷοι γὰρ ὑπάρχουσιν αὐτοί, καὶ τοὺς διδασκομένους θέλουσιν εἶναι. εἰρηνεύειν διδάσκουσιν τὴν ψυχὴν πρὸς τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὸ σῶμα πρὸς τὴν ψυχήν· ὅταν γὰρ ἡ ψυχὴ "ὑπωπιάζῃ τὸ σῶμα καὶ δουλαγωγῇ", καὶ ἄρχῃ μὲν ἡ ψυχή, ἄρχηται δὲ τὸ σῶμα, εἰρήνη ἐστὶν σώματος καὶ ψυχῆς. ὥσπερ οὖν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς κατεσκεύασαν εἰρήνην, οὕτω καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς στεργομένοις καὶ ἀγαπῶσιν ἢ καὶ μαχομένοις τοῦτο πράττουσιν. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐν τῇ ∆ιδαχῇ τῇ βίβλῳ τῆς κατηχήσεως λέγεται· "εἰρηνεύσεις μαχομένους". ὁ δὲ ἄλλους μαχομένους εἰς εἰρήνην καὶ συναλλαγὰς φέρων ἑαυτὸν πρότερον εἰρήνευσεν, οὐκ ἔχει μάχην ἐν ἑαυτῷ, οὐκ ἔχει λογισμοὺς μαχομένους. 21 καὶ ἐπλάτυναν ἐπ' ἐμὲ τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν. τὸν λόγον ἑαυτῶν ἐπλάτυναν ἐπ' ἐμὲ εἰρηνικὰ λαλοῦντες. ὁ νοῦς δὲ αὐτῶν ἐστενεύετο ὑπὸ τοῦ δόλου εἰς ταὐτὸν συναγόμενος οὐκ ἐπαινετῶς, ἀλλ' ὥστε μὴ ἔχειν τὰς οἰκείας ἀρετάς. δύναται καὶ τοῦτο· "ἐπλάτυναν ἐπ' ἐμὲ" ὡς εἰρηνικὰ λαλοῦντες καὶ ἐπ' ὀργῇ δόλους διαλογιζόμενοι ἔδοξάν με ἀπατᾶν. τότε λοιπὸν ἤρξαντο πλατὺ καχάζειν καὶ πλατύνειν ἐπ' ἐμὲ τὸν λόγον αὐτῶν. ἔχεις ἐν ἱστορίαις σύμβολα τοιαῦτα· ἡ ∆αλιλὰ ἡ εἰςαγομένη ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ τῶν Κριτῶν πόρνη δόλοις ἐβουλεύετο ἐπ228 αγαγέσθαι τὸν Σαμψών, ἵνα δῷ τοῖς ἀλλοφύλοις τοῖς φονεῦσαι αὐτὸν ἐθέλουσιν. καὶ ἔλεγεν ὅτι· "ἐν τίνι ἀσθενήσει σου ἡ ἰσχὺς ἢ τίνι ὡς εἷς τῶν 146 ἀνθρώπων ἀσθενὴς γενήσῃ"; ἔλεγεν αὐτῇ οὐ τὸ ἀληθές. εἶτα ἐκείνη νομίσασα ὅτι ἠλήθευεν, ἐδέσμει αὐτὸν καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἐποίει καὶ ὥσπερ ἐπικερτομοῦσα ἔλεγεν· "ἀλλόφυλοι ἐπὶ σέ, Σαμψώ". ἴδε, ἐπλάτυνεν ἐπ' αὐτὸν τὸ στόμα. πάλαι μὲν παρεκάλει, ἐστωμυλεύετο. ὅτε δὲ ἔδοξεν εἰληφέναι αὐτὸν ἐντὸς ἀρκύων, ἐπικερτομοῦσα ἔλεγεν· "ἀλλόφυλοι ἐπὶ σέ, Σανψώ". καὶ ὅρα, ὅτι ἡ πάλαι εἰρηνικὰ λαλοῦσα καὶ ἐπὶ ὀργῇ δόλους λογιζομένη ὅτε ἔδοξεν ἐνκρατὴς γενέσθαι, ἐπλάτυνεν τὸ στόμα μεγαλορημονοῦσα λοιπόν. 21 εἶπαν Εὖγε εὖγε, εἶδαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν. εἰώθασιν οἱ δοκο̣ῦντες ἐσχηκέναι ὑποχείριον ὃν ἐβούλοντο, οὕτω λαλεῖν· "3εὖγε εὖγε, ὃ ἐβουλόμεθα, ου εἶδον οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν· οὐκέτι σ̣ε τοιοῦτον ὁρῶμεν, οἷος ὑπελάμβανες εἶναι, ἀλλ' ὡς ἡμεῖς ἠθέλαμεν. εὑρήκαμέν σε εὐάλωτον"3. 22 εἶδες, κύριε, μὴ παρασιωπήσῃς. τὸ "3μὴ παρασιωπήσῃς"3 τὸ "3μηκέτι μακροθυμήσῃς"3· ἐκ πολλῶν γὰρ λέξεων τοῦτο ἐδείξαμεν· "ἐσιώπησα ἀπ' αἰῶνος, μὴ καὶ ἀεὶ σιωπήσομαι"; ἐμακροθύμησα, οὐκ ἐπεξῆλθον τοῖς κακοῖς πραττομένοις. μὴ καὶ ἀεὶ τοῦτ' ἔσται. ἀγαθότης πάλιν γνωρίζεται τοῦ ἀπειλοῦντος τῷ ἤδη κολαστέῳ, ἵνα διὰ τῆς ἀπειλῆς διεγείρῃ καὶ εἰς μετάνοιαν αὐτὸν ἀγάγῃ. καὶ ἐν ἄλλῳ ψαλμῷ λέγει· "τῷ δὲ ἁμαρτωλῷ εἶπεν ὁ θεός· Ἵνα τί σὺ ἐκδιηγῇ τὰ δικαιώματά μου καὶ ἀναλαμβάνεις τοὺς λόγους μου διὰ χειλέων σου; σὺ δὲ ἐμίσησας παιδείαν". εἶτα ἐπὶ τέλει· "ταῦτα ἐποίησας, καὶ ἐσίγησα"–οὐκ ἐπεξῆλθον– "ὑπέλαβες ἀνομίαν ὅτι ἔσομαί σοι ὅμοιος"· ἀλλ' οὐκ ἀεὶ ἡ μακροθυμία μένει· "ἐλέγξω" γάρ "σε καὶ παραστήσω κατὰ πρόσωπον" τὰς ἁμαρτίας σου. καὶ αἱ ἀπειλαὶ οὖν τοῦ θεοῦ κατὰ ἀγαθότητα πολλὴν γίνονται.
The distinction of God as Lord and Creator§137
137The title 'Judge' is introduced alongside 'the righteous'. 22 Lord, do not turn away from me. May such a thing not be done to me, that I should turn away from you, you who are the helper, the protector. For God distances himself from the wicked, just as he draws near to those who come to him. For the great apostle James writes, 'Draw near to God, and He will draw near to you' (James 4:8). It is as if you were saying even to the wicked, 'Draw near to virtue, and it draws near to you.' We do not receive the presence of God in a place, but in relationship and disposition.
23 Arise, O Lord, and attend to my judgment. The voice is one of boldness. No one being accused concerning adultery or murder or anything else says to God, 'Arise, and attend to my judgment'; for you know that the attention of the judgment will condemn him. Therefore, the voice 'attend to my judgment' is one of speaking with boldness regarding cleanliness and regarding being blameless. 'Attend to my judgment,' he says, 'examine that which is against me and that which is against them, and that which they say against me in vain, that they are hating me without cause.' Often 'Arise' signifies a stirring up. For we often say, 'Arise this man so that he may pay attention to himself,' and it does not signify a physical bodily form. If, however, you wish it as from sleep, it is said, 'Arise; why do you sleep, Lord?' God sleeps not, wishing to pass by unobserved. Therefore, this does not speak maliciously, but wishes to learn the cause, since your wisdom does nothing by chance. Even if you are patient, even if you withhold the punishment, even if you do not cast down those laying hands on me unjustly, tell me the cause; for thus, having known the cause, a wise person will be even more patient and will endure even more. 23 My God and my Lord, unto my judgment. You, and my God and my Lord, arise for me unto the judgment, judge me. He does not pray for his enemies to suffer evil; for the prayer of one holy who loves his enemies is that those enemies should no longer be enemies, that they should no longer be such people. It seems, however, to signify the punishment. For punishment is...
For the lover of pleasure, to become outside of pleasures; for the uncontrolled, to become far from self-control. He wishes them to perish because they are such. And this, however, is not for everyone to say: 'God' therefore 'and my Lord'; for he who does what he says to Him truly calls the Savior 'Lord'; for he says: 'Why do you call me, Lord, Lord, and do not do what I say?' (Luke 6:46). And again: 'They acknowledge God, but deny Him by their works' (Titus 1:16).
The saints call God 'God' not by mere voice, but having been made intimate with Him and serving Him like priests, becoming healers. But they also serve Him by doing His will; for 'not everyone' 'who says to me, Lord, Lord, will enter the kingdom of heaven, but he who does the will of my Father who is in heaven' (Matthew 7:21). He is called 'God' in the sense that He is Creator: 'In the beginning' 'God made the heaven and the earth' (Genesis 1:1). Thus it is also said, 'God of spirits and of all flesh,' according to the creation. But otherwise He is called 'God' of the saints, according to worship. In this way, God of the patriarchs has been said. And according to creation, as was being signified, He was God of all, of all things which He has made. And again, He is Lord of all, being to them the very being and governing them under His providence. But in another way, He is Lord of those doing His will, of those practicing what was commanded, and as a master to slaves. 'Judge me, Lord, according to Your righteousness' (Psalm 7:9). 'According to Your righteousness judge me.'
It seems again that what is said exceeds and contradicts with other words. But the difference is not made by the meaning, but by the voice. 'He shall not be justified,' he says, 'before You every living thing,' instead of 'no living thing.' And he says 'living' meaning living according to soul, most rightly; not 'before You.' As if they are nothing toward You. Just as you would say also concerning lamps, that they do not shine before the sun. But this does not indicate that they do not shine.
Greek · §137
συνεισάγεται τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ "3δικαίου"3 τὸ "3κριτής"3. 22 κύριε, μὴ ἀποστῇς ἀπ' ἐμοῦ. μὴ τοιαῦτά μοι πραχθείη, ὥστε σὲ ἐμοῦ ἀποστῆναι, σὲ τὸν βοηθόν, τὸν σκεπαστήν. ἀφίσταται δὲ θεὸς ἀπὸ τῶν φαύλων, ὥσπερ συνενγίζει τοῖς πλησιάζουσιν. ὁ μέγας οὖν ἀπόστολος Ἰάκωβος γράφει· "ἐγγίσατε τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐγγιεῖ ὑμῖν". ὡς εἰ ἔλεγες καὶ πρὸς φαῦλον· "3ἔνγισον τῇ ἀρετῇ, καὶ ἐγγίζει σοί"3. παράστασιν οὖν θεοῦ οὐ τόπῳ λαμβάνομεν, ἀλλὰ σχέσει καὶ διαθέσει. 23 ἐξεγέρθητι, κύριε, καὶ πρόσχες τῇ κρίσει μου. τεθαρρηκότος ἡ φωνή. οὐδεὶς ἐνκαλούμενος περὶ μοιχείας ἢ φόνου ἤ τινος ἄλλου λέγει τῷ θεῷ· "ἐξεγέρθητι καὶ πρόσχες τῇ κρίσει μου"· οἶδας γάρ, ὅτι ἡ προσοχὴ τῆς κρίσεως καταδικάσει αὐτόν. παρρησιαζομένου οὖν ἐστιν ἐπὶ καθαρότητι καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ ἀνεγκλήτῳ η῾̣ φ̣ωνή "πρόσχες τῇ κρίσει μου", ἐξέτασον τὸ κατ' ἐμὲ καὶ τὰ κατ' ἐκείνους, καὶ ὅτι ἐπὶ σοῦ λέγουσίν μοι μάτην, ὅτι δωρεὰν ἐχθραίνουσίν μοι. πολλάκις τὸ "3ἐξεγείρου"3 διέγερσιν σημαίνει. πολλάκις γοῦν λέγομεν· "3ἐξέγειρον τοῦτον εἰς τὸ προσέχειν ἑαυτῷ"3, καὶ οὐ δήπου σχῆμα σωματικὸν σημαίνει. ἐὰν δὲ καὶ ὡς ἀπὸ ὕπνου θέλῃς, εἴρηται· "ἐξεγέρθητι· ἵνα τί ὑπνοῖς, κύριε"; ὑπνοῖ θεὸς μὴ θέλων παραυτὰ ἐπεξελθεῖν. οὐκ ἀποκακῶν οὖν λέγει τοῦτο, ἀλλὰ τὴν αἰτίαν μαθεῖν θέλων, ἐπεὶ οὐδὲν ὡς ἔτυχεν ἡ σοφία σου ποιεῖ. κἂν μακροθυμῇς, κἂν ὑπερτιθῇ τὴν τιμωρίαν, κἂν μὴ καταβάλλῃς τοὺς ἐπιτιθεμένους μοι ἀδίκως, εἰπέ μοι τὴν αἰτίαν· οὕτω γάρ τις γνοὺς τὴν αἰτίαν σοφὸς ἔτι μᾶλλον μακροθυμήσῃ, ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐνέγκῃ. 23 ὁ θεός μου καὶ ὁ κύριός μου, εἰς τὴν δίκην μου. σὺ καὶ θεός μου καὶ κύριός μου, ἐξεγέρθητί μου εἰς τὴν δίκην, δίκασόν με. οὐκ ἐπεύχεται κακὰ παθεῖν τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἑαυτοῦ· εὐχὴ γὰρ τῷ ἁγίῳ ἐστὶν ἀγαπῶντι τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τὸ μηκέτι ἐχθροὺς ἐκείνους εἶναι, τὸ μηκέτι τοιούτους εἶναι. δοκεῖ δέ πως τοῦ229 το τιμωρίαν σημαίνειν. τιμωρία δέ ἐστιν τῷ φιληδόνῳ τὸ ἐκτὸς τῶν ἡδονῶν γενέσθαι, τῷ ἀκολάστῳ τὸ μακρὰν ἀκολασίας γεινέσθαι. ἀπολέσθαι αὐτοὺς θέλει ᾗ τοιοῦτοί εἰσιν. καὶ τοῦτο δὲ οὐ παντός ἐστιν εἰπεῖν· "ὁ θεὸς" οὖν "καὶ ὁ κύριός μου"· ἐκεῖνος γὰρ κύριον ἀληθῶς λέγει τὸν σωτῆρα ὁ ποιῶν ἃ λέγει αὐτῷ· λέγει γάρ· "τί με λέγετε· κύριε, κύριε, καὶ οὐ ποιεῖτε ἃ λέγω"; καὶ πάλιν· "θεὸν ὁμολογοῦσιν εἰδέναι, 147 τοῖς δὲ ἔργοις ἀρνοῦνται". οἱ ἅγιοι "3θεὸν"3 λέγουσιν τὸν θεὸν οὐ ψιλῇ φωνῇ, ἀλλ' οἰκειωθέντες αὐτῷ καὶ θεράποντες αὐτῷ ὥσπερ ἱερεῖς, θεραπευταὶ τυγχάνοντες. ἀλλὰ καὶ δουλεύουσιν αὐτῷ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ ποιοῦντες· "οὐ πᾶς" γὰρ "ὁ λέγων με κύριε, κύριε, εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν, ἀλλ' ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς". λέγεται "3θεὸς"3 ᾗ ποιητής ἐστιν· "ἐν ἀρχῇ" γὰρ "ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν". οὕτω λέγεται καὶ "θεὸς πνευμάτων καὶ πάσης σαρκός", κατὰ τὴν δημιουργίαν. ἄλλως δὲ λέγεται "3θεὸς"3 τῶν ἁγίων, κατὰ τὴν λατρείαν. οὕτω γοῦν θεὸς αὐτῶν τῶν πατριαρχῶν εἴρηται. καὶ κατὰ τὴν δημιουργίαν, ὃ σημαινόμενον ἐδήλουν, πάντων θεὸς ἦν, πάντων ὧν πεποίηκεν. καὶ πάλιν κύριός ἐστιν πάντων αὐτὸς τὸ εἶναι αὐτοῖς παρασχὼν καὶ ὑπὸ τὴν πρόνοιαν ἑαυτοῦ διοικῶν αὐτούς. ἑτέρως δὲ κύριός ἐστιν τῶν ποιούντων αὐτοῦ τὸ θέλημα, τῶν πραττόντων ἃ ἐνετείλατο, καὶ ὡς δεσπότης δούλοις. 24 κρῖνόν με, κύριε, κατὰ τὴν δικαιοσύνην σου. κατὰ τὴν σὴν δικαιοσύνην κρῖνόν με. δοκεῖ πάλιν ὑπέραυχον τὸ λεγόμενον καὶ ἀντιδοξοῦν ἑτέραις λέξεσιν. οὐ τῇ διανσίᾳ δὲ ἡ διαφορὰ γίνεται, ἀλλὰ τῇ φωνῇ. "οὐ δικαιωθήσεται" φησίν, "κατενώπιόν σου πᾶς ζῶν", ἀντὶ τοῦ "3οὐδεὶς ζῶν"3. ζῶντα δὲ λέγει τὸν κατὰ ψυχὴν ζῶντα, δικαιότατα οὖν· οὐ κατενώπιον σοῦ δέ. ὡς δὲ πρὸς σὲ τὸ οὐδέν εἰσιν. ὡς εἰ λέγοις σὺ καὶ περὶ λύχνων, ὅτι οὐ φωτίζουσιν κατενώπιον τοῦ ἡλίου. οὐ τοῦτο δὲ δηλοῖ, ὅτι οὐ φωτίζουσιν,
The Desire for Righteousness and the Praise of God§138
138But facing the sun. Thus it is also said in Job: 'the stars are not pure before him'. Therefore, this 'according to your righteousness' does not at all mean: not according to your unapproachable righteousness, but according to your righteousness, in which you judge human things. Do not judge me according to their enmity, but according to your righteousness; for your righteousness hates the unrighteous.
25 Let them not say in their hearts, 'Well done, well done to our soul.' Even if they do not say it with words, let them not even say to our soul in their hearts, 'Well done, well done.' 25 Let them not say, 'We have overcome him.' Let them not say that we have surrounded him and conquered him; for often this too has been made clear, that according to the Scripture, downfall signifies victory.
26 May those rejoicing in my evils be shamed and put to shame. It brings salvation to those being shamed and being put to shame because of what they are doing badly; for since they want to surround me with evils and rejoice having seen what they strive to complete, let them be shamed; for having been shamed, they will no longer lie in wait for me, having been put to shame, they will no longer do these things bearing mockery and accusation. Moreover: he says 'evil things', not 'wickednesses'? For he who says, 'Judge me, Lord, according to your righteousness,' truly had no wickednesses; he who says, 'those rejoicing in me unjustly.'
26 Let those boasting against me be clothed in shame and confusion. The great ones speaking against me arrogantly and rejoicing, may they be shamed and put to shame, and may they know themselves. But this happens as a call to them, and I no longer have them lying in wait like that. Previously he prays for them, but secondly also for himself. Moreover: the 'to clothe oneself'? As we say to clothe oneself in a virtue, or to clothe oneself in a wickedness, or to clothe oneself in a 'garment of salvation': 'Let my soul rejoice in the Lord; for he has clothed me with a garment of salvation and a robe of gladness' (Psalm 31:11). The quality becomes like a garment of the thing.
27 May those desiring my righteousness rejoice and be glad. 230 When 'those boasting' are said to 'clothe themselves in confusion and shame', 'those desiring my righteousness and my peace' rejoice and are glad. When the enemies are shamed and put to shame, the friends rejoice and are glad.
They are those who desire my salvation, my virtue, and my righteousness. And let them say continually, 'Magnified be the Lord.' Then they magnify the Lord continually, when I remain continually in righteousness, in not falling to the evil ones.
They are those who desire the peace of his servant—me, his servant. 'Let them say continually, Magnified be the Lord,' seeing me making peace, seeing me not having fallen to trouble or confusion or uprising or war. We have said many times that sometimes the whole is shown through the individual parts, and we used to employ this witness by saying: 'Who shall ascend the mountain of the Lord, and who shall stand in his holy place? He who is innocent of hands' (Ps 24:3). Then he says: 'This one shall receive a blessing from the Lord.' He does not say something explicit, but if anyone is such a person, if anyone has ascended the mountain and stood upon the mountain of the Lord and is innocent of hands, everyone, if anyone is such a person, 'shall receive a blessing from the Lord.' Similarly in Psalm 119, it is said: 'The law of the Lord is perfect, converting souls; the testimony of the Lord is faithful' (Ps 119:29, 138). And he says many things: 'For indeed your servant keeps them' (Ps 119:138). He does not say only himself, but if anyone is such a servant of God.
Being therefore inferior, when he speaks of achievements, he says 'to the servants of God,' but when of failings, 'to himself.' Some say that those approaching God are sons of God, but those who have reached them are these servants; for from servants they become friends and sons. The greater, then, are 'those who desire,' those who are like sons, those 'perfect as their father' who is the 'perfect one in heaven'; they desire to be the peace of also those who are lower. Or thus, that all desire the peace of each individual servant.
And my tongue shall meditate on your righteousness, all the day your praise. It shall meditate thankfully. When that which I requested exists, my tongue meditates on your righteousness. This I always recount, in hymns I bring it forth, in narrative words I name it. 'Day' here he says, the whole time of human life, just as in others he says: 'Because of you we are being killed all the day' (Rom 8:36), that is, because of strife. And the praise of God he does not say 'lordly'; rather, it is called a hymn and a song upon God, but upon men...
Greek · §138
ἀλλὰ κατέναντι τοῦ ἡλίου. οὕτως εἴρηται καὶ τὸ ἐν τῷ Ἰὼβ τό· "ἄστρα δὲ οὐ καθαρὰ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ". τοῦτο οὖν τὸ "κατὰ τὴν δικαιοσύνην σου" οὐ καθάπαξ λέ γει· οὐ κατὰ τὴν σὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἀνυπέρβλητον, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὴν σὴν δικαιοσύνην, ἐν ᾗ κρίνεις τὰ ἀνθρώπινα. μὴ κατὰ τὴν ἐκείνων ἔχθραν κρίνῃς με, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὴν σὴν δικαιοσύνην· ἡ γὰρ σὴ δικαιοσύνη μισεῖ τοὺς ἀδίκους. 25 μὴ εἴπαισαν ἐν καρδίαις αὐτῶν Εὖγε εὖγε τῇ ψυχῇ ἡμῶν. κἂν τῷ λόγῳ μὴ εἴπωσιν, μηδὲ ταῖς καρδίαις εἴποιεν τῇ ἡμῶν ψυχ̣ῇ, μὴ εἴπαισαν Εὖγε εὖγε. 25 μηδὲ εἴπαισαν Κατεπίομεν αὐτόν. μὴ εἴπαισαν ὅτι περιγεγόναμεν καὶ ἐνικήσαμεν αὐτόν· πολλάκις γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο ἐσαφηνίσθη, ὅτι κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν ἡ κατάποσις νίκην σημαίνει. 26αἰσχυνθείησαν καὶ ἐντραπείησαν ἅμα οἱ ἐπιχαίροντες τοῖς κακοῖς μου. φέρει σωτηρίαν τοῖς αἰσχυνομένοις καὶ ἐντρεπομένοις, ἐφ' οἷς πράττουσιν κακῶς· ἐπεὶ γὰρ κακοῖς με περιβαλεῖν βούλονται καὶ ε᾿̣π̣ι̣χαρῆναι ἑωρακότες ὃ σπουδάζουσιν τελειούμενον, αἰσχυνθήτωσαν· αἰσχυνθέντες γὰρ οὐκέτι ἐπικείσονταί μοι, ἐντραπέντες οὐκέτι πράξουσιν ταῦτα τὰ ψόγον φέροντα καὶ κατηγορίαν. ἐπερ · τὰ κακωτικὰ κακὰ λέγει, οὐ τὰς κακίας; –ὅλως γὰρ οὐκ εἶχεν κακίας ὁ λέγων ὅτι· "κρῖνόν με, κύριε, κατὰ τὴν δικαιοσύνην σου", ὁ λέγων· "οἱ ἐπιχαίροντές μοι ἀ δίκως". 26 ἐνδυσάσθωσαν αἰσχύνην καὶ ἐντροπὴν οἱ μεγαλορημονοῦντες ἐπ' ἐμέ. οἱ μεγάλα κατ' ἐμοῦ λέγοντες ὑπερηφάνως καὶ ἐπιχαίροντες, αἰσχυνθείησαν καὶ ἐντραπείησαν, καταγνῶσιν ἑαυτῶν. πρὸς καλοῦ δὲ αὐτοῖς γίνεται τοῦτο, κἀγὼ δὲ οὐκέτι ἔχω αὐτοὺς οὕτως ἐπικειμένους. προηγουμένως ὑπὲρ ἐκείνων εὔχεται, δευτέρως δὲ καὶ περὶ ἑαυτοῦ. ἐπερ · τὸ "3ἐνδύσασθαι"3; –ὡς λέγομεν ἐνδεδύσθαι τινὰ ἀρετήν, τινὰ κακίαν ἐνδεδύσθαι, τινὰ "σωτηρίου ἱμάτιον"· "ἀγαλλιάσθω ἡ ψυχή μου ἐπὶ τῷ κυρίῳ· ἐνέδυσέν με γὰρ ἱμάτιον σωτηρίου καὶ χιθῶνα εὐφροσύνης". ἡ ποιότης ὥςπερ ἔνδυμα γίνεται τοῦ ποιοῦ. 27 ἀγαλλιάσαιντο καὶ εὐφρανθείησαν οἱ θέλοντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην μου. 230 ὅταν "3οἱ μεγαλορημονοῦντες"3 λέγωνται· "3ἐντροπὴν καὶ αἰσχύνην ἐνδύσονται"3, "οἱ θέλοντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην καὶ τὴν εἰρήνην μου" ἀγαλλιῶνται καὶ εὐφραίνονται. αἰσχυνθέντων καὶ ἐντραπέντων τῶν ἐχθρῶν οἱ φίλοι ἀγαλλιῶνται καὶ εὐφραίνονται. οὗτοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ θέλοντες τὴν σωτηρίαν μου, τὴν ἀρετήν, τὴν δικαιοσύνην μου. 27 καὶ εἰπάτωσαν διὰ παντός Μεγαλυνθήτω ὁ 148 κύριος. τότε διὰ παντὸς μεγαλύνουσιν τὸν κύριον, ὅταν ἐγὼ διὰ παντὸς ἐν τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ ὦ, ἐν τῷ μὴ ὑποπεσεῖν μείνω τοῖς κακοῖς. 27 οἱ θέλοντες τὴν εἰρήνην τοῦ δούλου αὐτοῦ. ἐμοῦ τοῦ δούλου αὐτοῦ. "εἰπάτωσαν διὰ παντός Μεγαλυνθείη ὁ κύριος", ὁρῶντές με εἰρηνεύοντα, ὁρῶντές με μὴ ὑποπεσόντα ταραχῇ ἢ συνχύσει ἢ στάσει ἢ μάχῃ. ἐλέγομεν πολλ̣α´̣κις, ὅτι ἐνίοτε διὰ τῶν καθέκαστα τὸ καθόλου δείκνυται, καὶ ἐχρώμεθα τότε μαρτυρίῳ τούτῳ λέγοντες· "τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸ ὄρος τοῦ κυρίου καὶ τίς στήσεται ἐν τόπῳ ἁγίῳ αὐτοῦ; ἀθῷος χερσίν". εἶτα λέγει· "οὗτος λήμψεται εὐλογίαν παρὰ κυρίου". οὔ τινα ῥητὸν λέγει, ἀλλ' εἴ τίς ἐστιν τοιοῦτος, εἴ τις ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ ὄρος καὶ ἔστη ἐπ' ὄρους κυρίου καὶ ἀθῷος χερσίν, πᾶς, εἴ τίς ἐστιν τοιοῦτος, "εὐλογίαν λήμψεται παρὰ κυρίου". ὁμοίως ἐν ὀγδόῳ καὶ δεκάτῳ ψαλμῷ λέγεται· "ὁ νόμος κυρίου ἄμεμπτος, ἐπιστρέφων ψυχάς· ἡ μαρτυρία κυρίου πιστή". καὶ πολλὰ εἰρηκὼς λέγει· "καὶ γὰρ ὁ δοῦλός σου φυλάσσει αὐτά". οὐχ ἑαυτὸν μόνον λέγει, ἀλλ' εἴ τίς ἐστιν τοιοῦτος δοῦλος τοῦ θεοῦ. ἐλαττωτικὸς οὖν ὢν ἑαυτοῦ ὅταν κατορθώματα λέγῃ, "3τοῖς δούλοις τοῦ θεοῦ"3 λέγει, ὅταν δὲ παραπτώματα, "3ἑαυτῷ"3. λέγονταί τινες τῶν πλησιαζόντων θεῷ υἱοὶ θεοῦ, οἱ ὑποβεβηκότες δὲ τούτους οἱ δοῦλοι· ἐκ δούλων γὰρ γίνονται φίλοι καὶ υἱοί. οἱ μείζονες οὖν εἰσιν "οἱ θέλοντες", οἱ ὡσανεὶ υἱοί, οἱ "τέλειοι ὡς ὁ πατὴρ" αὐτῶν "ὁ οὐράνιος τέλειος"· θέλουσιν εἶναι τὴν εἰρήνην καὶ τῶν ὑποδεεστέρων. ἢ οὕτως, ὅτι πάντες τὴν ἑκάστου δούλου εἰρήνην θέλουσιν. 28 καὶ ἡ γλῶσσά μου μελετήσει τὴν δικαιοσύνην σου, ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν τὸν ἔπαινόν σου. μελετήσει εὐχαριστητικῶς. ὅταν ὑπαρχθῇ, ἃ ᾐτησάμην, τὴν δικαιοσύνην σου μελετᾷ ἡ γλῶσσά μου. τα̣ύτην ἀεὶ διηγοῦμαι, ἐν ὕμνοις αὐτὴν προφέρω, ἐν διηγηματικοῖς λόγοις αὐτὴν ὀνομάζω. "3ἡμέραν"3 ὧδε λέγει πάντα τὸν χρόνον τῆς ζωῆς τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης, ὡς καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις λέγει· "ἕνεκα σοῦ θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν", τουτέστιν διὰ β̣ι´̣ου. ἔπαινον δὲ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐ κυρίως λέγει· μᾶλλον γὰρ ὕμνος καὶ αἶνος ἐπὶ θεοῦ λέγεται, ἐπὶ δὲ ἀνθρώπων
The Nobility of God's Servitude§139
139Praise. It would be rightly called the praise of God and his praise. And 'praise of God' is possible, which he himself gives; for he himself praises those worthy of it. He says: 'and then praise shall be given to each from God' (Ps 18:9).
1–2 To the end; to the servant of the Lord, David. He says that the lawless one sins in himself. Much has been said about the end, that it is that end for the sake of which all other things happen, but it is not for the sake of anything else, which is called the last desirable thing. We desire certain things for the sake of something else. None of those is the end, but they are makers of the end. But the end is that which does not happen for the sake of something else, but for its own sake all other things happen.
Someone wants to learn grammar; he learns, he meditates, he listens to a teacher, and none of these is the end. But the very attainment of perfect knowledge is the end. Therefore, perfect virtue is the last desirable thing, with which there is no other thing to seek as a completion. We use laws for the sake of virtue; the giving of the laws is not the end. We are persuaded by exhortations, by teachings approaching moral training; but all these things happen for the sake of something else. But perfect virtue, the unsurpassed, established after all progress, is the end. Every servant of God pursues this end. Because of this: 'to the servant of the Lord, David'.
If it says 'to the servant', it is not only the end of this David, the son of Jesse, but of every one who has served God. If, indeed, we praise someone in grammar and say that he is able to write as is necessary, and to read as is fitting, and to explain as it is, the harmonies, we do not speak only about him, but about every grammarian. However, let us look at his service, so that we may thus see the others, the fellow-servants.
'I have found', he says, 'David the son of Jesse, a man after my own heart, who will do all my will' (Acts 13:22). The virtues according to species are the wills of God. But the general one is called one will; for he says: 'Not everyone who says to me, Lord, Lord, shall enter, but he who does the will of my Father' (Matt 7:21). Here he named the general virtue as a singular will. And he performs the virtues according to species by doing all the wills of God, if anyone is a doer of the wills of God, if he...
If one turns his commandments into works, and if he does not cast away the things that are to be thought, then the truth of God has been shown. This one is a servant of God. And behold, he was a king saying these things, and he preferred the servitude of God to kingship; for to be a servant of God is a great nobility.
Indeed, it has been said many times that the saints position themselves in their prefaces thus: 'James, a servant of the Lord God Jesus Christ' (James 1:1), and 'Paul, a servant of Christ', and Jonah being asked, 'From what country and what people?', then he says, 'I am a servant of God' (Jonah 1:9). And just as those who are being promoted by virtue of their ranks claim their rank and dignity, these saints, as if professing a greatest nobility and surpassing fame and great rank, profess the servitude of God. The servant of God, knowing the will of God, knows also the things that are contrary to the will of God. For impiety, lawlessness, and every kind of evil oppose the will of God.
Therefore, the servant of the Lord, having known the end, which is virtue over all things, also knew lawlessness; for of the contrary things, there is the same knowledge. He who possesses medical skill knows not only the healthful things among the remedies, but also the harmful ones, so that he may use the former and reject the latter. Thus the servant of the Lord, being lifted up toward the end, says in the song: 'The lawless one says that he sins in himself' (Psalm 19:13).
The wording is ambiguous. It signifies one thing thus: 'The lawless one says in himself that he sins'. 'He says in himself that he sins'. First, he joins himself to lawlessness and sin, and thus comes to practicing it. It is impossible not to sin if one has not been pre-disposed toward sin. Thus 'he says' 'the lawless one that he sins in himself'. 'He says in himself'. For it is to be read thus: 'The lawless one says in himself that he sins'. But it is also possible to take the other part of the ambiguity thus: 'The lawless one says in himself that he sins'; for he knows that he has no boldness regarding sinning. Everyone who sins while following it hides the evil; for no one indeed makes himself manifest as he is. Even if he were a fornicator and wished to lie with someone, he does not want the one describing him to say he is a fornicator. Therefore, they are even more condemned, because they wish to hide what they are doing. No one...
Greek · §139
ἔπαινος. ῥηθείη ἂν ὁ ὀρθῶς γινόμενος αἶνος τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἔπαινος αὐτοῦ. δύναται δὲ "3ἔπαινος τοῦ θεοῦ"3, ὃν αὐτὸς δίδωσιν· αὐτὸς γὰρ ἐπαινεῖ τοὺς ἀξίους τούτου. λέγει· "καὶ τότε ὁ ἔπαινος ἑκάστῳ γενήσεται ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ". 230 1–2 εἰς τὸ τέλος· τῷ δούλῳ κυρίου τῷ ∆αυίδ. φησὶν ὁ παράνομος τοῦ ἁμαρτάνειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ. περὶ τέλους πολλάκις ἐλέχθη, ὅτι ἐκεῖνο τέλος ἐστίν, οὗ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα χάριν γίνεται, αὐτὸ δὲ οὐδενὸς ἕνεκα, ὃ καλεῖται ἔσχατον ὀρεκτόν. ὀρεγόμεθά τινων ἄλλου ἕνεκα. οὐδὲν ἐκείνων τέλος ἐστίν, ποιητικὰ δὲ τοῦ τέλους. τέλος δέ ἐστιν, ὃ οὐκ ἄλλου χάριν γίνεται, ἀλλ' αὐτοῦ πάντα τὰ ἄλλα. βούλεταί τις γραμματικὴν μαθεῖν· ἐκμανθάνει, μελετᾷ, ἀκούει διδασκάλου, καὶ οὐδὲν τούτων τέλος ἐστίν. αὐτὴ δὲ ἡ ἀνάλημψις τῆς ἐπιστήμης τῆς τελείας τὸ τέλος ἐστίν. ἐστὶν οὖν ἔσχατον ὀρεκτὸν ἡ τελεία ἀρετή, μεθ' ἣν οὐκ ἔστιν ἕτερόν τι τελεστικὸν ζητῆσαι. νόμοις χρώμεθα τῆς ἀρετῆς ἕνεκα· ἡ τῶν νόμων δόσις οὔκ ἐστιν τέλος. παραινέσεσιν πειθόμεθα, διδασκαλίαις τοῦ ἠθικὴν παίδευσιν προσάγοντος· πάντα δὲ ταῦτα ἄλλου χάριν γίνεται. αὐτὴ δὲ ἡ τελεία ἀρετὴ ἡ ἀνυπέρβλητος ἡ μετὰ πᾶσαν προκοπὴν συνισταμένην τέλος ἐστίν. τοῦτο τὸ τέλος μεταδιώκει πᾶς ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ δοῦλος. δ̣ιὰ τοῦτο· "τῷ δούλῳ κυρίου τῷ ∆αυίδ". ἐὰν λέγῃ "τῷ δούλῳ", οὐ μόνου τούτου τοῦ ∆αυὶδ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἰεσσαὶ τὸ τέλος ἐστὶν τοῦτο, ἀλλὰ παντὸς τοῦ δουλεύσαντος θεῷ. ἐὰν γοῦν ἐπαινῶμέν τινα ἐπὶ γραμματικῇ καὶ λέγωμεν, ὅτι ἱκανός ἐστιν καὶ γράψαι ὡς δεῖ καὶ ἀναγνῶναι ὡς προσῆκεν καὶ ἐξηγήσασθαι ὡς ἔχει ἁρμονίας, οὐ περὶ ἐκείνου μόνου λέγομεν, ἀλλὰ περὶ παντὸς γραμματικοῦ. 231 ὅμως δὲ τὴν δουλείαν αὐτοῦ θεασώμεθα, ἵν' οὕτω καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς ὁμοδούλους ἴδωμεν. 149 "εὗρον", φησίν, "∆αυὶδ τὸν τοῦ Ἰεσσαί, ἄνδρα κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν μου, ὃς ποιήσει πάντα τὰ θελήματά μου". θελήματα τοῦ θεοῦ αἱ κατ' εἶδός εἰσιν ἀρεταί. ἡ δὲ γενικὴ ἓν θέλημα λέγεται· λέγει γὰρ ὅτι· "οὐ πᾶς ὁ λέγων με κύριε κύριε, εἰσελεύσεται, ἀλλ' ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός μου". ὧδε τὴν γενικὴν ἀρετὴν ἑνικῶς θέλημα ὠνόμασεν. ποιεῖ δὲ τὰς κατ' εἶδος ἀρετὰς κατὰ πάντα τὰ θελήματα τοῦ θεοῦ ποιῶν, εἴ τις ποιητής ἐστιν τῶν θεοῦ θελημάτων, εἴ τις τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ εἰς ἔργα μεταβάλλει, εἴ τις τὰ φρονητέα ἀποβάλλει, εἰ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ θεοῦ δέδεικται. οὗτός ἐστιν δοῦλος θεοῦ. καὶ ὅρα γε, βασιλεὺς ἦν ὁ ταῦτα λέγων καὶ προέκρινεν τὴν θεοῦ δουλείαν τῆς βασιλείας· μεγάλη γὰρ εὐγένειά ἐστιν τὸ εἶναι θεοῦ δοῦλον. αὐτίκα γοῦν πολλάκις εἴρηται, ὅτι τάττουσιν ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ταῖς προγραφαῖς οὕτως οἱ ἅγιοι· "̓Ιάκωβος κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοῦλος", καί· "Παῦλος δοῦλος Χριστοῦ", καὶ Ἰωνᾶς ἐρωτώμενος· "ἐκ ποίας χώρας καὶ ποίου λαου῀̣", εἶτα λέγει· "ἐγὼ δοῦλος θεοῦ εἰμι". καὶ ὥσπερ οἱ διὰ ἀξίωμα προταττόμενοι τῶν συνταγμάτων ἑαυτῶν τὴν ἀξίαν καὶ τὸ ἀξίωμα, οὗτοι οἱ ἅγιοι ὥσπερ μεγίστην εὐγένειαν καὶ ὑπερβάλλουσαν εὔκλειαν καὶ ἀξίωμα μέγα τὴν θεοῦ δουλείαν ὁμολογοῦσιν. ὁ θεοῦ δοῦλος εἰδὼς τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ θέλημα οἶδεν καὶ τὰ ἐναντιούμενα τῷ θελήματι τοῦ θεοῦ. ἐναντιοῦται δὲ τῷ θελήματι τοῦ θεοῦ ἀσέβεια, παρανομία, πᾶν εἶδος κακίας. ἐγνωκὼς οὖν ὁ δοῦλος τοῦ κυρίου τὸ τέλος, τὴν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἀρετήν, ἔγνω καὶ τὴν παρανομίαν· τῶν γὰρ ἐναντίων ἡ αὐτή ἐστιν ἐπιστήμη. ὁ ἰατρικὴν ἔχων οὐ μόνον τὰ ὑγιεινὰ οἶδεν τῶν βοηθημάτων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ βλαπτικά, ἵνα τοῖς μὲν χρᾶται, τὰ δὲ ἀποστρέφηται. λέγει οὖν ὁ δοῦλος τοῦ κυρίου ὁ εἰς τὸ τέλος ἀναφερόμενος τὴν ᾠδήν. "φησὶν ὁ παράνομος τοῦ ἁμαρτάνειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ". ἀμφίβολός ἐστιν ἡ λέξις. σημαίνει ἓν οὕτως· "ὁ παράνομος ἐν ἑαυτῷ φησιν τοῦ ἁμαρτάνειν". "ἐν ἑαυτῷ φησιν τοῦ ἁμαρτάνειν". πρῶτον δὲ συνκατατίθεται τῇ παρανομίᾳ καὶ τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ καὶ οὕτως ἐπὶ τὸ πράττειν αὐτὴν ἔρχεται. ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν μὴ προδιατεθέντα κατὰ ἁμαρτίαν ἁμαρτῆσαι. "φησὶν" οὖν "ὁ παράνομος τοῦ ἁμαρτάνειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ". "ἐν ἑαυτῷ φησιν". οὕτω γὰρ αὐτὸ ἀναγνωστέον, ὡς "ἐν ἑαυτῷ φησιν ὁ παράνομος τοῦ ἁμαρτάνειν". δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τὸ ἕτερον τῆς ἀμφιβολίας οὕτω λαβεῖν· "ὁ παράνομος ἐν ἑαυτῷ λέγει τοῦ ἁμαρτάνειν"· οἶδεν γὰρ ὅτι οὐκ ἔχει παρρησίαν ἐπὶ τῷ ἁμαρτάνειν. πᾶς ἁμαρτάνων ὅτε παρακολουθεῖ, κρύπτει τὸ κακόν· οὐδεὶς γοῦν φανεροῖ ἑαυτὸν ὅστις ἐστίν. κἂν πόρνος ᾖν καὶ θέλῃ συνσταθῆναί τισιν, οὐ θέλει ἵνα ὁ συνιστῶν αὐτὸν εἴπῃ αὐτο`̣ν πόρνον. ἔτι οὖν πλέον κατακρίνονται, ὅτι ὃ πράττουσιν, κρύπτειν θέλουσιν. οὐδεὶς
Distinction between Lawlessness and Transgression§140
140But one who does good wants to be unknown—and sometimes does this because of blindness—but he strives to have such works as being illuminated in addition to men, so that the Father who is in the heavens might be glorified; for 'let your light shine before men, so that they may see your good works and glorify your Father who is in the heavens' (Matt 5:16).
2 There is no fear of God in the face of his eyes. No one having the divine fear before his eyes sins; for the divine fear is a refuter of sin. When men despise it, sinning occurs, having become outside of the divine fear. In the same way also the divine writing of the proverbs introduces wisdom, saying: 'The fear of the Lord hates injustice, and insolence and pride and the ways of the wicked' (Prov 8:13). If the fear of God hates these things, no one having it acts unjustly; for 'the fear of the Lord hates injustice.' He is not an insolent man, he is not a slanderer, he is not self-willed. And the name of insolence (hybris) at times signifies slander, and at other times exaltation and arrogance. 'And the ways of the wicked the fear of God hates.' And the 'ways of the wicked' are the ungodly opinions and the lawless actions. Since, therefore, he does not have the fear of God before his eyes, because of this he says in himself that he sins. 'But from the fear of the Lord everyone turns away from evil' (Prov 16:6).
3 Because he acted deceitfully in his own presence to find his own lawlessness and to hate it. In his own presence he acted deceitfully. He hides the evil through deceit, knowing that, if he does not hide the lawlessness through deceit, once found, hatred is activated in the one who has found and known it. So that he might not be hated because of the lawlessness, he hides it through deceit; for the one finding it hates it.
232 You know that many times probabilities overshadow evil works, so that they may go unnoticed. For example, the false prophets, being 'snaring wolves' according to the opinion, bring a sheep's fleece, so that they may be thought sheep. And from which they want to be known as sheep, it is evident that they hate the wolf-like way; but they hide it; for if it is found, hatred is activated. And no one is so dishonest as to say: 'I love lawlessness and I hate piety'—for possessing it and finding pleasure in practicing it, he does not want to hate it—for if it were made manifest, he would be shown...
For it also brings punishment. The words of his mouth are lawlessness and deceit. The words which he brings forth are lawlessness and deceits. If he sins morally by being uncontrolled, angry, or unjust, his words possess lawlessness. If he deceives with false opinion, those words possess deceit; for he acts deceitfully so that the impiety of his words may not appear, lest they be trampled upon and some turn away from them.
Furthermore: did he not say 'transgression'? Transgression is lawlessness, but lawlessness is not always transgression. If one acts outside of the law, he is acting outside of it, and that is lawlessness. But if, having received the law, he violates it, he acts contrary to the law, and that is transgression. Therefore, transgression is lawlessness, but lawlessness is not always transgression. The one acting contrary to the law and acting in opposition to the law is judged by the extent to which it reaches into actual deeds. If, however, we see the disposition of the one acting, even one who has received the law but does not act according to it, he transgresses. But if he has no law, I say—as it is written—he only commits lawlessness. 'As many as sinned in the law' (Psalm 78:52), he says; those sinning in the law are transgressors. 'They sin lawlessly' are those not possessing the law. However, the thing being done is one and the same. I take the difference from the volition and the disposition of the one acting, so that at times he is called lawless, and at times he is called a transgressor.
He did not will to understand the good. Lest anyone think that it is nature which separates the servant of God from transgression, and the diligent from the wicked, but rather that he has assigned both to volition, and says that according to his own will he is either evil or diligent; 'he did not will.' But another wills to understand the good. The diligent man wills this very thing, to do good things. Again, he who is not in these things will have become outside of them by his own will. Thus the word constructs self-determination and that which is autonomous and free through volition, because no one is a transgressor by nature, and no one is good by essence; for we all humans are of the same substance. But according to our own choice, or flight, we are either wicked or diligent.
He reckoned lawlessness upon his own bed. He says this to mean that not only when he is awake and acting does he work lawlessness, but also upon the bed.
Greek · §140
δὲ πράττων τὸ καλὸν θέλει ἀγνοεῖσθαι–κἀ´̣ν ποτε τοῦτο ποιῇ ἀτυφίας ἕνεκα–, ἀλλὰ σπουδάζει τοιαῦτα ἔργα ἔχειν φωτιζόμενα ἐπίπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς· "λαμψάτω" γὰρ "τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔνπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὅπως ἴδωσιν ὑμῶν τὰ καλὰ ἔργα καὶ δοξάσωσιν τὸν πατέρα τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς". 2 οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ. οὐδεὶς πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν ἔχων τὸν θεῖον φόβον ἁμαρτάνει· ὁ γὰρ θεῖος φόβος ἀναιρετικός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας. καταφρονούντων ἐστὶν τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν, ἔξω γενομένων τοῦ θείου φόβου. οὕτω γοῦν καὶ ἡ θεία τῶν παροιμιῶν γραφὴ εἰσάγει τὴν σοφίαν λέγουσαν· "φόβος κυρίου μισεῖ ἀδικίαν, ὕβριν τε καὶ ὑπερηφανίαν καὶ ὁδοὺς πονηρῶν". εἰ ὁ φόβος τοῦ θεοῦ ταῦτα μισεῖ, οὐδεὶς ἔχων αὐτὸν ἀδικεῖ· "φόβος" γὰρ "κυρίου μισεῖ ἀδικίαν". οὔκ ἐστιν ὑβριστής, οὔκ ἐστιν λοίδορος, οὔκ ἐστιν αὐθάδης. τὸ δὲ τῆς ὕβρεως ὄνομα ὁτὲ μὲν τὴν λοιδορίαν σημαίνει, ὁτὲ δὲ τὴν ὑψαυχενίαν καὶ ἀλαζονείαν. "καὶ τὰς ὁδοὺς τῶν πονηρῶν μισεῖ ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ φόβος". "ὁδοὶ" δὲ "τῶν πονηρῶν" εἰσιν τὰ ἀσεβῆ φρονήματα, αἱ πράξεις αἱ παράνομοι. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν οὐκ ἔχει τὸν φόβον τοῦ θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν, διὰ τοῦτο ἐν ἑαυτῷ λέγει τοῦ 150 ἁμαρτάνειν. "τῷ δὲ φόβῳ κυρίου ἐκκλίνει πᾶς ἀπὸ κακοῦ". 3 ὅτι ἐδόλωσεν ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ τοῦ εὑρεῖν τὴν ἀνομίαν αὐ τοῦ καὶ μισῆσαι. ἐνώπιον ἑαυτοῦ ἐδόλωσεν. κρύπτει τὸ κακὸν διὰ δόλου εἰδὼς ὅτι, ἐὰν μὴ κρύφῃ τὴν παρανομίαν δόλῳ, εὑρεθεῖσα μῖσος ἐνεργάζεται τῷ εὑρηκότι καὶ ἐγνωκότι αὐτήν. ἵν' οὖν μὴ μισηθῇ διὰ τὴν παρανομίαν, κρύπτει αὐτὴν δόλῳ̣· ὁ γὰρ εὑρὼν αὐτὴν μισεῖ. 232 οἶδας ὅτι καὶ ἐπισκιάζουσιν πολλάκις τοῖς κακοῖς ἔργοις πιθανότητας, ἵνα λανθάνωσιν. οἷον οἱ ψευδοπροφῆται "λύκοι ἅρπαγες" κατὰ τὴν γνώμην ὄντες ἐπιφέρονται δορὰν προβάτου, ἵνα πρόβατα νομισθῶσιν. ἐξ οὗ δὲ θέλουσιν πρόβατα γνωσθῆναι, φανερόν, ὅτι μισοῦσιν τὸν λύκειον τρόπον· ἀλλὰ κρύπτουσιν αὐτόν· ἐὰν γὰρ εὑρεθῇ, μῖσος ἐνεργάζεται. οὐδεὶς δὲ οὕτως ἠλίθιός ἐστιν ὥστε λέγε̣ιν̣· "φιλῶ τὴν ἀνομίαν καὶ μισῶ τὴν εὐσέβειαν"–ἐχόμενος γὰρ αὐτῆς καὶ ἡδόμενος ἐνεργεῖν αὐτὴν οὐ θέλει αὐτὴν μισῆσαι–· ἐὰν γὰρ φανερωθῇ, δείκνυται ὅτι καὶ κόλασιν ἐπιφέρει. 4 τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ἀνομία καὶ δόλος. τὰ ῥήματα ἃ προφέρει, ἄνομα καὶ δόλιά ἐστιν. εἰ δὲ ἠθικῶς ἁμαρτάνει ἀκολασταίνων, ὀργιζόμενος, ἀδικῶν, ἀνομίαν ἐ´̣χ̣ει τὰ ῥήματα. εἰ δὲ ψευδοδοξεῖ, δόλον αὐτὰ ἔχει· δολιοῖ γάρ, ἵνα μὴ φανῇ τὸ ἀσεβὲς τῶν ῥημάτων αὐτοῦ καὶ καταπατηθ̣ῇ αὐτὰ καὶ ἀποστραφῇ τις αὐτά. ἐπερ · οὐκ εἶπεν τὴν "παρανομίαν"; –ἡ παρανομία καὶ ἀνομία ἐστίν, οὐ πάντως δὲ ἡ ἀνομία καὶ παρανομία ἐστίν. εἰ παρὰ τὸν νόμον γίνεται, ἔξω τούτου γίνεται ὁ ἐν εργῶν αὐτήν, ἀνομία ἐστίν. εἰ δὲ λαβὼν τὸν νόμον παρανομεῖ, παρὰ τὸν νόμον πράττει, παρανομία ἐστίν. ἡ παρανομία οὖν καὶ ἀνομία ἐστίν, οὐ πάντως δὲ ἡ ἀνομία καὶ παρανομία ἐστιν. ἐκ τῆς ἕξεως κρίνεται ὁ παρὰ τὸν νόμον ποιῶν καὶ μαχόμενα τῷ νόμῳ πράττων, ὅσον ἧκεν εἰς τὰς πράξεις. ἐὰν μέντοι τὴν διάθεσιν τοῦ ἐνεργοῦντος ἴδωμεν, καὶ ὁ μὲν νόμον εἰληφὼς μὴ πράττῃ κατ' αὐτόν, παρανομεῖ. ἐὰν δὲ πάλιν νόμου πεῖραν–γραπτοῦ λέγω– , ἀνομεῖ μόνον. "ὅσοι", φησίν, "ἐν νόμῳ ἥμαρτον"· οἱ ἐν νόμῳ ἁμαρτάνοντες παράνομοί εἰσιν. "ἀνόμως ἁμαρτάνουσιν" οἱ νόμον μὴ ἐσχηκότες. ὅμως τὸ πραττόμενον ἓν καὶ ταὐτόν ἐστιν. ἐκ τῆς προαιρέσεως καὶ διαθέσεως τοῦ ἐνεργοῦντος τὴν διαφορὰν λαμβάνω ὥστε ὁτὲ μὲν ἀνομίαν, ὁτὲ δὲ παρανομίαν καλεῖσθαι. 4 οὐκ ἠβουλήθη συνιέναι τοῦ ἀγαθῦναι. ἵνα μή τις νομίσῃ, ὅτι φύσις ἐστὶν ἡ διαστέλλουσα δοῦλον θεοῦ ἀπὸ παρανόμου καὶ τὸν σπουδαῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ φαύλου, τῇ προαιρέσει ἀνέθηκεν ἀμφότερα καὶ λέγει, ὅτι ἐπὶ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ βουλήσεως ἢ κακὸς ἢ σπουδαῖός ἐστιν· "οὐκ ἐβουλήθη". ἄλλος δὲ βούλεται συνιέναι τοῦ ἀγαθῦναι. ὁ σπουδαῖος βούλεται αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἀγαθὰ πράττειν. πάλιν ὁ μὴ ἐν τούτοις ὢν βουλήσει τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ἔξω τούτων γέγονεν. τὸ αὐτεξούσιον οὖν κατασκευάζει ὁ λόγος καὶ τὸ αὐτόνομον καὶ ἐλεύθερον τῆς προαιρέσεως, ὅτι οὐδεὶς ἐκ κατασκευῆς παράνομός ἐστιν, οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς κατ' οὐσίαν ἐστίν· πάντες γὰρ ὁμοούσιοί ἐσμεν οἱ ἄνθρωποι. παρὰ δὲ τὴν ἡμετέραν αἵρεσιν ἢ φυγὴν ἢ φαῦλοι ἢ σπουδαῖοί ἐσμεν. 5 ἀνομίαν ἐλογίσατο ἐπὶ τῆς κοίτης αὐτοῦ. τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι οὐ μόνον, ὅτε πρόεισιν καὶ ἐνεργεῖ, τὰ ἄνομα ἐργάζεται, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς εὐνῆς
The Straight Paths of Virtue§141
141He is considered to be practicing lawlessness, yet it is necessary to imitate that man who is blessed, the one meditating on the law of the Lord day and night: 'But his delight is in the law of the Lord, and in his law he will meditate day and night' (Psalm 1:2). The one meditating on the law of the Lord day and night is not considered to have lawlessness upon his bed, but the law.
It was said by the hierophant Moses from the face of God: 'And all these words, as many as I command you this day, shall be in your heart and in your soul' (Deut 6:6). Then: 'Going on a road, looking, wandering.' If he speaks the words of God and is looking, he is not considered to have lawlessness upon his bed. It is possible even to call the body a bed of the soul.
Even if the soul is in a body, it already meditates on becoming outside of it, subduing the body and leading it as a slave. Thus indeed it is said concerning those having such a mindset: 'You are not in the flesh' (Rom 8:8). Even though they had flesh, they were not in the mindset of the flesh. And again: 'The mindset of the flesh is enmity against God' (Jas 4:4). And again: 'Those who, being in the flesh, seek to please God, are unable' (Rom 8:7).
If he speaks concerning this flesh, all the saints, being in it, pleased God. But the mindset of thinking according to the flesh, being entirely lifted up by the flesh, and consequently becoming fleshly—who is this fleshly person, or he who sells himself to sin? 'But I am fleshly, having been mastered by sin' (Rom 7:24). 'He considered lawlessness upon his bed.' According to the ascent: just as he considered lawlessness in the bed of the body. But it was necessary, while remaining upon this bed, to strip himself and to be pitied, because in the considering there is lawlessness, so as to say: 'With my tears I will wet my bed' (Ps 6:6). The voice of one repenting: but he who repents is not considered to be practicing lawlessness. And concerning others it is said in the prophet Micah: 'He was considered to be thinking of evils upon his bed, and at once with the day he completed them' (Mic 7:3).
They are often covered in the night by lawless things and at the same time complete them with the day. It is necessary, therefore, if an injustice has ever occurred upon the bed, to be convicted of it; for this is what the word protects: 'Be angry and do not sin; what you say in your hearts, be convicted upon your bed' (Ps 4:4). For if you are convicted, the devil finds no place.
He stood in every way not good, but he did not approach wickedness. He turned away every good way. And the virtues are ways. Therefore, do not pay attention to Elymas the sorcerer; the apostle says: 'Will you not cease perverting the straight ways of the Lord?' (Acts 13:10). They are straight and good. And the virtues are called straight because of being a mean; for in a straight way there is no deviation. 'God knows the ways on the right, but the ways on the left are perverted' (Ps 16:6). And it is also good to say 'not good'; for he did not say 'evil.' Not every thing that is not good is evil. It is impossible for something to stand in every bad way by being contrary to it and concerning wickedness. The cowardly cannot be bold, nor the impious pious. Therefore these things are not good. In decision they are the same, but in condemnation they are not the same. 'He did not approach wickedness' (Ps 36:6).
Lord, in heaven is your mercy, and your truth unto the clouds (Ps 36:6). Concerning those dwelling on the earth according to the mindset, we say, 'those thinking of things on earth,' whom the God-Word, blaming, says in the prophet Jeremiah: 'You have sunk down into the earth in sitting' (Jer 48:10), if it is possible, and you want to be lower than the earth, thinking of nothing rising, not having 'your citizenship in the heavens' (Phil 3:20), not having your heart there toward those saying: 'Let us lift up our heart to the high one in heaven.' And it is said again concerning some this: 'But they sought my soul in vain, they shall enter into the lowest parts of the earth' (Ps 118:17). And Moses, in a triumphal song against Pharaoh and those with him, was saying: 'You stretched out your right hand, and you swallowed' (Ex 15:1).
Greek · §141
ῥεριμμένος ἀνομίαν λογίζεται, δέον μιμήσασθαι ἐκεῖνον τὸν ἄνδρα τὸν μακαριζόμενον τὸν ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς μελετῶντα τὸν νόμον τοῦ κυρίου· "ἀλλ' ἢη ἐν τῷ νόμῳ κυρίου τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτοῦ μελετήσει ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός". ὁ ἡμέρας̣ καὶ νυκτὸς μελετῶν τὸν νόμον κυρίου οὐ λογίζεται ἀνομίαν ἐπὶ τῆς κοίτης αὐτοῦ ἀλλὰ τὸν νόμον. εἴρηται υ῾̣πὸ τοῦ ἱεροφάντου Μωσέως ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ· "καὶ ἔσται πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα, ὅσα ἐγὼ ἐντέλλομαί σοι σήμερον, ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου καὶ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ σου". εἶτα· "πορευόμενος ἐν ὁδῷ, κοιταζόμενος, διανιστάμενος". εἰ λαλεῖ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ῥήματα καὶ κοιταζόμενος, οὐ λογίζεται ἀνομίαν ἐπὶ τῆς κοίτης αὐτοῦ. δυνατὸν καὶ τὸ σῶμα κοίτην εἰπεῖν τῆς 151 ψυχῆς. κἂν ἐν σώματι ᾖν ἡ ψυχή, ἀλλὰ μελετᾷ ἤδη ἐκτὸς αὐτοῦ γενέσθαι, ὑπωπιάζουσα τὸ σῶμα καὶ δουλαγωγοῦσα. οὕτω γοῦν περὶ τῶν οὕτως γνώμης ἐχόντων λέγεται· "οὐκ ἐστὲ ἐν σαρκί". καίτοι εἶχαν σάρκα, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἦσαν ἐν τῷ φρονήματι τῆς σαρκός. καὶ ἔτι "τὸ φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς ἔχθρα εἰς θεόν". καὶ ἔ τι· "οἱ δὲ ἐν σαρκὶ ὄντες θεῷ ἀρέσαι οὐ δύνανται". ἐὰν περὶ ταύτης τῆς σαρκὸς λέγῃ, πάντες οἱ ἅγιοι ἐν αὐτῇ ὄντες ἤρεσαν θεῷ. ἀλλ' ἐν τῷ φρονήματι τὸ φρονεῖν κατὰ σάρκα, τὸ ὅλος ἐκ σαρκὸς ἠρτῆσθαι, λοιπὸν σάρκινος γενέσθαι. τίς δέ ἐστιν ὁ σάρκινος γινόμενος ἢ ὁ πωλῶν ἑαυτὸν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ̣; "ἐγὼ δὲ σάρκινός εἰμι πεπραμένος ὑπὸ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν". "ἀνομίαν διελογίσατο ἐπὶ τῆς κοίτης αὐτοῦ". κατὰ τὴν ἀναγωγήν· ὥσπερ ἐν κοίτῃ τῷ σώματι ἀνομίαν ἐλογίσατο. ἔδει δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς κοίτης ταύτης μένοντα ἀποδύρεσθαι ἑαυτὸν καὶ 233 οἰκτίζεσθαι, ὅτι ἐν τῷ λογίζεσθαί ἐστιν παρανομία, ὥστ' ἀνειπεῖν· "ἐν δάκρυσίν μου τὴν στρωμνήν μου βρέξω". μετανοοῦντος ἡ φωνή· ὁ δὲ μετανοῶν οὐ λογίζεται ἀνομίαν. καὶ περὶ ἄλλων εἴρηται ἐν τῷ Μιχαίᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ· "ἐγένετο λογιζόμενος κακὰ ἐπὶ τῆς κοίτης αὐτοῦ καὶ ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ συνετέλει αὐτά". διασκέπτονται ἐν ταῖς νυξὶν πολλάκις περὶ παρανομημάτων καὶ ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ συντελοῦσιν αὐτά. δέον δέ, εἰ καὶ γέγονέν ποτε ἐπὶ τῆς κοίτης παρανομία, κατανυγῆναι· τοῦτο γὰρ ὁ λόγος προστάττει· "ὀργίζεσθε καὶ μὴ ἁμαρτάνετε· ἃ λέγετε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν, ἐπὶ τῆς κοίτης ὑμῶν κατανύγητε". ἐὰν γὰρ κατανυγῆτε, οὐκ εὑρίσκει τόπον ὁ διάβολος. 5 παρέστη ὁδῷ πάσῃ οὐκ ἀγαθῇ, κακίᾳ δὲ οὐ προσώχθισεν. πᾶσαν ἀγαθὴν ὁδὸν ἐξετράπη. ὁδοὶ δέ εἰσιν αἱ ἀρεταί. ἀμέλει γοῦν πρὸς τὸν Ἐλύμαν τὸν μάγον ὁ ἀπόστολος λέγει· "οὐ παύσῃ διαστρέφων τὰς ὁδοὺς κυρίου τὰς εὐθείας"; εὐθεῖαι καὶ ἀγαθαί εἰσιν. εὐθεῖαι δὲ λέγονται αἱ ἀρεταὶ τῷ μεσότητες εἶναι· ἐν εὐθείᾳ γὰρ οὐκ ἔνι παρέκκλισις. "ὁδοὺς τὰς ἐκ δεξιῶν οἶδεν ὁ θεός, διεστραμμέναι δὲ αἱ ἐξ ἀριστερῶν". εὖ δὲ καὶ τὸ φάναι "οὐκ ἀγαθῇ"· οὐ γὰρ εἶπεν "πονηρᾷ". οὐ πάντως τὸ οὐκ ἀγαθὸν κακόν ἐστιν. ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν παραστῆναί τινα πάσῃ ὁδῷ κακῇ τῷ ἐναντιότητας εἶναι καὶ περὶ κακίας. οὐ δύναται ὁ δειλὸς καὶ θρασὺς εἶναι οὐδὲ ὁ ἀσεβὴς δεισιδαίμων. οὐκ ἀγαθὰ οὖν εἰσιν ταῦτα. τῇ ἀποφάσει τὰ αὐτά εἰσιν, τῇ δὲ καταφάσει οὐ τὰ αὐτά. "τῇ κακίᾳ οὐ προσώχθισεν". 6 κύριε, ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ τὸ ἔλεός σου, καὶ ἡ ἀλήθειά σου ἕως τῶν νεφελῶν. περὶ τῶν τὴν γῆν οἰκούντων κατὰ τὸ φρόνημα λέγομεν, "τῶν τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονούντων", οὓς αἰτιώμενος ὁ θεὸς λόγος ἐν τῷ προφήτῃ Ἰερεμίᾳ λέγει· "ἐβαθύνατε εἰς τὴν γῆν κάθισιν", εἰ οἷόν τέ ἐστιν, καὶ κατωτέρω τῆς γῆς θέλετε εἶναι, οὐδὲν ἀνηγμένον διανοούμενοι, οὐκ ἔχοντες "τὸ πολίτευμα ἐν οὐρανοῖς", οὐκ ἐκεῖ τὴν καρδίαν ἔχοντες πρὸς τοὺς λέγοντας· "ἀναλάβωμεν καρδίαν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑψηλὸν ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ". λέγεται οὖν περί τινων πάλιν καὶ τοῦτο· "αὐτοὶ δὲ εἰς μάτην ἐζήτησαν τὴν ψυχήν μου, εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὰ κατώτατα τῆς γῆς". καὶ Μωυσῆς δὲ ἐν ἐπινικίῳ ᾠδῇ τῇ κατὰ Φαραὼθ καὶ τῶν μετ' αὐτοῦ ἔλεγεν· "ἐξέτεινας τὴν δεξιάν σου, καὶ κατέπιεν
The Height of Righteousness and Divine Mercy§142
142They are earth. Yet it is not earth that sinks them according to the history, but water. For it has been said: 'Immediately they sank down like lead in fierce water' (Ps 69:2). And if God stretches out his right hand against the wicked, they are swallowed up from the earth, they become entirely earthly, they are handed over to 'sufferings of dishonor', they are handed over to 'the desires of their hearts unto impurity', they worship 'the creature rather than the Creator' (Rom 1:25). His 'mercy' is therefore 'in heaven'; for he 'makes mercy unto thousands for those loving him' (Ps 103:17). Just as one ascends a ladder of mercy into heaven; for the nature of the mercy of God is not of the things below, but is above. And if ever it happens in the earth, that is to say, in men—for it has been said: 'the earth is full of the mercy of the Lord' (Ps 33:5)—those being pitied by this mercy are lifted up into heaven.
'And even unto the clouds', he says, 'is your truth' (Ps 36:5). One must not pay attention to those who remove providence from the earth and say it is limited even to the mountains of the moon because of the saying: 'your truth is even unto the clouds'. The prophets are clouds ministering to us a spiritual rain, from which the paradise of God is watered, the seed that fell into good earth, which Jesus cast so that it might become a hundredfold, and a hundred and sixty and thirty (Matt 13:8). Therefore, until these clouds which minister the spiritual rain, concerning which it has been said: 'let the clouds rain down righteousness' (Job 36:28), the truth of God is. If anyone is a cloud able to pour out spiritual rain and righteousness, he has God's truth.
'Your righteousness is like the mountains of God' (Ps 36:6). The mountains of God are interpreted in many ways according to the Scripture. When it says: 'you shine wondrously from eternal mountains' (Ps 104:1-2), 'eternal mountains' refers to the saints who no longer look at the things seen as being temporary, but at the things unseen which are eternal. 'Draw near to eternal mountains'. These mountains, the sensible ones, are not eternal. If the earth and the heaven produce, fragments and parts of the earth, the mountains, they depart with it, they produce with it, so that those are not eternal. But you look toward the eternal, the unseen, the superior, the higher; those are mountains of the citizens...
Having a height of pious mindset. Therefore, 'approach eternal mountains' means approach through disposition; take up that same high mindset for them. 'The righteousness' which is 'as the mountains' is 'of God'. The righteousness in humans, when it grows those who possess it, makes them like the mountains of God.
It is possible to call the mountains of God, according to another sense, all the superior things toward which the ninety-nine sheep remained when Jesus came to save the one that went astray from the mountains, having fallen there into error, pursuit, and death. Therefore, 'approach eternal mountains' means approach through disposition; take up that same high mindset for them. 'The righteousness' which is 'as the mountains' is 'of God'. The righteousness in humans, when it grows those who possess it, makes them like the mountains of God.
It is possible to call the righteousness of the descended Savior, according to another sense, those whom he saved. For 'he who did not know sin made sin for us, so that we might become the righteousness of God in him' (2 Cor 5:21). Those having become the righteousness of God in him who became sin for us are like the mountains of God, like the angels, like the archangels; for they were perfected in the upper creation. 'Lord, your mercy is in heaven, and your truth to the clouds' (Ps 36:5).
God is merciful in one way and humans in another. The mercy that happens among men and the benefit toward the neighbor is human; for they know how to help and nourish and do other things in a human way, and this mercy is that which draws near to the earth, that is, to human things. But the God who shows mercy lifts up those who are being lifted up so as to carry them into heaven. 'In heaven' indeed 'is your mercy'.
And this too is possible because: when showing mercy, you do not show mercy humanly; for even if you 'give food to all flesh' (Ps 145:16), and even if you provide health to the sick, this righteousness is not touching the heaven. And so that I may express it more clearly: the things touched by the gifts of God are not only of the righteous, but also of the wicked, and of the rational and the irrational; they are not heavenly. But those alone are of heaven and lead into heaven, which are truly good and heavenly. And in another psalm you have: 'the earth is full of your mercy' (Ps 33:5). He sends down that one to show mercy to the earth.
Greek · §142
αὐτοὺς γῆ". καίτοι οὐ γῆ αὐτοὺς καταπεπώκει κατὰ τὴν ἱστορίαν ἀλλὰ ὕδωρ. εἴρηται γοῦν· "εὐθὺς ἔδυσαν ὡσεὶ μόλιβος ἐν ὕδατι σφοδρῷ". κἂν γοῦν ἐκτείνῃ ὁ θεὸς κατὰ τῶν φαύλων τὴν δεξιάν, καταπίνονται ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ὅλοι γήινοι γίνονται, παραδίδονται "εἰς πάθη ἀτιμίας", "ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν" παραδίδονται, λατρεύειν "τῇ κτίσει παρὰ τὸν κτίσαντα". "ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ" οὖν ἐστιν "τὸ ἔλεος" αὐτοῦ· "ποιεῖς" γὰρ "ἔλεος εἰς χιλιάδας τοῖς ἀγαπῶσίν σε". ὥσπερ διά τινος κλίμακος τοῦ ἐλέου εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναβαίνει· ἡ φύσις γὰρ τοῦ ἐλέους τοῦ θεοῦ οὔκ ἐστιν τῶν κάτω ἀλλὰ ἄνω ἐστίν. κἄν ποτε οὖν γίνηται ἐν τῇ γῇ, τουτέστιν ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ἡ ἀγαθότης τοῦ θεοῦ–εἴρηται γάρ· "τοῦ ἐλέους κυρίου πλήρης ἡ γῆ"–, ἀναβιβάζονται οἱ ἐλεώμενοι ὑπ' αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἐλέου εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν. 152 "καὶ ἕως τῶν νεφελῶν", φησίν, "ἡ ἀλήθειά σου". οὐ προσεκτέον τοῖς αἴρουσιν τὴν πρόνοιαν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτὴν περιορίζεσθαι μέχρι τῶν σελήνης ὅρων διὰ τοῦ εἰπεῖν· "ἡ ἀλήθειά σου ἕως τῶν νεφελῶν". νεφέλαι εἰσὶν οἱ προφῆται διακονοῦντες ἡμῖν πνευματικὸν ὑετόν, ἀφ' οὗ πνευματικοῦ ὑετοῦ ἀρδεύεται ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ παράδεισος, ὁ σπόρος ὁ πεσὼν εἰς καλὴν γῆν, ὃν ἔβαλεν Ἰησοῦς ὥστε ἑκατονταπλασίονα γενέσθαι καὶ ἑκατὸν καὶ ἑξήκοντα καὶ τριάκοντα. ἕως οὖν τού των τῶν νεφελῶν τῶν διακονουσῶν τὸν πνευματικὸν ὑετόν, περὶ ὧν εἴρηται· "αἱ νεφέλαι ῥανάτωσαν δικαιοσύνην", ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν. εἴ τίς ἐστιν νεφέλη δυνάμενος πνευματικὸν ὑετὸν καὶ δικαιοσύνην ῥεῖν, ἐκεῖνος ἔχει τη`̣ν θεοῦ ἀλήθειαν. 7 ἡ δικαιοσύνη σου ὡς ὄρη θεοῦ. πολυτρόπως τὰ ὄρη τοῦ θεοῦ ἑρμηνεύεται κατὰ τὴν γραφήν. ὅταν λέγῃ· "φωτίζεις σὺ θαυμαστῶς ἀπὸ ὀρέων αἰωνίων", "ὄρη αἰώνια" λέγει τοὺς ἁγίους τοὺς σκοποῦντας οὐκέτι τὰ βλεπόμενα πρόςκαιρα ὄντα, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα τυγχάνοντα αἰώνια. "ἐγγίσατε ὄρεσιν αἰωνίοις". τὰ ὄρη ταῦτα τὰ αἰςθητὰ οὔκ εἰσιν αἰώνια. εἰ δὲ παράγει ἡ γῆ καὶ ὁ οὐρανός, ἐκβράσματα καὶ μέρη τῆς γῆς, τὰ ὄρη, σὺν αὐτῇ ἀπέρχονται, παράγουσιν σὺν αὐτῇ, ὥστε οὔκ εἰσιν ἐκεῖνα αἰώνια. ὅ234 σοι δὲ σκοποῦσιν τὰ αἰώνι̣α̣, τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα, τὰ ὑπέρτερα, τὰ ἀνωτάτω, ἐκεῖνοι ὄρη εἰσὶν δίαρμα πολιτείας ἔχοντες, ὕψος ἔχοντες φρονήματος εὐσεβοῦς. "ἐνγίσατε" οὖν "ὄρεσιν αἰωνίοις", τῇ διαθέσει ἐνγίσατε, τὸ αὐτὸ ὑψηλὸν φρόνημα ἐκείνοις ἀναλάβετε. "ἡ δικαιοσύνη" οὖν "ἡ σὴ ὡς τὰ ὄρη" εἰσὶν "τοῦ θεοῦ". ἡ δικαιοσύνη ἡ ἐν ἀνθρώποις ὅταν αὐξήσῃ τοὺς ἔχοντας αὐτήν, ὁμοιοῖ αὐτοὺς τοῖς ὄρεσιν τοῦ θεοῦ. δύναται δὲ ὄρη θεοῦ εἰπεῖν κατὰ ἄλλην διάνοιαν τὰ ὑπέρτερα πάντα, εἰς ἃ ἀπέμεινεν τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα πρόβα τα, ὅτε ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς σῶσαι τὸ α᾿̣π̣οσφαλὲν ἀπὸ τῶν ὀρῶν, τὸ καταπεσὸν ἐκεῖθεν καὶ ἐν πλάνῃ καὶ διώξει καὶ θανάτῳ γεγενημένον. "ἐνγίσατε" οὖν "ὄρεσιν αἰωνίοις", τῇ διαθέσει ἐνγίσατε, τὸ αὐτὸ ὑψηλὸν φρόνημα ἐκείνοις ἀναλάβετε. "ἡ δικαιοσύνη" οὖν "ἡ σὴ ὡς τὰ ὄρη" ἐστὶν "τοῦ θεοῦ". ἡ δικαιοσύνη ἡ ἐν ἀνθρώποις ὅταν αὐξήσῃ τοὺς ἔχοντας αὐτήν, ὁμοιοῖ αὐτοὺς τοῖς ὄρεσιν τοῦ θεοῦ. δυνατὸν δικαιοσύνην τοῦ ἐπιδημήσαντος σωτῆρος κατ' ἄλλον λόγον εἰπεῖν οὓς ἔσωσεν. "τὸν μὴ γνόντα" γὰρ "ἁμαρτίαν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησεν, ἵν' ἡμεῖς γενώμεθα δικαιοσύνη θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ". οἱ γενάμενοι δικαιοσύνη θεοῦ ε᾿̣ν τῷ γεναμένῳ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτία ὡς τὰ ὄρη εἰσὶν τοῦ θεοῦ, ὡς οἱ ἄγγελοι, ὡς οἱ ἀρχάγγελοι· ἡνώθησαν γὰρ τῇ ἄνω κτίσει. "κύριε, ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ τὸ ἔλεός σου, καὶ ἡ ἀλήθειά σου ἕως τῶν νεφελῶν". ἑτέρως ὁ θεὸς ἐλεᾷ καὶ ἑτέρως ἄνθρωποι. τὸ ἔλεος γ̣ο̣ῦν τὸ ὑπ' ἀνθρώπων γινόμενον καὶ ἡ εἰς τὸν πλησίον εὐεργεσία ἀνθρωπίνη ἐστίν· ἴσασιν γὰρ ἀνθρωπίνως βοηθεῖν καὶ τρέφειν καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ποιεῖν, καί ἐστίν γε ὁ ἔλεος οὗτος πλησιάζων τῇ γῇ, τουτέστιν τοῖς ἀνθρωπίνοις. ἐλεῶν δὲ θεὸς μετεωρίζει τοὺς μετεωριζομένους ὥστε εἰς οὐρανὸν ἀναφέρειν. "ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ" γοῦν "τὸ ἔλεός σου". δύναται δὲ καὶ τοῦτο ὅτι· ἐλεῶν οὐκ ἀνθρωπίνως ἐλεᾷς· εἰ γὰρ καὶ "δίδως τροφὴν πάσῃ σαρκί", εἰ καὶ ὑγίειαν τοῖς νοσοῦσιν παρέχεις, ἄλλ' ἐστιν αὕτη ἡ δικαιοσύνη οὐ τοῦ οὐρα νοῦ ἁπτομένη. καὶ ἵνα σαφέστερον φράσω· τὰ ἁπτόμενα δωρεᾷ θεοῦ οὐ μόνον δικαίων, ἀλλὰ καὶ φαύλων, καὶ λογικῶν καὶ ἀλόγων, οὔκ ἐστιν οὐράνια. ἐκεῖνα δὲ μόνα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ εἰσιν καὶ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ξεναγοῦσιν, ἅ ἐστιν ἀγαθὰ ἀληθῶς ουρ ανιοσπουδη. καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ ψαλμῷ ἔχεις· "τοῦ ἐλέους κυρίου πλήρης ἡ γῆ". ἐλεᾷ τὴν γῆν ἐκεῖνον καταπέμπων
The Nature of Truth and Knowledge§143
143The mercy, which fits those upon the earth. But the mercy which 'makes into thousands those who love' is heavenly and carries up into heaven. It is possible to speak of heaven here as the rational essence, the spiritual existence; for some have taken it thus: 'In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth' (Gen 1:1), the earth signifying the more bodily existence and essence, and the heaven the rational. For it is said also in other places: 'The heaven of heavens belongs to the Lord' (Ps 103:19). And it is possible for heaven to be, not this one which is visible, not only that which is in our sight, but all.
But the 'heaven of heavens' which is divided into seven is the divine state; for it is said that God is in heaven, not that He is in a place. For it is said in the Gospel: 'No one has ascended into heaven except he who descended from heaven, the Son of Man' (John 3:13). And Jesus alone descended from the truly heavenly, that is, from the state which fits God, the likeness of God. For certainly the devil was found in heaven; for there he fell along with those who blasphemed and were puffed up. For it is said toward him: 'You said: I will ascend into heaven' (Isa 14:14). Being in heaven, how does he ascend into heaven? He was in heaven, in which also other divine and blessed essences are. But he took a fantasy and a desire to be God. Thinking he would become 'like the Most High' (Gen 3:5), he named the likeness to the Most High 'heaven' while being in heaven.
Therefore God alone is in that called heaven, not that it is a place or a body or a creature, but a state, like a state of God, a likeness of God. Therefore, having taken the desire to be God, it seemed to him in vain, since he is able 'to ascend above the clouds and throw his throne above the stars and become like the Most High' (Ps 108:4). Because he said in short: 'I shall be like the Most High', he had to receive the understanding that the likeness to the Most High is not in the future. But it carries the same existence as the infinite; from the infinite and unto the infinite He is the same, without beginning and without end. But he who says 'I shall be' showed that he is not at all. And he who is not in this way, would never even become God. So the matter stood for him only as a desire, and he fell even from what was present; for he was otherwise in heaven, and said...
He says: 'I will ascend into the heaven' (Ps 48:9), which implies he fell from the heaven he possessed; for how 'did the morning star, rising early, fall from heaven?' (Isa 14:12) by saying 'how did he fall?' He showed that he was in heaven, but by saying 'I will ascend into the heaven and I will be,' he showed that he desired to become in another heaven. It is appropriate to take the clouds as belonging to the heaven.
We said yesterday that divine natures often signify the name of the clouds; for when God speaks concerning Israel as being a vineyard, and that instead of grapes He brought forth thorns—instead of the appropriate fruit He brought forth shameful desire—and these thorns the Savior spoke of—He says: 'I will command the clouds not to rain a shower upon him' (Hos 2:3). This shower is not perceptible, whence even the clouds flowing into it are not perceptible. For it has been said: 'The clouds shall rain down righteousness' (Ps 85:12). And righteousness flows and descends, not from perceptible clouds.
And I will say something paradoxical: there is a truth which was not previously dwelling with God. Paul says: 'The truth of Jesus is in me' (cf. Phlm 1:11), as if it were another truth which is not primarily called the truth of Jesus; for all things are His, He is the creator of all. And His creatures, being intelligent, have knowledge inherent in them and truth, which someone is able to receive from the intelligent ones.
There is, then, truth, I tell you, in grammar and in geometry and in the other sciences. He is not speaking of that truth belonging to Jesus entirely, nor that it is not also His; for the intelligent things, in which are knowledge and truth, are His creatures. And I say: let some mechanic construct a clock. There is certainly in the thing constructed knowledge by which it came to be; for he constructed it according to mechanical knowledge. And there is truth in the construction when it has such proportions as make it a faultless clock. If anyone therefore receives that knowledge from the apparent clock, he has received the knowledge from the one who constructed it. And the clock is a middle ground between these two states: that of the one who has made it and that of the one who has come to know it from it. Let us give an example: the intelligent people, in being such, do not possess knowledge in the way they know, but in the way...
Greek · §143
τὸν ἔλεον, ὃς ἁρ̣μόζει τοῖς ἐπὶ γῆς. ὃν δὲ "ποιεῖ εἰς χιλιάδας τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν" τὸν ἔλεον, οὐράνιός ἐστιν καὶ εἰς οὐρανὸν ἀναβιβάζει. δυνατὸν δὲ οὐρανὸν ἐνταῦθα εἰπεῖν τὴν λογικὴν οὐσίαν, τὴν νοερὰν ὕπαρξιν· οὕτω γὰρ ἐξειλήφασίν τινες καὶ τό· "ἐν ἀρχῇ ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν", τῆς γῆς σημαινούσης τὴν 153 σω̣ματικωτέραν ὕπαρξιν καὶ οὐσίαν, τοῦ δὲ οὐρανοῦ τὴν λογικήν. λέγεται γοῦν καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις· "ὁ οὐρανὸς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ". καὶ δύναται οὐρανὸς εἶναι οὐχ οὗτος ὁ φαινόμενος οὐκ ὁ ἐν ὄψει ἡμῶν μόνος ἀλλὰ πᾶς. ὁ ἑπτὰ δὲ σχιζόμενος "οὐρανὸς τοῦν οὐρανοῦ" ἡ θεικὴ κατάστασις· λέγεται γὰρ ἐν οὐρανῷ ὁ θεὸς εἶναι οὐχ ὅτι ἐν τόπῳ ἐστίν. λέγεται γοῦν ἐν εὐαγγελίῳ· "οὐδεὶς ἀναβέβηκεν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰ μὴ ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου". κατέβη δὲ μόνος Ἰησοῦς ἐκ τοῦ ἀληθῶς οὐρανοῦ, τουτέστιν τῆς καταστάσεως τῆς ἁρμοζούσης θεῷ, τῆς ὡσανεὶ περιωπῆς τοῦ θεοῦ. ἀμέλει γοῦν ὁ διάβολος ἐν οὐρανῷ τυγχάνων ἦν· ἐκεῖ θεν γὰρ ἐξέπεσεν μετὰ τῶν βλασφημησάντων καὶ ἐπαρθέντων. λέγεται γοῦν πρὸς αὐτόν· "σὺ εἶπας· εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναβήσομαι". ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ὤν, πῶς ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἀναβαίνει; ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἦν, ἐν ᾧ καὶ ἄλλαι θεῖαι καὶ μακάριαι οὐσίαι εἰσίν. φαντασίαν δὲ καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν ἔλαβεν τοῦ θεὸς εἶναι. δοκῶν "ὅμοιος τῷ ὑψίστῳ" γενήσεσθαι τὴν πρὸς τὸν ὕψιστον ὁμοίωσιν οὐρανὸν ὠνόμασεν. μόνος οὖν ὁ θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ λεγομένῳ οὐρανῷ ἐστιν, οὐχ ὅτι τόπος ἐστὶν ἢ σῶμά τι ἢ ποίημα, ἀλλὰ κατάστασις, ὡσανεὶ κατάστασις θεοῦ, περιωπὴ θεοῦ. ὁ ἐπιθυμίαν οὖν λαβὼν τοῦ ἔσεσθαι θεὸς ματαίαν ἔδοξεν, ὅτι οἷός τέ ἐστιν "ἀναβῆναι ἐπάνω τῶν νεφελῶν καὶ θεῖναι τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ ἐπάνω τῶν ἄστρων καὶ γενήσεσθαι ὡς ὁ ὕψιστος". διὰ τοῦ ὅλως εἰπεῖν· "ἔσομαι ὅμοιος τῷ ὑψίστῳ", ἔδει αὐτὸν ἔννοιαν λαβεῖν ὅτι ἡ τοῦ ὑψίστου ὁμοίωσις οὐκ ἐπὶ μέλλοντί ἐστιν. ἄπειρον δὲ φέρει τὴν αὐτὴν ὕπαρξιν, ἐξ ἀπείρου καὶ ἐπ' ἄπειρον ὁ αὐτός ἐστιν, ἄναρχος καὶ ἀτελεύτητός ἐστιν. ὁ δὲ λέγων "ἔσομαι" ἔδειξεν ὅτι τέως οὐκ ἐ´̣σ̣τ̣ιν. ὁ δὲ μὴ ὢν τὸ οὕτω θεὸς οὐδὲ γενήσεταί ποτε. μέχρις οὖν ἐπιθυμίας ἔστη αὐτῷ τὸ πρᾶγμα̣, καὶ ἐξέπεσεν καὶ τοῦ παρόντος· ἦν γὰρ ἄλλως ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ εἰπών· "εἰς 235 τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναβήσομαι", ἐξέπεσεν ἐκ τοῦ εἶχεν οὐρανοῦ· "πῶς" γὰρ "ἐξέπεσεν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ὁ ἑωσφόρος ὁ πρωὶ ἀνατέλλων"; διὰ τοῦ εἰπεῖν· "πῶς ἐξέπεσεν"; ἔδειξεν ἐν οὐρανῷ εἶναι αὐτόν, τῷ δὲ λέγειν· "εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναβήσομαι καὶ ἔσομαι", ἔδειξεν ὅτι ἐν οὐρανῷ ἄλλῳ ἐπόθησεν γενέσθαι. καταλλήλως τῷ οὐρανῷ καὶ τὰς νεφέλας ἐκλαβεῖν προσήκει. ἐλέγομεν χθές, ὅτι θείας φύσεις σημαίνει πολλάκις τὸ τῶν νεφελῶν ὄνομα· ὅταν γὰρ λέγῃ θεὸς περὶ τοῦ Ἰσρα̣ὴλ ὡς ὄντος ἀμπελῶνος, καὶ ὅτι ἀντὶ σταφυλῆς ἤγαγεν ἀκάνθας–ἀντὶ τοῦ καταλλήλου καρποῦ ἤνεγκεν ἐπιθυμίας αἰσχράς· ταύτας δὲ ἀκάνθας εἶπεν ὁ σωτήρ–, λέγει ὅτι· "ἐντελοῦμαι ταῖς νεφέλαις τοῦ μὴ βρέξαι εἰς αὐτὸν ὑετόν". ὁ ὑετὸς δὲ οὗτος οὐκ αἰσθητός ἐστιν, ὅθεν οὐδὲ αἱ ῥέουσαι εἰς αὐτὸν νεφέλαι. εἴρηται γοῦν· "αἱ νεφέλαι ῥανάτωσαν δικαιοσύνην". δικαιοσύνη δὲ ῥεῖ καὶ κατέρχεται οὐκ ἀπὸ αἰσθητῶν νεφῶν. καὶ παράδοξον ἐρῶ· ἔστιν τις ἀλήθεια, ἥτις οὐ προηγουμένως οἰκεῖ παρὰ θεῷ. λέγει Παῦλος· "ἔστιν ἀλήθεια τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν ἐμοί", ὡς οὔσης ἄλλης ἀληθείας, ἥτις οὐ κυρίως τοῦ Ἰησοῦ λέγεται· πάντα̣ μὲν γ̣ὰρ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν, πάντων δημιουργός ἐστιν. τὰ δὲ δημιουργήματα αὐτοῦ ἐπιστητὰ ὄντα ἔχουσιν ἐπιστήμην ἐνκ̣ε̣ι̣μένην καὶ ἀλήθειαν, ἥν τις δύναται λαμβάνειν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐπιστητῶν. ἔστιν οὖν ἀλήθεια, φέρε, ἐν γραμματικῇ καὶ ἐν γεωμετρίᾳ καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις ἐπιστήμαις. οὐκ ἐκείνην τὴν ἀλήθειαν τέως τοῦ Ἰησοῦ λέγει, οὐχ ὅτι οὔκ ἐστιν καὶ αὐτὴ αὐτοῦ· τὰ γὰρ ἐπιστητά, ἐν οἷς ἡ ἐπιστήμη καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια, αὐτοῦ δημιουργήματά ἐστιν. καὶ λέγω· κατασκευαζέτω μηχανικός τις ὡρολόγιον. ἔστιν πάντως ἐν τῷ κατασκευασθέντι ἐπιστήμη καθ' ἣν γέγονεν· σχὼν γὰρ ἐπιστήμην μηχανικὴν κατεσκεύασεν αὐτό. καὶ ἔστιν ἀ λήθεια ἐν τῇ κατασκευῇ, ὅταν οὕτως ἔχῃ τὰς ἀναλογίας, καθ' ἃς γίνεται ἄμεμπτον ὡρολόγιον. ἐάν τις τοίνυν ἐκείνην λάβῃ τὴν ἐπιστήμην ἀπὸ τοῦ φαινομένου ὡρολογίου ἐκείνου, τοῦ κατασκευάσαντος τὴν ἐπιστήμην ἔσχεν. καὶ ἔστιν γε μέσον τὸ ὡρολόγιον τῶν δύο τούτων ἕξεων τοῦ τε 154 πεποιηκότος καὶ τοῦ ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεναμένου ἐγνωκότος αὐτόν. δῶμεν διὰ παραδείγματος· οἱ ἐπιστήμονες ὄντες, ἃ γιγνώσκουσιν, οὐχ ᾗ τοιοῦτοί εἰσιν, ἀλλ' ᾗ
The Unfathomable Judgment of God§144
144Such people hasten to be, and they recognize the same things when they ascend to the very boundary and end of knowledge. Therefore, let that knowledge and truth of the knower which is progress toward all things be spoken of, not because it is not of God and introductory; for because of it, this is received. The prototype and every idea of truth is the Savior. And it is possible to participate in this truth. The one participating has received a state called truth, concerning which the saint said: 'There is truth in me' (John 14:6), and: 'I have not hidden your truth in my heart' (Ps 118:11). This truth has come to be through the truth, by becoming a seal in wax or some other thing through the prototype seal.
So, indeed, do not neglect also the question of another quality of it, so that I may say this: some more human difference is still found. This quality itself does not accept the more and the less. But that which is in the 'quality' the substance accepts it. Yet the receiving and the not receiving are not the same. It is one way and not another way. But if it has come to be in a state and disposition, it accepts the more and the less. But the quality itself can be perceived; for even he who strictly wishes to see quality does not take it from the 'quality' the substance, but from it he knows the quality that has been established judgments, O Lord, are a great abyss (Ps 35:6).
In men, much difference is found, both of those falling from without and of those from their own disposition. It is possible to find difference from the outside. Some are rich, others poor; others are rulers, others submissive; some are healthy, others sickly. Likewise also concerning these capacities: some are naturally sharp and slow in soul, and others having permission toward virtue and others toward wickedness. And of these there is much difference; for no man is in perfect virtue, even if someone hastens toward it, even if he makes progress according to it. There, where there is the more and the less, there is much infinity. Likewise also with wickedness. And to speak well, virtue, accepting the more and the less, will at some time be released into the end, when there is no longer one who is more eager than the eager, or a wise man more wise than the wise. But wickedness is always in infinity. It has no end at all; for how could it be possible for the end of its wickedness to be, while it is discordant and differing?
In excess and deficiency there is infinity, but in a mean there is a determined end. Since we humans cannot say—even if they seem to possess knowledge—why one is poor and another is rich; for if you say, 'he has a certain incomprehensibility.' Often we say that God, seeing that one, having obtained such wealth or status, exceeds and tramples all others, does not give to them, and we find such people trampling and standing up against all, having wealth.
Likewise, regarding health and the movements of the soul, we say that the difference of these things happens by the judgment of God. And that it happens by the judgment of God, let us take the word from the Gospel and clarify it, if it is possible, having been led into this history; in the Gospel the Savior says: 'Woe to you, Chorazin; woe to you, Bethsaida; for if in Tyre and Sidon the powers that occurred in you had occurred, long ago they would have sat in sackcloth and ashes and repented' (Matt 11:21). If the tremendous powers had occurred to the Sidonians and Tyrians, they were called to repentance. But these spoken cities, Bethsaida and Chorazin, having been tested—why did the tremendous powers occur there, where they did not repent? It is a word resembling an abyss.
'Unsearchable' said the apostle, the judgments of God (Rom 11:33). No one searches them, no one is able to grasp their depth. But barely perceiving the things being done and as if being judged, we take a mental image that God is the one judging and ordaining each thing. But the 'why' we are not able to say, why this one, for instance, is strong and another is weak. We do not have the 'whys' to say.
And as I have said once, that there is a cyclical treatment, and if anyone receives each help for himself, he seems to grasp it, stumbling sometimes and blaming the physician. But then he understands it well, if he knew, why these things happened before him and these things will be after him, and until when it is so that health may exist. But the sick man is not able to understand this. We therefore take a mental image concerning them so that we might at last know that these judgments happen by the judgment of God. 'Your judgments' therefore are not simply 'an abyss,' but 'deep.' And the simply 'abyss' is very deep.
Greek · §144
σπεύδουσιν εἶναι τοιοῦτοι, καὶ ὡς ταὐτὰ γιγνώσκουσιν, ὅταν εἰς αὐτὸ τὸ τέρμα καὶ τέλος τῆς ἐπιστήμης ἀναβῶσιν. ἐκείνη οὖν ἡ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν προκοπὴ γνῶσις καὶ ἀλήθεια τοῦ ἐπιστήμονος ῥηθείη, οὐχ ὅτι οὔκ ἐστιν θεοῦ καὶ εἰσαγωγική· αὐτῆς γὰρ ἕνεκα αὕτη παραλαμβάνεται. ἡ πρωτότυπος καὶ πᾶσα ἰδέα τῆς ἀληθείας ὁ σωτήρ ἐστ̣ι̣ν. μετέχειν δὲ τῆς ἀληθείας ταύτης δυνατόν. ὁ μετασχὼν ἕξιν ἔλαβεν καλουμένην ἀλήθειαν, περὶ ἧς ὁ ἅγιος εἶπεν· "ἔστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν ἐμοί", καί· "οὐκ ἔκρυψα ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ μου τὴν ἀλήθειάν σου". αὕτη ἡ ἀλήθεια γέγονεν διὰ τοῦ τῆς ἀληθείας διὰ τοῦ πρωτοτύπου σφραγιστῆρος γενέσθαι τὴν ἐν κηρῷ ἢ ἄλλῳ τινὶ σφραγῖδα γενομένην. ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ περὶ ἄλλης ποιότητος τῆς, ἵν' οὕτως εἴπω, ἀνθρωπικωτέρας διαφ̣ορά τις ἔτι εὑρίσκεται. ἡ ποιότης αὐτὴ καθ' ἑαυτὴν οὐ δέχεται τὸ μᾶλλον καὶ τὸ ἧττον. ἡ δὲ ἐν τῷ ποιῷ δέχεται. οὐ ταὐτὸν δὲ τὸ ε᾿̣πιδεχόμενον καὶ τὸ μὴ ἐπιδεχόμενον. ἄλλη πως καὶ οὐκ ἄλλη ἐστίν. εἰ δὲ ἐν ἕξει καὶ διαθέσει γέγονεν, δέχεται τὸ μᾶλλον καὶ τὸ ἧττον. αὐ τὴ δὲ δύναται καθ' ἑαυτὴν θεωρεῖσθαι· οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ ἀκριβῶς θέλων ἰδεῖν ποιότη̣τα ἐκ τοῦ ποιοῦ λαμβάνει αὐτὴν ταύτην, ἀλλ' ἐξ αὐτῆς τὸ ποιὸν γιγνώσκει οὕτω πεποιωμένον. 7 τὰ κρίματά σου ἄβυσσος πολλή. ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις πολλὴ εὑρίσκεται ἡ διαφορὰ καὶ τῶν ἔξω̣θεν προσπιπτόντων καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ διαθέσεως τῆς αὐτῶν. ἔστιν εὑρεῖν ἐκ τῶν ἔξωθεν διαφοράν. οἱ μέν εἰσιν πλούσιοι, οἱ δ̣ὲ πένητες, ἕτεροι ἄρχοντες, ἄλλοι ὑπήκοοι, ὑγιαίνοντες, νοσώδεις. λοιπὸν καὶ περὶ τὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα ταὐτά· ὡσανεὶ ψυχικῶς εἰσιν ὀξεῖς καὶ βραδεῖς τὴν φύσιν, καὶ ἕτεροι ἐπιτρεπῶς ἔχοντες πρὸς ἀρετὴν καὶ ἄλλοι πρὸς κακίαν. καὶ τούτων πολλή ἐστιν διαφορά· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἀνθρώπων ἐν τελείᾳ ἀρετῇ ἐστιν, κἄν τις ἐπὶ ταύτην σπεύδῃ, κἂν προκόπτῃ κατ' αὐτήν. ἔνθα δὲ τὸ μᾶλλον καὶ τὸ ἧττον, ἀπειρία πολλή. ὡσαύτως καὶ ἡ κακία. καὶ καλὸν εἰπεῖν, ἡ ἀρετὴ δεχομένη τὸ μᾶλλον καὶ τὸ ἧττον ἐλεύσεταί ποτε εἰς τὸ τέλος, ὅτε οὔκ ἐστιν σπουδαῖος σπουδαίου μᾶλλον, σοφὸς σοφοῦ μᾶλλον. ἡ δὲ κακία ἀεὶ ἐν ἀπειρίᾳ ἐστίν. οὐκ ἔχει τέλος ὅλως· πῶς γὰρ οἷόν τε ἑ`̣ν̣ τέλος εἶναι τῆς κακίας αὐτῆς ἀσυμφώνου καὶ διαφόρου οὔσης; ἐν ὑπερβολῇ καὶ ἐνλείψει ἀπειρία ἐστίν, ἐν δὲ μεσότητι λαμβάνεταί τι τέλος ὡρισμένον. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν οὐκ ἔχομεν εἰπεῖν ἡμεῖς οἱ ἄνθρωποι, κἂν –μὴ γὰρ δοκοῦσιν ἔχειν γνῶσιν–, ἱνατί ὅσδε πένης ἐστὶν 236 καὶ ἄλλος πλουτεῖ· οἷον γὰρ ἐὰν εἴπῃς· ἔχει ἀκαταλημψίαν τινά. πολλάκις λέγομεν, ὅτι ὁ θεὸς θεωρῶν ὅτι ὅσδε πλούτου τυχὼν ἢ ἀξιώματος ὑπεραίρεται καὶ καταπατεῖ πάντας, οὐ δίδωσιν αὐτοῖς, καὶ εὑρίσκομεν τοιούτους πατοῦντας ἐξανισταμένους κατὰ πάντα ἔχοντας πλοῦτον. ὁμοίως καὶ ἐπὶ ὑγιείας καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς κινημάτων τὴν τούτων διαφορὰν λέγομεν ὅτι κρίσει θεοῦ γίνεται. καὶ ὅτι κρίσει θεοῦ γίνεται, ἀπὸ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου λάβωμεν τὴν λέξιν καὶ σαφηνίσωμεν, εἰ οἷόν τέ ἐστιν χειραγωγηθέντα ἐπὶ τὴν ἱστορίαν ταύτην· ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ ὁ σωτήρ φησιν· "οὐαί σοι, Χοραζίν· οὐαί σοι, Βησσαιδά· ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ καθήμενοι μετενόησαν". εἰ αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ τεράστιοι Σιδωνίοις καὶ Τυρίοις γενόμεναι ἦσαν, ἐξεκαλοῦντο εἰς μετάνοιαν̣. τούτων δὲ πειραθεῖσαι αἱ εἰρημέναι πόλεις ἡ Βησσαιδὰ καὶ ἡ Χοραζίν–διὰ τί ἐκεῖ γέγοναν αἱ τεράςτιοι δυνάμεις, ἔνθα οὐ μετενόησαν; ῥῆμά ἐστιν ἀβύσσῳ ἐοικός. "ἀνεξερεύνητα" εἶπεν ὁ ἀπόστολος τὰ κρίματα τοῦ θεοῦ. οὐδεὶς ἐξερευνᾷ αὐτά, οὐδεὶς τὸ βάθος αὐτῶν καταλαβεῖν δύναται. μόλις δὲ ἐπιστάνοντες τοῖς πραττομένοις καὶ ὡσανεὶ κρινομένοις λαμβάνομεν φαντασίαν ὅτι θεός ἐστιν ὁ κρίνων καὶ διατάττων ἕκαστα. τὸ καθ' ἓν δὲ οὐ δυνάμεθα εἰπεῖν, διὰ τί ὅσδε, φέρε, ἰσχυρός ἐστιν, ἄλλος δὲ ἀσθενής. 155 οὐκ ἔχομεν τὰ καθέκαστα εἰπεῖν. καὶ ὡς εἶπόν ποτε, ὅτι ἔστιν κυκλικὴ θεραπεία, καὶ ἐάν τις ἕκαστον βοήθημα καθ' ἑαυτὸ λάβῃ, δοκεῖ καταλαμβάνειν αὐτὸ σφαλλόμενος ἐνίοτε καὶ αἰτιᾶται τὸν ἰατρόν. τότε δὲ αὐτὸ καλῶς ἐνόει, εἰ ἐγίγνωσκεν, διὰ τί τάδε πρὸ αὐτοῦ γέγονεν καὶ τάδε μετ' αὐτὸ ἔσται, καὶ ἕως ποτέ ἐστιν ἵν' ὑγίεια ὑπαρχθῇ. ἀνίατρος δὲ οὐ δύναται τοῦτο καταλαβεῖν. φαντασίαν οὖν λαμβάνομεν περὶ αὐτῶν ὅπως ποτὲ καὶ γιγνώσκομεν ὅτι θεοῦ κρίσει γίνεται τὰ κρίματα ταῦτα. "τὰ κρίματά σου" οὖν οὐχ ἁπλῶς "ἄβυσσος", ἀλλὰ "πολλή". καὶ ἡ ἁπλῶς "ἄβυσσος" πάνυ βάθος
The Good Shepherd and the Transformation of Sheep into Men§145
145He has an unbounded abyss, and the 'much' is even greater. His covering signifies through the 'much', just as the 'unsearchable' of the judgments. In other psalms this was said: the hymnodist spoke of theologians, 'the abyss is like a garment, his surrounding' (Ps 18:11). And in another: 'he set darkness as his hidden covering' (Ps 18:11). He speaks of obscurity and incomprehensibility. This darkness, being hidden, is that of obscurity, that of incomprehensibility, and it is a garment resembling an abyss.
You will save men and cattle, Lord (Ps 36:9). He saves men and cattle. And if we take cattle according to what is at hand, we also take men in sense perception. But he governs all, both the rational and the irrational animals; the rational according to themselves, and the irrational as things having come to be through the rational; for the irrational fulfill the needs of the rational. Some bear burdens for them, some pull the plow, and others provide service in another way. Since even these he is able to let fall into harm and death, he saves even these. He saves also the man. 'Men and cattle you will save, Lord' (Ps 36:9).
The same unsearchable quality of the judgments is found in these also, that he saves all men, though differently: some with much suffering, others with some rest and pleasure. But if he speaks of true salvation, of saving men, and prays concerning that which has been said, that 'the Savior became the cause of eternal salvation to all those who obey', the saint, referring to what is signified, said: 'Our God, the God of saving' (Ps 98:6); here the cattle are to be allegorized; for those who have come to godliness and to the teaching of the Gospel itself, some are called disciples, and others sheep: 'my sheep hear my voice' (John 10:27). They hear a single voice. But the voice is the immediate rendering of the Scriptures which disturbs and strikes the soul and its hearing, not indeed the mind. Of the voice, therefore, of Jesus, the sheep...
They hear of him as a good and true shepherd. When he says to some, 'You call me Lord and Teacher, and you speak well; for I am truly a teacher. And I am your Lord, for you serve me by keeping my laws' (cf. Luke 6:46)—these are not sheep, but disciples, disciples of wisdom, disciples of the truth. But the sheep, being shepherds, are sheep.
There is another condescending intention of the Savior, that he be a shepherd. Since he wishes to save and improve all, then salvation and improvement ascend when, toward the capacity of being benefited in what is possible, he calls some listeners up to his voice, and others to his word, to his teaching. Thus he saves men and cattle so called. And he saves the sheep so that they may no longer be sheep, but that from sheep men may become.
This indeed is hinted at by the twenty-second psalm: 'The Lord,' he says, 'shepherds me, and nothing shall I lack. Into a place of pasture he has led me; upon waters of rest he has nourished me' (Ps 22:1-2). He speaks as a sheep; he reports what exists with the shepherd gratefully. Then he says: 'He has restored my soul. He has led me' (Ps 22:3). And shortly after he brings forth: 'You have prepared a table before me' (Ps 22:5).
It is no longer a place of pasture, no longer a meadow, no longer grazing land, but a table, upon which lies 'the bread of life,' 'the bread which came down from heaven' (John 6:35, 51), the flesh of Jesus, the true nourishment. And after the progress of the table, he partakes also of the cup, of which wisdom 'who has mixed wine for herself' (Prov 31:6) offers. It is your cup, if you pour it for me; and my cup, if you have measured it for me, which I am able to drink. O God, how you have multiplied your mercy. By the mercy of God, men are saved. Then the mercy of God is multiplied and his abundance is shown, when he also saves cattle. Even if regarding a teacher...
Greek · §145
ἔχει καὶ ἀπεριόριστον ἔχει τὸν βυσσόν, πολλῷ δὲ πλέον ἡ "πολλή". τὴν δὲ ἐπίτασιν σημαίνει διὰ τοῦ "πολλή", ὡς καὶ τὸ "ἀνεξερεύνητον" τῶν κριμάτων. ἐν ἄλλοις ψαλμοῖς περὶ τούτου ἐλέχθη· θεολογῶν ὁ ὑμνῳδὸς ἔλεγεν· "ἄβυσσος ὡς ἱμάτιον τὸ περιβόλαιον αὐτοῦ". καὶ ἐν ἄλλῳ· "ἔθετο σκότος ἀποκρυφὴν αὐτοῦ". τὴν ἀσάφειαν καὶ τὴν ἀκαταλημψίαν λέγει. κρυπτὸν ὂν τὸ σκότος τοῦτο τὸ τῆς ἀσαφείας, τὸ τῆς ἀκαταλημψίας, καὶ ἱμάτιόν ἐστιν ἀβύσσῳ ἐοικός. 7 ἀνθρώπους καὶ κτήνη σώσεις, κύριε. σῴζει ἀνθρώπους καὶ κτήνη. καὶ ἐὰν κατὰ τὸ πρόχειρον τὰ κτήνη λάβωμεν, καὶ τοὺς ἐν αἰσθήσει ἀνθρώπους λαμβάνομεν. διοικεῖ δὲ πάντα καὶ τὰ λογικὰ καὶ τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα, τὰ μὲν λογικὰ κατ' αὐτά, τὰ δὲ ἄλογα ὡς διὰ τὰ λογικὰ γενόμενα· τὰς χρείας γὰρ ἀποπληροῖ τὰ ἄλογα τῶν λογικῶν. τὰ μ̣ὲν ἀχθοφορεῖ αὐτοῖς, τὰ δὲ ἄροτρον ἕλκει, τὰ δὲ ἄλλως ὑπηρ̣εσίαν παρέχει. εἶτ', ἐπεὶ καὶ ταῦτα δύναται ὑποπεσεῖν βλάβῃ καὶ θανάτῳ, σῴζει καὶ ταῦτα. σώζει καὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον. "ἀνθρώπους" οὖν "καὶ κτήνη σώσεις, κύριε". τὸ αὐτὸ πάλιν τῶν κριμάτων ἀνεξερεύνητον καὶ ἐν τούτοις εὑρίσκεται, ὅτι πάντας μὲν ἀνθρώπους σῴζει, διαφόρως δέ, τοὺς μὲν μετὰ πολλὴν κάκωσιν, τοὺς δὲ μετὰ ἀναπαύσεώς τινος καὶ ἡδονῆς. ἐὰν δὲ τὴν ἀληθῶς σωτηρίαν λέγῃ σῴζεσθαι ἀνθρώπους καὶ εὔχηται περὶ ἧς ε̣ἰ´̣ρηται, ὅτι "ἐγένετο ὁ σωτὴρ πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπακούουσιν αἴτιος σωτηρίας αἰωνίου", πρὸς ὃ σημαινόμενον ἀφορῶν ὁ ἅγιος ἔλεγεν· "ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν, θεὸς τοῦ σῴζειν", ἀλληγορητέον ἐνταῦθα τὰ κτήνη· τῶν γὰρ προσεληλυθότων τῇ θεοσεβείᾳ καὶ αὐτῇ τῇ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου διδασκαλίᾳ οἱ μὲν μαθηταί, οἱ δὲ πρόβατα λέγονται· "τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ τῆς ἐμῆς φωνῆς ἀκούουσιν". φωνῆς μόνης ἀκούουσιν. ἐστὶν δὲ ἡ φωνὴ ἡ πρόχειρος ἀπόδοσις τῶν γραφῶν ἡ φθάνουσα καὶ κρούουσα τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τὴν ἀκοὴν αὐτῆς, οὐ μὴν τ̣ὸν νου῀̣ν. τῆς φωνῆς οὖν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τὰ πρόβατα αὐτοῦ ἀκούουσιν ὡς ἀρίστου καὶ ἀληθοῦς ποιμένος. ὅταν δὲ λέγῃ τισίν. "ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με· ὁ κύριος καὶ ὁ διδάσκαλος, καὶ καλῶς λέγετε· εἰμὶ γάρ", εἰμὶ ἀληθῶς διδάσκαλος. καί εἰμι κύριος ὑμῶν· δουλεύετε γάρ μοι τηροῦν237 τές μου τοὺς νόμους–, οὗτοι οὔκ εἰσιν πρόβατα, ἀλλὰ μαθηταί, μαθηταὶ σοφίας, μαθηταὶ τῆς ἀληθείας. τὰ δὲ πρόβατα ποιμένος εἰσὶν πρόβατα. ἄλλη δέ ἐστιν ἐπίνοια συνκαταβατικὴ τοῦ σωτῆρος τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν ποιμένα. ἐπεὶ δὲ πάντας σῶσαι καὶ βελτιῶσαι βούλεται, τότε δὲ ἡ σωτηρία καὶ ἡ βελτίωσις ἀνύεται, ὅταν πρὸς τὴν ἕξιν τοῦ δυναμένου ὠφεληθῆναι πρὸς ἃ δύναται, τοὺς μὲν με´̣χρι τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκροατὰς καλεῖ, τοὺς δὲ τοῦ λόγου αὐτοῦ, τῆς διδασκαλίας αὐτοῦ. τοὺς οὕτως οὖν καλουμένους ἀνθρώπους καὶ κτήνη σῴζει. καὶ τὰ πρόβατα δὲ σῴζει, ἵνα μηκέτι πρόβατα ὦσιν, ἀλλ' ἐκ προβάτων ἄνθρωποι γένωνται. τοῦτο γοῦν αἰνίττεται ὁ εἰκοστὸς δεύτερος ψαλμός· "κύριος", φησίν, "ποιμαίνει με, καὶ οὐδέν με ὑστερήσει. εἰς τόπον χλοῆς, ἐκεῖ με κατεσκήνωσεν, ἐπὶ ὕδατος ἀναπαύσεως ἐξέθρεψέν με". ὡς πρόβατον λαλεῖ· τὰ ὑπάρξαντα παρὰ ποιμένος ἀπαγγέλλει εὐχαριστητικῶς. εἶτα λέγει· "τὴν ψυχήν μου ἐπέστρεψεν. ὡδήγησέν με". καὶ μεθ' ὁλίγον ἐπιφέρει· "ἑτοίμασας ἐνώπιόν μου τράπεζαν". οὐκέτι τόπος χλοῆς ἐστιν, οὐκέτι νομή, οὐκέτι βόσκεται, ἀλλὰ τράπεζα, ἐν ᾗ ἐπίκειται "ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς", "ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς", ἡ σὰρξ Ἰησοῦ, ἡ ἀληθινὴ 156 τροφή. μετὰ δὲ τὴν προκοπὴν τῆς τραπέζης μεταλαμβάνει καὶ ποτηρίου, οὗ προπίνει ἡ σοφία "ἡ κεράσασα τὸν ἑαυτῆς οἶνον". σὸν ποτήριόν ἐστιν, εἰ σύ μοι προπίνεις, ἐμὸν δὲ ποτήριον, εἰ μεμέτρηκάς μοι, ὃ δύναμαι πιεῖν. 8 ὡς ἐπλήθυνας τὸ ἔλεός σου, ὁ θεός. ἐλέῳ θεοῦ καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι σῴζονται. τότε δὲ πληθύνεται τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δαψίλεια αὐτοῦ φαίνεται, ὅταν καὶ κτήνη σῴζῃ. ὡς εἰ καὶ περὶ διδασκάλιου
The Teacher's Goodness and the Wings of the Soul§146
146Regarding perfection, you say that his goodness is known when he instructs wise and perfect listeners; then his goodness is multiplied when he also descends to the simple, attempting to lead them into a greater state. Indeed, the teacher of Christianity is a debtor to the wise and the simple, to the Greeks and the barbarians. He is not only a debtor to the wise, but also to the simple.
To the wise he 'speaks wisdom among the perfect' (1 Cor 2:6), but to the simple he does not speak wisdom, but rather proposes those lessons that remove them from thoughtlessness, so that they, no longer being simple, may later receive wisdom. Again, to the Greeks, he speaks as Greeks, those having a refined intellect capable of following; but as for the barbarians, regarding the soul, he says those things that remove the character of a barbarian nation, of such a wild disposition.
But the sons of men hope in the shelter of your wings (Ps 17:8). The sons of these men. If, according to the previous explanation, 'men' are said to be mortal rational animals and 'cattle' are those serving them, then the sons of these men have hope in the shelter of God's wings. These wings are intellectual, lifting the mind upward. Thus the saint says: 'Who will give me wings like a dove?' (Ps 55:6). We do not say that he prays to be given wings of a sensible animal; for this is impossible. And that which is impossible is neither love nor prayer.
'As an eagle upon its young ones has hovered' (Exod 19:4). Then they were winged, they were able to be taken up 'upon the transforming ones' of God. And what is it for us to be thus winged? Listen to what the prophet Isaiah says: 'Those who wait upon God shall renew strength, they shall fly up with wings like eagles, they shall run and not be weary' (Isa 40:31). And another prays saying: 'Your youth shall be renewed like the eagle's' (Ps 103:5).
When the saint says of being winged, his wings are to be understood as virtue, understanding, and wisdom; for these things, as a catapult, lift man upward. 'They shall be covered from the heaviness of your house, they are covered under the wings of God.' Their shelter becomes the wings of God. Then they are covered so that they may become winged, so that they may be made healthy, as they might become under the wings of God. Their shelter becomes the wings of God.
unformed souls
Greek · §146
τελείου λέγῃς, ὅτι ἡ ἀγαθότης αὐτοῦ γνωρίζεται, ὅταν σοφοὺς καὶ τελείους ἀκροατὰς παιδεύῃ· τότε δὲ πληθύνεται αὐτοῦ ἡ ἀγαθότης, ὅταν καὶ τοῖς ἀνοήτοις συνκαταβαίνῃ, πειρᾶται εἰσάγειν αὐτοὺς εἰς μείζονα κατάστασιν. αὐτίκα γοῦν ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ χριστιανισμοῦ "σοφοῖς καὶ ἀνοήτοις, Ἕλλησιν καὶ βαρβάροις ὀφειλέτης ἐστίν". οὐ μόνον σοφοῖς ὀφειλέτης ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀνοήτοις. καὶ τοῖς μὲν σοφοῖς "λαλεῖ ἐν τοῖς τελείοις σοφίαν", τοῖς δὲ ἀνοήτοις οὐ τὴν σοφίαν λαλεῖ, ἀλλ' ἐκεῖνα προτείνει τὰ μαθήματα τὰ ἀφιστῶντα αὐτοὺς ἀνοησίας, ἵνα μηκέτι ἀνόητοι ὄντες δέχωται λοιπὸν τὴν σοφίαν. πάλιν Ἕλλησιν, τοῖς Ἕλληνα νοῦν ἔχουσιν ἠκριβωμένον καὶ δυνάμενον παρακολουθεῖν ὡς Ἕλλησιν λαλεῖ. τοῖς δὲ βαρβάροις οὖσιν κατὰ τὴν ψυχὴν ἐκεῖνα λέγει τὰ ἀφιστῶντα τοῦ βαρβάρου ἔθνους, τῆς γνώμης τῆς τοιαύτης τῆς ἀγριωτέρας. 8 οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐν σκέπῃ τῶν πτερύγων σου ἐλπιοῦσιν. οἱ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τούτων υἱοί. ἐὰν μὲν οὖν καὶ κατὰ τὴν προτέραν ἐξήγησιν λέγωνται ἄνθρωποι τὰ θνητὰ λογικὰ ζῷα καὶ κτήνη τὰ αὐτοῖς ὑπηρετοῦντα, τούτων τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἱ υἱοὶ ἐν σκέπῃ τῶν θεοῦ πτερύγων τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχουσιν. πτέρυγες αὗται νοηταί εἰσιν μ̣ετεωρίζουσαι τὸν νοῦν. οὕτω γοῦν ὁ ἅγιος λέγει· "τίς δώσει μοι πτέρυγας ὡσεὶ περιστερᾶς"; οὐχ οὕτω λέγομεν ὅτι αἰσθητοῦ ζῴου δοθῆναι αὐτῷ πτέρυγας εὔχεται· τοῦτο γὰρ ἀδύνατον. ἀδυνάτων δὲ οὐδὲ ἔρως ἐστὶν οὔτε εὐχή. "ὡς ἀετὸς ἐπὶ τοῖς νεοσσοῖς αὐτοῦ ἐπεπόθησεν". τότε ἐπτερώθησαν, ἠδυνήθησαν "ἐπὶ τῶν μεταφρένων" τοῦ θεοῦ ληφθῆναι. τί δὲ ἐφ' ἡμῖν ἐστιν τὸ οὕτω πτερωθῆναι; ἄκουε τί φησιν ὁ προφήτης Ἰσαίας· "οἱ ὑπομένοντες τὸν θεὸν ἀλλάξουσιν ἰσχύν, πτεροποιήσουσιν ὡς ἀετοί, δραμοῦνται καὶ οὐ κοπιάσουσιν". καὶ ἄλλος ἐπεύχεται λέγων· "ἀνακαινισθήσεται ὡς ἀετοῦ ἡ νεότης σου". ὅταν γοῦν ὁ ἅγιος λέγῃ ἐπτερῶσθαι, τὰ πτερὰ τούτου ἀρετὴν καὶ σύνεσιν καὶ σοφίαν ἐκλημπτέον· ταῦτα γὰρ μετάρσιον μετεωρίζει τὸν̣ ἄνθρωπον. σκεπασθήσονται ἀπὸ τῆς πιότητος τοῦ οἴκου σου σκεπάζονται ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας τοῦ θεοῦ. σκέπη αὐτῶν γίνεται τῶν πτερύγων τοῦ θεοῦ. τότε δὲ σκεπάζονται, ἵνα πτεροποιήσωσιν, ἵνα νοσσοποιηθῶσιν, ὡς ᾠὰ γένωνται ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας τοῦ θεοῦ. σκέπη αὐτῶν γίνεται τῶν πτερύγων τοῦ θεοῦ. τότε δὲ σκεπάζονται, ἵνα πτεροποιήσουσιν ᾠὰ δέ εἰσιν αἱ ἄπλαστοι ψυχαὶ αἱ μήπω μόρφωσιν Χριστοῦ λαβοῦσαι. ὅταν οὖν ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας αὐτοῦ γεγόνωσιν, τότε μορφοῦνται καὶ ζῷα γίνονται κα̣τὰ ἀλλ̣ηγορίαν κατὰ τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον. οὐ τοῦτο λέγει· "υἱοὶ τῶν θνητῶν ζῴων", ἀλλὰ τῶν φυλαττόντων ἀληθῶς τὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸν "κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ ὁμοίωσιν" θεοῦ. δύναται δὲ καὶ παραφραστικῶς εἰρῆσθαι "υἱοὶ ἀνθρώπων" ἀντὶ τοῦ "οἱ ἄνθρωποι". 9 μεθυσθήσονται ἀπὸ πιότητος τοῦ οἴκου σου. 238 οὐ πᾶσα μέθη ψέγεται. "μὴ μεθυσθήσεσθε", φησίν, "οἴνῳ, ἐν ᾧ ἐστιν ἀσωτία". καὶ κατὰ τὸ πρόχειρον μὲν δύναται τὴν πολυοινίαν εἰρῆσθαι ἀσωτίας οἶνον· βλάπτει γὰρ τὰς φρένας, παραπεσεῖν ἔσθ' ὅτε ποιεῖ. ψέγεται οὖν αὕτη ἡ μέθη. καὶ περὶ τῶν ἑτερογνωμονούντων καὶ δόγματα ἄθεα εἰσαγόντων ὥσπερ τροφὴν καὶ οἶνον αὐτὰ προτεινόντων λέγεται· "οἵδε δὲ σιτοῦνται σῖτα ἀσεβείας". καὶ τὰ σῖτα τῆς ἀσεβείας ἐσθίοντες καὶ ζητοῦντες ἐκεῖνοί εἰσιν περὶ ὧν εἴρηται· "ἔδωκας αὐτὸν βρῶμα λαοῖς τοῖς Αἰθίοψιν"· ὡς γὰρ τρέφονται τῷ σώματι Χριστοῦ οἱ τὰ δόγματα τῆς εὐσεβείας προσηκάμενοι, οὕτως τὰς σάρκας τοῦ δράκοντος, τοῦ διαβόλου αὐτοῦ, ἐσθίουσιν οἱ 157 ἀθέοις δόγμασιν σιτούμενοι καὶ πίνοντες τὸν κατάλληλον οἶνον, οἶνον ἀσ̣ωτίας. "μὴ μεθυσθήσεσθε" οὖν "οἴνῳ, ἐν ᾧ ἐστιν ἀσωτία". ἀσεβῶν δέ ἐστιν τὸ τοῦτον πίνειν τὸν οἶνον· "οἴνῳ γὰρ παρανόμῳ μεθυσθήσονται". ἡ δὲ καὶ ἐπαινετὴ μέθη καί, ἵνα ὥς τινες εἶπον, εἴπω, νηφάλιος μέθη νήφειν ποιοῦσα τοὺς πεπωκότας. ἐν τῷ ᾄσματι γοῦν τῶν ᾀσμάτων ὁ Ἰησοῦς πρὸς τοὺς ἑταίρους ἑαυτοῦ ἔλεγεν· "φάγετε, πίετε, μεθύσθητε, ἀδελφοί". τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὁ θεὸς λόγος λέγει ταῦτα· ἐνανθρωπήσας γὰρ ἔσχεν ἀδελφοὺς τοὺς κατ' αὐτὸν πολιτευομένους, τοὺς τὰ μαθήματα αὐτοῦ δεχομένους καὶ υἱοποιουμένους. "φάγετε" οὖν, "πίετε, μεθύσθητε". φάγετε τῆς πνευματικῆς τροφῆς ἧς εὐτρέπισεν ὑμῖν ἡ σοφία· "ἡτοιμάσατο" γὰρ "τὴν ἑαυτῆς τράπεζαν". καὶ πίετε ἐκεῖνον τὸν οἶνον τὸν εἰς μέθην νη´̣φ̣ουσαν ἄγοντα. καὶ ἐνταῦθα οὖν οὐ καθάπαξ εἶπεν, ἀλλὰ "μεθυσθήσονται ἀπὸ πιότητος τοῦ οἴκου σου". κατὰ μίαν ἀπόδοσιν ἡ ἐκκλησία "οἶκος θεοῦ" λέγεται· εἴρηται γὰρ Τιμοθέῳ ὑπὸ Παύλου· "ἐὰν βραδύνω, ἔγραψά σοι, πῶς δεῖ σε ἐν οἴκῳ θεοῦ ἀναστρέφεσθαι, ἥτις
The Soul as Multi-faceted Reality§147
147It is the church of the living God. The richness of this house is perfect teaching, the wisdom spoken among the perfect, the 'solid food' of which the 'sensory' parts of the inner man partake, 'having been trained for the discernment of good and evil.' And these drink the wine harvested from 'the true vine.' Thus, these partake from the richness of this house of God. The richness of this house of God is perfect teaching, the unceasing knowledge of the truth.
And if he also calls the man the house of the Savior, since he says: 'destroy this temple' (John 2:19). 'This, he was speaking concerning the temple of the body,' not only that the body had a temple, but that this part of the temple could be destroyed by men. For he certainly took the destruction of the temple upon the body alone. But when he says: 'I lay down my soul, so that I may take it again' (John 10:18), he does not say: 'destroy my soul.' Thus they were saying something paradoxical: if he lays down his soul so that he may take it again, 'and no one takes it from him, but he himself has the authority to lay it down and take it' (John 10:18). Observe why: life was not taken from him by a common death. For certainly those crucified with him had their legs cut off so that they might die. Thus, without the Savior undergoing this, he was found dead. For 'bowing his head, he surrendered the spirit' (Luke 23:46).
And if no one took the soul, but he himself laid it down from himself so that he might take it again, in this way, as it is said in one of the psalms: 'I became like a man helpless among the free dead' (Psalm 116:15), it has happened. And according to the immediate sense, we say that those being delivered from sins while 'being constricted by the chains of their own sins' are not free dead. Since, therefore, Jesus did not commit sin nor even knew it, he was free among the dead. Only this soul was seen to be free there. For certainly the gatekeepers of Hades flew it away.
According to a second sense, 'free among the dead' has happened thus: all those coming out of life and leaving the body, if they are diligent, are led by light-giving angels, while others are led by tormentors of some kind. For it has been said: 'the poor man died and was carried by the angels to the bosom of Abraham' (Luke 16:22). He did not become there by himself, but angels carried him.
Not led away. And to another animal-loving commentator it is said: 'O fool, in this night they demand your soul from you.' If a soul is demanded and is itself carried away to Hades by certain tormentors, only the soul of Jesus went out free; neither were angels requested to guide it, nor was it dragged away, not having the causes to be dragged. This indeed is to lay down and to take the soul, and 'no one took it' from me, he says, 'I have authority to lay it down, so that I may take it again' (John 10:18). The divine education by the Savior having become human is the sweetness of the house.
And the paradox: things said to be spiritual and intelligible are not paradoxical. Things that exist sensuously are not something else than sensible. But the being that is intelligible can also be sensibly perceived. It is therefore impossible to take the same high priest and lamb through sensation. But Jesus is both lamb and high priest. It is impossible to take the same door and house upon the sensible. But Jesus is both, and the door entering into the house, and that very house into which the door leads. And in a general sense, all intelligible things are such.
And concerning the soul of man, we say, that he cultivates himself, and the plant is the teaching, and that it is a ground receiving seeds and bearing fruit, and that it becomes a bride of the God Word and bears children of salvation. And it becomes also a sheep. And we take it according to various thoughts, names, and benefits. When the soul is called ground, the things capable are the seeds of certain teachings; but if it is called a bride, the women falling into it, and the cosmic things concerning it, are the practical and ethical virtues and the intellectual and perfect virtues. Again, when it is called a sheep, the teachings are called pasture, the educations are called grass. Therefore, all things are able at once to be other things and others.
And this must be understood: the so-called house is also a vine bearing wine; and again it is flesh nourishing; and it is a farmer tending plants so that they may bear fruit. And behold, that he himself is both farmer and vine and shepherd and sheep. According to various thoughts, being taken this way, they show that there is an intelligible essence concerning which these things are said. For instance, when a Greek demands: 'How can you show from your Scripture that, come, the soul is intelligible...'
Greek · §147
ἐστὶν ἐκκλησία θεοῦ ζῶντος". ἡ πιότης τοῦ οἴκου τούτου ἡ τελεία ἐστὶν διδασκαλία, ἡ σοφία ἡ λαλουμένη ἐν τοῖς τελείοις, "ἡ στερεὰ τροφή", ἧς μετέχουσιν οἱ "τὰ αἰσθητήρια" τοῦ ἔσω ἀνθρώπου "γεγυμνασμένα ἔχοντες πρὸς διάκρισιν καλοῦ καὶ κακοῦ". καὶ πίνουσιν οὗτοι τὸν οἶνον τὸν ἀπὸ "τῆς ἀληθινῆς ἀμπέλου" τρυγώμενον. οὗτοι οὖν ἀπὸ τῆς πιότητος τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ θεοῦ μεθύσκονται. πιότητος τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ θεοῦ τούτου ἡ τελεία ἐστὶν διδασκαλία, ἡ ἀνενλιπὴς γνῶσις τῆς ἀληθείας. ἐὰν δὲ καὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦ σωτῆρος οἶκον καλῇς, ἐπεὶ λέγει ὅτι· "λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον". "τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν περὶ τοῦ ναοῦ τοῦ σώματος", οὐχ ὅτι μόνον σῶμα ναὸν εἶχεν, ἀλλ' ὅτι τὸ μέρος τοῦτο τοῦ ναοῦ λυθῆναι ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων ἠδύνατο. ἀμέλει γοῦν τὴν λύσιν τοῦ ναοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ σώματος μόνου ἔλαβεν. ὅταν δὲ λέγῃ· "τιθῶ τὴν ψυχήν μου, ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν", οὐ λέγει· "λύσατε τὴν ψυχήν μου". ἔλεγον οὖν παράδοξ̣όν ποτε τοιοῦτο, εἰ τίθησιν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἵνα πάλιν λάβῃ αὐτήν, "καὶ οὐδεὶς αἴρει αὐτὴν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ, ἀλλ' αὐτὸς ἐξουσίαν ἔχει θεῖναι καὶ λαβεῖν αὐτήν". σκόπει διὰ τί· οὐ κοινῷ θανάτῳ ἠέρθη αὐτῷ ἡ ζωή. ἀμέλει γοῦν οἱ συνσταυρωθέντες αὐτῷ ὑπετμήθησαν τὰ σκέλη, ἵνα ἀποθάνωσιν. τοῦτο οὖν μὴ παθόντος τοῦ σωτῆρος εὑρέθη τεθνηκώς. "κλίνας" γοῦν "τὴν κεφαλὴν παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα". εἰ δὲ οὐδεὶς ἦρεν τὴν ψυχήν, ἀλλ' αὐτὸς ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ αὐτὴν ἔθηκεν, ἵνα πάλιν λάβῃ αὐτήν, τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ, ὡς ἐν ἑνὶ τῶν ψαλμῶν λέγει· "ἐγενήθην ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἀβοήθητος ἐν νεκροῖς ἐλεύθεροις" γέγονεν. καὶ κατὰ μὲν τὸ πρόχε̣ιρον ἐροῦμεν, ὅτι οἱ ἀπαλλαττόμενοι μετὰ ἁμαρτιῶν καὶ "σειραῖς τῶν ἑαυτῶν ἁμαρτιῶν σφινγόμενοι" οὔκ εἰσιν ἐλεύθεροι νεκροί. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν Ἰησοῦς ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἐποίησεν οὐδὲ ἔγνω αὐτήν, ἐλεύθερος ἦν ἐν νεκροῖς. μόνη αὕτη ἡ ψυχὴ ἐκεῖ ἐλευθέρα ὤφθη. ἀμέλει γοῦν ἔπτηξαν αὐτὴν οἱ πυλωροὶ τοῦ ᾅδου. κατὰ δεύτερον λόγον "ἐν νεκροῖς ἐλεύθερος" οὕτω γέγονεν· πάντες οἱ ἐξερχόμενοι τοῦ βίου καὶ ἀπολείποντες τὸ σῶμα ἐὰν σπουδαῖοι ὦσιν, χειραγωγοῦνται ὑπὸ φωταγωγῶν ἀγγέλων, ἄλλοι δὲ ὑπὸ κολαστω῀̣ν τινων. εἴρηται γοῦν ὅτι· "ἀπέθανεν δὲ ὁ πτωχὸς καὶ ἀπηνέχθη ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων εἰς κόλπους Ἀβραάμ". οὐχ ἑαυτῇ ἐκεῖ γε´̣γονεν, ἀλλὰ ἄγγελοι αὐτὴν ἀπηγίοχαν. πρὸς ἄλλον δὲ φιλόζωον λέγεται· "ἄφρων, ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ τὴν ψυχήν σου ἀπαιτοῦσιν ἀπὸ σοῦ". εἰ ἀπαιτεῖται αὐτοῦ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ αὐτὴ ὑπό τινων κολαστῶν ἀποφέρεται εἰς τὸν ᾅδην, μόνη ἡ Ἰησοῦ ψυχὴ ἐλευθέρα ἐξῆλθεν· οὐδὲ ἀγγέλων ἐδεήθη, ἵνα ξεναγῶσιν αὐτήν, οὐδὲ εἱλκύσθη οὐκ ἔχουσα τὰ αἴτια τοῦ ἑλκυσθῆναι. τοῦτο οὖν ἐστιν τὸ θεῖναι καὶ λαβεῖν τὴν ψυχήν, καὶ "οὐδεὶς ἦρεν αὐτήν", λέγει, "ἀπ' ἐμοῦ· ἐγὼ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω θεῖναι αὐτήν, ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν". 239 ἡ θεία παίδευσις ὑπ' ἐνανθρωπήσαντος τοῦ σωτῆρος πιότης ἐστὶν τοῦ οἴκου. καὶ τὸ 158 παράδοξον· ἐκ τῶν πνευματικῶν, νοητῶν λεγόμενα οὔκ εἰσιν παράδοξα. τὰ αἰσθητῶς ὄντα τι ἕτερον οὔκ εἰσιν αἰσθητά. τὸ δὲ ὂν νοητὸν δύναται καὶ αἰσθητῶς νοηθῆναι. ἀδύνατον οὖν ἐπὶ αἰσθήσεως ἀρχιερέα καὶ ἀμνὸν τὸν αὐτὸν λαβεῖν. Ἰησοῦς δὲ καὶ ἀμνός ἐστιν καὶ ἀρχιερεύς. ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν θύραν καὶ οἶκον ἐπὶ αἰσθητοῦ λαβεῖν τὸ αὐτό. Ἰησοῦς δὲ ἀμφότερά ἐστιν, καὶ θύρα εἰσάγουσα εἰς τὸν οἶκον καὶ ὁ οἶκος ἐκεῖνος, εἰς ὃν εἰσάγει ἡ θύρα. καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς τὰ νοητὰ πάντα τοιαῦτά ἐστιν. καὶ περὶ τῆς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου γοῦν ψυχῆς λέγομεν, ὅτι γεωργεῖ ἑαυτήν, αὖ τὸ φυτόν ἐστιν, καὶ ὅτι γῆ ἐστιν δεχομένη σπέρματα καὶ καρποφοροῦσα, καὶ ὅτι νύμφη γίνεται τοῦ θεοῦ λόγου καὶ τίκτει τέκνα σωτηρίας. καὶ γίνεται καὶ πρόβατον. καὶ πρὸς τὰς διαφόρους ἐπινοίας καὶ ὀνομασίας καὶ τὰς ὠφελείας λαμβάνομεν. ὅταν ἡ ψυχὴ γῆ καλῆται, τὰ δυνάμενά τι μαθήματα σπέρματά ἐστιν, ἐὰν δὲ νύμφη λέγηται, αἱ γοναὶ αἱ καταβαλλόμεναι εἰς αὐτήν, καὶ τὰ κόσμια τὰ περὶ αὐτὴν αἱ πρακτικαὶ καὶ ἠθικαὶ ἀρεταί εἰσιν καὶ αἱ διανοητικαὶ καὶ τέλειαι. πάλιν ὅταν πρόβατον λέγηται, νομὴ λέγεται τὰ μαθήματα, χλοὴ λέγεται τὰ παιδεύματα. πάντα οὖν δύναται ἅμα εἶναι ἄλλοις καὶ ἄλλοις. καὶ τοῦτο δὲ ἰστέον· ὁ λεγόμενος οἶκος καὶ ἄμπελός ἐστιν φέρων οἶνον· καὶ πάλιν σάρξ ἐστιν τρέφουσα· καὶ γεωργός ἐστιν ἐπιμελόμενος φυτῶν, ἵνα καρποφορήσουσιν. καὶ ὅρα, ὅτι αὐτὸς καὶ γεωργὸς καὶ ἄμπελος καὶ ποιμὴν καὶ πρόβατον. κατὰ διαφόρους δὲ ἐπινοίας λαμβανόμενα δείκνυσιν ὅτι οὐσία νοητή ἐστιν, περὶ ἧς ταῦτα λέγεται. ποτὲ γοῦν Ἕλληνος ἀπαιτοῦντος ὅτι· "πόθεν ἔχετε δεῖξαι ἐκ τῆς γραφῆς ὑμῶν ὅτι, φέρε, ἡ ψυχὴ νοητή
The Vision of Light and Mercy to the Knowing§148
148Is it so? For all things reported about it signify their own bodily properties, I was saying this: each of the bodies has that form according to which it is; but when it is spoken of in terms of participation, nothing is spoken of sensorially. God is called, Spirit is called, Light is called, as a human form with limbs; for Spirit does not have limbs; God does not have a seat or resurrection or feet and the rest; from which it is evident that the essences, about which these things are said, are certain things intelligible.
9 And you make them drink from the torrent of your delight. The flowing liquid is able toward quenching thirst and leading into a sober drunkenness. He names it a 'torrent of delight,' just as it is said, 'a river of delight issues forth from Eden and waters the paradise' (Gen 2:10). And the provision of teaching, the participation of instruction, is called 'torrents' of 'delight.' 'You make them drink upon it.' And it is well also to say, 'you make them drink upon it,' since after this torrent they come to be and are in that very spring. As infants they are being made to drink, and so that I may speak from apostolic wording: to those being led in, Paul writes, 'I gave you milk' (1 Cor 3:2). And those unable to drink for themselves are being made to drink; those being instructed are being made to drink. When they are made to drink from this river of delight, they consequently come to that life from which this river flows, 'for with you is the spring of life' (Ps 36:9). Since with you is the spring of life. He did not say, 'for with you the spring of life has become' or 'a spring of life shall exist,' but 'with you is the spring of life.' This spring of life is always. But when those being made to drink approach, a stream also flows and becomes from the spring, called the 'torrent of delight.'
10 For with you is the spring of life, in your light we shall see light. Behold the spring again here; he has spoken differently; and the light is spoken of as a spring. But these things are not possible regarding history or bodily imagination. If, therefore, the good things flow from it and it does not receive them from elsewhere like a pit or a head, it is a spring of life. And what am I saying? He himself was saying, 'I am the life' (John 14:6). It is the same to say 'life' and 'spring of life.' Life, indeed, because it vivifies and leads into immortality; but a spring, because it does not receive the vivifying thing from elsewhere, but has it itself within itself. 'In your light we shall see light.'
If this voice speaks to the Father, it says: since he who saw the Son, being true light, sees you as existing in light, in your own light we shall see you as existing in light; for 'he who saw the Son saw the Father' (John 1:18). And 'he is the image of the invisible God' (Col 1:15) indicating the one of whom he is the image, and 'he is the character of the divine hypostasis' (Heb 1:3) revealing the hypostasis of God. Therefore, 'in your light we shall see light'. And if this is also spoken to the Son, in your luminous instruction and teaching we shall see you existing as light.
Where he says: 'extend, O God, your mercy to those who know you' (Ps 103:8), he speaks of that knowledge concerning which it is said: 'this is eternal life, that they may know you, the only true God' (1 John 5:20). These ones, having this knowledge, are loved by God. And God 'makes mercy into thousands for those loving' him. We take 'into thousands' in this way: this number has a kinship with the unit. Therefore, those approaching the one God following and becoming one spirit with him, following, become thousands and myriads. But this is said in this sense: 'the chariot of God is myriad-fold, thousands of the straight'; for we do not take thousand in this way, as ten times a hundred, but because of the intimacy with the unit. And mercy becomes for them.
If, then, the mercy of God is extended into a thousand, as it is said: 'for his mercy is unto the age', he rightly says here: 'extend your mercy to those who know you'. Otherwise, he shows mercy to those coming in a manner of repentance, those asking for the forgiveness of sins. He shows mercy to those knowing him so that they may be established and ascend to that which is above all things unto the end. And your righteousness to the upright in heart. And upright in heart and pure in heart are the same. It is therefore good for the pure in heart to see God; for 'blessed are the pure in heart, for they shall see God' (Matt 5:8).
Let no one of pride come upon me, and let the hand of sinners not shake me. Let 'the pride of the foolish' not strike my intellect, that is, let no path of pride arise in me; for it is often said of the members of even the best and the most skillful. In proverbs, indeed, it is said: 'the...
Greek · §148
ἐστιν; πάντα γὰρ τὰ ἀπαγγελλόμενα περὶ αὐτῆς καὶ σωμάτων ἴδια σημαίνει", ἔλεγον αὐτὸ τοῦτο· ἦ ἕκαστον τῶν σωμάτων ἓν ἔχει εἶδος ἐκεῖνο καθ' ὅ ἐστιν· ὅταν δὲ μετουσίᾳ λέγηται πάντα εἶναι, οὐδὲν αἰσθητῶς λέγεται. θεὸς λέγεται, πνεῦμα λέγεται, φῶς λέγεται ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἐσχηματιςμένος καὶ μέλη ἔχων· οὐκ ἔχει γὰρ πνεῦμα μέλη· θεὸς οὐκ ἔχει κάθισιν καὶ ἀνάστασιν καὶ πόδας καὶ τὰ ἄλλα· ἐξ οὗ παρίσταται, ὅτι αἱ οὐσίαι, περὶ ὧν ταῦτα λέγονται, νοηταί τινές εἰσιν. 9 καὶ τὸν χειμάρρουν τῆς τρυφῆς σου ποτιεῖς αὐτούς. δύναται ἡ ῥέουσα πιότης τοῦ οἴκου πρὸς τῷ ποτίσαι καὶ εἰς μέθην νηφάλιον ἀγαγεῖν. "χειμάρρουν̣ τρυφῆς" ὀνομάζει, ὥσπερ λέγεται "ποταμὸς τρυφῆς ἐκπορεύεσθαι ἐξ Ἐδὲμ καὶ ποτίζειν τὸν παράδεισον". η῾̣ δὲ χορηγία τῆς διδασκαλίας, τῆς μετουσίας τῆς παιδεύσεως "χειμάρρους" λέγεται "τρυφῆς". "ποτιεῖς ἐπ' αὐτούς". εὖ δὲ καὶ τὸ φάναι· "ποτιεῖς ἐπ' αὐτούς", ἐπεὶ μετὰ τὸν χειμάρρουν τοῦτον γίνονται καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ πηγῇ. ὡς νήπιοι ποτίζονται, καὶ ἵνα ἀπὸ λέξεως ἀποστολικῆς εἴπω· τοῖς εἰσαγομένοις ὁ Παῦλος γράφει· "γάλα ὑμᾶς ἐπότισα". ποτίζονται δὲ οἱ μὴ δυνάμενοι ἑαυτοῖς πιεῖν, ποτίζονται οἱ παιδ̣ευόμενοι. ὅταν ποτισθῶσιν τοῦτον τὸν τῆς τρυφῆς ποταμόν, λοιπὸν ἐπ' αὐτὴν τὴν ζωὴν ἔρχονται, ἀφ' ἧς ρ῾̣εῖ οὗτος ὁ ποταμός, "ὅτι παρὰ σοὶ πηγὴ ζωῆς". ἐπεὶ παρὰ σοὶ πηγὴ ζωῆς ἔστιν. οὐκ εἶπεν· "ὅτι παρὰ σοὶ πηγὴ ζωῆς γέγονεν" ἢ "πηγὴ ζωῆς ὑπάρξεται", ἀλλὰ "παρὰ σοὶ πηγὴ ζωῆς". ἀεὶ ἡ πηγὴ τῆς ζωῆς αὕτη ἐστίν. ὅτε μέντοι οἱ ποτιζόμενοι πλησιάσουσιν, ῥεῖ καὶ ῥεῦμα γίνεται ἀπὸ τῆς πηγῆς καλούμενος "τρυφῆς χειμάρρους". 10 ὅτι παρὰ σοὶ πηγὴ ζωῆς, ἐν τῷ φωτί σου ὀψόμεθα φῶς. θεώρει ὧδε πάλιν τὴν πηγήν· δι̣χῶς εἴρηκεν· καὶ τὸ φῶς εἴρηται πηγή. ἐπ' ἱστορίας δὲ καὶ σωματικῆς διαλήμψεως οὐ δυνατὰ ταῦτα. εἰ δὲ οὖν ἐξ αὐτοῦ ῥεῖ τὰ ἀγαθὰ καὶ οὐ δέχεταί ποθεν αὐτὰ ὡς λάκκος, κεφαλήν, πηγή ἐστιν ζωῆς. καὶ τί λέγω; αὐτὸς ἔλεγεν· "ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ζωή". ταὐτὸν δέ ἐστιν εἰπεῖν "ζωὴν" καὶ "πηγὴν ζωῆς". ζ̣ωὴ μέν, ἐπεὶ ζωοποιεῖ καὶ εἰς ἀθανασίαν ἄγει, πηγὴ δέ, ὅτι οὐκ ἄλλοθεν δέχεται τὰ ζωοποιοῦντα, ἀλλὰ αὐτ̣ὴ αὐτὰ ἔχει ἐν ἑαυτῇ. "ἐν τῷ φωτί σου ὀψόμεθα φῶς"· 240 εἰ δὲ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα λέγοιτο ἡ φωνὴ αὕτη, λέγει ὅτι· ἐπεὶ ὁ ἑωρακὼς τὸν υἱόν σου, 159 φῶς ὄντα ἀληθινόν, ὁρᾷ σὲ φῶς ὑπάρχοντα, ἐν τῷ σῷ φωτὶ ὀψόμεθα σὲ φῶς ὄντα· "ὁ" γὰρ "ἑωρακὼς τὸν υἱὸν ἑώρακεν τὸν πατέρα". καὶ "εἰκὼν τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου ἐστὶν" δεικνύουσα τὸν οὗ ἐστιν εἰκών, καὶ "χαρακτήρ ἐστιν τῆς θεοῦ ὑποστάσεως" φανερῶν τὴν ὑπόστασιν τοῦ θεοῦ. "ἐν τῷ" οὖν "φωτί σου ὀψόμεθα φῶς". εἰ δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὸν υἱὸν λέγοιτο τοῦτο, ἐν τῇ φωτεινῇ σου παιδεύσει καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ ὀψόμεθα σὲ ὄντα φῶς. οὗ λέγει· "παράτεινον, ὁ θεός, τὸ ἔλεός σου τοῖς γιγνώςκουσίν σε", γνῶσιν̣ ἐκείνην λέγει, περὶ ἧς λέγεται· "αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωή, ἵνα γιγνώσκουσίν σε τὸν μόνον ἀληθινὸν θεόν". οὗτοι οἱ γνῶσιν ἔχοντες ἀγαπῶνται ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ. "ποιεῖ" δὲ ὁ θεὸς "ἔλεος εἰς χιλιάδας τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν" αὐτόν. τὸ "εἰς χιλιάδας" οὕτω λαμβάνομεν· ὁ ἀριθμὸς ἔχει οὗτος συνγένειαν πρὸς τὴν μονάδα. οἱ πλησιάζοντες οὖν τῷ θεῷ τῷ ἑνὶ ἀκολούθως καὶ ἓν πνεῦμα πρὸς αὐτὸν γινόμενοι, ἀκολούθως χιλιάδες καὶ μυριάδες γίνονται. ἀλλὰ τοῦτο λέγεται κατὰ τοῦτο· "τὸ ἅρμα τοῦ θεοῦ μυριοπλάσιον, χιλιάδες εὐθηνούντων"· οὐδὲ γὰρ οὕτως λαμβάνομεν χιλιάδα, τὴν δεκάκις ἑκατόν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν οἰκειότητα τὴν πρὸς τὴν μονάδα. καὶ γίνεται ἔλεος εἰς αὐτούς. εἰ οὖν παρατείνει εἰς χιλιάδα ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐλεημοσύνη, ὡς λέγεσθαι· "ὅτι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ", εἰκότως λέγει ἐνταῦθα· "παράτεινον τὸ ἔλεός σου τοῖς γιγνώσκουσίν σε". ἄλλως ἐλεᾷ τοὺς προσερχομένους μετανοίας τρόπῳ, τοὺς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν αἰτοῦντας. ἐλεᾷ τοὺς γιγνώσκοντας αὐτὸν ὥστε βεβαιωθῆναι καὶ εἰς τὸ τέλος τὸ ὑπὲρ πάντα ἀνελθεῖν. 11 καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην σου τοῖς εὐθέσι τῇ καρδίᾳ. εὐθεῖς δὲ καρδίᾳ καὶ καθαροὶ καρδίᾳ οἱ αὐτοί. ἐστὶν ἀγαθὸν οὖν τῶν καθαρῶν τῇ καρδίᾳν τὸ βλέπειν τὸν θεόν· "μακάριοι" γὰρ "οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ, ὅτι αὐτοὶ τὸν θεὸν ὄψονται". 12 μὴ ἐλθάτω μοι ποὺς ὑπερηφανίας, καὶ χεὶρ ἁμαρτωλῶν μὴ σαλεύσῃ με. μὴ ἐπιβῇ τῇ διανοίᾳ μου "ὑπερηφανίας πούς", τουτέστιν, μὴ πορεία τῆς ὑπερηφανίας ἐν ἐμοὶ γένηται· λέγονται γὰρ πολλάκις μέλη καὶ τῶν ο῾̣δῶν τῶν βελτίστων καὶ τῶν χειρίστων. ἐν παροιμίαις γοῦν λέγεται· "τῆς
The Inheritance of Those Waiting on the Lord§149
149The feet of folly lead those who use it after death into Hades. Those who walk according to folly, using the feet of folly, are brought down into Hades. Just as there are feet of folly, so there are feet of pride.
Therefore, 'let not come to me the feet of pride' (Ps 26:4), meaning let there not be a walking of pride in my soul and in my mind. 'Nor let the hand of sinners shake me' (Ps 145:18). For hand is often said to mean practice, as if saying: 'Thorns grow in the hand of the drunkard,' meaning the shameful desires, the unrestrained pleasures.
13 There the workers of iniquity fell (Ps 1:4). Where the foot of pride and the hand of the sinner are, 'they fell, those working iniquity.' It was not nature that led them into the fall, but the energy and work of iniquity. 13 They were driven out and are not able to stand. For since they themselves brought themselves down to the foot of pride, and are handed over to the hand of the sinner, which they chose to have, and this handing over is called their expulsion. And God, being a benefactor, drives them out so that they may not be able to stand in the evil. It is not, therefore, a nature or some external force casting him out, but his own work being iniquity and wickedness. He drives him out so that he may not remain, so that he may not hold a fixed stand in it.
And it is necessary to clarify the Scriptures more greatly. The truly God-wise man does this. However, if they were not clarified in this way, but more inferiorly, neither their magnitude nor that of the God who gave is shown. The Jews, indeed, taking them according to what is at hand and according to the human, are said 'not to perceive even what they say, nor concerning those things of which they are certain' (John 5:39). 9 That those committing adultery will be destroyed (Rom 1:28)—to be destroyed, but they are being destroyed in the way that they are evil, so that they may no longer be such. And it also signifies the punishment. And the punishment is again an impediment to wickedness. 9 But those who endure
They shall inherit the Lord a land. Those waiting on the Lord inherit the land already interpreted as being in highness, lying in the heaven. And this David said: 'I believe to see the good things of the Lord in the land of the living' (Psalm 27:13). He was a king. And to be a king is to have the good things of one's own land and to rule over it. But no one believes to receive what he already has, but believes to have received.
And this one says: 'I believe to see,' not 'I have seen' those good things, which God gives 'to those asking him,' when they pray sincerely concerning them. 'Those waiting' therefore 'on the Lord shall inherit the land' (Psalm 37:34). Endurance is a greatest contest of virtue: 'the tribulation works out endurance' (Romans 5:3). You see that after tribulation comes endurance. He therefore waits on the Lord as is necessary, having no endurance other than Him. And just as wisdom, righteousness, and sanctification become to some, so also endurance.
This David himself in another psalm says: 'And now what is my endurance? Is it not the Lord?' (Psalm 40:1). This endurance they always strive to have, those contending for virtue and piety. The hymnodist himself again says: 'Waiting, I waited on the Lord' (Psalm 40:1). Not simply 'I waited,' but 'waiting,' as in: 'to pursue the just thing justly.'
The servants of God have an inheritance. And listen to the paradox: to inherit is that of a child, not of servants. Therefore, the excess of the goodness of the thing inherited, as far as it reaches into their own state and nature, leads servants into an inheritance. And they used to say a parable for: 'By grace you are saved through faith, not of works' (Ephesians 2:8). And they used to say that it is impossible entirely to have faith without works: 'it is dead' indeed 'without works' (James 2:17). He says therefore: 'through faith, not of works.' And they used to say such an image: when a philanthropist is, instead of those whom some are working for and whom he is healing, he gives a reward...
Greek · §149
δὲ ἀφροσύνης οἱ πόδες κατάγουσιν τοὺς χρωμένους αὐτῇ μετὰ θανάτου εἰς τὸν ᾅδην". ὅσοι κατὰ ἀφροσύνην πορεύονται τοῖς ποσὶν τῆς ἀφροσύνης χ̣ρ̣ώμενοι, εἰς τὸν ᾅδην καταβιβάζονται. ὥσπερ οὖν εἰσιν ἀφροσύνης πόδες, οὕτω καὶ ὑπερηφανίας. "μὴ ἐλθάτω" οὖν "μοι ποὺς ὑπερηφανίας", μὴ πορεία τῆς ὑπερηφανίας ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ μου καὶ τῇ διανοίᾳ. "μηδὲ χεὶρ ἁμαρτωλῶν σαλεύσῃ με". χεὶρ δὲ ἡ πρᾶξις πολλάκις εἴρηται, ὡς ἐὰν λέγῃ· "ἄκανθαι φύονται ἐν χειρὶ τοῦ μεθύσου", αἱ αἰσχραὶ ἐπιθυμία̣ι̣, αἱ ἀκόλαστοι ἡδοναί. 13 ἐκεῖ ἔπεσαν οἱ ἐργαζόμενοι τὴν ἀνομίαν. ἔνθα ὁ ποὺς τῆς ὑπερηφανίας κ̣αὶ ἡ χεὶρ τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ, "ἔπεσαν οἱ τὴν ἀνομίαν ἐργαζόμενοι". οὐ φύσις αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ πτῶμα ἤγαγεν, ἀλλ' ἐνέργεια καὶ ἐργασία ἀνομίας. 13 ἐξώσθησαν καὶ οὐ μὴ δύνωνται στῆναι. ἐπεὶ γὰρ αὐτοὶ ἑαυτοὺς κατεβίβασαν εἰς τὸν πόδα τῆς ὑπερηφανίας, καὶ τῇ χειρὶ τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ παραδίδονται, ἣν εἵλαντο ἔχειν, καὶ ἡ παράδοσις αὕτη ἔξωσις αὐτῶν λέγεται. καὶ εὐεργετῶν ὁ θεὸς ἐξωθεῖ αὐτούς, ἵνα μὴ δυνηθῶσιν στῆναι ἐν τῷ κακῷ. οὐ φύσεως οὖν ἤ τινος βίας ἔξωθεν καταβαλλούσης αὐτόν, ἀλλ' ἡ ἐργασία αὐτοῦ οὖσα ἀνομία καὶ κακία. ἐξωθεῖ οὖν αὐτόν, ἵνα̣ μὴ παραμένῃ, ἵνα μὴ ἀκινήτως ἔχῃ στάσιν ἐν αὐτῇ. καὶ μειζόνως μὲν σαφηνίζειν δεῖ τὰς γραφάς. ποιεῖ δὲ τοῦτο ὁ ἀληθῶς θεόσοφος. ὅμως, εἰ μὴ οὕτως σαφηνίζοιντο, ἀλλ' ὑποδεεστέρως, οὐδὲ αὐτῶν τ̣ὸ μέγεθος δείκνυται οὐδὲ τοῦ δεδωκότος. Ἰουδαῖοι γοῦν κατὰ τὸ πρόχειρον καὶ τὸ ἀνθρώπινον ἐκλαμβάνοντες αὐτὰς λέγονται "μὴ νοεῖν μηδὲ ἃ λέγουσιν μηδὲ περὶ ὧν διαβεβαιοῦνται". 245 9 ὅτι οἱ πονηρευόμενοι ἐξολεθρευθήσονται. –––––––––––––––– ––––––––––– ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– καταστραφῆναι, ἀλλ' ὀλεθρεύονται ᾗ πονηροί εἰσιν, ἵνα μηκέτι ὦσιν̣ τοιοῦτοι. σημαίνει δὲ καὶ τὴν κόλασιν. ἡ κόλασις δὲ 160 πάλιν ἐμποδιστικὴ κακίας ἐστίν. 9 οἱ δὲ ὑπομένοντες τὸν κύριον αὐτοὶ κληρονομήσου̣σιν γῆν. οἱ ὑπομένοντες τὸν κύριον κληρονομοῦσιν τὴν ἤδη ἑρμηνευ θεῖσαν γῆν τὴν ἐν ὕψει, τῷ οὐρανῷ κειμ̣ένην. καὶ οὗτος ὁ ∆αυὶδ ἔλεγεν· "πιστεύω τοῦ ἰδεῖν τὰ ἀγαθὰ κυρίου ἐν γῇ ζώντων". βασιλεὺς ἦν. βασιλέως δέ ἐστιν τὸ ἔχειν τὰ ἀγαθὰ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ γῆς καὶ τὸ κατακ̣υριεύειν αὐτῆς. οὐδεὶς δὲ πιστεύει λαβεῖν ὃ ἤδη ἔχει, ἀλλὰ πιστεύει εἰληφέναι. οὗτος δὲ λέγει· "πιστεύω τοῦ ἰδεῖν", οὐ "ἑωρακέναι τὰ ἀγαθὰ" ἐκεῖνα, ἃ δίδωσιν ὁ θεὸς "τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν", ὅταν γνησίως εὔχωνται περὶ αὐτῶν. "οἱ ὑπομένοντε̣ς" οὖν "τ̣ὸν κύριον κληρονομήσουσιν τὴν γῆν". ἆθλον μέγιστόν ἐστιν ἀρετῆς ἡ ὑπομονή· "ἡ θλῖψις ὑπομονὴν κατεργάζεται". θεωρεῖς ὅτι μετὰ θλῖψιν η῾̣ ὑπομονή. ἐκεῖνος οὖν ὑπομένει τὸν κύριον ὡς δεῖ ὁ μὴ ἄλλον ἢ αὐτὸν ἔχων ὑπομονήν. καὶ ὥσπερ σοφία γίνεταί τισιν καὶ δικαιοσύνη καὶ ἁγιασμ̣ός, οὕτω καὶ ὑπομονή. αὐτὸς γοῦν οὗτος ὁ ∆αυὶδ ἐν ἄλλῳ ψαλμῷ λέγει· "καὶ νῦν τίς ἡ ὑπομονή μου; οὐχὶ κύριος"; ταύτην τὴν ὑπομονὴν ἀεὶ σπουδάζουσιν ἔχειν οἱ ὑπὲρ ἀρετῆς καὶ εὐσεβείας ἀγωνιζόμενοι. αὐτὸς πάλιν ὁ ὑμνῳδός που λέγει· "ὑπομένων ὑπέμεινα τὸν κύριον". οὐχ ἁπλῶς "ὑπέμεινα", ἀλλ' "ὑπομένων", ὡς τό· "δικαίως τὸ δίκαιον διώκειν". οἱ θεραπευταὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ἔχουσιν κληρονομίαν. καὶ τό γε παράδοξον ἄκουε· τέκνων ἐστὶν τὸ κληρονομεῖν, οὐ θεραπόντων. ἡ ὑπερβολὴ οὖν τῆς ἀγαθότητος τοῦ κλ̣ηρονομουμένου, ὡς ὅσον ἧκεν εἰς τὴν αὐτῶν κατάστασιν καὶ φύσιν, θεράποντας ὄντας εἰς κληρονομίαν ἄγει. καὶ ἔλεγον παράδειγμά ποτε εἰς τό· "τῇ χάριτί ἐστε σεσωσμένοι διὰ τῆς πίστεως, οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων". καὶ ἔλεγον, ὅτι ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν ὅλως πίστιν ἔχειν ἄνευ ἔργων· "νεκρὰ" γάρ "ἐσ̣τιν̣ χωρὶς ἔργων". λέγει οὖν· "διὰ τῆς πίστεως, οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων". καὶ ἔλεγον τοιαύτην εἰκόνα· ὅταν φιλάνθρωπος ᾖν, ἀν̣θ' οὗ ἐργάζονταί τινες καὶ ὃν θεραπεύουσιν, δίδωσιν μισθὸν
The Place of the Meek§150
150Exalting the value of the reward. And they received such an image: let someone be an owner and let him trust a laborer, and let him say to him: 'If you take care of it as is necessary and work it as is fitting, a gift I give it to you; have it as an inheritance.' We say that he received the inheritance not from works, but from the grace of the one willing. 'There is an inheritance to those serving the Lord' (2 Tim 2:19).
And yet, in a little while, the sinner will no longer exist. This is said: 'Do not be envious of those committing adultery, nor be envious of those practicing lawlessness' (1 John 3:10). God fashioned a lover of good as a creature. To be a lover of good is not to desire the temporary and present things; for the temporary and present things belong even to sinners. Therefore, do not be envious of them, whether they prosper or whether they are healthy; for they do not remain always. And if gap... I do not speak of the essence, but the quality.
Regarding the 'temporary'; if you wish to take it readily, he who seems to no longer sin is not a sinner. And then he does not enact the things of sin. But 'the enjoyment of sin is temporary' (1 John 2:17), as Paul writes. The enjoyment of sin no longer exists. Therefore, we say to the many that he who seems to no longer sin is no longer a sinner; but according to the true word: sin neither was from the beginning nor shall be unto the age (1 John 2:17); for concerning the most supreme kind of it, this idolatry, it has been said: 'neither from the beginning nor unto the age.'
And if the most surpassing of evils had no beginning, such as to be unceasing, nor would it ever receive a manifest end, 'yet in a little while the sinner will not exist.' You also have in the ninth Psalm: 'Break the arm of the sinner and the wicked' (Ps 9:9). He did not say 'a sinner,' but 'the.' And if 'the arm of the sinner' is broken, it is much more than the inferior. 'And you will seek his place and will not find' (Ps 9:10).
Again, readily: for it is necessary to speak even the more popular explanations. The place of the sinner seems to be the place concerning the earth; for here lawlessness happens, here sins are completed. Therefore the earth will pass away along with the heaven. 'And you will seek his place and will not find' (Ps 9:10). Place is mainly called the position of each. And indeed, concerning Judas it is said that he passed by the place of service: 'from which Judas passed by' (Acts 12:4).
A position is a place of service, such as the position according to service; for when Paul says, 'first apostles, second prophets, third,' they are shallow because they are revealed only by their position. Likewise, in military ranks they say one has the place of a benefit-receiver or an assistant, and similarly in the churches.
The place of the sinner will not be found if he is no longer a sinner; his place was sin. 'But the meek shall inherit the earth' (Ps 37:11). Shortly, the sinner will neither be seen nor his place found, even if searched for; the place of the meek remains for ever; for it is eternal, it is immortal. And concerning the righteous it is said, 'his righteousness remains unto the age of ages.'
Therefore the meek, that is, those having gentleness, those perfecting themselves in lack of anger, shall inherit the earth; for the one without anger is gentle; for one should not say of others that he is gentle if he becomes angry at those whom it is necessary to be angry with. This kind of gentleness is more political and rhetorical. What does that mean? For the excellent man is without anger; and it is said in the falling verses, 'cease from anger and leave wrath' (Ps 37:8).
And they shall delight in abundance of peace. When does this abundance of peace occur? When the prayer of those saying, 'grace to you and peace be multiplied' is heard. He who is able to say, 'among those hating peace I was peaceful,' has an abundance of peace, and delights in this abundance of peace. It is possible to say that, having been relocated from this land, where wars and disturbances occur, they become in the land of the meek, where peace is lived out.
I have also said elsewhere regarding this, in matters of practical application, 'what virtue is needed?' and he says that when all are righteous, there is no need for courage. But he calls courage the more political kind, that which stands together in wars. When all are righteous, there is no need for courage; but when courage is present, there is a need for righteousness. And there, therefore, they delight in abundance of peace, when they are gentle. And the gentle man, as it was said to us, has a tranquil disposition toward anger. And from the one teaching and preparing for the imitation of himself, the greatness of the...
Greek · §150
ὑπεραίροντα τὴν ἀξίαν τοῦ μισθοῦ. καὶ ἔλαβον τοιαύτην εἰκόνα ὅτι· ἔστω τις κτήτωρ καὶ πεπιστευκέτω γεώργιόν τινι καὶ λεγέτω αὐτῷ ὅτι· "ἐὰν ἐπιμεληθῇς αὐτοῦ ὡς δεῖ καὶ ἐργάσῃ αὐτὸ ὡς προσῆκεν, χάρισμά σοι αὐτὸ δίδω· κληρονομίαν αὐτὸ ἔχε". λέγομεν ἐκεῖνον ὅτι οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἔλαβε τὴν κληρονομίαν, ἀλλ' ἐκ χάριτος τοῦ ὀρέξαντος. "ἔστιν κληρονομία τοῖς θεραπεύουσιν κύριον". 10 καὶ ἔτι ὀλίγον καὶ οὐ μὴ ὑπάρξῃ ὁ ἁμαρτωλός. τοῦτο λέγει· "μὴ παραζήλου ἐν πονηρευομένοις μηδὲ ζήλου τοὺς ποιοῦντας τὴν ἀνομίαν". φιλάγαθόν σε ζῷον ὁ θεὸς κατεσκεύασεν. φιλαγάθων δέ ἐστιν μὴ τὰ πρόσκαιρα καὶ παρόντα ἐπιθυμεῖν· τὰ γὰρ πρόσκαιρα καὶ παρόντα ὑπάρχει καὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτωλοῖς. μὴ τοίνυν παραζήλου αὐτο´̣ν, ἐὰν πλουτῇ, ἐὰν ὑγιαίνῃ· οὐ γὰρ ἀεὶ μένει. ἐὰν δὲ ···· ··, οὐ τὴν οὐσίαν φημί, ἀλλὰ τὸν ποιόν. ἐπερ · τὸ "πρόσκαιρον"; –ἐὰν προχείρως αὐτὸ θέλῃς λαβεῖν, τῷ μηκέτι ἁμαρτάνειν δοκεῖ μὴ ἁμαρτωλὸς εἶναι. οὐκ ἐνεργεῖ δὲ τότε τὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας. "πρόσκαιρον" δὲ "ἀπόλαυσιν ἔχει ἡ ἁμαρτία", ὡς Παῦλος γράφει. ἡ ἀπόλαυσις τῆς ἁμαρτίας οὐκέτι ὑπάρχει. πρὸς τοὺς πολλοὺς οὖν λέγομεν ὅτι τῷ μηκέτι ἁμαρτάνειν δοκεῖ οὐκέτι εἶναι ἁμαρτωλός, πρὸς δὲ τὸν ἀληθῆ λόγον· ἡ ἁμαρτία οὔτε ἦν ἐξ ἀρχῆς οὐδὲ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἔσται· περὶ γὰρ τοῦ κορυφαιοτάτου εἴδους αὐτῆς τῆς εἰδωλολατρίας εἴρηται τοῦτο ὅτι· "οὔτε ἀπ' ἀρχῆς οὔτε εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα". εἰ δὲ αὐτὴ ἡ ὑπερέχουσα τῶν κακιῶν οὐδὲ ἀρχὴν ἔσχεν, οὕτως ὥστε ἄπαυστος̣ εἶναι, οὐδὲ οὐ λήμψει ποτὲ δηλονότι. "ἔτι ὀλίγον καὶ οὐχ ὑπάρξει ὁ ἁμαρτωλός". ἔχεις οὖν καὶ ἐν τῷ ἐνάτῳ ψαλμῷ· "σύντριψον τὸν βραχίονα τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ καὶ πονηροῦ". οὐκ εἶπεν "ἁμαρτωλοῦ", ἀλλὰ "τοῦ". εἰ δὲ "τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ" συντρίβεται ὁ βραχίων, πολλῷ πλέον τῶν ὑποδεεστέρων. 10 "καὶ ζητήσεις τὸν τόπον αὐτοῦ καὶ οὐ μὴ εὕρῃς. προχείρως πάλιν· δεῖ γὰρ καὶ τὰς δημωδεστέρας ἐξηγήσεις λέγειν. δοκεῖ τόπος εἶναι τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ ὁ περὶ γῆν τόπος· ὧδε γὰρ ἡ ἀνομία γίνεται, ὧδε αἱ ἁμαρτίαι τελοῦνται. παρελεύσεται 161 οὖν ἡ γῆ μετὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. "ζητήσεις" οὖν "τὸν τόπον αὐτοῦ καὶ οὐ μὴ εὕρῃς". τόπος δὲ κυρίως λέγεται ἡ θέσις ἑκάστου. ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ περὶ τοῦ Ἰούδα λέγεται ὅτι παρέβη τὸν τόπον τῆς διακονίας· "ἀφ' ἧς παρέβη Ἰούδας". τόπος τις διακονίας ἐστὶν ἡ θέσις ἡ κατὰ τὴν διακονίαν· ὅταν γὰρ λέγῃ ὁ Παῦλος ὅτι· "τίθενται πρῶτον ἀπόστολοι, δεύτερον προφῆται, τρίτον", βαθ μοί εἰσιν διὰ τῆς θέσεω̣ς δηλ̣ούμενοι. ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ ἐν ταῖς στρατιωτικαῖς τάξεσιν λέγουσιν ὅτι· τόπον ἔχει βενεφικιαρίου, βοηθοῦ, καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἐκ̣κλησίαις ὁμοίως. οὐκ εὑρεθήσεται ἡ θέσις τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ, ἐὰν μηκέτι ἁμαρτωλὸς ᾖ. τόπος δὲ ἦν αὐτοῦ ἡ ἁμαρτία. 11 οἱ δὲ πραεῖς κληρονομήσουσιν γῆν. τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ μεθ' ὁλίγον οὐκέτι ἐσομένου οὐδὲ τοῦ τόπου αὐτοῦ εὑρισκομένου, κἂν ζητηθῇ, ὁ τόπος τῶν πράων 246 μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα· αἰώνιος γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ····· ····· ···ω̣η, ἀθάνατός ἐστιν. καὶ περὶ τοῦ σπουδαίου λέγεται ὅτι· "ἡ δικαιοσύνη αὐτοῦ μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος". οἱ πραεῖς οὖν, τουτέστιν̣ οἱ πραότητα ἔχοντες, οἱ ἀοργησίαν κατορθοῦντες, κληρονομήσουσιν τὴν γῆν· πρᾶος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ἀο´̣ργη̣τος· οὐ γὰρ προσεκτέον ἄλλοις τισὶν λέγουσιν ὅτι ἐκεῖνος πρᾶός ἐστιν, κἂν ὀργίζηται οἷς δεῖ ὀργισθῆναι. πολιτικωτέρα δ̣ε´̣ ἐστιν αὕτη ἡ πραότης καὶ ῥητορική. τί ποτε; ἀόργητος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ σπουδαῖος· καὶ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς φθάσασιν στίχοις εἴρηται· "παῦσαι ἀπὸ ὀργῆς καὶ ἐνκατάλιπε θυμόν". 11 καὶ κατατρυφήσουσιν ἐπὶ πλήθει εἰρήνης. πότε δὲ τὸ πλῆθος τῆς εἰρήνης ταύτης γίνε̣ται; ὅταν ἡ ἐπευχὴ εἰσακούηται τῶν λεγόντων· "χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη". ὁ δυνάμενος εἰπεῖν ὅτι· "μετὰ τῶν μισούντων τὴν εἰρήνην ἤμην εἰρηνικός", πλῆθος εἰρήνης ἔχει, κατατρυφᾷ ἐπὶ τῷ πλήθει τῆς εἰρήνης ταύτης. δυνατὸν δε`̣ εἰπεῖν ὅτι· μετοικισθέντες ἀπὸ τοῦ χωρίου τούτου, ἔνθα πόλεμοι καὶ τάραχοι τυγχάνουσιν, γίνονται ἐν γῇ τῶν πραέων, ἔνθα εἰρήνη πολιτεύεται. εἶπον καὶ ἄλλοτε τοῦτο ὅτι τόπος παραδίδοται τοιοῦτος ἐν τοῖς ἐπιχειρηματικοῖς τόποις· "ποία ἀρετὴ ποίας δεῖται"; καὶ λέγει ὅτι· δικαίων ὄντων πάντων οὐ χρεία ἀνδρείας. ἀνδρείαν δὲ λέγει τὴν πολιτικωτέραν τὴν ἐν πολέμοις συνισταμένην. πάντων δικαίων ὄντων οὔκ ἐστιν χρεία ἀνδρείας. ἀνδρείας δὲ παρούσης χρεία δικαιοσύνης. καὶ ἐνταῦθα οὖν κατατρυφῶσιν ἐπὶ πλήθει εἰρήνης, ὅταν ὦσιν πρᾶοι. ὁ δὲ πρᾶος, ὡς εἴρηται ἡμῖν, ἀταράχως πρὸς ὀργὰς ἔχει. καὶ ἐκ τοῦ διδάξαντος καὶ παρασκευάσαντος πρὸς μίμησιν ἑαυτοῦ τὸ με´̣γεθος τῆς
The Protection of the Wing and the Character of the Just§151
151Observe virtue: 'Learn from me,' he says, 'for I am gentle and low in heart.' He did not say 'lowly' simply, but 'low in heart.' According to the disposition, I am gentle; according to the heart. He who possesses blindness is 'low in heart.' Since the evangelical word has been uttered, those saying that Jesus lacked mind, but had an irrational soul, must be rebuked. In all the writings, both new and old, the heart is said instead of the mind; for when it says, 'Listen to me, you who have lost your heart,' it means those who have lost the capacity for thought. And 'stony heart' is a stony intellect. If therefore he has a heart and this also has virtue—for he is gentle in heart and low—he has taken up a perfect man.
The sinner will watch the righteous man and gnash his teeth at him (Ps 35:16). This says that the sinner always wants to be an enemy of the righteous, and not only an enemy, but wants to be a murderer against him. And see how 'will watch' lies; primarily this watching means to observe how one might harm someone. What kind of person is armed? He who wants to shoot him with an arrow watches which part of him is naked, and where he sends the arrow. Since therefore the righteous is protected, he is not naked, but has put on 'the armor of God' (Eph 6:11) and 'has taken up the breastplate of faith' (Eph 6:14) and is entirely secured.
If, however, 'will watch' is instead of 'will keep'—for often verbs said after an intention mean the same, such as 'going' and 'descending'; the one descending goes down—if it is 'will keep,' then two things are meant, either that to watch has been said or to guard. If indeed the Savior says in the Gospel, 'Holy Father, keep them' (John 17:11), he says, 'protect them.' 'When I was with them, I kept them' (John 17:12), if it is of 'was guarding.' And those saying, 'You will preserve us from this generation' (Luke 21:36), say, 'you will protect.' It means, as I have said, to 'keep' is to 'watch/observe.' It is said, therefore, 'He will keep your head, and you his wing.' The saint watches the head of the serpent, so that having risen up the head of his evil, he might leave the whole thing dead. But the serpent is not able to keep the head of the man, but the wing, the extremities...
He preserves his powers that approach the earth. No serious wound or harm occurs upon the wing. For it has been said also in other places: 'The iniquity of my wing will surround me; then I was afraid in the evil day' (Ps 90:7). If the iniquity had kept my head, it would have clung to my head like that one, concerning whom it is written: 'His pain will turn back upon his head' (Prov 22:8). And again: 'I gave their ways into their heads' (Prov 19:3), instead of: 'into their mind.' And it is good also to say 'the righteous,' not simply 'righteous,' but the perfect righteous, the irreproachable; for it is said many times also concerning those progressing in name who are accused according to the perfect, such as: 'The wise do not depart from the mouth of the Lord' (Ps 119:105). No one of the wise becomes outside the word of the Lord, always working with the word. And it is said: 'Rebuke a wise man and he will love you' (Prov 9:8). Behold, a wise man.
The sinner borrows and does not repay, but the righteous shows mercy and gives. He not only returns what he borrowed, but also becomes a benefactor to others. By showing mercy, he gains. 'He who shows mercy to the poor lends to God' (Prov 19:17). The one borrowing from God is righteous, having gathered a multitude of works and of reasonable silver, and he benefits another; for the evil ones harm those who are with them, but the righteous ones benefit. And that the evil one is harmful is manifest. For it has been said in proverbs that the wise man benefits and improves: 'Rebuke a wise man and he will love you' (Prov 9:8). Being rebuked, he receives the rebukes well as to love the one rebuking him. But having loved the one rebuking him, he no longer works the things upon which the rebuke occurred. Just as 'he is a brother to the one who loathes himself' (Prov 27:11), the one doing evil. Therefore, the evil one harms himself above all.
The righteous, therefore, shows mercy and gives, and he is full of grace and simply participates in good things toward his neighbor. Those saying that, 'if a brother or sister are naked and lacking of the daily food' (Matt 25:35), that is: 'Go in peace, be satisfied,' but do not give to them the necessities, did not benefit them, since they do not 'show mercy and give.' And it is possible also to take it thus: the sinner, borrowing from God the common concepts given to him and the commandments, 'does not repay.'
Greek · §151
ἀρετῆς σκόπει· "μάθετε", φησίν, "ἀπ' ἐμοῦ, ὅτι πραύς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ". οὐχ ἁπλῶς εἶπεν "ταπεινός", ἀλλ̣ὰ "τῇ καρδίᾳ". κατὰ διάθεσιν πρᾶός εἰμι, κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν. ὁ ἀτυφίαν ἔχων "ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ" ἐστίν. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐνέπεσεν ἡ λέξις ἡ εὐαγγελική, ἐλεγκτέον τοὺς λέγοντας ὅτι νοῦν οὐκ ἔσχεν Ἰησοῦς, ἀλλὰ ἄλογον ψυχήν. ἐν πάσαις ταῖς γραφαῖς καὶ καιναῖς καὶ παλαιαῖς ἡ καρδία ἀντὶ νοῦ λέγεται· ὅταν γὰρ λέγῃ· "ἀκούσατέ μου οἱ ἀπολω λεκότες τὴν καρδίαν", οἱ ἀπολωλεκότες τὸ νοεῖν. καὶ "λιθίνη καρδία" ἡ ἠλίθιος νόησις. εἰ τοίνυν ἔχει καρδίαν καὶ αὕτη ἀρετὴν ἔχει–πραὺς γάρ ἐστιν τῇ καρδίᾳ καὶ ταπεινός–, τέλειον ἄνθρωπον ἀνείληφεν. 12 παρατηρήσεται ὁ ἁμαρτωλὸς τὸν δίκαιον καὶ βρύξει ἐπ' αὐτὸν τοὺς ὀδόντας αὐτοῦ. τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι· ὁ ἁμαρτωλὸς ἀεὶ ἐχθρὸς εἶναι θέλει τοῦ δικαίου, καὶ οὐ μόνον ε᾿̣χ̣θρός, ἀλλὰ καὶ φονικὸς θέλει κατ' αὐτοῦ εἶναι. καὶ ὅρα γε τὸ "παρατηρήσεται", πῶς κεῖται· κυρίως τὸ παρατηρεῖσθαι τοῦτο σημαίνει π̣αρατηρεῖν πῶς βλάψῃ τίς τινα. ὡπλισμένος τίς ἐστιν· ὁ βαλεῖν αὐτὸν βέλεσιν θέλων παρατηρεῖται, ποῖον αὐτοῦ μέλος γυμνόν̣ ἐστιν, καὶ ἐκεῖ πέμπει τὸ βέλος. ἐπεὶ οὖν πεφραγμένος ἐστὶν ὁ δίκαιος, οὔκ ἐστιν γυμνός, ἀλλὰ "τὴν πανοπλίαν τοῦ θεοῦ" ἐνδέδυται καὶ "τὸν θώρακα τῆς πίστεως ἀνείληφεν" καὶ ὅλος ἐστὶν ἠσφαλισμένος. ἐὰν δὲ τὸ "παρατηρήσεται" ἀντὶ τοῦ "τηρήσει" –πολλάκις γὰρ τὰ μετὰ προθέσεως λεγόμενα ῥήματα τὸ αὐτὸ σημαίνουσιν, οἷον "βαίνων" καὶ "καταβαίνων"· ὁ καταβαίνων 162 βαίνει κάτω–ἐὰν τὸ "τηρήσει" οὖν, δύο σημαίνει, ἤτοι τὸ παρατηρήσειν εἴρηται ἢ τὸ φυλάξαι. ἐὰν γοῦν λέγῃ ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ ὁ σωτήρ· "πάτερ ἅγιε, τήρησον αὐτούς", "φύλαξον αὐτοὺς" λέγει. "ὅτε ἤμην μετ' αὐτῶν, ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτούς", ἀν τὶ τοῦ "ἐφύλαττον". καὶ οἱ λέγοντες· "διατηρήσεις ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης", "διαφυλάξεις" λέγουσιν. σημαίνει δέ, ὡς εἶπον, τὸ "τηρῆσαι" τὸ "παρατηρήσασθαι". λέγεται γοῦν· "αὐτός σου κεφαλὴν τηρήσει, καὶ σὺ αὐτοῦ πτέρναν". τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ ὄφεως̣ ἐπιτηρεῖ ὁ ἅγιος, ἵνα τὸ κεφάλαιον τῆς κακίας αὐτοῦ ἀνελὼν ὅλον αὐτὸν σχῇ νενεκρωμένον. ὁ δὲ ὄφις οὐ δύναται τοῦ ἀνδρ̣ὸς τὴν κεφαλὴν τηρεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὴν πτέρναν, τὰς ἐσχατίας αὐτοῦ δυνάμεις τὰς τῇ γῇ πλησιαζούσας τηρεῖ. οὐ γίνεται δὲ καίριος τρῶσις οὐδὲ βλάβη ἐπὶ τὴν πτέρναν. εἴρηται γοῦν καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις· "ἡ ἀνομία τῆς πτέρνης μου κυκλώσει με· τότε ἐφοβούμην ἐν τῇ πονηρᾷ ἡμέρᾳ". εἰ τὴν κεφαλήν μου ἐτήρει η ἡ ἀνομία, ἥπτετο τῆς κεφαλῆς μου ὡς ἐκείνου, περὶ οὗ γέγραπται· "ἐπιστρέψει ὁ πόνος αὐτοῦ εἰς κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ". καὶ πάλιν· "τὰς ὁδοὺς αὐτῶν ἔδωκα εἰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν", ἀντὶ τοῦ· "εἰς τὸν νοῦν αὐτῶν". εὖ δὲ καὶ τὸ φάναι "τὸν δίκαιον", οὐ "δίκαιον" ἁπλῶς, ἀλλὰ τὸν τέλειον δίκαιον, τὸν ἀνέλε̣γκτον̣· λέγεται γὰρ πολλάκις καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν προκοπτόντων τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ κατὰ τῶν τελείων κατηγορουμένῳ, οἷον· "σοφοὶ οὐκ ἐκκλίνουσιν ἐκ στόματος κυρίου". οὐδεὶς τῶν σοφῶν ἔξω γίνεται τοῦ λόγου τοῦ κυρίου πάντα σὺν λόγῳ ἐνεργῶν. λέγεται δέ· "ἔλεγχε σοφὸν καὶ ἀγαπήσει σε". ἰδοὺ σοφός. 251 21 δανείζεται ὁ ἁμαρτωλὸς καὶ οὐκ ἀποτείσει, ὁ δὲ δίκαιος οἰκτίρει καὶ διδοῖ. –––––––––––––––––––– ––––––– ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– οὐ μόνον ἀποδίδωσιν ἃ ἐδανείσατο, ἀλλὰ καὶ εὐεργέτης ἄλλων γίνε̣ται. ἐλεῶν κερδαίνει. "ὁ" δὲ "ἐλεῶν πτωχὸν θεῷ δανείζει". ὁ δανειζόμενος παρὰ θεοῦ δίκαιος καὶ πλῆθος συναγαγὼν ἔργων καὶ ἀργυρίων λογ̣ικῶν, καὶ ἄλλον εὐεργετεῖ· οἱ γὰρ κακοὶ βλάπτουσιν τοὺς συνόντας, οἱ δὲ δίκαιοι ὠφελοῦσιν. καὶ ὅτι ὁ κακὸς βλαπτικός ἐστιν, φανερόν. εἴρηται γοῦν ἐν παροιμίαις, ὅτι ὁ σοφὸς ὠφελεῖ καὶ βελτιοῖ· "ἔ λεγχε σοφὸν καὶ ἀγαπήσει σε". ἐλεγχόμενος καλῶς δέχεται τ̣οὺς ἐλέγχους ὡς ἀγαπῆσαι τὸν ἐλέγξαντα. ἀγαπήσας δὲ τὸν ἐλέγξαντα οὐκέτι ἐργάζεται τὰ ἐφ' οἷς ὁ ἔλεγχος γέγονεν. ὥσπερ "ἀδελφός ἐστιν τοῦ λυμαινομένου ἑαυτὸν" ὁ πράττων τὸ κακόν. ἑαυτὸν οὖν πρὸ πάντων βλάπτει ὁ κακός. "ὁ δίκαιος" οὖν "οἰκτίρει καὶ δίδει" καὶ χαριστικός ἐστιν καὶ ἁπαξαπλῶς κοινωνεῖ ἐν καλοῖς τῷ πλησίον. οἱ λέγοντες ὅτι, "ἐὰν ἀδελφὸς ἢ ἀδελφὴ γυμνοὶ ὑπάρχωσιν καὶ λειπόμενοι τῆς ἐφημέρου τροφῆς", ὅτι· "ὑπάγετε ἐν εἰρήνῃ, χορτάζεσθε", μὴ διδοῖ δὲ αὐτοῖς τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, οὐδὲν ὠφέλησεν αὐτούς, ἐπεὶ ου᾿̣κ "οἰκτίρει καὶ δίδωσιν". δυνα̣τὸν δὲ καὶ οὕτως ἐκλαβεῖν· ὁ μὲν ἁμαρτωλὸς θεόθεν δανειζόμενος τὰς διδομένας αὐτῷ ἐννοίας κοινὰς̣ καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς "οὐκ ἀποτείσει"
Blessing and Cursing in Relation to Justice§152
152Neither what he has nor what he received, nor the profit nor the interest. 'But the righteous' Ps 112:5 God even more 'shows mercy and gives.' He who receives does not give back, but he himself even more 'shows mercy and gives.' And I say: then the mercy and the benevolence appear, if the receiver is ungrateful. 'He is kind even to the ungrateful and the evil,' Matt 25:34 he gives. Those receiving are ungrateful—for by not giving back what is necessary to give back, they are found ungrateful and evil—but God is still kind even to these. Therefore the righteous even more shows mercy and provides.
The imitator, therefore, of God, 'who shows mercy to the poor and lends to God' Ps 112:4, even if the one being lent to does not provide what he owes to provide, he is still merciful, he still provides. And take for me the parable of the Gospel concerning the talents: 'to each according to his own ability' Matt 25:15 he gave the rational things belonging to him, not to each according to his nature, but according to the ability which he himself had prepared by choice. 'And to the one he gave five, to the other two, to the other one' Matt 25:15. 'The one having received five talents worked with them' Matt 25:16 and doubled them. Having borrowed, he paid back. The one with two likewise. The one having received the one and having buried it in the earth, neither worked with it nor gave interest, he hid it in the earth Matt 25:18.
When you see a man having the ability to do good or to be a philanthropist and not doing it, he has buried what he received into the earth, he has buried it into his own material choice. And being asked for it, when the time remained to 'gather' Matt 25:19 to those who had received the rational silver, he says: 'See, you have the sponge' Matt 25:24. And he accused God, wanting to write his own slowness upon another: 'I knew,' Matt 25:24 he says, 'I knew that you are a hard man, removing what you did not set, reaping where you did not sow; and having been afraid, you hid your silver in the earth' Matt 25:22-23 and to no one did you give it. From which things he said, he had the rebuke and the condemnation: 'Man, wicked slave, you knew that I remove what I did not set' Matt 25:26, if I remove not what is mine, I overstepped my own, not what was received; if 'I reap where I did not sow' Matt 25:23? In any case, they were taking mine, if you had given it on a table so that it might be multiplied. Therefore, even this was deprived. And the sinner, therefore, many times...
If one is rising up but does not pay back what he owes to pay back, his benefits will one day be taken away. He will no longer receive from the righteous, much more from one pitying and providing. 22 For those blessing him shall inherit the land. Those blessing the righteous. One must receive both kinds of returns: namely, the righteous man or God. He who does those things which God requires of him blesses God, so as to say: 'I will bless the Lord at all times' (Ps 112:1). And the righteous man is blessed: 'for the blessing of the Lord is upon the head of the righteous' (Ps 112:3), and: 'this one shall receive blessing from the Lord' (Ps 37:3). 'The land,' that land, concerning which it was said: 'and he will lift you up to inherit the land' (Ps 37:11).
22 But those cursing him shall be destroyed. Therefore the impious one curses the righteous by speaking about him, or toward those whom he speaks to: 'Woe to them, because they have departed from me; they are wretched, because they have done evils against me; I redeemed them, but they spoke lies against me.' 'I,' he says, 'redeemed them,' meaning he led them into the bath of regeneration, having freely granted the complete forgiveness of sins, having wiped out their lawlessness. But they speak lies against me, not doing those things for which they were called. And they had the forgiveness of sins; for not for this purpose did I redeem them, so that they might sin, but so that they might become outside of sin. If, therefore, after the ransoms and the means, someone does something absurd, he speaks lies by saying in a certain way: 'He did not benefit me,' he says lies against him.
23 The steps of a man are directed by the Lord, and he will desire his way (Ps 37:23). The man walks volitionally from the inferior to the superior, from the temporal to the eternal. And to him belongs the willing of the good, since it is 'not of him who runs nor of him who wills, but of the God who shows mercy' (Rom 9:16) to successfully complete the way. 'The steps of a man are directed by the Lord.' The steps are not given; for it is ours to will to walk from the bad to the good. Immediately, indeed, in the epistle of John, he writes: 'We know that we have passed from death to life' (1 Jn 5:13). 'We have passed,' not 'we were led.' God, directing the steps, did not force us into this by violence.
Greek · §152
ου᾿̣δὲ ὃ ἔχει οὐδὲ ὃ ἔλαβεν, οὐδὲ τὸ κέρδος οὐδὲ τὸν τόκον. "ὁ δὲ δίκαιος" θεὸς ἔτι μᾶλλον "οἰκτίρει καὶ διδοῖ". ἐκεῖνος δεχόμενος οὐκ ἀποδίδωσιν, ἀλλὰ αὐτὸς ἔτι μᾶλλον "οἰκτίρει καὶ δίδωσιν". καὶ λέγω· τότε ὁ οἰκτιρμὸς φαίνεται καὶ ἡ εὐεργεσία, ἐὰν ὁ λαμβάνων ἀχάριστος ᾖ. "χρηστός ἐστιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀχαρίςτους καὶ πονηρούς", δίδωσιν. ἀχαριστοῦσιν οἱ λαμβάνοντες–τῷ γὰρ μὴ ἀποδιδόναι ἃ δεῖ ἀποδιδόναι, ἀχάριστοι εὑρίσκονται καὶ πονηροί–, ἀλλ' ὁ θεὸς ἔτι χρηστός ἐστιν καὶ ἐπὶ τούτους. ὅθεν ὁ δίκαιος ἔτι μᾶλλον ο̣ἰκτίρει καὶ παρέχει. ὁ μιμητὴς τοίνυν τοῦ θεοῦ, "ὁ ἐλεῶν πτωχὸν καὶ τῷ θεῷ δανείζων", κἂν ὁ δανειζόμενος μὴ παρέχῃ ἃ ὀφείλει παρέχειν, ἔτι οἰκτίρμων ἐστίν, ἔτι παρέχει. καὶ λάβε μοι τὴν παραβολὴν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τὴν περὶ τῶν ταλάντων· "ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν" δέδωκεν τὰ λογικὰ αὐτοῦ ὑπάρχοντα, οὐχ ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν φύσιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὴν δύναμιν, ἣν ἐκ προαιρέσεως ἑαυτῷ κατεσκεύασεν. "καὶ τῷ μὲν δέδωκεν πέντε, τῷ δὲ δύο, τῷ δὲ ἕν". "ὁ τὰ πέντε 163 λαβὼν τάλαντα εἰργάσατο ἐν αὐτοῖς" καὶ ἐδιπλασίασεν αὐτά. δανεισάμενος ἀποδέδωκεν. ὁ τὰ δύο ὡσαύτως. ὁ τὸ ἓν λαβὼν καὶ εἰς τὴν γῆν αὐτὸ κατακρύψας οὐδὲ εἰργάσατο ἐν αὐτῷ οὐδὲ ἀπέδωκεν τόκους, αὐτὸ εἰς τὴν γῆν κατέκρυψεν. ὅταν ἴδῃς ἄνθρωπον δύναμιν ἔχοντα τοῦ εὐεργετῆσαι ἢ φιλανθρωπεύσασθαι καὶ μὴ ποιοῦντα, ὃ ἔλαβεν εἰς τὴν γῆν κατέκρυψεν, εἰς τὴν ὑλικὴν αὐτοῦ προαίρεσιν αὐτὸ κατέκρυψεν. καὶ ἀπαιτηθεὶς αὐτό, ὅτε λοιπὸν καιρὸς τοῦ "σύναγε" πρὸς τοὺς εἰληφότας τὰ λογικὰ ἀργύρια, λέγει ὅτι· "ἴδε ἔχεις τὸ σόν". καὶ ᾐτιάσατό γε τὸν θεόν, τὴν ἑαυτοῦ βραδύτητα ἄλλῳ θέλων ἐπιγράψαι· "ᾔδειν σε", λέγει, "ᾐ´̣δ̣ειν̣, ὅτι ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρὸς εἶ αἴρων ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκας, θερίζων ὃ οὐκ ἔσπειρας· καὶ φοβηθεὶς ἔκρυψά σου τὸ ἀργύριον εἰς τὴν γῆν" καὶ οὐδενὶ αὐτ̣ὸ ἔδωκα. ἐξ ὧν εἴρηκεν, τὸν ἔλεγχον καὶ τὴν κατάκρισιν ἔσχεν· "ἄνθρωπε δοῦλε πονηρέ, ἦ ᾔδεις ὅτι αἴρω ὃ οὐκ ἔθηκα", εἰ τὰ μὴ ἐμαυτοῦ καλα`̣ αἴρω, τὸ ἐμὸν ὑπερέπραξα οὐ τοὺς εἰληφότας, εἰ "θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα"; πάντως ἐλάμβανον τὸ ἐμόν, εἰ ἦς αὐτὸ δεδωκὼς ἐπὶ τραπέζης, ἵνα πολυπλασιασθῇ. ἐστερήθη γοῦν καὶ τούτου. καὶ ὁ ἁμαρτωλὸς οὖν πολλάκις δανειζόμενος ἐὰν μὴ ἀποδιδῷ ὃ ὀφείλει ἀποδίδειν, ἀφαιρεθήσεταί ποτε ἐκείνων τῶν εὐεργ̣εσιῶν. οὐκέτι αὐτὸς λήμψεται τοῦ δικαίου ἔτι μᾶλλον οἰκτίρο̣ντος καὶ παρέχοντος. 22 ὅτι οἱ εὐλογοῦντες αὐτὸν κληρονομήσουσιν γῆν. οἱ εὐλογοῦντες τὸν δίκαιον. κατὰ ἀμφοτέρας τὰς ἀποδόσεις λημπ̣τ̣έον̣· ἤτοι τὸν δίκαιον ἄνθρωπον ἢ τὸν θεόν. εὐλογεῖ τὸν θεὸν ὁ ἐκεῖνα ποιῶν ἃ ἀπαιτεῖ αὐτόν, ὥστ' εἰπεῖν· "εὐλογήσω τὸν κύριον ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ". καὶ ὁ δίκαιος δὲ ἄνθρωπος εὐλογεῖται· "εὐλογία" γὰρ "κυρίου ἐπὶ κεφαλὴν δικαίου". καί· "οὗτος λήμψεται εὐλογίαν παρὰ κυρίου". "γῆν" ἐκείνην, περὶ ἧς εἴρηται· "καὶ ὑψώσει σε τοῦ κατακληρονομῆσαι τὴν γῆν". 22 οἱ δὲ καταρώμενοι αὐτὸν ἐξολεθρευθήσονται. καταρᾶται οὖν τὸν δίκαιον ὁ ἀσεβῆ περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγων, περὶ ὧν ἢ πρὸς οὓς λέγει· "οὐαὶ αὐτοῖς, ὅτι ἀπεπήδησαν ἀπ' ἐμοῦ· δείλαιοί εἰσιν, ὅτι ἠσέβησαν εἰς ἐμὲ κακά· ἐλυτρωσάμην αὐτούς, αὐτοὶ δὲ κατελάλουν κατ' ἐμοῦ ψεύδη". "ἐγώ", φησίν, "ἐλυτρωσάμην αὐτούς", ἤγαγον αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ τῆς παλινγενεσίας λουτρὸν ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν παντελῆ δωρησάμενος, ἀπαλείψας αὐτῶν τὰς ἀνομίας. αὐτοὶ δὲ καταλαλοῦσιν κατ' ἐμοῦ ψεύδη μὴ πράττοντες ἐκεῖνα τὰ ἐφ' οἷς ἐκλήθησαν. καὶ ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν ἔσχον· οὐ γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο ἐλυτρωσάμην αὐτούς, ἵνα ἁμαρτάνωσιν, ἀλλ' ἵν' ἔξω ἁμαρτίας γένωνται. ἐὰν οὖν μετὰ τὰ λύτρα καὶ σῶστρα ἄτοπ̣α ποιῇ τις, καταλαλεῖ τοῦ λαλῆσαι τρόπον τινὰ λέγει· "οὐδέν με ὠφέλησεν", ψεύδη κατ' αὐτοῦ λέγει. 23 παρὰ κυρίου τὰ διαβήματα ἀνθρώπου κατευθύνεται, καὶ τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ θελήσει. ὁ ἄνθρωπος προαιρετικῶς διαβαίνει ἀπὸ τῶν χειρόνων ἐπὶ τὰ κρείττονα, ἀπὸ τῶν προσκαίρων ἐπὶ τὰ αἰώνια. καὶ αὐτοῦ 252 ἐστιν τὸ θελῆσαι τὸ καλόν, ἐπεὶ "οὐ τοῦ τρέχοντος οὐδὲ τοῦ θέλοντος, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ἐλεῶντος θεοῦ" ἐστιν τὸ ἀνύσαι ἀμέμπτως τὴν ὁδόν. "παρὰ κυρίου τὰ διαβήματα ἀνθρώπου κατευθύνεται". οὐ δίδοται τὰ διαβήματα̣· ἡμῶν γάρ ἐστιν θελῆσαι διαβῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν φαύλων ἐπὶ τὰ καλά. αὐτίκα γοῦν ἐν τῇ κατ' αὐτὸν καθόλου ἐπιστολῇ ὁ Ἰωάννης γράφει· "ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν ὅτι μεταβεβήκαμεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν". "διαβεβήκαμεν", οὐκ "ἤχθημεν". οὐ βία ἡμᾶς εἰς τοῦτο τι´̣θησιν̣ θεοῦ κατευθύναντος τὰ διαβήματα, τέλος
The Unstumbling Way§153
153By making these things happen, they are set on right steps. And you have many such things in the Scripture: 'I ran the way of your commandments, when you enlarged my heart' (Psalm 119:32). Because God enlarges the heart and has given breadth to the understanding, someone runs the way of the commandments. Not that he ran and his heart was enlarged, but that God was enlarging it, casting out all narrowness from faulty thoughts and afflictions; because of this, we ran the way of God.
Again, if it is said in Jeremiah (Jeremiah 10:23), do not think it as an opposition: 'I know that the way of man is not his own, nor does a man direct his steps.' The prophet's meaning is twofold. Nebuchadnezzar threatens the destruction of Jerusalem and the deportation of the whole Hebrew race. The prophet said that, even if the threat existed and we ourselves provided the causes for this to be suffered, 'I know that the way of man is not his own' (Jeremiah 10:23). You are able to prevent his way against us; for even if a man is thought to be great, his course is not made straight if you prevent it.
It is also possible to take it according to the meaning already assigned to: 'not by the willer or the runner, but by the God who shows mercy' (Romans 9:16). Set your intention to run the saving way. It is not within our power to run the way, but to will to arrive at the end of the way, so as to say: 'I have finished the race' (1 Corinthians 9:24). From Him is the directing, from Him is the guiding. 'Lead me in your truth' (Psalm 25:5). The one being led by God does not make himself straight. But he intends to be made straight and has given himself to the One who is able to lead him into perfection.
Such things as are according to God, I say, and seeing toward Him, are richly fulfilled, and it is not possible for each to be divided from each other. If someone has set before him the good, he strives to be an imitator of God, to set and to take up virtue; having set it before him, he does not stand still until the setting, but acts, meditates, strives, and disciplines himself.
To aim at good things. 'Has it not been announced to you, O man, what the Lord requires from you: except to love mercy, to do judgment, and to be ready to go with the Lord your God?' (Micah 6:8). He who prepares himself to always go with the Lord your God is entirely unstumbling. Only let him prepare himself for this, saying: 'My heart is ready, O God, my heart is ready.' And no one among those who are stumbled by shameful thoughts or some impulse can say: 'My heart is ready, O God, my heart is ready'; for he has bonds, 'he is constricted by the chains of his own sins.' God desires the path of the one being directed in his steps. And he who has spoken, 'I am the way' (John 14:6), walks willingly, running the way of life. He treads and runs upon it. 'And he shall desire his way' (Psalm 37:24). It is also possible to say this: he whose steps are directed by God desires the way of God, into which He leads him, upon which He guides and escorts him. And even if it should ever happen that he falls, he is not destroyed.
24 When he falls, he shall not be shattered (Psalm 37:24). Take for me such an example: let a runner be excellent, having by nature swift feet and having the art of running most prepared. This one, having sharpness regarding the running and having trained the feet of the inner man, if ever he should stumble while running, receives in some way a brief sensation of the stumbling; for he is neither turned over nor, as if struck by a blow, does he stop from the race. And even if it should ever happen to be some slipping, he is not destroyed. Judas slipped from the way of truth and fell; for it has been said: 'Becoming headstrong, he fell in the midst' (Proverbs 29:1). But he would not have become headstrong if he had not been shattered. And good is also this: 'When he falls, he shall not be shattered' (Psalm 37:24). And even if some stumbling should occur, it does not provide 'a place for the devil' (Luke 10:18), so as to turn him and shatter him entirely. Someone saw a woman toward desire until...
Greek · §153
ἐπιτιθέντος τοῖς οὕτω γινομένοις ὀρθοῖς δ̣ι̣αβήμασιν. ἔχεις δὲ π̣ολλὰ ἐν τῇ γραφῇ τοιαῦτα· "ὁδὸν ἐντολῶν σου ἔδραμον, ὅταν ἐπλάτυνας τὴν καρδίαν μου". θεοῦ πλατύνοντος τὴν καρδίαν, εὖρος τῇ νοήσει δεδωκότος, ἀνύει τις τὴν τῶν ἐντολῶν ὁδόν. οὐχ ὅτι ἔδραμεν, ἐπλατύνθη αὐτοῦ ἡ καρ̣δία, ἀλλ' ὅτι ἐπλάτυνεν αὐτὴν ὁ θεὸς πᾶσαν στενοχωρίαν τὴν ἐκ φαύλων λογισμῶν καὶ θλίψεων ἐκβάλλων, διὰ τοῦτο ἔδ̣ραμεν τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ θεοῦ. πάλιν δὲ ἐὰν λέγηται ἐν τῷ Ἰηρεμίᾳ, μὴ ὡς ἐναντίωμα 164 νομίσῃς· "οἶδα ὅτι οὐ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἡ ὁδὸς αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ ἀνὴρ πορεύσεται κατευ····· ··ιαν αὐτοῦ". σὺ εἶ ὁ . διττῶς δὲ δύναται διάνοιαν ἔχειν τὸ τοῦ προφήτου ῥητόν· ἀπειλεῖ ὁ Ναβουχοδονοσσὸρ καθαίρεσιν τῆς̣ Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ μετοικισμὸν ὅλου τοῦ Ἑβραικοῦ γένους. ἔλεγεν ὁ προφήτης ὅτι· εἰ καὶ ἠπείλει καὶ τὰ αἴτια τοῦ τοῦτο παθ̣ε̣ι῀̣ν̣ ἡμεῖς παρέσχομεν, "οἶδα ὅτι οὐ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἡ ὁδὸς αὐτοῦ". δύνῃ κωλῦσαι αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐφ' ἡμᾶς ὁδόν· κἂν γὰρ ἀνὴρ νομίζῃ εἶναι καὶ μέγας, ἀλλ' οὐ κατορθοῦται ἡ πορεία αὐτοῦ σοῦ κωλύοντος. δυνατὸν καὶ οὕτω λαβεῖν κατὰ τὴν ἀποδοθεῖσαν ἤδη διάνοιαν εἰς τό· "οὐ τοῦ θέλοντος οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ἐλεῶντος θεοῦ". προτίθεσθε δραμεῖν τὴν σωτηριώδη ὁδόν. οὐκ ἔστιν ἡμῶν ἀνύσαι τὴν ὁδόν, ἀλλὰ θελῆσαι εἰς τὸ τέλος τῆς ὁδοῦ ἐλθεῖν, ὥστ' ἀνειπεῖν· "τὸν δρόμον τετέλεκα". ἐξ αὐτοῦ δὲ τὸ κατευθῦναι, ἐξ αὐτοῦ τὸ ξεναγῆσαι. "ὁδήγησόν με ἐπὶ τη`̣ν ἀλήθειάν σου". ὁ ὁδηγούμενος ὑπὸ θεοῦ οὐχ ἑαυτῷ κατορθοῖ. ποθεῖ δὲ κατορθῶσαι καὶ δέδωκεν ἑαυτὸν τῷ δυναμένῳ αὐτὸν εἰς τελειότητα ἀγαγεῖν. τὰ τοιαῦτα τὰ κατὰ θεόν, λέγω, καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁρῶντα πλουσίως ἐπιτελεῖται καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν μερίσαι ἕκαστον ἀφ' ἑκάστου. ἐπόθησέν τις τὸ καλόν, μιμητὴς εἶναι θεοῦ σπουδάζει, προθέσθαι ἀναλαβεῖν τὴν ἀρετήν· προθέμενος οὐχ ἵσταται μέχρι τῆς προθέσεως, ἀλλ' ἐνεργεῖ, μελετᾷ, σπουδάζει, ἐθίζει ἑαυτὸν πράττειν τὰ καλά. "εἰ ἀνηγγέλη σοι, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, τί κύριος αἰτεῖ παρὰ σοῦ ἢ τοῦ ἀγαπᾶν ἔλεον καὶ ποιεῖν κρίμα καὶ ἕτοιμον εἶναι τοῦ πορεύεσθαι μετὰ κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ"; ὁ ἑτοιμάζων ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὸ ἀεὶ μετὰ τοῦ κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ πορεύεσθαι πάντῃ ἀνεμπόδιστός ἐστιν. μόνον ἑτοιμαζέτω ἑαυτὸν εἰς τοῦτο λέγων· "ἑτοίμη ἡ καρδία μου, ὁ θεός, ἑτοίμη ἡ καρδία μου". οὐδεὶς δὲ τῶν ἐνποδιζομένων ὑπὸ λογισμῶν αἰσχρῶν ἢ ἐν̣θυμήσεώς τινος εἰπεῖν δύναται· "ἑτοίμη ἡ καρδία μου, ὁ θ̣ε̣ο´̣ς̣, ἑτοίμη ἡ καρδία μου"· ἔχει γὰρ δεσμά, "σειραῖς τῶν ἑαυτοῦ ἁμαρτιῶν σφίνγεται". τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ κατευθυνομένου ἐν τοῖς δ̣ιαβήμασιν ὁ θεὸς θέλει. θελητῶς δὲ βαδίζει, τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς ζωῆς τρέχει αὐτὸν τὸν εἰρηκότα· "ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ὁδός". πατεῖ καὶ τρέχει ἐπ' αὐτοῦ. "καὶ τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ θελήσει". δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο εἰπεῖν ὅτι· οὗ τὰ διαβήματα κατευθύνεται ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ ὁδὸν θέλει, εἰς ἣν ἄγει αὐτόν, ἐφ' ἣν ὁδηγεῖ καὶ ξεναγεῖ αὐτόν. κἄν ποτε οὖν συμβῇ πεσεῖν, οὐ καταρήγνυται. 24 ὅταν πέσῃ, οὐ καταραχθήσεται. λάβε μοι παράδειγμα τοιοῦτο· δρομεύς τις ἔστω ἄριστος καὶ ποδῶν ὠκύτητα κατὰ φ̣ύσιν ἔχων καὶ τὴν τέχνην τὴν δρομικὴν ἄκρως παρασκευασθείς. οὗτος ὀξέως περὶ τὸ τρέχειν ἔχων καὶ γεγυμνασ̣μ̣ένους ἔχων τοῦ ἔσω ἀνθρώπου τοὺς πόδας ἄν ποτε προσπταίσῃ ἐν τῷ τρέχειν, τρόπον τινὰ βραχεῖαν αἴσθησιν λαμβάνει τοῦ προσπταίσματος· οὐδὲ γὰρ καταστρέφεται οὐδὲ αὐτὸς ὥσπερ πληγεὶς ὀκλᾷ, παύεται τοῦ δρόμου. κἄν ποτε οὖν συμβῇ γενέσθαι τινὰ ὄλισθον, οὐ καταρήγνυται. ὠλίσθησεν Ἰούδας ἀπὸ τῆς ὁδοῦ τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ κατέπεσεν· εἴρηται γάρ· "πρηνὴς γενάμενος ἐλάκησεν μέσος". πρηνὴς δὲ οὐκ ἂν ἐγένετο, εἰ μὴ καταραχθεὶς ἦν. εὖ δὲ καὶ τό· "ὅταν πέσῃ, οὐ καταραχθήσεται". κἂν πταῖσμά τι γένηται, οὐ παρέχει "τῷ διαβόλῳ τόπον", ὥστε πάντῃ αυ᾿̣τὸν καταστρέψαι καὶ καταράξαι. εἶδέν τις γυναῖκα πρὸς ἐπιθυμίαν με´̣χρι
The Judgments of the Righteous§154
154Regarding pre-passion: it seemed as if he were falling, but he was not shattered; for when desire has chosen to follow the thought and conquers it through beauty, he is shattered and has fallen. Such are the elders who remain, according to Sosannas. 24 For the Lord upholds his hand. 'Hand' is often said to mean the practice, the active power. Upholding his active power, He does not allow him to fall down completely. He finds where to rest the hand. And the Lord becomes for him a support, according to what was said before: 'And the Lord became my support.' He holds his power so as to say: 'You have grasped the hand of my right, and by your counsel you have guided me.' Behold the grasping 28 and the seed of the ungodly shall be destroyed.
Ungodliness is this. It is being done toward God. The 'seed' stands for 'the offspring of the ungodly.' But the 'seed' can also mean the disposition of the ungodly. And it is destroyed appropriately. In order that it may not bring forth anything remaining, the seed is destroyed. 29 The righteous shall inherit the land and shall dwell upon it for an age of ages. Upon the land spoken of. 30–31 The mouth of the righteous shall meditate on wisdom, and his tongue speaks judgment; his law is in his heart, and his steps shall not be slipped. The mouth of the righteous speaks wisdom. When the wise man is enlightened, he brings forth luminous words; for it has been said: 'The wisdom of a man lights up his face.' He who speaks this wisdom has a mind illuminated; for 'discourse' means wisdom expressed in all things of the pious one.' And again, he who obeys the one saying to him: 'Open your mouth with the word of God,' saying: 'I opened my mouth and drew in spirit,' speaks wisdom. Therefore, 'the mouth' of the one 'the righteous shall meditate on wisdom.' He always meditates on wise things, not only the theories of piety, but also the wise things of practice. 'His tongue speaks judgment.' Having been judged, he utters all things; an 'idle word' is not brought forth; for he knows that 'from his own words a person is justified, and from his words he is condemned.' Because of this, having been judged, he speaks. And just as the thoughts of the righteous are judgments—for 'thoughts' are 'judgments'...
Regarding 'judgments': they do not simply have casual thoughts, but judged, examined, and established ones. From such judgments, even a word is brought forth as judged. For this reason, 'the tongue of the righteous speaks judgment.' If it speaks what is judged, it speaks judged and examined thoughts, and its word is of this kind. Furthermore, he gives the reason: 'his law' is not in the ears only, but 'in his heart.' For 'God gives his laws into the heart and writes them upon the mind' (Ps 119:11). Since his heart is filled with the law of God, for this reason he meditates on wisdom and speaks judgment.
This being present and made straight, 'he does not slip in his steps.' He walks straight, he does not stumble—so that I might say it this way—he has upward-pointing feet. He who has upward-pointing feet does not slip, nor does he fall. For the wise has put on 'the preparation of the gospel of peace' (Isa 52:7). 'The preparation of the gospel' becomes the footwear of the righteous; for these shoes are upward-pointing, lifting upwards. For God also says to the soul: 'I have clothed you with hyacinth' (Song 2:3). He did not permit any other to put on this footwear, but He Himself clothed it. And the hyacinth loves to imitate the color of the ether. Therefore, I have clothed you with ethereal footwear.
The sinner perceives the righteous and seeks to kill him. He perceives him not in order to imitate him. Paul writes to the men in Christ: 'perceiving them unto the provocation of love and good works' (2 Cor 9:2) and other things. They perceive in order to imitate them: 'obey' 'those who lead you,' 'who spoke to you the word of God, whose outcome of conduct observing, imitate the faith' (Heb 13:7). Here, perceiving is praiseworthy. But the sinner perceives the righteous, not to imitate, not to accept, but to kill. In both ways the sinner kills the righteous: if he turns him away from righteousness, he kills him, or he kills him by treacherously bringing death against him, as the elders intended to do according to Sosannēs. And he will by no means abandon him into his hands, nor will he condemn him, when...
Greek · §154
τῆς̣ προπαθείας· ἔδοξεν πίπτειν, ἀλλ' οὐ κατερράγη· ὅταν γὰρ εἴξῃ ἀκολουθῆσαι τῷ λογισμῷ καὶ νικήσῃ αὐτὸν τοῦ κάλλους ἡ ἐπιθυμία, κατερράγη, κατέπεσεν. οἷοί εἰσιν οἱ πρεσβύτεροι οἱ μανέντες κατὰ Σωσάννης. 24 ὅτι κύριος ἀντιστηρίζει χεῖρα αὐτοῦ. "χεὶρ" πολλάκις ἡ πρᾶξις λέγεται, ἡ ἐνεργητικὴ δύναμις. ἀντιστηρίζων τὴν ἐνεργητικὴν αὐτοῦ δύναμιν οὐκ ἐᾳ῀̣ αὐτὸν τέλεον καταπεσεῖν. εὑρίσκει ποῦ τὴν χεῖρα ἐρείσῃ. καὶ γίνεται αὐτοῦ ὁ κύριος ἀντιστήριγμα κατὰ τὰ λεχθέντα πρὸ τούτου· "καὶ ἐγένετο κύριος ἀντιστήριγμά μου". τὴν ποιητικὴν αὐτοῦ δύναμιν κρατεῖ ὥστ' ἀνειπεῖν· "ἐκράτησας τῆς χειρὸς τῆς δεξιᾶς μου, καὶ ἐν τῇ βουλήσει σου ὡδήγησάς 165 με". ἰδοὺ τὴν κράτησιν 255 28 καὶ σπέρμα ἀσεβῶν ἐξολεθρευθήσεται. ––––––––––––– –––––––––––––– ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– ἐστὶν ἡ ἀσέβεια. εἰς θεὸν δέ ἐστιν γινομένη. τὸ "σπέρμα" ἀντὶ τοῦ "τὰ γεννήματα τῶν ἀσεβῶν". δύναται δὲ καὶ τὸ "σπέρμα" οἷον ἡ διάθεσις τῶν ἀσεβῶν. ἐξολεθρεύεται δὲ συμφερόντως. ἵνα μη´̣ τινα προεν̣έγκῃ ἔτι μένοντα, σπέρμα ἐξολεθρεύεται. 29 δίκαιοι κληρονομήσουσιν γῆν καὶ κατασκηνώσουσιν εἰς αἰῶνα αἰῶνος ἐπ' αὐτῆς. ἐπὶ τῆς γ̣ῆς τῆς εἰρημένης. 30–31 στόμα δικαίου μελετήσει σοφίαν, καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ λαλεῖ κρίσιν· ὁ νόμος αὐτοῦ ἐν καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐχ ὑποσκελισθήσεται τὰ διαβήματα αὐτοῦ. λαλεῖ σοφίαν τὸ στόμα τοῦ δικαίου. ὅταν πεφωτισμένος ᾖ ὁ σοφός̣, φωτεινοὺς προφέρει λόγους· εἴρηται γάρ· "σοφία ἀνθρώπου φωτιεῖ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ". ὁ ταύτην λαλῶν τὴν σοφίαν πεφωτισμ̣ένον ἔχει τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ νοῦ· "διήγησις" γὰρ "εὐσεβοῦς διὰ παντὸς σοφία". καὶ πάλιν ὁ λέγων ὁ πειθόμενος τῷ λέγοντι ὅτι· "ἄνοιξον στόμα σου λόγῳ θεοῦ", λέγων· "τὸ στόμα μου ἤνοιξα καὶ εἵλκυσα πνεῦμα", σοφίαν λαλεῖ. "στόμα" οὖν "δικαίου μελετήσει σοφίαν". ἀεὶ τὰ σοφὰ μελετᾷ, οὐ μ̣όνον τὰ θεωρήματα τῆς εὐσεβείας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ τῆς πράξεως σοφά. "ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτοῦ λαλει῀̣ κρίσιν". κεκριμένως πάντα φθέγγε̣τ̣ται, "ἀργὸν ῥῆμα" οὐ προφέρεται· οἶδεν γάρ, ὅτι "ἐκ τῶν λόγων ἑαυτοῦ δικαιοῦταί τις, καὶ ἐκ τῶν λόγ̣ων αὐτοῦ καταδικάζεται". διὰ τοῦτο κεκριμένως φθέγγεται. καὶ ὥσπερ οἱ λογισμοὶ τοῦ δικαίου κρίματά εἰσιν– "λογισμοὶ" γὰρ "δικαίων κρίματα"· οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἁπλῶς λογισμοὺς ῥεριμμένους, ἀλλὰ κεκριμένους καὶ ἐξητασμένους καὶ κεκ̣ανονισμένους–. ἀπὸ τῶν τοιούτων κριμάτων καὶ λόγος κε κριμένος προφέρεται. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο "ἡ γλῶσσα τοῦ δικαίου λαλεῖ κρίσιν". εἰ γὰρ ἃ λογίζεται, ταῦτα λαλεῖ, λογίζεται δὲ κεκριμένους καὶ ἐξητασμένους λογισμούς, καὶ ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ τοιοῦτός ἐστιν. καὶ λοιπὸν τὴν αἰτίαν ἀποδίδωσιν· "ὁ νόμος αὐτοῦ" οὐκ ἐν τοῖς ὠσίν ἐστιν μόνοις, ἀλλ' "ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ". "δίδωσιν" γὰρ "ὁ θεὸς νόμους αὐτοῦ εἰς καρδίαν καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν διάνοιαν ἐπιγράφει αὐτούς". οὗ οὖν πεπλήρωται ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ νόμου, διὰ τοῦτο καὶ σοφίαν μελετᾷ καὶ κρίσιν λαλεῖ. τούτου δὲ ὑπαρχθέντος καὶ κατορθωθέντος "οὐχ ὑποσκελίζεται τὰ διαβήματα αὐτοῦ". κατ' εὐθὺ βαίνει, οὐ προσκόπτει, ἵν' οὕτως εἴπω, ὑποπτέρους ἔχει πόδας. ὁ δὲ ὑποπτέρους ἔχων πόδας οὐκ ὀλισθαίνει, οὐ διαπταίει. ὑποδέδεται γοῦν ὁ σοφὸς "τὴν ἑτοιμασίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τῆς εἰρήνης". "ἡ ἑτοιμασία τοῦ εὐαγγελίου" ὑπ̣οδήματα γίνεται τῶν ποδῶν τοῦ δικαίου· ταύτα γὰρ τὰ ὑποδήματα ὑπόπτερά εἰσιν ἄνω φέροντα. λέγει γοῦν καὶ ὁ θεὸς̣ τῇ ψυχῇ· "ὑπέδησά σε ὑάκινθον". οὐκ ἄλλῳ τοῦτο τὸ ὑπόδημα περιθεῖναι ἐπέτρεψεν, ἀλλ' αὐτὸς αὐτὸ ὑπέδησεν. φιλεῖ δὲ ὁ ὑάκινθος μιμεῖσθαι τοῦ αἰθέρος τὸ χρῶμα. αἰθέριον οὖν ὑπόδημα ὑπέδησά σε. 32 κατανοεῖ ὁ ἁμαρτωλὸς τὸν δίκαιον καὶ ζητεῖ τοῦ θανατῶσαι αὐτόν. κατανοεῖ οὐχ ἵνα μιμήσηται αὐτόν. Παῦλος γράφει τοῖς ἐν Χριστῷ ἀνθρώποις· "κατανοοῦντες αὐτοὺς εἰς παροξυνμὸν ἀγάπης καὶ καλῶν ἔργων" καὶ τἆλλα. κατανοοῦσιν, ἵνα μιμήσωνται αὐτούς· "πείθεσθε" γὰρ "τοῖς ἡγουμένοις ὑμῶν", "οἵτινες ἐλάλησαν ὑμῖν τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, ὧν ἀναθεωροῦντες τὴν ἔκβασιν τῆς ἀναστροφῆς μιμεῖσθε τὴν πίστιν". ὧδε τὸ κατανοεῖν ἐπαινετόν ἐστιν. ὁ δὲ ἁμ̣αρτωλὸς κατανοεῖ τὸν δίκαιον, οὐχ ἵνα μιμήσηται, οὐχ ἵνα ἀποδέξηται, ἀλλ' ἵνα θανατώσῃ. ἀμφοτέρως δὲ θανατοῖ ὁ ἁμαρτωλὸς τὸν δίκαιον· ἐὰν ἀποστήσῃ αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς δικαιοσύνης, θανατοῖ αὐτόν, ἢ θανατοῖ αὐτὸν ἐπιβουλευτικῶς ἐπιφέρων κατ' αὐτοῦ θάνατον, ὡς διενόησαν ποιεῖν κατὰ Σωσάννης οἱ πρεσβύτεροι. 33 καὶ οὐ μὴ ἐνκαταλείψει αὐτὸν εἰς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ μὴ καταδικάσει αὐτόν, ὅταν
The Vanishing of the Ungodly§155
155He is judged. Even if he is laid upon, he will not abandon him into their hands. We speak of a difference in the meaning of the word 'abandon'. Even if Naboth (1 Kings 21) was taken by those who attacked him not abandoned into their hands; for then, it was called abandonment if they achieved what they intended. The martyrs were taken by some, but they were not abandoned into their hands. For then, they were being abandoned if they were being sacrificed.
When a sinner is judged by a righteous man, the righteous man is not condemned. The elders were judging with Sosannas, and she was not condemned in the judging of them; for they were shown to be false informers. 'Wait for the Lord and keep his way, and he will lift you up to inherit the land' (Psalm 37:34). Therefore he exhorts: even if there are many things troubling, even if many are the enemies wanting to harm and take away, but 'wait for the Lord and keep his way', so as to say: 'I have finished the race'; for then he will lift you up and you will inherit the land. The contest of endurance showed that: he will make you high, he will take you up, he will lead you into heaven.
You shall see the sinners being destroyed (Psalm 37:34). This says: you shall see the sinners being destroyed and you will know yourself that you have inherited the land, because you waited for the Lord and kept his way, you did not fall with them. 'I saw the ungodly being lifted up and exalting himself like the cedars of Lebanon; and they passed by, and behold, he was not, and I sought him, and the place of him was not found' (Psalm 37:35-36). Often the ungodly think themselves great and elevate themselves like the cedar in Lebanon.
And it is possible, since it is said after a clause, even the devil himself to take this way: I saw him exalting himself among all the others, saying: 'I will seize the whole inhabited world with my hand, as if I were taking up abandoned things', as if he were taking a plague; you know that he who encounters beautiful things easily takes them. Even if they were just newly born, it has happened again to them to have a strong and elevating wind. From much arrogance and insolence, he thought he had such an inhabited world, that is, all the people, towards...
Not even according to the soulless breaths, according to the sicknesses having been made, was he able to be exalted, but he remains still in the pit. Thus 'I saw' the ungodly, this one saying: 'With my strength I will do, and with the understanding of wisdom, I will remove the borders of the nations and with their strength I will provide care' (Ps 71:3), I saw him being highly exalted.
I passed through in thought into the life after these things, into the account of providence, and I no longer saw him, nor was his place found even when sought. Ungodliness has ceased; there is no longer ungodliness. He is not among the immortals, just as concerning righteousness he says: 'Righteousness is immortal.'
For, 'like the cedars of Lebanon' (Ps 92:12)? Often he signifies the haughty ones by this wood: 'And the Lord will break the cedars of Lebanon.' There are also praiseworthy cedars. But concerning the great ones in this life, he signifies by this name: 'Open, O Lebanon, your gates; fire consumes your cedars' (Ps 104:33). Then he interprets: 'Because the giants have greatly afflicted me.' He said the giants are the cedars. So there are also praiseworthy cedars, but the word is not concerning these now.
'And they passed by, and behold, he was not.' They passed by in thought, and I saw him not existing. I saw him acting insolently because of wealth, because of human rule. They passed by in thought, and I saw that the ungodly is not among those existing. He is still highly exalted according to Lebanon and its cedars; for I searched among the existing things for his place and I did not find it.
God has made all things 'very good' (Gen 1:31). 'From the mouth of the Lord neither the good nor the evil shall come forth' (Isa 27:2). He does not say that neither the good nor the evil, but rather that the good shall come forth from the mouth of the Lord, and the evil not. Thus, the good are in the plural. For this reason, there is no place for the evil among the existing things; for God has made all things 'very good.'
And 'He does not delight in the destruction of living things' (Ps 115:6). 'The generations of the world are salvific; there is no medicine of destruction nor a kingdom of Hades upon the earth' (Ps 145:9). Guard innocence and see uprightness, for it is a remnant for a peaceful man. Therefore he says these things: 'Turn away from evil and do good, and dwell for an age of ages' (Prov 3:7). He says: 'Guard innocence, see uprightness,' having become outside of all evil. But he is innocent according to the present.
Greek · §155
κρίνηται αὐτῷ. κἂν ἐπιθῆται, οὐκ ἐνκαταλείψει αὐτὸν εἰς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ. ἐλέγομεν δὲ διαφορὰν τῆς λέξεως τῆς ἐνκαταλείψεως. εἰ καὶ ἀνῃρέθη ὁ Ναβουθὲμ 166 ὑπὸ τῶν ἐπιβουλευσάντων, οὐκ ἐνκατελείφθη εἰς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν· τότε γὰρ ἐνκατελείπετο, εἰ ὅπερ ἠβούλοντο πεποιήκει. οἱ μάρτυρες ἀνῃρέθησαν ὑπό τινων, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐνκατελείφθησαν εἰς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν. τότε δὲ ἐνκατελείποντο, εἰ ἦσαν θύσαντες. ὅταν κρίνεται ὁ ἁμαρτωλὸς δικαίῳ, οὐ καταδικάζεται ὁ δίκαιος. ἐκρίνοντο οἱ πρε̣σβύτεροι μετὰ Σωσάννης, καὶ οὐ κατεδικάσθη ἐκείνη ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαι ἐκείνους· ἐκεῖνοι γὰρ συκοφάνται ἀπεδείχθησαν ψευδεῖς. 256 34 ὑπόμεινον τὸν κύριον καὶ φύλαξον τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὑψώσει σε τοῦ κατακληρονομῆσαι γῆν. λοιπὸν προτρέπει· εἰ καὶ πολλά ἐστιν τὰ ἐνοχλοῦντα, εἰ καὶ πολλοὶ οἱ πολέμιοί εἰσιν καὶ βλάψαι καὶ ἀναιρῆσαι θέλοντες, ἀλλὰ "ὑπόμεινον τὸν κύριον καὶ φύλαξον τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ", ὥστ' ἀνειπεῖν· "τὸν δρόμον τετέλεκα"· τότε γὰρ ὑψώσει σε κα̣ι`̣ κατακληρονομήσεις τὴν γῆν. τὸ ἆθλον τῆς ὑπομονῆς ἐδήλωσεν ὅτι· ὑψηλόν σε ποιήσει, μετάρσιόν σε λήμψεται, εἰς αὐτὸν τ̣ὸν οὐρανὸν ξεναγήσει σε. 34 ἐν τῷ ἐξολεθρεύεσθαι τοὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς ὄψῃ. τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι· ὀλεθρε̣υ̣ομένους τοὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς ὄψῃ καὶ σεαυτὸν γνώσει ὅτι ἐκληρονόμησας τὴν γῆν. ὅτι ὑπέμεινας τὸν κύριον καὶ τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ ἐφύλαξας, οὐχ ὑπέπεσας α̣ὐτοῖς. 35–36 εἶδον τὸν ἀσεβῆ ὑπερυψούμενον καὶ ἐπαιρόμενον ὡς τὰς κέδρους τοῦ Λιβάνου· καὶ παρῆλθον, καὶ ἰδοὺ οὐκ ἦν, καὶ ἐζήτησα αὐτόν, καὶ οὐχ εὑρέθη ὁ τόπος αὐτοῦ. πολλάκις ἑαυτοὺς οἱ ἀσεβεῖς μεγάλους νομίζουσιν καὶ μετεωρίζουσιν ἑαυτοὺς κατὰ τὴν̣ κέδρον τὴν ἐν τῷ Λιβάνῳ. δυνατὸν δὲ καί, ἐπειδὴ μετὰ ἄρθρου λέγεται, καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν διάβολον λαβεῖν ὅτι· εἶδον αὐτὸν κατὰ πάντων ἐπαιρόμενον τῶν ἄλλων λέγοντα· "τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην καταλήμψομαι τῇ χειρί μου, ὡς ᾠὰ καταλελειμμένα ἀρῶ", ὡς νοσσιὰν λήμψομαι, οἶδας, ὅτι εὐκ̣όλως ὁ περιτυγχάνων καλιᾷ τὰ ᾠὰ λαμβάνει. κἂν ἄρτι οὖν νεοττοὶ γενάμενοι ἦσαν, πάλιν αὐτῶν περιγέγονεν μὴ δυναμένων πτῆσιν ἔχειν ἰσχυρὰν καὶ μετεωρίζουσαν. ἀπὸ ἀλαζονείας πολλῆς θρασύτητος οὕτως ἐνόμιζεν ἔχειν τη`̣ν οἰκουμένην, τουτέστιν πάντας τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, πρὸς αὐτὸν κατὰ τὰ ᾠὰ τὰ ἄψυχα, κατὰ τὰ νοσσία ποιηθέντα ἐπαρθῆν̣αι μὴ δυν̣άμενα, ἀλλ' ἔτι ἐν τῇ καλιᾷ μένοντα. "εἶδον" οὖν "τὸν ἀσεβῆ" τοῦτον τὸν λέγοντα· "τῇ ἰσχύι ποιήσω καὶ τῇ συνέσει τῆς σοφίας, ἀφελῶ ὅρια ἐθνῶν καὶ τὴν ἰσχὺν αὐτῶν προνομεύσω", εἶδον αὐτὸν ὑπερυψούμενον. διέβην τῷ λογι̣σμῷ εἰς τὸν̣ μετὰ ταῦτα βίον, εἰς τὸν τῆς προνοίας λόγον, καὶ οὐκέτι αὐτὸν εἶδον, οὐδὲ ὁ τόπος αὐτοῦ ἔτι ζητηθεὶς ηὑρέθη. πεπαύσε̣ται ἡ ἀσέβεια, οὐκ ἔνι ἔτι ἀσέβεια. οὔκ ἐστιν τῶν ἀθανάτων, ὥσπερ περὶ τῆς δικαιοσύνης λέγει· "δικαιοσύνη ἀθάνατός ἐστιν". ἐπερ · "ὡς τὰς κέδρους τοῦ Λιβάνου"; –πολλάκις τοὺς ὑπερηφάνους τῷ ξύλῳ τούτῳ σημαίνει· "καὶ συντρίψει κύριος τὰς κέδρους τοῦ Λιβάνου". εἰσὶν καὶ ἐπαινεταὶ κέδροι. τοὺς μεγάλους δὲ ἐν τῷ βίῳ τούτῳ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ σημαίνει· "διάνοιξον, ὁ Λίβανος, τὰς θύρας σου, καταφάγεται πῦρ τὰς κέδρους σου". εἶτα ἑρμηνεύει· "διότι με γιστᾶνες μεγάλως ἐταλαιπώρησαν". τοὺς μεγιστᾶνας κέδρους εἶπεν. εἰσὶν οὖν καὶ ἐπαινεταὶ κέδρ̣ο̣ι̣, ἀλλ' οὐ περὶ τούτων νῦν ὁ λόγος. "καὶ παρῆλθον, καὶ ἰδοὺ οὐκ ἦν". παρῆλθον τῇ διανοίᾳ καὶ εἶδον αὐτὸν οὐκ ὄντα. εἶδον αὐτὸν θρασυνόμενον διὰ πλοῦτον, διὰ ἀρχὴν ἀνθρώπινον. παρῆλθον τῷ λογισμῷ καὶ εἶδον ὅτι οὐ τῶν μενόντων ἐστὶν ο῾̣ ἀσεβής. ἔτι ὑπερυψοῦται κατὰ τὸν Λίβανον καὶ τὰς κέδρους αὐτοῦ· ἐζήτησα γα`̣ρ ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν τὸν τόπον αὐτοῦ καὶ οὐχ εὗρον. πάντα "καλὰ λίαν" ὁ θεὸς πεποίηκεν. "ἐκ στόματος κυρίου οὐκ ἐξελεύσεται τὸ ἀγαθὸν καὶ τὰ κακά". οὐ τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι οὐδὲ τὸ ἀγαθὸν οὐδὲ τὸ κ̣ακόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀγαθὸν μὲν ἐκ στόματος κυρίου ἐξελεύσεται, τὰ κακὰ δὲ οὔ. πληθυντικῶς οὖν τὰ ἀγαθά. διὰ τοῦτο τοῖς κακοῖς οὔκ ἐστιν ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν τόπος· πάντα γὰρ "καλὰ λίαν" ὁ θεὸς πεποίηκεν. καὶ "οὐ τέρπεται ἐπὶ ἀπωλείᾳ ζώντων. σωτήριοί εἰσιν αἱ γενέσεις τοῦ κόσμου· οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐταῖς φάρμακον 167 ὀλέθρου οὐδὲ ᾅδου βασίλειον ἐπὶ γῆς". 37 φύλασσε ἀκακίαν καὶ ἰδὲ εὐθύτητα, ὅτι ἔστιν ἐνκατάλειμμα ἀνθρώπῳ εἰρηνικῷ. λοιπὸν τ̣αῦτα λέγει· "ἔκκλινον ἀπὸ κακοῦ καὶ ποίησον ἀγαθὸν καὶ κατασκήνου εἰς αἰῶνα αἰῶνος". λέγει· "φύλασσε ἀκακίαν, ἰδὲ εὐθύτητα" ἔξ̣ω̣ πάσης κακίας γενόμενος. ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἄκακο´̣ς̣ ἐστι̣ν̣ κατὰ τὸ νῦν
Remembrance and the Sabbath§156
156This is what is meant. The one possessing virtue sees and perceives the uprightness. 'For there is a remnant for man, peaceful' (Ps 94:7). This says that it is impossible for the peaceful man to be utterly destroyed. Even if he is left behind, he possesses a remnant.
38 But the lawless shall be destroyed in the same way. At the same time the lawless are being destroyed; for this is to fall upon the same destruction. 38 The remnants of the ungodly shall be destroyed. But there is a remnant for the peaceful. The remnants of the ungodly shall fall into destruction.
39 But the salvation of the righteous is from the Lord. This says that even if the righteous should ever think they have not received salvation from men—such as Abel and how many others were targeted, righteous ones—their salvation is from the Lord, the eternal salvation, not the temporary. 39 And He is a defender of them in a time of tribulation. If a time of tribulation overtakes, He is a defender of them. He puts forth His own shield over them, so that they might remain unhurt, not at all in the body, but in the soul.
40 And the Lord will help them and will rescue them. By helping them, He rescues them. If not in this manner, then they shall be rescued at some time; for if they are targeted through piety and think they will die, but not by punishment. This is truly to be helped by God, to be rescued by God. And it has both: helping and rescuing. He rescues them from the surrounding pains. 40 And He will bring them out from sinners and will save them, because they hoped in Him. Since they hoped... for salvation or Him, He will bring them out from the sinners and will place them outside of all... And here the one harming the righteous, as he thinks, harms himself. This indeed God... 'he who touches you as he touches the apple of his eye' (Zech 2:8); for he who targets... does not harm himself. But He took the example to show that he himself is harmful to himself, not that he sets aside that one, but himself. As for the 'bow' how it takes...
A Psalm of David, a memorial for the Sabbath (Ps 51:6: Lord, do not rebuke me in your anger).
Remembrance differs from recollection; for one is reminded when another recalls the first things to him. Thus some have said that those desiring to be saved come 'into the knowledge of truth' (1 Tim 2:4). This is the same as 'into remembrance'. For one is reminded of what he knows. No one is said to be reminded of what he already says. For previously, they recognized Joseph, and he himself recognized them; for they knew him. To take a memorial for the Sabbath is to have the beginning of some good.
The Sabbath means rest. To keep the Sabbath is not to keep it in the six days, but when one goes beyond these. This, in which we spend our time, the visible and the immediate, was brought about in six days. But when one goes beyond these and lives super-cosmically and super-heavenly in the heaven, he keeps the Sabbath in such a way. This is the true Sabbath of the Lord.
And for the one walking on earth but having his citizenship in the heavens, he has his mind keeping the Sabbath in the world while in heaven. And there they will one day have their heart and are already keeping the Sabbath, 'the sweet, holy Sabbath to God', to him who says: 'Come to me, all you who are weary and low in heart, and you will find rest for your souls' (Matt 11:28). We keep the Sabbath in a figurative way, but truly they are not the originals, it is evident; for 'no one', he says, 'is about to...'.
If the festivals and the new moons...
Greek · §156
σημαινόμενον. ὁ ἀρετὴν ἔχων ὁρᾷ καὶ τὴν εὐθύτητα. "ὅτι ἔστιν ἐνκατάλειμμα ἀνθρώπῳ εἰρηνικῷ". τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι· ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν τὸν εἰρηνικὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐξ ὅλων ἀφανισθῆναι. κἂν ἐνκαταλειφθῇ, ἀλλ' ἐνκατάλειμμα ἔχει. 38 οἱ δὲ παράνομοι ἐξολεθρευθήσονται ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό. ἅμα οἱ παράνομοι ἐξολεθρεύονται· τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν̣ τὸ "ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ" ὀλέθρῳ περιπεσεῖν αὐτούς. 38 τὰ ἐνκαταλείμματα τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἐξολεθρευθήσονται. ἔστιν δὲ ἐνκατάλειμμα τῷ εἰρηνικῷ. τῶν ἀσεβῶν τὰ ἐνκαταλείμματα ὀλέθρῳ υ῾̣π̣ο̣πεσ̣εῖται. 39 σωτηρία δὲ τῶν δικαίων παρὰ κυρίου. τοῦτο λέγει· κἂν δόξωσίν ποτε οἱ δίκαιοι ἐπιβουλευόμενοι μὴ τετυχηκέναι τῆς̣ πα̣ρ̣ὰ ἀνθρώπων̣ σω̣τηρίας, οἷον ὁ Ἅβελ καὶ ὅσοι ἄλλοι ἐπεβουλεύθησαν δίκαιοι, ἀλλ' ἡ σωτηρία αὐτῶν παρὰ κυρίου ἐστίν, ἡ αἰώνιος σωτηρία, οὐχ ἡ π̣ρ̣όσκαιρος. 39 καὶ ὑπερασπιστὴς αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἐν καιρῷ θλίψεως. κἂν θλίψεως καιρὸς καταλάβῃ, ὑπερασπιστὴς αὐτῶν ἐσ τιν. τη`̣ν ἀσπίδα τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν προβάλλεται, ὁ´̣π̣ως ἄτρωτοι οὐ πάντως τῷ σώματι διαμείνωσιν, ἀλλὰ τῇ ψυχῇ. 40 καὶ βοηθήσει αὐτοῖς κύριος καὶ ῥύσεται αὐτούς. 257 βοηθῶν αὐτ̣ο̣ι῀̣ς ῥύεται αὐτούς. κἂν μὴ ὧδε, ἀλλὰ ῥυ̣σθήσονταί ποτε· ἐὰν γὰρ ἐπιβουλευθῶσιν δι' εὐσεβείας καὶ δόξωσιν ἀποθνῄσκειν, ἀλλ' οὐ ······ ····· ····· ····· ··· ··νι κολάσει. τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν ἀληθῶς τὸ βοηθηθῆναι ὑπὸ θεοῦ, τὸ ῥυσθῆναι ὑπὸ θεοῦ. καὶ ······ ····· ····· ····· ··· ἀμφότερα ἔχει, βοηθῶν ῥύεται. ῥύεται αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν περιεστηκότων ἀνιαρῶν ······ ····· ····· ····· ··· 40 καὶ ἐξελεῖται αὐτοὺς ἐξ ἁμαρτωλῶν καὶ σώσει αὐτούς, ὅτι ἤλπισαν ἐπ' αὐτόν. ἐπεὶ ἤλπισαν ····· ····· ····· ··· σωτηρίας ἢ αὐτόν, ἐξελεῖται αὐτοὺς ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν καὶ ἔξω ποιήσει αὐτοὺς πάσης ····· ····· ····· ····· ·····υσιν. καὶ ἐνταῦθα ὁ βλάπτων τοὺς δικαίους, ὡς οἴετα̣ι, ἑαυτὸν βλάπτει. τοῦτο γοῦν ὁ θεὸς ······ ····· ····· ····· ··· "ὁ ἁπτόμενος ὑμῶν ὡς ὁ ἁπτόμενος τῆς κόρης τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ αὐτοῦ"· μὴ γὰρ ὁ ἐπιβου····· ····· ····· ····· ··· ἑαυτοῦ βλάπτει. ἔλαβεν δὲ τὸ παράδειγμα πρὸς τὸ δεῖξαι, ὅτι ἑαυτοῦ βλαπτικός ἐστιν ὁ ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· οὐκ ἐκεῖνον διατίθησιν, ἀλλ' ἑαυτόν. ἐπερ · τὸ "τόξον" πῶς λαμβάνομεν; –τὸ τεταμένον ἡγεμονικὸν ····· ····· ····· ·· 1–2 Ψαλμὸς τοῦ ∆αυίδ· εἰς ἀνάμνησιν περὶ σαββάτου. κύριε, μὴ τῷ θυμῷ σου ἐλέγξῃς με. ····· ····· ····· διαφέρει ἀνάμνησις ὑπομνήσεως· τότε γάρ τις ὑπομιμνήσκεται, ὅταν ἄλλος ἄλλῳ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····αυτοῦ ἀναπολῇ τὰ πρῶτα, ἀναμιμνήσκεται. οὕτω γοῦν τινες εἴρηκαν τὰς μαθ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· οἱ σωθῆναι βουλόμενοι ἔρχονται "εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας". ταὐτόν ἐστιν τὸ εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν τῷ εἰς ἀνάμνησιν. ἀναμιμνήσκεται γάρ τις οὗ οἶδεν. οὐδεὶς λέγεται ἀναμιμνήσκεσθαι οὗ λέγεται· πρότερον γ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ ἀνεγνώρισαν αὐτόν, καὶ αὐτὸς αὐτοὺς ἀνεπόλησεν· ᾔδεσαν γὰρ αὐτὸν ····· ····· ····· ··· ἀνάμνησιν περὶ σαββάτου λάβῃ, ἀρχὴν ἀγαθοῦ ἔχει τινός. τὸ σάββατον κατάπαυσιν σημαίνει ····· ····· ····· ···ζεσθαι σαββατίζει. οὐκ ἐν ταῖς ἓξ ἡμέραις σαββατίζει, ἀλλ' ὅταν ὑπερβῇ ταύτας καὶ λ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· οὗτος, ἐν ᾧ διατρίβομεν, τὰ βλεπόμενα καὶ πρόσκαιρα, ἐν ἑξάδι ἡμερῶν γεγένηται ····· ····· ····· ····· · ὅταν δὲ ὑπερβῇ ταῦτα καὶ λοιπὸν ὑπερκοσμίως καὶ ὑπερουρανίως διάγῃ α····· ····· ····· ····· ··· τῷ οὐρανῷ, τὸ τηνικάδε σαββατίζει. ὁ κυ ρίως σαββατισμὸς οὗτός ἐστιν. καὶ γη̣····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·ζειν· ὁ γὰρ ἐπὶ γῆς περιπατῶν καὶ ἐν οὐρανοῖς ἔχων τὸ πολίτευμα, οὗτ̣ος ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· κόσμῳ ἔχει ἐν οὐρανῷ τὴν 168 διάνοιαν σαββατίζουσαν. ὑπάρξεται δέ ποτ̣ε̣ κ̣α̣ὶ η̣····· ····· ····· ····· ····· · ἐκεῖ τὴν καρδίαν ἔχουσιν καὶ ἤδη σαββατίζουσιν "τὸ τρυφερόν, ἅγιον τῷ θεῷ σάββατον", ····· ····· ····· ····· · τῷ λέγοντι· "δεῦτε πρὸς ἐμὲ πάντες οἱ κεκοπωμένοι ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ, καὶ εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν"· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· τροπολογίαν σαββατίζομεν, ἀλλὰ ἀληθινῶς ······ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· οὔκ εἰσιν πρωτότυποι, φανερόν· "μή τις" γάρ, φησίν, "····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· μελλόντων". εἰ δὲ αἱ ἑορταὶ καὶ αἱ νουμηνίαι κα····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· αὐτοῖς
The Nature of Divine Correction§157
157And the Sabbaths—these Sabbaths are shadowy. Gapped... to have rest becoming the people of God. 'In remembrance concerning the Sabbath. Lord, do not reprove me in your anger' (Psalm 6:1). Thus the Sabbath was remembered, in which nothing is worshipped Gapped... is led there, he remembers the most beautiful thing there Gapped... they sing the psalm. He who sincerely repents Gapped... for so shall sincere repentance be shown; Gapped... it seems he does this hypocritically. It is necessary, therefore, to suppose such a repentance, so that its magnitude and its beauty may be seen.
2 Lord, do not reprove me in your anger, nor discipline me in your wrath (Psalm 6:1). Gapped... then he offers something on account of sin. This is therefore what he says: 'I will be anxious concerning my sin' (Psalm 40:17). Because I am a sinner, discipline me. Having taken remembrance concerning his own sin, he says these things. Gapped... he knows sin in one way but not in another; for in the one way he has experience of it, he knows it, but he does not understand it. If he had understood that it is harmful and both destructive and brings the greatest loss, he would not have understood it [meaning: he would not have been subject to it]. Therefore, he is able to know it and yet not understand it, he who is taking experience of it while being outside of it. The man according to Jesus was said not to have known sin nor to have done it (Hebrews 4:15). According to the other meaning of 'to know,' no one more than he knew it; for how had he come to have known it? 'Lord, do not reprove me in your anger, nor discipline me in your wrath' (Psalm 6:1). Gapped... to have the Gapped.
An outcome: often an anger and a plague that comes upon someone shows that person's sin. He endured much impiety, and was delivered to the Assyrians, and to the Babylonians into their hand; for it did not happen that the handing over of Israel occurred by chance, but because of sins previously committed; 'Jerusalem has sinned a sin' (Ps 51:5), and it became a reproach. He sinned much sin, and not simply he sinned, but also 'a sin': 'Jerusalem has sinned a sin'.
Therefore, when someone falls into grievous reproaches because of sins previously committed. He did not say, therefore, 'do not rebuke me at once' nor 'do not discipline me at once', but 'all things being reproved are made manifest by the light'. The reproof through light through teaching happens. The holy person does not waive such a reproof.
Again, someone is being disciplined in anger, not knowing he has acted and thought badly. He wants to be reproved thus as it has been said. But this reproof is not of passion, but of perception, as it has been said. When the sin is made manifest and the person is punished. And that of passion is less, just as the reproof of painful discipline is less.
In the presence of those who have strayed through wickedness, he says: 'Lord, discipline us before the judgment comes upon us; reveal to us the continuing punishment, remove from us—do not bring the threats upon us in their actual operation—and let us be in judgment, reveal to us even clearly what is to be done. The priests profane the Sabbath in the temple and are without cause guilty'. In such a way it is profaned, they are said to do so because of working...
Greek · §157
καὶ τὰ σάββατα, σκιώδη εἰσὶν ταῦτα τὰ σάββατα. ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· "τῷ λαῷ τοῦ θεοῦ" γενόμενον ἀνάπαυσιν ἔχειν. "εἰς ἀνάμνησιν περὶ σαββάτου. κύριε, μὴ τῷ θυμῷ σου ἐλέγξῃς με". ἀνεμνήσθη οὖν τὸ σάββατον, ἐν ᾧ οὐδὲν λατρε······ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· εἰσαχθῇ ἐκεῖ, ἀναμιμνήσκεται τῆς ἐκεῖ καλλίστης ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····γέλλον τὸν ψαλμόν. ὁ γνησίως μετανοῶν ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· · οὕτω γὰρ ἡ μετάνοια γνησία δειχθήσεται· ε̣ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· · ἐπιπλάστως τοῦτο δοκεῖ ποιεῖν. δεῖ οὖν ὑποθέσθαι τη`̣ν γνησίαν μετάνοιαν ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· ἵν' οἵου μεγέθους καὶ οἵας καλλονῆς ἐστιν, ὀφθῇ. 2 κύριε, μὴ τῷ θυμῷ σου ἐλέγξῃς με μηδὲ τῇ ὀργῇ σου παιδεύσῃς με. 258 ····· ····· ····· ····· ···α τότε προσφέρει ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτίας. τοῦτο οὖν ἐστιν ὃ λέγει· "μεριμνήσω περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας μου". διὰ τί ἁμαρτωλός εἰμι, παίδευσόν με. ἀνάμνησιν λαβὼν περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἑαυτοῦ ταῦτα λέγει. ····· ····· ····· · τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἑτέρως μὲν γιγνώσκει, ἑτέρως δὲ οὐκ ἐπίσταται· ᾗ μὲν γὰρ πεῖραν αὐτῆς ἔχει, γιγνώσκει αὐτήν, οὐκ ἐπίσταται δέ. εἰ δὲ ἦν ἐπιστήσας, ὅτι ἐπιβλαβὴς καὶ καὶ ὀλέθριός ἐστιν καὶ μεγίστην ἀπώλειαν ἐπιφέρει, ἠπίστατο αὐτήν. δύναται οὖν γν̣ῶναι αὐτὴν καὶ ἄλλως μὴ ἐπίστασθαι ὁ πεῖραν αὐτῆς λαμβάνων. δι' αὐτοῦ τοῦ πεπι ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· τῆς πείρας ἐκτὸς ὤν. ὁ κατὰ τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἄνθρωπος εἴρηται μὴ ἐγνωκέναι ἁμαρτίαν μηδὲ πεποιηκέναι αὐτήν. κατὰ τὸ ἕτερον σημαινόμενον τοῦ γιγνώσκειν οὐδεὶς μᾶλλον αὐτοῦ αὐτὴν οἶδεν· πῶς γὰρ ἐλήλυθεν ····· ····· ····· ····· · ε᾿̣γίγνωσκεν αὐτήν; "κύριε, μὴ τῷ θυμῷ σου ἐλέγξῃς με μηδὲ τῇ ὀργῇ σου παιδεύσῃς με". ····· ····· ····· ····· ·····ν ἔχειν ἡ λέξις· πολλάκις ἐπελθοῦσά τις ὀργὴ καὶ πληγὴ δείκνυσιν τόνδε τινὰ ἁμαρ····· ····· ····· ····· ·····ς πολλὴν ἀσέβειαν ὑπεσύρη, παρεδόθη τοῖς Ἀσσυρίοις, τοῖς Βαβυλωνίοις ὑπὸ χεῖρα ····· ····· ····· ·· ὅτι δὲ οὐχ ὡς ἔτυχεν ἡ παράδοσις γέγονεν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, ἀλλὰ διὰ προλαβούσας ἁμαρτίας· "ἁμαρτίαν ἥμαρτεν Ἰερουσαλήμ", ἐγενήθη εἰς αἶσχος. πολλὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἥμαρτεν, καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς γε ἥμαρτεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ "ἁμαρτίαν"· "ἁμαρτίαν ἥμαρτεν Ἰερουσαλήμ". ὅταν τις οὖν διὰ προλαβόντα ἁμαρτήματα ὑποπέσῃ ἀνιαροῖς τοῖς ἐλεγ····· ····· ····· ····· ·····ης. οὐκ εἶπεν οὖν ὅτι· "μὴ καθάπαξ ἐλέγξῃς με" μηδὲ "καθάπαξ μὴ παιδεύσῃς με", ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· "τὰ πάντα ἐλεγχόμενα ὑπὸ τοῦ φωτὸς φανεροῦται". ὁ ἔλεγχος ὁ διὰ φωτὸς διὰ διδαςκαλίας ····· ····· ····· ··· γίνεται. οὐ παραιτεῖται τὸν τοιοῦτον ἔλεγχον ὁ ἅγιος. πάλιν παιδεύεταί τις ἐν ὀργῇ, ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ἀγνοῶν κακῶς ἔπραξεν καὶ ἐφρόνησεν. βούλεται οὕτως ἐλεγχθῆναι ὡς εἴρηται ····· ····· ····· ····· οὗτ̣ος δὲ ὁ ἔλεγχος οὐ θυμῷ, ἀλλὰ αἰσθήσει εἴρηται. φανερούσης τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ ····· ····· ····· ····· ·····ω̣ν. ἧττον δέ ἐστιν τὸ τοῦ θυμοῦ, ὥσπερ καὶ τῆς παιδεύσεως τῆς ἐπιπόνου ὁ ἔλεγχος ἥττων ἐστίν. ····· ····· ····· ·κ̣ προσώπου τῶν ἁλόντων τῇ κακίᾳ λέγει· παιδεύσαι ἡμᾶς κύριος πρὶν ἐν ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··ν ἡμῖν τὴν κρίσιν, δήλωσον ἡμῖν τὴν διαδεχομένην κόλασιν τοὺς ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ε̣·ν̣, ἀπείλησον ἡμῖν–μὴ τὰ τῆς ἀπειλῆς κατ' ἐνέργειαν ἐπαγάγῃς–καὶ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···ς ἐν κρίσει, φανέρωσον ἡμῖν καὶ κεκριμένως τί τὸ πρακτέον. ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν"; ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· τρ̣όπον βεβηλοῦται αὐτό, λέγονται διὰ τὸ ἐργάζεσθαι ····· ·····
Stages of Development and the Priority of Virtue§158
158Those performing priestly services seem to profane the Sabbath. Or perhaps, according to the assumption of those saying, 'your disciples are doing what is not lawful to do on the Sabbath' (Matt 12:2), he shows by this word that the priestly things are not transgressions, for they are not considered so, but are without fault; for he who does these things does not break the Sabbath.
one finds rest from the world, its activity, and its desires, for 'Come to me, all you who labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest' (Matt 11:28). There is a higher lifting up, which the divine ones call the Sabbath-rest to be spoken of. Just as someone walking on earth has his citizenship in heaven, so someone being in the world yet doing his work from above, he sabbathizes. The Sabbath did not simply renounce work, but service. And the priestly exaltation, being supra-cosmic, makes one free.
These are not works of God as works of service, nor are they things God works, but things He commands to be worked by those who obey Him. And he shall receive not something else instead of the corruptible, but the corruptible itself changing into incorruption, and the very psychic becoming spiritual. See then what he says: the other of the body is incorporeal. If anyone says we will receive a different body, he does not understand what is said; for he has arranged 'body' regarding both: 'a corruptible body is sown, an incorruptible body is raised; a weak and dishonorable body is sown, a strong and glorious body is raised; a psychic body is sown, a spiritual body is raised' (1 Cor 15:42-44). In a certain way, then, it is both something different and the very thing being raised is different from the fallen one. If he says that if there is a psychic body, there is also a spiritual body, he says in his thought that...
...
There is no difference, and he says: 'not first the spiritual but the psychic, then the spiritual'. The first and the second seem to be two, but I say two as if I say the man is first an infant, then a child, and not first a child but an infant, and I do not say two hypostases of a human, I do not say two men but one; but two ages. Just as the ages do not make the one growing up to maturity a different substance, but by way of manner and mind and change or transition occurs, so also from the child a man is made and the man is not a different man from the child, but the same man.
Someone truly and bodily becomes in heaven and sabbathizes, no longer walking upon the earth and having his citizenship in the heavens, but already having settled in those heavenly regions, already abiding there under the 'great high priest who has passed through the heavens' (Heb 4:14). And that he did not begin the things concerning men from wickedness, but from virtue, 'for remembrance' he says 'concerning the Sabbath'. When someone becomes in virtue, he is reminded that he once was in it.
Therefore I wish to hint at a deep word. If the beginning of men and of the soul is from this living, then wickedness is before virtue, but virtue is to be taken up. We have life with the body, we have life even without it. And that having cast off the body we become in incorporeal life, is evident everywhere. Let it be sought, whether this too was before the body. It is not manifest, but let it be sought and examined.
If, therefore, the life of the rational is from the entering-in life, then wickedness is before virtue; for we see that being filled from wickedness, the Word begins. But if, as it is the truth, virtue is before wickedness—for 'God has made man upright, but they sought out evil counsels' (Wis 1:13)—and see that the seeking of evil counsels is after the uprightness. And virtue prepares the uprightness. 'A man being in honor did not understand, he was cast down with the irrational animals' (Ps 49:20). It did not come from a beastly manner to the man, but from the human to the beastly it came. And in every way the beautiful things are always before the false things. It is necessary for skill to be before bad skill; to know something erroneously is after knowing it correctly; for how can we...
Greek · §158
169 ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··λην ἱερουργίαν ποιοῦντες δοκοῦσιν βεβηλοῦν τὸ σάββατον ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· · βεβηλοῦσιν. ἢ τάχα κατὰ τὴν ὑπόλημψιν τῶν ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· · λέγοντες ὅτι· ἐν τῷ σαββάτῳ τίλλοντες στάχυας "οἱ μαθηταί σου ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν τῷ σαββάτῳ", εἶ πεν τὴν λέξιν ταύτην δεικνὺς ὅτι ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· · τὰ ἱερατικά, καὶ οὔκ εἰσιν ὑπεύθυνοι παραβάσει ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·το νομίζοντας, ἀναίτιοι δέ εἰσιν· οὐ γὰρ κατὰ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· · ὥστε ὁ ποιῶν αὐτὰ οὐ παραβαίνει τὸ σάββατον. ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··ενος τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ τῇ ἐνεργείᾳ καὶ ἐπιθυμίᾳ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· άπαυσιν εὕρῃ· "δεῦτε" γὰρ "πρὸς ἐμὲ πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς". ····· ···ν ὑψηλοτέραν ἀναγωγήν, ἣν καλοῦσιν οἱ θεῖοι ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· κ̣αὶ ὁ σαββατισμὸς ὁ ῥηθησόμενος. 259 ὥσπερ ἐπὶ γῆς τις περιπατῶν ἐν οὐρανῷ ἔχει τὸ πολίτευμα, οὕτως τις ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἔτι ὢν ἄνω τω῀̣ν̣ ἔρ̣γ̣ω̣ν αὐτοῦ γίνεται καὶ σαββατίζει. τὸ σάββατον οὐχ ἁπλῶς ἔργον παραιτήσατο, ἀλλὰ λατρευτόν. ἡ δὲ ἔπαρσις ἡ ἱερατικὴ οὖσα ὑπερκόσμιος ἐλευθέρους ποιεῖ. οὐχ ὡς ἔργα λατρευτὰ θεοῦ ἔργα εἰσίν, οὐχ ἃ ἐργάζεται ὁ θεός, ἀλλ' ἃ προστάττει ἐργάζεσθαι τοῖς πειθομένοις αὐτῷ. λήμψεται δὲ οὐκ ἄλλο ἀντὶ τοῦ φθαρτοῦ, ἀλλ' αὐτὸ τὸ φθαρτὸν εἰς ἀφθαρσίαν μεταβαλλὸν κ̣α̣ι`̣ αυ᾿̣τ̣ὸ τὸ ψυχικὸν γενόμενον πνευματικόν. ὅρα γοῦν τί λέγει· τὸ ἕτερον τοῦ σώματος ἀσώματόν ἐστιν. εἴ τις οὖν λέγοι, ὅτ̣ι ἕτερον σώμα τός ἐστιν ὃ ἀπ̣ολημψόμεθα, οὐκ οἶδεν τί λέγει· ἐπ' ἀμφοτέρων γὰρ ἔταξεν τὸ "σῶμα"· "σπείρεται σῶμα φθαρτόν, ἐγείρεται σῶμα ἄφθαρτον, σπείρεται σῶμα ἀσθενὲς καὶ ἄτιμον, ἐγείρεται σῶμα ἰσχυρὸν καὶ ἔνδοξον, σπείρεται σῶμα ψυχικόν, ἐγείρεται σῶμα πνευματικόν". τρόπον τινὰ οὖν καὶ ἕτερόν ἐστιν καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ ἐγειρόμενον τῷ πεπτωκότι̣. ἐὰν λέγῃ δὲ ὅτι, εἰ ἔστιν σῶμα ψυχικόν, ἔστιν καὶ σῶμα πνευματικόν, τῇ ἐπινοίᾳ λέγει τὴν διαφορὰν καὶ λέγει· "οὐ πρῶτον τὸ πνευματικὸν ἀλλὰ τὸ ψυχικόν, ἔπειτα τὸ πνευματικόν". τὸ πρῶτον καὶ τὸ ἔπειτα δοκεῖ δύο εἶναι, ἀλλ' οὕτω λέγω δύο ὡς ἐὰν λέγω τὸν ἄνθρωπον πρῶτον βρέφος, εἶτα παῖδα, καὶ οὐ πρῶτον τὸ παῖς ἀλλὰ τὸ βρέφος, καὶ οὐ δήπου δύο ὑποστάσεις λέγω, οὐ δύο ἀνθρώπους λέγω ἀλλὰ ἕνα· ἡλικίας δὲ δύο. ὅνπερ οὖν τρόπον αἱ ἡλικίαι οὐχ ἑτεροούσιον τὸ ἀφη̣λικιούμ̣ενον ποιοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ τρόπῳ καὶ γνώμῃ καὶ μεταβολὴ γίνεται ἢ ἐξ̣αλλαγή, οὕτω καὶ ἐκ τοῦ παιδὸς ἀνὴρ γίνεται καὶ οὐχ ἕτερος ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν ὁ ἀνὴρ παρὰ τὸν παῖδα, ἀλλ' ὁ αὐτὸς ἄνθρωπος. γίνεταί τις οὖν τότε ἀληθῶς καὶ σωματικῶς ἐν τ̣ῷ οὐρανῷ καὶ σαββατίζει, οὐκέτι ἐπὶ γῆς περιπατῶν καὶ ἐν οὐρανοῖς ἔχων τὸ πολίτευμα, ἀλλ' ἤδη ἐν τοι῀̣ς̣ ἐπ̣ο̣υρανίοις καθεσθείς, ἤδη ἐκεῖ διατρίβων ὑπὸ τὸν "μέγαν ἀρχιερέα τὸν τοὺς οὐρανοὺς διεληλυθότα". καὶ ὅτι οὐκ ἀπὸ κακίας ἤρξατο τὰ κατὰ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ ἀρετῆς, "εἰς ἀνάμνησιν" λέγει "περὶ σαββάτου". ὅτε τις γίνεται ἐν τῇ ἀρετῇ, ἀναμιμνήσκεται ὅτι ἦν ποτε ἐν αὐτῇ. λοιπὸν αἰνίξασθαι βαθὺν λόγον βούλομαι. ἐὰν ἡ ἀρχὴ τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀπὸ τοῦδε τοῦ ζῆν ᾖν, ἡ κακία πρὸ ἀρετῆς ἐστιν, ἀναλημπτὴ δὲ ἡ ἀρετή. ἔχομεν ζωὴν τὴν μετὰ σώματος, ἔχομεν ζωὴν καὶ τὴν ἄνευ τούτου. καὶ ὅτι ἀποβαλόντες τὸ σῶμα γινόμεθα ἐν ἀσωμάτῳ ζωῇ, παντί που δῆλον. ζητείσθω δέ, εἰ καὶ πρὸ σώματος αὕτη ἦν. οὔκ ἐστιν δὲ φανερόν, ἀλλὰ ζητείσθω καὶ ἐξεταζέσθω. ἐὰν οὖν ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ λογικοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐνύλου ζωῆς ᾖν, ἡ κακία πρὸ ἀρετῆς ἐστιν· ὁρῶμεν γὰρ ὅτι ἐκ κακίας συνπληρωθεὶς ὁ λόγος ἄρχεται. ἐὰν δέ, ὡς ἔχει ἀληθείας, πρὸ κακίας ᾖν ἡ ἀρετή–"πεποίηκεν" γὰρ "ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον εὐθῆ, αὐτοὶ δὲ ἐξεζήτησαν διαλογισμοὺς πονηρούς". καὶ ὅρα ὅτι ἡ ζήτησις τῶν διαλογισμῶν τῶν πονηρῶν μετὰ τὴν εὐθύτητά ἐστιν. εὐθύτητα δὲ παρασκευάζει ἡ ἀρετή. "ἄνθρωπος ἐν τιμῇ ὢν οὐ συνῆκεν, παρασυνεβλήθη τοῖς κτήνεσιν τοῖς ἀνοήτοις". οὐκ ἀπὸ κτηνώδους τρόπου 170 εἰς τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐλήλυθεν, ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου εἰς τὸν κτηνώδην ἐλήλυθεν. καὶ ὅλως γε ἀεὶ τὰ καλὰ π̣ρὸ τῶν ψεγομένων ἐστίν. δεῖ τέχνην πρὸ κακοτεχνίας εἶναι, τὸ ἐσφαλμένως εἰδέναι τι μετὰ τὸ ὀρθῶς εἰδέν̣αι ἐστίν· πῶς γὰρ δυνάμεθα
Instruction vs Wrathful Punishment§159
159To say entirely that this is erring, unless we knew the straight path? For this reason, therefore, it is 'for the remembrance in the Sabbath' (Ps 94:11). And since keeping the Sabbath is to spend time in virtue and to live pleasingly to God and to serve by doing what God wills, human life began from virtue; but this does not appear in the more bodily life; for virtue is something to be taken up by those with bodies, it is something to be taught. Therefore, the one becoming in the good is remembered.
But what is the thirty-seven? It is not something one can impose on everyone. Now, someone might say this: that the thirty-seven is composed of two holy numbers; for the three is indeed praised in the Scripture. But, neglecting the tithes, it brings only one of the fruits of the holy earth; for 'one hundred, and sixty, and thirty.' And so that we may not always say the same things, it is sufficient to say everything in all things: that the number three is holy, whether it is taken in units, or in tens, or in hundreds. And the seven is also holy; for often regarding this it has been said that it is incorruptible, it is a virgin, it is without seed, it is without womb. 'Lord, do not rebuke me in your anger, nor discipline me in your wrath' (Ps 119:125). One does not avoid being rebuked or disciplined at all, but in anger and wrath. Yet it is possible for someone to be disciplined logically and systematically, according to what is signified by the holy one praying—or rather praising and blessing—saying: 'Blessed is the man whom you will discipline, Lord, and from your law you will teach him' (Ps 119:99). He showed that this discipline happens through instruction.
And often there is also rebuke and discipline through anger and wrath, through harsh things, through bitter things. And often there is rebuke when the one in whom the error is, is shown by word to the responsible party; for it says: 'Rebuke the wise, and he will love you' (Prov 9:8). The wise man rebukes the lesser wise man, the one being led in. And again: 'But all things being rebuked are made manifest by the visible light' (Eph 5:13). And many say such things about rebuke, that rebuke is like a syllogism of contradiction. Let us say, for instance, someone is in wickedness. The one dividing the wickedness from virtue, bringing a syllogistic argument and recognizing the good, takes the bad into mind. And this rebuke is not one happening in anger.
But it is in instruction; for the knowledge of opposites is one, if we know the good, we shall have knowledge of the evil. And from the Scriptures one can take examples: the Ninevites had become in much wickedness, as if 'their cry of wickedness had ascended' (Jonah 4:11) to God calling for punishment and retribution. But God sent a proclamation of repentance. They approached the proclamation. They were instructed and reproved, not in wrath or anger. For example, the Sodomites were reproved and instructed in wrath and anger. Therefore, He does not want to be reproved in this way, not even to be reproved properly while setting aside the alternative.
'For your arrows have struck me' (Psalm 69:4). Because of this, I avoid the reproof that is in wrath and the instruction that is in anger, since 'your arrows have struck into me' (Psalm 69:4). They gained knowledge of the punishments being brought against the uninstructed, against the unreprovable. Often, the arrows of divine instruction signify the punishments; as if Job, having become in many afflictions, says: 'The arrows of the Lord are in my body' (Job 6:4). That terrible pull, he said 'arrows of the Lord' finding itself in his body. And the paradoxical thing: providence is introduced through this word. These heavy things, such as arrows, signify to me: that unless by the judgment of God, these heavy things would have risen above me; 'for the arrows are of the Lord, whose wrath pours out my blood; when I begin to speak, they pierce me' (Psalm 7:13). And see, that the heavy thing and that evil pull, he said 'arrows of the Lord.' And again in the great Psalm 171 of Deuteronomy, God says: 'I will drink my arrows from blood, and my sword shall devour the blood of the wounded' (Deuteronomy 32:42). Often again the sword signifies punishment: 'for if,' he says, 'you will not wish nor listen, a sword shall fall upon you' (Deuteronomy 32:41). Such also is that which is said in Isaiah: 'My sword has become drunk in heaven' (Isaiah 34:6), instead of: the punishment has touched heavenly things. And if God subjected 'the angels who did not keep their own dominion' (Jude 1:6) to 'eternal chains,' the sword of God—that is, the punishing power—has become drunk, and in heaven. And perceive the same thing even here: if anyone thinks he has a citizenship in heaven, such that heaven is 'to recount the glory of God,' when he falls by an unexpected punishment, then in the...
Greek · §159
ὅλως εἰπεῖν ὅτι ἐσφαλ̣μένος οὗτός ἐστιν, εἰ μὴ τὸ εὐθὲς εἰδυείημεν; διὰ τοῦτο οὖν̣ "εἰς ἀνάμνησιν περὶ σαββάτου". καὶ ἐπειδὴ τὸ σαββατίζειν̣ ἐστὶν̣ τὸ ἐν ἀρετῇ διάγειν καὶ τὸ εὐαρέστως τῷ θεῷ ζῆν καὶ λειτουργεῖν ποιοῦντα ἃ βούλεται θεός, ἀπὸ ἀρετῆς ἠ´̣ρξατο̣ ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ζωή· ἀλλ' οὐ φαίνεται ἐν τῇ σωματικωτέρᾳ ζωῇ τοῦτο· ἀναλημπτὴ γὰρ ἡ ἀρετή ἐστιν τῶν μετὰ σώματος, διδακτή ἐστιν. ὅθεν ἀναμιμνήσκεται ὁ γινόμενος ἐν τῷ καλῷ. ἐπερ · ὁ τριάκοντα ἑπτὰ τί ἐστιν; –οὐ παντὶ ἐπιβάλλειν δύνῃ. νῦν ἄρα τις τοῦτο εἴποι, ὅτι σύνκειται ὁ τριάκοντα ἑπτὰ ἐκ δύο ἁγίων ἀριθμῶν· καὶ ὁ τρία γὰρ ἐπαινεῖται ἐν τῇ γραφῇ. ἀμέλει γοῦν δεδεδεκάτας φέρει μόνον ἕνα τῶν καρπῶν τῆς γῆς τῆς ἁγίας φέρων· "ὃ μὲν" γὰρ "ἑκατόν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα". καὶ ἵνα μὴ ἀεὶ τὰ αὐτὰ λέγωμεν, π̣άντα ἐν πᾶσιν ἀρκεστέον εἰπεῖν ὅτι ἅγιός ἐστιν ὁ τρία ἀριθμός, κἂν ἐν μονάσιν, κἂν ἐν δεκάσιν, κἂν ἐν 260 ἑκατοντάσιν λαμβάνεται. ἅγιος δὲ καὶ ὁ ἑπτά· πολλάκις γὰρ καὶ περὶ τούτου ἐλέχθη ὅτι ἀδιάφθορός ἐστιν, παρθένος ἐστίν, ἀπάτωρ, ἀμήτωρ ἐστίν. "κύριε, μὴ τῷ θυμῷ σου ἐλέγξῃς με μηδὲ τῇ ὀργῇ σου παιδεύσῃς με". οὐ καθάπαξ ἐλεγχθῆναι ἢ παιδευθῆναι παραιτεῖται, ἀλλ' ἐν θυμῷ καὶ ὀργῇ. ἔστιν δὲ παιδευθῆναί τ̣ινα λογικῶς καὶ ἐπιστημονικῶς, καθ' ὃ σημαινόμενον ὁ ἅγιος εὔχεται λέγων –ἢ ἐπαινεῖ καὶ μακαρίζει–· "μακάριος ἄνθρωπος, ὃν ἂν σὺ παιδεύσῃς, κύριε, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ νόμου σου διδάξῃς αὐτόν". ἔδειξεν ὅτι ἡ παίδευσις αὕτη κατὰ διδασκαλίαν γίνεται. γίνεται δὲ καὶ πολλάκις ἔλεγχος καὶ παίδευσις διὰ θυμοῦ καὶ ὀργῆς, διὰ ἀνιαρῶν, διὰ πικρ̣ῶν. γίνεται δὲ καὶ ἔλεγχος πολλάκις, ὅταν λόγῳ παραδειχθῇ τῷ ὑπευθύνῳ τὸ ἐν ᾧ ἐστιν σφάλματι· τοῦτο γὰρ λέγει· "ἔλεγχε σοφόν, καὶ ἀγαπήσει σε". ἐλέγχει ὁ σοφὸς τὸν ἐλάττονα σοφὸν καὶ αὐτὸν ὄντα ὡς εἰσαγόμενον. καὶ πα´̣λιν· "τὰ δὲ πάντα ἐλεγχόμενα ὑπὸ τοῦ φωτὸς φανεροῦται". καὶ λέγουσιν πολλοὶ περὶ ἐλέγχου τοιαῦτα, ὅτι ἔλεγχός ἐστιν οἷο̣ν συλλογισμὸς ἀντιφάσ̣ε̣ως. φέρε εἰπεῖν, ἐν κακίᾳ τίς ἐστιν. τὸν διαιροῦντα τὴν κακίαν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρετῆς λόγον συλλ̣ογιστικῶς ἐπιφέρων καὶ γιγνω´̣σκω̣ν τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐνθύμησιν λαμβάνει τοῦ κακοῦ. καὶ ὁ ἔλεγχος οὗτος οὔκ ἐστιν ἐν θυμῷ γινόμενος, ἀλλ' ἐν παιδεύσει· ἐπεὶ γὰρ τῶν ἐναντίων ἡ αὐτή ἐστιν ἐπιστήμη, ἐὰν γνῶμεν τὸ ἀγαθόν, ἔσχομεν γνῶσιν τοῦ κακοῦ. καὶ ἀπὸ γραφῶν ἔστιν λαβεῖν τὰ παραδείγμ̣ατα· οἱ Νινευῖται γεγόνασιν ἐν πολλῇ κακίᾳ, ὡς "τὴν κραυγὴν τῆς κακίας αὐτῶν ἀναβῆνα̣ι" πρὸς τὸν θεὸν τιμωρίαν καὶ ἀνταπόδοσιν ἐκκαλουμένην. ἀλλ' ὁ θεὸς κήρυγμα ἀπέστειλεν μετανοίας. προσήκαντο τὸ κήρυγμα. ἐπαιδεύθησαν, ἠλέγχθησαν οὐκ ἐν ὀργῇ ἢ θυμῷ. οἷον Σοδομῖται ἠλέγχθησαν καὶ ἐπαιδεύθησαν ἐν θυμῷ καὶ ὀργῇ. οὐ βούλεται οὖν τούτοις ἐλεγχθῆναι οὐκ ἂν παραιτησάμενος ἐπιστημονικῶς ἐλεγχθῆναι. 3 ὅτι τὰ βέλη σου ἐνεπάγησάν μοι. διὰ τοῦτο παραιτοῦμαι τὸν ἔλεγχον τὸν ἐν θυμῷ καὶ τὴν ἐν ὀργῇ παίδευσιν, ἐπεὶ "τὰ βέλη σου ἐνεπάγη ἐν ἐμοί". ἔλαβον γνῶσιν τῶν κολάστεων τῶν ἐπιφερομένων κατὰ τῶν ἀπαιδεύτων, κατὰ τῶν ἀνελέγκτων. πολλαχοῦ δὲ τῆς θείας παιδεύσεως τὰ βέλη τὰς κολάσεις σημαίνει· ὡς ἐὰν λέγῃ ὁ Ἰὼβ ἐν ἀνιαροῖς πολλοῖς γενόμενος ὅτι· "βέλη τοῦ κυρίου ἐν τῷ σώματί μού ἐστιν". τὴν ἕλκωσιν ἐκείνην τὴν φοβερὰν "βέλη κυρίου" εἶπεν ἐν τῷ σώματι αὐτοῦ τυγχάνοντα. καὶ τό γε παράδοξον· καὶ πρόνοιαν εἰσηγεῖται διὰ τῆς λέξεως ταύτης. ταῦτα τὰ ἐπίπονα τὰ οἷα βέλη τιτρώσκοντά με οὐκ ἄνευ ψήφου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑπῆρκταί μοι· "βέλη γάρ εἰσιν κυρίου, ὧν ὁ θυμὸς αὐτῶν ἐκπίνει μου τὸ αἷμα· ὅταν ἄρξωμαι λαλεῖν, κεντοῦσίν με". καὶ ὅρα γε, ὅτι τὸ ἐπίπονον καὶ τὸ ἕλκος ἐκεῖνο τὸ πονηρὸν εἶπεν "βέλη κυρίου". καὶ πάλιν ἐν ᾠδῇ 171 μεγάλῃ τοῦ ∆ευτερονομίου ὁ θεὸς λέγει ὅτι· "μεθύσω τὰ βέλη μου ἀφ' αἵματος, καὶ ἡ μάχαιρά μου καταφάγεται αἷμα τραυματιῶν". πολλαχοῦ πάλιν ἡ μάχαιρα τὴν κόλασιν σημαίνει· "ἐὰν γάρ", φησίν, "μὴ θελήσητε μηδὲ εἰσακούσητε, μάχαιρα ὑμᾶς κατέδεται". τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν καὶ τὸ ἐν Ἰσαίᾳ λεγόμενον· "ἐμεθύσθη ἡ μάχαιρά μου ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ", ἀντὶ τοῦ· ἡ κόλασις καὶ οὐρανίων τινῶν ἥψατο. εἰ δὲ "ἀγγέλους τοὺς μὴ τηρήσαντας τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν" ὁ θεὸς ὑπέβαλεν "δεσμοῖς ἀιδίοις", μεμέθυσται ἡ μάχαιρα τοῦ θεοῦ, τουτέστιν ἡ τιμωρὸς δύναμις, καὶ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. καὶ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ὧδε νόει· ἐα´̣ν τις δοκῶν τὸ πολίτευμα ἔχειν ἐν οὐρανῷ τυγχάνων οὐρανὸς ὥστε "διηγήσασθαι τὴν θεοῦ δόξαν", ὅταν ἐξ ἀπροσδοκήτου ὑποπέσῃ κολάσει, τότε ἐν τῷ
The Piercing Arrows and the Hand of God§160
160The sword is intoxicated in heaven, regarding the promised possession of a heavenly citizenship. Such is the saying: 'Sons of the kingdom, you shall be cast into the outer darkness' (Matt 13:41-42); for they do not exist. But it is also taken as praiseworthy: 'Your arrows, having been shot, O Mighty One, shall cause peoples under you to fall' (Ps 126:4). Your words, having been shot, are directed toward passion and love; for you are powerful and you powerfully send out your words, and you direct those who are being cast by them toward love. Likewise, the soul undergoing this—that is, the Church—says: 'Pierced by love am I' (Song 8:6). Thus, the arrows are both praiseworthy and piercing. Since these were named with wrath and fury, they are not directed toward passion and love, but are producing a sensation, which brings some harm.
And you have placed your hand upon me. Often again, the punishing power is signified by the name of the hand of God; as if saying to Pharaoh: 'Now, having sent the hand, I will strike you' (Ex 7:17). And: 'Behold, the hand of the Lord shall fall upon your livestock in the fields' (Ex 9:3); for those livestock were struck down with destruction. And again it is said: 'Your hand has destroyed the nations' (Ps 18:47). When the active, creative, and covering hand of God is named, it is called 'the right hand.' For this indeed leads toward salvation. He who has experienced being guided by it says: 'You have grasped the hand of my right hand' (Ps 63:8), the power of goodness.
And there is no healing for my flesh from the presence of your wrath. The word 'flesh' means different things in Scripture, as it is used in multiple ways. It is sometimes said that 'flesh' signifies our sensory choice; for when it is said: 'I will break their stony heart from them and put a fleshy one in' (Ezek 36:26), 'stony heart' means the flinty intellect having been deprived of all sensation. In its place, a fleshy one is placed, sensory and yielding to the laws of God. Thus, the yielding and the sensory are often called flesh. And 'flesh' is also said to be being cut off from the spirit. 'Spirit' means the intention, while 'flesh' means that which is being cut off from the intention. Therefore, when someone thinks of the things of the flesh and acts and lives according to them, he is far from the spirit. But when he follows the sp...
rational departure
Greek · §160
οὐρανῷ ἡ μάχαιρα μεμέθυσται, ἐν τοῖς ἐπαγγελλομένοις ἔχειν οὐράνιον πολιτείαν. τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν τό· "οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας, ἐκβληθήσεσθε εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον"· μὴ γὰρ οἱ ὄντες. λαμβάνεται δὲ καὶ ἐπαινετω῀̣ς· "τὰ βέλη σου ἠκονημένα, δυνατέ, λαοὶ ὑποκάτω σου πεσοῦνται". οἱ λόγοι σου οἱ τιτρώσκοντες εἰς ἔρωτα καὶ ἀγάπην ἠκονημένοι εἰσίν· δυνατὸς γὰρ εἶ καὶ δυνατῶς πέμπεις σου τοὺς λόγους καὶ τιτρώσκεις εἰς ἀγάπην τοὺς βαλλομένους. αὐτίκα γοῦν ἡ τοῦτο παθοῦσα ψυχὴ ἤτοι ἐκκλησία λέγει· "τετρωμένη ἀγάπης εἰμὶ ἐγώ". εἰσὶν οὖν καὶ ἐπαινετὰ βέλ̣η, εἰσὶν οὖν καὶ ψεκτά. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ταῦτα μετὰ ὀργῆς καὶ θυμοῦ ὠνομάσθησαν, οὔκ εἰσιν εἰς ἔρωτα καὶ ἀγάπην τιτρώσκοντα, ἀλλ' αἴσθησιν ποιοῦντα, οἷ κακῶν τίς ἐστιν. 3 καὶ ἐπεστήρισας ἐπ' ἐμὲ τὴν χεῖρά σου. πολλαχοῦ πάλιν ἡ τιμωρὸς δύναμις τῷ ὀνόματι τῆς 261 χειρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ σημαίνεται· ὡς ἐὰν λέγῃ πρὸς τὸν Φαραώθ· "νῦν ἀποστείλας τὴν χεῖρα πατάξω σε". καί· "ἰδοὺ χεὶρ κυρίου ἐπέσται ἐν τοῖς κτήνεσίν σου τοῖς ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις"· οὕτω γὰρ ὀλέθρῳ ὑπεβλήθη ἐκεῖνα τὰ κτήνη. καὶ πάλιν λέγεται· "ἡ χείρ σου ἔθνη ἐξωλέθρευσεν". ὅτε ἡ δραστήριος καὶ ποιητικὴ καὶ σκεπαστικὴ χεὶρ τοῦ θεοῦ ὀνομάζεται, "δεξιὰ" προσαγορεύεται. αὕτη γοῦν εἰς σωτηρίαν ξεναγεῖ. λέγει γοῦν ὁ πεῖραν τοῦ χειραγωγεῖσθαι ὑπ' αὐτῆς εἰληφώς· "ἐκράτησας τῆς χειρὸς τῆς δεξιᾶς μου", τῆς πρακτικῆς δυνάμεως τῶν καλῶν. 4 καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἴασις τῇ σαρκί μου ἀπὸ προσώπου τῆς ὀργῆς σου. τὸ τῆς σαρκὸς ὄνομα ὁμώνυμον ὂν κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν διάφορα σημαίνει. λέγεταί ποτε ἡ σὰρξ σημαίνου̣σα τὴν αἰσθητικὴν ἡμῶν προαίρεσιν· ὅταν γὰρ λέγηται ὅτι· "ἐκσπάσω ἀπ' αὐτῶν τὴν λιθίνην αὐτῶν καρδίαν καὶ ἐνθήσω σαρκίνην", "λιθίνην καρδίαν" λέγει τὴν ἠλίθιον νόησιν τὴν πάσης αἰσθήσεως ἀφῃρημένην. ἀντὶ ταύτης ἐντίθεται σαρκίνη, αἰσθητικὴ καὶ εὔεικτος πρὸς τοὺς θεοῦ νόμους. λέγεται οὖν τὸ εὔεικτον πολλάκις καὶ αἰσθητικὸν σάρξ. λέγεται δὲ καὶ σὰρξ δια̣στελλομένη πρὸς πνεῦμα. πνεῦμα δὲ λέγει τὴν γνώμην, σάρκα δὲ τὴν πρὸς γνώμην διαστελλομένην. ὅταν τις οὖν τὰ σαρκὸς διανοῆται καὶ πράττῃ καὶ ζῇ κατ' αὐτά, μακράν ἐστιν τοῦ πνεύματος. ὅταν δὲ ἀκολουθήσῃ τῷ πνεύματι, τῇ ὀρθῇ γνώμῃ καὶ μάλιστα τῇ μετασχούσῃ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος, τότε καταργεῖ τὴν σάρκα. περὶ τῆς τοιαύτης σαρκὸς καὶ τοῦ πρὸς αὐτὴν διαστελλομένου πνεύματος λέγει· "ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ ἐστὲ ἐν σαρκὶ ἀλλ' ἐν πνεύματι". καίτοι ἦσαν ἐν σαρκί, ἐπηχθισμένοι ἔτι ἦσαν τὸ σῶμα. τῇ διαθέσει ἔξω αὐτῆς ἐγεγόνεσαν. καὶ ὥσπερ ἐπὶ γῆς τις περιπατῶν δύναται ἐν οὐρανῷ ἔχειν τὸ πολίτευμα̣, οὕτως ἐν σαρκί τις ἔτι τυγχάνων γίνεται ἔξω αὐτῆς, ὅταν τῷ πνεύματι ἀκολουθήσῃ. καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ λεγομένη εὔλογος ἐξαγω̣γ̣ή. τινὲς δὲ ἀγνοήσαντες, πῶς οἱ σοφοὶ εἴρηκαν εὔλογον ἐξαγωγήν, πολλάκις ἐρωτηθέντες λέγουσιν· ἢ ὑπὸ λογισμῶν ἢ παθημάτων σαρκὸς ἐξηγίοχαν ἑαυτοὺς τοῦ βίου. –οὔκ ἐστιν δὲ αὕτη εὔλογος ἐξαγωγή, ἀλλ' ὅταν τις ἅγιος ὢν τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν σάρκα ἔξω αὐτοῦ γένηται τῇ σπουδῇ καὶ διαθέσει ὥστε εἰπεῖν· "οὐκ ἐσμὲν ἐν σαρκὶ ἀλλ' ἐν πνεύματι". καὶ πάλιν· "τὸ φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς ἔχθρα εἰς θεόν". "οἱ δὲ ἐν σαρκὶ ὄντες θεῷ ἀρέσαι οὐ δύνανται". παρίσταται δὲ ὅτι οὐ περὶ 172 ταύτης τῆς σαρκὸς λέγει· πάντες γὰρ οἱ ἅγιοι ἔτι ἐν τῇ σαρκὶ ὄντες ἤρεσαν θεῷ. ἐστὶν τοίνυν σὰρξ ἧς ὁ ἐκτὸς γινόμενος ἀρέσκει θεῷ ἡ γνώμη ἡ ὑλικὴ ἡ φιλοπαθής. καὶ τάχα ἐάν τις ἐν πνεύματι γενόμενος ἀφῇ τὴν σάρκα, οὐδὲ ταράττεται ὀργῆς ἐπικειμένης. ὁ δὲ ἔτι ἀντιποιούμενος τοῦ ζῆν τούτου ταράττεται, ὅταν ἐπίπονόν τι προσδοκηθῇ καὶ ἐπέλθῃ. πολλάκις τὸ σύνθετον ἐξ ἑνὸς τῶν ἐν τῇ συνθέσει σημαίνεται. ὅταν λέγῃ ὁ ἅγιος· "ἱνατί περίλυπος εἶ, ἡ ψυχή μου, καὶ ἱνατί συνταράσσεις με"; τότε περὶ τοῦ τιμιωτέρου ποιεῖται τὴν σημασίαν. ὅταν λέγῃ πάλιν ὅτι· "ὑπωπιάζω μου τὸ σῶμα καὶ δουλαγωγῶ". –μὴ γὰρ ἀπηλλαγμένον τῆς ψυχῆς λέγει, ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ ὑποτάκτικόν ἐστιν τὸ σῶμα, ἀρχικὴ δὲ ἡ ψυχή, τὸ σῶμα ὅτε ὑπόκειται τῇ ψυχῇ ἀρχόμενον καὶ ἀρχόμενόν γε σὺν λόγῳ καὶ σὺν νόμῳ θεοῦ, ὑπωπιάζεται καὶ δουλαγωγεῖται. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ὀργὴν ἐπικειμένην ὁρῶ–τὰ γὰρ βέλη σου ἤδη̣ ἔτρωσάν με–καὶ ᾐσθήθην τούτου, διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἡ σάρξ μου τετ̣άρακ̣ται. διὰ τοῦτο οἱ ἅγιοι οὐ δεδίασιν θάνατον ἐπίτρ̣οχόν τ̣ινα. ἐν λήθῃ τοῦ σάρκα φορεῖν γέγονεν. ὅταν δὲ ἐπ' αὐτ̣ο`̣ τ̣οῦτο σκοπῇ, ὅτι σαρκὶ ἐνδέδεται καὶ δυνατὴν σάρκα
The distinction of flesh and the meaning of bones§161
161Having taken the distinction from the soul, it is troubled by the opposite of death. 'All flesh is grass, and all the glory of man is as the flower of grass' (Ps 103:15). Again he says, 'All flesh shall come unto thee' (Ps 22:27), that is, every man. 'All flesh shall see the salvation of our God' (Ps 22:29). All things that are homonymous are divided from those having the same name by the addition of certain elements. If Scripture says, 'He who gives food to all flesh,' we hear of every living creature by nature. But if I say, 'I will pour out from my spirit upon all flesh,' I speak of receiving the bestowed gift of spirit.
4 There is no peace to my bones from the face of my sins (Ps 32:3), because I see my sins present. But not everyone takes understanding of the face of them, but he who repents and wishes to flee them. The one sinning and being ignorant of this very thing that he sins, does not see the face of his sins, nor does he see their shame. But the one perceiving those things which he does, and seeing that he performs them according to the transgression of divine commands, has the face of the sins appearing to him.
He does not say 'bones' of the body in every way, except according to the lowestly understanding, just as it was also said concerning flesh. And it has been said in those preceding: 'All my bones shall say, Lord, who is like unto thee?' (Ps 73:26). If the bones say, 'Lord, who is like unto thee?', they have received the understanding of the Lord and of His form, so as to know that no one is like Him. For the likeness toward God and the unlikeness which brings knowledge of God and theology makes it manifest; so that he does not speak concerning the bones of the body, but concerning the solid beliefs of the soul and its powers; for then the sensible bodies are held together by the bones; for it was not possible to have nerves and veins and the rest, if he did not have bones. Where is it said: 'There is no peace to my bones?'—when the powers of the soul follow one another, they are at peace. When the soul does not divide...
the calculating faculty, the desiring faculty
Greek · §161
διαιρεῖσθαι ἀπὸ τῆς ψυχῆς λαβών, ἐναντία θανάτου ταράττεται. "πᾶσα σὰρξ χόρτος, καὶ πᾶσα δόξα ἀνθρώπου ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου". πάλιν λέγει ὅτι· "πρὸς σὲ πᾶσα σὰρξ ἥξει", τουτέστιν πᾶς ἄνθρωπος. "ὄψεται πᾶσα σὰρξ τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν". πάντα τὰ ὁμωνυμοῦντα ἐκ προσθηκῶν τινων διαιροῦνται ἀπὸ τῶν τὸ αὐτὸ ὄνομα ἐχόντων. ἐὰν λέγηται ἐν τῇ γραφ̣ῇ· "ὁ διδοὺς τροφὴν πάσῃ σαρκί", πᾶν ζῷον ἀκούομεν πεφυκός. ἐὰν δὲ λέγω· "ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματός μου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα", τὴν πεφυκυῖαν δόσιν πνεύματος δέχεσθαι λέγω. 4 οὐκ ἔστιν εἰρήνη τοῖς ὀστέοις μου ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν μου. ἐπεὶ ὁρῶ τὰς ἁμαρτίας μου παρούσας. οὐ πᾶς δὲ τοῦ προσώπου αὐτῶν ἔννοιαν λαμβάνει ἢ ὁ μ̣ετανοῶν καὶ φυγεῖν 262 αὐτὰς βουλόμ̣ενο̣ς. ὁ ἁμαρτάνων καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἀγνοῶν ὅτι ἁμαρτάνει, οὐχ ὁρᾷ τὸ πρόσωπον τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἑαυτοῦ, οὐχ ὁρᾷ αὐτῶν τὸ αἶσχος. ὁ δὲ ἐπιστάνων οἷς πράττει καὶ ὁρῶν ὅτι κατὰ παράβασιν θείων ἐντολῶν ἐπιτελεῖ αὐτά, ἐπιφαινό μενον ἔχει τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν τὸ πρόσωπον. ὀστέα δὲ οὐ τὰ τοῦ σώματος πάντως λέγει, εἰ μὴ κατὰ τὴν χαμαιζηλοτέραν διάνοιαν, ὡς καὶ περὶ σαρκὸς ἐλέχθη. καὶ εἴρηται ἐν τοῖς προλαβοῦσιν τό· "πάντα τὰ ὀστᾶ μου ἐροῦσιν· κύριε, τίς ὅμοιός σοι"; ε̣ι᾿̣ τὰ ὀστᾶ λέγουσιν· "κύριε, τίς ὅμοιός σοι", καὶ κυρίου ἔννοιαν ἐδέξαντο καὶ τῆς, ἵν' οὕτως εἴπω, μορφῆς αὐτοῦ, ὥστε εἰδέναι ὅτι οὐδεὶς ὅμοιος αὐτῷ ἐστιν. ἡ ὁμοιότης δὲ ἡ πρὸς θεὸν καὶ ἀνομοιότης ἐπίγνωσιν θεοῦ καὶ θεολογίαν φανεροῖ· ὥστε οὐ περὶ τῶν ὀστέων τοῦ σώματος λέγει, ἀλλὰ περὶ τῶν ἰσχυρῶν καὶ καὶ εὐτόνων δογμάτων τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ δυνάμεων αὐτῆς· τότε γὰρ τὰ αἰσθητὰ σώματα διακρατεῖται ὑπὸ τῶν ὀστέων· οὐκ ἠδύνατο γὰρ νεῦρα καὶ φλέβας ἔχειν καὶ τὰ ἄλλα, εἰ μὴ ὀστέα εἶχεν. ἐπερ · "οὐκ ἔστιν εἰρήνη τοῖς ὀστέοις μου"; –ὅταν αἱ δυνάμεις τῆς ψυχῆς ἀντακολουθοῦσιν, εἰρηνεύουσιν. ὅταν μὴ διαστασιάζῃ τὸ θυμικὸν πρὸς τὸ λογιστικόν, τὸ ἐπιθυμητικὸν πρὸς τὸν νοῦν, τότε εἰρήνη ἐστίν. πάλιν ἐὰν δόγματά τις ἔχῃ διάφωνα–οἱ πολλοὶ δὲ τοιαῦτα ἔχουσιν· τίθενταί τι καὶ ἐπιφέρουσιν ἄλλο, ὃ ἀνατρέπει τὃ πρῶτον τεθήκασιν. καὶ σχεδὸν ὅλοι οἱ συνκεχυμένην διάνοιαν ἔχοντες τοῦτο πάσχουσιν. δεῖ δὲ τὸν σοφὸν καὶ μάλιστα θεόσοφον συνφωνία̣ς̣ ἔχειν ἐν ταῖς δυνάμεσιν τοῦ ἔσω ἀνθρώπου καὶ ἐν τοῖς φρονητέοις· οὕτω γὰρ εἰρήνη ἔστιν ἐν τοῖς ὀστέοις αὐτοῦ. 5 ὅτι αἱ ἀνομίαι μου ὑπερῆραν τὴν κεφαλήν μου. τοῦτο λέγει· αἱ ἀνομίαι μου, αἳ ὀφείλουσιν ὑπὸ πόδας εἶναι καὶ πατεῖσθαι, ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ γέγοναν, τοῦ νοῦ μου κρατοῦσιν. ἐν πολλοῖς δὲ ἡ κεφαλὴ τὸν νοῦν σημαίνει· ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ· "τοῦ σοφοῦ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἐν κεφαλῇ αὐτοῦ", τουτέστιν ἐν τῷ νῷ. αὐτὸ γοῦν τοῦτο ὁ εἰρηκώς· "τοῦ σοφοῦ οἱ ὀφθαλμοί", εἰς ἕτερα λέγων σαφηνίζει· "σοφία ἀνθρώπου 173 φωτιεῖ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ", πρόσωπον πάντως λέγων τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον, τὸν νοῦν. φορτίον βαρὺ γεγένηνται, καθέλκουσίν με κάτω, δέον ἐκεῖνο ὃ Ἰησοῦς ἐπιτίθησιν φορτίον καὶ τὸ ζυγὸν ὃ ἐπιβάλλει, φέρειν· ἐστὶν γὰρ φορτίον φαῦλον, ὡς αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸ ῥητὸν λέγει· "φορτίον βαρὺ αἱ ἀνομίαι ἐβαρύνθησαν ἐπ' ἐμέ". "δεῦτε" οὖν, φησίν, "πρὸς ἐμέ, ἀναπαύσω γὰρ ὑμᾶς", αἴρω τὰ φορτία ἀφ' ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ ἐπικείμενα ἄχθη· "ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστός ἐστιν καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν". τὸ φορτίον τοῦτο μετεωρίζει τὸν βαστάζοντα, ἄνω αὐτὸν φέρει, ὑπόπτερόν ἐστιν τὸ φορτίον τοῦτο. τὸ δὲ τῆς κακίας κάτω βρίθει, κάτω καταβάλλει. περὶ φαύλων γοῦν λέγει· "δύσεσθε ὡσεὶ μόλιβος ἐν ὕδατι σφοδρῷ". 5 ὡσεὶ φορτίον βαρὺ ἐβαρύνθησαν ἐπ' ἐμέ. καὶ τοῦτο δὲ οὐ παντός ἐστιν εἰδέναι ὅτι βαρὺ φορτίον ἐστὶν ἡ κακία̣ ἢ τοῦ αἴσθησιν λαβόντος τοῦ ἐπαχθοῦς αὐτῆς. τότε γοῦν κ̣οπιᾷ τις τῶν φερόντων τὸ φορτίον τοῦτο, ὅταν αἴσθη̣σιν λάβῃ τοῦ βάρους τῆς κακίας. καὶ τότε ἔρ χεται πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν. ὁ δὲ
The Body of Death and the Nature of the Soul§162
162He finds pleasure in the burden of wickedness rather, and distances himself from Jesus. For this reason it is also said in Isaiah: 'Egypt has grown weary, the commerce of Ethiopia, and the Sabeans, lofty men, shall pass over you and shall be your servants and shall worship you, for God strengthens and there is no god besides you' (Isa 18:7). 'Egypt has grown weary' at the time when those who are of the wicked have received sensation, practicing idolatry and possessing idle chatter regarding curious things, regarding augury, regarding necromancy, and the demons lying near them. But when they do not have sensation of these, they do not grow weary. 'The commerce' therefore 'of the Ethiopians' or 'the trades of the Ethiopians' grows weary then. And 'Ethiopians' refers to those darkened according to the inner man.
Thus also the devil in the Epistle of Barnabas and in the Shepherd is called 'the black one,' not according to the body, but having been darkened according to the mind, having become outside the brightness of the saints. These therefore the Ethiopians have a journey or a way, where their commerce is. And they grow weary then when they receive sensation, for howsoever one finds pleasure in sinning, he does not grow weary.
'They swelled and my sores decayed from the face of my folly' (Ps 38:3). I had sores from the arrows of punishment or from the burning arrows of the evil one; for it has also been said to have burning arrows. When someone receives impressions, that is, thoughts and memories of evils and impieties, he is in a sore. But when these have increased and having become unburdened they swell, then they also undergo putrefaction. 'They swelled' therefore 'and my sores decayed.' But from where did I have the sores, from where has their putrefaction happened? — 'from the face of my folly.' It is necessary to expose my folly and to turn away from it. Someone undergoes folly when he does not possess prudence.
The stings of thoughts and of desires, these make sores. It is necessary to heal these quickly. Someone saw a woman toward desire; he had a sore. Let him heal, and until the passion, let him set the anger in order; for in this way neither desire shall swell nor bring putrefaction. But when the mind remains, these bring both putrefaction and stench and uncleanness. When he does not have this prudence so as to know what ought to be done and what not, having the things said in a mixed way as indifferent, in...
It is in folly. And folly, regarding those things that boast of being small sins so as to compare them to madness, nourishes and strengthens, and becomes a stench and corruption. Likewise, regarding the essence of which the word is spoken, it takes the resemblance and the corruption; for nothing bodily appears; for many foolish people are healthy and have strong bodies.
I was wretched and was bowed down to the end. The unseemly and burdensome things often bring wretchedness. And the body itself indeed makes the one burdened wretched. This concept is submitted by the apostolic word which has it thus: 'Wretched am I, man; who will rescue me from the body of this death?' (Romans 7:24). Since indeed I am in the body of death, I am wretched, and not by chance will the Savior make me out of such wretchedness; for he immediately brought forward: 'I give thanks through Jesus Christ' (Romans 7:25), who freed me from the body. We say, therefore, that wretchedness comes to the soul from the body of death.
We do not at once take the body of death to be any body, but a body of this kind. When someone uses this body as if to do sins toward death, a body of death remains surrounding him. But it is possible to make it not a body of death; for when I separate from it those things making it a body of death, it is no longer a body of death. And just as this perceptible body has underlying matter and the form of a body, it is possible to separate this body from the thick body. When it takes only the three dimensions without matter, this body is not essence.
In these readily available things, when it is said, for example, 'color in body,' does it not also mean 'in a certain body,' because by saying 'color in body' it showed that this body means the seen thing, which we touch? But when it says a single form is the quantity of the body, it does not say this; for how can an essence be a genus of essence? So the body is homonymous: for that which is taken according to the three dimensions without matter, this is the quantitative body; for that with matter, we take not only the dimensions but also the underlying essence with them. This body is something else. The body, therefore, is then a body of death, when those things working in it and its movements happen sinfully. It is possible, therefore, to separate this from...
Greek · §162
ἡδόμενος ἐπὶ τῷ φορτίῳ τῆς κακίας μᾶλλον κ̣αὶ μακρύνεται τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐν Ἰσαίᾳ λέγεται· "ἐκοπίασεν Αἴγυπτος, ἐνπορία Αἰθιόπων, καὶ οἱ Σαβαῖται ἄνδρες ὑψηλοὶ ἐπὶ σὲ διαβήσονται καὶ ἔσονται δοῦλοί σου καὶ προσκυνήσουσίν σοι ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ἐνδυναμοῖ καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν θεὸς πλὴν σοῦ". τότε "ἐκοπίασεν Αἴγυπτος", ὅτε αἴσθησιν̣ ἔλαβεν οἷ κακῶν ἐστιν εἰδωλολατροῦσα καὶ ἔχουσα περὶ τὰς περιέργους φλυαρίας, περὶ οἰωνοσκοπικῶν, περὶ νεκυομ̣αντείᾳ καὶ τοῖς ἐπικειμένοις αὐτοῖς δαίμοσιν. ὅτε δὲ οὐκ ἔχει αἴσθησιν αὐτῶν, οὐ κοπιᾷ. "ἡ ἐμπορία" οὖν "τῶν Αἰθιόπων" ἢ "τὰ ἐμπόρια τῶν Αἰθιόπων" τότε κοπιᾷ. Αἰθίοπας δὲ λέγει τοὺς μεμ̣ελ̣ανωμένους κατὰ τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον̣. οὕτω γοῦν καὶ ὁ διάβολος ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ τοῦ Βαρναβᾶ καὶ τῷ Ποιμένι λέγεται "ὁ μέλας" οὐ κατὰ σῶμα, ἀλλὰ κ̣ατὰ τὴν διάνοιαν ἐσκοτισμένος, 263 ἔξω τῆς λαμπρότητος τῶν ἁγίων γενόμενος. οὗτοι οὖν οἱ Αἰθίοπες ἔχουσιν ἐνπορίαν ἢ ἐνπόρια, ἔνθα ἡ ἐμπορία αὐτῶν. καὶ τότε σκοπιῶσιν, ὅταν αἴσθησιν λάβωσιν οἷ κακῶν εἰσιν· ὅσον γὰρ ἥδεταί τις τῷ ἁμαρτάνειν, οὐ κοπιᾷ. 6 προςώζεσαν καὶ ἐσάπησαν οἱ μώλωπές μου ἀπὸ προσώπου τῆς ἀφροσύνης μου. μώλωπας ἔσχον ἀπὸ τῶν βελῶν τῆς κολάσεως ἢ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν πεπυρακτωμένων βελῶν τοῦ πονηροῦ· εἴρηται γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς βέλη ἔχειν π̣ε̣πυρωμένα. ὅταν τις οὖν ἀμυχὰς λάβῃ, τουτ έστιν λογισμοὺς καὶ ἐνθυμήματα τῶν κακῶν καὶ ἀσεβημάτων, ἐν μώλωψίν ἐστιν. ὅταν δὲ αὐξηθέντες οὗτοι καὶ ἀποφορὰν ἐσχηκότες προσόζουσιν, λοιπὸν καὶ σῆψιν ὑφίστανται. "προσώζεσαν" οὖν "καὶ ἐσάπησαν οἱ μώλωπές μου". πόθεν δὲ ἔσχον τοὺς μώλωπας, πόθεν ἡ σῆψις αὐτῶν γέγονεν; –"ἀπὸ προσώπου τῆς ἀφροσύνης μου". δέον ἐλέγξαι με τὴν ἀφροσύνην, ἀποστῆναι αὐτῆς. ὑφίσταται δέ τις ἀφροσύνην, ὅταν φρόνησιν μὴ κτήσηται. τὰ κεντώματα τῶν λογισμῶν καὶ τῶν ἐπιθυμημάτων, ταῦτα μώλωπας ἐνποιεῖ. δέον τούτους ταχὺ θεραπεύειν. εἶδέν τις γυναῖκα πρὸς ἐπιθυμίαν. μώλωπα ἔσχεν. θεραπευσάτω, μέχρι τῆς προπαθείας στησάτω τὴν ὀργήν· οὕτω γὰρ οὐδὲ προσοζέσῃ ἡ ἐπιθυμία οὐδὲ σῆψιν ἐπενέγκῃ. ἐνμένουσα δὲ ἡ διάνοια, ταῦτα ἐπιφέρει καὶ σῆψιν καὶ ὀσμὴν κ̣αὶ ἀηδῆ. ὅταν μὴ ἔχῃ ταύτην τὴν φρόνησιν ὥστε εἰδέναι τὰ ποιητέα καὶ μή, τὰ μικτῶς ἔχοντα τὰ λεγόμενα ἀδιάφορα, ἐν ἀφροσύνῃ ἐστίν. καὶ ἡ ἀφροσύνη τὰ δόξαντα εἶναι μικρὰ ἁμαρτήματα ὥστε μώλωψιν αὐτὰ παραβάλλεσθαι, τρέφει καὶ κρατύνει, καὶ γίνεται δυσωδία καὶ σῆψις. καταλλήλως δὲ τῆς οὐσίας τῆς περὶ ἧς ὁ λόγος, λάμβανε τὴν προσόζεσιν καὶ τὴν σῆψιν· οὐδὲν σωματικὸν γὰρ φαίνεται· πολλοὶ γὰρ ἄφρονες καὶ ὑγιαίνουσιν καὶ ἰσχυρὰ ἔχουσιν σώματα. 7 ἐταλαιπώρησα καὶ κατεκάμφθην ἕως τέλους. ταλαιπωρίαν ἐπιφέρει πολλάκις τὰ ἀηδῆ καὶ ἐπίπονα. καὶ αὐτὸ γοῦν τὸ σῶμα καὶ ταλαίπωρον ποιεῖ τὸν ἐπηχθισμένον. ταύτην τὴν ἔννοιαν ὑποβάλλει ἡ ἀποστολικὴ λέξις ἡ οὕτως ἔχουσα· "ταλαίπωρος ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος· τίς με ῥύσεται ἐκ τοῦ σώματος 174 τοῦ θανάτου τούτου"; ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἐν τῷ σώματι τοῦ θανάτου εἰμί, ταλαίπωρός εἰμι, καὶ οὐχ ὁ τυχών με ἔξω ποιήσει τῆς τοι̣αύτης ταλαιπωρίας ἢ ὁ σωτήρ· εὐθέως γὰρ ἐπήγαγεν· "εὐχαριστῶ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ", ὃς ἐλευθέρωσέν με ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος. ταλαιπωρίαν οὖν λέγομεν ἐνγενέσθαι τῇ ψυχῇ ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου. οὐ καθάπαξ λαμβάνομεν τὸ σῶμα θανάτου εἶναι, ἀλλὰ τὸ τοιόνδε σῶμα. ὅταν τις τούτῳ τῷ σώματι χρᾶται ὡς τὰς πρὸς θάνατον ποιεῖν ἁμαρτίας, σῶμα θανάτου λοιπὸν περίκειται. δυνατὸν δὲ αὐτὸ ποιῆσαι μὴ σῶμα θανάτου· ὅταν γὰρ χωρίσω ἀπ' αὐτοῦ τ̣ὰ ποιου῀̣ντα αὐτὸ θανάτου σῶμα, οὐκέτι θανάτου σῶμά ἐστιν. καὶ ὥσπερ τὸ σῶμα τοῦτο τὸ αἰσθητὸν ἔχε̣ι̣ καὶ ὕλην ὑποκειμένην καὶ εἶδος σώματος, καὶ ἔστιν χωρίσαι τὸ σῶμα τοῦτο ἀπὸ τοῦ παχέως σώματος. ὅταν μόνας τὰς τρεῖς διαστάσεις λάβῃ ἄνευ ὕλ̣ης, τοῦτο τὸ σῶμα οὔκ ἐστιν ο̣ὐσ̣ία̣. ἐν τοῖς οὖν προχείροις τούτοις ὅταν λέγηται ὅτι οἷον· "χρῶμα ἐν σώματι", οὐκοῦν καὶ ἐν τινὶ σώματι, διὰ τοῦ "χρῶμα" εἰπεῖν "ἐν σώματι" ἔδειξεν ὅτι τοῦτο τὸ σῶμα σημαίνει τὸ ὁρώμενον, οὗ ἁπτόμεθα. ὅταν δὲ λέγῃ ἓν εἶδος εἶναι τοῦ ποσοῦ τὸ σῶμα, οὐ τοῦτο λέγει· πῶς γὰρ οὐσία δύναται εἶναι γένους οὐσ̣ίας; ὥστε ὁμωνυμεῖ τὸ σῶμα· τὸ μὲν γὰρ κατὰ τὰς τρεῖς διαστάσεις λαμβάνεται ἄνευ ὕλης. τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν̣ τὸ ποσὸν σῶμα· τὸ γὰρ μετὰ τῆς ὕλης οὐ μόνας τὰς διαστάσεις χωρὶς τῆς ὑποκειμένης λαμβάνομεν οὐσίας ἀλλὰ σὺν αὐτῇ. ἄλλ̣ο ἐστὶν τοῦτο τὸ σῶμα. τὸ σῶμα οὖν τότε θανάτου ἐστίν, ὅταν τὰ ἐνεργοῦντα αὐ264 τοῦ καὶ τὰ κ̣ινήματ̣α ἁμαρτητικῶς γίνηται. δυνατὸν οὖν τοῦτο χωρίσαι ἀπὸ
The Lessons of Sin and the Desires of the Soul§163
163Regarding the body: when I take an eye that does not see, seeing in a harmful or adulterous way, I have removed the eye of death from the essence. And upon every member and upon every sense, if this happens, the body of death is cast off. It is not the body we cast off, but the body of death. And if we see a worthless man having changed into a significant one, we say that the worthless man was destroyed, not the man.
'And we were bowed down.' Lowly wickedness is, it bows down the one possessing it; for always the great sorrows lie upon one, crushing and bowing down the one carrying them. Immediately, indeed, regarding her who had that 'spirit of infirmity' for eighteen years, it says: 'she was bent over and could not raise herself to the full.' She never raised herself up. The one sinning, therefore, bends down and looks below. It says, therefore: 'they set their eyes to bend down toward the earth' (Ps 118:25); and again in Jeremiah it is said: 'having turned away to the earth they have written(Jer 17:13). Those having turned away from the divine spring are written of, being enrolled in the earth, as having the citizenship below and bearing 'the image of the jar' (cf. 2 Tim 2:20). But of the disciples, 'the names are written in the heavens' (Luke 10:20). He does not speak of these designations by combining letters, but of the very qualities which signify them, for the definition of a name is given thus: a name is a principal designation representing the quality of the one named. This is the descriptive name: man, heaven. 'Is written,' therefore, that is, has been arranged.
7 I was walking, mourning all the day. Even if 'I was bowed down to the end' because of the approaching misery, I did not become insensitive to this. Mourning, therefore, I walk, 'working the godliness according to God, the sorrow leading to repentance unto salvation without regret' (2 Cor 7:10). And so mourning I walk all the day. And the 'I walk' is good. It does not remain cast down, but it walks. It did not 'sink down to earth in sitting,' it did not set its transferred habits upon the earth, but it walks. 'Mourning,' therefore, 'I was walking.' Those things were working which were transferring me out of the misery. Then, however, I am transferred out of the misery, if I cast off the causes of the misery. 8 For my soul was filled with instructions. My soul was filled with sins. And instructions are...
Regarding sins: the deceiver plays with the deceived, and thus the soul is filled with lessons. In some copies, it says 'my loins.' It is said concerning these that the seeds consist. When someone is thus drawn into lawlessness and hastens more toward lust or toward being a lover of God, he has the loins filled with lessons.
“And there is no healing in my flesh” (Ps 32:18). As long as I am filled with these lessons, not only is my flesh not healthy, but having become diseased and thus disposed, it does not receive healing. Just as it is impossible for a sensory person, while still in the state of being sick, to recover health, so the one filled with lessons is not able to make the flesh peaceful, that is, sober, or not divided against itself.
“I was afflicted and humbled exceedingly” (Ps 32:3). It is possible to say 'I was afflicted and humbled' voluntarily. Since I have become in sensation of the swelling of evil and harm and blindness, I led myself volitionally toward humiliation so that I might be exalted; for “everyone who humbles himself will be exalted” (Mt 23:12). One must take the affliction and the humiliation from a parallel source. But then it happens voluntarily when, as I have said, the one who was exalted humbles himself, so that he might be exalted by God. It is also possible in this way: from the surrounding oppressors and heavy burdens, “I was humbled, I was afflicted exceedingly.” I had the affliction stretched out.
“I cried out from the sighing of my heart” (Ps 34:1). Not mockingly wailing about the evils surrounding me, but “from the sighing of my heart”; understanding in what kind of sighing one must sigh, a sigh.
“And all my desire is against you” (Ps 38:9). The righteous man always has love and longing for the virtues and for things done praiseworthily. It is indeed said concerning the righteous: “All the desire of the righteous is good” (Ps 37:4). And the good things have the boldness to be additional to God. “Against you,” therefore, that is, before you, is “all my desire.” Praise is therefore to be taken here for “my desire,” which is also what this same one says: “Bless the Lord, O my soul, who fills your desire with good things” (Ps 103:5). All such desires, being the righteous, are bold to be additional to God. But it is also possible to take the word toward the other meaning. Because...
Greek · §163
τοῦ σώματος. ὅταν λάβω ὀφθαλμὸν μὴ ὁρῶντα ἐπιβλαβῶς, μὴ μοιχικῶς ὁρῶντα, ἀπέστησα τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν τὸν τοῦ θανάτου ἀπὸ τῆς οὐσίας. καὶ ἐφ' ἑκάστης μέλους καὶ ἐφ' ἑκάστης αἰσθήσεως ἐὰν τοῦτο γίνηται, ἀποβάλλεται τὸ τοῦ θανάτου σῶμα. οὐ τὸ σῶμα ἀποβάλλομεν ἀλλὰ τὸ τοῦ θανάτου. καὶ τὸν φαῦλον ἄνθρωπον ἐὰν εἰς σπουδαῖον μεταβαλόντα ἴδωμεν, λέγομεν ὅτι ἐφθάρη ὁ φαῦλος ἄνθρωπος, οὐχ̣ ὁ ἄνθρωπος. "καὶ κατεκάμφθην". ἡ κακία κατωφερής ἐστιν, κατακάμπτει τὸν ἔχοντα· ἀεὶ γὰρ ἐπικείμενα τὰ μεγάλα ἄχθη κατασπᾷ καὶ κατακάμπτει τὸν βαστάζοντα. αὐτίκα γοῦν ἐκείνην τὴν ἔχουσαν "πνεῦμα ἀσθενείας" ὀκτωκαίδεκα ἔτεσιν λέγει ὅτι· "συνκύψασα ἦν καὶ μὴ ἀνανεύουσα εἰς τὸ παντελές". οὐδέποτε ἄνω ἑαυτὴν ἐπῆρεν. ὁ ἁμαρτάνων οὖν συνκύπτει καὶ κάτω βλέπει. λέγει γοῦν· "τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἔθεντο ἐκκλῖναι ἐν τῇ γῇ"· καὶ πάλιν ἐν Ἰηρεμίᾳ λέγεται· "ἀφεστηκότες ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς γραφήτωσαν". οἱ ἀφεστηκότες τῆς θείας πηγῆς γράφονται, ἐνπολιτογραφοῦνται τῇ γῇ, ὡς τὸ πολίτευμα κάτω ἔχοντες καὶ "τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ χοικοῦ" φέροντες. τῶν δὲ μαθητῶν "τὰ ὀ νόματα ἐνγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς". οὐ τὰς προσηγορίας ταύτας τὰς ἐκ συλλαβῶν συνκειμένας λέγει, ἀλλὰ τὰς ἰδίας ποιότητας τὰς σημαινούσας αὐτῶν τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τὸν νοῦ ἀποδίδοται γὰρ ὁρισμὸς ὀνο´̣ματος οὕτως· ὄνομά ἐστιν κεφαλαιώδης προσηγορία παραστατικὴ τῆς ποιότητος τοῦ ὀνομαζομένου. αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ προσηγορικὴ ὀνομασία, ἄνθρωπος, οὐρανός. "ἐνγέγραπται" οὖν, τουτέστιν κατετάχθη. 7 ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν σκυθρωπάζων ἐπορευόμην. εἰ καὶ "κατεκάμφθην ἕως τέλους" ἐκ τῆς προσούσης ταλαιπωρίας, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἀναισθητῶ τοῦτο. σκυθρωπάζων γοῦν πορεύομαι τὴν "κατὰ θεὸν λύπην τὴν μετάνοιαν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἀμεταμέλητον ἐργαζομένην". καὶ οὕτω σκυθρωπάζων πορεύομαι ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν. εὖ δὲ καὶ τὸ "πορεύομαι". οὐ ῥιφεὶς πρηνὴς μένει ἀλλὰ πορεύεται. οὐκ "ἐβάθυνεν εἰς γῆν κάθισιν", οὐ τὰ μετάφρενα ἔθηκεν τῇ γῇ ἀλλὰ πορεύεται. "σκυθρωπάζων" οὖν "ἐπορευόμην". ἐνη´̣ργουν ἐκεῖνα ἃ μετεβίβαζέν με ἐκ τῆς ταλαιπωρίας. τότε δὲ ἐκ τῆς ταλαιπωρίας μεταβιβάζομαι, ἐὰν τὰ αἴτια τῆς ταλαιπωρίας ἀπόθωμαι. 8 ὅτι ἡ ψυχή μου ἐνεπλήσθη ἐνπαιγμάτων. ἡ ψυχή μου ἐπλήσθη ἁμαρτημάτων. ἐνπαιγμοὶ δέ εἰσιν τὰ ἁμαρτήματα. ὁ ἀπατῶν ἐνπαίζει τῷ ἀπατωμένῳ, καὶ οὕτως πληροῦται ἡ 175 ψυχὴ ἐνπαιγμάτων. κεῖται δὲ ἔν τισιν ἀντιγράφοις "αἱ ψόαι μου". λέγονται περὶ ταύτας συνίστασθαι τὰ σπέρματα. ὅταν τις τοίνυν ὑποσυρῇ εἰς ἀκολασίαν καὶ φιλήδονος μᾶλλον σπεύδῃ ἢ φιλόθεος εἶναι, τὰς ψόας ἐνπαιγμῶν ἔχει πεπλησμένας. 8 καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἴασις ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου. ὅσον εἰμὶ πεπληρωμένος τούτων τῶν ἐνπαιγμάτων, οὐ μόνον οὐχ ὑγιαίνει μου ἡ σάρξ, ἀλλὰ καὶ νοσήσασα οὕτω διακειμένη οὐ δέχεται ἴασιν. ὥσπερ ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν τὸν αἰσθ̣η̣τω῀̣ς νοσοῦντα ἔτι ἐν τῷ νοσεῖν ὄντα ὑγείαν ἀναλαβεῖν, οὕτως ὁ πληρωθεὶς ἐνπαιγμάτων οὐ δύναται εἰρηνεύουσαν ποιη´̣σασθαι τὴν σάρκα, τουτέστι̣ν σώφρονα, ἢ μὴ διαστασιάζουσα̣ν̣ πρὸς ἑαυτήν. 9 ἐκακώθην καὶ ἐταπεινώθην ἕως σφόδρα. δύναται κάκωσιν καὶ ταπείνωσιν ἑκούσιον λέγειν. ἐπεὶ ἐν αἰσθήσει γέγονα τοῦ ἐπάρματος τῆς κακίας καὶ τῆς βλάβης καὶ τοῦ τύφου, προαιρετικῶς εἰς ταπείνωσιν ἐμαυτὸν περιήγαγον, ἵνα ὑψωθῶ· "πᾶς" γὰρ "ὁ ταπεινῶν ἑαυτὸν ὑψωθήσεται". ε᾿̣κ παραλλήλου τὴν κάκωσιν δεῖ κ̣αὶ τὴν ταπείνωσιν λαβεῖν. τότε δὲ ἑκουσίως γίνεται, ὅταν, ὡς εἶπον, τὸ ὑψωθὲν ταπεινώσῃ ἑαυτόν, ἵν' ὑψω̣θῇ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ. δυνατὸν καὶ οὕτως· ἐκ τῶν περιεστηκότων ἐπιπόνων καὶ φορτίων β̣αρέων "ἐταπεινώθην, ἐκακώθην ἕως σφόδρα". ἐπιτεταμένην ἔσχον τὴν κάκωσιν. 9 ὠρυόμην ἀπὸ στεναγμοῦ τῆς καρδίας μου. οὐκ ἐπιπλάστως ἀποκλαιόμενος τὰ κακὰ τὰ περιεστηκότα μοι, ἀλλὰ "ἀπὸ στεναγμοῦ τῆς καρδίας μου"· νοῶν ἐν τίνι στένειν δεῖ, ἔστενον. 265 10 καὶ ἐναντίον σου πᾶσα ἡ ἐπιθυμία μου. ὁ δίκαιος ἔρωτα καὶ πόθον ἔχει ἀεὶ τῶν ἀρετῶν καὶ τῶν ἐπαινετῶς πραττομένων. λέγεται γοῦν περὶ τοῦ δικαίου· "ἐπιθυμία δικαίου πᾶσα ἀγαθή". τὰ δὲ ἀγαθὰ παρρησίαν ἔχει ἐπίπροσθεν εἶναι θεοῦ. "ἐναντίον σου" οὖν, τουτέστιν ἔνπροσθέν σου, ἐστὶν "πᾶσα ἡ ἐπιθυμία μου". ἐπαινετὴν οὖν ἐνταῦθα λημπτέον "τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν μ̣ου", οἵα ἐστὶν καὶ περὶ ἧς αὐτὸς οὗτος λέγει· "εὐλόγει, ἡ ψυχή μου, τὸν κύριον, τὸν ἐνπιμπλῶντα ἐν ἀγαθοῖς τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν σου". αἱ τοιαῦται οὖν ἐπιθυμίαι πᾶσαι τοῦ δικαίου εὐπαρρησίαστοι οὖσαι ἐπίπροσθέν εἰσιν θεοῦ. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ εἰς τὸ ἕτερον σημαινόμενον τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἐκλαβεῖν τὴν λέξιν. διὰ
The Light of Knowledge and the Strength of the Heart§164
164This person was humbled and was utterly crushed; because of this, I am consumed, and my groaning comes from soul and heart, since I have come to know that every bad desire I possessed is manifest to you, and no desire is outside of your presence. The term 'moreover' is more appropriate. 10 And my groaning was not hidden from you. Having a good desire and longing to be in goodness and virtue, I groan as much as I see myself failing. This groaning, however, comes from a desire for beauty, from the expectation of something better. Even if I often hide my groaning from many, so that I might not seem to be self-indulgent and appear to be repenting only outwardly, my groaning is 'moreover' to you; it was not hidden from you. The Egyptians indeed oppressed the Hebrews. When the 'sons of Israel' (Exodus 2:23) rejoiced in the works of the Egyptians, their groaning was hidden from the face of God. But when they began to groan over the works, when they perceived that the Pharaonic works were destroying both the land and, even more, were doing evil outside of God, then they groaned, and the groaning was not hidden from God; for He immediately set them free. When they were rejoicing, they were held there, and they did not attain freedom. This groaning corresponds to 'the sorrow that works repentance unto salvation' (2 Corinthians 7:10). This sorrow is another from that of the world, which works death. If, indeed, you see a man groaning because he does not attain what he desires, even if they are bad things, this groaning is destructive.
11 My heart was troubled, and my strength left me. When the heart is troubled, that is, the mind, then strength becomes distant. Strength is that which is appropriate to the peace and stability of the heart. He who learned from Jesus 'that He is gentle and humble in heart' (Matthew 11:29) does not have a troubled heart; for he imitates Jesus. And he who imitates Jesus is outside of all trouble. Until he does not have this trouble, strength remains with him, so as to say: 'I can do all things in Him who strengthens me' (Philippians 4:13), and: 'I will love you, Lord, my strength' (Psalm 18:1). 11 And the light of my eyes is not with me. The light of my eyes has become distant from me. But the light of the true eyes...
For those seeing sharply, the knowledge of truth is present; for it has been said: 'light up for yourselves a light of knowledge' (Ps 119:130). For the word is not about these eyes nor about sensible light; listen to the one saying: 'the commandment of the Lord is far-reaching, enlightening eyes' (Ps 119:105). Indeed, the keeping of the far-reaching commandment enlightens the eyes of the inner man; for many are those seeing sharply, yet they are transgressors of the commandment of the Lord, and they guard it in a different way, and being encompassed by it, they are dull according to the appearance.
It is not, therefore, at all about the eyes that it is said: 'and the light of my eyes is not with me' (Ps 38:11). He has left me, because I turned away from it, because I myself did not guard it to remain with me. 'My heart was troubled, my strength left me' (Ps 38:10). When the intellect is troubled, if it endures, strength becomes far-reaching; for when the intellect is strengthened and the mind is made precise, strength is present to one thus disposed, as to say: 'I am strong in all things in the one empowering me' (Phil 4:13). 'I will love you, Lord, my strength.' But one is left behind by this strength if, when troubled, he endures in the heart, if he has troubling thoughts. Therefore, it must be guarded not to give 'a place to the devil' to the one casting disturbances, so that our strength may remain and we may be able to say: 'The Lord is my strength and my song, and he became for me salvation' (Ps 28:7).
'And the light of my eyes is not with me' (Ps 38:11). When the heart is troubled, the strength appropriate to the heart leaves it, and that very light is not with the one having suffered these things; for it is necessary to 'sow into righteousness and reap into a fruit of life' (Gal 6:7), so that, 'having lightened for themselves a light of knowledge' (Ps 119:130). Therefore, when the heart is troubled, the strength that empowers the inner man becomes distant, and that very light of the eyes which enlightens the inner man leaves him, having delivered himself to darkness and ignorance.
'My friends and my neighbors drew near and stood opposite me' (Ps 41:9). Such things happen in circumstantial times. And Job, having been born in distress, said such things: 'My friends have become merciless, they have known others as three times more than I' (Job 19:14). And in the Wisdoms it has been written that friends only then fail and the goodness of friends...
Greek · §164
τοῦτο ἐταπεινώθην καὶ ἕως σφόδρα κατεκάμφθην, διὰ τοῦτο ὀλοφύρομαι καὶ ὁ στεναγμός μου ἀπὸ ψυχῆς καὶ καρδίας γίνεται, ἐπεὶ ἔγνων, ὅτι πᾶσα̣ ἐπιθυμία ἣν ἔσχον φαύλην, φανερά σοί ἐστιν, οὐδεμία ἐπιθυμία ἔξω τοῦ προσώπου σού ἐστιν. τὸ δὲ "ἔνπροσθεν" εὐπρεπέστερόν ἐστιν μᾶλλον. 10 καὶ ὁ στεναγμός μου ἀπὸ σοῦ οὐκ ἀπεκρύβη. ἐπιθυμίαν ἀγαθὴν ἔχων καὶ ποθῶν εἶναι ἐν ἀγαθοῖς καὶ ἀρετῇ ὅσον ὁρῶ ἐμαυτὸν ἀπολειπόμενον, στενάζω. ὁ στεναγμὸς δὲ οὗτος ἀπὸ ἐπιθυμίας κάλλους γίνεται, ἀπὸ προσδοκίας ἀμείνονος. εἰ καὶ τοὺς πολλοὺς πολλάκις λανθάνω στενάζων, ὅπως μὴ δοκῶ περιαυτίζεσθαι καὶ δῆθεν μετανοῶν φαίνεσθαι, ἀλλ' ἐπίπροσθεν σοῦ ἐστιν ὁ στεναγμός μου, οὐκ ἀπεκρύβη ἀπὸ σοῦ. οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι γοῦν κατεπόνουν τοὺς Ἑβραίους. ὅτε ἥδοντο ἐπὶ τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις ἔργοις "οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ", κέκρυπτο ὁ στεναγμὸς αὐτῶν ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ. ὅτε δὲ ἤρξαντο στενάζειν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἔργοις, ὅτε αἴσθη̣σιν ἔλαβον τῶν Φαραωτικῶν ἔργων ὅτι κατασπῶντά εἰσιν καὶ γήινα καὶ μᾶλλον ἔξω τοῦ θεοῦ ποιο̣ῦν̣τα, τότε ἐστέναξαν, καὶ οὐκ ἐκρύβη ὁ στεναγμὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ· εὐθέως γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἐλευθέρωσεν. ὅτε δὲ ἥδοντο, ἐκρατοῦντο ἐκεῖ, ἐλευθερίας οὐκ ἐτύγχανον. ὁ στεναγμὸς οὗτος καταλλήλως ἔχει "τῇ λύπῃ τῇ μετάνοιαν εἰς σωτηρίαν κατεργαζομένῃ". ἄλλη δέ ἐστιν αὕτη ἡ λύπη παρὰ τὴν τοῦ κόσμου, ἥτις θάνατον κατεργάζεται. ἐὰν γοῦν ἴδῃς ἄνθρωπον στενάζοντα ὅτι μὴ τυγχάνει ὧν ἐπιθυμεῖ, κἂν φαῦλα ὦσιν, ὁ στεναγμὸς οὗτος ὀλέθριός ἐστιν. 11 ἡ καρδία μου ἐταράχθη, ἐνκατέλιπέν με ἡ ἰσχύς μου. ὅτε ταράττεται ἡ καρδία, τουτέστιν ὁ νοῦς, τότε ἡ ἰσ χὺς μακρὰν γίνεται. ἡ ἰσχὺς δὲ ἡ κατάλληλος τῇ εἰρήνῃ καὶ τῇ εὐσταθείᾳ τῆς καρδίας. ὁ μαθὼν παρὰ Ἰησοῦ "ὅτι 176 πραύς ἐστιν καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ", οὐκ ἔχει τεταραγμένην τὴν καρδίαν· μιμεῖται γὰρ τὸν Ἰησοῦν. ὁ δὲ μιμούμενος τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἔξω πάσης ἐστὶν ταραχῆς. ἕως δὲ οὐκ ἔχει τὴν ταραχὴν ταύτην, παραμένει αὐτῷ ἡ ἰσχὺς, ὥστε λέγειν· "πάντα ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί με", καί· "ἀγαπήσω σε, κύριε, ἡ ἰσχύς μου". 11 καὶ τὸ φῶς τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν μου καὶ αὐτὸ οὐκ ἔστιν μετ' ἐμοῦ. τὸ φῶς τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν μου μακράν μου γέγονεν. φῶς δὲ τῶν ἀληθινῶν ὀφθαλμῶν τῶν ὀξὺ καθορώντων ἡ γνῶσις τῆς ἀληθείας ἐστίν· εἴρηται γ̣άρ̣· "φωτίσατε ἑαυτοῖς φῶς γνώσεως". ὅτι οὐ περὶ τούτων τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν οὐδὲ τοῦ αἰσθητοῦ φωτὸς ὁ λόγος, ἄκουε τοῦ λέγοντος· "ἡ ἐντολὴ κυρίου τηλαυγής, φωτίζουσα ὀφθαλμούς". πάντως ἡ τήρησις τῆς τηλαυγοῦς ἐντολῆς τοὺς τοῦ ἔσω ἀνθρώπου φωτίζει ὀφθαλμούς· πολλοὶ γάρ εἰσιν ὀξὺ καθορῶντε̣ς καὶ π̣αραβάται τῆς ἐντολῆς εἰσιν τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ ἄλλως φυλάττουσιν αὐτὴν καὶ περιεχόμενο̣ι αὐτὴν ἀμβλεῖς εἰσιν κατὰ τὴν ὄψιν. οὐ πάντως οὖν περὶ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν λέγεται ὅτι· "καὶ τὸ φῶς τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν μου οὐκ ἔστιν μετ' ἐμοῦ". ἀφῆκέν με δέ, ἐπεὶ ἐγὼ αὐτὸ ἀπεστράφην, ἐπεὶ αὐτὸ ἐγω`̣ οὐκ ἐφύλαξα παράμονόν μοι. 266 "ἡ καρδία μου ἐταράχθη, ἐνκατέλιπέν με ἡ ἰσχύς μου". ὅταν τάραχον τὸ διανοητικὸν ὑπομείνῃ, ἡ ἰσχὺς μακρὰν γίνεται· ἐρρωμένης γὰρ τῆς διανοίας καὶ τοῦ νοῦ ἠκριβωμένου ἰσχὺς πρόσεστιν τῷ οὕτω δι̣α̣τεθέντι, ὡς εἰπεῖν· "πάντα ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί με". "ἀγαπήσω σε, κύριε, ἡ ἰσχύς μου". ἐνκαταλείπεται δέ τις ὑπὸ ταύτης τῆς ἰσχύος, ἐὰν τάραχον ὑπομείνῃ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ, ἐὰν λογισμοὺς σχῇ ταραχώδεις. διὸ φυλακτέον μὴ διδόναι "τόπον τῷ διαβόλῳ" τῷ ὑποβάλλοντι τὰς ταραχάς, ἵνα ἰσχὺς ἡμῶν παραμείνῃ καὶ δυνηθῶμεν εἰπεῖν· "ἰσχύς μου καὶ ὕμνησίς μου κύριος καὶ ἐγένετό μοι εἰς σωτηρίαν". "καὶ τὸ φῶς τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν μου οὐκ ἔστιν μετ' ἐμοῦ". ὅταν ἡ καρδία ταραχθῇ, καὶ ἡ κατάλληλος τῇ καρδίᾳ ἰσχὺς ἐνκαταλείπει, καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν μετὰ τοῦ ταῦτα παθόντος· δεῖ γὰρ "σπεῖραι εἰς δικαιοσύνην καὶ τρυγῆσαι εἰς καρπὸν ζωῆς", ἵνα "φωτίσαντες ἑαυτοῖς φῶς γνώσεως" . ὅταν τοίνυν ταραχθῇ ἡ καρδία, καὶ ἡ ἰσχὺς ἡ ἐνδυναμοῦσα τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον πόρρω γίνεται, καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν φῶς τὸ φωτίζον τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον ἐνκαταλείπει τοῦτον ἑαυτὸν σκότῳ καὶ ἀγνοίᾳ παραδεδωκότα. 12 οἱ φίλοι μου καὶ οἱ πλησίον μου ἐξ ἐναντίας ἤγγισαν καὶ ἔστησαν. συμβαίνει τοιαῦτα γίνεσθαι ἐν τοῖς περιστατικοῖς καιροῖς. καὶ ὁ Ἰὼβ γοῦν γενάμενος ἐν περιστάσει ἔλεγεν τοιαῦτα· "φίλοι δέ μου ἀνελεήμονες γεγόνασιν, ἔγνωσαν ἀλλο τρίους ἢ ἐμέ". καὶ ἐν ταῖς σοφίαις γέγραπται ὅτι οἱ φίλοι τότε μόνον πάρεισιν καὶ τὰ φίλων
The Devil Standing at the Right Hand§165
165They demonstrate and demand something when someone is in prosperity, whom they perhaps love. But when there occurs in someone a certain perversion of things pertaining to him, and they care for the external things, then those people become distant. For there are three kinds of friendship. There is friendship according to the self, when it does not pursue anything other than beauty or virtue. But if it is because of something, namely wealth, this friendship of theirs will cease when they are gone, and so will the friendship. And this friendship is said to be a second kind, being for the sake of the useful. And a third kind of friendship is the pleasant. Many wish to be friends with monks, not so that they may be monks, but so that they may say, 'Those who live alone love me.' And others wish to be friends with the rich, expecting nothing from them, but sometimes even bestowing things upon them.
One is able to call the neighbor a friend by analogy, or the friend a neighbor. And so, those near by through proximity, and according to kinship, 'my brothers.' And yet, should this be taken regarding bodily matters?—But if you say it spiritually—if they are also friends and kinsmen according to the spirit—observe: when someone diminishes himself and is no longer such, those whom he previously had as friends become strangers to him, because he has diminished himself, so that I may not say that he has become worthless; for the following is no longer reported as concerning the worthless or by the worthless. Having wholly troubled the heart, he is not cast out; for another is the one who destroys this. It has been said, indeed, in Isaiah: 'those who have lost their heart' (Isaiah 35:10). And the heart is lost when the intellect becomes outside of the harmonious state. And it is troubled if it has some confusion. And to be troubled comes from receiving thoughts and impulses that are not fitting. 'From the opposite they approached and stood.' Not as companions, not as friends, not for the purpose of being united to me, but 'from the opposite,' in order that, being present, they might oppose. Such an observation I also had in Zechariah and in the 118th Psalm. It is said concerning Judah that: 'let the devil stand at his right hand.' And concerning 'Joshua the high priest, the great...'
Regarding Josedech: 'the devil stood at his right hand to oppose him' (Psalm 109:1). And see that for both Judah and Jesus the priest, the great, the purest and holy, the devil stood at the right hand. But concerning Jesus it is said: 'to oppose him.' He stood in order that, being positioned against his right side, he might wage war against him, because he performs practical matters on the right and has such a disposition. But regarding Judah, it is not so. The right side of Judah was already seized. He gave a standing to the devil in these things. And here 'they stood opposite.' For this reason they drew near, in order that they might harm and trouble.
12 And those near to me stood from a distance. There are two kinds of friends; there are two dispositions of those near. When former enemies become pretended friends and flatterers, in order that they might oppose, they do this. And so that I may take from the Pastoral teaching the catechetical meaning, I say: two angels are with the man, and the one suggests evil things, and the other good things, and one is of righteousness, and the other of unrighteousness. If, therefore, the one of unrighteousness becomes near, the one suggesting evil, the good angel is distanced, as soon as he draws near to him, this evil one opposes; for the opposites, the good and the bad, do not coexist; for the evil acts when the good is at hand. If, moreover, this is said in the person of the Savior, he is able to say: my former friends, my sons, whom I begot and raised up, have become distant by having rejected me. But those from the Gentiles having believed and become friends, are besides near and 'opposite to me,' instead of 'against my person'; for we no longer take 'opposite' as 'positioned against,' but as being alongside, in addition.
13 And those seeking the soul were forcing their way, and seeking evils, they spoke vanities to me. No one of those loving my soul forces it, but draws near or becomes one with it. But the others...
Greek · §165
ἐπιδείκνυνται καὶ ἀπαιτοῦσιν, ὅταν ἐν εὐετηρίᾳ ᾖν ὃν δῆθεν φιλοῦσιν. ὅταν δὲ γένηται ἔν τινι διαστροφῇ τὰ κατ' αὐτόν, τὰ ἐκτός, τότε ἐκεῖνοι πόρρω γίνονται. τρία γὰρ εἴδη φιλίας ἐστίν. ἔστιν φιλία ἡ κατ' αὐτό, ὅταν μηδενὸς ἄλλου μεταδιώκηται ἢ καλλονῆς ἢ ἀρετῆς. ἐὰν δὲ διά τι ᾖν, τὸ πλοῦτος. αὕτη ἡ φιλία ἐκείνων ἀπόντων πεπαύσεται καὶ ἡ φιλία. λέγεται δὲ αὕτη ἡ φιλία δεύτερον εἶδος οὖσα. τοῦ χρησίμου ἕνεκα γίνεται. καὶ τρίτον εἶδος φιλίας, τὸ ἡδύ. πολλοὶ ἥδοντο φίλοι εἶναι μοναχῶν, οὐχ ἵνα μοναχοὶ ὦσιν, ἀλλ' ἵνα λέγωσιν ὅτι· "οἱ μονάζοντές με φιλοῦσιν". καὶ ἄλλοι πλουσίων οὐδὲν παρ' αὐτῶν προσδοκῶντες, ἀλλ' ἐνίοτε καὶ προσεπιδιδόντες αὐτοῖς. δύναται ἐκ παραλλήλου τὸν πλησίον φίλον λέγειν ἢ τὸν φίλον πλησίον. καὶ οὕτως οἱ πλησίον κατ' ἀνχιστείαν, κατὰ συγγένειαν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου. ἐπερ · καὶ ἐπὶ σωματικῶν λημπτέον τοῦτο; –εἰ δὲ λέγοις αὐτὸ πνευματικῶς–εἰσὶν δὲ καὶ κατὰ πνεῦμα φίλοι καὶ συγγενεῖς–, σκόπει· ὅταν τις ἐλαττώσῃ ἑαυτὸν καὶ μηκέτι ᾖν τοιοῦτος, οὓς εἶχεν πρότερον φίλους ἀλλοτριοῦνται αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἐλάττων ἑαυτοῦ, ἵνα μὴ εἴπω, ὅτι φαῦλος γέγονεν· τὰ γὰρ ἑξῆς οὐκέτι ὡς περὶ φαύλου ἢ ὑπὸ φαύλου ἀπαγγέλλεται. ὅλως ταράξας τὴν καρδίαν οὔκ ἐστιν ἐξώβλητος· ἄλλος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ 177 ἀπόλλων ταύτην. εἴρηται γοῦν ἐν Ἰσαίᾳ· "οἱ ἀπολωλεκότες τὴν καρδίαν". ἀπόλλυται δὲ ἡ καρδία, ὅταν ἡ νόησις ἔξ̣ω τῆς καταλλήλου καταστάσεως γένηται. ταράττεται δέ, ε᾿̣ὰν ἔχῃ τινὰ σύνχυσιν. ὑπάρχει με ταράττεσθαι δὲ ἐκ̣ τοῦ λογισμοὺς καὶ ἐνθυμήματα λαμβάνειν μὴ προσήκοντα. "ἐξ ἐναντίας ἤγγισαν καὶ ἔστησαν". οὐχ ὡς ἑταῖροι, οὐχ ὡς φίλοι, οὐκ ἐπὶ τῷ ἑνωθῆναί μοι, ἀλλ' "ἐξ ἐναντίας", ἵνα παρόντες ἐναντιῶνται. τοιαύτην παρατήρησιν ἔσχον καὶ ἐν τῷ Ζαχαρίᾳ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἑκατοστῷ ὀγδόῳ ψαλμῷ. λέγεται περὶ τοῦ Ἰούδα ὅτι· "διάβολος στήτω ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ". περὶ δὲ "Ἰησοῦ τοῦ ἱερέως τοῦ μεγάλου τοῦ Ἰωσεδέχ"· "ὁ διάβολος εἱστήκει ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ τῷ ἀντικεῖσθαι αὐτῷ". καὶ ὅρα ὅτι καὶ τοῦ Ἰούδα καὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ ἱερέως τοῦ μεγάλου τοῦ καθαρωτάτου καὶ ἁγίου ἐκ δεξιῶν ὁ διάβολος εἱστήκει. ἀλλ' ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ εἴρη̣τ̣αι· "τοῦ ἐναντιοῦσθαι αὐτῷ". ἔστη ἵνα τοῖς δεξιοῖς αὐτοῦ ἀντικείμενος ᾖ, πολεμῇ αὐτήν, ὅτι δεξιῶς ἐπιτελεῖ τ̣ὰ πρακτέα καὶ τὴν διάθεσιν ἔχει τοιαύτην. ἐπὶ 267 δὲ τοῦ Ἰούδα οὔ. τὰ δεξιὰ τοῦ Ἰούδα προκατείληφεν. στάσιν αὐτῷ δέδωκεν τῷ διαβόλῳ ἐν τούτοις. καὶ ὧδε "ἐξ ἐναντίας ἔστησαν". διὰ τοῦτο ἤνγισαν, ἵνα πορθήσωσιν καὶ ταράξωσιν. 12 καὶ οἱ ἔγγιστά μου ἀπὸ μακρόθεν ἔστησαν. δύο γένη φίλων εἰσίν, δύο εἰσὶν διαθέσεις πλησίων. ὅταν οἱ πάλαι ἐχθροὶ γένωνται προσποιητοὶ φίλοι καὶ αἰνιττόμενοι, ἵν' ἐναντιωθῶσιν τοῦτο ποιοῦσιν. καὶ ἵνα ἀπὸ τῆς Ποιμενικῆς διδασκαλίας λάβω τῆς κατηχητικῆς, λέγω· δύο ἄγγελοί εἰσιν μετὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ὁ εἷς πονηρὰ ὑποβάλλει, ὁ δὲ ἕτερος ἀγαθά, καὶ ὁ μὲν τῆς δικαιοσύνης, ὁ δὲ τῆς ἀδικίας ἐστίν. ἐὰν οὖν πλησίον γένηται ὁ τ̣ῆς ἀδικίας, ὁ κακὰ ὑποβάλλων, μακρύνεται ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄγγελος, ὡς αὖ ἐκείνου συνεγγίσαντος οὗτος ὁ πονηρὸς ἐνα̣ντιοῦται· ὡς γὰρ ἀσυνύπαρκτά ἐστιν τὰ ἐναντία, τὸ ἀγαθὸν καὶ τὸ κακόν· ἐνεργεῖ γὰρ τὸ κακόν, ὅταν ὁ ἀγαθὸς ᾖ πόρρω. ἐὰν δὲ καὶ πρόσωπον ᾖν τοῦ σωτῆρος τὸ ταῦτα λέγον, δύναται λέγειν ὅτι· μακρὰν γέγοναν οἱ ποτέ μου φίλοι, οἱ υἱοί μου, οὓς ἐγέννησα καὶ ὕψωσα. ἀθετήσαντές με πόρρω γεγένηνται. οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν πιστεύσαντες φίλοι γενόμενοι λοιπὸν ἐγγύς εἰσιν καὶ "ἐξ ἐναντίας μου", ἀντὶ τοῦ "κατὰ πρόσωπόν μου"· οὐκέτι γὰρ τὸ "ἐναντίον" "ἀντικείμενον" λαμβάνομεν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐπιπρόσωπον, ἐπίπροσθεν. 13 καὶ ἐξεβιάζοντο οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχήν, καὶ ζητοῦντες τὰ κακά μοι ἐλάλησαν ματαιότητας. οὐδεὶς τῶν ἀγαπώντων τὴν ψυχήν μου ἐκβιάζεται αὐτήν, ἀλλὰ συνεγγίζει ἢ ἓν πρὸς αὐτὴν γίνεται. οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι
The Meaning of Muteness and the Timing of Rebuke§166
166They are driven and, seeking evils against the one who is being driven, they speak vanity; It is nothing but vanity, offering no profit or insight into the truth. For all the evil things, the trivial things, and the transient things are vain, and they are things seen and easily dismissed and easily described and perishing. It is necessary to seek the soul profitably. But to those who approach 'the evils' against 'those seeking my soul and being driven,' it is evident that they are trivial. He who seeks to bring the sinning soul to repentance and guide the one who has strayed from the truth back to it., seeks the soul praiseworthily and profitably. For the Savior indeed 'has come to seek and to save the lost' (Luke 19:10). He, seeking the soul, seeks in order that he might lead it into salvation, so that he might restore it according to its former state. Just as therefore the Savior does this through instruction and through contributing to the good, so also the disciples and angels and men of the Savior do this. And none of these, seeking the soul, speaks vanity, and none seeks evils against it, but good and profitable things.
And they practiced craftiness all the day. They practiced crookedness all their life; for how should they not have practiced? They had 'crooked thoughts which separate from God' (Psalm 94:8), and their heart had become crooked and stumbling, which the holy man avoids having, saying: 'a stumbling heart has not clung to me.' He who has crooked thoughts practices crookedness all the day, with works and thoughts in accordance with his crooked thoughts. These indeed are the crooked thoughts cast into the soul by the devil; For it has been said: 'a serpent, a dragon, is crooked.' Thus, he becomes crooked. It has also been said carelessly in others: 'all the crooked things shall be for straightness.' The crookedness receives straightness when it casts away the crookedness. But he who practices this all the day has also crooked works, a crooked choice, and a diverted disposition.
And I, as if deaf, did not hear, and as if mute, did not speak.. The one repenting, if the devil casts into him evil or crooked thoughts, let him be as if a deaf man were not hearing, let him not understand them, let him not provide to them the hearing of the inner man, but let him be thus as if mute, as if deaf, not opening...
The mouth is closed. Here, 'mute' does not mean one who has lost his hearing, but one who does not speak; for often, especially according to the Scripture, this meaning lies regarding speech: 'after the demon had gone out,' he says, 'the mute man spoke.' He did not say, 'the mute man heard.' Yet I do not say that this word does not also mean one deprived of his hearing. It signifies both.
Again, God to Moses saying, 'I am slow of speech and heavy of tongue,' said: 'Who gave speech to man, and who has made the hard-of-speech or the mute, the seeing and the blind?' (Exodus 4:11). Here, 'mute' can lie regarding speech or regarding the loss of hearing. And the phrase, 'after the demon went out, the mute man spoke,' means a mute one who does not have vocal organs, one who does not have an active tongue.
'I became like a man not hearing and not having a rebuke in his mouth.' This says: I have not become a man who does not hear, but 'like a man not hearing.' I did not accept the words and the announcements of the deceitful, even though I was able to rebuke them. Knowing that rebukes are not brought against such a person at the right time, as if one were not able to rebuke him, the word shows that both rebukes and contradictions ought to happen at the right time. And we take the 'right time' from the object and the one being argued with. Just as food given at the right time benefits and nourishes, but offered at the wrong time harms more.
'Do not rebuke evildoers, so that they may not hate you' (Proverbs 9:8). The word teaches not to avoid being hated by the wicked, but says this: rebuke, so that you may be useful. Approaching to rebuke not at the right time—for 'there is a rebuke that is not beautiful'—does not benefit the one being rebuked, but rather makes him even more wicked, as to hate the one rebuking. 'Rebuke a wise man, and he will love you' (Job 5:17). If the wise man being rebuked loves the one bringing the rebuke, it is clear that the one who hates the rebuke is wicked.
It has also been said elsewhere: 'He will not love the uninstructed the ones rebuking him, but with the wise he will not converse.' The uninstructed does not love at all those rebuking him, but the wise man intends this. Nothing of what the wise man says is added to the evil man who hates those rebuking.
Greek · §166
ἐκβιάζονται καὶ ζητοῦντες τὰ κακὰ κατ' ἐκείνου οὗ ἐκβιάζονται, ματαιότητα λαλοῦσιν, οὐδὲν ἐπωφελές̣, οὐδὲν συντελοῦν πρὸς τὴν γνῶσιν τῆς ἀληθείας, ἀλλὰ περὶ ματαίων· μάταια γὰρ πάντα ἐστὶν τὰ πονηρά, τὰ φαῦλα, καὶ τὰ πρόσκαιρα δὲ ἅ ἐστιν βλεπόμενα καὶ εὐκαταφρόνητα καὶ ῥᾷστα περιγραφόμενα καὶ ἀπολλύμενα. δεῖ ζητῆσαι τὴν ψυχὴν ἐπωφελῶς. τῷ δὲ προσκεῖσθαι "τοῖς ζητοῦσιν τὴν ψυχήν μου καὶ ἐκβιαζομένοις" "τὰ κακά", φανερόν, ὅτι φαῦλοί εἰσιν. ὁ τὴν ἁμαρτάνουσαν ψυχὴν εἰς μετάνοιαν προσηκάμενος καὶ τὴν ἀπεσφαλμένην τῆς ἀληθείας ἄγων εἰς ταύτην, ἐπαινετῶς ζητεῖ καὶ ἐπωφελῶς τὴν ψυχήν. ὁ σωτὴρ γοῦν "ἐλήλυθεν ζητῆσαι καὶ σῶσαι τὸ ἀπολωλός". οὗτος ζητῶν τὴν ψυχὴν ζητεῖ, ἵνα εἰς σωτηρίαν αὐτὴν ἀγάγῃ, ἵνα κατὰ τὴν προτέραν αὐτῆς κατάστασιν ἐνέγκῃ. ὥσπερ οὖν ὁ σωτὴρ τοῦτο ποιεῖ διὰ παιδεύσεως καὶ διὰ συντελείας τῆς εἰς τὸ καλόν, οὕτω καὶ οἱ τοῦ σωτῆρος μαθηταὶ καὶ ἄγγελοί γε καὶ ἄνθρωποι τοῦτο ποιοῦσιν. οὐδεὶς δὲ τούτων ζητῶν τὴν ψυχὴν ματαιότητα λαλεῖ, οὐδεὶς ζητεῖ αὐτῇ κακά, ἀλλὰ ἀγαθὰ καὶ ἐπωφελῆ. 13 καὶ δολιότητας ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν ἐμελέτησαν. πάντα τὸν βίον ἑαυτῶν σκολιότητας ἐμελέτων· πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἤμελλον; "σκολιοὺς" εἶχον "λογισμοὺς τοὺς χωρίζοντας ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ", καὶ ἡ καρδία αὐτῶν σκολιὰ γεγόνει καὶ σκαμβή, ἣν ἀπεύχεται ὁ ἅγιος ἔχειν λέγων· "οὐκ ἐκολλήθη μοι καρδία σκαμβή". ὁ ἔχων οὖν σκολιοὺς λογισμοὺς 178 σκολιότητας ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν μελετᾷ, ἔργα σύμφωνα καὶ ν̣οήματα τοῖς σκο λιοῖς αὐτοῦ λογισμοῖς. οὗτοι γοῦν οἱ σκολιοὶ λογισμοὶ ὑπὸ διαβόλου ἐντίθενται τῇ ψυχῇ· εἴρηται γάρ· "ὄφις δράκων σκολιός". σκολιεύεται. ἀμέλει γοῦν εἴρηται καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις· "ἔσται πάντα τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθεῖαν". τὰ σκολιὰ εὐθύτητα λαμβάνει, ὅταν ἀποβάλῃ τὴν σκολιότητα. ὁ δὲ μελετῶν ταύτην ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν ἔχει καὶ ἔργα σκολια`̣ καὶ προαίρεσιν σκολιὰν καὶ διάθεσιν διεστραμμένην. 14 ἐγὼ δὲ ὡσεὶ κωφὸς οὐκ ἤκουον καὶ ὡσεὶ ἄλαλος οὐκ ἀνοίγων τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ. ἔπαινον ἑαυτοῦ διεξέρχεται. ὁ μετανοῶν, ἐὰν ὑποβάλῃ διάβολος λογισμοὺς πονηροὺς ἢ σκολιούς, ὡς κωφός τις μὴ ἀκουέτω, μὴ ἐπιστανέτω αὐτοῖς, μὴ παρεχέτω αὐτῷ αὐτοῖς τὴν τοῦ ἔσω ἀνθρώπου ἀκοήν, ἀλλὰ οὕτως ἔστω ὡς ἄλαλος, ὡς κωφὸς οὐκ ἀνοίγων τὸ στόμα. κωφὸν δὲ ἐνταῦθα λέγει οὐ τὸν τὰς ἀκοὰς ἀποβαλόντα, ἀλλὰ τὸν μὴ φθεγγόμενον· πολλάκις γάρ, μάλιστα κατὰ τὴν γραφήν, τὸ σημαινόμενον τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ λάλου κεῖται· "ἐκβληθέντος", φησίν, "τοῦ δαιμονίου ἐλάλησεν ὁ κωφός". οὐκ εἶπεν· "ἤκουσεν ὁ κωφός". οὐ τοῦτο δέ φημι ὅτι οὐ σημαίνει καὶ τὸν στερηθέντα τὴν ἀκοὴν ἡ λέξις αὕτη. ἀμφότερα δηλοῖ. πάλιν ὁ θεὸς τῷ Μωυσῇ εἰπόντι· "ἰσχνόφωνος καὶ βραδύγλωσσός εἰμι", εἶπεν· 268 "τίς ἔδωκεν στόμα ἀνθρώπῳ λαλεῖν, καὶ τίς ἐποίησεν δύσκωφον ἢ κωφόν, βλέποντα καὶ τυφλόν"; δύναται ὧδε καὶ κωφὸν καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ λάλου καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀφαιρεθέντος τὴν ἀ κοὴν κεῖσθαι. τὸ δέ· "ἐκβάντος τοῦ δαιμονίου ἐλάλησεν ὁ κωφός", κωφὸν σημαίνει τὸν μὴ ἔχοντα φωνητήρια, τὸν μὴ ἔχοντα ἐνεργοῦσαν γλῶσσαν. 15 ἐγενήθην ὡσεὶ ἄνθρωπος οὐκ ἀκούων καὶ οὐκ ἔχων ἐν στόματι αὐτοῦ ἐλεγμούς. τοῦτο λέγει· οὐ γέγονα ἄνθρωπος οὐκ ἀκούων, ἀλλ' "ὡς οὐκ ἀκούων ἄνθρωπος". οὐκ ἐδεχόμην τοὺς λόγους καὶ τὰς ἀπαγγελίας τῶν δολιευομένων καίτοι δυνάμενος αὐτοὺς ἐλέγχειν. εἰδὼς ὅτι οὐ καιρίως οἱ ἔλεγχοι προφέρονται πρὸς τὸν τοιοῦτον, ὡς οὐκ ἔχων αὐτὸν ἐλέγξαι ἐσιώπωντα. δείκνυσιν ὁ λόγος ὅτι καὶ αἱ ἐπιπλήξεις καὶ αἱ ἀντιρρήσεις καιρίως ὀφείλουσιν γίνεσθαι. τὸ καίριον δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ἀντικειμένου καὶ προσδιαλεγομένου λαμβάνομεν. ὥσπερ τροφὴ καιρίως διδομένη ὠφελεῖ καὶ ἀνύει, ἀκαίρως δὲ προσφερομένη βλάπτει μᾶλλον. "μὴ ἔλεγχε κακούς, ἵνα μή σε μισήσωσιν". τοὐ παραιτεῖσθαι τὸ μισεῖσθαι ὑπὸ φαύλων ὁ λόγος διδάσκει, ἀλλὰ τοῦτο λέγει· ἐλέγχεις, ἵν' ὠφελήσῃς. τὸυ ἐλέγξαι οὐ καιρίως προσαγόμενος–"ἔστιν" γὰρ "ἔλεγχος, ὃς οὔκ ἐστιν ὡραῖος"– οὐκ ὠφελεῖ ἐκεῖνον τὸν ἐλεγχόμενον, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἔτι φαυλότερον αὐτὸν ποιεῖ, ὡς καὶ μισεῖν τὸν ἐλέγχοντα. "ἔλεγχε" γοῦν "σοφόν, καὶ ἀγαπήσει σε". εἰ ὁ σοφὸς ἐλεγχόμενος ἀγαπᾷ τὸν προσφερόμενον τοὺς ἐλέγχομενους, φανερὸν ὁ μισῶν τὸν ἔλεγχον ὅτι φαῦλός ἐστιν. εἴρηται γοῦν καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις· "οὐκ ἀγαπήσει ἀπαίδευτος τοὺς ἐλέγχοντας αὐτόν, μετὰ δὲ σοφῶν οὐχ ὁμιλήσει". ὁ ἀπαίδευτος ὅλως οὐκ ἀγαπᾷ τοὺς ἐλέγχοντας, ὁ δὲ σοφὸς τοῦτο βούλεται. οὐδὲν ὧν λέγει ὁ σοφός, πρόσεστιν τῷ κακῷ τῷ μισοῦντι τοὺς ἐλέγχοντας. ἐπερ · "καὶ οὐκ ἔχων ἐν στόματι
The Duty of Rebuking and the Silence of the Soul§167
167Regarding 'rebuke'—it is said in a double sense; often one is unable to rebuke. One lacks such boldness or such power of speech as to rebuke, and so pretends not to hear. For example, a heretic is present, speaking atheistic doctrines and heretical opinions. If we are unable to rebuke the things said by him, we are called 'men who do not hear,' for rather than benefiting, hearing such conversations causes agitation.
For it has been said: 'Bad conversations corrupt good morals.' If anyone possessing a good character knows this—that he cannot stand against bad conversations—he is not obliged to provide his hearing, but rather to become as if deaf. Another, possessing the ability to rebuke the most shameful conversations, does not do this when he knows that it is not at all effective to rebuke him in that way; for it was said that just as foods are administered medically at the right time, so also are the aids to the soul.
Such things are aids to the soul, for instance: 'rebuke, reprove, encourage.' When you have made manifest through rebuking the one sinning, reprove. When you have reproved again, having performed the reproof sufficiently, encourage. Let the aids to the soul follow one another. It is not for anyone by chance to know these, but for the one who understands the medicine of the soul. 'For in you, Lord, I have hoped; You will hear me, Lord my God' (Ps 31:2). Since I hoped in You, You will hear me.
I am confident that all things that are possible for him to be present with me, shall be present. Therefore, being confident in You, the Greater One, and the One who knows how to rebuke and whom it is necessary to rebuke, I kept silent, as if I had become deaf, not having rebukes in my mouth. And thus it must be said: 'Since I hoped in You, You will hear me'; for having become deaf and mute toward him and not having rebukes in my mouth, I cried out toward You in my mind.
So it seems to have happened also in the Exodus of Moses, when Pharaoh violently pursued them with all his power and his army, and the Hebrews were in a certain way hemmed in so as to be even less able to cross over. The army of Pharaoh and the tyrant himself pursued; the Hebrews, 'the sons of Israel,' were being pursued. Some were armed, bringing all manner of equipment and military, cavalry, and infantry power, while the others were naked in their hands.
They were hemmed in
Greek · §167
ἐλεγμούς"; –διττῶς λέγεται τὸ ἐλέγξαι· πολλάκις τις ἐλέγξαι οὐ δύναται. οὐκ ἔχει τοσαύτην παρρησίαν οὐδὲ δύναμιν τοσαύτην λόγου ὥστε ἐλέγχειν, καὶ προσποιεῖται μὴ ἀκούειν. οἷον αἱρεθικός τις πάρεστιν. λέγει ἄθεα δόγματα, αἱρεθικὰς γνώμας. ἐὰν μὴ δυνώμεθα ἐλέγξαι τὰ παρ' ἐκείνου λεγόμενα, "ὡς ἄνθρωποι οὐκ ἀκούοντες" λεγόμεθα· ταράττει γὰρ μᾶλλον τὸ ἀκοῦσαι τοιούτων ὁμιλιῶν ἢ ὠφελεῖ. εἴρηται γοῦν· "φθείρουσιν ἤθη χρηστὰ ὁμιλίαι κακαί". εἴ τις χρηστὸν ἦθος ἔχων οἶδεν αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅτι πρὸς κακὰς ὁμιλίας προστῆναι οὐ δύναται, οὐκ ὀφείλει παρέχειν τὴν ἀκοήν, ἀλλ' ὡς κωφὸς γενέσθαι. ἄλλος δὲ ἔχων τὸ ἐλέγξαι τὰς αἰσχίστας ὁμιλίας οὐ ποιεῖ τοῦτο, ὅταν εἰδῇ ὅτι οὐ λυσιτελεῖ τέως ἐκείνῳ ἐλεγχθῆναι· ἔλεγον γὰρ ὅτι ὡς αἱ τροφαὶ ἰατρικῶς καιρίως προσάγονται, οὕτω καὶ τὰ βοηθήματα τῇ ψυχῇ. 179 βοηθήματα δέ πώς εἰσιν τῆς ψυχῆς τὰ τοιαῦτα, οἷον· "ἔλεγξον, ἐπιτίμησον, παρακάλεσον". ὅταν φανερώσῃς διὰ τοῦ ἐλέγξαι τὸν ἁμαρτάνοντα, ἐπιτίμησον. ὅταν ἐπιτιμήσῃς πάλιν αὐτάρκως τὴν ἐπιτιμίαν ποιησάμενος, παρακάλεσον. βοηθήματα ψυχῆς βοηθήματα διαδεχέσθω. οὐ τοῦ τυχόντος δέ ἐστιν ταῦτα εἰδέναι, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ἐπισταμένου ψυχῆς ἰατρείαν. 16 ὅτι ἐπὶ σοί, κύριε, ἤλπισα· σὺ εἰσακούσῃ, κύριε ὁ θεός μου. ἐπεὶ ἤλπισα ἐπὶ σέ, σὺ εἰσάκουσόν μου. θαρρῶ ὅτι πάντα τὰ παρ' ἐμοῦ ὑπαρχ̣θ̣η῀̣ν̣αι ἐκείνῳ δυνάμενα, ὑπαρχθήσεται. διὰ τοῦτο θαρρῶν σ̣οὶ τῷ μείζονι καὶ τῷ εἰδότι πῶς ἐλέγχειν καὶ τίνα δ̣εῖ, ἐσιω´̣πησα, ὡσεὶ κωφὸς γέγονα οὐκ ἔχων ἐν τῷ στόματί μο̣υ ἐλέγχους. καὶ οὕτω δὲ στικτέον· ἐπεὶ ἐπὶ σοὶ ἤλπισα, σὺ εἰσάκουσόν μου· κωφὸς γὰρ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον καὶ ἄλαλος γεγονὼς καὶ οὐκ ἔχων ἐν τῷ στόματι ἐλέγχους, κατὰ διάνοιαν πρὸς σὲ ἐβόων. οὕτω φαίνεται γενόμενον καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐξόδῳ ἐπὶ τοῦ Μ̣ωυσέως, ὁπηνίκα κατεδίωξεν Φαραὼθ μετὰ πάσης αὐτοῦ τῆς δυνάμεως καὶ τῆς στρατιᾶς, καὶ τρόπον τινὰ συνεκλείσθησαν οἱ Ἑβραῖοι ὥστε περαιτέρω μὴ δύνασθαι διαβῆναι. ἐδίωκεν ἡ στρατιὰ τοῦ Φαραὼθ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ τύραννος, ἐδιώκοντο οἱ Ἑβραῖοι, "οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ". καὶ οἱ μὲν ἦσαν ὡπλισμένοι καὶ παντευχίαν πᾶσαν ἐπιφερόμενοι καὶ δύναμιν στρατιωτικὴν καὶ ἱππικὴν καὶ πεζικήν. οἱ δὲ αὐτ̣ο`̣ τοῦτο γυμνοὶ ταῖς χερσὶν ἦσαν βακτηρίας κατέχοντες. συνεκλείσθησαν καὶ οὐκέτι ἠδύναντο περαιτέρω χωρη῀̣σαι· οὐδὲ γὰρ πόρρω ἠδύναντο δραμεῖν κωλυούσης τῆς θαλάσσης οὐδὲ ἐπὶ δεξιὰ ἢ ἐπὶ θάτερα ὑποστρέψαι. πάλιν ὑποπεσεῖν ἦν τοῖς ἐχθροῖς. ὥσπερ οὖν 269 ἔν τινι γαλεάγρᾳ καὶ ἐντὸς ἀρκύων ληφθέντες οἱ Ἑβραῖοι ἐσφάδαζον καὶ ηγωντο Μωσέα ὅτι· "οὐ τοῦτο ἦν τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ εἴπομέν σοι ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ· πάρες ἡμᾶς, ὅπως δουλεύσωμεν τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις"; καὶ ἰδοὺ φθαρῶμεν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ταύτῃ. ὁ στρατηγὸς ἐλάλει παρακλητικοὺς λόγους αὐτὸς Μωυσῆς· "θαρσεῖτε καὶ στῆτε καὶ ὁρᾶτε τὴν σωτηρίαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου ἣν ποιήσει ὑμῖν σήμερον· ὃν τρόπον γὰρ ἑωράκατε τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους, ἔτι οὐ προσθήσεσθε ἔτι ἰδεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα χρόνον". τοιαῦτα ἔδει τὸν στρατηγὸν μὴ λιποθυμίας τῷ λαῷ λέγειν· οὐδὲ γὰρ τὴν εὐχὴν ἀναπέμπειν ἐκ τοῦ φανεροῦ. ἐνόμιζον ἐκεῖνοι ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ἀπέγνω̣ τὴν σωτηρίαν. ἀλλ' ἔλεγεν μὲν τὰ παραθαρσύνοντα, πρὸς τὸν θεὸν δὲ τὰ πρὸς διάνοιαν ἐβόα. καὶ ἵνα δείξῃ ὁ θεὸς ὅτι οὐ συντυχικῶς, ἐὰν γένηται βοήθεια, λέγει· "τί βοᾷς πρός με"; πρὸς μὲν θεὸν κατὰ τὸ σιωπώμενον ἐβόα, ἔλεγε δὲ παραθαρσύνοντας λόγους. μέγα δὲ κακόν ἐστιν δεινοῦ τινος ἐφεστηκότος καὶ τὸν στρατηγὸν ὥσπερ σφαδάσαι. εἰς ἀπόγνωσιν ἄγει. 17 ὅτι εἶπα· μήποτε ἐπιχαρῶσίν μοι οἱ ἐχθροί μου". εἶπον τοῦτο· διὰ τοῦτο ἐσιώπησα καὶ ὡσεὶ κωφὸς γέγονα καὶ ὡς οὐκ ἔχων ἐλεγμούς, μήποτε τολμήσαντός μου ταῦτα ἐπικρατέστεροι γενόμενοι ἐπιχαρῶσίν μοι, ἐπικερτομήσουσιν κατ' ἐμοῦ. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος λέγει ὅτι· μὴ τόδε ποιεῖτε, "ἵνα μὴ ἐπιχαρῇ ὑμᾶς ὁ σατανᾶς διὰ τὴν ἀκακίαν ὑμῶν". οὐκοῦν ἐπὶ τοῦ βλαπτομένου χαίρει ἐκεῖνος. "ὑψώσω σε, κύριε, ὅτι ὑπέλαβές με καὶ οὐκ ηὔφρανας τοὺς ἐχθρούς μου ἐπ' ἐμοί". εἰ γὰρ μὴ ἦς ὑπολαβών με μὴ ὀρθῶς μηδὲ ὃν δεῖ τρόπον ὑψώσαντά σε, ἐπέχαιρον ἐκεῖνοι. καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις λέγει· "μὴ ἐπίχαιρέ μοι, ἡ ἐχθρά μου, ὅτι πέπτωκα· καὶ ἀναστήσομαι". ἐπὶ τῷ πτώματί μου ἐπιχαίρεις, ἀλλ' ἴσθι ὅτι ἀναστήσομαι. ὅταν οὖν στήσω, ἡ χαρά σου εἰς πένθος μεταβάλλει καὶ αἱ ἐπικερτομοῦσαι ᾠδαὶ εἰς θρήνους τρέπονται. 17 καὶ ἐν τῷ σαλευθῆναι πόδας μου ἐπ' ἐμὲ ἐμεγαλορημόνησαν. ἐὰν κἂν κλόνος γένηται τῶν ποδῶν μου, ἐπ' ἐμὲ
Resilience in Discipline and Repentance§168
168They are being greatly shaken. And he is able to say these things because: 'My heart was troubled within me, and my strength has failed me, and the light of my eyes is no longer with me' (Ps 38:10), my feet were slipped, but they did not fall. For such things happen to those who are most penitent, and it is to be learned from another psalm: 'How good is God to Israel, to those of an upright heart. But my feet were shaken but a little, my steps were spilled out a little, because I zealously pursued the lawless ones' (Ps 73:27-28). It is the countenance of one repenting.
It is not being announced by the one repenting as a countenance from the disposition of one pretending to repent; rather, he knew that 'as good is the God of Israel to those of an upright heart' (Ps 73:27) He does what He does. And I, the uncertain limit—who otherwise introduces the penitent—must be slipped but a little and fall. And I say an apostolic accompaniment to this: 'We know that the law is spiritual' (Rom 7:14)—we, the perfect, the disciples of the Spirit, those having received the divine and spiritual law. 'But I am flesh, sold under sin' (Rom 7:14). It is not the one knowing that the law is spiritual who is flesh, sold under sin; for he was separating himself from those things. 'We know that the law is spiritual,' he says generally concerning the saints. 'But I am flesh, sold under sin.'
And many doctrines this very brief expression subverts: 'I am flesh'; not by nature, nor am I such by construction, but 'having been sold under sin.' For he who is sold under a certain master in order to become so is not fleshly by nature; for his state has become such through an action. And here: 'How good is God to Israel, to those of an upright heart. But my feet were shaken but a little' (Ps 73:27), makes the soul manifest. And this 'but a little' shows that he is not entirely slipped. For he who says: 'I was slaughtered but a little,' shows that he was not slaughtered. 'My steps were spilled out a little' (Ps 73:28). I was running well, I was walking as was necessary, I was taking steps straightly. But these were spilled out only a little. And it is spilled out when the runner is startled and turns toward the rear. And from this very word, observe: 'Take me up to a high, sandy place.' I have seen the branch of my feet...
They magnified me as if I were a fallen corpse, speaking words of pride. One might say in another way: 'Do not rejoice over me, my enemy, because I have fallen; I shall stand up.' But he who speaks now says I did not fall at all, but only my feet were shaken; for if one who falls stands up and leaves the enemy's triumph, he is much more than one who never fell. It is easier to stand and steady the feet when one is shaken than to rise up having fallen. Therefore, if the difficult thing happens, the easy thing is much more quickly established.
For I am ready for lashes. Even if I am in motion and my strength has left me and the light of my eyes is not with me and my feet were shaken, I am ready for lashes; for I do not refuse to be lashed by you, as one whom you discipline as a beloved son. 'Do not slight the Lord's discipline; for whom the Lord loves He disciplines, and He lashes every son whom He receives' (Heb 12:5-6). Since therefore I am a son, even if I have shared in the cause of lashes myself, I refuse to be magnified by them, that is, their treating me as one being overturned. But I am ready to be lashed by you.
And my pain is before me always. I suffer because I have become entirely among those who bring rebukes, those who bring lashes. He who grieves the 'godly sorrow that brings repentance unto salvation' (2 Cor 7:10) has this pain added to himself always. Just as one who has a dead person and wails over him, weeping as much as he sees him, so the one who has come into the bringing of lashes wails and weeps as much as he sees them, and has this pain added to himself always. Let us say, for example, if someone has become ill with an incurable disease; from the pain of this disease, he has pain added to it. If a physician or the help of God describes the cause of the pain as the disease, he immediately casts away the pain and says, 'You have turned my mourning into joy for me' (Ps 30:5). And he says, 'The Lord has heard and has had mercy on me' (Ps 30:2). And so that I may speak more clearly: Lazarus, the brother of those around Mary and Martha, died, and in as long as he was in death, those there grieved and wailed as much as those who had come to entreat me to weep with them (John 11). But when he said, 'Lazarus, come out!' and the mourning was cast away, no longer...
Greek · §168
μεγαλορημονοῦσιν. δύναται δὲ ταῦτα λέγειν· ἐπεὶ "ἐταράχθη ἡ καρδία μου ἐντός μου καὶ ἐνκατέλειψέν με ἡ ἰσχύς μου καὶ τὸ φῶς τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν μου οὐκ ἔστιν μετ' ἐμοῦ", ἐκλονήθησαν οἱ πόδες μου, οὐ μέντοι ἔπεσαν. ὅτι δὲ συμβαίνει τοιαῦτα τοῖς μάλιστα μετανοοῦσιν, καὶ ἐξ ἄλλου ψαλμοῦ ἔστιν μαθεῖν· "ὡς ἀγαθὸς τῷ Ἰσραὴλ ὁ 180 θεός, τοῖς εὐθέσι τῇ καρδίᾳ. ἐμοῦ δὲ παρὰ μικρὸν ἐσαλεύθησαν οἱ πόδες, παρ' ὀλίγον ἐξεχύθη τὰ διαβήματά μου, ὅτι ἐζήλωσα ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀνόμοις". πρόσωπόν ἐστιν μετανοῦντος. οὐχ ἃ λέγει τὸ μετανοοῦν πρόσωπον ἀπὸ τῆς διαθέσεως τοῦ προσποιησαμένου μετανοεῖν ἀπαγγέλλεται· ἔγνων ὅτι "ὡς ἀγαθὸς ὁ θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ τοῖς εὐθέσι τῇ καρδίᾳ" ποιεῖ ἃ ποιεῖ. ἐγὼ δὲ ὁ ἀκμὴν ἀβέβαιος–τὸν μετανοοῦντα λοιπὸν εἰσάγει–μικροῦ δεῖν ἐκλονήθην καὶ ἔπεσα. καὶ λέγω ἀποστολικὸν τούτῳ συνῳδόν· "οἴδαμεν ὅτι ὁ νόμος πνευματικός ἐστιν"–ἡμεῖς οἱ τέλειοι, οἱ τοῦ πνεύ ματος μαθηταί, οἱ τὸν θεῖον καὶ πνευματικὸν νόμον δεξάμενοι–. "ἐγὼ δὲ σάρκινός εἰμι, πεπραμένος ὑπὸ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν". οὐχ ὁ εἰδὼς ὅτι ὁ νόμος πνευματικός ἐστιν, σάρκινός ἐστιν ὑπὸ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν πεπραμένος· διέστελλεν γὰρ ἑαυτὸν ἀπ' ἐκείνων. "οἴδαμεν ὅτι ὁ νόμος πνευματικός ἐστιν", καθόλου λέγει περὶ τῶν ἁγίων. "ἐγὼ δὲ σάρκινός εἰμι, πεπραμένος ὑπὸ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν". καὶ πολλά γε δόγματα ὑποβάλλει αὕτη ἡ βραχυτάτη λέξις· "σάρκινός εἰμι"· οὐ κατὰ φύσιν, οὐκ ἐκ κατασκευῆς εἰμι τοιοῦτος, ἀλλὰ "πραθεὶς ὑπὸ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν". ὁ δὲ πραθεὶς ὑπό τινα δεσπότην ἵνα γένηται, οὔκ ἐστιν κατὰ φύσιν σάρκινος· ἐκ πράσεως̣ γὰρ̣ γεγένηται αὐτῷ ἡ κατάστασις ἡ οὕτω. καὶ ἐνταῦθα· "ὡς ἀγαθὸς τῷ Ἰσραὴλ ὁ θεός, τοῖς εὐθέσι τῇ καρδίᾳ. ἐμοῦ δὲ παρὰ μικρὸν ἐσαλεύθησαν οἱ πόδες", τῆς ψυχῆς δηλονότι. τό τε "παρὰ μικρὸν" τοῦτο δηλοῖ ὅτι ὅλως οὐ κεκλόνηται· ὁ γὰρ λέγων ὅτι· "παρὰ μικρὸν ἐσφάγην", δείκνυσιν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσφάγην. "παρ' ὀλίγον ἐξεχύθη τὰ διαβήματά μου". καλῶς ἔτρεχον, ἐβάδιζον ὡς δεῖ, ἔβαινον εὐθεῖα διαβήματα. μικροῦ δὲ δεῖν ἐξε̣χύθη ταῦτα. ἐκχύννεται δέ, ὅταν ἀναχαιτίσῃ καὶ εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω ὁ τρέχων στραφῇ. καὶ ἐξ αὐτῆς γοῦν τῆς λέξεως σκόπει· λάβε μοί τινα ἀνιόντα εἰς ὑψηλὸν τόπον ἀμμώδη . τὸν κλόνον οὖν τῶν ποδῶν μου ἑωρακότες καὶ οὔπω πτῶμα ἐπ' ἐμὲ ἐμεγαλορημόνησαν, ὑπε̣ρηφανίας λόγους εἰρή270 κασιν. εἴποι ἂν ἐν ἄλλῳ ῥητῷ· "μὴ ἐπίχαιρέ μοι, ἡ ἐχθρά μου, ὅτι πέπτωκα· ἀναστήσομαι". ὁ δὲ νῦν λέγων οὐδὲ ἔπεσεν ὅλως, ἀλλὰ μόνον ἐκλονήθησαν οἱ πόδες· εἰ γὰρ ὁ πεσὼν ἀν ίσταται καὶ τὴν ἐπίχαριν τῆς ἐχθρᾶς καταλείπει, πολλῷ πλέον ὁ μηδὲ πεσών. εὐκολώτερόν ἐστιν στῆσαι καὶ ἐρεῖσαι τοὺς πόδας ὅταν κλονηθῇ τις ἢ ἀναστῆναι πεπτωκότα. εἰ τοίνυν τὸ δυσχερὲς γίνεται, πολλῷ πλέον τὸ εὔκολον ταχέως κατορθοῦται. 18 ὅτι ἐγὼ εἰς μάστιγας ἕτοιμος. ἐγὼ κἂν ἐν κινήσει γέγονα καὶ ἡ ἰσχύς μου ἐνκατέλιπέν με καὶ τὸ φῶς τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν οὐκ ᾖν μετ' ἐμοῦ καὶ ἐκλονήθησαν οἱ πόδες μου, εἰς μάστιγάς εἰμι ἕτοιμος· μὴ γὰρ παραιτοῦμαι ὑπὸ σοῦ μαστιχθῆναι, ὡς υἱὸν ἀγαπώμενον παιδεύεις. "μὴ ὀλιγώρει παιδείας κυρίου· ὃν γὰρ ἀγαπᾷ κύριος παιδεύει, μαστιγοῖ δὲ πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται". ἐπεὶ τοίνυν υἱός εἰμι, εἰ καὶ μαστιγῶν αἴτια ἐμαυτῷ συνηγίοχα, παραιτοῦμαι δὲ τὸ ὑπ' ἐκείνων μεγαλορημονηθῆναι, τὸ ἐκείνων ὡς ἀνατρεπόντων. ἕτοιμος δέ εἰμι εἰς τὸ ὑπὸ σοῦ μαστιχθῆναι. 18 καὶ ἡ ἀλγηδών μου ἐνώπιόν μού ἐστιν διὰ παντός. ἀλγῶ ὅτι ὅλως γέγονα ἐν τοῖς ἐπιτιμίαν φέρουσιν, ἐν τοῖς φέρουσιν μάστιγας. ὁ λυπούμενος τὴν "κατὰ θεὸν λύπην τὴν μετάνοιαν εἰς σωτηρίαν" ἐπ̣ιφέρουσαν ἔχει τὴν ἀλγηδόνα ἐπίπροσθεν ἑαυτοῦ ἀεί. ὥσπερ ὁ ἔχων νεκρὸν καὶ ὀλοφυρόμενος αὐτὸν ὅσον ὁρᾷ αὐτὸν κλαίει, οὕτως ὁ γενόμενος ἐν τοῖς φέρουσιν ἀλγη δόνα ὅσον ὁρᾷ αὐτὰ ὀλοφύρεται καὶ κλαίει καὶ ἐπίπροσθεν ἑαυτοῦ ἔχει διὰ παντὸς τὴν ἀλγηδόνα. φέρε εἰπεῖν, οἷον γέγονέν τις ἐν νόσῳ ἀνιάτῳ· ἐκ τοῦ πόνου ταύτης τῆς νόσου ἔχει ἀλγηδόνα ἐπίπροσθεν. ἐὰν ἰατρός τις ἢ θεοῦ βοήθεια περιγράψῃ τὸ αἴτιον τῆς ἀλγηδόνος νόσημα, εὐθέως ἀποβάλλει τὴν ἀλγηδόνα καὶ λέγει· "ἔστρεψας τὸν κοπετόν μου εἰς χαρὰν ἐμοί". καὶ λέγει ὅτι· "ἤκουσεν κύριος καὶ ἐλέησέν με". καὶ ἵνα σαφέστερον εἴπω· Λάζαρος ὁ ἀδελφὸς τῶν περὶ τὴν Μαρίαν καὶ Μάρθαν τεθνήκει, καὶ ἐν ὅσῳ ἐν τῷ τεθνάναι ἦν, ἐλυποῦντο ἐκεῖναι καὶ εἰς 181 τοσοῦτόν γε ὠλοφύροντο ὡς τοὺς ἐληλυθότας ἐπὶ τῷ παρακαλέσαι κλαίειν μετ' αὐτῶν. ὅτε δὲ εἶπεν· "Λάζαρε, δεῦρο ἔξω", καὶ ἀπεβλήθη τὸ πένθος, οὐκέτι
The struggle against sin and unjust hatred§169
169They were suffering. Indeed, they were performing thanksgivings and drinking together when he said, and 'Lazarus was one of those reclining' (Luke 16:20). As far as I have the causes of the pain, I have it continually added to me. If, therefore, you, having heard, offer a helpful secondary remedy like the lashes in a useful way, once healed, I will no longer suffer.
19 For I will proclaim my lawlessness. He says this: by proclaiming my lawlessness, I do not hide the pain; for always remembering and going through it, having the pain, that I have become in it. And I do not proclaim it only so much as to want to find the one healing it. 'I will care' indeed 'about my sin.' Not everyone sinning cares about his sin. Cain sinned and he heard: 'Have you sinned? Be silent.' If he had been silent, I would have cared about his sin, how he might cast it away and no longer let it act, no longer being persuaded to be according to it. 19 And I will care about my sin. Here, lawlessness and sin can be said in parallel. Concerning this, John writes in the epistle attributed to him, saying: 'Everyone who practices sin also practices lawlessness, and sin is lawlessness' (1 John 3:4). Therefore, 'I will care' 'about my lawlessness' being sin. For I proclaim it, I do not hide it, I do not wait for what is from without to convict me, I do not wait for another to say to me: 'You are in sin and lawlessness.' It was said to us that: 'his righteous one,' he says, 'is an accuser in the first instance; as when the adversary brings a charge, he is convicted.' And we took that; he says: 'say you the sins first, so that you may be justified.' Do not wait for the accuser. One must be an accuser in his own first instance; for if this happens, then he is ashamed, since you cared about your sin, how you might no longer act it.
20 And my enemies live and are prevailing against me. For this reason I call upon you as a helper; for this reason I have made myself compliant toward being scourged by you. Since, therefore, from the
To sin and to have lawlessness—'they live and are held fast against me' (Ps 38:10)—for they nourish my wickedness; therefore, do what I ask of me: 'I am anxious' (Ps 38:11) 'concerning my sin.' Therefore, strike me, bring near strenuous helps, so that I may be healed; for then the rest become weaker than me, they are crushed under my feet; for Jesus alone is able to crush Satan under the feet of the saints. And again: 'And the God of peace will crush Satan under your feet quickly' (Rom 16:20). As long as neither he nor those after him is being crushed, they live.
20 And those hating me unjustly were multiplied (Ps 35:19). However, great is the praise that he hated not justly. For instance, if someone were to hate someone as if he were proud when he is not proud, but also entirely blind, he hates him unjustly. The elders who rose up against Susanna hated her because they did not find her fault. This hatred is unjust. Egypt hated Joseph. This hatred is unjust.
21 They beset me, because they persecuted righteousness. I did not harm them; for no one is 'justly pursuing the righteous' (Ps 34:12) and persecuting righteousness—the 'persecuted' here does not mean to pursue in a hating way, but to pursue after, as it signifies. Just as if one says: 'Seek peace and pursue it' (Ps 34:14).
21 And the beloved cast me off as if a dead thing to be loathed. I worked good things for them, and it was necessary for them to receive good from me instead of good. But 'evils' 'instead of good' they provide to me, being unfeeling, as they are of the evil ones; and in what disposition I am toward them, I am such as not rejoicing in their evils, but loving them and desiring to make them outside of the evils. The beloved of me, whom it was necessary to love, they rejected as a dead thing to be loathed, as if they were fleeing from me, a stinking corpse. And it is also good to say 'the beloved,' not 'the one being loved'; for he hated. 22 Do not abandon me, Lord; my God, do not turn away from me. Even if they themselves have abandoned me...
Greek · §169
ὠδυνῶντο. ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ συνπόσια ἐπετελοῦντο χαριστήρια ὅτε εἶπεν, καὶ "Λάζαρος εἷς ἦν τῶν ἀνακειμένων". ἐς ὅσον ἔχω τὰ αἴτια τῆς ἀλγηδόνος, διὰ παντὸς αὐτὴν ἐπίπροσθεν ἔχω. ἐὰν οὖν σὺ ἐπακούσας καὶ τὰς μάστιγας συμφερόντως οἷα βοήθημα ἐπίπονον προσαγάγῃς, θεραπευθεὶς οὐκέτι ἀλγῶ. 19 ὅτι τὴν ἀνομίαν μου ἀναγγελῶ. τοῦτο λέγει· ἀναγγέλλων τὴν ἀνομίαν μου οὐ κρύπτω τὴν ἀλγηδόνα· ἀεὶ γὰρ μνημονεύων καὶ διεξερχόμενος τὴν ὀδύνην ἔχων ὅτι γέγονα ἐν αὐτῇ. καὶ οὐ τοσοῦτόν γε ἀναγγελῶ αὐτὴν ὥστε θελῆσαι εὑρεῖν τὸν θεραπεύοντα αὐτήν. "μεριμνήσω" γ̣οῦν "περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας μου". οὐ πᾶς ἁμαρτάνων μεριμνᾷ περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας αὐτοῦ. ἥμαρτεν ὁ Κάιν καὶ ἤ κουσεν· "ἥμαρτες; ἡσύχασον". εἰ ἦν ἡσυχάσας, ἐμερίμνα περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας αὐτοῦ, πῶς αὐτὴν ἀποβάλῃ καὶ μηκέτι αὐτὴν ἐνεργήσῃ τῷ μηκέτι πεποιωμένος εἶναι κατ' αὐτήν. 19 καὶ μεριμνήσω περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας μου. ἐκ παραλλήλου δύναται ὧδε ἡ ἀνομία καὶ ἁμαρτία εἰρῆσθαι. περὶ τούτου δὲ ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐν τῇ κατ' αὐτὸν ἐπιστολῇ γράφει λέγων· "πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν καὶ τὴν ἀνομίαν ποιεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐστὶν ἡ ἀνομία". "μεριμνήσω" οὖν "περὶ τῆς ἀνομίας μου" οὔσης ἁμαρτίας. ἀπαγγελῶ γοῦν αὐτήν, οὐ κρύπτω, οὐ περιμένω ὃ ἔξωθεν ἐλέγξαι, οὐ περιμένω ἵνα ἄλλος μοι εἴπῃ ὅτι· "ἐν ἁμαρτίᾳ καὶ ἀνομίᾳ εἶ". ἐλέγετο ἡμῖν ὅτι· "δίκαιος αὐτοῦ", φησίν, "κατήγορος ἐν πρωτολογίᾳ· ὡς ὅταν ἐπιβάλῃ ὁ ἀντίδικος, ἐλέγχεται". καὶ ἐλάβομεν ἐκεῖνο· λε´̣γει· "λέγε σὺ τὰς ἁμαρτίας πρῶτος, ἵνα δικαιωθῇς". μὴ περίμενε τὸν κατήγορον. ἐν πρωτολογίᾳ ἑαυτοῦ κατηγορητέον· ἐα`̣ν̣ γὰρ τοῦτο γένηται, λοιπὸν κατ271 αισχύνεται ἐκεῖνος, ἐπεὶ σὺ ἐμερίμνησας περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας σου, πῶς μηκέτι αὐτὴν ἐνεργῇς. 20 οἱ δὲ ἐχθροί μου ζῶσιν καὶ κεκραταίωνται ὑπὲρ ἐμέ. διὰ τοῦτό σε βοηθὸν ἐπικαλοῦμαι, διὰ τοῦτο εὐτρεπῆ ἐμαυτὸν πεποίηκα πρὸς τὸ ὑπὸ σοῦ μαστιχθῆναι. ἐπειδὴ οὖν ἐκ τοῦ ἁμαρτάνειν με καὶ ἔχειν ἀνομίαν "ζῶσιν καὶ κεκραταίωνται ὑπὲρ ἐμέ"–τρέφονται γὰρ τὴν ἐμὴν κακίαν–, διὰ τοῦτο ἃ αἰτῶ ποίησόν μοι· "μεριμνῶ" γὰρ "περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας μου". μάστιξον οὖν με, ἐπίπονα βοηθήματα προσάγαγε, ἵνα ἰαθῶ· τότε γὰρ λοιπὸν ἐκεῖνοι ἀσθενέστεροί μου γίνονται, συντρίβονται ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας μου· Ἰησοῦς γὰρ μόνος δύναται συντρῖψαι ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἁγίων τὸν σατανᾶν. καὶ πάλιν· "ὁ δὲ θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης συντρίψει τὸν σατανᾶν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας ὑμῶν ἐν τάχει". ὅσον οὖν οὔπω συντέτριπται οὐδὲ αὐτὸς οὐδὲ οἱ ἀνφ' αὐτόν, ζῶσιν. 20 καὶ ἐπληθύνθησαν οἱ μισοῦντές με ἀδίκως. ὅμως ἔπαινος μέγας ὅτι ἐμισεῖτο οὐ δικαίως. οἷον εἴ τις μισήσειέν τινα ὡς ὑπερήφανον οὐκ ὄντα ὑπερήφανον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάνυ γε ἄτυφον, ἀδίκως αὐτὸν μισεῖ. ἐμίσησαν τὴν Σωσάνναν οἱ κατ' αὐτῆς ἐπιβάντες πρεσβύτεροι ὅτι οὐκ εἷλον αὐτήν. τοῦτο τὸ μῖσος ἄδικόν ἐστιν. ἐμίσησεν ἡ Αἰγυπτία τὸν Ἰωσήφ. τοῦτο τὸ μῖσος ἄδικόν ἐστιν. 21 ἐνδιέβαλλόν με, ἐπεὶ κατεδίωκον δικαιοσύνην. οὐκ ἔβλαπτον αὐτούς· οὐδεὶς γὰρ "δικαίως τὸ δίκαιον διώκων" καὶ καταδιώκων τὴν δικαιοσύνην–τὸ "κατεδίωκον" ὧδε οὐ τὸ μισητικῶς διώκειν, τὸ μεταδιώκειν ω σημαίνει. ὡς ἐὰν λέγῃ· "ζήτησον εἰρήνην καὶ δίωξον αὐτήν". 21 καὶ ἀπέριψάν με τὸν ἀγαπητὸν ὡσεὶ νεκρὸν ἐβδελυγμένον. ἀγαθὰ ἐγὼ εἰς αὐτοὺς ἐνήργησα καὶ ἔδει ἀντὶ ἀγαθῶν ἀγαθά με λ̣αβεῖν παρ' αὐτῶν. "κακὰ" δὲ "ἀντὶ ἀγαθῶν" μοι παρέσχον ἀναισθητοῦντες οἷ κακῶν εἰσιν, καὶ ποίᾳ διαθέσει ἐγὼ πρὸς αὐτούς εἰμι τοιοῦτος οὐ συνχαίρων τοῖς κακοῖς αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ ἀγαπῶν αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐκτὸς τῶν κακῶν αὐτοὺς θέλων ποιῆσαι. τὸν ἀγαπητόν με, ὃν ἔδει ἀγαπᾶσθαι, ὡς νεκρὸν ἐβδελυγμένον παραιτήσαντο, ὡς τὸν ὀδωδότα νεκρὸν ἔφυγον ἀπ' ἐμοῦ. εὖ δὲ καὶ τὸ φάναι "τὸν ἀγαπητόν", οὐ "τὸν ἀγαπώμενον"· ἐμισεῖτο γάρ. 22 μὴ 182 ἐνκαταλίπῃς με, κύριε· ὁ θεός μου, μὴ ἀποστῇς ἀπ' ἐμοῦ. εἰ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐνκατέλειψάν
The Tongue as the Beginning of Sin and Virtue§170
170Not because 'righteousness has persecuted me' Ps 22:19, but do not forsake me, do not become distant from me. God forsakes someone when they are worthy to suffer grievous things. I do not say this to mean that He tests them with grievous things; He is not not-forsaking, but when one, having grievous things, is defeated and cast down, then You do not forsake me, if You do not depart from me. I have clung to You; I have become one spirit toward You. When one clings to the Lord, and the Lord to him. 'My soul has clung to You behind You' Ps 63:8.
Cry out for my help, O Lord of my salvation Ps 27:7. You stand away from me if I sin, not if I am hated unjustly, nor even if some magnify themselves against me. And You are Lord and God of my salvation. But salvation does not touch the flesh, nor is it found regarding external things, but regarding the soul itself. This is the said eternal salvation; for it 'became'—the Christ, clearly—'eternal salvation to all those obeying Him.' The flesh's 'eternal salvation', which doctors bring to it, or that which a pilot saves for those sailing, is not eternal; for these will soon die again. But the salvation of God is eternal; He is their salvation.
ways so as not to sin in my tongue. This is one of the Psalms. In Ezra and in the Book of the Remaining, there is a memory of each name of those being submitted. And this, then, is one of them, or perhaps he himself composed the psalm, or received it from David and proclaimed it. And it is the work of the Psalms to say their psalms, both those they themselves composed and those others arranged.
This, then, is a victory song. Often the sinner is troubled by these things, but after conquering and trampling him and taking him under hand, the psalmist sends back the song; for no one sings a victory song while still warring and being warred against, but in the having conquered. Likewise, Moses and all the Jewish multitude did not say a victory song when they were against Pharaoh, but when they saw him become a drowning man: 'Let us sing to the Lord, for gloriously He has been glorified; He has cast horse and rider into the sea' Ex 15:1. When the horse and its rider were cast into the sea, and Pharaoh's chariots and the power of the...
God cast the Red Sea into the sea, and then a victorious song was appropriately sent up. And David says in the seventy-first psalm: 'In the day when he rescued him from the hand of all his enemies and from the hand of Saul, then he said: I will love you, O Lord my strength' (Ps 71:5), and all the rest which the song contains. It is a prayer before the war and in the war, but a victorious hymn and song after the destruction of the war, after capturing the enemies.
I said: 'I will guard my ways so as not to sin in my tongue' (Ps 34:13). For almost every practical sin has its beginning in the word. Regarding the young man whom the prostitute—who is personified in the proverbs, that is, being a woman or a false glory or a deception starting from words—is able to ensnare: for it is said, 'She led him astray with much intercourse' or enticement, and 'with the nooses through the lips she hollowed him out' (Prov 2:3/7). And behold, the word has become the beginning of sin. And the elders, indeed, those remaining according to Sophronius, started a word toward her.
If, therefore, someone does not sin in the tongue, he guards the ways well; for he said that the beginning of these ways is the word. And from the opposite of all good works, the word is the beginning. But he does not speak only about those ways; he added, 'so as not to sin in my tongue' (Ps 34:13). Yet sinning in the tongue is not the same as saying, 'My tongue will meditate on your righteousness' (Ps 119:9). 'The beginning of your words is truth' (Ps 119:160). The cause of saying your words is your truth; I will make this manifest if I know it. Therefore, upon the virtues and the well-flowing ways, truth is the beginning, the cause. But upon the forbidden ways, from which it is necessary to guard oneself and from which it is proper to turn away, the word is the beginning, as has already been said.
I set a guard upon my mouth (Ps 34:13). Remember how he said 'not to sin in the tongue': 'I set a guard upon my mouth.' Since 'from the words someone is justified and from his words he is condemned' (Matt 12:37), it is necessary for the mouth to place a guard, so that I may say the good things and not the bad, that we may speak the profitable things and be silent about the harmful ones; for no one is able at once to bring forth words that both justify and condemn. Something like this is said with an enigma in the proverbs: 'Death and life are in the hand of the tongue' (Prov 18:21). And the 'hand' of the 'tongue' is the word.
Greek · §170
με ὅτι "κατεδίωκον δικαιοσύνην", ἀλλὰ σὺ μὴ ἐνκαταλίπῃς με, μὴ μακράν μου γένῃ. ἐνκαταλείπει δὲ θεός τινα, ὅταν ἄξιος ᾖ τοῦ παθεῖν τὰ ἐπίπονα. οὐ τοῦτο δὲ λέγω, ὅτι οὕτως πεῖραν λαμβάνει τῶν ἐπιπόνων· οὐ καταλέλειπται, ἀλλ' ὅτε τὰ ἐπίπονα ἔχων ἡττᾶται καὶ καταβάλλεται. τότε οὐκ ἐνκαταλείπεις με, ὅταν μὴ ἀποστῇς ἀπ' ἐμοῦ. ἐκολλήθην σοι, ἓν πνεῦμα πρός σε γέγονα. ὅτε οὕτω διαμένω, ἔχω σε παρόντα. εἰ προσκολληθῇ τις τῷ κυρίῳ, καὶ ὁ κύριος αὐτῷ. "ἐκολλήθη ἡ ψυχή μου ὀπίσω σου". 23 πρόσχες εἰς τὴν βοήθειάν μου, κύριε τῆς σωτηρίας μου. ἀφίστασαι ἀπ' ἐμοῦ, ἐὰν ἁμαρτήσω, οὐκ ἐὰν μισῶμαι ἀδί κως οὐδ̣ὲ ἐὰν μεγαλορημονῶσίν τινες ἐπ' ἐμέ. καὶ κύριος καὶ θεὸς τῆς σωτηρίας μου εἶ. σωτηρία δὲ οὐ σαρκῶν ἅπτεται, οὐ περὶ τὰ ἐκτὸς εὑρίσκεται, ἀλλὰ περὶ αὐτὴν τὴν ψυχη´̣ν. αὕτη̣ ἐστὶν ἡ λεγομένη σωτηρία αἰώνιος· "ἐγένετο" γὰρ̣ "πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ"–ὁ Χριστὸς δηλονότι– "σωτηρία αἰώνιος". οὔκ ἐστιν "αἰώνιος σωτηρία" ἡ σαρκῶν, ἡ`̣ν ἰατροὶ προσάγουσιν, ἣν σῴζει κυβερνήτης τοὺς ἐνπλέοντας· μεθ' ὁλίγον γὰρ πάλιν τεθνήξονται οὗτοι. η῾̣ τοῦ θεοῦ δὲ σωτηρία αἰώνιός ἐστιν, αὐτός ἐστιν αὐτῶν ἡ σωτηρία. 1–2 εἰς τὸ τέλος, τῷ Ἰδιθούμ. εἶπα· φυλάξω τὰς ὁδούς μου τοῦ μὴ ἁμαρτάνειν ἐν γλώσσῃ μου. εἷς τῶν ἱεροψαλτῶν ἐστιν. ἐν τῷ Ἔσδρᾳ κα̣ι`̣ ε᾿̣ν̣ τῷ Ἀπολειπομένῳ μνήμη γίνεται ε῾̣κάστου ὀνόματος τῶν ὑποβαλλόντων. καὶ οὗτος οὖν εἷς ἐστιν αὐτῶν καὶ ἤτοι αὐτὸς πεποίηκεν τὸν ψαλμ̣ὸν εἰς τὸν ∆αυίδ, ἢ γενάμενον παρὰ ∆αυὶδ λαβὼν ἀπήγγειλεν. ἔργον δέ ἐστιν̣ τῶν ἱεροψαλτῶν λέγειν του`̣ς ψαλμοὺς καὶ οὓς αὐτοὶ πεποιήκασιν καὶ οὓς ἄλλοι συνέθηκαν. ᾠδὴ οὖν ἐστιν αὕτη ἐπινίκιος. πλειστάκις̣ ἐνοχλοῦν272 τα ἔχει τὸν ἁμαρτωλόν, ἀλλὰ μετὰ τὸ νικῆσαι καὶ πατῆσαι αὐτὸν καὶ ὑπὸ χεῖρα λαβεῖν ἀναπέμπει τὴν ᾠδήν· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἔτι ἐν τῷ πολεμεῖν καὶ πολεμεῖσθαι ἐπινίκιον ᾄδει, ἀλλ' ἐν τῷ νενικηκέναι. αὐτίκα γοῦν καὶ Μωυσῆς καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαικὴ πληθὺς οὐχ ὅτε εἶχαν πρὸς τὸν Φαραώ, τὴν ἐπινίκιον εἶπον ᾠδήν, ἀλλ' ὅτε εἶδον αὐτὸν ὑποβρύχιον γεγενημένον· "ᾄσωμεν τῷ κυρίῳ, ἐνδόξως γὰρ δεδόξασται· ἵππον καὶ ἀναβάτην ἔριψεν εἰς θάλασσαν". ὅτε ἐρίφη ὁ ἵππος καὶ ὁ ἐπιβάτης αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ ἅρματα Φαραὼθ καὶ τὴν δύναμιν ὁ θεὸς ἔριψεν εἰς θάλασσαν τὴν ἐρυθράν, τότε ἡ ἐπινίκιος καιρίως ἀνεπέμφθη ᾠδή. καὶ ∆αυὶδ ἐν τῷ δεκάτῳ ἑβδόμῳ ψαλμῷ· "ἐν ἡμέρᾳ, ᾗ ἐρύσατο αὐτὸν ἐκ χειρὸς πάντων τῶν ἐχθρῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐκ χειρὸς Σαούλ, τότε εἶπεν· ἀγαπήσω σε, κύριε ἡ ἰσχύς μου", καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ὅσα περιέχει ἡ ᾠδή. προσευχὴ πρὸ τοῦ πολέμου καὶ ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ, ἐπινίκιος δὲ ὕμνος καὶ ᾠδὴ μετὰ τὴν καθαίρεσιν τοῦ πολέμου, μετὰ τὸ ἁλῶναι τοὺς πολεμίους. "εἶπα· φυλάξω τὰς ὁδούς μου τοῦ μὴ ἁμαρτάνειν ἐν γλώσσῃ μου". σχεδὸν πάσης ἁμαρτίας πρακτικῆς ἐκ λόγου ἀρχὴ γίνεται. πρὸς τὸν ἁλόντα νεανίαν ἡ πόρνη ἡ ἐν ταῖς παροιμίαις προσωποποιουμένη ἤτοι γυνὴ οὖσα ἢ δόξα ψευδὴς ἢ ἀπάτη τις ἀπὸ λόγων ἀρξαμένη ἑλεῖν αὐτὸν δεδύνηται. εἴρηται γοῦν· "ἀπεπλάνησεν αὐτὸν πολλῇ ὁμιλίᾳ" ἢ αἱμυλίᾳ. "βρόχοις δὲ τοῖς διὰ χειλέων ἐξώκειλεν αὐτόν". καὶ ὅρα γε, ὅτι ἀρχὴ τῆς ἁμαρτίας γέγονε λόγος. καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι γοῦν οἱ κατὰ Σωσάννης μανέντες λόγον ἐκίνησαν πρὸς αὐτήν. ὅταν τις οὖν μὴ ἁμαρτήσῃ ἐν γλώσσῃ, καλῶς ἀνύει τὰς ὁδούς· εἶπον γὰρ ὅτι ἀρχὴ τῶν ὁδῶν τούτων λόγος ἐστίν. καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου πάλιν πάντων τῶν καλῶν ἔργων ἀρχὴ λόγος ἐστίν. ἀλλὰ οὐ περὶ ἐκείνων τῶν ὁδῶν τέως λέγει. προσέθηκεν δέ· "τοῦ μὴ ἁμαρτάνειν ἐν γλώσσῃ μου". οὐ ταὐτὸν δὲ τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν ἐν γλώττῃ καὶ τὸ λέγειν· "ἡ γλῶττά μου μελετήσει τὴν δικαιοσύνην σου". "ἀρχὴ τῶν λόγων σου ἀλήθεια". ἡ αἰτία τοῦ λέγειν με τοὺς λόγους σου ἡ ἀλήθειά σού ἐστιν. ταύτην φανερώσω ἐὰν γνῶ αὐτήν. ἐπὶ τῶν ἀρετῶν 183 οὖν καὶ τῶν εὖ ἐχο̣υσῶν ὁδῶν ἡ ἀλήθεια ἀρχή ἐστιν, αἰτία. ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ἀπηγορευμένων ὁδῶν, ἀφ' ὧν δεῖ φυλάττεσθαι, ἀφ' ὧν ἐκκλίνειν προσήκει, λόγος ἀρχή ἐστιν, ὡς ἤδη εἴρηται. 2 ἐθέμην τῷ στόματί μου φυλακήν. μνημονεύει, πῶς εἶπεν "μὴ ἁμαρτάνειν ἐν γλώςσῃ"· "ἐθέμην ἐν τῷ στόματί μου φυλακήν". ἐπεὶ γὰρ "ἐκ τῶν λόγων τις ἑαυτοῦ δικαιοῦται καὶ ἐκ τῶν λόγων αὐτοῦ κατακρίνεται", δεῖ τῷ στόματι περιθεῖναι φυλακήν, ἵν' οὕτω τὰ μὲν εἴπω, τὰ δὲ μή, τὰ ὠφέλιμα λέγωμεν, τὰ βλάπτοντα σιωπῶμεν· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἅμα τις δύναται τοὺς λόγους προφέρειν τοὺς δικαιοῦντας καὶ καταδικάζοντας. τοιοῦτόν τι μετ' αἰνιγμοῦ ἐν ταῖς παροιμίαις εἴρηται· "θάνατος καὶ ζωὴ ἐν χειρὶ γλώσσης". "χεὶρ" δὲ "γλώσσης" ὁ λόγος ἐστίν,
Wisdom in Silence and the Renewal of Sorrow§171
171The activity of the tongue. He who speaks what is beneficial and leads into the kingdom of life has life in the tongue. But he who speaks the opposite and the forbidden things has death in his own word called a 'tongue'. And in another scripture it says: 'With your words make a balance and a weight' (Prov 16:11). It is necessary to speak having weighed; it is necessary to have a balance and to cast the words upon each scale. And if the upright words are found to be balanced, it is proper to choose those and to proclaim them, but to turn away from the bad ones.
Again it is said: 'The lips of the wise are taught by perception' (Ps 51:13). When someone speaks having perceived, the lips are taught, not opening them to every word, but to what is beneficial. 'I will open my lips and my mouth shall proclaim your praise' (Ps 51:14). He who has the taught lips, having perceived that what he intends to speak is beneficial, opened them. But when they harm what is being uttered, he closes and binds the lips with perception; he binds the word.
'In the standing of the sinner against me, I was made deaf and humbled, and I kept silence for the sake of good things' (Ps 31:5). Often appearing, the sinner provokes and is called out to the things pleasing to him. If, therefore, he ever stands against us, it is our part to make him stand; for if we do not give him a place, he is not able to stand. But to stand in this way is to stand in battle. It is necessary to be silent; for he often provokes; because the serpent, having stood against Eve, provoked her word and harmed her. It was necessary to be silent, having received perception of her own weakness or of the sin that had come before, not to speak anything to her, but to keep silence for the sake of good things.
And the 'keeping silence for the sake of good things' does not say 'not to speak the good things', but to have a silence made wise from the good things. For example, having taken up virtue, a prudent man knew that he must not respond out of the good, that is, out of prudence. I kept silence toward the standing revealed and provoking toward sin. If, therefore, that young man had been responding to nothing from right understanding toward the harlot, he would not have 'been led astray by much association' (1 Tim 5:15) nor 'been enticed by the morsels of his lips' (Prov 5:3). I kept silence, therefore, when the good things had come upon me, persuading me not to respond to him. He does not say: 'I kept silence so as not to speak the good things', but 'so as not to speak the provoking things'. And this silence has become to me from...
The wisdom of the good things which hinders such a conversation. "He is found wise while being silent." He who thus remains silent is found wise. And it is indeed wisdom to know to whom one must speak and to whom one must not, and when to bring forward words and when not. "He is therefore found wise while being silent, and he is silent, for he has no answer." And this man possesses a certain quietness of mind; for having known that he has no answer, he keeps peace. "And he is wise, being silent, knowing the right time." This man is perfect.
And "my sorrow was renewed" (Psalm 39:10). Then the sorrow is renewed when the sinner stands in reflection upon what he has done, upon which it is necessary to grieve. And just as the sorrow received a renewal, renewal is to dwell in a house at first. A renewal, therefore, is to lead that which has already withered and is silent into flowering. "My sorrow" therefore "was renewed." Having said, "I kept my ways not to sin with my tongue" (Psalm 119:11), I knew that I had sinned. Therefore "my sorrow was renewed." And it is blessed for one who has sinned to experience a renewal of sorrow and not of pleasure; for he who rejoices over what he has done and brings those things back into the midst again, renews the sin. But he who grieves, having perceived that it is necessary to guard the ways and not to sin with the tongue, renews the sorrow, weeping and grieving, "working the sorrow according to God, which is repentance." In this, he grieves entirely in the recognizing that it has entirely happened in such matters.
"My heart was warmed within me" (Psalm 39:3). One may say: my heart has received heat just as warmth, and from the renewal of sorrow. And one may also say this: because I seized myself intensely and I am being consumed and I weep aloud the sorrow, "my heart was warmed," it has become fiery. "In" indeed "my practice, a fire burned up" (Psalm 39:2), consuming and making me ash; for they were hay and wood and other things. I have this consuming fire not only in the being perfected, but also in my practicing the sorrow. And the "within me" is also good. The heart becomes hot so that the heat spreads even to the outside. Those, indeed, who are burning with passion do not have a heart warmed within, but, having spread to the outside, they have the state of one being pressed. It is as if it were said: "I was troubled and I did not speak."
Greek · §171
ἐνέργεια γλώσσης. ὁ λαλῶν τὰ ὠφε̣λοῦντα καὶ εἰς βασιλείαν εἰσάγοντα ζωὴν ἔχει ἐν τῇ γλώσσῃ. ὁ δὲ τὰ ἐναντία καὶ ἀπηγορευμένα, θάν̣ατο̣ν ἔχει ἐν τῷ λόγῳ ἑαυτοῦ "γλῶσσαν" ὀνομαζομένῳ. καὶ ἐν ἄλλῃ γραφῇ λέγει ὅτι· "τοῖς λόγοις σου ποίησον ζυγὸν καὶ σταθμόν". ἐσταθμισμένως δεῖ λέγειν, ζυγὸν δεῖ ἔχειν καὶ βάλλειν ἐφ' ἑκάστης τρυτάνης τοὺς λόγους̣. καὶ ἐὰν καταταλαντεύωσιν οἱ ὀρθοὶ λόγοι, ἐκείνους αἱρεῖσθαι καὶ ἀπαγγέλλειν προσήκει, τοὺς δὲ φαύλους ἀποστρέφεσθαι. πάλιν λέγεται· "χείλη σοφῶν δέδεται αἰσθήσει". ὅταν ᾐσθημένως λέγῃ τις, δέδεται τὰ χείλη, οὐ παντὶ λόγῳ αὐτὰ ἀνοίγει, ἀλλὰ τῷ ὠφελ̣οῦν̣τι. "τὰ χείλη μου ἀνοίξω καὶ τὸ στόμα μου ἀναγγελεῖ τὴν αἴ νεσίν σου". ὁ δεδεμένα τὰ χείλη ἔχων αἰσθήσει αἰσ̣θηθεὶς ὅτι ὠφελοῦντά ἐστιν ἃ με´̣λ̣λει λέγειν, ἤνοιξεν αὐτά. 273 ὅταν δὲ βλάπτωσιν τὰ προφερόμενα, κλείει καὶ δεσμεῖ τὰ χείλη τῇ αἰσθήσει, δεσμεῖ τὸν λόγον. 2–3 ἐν τῷ συνστῆναι τὸν ἁμαρτωλὸν ἐναντίον μου ἐκωφώθην καὶ ἐταπεινώθην καὶ ἐσίγησα ἐξ ἀγαθῶν. πολλάκις ἐπιφαινόμενος ὁ ἁμαρτωλὸς ἐρεθίζει καὶ ἐκκαλεῖται εἰς τὰ φίλα αὐτῷ. ἄν ποτε οὖν συνστῇ, παρ' ἡμᾶς δὲ γίνεται αὐτὸν τὸ συνστῆναι· εἰ μὴ γὰρ δῶμεν αὐτῷ τόπον, οὐ δύναται συνστῆναι. τὸ συνστῆναι δὲ οὕτως συνστάδην πολεμῆσ̣αι. δεῖ σιωπῆσαι· ἐρεθίζει γὰρ πολλάκις· διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ συνστὰς ὁ ὄφις κατέναντι τῆς Εὕας ἠρέθιζεν αὐτῆς τὸν λόγον καὶ ἔβλαψεν αὐτήν. ἔδει δὲ σιωπῆσαι καὶ αἴσθησιν λαβόντα τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ἀσθενείας ἢ τῆς προλαβούσης ἁμαρτίας μὴ λαλῆσαί τι πρὸς αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ σιγῆσαι ἐξ ἀγαθῶν. τὸ δὲ "σιγᾶν ἐξ ἀγαθῶν" οὐ τοῦτο λέγει "μὴ λέγειν τὰ ἀγαθά", ἀλλ' ἐκ τῶν ἀγαθῶν σιωπὴν ἔχειν νενοημένην. οἷον ἀρετὴν ἀναλαβὼν σώφρονος ἔγνων ὅτι οὐ δεῖ α᾿̣ποκριθῆναι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, τουτέστιν τῆς σωφροσύνης. ἐσιώπησα πρὸς τὴν συνστάδην φανεῖσαν καὶ ἐρεθίζουσαν εἰς ἁμαρτίαν. εἰ τοίνυν ὁ νεανίας ἐκεῖνος μηδὲν ἦν ἀποκρινόμενος ἀπὸ νοήσεως ὀρθῆς πρὸς τὴν πόρνην, οὐκ "ἀπεπλανᾶτο πολλῇ ὁμιλίᾳ" οὐδὲ "ἡλίσκετο βρόχοις τῶν χειλέων ἑαυτοῦ". ἐσίγησα οὖν ἐπελθόντων μοι τῶν ἀγαθῶν τῶν πειθόντων με μὴ ἀποκρίνασθαι ἐκείνῳ. οὐ λέγ̣ε̣ι· "ε᾿̣σίγησα, ἵνα μὴ λαλῶ τὰ ἀγαθά", ἀλλ' "ἵνα μὴ λαλῶ τὰ ἐρεθίζοντα". γέγονέν μοι δὲ αὕτη ἡ σιωπὴ ἐκ νοη´̣σεως τῶν ἀγαθῶν τῶν κωλυόντων τὴν τοιαύτην ὁμιλίαν. "ἔστιν σιωπῶν εὑρισκόμενος σοφός". ὁ οὕτω σιωπῶν εὑρίςκεται σοφός. καὶ σοφόν γέ ἐστιν τὸ γνῶναι τίνι λαλῆσαι δεῖ καὶ τίνι μὴ καὶ πότε προενεγκεῖν λόγους καὶ πότε μή. "ἔστιν" οὖν "σιωπῶν εὑρισκόμενος σοφός, καὶ ἔστιν σιωπῶν, οὐ γὰρ ἔχει ἀπόκρισιν". καὶ οὗτος ἔχει ἠρέμα τινὰ φρόνησιν· γνοὺς γὰρ ὅτι οὐκ ἔχει ἀπόκρισιν, ἡσυχάζει. "καὶ ἔστιν σιωπῶν εἰδὼς καιρόν". οὗτος τέλειός ἐστιν. 3 καὶ τὸ ἄλγημά μου ἀνεκαινίσθη. τότε τὸ ἄλγημα ἀνακαινίζεται συνστάντος τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ. ἐν ἀναπολήσει γέγονεν ὧν ἔπραξεν, ἐφ' οἷς ἀλγεῖν δεῖ. καὶ ὥςπερ ἀνακαινισμὸν ἔλαβεν τὸ ἄλγημα. ἐνκαινισμὸς δέ ἐστιν τὸ οἰκῆσαι ἐν οἴκῳ πρώτως. ἀνακαινισμὸς οὖν ἐστιν τὸ ἤδη μαρανθὲν καὶ ἡσυχάζον ἀγαγεῖν εἰς τὸ ἀνθεῖν. "τὸ ἄλγημά μου" οὖν "ἀνεκαινίσθη". εἰρηκὼς ὅτι· "ἐφύλαξα τὰς ὁδούς μου τοῦ μὴ ἁμαρτάνειν ἐν γλώσσῃ 184 μου", ἔγνων ὅτι ἥμαρτον. "ἀνεκαινίσθη" οὖν "τὸ ἄλγημά μου". μακάριον δέ ἐστιν τὸν ἡμαρτηκότα ἐν ἀνακαινισμῷ τοῦ ἀλγήματος γενέσθαι καὶ μὴ τῆς ἡδονῆς· ὁ γὰρ χαίρων ἐφ' οἷς ἔπραξεν καὶ αὖθις αὐτὰ εἰς μέσον φέρων ἀνακαινίζει. ὁ δὲ ἀλγῶν αἰσθηθεὶς ὅτι δεῖ φυλάττειν τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ μὴ δεῖν ἐν γλώττῃ ἁμαρτάνειν, ἀνακαινίζειν τὸ ἄλγημα κλαίων καὶ λυπούμενος "τὴν κατὰ θεὸν λύπην τὴν μετάνοιαν ἐργαζομένην". ἐν αὐτῷ ὅλως τῷ μεταγιγνώσκειν ἀλγεῖ ὅτι ὅλως γέγονεν ἐν τοιούτοις. 4 ἐθερμάνθη ἡ καρδία μου ἐντός μου. δύναται λέγειν ὁ´̣τ̣ι· ἡ καρδία μου ὥσπερ θέρμην προσέλαβεν καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνακαινισμοῦ τοῦ ἀλγήματος. δύναται δὲ καὶ τοῦτο εἰπεῖν· ἐπεὶ σφοδρῶς καθηψάμην ἐμαυτοῦ καὶ ὀλοφύρομαι καὶ ἀποκλαίομαι τὸ ἄλγημα, "ἐθερμάνθη ἡ καρδία μου", διάπυρος γέγονεν. "ἐν" αὐτῇ γοῦν "τῇ μελέτῃ μου ἐξεκάη πῦρ" ἀναλίσκον καὶ φλουρουντα με· ἦσαν γὰρ χόρτος καὶ ξύλα καὶ τὰ ἄλλα. οὐ μόνον ἐν τῷ τελειοῦσθαι ἔχω τὸ πῦρ τοῦτο τὸ ἀναλωτικὸν τῶν χορτώδων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ μελετᾶν μου τὸ ἄλγημα. εὖ δὲ καὶ τὸ "ἐντός μου". ἐνίων ἡ καρδία θερμαίνεται ὥστε τὴν θέρμην καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἔξω χωρῆσαι. οἱ γοῦν̣ γαμοῦντες καὶ πυρούμενοι οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἐντὸς τὴν καρδίαν θερμανθεῖσαν, 274 ἀλλ' ἐπὶ τὰ ἔξω χωρήσασα ἔχει τὸν ἐνπρησμόν. ὥσπερ ἐὰν λέγηται· "ἐταράχθην καὶ οὐκ ἐλάλησα". ὁ
The Number of Days and Enlightenments§172
172Having experienced a disturbance in thought or in reasoning, and having done nothing according to that disturbance of thoughts, nor even having spoken, he possesses the state of having been disturbed and not having spoken. Such a person has within him a heart having been warmed. 'And in my meditation fire shall be kindled' (Ps 39:16). My inner self. And thus for each of us, two men have stood, One is outside, the other inside. Therefore, when a disturbance arises in the soul and does not transfer the disturbance to the outer man, but keeps it within so as to recognize it and weep over it, he has within him a heart having been warmed, not in order to act, but in order not to act. 'In my meditation the fire burns.' In others, by voice and by action and by thought, a fire burns, consuming them, burning them. 'Their heart was warmed like a fiery furnace.' Here the meditation is like a fire that has burned, with something to burn beneath. And the meditation and the heat of the Holy Spirit is the all-consuming, which comes to pass by the blowing Spirit. Therefore the fire burns in order that it may act, not in order that it may harm and consume. 'Was not our heart burning within us while he opened to us the Scriptures?' (Lk 24:32). This burning is to be praised. And observe also regarding manufactured things: some are heated in order that they may be reshaped and become a vessel, gold or silver. But if wood or something else is set on fire, the heat is harmful.
'I spoke in a tongue.' Even if I did not let it become outward, but it remained within me, through a burning from meditation it made itself for me, and so I spoke in a tongue: 'Make known to me, Lord, my end' (Ps 62:5). From my own tongue I said this; for the tongue as shaped by its owner is this: for example, the temperate man, speaking the things of temperance, speaks in his own tongue, the tongue of the temperate man, not that of a human deceiver. And the one desiring to learn his own end and to offer his life to God, in my tongue, not in the tongue of a deceitful man, but I, desiring to know my end, spoke in a tongue. This my word is not a counterfeit. When a hypocrite speaks concerning temperance while not being temperate, he does not speak in his own tongue. But the temperate man, when he delivers discourses concerning temperance, speaks in the tongue of the temperate man. No hypocrite, therefore, speaks in the natural tongue, but in the counterfeit tongue. The wolf, when he [is...]
Begging like a sheep to enter Christ's flock, he speaks not in his own tongue, but imitates the voice of the sheep, so that, meeting like with like, he might harm. 'Make known to me, Lord, my end and the number of my days, what it is' (Psalm 39:10). Observe how the one saying this is a repentant person. 'Help me to guard my ways, to set a guard over my mouth' (Psalm 39:11-12). When the sinner stood against me and was provoking, I received good in my mind from the experience of not speaking to him.
This is therefore what I say; since I saw myself lacking much—for I had only just begun to progress—'Make known to me, Lord, my end,' so that I might know how much time of life remains to me, if it is sufficient for completion and fulfillment. Thus also another was saying: 'Declare to me the brevity of my days; do not bring me back in the midst of my days' (Psalm 39:13). In a certain way, I am in the midst of the days that come from the Holy Light. Do not then bring me back in such a way. Therefore, fulfill my days.
But God fulfills the days of some not by providing an increase of them; for when it is said, 'I will fill him with length of days' concerning the righteous, we do not say that he makes him many-years. There are also impious people who have lived many years. 'And the number of my days' (Psalm 39:10). It is also possible to say 'the number of my days' meaning: you have enlightened me much, I have become composed of days; for each enlightenment is a day. Therefore, reveal to me the number of my enlightenments, so that I might know what I lack.
As if someone, having taken up a desire for art or science, lest he should have a perfect knowledge of his education, says: 'Reveal to me what are the luminous things of science, so that I might know what I have and what I lack.' It is blessed to have things, works, and thoughts that are countable, those worthy of being numbered. Regarding the prostitute, it is indeed said: 'They are countless, whom you have slain' (Hosea 13:9). This does not necessarily mean that they are infinite, but that they are not worthy of being numbered. They do not exist in any word or number. So that I might know what I lack. If I learn the number of my days and my end, until when it is reached, I recognize in what things I lack, which are the things I have not yet learned. Therefore, those making a desire for science...
Greek · §172
σχὼν κατὰ διάνοιαν τάραχόν τινα ἢ ἐν λογισμοῖς καὶ μηδὲν ἐνεργήσας κατὰ τὴν ταραχὴν τῶν λογισμῶν μηδὲ εἰπών, ἔχει τὸ τεταράχθαι καὶ μὴ λελαληκέναι. ὁ τοιοῦτος ἐντὸς ἔχ̣ει τὴν καρδίαν τεθερμανμ̣ένην. 4 καὶ ἐν τῇ μελέτῃ μου ἐκκαυθήσεται πῦρ. τὸ ἐντός μου. καὶ οὕτω καθ' ἕκ̣αστ̣ον ἡμῶν ἄνθρωποι δύο συνεστήκασιν, ὧν ὁ μὲν ἔξω, ὁ δὲ ἔσω. ὅταν τοίνυν ταραχὴ γένηται τῇ ψυχῇ καὶ μὴ ἐπὶ τὸν ἔξω ἄνθρωπον τὴν ταραχὴν μεταγάγῃ, ἀλλὰ τηρήσῃ αὐτὴν ἔνδον ὥστε καταγνῶναι αὐτῆς καὶ ἀποδακρύσασθαι αὐτήν, ἐντὸς ἔχει τὴν καρδίαν θερμανθεῖσαν, οὐχ ἵνα πράξῃ, ἀλλ' ἵνα μὴ πράξῃ. ἐν τῇ ἐμῇ μελέτῃ ἐκκαίεται τὸ πῦρ. ἐν τῇ ἄλλ̣ων φωνῇ καὶ πράξει καὶ διανοίᾳ ἐκκαίεται πῦρ ψαῦον αὐτῶν, πυροῦν αὐτούς. "ἀνεκαύθη ἡ καρδία αὐτῶν ὡς κλίβανος πυρός". ὧδε ἡ μελέτη ὡς πῦρ ἐξεκάη ἔχουσα ὕλην ὑποκειμένην καυστήν. ἡ δὲ μελέτη καὶ ἡ θέρμη τοῦ ἁγίου ἡ δ̣ιάπυρος, ἡ γινομένη ὑπὸ τοῦ ζέοντος πνεύματος. ἐκκαίεται οὖν τὸ πῦρ, ἵν' ἐνεργήσῃ τι, οὐχ ἵνα βλάψῃ καὶ ἀναλώσῃ. "οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν ἦν καιομένη ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, ἡνίκα διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς"; ἡ καῦσις αὕτη ἐπαινετή ἐστιν. καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν τεχνητῶν δὲ σκόπει· ἔνια θερμαίνεται, ἵνα μεταρυθμισθῇ καὶ εἰς σκεῦος μεταβῇ, χρυσός, ἄργυρος. ἐὰν δὲ πυρωθῇ ξύλα ἠ`̣ ἄλλο τι, ἡ θέρμη βλαβερά ἐστιν. 4 ἐλάλησα ἐν γλώσσῃ. εἰ καὶ οὐκ ἔασα αὐτὴν ἔξω γενέσθαι, ἀλλ' ἐντός μου μείνασα πύρωσιν ἐκ μελέτης μοι περιεποιήσατο, τῇ δὲ γλώττῃ ἐλάλησα λοιπόν· "γνώρισόν μοι, κύριε, τὸ πέρας μου". ἀπὸ γλώττης τῆς ἐμῆς εἶπον τοῦτο· γλῶσσα γὰρ ἡ κατὰ φύσιν τοῦ ἔχοντος αὕτη ἐστίν· οἷον ὁ σώφρων τὰ σωφροσύνης λαλῶν ἐν γλώττῃ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ λαλεῖ, τοῦ σώφρονος, οὐκ ἐν γλώττῃ τοῦ ἀν θρώπου. καὶ ὁ θηρῶν μὲν τὸ πέρας ἑαυτοῦ μαθεῖν καὶ τῷ θεῷ προσάγων τὴν πεῦσιν, τῇ ἐμῇ γλώττῃ, οὐ τῇ δολίου ἀνθρώπου, ἀλλ' ἐμοῦ τοῦ θέλοντος γνῶναι τὸ πέρας μου ἐν γλώττῃ ἐλάλησα. ὁ λόγος μου οὗτος οὐκ ἐπίπλαστός ἐστιν. ὅταν τις ὑποκριτὴς λέγῃ περὶ σωφροσύνης οὐκ ὢν σώφρων, οὐ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ γλώττῃ λαλεῖ. ὁ δὲ σώφρων ὅτε περὶ σωφροσύνης διεξέρχεται λόγους, τῇ τοῦ σώφρονος γλώττῃ λαλεῖ. οὐδεὶς οὖν ὑποκριτὴς τῇ κατὰ φύσιν γλώττῃ λαλεῖ, ἀλλὰ τῇ ἐπιπλάστῳ. ὁ λύκος ὅτε δορὰν περικείμενος προβάτου πρόσεισιν τῇ Χριστοῦ ποίμνῃ, λαλεῖ οὐ τῇ γλώττῃ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ, ἀλλὰ μιμεῖται τὴν τοῦ προβάτου φωνήν, ἵν' ὡς ὅμοιος ὁμοίοις συντυχὼν βλάψῃ. 5 γνώρισόν μοι, κύριε, τὸ πέρας μου καὶ τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν ἡμερῶν μου, τίς ἐστιν. θεώρει ὡς μετανοοῦντός ἐστιν πρόσωπον τὸ ταῦτα λέγον. παρέστη μοι φυλάξαι τὰς ὁδούς μου, θεῖναι τῷ 185 στόματί μου φυλακήν. συνστάντος τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ κατεναντίον μου καὶ ἐρεθίζοντος, ἀγαθὰ ἔλαβον ἐν διανοίᾳ τὰ πείσαντά με μὴ λαλῆσαι αὐτῷ. τοῦτο οὖν λέγω· ἐπεὶ πολλῶν ἐμαυτὸν ἐθεώρησα λειπόμενον–μόλις γὰρ ἠρξάμην προκοπῆς̣–, "γνώρισόν μοι, κύριε, τὸ πέρας μου", ἵνα γνῶ, πόσος μοι λείπεται χρόνος τῆς ζωῆς, εἰ αὐτάρκης ἐστὶν π̣ρὸς τὸ τελειωθῆναι καὶ πληρωθῆναι. οὕτω γοῦν καὶ ἄλλος ἔλεγεν· "τὴν ὀλιγότητα τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀπάγγειλόν μοι· μὴ ἀναγάγῃς με ἐν ἡμίσει ἡμε ρῶν μου". τρόπον τινὰ ἐν τῇ ἡμισείᾳ̣ τῶν ἡμερῶν τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου φωτὸς γινομένων εἰμί. μή με οὖν ἀναγάγῃς οὕτως. πλήρωσον οὖν τὰς ἡμέρας μου. πληροῖ δὲ ὁ θεὸς τάς τινων ἡμέρας οὐκ αὔξησιν αὐτῶν παρέχων· ὅταν γὰρ λέγῃ ὅτι· "μακρότητι ἡμερῶν ἐνπλήσω αὐτὸν" περὶ τοῦ δικαίου, οὐ τοῦτο λέγομεν ὅτι πολυετῆν αὐτὸν ποιεῖ. εἰσὶν καὶ ἀσεβεῖς πολλὰ ἔτη ζήσαντες. "καὶ τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν ἡμερῶν μου". δύναται καὶ "τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν ἡμερῶν μου" εἰπεῖν ὅτι· πολλά με ἐφώτισας, ἐν ἡμέραις γέγονα· ἕκαστος γὰρ φωτισμὸς ἡμέρα ἐστι´̣ν. τὸν ἀριθμὸν οὖν τῶν φωτισμῶν μου δήλω275 σόν μοι, ἵνα γνῶ, τί μοι λείπει. ὡς εἰ ἔλεγέν τις πόθον λαβὼν τέχνης ἢ ἐπιστήμης, μήπω δὲ τελείαν γνῶσιν ἐσχηκὼς τῆς παιδεύσεως–λέγει· "φανέρωσόν μοι, τίνα ἐστὶν τὰ φωτεινὰ τῆς ἐπιστήμης, ἵνα γνῶ, ποῖα ἔχω καὶ ποῖα λείπομαι". μακάριόν ἐστιν τὸ ἀριθμητὰ ἔχειν πράγματα καὶ ἔργα καὶ νοήματα, τὰ ἄξια τοῦ ἀριθμεῖσθαι. ἀμέλει γοῦν περὶ τῆς πόρνης λέγεται· "ἀναρίθμητοί εἰσιν, οὓς πεφόνευκας". οὐ τοῦτο λέγει πάντως ὅτι ἄπειροί εἰσιν, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἄξιοι τοῦ ἀριθμεῖσθαι. ἐν οὐδενὶ λόγῳ ἢ ἀριθμῷ κεῖνται. 5 ἵνα γνῶ τί ὑστερῶ ἐγώ. ἐὰν μάθω τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν ἡμερῶν μου καὶ τὸ πέρας μου, μέχρι πότε̣ παραγίνεται, γιγνώσκω, ἐν τίσιν ὑστερῶ, τίνα ἐστὶν ἃ οὔπω ἔμαθον. οἱ πόθον οὖν ἐνποιοῦντες ἐπιστή μης
The Meanings of Hypostasis and Substance§173
173More completely, they say the insights grasped by them are to be taught at the same time as the beginning, so that they may also know what they lack, and take up a desire to succeed and recover.
"Behold, I have made my days into wrestling matches." The former reading, this more common one, is: "I have made my days into old wrestling matches." I am not young or a newborn, not having begun to live just now, but "I have made my days into old wrestling matches." And this must be said: that which approaches always makes old that which has passed. Thus also laws grow old. Therefore he says: the old days which I had, when I lived as a man of old, have grown old and have departed; I have clothed myself in the new. But the one at hand will say: "Behold, I have become an old man. Make known to me the end, when I shall die." "Behold, I have made my days into wrestling matches." Since the name "wrestler" is homonymous—meaning also the one contending in the arena, and also indicating a certain measure—it is possible to take it both ways. He says: "I have made my days into wrestling in the arena"; for we always have those who fight against us. At times human temptation comes and fights and wears out human passions, and at other times evil powers; for "our wrestling is not against blood and flesh"—for us, but for others, yes—"but against the principalities, against the powers" (Ephesians 6:12). In order that this may be, "I have made my days into wrestling matches." And it can also be said by measure: as toward the age of the ages, the days which I live hold the character of a wrestler. And just as he says that all the nations are many things, "a drop from a bucket"—as toward the bucket of rational drops all the nations are—and "a weight on a scale"—until the weight tips and oscillates, not so as to pull the scale plate down—as toward the magnitude of the aging and the length of the days, which the one capable of living well endures: "the one loving" (Exodus 20:12) "his father and his mother shall be long-lived." And this is not yet found according to the literal word.
And my substance is as if nothing is against...
The name of hypostasis signifies many things. Regarding the present, there is a need for two meanings. Sometimes essence is called hypostasis; for instance, when the Son is called the 'character of the divine hypostasis' (cf. Heb 1:3), meaning the divine essence and existence. Hypostasis is also called perfect endurance, by which someone stands firm against hardships.
Thus he speaks in both senses: 'the essence of my soul is nothing before you' (Ps 51:6), as if toward you a certain great essence. And saying that it ought to be perfect according to you, the Father, I diminished it. And that this is so, he says concerning some: 'Children of Zion, the honored, adorned with gold and silver, how they became earthen vessels?' (2 Tim 2:20). Behold, their essence was diminished. It is clearly necessary to take this: they have become earthen vessels. The gold, being reviled, is diminished and falls far short of its own value. He who does not realize the honor coming to him from God 'is compared to the mindless cattle' (Ps 49:20), and his hypostasis, through poverty, was considered nothing.
And since it also signifies endurance, he says: even if I endured desiring to see my end and I entreat you that you make this known to me, yet my endurance is not something brief in this way toward you. Moreover, all things are vanity, every living man (Eccl 1:2). This must be known in two ways: all things are vanity through man, as the Preacher has clearly interpreted. Regarding the things that have ascended above and are perfect and truly eternal, the hypostasis is vain, except 'every living man.'
Thus it is possible to say: even if all other things apart from man are vanity, such as mortal animals, the transient things, even if they are soulless, man alone is living, living according to that life which they live according to Abraham; for 'God is not of the dead, but of the living' (Mk 12:27). And the man who lives according to the human standard is himself vain. Therefore, it must be distinguished thus: all these things are vanity; for even if they were mortal, having died.
Greek · §173
ὁλοσχερέσ̣τερον ἅμα τῷ ἄρξασθαι λέγουσιν αὐτοῖς τὰ θεωρήματα τὰ καταληφθέντα αὐτοῖς, ἵνα καὶ γνῶσιν, ὅσων λείπονται, καὶ πόθον λάβωσιν τοῦ κατορθῶσαι καὶ ἀναλαβεῖν. 6 ἰδοὺ παλαιστὰς ἔθου τὰς ἡμέρας μου. ἡ προτέρα ἀνάγνωσις ἡ δ̣ημωδεστέρα αὕτη ἐστίν· "παλαιὰς ἔθου τὰς ἡμέρας μου". οὔκ εἰμι νέος ἢ νεοπαγής, οὐ νῦν τοῦ ζῆν ἀρξάμενος, ἀλλὰ "παλαιὰς ἔθου τὰς ἡμέρας μου". καὶ τοῦτο δὲ ῥητέον· ἀεὶ τὸ ἐπερχόμενον παλαιοῖ τὸ φθάσαν. οὕτω γοῦν νόμοι παλαιου῀̣νται. τοῦτο οὖν λέγει· τὰς παλαιὰς ἃς εἶχον ἡμέρας, ὅτε κατὰ τὸν παλαιὸν ἔζων ἄνθρωπον, πεπαλαίωνται, ἀπῆλθαν· τὸν νέον ἐνεδυσάμην. ὁ μέντοι πρόχειρος ἐρεῖ ὅτι· "ἰδοὺ γέρων γέγονα. γνώρισόν μοι τὸ πέρας, πότε ἀποθνῄσκω". "ἰδοὺ παλαιςτὰς ἔθου τὰς ἡμέρας μου". ἐπεὶ ὁμώνυμόν ἐστιν τὸ ὄνομα τὸ "παλαιστής"–σημαίνει δὲ καὶ τὸν α᾿̣θλοῦντα ἐν πάλῃ, δηλοῖ δὲ καὶ μέτρον τι–, ἀμφοτέρως αὐτὸ ἐκλαβεῖν ἔστιν. λέγει ὅτι· "τὰς ἡμέρας μου ἐν πάλῃ κ̣αι`̣ ἀγω̣νίζεσθαι ἔθου"· ἀεὶ γὰρ ἔχομεν τοὺς πολεμοῦντας. καὶ ὁτὲ μὲν πειρασμὸς ἀνθρώπινος λαμβάνει καὶ τὰ ἀνθρώπινα πάθη πολεμεῖ καὶ παλαίει, ποτὲ πονηραὶ δυνάμεις· "οὐκ ἔστιν" γὰρ "ἡμῖν ἡ πάλη πρὸς αἷμα καὶ σάρκα"–ἡμῖν, ἄλλοις δὲ ναί–, "ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἀρχάς, πρὸς τὰς ἐξουσίας". ἵνα ᾖ τοῦτο, "ἀγῶνας ἔθου τὰς ἡμέρας μου". δύναται δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ μέτρου λεχθῆναι· ὡς πρὸς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος αἱ ἡμέραι ἃς ζῶ, παλαιστοῦ λόγον ἐπέχουσιν. καὶ ὥσπερ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη λέγει πολλὰ ὄντα "σταγόνα ἀπὸ κάδου"–ὡς πρὸς τὸν κάδον τῶν λογικῶν σταγὼν ὅλα τὰ ἔθνη εἰσίν–καὶ "ῥοπὴν ζυγοῦ"–μέχρι τοῦ ῥέψαι καταταλαντεύει τὸ βάρος, οὐχ ὥστε κάτω καθελκύσαι τὴν πλάστινγα–, ὡς πρὸς τὸ μέγεθος τῶν παλαἰώνων καὶ τὴν μακρότητα τῶν ἡμερῶν, ἣν ὑφίσταται ὁ δυνάμενος εὖ διάγειν· "ὁ φιλῶν", λέγει, "τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα μακροχρόνιος ἔσται". καὶ οὐκ ἤδη κατὰ τὸ ῥητὸν τοῦτο εὑρίσκεται. 6 καὶ ἡ ὑπόστασίς μου ὡσεὶ οὐδὲν ἐναντίον σου. τὸ τῆς ὑποστάσεως ὄνομα πολλὰ σημαίνει. ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος δὲ δύο σημαινομένων χρεία. λέγεταί ποτε ἡ οὐσία ὑπόστασις· ὡς ὅταν λέγηται ὁ υἱὸς 186 "χαρακτὴρ τῆς θεοῦ ὑποστάσεως", τῆς θεοῦ οὐσίας καὶ ὑπάρξεως. λέγεται δὲ ὑπόστασις καὶ ἡ τελεία ὑπομονὴ καθ' ἣν ὑφίσταταί τις τὰ ἐπίπονα. λέγει οὖν ἀμφοτέρως· "ἡ οὐσία τῆς ψυχῆς μου ἐναντίον σου ὡς οὐδέν ἐστιν", ὡς πρὸς σὲ μεγάλην τινὰ οὐσίαν. καὶ ὀφείλουσα εἶναι τελεία κατὰ σὲ τὸν πατέρα, ἠλάττωσα αὐτήν. καὶ ὅτι τοῦτο οὕτως ἔχει, λέγει περί τινων· "υἱοὶ Σιὼν οἱ τίμιοι οἱ ἐπηρμένοι χρυσίῳ καὶ ἀργυρίῳ πῶς ἐγενήθησαν εἰς ἀγγεῖα ὀστράκινα"; ἰδοὺ ἠλαττώθη αὐτῶν ἡ οὐσία. νοητῶς δε̣ι῀̣ τ̣ου῀̣τ̣ο λ̣αβεῖν· ὀστράκινα σκεύη γεγένηνται. λοιδορούμενον τὸ χρυσίον ἐλαττοῦται καὶ τῆς τιμῆς ἑαυτοῦ πολὺ ἀπολείπεται. ὁ μὴ συ̣νιεὶς τὴν προσοῦσαν αὐτῷ τιμὴν θεόθεν, "συνπαραβάλλεται τοῖς κτήνεσιν τοῖς ἀνοήτοις", καὶ ἡ ὑπόστασις αὐτοῦ δι' εὐτέλε̣ι̣αν οὐδὲν ἐνομίσθη. ἐπειδὴ δὲ καὶ τὴν ὑπομονὴν σημαίνει, λέγει ὅτι· εἰ καὶ ὑπέμεινα ποθῶν ἰδεῖν τὸ πέρας μου καὶ παρακαλῶ ἵνα γνωρίσῃς μοι τοῦτο, ἀλλ' οὐ῀̣ν γε ἡ ὑπομονή μου αὕτη ἡ οὕτως ὡς πρὸς σὲ βραχεῖά τίς ἐστιν. 6 πλὴν τὰ σύνπαντα ματαιότης, πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ζῶν. διχῶς τοῦτο γνῶναι δεῖ· τὰ μὲν πάντα τὰ διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ματαιότης ἐστίν, ὡς ἀρτίως ἑρμήνευσεν ὁ ἐκκλησιαστής. πρὸς τὰ ὑπεραναβεβηκότα καὶ τέλεια̣ καὶ τὰ ἀληθῶς αἰώνια ἡ ὑπόστασις ματαία ἐστίν, πλὴν "πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ζῶν". οὕτω οὖν 276 δυνατὸν εἰπεῖν· καὶ ἂν π̣άντα ματαιότης ἐστὶν τὰ ἄλλα παρὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, οἷον τὰ θνητὰ ζῷα, τὰ πρόσκαιρα, καὶ ἂν ἄψυχα ὦσιν, ἀλλ' ὁ ἄνθρωπος μόνος ζῶν ἐστιν, ζῶν κατὰ τὴν ζωὴν ἐκείνην ἣν ζῶσιν κατὰ τὸν Ἀβραάμ· "οὐκ ἔστιν" γὰρ "ὁ θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων". καὶ ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ ζῶν κατὰ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην καὶ αὐτὸς μάταιός ἐστιν. διαστατέον οὖν οὕτως· τάδε πάντα ματαιότης ἐστίν̣· κἂν γὰρ θνητὰ ὦσιν, τεθνηκότα
Treasuring in Heaven vs. Earth§174
174They are no longer. But the man is living. Even if he should die, he still lives. Or in this way: a man living who does not become outside of human life is himself vanity; so that it is thus: 'except all things are vanity and every living man' (Eccl 1:2). Or in this way: 'except all things are vanity, but the man is living'. Beyond this: the essence? Even if the man lives differently than a mortal would live, in view of the excellence and the greatness of the divine life and of God himself, the fountain of life, he is nothing.
The small things and the things no smaller than small are said in relation to something. And the small does not have a limited amount; for it is said in reference to the greater. We say, for instance, that the wrestler is greater than the boxer. Indeed, you have in categories a small mountain and a large gulf. 'But indeed, a man wanders in an image' (Eccl 1:14). I said that he speaks about the others besides the man, saying that 'all is vanity'. Only the man is living. And he has more than the others. He has an immortal soul.
However, even if he is living, he does not always have this motion; 'but indeed', for he says, 'a man wanders in an image' (Eccl 1:14). He did not say whether he wanders in praise or in mockery; but however anyone wanders, however he acts, he is in some image. Taking it more generally, it is to be said that it is either of the heavenly or of the earthly. And it is shown from such a word that the man is self-determining; for if he were good by construction, he would always wander in the heavenly, if he were evil by essence, in the earthly.
And it is possible to divide these general images into kinds. And I say that one is in the image of a fox, another in the image of a lion, and a certain mare becoming a horse carrying another image, and another in the image of a dove, except 'in an image every man wanders'. 'But indeed, a man wanders in an image' (Eccl 1:14), except vainly they are troubled. But the worthless are vainly troubled. 'Except vainly they are troubled'. And he therefore speaks of the vain trouble, because this striving concerning human things is such. For instance, he 'stores up' 'and does not know to whom he gathers them' (Eccl 2:18). He stores up and does not know to whom he gathers them. In Ecclesiastes it was clearly said that: 'he does not know whether he will be wise' (Eccl 2:19), the successor of those who are.
His words 'or fools'. And often what one has treasured, he leaves behind. Sometimes, as a year passes, he falls away into other things. Therefore, it is not necessary to be anxious about treasuring in this way; for 'lawless treasures will not profit, but righteousness rescues from death' (Prov 11:4). Therefore, the righteousness that rescues from death and from every other evil is to be treasured. This wealth is treasured in heaven.
'Do not treasure for yourselves treasures on earth, but treasure treasures in heaven' (Matt 6:19-21); because where the treasure is, there also the mind is, which is called the 'heart'. It is to be treasured in heaven so that we may have the mind there, and one should refrain from treasuring on earth, so that we may not have the intellect there. It is said concerning some: 'those treasuring injustice and misery in their lands'.
The man, therefore, wandering in an image, treasuring, did not know to whom he was bringing them; for it is unclear to him what he will bequeath. Therefore, the diligent one hears to treasure in the heavens. He has wealth set aside in good works. This is also what Paul writes to Timothy: 'command the rich of this age not to be high-minded concerning wealth, but in God, who provides all things' (1 Tim 6:17).
It must also be said concerning false wealth, such as the heretical opinion of the dogmas of the atheists. And he who treasures these things did not know to whom he was bringing them. But he leaves them to another; for until the present life, he holds the promise of 'the pseudonymous knowledge' (1 Tim 6:20); for when the truth shines forth, it is dissolved and vanishes.
And what about 'only in an image'?—even if every man is living, he is not living without transgression in the praiseworthy living. For if he had remained in the true image, the first, according to which he was created, he would not have been troubled, nor would he have treasured in vain. But indeed, even if he has become living, he wanders in an image; and not altogether in the first, but rather wandering in an image; for never can the rational animal be able to act outside of acting according to reason. And acting, he acts either praiseworthily or falsely, thinking and doing certain things and certain others.
And what about 'but in vain they are troubled'?—it has often already been said to us that these changes occur in such a way. When they do not guard this image according to which they have become, they are a multitude of the vain.
Greek · §174
οὐκέτι εἰσίν. ὁ δὲ ἄνθρωπος ζῶν ἐστιν. κἂν ἀποθάνῃ δέ, ἔτι ζῇ. ἢ οὕτως· ζῶν ἄνθρωπος ο῾̣ μὴ ἔξω γινόμενος τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ζωῆς καὶ αὐτὸς ματαιότης ἐστίν, ἵν' ᾖν οὖν οὕτως· "πλὴν τὰ σύνπαντα ματαιότης καὶ πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ζῶν". ἢ οὕτως· "πλὴν τὰ σύνπαντα ματαιότης, ὁ δὲ ἄνθρωπος ζῶν ἐστιν". ἐπερ · ἡ οὐσία; –κἂν ζῇ ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἑτέρως ἢ ὡς ἂν ζήσαιεν θνητός, ὡς πρὸς τὴν ὑπεροχὴν καὶ τὸ μέγεθος τῆς θείας ζωῆς καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, τῆς πηγῆς τῆς ζωῆς, οὐθέν ἐστιν. τὰ μικρὰ καὶ τὰ οὐθὲν μικρότερα λεγόμενα τ̣ῶν πρός τί ἐστιν. οὐκ ἔχει δὲ περιωρισμένον ποσὸν τὸ μικρόν· ἀναφορᾷ γὰρ τῇς πρὸς τὸ μεῖζον λέγεται. λέγομεν οὖν μεῖζον ἐνίοτε τὸ παλαιστιαῖον τοῦ δακτυλιαίου. ἀμέλει γοῦν ἔχεις ἐν κατηγορίαις μικρὸν ὄρος καὶ μεγάλην κέγχρον. 7 μέντοιγε ἐν εἰκόνι διαπορεύεται ἄνθρωπος. εἶπον ὅτι περὶ τῶν ἄλλων παρὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον λέγει, ὅτι "πάντα ματαιότης ἐστίν". μόνος ο῾̣ ἄνθρωπος ζῶν ἐστιν. ἔχει δὲ πλέον τι τῶν ἄλλων. ἀθάνατον ψυχὴν ἔχει. ὅμως εἰ καὶ ζῶν ἐστιν, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἀεὶ ταύτην τὴν κ̣ίνησιν ἔχει· "μέντοιγε", γάρ, φησίν, "ἐν εἰκόνι διαπορεύεται ἄνθρωπος". οὐκ εἶπεν εἰ ἐπαινετῇ ἢ ψεκτῇ· ἀλλ' οἵως ἐάν τις διαπορεύηται, οἵως ἐὰν ἐνεργῇ, ἐν εἰκόνι τινί ἐστιν. καὶ γενικώτερον λαμβάνοντι λεκτέον, ὅτι ἢ τῇ τοῦ ἐπουρανίου ἢ τῇ τοῦ χοικοῦ. παρίσταται δὲ ἐκ τῆς τοιαύτης λέξεως ὅτι αὐτεξούσιός ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος· εἰ γὰρ ἐκ κατασκευῆς ἦν ἀγαθός, ἐν τῇ τοῦ ἐπουρανίου ἀεὶ ἐπορεύετο, εἰ κατ' οὐσίαν ἦν κακός, ἐν τῇ τοῦ χοικοῦ. δυνατὸν δὲ ταύτας τὰς γενικὰς εἰκόνας εἰς εἴδη διαιρῆσαι. καὶ λέγω ὅτι ὁ μὲν ἐν εἰκόνι ἀλώπεκος, ἄλλος ἐν εἰκόνι λέοντος, καὶ ἵππος θηλυμανής τις γινόμενος ἄλλην φέρων εἰκόνα, καὶ ἕτερος ἐν εἰκόνι περιστερᾶς, πλὴν "ἐν εἰκόνι διαπορεύεται πᾶς ἄνθρωπος". 7 μέντοιγε ἐν εἰκόνι διαπορεύεται ἄνθρωπος, πλὴν μάτην ταράσσονται. ἀλλ' οἱ φαῦλοι μάτην ταράσσονται. "πλὴν μάτην ταράσσονται". καὶ λέγει λοιπὸν τὴν ταραχὴν τὴν ματαίαν, ὅτι ἡ περὶ τὰ ἀνθρώπινα σπουδὴ αὕτη ἐστίν. "θησαυρίζει" γοῦν "καὶ οὐ γιγνώσκει τίνι συνάγει αὐτά". 7 θησαυρίζει καὶ οὐ γιγνώσκει τίνι συνάγει αὐτά. ἐν τῷ ἐκκλησιαστῇ φανερῶς ἐλέχθη ὅτι· "οὐκ οἶδεν εἰ σοφὸς ἔσται" ὁ 187 διάδοχος τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτοῦ "ἢ ἄφρων". καὶ πολλάκις ἃ ἐθησαύρισέν τις, καταλιμπάνει. ἐνίοτε δὲ καὶ ἐνιαυτοῦ περιόντος εἰς ἄλλους ἐκεῖνα μεταπίπτει. διὸ οὐ δεῖ σπουδάζειν περὶ τὸ οὕτω θησαυρίζειν· "οὐκ ὠφελήσουσιν" γὰρ "θησαυροὶ ἀνόμους, δικαιοσύνη δὲ ῥύεται ἐκ θανάτου". δικαιοσύνην ἄρα τὴν ῥυομένην ἐκ θανάτου καὶ παντὸς ἄλλου κακοῦ θησαυριστέον. θησαυρίζεται δὲ ἐν οὐρανῷ ὁ πλοῦτος οὗτος. "μὴ θησαυρίζετε ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἀλλὰ θησαυρίζετε θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ"· ἐπεὶ γὰρ ὅπου ὁ θησαυρός, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ νοῦς ἐστιν "καρδία" ὀνομαζόμενος, ἐν οὐρανῷ θησαυριστέον, ἵν' ἐκεῖ τὸν νοῦν ἔχωμεν, καὶ παραιτητέον ἐν τῇ γῇ θησαυρίζειν, ἵνα μὴ ἐκεῖ τὴν διάνοιαν σχῶμεν. λέγεται περί τινων· "οἱ θησαυρίζοντες ἀδικίαν καὶ ταλαιπωρίαν ἐν ταῖς χώραις αὐτῶν". ὁ ἐν εἰκόνι οὖν διαπορευόμενος ἄνθρωπος θησαυρίζων οὐκ οἶδεν τίνι συνάγει αὐτά· ἄδηλον γάρ ἐστιν αὐτῷ ὅ, τι μετελεύσεται. διὸ ὁ σπουδαῖος ἀκούει θησαυρίζειν ἐν οὐρανοῖς. ἔχει ἀποκείμενον τὸν πλοῦτον ἐν ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς. τοῦτό τοι καὶ Παῦλος ἐπιστέλλει Τιμοθέῳ· "τοῖς πλουσίοις τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου παράγγελλε μὴ ὑψηλὰ φρονεῖν ἐπὶ πλούτῳ, ἀλλὰ ἐπὶ τῷ θεῷ τῷ παρέχοντι πάντα". λεκτέον καὶ περὶ ψεκτοῦ πλούτου, οἷον τῆς αἱρεθικῆς γνώμης τῶν δογμάτων τῶν ἀθέων. καὶ ὁ ταῦτα θησαυρίζων οὐκ οἶδεν τίνι συνάγει αὐτά. ἄλλῳ δὲ αὐτὸν καταλιμπάνει· μέχρι γὰρ τῆς παρούσης ζωῆς ἔχει τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν "ἡ ψευδώνυμος 277 γνῶσις"· ἐπιλαμψάσης γὰρ τῆς ἀληθείας λύεται καὶ ἀφανίζεται. ἐπερ · "μέντοιγε ἐν εἰκόνι"; –εἰ καὶ πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ζῶν ἐστιν, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἀπαραβάτως ἐν τῷ ζῆν τῷ ἐπαινετῷ ἐστιν· εἰ γὰρ ἔμενεν ἐν τῇ ἀληθινῇ εἰκόνι τῇ πρώτῃ καθ' ἣν ἐδημιουργήθη, οὐκ ἐταράττετο, οὐ μάτην ἐθησαύριζεν. μέντοιγε, εἰ καὶ γέγονεν ζῶν, ἐν εἰκόνι διαπορεύεται· οὐ πάντως δὲ τῇ πρώτῃ, ἀλλὰ ἁπαξαπλῶς ἐν εἰκόνι· οὐδέποτε γὰρ τὸ λογικὸν ζῷον δύναται ἔξω τοῦ κατὰ λόγον ἐνεργεῖν γενέσθαι. ἐνεργῶν δὲ πάντως ἢ ἐπαινετῶς ἢ ψεκτῶς ἐνεργεῖ, καὶ τάδε τινὰ φρονῶν καὶ πράττων καὶ τάδε τινά. ἐπερ · "πλὴν μάτην ταράσσονται"; –πολλάκις ἤδη ἐλέχθη ἡμῖν ὅτι αἱ μεταβολα̣ὶ οὕτως γινόμεναι ἔχουσίν τινα διαφοράν. τότε ὅταν μὴ ταύτην τὴν εἰκόνα φυλάττωσιν καθ' ἣν γεγόνασιν, πλῆθός εἰσιν οἱ μάτην
The Discipline of Correction and the Escape from Punishment§175
175They are being disturbed. When he signifies the life of man, he says, 'every man lives' (Ps 39:1), and 'yet a man wanders in an image'—not in the same one, but because the images are diverse, and especially because many are false and deceptive, many are being disturbed. And now, what is my stability? Is it not the Lord? Regarding others, the things spoken have been said. But as for myself, I say: 'What is my stability? Is it not the Lord?' (Ps 39:17) I do not wait for another. And just as 'wisdom, righteousness, and sanctification become' those who participate, so also stability becomes to the one waiting, the Lord himself. And my subsistence is with you. Concerning the Lord, he says that his stability is. But toward the Lord, who is, he says his subsistence is: 'and my subsistence is with you' (Ps 39:18). It is possible to call subsistence here the strength by which one is able to stand, because, with you cooperating and being my stability, I stand against all things. And the 'subsistence from you' is a praise to me. And it is possible to call subsistence instead of essence. And my subsistence of the rational soul, of the rational animal, is with you; for you have given me a soul; from you I have the soul, not beginning from seeds, not being composed according to an opinion like the Stoic school, but 'my subsistence is from you' (Ps 39:18).
Save me from all my lawlessness (Ps 39:19). Not from some, but 'from all,' so that I may become outside of every false image. A reproach of foolishness you have given me (Ps 39:20). From the beginning we said that the whole psalm bears the face of one repenting and progressing. It is a trivial thing to be reproached by a righteous man, but to be praised by a fool. For the fool indeed reproaches regarding good works and with zeal. For this reason, even in proverbs, as if there were no difference, reproaches are mentioned: 'Do not acquire the reproach of evil men' (Prov 22:8); for he did not say at all, 'Do not acquire reproach,' but 'of evil men.' Do not reproach regarding triviality; for there are those being reproached regarding good things. To the well-known, Jesus says: 'Rejoice and be glad when they reproach you' (Matt 5:11). This kind of reproach is not to be rejected; for it is good and will lead into the kingdom of heaven. But the reproaches of evil men are to be fled from. I was made mute and I did not open my mouth (Ps 39:21). Who is the foolish reproacher, or he is the sinner who stands against him, as...
"He became mute and did not open his mouth"? And here again the same thing is signified: "I became mute and did not open my mouth." He did not answer him regarding what he reproaches. This is often said by another power, as the apostle teaches this, saying: "Reprove not a contentious man for one exhortation" (Prov 9:8). Do not open the mouth to him at all. But so that you may have a defense and a word to say about yourself, "I have done this by myself," exhort him. If he does not submit to the exhortation, or "and a second"—for some manuscripts have "and a second"—overthrow him, "knowing that he sins." One who is "self-condemning" should not be set against.
10–11 For you are the one who made me, turn away your whips from me. Do not lash me; for I am your handiwork. "But he lashes every son whom he receives" (Heb 12:6), having it clear through which he is lashed. Therefore, leave these things to me; grant me a remission, for in this way I shall no longer be lashed. Now I am still liable for the lashings. 278 Therefore, he who has placed the Most High as his refuge (Ps 91:2) has no approaching evils nor a whip approaching his tent. Make me therefore such that I am no longer liable for the lashings; turn away the thing that punishes me. Since therefore I say, "Deliver me from all my iniquities" (Ps 51:2), when you deliver me, I am no longer liable for punishment.
He was lashing him in a certain way even through the thoughtless man, and says that the reproaches of the thoughtless are the lashes. Unless God delivers, one is not able even by opposing that which has not been delivered. 11 From the strength of your hand I have failed (Ps 31:9). The strength of your hand, the educational one, the striking one, the one subjecting to pains, presses upon me. Since therefore it has become strong against me, I have failed. I cast away my former life, I left my former state; for I did not fail so as to no longer exist, or to become weak, but so as to fail the state preparing to punish me. "I have failed." I, saying these things, confessing, saying, "You have given me reproach through thoughtlessness," have failed, having become outside of my former state. It is possible to fail praiseworthily, and it is possible to fail shamefully. "And Esau came from the field, leaving behind" (Gen 25:29), when he desired to eat a meal. The "leaving behind" here is instead of "having grown weak" and "longing for food." It is said often...
Greek · §175
ταραττόμενοι. ὅτε δὲ τὴν ζωὴν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου σημαίνει, ὅτι "πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ζῶν", καὶ "μέντοιγε ἐν εἰκόνι διαπορεύεται ἄνθρωπος"–οὐ τῇ αὐτῇ, ἀλλ' ἐπειδὴ διάφοροί εἰσιν αἱ εἰκόνες, καὶ μάλιστα δὲ ψεκταὶ καὶ ὑποβεβηκυῖαι, πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ ταραττόμενοι. 8 καὶ νῦν τίς ἡ ὑπομονή μου; οὐχὶ κύριος; περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐλέχθη τὰ εἰρημένα. ἐγὼ δὲ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ λέγω· "τίς ἡ ὑπομονή μου; οὐχὶ κύριος"; μὴ ἄλλον ὑπομένω. καὶ ὥσπερ "γίνεται σοφία καὶ δικαιοσύνη καὶ ἁγιασμὸς" τοῖς μετέχουσιν, οὕτω καὶ ὑπομονὴ γίνεται τῷ ὑπομένοντι αὐτὸς ὁ κύριος. 8 καὶ ἡ ὑπόστασίς μου παρὰ σοῦ ἐστιν. περὶ τοῦ κυρίου λέγει ὅτι ὑπομονὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν. πρὸς αὐτὸν δὲ τὸν κύριον τὸν ὄντα αὐτοῦ ὑπομονὴν λέγει· "καὶ ἡ ὑπόστασίς μου παρὰ σοῦ ἐστιν". δύναται ὑπόσ̣τασιν ἐνταῦθα λέγειν τὴν ἰσχὺν καθ' ἣν ὑποστῆναί τις δύναται, ὅτι σοῦ συνεργοῦντος καὶ ὄντος μου ὑπομονῆς ὑφίσταμαι π̣άντα. ἡ δὲ "παρὰ σοῦ ὑπόστασις" ἐπαινετή μοί ἐστιν. δυνατὸν δὲ ὑπόστασιν λέγειν ἀντὶ οὐσίας. καὶ ἡ ὑπόστασίς μου τῆς λογικῆς ψυχῆς, τοῦ λογικοῦ ζῴου παρὰ σοῦ ἐστιν· σὺ γὰρ δέδωκάς μοι ψυχήν, παρὰ σοῦ ἔχω τὴν ψυχὴν οὐκ ἀπὸ σπερμάτων ἀρχομένην, οὐ κατὰ ἔμφασιν συνισταμένην κατὰ τὴν Στρατιωτικὴν αἵρεσιν, ἀλλὰ "παρὰ σοῦ ἐστιν ἡ ὑπόστασίς μου". 9 ἀπὸ πασῶν τῶν ἀνομιῶν μου ῥῦσαί με. οὐκ ἀπὸ τινῶν, ἀλλὰ "ἀπὸ πασῶν", ἵνα πάσης εἰκόνος ἔξω ψεκτῆς γένωμαι. 9 ὄνειδος ἄφροσιν ἔδωκάς με. ἐξ ἀρχῆς εἴπομεν ὅτι μετανοῦντος καὶ προκόπτοντος πρόσωπον φέρει ὅλος ὁ ψαλμός. φαῦλον πρᾶγμά ἐστιν ὀνειδίζεσθαι ὑπὸ δικαίου, ὑπὸ δὲ ἄφρονος ἐπαινετόν. ὀνειδίζει γοῦν ἐπὶ ἀγαθοῖς ἔργοις καὶ ἐπὶ σπουδῇ ὁ ἄφρων. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐν παροιμίαις ὡς διαφορᾶς 188 οὔσης ὀνειδισμῶν λέγεται· "μὴ κτήσῃ κακῶν ἀνδρῶν ὀνείδη"· μὴ γὰρ εἶπεν καθόλου· "μὴ κτήσῃ ὀνείδη", ἀλλὰ "κακῶν ἀνδρῶν". μὴ ἐπὶ φαυλότητι ὀνειδίζου· εἰσὶν γὰρ ὀνειδιζόμενοι ἐπὶ καλοῖς. τοῖς γοῦν γνωρίμοις Ἰησοῦς λέγει· "χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶτε ὅταν ὀνειδίζωσιν ὑμᾶς". οὐ τοῦτον τὸν ὀνειδισμὸν παραιτητέον· ἀγαθὸς γάρ ἐστιν καὶ ξεναγεῖ εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. τοὺς δὲ τῶν κακῶν ἀνδρῶν ὀνειδισμοὺς φευκτέον. 10 ἐκωφώθην καὶ οὐκ ἤνοιξα τὸ στόμα μου. τίς ἐστιν ὁ ὀνειδίζων ἄφρων ἢ ἐκεῖνος ὁ ἁμαρτωλὸς ὁ συνστὰς κατεναντίον αὐτοῦ, ὅσον "ἐκωφώθη καὶ οὐκ ἤνοιξεν τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ"; καὶ ἐνταῦθα πάλιν τὸ αὐτὸ σημαίνει· "ἐκωφώθην καὶ οὐκ ἤνοιξα τὸ στόμα μου". οὐκ ἀπεκρίθην αὐτῷ πρὸς ἃ ὀνειδίζει. ἔλεγον δὲ τοῦτο πολλάκις ὅτι ἄλλῃ δυνάμει ὁ ἀπόστολος τοῦτο διδάσκει λέγων· "αἱρεθικὸν ἄνθρωπον ἀπὸ μιᾶς νουθεσίας παραιτοῦ". μὴ ἄνοιγε αὐτῷ ὅλως τὸ στόμα. ὅπως δὲ ἂν ἀπολογητικὸν ἔχῃς καὶ σοὶ λόγον περὶ σεαυτοῦ εἰπεῖν ὅτι· "τὸ παρ' ἐμαυτοῦ πεποίηκα", νουθέτησον αὐτόν. ἐὰν τῆς νουθεσίας μὴ ἀνάςχηται ἢ "καὶ δευτέρας"–ἔνια γὰρ τῶν ἀντιγράφων ἔχει "καὶ δευτέρας"–, ἀνάτραπε αὐτὸν "εἰδὼς ὅτι ἁμαρτάνει". τὸν "αὐτοκατάκριτον" οὐ δεῖ νου θετεῖν. 10–11 ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ ποιήσας με, ἀπόστησον ἀπ' ἐμοῦ τὰς μάστιγάς σου. μὴ μάστιζέ με· ποίημα γὰρ σοῦ εἰμι. "μαστιγοῖ δὲ πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται" ἔχοντα δηλονότι δι' ἃ μαστίζεται. ταῦτα οὖν ἄφες μοι· ἄφεσιν μοι δώρησαι· οὕτω γὰρ οὐκέτι μαστιχθήσομαι. νῦν δ̣ε`̣ ἐ´̣τι υ῾̣πε̣υ´̣θυνος μάστιξίν εἰμι. 278 ἀμέλει γοῦν ὁ τὸν ὕψιστον θέμενος καταφυγὴν ἑαυτοῦ οὐκ ἔχει προσεγγίζοντα κακὰ οὐδὲ μάστιγαν ἐγγίζουσαν τοῦ σκηνώματος αὐτοῦ. ποίησόν με οὖν τοιοῦτον ὥστε μηκέτι ὑπεύθυνον εἶναι μάστιξιν, τὸ κ̣ολαστέον μου ἀπόστησον. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν λέγω ὅτι· "ἀπὸ πασῶν τῶν ἀνομιῶν μου ῥῦσαί με", ὅταν ῥύσῃ με, ου᾿̣κέτι κολαστέος εἰμί. τρόπον οὖν τινα ἐμάστιζεν αὐτὸν καὶ διὰ τοῦ ἄφρονος, καὶ λέγει τοὺς ὀνειδισμοὺς τοῦ ἄφρονος μάστιγας εἶναι. εἰ μὴ ὁ θεὸς παραδῷ, οὐκ ἰσχύει οὐδὲ ἐναντιούμενος τῷ μήπω παραδοθέντι. 11 ἀπὸ τῆς ἰσχύος τῆς χειρός σου ἐγὼ ἐξέλιπον. ἐπίκειταί μοι ἡ ἰσχὺς τῆς χειρός σου ἡ παιδευτική, ἡ πλήττουσα, ἡ πόνοις ὑποβάλλουσα. ἐπεὶ οὖν ἰσχυρὰ γέγονεν ἐπ' ἐμοί, ἐξέλιπον. ἀπέβαλον τὴν προτέραν μου ζωήν, ἀπέλιπον τὴν προτέραν κατάστασιν· οὐ γὰρ ἐξέλιπον ὥστε μηκέτι εἶναι, ὥστε ἀσθενὴς γενέσθαι, ἀλλ' ὥστε ἐκλιπεῖν τὴν κατάστασιν τὴν κολαστέον με παρασκευάζουσαν. "ἐγὼ ἐξέλιπον". ἐγὼ ὁ ταῦτα λέγων, ὁ ἐξομολογούμενος, ὁ λέγων· "ὄνειδος ἄφροσιν ἔδωκάς με", ἐξέλιπον ἔξω γενόμενος τῆς προτέρας μου καταστάσεως. ἔστιν ἐπαινετῶς ἐκλιπεῖν, ἔστιν δὲ καὶ ψεκτῶς. "ἦλθεν δὲ Ἠσαῦ ἐκ τοῦ πεδίου ἐκλείπων", ὅτε ἠθέλη̣σ̣εν ἕψημα φαγεῖν. τὸ ὧδε "ἐκλείπων" ἀντὶ τοῦ "ἀσθενήσας" καὶ "ὀρεγόμενος τροφῆς". λέγεται πολλάκις
The distinction between fleshly, psychic, and spiritual states§176
176spiritual
If one attempts things that are different—and one is true and the other is false—one knows from the attempt at opposites which is true and which is false. Indeed, the true itself appears by the showing of the false, because knowledge is of the opposites.
"And you searched out his soul like a spider" (Ps 90:8). You searched out his soul like a spider, his soul according to which he is psychic. Concerning someone bad it is said, "he was carried by the desires of his soul." When someone reshapes things from the soul, let it be said, as if they were prophecies or as if they were doctrines of piety, "he is carried by the desires of the soul"; he is not carried by the Holy Spirit.
In another book I have stated the difference: that man is fleshly, he who fights in the flesh, he who follows the desires of the flesh, he who is driven by the flesh, he who has become fleshly and is driven by sin. But a man is spiritual who has ascended above the psychic state, when he carries everything by the Holy Spirit and by God-bearing, doing and practicing them. And psychic is he who is neither fleshly nor spiritual.
And perhaps all the wise of the world are such. They think themselves self-sufficient according to the movements and thoughts of their own souls. And because of this they do not receive the things of the Spirit; for they prefer their own and think their own understanding to be great, they do not receive the foolishness of the Spirit, regarding it as such. And indeed there are certain heresies established in their entirety, both among the Greeks and among the Christians, which say that allegories are foolishnesses, they are mere fabrications. And they say that the theorems concerning the intelligible are false, since they think all things to be bodies and sensible.
These, therefore, are psychic men, not receiving the things of the Spirit, regarding themselves as self-sufficient and capable of contemplating all things by themselves. His soul, then, such a soul—not the essence, but the state according to which it is a soul—you searched out like a spider. And the spider is very weak, as it is said, "they weave a spider's web; their web shall not be a garment" (Job 8:14). The fragility of the construction of the animal...
Greek · §176
καὶ ἐπαινετῶς. "ἐξέλιπον καὶ ἀπήλθοσαν" ἢ "ἐξέκλιναν" –καὶ οὕτω γὰρ φέρεται–. ἡ ἔκλειψις αὕτη ψεκτή ἐστιν. "ἐξέλιπεν ἡ πίστις ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτῶν". καὶ αὕτη ψεκτή ἐστιν. ἐὰν δὲ ἐκλείψῃ τις ἀπιστίαν καὶ κακίαν, οὔκ ἐστιν ψεκτὴ ἡ ἔκλειψις αὕτη. λέγεται γοῦν· "ἐπιποθεῖ καὶ ἐκλείπει ἡ ψυχή μου εἰς τὰς αὐλὰς τοῦ θεοῦ μου". ὅταν πόθον λάβῃ τῶν αὐλῶν τοῦ κυρίου τῶν "ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ πατρός", ἐκλείπει καθὸ ψυχή ἐστιν, ἀποβάλλει τὸ ψυχικὸν εἶναι, πνευματικὸς γίνεται. 12 ἐν ἐλεγμοῖς ὑπὲρ ἀνομίας ἐπαίδευσας ἄνθρωπον. οὐκ ἐλέγχεις εἰ μὴ ἀνομήσω. ὑπὲρ ἀνομίας ἐλέγχων παιδεύεις ἄνθρωπον. ποιεῖς αὐτὸν γνῶναι ὅτι ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν, ὅτι λογικός ἐστιν, ὅτι κατ' εἰκόνα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν. καὶ οὕτω παιδεύεται ἐλεγχθείς. μακάριόν γέ ἐστιν μὴ ὀργῇ παιδευθῆναι, ἀλλ' ἐν ἐλεγμοῖς· ἐλέγαμεν γάρ· "τὰ πάντα ἐλεγχόμενα ὑπὸ τοῦ φωτὸς φανεροῦται". ὁ ἔλεγχος δὲ οὗτος ἀπόδειξίς ἐστιν καὶ φανέρωσις. οὐ πάνυ τι ἐν τῇ γραφῇ κεῖται ἐπαινετῶς ὁ ἔλεγχος ἢ σπανίως, ἰδοὺ ὡς τό· "τὰ πάντα ἐλεγχόμενα ὑπὸ τοῦ φωτὸς φανεροῦται". οἱ ἐκτὸς δὲ τὴν ἀπόδειξιν ἔλεγχον 189 λέγουσιν· "ἐλέγχει τὴν ἐναντιότητα". ἀμέλει λέγουσιν ὅτι ἔλεγχός ἐστιν συλλογισμὸς ἀντιφάσεως. φέρε εἰπεῖν, τιθέσθω τις ὅτι· "τὸ πράττειν φαῦλόν ἐστιν" λέγομεν̣ ὁ´̣τι· "ο῾̣ σ̣ώφρων πράττει. πᾶν δὲ ὃ πράττει ὁ σώφρων, ἀγαθόν ἐστιν". καὶ γέγονεν ἔλεγχος ἀντιφάσεως. πάλιν λεγέτω τι̣ς̣ ὅτι· "τὸ ἀδικεῖν ἐπωφελές ἐστιν"· εἰσὶν γὰρ δόξαν τοιαύτην ἔχοντες, ὅτι ὠφελητική ἐστιν ἡ ἀδικία, μᾶλλον ἡ δικαιοσύνη βλαπτική ἐστιν. "ὁ δὲ δίκαιος", φησίν, "οὐκ αὐξάνει πλοῦτον, ὁ δὲ ἄδικος πληθύνει χρήματα". ποιοῦμεν οὖν ἔλεγχον ἀντιφάσεως τοιοῦτον ὅτι· "ἡ ἀδικία ἀπαγορευτέα ἐστίν. πᾶν τὸ ἀπαγορευτέον βλαβερόν. ἡ ἄρα ἀδικία βλαβερά. τὸ βλαβερὸν οὐκ ἐπωφελές. ἡ ἄρα ἀδικία οὐκ ἐπωφελής". γέγονεν ἀντιφάσεως συλλογισμός, καὶ οὗτος ὁ συλλογισμὸς ὁ τῆς ἀντιφάσεως καλεῖται ἔλεγχος. οὐχ ὡς νῦν γὰρ διαλέγονται, οἱ διαλεγόμενοι οἱ πρότερον ἐποίουν τοῦτο. διὸ σοφισταὶ μᾶλλόν εἰσιν ἢ διαλεκτικοί. σκοπὸν ἔχουσιν νεικῆσαι καὶ τίθενται ἐριστικὰς προτάσεις, ἃς κ̣ρατοῦσιν καὶ ἐνμένουσιν ἐν αὐταῖς. ὁ δὲ ἀληθῶς διαλεκτικὸς ἐπεὶ εἰς ἑκάτερα ἐπιχειρεῖ–ἐστὶν δὲ τ̣ὸ ἕτερον ἀληθές, τὸ δὲ ἕτερον ψευδές–, ἐκ τῆς εἰς ἄλληλα ἐπιχειρήσεως οἶδεν, ποῖον τὸ ἀληθὲς καὶ ποῖον τ̣ὸ ψ̣ευδε´̣ς̣. καὶ αὐτὸ δὲ τὸ ἀληθὲς φαίνεται ἐκ τοῦ δειχθῆναι τὸ ψευδές, ὅτι τῶν ἐναντίων ἡ αὐτή ἐστιν ἐπιστήμη. 12 καὶ ἐξέτηξας ὡς ἀράχνην τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ. 279 ὡς ἀράχνην τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐξέτηξας, τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ καθ' ἣν ψυχικός ἐστιν. περί τινος φαύλου λέγεται ἢ φαύλης· "ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις ψυχῆς αὐτῆς ἐπνευματοφορεῖτο". ὅταν τις ἀπὸ ψυχῆς ἀναπλάσῃ, φέρε, ἑαυτῇ προφητείας ἢ ὡσανεὶ δόγματα εὐσεβείας, "ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις ψυχῆς πνευματοφορεῖται". οὐκ ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ πνευματοφορεῖται. ἐν ἄλλῳ γοῦν βιβλίῳ τὴν διαφορὰν εἶπον ὅτι· σάρκινός ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος ὁ κατὰ σάρκα στρατευόμενος, ὁ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις εἴκων τῆς σαρκός, ὁ πεπραμένος ὑπὸ τὴν σάρ̣κα, ὁ γενόμενος σάρκινος καὶ πεπραμένος ὑπὸ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν. πνευματι̣κὸς δ̣ὲ ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν ὁ ὑπεραναβὰς τὴν τοῦ ψυχικοῦ κατάστασιν, ὅταν τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁγίου πνεύματος καὶ θεοφορῆται καὶ π̣οιῶν καὶ πράττῃ. ψυχικὸς δέ ἐστιν ὁ μηδὲ σάρκινος ὢν μηδὲ πνευματικός. καὶ τάχα οἱ τοῦ κόσμου σοφοὶ πάντες εἰσὶν τοιοῦτοι. νομίζουσιν αὐθέκαστοι εἶναι κατὰ τὰ τῆς ψυχῆς ἑαυτῶν κινήματα καὶ νοήματα. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐ δέχονται τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος· ἐπεὶ γὰρ τὰ ἑαυτῶν προκρίνουσιν καὶ τὴν ἑαυτῶν νόησιν νομίζουσιν εἶναι μεγάλη̣ν, οὐ δέχονται τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος μωρίαν αὐτὰ ἡγούμενοι· καὶ γάρ εἰσίν τινες καὶ αἱρέσεις ὅλαι συνεστῶσαι καὶ παρ' Ἕλλησιν καὶ παρὰ Χριστιανοῖς εἰσιν αἱ λέγουσαι ὅτι αἱ ἀλληγορίαι μωρίαι εἰσίν, ἀναπλάσματά εἰσιν. καὶ τὰ περὶ τῶν νοητῶν θεωρήματα λέγουσιν ψεύδη εἶναι, ἅτε δὴ πάντα σώματα νομίζοντες καὶ αἰσθητὰ εἰ῀̣ναι. οὗτοι οὖν ψυχικοὶ ἄνθρωποί εἰσιν οὐ δεχόμενοι τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος αὐθεκάστους ἑ αυτοὺς ἡγούμενοι εἶναι καὶ δυναμ̣ένους παρ' αὐτῶν θεωρεῖν τὰ πάντα. τὴν ψυχὴν οὖν αὐτοῦ τὴν τοιαύτην, οὐ τὴν οὐσίαν, ἀλλὰ τὴν κατάστασιν καθ' ἣν ψυχή ἐστιν, ἐξέτηξας κατὰ τὴν ἀράχνην. ἡ ἀράχνη δὲ πάνυ οὕτως ἀσθενής ἐστιν ὡς λέγεσθαι· "ἱστὸν ἀράχνης ὑφαίνουσιν. ὁ ἱστὸς αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔσται εἰς ἱμάτιον". τὸ εὐανάτρεπτον τοῦ κατασκευάσματος τοῦ ζῴου τοῦ
Prayer vs Petition and the Tears of Repentance§177
177Regarding the one called a spider, he says there is an extension of the soul. When the soul is stretched out, this extension occurs for its own benefit; for the spider-like quality is weak in it, and moreover it is shown to be an external evil. Therefore, you have examined the soul of this man as a spider, he who is being reproved under accusations for lawlessness.
12 Moreover, every man is tossed about in vain. All men who are outside the instruction of God and the reproofs are tossed about in vain. But this one, even if he is tossed about while being reproved, even if his soul is stretched out like a spider, he does not suffer this in vain; for he receives a change toward better things. But if anyone were such a bare man, not being under instruction, not being under reproofs, he is tossed about in vain according to what was said previously: 'Indeed, man wanders in an image, but they are tossed about in vain' (Ps 94:11). He who does not wish to be tossed about, but has tranquility, becomes God, having received the word of God; for 'he called those gods, those to whom the word of God came' (Ps 82:6). And these are not tossed about in vain, but even if it happens that they slip or a passion occurs, they say: 'I was tossed about and I did not speak.' Their tossing stands only until passion.
Furthermore: do they toss about from themselves? — At times they toss about from themselves, at other times from those encountering them. 13 Hear, O Lord, my prayer and my supplication. It seems there is something else that is the supplication of the prayer. He sends up a supplication, the one who has known himself to be begging and lacking, so that he may be filled. But the one praying has this form as well, yet at times asks for the existence of good things from above. The one asking from God to receive something, that is, what he does not have, asks to receive it, or what he has, so that it may remain with him. Primarily this is prayer; it is a request sent up along with the one theologizing, the one wishing, to whom the prayer is sent up. When he says: 'Lord our God, give us peace, for you gave us all things' (Hab 3:2). 'The prayer of Habakkuk the prophet.'
He said: 'Lord, I have heard your voice and was astounded. Let him be known in the midst of two living creatures; when the years approach, he shall not be known' (Habakkuk 3:2). Behold, this is a prayer. When one asks for only those things which he lacks while being in need, it is a petition, being sent back like a wish. It is also possible to take it this way: those asking for more bodily things petition, such as health, wealth, and the others, as being in need, and many times they are worthy to receive these. But he who desires to have fullness, says: 'The prayer of Habakkuk the prophet: Lord, I have heard your voice and was astounded. Let him be known in the midst of two living creatures; when the years approach, he shall not be known' (Habakkuk 3:2). Behold, this is a prayer.
'Lord our God, give us peace, for you have given us all things' (1 Chronicles 29:14). Since even as one lacking, I ask that something might be given to me—for I am still at the peak of childhood—listen to my petition. But since I am about to come by chance to those things of which I am lacking, having become full, I ask for greater things; I ask for heavenly things and I say: 'Our Father who is in the heavens, hallowed be your name' (Matthew 6:9)—not as one lacking does he ask this. 'Let your kingdom come' (Matthew 6:10). Make it come. Then it comes, so that God may reign according to our energy.
Unite them with my tears. Seeing myself lacking, I weep, making that 'godly sorrow working repentance unto salvation' (2 Corinthians 7:10), regarding which I say: 'I will wash my bed every night, with my tears I will wet my couch.' And since he who is lacking perfection and the extremity of virtue—again he pours himself out saying: 'We who dwell in the tent groan' (Psalm 88:7), and again: 'I have poured out my tears before you according to your promise'—you see: 'as in the promise I have poured out my tears.' What tears are these, or those of the ones weeping so that they might laugh? For 'blessed' are 'those who weep now, that they may laugh' (Luke 6:21). These placed the tears as in the promise, so that they might laugh, so that they might be filled with joy.
Greek · §177
καλουμένου ἀράχνου λέγει εἶναι ἔκτηξιν ψυχῆς. ὅταν ἐκτακῇ ἡ ψυχή, καὶ ἐπ' ὠφελίᾳ αὐτῆς γίνεται ἡ ἔκτηξις αὕτη· ἀσθενεῖ γὰρ ἐν αὐτῇ τὸ ἀραχνῶδες, καὶ λοιπὸν ἀποδείκνυται ἔξω κακίας. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὖν τούτου ἐξέτηξας ὡς ἀράχνην τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ ἐν ἐλεγμοῖς ὑπὲρ ἀνομίας ἐλεγχομένου. 12 πλὴν μάτην ταράσσεται πᾶς ἄνθρωπος. πάντες οἱ ἄνθρωποι οἱ ἔξω τῆς παιδεύσεως τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐλεγμῶν μάτην ταράσσονται. οὗτος δὲ κἂν ταραχθῇ ἐλεγχόμενος, κἂν ἐκτηκομένης τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ κατὰ τὴν ἀράχνην, οὐ μάτην τοῦτο πάσχει· μεταβολὴν γὰρ δέχεται ἐπὶ τὰ κρείττονα. εἰ δέ τις οὕτω ψιλὸς ἄνθρωπος εἴη μὴ ὑπὸ παίδευσιν, μὴ ὑπὸ ἐλεγμοὺς 190 ὑπάρχων, μάτην ταράττεται κατὰ τὸ ἔνπροσθεν εἰρημένον· "μέντοιγε ἐν εἰκόνι διαπορεύεται ἄνθρωπος, πλὴν μάτην ταράσσονται". ὁ μὴ βουλόμενος ταράσσεσθαι, ἀλλὰ ἀταραξίαν ἔχειν, θεὸς γίνεται δεξάμενος τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ λόγον· "ἐκείνους" γὰρ "θεοὺς εἶπεν πρὸς οὓς ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐγένετο". καὶ οὐ ταράττονται οὗτοι ματαίως, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐὰν ὀλισθῆναι συμβῇ ἢ προπάθειαν γενέσθαι, λέ γου̣σιν· "ἐταράχθην καὶ οὐκ ἐλάλησα". μέχρι προπαθείας ἵσταται αὐτῶν ἡ ταραχή. ἐπερ · ἀφ' ἑαυτῶν ταράττονται; –ὁτὲ μὲν ἀφ' ἑαυτῶν ταράττονται, ὁτὲ δὲ ἀπό τινων ἀπαντώντων. 13 εἰσάκουσον, κύριε, τῆς προσευχῆς μου καὶ τῆς δεήσεώς μου. δοκεῖ ἑτέρα εἶναι ἡ δέησις τῆς προσευχῆς. ἐκεῖνος δέησιν ἀναπέμπει ὁ γνοὺς ἑαυτὸν δεόμενον καὶ ἐνλιπῆ, ἵνα πληρωθῇ. ὁ δὲ προσευχόμενος ἔχει μὲν καὶ τοῦτο τὸ εἶδος, αἰτεῖ δὲ ἐνίοτε καὶ ἀγαθῶν τῶν ὑπεράνω ὕπαρξιν. ὁ αἰτούμενος παρὰ θεοῦ τι λαβεῖν ἤτοι ὃ μὴ ἔχει, αἰτεῖται λαβεῖν ἢ ὃ ἔχει, ἵνα παραμείνῃ αὐτῷ. κυρίως αὕτη προσευχή ἐστιν· αἴτησίς ἐστιν ἀναπεμπομένη μετὰ τοῦ θεολογεῖν τὸν εὐχόμενον τὸν ᾧ τὴν προσευχὴν ἀναπέμπει. ὅταν λέγῃ· "κύριε ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν, εἰρήνην δὸς ἡμῖν, πάντα γὰρ ἀπέδωκας ἡμῖν". "προσευχὴ Ἁμβακοὺμ τοῦ προφήτου. κύριε, εἰσακήκοα τὴν ἀκοήν σου καὶ ἐξέστην. ἐν μέσῳ δύο ζῴων γνωσθήσῃ, ἐν τῷ ἐνγίζειν τὰ ἔτη οὐ γνωσθήσῃ". ἰδοὺ αὕτη προσευχή ἐστιν. ὅταν δε´̣ τινα αἰτῆται μόνα τὰ ὧν λείπεται ἐνδεὴς ὤν, δέησίς ἐστιν ἡ ἀναπεμπομένη ὡσαν̣ε̣ι`̣ εὐχή. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο λαβεῖν· οἱ σωματικώτερα αἰτούμενοι δέονται οἷον ὑγείαν. πλοῦτον, τὰ ἄλλα. ὡς ἐνδεεῖς 280 ὄντες δ̣ε`̣ π̣ολλάκ̣ις τούτων ἀξιοῦσιν αὐτὰ λαβεῖν. ὁ δὲ τὴν πληρότητα βουλόμενος ἔχειν· "προσευχὴ Ἁμβακοὺμ τοῦ προφήτου· κύριε, εἰσακήκοα τὴν ἀκοήν σου καὶ ἐξέστην. ἐν μέσῳ δύο ζῴων γνωσθήσῃ, ἐν τῷ ἐνγίζειν τὰ ἔτη οὐ γνωσθήσῃ"· ἰδοὺ αὕτη προσευχή ἐστιν. "κύριε ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν, εἰρήνην δὸς ἡμῖν, πάντα γὰρ ἀπέδωκας ἡμῖν". ἐπεὶ καὶ ὡς ἐνλιπὴς αἰτοῦμαί τινα δοθῆναί μοι–ἔτι γὰρ ἀκμὴν ὑπὸ παίδευσίν εἰμι–, εἰσάκουσον τῆς δεήσεώς μου. ἐπειδὴ δὲ μέλλω τ̣υχεῖν ὧν ἐνλιπής εἰμι, πλήρης γενάμενος αἰτῶ μείζονα, αἰτῶ ἐπουράνια καὶ λέγω ὅτι· "πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου"–μὴ ὡς ἐνλιπὴς τοῦτο αἰτεῖται–. "ἐλθάτω ἡ βασιλεία σου". ποίησον αὐτὴν ἐλθεῖν. τότε δὲ ἔρχεται, ὁ´̣τ̣αν κατ' ἐνέργειαν ἡμῶν ὁ θεὸς βασιλεύῃ. 13 ἐνώτισαι τῶν δακρύων μου. θεωρῶν ἐμαυτὸν ἐνλιπῆ δακρύω ποιω῀̣ν ἐκείνην καὶ κατασκευάζων "τὴν λύπην τὴν κατὰ θεὸν εἰς μετάνοιαν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐργαζομένην" καθ' ἣν λέγω· "λούσω καθ' ἑκάστην νύκταν τὴν κλίνην μου, ἐν δάκρυσίν μου τὴν στρωμνήν μου βρέξω". ἐπειδὴ δὲ καὶ ὁ ἀπολειπόμενος τῆς τελείας καὶ ἄκρας ἀρετῆς–, πάλιν ὀλοφύρεται λέγων· "οἱ ὄντες ἐν τῷ σκήνει στενάζομεν", καὶ πάλιν· "ἔθου τὰ δάκρυά μου ἐναντίον σου ὡς ἐν τῇ ἐπαγγελίᾳ σου". θεωρεῖς· "ὡς ἐν τῇ ἐπαγγελίᾳ ἔθου τὰ δάκρυά μου". ποῖα δέ ἐστιν δάκρυα ἢ τὰ τῶν κλαιόντων, ἵνα γελάσωσιν; "μακάριοι" γὰρ "οἱ κλαίοντες νῦν ὅτι γελάσονται". οὗτοι ἔθεντο τὰ δάκρυα ὡς ἐν τῇ ἐπαγγελίᾳ, ἵνα γελάσωσιν, ἵνα πληρωθῶσιν "χαρᾶς
The Meaning of Non-Existence and the Patient Psalmist§178
178unspoken and glorified. 'Do not disregard me, for I am a sojourner in this land.' Do not disregard me while I am praying, entreating, weeping, and bearing tears—such things as 'those who sow in joy shall reap.' Therefore, 'do not disregard me,' but having responded, give what I have requested; for disregard sometimes signifies delay and patience, and sometimes indeed patience, when it occurs regarding sins: 'having done these things, I remained silentilentilent' (Psalm 39:8), instead of 'I have not repaid you.' If I were an inhabitant, I would not have dared to ask and to pray. For the inhabitants are those responsible for wickedness and impiety. For it is said in Jeremiah: 'from the face of the north shall the evils be burned upon those inhabiting the land' (Jeremiah 50:39), not 'upon those sojourning.' And in the Revelation of John, it is said three times: 'woe, woe, woe upon those inhabiting the land' (Revelation 18:7). If I were, therefore, an inhabitant, I would not have said, 'do not disregard me.'
And I am a stranger just as all my fathers were. The sojourner and the stranger are one and the same. For Paul, having made a list of all those who were well-pleasing through faith in the Epistle to the Hebrews, called them sojourners and strangers (Hebrews 11:13). None of them is an inhabitant, none is a native, but a stranger. He has come from elsewhere into this place; he was not born here. Therefore, all the fathers according to virtue were sojourners in the land and strangers, such as the patriarchs and others who produced according to divine instruction, such as prophets, teachers, and lawgivers.
Refresh me, so that I may find refreshment before I depart and no longer exist. Here, refreshment is called praiseworthy, being equivalent to 'delighting in the Lord.' 'I found refreshment for myself,' says Ephrem. And that refreshment is a slight thing. One refreshes praiseworthily when he enjoys virtue, when he 'delights in the Lord,' when he perceives and receives the understanding of the 'paradise of delight.' Since, therefore, much is lacking to me—for this is why I send up a petition, so that I may be filled of the things lacking—for this also he said at the beginning of the Psalm: 'Lord, make known to me my end and the number of my days, what it is, so that I may know what I lack' (Psalm 39:4). When he knows the things that are lacking and acquires these, he finds refreshment through such possessions. Therefore, he says: refresh me to remain in this life, so that having been instructed, I may be refreshed...
I shall refresh myself before I depart from this life and no longer exist. He does not say, 'I shall not begin to be,' but rather, 'I shall be such a person as I desire to be'; for the soul does not move into non-existence. Listen, accordingly, to what is said to people: one must take the words in their proper sense. If the righteous man or the wise man says according to God, 'I strive for all things so that I may become rich' (cf. Prov 28:20), do not take what is said to mean material wealth. But if someone else were a rhetorician or a physician—and this one is therefore a holy wise man—he says, 'I have no other endurance except the Lord and the subsistence from Him.'
Thus, if this wise man says, 'Let me live most hopefully in this only life, so that I may refresh myself having eaten and drunk according to: Let us eat and drink, for tomorrow we die' (Luke 12:19), one must take the refreshment appropriately to the person, both the 'let me' and the 'no longer to be.' He who says this is immortal. Therefore, if he says, 'I shall no longer be,' he does not say, 'I move into complete destruction, I turn into non-existence,' but rather, 'I shall no longer be in the way that I desired to have been.' If a sinner says, 'Admonish me, discipline me, so that I may no longer be'—for it is not so that he may move into complete destruction.
1–2 unto the end; the Psalm of David: 'Waiting, I waited upon the Lord, and He attended to me' (Ps 40:1). The preceding Psalm could have been spoken by any saint who has lived his life with patience and magnanimity, and by the Lord's man; for the Apostle, taking words from it, has set forth in the Epistle to the Hebrews concerning Christ those things having been said. This is the whole: 'A sacrifice and an offering You did not desire' (Heb 10:5), until: 'It is written about me in the head of a book' (Ps 40:7). And the Psalm is single-personed. The same person who began announces and sings until the end of the Psalm. He therefore says thankfully to God: 'Waiting, I waited upon the Lord, and He heard my prayer.' The 'waiting, I waited' has such a meaning as if someone were to say, 'I healed medically, I wrote grammatically.' They are waiting, not in a manner of mere waiting, but either through much insensitivity or sometimes through ambition. For the Apostle says: 'I will not deliver my body so that I may boast' (1 Cor 9:27), because of praise.
Greek · §178
ἀνεκλαλήτου καὶ δεδοξασμένης". 13 μὴ παρασιωπήσῃς, ὅτι πάροικος ἐγώ εἰμι ἐν τῇ γῇ. μὴ παρασιωπήσῃς εὐχομένου μου, δεομένου, κλαίοντος καὶ δάκρυα φέροντος τοιαῦτα, ἃ "οἱ σπείροντες ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει θεριοῦσιν". "μὴ παρασιωπήσῃς" οὖν, ἀλλ' ἐπινεύσας δὸς ἃ ᾐτησάμην· ἡ γὰρ παρασιώπησις ἐνίοτε μελλησμὸν καὶ μακροθυμίαν σημαίνει, ἐνίοτε δὲ καὶ μακροθυμίαν, ὅταν ἐπὶ ἁμαρτήμασιν γίνηται· "ταῦτα ἐποίησας, καὶ ἐσίγησα". ἀντὶ τοῦ "οὐκ ἀνταπέδωκά σοι". εἰ ἤμην κάτοικος, οὐδὲ ἐτόλμων αἰτήσασθαι καὶ προσεύξασθαι. κάτοικοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ ὑπεύθυνοι κακίᾳ καὶ ἀσεβεία. λέγεται γοῦν ἐν Ἰηρεμίᾳ· "ἀπὸ προσώπου βορρᾶ ἐκκαυθήσεται τὰ κακὰ ἐπὶ τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν γῆν". οὐκ "ἐπὶ τοὺς παροικοῦντας". καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει Ἰωάννου τρὶς ἑξῆς λέγεται· "οὐαὶ οὐαὶ οὐαὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν γῆν". εἰ ἤμην 191 οὖν κάτοικος, οὐκ ἂν εἶπον· "μὴ παρασιωπήσῃς". 13 καὶ παρεπίδημος καθὼς πάντες οἱ πατέρες μου. ὁ πάροικος καὶ παρεπίδημος αὐτός ἐστιν. Παῦλος γοῦν ἐν τῇ κατ' Ἑβραίους ἐπιστολῇ κατάλογον ποιησάμενος πάντων τῶν διὰ πίστεως εὐαρεστησάντων εἶπεν αὐτοὺς παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους. οὐδεὶς ἐκείνων κάτοικος, οὐδεὶς ἔνδημός ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ παρεπίδημος. ἄλλοθεν ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν τόπον τοῦτον, οὐχ ὧδε γεγέννηται. οἱ κατὰ ἀρετὴν πατέρες οὖν πάντες πάροικοι ἦσαν ἐν τῇ γῇ καὶ παρεπίδημοι, ὡς οἱ πατριάρχαι κ̣αὶ ἄλλοι γεννήσαντες κατὰ θείαν παίδευσιν, οἷον προφῆται, διδάσκαλοι, νομοθέται. 14 ἄνες μοι, ἵνα ἀναψύξω πρὸ τοῦ με ἀπελθεῖν καὶ οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ ὑπάρξω. ἀνάψυξιν ὧδε ἐπαινετὴν λέγει τὴν ἰσοδυναμοῦσαν τῇ· "κατατρύφησον τοῦ κυρίου". "εὗρον ἀναψυχὴν ἐμαυτῷ", λέγει ὁ Ἐφρέμ. ἐκείνη δὲ ψεκτή ἐστιν ἡ ἀναψυχή. ἀναψύχει οὖν τις ἐπαινετῶς, ὅταν τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀπολαύῃ, ὅταν "κατατρυφήσῃ τοῦ κυρίου", ὅταν ἔνφασιν καὶ ἔννοιαν λάβῃ τοῦ "παραδείσου τῆς τρυφῆς". ἐπεὶ τοίνυν λείπει μοι πολλά–διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ δέησιν ἀναπέμπω, ἵνα τῶν λειπόντων π̣ληρωθῶ· τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ ψαλμοῦ εἶπεν· "γνώρισόν μοι, κύριε, τὸ πέρας μου καὶ τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν ἡμερῶν μου, τίς ἐστιν, ἵνα γνῶ τί ὑστερῶ ἐγώ". ὅταν γνῷ τὰ ὑστεροῦντα καὶ ταῦτα κτήσηται, ταῦτα γεωργήσ̣ιμα σχῇ, ἀναψύχει. τοῦτο οὖν λέγει ὅτι· ἄνες μοι μένειν ἐν τῇ ζωῇ ταύτῃ, ἵνα παιδευθεὶς ἀναψύξω, πρ̣ὶν̣ ἀπέλθω̣ ἐκ τοῦ βίου τούτου καὶ οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ ὑπάρξω. οὐ τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι· "οὐχ ὑπ281 άρξω", ἀλλὰ τοιοῦτος, οἷος βούλομαι εἶναι· οὐ γὰρ εἰς ἀνυπαρξίαν χωρεῖ ἡ ψυχή, ἀλλὰ ἄκουε· καταλλήλως τοῖς λέγουσιν ἐκλαμβάνειν δεῖ τοὺς λόγους. ἐὰν ὁ δίκαιος λέγῃ καὶ ὁ σοφὸς κατὰ θεόν· "πάντα σπουδάζω ἵνα πλουτήσω", μὴ περὶ τὸν αἰσθητὸν πλοῦτον ἐκλάμβανε τὸ λεγόμενον. ἐὰν δὲ ἄλλος ᾖ τις ἢ πραγματευτὴς ἢ ἰατρὸς . καὶ οὗτος οὖν ὁ ἅγιος σοφός ἐστιν. λέγει γοῦν "οὐκ ἄλλον ἔχειν ὑπομονὴν ἢ τὸν κύριον καὶ τὴν ὑπόστασιν παρ' αὐτοῦ". οὗτος οὖν ὁ σοφὸς κἂν τοῦτο λ̣έγῃ ὅτι· ἄνες με ζῆν ἠλπικότα ἐν ταύτῃ μόνῃ τῇ ζωῇ, ἵνα ἀναψύξω φαγὼν καὶ πιὼν κατὰ τό· "φάγωμεν καὶ πίωμεν, αὔριον γὰρ ἀποθνῄσκομεν", ἀλλὰ κατάλληλον τῷ προσώπῳ καὶ τὴν ἀναψυχὴν δεῖ λαβεῖν καὶ τὸ "ἄνες μοι" καὶ τὸ "μηκέτι ὑπάρχειν". ἀθάνατός ἐστιν ὁ λέγων. ἐὰν οὖν λέγῃ· "οὐκέτι ὑπάρξω", οὐ τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι· "εἰς τὴν παντελῆ φθορὰν χωρῶ, εἰς ἀνυπαρξίαν καταστρέφω", ἀλλά· "οὐκέτι ὑπάρχω οὕτως ὡς εὔχομαι ὑπαρχθῆνα̣ι̣". "πρὸ τοῦ με" οὖν "ἀπελθεῖν" οὕτως, ἀπελθεῖν τοῦ βίου, "καὶ οὐκέτι ὑπάρξω" ὡς ηὐξάμην γενέσθαι. ἐὰν λέγῃ ἁμαρτωλὸς ὅτι· "νουθέτησόν με, παίδευσόν με, ἵνα μηκέτι ὑπάρξω"–μὴ γὰρ ἵνα εἰς τὴν παντελῆ φθορὰν χωρήσῃ. 1–2 εἰς τὸ τέλος· τῷ ∆αυὶδ ψαλμός. ὑπομένων ὑπέμεινα τὸν κύριον, καὶ προσέσχεν μοι. ὁ προ̣κ̣είμενος ψαλμὸς ῥηθείη ἂν καὶ ὑπὸ παντὸς ἁγίου τοῦ καρτερῶς καὶ μεγαλοψύχως διαγαγόντος τὸν βίον καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τοῦ κυριακοῦ· λέξεις γὰρ ἀπ' αὐτοῦ ὁ ἀπόστολος λαβὼν ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ἑβραίους περὶ Χριστοῦ αὐτὰς ἐξε̣ίληφεν εἰρημένας. αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅλως· "θυσίαν καὶ προσφορὰν οὐκ ἠθέλησας", ἕως· "ἐν κεφαλίδι βιβλίου γέγραπται περὶ ἐμοῦ". ἐστὶν δὲ μονοπρόσωπος ὁ ψαλμός. τὸ αὐτὸ πρόσωπον τὸ ἀρξάμενον μέχρι τοῦ τέλους τοῦ ψαλμοῦ ἀπαγγέλλει καὶ ψάλλει. λέγει οὖν εὐχαριστικῶς πρὸς τὸν θεόν· "ὑπομένων ὑπέμεινα τὸν κύριον, καὶ εἰσήκουσεν τῆς δεήσεώς μου". τὸ "ὑπομένων ὑπέμεινα" τοιαύτην ἔχει διάνοιαν, ὡς εἴ τις λέγοι· "ἰατρικῶς ἰάτρευσα, γραμματικῶς ἔγραψα". εἰσὶν ὑπομένοντες οὐχ ὑπομενητικῶς, ἀλλὰ ἢ ὑπὸ πολλῆς ἀναισθησίας ἢ ἐνίοτε διὰ φιλοδοξίαν. λέγει γοῦν ὁ ἀπόστολος· "οὐ μὴ παραδῶ τὸ σῶμά μου ἵνα καυχήσωμαι". ἕνεκα ἐπαίνου
The Soul's Descent and Christ's Identification with Human Misery§179
179He does not merely say 'having endured, I remained' as if to please the body and soul; rather, he endured with knowledge and as was necessary, not to receive a prize, glory, or praise from men. To endure thus is to say, as I might say, 'I acted wisely according to wisdom.' It was said in the preceding psalm that God is the endurance of the righteous: 'And now, what is my endurance? Is it not the Lord?' (Psalm 70:5). He who bears the heavy things falling upon him through this endurance says, 'Having endured, I remained with the Lord.' He bore the heavy things with an enduring disposition, for many, as I have said, bear the heavy things for some other reason. God is therefore the endurance of the holy. And in Jeremiah it is indeed said: 'A throne of glory rising, our holiness, endurance of Israel, Lord of Israel' (Jeremiah 33:16). He who is therefore established according to this endurance and is named from it says, 'Having endured, I remained with the Lord,' speaking as a slave. He who serves God calls him 'Lord' through his deeds, his mindsets, and his words. This one says, 'In the Holy Spirit, Lord Jesus'; for not everyone who calls Jesus Lord does so in this Spirit, but hypocrites indeed do this. Many will say to me on that day, 'Lord, Lord' (Matthew 7:21-23), and what does he say to them? 'I never knew you.' I never knew you having served me. And again: 'Why do you call me Lord, Lord, and do not do what I say?' (Matthew 7:23). Therefore, he who calls Jesus thus Lord, doing the will of his Father in heaven, is the one who calls him 'in the Holy Spirit' Lord. The voice is therefore that of a slave.
And he heard my prayer. Being in distress, I cried out, and God, attending to my prayer, has fulfilled these things. For I 'having endured, I remained' obeyed the commandment concerning which the Savior said, 'He who endures to the end, this one will be saved' (Matthew 24:13). The 'I remained' is a state of having come to rest. And what kind of face did the Lord have? For we have not spoken out of necessity. If, then, you take it from the face of the Savior—for it has become a matter of pre-passion, it has not become a matter of passions—Jesus 'began to be amazed and distressed' (Mark 14:33). Such things happened to him until the beginning. We do not say that pre-passion occurs without disturbance; for we do not say that anyone other than the Trinity is without disturbance.
For the soul, which Jesus took up, is something other than the Trinity; it is of a nature to receive passion and the beginning of being terrified and distressed. And I say according to the apostles: 'Instead of the joy set before him, he endured the cross, despising shame' (Heb 12:2). If it had not become a victor in passion, it would not have been a feat or a contest.
Furthermore: the 'pay attention to me' is instead of 'he sighed'. And he brought me up out of the pit of misery and from the clay of matter. If each of the saints says this, 'the pit of misery' refers to the place concerning the earth; for a pit is a place where the waters falling from above gather. Often, in the divine writings, both the place concerning the earth and Hades are signified by this name; for when in the twenty-ninth Psalm it is said according to the man: 'You have saved me from those going down into the pit' (Ps 29:15), I do not myself go down into a pit. Because of others, I have been there. No one else brought me down.
Moreover, this appears more clearly from: 'I was counted among those going down into the pit; I became as a helpless man among the dead, yet free' (Ps 29:15). I am not one of those being led into the pit, but I 'was counted'. I counted myself among those. Therefore, I 'became' 'as a helpless man'. Not being helpless, he became as helpless; for when the Jews came to seize him, if he had not delivered himself, they would not have been able to take him. If he is 'free among the dead', he is not one of those becoming members of Hades by nature through choice and action, but he counted himself into this.
Therefore, he 'brought me up' 'from the pit of misery'. He who humbled his own body and enslaved it, and while still walking upon the earth, having acquired his citizenship in the heavens, he was lifted up from the pit of misery and from the clay of matter. And now indeed he was lifted up in power from the world and from matter and from the clay, from which the clay body has sailed. 'And God formed man from dust from the earth' (Gen 2:7). And even Job says: 'Remember that you formed me of clay' (Job 10:9). And Jesus will also say this according to the man: I have become into the pit of misery, I was counted, so that I might free them from misery and from the clay of matter; for because of them, I have become into the clay of matter.
Greek · §179
ἐπιπροεὶς ιν τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν οὐχ "ὑπομένων ὑπέμεινεν"· ἀεὶ γὰρ 192 ἐπιστημόνως καὶ ὡς ἔδει ὑπέμεινεν, οὐχ ἵνα θήραν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων δέξηται ἢ δόξαν ἢ ἐπαίνους. ὁ οὖν οὕτως ὑπομένων ὡς δεῖ, ὡς ἐὰν λέγω ὅτι· "κατὰ σοφίαν σοφῶς ἐποίησα". ἐλέχθη ἐν τῷ προλαβόντι ψαλμῷ ὁ θεὸς ὑπομονὴ εἶναι τοῦ δικαίου· "καὶ νῦν τίς ἡ ὑπομονή μου; οὐχὶ ὁ κύριος"; ὁ ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς ὑπομονῆς τλητικῶς φέρων τὰ προσπίπτοντα ἐπίπονα ἐρεῖ· "ὑπομένων ὑπέμεινα τὸν κύριον". σὺν διαθέσει ὑπομονητικῇ καὶ τὰ ἐπίπονα ἤνεγκα· πολλοὶ γάρ, ὡς εἶπον, τὰ ἐπίπονα φέρουσιν διά τι. ἐστὶν οὖν̣ ὁ θεὸς ὑπομονὴ τοῦ ἁγίου. καὶ ἐν Ἰηρεμίᾳ γοῦν λέγεται· "θρόνος δόξης ὑψούμενος ἁγίασμα ἡμῶν, ὑπομονὴ Ἰσραήλ, κύριε τοῦ Ἰσραήλ". ὁ τοίνυν κατὰ ταύτην τὴν ὑπομονὴν πεποιωμένος καὶ παρονομαζόμενος ἀπ' αὐτῆς ἐρεῖ· "ὑπομένων ὑπέμεινα τὸν κύριον". ὡς δοῦλος λαλεῖ. ὁ δουλεύων τῷ θεῷ "κύριον" αὐτὸν δι' αὐτῶν τῶν πράξεων καὶ τῶν φρονημάτων καὶ τῶν λόγων ὁμολογεῖ. οὗτος "ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ κύριον Ἰησοῦν" λέγει· οὐδὲ γὰρ πᾶς ὁ ὀνομάζων τὸν Ἰησοῦν κύριον ἐν πνεύματι τοῦτο ποιεῖ. καὶ ὑποκριταὶ γοῦν τοῦτο ποιοῦσιν. "πολλοὶ ἐροῦσίν μοι ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ· κύριε κύριε". καὶ τί λέγει αὐτοῖς; "οὐδέποτε ὑμᾶς ἔγνων". οὐδέποτε ἔγνων δουλεύσαντάς μοι. καὶ πάλιν· "τί με λέγετε κύριε κύριε, καὶ οὐ ποιεῖτε ἃ λέγω"; ὁ τοίνυν οὕτω κύριον Ἰησοῦν καλῶν τῷ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ ποιεῖν τοῦ οὐρανίου, ε᾿̣κεῖνος "ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ" κύριον αὐτὸν καλεῖ. δούλου οὖν ἐστιν ἡ φωνή. 2 καὶ εἰσήκουσεν τῆς δεήσεώς μου. ἐνλιπὴς ὢν̣ ᾐτ̣ου´̣μ̣ην τινά, καὶ προσχὼν ὁ θεὸς τῇ δεήσει μου πεπλήρωκεν ταῦτα. ἐπεί περ "ὑπομένων ὑπέμεινα ····· ·χ̣··κ̣··ν̣· τη`̣ν ἐντολὴν περὶ ἧς ὁ σωτὴρ 282 ἔλεγεν· "ὁ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται". καταπαύ σαντος δέ ἐστιν τὸ "ὑπέμεινα". ἐπερ · καὶ ποῖον εἶχεν ὁ κύριος πρόσωπον; – μὴ γὰρ ἐξ ἀνάγκης εἰρήκαμεν. ἐὰν οὖν ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ σωτῆρος λαμβάνῃς–μέχρι γὰρ προπαθείας γέγονεν, οὐ γέγονεν ἐν πάθεσιν. "ἤρξατο" γοῦν Ἰησοῦς "θαμβεῖσθαι καὶ ἀδημονεῖν". μέχρι ἀρχῆς γέγονεν αὐτῷ τὰ τοιαῦτα. προπάθεια̣ν οὐ λέγομεν ἐν ἀτρέπτῳ γίνεσθαι· οὐ λέγομεν γάρ τινα ἄλλον ἄτρεπτον παρὰ τὴν τριάδα. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ἡ ψυχή, ἣν ἀνέλαβεν Ἰησοῦς, ἄλλη ἐστὶν παρὰ τὴν τριάδα, πέφυκεν δέχεσθαι προπάθειαν καὶ ἀρχὴν τοῦ θαμβεῖσθαι καὶ ἀδημονεῖν. καὶ λ̣έγω̣ ἀποστολικόν· "ἀντὶ τῆς προκειμένης χαρᾶς ὑπέμεινεν σταυρὸν αἰσχύνης καταφρονήσας". εἰ μὴ γέγονεν ἀλύσ̣κων ἐν προπαθείᾳ, οὐκ ἦν ἀνδραγάθημα οὐδὲ ἆθλον. ἐπερ · τὸ "προσέσχεν μοι"; –ἀντὶ τοῦ "ἐπένευσεν". 3 καὶ ἀνήγαγέν με ἐκ λάκκου ταλαιπωρίας καὶ ἀπὸ πηλοῦ ὕλεως. ἐὰν ἕκαστος τῶν ἁγίων τοῦτο λέγῃ, "λάκκον ταλαιπωρίας" τὸν περὶ γῆν τόπον λέγει· λάκκος γάρ ἐστιν, ὅπου συνστρέφεται τὰ ὕδατα τὰ ὑψόθεν πίπτοντα. πολλαχοῦ οὖν τῶν θείων γραφῶν καὶ ὁ περὶ γῆν τόπος καὶ ὁ ᾅδης τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ σημαίνεται· ὅταν γὰρ ἐν τῷ εἰκοστῷ ἐνάτῳ ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ σωτῆρος κατὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον λέγηται· "ἔσωσάς με ἀπὸ τῶν καταβαινόντων εἰς λάκκον". οὐδὲ γὰρ καταβαίνω ἐγὼ ε̣ἰς̣ λ̣άκ̣κον. ἄλλων ἕνεκα ἐκεῖ γέγονα. οὐκ ἄλλος με κατεβίβασεν. ἔτι δὲ ἐναργέστερον τοῦτο φαίνεται ἐκ τοῦ· "προσελογίσθην μετὰ τῶν καταβαινόντων εἰς λάκκον, ἐγενήθην ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἀβοήθητος ἐν νεκροῖς ἐλεύθερος". οὔκ εἰμι τω῀̣ν ἀγομένων εἰς τὸν λάκκον, ἀλλὰ "προσελογίσθην". ἐκείνοις ἐμαυτὸν προσελόγισα. "ἐγενόμην" οὖν "ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἀβοήθητος". οὐκ ἀβοήθητος ὢν γέγονεν ὡς ἀβοήθητος· ὅτε γὰρ ἦλθον ἐπὶ τῷ συνλαβεῖν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, εἰ μὴ ἑαυτὸν ἐκδεδώκειν, οὐκ ἠδύναντο αὐτὸν λαβεῖν. εἰ "ἐν νεκροῖς ἐλεύθερός" ἐστιν, οὔκ ἐστιν τῶν κατὰ φύσιν εἰς τὸν ᾅδην γινομένων διὰ προαίρεσιν καὶ πρᾶξιν, ἀλλ' ἑαυτὸν εἰς τοῦτο προσελογίσατο. "ἀνήγαγέν με" οὖν "ἐκ λάκκου ταλαιπωρίας". ὁ ὑπωπιάσας τὸ σῶμα ἑαυτοῦ καὶ δουλαγωγήσας καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς περιπατῶν ἔτι ἐν οὐρανοῖς κτησάμενος τὸ πολίτευμα, ἐκεῖνος ἀνήχθη ἀπὸ λάκκου ταλαιπωρίας καὶ ἀπὸ πηλοῦ ὕλεως. καὶ νῦν μὲν δυνάμει 193 ἀνήχθη ἀπὸ τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ πηλοῦ, ἀφ' οὗ πέπλασται τὸ σῶμα πήλινον. "καὶ ἔπλασεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον χοῦν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς". καὶ ἔτι ὁ Ἰὼβ λέγει· "μνήσθητι ὅτι πηλόν με ἔπλασας". ταῦτα δὲ λέξει καὶ Ἰησοῦς κατὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον· γέγονα εἰς τὸν λάκκον τῆς ταλαιπωρίας, συνελογίσθην, ἵνα αὐτοὺς τῆς ταλαιπωρίας ἐλευθερώσω καὶ ἀπὸ πηλοῦ ὕλεως· δι' αὐτοὺς γὰρ εἰς τὸν πηλὸν τῆς ὕλεως γέγονα.
The New Song and the Hope of the Lord§180
180When this corruptible body is changed into incorruption, it is no longer held by the surrounding mud and distress, but has been rescued from these things. 'And he set my feet upon a rock.' Let this be said generally concerning the righteous. Regarding 'rock,' let the unbroken and indivisible Word of God be heard in these matters, which no storm or tempest moves. Often, indeed, the memory of a rock becomes a memorial of the holy words, not capable of being grasped by sensation; for when the saint says thankfully to God, 'Lift me up on a rock,' he does not say, 'He placed me suspended on a sensible rock,' but upon the unbroken and indivisible Word.
Paul interpreted this rock and said who it is, that it is Christ: 'for they drank from a spiritual following rock, and the rock was Christ' (1 Cor 10:4). And again this same hymnographer says with other things: 'their strong ones laid down the rock they were carrying.' Those of the Egyptians, approaching the rock, were seen as nothing. And just as 'Aaron's rod overcame the rods' (Exod 7:12) of the Egyptians who were singing, that is, he conquered them. When therefore it is said, 'Death is swallowed up' (1 Cor 15:54), 'Israel is swallowed up.' When those who think themselves strong—sophists, certain contentious men, or even evil spirits—approach the rock, they are swallowed up, proving themselves to be nothing.
Upon this rock, Christ, whom the approaching strong ones of the Egyptians are swallowed up by, the feet of the one being benefited stand, to be saved from shaking and tempest and having enemies. Endurance is produced. He does not always suffer these things when he is in the pit of distress, when he is in the mud of matter; endurance is produced. But he does not always suffer these things. When he comes out of these, the end of endurance having been received, the feet of the one having been benefited stand, therefore, upon the said rock. 'And he directed my steps' (Ps 119:133). And see how the Word leads us far into the history. No one standing walks, no one walking stands. When someone is therefore made firm according to Christ so as to be able to say, 'Who shall separate us from the love of God?' (Rom 8:35), his steps have directed paths; for he always hastens toward the higher things, toward the heavenly, being directed by God.
The steps of the runner: for it is 'not of him who wills nor of him who runs, but of God who shows mercy' (Ps 107:13). And he cast into my mouth a new song (Ps 40:9). 'Into the mouth' of the inner man, that is, into my word. 'A new song': often for us... regarding the new, how it is said. That which is uninterrupted is always new, while that which has been succeeded is old. And through many examples it has often been demonstrated.
A hymn to our God. He who was lifted up from the aforementioned circumstances of the pit of misery and the mire of matter obtained an uninterrupted victory. The victory of the uninterrupted is a new triumph. What is this new song? It explains: it is a 'hymn' 'to our God.' When we hymn God, when we receive His praise, as far as possible, becoming in perfection, we sing a new song; for that which is in perfection is uninterrupted. Therefore also the hymn which is sent up to God thankfully within it is a new song.
Many shall see and shall be afraid and shall hope in the Lord (Ps 37:7). 'Many shall see,' having seen me lifted up from the pit of misery and from the mire of matter, and having my feet established upon the rock, and my steps being directed, and me singing and hymning; 'and they shall be afraid' so that they too might come into such a guidance, 'and they shall hope' so that they too might attain these things which already exist for me.
Blessed is the man whose hope is the name of the Lord (Ps 37:7). David once had a single combat against Goliath and did not hope in a shield. You see that the name of the Lord has become his hope. And it is said regarding the Lord being signified by hope—and there is no other hope than the expectation of good things—that often some say of things already existing, 'my hope.' The wealthy indeed say 'my hope,' not regarding what is expected, but what is already present. And therefore, those who already possess the name of the Lord consider it to be hope.
And he did not look toward vanities and false delusions. He who looks toward the Lord does not look toward vanities and false delusions. He does not look toward wealth, nor toward greatness of body, nor toward military might, nor toward any other of those things which are able to fail. And 'delusions' are called 'false,' the divinations. They are...
Greek · §180
ὅταν τοίνυν τὸ σῶμα τοῦτο τὸ φθαρτὸν εἰς ἄφθαρτον μεταβάλῃ, οὐκέτι ὁ περικείμενος αὐτὸ ὑπὸ πηλοῦ κατέχεται καὶ ταλαιπωρίας, ἀλλ' ἐρύσθη ἀπὸ τούτων. 3 καὶ ἔστησεν ἐπὶ πέτραν τοὺς πόδας μου. καὶ περὶ τοῦ καθόλου δικαίου τοῦτο λεγέσθω. "πέτραν" δὲ ἐν τούτοις ἀκουστέον τὸν ἀρραγῆ καὶ ἀδ̣ιαίρετον τ̣οῦ θεοῦ λόγον, ὃν οὐδεμία ζάλη ἢ τρικυμία κινεῖ. πολλαχοῦ οὖν τῶν ἱερῶν λόγων μνήμη πέτρας γίνεται οὐκ ἐπὶ αἰσθήσεως δυναμένη λημφθῆναι· ὅταν γὰρ λέγῃ ὁ ἅγιος εὐχαριστητικῶς πρὸς τὸν θεόν· "ἐν πέτρᾳ ὕψωσέν με", οὐ τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι· "ἐν τῇ αἰσθητῇ πέτρᾳ μετεωρίσας με ἔθηκεν", ἀλλ' ἐπὶ τὸν ἀρραγῆ καὶ ἀδιαίρετον λόγον. ἑρμήνευσεν δὲ ταύτην τὴν πέτραν ὁ Παῦλος καὶ εἶπεν τίς ἐστιν, ὅτι ὁ Χριστός· "ἔπινον γὰρ ἐκ πνευματικῆς ἀκολουθούσης πέτρας, ἡ πέτρα δὲ ἦν ὁ Χριστός". καὶ πάλιν ὁ αὐτὸς οὗτος ὑμνῳδὸς μεθ' ἕτερα λέγει· "κατεπόθησαν ἐχόμενα πέτρας οἱ κραταιοὶ αὐτῶν". οἱ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων πλησιάσαντες τῇ πέτρᾳ τὸ οὐδὲν ὤφθησαν. καὶ ὥσπερ "ἡ ῥάβδος ἡ Ἀρὼν κατέπιεν τὰς ῥάβδους" τῶν ἐπαοιδῶν τῶν Αἰγυπτίων̣, τουτέστιν ἐνίκησεν αὐτούς. ὅταν οὖν λέγῃ· "κατεπόθη ὁ θάνατος", "κατεπόθη Ἰσραήλ". ὅταν οὖν ἐνγίσωσιν τῇ πέτ̣ρᾳ οἱ δοκοῦντες εἰ῀̣ναι κραταιοί, σοφισταί, ἐριστικοί τινες ἢ καὶ πνεύματα πονηρά, καταπίνονται, τὸ οὐδὲν ἀποδείκ̣νυντα̣ι̣. ἐπὶ τα̣ύτην οὖν τὴν 283 πέτραν, τὸν Χριστόν, ᾗ πλησιάσαντες οἱ ἐγγίζοντες κραταιοὶ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων καταπίνονται, ἵστανται οἱ τοῦ εὐεργετουμένου πόδες ἐκ τοῦ κλονεῖσθαι καὶ τρικυμίας ὑφίστασθαι καὶ πολεμίους ἔχειν. ἡ ὑπομονὴ γίνεται. οὐκ ἀεὶ δὲ αὐτὰ πάσχει ὅταν ἐν τῷ λάκκῳ τῆς ταλαιπωρίας ἐστίν, ὅτε ἐν τῷ πηλῷ τῆς ὕλεως, ἡ ὑπομονὴ γίνεται. οὐκ ἀεὶ δὲ αὐτὰ πάσχει. ὅταν δὲ τούτων ἐκτὸς γένηται τέλος τῆς ὑπομονῆς λαβούσης, ἵστανται λοιπὸν οἱ πόδες τοῦ εὐεργετηθέντος ἐπὶ τὴν εἰρημένην πέτραν. 3 καὶ κατηύθυνεν τὰ διαβήματά μου. καὶ ὅρα γε ὅτι πόρρω τῆς ἱστορίας ἡμᾶς ὁ λόγος ἀπάγει. οὐδεὶς ἑστηκὼς διαβαίνει, οὐδεὶς διαβαίνων ἕστηκεν̣. ὅταν τις τοίνυν κατὰ Χριστὸν βεβαιωθῇ ὥστ' ἀνειπεῖν· "τίς ἡμᾶς χωρίσει ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ θεοῦ"; τὰς δ̣ιαβάσ̣εις ἔχει κατευθυνομένας· σπεύδει γὰρ ἀεὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ὑπέρτερα, ἐπὶ τὰ οὐράνια κατευθύνοντος τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ διαβήματα τοῦ τρέχοντος· "οὐ" γὰρ "τοῦ θέλοντος οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ἐλεῶντος θεοῦ". 4 καὶ ἐνέβαλεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου ᾆσμα καινόν. "εἰς τὸ στόμα" τοῦ ἔσω ἀνθρώπου, τουτέστιν εἰς τὸν λόγον μου. "ᾆσμα καινόν"· πολλάκις ἡμῖν ···τα περὶ καινοῦ, πῶς λέγεται. τὸ ἀδιάδοχον ἀεὶ καινόν ἐστιν, τὸ δὲ διαδεχθὲν παλαιόν. καὶ διὰ πλειόνων παραδειγμάτων πολλάκις ἀποδέδεικται. 4 ὕμνον τῷ θεῷ ἡμῶν. ὁ τῷ ὄντι ἀναχθεὶς ἀπὸ τῶν προειρημένων περιστατικῶν τοῦ τε λάκκου τῆς ταλαιπωρίας καὶ τοῦ πηλοῦ τῆς ὕλεως ἀδιάδοχον νίκην ἔσχεν. ·······της ἀδιαδόχου τὸ ἐπινίκιον καινόν ἐστιν. τί δέ ἐστιν τοῦτο τὸ ᾆσμα καινόν, ἑρμηνεύει· "ὕμνος" ἐστὶν "τῷ θεῷ ἡμῶν". ὅταν τὸν θεὸν ὑμνῶμεν, ὅταν διάλημψιν αὐτοῦ λάβωμεν, ὡς ἐφικτόν ἐστιν, ἐν τέλει γινόμενοι καινὸν̣ ᾆσμα ᾄδομεν· τὸ γὰρ ἐν τῷ τέλει ἀδιάδοχόν ἐστιν. διὸ καὶ ὁ ὕμνος ὁ ἐν αὐτῷ εὐχαριστητικῶς ἀναπεμπόμενος τῷ θεῷ ᾆσμα καινόν ἐστιν. 4 ὄψονται πολλοὶ καὶ φοβηθήσονται καὶ ἐλπιοῦσιν ἐπὶ κύριον. "ὄψονται πολλοὶ" ἀναχθέντα με ἀπὸ λάκκου ταλαιπωρίας καὶ ἀπὸ πηλοῦ ὕλεως καὶ στάσιν τῶν ποδῶν εἰληφότα ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ καὶ κατευθυνόμενα τὰ διαβήματά μου καὶ ᾄδοντά με καὶ ὑμνοῦντα, "καὶ φοβηθήσονται" ὥστε καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὴν τοιαύτην ἀγωγήν, "καὶ ἐλπιοῦσιν" 194 ὥστε καὶ αὐτοὶ τυχεῖν τούτων τῶν ἤδη ἐμοὶ ὑπαρξάντων. 5 μακάριος ἀνήρ, οὗ ἐστιν τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου ἐλπὶς αὐτοῦ. ὁ ∆αυὶδ ἔσχεν ποτὲ μονομάχιον πρὸς τὸν Γολιὰ καὶ οὐκ ἤλπισεν οὐκ ἐπ' ἀσπίδι. ὁρᾷς ὅτι τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου ἐλπὶς αὐτοῦ γέγονεν. λέγεται δὲ πρὸς τῷ κυρίως σημαινομένῳ τῆς ἐλπίδος–οὐδὲν δὲ ἕτερόν ἐστιν ἐλπὶς ἢ ἀγαθῶν προσδοκία–πολλάκις καὶ τὰ ἤδη ὑπαρξαντά τινες ἐλπίδια ἑαυτῶν λέγουσιν. οἱ πλούσιοι γοῦν λέγουσιν "τὸ ἐλπίδιόν μου" οὐ τὸ προσδοκώμενον, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἤδη παρόν. καὶ τὸ ὄνομα οὖν τοῦ κυρίου ἤδη ἐλπίδα ὑπάρξασαν ἡγοῦνται οἱ ἤδη αὐτὸ ἔχοντες. 5 καὶ οὐκ ἐπέβλεψεν εἰς ματαιότητας καὶ μανίας ψευδεῖς. ὁ ἐπιβλέψας ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον οὐκ ἐπιβλέπει ἐπὶ ματαιότητας καὶ μανίας ψευδεῖς. οὐκ ἐπιβλέπει ἐπὶ παντε̣υ̣χίαν, οὐκ ἐπὶ μέγεθος σώματος, οὐκ ἐπὶ στρατιωτικῇ χειρί, οὐκ ἐπ' ἄλλῳ τινὶ τῶν δυναμένων ἀποτυγχάνεσθαι. "μανίαι" δὲ λέγονται "ψευδεῖς" αἱ μαντεῖαι. εἰσὶν
The Distinction Between Human and Divine Thought§181
181And indeed these manias are not false; for instance, those receiving God or those receiving Christ are god-bearers, and these manias are not false but true, instead of being 'repressed.' For if they were not also true manias, he would not have said: 'he who has had a false hope regarding madness' (1 Cor 6:9). The Phrygian party, not having been ignorant of how these things are said, understanding both the meaning of madness and of ecstasy, call the spirit-bearing men as having spoken in ecstasy or having prophesied. And they speak truly regarding ecstasy, but not regarding derangement or insanity.
If indeed Paul says: 'whether we have gone out of our minds, it is to God' (1 Cor 6:9), he is not speaking of madness, but of standing outside of human limits and having given. And this word is also said regarding wonder: 'And after these things the sons of Israel will turn back and will seek the Lord their God and David their king; and they will be astonished at the Lord and in His good things' (Ps 142:7). He signifies wonder here.
'You have done many things, Lord my God, Your wonders' (Ps 142:5). Having been tested by the doing of the things spoken, since he did not merely enjoy these good things, but was drawn to them since childhood—and so indeed His anointing while being a child has happened paradoxically, and he says: 'You have done many things, Lord my God, Your wonders.' Many and great things are, 'and with Your thoughts' (Ps 142:4), according to which You do wonders, 'no one shall be like You.' No one is able to do such wonders; no one is able to bring someone out of the pit of misery and from the filth of material things and set his feet upon a rock and direct his steps and the other things.
the statement 'there is no one who shall be like' if said in reference to the Father, does not speak concerning the Son; for none of the begotten can be like the Father. But the Son is not to be compared; for He is eternal, the icon and character of the divine essence. There is not...
Him; for he is like. Regarding: the 'thoughts'? Thoughts are primarily called the thoughts concerning each individual thing. Just as the act of reasoning is a conversation of the soul, and it is not possible to say many things at once, so also the thoughts concerning each individual thing are called thoughts.
A logical place is given for asking whether knowing is the same as reasoning, and it has been said that they are not the same; for there are many things known without reasoning, and many things reasoned about without being known, so that knowing is not the same as reasoning. One is able to grasp a concept of a whole genus and of a whole species. But to know each individual thing, each being reasoned about by itself, it is not possible to do all at once. Regarding: so that the reasoning is upon sensation? But it is upon the individual things being reasoned about. Just as it is not possible to say many things at once while knowing many things, since the intellect is a kind of speech of the soul, it is not possible to reason about many things at once.
God, therefore, has such thoughts that He knows all things at once, yet in a different way than men; for in Isaiah He said: 'As the heavens are far from the earth, so are your thoughts from my thought' (Isaiah 55:9). He wished to show the superiority of His own intellect through a sensory example; for His intellect has not stayed away from the intellect of men locally, but by a greatness of superiority. And with your thoughts no one shall be like. No one is like the thoughts of God. Just as you would say: 'No one shall be like the creation of God.'
For even if they were creators among men, they do not construct the underlying matter of the things coming into being. For example, if a craftsman makes a bed or a throne, he does not make the wood by his art. He only imposes the end upon the previously taken matter. But God, not finding matter, imposes the form upon it, but rather composes it with the form. I have declared and I have spoken, they were multiplied beyond...
Greek · §181
δὲ καὶ μανίαι οὐ ψευδεῖς· οἷον οἱ θεολημπτούμενοι, οἱ χριστολημπτούμενοι θεοφοροῦνται, καὶ οὔκ εἰσιν αὗται αἱ μανίαι ψευδεῖς, ἀλλὰ ἀληθεῖς, ἀντὶ τοῦ "ἡ κατακωχή"· εἰ μὴ γὰρ ἦσαν καὶ ἀληθεῖς μανίαι, οὐκ ἂν ἔλεγεν· "ὁ μὴ ἐπὶ μανίας ψευδεῖς ἐσχηκὼς τὴν ἐλπίδα". οἱ κατὰ Φρύγαν, πῶς ταῦτα λέγεται οὐκ ἠγνοηκότες, καθ' ἓν σημαινόμενον κα̣ὶ τὴν μανίαν καὶ τ̣ὴν ἔκστασιν λαβόντες τοὺς πνευματοφόρους ἄνδρας λέγουσιν ἐν ἐκστάσει λελαληκέναι, πεπροφητευκέναι. καὶ ἀληθεύουσιν μὲν ὅτι κατ' ἔκστασιν, οὐ μέντοι τὴν παραφοράν, οὐ τὴν παραφροσύνη̣ν. ἐὰν γοῦν λέγῃ Παῦλος· "εἴτε ἐξέστημεν, θεῷ", οὐ μανίαν λέγει, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐκστῆναι τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων καὶ ····· 284 ····· ········ δεδωκότα. λέγεται δὲ τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ θαυμασμοῦ· "καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐπιστρέψουσιν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἐπιζητήσουσιν κύριον τὸν θεὸν αὐτῶν καὶ ∆αυὶδ τὸν βασιλέα αὐτῶν· καὶ ἐκστήσονται ἐπὶ τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς αὐτοῦ". θαυμασμὸν ὧδε σημαίνει. 6 πολλὰ ἐποίησας σύ, κύριε ὁ θεός μου, τὰ θαυμάσιά σου. πειραθεὶς τῶν εἰρημένων εὐποιιῶν ἐπεὶ μὴ μόνων τούτων τῶν α᾿̣γα̣θῶν ἀπήλαυσεν, ἀλλ' , ἵν' οὕτως εἴπω, μητρόθεν εἰς ταῦτα ἤχθη–καὶ αὐτὴ οὖν ἡ χρίσις αὐτοῦ παιδίου ὄντος παραδόξως γέγον̣εν, καὶ λέγει ὅτι· "πολλὰ ἐποίησας σύ, κύριε ὁ θεός μου, τὰ θαυμάσιά σου". πολλὰ καὶ μεγάλα ἐστίν, "καὶ τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς σου", καθ' οὓς ποιεῖς τὰ θαυμάσια, "οὐδεὶς ὁμοιωθήσεται". οὐδεὶς δυνήσεται τοιαῦτα θαυμάσια ποιῆσαι, οὐδεὶς δυνήσεται ἐξαγαγεῖν τινα ἐκ λάκκου ταλαιπωρίας καὶ ἀπὸ πηλοῦ ὕλεως καὶ στῆσαι τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πέτραν καὶ κατευθῦναι τὰ διαβήματα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ ἄλλα. τὸ "οὐκ ἔστιν τίς ὁμοιωθήσεται" ἐὰν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα λέγηται, οὐ περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ λέγει· οὐδεὶς γὰρ τῶν γενητ̣ῶν ὁμοιωθήσεται. ὁ δὲ υἱὸς οὐχ ὁμοιωθήσεται· ἀίδιος γάρ ἐστιν, εἰκὼν καὶ χαρακτὴρ τῆς θεοῦ ὑποστάσεως. οὔκ ἐστιν τῶν ἐπὶ μέλλοντι ἔχων τὸ ὁμοιωθῆναι· ὅμοιος γάρ ἐστιν. ἐπερ · τὸ "τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς"; –διαλογισμοὶ κυρίως λέγονται οἱ λογισμοὶ οἱ περὶ τῶν καθέκαστα. ὥσπερ ὁμιλία ἐστὶν ψυχῆς τὸ διαλογίζεσθαι καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν προφορᾷ ἅμα πο̣λλὰ εἰπε̣ῖν, οὕτω καὶ οἱ λογισμοὶ οἱ τῶν καθέκαστα διαλογισμοὶ λέγονται. παραδέδοται τόπος ἐπιχειρηματικὸς ἐρωτῶν, εἰ ταὐτόν ἐστιν τὸ ἐπίστασθαι τῷ διανοεῖσθαι, καὶ εἴρηται, ὅτι οὐ ταὐτόν ἐστιν· πολλὰ μὲν γὰρ ἔστ̣ιν ἄφ̣ν̣ω ἐπίστασθαι, πολλὰ δὲ διανοεῖσθαι οὐχί, ὥστε οὐ ταὐτὸν τὸ ἐπίστασθαι τῷ διανοεῖσθαι. δύναται καὶ ὅλου̣ γένους λαβεῖν ἔννοιαν καὶ ὅλου εἴδους. ἐπιστῆσαι δὲ τοῖς καθέκαστα, ἕκαστον καθ' ἑαυτὸ διανοηθῆναι ἅμα οὐ δύναται. ἐπερ · ἵνα τὸ διανοηθῆναι ἐπὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως; –ἀλλ' ἐπὶ τῶν καθέκαστα διανοητῶν. ὡς οὐκ ἔστιν ἅμα πολλὰ εἰπεῖν, πολλὰ δὲ εἰδέναι, λόγος δέ τις τῆς ψυχῆς ἐστιν ἡ διάνοια, οὐ δυνατὸν ἅμα πολλὰ διανοεῖσθαι. ὁ θεὸς οὖν διαλογισμοὺς τοιούτους ἔχει ὥστε ἅμα πάντα εἰδέναι, ὅμως δὲ ἑτέρως ἢ ὡς οἱ ἄνθρωποι· καὶ γὰρ ἐν Ἰσαίᾳ εἶπεν ὅτι· "ὡς ἀπέχει ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, οὕτω διανοήματα ὑμῶν ἀπὸ 195 τῆς διανοίας μου". τὴν ὑπεροχὴν τῆς ἑαυτοῦ διανοίας ἠθέλησεν ἐξ αἰσθητικοῦ παραδείγματος δεῖξαι· οὐ γὰρ τοπικῶς ἀφέστηκεν ἡ αὐτοῦ διάνοια τῆς διανοίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλὰ μεγέθει ὑπεροχῆς. 6 καὶ τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς σου οὐκ ἔστιν τίς ὁμοιωθήσεται. οὐδεὶς τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς τοῦ θεοῦ ὁμοιοῦται. ὡς εἰ ἔλεγες· "οὐδεὶς τῇ δημιουργίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ ὁμοιωθήσεται". κἂν γὰρ ὦσιν δημιουργοὶ παρὰ ἀνθρώποις, ἀλλὰ οὐ τὴν ὑποκειμένην ὕλην κατασκευάζουσιν τῶν γινομένων. οἷον ὁ τέκτων ἐὰν ποιῇ κλίνην ἢ θρόνον οὐχὶ καὶ τὸ ξύλον ποιεῖ ἐν τῇ τέχνῃ. τὸ τέλος μόνον ἐπιτίθη̣σιν̣ τῇ π̣ρολαβούσῃ ὕλ̣ῃ. ὁ δὲ θεὸς οὐχ εὑρὼν ὕλην τὸ εἶδος αὐτῇ ἐπιτίθησιν, ἀλλὰ συνυφίστησιν αὐτὴν τῷ εἴδει. 6 ἀπήγγειλα καὶ ἐλάλησα, ἐπληθύνθησαν ὑπὲρ
The Spiritual Sacrifice and the Fulfillment of Scripture§182
182Regarding number. You know that if we do not conceive something as necessary and do not desire to report it to another, how can we ever say 'thus and thus', when we know that we have not sat down to say what we intended? And this one therefore says: 'I have reported and I have spoken'. Since none of your thoughts is like 'I have reported and I have spoken'. It can also be taken this way: 'I have reported' according to the intention, according to the thought, and 'I have spoken' perceptibly according to the utterance; for first it is necessary to conceive, then thus to speak.
Regarding the statement 'They were increased beyond number' —these thoughts, which no one can match.e can match. You did not desire sacrifice and offering. Therefore he says: 'He brought me up out of the pit of misery and out of the mire of filth, having set my feet upon a rock, having directed my steps' (Ps 40:2). How much it was necessary to sacrifice and to offer as a burnt offering to God regarding these Christological words and the even greater benefits! But you did not desire the perceptible burnt offerings, the bodily sacrifices from the slaughter of animals and others, the shadowy ones. 'A body he has prepared for me' (Ps 40:6). Instead of these, the apostle has interpreted that this body is the logical and bloodless sacrifice. When therefore a greater sacrifice is found, then he no longer wants the former; they are no longer desired by him.
Let not the words of the Diimorites trouble you; for they say: 'Do you see that it is a body'? —for the one saying 'a body he has prepared for me', this he says as 'only'; for even one having a perfect man has a body, but not only. And I said the psalm was one-personed from the beginning; for from the beginning to the end the same speaking person has entered. Just as he said here: 'but a body he has prepared for me', and in the following he says: 'those seeking my soul, let them seek it'. Behold, he has a soul also, behold, he has a body also.
And since the passage refers to perceptible sacrifices superseded by the Spirit, he spoke of the new sacrifice. It is not the soul that becomes the sacrifice according to this meaning, but the body. And it is also good that it is not 'he prepared', but himself 'he has prepared', 'the Holy Spirit having come upon' Mary 'and the power of the Most High having overshadowed her' (Lk 1:35). Because of this, you no longer desired those sacrifices and offerings, since 'a body he has prepared for me' which is to be offered on behalf of all. And this can be said: because of this, he th...
You did not desire a physical sacrifice and offering, since I have prepared for us a body, which we are able to perform as a sacred rite and sacrifice to you; 'I urge you through mercies to present your bodies as a logical sacrifice' (Rom 12:1). In other interpretations it is said: 'And you have prepared ears for me.' One interpreter says this: since you did not desire a sensory sacrifice and offering, 'you have prepared ears for me,' through which I hear those things concerning the things made manifest by the sensory, such as the intellectual sacrifice of understanding: 'sacrifice to God a sacrifice of understanding.' Furthermore, if you call me to a lecture, you no longer seek sensory things being performed, so that what is said might be like: 'The Lord's instruction opens my ears' (Ps 119:16). An unmusical man does not have ears for hearing musical words.
And another of the interpreters said: 'You have dug out ears for me,' since you removed their dullness, you removed that which obstructs hearing. Furthermore: regarding Jesus, how do we receive him? —I said that the 196 allegories are not smoothed out to match the histories. And often I omitted the matter of Abraham and the two women. I said to you that the soul of Jesus is not an unshakeable essence. It is of the same kind as the others, and everything it has that is good, it has from the Word of God. Since therefore it also has the ability to hear well, it has that from the Savior. It surpasses the temple in which it is housed.
7 You did not seek burnt offerings and things concerning sin. Nor did you seek, nor did you still delight in the things of the shadow. 'What multitude of your sacrifices to me is there? I am full. I do not want the burnt offerings of rams and the fat of lambs' (Ps 50:6). 8 Then he said: 'Behold, I have come' (Isa 6:8). Then I, for whom a body was prepared, said: 'Behold, I have come,' instead of saying: since the purpose of his coming is this, to receive the end of the shadow, so that sacrifices and burnt offerings are no longer brought, I have come, in order to fulfill the sacrifice by becoming a burnt offering.
8 It has been written in a heading of a book concerning me. The heading of a book is called 'all inspired Scripture'; for the main point of the Scripture is the life rule of life concerning Christ. According to a second account, let it also be said concerning others; for if the coming were not about to happen, the old writings would not have prefigured the Gospel. Furthermore: was this written during the Pentateuch? —He says every Scripture is a book, whose heading is the end for which the writings are given, which is salvation, the coming. Furthermore: the Genesis...
Greek · §182
ἀριθμόν. οἶδας ὅτι ἐὰν μή τι νοήσωμεν ὡς δεῖ καὶ θελήσωμεν αὐτὸ ἄλλῳ ἀπαγγεῖλαι, πῶς ποτε λέγομεν οὕτω καὶ οὕτω, ὅταν ἐπιστώμεθα ὅτι οὐ περιεδραξάμεθα οὗ ἠθελήσαμεν εἰπεῖν. καὶ οὗτος οὖν λέγει· "ἀπήγγειλα καὶ ἐλάλησα". ἐπεὶ τῶν διαλογισμῶν σου οὐδεὶς ὅμοιός ἐστιν, "ἀπήγγειλα καὶ ἐλάλησα". δύναται δὲ καὶ οὕτω λαβεῖν· "ἀπήγγειλα" κατὰ τὴν διάθεσιν, κατὰ τὴν νόησιν, καὶ "ἐλάλησα" αἰσθητῶς κατὰ τὴν προφοράν· πρῶτον γὰρ δεῖ νοη῀̣σαι, εἶθ' οὕτως εἰπεῖν. ἐπερ · "ἐπληθύνθησαν ὑπὲρ ἀριθμόν"; –οἱ διαλογισμοί, οἷς οὐδεὶς ὁμοιοῦται. 7 θυσίαν καὶ προσφορὰν οὐκ ἠθέλησας. λοιπὸν λέγει· "ἀνήγαγές με ἐκ λάκκου ταλαιπωρίας καὶ ἀπὸ πηλοῦ ὕλεως, ἔστησας ἐπὶ πέτραν τοὺς πόδας μου, κατηύθυνας τὰ διαβήματά μου". ὅσον ἐπὶ τοῖς χριστηρίοις τούτοις λόγοις καὶ ταῖς ἔτι μ̣ε̣ι´̣ζ̣οσιν ε̣ὐεργεσίαις ἔδει θῦσαι καὶ ὁλοκαυτῶσαι τῷ θεῷ. ἀλλ' οὐκ ἠθέλησας τὰ αἰσθητὰ 285 ὁλοκαυτώματα, τὰς θυσίας τὰς σωματικὰς τὰς ἐκ σφαγῆς ζῴων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων, τὰ σκιώδη. 7 σῶμα κατηρτίσω μοι. ἀντὶ τούτων. ἑρμήνευσεν οὖν ὁ ἀπόστολος, ὅτι τοῦτο τὸ σῶμα ἡ λογικὴ καὶ ἀναίμακτός ἐστιν θυσία. ὅταν οὖν μείζων τις εὑρεθῇ θυσία, τότε τὰς προτέρας οὐκέτι θέλει· οὔκ εἰσιν αὐτῷ θεληταί. μὴ ταραττέτω σε τὸ τῶν ∆ιμοιριτῶν· λέγουσιν γάρ· "ὁρᾷς ὅτι σῶμα"; –μὴ γὰρ ὁ λέγων ὅτι· "σῶμά μοι κατηρτίσω", τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι "μόνον"· καὶ γὰρ ὁ τέλειον ἄνθρωπον ἔχων ἔχει σῶμα, ἀλλ' οὐ μόνον. μονοπρόσωπον δὲ εἶπον ἐξ ἀρχῆς τὸν ψαλμόν· ἀπὸ γὰρ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἕως τοῦ τέλους τὸ αὐτὸ λέγον πρόσωπον εἰσῆκτα̣ι. ὥσπερ οὖν ἐνταῦθα εἶπεν· "σῶμα δὲ κατηρτίσω μοι", καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἑπομένοις ἐρεῖ· "οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχήν μου τοῦ ἐξᾶραι αὐτήν". ἰδοὺ καὶ ψυχὴν ἔχει, ἰδοὺ καὶ σῶμα. ἐπειδὴ δὲ περὶ αἰσθητῶν θυσιῶν διαδεχθεισῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος ὁ λόγος ἐστ̣ίν, εἶπεν τὴν διαδεχομένην θυσίαν. οὐχ ἡ ψυχὴ δέ ἐστιν ἡ κατὰ τοῦτο τὸ σημαινόμενον θυσία γενομένη, ἀλλὰ τὸ σῶμα. εὖ δὲ καὶ τὸ οὐκ "ἐξηρτίσω", ἀλλὰ αὐτὸς αὐτὸ "κατηρτίσω", "πνεύματος ἁγίου ἐπελθόντος" ἐν τῇ Μαρίᾳ "καὶ τῆς τοῦ ὑψίστου δυνάμεως ἐπισκιασάσης αὐτῇ". διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἠθέλησας οὐκέτι ἐκείνας τὰς θυσίας καὶ προσφοράς, ἐπεὶ "σῶμά μοι κατηρτίσω" τὸ μέλλον θυθῆναι ὑπὲρ πάντων. καὶ τοῦτο δύναται λέγεσθαι· διὰ τοῦτο θυσίαν καὶ προσφορὰν̣ οὐκ ἠθέλησας, ἐπεὶ κατηρτίσω ἡμῖν σῶμα, ὅπερ ἱερουργεῖν καὶ θύειν σοι δυνάμεθα· "παρακαλῶ ὑμᾶς διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν, παραστῆσαι τὰ σώματα λογικὴν θυσίαν". ἐν ἄλλοις κεῖται· "ὠτία δὲ κατηρτίσω μοι". ὁ εἷς μὲν οὖν ἑρμηνεύων τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι· ἐπεὶ αἰσθητὴν θυσίαν καὶ προσφορὰν οὐκ ἠθέλησας, "ὠτία μοι κατηρτίσω", δ̣ι' ὧν ἀκούω τὰ περὶ τῶν δηλουμένων ὑπὸ τῶν αἰσθητῶν, οἷον τῆς νοητῆς θυσίας τῆς αἰνέσεως· "θύσατε τῷ θεῷ θυσίαν αἰνέσεως". εἰς ἀκρόασίν με λοιπὸν καλεῖς, οὐκέτι αἰσθητὰ ἱερουργούμενα ζητεῖς, ἵν' ᾖ τὸ λεγ̣όμενον ὅμοιον τῷ· "ἡ παιδεία κυρίου διανοίγει μου τὰ ὦτα". ὁ ἄμουσος ἄνθρωπος οὐκ ἔχει ὠτίον πρὸς τὸ ἀκοῦσαι μουσικῶν λόγων. καὶ ἄλλος δὲ εἶπεν τῶν ἑρμηνευτῶν· "ὠτία δέ μοι ἔσκαψας", ἐπεὶ τη`̣ν ἀμ̣βλύτητα αὐτῶν περιεῖλες, τὸ ἐμποδίζον τῇ ἀκοῇ περιεῖλες. ἐπερ · ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πῶς λαμβάνομεν; –εἶπον ὅτι αἱ 196 ἀλληγορίαι οὐκ ἐξομαλίζονται πρὸς τὰς ἱστορίας. καὶ πολλάκις τὸ τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ τῶν δύο γυναικῶν παρ̣είληφα. εἶπόν σοι ὅτι οὔκ ἐστιν ἄτρεπτος οὐσία ἡ ψυχὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. ὁμοούσιός ἐστιν ταῖς ἄλλαις καὶ πᾶν ὃ ἔχει καλόν, παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγου ἔχει αὐτό. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ἔχει καὶ τὸ ἀκούειν καλῶς, παρὰ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἔχει αὐτό. τῷ χ̣ρ̣ω̣μένῳ αὐτῇ ναῷ ὑπῆρκται. 7 ὁλοκαυτώματα καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας οὐκ ἐζήτησας. οὐδὲ ἐζήτησας οὐδὲ εὐδόκησας ἔτι τὰ τῆς σκιᾶς. "τί μοι πλῆθος τῶν θυσιῶν ὑμῶν; πλήρης εἰμί. ὁλοκαυτώματα τῶν κριῶν καὶ στέαρ ἀρνῶν οὐ βούλομαι". 8 τότε εἶπον· ἰδοὺ ἥκω. τότε ἐγὼ ᾧ σῶμα κατηρτίσω, εἶπον· "ἰδοὺ ἥκω", ἀντὶ τοῦ· ἐπεὶ σκοπὸς τῆς ἐπιδημίας αὐτοῦ οὗτός ἐστιν τὸ τὴν σκιὰν τέλος ἀπολαβεῖν, τὸ μηκέτι θυσίας καὶ ὁλοκαυτώμ̣α̣τα προσάγεσθαι, ἥκω ἐγώ, ἵνα πληρώσω τὴν θυσίαν ὁλοκαύτωμα γενησόμενος. 8 ἐν κεφαλίδι βιβλίου γέγραπται περὶ ἐμοῦ. κεφαλὴ βιβλίου λέγεται "πᾶσα ἡ θεόπνευστος γραφή"· τὸ γὰρ κεφάλαιον τῆς γραφῆς ἡ περὶ Χριστοῦ ἐστιν πολιτεία. κατὰ δεύτερ̣ον̣ λόγον καὶ περὶ ἄλ̣λων λεγέσθω· εἰ μὴ γὰρ ἤμελλεν ἡ ἐπιδημία γίνεσθαι, οὐκ ἂν αἱ παλαιαὶ γραφαὶ π̣ρο̣ανεφώνουν τὸ εὐαγγέλιον. ἐπερ · ἐπὶ τῆς πεντατεύχου τοῦτο ἐγράφη; –πᾶσαν γρ̣αφὴν λέγει βιβλίον εἶναι, οὗ ἐστιν̣ κεφαλὶς τὸ τέλος δι' ὃ αἱ γραφαὶ δέδονται, ἡ σωτηρία, ἡ ἐπιδημία. ἐπερ · ἡ γένεσις
Opposition of Wills and Spiritual Food§183
183Therefore, was the world foretold for this reason? So that He might bring the generation of the world to its completion through humans, and after this generation of humans, so that the visit might take placeLamb' is 'of God, who takes away the sin of the world' (John 1:29). Regarding the saying that Adam transgressed 'through disobedience' and the Savior 'through obedience' is justified (Rom 5:19), it is not making a comparison concerning the Savior, who is a type of the one to come, since Adam himself 'is a type of the one to come'; 'this great mystery, which I say refers to Christ and the Church' (Eph 5:32).
But since it is not entirely, es a book upon the hand of God, and says: 'take it and eat, and your belly shall be filled' (Ezek 3:3). 'And I ate', he says, 'and it became sweetness in my belly'. And he says: 'this book is written within and without' (Ezek 3:3). According to the spiritual and intelligible things it is written within, according to the sensible and manifest things without. But the wise man understands both and finds harmony between the symbols and the realities.
And in Isaiah he says again: 'and these words shall be as the words of the book of the sealed, if they give it to a man knowing letters, saying: take, read. He says: I cannot, for it is sealed' (Isa 29:11). And the illiterate man says: 'I do not know letters'. He was asking whether it differed if it were sealed or not sealed. And we take again the inspired Scripture, the one knowing letters but unable to read because of the sealed book representing the circumcised people, and the one not knowing letters being from the Gentiles.
'To do, O God, your will I have desired' (Ps 40:8). Therefore 'I said: behold, I have come' (Heb 10:7), since the will was desired to do your will after you did not desire me for sacrifice and offering. Those who hold false doctrines concerning Christ say that there are different wills; for even here he says: 'I have come, I desire to do your will', in the Gospel: 'I have descended from heaven not to do human will, but the will of him who sent me' (John 6:38). Therefore, concerning those saying that there are two wills, we say that: the different wills occur either according to more or less or...
In opposition. The one progressing in virtue desires righteousness, and the one perfected does too, and the will of the perfected is not the same as that of the one progressing or the one being led in. For there becomes either a multitude or a duality of wills according to the more and the less, and it also happens in opposition, when one chooses good things and another evil, and one wills to be saved and another to sin. Therefore, such a will as this, to approach the Son having opposition, is the extreme of impiety.
Furthermore, I also direct this toward the Manichaeans. One must act toward these: the will of the Savior is found to be good; for he says, having come down from heaven, 'that I might do the will of God' (John 6:38). And to do the will of God is good. And again: 'The Son of Man came to seek and to save the lost' (Luke 19:10). And again: 'If you wish, you are able to cleanse me' (Mark 10:51). If this is the will of the Son, he wills all things that are beneficial. But since the will of the Father is being opposite to him, I leave it to you to consider. If it is found according to the more and the less in wills and in disposition, then both the Father and the Son will have a disposition, that is, a way of acting, and the Father is no longer without body, nor is the essence without connection. Nor is it to be said according to the more and the less, nor in opposition; for the will of the Son is demonstrated to be good. Yet it is not right according to God to say, however, that this is his will, to perfect the will of the Father. It is not right according to God to say this. Nor is it opposite, nor according to the more and the less. Therefore, one must take these things regarding the man.
And 'your law in the midst of my belly' (Psalm 119:11). It is spiritual food containing itself in the belly of the inner man. And the law, which is evident everywhere, is spiritual food; for it is not sensible food. This belly is often praised, and in the psalm: 'From the fear of you in the belly we have received' (Psalm 119:11). And just as this belly receives in the belly from the divine spirit—which is the fear of God—so also it receives divine food into itself. No longer desiring your sacrifice or offering or burnt offerings, having the spiritual law as food. I have evangelized righteousness in a great church. 'Great church' is the one of the...
Greek · §183
οὖν τ̣οῦ κόσμου διὰ τοῦτο προιστορήθη; – ἵνα δεξιώσῃ τὴν γένεσιν τοῦ κόσμου ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, κα̣ὶ μετὰ ταύτ̣η̣ν τὴν γένεσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, 286 ἵνα χώραν λάβῃ ἡ ἐπιδημία. "ἀμνός" ἐστιν "τοῦ θεοῦ αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου". τὸ λεχθῆναι ὅτι ὁ Ἀδὰμ παρέβη "διὰ παρακοῆς" καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ "δι' ὑπακοῆς" δεδικαίωται, οὐ τὴν ἀναφορὰν ποιεῖται περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος, ὅς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος, ἐπεὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Ἀδὰμ "τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντός ἐστιν"; "τὸ μυστήριον τοῦτο μέγα ἐστίν, ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω εἰς Χριστὸν καὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν". ὅτι δὲ οὐ πάντως, εἰ πεν λέγεται βιβλίον, ἐπὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως δεῖ λαβεῖν αὐτό, ὁ Ἰεζεκιὴλ ἀκούει ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ· "χάνον τὸ στόμα σου", καὶ ὁρᾷ ἐπὶ τῆς θεοῦ χειρὸς βιβλίον, καὶ λέγει ὅτι· "λάβε αὐτὸ καὶ φάγε, καὶ πλησθήσεται ἡ κοιλία σου". "καὶ ἔφαγον", φησίν, "καὶ ἐγένετο γλυκασμὸς ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ μου". καὶ λέγει· "τοῦτο τὸ βιβλίον γέγραπται ἔσωθεν καὶ ἔξωθεν". κατὰ τὰ πνευματικὰ καὶ νοητὰ ἔσω γέγραπται, κατὰ τὰ αἰσθητὰ καὶ προφανῆ ἔξω. πλὴν ὁ σοφὸς ἀμφότερα κατεσθίει καὶ εὑρίσκει συμφωνίαν τῶν τε συμβόλ̣ων καὶ τῶν πρωτοτύπων. καὶ ἐν Ἰσαίᾳ πάλιν λέγει· "καὶ ἔσται τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα ὡς οἱ λόγοι τοῦ βιβλίου τοῦ ἐσφραγισμένου, ὃ ἐὰν δῶσιν αὐτὸ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐπισταμένῳ γράμματα λέγοντες· λάβε, ἀνάγνωθι. λέγει· οὐ δύναμαι, ἐσφράγισται γάρ". ὁ δὲ ἀγράμματος λέγει· "οὐκ ἐπίσταμαι γράμματα". αἰτοῦντες ἐκεῖνος διέφερεν εἰ ἐσφράγιστο ἢ οὐκ ἐσφράγιστ̣ο. καὶ λαμβάνομεν πάλιν τὴν θεόπνευστον γραφήν, τὸν δὲ ἐπιστάμενον γράμματα καὶ μὴ δυνα´̣μενον ἀναγνῶναι διὰ τὰς ἐπικειμένας σφραγῖδας τὸν ἐκ περιτομῆς λαόν, τὸν δὲ μὴ ἐπιστάμενον γράμματα τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν. 9 τοῦ ποιῆσαι, ὁ θεός, τὸ θέλημά σου ἠβουλήθην. διὰ τοῦτο "εἶπον· ἰδοὺ ἥκω", ἐπεὶ τὸ θέλημα ἠβουλήθην σου ποιῆσαι μετὰ τὸ μὴ θελῆσαί σε θυσίαν καὶ προσφοράν. οἱ ψευδοδοξοῦντες περὶ τὸν Χριστὸν λέγουσιν ὅτι διάφορα θελήματά εἰσιν· καὶ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα λέγει· "ἥκω, βούλομαι ποιῆσαι τὸ θέλημά σου", ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ· "καταβέβηκα ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ οὐχ ἵνα ποιήσω ἀνθρώπινον θέλημα, ἀλλὰ τὸ τοῦ πέμψαντός με". διὰ τοὺς λέγοντας οὖν ὅτι δύο θελήματα, ἐροῦμεν ὅτι· τὰ διάφορα θελήματα γίνονται ἤτοι κατὰ τὸ μᾶλλον καὶ ἧττον ἢ κατ' ἐναντιότητα. ὁ προκόπτων ἐν ἀρετῇ θέλει δ̣ικαιοσύνην καὶ ὁ τελειωθείς, καὶ οὔκ ἐστιν τὸ τοῦ τελείου θέλημα ταὐτὸν τῷ προκόπτοντος ἢ εἰσαγομένου. γι´̣νε̣ται δὲ ἢ πληθὺς ἢ δυὰς τῶν θελημάτων κατὰ τὸ μᾶλλον καὶ τὸ ἧττον, γίνεται δὲ καὶ κατ' ἐναντιότητα, ὅταν̣ ο῾̣ μέν τις ἀγαθὰ αἱρῆται, ὁ δὲ κακά, ὁ δὲ θέλῃ σωθῆναι, ὁ δὲ ἁμαρτεῖν. τὸ τοίνυν 197 τοιοῦτον θέλημα τῷ υἱῷ προσάψαι τὸ κ̣αὶ ἐναντιότητα ἔχον, ἐσχάτη ἐστὶν ἀσέβεια. εἶτα δὲ καὶ τὸ πρὸς τοὺς Μανιχαίους ποιοῦμαι. ποιητέον πρὸς τούτους· τὸ θέλημα τοῦ σωτῆρος εὑρίσκεται ἀγαθὸν ὄν· λέγει γὰρ καταβεβηκέναι ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ "ἵνα ποιῶ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ". τὸ δὲ ποιεῖν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ ἀγαθόν ἐστιν. καὶ πάλιν· "ἐλήλυθεν ζητῆσαι καὶ σῶσαι τὸ ἀπολωλός". καὶ πάλιν· "ἐὰν θέλῃς, δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι". εἰ τοῦτο τοῦ υἱοῦ τὸ θέλημα, θέλει πάντα τὰ ἐπωφελῆ ····· ····· ··εομυχη. ἐναντίον δὲ ὂν αὐτῷ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός, σοὶ καταλιμπάνω τὸ ἀκόλουθον σκοπεῖν. εἰ δὲ κατὰ τὸ μᾶλλον καὶ τὸ ἧττον ἐν θελήμασιν ἐν διαθέσει εὑρίσκεται, ἔσται καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἔχων διάθεσιν καὶ ὁ υἱός, τουτέστιν ποιότητα, καὶ οὐκέτι ἀσώματος ὁ πατήρ, οὔκ ἐστιν ἁπλη῀̣ οὐσί α, οὔκ ἐστιν ἀσύνθετος. οὐδὲ κατὰ τὸ μᾶλλον καὶ τὸ ἧττον ῥητέον οὐδὲ κατ' ἐναντιότητα· τὸ γὰρ τοῦ υἱοῦ θέλημα α᾿̣ποδείκνυται ὅτι ἀγαθόν ἐστιν. οὐ θεμιτὸν δὲ κατὰ θεὸν εἰπεῖν ὅμως λέγει τοῦτο θέλημα αὐτοῦ εἶν̣αι τὸ τελειῶσαι τὸ θ̣έλ̣ημα τοῦ πατρός. οὐ θεμιτὸν δὲ κατὰ θεὸν εἰπεῖν. οὐδὲ ἐναντίον ἐστὶν οὐδὲ κατὰ τὸ μᾶλλον καὶ ἧττον. περὶ ἄρα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου δεῖ ἐκλαβεῖν ταῦτα. 9 καὶ τὸν νόμον σου ἐν μέσῳ τῆς κοιλίας μου. ἐστὶν τροφὴ πνευματικὴ χωροῦσα εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τοῦ ἔσ̣ω ἀνθρώπου. πνευματικὴ δὲ τροφή, παντί που δῆλον, ὁ νό287 μος· οὐδὲ γὰρ αἰσθητή ἐστιν τροφή. αὕτη δὲ ἡ κοιλία πολλάκις ἐπαινεῖται, καὶ ἐν τῷ· "ἀπὸ τοῦ φόβου σου ἐν γαστρὶ ἐλάβομεν". καὶ ὥσπ̣ερ αὕτη ἡ κοιλία ἐν γαστρὶ λαμβάνει ἀπὸ θείου πνεύματος–τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ φόβος–, οὕτω καὶ θείαν τροφὴν δέχετ̣αι εἰς ἑαυτήν. μηκέτι θέλοντός σου θυσίαν ἢ προσφορὰν ἢ ὁλοκαυτώματα τὸν πνευματικὸν νόμον τροφὴν ἔσχον. 10 εὐηγγελισάμην δικαιοσύνην ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ μεγάλῃ. "μεγάλη ἐκκλησία" ἐστὶν ἡ ἐκ τῶν
The Union of Truth and Mercy§184
184Consisting of great things, concerning which Paul says, 'we speak wisdom among the perfect' (1 Cor 2:6), so that the sum of these is a 'great church.' This is not the righteousness according to the law, about which the apostle says, 'having become blameless in the righteousness of the law' (Rom 3:19). This then righteousness I preached to the great church; for if the letter and the shadow were not preached to the great ones, but to infants.
But what kind of righteousness? —about which the Savior was saying, 'unless your righteousness exceeds that of the scribes and Pharisees' (Matt 5:20), is this not according to the shadow? Therefore yours—of the disciples—the Savior says, let the righteousness exceed theirs. And he says that theirs was with ignorance. Because of this, let us not be ignorant of the righteousness of God, but let us preach it.
10 Behold, my lips I will not restrain. 'Lips' here means the word. Often when he is called to say something to small and imperfect men, we restrain our lips; we do not have them released, but we descend with them, we speak cryptically, we speak proverbially, and our lips are restrained. But when to the perfect and a great church, since he does not restrain his lips, since he does not hinder them from speaking anything. And it is possible also to say this: as the psalmist says: 'and in his law he will meditate day and night' (Ps 1:2). He never restrains his lips, always bringing forth the words of God. And the 'always' hear it thus: as it is necessary and as it is fitting to do this; for even if he is silent, he speaks in his mind, and even while sleeping, when he sleeps as a righteous man, he does this with the word. And through silence, he remembers something good.
10–11 Lord, you have known my righteousness (Ps 26:3). Since much of what is said has testified to himself—for 'to preach righteousness in a great church' is great and, so that I may say this, beyond man—he says to God: 'you have known my righteousness' (Ps 26:3). This righteousness, which I announce, I possess and have practiced according to it. And if the psalm were even speaking about the man of the Savior, that: since he did not know sin, but the sin that has come to be, it is productive of righteousness. And this is also possible: even if some, being ignorant, speak blasphemy against me, but you know my righteousness. As also Susanna said: 'you know that...'
What false things testify against me? I have not hidden your truth in my heart. He who has known the righteousness of God does not hide the truth joined to it in his heart. Truth is called joined to righteousness when it says: 'Truth has risen from the earth, and righteousness has stooped from heaven' (Ps 85:11). Regarding the Savior, he says righteousness is stooping from heaven; for he says: 'He bent the heaven and came down.' And 'risen from the earth' means having reached the end of the visitation. But it can also be understood thus: when from the earth, that good and beautiful soul has risen after having heard the word and having been fruitful. Therefore righteousness stoops from heaven. And in another psalm he says: 'Mercy and truth met, righteousness and peace kissed' (Ps 85:10). Those who read histories find that wars and disturbances arise from unrighteousness. But truth has the mercy of God; for if God does not show mercy, no one is able to know the truth, how much and what it is. Therefore 'mercy and truth met.' And mercy is also possible, such as he who loves his neighbor as himself is merciful to his neighbor and himself requires the same mercy from him; for indeed the truth is made manifest. Just as righteousness leads peace, so also the mercy of truth. Moreover, both are one and the same. If then Jesus and his words are ashamed, his truth is ashamed. 'And I have spoken my salvation' (Ps 116:16). The confession of the truth is my salvation. If he also says the truth concerning Christ, he again says Christ is the salvation, and 'I have spoken my salvation and revealed your truth.' I speak of the salvation being the Christ whom I make manifest. 'I have not hidden your mercy and your truth from a great assembly' (Ps 51:1). We say that mercy is joined to the truth. And 'a great assembly' means those from the Gentiles who have believed, having been gathered from all the Gentiles. And the wise man says this, and Jesus also according to the man. 'And you, Lord, do not distance your mercies from me' (Ps 51:1). I have come to your mercies, blamelessly and as is necessary. Do not therefore distance them, so that I may remain such. 'Let the mercy quickly overtake us...'
The text ends abruptly with a fragment of a quote.
Greek · §184
καθέκαςτα μεγάλων συνκειμένη, περὶ ὧν ὁ Παῦλος· "σοφίαν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις λαλοῦμεν", ὡς τὸ τούτων ἄρα ἄθροισμα "ἐκκλησία μεγάλη" ἐστίν. δικαιοσύνην οὐ τὴν κατὰ νόμον, περὶ ἧς λέγει ὁ ἀπόστολος· "κατὰ τὴν ἐν νόμῳ δικαιοσύνην γενάμενος ἄμεμπτος". ταύτην οὖν τὴν δικαιοσύνην εὐηγγελισάμην τῇ μεγάλῃ ἐκκλησίᾳ· εἰ γὰρ τὸ γράμμα καὶ τὴν σκιάν, οὐ μεγάλοις εὐηγγελίζετο, ἀλλὰ νηπίοις. ἐπερ · ποίαν δικαιοσύνην; –περὶ ἡ῀̣ς ὁ σωτὴρ ἔλεγεν· "ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλέον τῶν γραμματέων καὶ Φαρισαίων", μη`̣ κ̣α̣τ̣α`̣ τὴν σκιὰν αὕτη ἐστίν; ἡ ὑμῶν οὖν–τῶν μαθητῶν–, ὁ σωτὴρ λέγει, περισσευσάτω ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλείω τῆς ἐκείνων. καὶ λέγει, ὅτι σὺν ἀγνοίᾳ ἦν ἡ ἐκείνων. διὰ τοῦτο μὴ ἀγνοήσωμεν τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην, ἀλλ' εὐαγγελισώμεθα αὐτήν. 10 ἰδοὺ τὰ χείλη μου οὐ μὴ κωλύσω. χείλη ὧδε τὸν λόγον λ̣έγει. πολλάκις ὅταν ἐπὶ μικρῶν καὶ ἀτελῶν ἀνθρώπων καλέσῃ λόγος εἰπεῖν τι, κωλύομεν ἑαυτῶν τὰ χείλη, οὐκ̣ ἔχομεν αὐτὰ ἀπολελυμένα, ἀλλὰ συνκαταβαίνομεν, ἐπικρύπτομεν, παροιμιωδῶς λέγομεν, καὶ κωλυ´̣εται ἡμῶν τὰ χείλη. ὅταν δὲ τελείοις καὶ μεγάλῃ ἐκκλησίᾳ, ἐπεὶ οὐ κωλύει ἑαυτοῦ τὰ χ̣είλη, ἐπεὶ οὐδὲν ἐνποδίζει ἐκείνοις εἰπεῖν. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο εἰπεῖν· ὡς τό· "καὶ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτοῦ μελετήσει ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός". οὐδέποτε κωλύει ἑαυτοῦ τὰ χείλη ἀεὶ τοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ λόγους προφέρων̣. τὸ δὲ "ἀεὶ" οὕτω ἄκουε· ὡς δεῖ καὶ ὡς προσῆκόν ἐστιν τοῦτο ποιεῖν· κἂν γὰρ σιωπᾷ, ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ λαλεῖ, κ̣αὶ καθεύδων, ὅταν ὡς δίκαιος καθεύδῃ, μετὰ λόγου τοῦτο ποιεῖ. καὶ διὰ τῆς σιωπῆς μνᾶταί τι ἀγαθόν. 10– 11 κύριε, σὺ ἔγνως τὴν δικαιοσύνην μου. ἐπεὶ πολλὰ τὸ δὴ λεγόμενον ἐμαρτύρησεν ἑαυτῷ–τὸ γὰρ "εὐαγγελίσασθαι δικαιοσύνην ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ μεγάλῃ" μέγα ἐστὶν καί, ἵν' οὕτως εἴπω, ὑπὲρ ἄνθρωπον–, λέγει τῷ θεῷ· "σὺ ἔγνως τὴν δικαιοσύνην μου". ταύτη̣ν, ἣν ἀπαγγέλλω, ἔχω καὶ πεποίωμαι κατ' αὐτήν. εἰ δὲ καὶ περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τοῦ σωτῆρος λέγοιτο ὁ ψαλμός, ὅτι· ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἔγνω ἁμαρτίαν, ἀλλὰ ἡ ἁμαρτία ἣν γέγονεν, δικαιοσύνης ἐστὶν ποιητ̣ική. δύνα̣ται δὲ καὶ τοῦτο· κἂν ἀγνοοῦντές τινες 198 βλάσφημα περὶ ἐμοῦ λέγουσιν, ἀλλὰ σὺ ἐπίστασαι τὴν δικαιοσύνην μου. ὡς καὶ ἡ Σωσ̣α´̣ννα εἶπεν· "σὺ ἐπίστασαι ὅτι ψευδῆ μου καταμαρτυροῦσιν". 11 οὐκ ἔκρυψα ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ μου τὴν ἀλήθειάν σου. ὁ γνοὺς τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην οὐ κρύπτει τὴν σύνζυγον αὐτῇ ἀλήθειαν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ. σύνζυγος τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ ἡ ἀλήθεια ὀνομάζεται ὅταν λέγῃ· "ἀλήθεια ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἀνέτειλεν, καὶ δικαιοσύνη ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ διέκυψεν". τὸν σωτῆρα λέγει δικαιοσύνην ἐκ τοῦ οὐραν̣οῦ διακεκ̣υφυῖαν· λέγει γάρ· "ἔκλινεν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ κατέβη". "ἀνέτειλεν" δὲ "ἐκ τῆς γῆς" λαβούσης τέλος τῆς ἐπιδημίας. δύναται δὲ καὶ οὕτω λαβεῖν· ὅταν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, τῆς ψυ χῆς ἐκείνης τῆς ἀγαθῆς καὶ καλῆς ἀνατείλῃ τῆς ἀκουσάσης 288 τὸν λόγον κα̣ὶ καρποφορησάσης. διακύπτει οὖν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἡ δικαιοσύνη. καὶ ἐν ἄλλῳ ψαλμῷ λέγει· "ἔλεος καὶ ἀλήθεια συνήντησαν, δικαιοσύνην καὶ εἰρήνην κατεφίλησαν". οἱ ἀναγιγνώσκοντες τὰς ἱστορίας εὑρίσκουσιν, ὅτι ἀπὸ ἀδικημάτων οἱ πόλεμοι καὶ ταραχαὶ ἐνίστανται. ἡ δὲ ἀλήθεια ἔχει ἔλεον θεοῦ· εἰ μὴ ἐλεήσῃ γὰρ θεός, οὐ δ̣ύναταί τις γνῶναι τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ὅση καὶ οἵα ἐστίν. διὰ τοῦτο οὖν "ἔλεος καὶ ἀλήθειαν συνήντησαν". δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τ̣ὸ ἔλεος, οἷον ὁ τὸν πλησίον ἀγαπῶν ὡς ἑαυτὸν ἐλεήμων ἐστὶν τοῦ πλησίον καὶ αὐτὸς τὸν ἴσον ἔλεον παρ' αὐτοῦ ἀπα̣ιτῶν· καὶ γὰρ ἡ ἀλήθεια φανεροῦται. ὥσπερ οὖν ἡ δικαιοσύνη ἡγεῖται τῆς εἰρήνης, οὕτω καὶ ὁ ἔλεος τῆς ἀληθείας. πλὴν ἀμφότερα ἓν καὶ ταὐτόν ἐστιν. ἐὰν οὖν ἐπαισχυνθῇ τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ τοὺς λόγους αὐτοῦ, τὴν ἀλήθειαν αὐτοῦ ἐπαισχύνεται. 11 καὶ τὸ σωτήριόν μου εἶπα. ἡ ὁμολογία τῆς ἀληθείας σωτήριόν μού ἐστιν. ε̣ἰ δ̣ὲ κ̣αὶ τὸν Χριστὸν λέγει τὴν ἀλήθειαν, αὐτὸν πάλιν λέγει τὸ σωτήριον, καὶ τὸ σωτήριόν μου ἐλάλησα καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειάν σου ἐφανέρωσα. τὸ σωτήριον ὄντα τὸν Χριστὸν ὃν φανερῶ, λαλῶ. 11 οὐκ ἔκρυψα τὸ ἔλεός σου καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειάν σου ἀ πὸ συναγωγῆς πολλῆς. εἴπομεν ὅτι συνέζευκται τῇ ἀληθείᾳ τὸ ἔλεος. "συναγωγὴν" δὲ "πολλὴν" λέγει τὴν ἀπὸ ἐθνῶν πιστεύσασαν, τὴν ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν συνκροτηθεῖσαν. καὶ ὁ σοφὸς τοῦτο λ̣έγει καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς κατὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον. 12 σὺ δέ, κύριε, μὴ μακρύνῃς τοὺς οἰκτιρμούς σου ἀπ' ἐμοῦ. οἰκτιρμοῖς τοῖς σοῖς εἰς τὸ ἀμέμπτως καὶ ὡς δεῖ λέγειν ἐλήλυθα. μὴ μακρύνῃς οὖν αὐτούς, ἵν' ἐπιμείνω̣ τοιου῀̣τος. "ταχὺ προκαταλαβέτωσαν ἡμᾶς οἱ
The Lawlessness of the Inner Man§185
185“Your mercies, Lord, for we have become extremely poor” (Ps 51:1). If the mercies are lengthened, poverty occurs. He who is guarded from that from which the mercies did not lengthen is rich; and he is rich in having received the truth and mercy. “Your mercy and your truth have taken hold of me continually” (Ps 51:1). Your mercy and your truth have taken hold of me, the one in need. “Do not lengthen” therefore “your mercies” (Ps 51:1), so that your truth, being taken hold of, and the mercy joined with it, might remain thus.
“For evils surround me, of which there is no number” (Ps 51:8). For this reason, “do not lengthen your mercies from me” (Ps 51:1), because many evils surround me, not falling under number, that is, because of multitude—if the heavy things are signified, because of multitude they do not have a number. But if the other evils, the practical ones about which it is said, “a fool does evils in laughter” (Prov 26:11), they are not in any word or number; for they are not of things that exist, they are thoughts of men, transgressions of divine laws. Therefore, take the double meaning of the evils.
“My iniquities have overtaken me, and I was not able to see” (Ps 51:13). And it is also possible to take it thus: “for evils surround me” (Ps 51:8) not falling under number—as has been said now, in two ways—for this reason: “for my iniquities have overtaken me” (Ps 51:13). But from another beginning it is to be read, joining the “for evils surround me” (Ps 51:8) to “but you, Lord, do not lengthen your mercies from me” (Ps 51:1), “for evils surround me, of which there is no number” (Ps 51:8). Let both then be considered: “your mercy and your truth have taken hold of me continually” (Ps 51:1). Here, therefore, he says this: he calls the habits iniquities, and the iniquities' powers are being brought under. “My iniquities have overtaken me, and I was not able to see” (Ps 51:13); for they are harmful to the eyes of the mind, providing blindness to the inner eye of man. Since, therefore, they have overtaken me, I am not able to see. And these habits can also be taken...
The previous explanation dealt with the active powers. And they themselves, having seized me, pursued and seized me by the hand, and because of this I am not able to see; for the lawlessnesses of the inner man are harmful to the eyes. They were multiplied beyond the hairs of my head (Ps 51:11), and my heart has forsaken me (Ps 31:10). If you wish, these sins, they seize one when someone falls by them and sins; for having suffered this, the intellect of the soul is harmed. And if also the active powers of them, they are often called similarly by the name of passion.
“And my heart has forsaken me” (Ps 31:10). Since the lawlessnesses that seized me and removed my sight “were multiplied beyond the hairs of my head” (Ps 51:11), “my heart has forsaken me” (Ps 31:10), I no longer have the heart of a wise man; for the heart of the one saying these things is fleshy. When therefore the fleshy heart forsakes someone, it becomes stony.
“Be pleased, Lord, to save me” (Ps 51:11). Since the lawlessnesses seized me and I am not able to see and they were multiplied beyond the hairs of my head (Ps 51:11), “be pleased to save me” (Ps 51:11), so that the heart may not remain forsaken. If the word was about these hairs of this head, he has spoken hyperbolically; for if lawlessnesses occur, they are not able to exceed the number of the hairs of the head. Therefore it is spoken hyperbolically.
But if not, he says this: for the hairs of my head—that is, the unfeeling movements that are not truly fitting to the mind—are hairs; for the unfeeling things in us are also hairs that touch. This therefore he says: having seized my lawlessnesses and being no longer able to see, the hairs of my head were multiplied, the things unfeelingly thought, the things thoughtlessly intended. Because of this my heart, the mind itself, has forsaken me. It is no longer my mind, being dragged down into sin. Lord, to help me.
Greek · §185
οἰκτιρμοί σου, κύριε, ὅτι ἐπτωχεύσαμεν σφόδρα". ἐὰν μακρυνθῶσιν οἱ οἰκτιρμοί, γίνεται πτωχεία. φυλάττεται ἐκεῖνος, ἀφ' οὗ οὐκ ἐμακρύνθησαν, πλούσιος· πλούσιος δὲ ἐν τῷ ε̣ἰληφέναι τὴν ἀλήθειαν̣ καὶ τὸ ἔλεος. 12 τὸ ἔλεός σου καὶ ἡ ἀλήθειά σου διὰ παντὸς ἀντελάβοντό μου. οἰκτίροντός σου ἐμὲ ἀντελάβοντό μου τὸ ἔλεός σου καὶ ἡ ἀλήθειά σου. "μὴ μακρύνῃς" οὐ῀̣ν̣ "τοὺς οἰκτιρμούς σου", ἵνα μείνῃ οὕτως α᾿̣ν̣τιλαμβανομένη ἡ ἀλήθειά σου καὶ τὸ σύνζυγον αὐτῇ ἔλεος. 13 ὅτι περιέσχον με κακά, ὧν οὐκ ἔστιν ἀριθμός. διὰ τοῦτο "μὴ μακρύνῃς τοὺς οἰκτιρμούς σου ἀπ' ἐμοῦ", ὅτι κακὰ πολλὰ περιέσχον με οὐχ ὑποβαλλόμενα ἀριθμῷ ἤτοι διὰ τὸ πλῆθος–ἐὰν τὰ ἐπίπονα σημαίνηται, διὰ τὸ πλῆθος οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἀριθμόν. ἐὰν δὲ τὰ ἄλλα κακά, τὰ πρακτὰ περὶ ὧν εἴρηται· "ἐν γέλωτι ἄφρων πράττει κακά", οὔκ εἰσιν ἐν λόγῳ τινὶ ἢ ἀριθμῷ· οὐ γὰρ τῶν ὄντων εἰσίν, ἐπινοήματά εἰσιν ἀνθρώπων, π̣αραβάσεις̣ εἰσὶν θείων νόμων. τὸ διττὸν οὖν τῶν κακῶν λάμβανε σημαινόμενον. 13 κατέλαβόν με αἱ ἀνομίαι μου, καὶ οὐκ ἠδυνήθην τοῦ βλέπειν. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ οὕτω λαβεῖν· "ὅτι περιέσχον με κακὰ" οὐχ ὑποπίπτοντα ἀριθμῷ–ὡς εἴρηται νῦν, δύο τρόπους–, διὰ τοῦτο· "αἱ γὰρ ἀνομίαι μου κατέλαβόν με". ἀπὸ ἄλλης δὲ ἀρχῆς αὐτὸ ἀναγνωστέον, συναπτομένου τοῦ· "ὅτι περιέςχον με κακά"· "σὺ δέ, κύριε, μὴ μακρύνῃς τοὺς οἰκτιρμούς σου ἀπ' ἐμοῦ", "ὅτι περιέσχον με κακά, ὧν οὐκ ἔστιν ἀριθμός". ἀμφοτέρων οὖν ἡγείσθω· "τὸ ἔλεός σου καὶ ἡ ἀλήθειά σου διὰ παντὸς ἀντελάβοντό μου". ὧδε οὖν τοῦτο λέγει· ἀνομίας λέγει τὰς ἑ´̣ξε̣ων ε᾿̣νε̣ργητικ̣ὰς καὶ ὑποβαλλούσας 199 τὰς ἀνομίας δυνάμεις. "κατέλαβόν με" οὖν "αἱ ἀνομίαι μου, καὶ οὐκ ἠδυνήθην τοῦ βλέπειν"· βλαπτικαὶ γάρ εἰσιν τῶν ὄψεων τοῦ νοῦ, ἀβλεψίαν παρέχουσιν τῷ ὄμματι τοῦ ἔσω ἀνθρώπου. ἐπεὶ οὖν κατέλαβόν με, οὐ δύναμαι βλέπειν. καὶ αὐτὰς δὲ τὰς ἕξεις δυνατὸν λαβεῖν. ἡ προτέρα δὲ ἐξήγησις ἔλαβεν τὰς ἐνεργούσας δυνάμεις. καὶ αὐταὶ κατέ289 λαβόν με, διώκουσαι ὑποχείριόν με ἔλαβον, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐ δύναμαι ὁρᾶν· βλαπτικαὶ γὰρ τῶν ὄψεών εἰσιν αἱ ἀνομίαι τοῦ ἔσω ἀνθρώπου. 13 ἐπληθύνθησαν ὑπὲρ τὰς τρίχας τῆς κεφαλῆς μου, καὶ ἡ καρδία μου ἐνκατέλιπέν με. ἐὰν θέλῃς αὐτὰς τὰς ἁμαρτίας, καταλαμβάνουσιν, ὅταν τις ὑποπέσῃ αὐταῖς καὶ ἁμαρτήσῃ· τοῦτο γὰρ παθὼν βλάπτεται τὸ διανοητικὸν τῆς ψυχῆς. ἐὰν δὲ καὶ τὰς ἐνεργούσας αὐτὰς δυνάμεις, ὁμωνύμως καλοῦνται π̣ο̣λλάκις τῷ ὀνόματι τῆς ἕξεως. "καὶ ἡ καρδία μου ἐνκατέλιπέν με". ἐπεὶ αἱ ἀνομίαι αἱ καταλαβοῦσαί με καὶ ἀφελόμεναι τὸ βλέπειν μου "ὑπὲρ τὰς τρίχας τῆς κεφαλῆς μου ἐπληθύνθησαν", "ἐνκατέλειψέν με ἡ καρδία μου", οὐκε´̣τ̣ι ἔχω τὴν ἀνθρώπου καρδίαν τὴν σοφοῦ· ἡ τοῦ γὰρ λέγοντος ταῦτα καρδία σαρκίνη ἐστίν. ὅταν οὖν ἐνκαταλείψῃ τιν̣ὰ η῾̣ σ̣αρκίνη καρδία, λιθίνη γίνεται. 14 εὐδόκησον, κύριε, τοῦ ῥύσασθαί με. ἐπεὶ κατέλαβον αἱ ἀνομίαι καὶ βλέπειν οὐ δυ´̣ναμαι καὶ ἐπληθύνθησαν ὑπὲρ τὰς τρίχας τῆς κεφαλῆς μου, "εὐδόκησον τοῦ ῥύσασθαί με", ἵνα μὴ μείνῃ ἡ καρδία ἐνκαταλελειμμένη. ἐὰν δὲ περὶ τῶν τριχῶν ταύτης τῆς κεφαλῆς ᾐ῀̣ν ὁ λό γος, ὑπερβολικῶς εἴρηκεν ε̣····· · ἐὰν γένωνται ἀνομίαι, οὐ δύνανται ὑπερβαλεῖν τὸ πλῆθος τω῀̣ν τριχῶν τῆς κεφαλῆς. ὑπερβολικῶς οὖν εἴρηται. ἐὰν δὲ μή, τοῦτο λέγει· αἱ γὰρ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς μου, τουτε´̣στιν τὰ ἀναίσθη̣τα κ̣ινήματα τὰ μὴ τῷ ὄντι πρέποντα νῷ, τρίχες εἰσίν· τῶν γὰρ ἐν ἡμῖν ἀναισθήτων καὶ αἱ τρίχες εἰσὶν αἱ ἁπτ̣όμεναι. του῀̣τ̣ο̣ οὖν λέγει· καταλαβουσῶν τῶν ἀνομιῶν μου καὶ βλέπειν μη̣κέτι δυναμε´̣νου, ἐπληθύν̣θησαν αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς μου, τὰ ἀναισθήτως διανοούμενα, τὰ ἀνοήτως ἐνθυμούμεν̣α. διὰ τοῦτο ἡ καρδία μου, αὐτὸς ὁ νοῦς, ἐνκατέλιπέν με. οὐκέτι ἐμὸς νοῦς ἐστιν ὑποσυρεὶς ε̣ἰς ἁμαρτίαν. 14 κύριε, εἰς τὸ βοηθῆσαί μοι
The Poor Man's Cry and the Blessedness of Sharing§186
186Pay attention. For I ask you to be pleased to rescue me, not for the sake of another, but so that you might attend to helping me. And help me, if you make me outside of those ruling wars.
Those seeking my soul were greatly ashamed and were simultaneously ensnared. They were saying that the Psalm is about a single person. But if the one speaking is a man, he sends up a prayer concerning both, both for the body and for the soul. Therefore, if 'the Son of Man'—the Temple who has come forth from Mary—says these things, we shall say to those saying that only the body was taken: 'But He said, "He shall keep my body"'—see, even this He says, and it is the same person who is announcing it. Those who know the truth are turned back and are ashamed.
Those wishing evil upon me turned back toward the rear and were ensnared. It is a great thing to have turned the evil toward the rear; for to continue onward is harmful. Therefore, 'turning toward the rear' means 'they turned back' so as not to increase the road, not to rush forward. May those saying to me, 'Well done, well done,' be immediately clothed in shame. There is a wish regarding what he says, 'immediately,' that they may not remain in the evil, that they may not unceasingly say, 'Well done, well done, well done.' To say 'well done, well done' mockingly when something unpleasant is happening to those suffering is wrong.
May all those seeking you, O Lord, rejoice and be glad. Having spoken concerning the adversaries, so that they also might be ashamed and be ensnared and turn toward the rear, saying mockingly 'well done, well done,' he says: 'May all those seeking you, O Lord, rejoice and be glad.' Then we rejoice and are glad when, having sought, we find you; for he who seeks something rejoices and is glad when he finds it. Even if, therefore, troublesome or other harmful things come upon us, we seek to find you as a help. Then, appearing to be a help, you say: 'I will say while you are still speaking: Behold, I am here.'
And let them say at all times: Let the Lord be magnified. Since, having found you, they give thanks, saying, 'Let them say at all times: Let the Lord be magnified,' they might have those things for which they owe praise and rejoicing. It is possible to 'say at all times'; may ingratitude never exist for them. Those who love your salvation. The justice...
salvation, or the cause becoming salvation to them, or about to become salvation. 'Let the Lord be magnified always, let them say.' Loving your salvation, they magnify God always because of it.
18 But I am poor and needy; the Lord cares for me. Therefore I pray that your help may come to me and that you may be pleased to rescue me, because 'I am poor and needy.' I am not able to encourage myself, I am not able to do for myself from the outside regarding the things lying ahead, unless you help. 'Poor' therefore 'I am, and needy.' The difference between these two has been said at other times.
18 You are my helper and my protector; you are my God, do not delay. Since I have called you as a helper and a protector putting forth your shield for me—and this is the truth; for 'truth shall surround you as a weapon' (Ps 5:12)—'do not delay,' lest the struggle become too much for my strength. When you know it is the right time to care, to help, and to rescue, let this happen; for as far as my power and my nature reach, I am weak to help myself, to do for myself regarding the impending evils.
290 1–2 To the end; a psalm of David. Blessed is he who shows compassion to the poor and needy. And many take this psalm from the person of the Savior because of the way words lying here are received in the Gospel as having been spoken by the Savior and having been done and seen concerning the Savior. 'Blessed,' he says, 'is he who shows compassion to the poor and needy.' And many have explained such things regarding the character of the act, saying: the needy and the poor are different; and he who shares with these ought, according to analogy, to practice sharing; for he acts with understanding. It is not necessary to feed all those who are in want. Nor is it the case of one lacking food because he previously sought it thoughtlessly—he indulged in drinking, and everything he had he consumed unseemly and foolishly—but rather one lacking because of sickness or because of much childhood dependency. It is therefore necessary to provide to each with understanding. If anyone does not have enough to give to all, he ought to do this with understanding to those to whom he is obligated to give; and if he is able, he should also become a benefactor to others, according to the Father in the heavens, who causes the sun to rise not only upon the good but also upon the evil (Matt 5:45).
Greek · §186
πρόσχες. αἰτῶ σε γὰρ εὐδοκῆσαι τοῦ ῥύσασθαι οὐκ ἄλλου χάριν ἢ ἵνα π̣ρόσχῃς τῷ βοηθῆσαί μοι. βοηθεῖς δέ μοι, ἐὰν ἐκτὸς τῶν κρατούντων πολεμίων με ποιήσῃς. 15 καταισχυνθείησαν καὶ ἐντραπείησαν ἅμα οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχήν μου τοῦ ἐξᾶραι αὐτήν. ἔλεγον μονοπρόσωπον εἶναι τὸν ψαλμ̣όν. καὶ ἐὰν ἄνθρωπος ᾖν ὁ λέγων, περὶ ἀμφοτέρων δέησιν ἀναπέμπει περί τε τοῦ σώματος καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς. ἐα`̣ν οὖν "ὁ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου υἱός", ὁ ἐκ τῆς Μαρίας προεληλυθὼς ναός, λέγῃ ταῦτα, ἐροῦμεν πρὸς τοὺς λέγοντας σῶμα μόνον ἀνειληφέναι διὰ τοῦ τὸ εἰρῆσθαι· "σῶμα δὲ κατηρτίσω μοι", –ἰδοὺ καὶ τοῦτο λέγει, τὸ αὐτὸ δὲ πρόσωπόν ἐστιν τὸ ἀπ̣αγγέλλον. ἐντρέπονται καὶ αἰσχύνονται οἱ γνω῀̣σιν λαμβάνοντες τῆς ἀληθείας. 15 ἀποστραφείησαν εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω καὶ ἐντραπείησαν οἱ θέλοντές μοι κακά. μέγα πρᾶγμά ἐστιν τὸ τὴν κακίαν εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω ἀποστραφῆναι· τὸ ἔνπροσθεν γὰρ ἐλαύνειν βλαβερόν ἐστιν. "εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω" οὖν "ἀποστραφείησαν" ὡ´̣στε μὴ αὐξῆσαι τὴν ὁδόν, μὴ ἐλάσαι ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον. 16 ἐνδυσάσθωσαν παραχρῆμα αἰσχύνην αὐτῶν οἱ λέγοντές μοι· εὖγε εὖγε. ἐστὶν εὐχόμενος περὶ ὧν λέγει "παραχρῆμα", ἵνα̣ μὴ ἐπιμείνωσιν ἐν τῷ κακῷ, ἵνα̣ μὴ ἀδιαλείπτως λέγωσι̣ν· "εὖγε εὖγε εὖγε". ἐπιχαιρεκάκων ἐστὶν λέγειν "εὖγε εὖγε" ἐπ̣ὶ τ̣οῖς παθοῦσιν α᾿̣νάρεστόν τι. 17 ἀγαλλιάσαιντο καὶ εὐφρανθείησαν ἐπὶ σοὶ πάντες οἱ ζητοῦντές σε, κύριε. εἰπὼν πε̣ρὶ τῶν ἐναντίων, ἵν̣α καὶ αἰσχυνθῶσιν καὶ ἐντραπῶσιν καὶ εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω ἀποστραφῶσιν ἐπιχαιρε̣κ̣άκως λέγοντες "εὖγε εὖγε", λέγει· "ἀγαλλιάσαιντο καὶ εὐφρανθείησαν ἐπὶ σοί, κύριε, οἱ ζητοῦντές σε". τότε ἀγαλλιώμε̣θα καὶ εὐφραιν̣όμ̣εθα, ὅταν ζητήσαντες εὕρωμέν σε· ἀγαλλιᾶται γὰρ καὶ εὐφραίνεται ὁ ζ̣η̣τῶν τι, ὅταν αὐτὸ εὕρ̣ῃ. κἂν οὖν ἐπίπονα, κἂν ἄλλα βλάπτοντα 200 ἐπέλθῃ, ζητοῦμέν σε εὑρεῖν βοηθόν. τότε̣ δε`̣ φαινόμενος βοηθεῖς κ̣αὶ λέγεις· "ἔτι σοῦ λαλοῦντος ἐρῶ· ἰδοὺ πάρειμι". 290 17 καὶ εἰπάτωσαν διὰ παντός· μεγαλυνθήτω ὁ κύριος. ἐπεὶ εὑρόντες σε εὐχαριστοῦντες "εἰπάτωσαν διὰ παντός· μεγαλυνθήτω ὁ κύριος", ἔχοιεν ἐκεῖνα τὰ δι' ἃ ὑμνεῖν ὀφείλουσιν καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι. εἰπάτωσαν διὰ παντός δύναται δὲ καὶ τοῦτο· μὴ ὑπάρξοι ποτὲ αὐτοῖς ἀχ̣αριστία. 17 οἱ ἀγαπῶντες τὸ σωτήριόν σου. τὴν δικαίου σωτηρίαν ἢ τὸν αἴτιον αὐτοῖς γινόμενον σωτηρίαν μέλλουσαν. "διὰ παντὸς Μεγαλυνθήτω ὁ κύριος, λεγέτωσαν". ἀγαπῶντες τὸ σωτήριόν σου καὶ μεγαλύνουσιν διὰ παντὸς ἐπ' αὐτῷ τὸν θεόν. 18 ἐγὼ δὲ πτωχὸς καὶ πένης εἰμί· κύριος φροντιεῖ μου. διὰ τοῦτο παρακαλῶ ὑπαρχθῆναί μοι τὴν σὴν βοήθειαν κ̣αὶ εὐδοκῆσαί σ̣ε τοῦ ῥύσασθαί με, ὅτι "πτωχὸς καὶ πένης εἰμί". οὐ δύναμαι ἐμαυτῷ ἐπαμύνειν, οὐ δύναμαι ἔξωθεν ἐμαυτὸν τῶν ἐπικειμένων ποιῆσαι, εἰ μὴ σὺ βοηθήσῃς. "πτωχὸς" οὖν "εἰμι καὶ πένης". διαφορὰ δὲ τούτων καὶ ἄλλοτε εἴρηται. 18 βοηθός μου καὶ ὑπερασπιστής εἶ μου σὺ εἶ· ὁ θεός μου, μὴ χρονίσῃς. ἐπεὶ σὲ βοηθὸν ἐπεκαλεσάμην καὶ ὑπερασπιστὴν προβάλλ̣οντα ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ τὴν ἀσπίδα σου–α̣ὑ´̣τη δέ ἐστιν ἡ ἀλήθεια· "ὅπλῳ" γὰρ "κυκλώσει σε ἡ ἀλήθεια αὐτοῦ"–, "μὴ χρονίσῃς", μὴ ὑπὲρ δύναμιν ὁ ἀγών μοι γένηται. ὅτ̣ε οἶδας καίριον εἶναι ἐπινεῦσαι καὶ βοηθῆσαι καὶ ῥύσασθαι, τοῦτο γενέσθω· ὁ´̣σον γὰρ ἧκεν ε̣ἰς τὴν ἐμὴν δύναμιν καὶ τὴν φύσιν, ἀσθενής εἰμι ἐμαυτῷ βοηθῆσαι, ἔξω ἐμαυτὸν ποιῆσαι τῶν ἐπικειμένων κακῶν. 290 1–2 Εἰς τὸ τέλος· ψαλμὸς τῷ ∆αυίδ. μακάριος ὁ συνίων ἐπὶ πτωχὸν καὶ πένητα. καὶ τοῦτον τὸν ψαλμὸν ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐκλα̣μβάνουσιν πολλοὶ διὰ τ̣ὸ κ̣εῖσθαι ὧδε ῥητὰ λημφθέντα ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ ὡς ὑπὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος εἰρημμένα καὶ περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος πραχθέντα καὶ θεωρηθέντα. "μακάριος", φησίν, "ὁ συνίων ἐπὶ πτωχὸν καὶ πένητα". καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἦθος ἐξηγ̣ήσαντο πολλοὶ τοιαῦτα ὅτι· διάφοροί εἰσιν οἱ πενόμενοι καὶ οἱ πτωχοί· καὶ ὁ τούτοις κοινωνῶν ὀφείλει κατὰ ἀναλογίαν τὴν κοινωνία̣ν π̣οιεῖν· τότε γὰρ συνετῶς ποιεῖ. οὐ πάντα ἀποροῦντα τροφῆς δεῖ τρέφειν. οὐκ ἔστιν δὲ ἀπορῶν τροφῆς διὰ τὸ ἀσώτως πρότερον ἐζηκέναι–μέθαις ἐσχόλασεν, πάντα ἃ εἶχεν ἀσέμνως καὶ φαυ´̣λως κατεδαπάνησεν–, ἄλλος δὲ ἢ διὰ νόσον μακρὰν ἢ διὰ πολυπαιδίαν. δεῖ οὖν μετὰ συνέσεως παρέχειν ἑκάστῳ. εἴ τις οὖν μὴ ἔχει πᾶσιν διδόναι, ἐκείνοις̣ οἷς ὀφείλει δοῦναι, μετὰ συνέσεως ὀφείλει τοῦτο ποιεῖν, εἰ δὲ δύναται, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις οἰκτίρμων γινόμενος κατὰ τὸν ἐν τ̣οῖς οὐρανοῖς πατέρα, ἀνατέλλων οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ ἀγαθοὺς τὸν ἥλιον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ πονηρούς ἀνατέλλων οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ ἀγαθοὺς τὸν ἥλιον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ πονηρούς. ὅταν
The Body as a Bed of Suffering§187
187However, since one cannot satisfy everyone, let him do this with understanding. This can be understood regarding the Savior: for he 'became poor through us' 2 Cor 8:9 and not for the sake of another. 'He became poor through us' so that he might free us from poverty and turn us away from want. He says, 'the one who did not know sin, for our sake made sin' 2 Cor 5:21—this is his poverty—'so that we might become the righteousness of God in him.' Fragmentary text It was asked... it was not sustained. Even if sin occurred, it was not so that sin might remain, but so that he might free the... 'You know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, that being rich he became poor for us' 2 Cor 8:9. And the paradox is this: 'being rich' he is poor, and this poverty makes us rich, for it is a creative poverty. He is not poor at all, but in relation to his wealth.
2 In a day of evil the Lord will deliver him. He delivered Jesus 'in a day of evil' Matt 27:22-23, when those surrounding him were saying, 'Crucify, crucify him; we have no king but Caesar.' And it was also asked from that evil day, how he, having become sin, became a creator of righteousness. The name of understanding is taken for the sake of doing good to brothers in need; for the apostle says regarding an offering: 'Understand what I say; for God will give you understanding in all things' 1 Cor 12:8. And understanding is the knowledge of things joined together and things not joined together. Joined things are those that are similar, those that are equal, when we bring one thing to another and find that it has identity either by similarity or by equality. The one, therefore, having understanding, knows which things are joined to which and which are not.
3 The Lord will preserve him and let him live and make him blessed in the land. This can be said of both: the Lord preserves the poor and the needy. For this reason he also led the one understanding into himself. Where has it ever been said: when you see a suffering person and one who has arrived suddenly under another pretext, look there for a physician; see that the word of the divine providence has touched the physician, a compassionate physician, so that, sympathizing with the sufferer, he might help him medically. But he blesses the poor and needy man and makes him live in the land, or the one understanding and having received understanding upon...
The poor and the needy. If you speak concerning the Savior, you protect him and provide for him to live; for even though 'he was crucified in weakness, but lives by the power of God' (Heb 13:3). Take 'in the earth' in a common sense.
And do not hand him over into the hands of his enemies. Such a person does not hand over 'into the hands of his enemies.' Such a person has many enemies, many who are attacking him; for he is a blessed man and has understanding toward the poor and the needy according to all the clarifications provided, and he has many enemies attacking him; for God will rescue him from their hands. But he who is given over to them is not rescued from the hand of those persecuting him.
The Lord will help him upon his bed of pain. Here, concerning the poor, he says: even if he should be upon a bed of sickness and such a thing should be painful to him, God helps him. Have the things said in the Gospels concerning the paralytics: one remained in a bed of pain for thirty-eight years, thrown down on a bed so as not to be able to be shaken or to rise up (John 5:5). And others like these were recorded in the Gospels as paralytics. But not everyone upon a bed of pain and sickness is rescued. For instance, one fell from the bed from on high and died.
But if toward a restoration, the body is often called the bed of the soul. And there are many scriptures gathered together for such a theory. When someone is in the corruptible body and dwells in the earth, he 'reaps a much-wise mind' (Job 4:7), he is 'upon a bed of pain'; but when God helps him, he makes him to lift up the body and to carry it away, and he is no longer thrown down upon the body, but he himself afterwards lifts up the bed and walks. The body, therefore, is a bed.
The lover of pleasure, the lover of passion, the one accepting and doing the things of the body, suffers upon a bed, but God helps him and makes him healthy, so that, having become healthy, he may no longer be thrown down upon the bed himself, but he himself may carry it, and as they say, so that the soul may begin of the body. What then are those sixty powerful ones, who are received in blessing, who are around the bed? From Abraham to nineteen and from... these, therefore, are the sixty powerful ones concerning the body of...
Greek · §187
μέντοι μὴ οἷός τε πᾶσιν ἐπαρκεῖν, μετὰ συνέσεως̣ ποιείτω το̣ῦτο. δύναται καὶ π̣ε̣ρ̣ὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος τοῦτο ληφθῆναι· "δι' ἡμᾶς" γὰρ "ἐπτώχευσεν", καὶ οὐκ ἄλλου χάριν. "ἐπτω´̣χευσεν δι' ἡμα῀̣ς", ἵν̣α ἀπὸ πτωχείας ἡμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ἵνα ἀπὸ πενί ας ἡμᾶς ἀποστήσῃ. "τὸν μὴ γνόντα", φησίν, "ἁμαρτίαν̣ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησεν"–ἥδε ἡ πτωχεία αὐτοῦ–, "ἵν' ἡμεῖς γενώμεθα δικαιοσύνη θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ". ἐρύσθη ····· ····· ····· · οὐκ̣ ἐκρατήθη. εἰ καὶ γέγονεν ἁμαρτία, ἀλλ' οὐχ ἵνα μείνῃ ἁμαρτία, ἀλλ' ἵν' ἐλευθερώσῃ τοὺς ····· ····· ····π····· ··· "γιγνώσκετε τὴν χάριν τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὅτι πλούσιος ὢν δι' ἡμᾶς ἐπτώχευσεν". καὶ τό γε παράδοξον· "πλούσιος ὢν" π̣τωχός ἐστιν, καὶ ἡ πτωχεία αὕτη ἡμᾶς πλουσίους κατασκευάζει ἢ ποιητικὴ πλουσίων ἐστίν. οὐ καθάπαξ ἐστὶν πτωχός, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸν πλοῦτον αὐτοῦ. 2 ἐν ἡμέρᾳ πονηρᾷ ῥύσεται αὐτὸν κύριος. ἐρύσατο τὸν Ἰησοῦν "ἐν ἡμέρᾳ πονη̣ρᾳ῀̣", ὅτε περιστοιχ̣ίζοντ̣ες αὐτὸν ἔλεγον· "σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν· οὐκ ἔχομεν βασιλέα εἰ μὴ Καίσαρα". ἐρύσθη δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ τη῀̣ς η῾̣μέρ̣ας τῆς πονηρᾶς, ὅτι γενόμενος ἁμαρτία 201 δικαιοσύνης γέγονεν ποιητικός. τὸ τῆς συνέσεως ὄνομα ἐπ̣ὶ τοῦ εὖ ποιεῖν τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς δεομένους λαμβάνεται· καὶ γὰρ ὁ ἀπόστολος περὶ προςφορᾶς λέγει· "νόει ἃ λέγω· δώῃ γάρ σοι ὁ θεὸς σύνεσιν ἐν πᾶσιν". 291 ἔστιν δὲ σύνεσις ἐπιστήμης συνβλητῶν καὶ μὴ συνβλητῶν. συνβλητά εἰσιν τὰ ὁμοιούμενα, τὰ ἰσαζόμενα, ὅταν ἄλλο ἄλλῳ συναγάγωμεν καὶ εὑρίσκωμεν αὐτὸ ἢ καθ' ὁμοιότητα ἢ κατ' ἰσότητα τὴν ταὐτότητα ἔχειν. ὁ οὖν σύνεσιν ἔχων ἐπίσταται, ποῖα ποίοις συνάπτεται καὶ ποῖα ποίοις οὐχί. 3 κύριος διαφυλάξαι αὐτὸν καὶ ζήσαι αὐτὸν καὶ μακαρίσαι αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ γῇ. περὶ ἀμφοτέρων δύναται λέγεσθαι· κύριος φυλάξει τὸν πτωχὸν καὶ πένητα. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὸν συνίοντα εἰς ταὐτὸν αὐτῷ ἤγαγεν. πού ποτε ἐλέχθη ὅτι̣· ὅταν ἴδῃς, φέρε, κάμνοντα καὶ ἄφνω ἐληλυθότα διὰ ἄλλην πρόφασιν ἐκεῖ ἰατρόν, σκόπει ὅτι ὁ θεῖος τῆς προνοίας λ̣όγος ἠγίοχεν τὸν ἰατρόν, οἰκτίρμονα ἰατρόν, ἵνα συνπαθήσας τῷ κάμνοντι βοηθήσῃ αὐτῷ ἰατρικῶς. ἠ´̣τ̣οι δὲ τὸν πτωχὸν καὶ πένητα μακαρίζει καὶ ζῆν αὐτὸν ποιεῖ ἐν τῇ γῇ ἢ τὸν συνιέντα καὶ σύνεσιν λαβόντα ἐπὶ πτωχὸν κ̣α̣ι`̣ καὶ πένητα. περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐὰν λέγῃς, διαφυλάττει αὐτὸν καὶ ζῆν αὐτῷ παρέχει· εἰ γὰρ καὶ "ἐσταυρώθη ἐξ ἀσθενείας, ἀλλὰ ζῇ ἐκ δυνάμεως θεοῦ". κατὰ κοινοῦ τὸ "ἐν τῇ γῇ" λάβε. 3 καὶ μὴ παραδῷ αὐτὸν εἰς χεῖρας ἐχθρῶν αὐτοῦ. οὐ παραδίδωσιν τὸν τοιοῦτον "εἰς χεῖρας ἐχθρῶν αὐτοῦ". πολλοὺς ἔχει ὁ τοιοῦτος ἐχθ̣ρούς, πολλοὺς ἐφεδρεύοντας ἔχει· ἐπεὶ γὰρ μ̣α̣κάριος ἀνήρ ἐστιν καὶ σύνεσιν ἔχει ἐπὶ πτωχὸν καὶ πένητα κατὰ πάσας τὰς ἀποδοθείσας σαφηνείας, καὶ πολλοὺς ἔχει τοὺς ἐφεδρεύοντας· ῥύσεται γὰρ αὐτὸν ὁ θεὸς ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν. οὐ ῥύεται δὲ ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τῶν διωκ̣όντων ὁ ἐπιδιδόμενος αὐτοῖς. 4 κύριος βοηθήσει αὐτῷ ἐπὶ κλίνης ὀδύνης αὐτοῦ. ὧδε περὶ τοῦ πτωχοῦ λέγει· κἂν ἐπὶ κλίνης γένηται νοσῶν καὶ ὀδυνηρὸν ᾖν αὐτῷ τὸ τοιοῦτον, βοηθεῖ αὐτῷ ὁ θεός. ἔχε τὰ περὶ τῶν παραλυτικῶν ἐν τοῖς εὐαγγελίοις εἰρημένα· ἐν κλίνῃ ὀδύνης ἔμεινεν ὁ τριάκοντα καὶ ὀκτὼ ἐνιαυτοὺς βεβλη̣μένος κλινήρης ὥστε μηδὲ σαλευθῆναι δύνασθαι μηδὲ διαναστῆναι. καὶ ἄλλοι δὲ τοιοῦτοι ἀνεγράφθ̣ησαν ἐν τοῖς εὐαγγελίοις πα̣ραλυτικοίς. οὐ πᾶς δὲ ὁ ἐπὶ κλίνης ὀδύνην καὶ ἀρρωστίαν ἔχων ῥύεται. Ὀχοδίας οὖν ἀπὸ τῆς κοίτης ἔπεσεν ἐκ τοῦ ὑπερῴου καὶ ἀπέθανεν. εἰ δὲ πρὸς ἀναγωγήν, τὸ σῶμα πολλάκις κλίνη ὀνομάζεται τῆς ψυχῆς. καὶ πολλαί εἰσιν γραφαὶ συναγορεύουσαι τῇ τοιαύτῃ θεωρίᾳ. ὅταν τις οὖν ἐν τῷ φθαρτῷ σώματι ᾖν καὶ τῷ γ̣ηΐνῳ σκήνει ὃ "βρίθει νοῦν πολυφρόντιδα, "ἐπὶ κλίνης ὀδύνης" ἐστίν· ἀλλ' ὅταν βοηθήσῃ αὐτῷ θεός, ποιει῀̣ αὐτὸν ὑπωπιάζειν τὸ σῶμα καὶ δουλαγωγεῖν, καὶ οὐκέτι ἐπὶ τοῦ σώματος βέβληται, ἀλλ' αὐτὸς λοιπὸν αἴρει τὸν κράβακτον̣ καὶ περιπατεῖ. τὸ σῶμα οὖν κλίνη ἐστίν. ὁ φιλήδονος, ὁ φιλοπαθής, ὁ τὰ τοῦ σώματος ἀποδεχόμενος καὶ πράττω̣ν ὀδυνᾶται ἐπὶ κλίνης, ἀλλὰ βοηθεῖ αὐτῷ ὁ θεὸς καὶ ποιεῖ αὐτὸν ὑγιῆν, ἵν' ὑγιὴς γενόμενος μηκέτι αὐτὸς ᾖν βεβλημ̣ε´̣νος ε᾿̣πὶ τη῀̣ς κ̣λίνη̣ς, ἀλλὰ αὐτὸς αὐτὴν βαστάζῃ, καὶ ὡς λέγουσιν οὕτως, ὅτι ὅταν ἄρχῃ ἡ ψυχὴ τοῦ σώματος. ἐπερ · ποῖοί ει᾿̣σιν ο̣ι῾̣ ε῾̣ξ̣ήκοντα δυν̣ατοί, οἵ εἰσιν ἐν εὐλογίᾳ παραλαμβανόμενοι, οἱ κύκλῳ τῆς στρωμνῆς; ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ἕως ἐννεακαίδεκα καὶ ἀπὸ . οὗτοι οὖν εἰσιν οἱ ἑξήκοντα δυνατοὶ οἱ περὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ
Sin against God and the Enemies of the Savior§188
188Having served the Savior by his birth. It must be said thus: the world came into being in six days, and sixty is a perfect number, as it has been often demonstrated; for in tens, sixty-six is present. Therefore, he who surpassed the world and having gone above is able, being a 'man trained for war' (Ps 45:3), having a sword 'upon his thigh' (Ps 45:3). Concerning the bed of Solomon, these sixty are able, concerning the Lord's body, circling it, observing, by what cause the Savior was incarnated. 'Sixty' therefore are 'able around it, all holding a sword'. They are swords. And the swords which the wise hold are swords. 'The righteous shall rejoice in glory and shall exult in their throat' (Ps 97:11), 'and a two-edged sword in their hands' (Ps 45:3). They have two-edged swords in their hands. And they also have it 'upon the thigh'.
And since the drama concerning the marriage of the bride and bridegroom is a bridal chamber, he says the temperate ones concerning the bridegroom, to show, and he says that they have a sword upon the thigh, cutting away shameful desires. 'You turned his whole bed in his sickness' (Job 33:25). This says: he did not give a brief healing to the one greatly sickened, but 'turned his whole bed' (Job 33:25) away from the sickness, so that he might no longer be sick, but might be healthy, as I said concerning the paralytic. And you also say concerning Lazarus, the one being drawn out having a body, that, when he was taken up from thence by the angels, his whole bed was turned, his whole sickness. He was no longer laid down in sickness. Instead, he was being carried into the bosom of Abraham.
'I said, Lord, have mercy on me' (Ps 51:3). Instead, he says that: what was upon us was achieved, to be rescued from the bed of sickness and to be helped from the bed of pain; for I did this, 'I said, Lord, have mercy on me; heal my soul, for I have sinned against you' (Ps 51:3). You see that, when he sinned, then he was in trouble and then he was laid upon a bed and a couch. When therefore anyone knows Him who is able to rescue, he will attain to the one who is striving, similarly to him: 'I want, be cleansed' (Mark 1:41), 'Rise, take up your bed and walk' (Mark 2:11). 'I' therefore 'said, Lord, have mercy' (Ps 51:3). By saying: 'Lord, have mercy on me', I showed that I was not able to be pitied by myself. I healed.
I have sinned against you, I have sinned against you. In this way, almost all of us sin toward God, knowing much about Him through ignorance and doing much contrary to His laws. 'I have sinned' is thus 'against you'; but having said, 'Lord, have mercy on me,' he possesses the petition.
My enemies said evil things to me: 'When will he die, and will his name be destroyed?' (Ps 54:1). I say that this psalm is to be spoken from the person of the Savior according to man. And since the Jews have become His enemies, like traitors to the truth, having not understood the one who came among them, and since Judas also became one of the disciples, regarding the enemies he speaks singularly of those having risen up against him—once in reference to Judas as the beginning of the betrayal, and once plurally because of those following him and having overthrown Jesus.
And it is not only here that this happens, but also in the 108th psalm it is said: 'They spoke against me with a deceitful tongue, and with words of hatred they surrounded me. Instead of loving me, they attacked me, but I was praying; and they set evil against me instead of good, and hatred instead of my love. Set the sinner upon him, and let the devil stand at his right hand' (Ps 108:2-5)—this he says singularly concerning Judas—'in the judging of him, let him go out condemned, and let another take his oversight' (Ps 108:8). Once therefore concerning Judas, and once concerning those who agreed with him, he speaks; and for this reason in the same verses where there is singular, there is plural.
And thus he says: 'My enemies said.' This they said: the evil things which they think are evil, they said against me: 'When will he die, and will his name be destroyed?' (Ps 54:1). For they thought that after the death of Jesus his teaching and his fame would be extinguished, and they said: 'When will he die?' On the contrary, it went the opposite of what they thought. His name did not shine forth less when he lived and was alive than when he was crucified and taken up. And for the correction of those of heterodox opinion, this is to be taken: for as many as do not think rightly, but are being deceived and say impious things concerning the Savior, they are the ones who spoke evil against him. And since there is a leader of the heresies, the false speaker, or even his slandering devil, through...
Greek · §188
σωτῆρος διακονήσαντες αὐτοῦ τῇ γενέσει. λεκτέον δε`̣ καὶ οὑ´̣τως· ε᾿̣ν ἓξ ἡμέραις ὁ κόσμος γέγονεν, καὶ τέλειος ἀριθμός ἐστιν, ὡς πολλάκις ἀποδέδοται· ἐν δεκάσιν γὰρ ὁ ἑξήκοντα̣ ἕξ ἐστιν. ὁ ὑπ̣ερ̣βὰς οὖν τὸν κόςμον καὶ ἄνω γενόμενος δυνατός ἐστιν "δεδιδαγμένος πόλεμον ἀνὴρ" ὤν, ἔχων ῥομ̣φαίαν "ἐπὶ μηρὸν αὐτοῦ". περὶ τὴν κλίνην οὖν τοῦ Σολομῶντος οὗτοι οἱ ἑξήκοντα δυνατοί εἰσιν, περὶ τὸ σω῀̣μα τὸ κυριακόν, κυκλ̣οῦντες αὐτό, σκοποῦντες, διὰ ποίαν αἰτίαν ἐσωματώθη ὁ σωτήρ. "ἑξήκοντα" οὖν "δυνατοὶ κύκλῳ αὐτῆς, πάντες ῥομφαίαν κατέχοντες". ξιφήρεις εἰσίν. εἰσὶν δὲ ξίφη ἃ κατέχουσιν οἱ σοφοί· "καυχήσονται ὅσιοι ἐν δόξῃ καὶ 202 ἀγαλλιάσονται ἐν τῷ λάρυγγι αὐτῶν", "καὶ ῥομφαίαν δίστομον ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτῶν". ῥομφαίας διστόμους̣ ἔχουσιν ἐν τα̣ῖς χερσίν. ἔχουσιν δὲ καὶ "ἐπὶ μηρόν". καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐπιθαλάμιόν ἐστιν τὸ δρᾶμα περὶ νυ´̣μφης καὶ νυμφίου γάμων τοὺς̣ περὶ τὸν νυμφίον 292 σώφρονας λέγει θέλει δεῖξαι καὶ λέγει, ὅτι ἐπὶ τὸν μηρὸν ἔχουσιν ῥομφαίαν περιτέμνοντες τὰς αἰσχρὰς ὀρέξεις. 4 ὅλην τὴν κοίτην αὐτοῦ ἔστρεψας ἐν τῇ ἀρρωστίᾳ αὐτοῦ. τοῦτο λέγει· οὐ βραχεῖαν τῷ μεγάλα νοσήσαντι ἴασιν δέδωκεν, ἀλλ' "ὅλην τὴν κοίτην αὐτοῦ" ἔστρεψεν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρρωστίας, ἵνα μηκέτι ἀρρωστῇ, ἀλλ' ὑγιαίνῃ, ὡς εἶπον περὶ τοῦ παραλυτικοῦ. ἐρεῖς δὲ καὶ περὶ τοῦ Λαζάρου τοῦ εἱλκωμένον ἔχοντος σῶμα ὅτι, ὅτε μετηνέχθη ἐντεῦθεν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλω̣ν, ὅλη ἡ κοίτη αὐτοῦ ἐστράφη, ὅλη ἡ ἀρρωστία αὐτοῦ. οὐκέτι ἀρρώστως ἐβέβλητο. εἰς κόλπους γοῦν τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ λοιπὸν διέτριβεν. 5 ἐγὼ εἶπα Κύριε, ἐλέησόν με. λοιπὸν λέγει ὅτι· συνήργησεν τὸ ἐφ' ἡμῖν τῷ ῥυσθῆναι ἀπὸ τῆς κοίτης τῆς α᾿̣ρρωστίας καὶ βοηθηθῆναι ἀπὸ τῆς κλίνης τῆς ὀδύνης· ἐγὼ γὰρ τοῦτο ἐποίησα, "ἐγὼ εἶπα Κύριε, ἐλέησόν με· ἴασαι τὴν ψυχήν μου, ὅτι ἥμαρτόν σοι". ὁρᾷς ὅτι, ὅτε ἡμάρτησεν, τότε ε᾿̣ν̣όσ̣ει καὶ τότε ἐβέβλητο ἐπὶ κοίτης̣ καὶ κλίνης. ὅταν τις οὖν γνῷ τὸν δυνάμενον ῥυσθῆναι, τεύξεται τοῦ σπουδαζομένου, παραπλησίως τῷ· "θέλω, καθαρίσθητι", "ἔγειρε, ἆρον τὸν κράβακτόν σου καὶ περιπάτει". "ἐγὼ" οὖν τοῦτο "εἶπα Κύριε, ἐλε´̣ησον". διὰ τοῦ εἰπεῖν· "κύριε, ἐλέησόν με", ἔδειξα ὅτι ἐμαυτῷ οὐκ ἠδυνάμην ἐλεηθῆναι. 5 ἴασαι τὴν ψυχήν μου, ὅτι ἥμαρτόν σοι. σοὶ ἥμαρτον. οὕτω πλησίον σχεδὸν πάντες ἁμαρτάνομεν εἰς θεὸν πολλὰ ἀγνοο̣ῦντες τῶν περὶ αὐτοῦ, πολλὰ παρο ρῶντες τῶν κατὰ τοὺς νόμους αὐτοῦ δεῖ ποιεῖν. "ἥμαρτον" οὖν "σοι", ἀλλὰ ε̣ἰπὼν "Κύριε, ἐλέησόν με", ἔσ̣χ̣ο̣ν τὸ τῆς αἰτήσεως. 6 οἱ ἐχθροί μου εἶπον κακά μοι Πότε ἀποθανεῖται, καὶ ἀπολεῖται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ; ἔλεγον τὸν ψαλμὸν τοῦτον ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ σωτῆρος κατὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον λέγεσθαι. καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐχθροὶ αὐτοῦ γεγόνασιν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι οἷον προδόται τῆς ἀληθείας, οἱ μὴ νοήσαντε̣ς τὸν ἐπιδημήσαντα, γέγονεν δὲ καὶ ὁ Ἰούδας εἷς τῶν μαθητῶν ὑπάρχων, περὶ τῶν ἐχθρῶν λέγει τῶν κατ' αὐτοῦ ἐπεληλυθότων ὁτὲ μὲν ἑνικῶς εἰς τὸν Ἰούδα ἀνάγων τὸν λόγον τὸν ἔξαρχον τῆς προδοσίας, ὁτὲ δὲ πληθυν̣τικῶς διὰ τοὺς ἀκολουθοῦντας αὐτῷ καὶ ἀναιρήσαντας τὸν Ἰησοῦν. οὐκ ἐνταῦθα δὲ μόνον τοῦτο γίνεται, ἀλλὰ κ̣αὶ ἐν τῷ ἑκατοστῷ ὀγδόῳ ψαλμῷ λέγεται· "ἐλάλησαν κατ' ἐμοῦ γλώσσῃ δολίᾳ καὶ λόγοις μίσους ἐκύκλωσάν με. ἀντὶ τοῦ ἀγαπᾶν με ἐνδιέβαλλόν με, ἐγὼ δὲ προσηυχόμην· καὶ ἔθεντο κατ' ἐμοῦ κακὰ ἀντὶ ἀγαθῶν καὶ μῖσος ἀντὶ τῆς ἀγαπήσεώς μου. κατάστησον ἐπ' αὐτὸν ἁμαρτωλόν, καὶ διάβολος στήτω ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ"– τοῦτο ἑνικῶς περὶ Ἰούδα λέγει–· "ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαι αὐτὸν ἐξέλθοι καταδεδικασμένος, καὶ τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν αὐτοῦ λαβέτω ἕτερος". ὁτὲ μὲν οὖν περὶ τοῦ Ἰούδα, ὁτὲ δὲ περὶ τῶν ὁμοφρονησάντων αὐτῷ λε´̣γει, κ̣αὶ διὰ το̣ῦτο ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς στίχοις ὅπου μὲν ἑνικῶς, ὅπου δὲ πληθυντικῶς. καὶ ὧδε οὖν λέγει· "οἱ ἐχθροί μου εἶπον". τοῦτο εἴρηκαν· τ̣ὰ κακά, ἃ νομίζουσιν κακά, κατ' ἐμοῦ εἶπον· "πότε ἀποθανεῖται, καὶ ἀπολεῖται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ"; ἐνόμισαν γάρ, ὅτι ἀποθανόντος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ σβέννυται αὐτοῦ ἡ διδασκαλία καὶ ἡ περὶ αὐτοῦ φήμη, κα̣ὶ ἐ´̣λεγον· "πότε ἀποθανεῖται"; τοὐναντίον δὲ ἀπέβη ᾧ ἐνόμισαν. οὐχ οὕτως τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ διέλαμψεν ὅτε ἔζη καὶ ἐν βίῳ ἦν ὡς ὅτε ἐσταυρώθη καὶ ἀνελήμφθη. πρὸς δὲ ἀναγωγὴν περὶ ετερ τῶν ἑτεροδόξων τοῦτο λημπτέον· ὅσοι γὰρ οὐκ ὀρθῶς φρονοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ ἀπατώμενα καὶ ἀσεβῆ λέγουσιν περὶ τοῦ σωτῆρο̣ς, ἐκεῖνοι εἶπον κατ' αὐτοῦ κακά. καὶ ἐπειδὴ ἔστιν τις ἔξαρχος τῶν αἱρέσεων, ὁ ψευδοσλόγος ἢ καὶ ὁ ὑποβολε̣ὺς αὐτο̣ῦ διάβολος, διὰ
The Lawlessness of Judas§189
189He also speaks similarly regarding this matter. For, did the soul of the Savior sin? The soul of the Savior is the whole of the significant part, not when it sins. Just as we say 'God is man', so also 'the soul of Jesus'. At times we say the soul of Jesus, which is the one he received, and at other times the soul of Jesus, thus the one made his own, according to what is signified by the saying, 'All souls are mine'. And if all are the Savior's, then each one is too.
For, did the soul of the saints sin? It is said that the soul of the saints sins in this way: when it occurs in a pre-passion. And often we use that example: a garment that has been cleaned, if it receives some stain from touching something, it does not appear at all as stained. But if you take for me a completely clean garment, having just come from the dye-vat, even if you touch it, it is said to be stained.
For, does the body not become in sin? My soul becomes in a pre-passion; for it 'began to be amazed and to be distressed'. From here, those who attribute the so-called irrationality to Jesus are refuted. An irrational animal is able to begin to be amazed, but not to be distressed; for to be distressed is foreign to an animal. From the being distressed and from the being amazed, they attached the beginning to him. But there is no beginning after the pre-passion; just as a passion is not a beginning, but the pre-passion itself is. And in another psalm it is said: 'My upholder; I shall not be shaken any further' (Psalm 62:7). For, what is being distressed? It is sorrow of the rational soul along with the inability to discern the causes of the sorrow.
Regarding the remnant of Judas, he says: if ever 'he went in to see, but in vain he ran' (Gen 45:22); just as we said recently, that he who possesses something more has more words concerning others than other men, so also Judas had something more than the other traitors; for he benefited from much time and had the legacy and the spark of his instruction. Therefore he entered many times toward Jesus, as also in the fellowship he was found.
It was not the Passover, but rather 'he was speaking falsely' when he said, 'Rabbi,' and loved him. He says, 'Whatever you do, do it quickly.' He was manifesting words of honor toward Jesus. But he was speaking falsely—for in order to show to those coming for his arrest, he had spoken these things, not so that he might truly manifest the reverence he previously showed toward the teacher. Therefore, all things that are not happening according to the truth are spoken falsely.
7 His heart gathered lawlessness unto himself. Even if his heart gathered lawlessness, it was to no one else but himself. 'What do you want me to do? And I will hand him over to you.' His heart gathered lawlessness in doing this when he gave his heart to the devil; 'and the devil entered after the morsel into him' (John 13:27). Therefore, Judas has committed lawlessness. To betray Jesus, the enemy of the teacher who had benefited him so much, was lawless. Thus, this lawlessness, which he gathered thinking that he was surrounding his teacher with death, he gathered for himself; for he did not touch him. He therefore rose from the dead, and all their efforts... greatness was shown.
7 He was going out and speaking. This happened... and after some honor he approached, whether 'he was going out'—his heart regarding... that they would come for the arrest of Jesus, saying, 'This is he, seize him' (Matt 26:48). 'He was going out... and he was going out.' Some indeed have become accustomed to say that there is neither outside nor inside. The end... because he betrayed Jesus. 'Knowing,' he says, 'that he was condemned, having gone away, he despaired.' 'Knowing that he was condemned'—Jesus by Pilate—he was greatly distressed, 'and having gone away, he despaired.' 'Having seen that he was condemned' himself, after the betrayal of such a distant teacher.
Greek · §189
τοῦτο καὶ ἑνικῶς λέγει περὶ τοῦ τοιούτου. ἐπερ · ἡ τοῦ σωτῆρος οὖν ψυχὴ ἥμαρτε̣ν̣; – ψυχ̣ὴ αὐ293 τοῦ ἐστιν πᾶσ̣α̣ ἡ σπουδαία, οὐχ ὅταν ἁμαρτάνῃ. ὡς λέγομεν θεοῦ 203 ἄνθρωπον, οὕτω καὶ ψυχὴν Ἰησοῦ. ὁτὲ μὲν λέγομεν ψυχὴν Ἰησοῦ αὐτὴν ἣν ἀνείληφεν, ὁτὲ δὲ ψυχὴν Ἰησοῦ οὕτως τὴν οἰκειωθεῖσαν αὐτῷ, καθ' ὃ σημαινόμενον λέγεται· "αἱ ψυχαὶ πᾶσαι ἐμαί εἰσιν". εἰ δὲ πᾶσαι τοῦ σωτῆρός εἰσιν, καὶ ἑκάστη. ἐπερ · ἡ τῶν ἁγίων οὖν ψυχὴ ἁμαρτάνει; –ἡ τῶν ἁγίων οὖν ψυχὴ ἁμαρτάνειν̣ λέγεται οὕτω, ὅταν γένηται ἐν προπαθείᾳ. καὶ πολλάκις ἐκείνῳ τῷ παραδείγματι κεχρήμεθα ὅτι· τὸ ῥυπωθὲν ἱμάτι̣ον ἐὰν λάβῃ τινὰ μολυσμὸν ἀπὸ θίξεως, οὐδὲ φαίνεται ὅλως. ἐὰν δέ μοι λάβῃς ὁλοκάθαρον ἱμάτιον ευ᾿̣θ̣έως ἐκ γναφείου ἐλθόν, κἂν ψαύσῃς αὐτοῦ, λέγεται μεμολύνθαι. ἐπερ · τὸ σῶμα οὐ γίνεται ἐν ἁμαρτίᾳ; –ἡ ψυχή μου γ̣ίνεται ἐν π̣ροπα̣θείᾳ· "ἤρξατο" γοῦν "θαμβεῖσθαι καὶ ἀ δημονεῖν". ἐντεῦθεν ἐλέγχονται οἱ ὀρεκτικὴν δύναμιν τὴν λεγ̣ομε´̣νην̣ ἄλογον προσάπτοντες τῷ Ἰησοῦ. τὸ ἄλογον ζῷον δύναται μὲν ἄρξασθαι τοῦ θ̣αμβεῖσθαι, οὐ μὴν ἀδημονεῖν̣· ξένον γάρ ἐστιν ζῴου τὸ ἀδημονεῖν. ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀδημονεῖν καὶ τοῦ θαμβεῖσθαι τὴν ἀρχὴν αὐτῷ προσῆψαν. οὔκ ἐστιν̣ δὲ ἀρχὴ ἡ μετὰ τὴν προπάθειαν· οἷον τὸ πάθος οὔκ ἐστιν ἀρχή, ἀλλ' ἡ πρ̣οπάθεια αὐτή. καὶ ἐν ἄλλῳ γοῦν ψαλμῷ λέγεται· "ἀντιλήμπτωρ μου· οὐ μὴ σαλευθῶ ἐπὶ πλεῖον". ἐπερ · τὸ ἀδημονεῖν τί ἐστιν̣; –λύπη ἐστὶν λογικοῦ μετὰ τοῦ ἀναπολεῖν τὰ αἴτια τῆς λύπης. 7 καὶ εἰσεπορεύετο τοῦ ἰδεῖν, μάτην ἐλάλει. περὶ τοῦ Ἰούδα λοιπο`̣ν λέγει· εἴ ποτε "εἰσεπορεύετο τοῦ ἰδεῖν, μάτην ἐλάλει"· ὡς ἔλεγον ἀρτίως, ὅτι ὁ ἔχων τι πλέον περὶ ἄλλους λόγους ἔχει τι πλέον τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων, οὕτω καὶ ὁ Ἰούδας εἶχέ τι πλέον τῶν ἄλλων προδοτῶν· ὠφέλητο γὰρ πολλῷ χρόνῳ καὶ εἶχεν ἐνκατάλειμμα καὶ ζώπυρον τῆς παιδεύσε̣ως. εἰσήρχετο οὖν πολλάκις πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ συνσιτίῳ εὑρεθῆναι τοῦ πάσχα, ἀλλὰ "μάτην ἐλάλει" ὅτε ἔλεγεν ὅτι· "ῥαββί", καὶ ἐφίλησεν αὐτ̣όν̣. λέγει· "ὃ ποιεῖς, ποίησον ἐν τάχει". ῥήματα τιμῆς ἐνέφαινεν πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν. μάτην δὲ ἐλάλει αὐτά· ἵνα δείξῃ γὰρ αὐτὸν τοῖς ἐληλυθόσιν ἐπὶ συνλήμψει αὐτοῦ, εἴρηκεν αὐτά, οὐχ ἵνα τῷ ὄντι τὸ σέβας ἐνφανίσῃ το`̣ πρὸς τὸν διδάσκαλον ὡς πρότερον ἐποίει. πάντα οὖν τὰ μὴ κατὰ λόγον ἀληθ̣ῶς γινόμενα μάτην ἀπαγγέλ λεται. 7 ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ συνήγαγεν ἀνομίαν ἑαυτῷ. εἰ καὶ συνήγαγε̣ν̣ ἀνομίαν ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἄλλῳ ἢ ἑαυτῷ. "τί μοι θέλετε δοῦναι, κἀγὼ παραδίδωμι ὑμῖν αὐτόν". συνήγαγεν ἀνομίαν ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ ποιε̣ῖν ὅτε ἔδωκεν τὴν καρδίαν τῷ διαβόλῳ· "καὶ εἰσῆλθεν μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον ὁ διάβολος εἰς αὐτόν". ἀνομίαν οὖν πεποίηκεν ὁ Ἰούδας. ἄνομον ἦν τὸ προδοῦναι τὸν Ἰησοῦν, τὸ ἐχθρὸν τοῦ διδασκάλου τοῦ τοσαῦτα ὠφ̣ελήσαντος αὐτὸν εὑρεθῆναι. ταύτην οὖν τὴν ἀνομίαν, ἣν συνῆγεν νομίζων ὅτι περιβαλεῖ θανάτῳ τὸν διδάσκαλον αὐτοῦ, ἑαυτῷ συνηγ̣ίοχεν· οὐχ ἥψατο γὰρ ἐκείνου. ἀνέστη οὖν ἐκ νεκρῶν, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐκείνων σπ̣ουδάσματα ····· ····· ····· ·· μεγαλειότης ἀνεδείχθη. 7 ἐξεπορεύετο ἔξω καὶ ἐλάλει. τοῦτο ἐγίνετο ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· · καὶ μετά τινος τιμῆς προσήρχετο εἴτ' "ἐξήρχετο ἔξω"–ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ περὶ τ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· · ἐλθοῦσιν ἐπὶ συνλήμψει τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ὅτι· "οὗτός ἐστιν, κρατήσατε αὐτόν". "ἐξεπορεύετο ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· · καὶ ἐξεπορεύετο. εἰώθασιν γοῦν τινες λέγειν ὅτι οὐδὲ ἔξω οὐδε`̣ ἐ´̣σω ε᾿̣στίν. τέλος ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· · ὅτι προδέδωκεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν. "εἰδὼς" δέ, φησίν, "ὅτι κατεκρίθ̣η, ἀπελθὼν ἀπήγξατο". ····· ····· ····· ····· ··το· "εἰδὼς ὅτι κατεκρίθη" Ἰησοῦς ὑπὸ τοῦ Πιλάτου, μετεμελήθη πάνυ, "καὶ ἀπελθὼν ἀπήγξατο". ····· ····· ···· "ἑωρακὼς ὅτι κατεκρίθη" αὐτὸς προδοθέντος τοῦ τηλικούτο̣υ διδασκάλο̣υ, 294 ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·····
The Winging of the Man of Peace§190
190He was handed over, and having gone away, he approached with life as a burden. All my enemies were whispering against me; none of them spoke against me with boldness. And you find the Jews seeking how they might take him secretly; they were whispering to Judas, and he to them; for he did not enter a synagogue and shout this: 'What do you want to give me, and I will hand him over to you?' (Matt 26:14-15). Indeed, they themselves did not come to seize him for forty days.
This is what Jesus himself says: 'I teach every day' (Matt 26:21) in the synagogue, and now 'as if I had come to a robber.' They set a lawless word against me. They were reading the Scriptures 'every Sabbath' so that they might learn the things of the law. And from the opposite, it was necessary for those reading with the law to know who is the one prophesied and testified to by the Scriptures; they set a lawless word against me, saying: 'This one does not cast out demons except by Beelzebub.' 'If this man were from God, he would not have loosed the Sabbath' (John 11:45). 'Is it not bad that we say, "You are a Samaritan and have a demon"?' This is the one against whom they set a lawless word. And it is possible, since even in the legal briefs 'he set' is often taken; voices were set against Pilate concerning him.
Does he who is sleeping not add to rising? Rather, he himself says: since death surrounded me, I slept; for in the Scriptures the name of sleep sometimes signifies death. Sleep is also called slumber, and the union of a man with a woman is called sleep. And death is also called sleep according to the Scripture because of the expectation of the resurrection; for just as he who sleeps, if he suffers no harm to nature, might be raised, so the dying man will be raised. Thus indeed it is said, 'all shall sleep,' and, 'I do not want you to be ignorant concerning those who have slept' (Acts 1:3), that is, concerning mortals. For the Greeks say this.
And indeed the man of my peace, on whom I hoped. The 'I hoped' here means 'I took courage' concerning the man;an;an; for the Gospel also mentioned this, that this one 'the man of my peace lifted up a wing'; for they were saying that even in the fourth Psalm of Pentecost concerning him it says, 'But you, O man, my equal soul' (Ps 41:9). 'If my enemy...
He would have mocked me, or even if the one hating me had magnified himself against me, I would have been hidden from him. But you, my soul's equal—we take this regarding the one of one accord, and again 'the woman in your bosom' is your equal—'my leader and my savior'. They had as leader, not as ruler, but as my leader, running before me. And here: 'the man of my peace, in whom I hoped' (Ps 4:7).
It is nothing wonderful if you whispered against me and set a lawless word against me, if 'the man of my peace' has become the beginning of this evil of yours. Therefore he 'raised up' 'the wing', not the head 'against me'. The one eating my bread magnified a winging against me. 'The man of my peace, in whom I hoped' (Ps 4:7), 'he raised up his wing against me', he wished to wing me. It is a fluttering... and Jacob is called a winger; for he winged Esau when he took the blessing of the elder. To set upon someone with deceit is called a winging. It is someone... to lead them so that he might take his garment. And he who deceives toward the death of someone...
But you, Lord, have mercy on me and raise me up, and I will repay them. Make me outside of the evils and of the bad winging of the lawless word which they set against me. These things again are said more humanly concerning the man Jesus. 'But you, Lord, have mercy, and I will repay them.' I shall be their judge. The one who rises to repay and to judge, as he finds the dispositions, gives back. Many, having experienced harm or seeing that they once condemned him, himself is about to judge them, according to: 'they shall look upon him whom they crucified' (Jn 19:37), they come into knowledge and they know how the due retribution persists toward them.
In this I knew that you willed me. This is knowledge and proof that it is your will to have me; for in this they shall know me. The 'in this I knew' does not refer so much to his own knowledge, but rather that those of mine shall be known in this. Above all, having been condemned, will they know him?—all having received a perception of his greatness, whether they were enemies before or acquaintances. Because my enemy shall by no means be pleased with me. When I am shown as your will, when I rise and...
Greek · §190
προδέδωκεν, καὶ ἀπελθὼν τὸ ζῆν ἀνχόνῃ προσαπέρηξεν. 8 κατ' ἐμοῦ ἐψιθύριζον πάντες οἱ ἐχθροί μου. οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν μετὰ παρρησίας κατ' ἐμοῦ ἐλάλει. καὶ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους οὖν εὑρίσκεις ζητοῦντας, πῶς λάθρα αὐτὸν λάβωνται, καὶ ἐψιθύριζον πρὸς τὸν Ἰούδα, καὶ αὐτὸς πρὸς αὐτούς· μὴ γὰρ ἐν συναγωγῇ εἰσελθὼν ἀνεβόησεν τοῦτο̣· "τί μοι θέλετε δοῦναι, κἀγὼ ὑμῖν αὐτὸν παραδώσω". αὐτοὶ γοῦν ἐκεῖνοι οὐχ 204 ἡμέρας ἦλθον συνλαβεῖν αὐτόν. τοῦτο οὖν αὐτὸς λέγει ὁ Ἰησοῦς· "καθ' ἡμέραν διδάσκω" ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ, καὶ νῦν "ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἤλθατε". 9 λόγον παράνομον κατέθεντο κατ' ἐμοῦ. τὰς γραφὰς ἀνεγίγνωσκον "κατὰ πᾶν σάββατον", ἵνα μάθωσιν τὰ τοῦ νόμου. καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου δέον̣ σ̣ὺν νόμῳ αὐτοὺς ἀναγιγνώσκοντας γνῶναι, τίς ἐστιν ὁ προφητευόμε νος καὶ ὁ μαρτυρούμενο̣ς̣ ὑπὸ τῶν γραφῶν, "παράνομον λόγον ἔθεντο κατ' ἐμοῦ" λέγοντες ὅτι· "οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεεζεβούλ". "εἰ ἦν οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος παρὰ θεοῦ, οὐκ ἔλυεν τὸ σάββατον̣". "οὐ καλῶς ἐλ̣έγομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτι Σαμαρίτης εἶ σὺ καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις"; οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν κατέθεντο κατ' αὐτοῦ λόγον παράνομον. δ̣υνατὸν δέ, ἐπεὶ καὶ ε᾿̣πὶ ὑπομνημάτων δικαστοῦ "3κατέθετο"3 πολλάκις λαμβάνεται· φωνὰς κατέθεντο ἐπὶ τοῦ Πιλα´̣του κατ' αὐτοῦ. 9 μὴ ὁ κοιμώμενος οὐχὶ προσθήσει τοῦ ἀναστῆναι; λοιπὸν αὐτὸς λέγει· ἐπεὶ περιέβαλ̣όν με θανάτῳ, ἐκοιμήθην· ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς γὰρ τὸ ὄνομα τῆς κοιμήσεως σημαίνει ποτὲ τὸν θάνατον. λέγεται καὶ ὁ ὑ´̣πνος κοίμησις, λέγεται καὶ ἡ σύνοδος ἀνδρὸς πρὸς γυναῖκα κοίμησις. λέγεται δὲ καὶ ὁ θάνατος κατὰ τὴν γ̣ραφη`̣ν κοίμησις διὰ τὴν προσδοκίαν τῆς ἀναστάσεως· ὅνπερ γὰρ τρόπον ὁ κοιμώμενος, εἰ μηδὲν̣ παρα`̣ φύσιν πάθῃ, ἐγερθείη, οὕτως ὁ ἀποθνῄσκων ἀναστήσεται. οὕτω γοῦν "πάντες κοιμηθησόμεθα" εἴρηται, καί· "οὐ θέλω ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν περὶ τῶν κεκοιμημένων", τουτέστιν περὶ θνητῶν. Ἕλληνες γοῦν λέγουσιν τοῦτο. 10 καὶ γὰρ ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς εἰρήνης μου, ἐφ' ὃν ἤλπισα. τὸ "3ἤλπισα"3 ὧδε τὸ "3ἐθάρρησα"3 περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου· τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἐμνημόνευσεν, ὅτι οὗτος "ὁ ἄν θρωπος τ̣η῀̣ς εἰρήνης μου ᾖρεν πτερνισμόν"· ἔλεγον γὰρ ὅτι καὶ ἐν πεντηκοστῷ τετάρτῳ ψαλμῷ περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγει· "σὺ δέ, ἄνθρωπε ἰσόψυχέ μου". "εἰ ὁ ἐχθρός μου ὠνείδισέν με, ὑπήνεγκα ἄν, καὶ εἰ ὁ μισῶν ἐπ' ἐμὲ ἐμεγαλορημόνησεν, ἐκρύβην ἂν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ. σὺ δέ, ἄνθρωπε ἰσόψυχέ μου" –ἐπὶ τοῦ ὁμονοοῦντος λαμβάνομεν, καὶ πάλιν "ἡ γυνη`̣ ἡ ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ σου" ἰσόψυχός σού ἐστιν–, "ἡγεμών μου καὶ σωτήρ μου". ἡγεμόνα σε εἶχον, οὐκ ἄρχοντά μο̣υ, ἀλλὰ ἡγεμόνα μο̣υ̣, προτρέχοντά μου. καὶ ἐνταῦθα· "ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς εἰρήνης μου, ἐφ' ὃν ἤλπισα". θαυμαστὸν οὐδέν, εἰ ἐψιθυρίσασθε κατ' ἐμοῦ καὶ λόγον παράνομον κατ' ἐμοῦ ἔθεσθε, εἰ γὰρ "ὁ τῆς εἰρήνης μου ἄνθρωπος" ἔξαρχος ὑμῶν τῆς κακίας ταύτης γέγονεν. "ἐπῇρεν" οὖν "τὴν πτέρναν", οὐ τὴν κεφαλὴν "ἐπ' ἐμέ". 10 ὁ ἐσθίων ἄρτους μου, ἐμεγάλυνεν ἐπ' ἐμὲ πτερνισμόν. "ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς εἰρήνης μου, ἐφ' ὃν ἤλπισα", "ἐπῆρε̣ν̣ ἐπ' ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ", πτερνίσαι με ἠθέλησεν. πάλαισμα δέ ἐστιν ····· ····· ····· ···· καὶ ὁ Ἰακὼβ πτερνιστὴς λέγεται· ἐπτέρνισεν γὰρ τὸν Ἰσαῦ, ὅτε τὴν εὐλογίαν ····· ····· ··· πρεσβύτερον. τὸ σὺν̣ δόλ̣ῳ ἐπιθέσθαι τινὶ πτερνισμὸς λέγεται. ἐστίν τις ····· ····· ····· ····αγ̣εσιν, ἵνα λάβῃ αὐτοῦ τὸ ἱμάτιον. ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ θάνατόν τινος δολιευόμενος ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· 11 σὺ δέ, κύριε, ἐλέησόν με καὶ ἀνάστησόν με, καὶ ἀνταποδώσω αὐτοῖς. 295 ἔξω με ποίησον τῶν κακῶν καὶ τοῦ πτερνισμοῦ τοῦ φαύλου λόγου οὗ κατ' ε᾿̣μοῦ ἔθεντο. ταῦτα πάλιν ἀνθρωπικώτερον λέγεται περὶ τοῦ κατὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον Ἰησοῦν. "σὺ δέ, κύριε, ἐλέησον, καὶ ἀνταποδώσω αὐτοῖς". κριτὴς αὐτῶν ἔσομαι. ὁ ἀναστὰς τοῦ ἀνταποδοῦναι καὶ κρῖναι, ὡς εὑρίσκει τὰς διαθέσεις, ἀποδίδωσιν. πολλοὶ πεῖραν λ̣α̣β̣όντες κ̣ακώσεως ἢ θεωροῦντες ὅτι ὅν ποτε κατεδίκασαν, αὐτὸς μέλλει αὐτοὺς κρίνειν, κατὰ τό· "ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν", ἐν καταγνώσει γίνονται καὶ οἶδαν, πῶς ἐπιμένει αὐτοὺς τὰ ἀντάξια̣. 12 ἐν τούτῳ ἔγνων ὅτι τεθέληκάς με. γνῶσίς ἐστιν καὶ ἀπόδειξις αὕτη τὸ θελητόν σοι εἶναι ἐμέ· ἐν τούτῳ γάρ με γνώσονται ἐκεῖνοι. τὸ "ἐν τούτῳ ἔγνων" οὐ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ γνώσει τοσοῦτον ἀναφέρει, μᾶλλον οἱ ἐμοῦ ἐν τούτῳ γνώσονται. ἐπερ · καταδικασθέντες αὐτὸν γνώσονται; –πάντες οἱ αἴσθησιν λαβόντες τῆς μεγαλειότητος αὐτοῦ εἴτε ἐχθροὶ πρότερον ἦσαν ἢ γνώριμοι. 12 ὅτι οὐ 205 μὴ ἐπιχαρῇ ὁ ἐχθρός μου ἐπ' ἐμέ. ὅταν θε̣λητός σοι ἀποδειχθῶ, ὅταν ἀναστῶ καὶ
The Meaning of Understanding§191
191Let it be known that according to your will, both Judas and the devil who worked in him are able. To make them rejoice, he surrounded him with death; but upon his resurrection they do not rejoice, but rather they experience shame and stand in fear, having seen the one they had betrayed. But you took hold of me through my innocence. For I did not know sin, even though I have become sin; even though I have become a curse, I was not shown to be a curse because of a preceding sin, but so that I might loose the curse and provide a blessing. And just as it has become sin so that God might make righteous those for whom sin has become, so it has become a curse, not so that it might be held by the curse. This very thing, then, has become a curse upon a blessing, sin upon righteousness, death received for life.
Innocence, then, often signifies the absence of something, and it is when there is complete purity from sin. But when it says, 'the simple believes every word' (Ps 119:7), and also, 'bad associations corrupt good morals' (1 Cor 15:34), it speaks of the surrounding good morals. And complete virtue is also called innocence, concerning which he says, 'the simple and upright cling to me' (Ps 15:2). And you have established me before you for ever. Not for a little time, then, did I not slip, being simple before falling to enemies, but I remained simple; for 'you have established me' indeed 'for ever.' Not simply, then, but 'before you.' And not everyone who is being established is additionally established by God, but he who has the perfection established. 'He who establishes you with us in Christ.' So, you testifying to my innocence.
Blessed is the Lord God of Israel from ever and to ever (Ps 102:28). Let it be, let it be. The one having mind regarding Israel, seeing God, is a blessed God. To him I write the grace and the victory, not by our power; for even if I am simple, I do not give the whole by my innocence, but by the cooperation of God. The 'let it be, let it be' is similar to the 'amen''amen''amen' as other interpreters say. And the 'amen' is when it is taken instead of an oath; for when it says, 'truly I say to you,' Matthew and Luke write the same word, and Matthew says, 'Amen, amen, I say to you,' but Luke says, 'Truly I say to you.' Indeed, it is also said in the writings, 'Behold, the handmaid of the Lord; let it be to me according to your word' (Lk 1:38).
"Your word." It is also said by those interpreting the Hebrew sounds that it means that which is believed. To the end; for understanding, to the sons of Korah, a psalm. Three sons of Korah became temple singers. And their names are brought forward in Exodus and in the Chronicles. These, just as some take from faith one soul and one heart, so also these, having received one soul from the uniting spirit which grants the singing, because of this they bring forth the verses of the psalm in unison.
And this psalm is not one filled by chance with mysteries. Because of this, "for understanding" is inscribed. Thus also in the thirty-first Psalm we say that it is "of the understanding to David," because he contained mysteries and riddles. And here, therefore, many riddles lie. Therefore, understanding is needed by the one encountering such psalms which are so inscribed. And just as it is necessary "to pay attention" to the "reading" of the "God-breathed Scripture," not only of the scriptures but also of "all," so also these owe to speak and to be heard with understanding.
Since, however, the name of understanding is also made clear by proximity and signifies something else in: "but understanding is good to all who practice it." Here the understanding that comes to be and is practiced is moral virtue; for especially this regulates the character of men. He says, therefore, that this psalm ought not to be spoken by voice alone, but also to be understood by the mind and to practice the works appropriate to it, according to the other meaning of understanding, about which also Paul speaks. Writing about ministry and the service toward the saints, he says: "May God grant you understanding in all things" (Eph 1:17); for he does not say understanding as the knowledge of things combined and uncombined, but the practical virtue; for who is so wise as he who has perfected his own character and regulated it? And for himself and for those speaking and those hearing? The one teaching wisely about prudence possesses the virtue of prudence himself, which also those being instructed with him possess; for this reason the right word teaches as a teacher, and especially the one of ethics, so that those hearing might become such as the speaker is. The manner which he intends is like a light upon the...
Greek · §191
γνωσθῶ, ὅτι κατὰ τὸ θέλημά σου. δύναται καὶ αὐτ̣ὸν τὸν Ἰούδα καὶ τὸν ἐνεργήσαντ̣α αὐτὸν διάβολον. ἵνα χαρῶσιν, περιέβαλον αὐτὸν θανάτῳ· ἀναστάν̣τος αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἐπιχαίρου̣σιν, ἀλλὰ μ̣ᾶλλο̣ν αἰσχύνην ὀφλισκάνουσιν καὶ φόβον ὑφίστανται θεωρήσαντες ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν. 13 ἐμοῦ δὲ διὰ τὴν ἀκακίαν ἀντελάβου. οὐκ ἔγνων γὰρ ἁμαρτίαν, εἰ καὶ γέγονα ἁμαρτία̣· εἰ καὶ γέγονα κατάρα, οὐ διὰ προλαβοῦσαν ἁμαρτίαν ἀπεδείχθην κατάρα, ἀλλ' ἵνα λύσω τὴν κατάραν καὶ εὐλογίαν παράσχω̣. καὶ ὥσπερ γέγονεν ἁμαρ̣τία, ἵνα δικαιοσύνην θεοῦ ποιήσῃ τοὺς ὑπὲρ ὧν ἁμαρτία γέγονεν, οὕτω κατάρα γέγονεν, οὐχ ἵνα κρατηθῇ ὑπὸ τῆς κατάρας. αὐτὸ τοῦτο οὖν κατάρα ἐπὶ εὐλογίᾳ γέγονεν, ἁμαρτία ε᾿̣πὶ δικαιοσύνῃ, θάνατον ἀνεδέξατο διὰ ζωήν. ἡ ἀκακία οὖν πολλάκις τὴν ἀφέλειαν σημαίνει, ἔστιν δὲ ὅτε̣ τὴν παντελῆ καθαρότητα ἀπὸ ἁμαρτ̣ίας. ὅταν δὲ λέγῃ· "ἄκακος πιστεύει παντὶ λόγῳ", καὶ τό· "φθείρουσιν ἤθη χρηστὰ ὁμιλίαι κακαί", τὰ ἐπιπόλαια χρηστὰ ἤθη λέγει. λέγεται δὲ καὶ ἀκακία ἡ παντελὴς ἀρετή, περὶ ἧς λέγει· "ἄκακοι καὶ εὐθεῖς ἐκολλῶντό μοι". 13 καὶ ἐβεβαίωσάς με ἐνώπιόν σου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. ο̣ὐ πρὸς ὀλίγον οὖν οὐκ̣ ε᾿̣σ̣φ̣άλην, ἄκακος ἤμην, πρὸ τοῦ περιπεσεῖν ἐχθροῖς, ἀλλ' ἔμεινα ἄκακος· "ἐβεβαίωσάς με" γα`̣ρ "εἰς αἰῶνα". οὐχ̣ ἁπλῶς οὖν, ἀλλ' "ἐνώπιόν σου". οὐ πᾶς δὲ ὁ βεβαιούμενος ἐπίπροσθεν θεοῦ βεβαιοῦται, ἀλλ' ὁ τελείαν βεβαι´̣ωσιν ἔχων. "ὁ δὲ βεβαιῶν ὑμᾶς σὺν ἡμῖν εἰς Χριστόν". σοῦ οὖν μαρτυροῦντος τῇ α᾿̣κακίᾳ μου. 14 Εὐλογητὸς κύριος ὁ θεὸς Ἰσραὴλ ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος καὶ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. γένοιτο γένοιτο. ὁ τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ νοῦν ἔχουντος ὁρῶντα̣ θεὸν θεὸς εὐλογητός ἐστιν. αὐτῷ τὴν χάριν καὶ τὴν νίκην ἐπιγράφω, οὐχ ἡμετέρᾳ δυνάμει· εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἄκακός εἰμι, ἀλλ' ο̣ὐ τῇ ἀκακίᾳ μου τὸ ὅλον δίδωμι, ἀλλὰ τῇ συνεργίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ. τὸ "3γένοιτο γένοιτο"3 ὡς τὸ "3ἀμὴν"3 λέγουσιν οἱ ἄλλοι ἑρ̣μη̣νευταί. τὸ δὲ "3ἀμὴν"3 ὁτὲ δὲ ἀντὶ ὅρκου λαμβάνεται· ὅταν γὰρ λέγῃ· "ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν", τὴν αὐτὴν λέξιν γράφει Μαθθαῖος καὶ Λουκᾶς, καὶ ὁ μὲν Μαθθαῖος λέγει· "ἀμὴν ἀμ̣ὴν λέγω ὑμῖν", ὁ δὲ Λουκᾶς· "ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν". ἀμέλει γοῦν καὶ ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς λέγεται· "ἰδοὺ" γοῦν "ἡ δούλη κυρίου· γένοιτό μοι κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου". λέγεται δὲ καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἑρμηνευόντων τὰς Ἑβραϊκὰς φωνὰς ὅτ̣ι̣ τὸ πε̣π̣ιστευμένον σημαίνει. 296 1 Εἰς τὸ τέλος· εἰς σύνεσιν τοῖς υἱοῖς Κόρε ψαλμός. υἱοὶ τοῦ Κόρε τρεῖς ἱεροψάλται ἐγένοντο. καὶ τὰ ὀνόματα αὐτῶν φέρεται ἐν τῇ Ἐξόδῳ καὶ ἐν ταῖς Παραλειπομέναις. οὗτοι, ὥσπερ τινὲς ἀπὸ πίστεως μίαν ψυχὴν και`̣ μίαν καρδίαν λαμβάνουσιν, οὕτω καὶ οὗτοι ἀπὸ τοῦ συνόντος πνεύματος τοῦ τὸ ψάλλειν χαριζομένου λαβόντες ψυχη`̣ν μίαν, διὰ τοῦτο ἑνικῶς ἐκφέρουσιν τοὺς στίχους τοῦ ψαλμοῦ. ἐστὶν δὲ ὁ ψαλμὸς οὗτος οὐχ ὁ τυχὼν μυστηρίων πεπληρωμένος. διὰ τοῦτο "εἰς σύνεσιν" ἐπιγέγραπται. οὕτω γοῦν καὶ ἐν τῷ τριακοστῷ πρώτῳ ἐλέγομεν, ὅτι ε᾿̣στὶν τῆς "σ̣υνέσεως τῷ ∆αυίδ", ὅτι μυστ̣ήρια περιεῖχεν καὶ αἰνίγματα. καὶ ὧδε οὖν πολλὰ αἰνίγματα κεῖται. συνέσεως̣ οὖν χρεία τῷ ἐντυγχάνοντι τοῖς τοιούτοις ψαλμοῖς τοῖς οὕτως ἐπιγεγραμμένοις. καὶ ὥσπερ "προςε´̣χ̣ειν" δ̣εῖ "τῇ ἀναγνώσει" "τῆς θεοπνεύστου γραφῆς", οὐ μόνης τῆς τῶν γραφῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ "πάσης", οὕτω καὶ οὗτοι μετα`̣ συνέσεως καὶ λέγεσθαι ὀφείλ̣ουσιν καὶ ἀκούεσθαι. ἐπειδὴ δὲ τὸ τῆς συνέσεως ὄνομα πρὸς τῷ προχ̣είρως δηλουμένῳ καὶ ἄλλο δηλοῖ ἐν τῷ· "σύνεσις δὲ ἀγαθὴ πᾶσιν τοῖς ποιοῦσιν αὐτήν". ὧδε ἡ γινομένη καὶ πραττομε´̣νη σύνεσις η῾̣ ἠθική ἐσ̣τιν ἀρ̣ετή· μάλιστα γὰρ αὕτη ῥυθμίζει τὸ ἦθος τῶν ἀνθρώπων. λέγει τοίνυν, ὅτι ὁ ψαλμὸς οὗτος οὐ φωνῇ μόνῃ λέγεσθαι ὀφείλει, ἀλλὰ καὶ νοεῖσθαι καὶ πράττειν τὰ κατάλληλα αὐτῷ ἔργα κατὰ τὸ ἕτε ρον τῆς συνέσεως σημ̣αινόμενον, περὶ οὗ καὶ 206 Παῦλος λέγει. περὶ τῆς διακονίας γράφων καὶ τῆς λειτουργίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους λέγει· "δῳ´̣η σοι ὁ θεὸς σύνεσιν ἐν πᾶσιν"· μὴ γὰρ σύνεσιν λέγει τὴν ἐπιστήμην συνβλητῶν καὶ ἀσυνβλήτων, ἀλλὰ τὴν πρακτικὴν ἀρετήν· τίς γὰρ οὕτω συνετός ἐστιν ἢ ὡς ὁ κατορθώσας ἑαυτοῦ τὸ ἦθος καὶ ῥυθμίσας; ἐπερ · καὶ αὐτοι῀̣ς τοῖς λ̣έγουσιν καὶ τοῖς ἀκούουσιν; –ὁ σωφρόνως διδάσκων περὶ σωφροσύνης καὶ αὐτὸς σωφροσύνης ἔχει τὴν ἀρετη`̣ν ἣν καὶ οἱ παιδευόμενοι πρὸς αὐτοῦ· διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ παιδεύει ὁ ὀρθο`̣ς λόγος διδάσκαλος καὶ μάλιστα ὁ τῶν ἠθικῶν, ἵνα τοιοῦτοι γένωνται οἱ ἀκούοντες οἷός ἐστιν ὁ λέγων. 2 ὃν τρόπον ἐπιποθεῖ ἔλαφος ἐπὶ τὰς
The Spiritual Deer and the Single Desire§192
192As the deer longs for the springs of water, so my soul longs for you, O God (Psalm 42:1). This animal is said to be a destroyer of serpents. And when it has killed the serpents, it becomes thirsty from their venom and hastens to find a spring of water, so that it may wash away the thirst and be cleansed; for it is said that as the serpents are torn apart by this animal, they cover the face of the deer with blood and other things, and so it goes away to wash itself, so that the impurity brought upon it from the destruction of the serpents may be washed away.
And something else is said about this animal: that when it grows old and sheds its antlers, it eats serpents and is renewed. The eating of serpents makes it new again. But of what kind of serpents? All the kind of venomous ones, of all the serpents or even of the whole genus. And this too: when it casts off its horns from old age, it dwells in a den until it grows horns again and becomes strong; for one without horns is vulnerable; for they are its weapons and its defenses. Therefore, when they pass through the woods, their horns are seized and thus they are torn away; so a proverb like this appears: 'Woe to deer without horns.' And this proverb alludes to this: woe to the helpless man who does not have the power to help himself.
The other thing of those signified here is shown by the saying: 'In the same way that a deer longs for the springs of water, so my soul longs for you, my God' (Psalm 42:1); he compared the longing toward God to the longing of the deer for the springs; for God is a spring, and His word is a spring: 'You have left the spring of wisdom' (Job 28:12). 'For with you is the spring of life' (Psalm 36:9). And again: 'You have left me, a spring of living water,' God says (Psalm 119:172). And the Holy Spirit is a spring, if indeed all the gifts flow from Him and from Him they have their beginning.
In the same way that the sensible deer longs for the springs of water, so our soul, becoming a deer and a destroyer of harmful things, longs for you, O God. Those who 'are ready to avenge all disobedience' (Hebrews 10:29) are deer, destroying the serpents of injustice. And those having received 'authority to tread...'
The serpents and the scorpions are deer. These deer also pursue the high things. Just as they pursue the springs of waters, so too the high things; for 'mountains are the high things for the deer'. And again the same: 'He who prepares my feet like a deer' (Ps 103:6), so that having been prepared, they pursue the intelligible things.
And since I have often said that the intelligible things seem to be different and different things according to each and every different thought, even though they are the same in substance, the springs of waters which the spiritual deer seeks, and high mountains, are the same. Insofar as they are lifted up and given from above, they are high things; but insofar as they water and give birth to rivers in the plains, they are called springs.
Therefore, it must be said and it is morally right: the serpents are pleasures; for pleasure is diverse. And 'being led by various pleasures and desires'. He speaks concerning the faults of women whom the heterodox capture as captives. These therefore diverse deer do not long to find God; they do not seek one single desire. But one desire is the Savior and our Lord himself. Just as he is called wisdom and truth and light and righteousness, so also he is desire.
Furthermore, the bride in the Song of Songs, inquiring about the bridegroom, where she can find him, the doorkeepers whom she inquired of, say: 'What is your brother more excellent than your brothers, the beautiful among women?' (Song 1:9). Say tell me your own, the other, among the many brothers. And he says: 'My brother is white and ruddy' (Song 4:1), he is not one, he is man and God. Then, passing through his praises, he says at the end: 'His throat is sweet, all desire' (Song 4:16). His word is sweet.
You know that some desirable things are not entirely so, but they have something unpleasant mixed in; for example, the drinking of sweet wine has something desirable. But when it is taken to excess, it works a drunkenness and is not entirely desire. Again, the sun seen is sweet. But when its flame descends, it has something unpleasant. Therefore, regarding the discourse concerning the marriage, nothing is unpleasant, it is entirely desire, it is entirely love, according to the one saying: 'My love is crucified' (Song 8:6). But the loves of others have something bitter mixed in. Just as 'all desire' is, so also 'all love' is, and for this reason the soul longs.
Greek · §192
πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων, οὕτως ἐπιποθεῖ ἡ ψυχή μου πρὸς σέ, ὁ θεός. λέγεται τὸ ζῷον τ̣οῦτο η῾̣ ἔλαφος ἀναιρετικὴ εἶναι τῶν ὄφεων. καὶ ὅταν ἀνέλῃ τοὺς ὄφεις, ὑπὸ τοῦ ἰοῦ αὐτῶν ἔκδιψος γίνεται καὶ σπ̣εύδει εὑρεῖν πηγὴν̣ ὕδατος, ἵνα κ̣αὶ τὸ δίψος ἀκέσηται καὶ καθοπτρισθῇ· λέγεται γάρ, ὅτι οἱ ὄφεις σπαραττόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ ζῴου τούτου κινούμενοι τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς ἐλάφου ὥσπερ αἱμάτων καὶ τῶν̣ ἄλλων πληροῦσιν, και`̣ ἀπε´̣ρχε̣ται ἐσοπτρίσασθαι, ἵνα ἀποπλύνηται τὴν προσγεναμένην ἀκαθαρσίαν ἐκ τῆς ἀναιρε´̣σεως τῶν ὄφεων. λέγεται δὲ καὶ ἄλλο περὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ζῴου· ὅταν, φησίν, παλαιωθῇ καὶ ἀπο̣βάλῃ τὰς τρι´̣χ̣ας, ἐσθίει ὄφιν καὶ ἀνα νεοῦται. ἡ βρῶσις τῶν ὄφεων νέαν αὐτὴν αὖθις ποιεῖ. ἐπερ · τῶν τοιῶνδ̣ε ὄφεων; –τῶν ἰοβόλων πάντων τοῦ εἴδους ὅλου τῶν ὄφεων ἢ καὶ τοῦ γένους. καὶ τοῦτο δέ, ὅταν ἀπὸ γήρ̣ως ἀποβάλῃ τὰ κ̣έρατα, φωλεύει που, ἕως ἀνατείλῃ κέρατα αὐτὴ καὶ ἰσχυρὰ γένηται· εὐεπιβούλευτος γάρ ἐστ̣ιν κέρατα οὐκ ἐ´̣χουσα· ὅπλα γὰρ αὐτῆς ἐστιν καὶ ἀμυντήρια. ἐν τοῖς δρυμοῖς οὖν ὅταν διαβαίνωσιν, ὑπ̣ολαμβάνο̣νται τὰ κέρατα αὐτῶν καὶ οὕτως ἀποσπῶνται· διὸ καὶ παροιμία τοιαύτη φαίνεται· "ο̣ὐαὶ ἐλάφοις κέρατα οὐκ ἐχούσαις". ἡ παροιμία δὲ αὕτη αἰνίττεται ὅτι· οὐαὶ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ ἀβοηθήτῳ τῷ μὴ ἔχοντι ἅλι̣ς̣ δύναμιν βοηθεῖν ἑαυτῷ. 297 τὸ ἕτερον οὖν τῶν σημαινομένων ἐνταῦθα λέγεται δείκνυται. διὰ τοῦ φάναι· "ὃν τρόπον ἐπιποθεῖ ἔλαφος ἐπὶ τὰς̣ πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων, οὕτως ἐπιποθεῖ ἡ ψυχή μου πρὸς σέ, ὁ θεός μου ", ὡμοίωσεν τὸν πρὸς θεὸν πόθον τῷ πόθῳ τῆς ἐλάφου τῷ ἐπὶ τὰς πηγάς· πηγὴ γάρ ἐστιν καὶ ὁ θεός, καὶ ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ πηγή ἐστιν· "ἐνκατελείψατε τὴν πηγὴν τῆς σοφίας". "ὅτι παρὰ σοὶ πηγὴ ζωῆς". καὶ πάλιν· "ἐμὲ ἐνκατέλιπον, πηγὴν ὕδατος ζῶντος", ὁ θεὸς λέγει. καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα πηγή ἐστιν, εἴ γε τὰ χαρίσματα πάντα ἀπ' αὐτοῦ ῥεῖ καὶ ἀπ' αὐτοῦ ἔχει τὴν ἀρχήν. ὃν τρόπον ο̣ὖν ἐπιποθεῖ ἡ αἰσθητὴ ἔλαφος ἐπὶ τὰς πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων, οὕτως ἡ η῾̣μετέρα ψυχὴ ἔλαφος γινομένη καὶ ἀναιρετικὴ τῶν βλαπτόντων πρὸς σὲ ἐπιποθεῖ, ὦ θεέ. οἱ "ἑτοίμως ἔχοντες ἐκδικῆσαι πᾶσαν παρακοήν", οὗτοι ἔλαφοί εἰσιν ἀναιροῦντες τοὺς ὄφεις τῆς ἀδικ̣ίας. καὶ οἱ λαβόντες "ἐξουσίαν πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων καὶ σκορπίων", ἔλαφοί εἰσιν. αὗται δὲ αἱ ἔλαφοι κα̣ὶ τὰ ὑψηλὰ μεταδιώκουσιν. ὥσπερ καὶ τὰς πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων, οὕτω καὶ τὰ ὑψηλά· "ὄρη" γὰρ "τὰ ὑψηλὰ ταῖς ἐλάφοις". καὶ πάλιν ὁ α̣ὐτός· "ὁ καταρτιζόμενος τοὺς πόδας μου ὡς ἐλάφου", ἵνα καταρτισθέντες̣ τὰ νοητὰ μεταδιώκουσιν. καὶ ἐπειδὴ πολλάκις εἶπον, ὅτι τὰ νοητὰ κατὰ ἄλλην καὶ ἄλλην ἐπ̣ίνοιαν ἕτερα καὶ ἕτερα δ̣οκ̣οῦσιν εἶναι οὐτῇ ὑποστάσει ὄντα τὰ αὐτά, αἱ πηγαὶ τῶν ὑδάτων ἃς ζητεῖ ἡ πνευματικὴ ἔλαφος, καὶ ὑψηλὰ ὄρη εἰσίν. ᾗ ἀναγομένως καὶ ὑψόθεν δέδονται, ὑψηλά εἰσιν, ᾗ δὲ ποτίζουσιν καὶ ποταμ̣οὺς γεννω῀̣σιν ἐν τοῖς πιοῦσιν, πηγαὶ λέγονται. λοιπὸν ῥητέον καὶ ἠθικῶς τοὺς ὄφ̣εις ἡδονάς· ποικίλ̣η γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ἡδ̣ονή. "ἀγόμεναι" δὲ "ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις καὶ ἐπιθυμίαις". περὶ τῶν φαύλων λέγει γυναι̣κῶν ὧν αἰχμαλωτίζο̣υσιν οἱ ἑτερόδοξοι. αὗται οὖν αἱ ποικίλαι ἔλαφοι οὐκ ἐπιποθοῦσιν εὑρεῖν θεόν, οὐ μίαν ζητοῦσιν ἐπιθυμίαν. μία δὲ ἐπιθυμία ἐστὶν αὐτὸς ὁ σωτὴρ καὶ κύριος ἡμῶν. ὡς δὲ λέγεται σοφία καὶ ἀλήθεια καὶ φῶς καὶ δικαιοσύνη, οὕτω καὶ 207 ἐπιθυμία. αὐτίκα γοῦν ἡ νύμφη ἐν τῷ ᾄσματι τῶν ᾀσμάτων πυθομένη περὶ τοῦ νυμ̣φι´̣ου, ποῦ εὑρεῖν αὐτὸν δύναται, οἱ δορυφόροι ὧν ἐπυνθάνετο̣, λέγουσιν ὅτι· "τί ἀδελφιδὸς ὁ ἀδελφιδός σου, ἡ καλὴ ἐν γυναιξίν"; εἰπὲ τὸν σὸν τὸν ἄλλον παρὰ τοὺς πολ̣λοὺς ἀδελφούς. καὶ λέγει· "ἀδελφιδοῦς μου λευκὸς καὶ πυρρός", οὐχ εἷς ἐστιν, ἄνθρωπος καὶ θεός ἐστιν. εἶτα διεξερχομένη τὰ ἐγκ̣ώμια αὐτοῦ λε´̣γει ε᾿̣π̣ὶ τέλει· "λάρυγξ αὐτοῦ γλυκασμός, ὅλος ἐπιθυμία". ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ γλυκύς ἐστιν. οἶδας, ὅτι εἰσίν τινα̣ ἐπιθυμ̣ητὰ οὐχ ὅλα, ἀλλ' ἔχουσιν ἀηδῆ τινα παραμεμιγμένα· οἷον τοῦ γλυκέως οἴνου ἡ πόσις ἔχει ἐπιθ̣υμητόν τι. ὅταν δ̣ὲ εἰς κόρον ληφθῇ, μέθην ἐργάζεται καὶ οὔκ ἐστιν ὅλον ἐπιθυμία. π̣άλιν ὁ ἥλιος ὁρώμενος γλυκύς ἐστιν. ὅταν δὲ καθάψηται αὐτοῦ ἡ φλόξ, ἀηδὲς ἔχει τι. οὐδε`̣ν οὖν περὶ τὸν κατὰ τὸν νυμφίον λόγο̣ν ἀηδὲς ἔχει, ὅλος ἐπιθυμία ἐστίν, ὅλος ἔρως ἐστίν, κατὰ τὸν εἰπόντα· "ὁ ἐμ̣ὸς ἔρως ἐσταύρωται". ἄλλων δὲ οἱ ἔρωτες ἔχουσίν τι παραμεμιγμένον ἐπίπονον. ὥσπερ οὖν "ὅλος ἐπιθυμία" ἐστίν, οὕτω καὶ ὅλος ἔρως ἐστίν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐπιποθεῖ ἡ ψυχή
Thirst for the Face of God§193
193My destroying serpent toward God, according to the deer. When you see, therefore, a soul being surrounded by various pleasures and many thoughts, the old age of wickedness and the old man are cast off, and the new man is clothed in its place, even if you wish to take it as a proverb or as a literal statement. 'Let a female deer and a colt of graces converse with you.'
Let the word be about a woman. The woman is a female deer in relation to the man, if she destroys the pleasures being cast upon her by the hunters. Furthermore, she is also a colt of grace; for she ought to be new according to temperance and grace, to be a colt of the virtues, so that the graces may mount him. For often the virtues themselves are so called according to that which is written: 'a crown of grace,' a crown of virtues. Being light and truth and righteousness according to his thoughts of the contests, she is She is a multitude of graces, not in her essence, but in her activities and desires
My soul thirsted toward God, the strong and living one (Psalm 63:1). To thirst is often to take hold of love. Thus indeed in another psalm he says: 'O God, my God, toward you I cry out; my soul thirsted for you' (Psalm 63:2); for he who longs for something and asks in order to receive it, thirsts for it. 'Toward God,' therefore, 'the living one.' Just as the divine men, being altogether filled with spirit and always lifted up toward theology, say: 'The Lord lives,' so Elisha said: 'The Lord lives and your soul lives' (2 Kings 4:9). Thus your soul lives just as he whom you have shared in lives. But you, as one sharing in him, live in this way. Regarding something literal, which the Arian ones interpret badly, to see it beautifully: 'Just as the living Father sent me, and I live through the Father' (John 14:19). And they took as a pattern that: as if someone were to say: 'Just as my rational father is, and I am rational, and just as my father is living, I am living.' Since therefore my father is a living thing, and I live through him because he is living.
Son. Just as man is said to be a living being because of the father, since he is a son of a living being. When will I arrive and see the face of God? Men who are still in life thirst for God as the deer thirsts for the springs of the waters (Ps 42:1). Yet they do not say that their desire stands at this point; for they are still far from God in some way of relation and disposition, not in place; nor is anything locally far from God, for he 'fills the heaven and the earth' (Jer 23:24). Therefore he who approaches him says: 'Where shall I go from your spirit and from your face, where shall I flee? If I ascend into heaven, you are there; if I descend into Hades, you are there' (Ps 139:7-8).
Thus those in this life having received a vision of the coming age thirst courageously for God, as if they see themselves far off while the evil of the world and the weight of the world and the corruptible are still pressing upon them. And this is so, since in the feasts of the Hebrews it was customary to see three times of the year; for 'three times of the year all your male shall be seen before me' (Ex 23:27), and 'he shall not be seen before me empty' (Ex 23:29). No one shall be seen before him empty.
Since therefore even this one aims for the springs of the waters, he prays to be fulfilled, so that he may arrive and see the face of God not as a ruler but no longer empty. Therefore he asks: fragmentary... he reasons: 'When then shall I attain to the perfect good, so that, having seen the face... of the graces being given toward him?' My tears became to me bread day and night (Ps 119:92). He says this because he knew himself still lacking the face of God... fragmentary... a lament completing the ascent to virtue, from toil and... fragmentary... according to this, indeed, the meaning is said: 'those sowing in tears shall reap in joy' (Ps 126:5). Going...
Greek · §193
μου ἡ κατὰ τ̣ὴν ἔλαφον ἀναιρετικὴ ὄφεων πρὸς θεόν. ὅταν ἴδῃς οὖν ψυχὴν περιγινομένην ἡδονῶν ποικίλων, πολλῶν λογισμῶν ····· ····· ····· ····· · ἀποξύεται τὸ γῆρας τῆς κακίας, τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον, καὶ τὸν νέον ἐνδι̣δ̣ύσκεται ἀντ' αὐτοῦ, κἂν παροιμιωδῶς κἂν ἐπὶ ῥητοῦ αὐτὸ θέλῃς λαβεῖν. "ἔλαφος θήλεια καὶ πῶλος σῶν χαρίτων ὁμιλείτω σοι". 298 ἔστω περὶ γυναικὸς ὁ λόγος. ἡ γυνὴ ἔλαφος θήλειά ἐστιν ὡς π̣ρ̣ὸς τὸν ἄνδρα, ἐὰν ἀναιρῇ τὰς ὑποβαλλομένας ἡδονὰς ὑπὸ τῶν θηρευτῶν. ἔτι δ̣ὲ καὶ πῶλος χαρίτων ἐστίν· νέα γὰρ ὀφείλει εἶναι κατὰ τὸ σωφρονεῖν καὶ χαρίτων, τῶν ἀρετῶν, πῶλος εἶναι, ἵν' ἐπιβαίνουσιν αὐτῷ αἱ χάριτες· καὶ γὰρ πολλάκις αὐταὶ αἱ ἀρεταὶ οὕτω καλοῦνται κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον· "στεφάνῳ δὲ χαρίτων", στεφάνῳ τῶν ἀρετῶν. κατὰ τὰς τῶν ἀγω´̣νων αὐτοῦ ἐπινοίας ὢν φῶς καὶ ἀλήθεια καὶ δικαιοσύνη, πλῆθος χαρίτων ἐστίν. οὐ τῇ ὑποστάσει ἔχει τὸ πλῆθος, ἀλλὰ ταῖς ἐνεργείαις καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις. 3 ἐδίψησεν ἡ ψυχή μου πρὸς τὸν θεὸν τὸν ἰσχυρὸν καὶ ζῶντα. τὸ διψ̣ῆσαι πολλάκις τὸ ἔρωτα λαβεῖν ἐστιν. οὕτω γοῦν καὶ ἐν ἄλλῳ ψαλμῷ λέγει· "ὁ θεὸς ὁ θεός μου, πρὸς σὲ ὀρθρίζω· ἐδίψησέν σε ἡ ψυχή μου"· ὁ γὰρ ποθῶν τι καὶ αἰτούμενος ἵνα λάβῃ αὐτό, διψᾷ αὐτό. "πρὸς τὸν θεὸν" οὖν "τὸν ζῶντα". ὥσπ̣ερ οἱ θεῖοι ἄνδρες οἱ πάνυ γε πεπνευ̣ματισμένοι καὶ πρὸς θεολογίαν ἀνηγμένοι ἀεὶ λέγουσιν· "ζῇ κύριος", οὕτως ἔλεγεν ὁ Ἐλισαῖε· "ζῇ κύριος καὶ ζῇ ἡ ψυχή σου". οὕτως ζῇ ἡ ψυχή σου καθὼς ζῇ ὁ οὗ μετέσχες· ἀλλὰ σὺ μὲν ὡς μετασχὼν α̣ὐτοῦ ζῇς οὕτως. εἴς τι ῥητο´̣ν, ὃ κακῶς οἱ Ἀρειανοὶ ἑρμηνεύουσιν, καλὸν θεωρῆσαι· "ὡς ἀπέστειλέν με ὁ ζῶν πατὴρ κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν πατέρα". καὶ ἔλαβον παράδειγμα ὅτι· ὡς εἴ τις λέγοι ὅτι· "3ὡς ὁ λογικός μου πατὴρ κἀγὼ λογικός εἰμι, καὶ ὡς ὁ πατήρ μου ζῷόν ἐστιν κἀγὼ ζῷόν εἰμι"3. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ζῶον ἐστιν ὁ πατήρ μου κἀγὼ ζῶ δι' αὐτὸν διὰ τὸ ζῶντος εἶναι υἱός. ὡς καὶ ὁ ἄνθρωπος λέγεται ζῷον εἶναι διὰ τὸν πατέρα, ἐπεὶ ζῴου υἱός ἐστιν. 3 πότε ἥξω καὶ ὀφθήσομαι τῷ προσώπῳ τοῦ θεοῦ; οἱ ἔτι ἐν βίῳ τυγχάνοντες ἄνθρωποι διψῶσιν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὡς ἡ ἔλαφος ἐπὶ τὰς πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων. οὐ μέχρι τούτου δὲ ἵστασθαι λέγουσιν ἑαυτῶν τὸν πόθον· μακρὰν γὰρ ἔτ̣ι εἰσὶν τοῦ θεοῦ τρόπον τινὰ σχέσει καὶ διαθέσει, οὐ τόπῳ· οὐδὲν δὲ τοπικῶς μακράν ἐστιν τοῦ θεοῦ· "πληροῖ" γὰρ "τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν". διὸ ο῾̣ προσχὼν αὐτῷ λέγει· "ποῦ πορευθῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματός σου καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ προσώπου σου ποῦ φύγω; ἐὰν ἀναβῶ εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, σὺ εἶ ἐκεῖ· ἐὰν καταβῶ εἰς τὸν ᾅδην, πάρει". οἱ ἐν τῷ βίῳ οὖν τούτῳ θέαν λαβόντες τοῦ μέλλοντος αἰῶνος διψῶσιν γενναίως π̣ρὸς τὸν θεόν, ὥσπερ μακρὰν ἑαυτοὺς ὁρῶσιν ἅτε δὴ ἔτι ἐπηχθισμένο̣ι τὴν τοῦ κόσμου κακίαν καὶ τὸ τοῦ κόσμου βάρος καὶ τὸ φθαρτόν. καὶ τοῦτο δέ, ἐπεὶ ἐν ταῖς ἑορταῖς τῶν Ἑβραίων ἐ´̣θ̣ος πα῀̣σιν ἦν ὀφθῆναι τρεῖς καιροὺς τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ· "τρεῖς" γὰρ "καιροὺς 208 τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ὀφθήσεται πᾶν ἀρσενικ̣όν σου ἐνώπιόν μ̣ου". καί· "οὐκ ὀφθήσεται ἐνώπιόν μου κενός". οὐδεὶς κενὸς ὀφθήσε̣ται̣ αὐτῷ. ε᾿̣π̣εὶ τοίνυν καὶ ο̣ὗτος ποθεῖ ἐπὶ τὰς πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων, εὔχεται πληρωθῆναι, ἵνα ἥξῃ καὶ ὀφθήσεται τῷ προσώπῳ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκέτι κενὸς ὑπ άρχων. ἐπερ·· ἐρωτᾷ οὖν; –ἐνίοτε οὐκ ἄλλου ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· δ̣ιαλέγεται ὅτι· "3πότε ἄρα τεύξομαι τοῦ τελείου ἀγαθοῦ, ἵν' ὀφθεὶς τῷ προσώπῳ ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· τῶν πρὸς αὐτοῦ διδομένων χαρίτων"3; 4 ἐγενήθη τὰ δάκρυά μου ἐμοὶ ἄρτος ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός. τοῦτο λέγει· ἐπεὶ ἔγνων ἐμαυτὸν ἔτι ἀπολειπόμενον τοῦ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ ····· ····· ····· ····· ···σα κλαυθμὸν τ̣ὸν συντελοῦντα πρὸς ἀνάλημψιν ἀρετῆς, τὸν ἀπὸ πόνου καὶ····· ····· ····· ····· ···α. κατὰ τοῦτο γοῦν τὸ σημαινόμενον λέγεται· "οἱ σπείροντες ἐν δάκρυσιν ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει θεριοῦσιν. πορευόμενοι
Tears as Food and Drink§194
194They were going and weeping, lifting up their seeds. Coming, they shall arrive in joy, lifting up their gleanings (Ps 126:5). They sow the seeds of virtue and the Spirit in tears and sweat, casting them down. When therefore they have harvested, they no longer labor; for they have attained the end of the one striving. When 'going, we were going,' 'we were weeping, lifting up their seeds.' When we were still sowing, having cast down the seed, we were awaiting the perfection of the fruit. When 'we come in joy,' we lift up the gleanings, not yet the seeds. These, therefore, the tears become food for the one desiring to see God and to be gazed upon by Him. Therefore he says: 'My tears became to me bread of days and of night' (Ps 42:3).
I do not weep casually, nor in pleasures, so that at times I might occupy myself with luxury and at times with the weeping of repentance, but also in the dark times; for the dark times are called night. You also find a voice in another psalm that says this: 'You feed us bread of tears and you give me to drink in tears in measure' (Ps 56:8). It is necessary to bring forth the tears of repentance in a measured way, so that they may become bread and drink. And besides, there will be other things that succeed the labor, the offspring produced from the tears.
In that which is said to me every day, 'Where is your God?'; for this reason also I offered so many tears to become food for me, because I heard them saying: 'Where is your God?' (2 Kings 18:33); this also Sennacherib and Rapsakes said: 'Where is the God your God?' And you, Israelite, 'Where is the God your God, that he may save you?' Tears therefore became food for me, but 'in measure,' and I drank them and I ate them; for I knew that the tears and the labor of these things succeed something making joy.
These things I remembered and I poured out upon myself my soul. When in recollection and memory I became of the insults of these ones who were speaking, these my enemies, I did not go out, I did not pour my soul out outside, but upon myself I poured it out. It is like the words: 'I was troubled and I did not speak' (Ps 22:14) 22:14), and what Paul says: 'But we have received the sentence of death within ourselves, so that we may not be trusting in ourselves' (2 Cor 4:8). This also is said concerning Job: previously he says that 'Job did not sin,' and secondly: 'with the lips.'
the intellect
Greek · §194
ἐπορεύοντο καὶ ἔκλαιον αἴροντες τὰ σπέρματα αὐτῶν. ἐρχόμενοι ἥξουσιν ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει αἴροντες τὰ δράγματα αὐτῶν". σπ̣ε̣ι´̣ρ̣ο̣υσιν ἐν δάκρυσιν 299 σὺν ἱδρῶτι τὰ τῆς ἀρετῆς σπέρματα, τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος, καταβαλλόμενοι. ὅταν οὖν θερίσουσιν, οὐκέτι πονοῦσιν· τετυχήκασιν γὰρ τοῦ τέλους τοῦ σπουδαζομένου. ὅτε δε`̣ "πορευόμενοι ἐπορευόμεθα", "ἐκλαίομεν αἴροντες τὰ σπέρματα αὐτῶν". ὅτε προεκόπτομεν ἔτι, τὸν σπ̣όρον καταβεβλημένοι ἐξεδεχόμεθα τὴν τοῦ καρποῦ τελείωσιν. ὅτε δε`̣ η᾿̣ρχόμε̣θα ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει, τὰ δρ̣άγματα ᾔρομεν, οὐκέτι τὰ σπέρματα. ταῦτα οὖν τὰ δάκρυα τροφὴ γίνεται τοῦ ποθοῦντος θεὸν ἰδεῖν καὶ ἐφορᾶσθαι ὑπ' αὐτοῦ. διὸ λέγει· "τὰ δάκρυά μου ἐγενήθη μοι ἄρτος ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός". οὐκ ε᾿̣πιπολαίως κλαίω οὐδ' ἐν τοῖς ἡδέσιν̣ ὥστε ὁτὲ μὲν τρυφῇ σχολάζειν ὁτὲ δὲ κλαυθμῷ μετανοίας, ἀλλὰ κ̣αὶ ἐν τοῖς σκυθρωποῖς· καλεῖται γὰρ τὰ σκυθρωπὰ νύξ. ἔχεις γοῦν καὶ ἐν ἄλλῳ ψαλμῷ φωνὴν τοιαύτην λέγουσ̣αν· "ψωμιεῖς ἡμᾶς ἄρτον δακρύων καὶ ποτιεῖς με ἐν δάκρυσιν ἐν μέτρῳ". μεμετρημένως δεῖ καὶ τὰ τῆς μετανοίας προφέρειν δάκρυα, ὅπως̣ ἄρτος καὶ ποτὸν γένωνται. καὶ λοιπὸν ἄλλα τινὰ ὑπάρξει τὰ δ̣ιαδεχόμενα τὸν πόνον, τὰ ἐκ τῶν δακρύων ἐπιγενόμενα γενήματα. 4 ἐν τῷ λέγεσθαί μοι καθ' ἑκάστην ἡμέραν Ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ θεός σου; διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὰ τοσαῦτα προέφερον δάκρυα ὡς τροφήν μοι γενέσθαι, ὅτι ἤκουσ̣ά μοι αὐτ̣ῶν λεγόντων· "ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ θεός σου̣"; τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Σενναχερὶ καὶ ὁ Ῥαψάκης εἴρηκαν· "3"ποῦ ὁ θεός" σου; καὶ σ̣ὺ οὖν, Ἰσραηλῖτα, "που῀̣ ὁ θεός" σου, ἵνα ῥύσηταί σε"3; τροφ̣ή μοι οὖν ἐγένετο τὰ δάκρυα, ἀλλὰ "ἐν μέτρῳ" καὶ ἔπινον αὐτὰ καὶ ἠ´̣σθιον· ᾔδειν γάρ̣, ὅτι διαδέχεταί τι χαρᾶς π̣οιητι̣κὸν τὰ δάκρυα καὶ τὸν πόνον τούτων. 5 ταῦτα ἐμνήσθην καὶ ἐξέχεον ἐπ' ἐμὲ τὴν ψυχήν μου. ὅτε ἐν ἀναπολήσει καὶ μνήμῃ ἐγενόμην τούτων τῶν λεγόντων τοὺς ὀνειδισμ̣ούς, τούτων τῶν ἐχθρῶν μου, οὐκ ἔξω ἐχώρησα, οὐκ ἐξέχεα τὴν ψυχήν μου ἔξω, ἀλλ' ἐπ' ε᾿̣μὲ ἐξέχεον. ἐστὶν τοιοῦτο· "ἐταράχθην καὶ οὐκ ἐ λάλησα", καὶ ὃ λέγει Παῦλος· "ἀλλ' αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου ἐσχήκαμεν, ἵνα μὴ πεποιθότες ὦμεν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῖς". τοῦτό τοι καὶ περὶ τοῦ Ἰὼβ εἴρηται· πρότερον λέγει ὅτι· "οὐδὲν ἥμαρτεν Ἰώβ", δεύτερον δέ· "τοῖς χείλεσιν". ὧδε τὴν ψυχὴν τὴν διάνοιαν λέγει. ὅταν δὲ λέγῃ· "κομιζόμενοι τὸ τέλος τοῖς πιστεύουσιν σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν", αὐτὰς τὰς οὐσίας τὰς ψυχούσας τὰ σώματα οὕτως ὠνόμασεν. ὅταν δὲ λέγῃ· "τὰς ψυχὰς ἡμῶν ἡγνικότες ἐν τῇ ὑπακοῇ τῆς ἀληθείας", τὰς διανοι´̣ας λέγει. οὕτω γοῦν εἰώθασιν λέγειν καὶ κ̣αλοψύχους ἀνθρώπους. καί· "σὺ δέ, ἄνθρωπε ἰσόψυχέ μου"· τὴν ἴσην διάν̣οιαν καὶ διάθεσιν̣ λέγει. 5 ὅτι διελεύσομαι ἐν τόπῳ σκηνῆς θαυμαστῆς ἕως τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ θεοῦ. εἴπομεν πολλάκις, ὅτι ἡ τελείωσις τῶν ἀρετῶν οἶκος θεοῦ ἐστιν, σκη̣νὴ δὲ η῾̣ προκοπή· προκοπτόντων γὰρ καὶ μεταβαινόντων ἐκ τόπου εἰς τόπον οἰκία ἐστὶν ἡ σκηνή. ὅτε γο̣ῦν ····· ····· ····· ····· · θεόν, ἐν σκηνῇ αὐτὸν ἐθεράπευον μαρτυρουμένῃ· "σκηνὴ" γὰρ "μαρτυρίου" ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· ἐπαινετόν ἐστιν. καὶ τοὺς λόγους τοῦ θεοῦ γοῦν 209 "3μαρτύριον"3 πολλάκις λέγομεν ····· ····· ····· ···· καὶ ἀποδεδειγμένα. διοδεύοντες οὖν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ το····· σκηνη μ····· ····· ····· ···· θεραπεύωσιν θεὸν ἐκεῖ, τὰς εὐχὰς ἀναπέμπωσιν, τὰς ἱερουργίας ε᾿̣κτελῶσιν ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· ἐκεῖθεν ἔχωσιν ἐπινεύοντα θεόν. ὅτε δὲ ἔφθασαν εἰς τὴν̣ ἁγίαν γῆν ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· γενέσθαι καὶ αὐτοὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι οὐκέτι σκηνάς, ἀλλὰ οἴκους εἶχον τελειο····· ····· ····· ····· ἡ θεραπεία τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκέτι ἐν σκηνῇ, ἀλλ' ἐν οἴκῳ ἐγένετο. τέλος τοῦ φθαρτοῦ σώματος λαβόντος οὐκέτι χρεία σκηνωμάτων ἐστίν. ὅταν "ὁ θεὸς πάντα ἐν πᾶσ̣ιν" γένηται ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· 300 ····· · ἵν̣α μὴ καὶ ἐν ἀλόγοις ἄλογον γένηται, οὔκ εἰσιν φθ̣αρτὰ σώματα, ἵνα μὴ ἐν φθαρτοῖς φθαρτὸς γένηται, ἀλλὰ γίνεται "πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν". γίνεται δὲ ἐν πᾶσιν οὐ τοπικῶς, ἀλλὰ μετεχόμενος, οὐδὲ σῶμα αὐτοῦ μετέχει οὐδὲ ἄλογον ζῷον οὐδὲ ἄψυχον πολλῷ πλέον. εὖ δὲ καὶ τὸ "3θαυμαστῆς"3 εἰπεῖν· ἐπεὶ θεία ἐστὶν ἐπεὶ θεία ἐστὶν α̣ὕτη ἡ σκηνή, θαύματος ἀξία ἐστίν. αἱ προκοπαὶ αἱ τῶν μεγάλων τελῶν ἄλλαις προκοπαῖς τέλη γινόμεναι ὑπὲρ τέλη εἰσὶν̣ καὶ θαυμαστόν τι ἔχουσιν, ὡς τὴν αὐτὴν καὶ σκηνὴν εἶναι καὶ οἶκον, προκοπὴν καὶ τέλος. 5 ἐν φωνῇ ἀγαλλιάσεως καὶ ἐξομολογήσεως ἤχους ἑορταζόντων. λοιπὸν λέγει· οὐχ ὡς ἔτυχεν οὐδὲ μετὰ τῆς τυχούσης κα̣ταστάσεως ἡ διάβασίς μοι γίνεται, ἀλλ' "ἐν φωνῇ ἀγαλλιάσεως καὶ
Thanksgiving as Confession of Wonders§195
195Of confession: there is no lamentation when the passage and haste toward the house of God occurs, but rather a rejoicing. For Abraham thus 'rejoiced in order to see my day, and having seen, he rejoiced' (John 8:51). He saw the day of the Lord by arriving into his house, into perfect faith.
The name of confession in the Scriptures signifies two things, so I will not speak of a third meaning. The public disclosure regarding sins is called confession, as if one says: 'having been gathered to confess concerning your sins.' This is found in the Epistle of Barnabas, in the epistle according to him: 'having been gathered to confess concerning your sins.' And again: 'confess your sins to one another' (James 5:16). 'I made my sin known to you, and my lawlessness I did not cover; I said, I will disclose my lawlessness to myself before the Lord' (Psalm 32:5). One confesses while wailing and stripping off his former sins.
It also signifies thanksgiving, as if the Savior says: 'I will confess to you, Father, Lord of heaven and earth, that you have hidden the divine things from the wise and understanding, and have revealed them to infants' (Matthew 11:25). He does not give thanks for the fact that 'the divine things are hidden from the wise and understanding,' but for the fact that those who are infants have been enabled to see them revealed. These are the ones from the Gentiles who have believed, whereas the wise and the understanding, from whom the divine things are hidden, are those of the circumcision.
Fragmentary He cried this out: 'How do you say, We are wise, and the law of the Lord is with us? For in vain you were born...' Fragmentary 'The wise were shamed and called upon, because they rejected the word of the Lord.' Since they themselves rejected it, the Scripture became in vain to them. For because of the... Fragmentary It is said that, when the letters were first being taken, they were found in small scraps; again, they did it with tablets. And since they understood that those written on tablets... Fragmentary so that they might have various tools for writing these things. Therefore, 'the wise were shamed and were deceived, because they rejected the word of the Lord; what kind of wisdom is in them?' For how... Fragmentary those who reject...
How do you hear the word of the Lord? Thanksgiving, therefore, is manifested through confession. And: 'Let us confess to you, O God; let us confess to you, all peoples. I will recount all your wonders when I take my portion' (Ps 105:45). The one who confesses by recounting the wonders is praising God, not regarding his own sins.
And again: 'I will confess to you, Lord, with all my heart; I will recount all your wonders; I shall be glad and shall rejoice in you' (Ps 9:1). And a third time this is said: often the harmony and the thing joined... 'I will clothe myself in confession and majesty' (Ps 32:1). There is nothing in you... that of virtue which envies your majesty. And again: 'Confession and beauty before him' (Ps 32:1).
Again here the harmony... you do not take confession here as the disclosure of sins... remaining in harmony. The voice of those celebrating this is... having become it by voice, but their cry is this: to confess... 'The voice of rejoicing and confession, the tabernacles of the righteous' (Ps 135:4); in those making progress, 'the voice of rejoicing and confession' is, for they were freed from wickedness.
And it is also possible that 'in the tabernacles of the righteous'... when they look up at them and enslave them, when the temples of him... 'Why are you dejected, my soul, and why are you disturbed?' (Ps 42:5)... until someone reaches the house of God. And you, O soul, having remembered... and saying: 'Where is your God?' do not be dejected, do not be disturbed... become. You are able also to receive the angels who are 'celebrating'... 'but you have come to Mount Zion and to the city of the living God, the heavenly Jerusalem, and to the festival of myriads of angels' (Heb 12:22). 'Why are you dejected and why are you disturbed?' You have ready the...
Greek · §195
ἐξομολογήσεως". οὐκ ἔνι θρῆνος, ὅτε̣ ἡ δια´̣βασις καὶ σπουδὴ ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον γίνεται τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀγαλ λίασις. ὁ "Ἀβραὰμ" γοῦν̣ οὕτ̣ω̣ς̣ "ἠγαλλιάσατο ἵνα ἴδῃ τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν, καὶ ἰδὼν ἐχάρη". εἶδεν δὲ τὴν ἡμέραν τ̣οῦ κ̣υρίου εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ φ̣θ̣άσας, εἰς τὴν π̣ίστιν τὴν τελείαν. τὸ τῆς ἐξομολογήσεως ὄνομα ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς δύο̣ σημαίνει, ἵνα μὴ εἴπω καὶ τρίτον σημαινόμενον. τὴν ἐξαγόρευσιν τὴν ἐπὶ ἁμαρτίαις καλεῖ ἐξομολόγησιν, ὡς ε᾿̣ὰν λέγῃ· "συναγαγὼν ἐξομολόγησαι ἐπὶ ἁμαρτίαις σου". τοῦτο οὖν ἐν τῷ Βαρναβᾷ κεῖται, ἐν τῇ κατ' αὐτὸν ἐπιστολῇ· "συναγαγὼν ἐξομολόγησαι ἐπὶ ἁμαρτίαις σου". καὶ πάλιν· "ἐξομολογεῖσθε ἀλλήλοις τὰς ἁμαρτίας ὑμῶν". "τὴν ἁμαρτίαν μου ἐγνώρισά σοι καὶ τὴν ἀνομίαν μου οὐκ ἐκάλυψα· εἶπα Ἐξαγορεύσω κατ' ἐμοῦ τὴν ἀνομίαν μου τῷ κυρίῳ". ἐξομολογεῖται ἀποκλαιόμενος καὶ ἀποδυρόμενος τὰ πρότερα ἑαυτοῦ ἁμαρτήματα. δηλοῖ δὲ καὶ τὴν εὐχαριστίαν, ὡς ἐὰν λέγῃ ὁ σωτήρ· "ἐξομολογήσομαί σοι, πάτερ, κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς, ὅτι ἔκρυψας τὰ θεῖα ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν, καὶ ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ νηπίοις". οὐκ ἐπὶ τούτῳ εὐχαριστεῖ ε᾿̣πὶ τῷ κεκρύφθαι "τὰ θεῖα ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν", ἀλλὰ ἐπὶ τῷ οἰηθέντ̣ων ἰδ̣εῖν ἐκείνων ἀποκεκαλύφθαι αὐτὰ τοῖς νηπίοις. οὗτοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν πιστε̣ύσαντες, οἱ δε`̣ σοφοὶ καὶ οἱ συνετοί, ἀφ' ὧν κέκρυπται τὰ θεῖα, οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς εἰσιν ····· ········· ····· ···· ἐφώνησεν τ̣οῦτο· "πῶς ἐρεῖτε ὅτι Σοφοί ἐσμεν ἡμεῖς, καὶ νό μος κυρίου ἐστὶν μεθ' ἡμῶν; εἰς μάτην ἐγενήθη πλο· ···· καὶ π···ε̣ν̣ων γραμματεύς α . ᾐσχύνθησαν σοφοὶ καὶ ἐνεκάλεσαν, ἐπεὶ τὸν λόγον κυρίου ἀπεδοκίμασαν". ἐπεὶ αὐτοὶ ἀπεδοκίμασαν, ἡ γραφὴ αὐτοῖς ματαία γέγονεν. διὰ γὰρ τῆς ····· ····· ····· ····· ··η γέγονεν. λέγεται δὲ ὅτι, ὅτε τὰ γράμματα ἀρχὴν ἐλάμβανεν, ἐν σχοιναρίοις ····· ····· ····· · εὑρι´̣σκοντο, πάλιν̣ αὐτὸ μετὰ γραφίδων ἐποίουν. καὶ ἐπειδὴ τὰ ἐν δέλτοις γραφόμενα ····· ····· ····· ἐπεν̣όησαν, ὅπως τὰ διάφορα ἐργαλεῖα ἔχωσιν καταγράφοντα ταῦτα. "ᾐσχύνθησαν" οὖν "σοφοὶ καὶ ἐπτοήθησαν, ὅτι τὸν λόγον κυρίου ἀπεδοκίμασαν· σοφία τίς ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς"; πῶς γὰρ ····· ····· ····· ····· · τοὺς ἀποδοκιμάσαντας τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου; ἡ εὐχαριστία οὖν δηλοῦται διὰ τῆς ἐξομολογήσεως. καί· "ἐξομολογησ̣ω´̣μεθά σοι, ὁ θεός, ἐξομολογησώμεθά σοι λαοὶ πάντες. διηγήσομαι πάντα τὰ θαυμάσιά σου, ὅταν λάβω και301 ρόν". ὁ ἐπὶ διηγήσει τῶν θαυμασίων ἐξομολογούμενος ἀνθομολογεῖται οὐκ ἐπὶ ἁμαρτίαις ἑαυτοῦ. καὶ πάλιν· "ἐξομολογήσομαί σοι, κύριε, ἐν ὅλῃ καρδίᾳ μου, διηγήσομαι πάντα τὰ θαυμάσιά σου· εὐφρανθήσομαι καὶ ἀγαλλιάσομαι ἐν σοί". καὶ 210 ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· καὶ τρίτον τοῦτο λέγεται· πολλάκις ἡ συμφωνία καὶ ἡ ἡρμοσμένη ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· "ἐξομολόγησιν καὶ μεγαλοπρέπειαν ἐνεδύσω". οὐδέν ἐστιν ἐν σοὶ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· τὸ τῆς ἀρετῆς τὸ φθάνον εἰς τὴν μεγαλοπρέπειάν σου. καὶ πάλιν ····· ····· ····· ···· "ἐξομολόγησις καὶ ὡραιότης ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ". πάλιν ὧδε τὴν συμφωνία̣ν ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· ἐξομολογήσεως οὐ λαμβάνεις ὧδε τὴν ἐξαγόρευσιν τῶν ἁμα̣ρ̣τιῶν ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·μένην συμφωνίᾳ. ἡ φωνὴ τῶν ἑορταζόντων τοῦτό ἐστιν· τ̣····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· γεγωνῷ τῇ φωνῇ, ἀλλ' ἡ κραυγὴ αὐτῶν αὕτη ἐστὶν τὸ ἐξομολογεῖσθαι ····· ····· ··· "φωνὴ ἀγαλλιάσεως καὶ ἐξομολογήσεως αἱ σκηναὶ δικαίων"· ἐν τοῖς προκόπτουσιν "φωνὴ ἀγαλλιάσεως καὶ ἐξομολογήσεώς" ἐστιν· ἀπηλλάγησαν γὰρ τῆς κακίας. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τὸ "ἐν σκηναῖς δικαίων" ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ὅταν ὑπωπιάσουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ δουλαγωγήσουσιν, ὅταν ναοὶ αὐτ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· 6 ἵνα τί περίλυπος εἶ, ἡ ψυχή μου, καὶ ἵνα τί συνταράσσεις με· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· ἕως φθάσῃ τις εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ. σὺ δέ, ὦ ψυχή, μνησθεῖσα ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· καὶ λέγοντας· "ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ θεός σου"; μὴ περίλυπος ἔσο, μὴ συντάρασσέ με ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· · γενοῦ. δύνασαι καὶ ἀγγέλους λαβεῖν τοὺς "3ἑορτάζοντας"3 πα····· ····· ····· ····· ·· "ἀλλὰ προσεληλύθατε Σιὼν ὄρει καὶ πόλει θεοῦ ζῶντος, Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐπουρανίῳ, καὶ μυριάσιν ἀγγέλων πανηγύρει". "ἵνα τί περίλυπος εἶ καὶ ἵνα τί συνταράσσεις με;" ἔχεις ἕτοιμον τὸν
The Light of the Face and the Inner Disturbance§196
196Helping. As if even while laboring you say, and while sick: 'Why have you despaired of health? Behold, the physician is present.' Hope in God, because I will confess to him; salvation of my face and my God. God is present; expect from him to be freed from sorrow and trouble. Then he was freed from these, when the sorrows reached an end, when... for he removes the trouble, he removes the sorrow.
'Salvation of my face.' We say regarding 'the eyes of the wise are in his head,' because in the... and the prudent and the imprudent have their faces. 'Salvation...' is said in the scripture regarding the face, which is often said, not regarding... 'May the Lord lift up his face upon you and give you peace' (Num 6:26); for not face... 'May the Lord make his face shine upon you and bless you' (Num 6:25). Here the face that is revealed... it is also said 'image of the invisible God,' the 'character of his substance' (Col 1:15); salvation and blessing follow, if this face is lifted up and becomes unmixed.
What then is the face? —that which the man took up... a taking up as if it were the face of God, it is made known... I once also explained into that by a second implication... the Son says the form of the Father, form as his character or form as they construct an idea in the soul. Therefore, salvation is of my face. Having become... it is not that of the body, but regarding that which is said... for it does not say that the face of the body without a covering...
Where the face is revealed from ignorance and sin; for 'the wisdom of man brightens his face' (Proverbs 15:30). This bright face does not have a covering of ignorance, nor an overlay of wickedness, but is pure; you are the salvation of the face, O God.
My soul was disturbed toward myself; this is the kind of disturbance. And this was also said, when he says, 'I poured out my soul upon myself' (Psalm 62:8) toward the outside; I did not appear to them being disordered. The one being disturbed by these things, his disturbance is turned toward himself.
Therefore I will remember you from the land of Jordan and Hermon (Psalm 133:3). Since my soul is disturbed, even if the disturbance is toward myself, I need a cleansing bath, I have need of baptism. 'I remembered you' therefore 'from the land of Jordan and Hermon'. Hermon is interpreted as 'way of the lamp' or 'offering'. This says that this mountain... acting meteorically, having a divided mind, being illuminated, makes the traveler go straight. And Jordan is interpreted as 'their descent'. It is able to descend, but for their sake it descended, just as an excellent teacher... from a small mountain, the abyss calls to abyss into the voice of your cataracts.
It is, and it is manifest; for 'the mountain of the Lord shall be manifest, and let us ascend to the mountain of the Lord' (Psalm 20:6). Even if it is toward us and toward creation, what is being judged together with us. And I say: the Word of God, the God Word, becomes toward each of the prophets; for 'those he called gods, to whom the word of God came' (Psalm 82:6). 'The word of the Lord came to me, saying' (Jeremiah 1:4). If then toward those who are made gods...
Greek · §196
βοηθοῦντα. ὡς εἰ καὶ κάμνοντι λέγῃς καὶ νοσοῦντι ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· ἵνα τί ἀφήλπισας τὴν ὑγείαν; ἰδοὺ πάρεστιν ὁ ἰατρός"3. 6 ἔλπισον ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν, ὅτι ἐξομολογήσομαι αὐτῷ· σωτήριον τοῦ προσώπου μου καὶ ὁ θεός μου. πάρεστιν ὁ θεός· προσδόκησον παρ' αὐτοῦ ἀπαλλαγῆναι τῆς λύπης καὶ τῆς ταραχῆς. τότε δὲ ἀπηλλάγη τούτων, ὅταν τὰ λυπηρὰ πέρας λάβῃ, ὅταν ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····ωσιν· αἴρει γὰρ τὴν ταραχήν, αἴρει τὴν λύπην. "σωτήριον τοῦ προσώπου μου". ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· ἐλέγομεν εἰς τό· "τοῦ σοφοῦ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἐν κεφαλῇ αὐτοῦ", ὅτι ἐν τῷ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· καὶ οἱ φρόνιμοι καὶ οἱ μὴ φρόνιμοι τὰς ὄψεις ἔχουσιν. "σωτήριον ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· λέγεται ἐν τῇ γραφῇ περὶ προσώπου, ἃ πολλάκις εἴρηται, οὐ περὶ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· "ἐπάραι κύριος τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ σὲ καὶ δῴη σοι εἰρήνην"· μὴ γὰρ προσωπ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· "ἐπιφάναι κύριος τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ καὶ εὐλογήσαι σε". ὧδε τὸ πρόσωπον τὸ ἐπιφ̣····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· λέγεται δὲ καὶ "εἰκὼν τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου", ὁ "χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως αὐτοῦ" ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· σωτηρία καὶ εὐλογία ἕπεται, ἐὰν ἐπαρθῇ τοῦτο τὸ πρόσωπον ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· ἀσύγχυτος γίνεται. ἐπερ · τὸ πρόσωπον; –ὃ ἀνέλαβεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· διάλημψις ὥσπερ πρόσωπόν ἐστιν θεοῦ, εἰδοποιεῖται φ̣····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· ἐξηγησάμην ποτὲ καὶ εἰς ἐκεῖνο κατὰ δευτέρ̣αν ἀπόδοσιν ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· 302 ·· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· τὸν υἱὸν λέγει τὸ εἶδος τοῦ πατρός, εἶδος ὡς χαρακτὴρ αὐτοῦ ἢ εἶδος τὴν περὶ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· κατασκευάζουσιν τῇ ψυχῇ εἰδέα. τοῦ οὖν ἐμοῦ προσώπου σωτήριον εἶ. ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··ν̣α γενάμενον οὐ τὸ τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ περὶ οὗ λέγεται· "ἡμεῖς δὲ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· μὴ γὰρ τοῦτο λέγει, ὅτι ἄνευ καλύμματος τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ σώματος ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···εται τοῦ ἔσω ἀνθρώπου τὸ πρόσωπον ἐξ ἀγνοίας καὶ ἁμαρτίας, φανεροῦται ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· γάρ· "σοφία ἀνθρώπου φωτιεῖ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ". τὸ φωτεινὸν τοῦτο πρόσωπον ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· οὐκ ἔχει ἀγνοίας κάλυμμα, οὐκ ἔχει κακίας ἐπίβλημα, ἀλλὰ καθαρὸν ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· τοῦ προσώπου σωτηρία εἶ, ὦ θεέ. 7 πρὸς ἐμαυτὸν ἡ ψυχή μου ἐταράχθη. ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· τὸ εἶδος τῆς ταραχῆς. ἐλέχθη δὲ καὶ τοῦτο, ὅτε "ἐξέχεα", λέγει, "τὴν ψυχήν μου ἐπ' ἐμὲ" ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· · πρὸς τὰ ἔξω, οὐκ ἐφάνην αὐτοῖς τεταραγμένος. ὁ ταραττόμενος ἐν ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· 211 ···τούτων ἱστῶν τὴν ταραχήν, πρὸς ἑαυτὸν τετάρακται. 7 διὰ τοῦτο μνησθήσομαί σου ἐκ γῆς Ἰορδάνου καὶ Ἑρμωνιίμ. ἐπεὶ ἡ ψυχή μου τετάρακται, εἰ καὶ πρὸς ἐμὲ αὐτὸν ἡ ταραχὴ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· λουτροῦ καθαρσίου δέομαι, βαπτίσματός μοι χρεία. "ἐμνήσθην σου" οὖν "ἐκ γῆς Ἰορδάνου καὶ Ἑρμωνιίμ". τὸ Ἑρμωνιὶμ "3ὁδὸς λύχνου"3 ἑρμηνεύεται ἢ "3ἀνάθημα"3. τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι· τοῦτο τὸ ὄρος ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····ε̣νος, πράττων μετεώρως, διῃρμένον ἔχων τὸ φρόνημα ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· φωτιζομένη κατ' εὐθὺ ποιεῖ χωρεῖν τὸν ὁδεύοντα, οὐ προσ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· ἑρμηνεύεται δὲ Ἰορδάνης "3κατάβασις αὐτῶν"3. δύναται κατά····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· κ̣ατέβη, ἀλλὰ αὐτῶν ἕνεκα κατέβη, ὥσπερ διδάσκαλος ἄριστος ····· ····· ····· ····· · 7–8 ἀπὸ ὄρους μικροῦ ἄβυσσος πρὸς ἄβυσσον ἐπικαλεῖται εἰς φωνὴν τῶν καταρακτῶν σου. ····· ····· ····· ····· ·····ρ ἐστιν, ἐνφανὲς δέ ἐστιν· "ἔσται" γὰρ "ἐνφανὲς τὸ ὄρος τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· ἀναβῶμεν εἰς τὸ ὄρος τοῦ κυρίου". εἰ καὶ πρὸς ἡμᾶς καὶ πρὸς τὴν κτίσιν η····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· τι συνκρινόμενον πρὸς ἡμᾶς. καὶ λέγω· ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος, ὁ θεὸς λόγος ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· γίνεται δὲ πρὸς ἕκαστον τῶν προφητῶν· "ἐκείνους" γὰρ "θεοὺς εἶπεν πρὸς οὓς ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐγένετο". "ἐγένετο λόγος̣ κυρίου πρός με λέγων". εἰ τοίνυν πρὸς τοὺς θεοποιουμένους ····· ·····
The Abyss and the Nature of Numbers§197
197They do not receive the whole power, the whole participation. Regarding God, the Word was not separate from God; the preceding text says the Word was God. The Word was not of a different substance from Him. Then, an eternal light from an eternal light.
From this, therefore, the 'small mountain, abyss calls to abyss in the voice of your cataracts'. Listen: in the eighty-tenth Psalm it is said that 'day calls unto day the word, and night declares knowledge to night' (Psalm 19:2). During the day, that which is shining. The word of God, when it is luminous and shining and demonstrated, calls out in a manner of harmony, and we understand luminous things from such things; but the deep things are hidden, for the depth is darkness and night. 'Uncovering the deep out of darkness'.
This darkness is not the essence, but from that which 'He set as a hidden thing'. Wishing to make clear, we find something else unclear, rather it is for the one being instructed, and from that one the knowledge, from night indeed, and also here, since the 'judgments' of God are 'abyss' by 'much' in name it is signified. For it is said that 'the abyss is as a garment, his covering' (Psalm 18:4). We know the deep things from the deep. And since they do not all have depth, the very deep things are known from those not so deep; the voice of the calling of the abyss to the abyss from those crashing from above it. And it is possible...
But how do the prophets and apostles flow? And the apostles. This is the 'abyss calls to abyss' (Ps 42:7). Descending and lying indistinctly, it reaches as far as the voice is able to interpret the abyss in the manner of teaching and the other things. Then the 'abyss calls to abyss' (Ps 42:7) will clarify it in the manner of harmony.
Now there are 'unutterable words, which it is not permitted for man to speak' (2 Cor 12:4); (2 Cor 12:4) will speak these. For they are indeed words, and the 'words' are so by homonymy. Then especially are they called words. 'But there is a thought in the soul, sometimes without being true or false, and sometimes the thought which by necessity must have these two as something else.'
Psalm to David. Judge me, O God, and judge my cause from a nation of the unrighteous (Ps 35:11). This psalm can be proclaimed from the presence of the Savior. Both the sacred and the profitable lie here. The number six was said to be how it is perfect. But the seven is incorruptible and virgin, barren and without error, as it were; for the seven is not endowed to give birth, nor to be born. A virgin is that which does not give birth, a virgin is incorruptible. Because of this, many times we say it occurs not into the six units, but into the nature of the number. We say it has come to pass not as a work of the Word needing time, but as he simultaneously willed and underwent those things. It is himself: 'all things, whatever you willed, you did' (Ps 115:3). His willing is sufficient for existence.
Greek · §197
····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ὅλην τὴν δύναμιν, ὅλην τὴν μετουσίαν οὐ δέχονται. πρὸς ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·ν θεόν· οὐ γέγονεν ὁ λόγος πρὸς τὸν θεόν· τὴν προηγουμένην ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· τὸν θεὸν ἦν ὁ λόγος. οὐκ ἦν ἑτεροούσιος αὐτοῦ ὁ λόγος. τότε δὲ πρὸς ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· φῶς ἀΐδιον ἐξ ἀϊδίου φωτός. ἀπὸ τούτου οὖν τοῦ "μικροῦ ὄρους ἄβυσσος ἄβυσσον ἐπικαλεῖται εἰς φων̣ὴν τῶν καταρακτῶν σου". ἄκουε· ἐν τῷ ὀγδόῳ καὶ δεκάτῳ ψαλμῷ εἴρηται ὅτι· "ἡμέρα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐρεύγεται ῥῆμα, κ̣αι`̣ νὺξ νυκτὶ ἀναγγέλλει γνῶσιν". ἐπὶ τῆς ἡμέρας τὸ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···όμενον. τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦ θεοῦ ὅτε φωτεινόν ἐστιν καὶ 303 λάμπον καὶ ἀποδεδειγμένον, συμφωνίας τρόπῳ ἐρεύγεται ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· καὶ φωτεινὰ ἀπὸ τῶν τοιούτων νοοῦμεν, τὰ δὲ βαθέα κ̣····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··νει γὰρ τὸ βάθος τὸ σκότος καὶ τὴν νύκταν. "ἀνακαλύπτων βαθέα ἐκ σκότους". ····· ····· ····· ἐςτιν τοῦτο τὸ σκότος, ἀλλὰ ἀπ' ἐκείνου οὗ "ἔθετο ἀποκρυφὴν αὐτ̣οῦ". ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· σαφηνίσαι θέλοντες εὑρίσκομεν ἄλλο ἀσαφές, μᾶλλον ευκ̣····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· παιδευομένῳ, καὶ ἀπ' ἐκείνου τὴν̣ γνῶσιν, ἀπὸ νυκτὸς ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· γοῦν καὶ ὧδε, ἐπεὶ "τὰ κρίματα" τοῦ θεοῦ "ἄβυσσός" ἐστιν "πολλή" ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· · ὀνόματι σημαίνεται· εἴρηται γὰρ ὅτι· "ἄβυσσος ὡς ἱμάτιον τὸ περιβόλαιον αὐτοῦ" ····· ····· ····· ·· τὰ βαθέα ἀπὸ βαθέων γνωρίζομεν. καὶ ἐπεὶ μὴ πάντ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· βάθος ἔχουσιν, ἀπὸ τῶν μὴ τόνῳ βαθέων τὰ πάνυ βαθέα ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· φωνὴ τῆς ἐπικλήσεως τῆς ἀβύσσου πρὸς τὴν ἄβυσσον ἀπὸ τῶν ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· τῶν ἄνωθεν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ καταραττόντων. δυνατὸν δὲ κ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· δέ πώς εἰσιν οἱ προφῆται καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι ῥέοντες κα····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι. αὕτη ἡ "ἄβυσσος τὴν ἄβυσσον ἐπικαλεῖται". μ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· κατιοῦσα καὶ ἀσαφῶς κειμένη φθάνει μέχρι τῆς φωνῆς ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··ον ἑρμηνεύειν τὴν ἄβυσσον διδασκαλίας τρόπῳ καὶ τὰ β····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· τότε δὲ ἡ "ἄβυσσος τὴν ἄβυσσον ἐπικαλεῖται" συμφωνίας τρόπῳ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· · σαφηνίσουσιν αὐτὴν ἐν διδασκαλίας τρόπῳ. ἄρτι ε̣ἰσὶν "ἄρρητα ῥήματα, ἃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἀνθρώπῳ λαλῆσαι"· ὁ γὰρ ἁρπαγεὶς "εἰς τὸν παράδεισον" ἐρεῖ αὐτά. ῥήματα γοῦν εἰσιν ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ὁμωνυμίᾳ δέ εἰσιν τὰ "3ῥήματα"3. τότε μάλιστα "3ῥήματα"3 λέγονται ····· ····· ····· · "ἔστιν δὲ νόημα ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ ὁτὲ μὲν ἄνευ τοῦ ἀληθὲς ἢ ψεύδεσθαι ὁτὲ δὲ ἤδη τὸ νόημα ᾧ ἀνάγκη τούτων ὑπάρχειν θάτερον". 212 1 Τῷ ∆αυὶδ ψαλμός. Κρῖνόν με, ὁ θεός, καὶ δίκασον τὴν δίκην μου ἐξ ἔθνους οὐχ ὁσίου. ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ σωτῆρος δύναται οὗτος ὁ ψαλμὸς ἀπαγγέλλεσθαι. κεῖται ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ἀμφοτέρως τὸ ἱερὸν καὶ ἐνάρετον. ὁ ἓξ ἀριθμὸς ἐλέχθη, πῶς τέλειός ἐστιν. ὁ ἑπτὰ δέ ἐστιν ἀδιάφθορος καὶ παρθένος ἀμήτορι καὶ ἀπάτορι ἐοικώς· οὐδὲ γὰρ γεννᾶν πέφυκεν ὁ ἑπτὰ οὐδὲ γεννᾶσθαι. παρθένος ἐστὶν ἣ οὐ γεννᾷ, παρθένος ἀδιάφθορος. διὰ τοῦτο πολλάκ̣ις ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· · ἡμῶν εἰς τὰς ἓξ μονάδας, ἀλλὰ εἰς τὴν φύσιν τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ. ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· φαμὲν γεγονέναι οὐ τοῦ θεοῦ χρῄζοντος χρόνου ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· ἔργον τὸν λόγον. ἅμα ἠθέλησεν καὶ ὑπέστη ἐκεῖνα. αὐτὸ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· "πάντα, ὅσα ἠθέλησας, ἐποίησας". ἀρκεῖ τὸ θέλειν αὐτοῦ πρὸς ὕπαρξιν ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·
The Numerical Harmony of Genealogies§198
198Because of both sequence and harmony, forty-two lies here within a decade. Therefore also in the genealogy there were successions; for it was necessary for the one born from the virgin to be perfect. For every grasping of pleasure comes by the arrival of pleasure.
Just as Saul the grouping is from Abraham to David, which in truth are 'fourteen generations' (Matthew 1:17), but from David to the Babylonian exile there are thirteen successions. And since the number fourteen was necessary because of the mystery, he removed the three generations. And again, from the Babylonian exile to Christ, fourteen generations are not found, but twelve in total. And if you even remove Jesus himself, three generations are lacking from the number of the two weeks; for where he removed from the multitude, he added names in its place. Because of the similarity of the weeks, the omission of the three names occurred.
And in the succession he says Joram, Uzziah. And it seems to have the name Uzziah in similarity to that of Jehoiachin; for some consider it to be an evangelical sin, but the imposition of the sin is rather the skill of the wise man, so that he might save the integrity of the numbers. 'Judge me, O God, and plead my cause from an unrighteous nation' (Psalm 7:1). A holy nation he calls, whereas it says, 'Woe to a sinful nation, a people full of iniquities' (Isaiah 5:21). Since therefore he wishes to be judged by this, for they do not have that which I might charge against him; there are no indictments against them. They say, 'This man is not from God, because he does not keep the Sabbath'. And what is it to keep the Sabbath? Is it not necessary in the Sabbath not to raise the dead? How does it become a matter of bringing the 'blind from birth' into sight?
By Beelzebul, the ruler of demons
Greek · §198
ἕνεκα καὶ ἀκολουθίας καὶ ἁρμονίας τ··ο ε········ ····· ····· ····· 304 ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· ἐντὸς δεκάδος. ο῾̣ τεσσεράκοντα δύο οὖν̣ κεῖται ἐνταῦθα. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐν τῇ γενεαλογίᾳ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· ἦσαν αἱ διαδοχαί· ἔδει γὰρ τὸν ἐκ παρθένου γεννηθέντα καὶ τέλειον ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ἡδονῆς. πᾶσα δὲ σύνλημψις ἡδονῆς συνελθούσης γίνεται. ὡς ὁ Σαοὺλ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· ἀπὸ μὲν τοῦ "Ἀβραὰμ ἕως τοῦ ∆αυὶδ" τῷ ὄντι "γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρές" εἰσιν, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ" ∆αυὶδ ἕως τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλ̣ω῀̣νος "δεκαεπτά εἰσιν διαδοχαί. καὶ ἐπεὶ ἔχρῃζεν τοῦ δεκατέσσαρες ἀριθμοῦ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· · διὰ τὸ μυστήριον, ἀφεῖλεν τὰς τρεῖς γενεάς. καὶ πάλιν "ἀπὸ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος ἕως τοῦ Χριστοῦ" οὐχ εὑρίσκονται δεκατέσσαρες γενεαί, ἀλλὰ δεκατρεῖς δώδεκα ὅλως. ἐὰν δὲ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀφέλῃς, τρεῖς γενεαὶ δέουσιν τοῦ ἀριθμο̣ῦ τῶν δύο ἑβδομάδων· ὅπου γὰρ ἀφεῖλεν ἐκ τοῦ πλήθους, ὅπου δὲ προσέθηκεν πρὸς αὐτὸ ὀνόματα. διὰ δὲ τὴν ὁμοιότητα ἑβδομάδων γέγονεν ἡ ἔνλειψις τῶν τριῶν ὀνομάτων, ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· δέ. λέγει δὲ ἐν τῇ διαδοχῇ τὸν Ἰωρά Ὀζίαν. δοκεῖ δὲ ὁμοιότητα ἔχειν τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Ὀζία πρὸς τὸ τοῦ Ὀχοζία· εὐαγγελ̣ικὸν γὰρ ἁμάρτημά τινες αὐτὸ νομίζουσιν εἶναι, ἀλλὰ ἡ ἐπιφορὰ τοῦ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· · ἁμάρτημα, ἀλλὰ τοῦ σοφοῦ ἐπιτήδευμα, ἵνα σώσῃ τὴν τῶν ἀριθμῶν ····· ····· ··· "κρῖνόν με, ὁ θεός, καὶ δίκασον τὴν δίκην μου ἐξ ἔθνους οὐχ ὁσίου". ὅσιον ἔθνος λέγει τὸν ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· "οὐαὶ ἔθνος ἁμαρτωλόν, λαὸς πλήρης ἁμαρτιῶν". ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ἐπέθετο αὐτῷ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· κ̣ριθῆναι βούλεται ἐκ τούτου· οὐκ ἔχουσιν γάρ, ὃ ἐνκαλέσωσιν αὐτῷ. ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· ἐνκλήματα κατ' αὐτῶν ἐστιν. λέγουσιν· "οὐκ ἔστιν οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος παρὰ θεοῦ, ὅτι τὸ σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ". τί δέ ἐστιν̣ τὸ τηρεῖν τὸ σάββατον; ἐν τῷ σαββάτῳ οὐ δεῖ νεκροὺς ἐγείρειν; ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·····ω̣ γίνεται τὸ "τυφλὸν ἀπὸ γενετῆς" ἀγαγεῖν εἰς ὄψιν; τίμιον ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· · σάββατον. πάλιν ὅταν λέγουσιν· "ἐν Βεεζεβοὺλ τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια", τοῦτο λέγο̣ντες ὁμολογοῦσιν ὅτι ὅλως ἐκβάλλει· οὐ γὰρ ἴσχυσαν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι ου····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···ο̣νων καθαριζόμενοι ἐπιτιμίᾳ τῇ αὐτοῦ τῇ κατὰ τῶν δαιμονίων. "οὐ καλῶς ἐλέγομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτι Σαμαρίτης εἶ σὺ καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις"; Σα μαρίτης φύλαξ ἦν. ὁ παρὰ θεῷ κρίσιν αἰτῶν ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· παρρησίαν. "καρδιογνώστην πάντων" καλεῖ κριτὴν καὶ αὐτὸν ευ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··ν̣ ἁμαρτίαν οὐδὲ ἐποίησεν αὐτὴν οὐδὲ ἔσχεν δόλον ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ. ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·μεν ὅτι πολλάκις, ὅταν πλῆθος αἰτιᾶται καὶ ἕνα, εὑρίσκεται ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· · αἰτιώμενος ὁτὲ δὲ τὸν Ἰούδα, ὅτε παρεθέμεθα ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑκατοστοῦ ὀγδόου ψαλμοῦ. ἐστὶν τὸ "ὁ θεός, τὴν αἴνεσίν μου μὴ παρασιωπήσῃς, ὅτι στόμα ἁμαρτωλοῦ καὶ στόμα δολίου ἐπ' ἐμὲ ἠνοίχθη", περὶ ἑνὸς λέγων. "ἐλάλησαν κατ' ἐμοῦ γλώσσῃ δολίᾳ". "ὅτι εἰ ἐχθρὸς ὠνείδισέν με, ὑπήνεγκα ἄν· σὺ δέ, ἄνθρωπε ἰσόψυχέ μου". καὶ μεθ' ὁλίγα· "ἐλθάτω 213 θάνατος ἐπ' αὐτούς". ····· ····· ····· ····· ····ν ἐπὶ τῷ προδοῦναι. οὗτος δὲ ὥσπερ ἔξαρχος 305 καὶ αἴτιος τῆς προδοσίας γέγονεν. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὁτὲ μὲν αὐτὸν αἰτιᾶται ὁτὲ δὲ τοὺς ε····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· καὶ δικασθῆναι ἐξ οὐχ ὁσίου ἔθνους. λέγει δ̣ὲ αὐτὸν καὶ δόλιον, ὁ´̣τ̣ι̣ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· προέδωκεν τὸν εὐεργέτην καὶ διδάσκαλον. 1 ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπου δολίου καὶ ἀδίκου ῥῦσαί με. ····· ····· ····· ·· μὴ προδοθῆναι καὶ ἀποθανεῖν· πολλάκις γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ἔνπροσθεν ψαλμοῖς ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· · ἐστιν ταῖς ἐπιβουλαῖς τῶν ἐπιβουλευόντων. ἐλέγομεν γοῦν, ὅτι οι῾̣ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· πυρὶ παραδοθέντες ἐρύσθησαν, ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσαντο. ἄλλοι δὲ μηδ̣····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· οὕτως ἐξηγησάμεθα καὶ τὸ ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ· "ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ", κ̣αί· "μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν". 2 ὅτι σὺ εἶ, ὁ θεός μου, κραταίωμά μου· ἵνα τί ἀπώσω με; σὺ κρατ̣····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· γοῦν ἔχεις λεγόμενον· "ἀλλὰ ζῇ ἐκ
The Light and Truth of the Word§199
199the power of God. You are therefore the God... these things are manifest. But he, being changeable, needed strengthening... and if he speaks these things concerning the Word of God, he announces them thus: since you are king and... we have explained and also the 'I live because of the Father'; since my Father is living, it is a pattern: 'therefore I am rational, because my Father is rational, and therefore I am alive, because my Father is alive'. If then I am my strength, 'why have you rejected me?'; state the reason for the rejection; for I am neither an unholy nation nor an unrighteous and deceitful man. Declare then, 'for what purpose have you rejected me?';... I will plunder him, so that becoming a curse, he may provide a blessing... how a sinner was judged.
And for what purpose do I go about shamed, to afflict my enemy? The Jews who believed in him, therefore, knew the reason of how... but so that it might be revealed to the others who surround him in affliction. 'Send out your light and your truth.' 'I have come as light into the world' the man Jesus... to him. But light and truth the Word of God is; for he himself says: 'I am the light of the world', 'I have come as light into the world', and 'was the true light'. 'Send out' therefore 'your light and your truth'.
And may your truth become manifest, then also the reason will be known... and that the man who was benefited by me fights against me unjustly... he wages war against me. Light and truth are not two... light is, when shining, it illuminates the soul and... the lie, or when it has dispelled the shadow of the law. He had the light and the truth; for he was a temple—but...
the mountain of the Lord
Greek · §199
δυνάμεως θεοῦ". σὺ εἶ οὖν ὁ θεὸς κ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···το ταῦτα, φανερόν. ἐκεῖνος δὲ τρεπτὸς ὢν ἔχρῃζε κραταιώματος ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· εἰ δὲ καὶ περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγου ἐρεῖ ταῦτα, οὕτως ἀπαγγέλλει· ἐπεὶ σὺ βασιλεὺς εἶ καὶ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· ἐξηγησάμεθα καὶ τό· "ζῶ διὰ τὸν πατέρα"· ἐπεὶ ζῶν ἐστιν ὁ πατήρ μου, ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· παράδειγμα· "3διὰ τοῦτο λογικός εἰμι, ἐπεὶ ὁ πατήρ μου λογικός ἐστιν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ζῷόν εἰμι, ἐπεὶ ὁ πατήρ μου ζῷόν ἐστιν"3. εἰ οὖν κραταίωμά μου εἶ, "διὰ τί ἀπώσω με"; εἰπὲ τὴν αἰτι´̣αν τῆς ἀπώσεως· οὐδὲ γάρ εἰμι τὸ οὐχ ὅσιον ἔθνος οὐδὲ ὁ ἄδικος καὶ δολερὸς ἄνθρωπος. δήλωσον οὖν, "ἵνα τί ἀπώσω με"; ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· σκυλεύσω αὐτόν, ἵνα κατάρα γενόμενος εὐλογίαν παράσχω ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·····θη, ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κατεδικάσθη. 2 καὶ ἵνα τί σκυθρωπάζων πορεύομαι ἐν τῷ ἐκθλίβειν τὸν ἐχθρόν μου; οἱ πιστεύσαντες οὖν αὐτῷ Ἰουδαῖοι ἔγνωσαν τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ πῶς ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ἀλλ' ἵνα φανερωθῇ τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς περιβαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν θλιβηροῖς. 3 ἐξαπόστειλον τὸ φῶς σου καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειάν σου. "ἐγὼ φῶς εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐλήλυθα" ὁ ἄνθρωπος Ἰησοῦς π····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· αὐτῷ. φῶς δὲ καὶ ἀλήθεια ὁ θεὸς λόγος ἐστίν· αὐτὸς γὰρ λέγει· "ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου", "ἐγὼ φῶς εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐλήλυθα"· καί· "ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινόν". "ἐξαπόστειλον" οὖν "τὸ φῶς σου καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειάν σου". ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· καὶ φανερὰ ἡ ἀλήθειά σου γένηται, τότε καὶ ἡ αἰτία γνωσθήσεται ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··ομαι, καὶ ὅτι ἀδίκως πολεμεῖ με ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ εὐεργετηθεὶς ὑπ' ἐμοῦ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···ξάμην, κατ' ἐμοῦ στρατεύεται. οὐ δύο οὖν ἐστιν τὸ φῶς καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· φῶς ἐστιν, ὅταν καταλάμπων φωτίζῃ τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τ̣····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·την καὶ τὸ ψεῦδος ἢ ὅταν διαδέξηται τὴν σκιὰν τοῦ νόμου. ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· · εἶχε τὸ φῶς καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν· ναὸς γὰρ ἦν αὐτοῦ–, ἀλλὰ α····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· φανερωθῇ διὰ τῶν σημείων; –οὐκ αὐτῷ, ἐκείνοις ἤθελεν φ̣····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· καὶ ἀλήθεια, ἵνα πεφωτισμένως θεωροῦσιν ι̣····· ····· ····· 3 αὐτά με ὡδήγησαν καὶ ἤγαγόν με εἰς ὄρος τὸ ἅγιόν σου. τὸ φῶς σου καὶ ἡ ἀλήθειά σου ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· κατὰ ἄλλην πάλιν ἐπίνοιαν ὄρος ἅγιον λεγ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· 306 ····· · ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· "τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸ ὄρος τοῦ κυρίου"; περὶ τούτου τοῦ ὄρους λέγεται. εἰ μὴ φῶς οὐκ ἄγει ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··υ λάβῃ, εἰ μὴ φωτισθῇ υ῾̣π' αὐτοῦ, οὐ δύναται αὐτοῦ ἔννοιαν λαβεῖν, ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· τῆς σκιᾶς, οὐ δύναται ἰέναι πρὸς ἅγιον ὄρος τοῦτο. ἅγιον δὲ λέγεται ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· τοὺς πλησιάζοντας. εἰ δὲ περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου λέγηται, καὶ αὐτὸ ἅγιον ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··ω̣ ὥσπερ ἐν ναῷ τὸν γενόμενον σοφίαν καὶ δικαιοσύνην καὶ ἁγιασμόν. ····· ····· ····· ····· ·····ησαν ἐκ προσώπου αὐτοῦ λέγει; –εἶπον ὅτι, ἐὰν ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· γὰρ ὑπὸ φωτὸς καὶ ἀληθείας ὁδηγεῖται. ἐὰν δὲ ἀνωτέρω λαμβά····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····ν̣ τοῦτο λέγει. ἐπεὶ οἱ πιστεύοντες μέλη αὐτοῦ εἰσιν καὶ σῶμα αὐτοῦ, ····· ····· 214 ····· ····· ····· · τοῦ φωτὸς καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας λάβωσιν θεοῦ, ὡδηγήθησαν, καὶ αὐτὸς λέγει ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· ἐξαπόστειλον οὖν, ἵνα φωτισθῶσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἢ ἁπαξαπλῶς αἱ λογικαὶ οὐσίαι, τὸ φῶς σου καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειάν σου· αὐτά με γὰρ ὡδήγει, ἵνα εἴπωμεν ὅτι· σῶμά μού εἰσιν οὗτοι, ὅτε ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····ς. 3 καὶ εἰς τὰ σκηνώματά σου. ἐπεὶ εἰς τὸ ὄρος τὸ ἅγιόν τις ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····ι̣ προκοπαὶ διὰ τῶν σκηνωμάτων σημαίνονται. ἄγαγέ με ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····ς̣ διαφόρους μονὰς τὰς παρὰ τῷ πατρὶ δηλοῖν τὰ πληθυντικῶς ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····ν οἱ ἑπόμενοί μοι φθάσουσιν ἐκεῖ, οὐχ ἵνα ἐγὼ ἐκεῖ γένωμαι, ἀλλ' ἵνα ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····ν. 4 καὶ εἰσελεύσομαι πρὸς τὸ θυσιαστήριον τοῦ θεοῦ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν τὸν εὐφραίνοντα τὴν
The Meaning of Thanksgiving§200
200my youth. And this altar, into which someone enters, is an interior one. It is an altar, from which the other of the Seraphim took a coal. And there is an altar in heaven, and the souls of those having been overcome because of the testimony of Jesus (Rev 12:11) are near it. And the word shows that 'those having been overcome because of the testimony of Jesus' are as a priest near the altar. Not everyone is able, but 'the one having been overcome because of the testimony'. Therefore this altar is an interior one.
It is according to the imitation of another altar; for all things have been made according to the pattern shown to him on the mountain (Ex 25:40). A sacrifice of praise and that of righteousness is set forth; for 'sacrifice a sacrifice of praise to God' (Ps 50:14) and 'sacrifice a sacrifice of righteousness' (Ps 51:17). 'I will come' (Ps 51:18) therefore 'to the altar of God', then 'to the God who rejoices my youth' (Ps 51:19); for the one turning away from the shadow of the law and the exterior altar says: 'What multitude of your sacrifices to me? I am full' (Ps 50:6), he enters, 'according to the order of Melchizedek priest' (Ps 110:4) saying: 'I will come to the altar of God, better than the visible things'.
'I will come' therefore away from the sensible, from the literal, 'into the altar of God'. The one surpassing the 'oldness of the letter' which had preserved the shadow of the law and the old covenant, knowing these things, says: 'I will praise you, O God, with a harp' (Ps 108:2). Because I will enter into your altar having youth from the 'newness of the spirit' having been brought near, through this I will praise you gratefully with a harp. And the harp I have said many times that it signifies practical virtue or the body being struck by the inspired soul. Thus the confession...
Speech signifies thanksgiving, for the requests have come to pass. He desired to know the reason for being driven away and for walking in darkness; he desired that the light and the truth be sent to him, since they led him; he desired to enter the altar of God and to experience the tabernacles of God and the holy mountain. Since, therefore, of these good requests it has come to pass through experience by God having given them to him, and not by himself having found them, because of this he may gratefully confess to him, striking the senses, which are nerves or lyres, and various thoughts or members; for when each of the members is tuned toward virtue, it is a stretched nerve, so that it may be struck musically by the striker of truth.
“Why are you dejected, my soul, and why do you trouble me? Hope in God, for I shall confess to him” (Ps 42:5). He asked if something belonged to him, and while he was still speaking of it, he sighed; moreover, before he receives, he has thus faithfully determined as if he had already received. Therefore he rouses his soul and says: “Why are you dejected, my soul?” Since, therefore, I have pre-decided to confess to him, hope in Him; accept that the things of thanksgiving shall belong to you. And the confession here signifies thanksgiving.
“God is the salvation of my face” (Ps 118:5). “You are the salvation of my true face” (Ps 118:14). The light is the salvation of your inner man, concerning which it is said: “The wisdom of a man makes his face shine” (Prov 15:13). And again the saint says to have “the eyes of the heart” (Eph 1:18) enlightened, and “with an unveiled face to reflect the glory of the Lord” (2 Cor 3:18). When the face is reflected by the appropriate and divine glory and is enlightened by wisdom, God is my salvation. Others, having been rescued from sickness, said: “My salvation is the physician”; and another, having been rescued from storm and sea, let him say: “My salvation is the pilot.
To the end: A psalm to the sons of Korah for understanding (Ps 147:1). Much has been said about the end, that the last thing is desirable, for the sake of which all other things come to be, but it is not for the sake of anything else... to have. He who knows the end knows also the poetic qualities of the end before...
Greek · §200
νεότητά μου. τοῦτο δὲ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, πρὸς ὃ εἰσέρχεταί τις, ἰσωτερικόν ἐστιν. ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· θυσιαστη´̣ριον, ἀφ' οὗ τὸ ἕτερον τῶν Σεραφὶν ἔλαβεν ἄνθρακα. καὶ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ θυσιαστήριον, "καὶ αἱ ψυχαὶ τῶν πεπελεκισμένων διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ" παρ' αὐτό εἰσ̣ι̣ν. δηλοῖ δὲ ὁ λόγος, ὅτι "οἱ πεπελεκισμένοι διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ" ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····σαν· ὡς ἱερεῖα γὰρ παρὰ τὸ θυσιαστήριόν ἐστιν. οὐ πᾶς δύναται ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· ἀλλ' "ὁ πεπελε̣κισμένος διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν". ἰσωτερικὸν οὖν ἐστιν τοῦτο τὸ θυσιαςτήριον. ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···θεν κατὰ μίμημα ἄλλου θυσιαστηρίου· πάντα γὰρ τὰ κατὰ τὴν ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····ησαι "κατὰ τὸν τύπον τὸν δειχθέντα" αὐτῷ "ἐν τῷ ὄρει" πεποίηκεν ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· αἰν̣έσεως θυσία καὶ ἡ τῆς δικαιοσύνης προστάττεται· "θῦσον" γὰρ "τῷ θεῷ θυσίαν αἰνέσεως", "θύσατε θυσίαν δικαιοσύνης". "εἰσελεύσομαι" οὖν "πρὸς τὸ θυσιαστήριον τοῦ θεοῦ", εἶτα "πρὸς τὸν θεὸν τὸν εὐφραίνοντα τὴν νεότητά μου"· ὁ γὰρ ἀποστὰς ἀπὸ τῆς σκιᾶς τοῦ νόμου καὶ τοῦ ἐξωτερικοῦ θυσιαστηρίου ····· ····· ····· ····· ········γ̣ος· "τί μοι πλῆθος τῶν θυσιῶν ὑμῶν; πλήρης εἰμί", εἰσέρχεται ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· "κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεχ ἱερεὺς" ἐρεῖ· "εἰσελεύσομαι πρὸς τὸ θυσιαστήριον τοῦ θεοῦ, ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· κρείττονας τῶν φαινομένων. "εἰσελεύσομαι" οὖν ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· τῶν αἰσθητῶν, ἀπὸ τῶν κατὰ 307 τὸ γράμμα, "εἰς τὸ θυσιαστήριον τοῦ θεοῦ". ὁ ὑπερβὰς τὴν "παλαιότητα τοῦ γράμματος" τὴν διαδεξαμένην τὴν σκ̣ιὰν τοῦ νόμου καὶ παλαιὰν διαθήκην ἐγνωκὼς ταῦτα ἐρεῖ. 4 ἐξομολογήσομαί σοι, ὁ θεός, ἐν κιθάρᾳ. ἐπεὶ εἰσελεύσομαι εἰς τὸ θυσιαστήριόν σου νεότητα ἔχων ἐκ τῆς "καινότητος τοῦ πνεύματος" π̣ρ̣οσ̣γενομένην, δι̣α`̣ τ̣οῦτο ἐξομολογήσομαί σοι χαριστηρίως ἐν κιθάρᾳ. τὴν δὲ κιθάραν εἴρηκα πολλάκις ὅτι τὴν πρακτικη`̣ν̣ α᾿̣ρ̣ε̣τὴν σημαίνει ἢ τὸ σῶμα τὸ κρουόμενον ὑπὸ τῆς μεμουσωμένης ψ̣υχῆς. ὡ῀̣δε ἡ ἐξομολόγησις εὐχαριστίαν σημαίνει· τυχόντος γάρ ἐστιν τῶν αἰτημάτων· ηὔξατο γνωσθῆνα̣ι α̣ι᾿̣τ̣ίαν τοῦ ἀπῶσθαι αὐτὸν καὶ τοῦ σκυθρωπάζοντα πορεύεσθαι, ηὔξατο ἀποσταλῆναι αὐτῷ τὸ φῶς καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἐπεὶ αὐτὰ αὐτὸν ὡδ̣ήγησαν, ηὔξατο εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὸ θυσιαστήριον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ πεῖραν λαβεῖν τῶν σκηνωμάτων τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίο̣υ ὄρους. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν τῶν ἀγαθῶν τούτων αἰτημάτων ἐν πείρᾳ γέγονεν θεοῦ αὐτῳ῀̣ δεδωκότος καὶ οὐχ ἑαυτῷ εὑρηκότος αὐτά, διὰ τοῦτο χαριστηρίως αὐτῷ ἐξομολο γεῖται κρούων καὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις οὔσας νευρὰς οὔσας κιθάρας καὶ ποικίλα νοήματα ἢ τὰ μέλη· ὅταν γὰρ ἕκαστον τῶν μελῶν̣ πρὸς ἀρετὴν̣ τᾖν ἡρμοσμένον, νευρά ἐστιν τεταμένη, ἵν' ἐνμούσως κ̣ρουσθῇ υ῾̣πὸ τοῦ π̣λήκτρου̣ τῆς ἀληθείας. 5 ἵνα τί περίλυπος εἶ, ἡ ψυχή μου, καὶ ἵνα τί συνταράσσεις με; ἔλπισον ἐπὶ θεόν, ὅτι ἐξομολογήσομαι αὐτῷ. ᾐτήσατό τινα αὐτῷ ὑπαρχθῆναι, καὶ ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος ἐπένευσεν, καὶ λοιπὸν καὶ πρὶν λάβῃ οὕτω διετέθη πιστῶς ὡς εἰληφώς. διεγείρει οὖν τὴν ψυχὴν ε῾̣αυτοῦ καὶ λέγει· "ἵνα τί περίλυπος εἶ, ἡ ψυχή μου"; ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ἐξομολογήσασθαι αὐτῷ προῄρημαι, ἔλπισον ἐπ' αὐτόν, προσδόκησον τὰ τῆς εὐχαριστίας ὑπαρχθήσεσθαί σοι. ἡ δὲ ἐξομολόγησις ὧδε τὴν 215 εὐχαριστίαν σημαίνει. 5 σωτήριον τοῦ προσώπου μου ὁ θεός μου. τοῦ ἀληθῶς προσώπου μου σωτήριον εἶ. τὸ φῶς δέ ἐστιν τὸ σω̣τήριον τ̣οῦ ἔσω ἀνθρώπου, περὶ οὗ λέγει· "σοφία ἀνθρώπ̣ου φωτιεῖ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ". καὶ πάλιν λέγει ὁ ἅγιος "πεφωτισμένους" ἔχειν "τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας" καὶ "ἀνακεκαλυμμένῳ προσώπῳ τὴν δόξαν κυρίου̣ καθοπτρίζεσθαι". ὅταν καθοπτριςθῇ τὸ πρόσωπον ὑπὸ τῆς καταλλήλου καὶ θείας δόξης καὶ φωτισθῇ ὑπὸ τῆς σοφ̣ίας, ἐμοῦ σωτηρία ὁ θεός ἐστιν. ἄλλοι ῥυσθέντες ἐκ νόσου λεγέτωσαν· "3σωτηρία μού ε᾿̣στιν ὁ ἰατρός"3, καὶ ἄλλος ἐκ τρικυμίας καὶ ζάλης ῥυσθεὶς λεγέτω· "3σωτηρία μού ἐστιν ὁ κυβερνήτης"3. 1 Εἰς τὸ τέλος· τοῖς υἱοῖς Κόρε εἰς σύνεσιν ψαλμός. περὶ τοῦ τέλους πολλάκις ἐλέχθη, ὅτι τὸ ἔςχατον ὀρεκτόν ἐστιν, οὗ ἕνεκα τὰ ἄλλα πάντα γι´̣νεται, αὐτὸ δὲ οὐδενὸς ἕνεκα ····· ····· ····· ····· ἔχειν. ὁ εἰδὼς τὸ τέλος οἶδεν καὶ τὰ ποιητικὰ τοῦ τέλους τὰ πρὸ
Collective vs Individual Attributes§201
201Of this. And as far as... again a transition through progress to ascend... it is not in the desire that already exists.
It is therefore necessary to understand: 'God, in our ears we have heard, our fathers have declared to us' (Psalm 51:5). In their own ears, the saints say, we heard the words of God. An addition of ears occurs at the common hearing, when someone is able to hear intellectual words. The physician hearing medical words has a medical ear, but another does not. The one powerful enough to say, 'The instruction of the Lord opens my ears' (Psalm 51:6), does not speak about sensory hearing, but about that which is able to hear the intellectual words of God.
Thus, therefore, 'in our ears' must be heard, and it is not passing by; for it does not signify what is existing, but what is being added. And behold, how the saint says: 'The instruction of the Lord opens my ears.' He says: 'The Lord gives me a tongue of instruction to know when it is necessary to speak a word; He has placed for me first, He has added to me an ear for hearing; and the instruction of the Lord opens my ears.' The ear given according to addition is intellectual; it hears the words in a God-befitting way. And when this is added, His instruction then opens the ears—this thing which was added, the other ear, the intellectual one, the one hearing God-befittingly, the one able to say: 'I have heard unspeakable words'; for it is not possible for everyone to say this, but for the one having received the addition of an ear from God.
These things were in the mind of the Savior, having them, He was saying: 'Let him who has ears to hear, hear' (Matthew 13:9). But not all had the hearing of the words of Jesus, the words being announced in parables. From this Porphyry learned, and in this: 'God, in our ears we have heard.' In our own ears, not the common ones toward irrational animals, but in those joined toward the intellectual words of God.
Regarding words, this signifies in the dialects of the sensory things: the Egyptian among the Egyptians hears with his own ears; he hears with his own ear. Wherefore, what do we take from this according to scientific knowledge? —those who are concerned with teaching pretend for everyone; 'a people full of sins'; for it is not possible for each one to be full of those same sins, since there are also opposites and incompatible things. For instance, the same man cannot possess cowardice and boldness, but a whole people can possess them. And again, concerning things capable of coexisting, even if they do not coexist because of the multitude, if I say that the whole city has knowledge, not everyone has the same; for it is impossible for everyone to have things as is necessary. But it is possible to have them as rumors.
'Our fathers informed us' (Ps 78:3). Our fathers according to instruction. Wise are those who say this. In what way, then, are they wise, having been born from them? Not as men; for many are wise from the unwise, and many are not wise from the wise. 2 A work, which I worked in their days, in ancient days. In their own days, being ancient,... our fathers informed us. And that it is necessary to hear scientifically... those things that happened in the ancient days, such as in Exodus; it was impossible to learn that an exodus had occurred in Egypt without those announcing it, unless indeed those who wrote it... for in every way it is necessary to tell all the things that happened, so that no one might come and say... snatch it away. 'In days' therefore 'ancient', in first days. And what is this, having happened... and of a heavy earth upon the saints and the... having happened. But it is not strictly this that is signified previously, but it is said so that through this that thing might be viewed.
Greek · §201
του´̣του. καὶ ἐς ὅσ̣ον ····· ····· ····· ··· πάλιν μετάβασις διὰ προκοπῶν ἀνύειν ····· ····· ····· οὐκ εν··ε̣····· ····· ····· ····· τῷ ἤδη ὑπάρξαντι ὀρεκτῷ. συνετὸν οὖν δεῖ εἰ῀̣ναι ····· ····· ····ε̣····· ····· ····· ····· ····· 308 2 ὁ θεός, ἐν τοῖς ὠσὶν ἡμῶν ἠκούσαμεν, οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν ἀνήγγειλαν ἡμῖν. ἐν τοῖς ἑαυτῶν ὠσίν, φασίν οἱ ἅγιοι, ἠκούσαμεν τῶν τοῦ θεοῦ λόγων. πρὸς τῇ κοινῇ ἀκοῇ προσθήκη ὤτων γίνεται, ὅταν τις δύνηται ἐπιστημον̣ικῶν λόγων ἀκούειν. ὁ ἰατρὸς ἀκούων ἰατρικῶν λόγων ἔχει ὠτίον ἰατρικόν, ἄλλος δὲ οὔ. ὁ δυνάμεν̣ος εἰπεῖν· "ἡ παιδεία κυρίου διανοίγει μου τὰ ὦτα", οὐ περὶ τῆς αἰσθητῆς ἀκοῆς λέγει, ἀλλὰ τῆς δυναμένης ἀκούειν ε᾿̣π̣ιστημονικῶν θεοῦ λόγων. οὕτως οὖν ἀκουστέον τὸ "ἐν τοῖς ὠσὶν ἡμῶν", καὶ οὔκ ἐστιν παρέλκον· οὐ γὰρ τὸ ὑπάρχον σημαίνει, ἀλλὰ τὸ προσγενόμενον. καὶ θεώρει γε, πῶς λέγει ὁ ἅγιος· "ἡ παιδεία κυρίου διανοίγει μου τὰ ὦτα̣". λέγει· "κύριος δίδωσίν μοι γλῶσσαν παιδείας τοῦ γνῶναι ἡνίκα δεῖ εἰπεῖν λόγον, ἔθηκέν μοι πρωΐ, προςέθηκέν μοι ὠτίον τοῦ ἀκούειν· καὶ ἡ παιδεία κυρίου διανοίγει μου τὰ ὦτα". τὸ κατὰ προσθήκην διδόμενον ὠτίον ἐπιστημονικόν ε᾿̣στιν, θεοπρεπ̣ῶς̣ λόγων ἀκούει. καὶ ὅταν τοῦτο προστεθῇ, ἡ παιδεία αὐτοῦ λοιπὸν τὰ ὦτα διαν̣οίγει, τοῦτο τὸ προστεθέν, τὸ ἄλλο ὠτίον, τὸ ἐπιστημονικόν, τὸ θεοπρεπῶς ἀκοῦον, τὸ δυνάμενον εἰπ̣εῖν· "ἤκουσ̣α ἄρρητα ῥήματα"· ου᾿̣ π̣αντὸς γὰρ ἔστιν τοῦτο εἰπεῖν, ἀλλὰ τοῦ προσθήκην ὠτὸς λαβόντος θε̣όθεν. ταῦτα ε᾿̣ν̣ νῷ ὁ σωτὴρ ἔχων̣ ἔλεγεν· "ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω". οὐ πάντες δὲ εἶχον τὰ ἀκούοντα τῶν Ἰησοῦ ἐπικε̣καλυμμένων λόγω̣ν, τῶν ἐν παραβολαῖς ἀπαγγελλομένων λόγων. ὅθεν ἐμάνη Πορφύριος καὶ ἐν τούτῳ. "ὁ θεός, ἐν τοῖς ὠσὶν ἡμῶν ἠκούσαμεν". τοῖς ἰδίοις ἡμῶν, οὐ τοῖς κοινοῖς πρὸς τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα, ἀλλὰ ἐν ἡρμοσμένοις πρὸς τοὺς τοῦ θεοῦ ε᾿̣π̣ιστημονικοὺς λόγους. καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν δὲ διαλέκτων τοῦτο σημαίνει· ὁ Αἰγύπτιος τῶν Αἰγυπτίων̣ ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις ὠσὶν ἀκούει, τῷ ἰδίῳ ὠτὶ ἀκούει. ἐπερ · ἐνταῦθα οὖν̣ κατὰ τὸ ἐπιστημονικὸν λαμβάνομεν; –οἱ περὶ διδασκαλίαν ὄντες προσωποποιοῦνται πάντας· "λαὸς πλήρης ἁμαρτ̣ιῶν"· μὴ γὰρ ἕκαστον οἷόν τε τῶν αὐ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων πλήρης εἶναι· εἰσὶν γὰρ καὶ ἐναντίαι καὶ ἀσυνύπαρκτοι. οὐ δύναται γοῦν ὁ αὐτὸς ἄνθρωπος ἔχειν δειλίαν καὶ θρασύτητα, λαὸς δὲ ὅλος ἔχειν δύναται. καὶ πάλιν περὶ δυναμένων̣ συνυπάρξαι, κἂν μὴ συνυπάρξωσιν διὰ τὸ πλῆθος, ἐὰν λέγω, ὅτι πᾶσα ἡ πόλις ἐπιστήμας ἔχει, οὐ πᾶς̣ τὰς αὐτὰς ἔχε̣ι̣· ἀδύνατον γάρ ἐστιν πάντας ἔχειν ὡς δεῖ. δυνατὸν δὲ ἔχειν ὥσπερ παρακούσματα. "οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν ἀνήγγει̣λαν ἡμῖν". οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν κατὰ παίδευσιν. σοφοί εἰσιν οἱ λέγοντες. ᾗ σοφοὶ οὖν ἐξ αὐτῶν εἰσιν γε̣ν̣νηθέντες, οὐχ ᾗ ἄνθρωπο̣ι· πολλοὶ γὰρ σοφοὶ ἐξ οὐ σοφῶν καὶ πολλοὶ μὴ σοφοὶ ἐκ σοφῶν εἰσιν. 2 ἔργον, ὃ εἰργάσω ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτῶν, ἐν ἡμέραις ἀρχαίαις. ἐν ταῖς αὐτῶν ἡμέραις, ἀρχαίαις οὔσαις, ····· ····· ····· ····· · ἡμῖν ἀπήγγειλαν οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν. καὶ ὅτι δεῖ τὸ ἀκοῦσαι ἐπιστημονικῶς ····· ····· ····· ·····ν̣ ἐκεῖνα τὰ γενόμενα ἐν 216 ταῖς ἀρχαίαις ἡμέραις, οἷον ἐν Ἐξόδῳ· ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ἔξοδον γεγενῆσθαι ἀδύνατον μαθεῖν ἦν ἐκείνων ο̣ὐκ̣ α᾿̣π̣αγγελλόντων, εἰ μὴ ἄρα τοὺς συνγραψαμένους ····· ····· ····· ἐκ παντὸς γὰρ τρόπου δεῖ τὰ γεγενημέν̣α πάντα λέγειν, ἵνα μὴ ἔλθῃ τις καὶ εἴπῃ ····· ····· ····· ····ς̣ ἁρπάσῃ. "ἐν ἡμέραις" οὖν "ἀρχαίαις", ἐν πρώταις ἡμέραις. τί δέ ἐστιν τοῦτο, α····· ····· ····· ····· ···· γέγονεν ····· ····· ····ω̣ν καὶ χείρονος γῆς ἐπὶ τοὺς ἁγίους καὶ τὴν ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· 309 γεγενημένον. οὐ πάντως δὲ αὐτὸ τοῦτο προηγουμένως σημαίνεται, ἀλλὰ λέγεται, ἵνα διὰ τούτου ἐκεῖνο θεωρηθῇ.
The Right Hand and the Left Hand§202
202God transfers men from the earthly place to the high heavens. If he says 'work', he does not mean it by number, but by kind or even by genus. In their light—for we take the fathers to be wise—we say that in the days they lived, dazzled by the true light of the sun of righteousnessn the light of their life, which they were not envious to share with us.
He said, and he remembers: seven nations under the later called holy land he brought down (Ps 105:23). They were hidden, having been led in by God into that land. Moses, therefore, without neglect, prays to repeat the mystery: 'Having led them in, hide them in the mountain of your inheritance, O holiness, Lord, which your hands prepared' (Ex 19:4). See that no one living externally and hearing is able to enter into the holy mountain. The crowds in the parables, therefore, hearing and being outside, did not enter into the holy mountain, where the parables were made clear. It is necessary, therefore, to be led in first, and then thus to be hidden.
Your hand destroyed nations, and you hid them. Not of God in the ancient days. He was ancient of days (Dan 7:9), and we do not say that he was in ancient days, but he was ancient of days; for he was before days, before all time; and being existing before the ages is the same as the ancient of days, as it is said: 'the one existing before the ages''Your hand' therefore 'destroyed nations'. Your punishing power. Those who serve with punishments, angels, are able to be called hands of God, just as we say the hand of a king, and we do not mean the limb of the body of a hand.
And Job, concerning the punishing power—and he himself was the devil—was saying: 'withdraw your hand' (Job 2:3). This therefore he says: 'your hand', that is, the punishing power, or the active power of the persecutors, or your ministering power, 'destroyed nations'. And take the destruction of the nations by way of ascent as the death of men, by doing and the expulsion of life, according to which the nations were strangers to God. 'And you hid' our fathers. And the nations are destroyed because of the evil which they have; for their evil was a land and a city. And those are being hidden by no other than his right hand. But it is not the same...
One hand and the right hand: for the right is always a hand, but not every hand is right; for we have things to say that are performed by the right hand in a praiseworthy manner. Thus it is said in the Psalms: 'You held the right hand of me' (Ps 118:17). The right is the practical power of the good, but the left is the opposing one. And since things done happen from disposition and from thought, which is called 'heart,' it is said that the wise man has his heart to the right, but the fool to the left; here we do not take the places of bodies. But the wise man has a mind thinking rightly, having understanding concerning the intelligible things. But the heart of the fool is to the left, turning only toward the material.
Often the left is found in the writings not regarding pride, but regarding humiliation, as it says in the Song of Songs: 'His renown is upon my head, and his right shall embrace me' (Song 7:1). And concerning her wisdom it is said: 'For length of days and years of life are in the right' (Prov 3:16)—and the length is the immortal, the things not being destroyed—'but in her left, wealth and glory.' And it gives wealth that is sensible. And these gifts of the hand of wisdom on the left are not trivial.
3–4 You harmed the people and drove them out; for they did not inherit the land by their sword, and their arm did not save them. Those whom you drove out, you drove out having harmed them. But you brought harm upon them so that they might be disciplined. Often harm disciplines; for we do not speak here of harm from sin, but of harm from corrective discipline. Since, therefore, they did not attend to the corrective discipline as is necessary, they were moreover driven out and rejected. 'For they did not inherit the land by their sword' (Ps 106:11). Our fathers, having taken the history of those driven from the land, did not possess the land taken from them by their own war, nor by their own power; 'for not by their sword, nor their arm' prevailed over them, 'but your right and your arm and the light of your face' (Ps 106:11). There is the light, and the salvation.
Through which, therefore, the harm and the driving out happen, is simply a hand. Thus also in one of the Psalms concerning Christ it is said: 'And he shall put his hand in the sea and his right in the rivers' (Ps 74:3). There where there is salt and brine, the hand is simply placed against the evil powers; evil...
Greek · §202
μετατίθεται ὁ θεὸς τοὺς̣ ἀνθρώπους ἀπὸ τοῦ περὶ γῆν τόπου εἰς τοὺς ὑψηλοὺς οὐρανούς. "3ἔργον"3 οὖν ἐὰν λέγῃ, οὐχ ἓν λέγει τῷ ἀριθμῷ, ἀλλὰ τῷ εἴδει ἢ καὶ τῷ γένει. ἐν τῷ φωτισμῷ αὐτῶν–ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἐπιστήμονας λαμβάνομεν τοὺς πατέρας, λέγομεν ὅτι· "ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις", αἷς ἔσχον καταυγαζόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀληθινο̣υ῀̣ φωτὸς τοῦ ἡλίου τῆς δικαιοσύνης–γέγονεν ἐν τῷ φωτισμῷ τοῦ βίου αὐτῶν ἔργον, ὃ οὐκ ἐφθόνουν̣ ἡμῖν μεταδοῦναι. εἶπεν, τί, καὶ μέμνηται· ἔθνη ἑπτὰ ὑπὸ τῆς ὕστερον κληθείσης ἁγίας γῆς καθεῖλεν. κατεφυτεύθησαν εἰσαχθέντες ὑπὸ θεοῦ εἰς ἐκείνην τὴν χώραν. ἀμέλει γοῦν Μωϋσῆς εὔχεται ἐπιμίσγων πάλιν τὸ μυστικόν· "εἰσαγαγὼν καταφύτευσον αὐτοὺς εἰς ὄρος κληρονομίας σου, ἁγίασμα, κύριε, ὃ ἡτοίμασαν αἱ χεῖρές σου". θεώρει ὅτι οὐδεὶς ἐξωτ̣ερικ̣ῶς βιῶν καὶ ἀκούων δύναται εἰς τὸ ὄρος τὸ ἅγιον εἰσελθεῖν. οἱ ἐν παραβολαῖς οὖν ὄχλοι ἀκούοντες ἔξω ὄντες οὐκ̣ εἰση῀̣λθον εἰς ὄρος τὸ ἅγιον, ἔνθα αἱ παραβολαὶ ἐσαφηνίζοντο. δεῖ οὖν εἰσαχθῆναι πρ̣ῶτον, εἶτ' οὕτω καταφυτευθῆναι. 3 ἡ χείρ σου ἔθνη ἐξωλέθρευσεν, καὶ κατεφύτευσας αὐτούς. οὐ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν τ̣αῖς ἡμέραις ἀρχαίαις. ἀρχαῖος ἡμερῶν ἦν, καὶ οὐ λέγομεν ὅτι ἐν ἡμέραις ἀρχαίαις ἠ῀̣ν, ἀλλὰ ἀρχαῖος ἡμερῶν ἦν· ἦν γὰρ πρὸ ἡμερῶν, πρὸ παντὸς χρόνου· καὶ ἴσον ἐστὶν τῷ ἀρχαῖον ἡμερῶν αὐτὸν εἶναι τὸ ὑπάρχειν πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων, ὡς εἴρηται· "ὁ ὑπάρχων πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων". "ἡ χείρ σου" οὖν "ἔθνη ἐξωλόθρευσεν". ἡ κολαστική σου δύναμις. δύνανται καὶ οἱ ὑπηρετοῦντες ταῖς κολάσεσιν ἄγγελοι χεῖρες το̣ῦ θεοῦ λέγεσθαι, ὡς λέγομεν χεῖρα βασιλέως, καὶ οὐ δήπου τὸ μέλος τοῦ σώματος διὰ τούτων σημαίνομεν. καὶ ὁ Ἰὼβ δὲ περὶ τῆς κολαστικῆς δυνάμεως–αὐτὸς δὲ ἦν ὁ διάβολος ἦν–ἔλεγεν· "ἀπόστειλον τὴν χεῖρά σου". τοῦτο οὖν λέγει· "ἡ χείρ σου" ἤτοι ἡ κολαστικὴ δύναμις ἤτοι ἡ δραστήριος τῶν ἐπιπόνων ἤτοι ἡ διακονοῦσα δύναμ̣ίς σου "ἐξωλόθρευσεν ἔθνη". τὸν δὲ ὄλεθρον τῶν ἐθνῶν κατὰ ἀναγωγὴν λάβε θάνατον ἀνθρώπων ᾗ ποιῶν καὶ ἀποβολὴν τῆς ζωῆς, καθ' ἣν ἔθνη ἦσαν ἀλλότρια τοῦ θεοῦ. "καὶ κατεφύτευσας" τοὺς πατέρας̣ η῾̣μῶν. τὰ δὲ ἔθνη ἐξολεθρεύονται ἀφ' ἧς ἔχουσιν κακίας· χώρα γὰρ καὶ πόλις ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ κ̣ακία̣. καὶ κατ̣αφυτεύον̣ται ἐκεῖνοι οὐχ ὑπὸ ἄλλης ἢ τῆς δεξιᾶς αὐτοῦ. οὐ ταὐτὸν δέ ἐστιν χεὶρ καὶ δεξιά· ἡ μὲν γὰρ δεξ̣ιὰ πάντως χείρ ἐστιν, οὐ πᾶσα δὲ χεὶρ δεξιά· ἔχομεν γὰρ τὰ ἐπαινετῶς γινόμενα διὰ δεξιᾶς ἐπιτελούμεν̣α εἰπεῖν. ο̣ὕτως ε᾿̣ν ψαλμοῖς λέγει· "ἐκράτησας τῆς χειρὸς τῆς δεξιᾶς μου". ἡ πρακτικὴ δύν̣αμις τῶν καλῶν ἐστιν ἡ δεξιά, ἡ ἀριςτερὰ δὲ ἡ ἀντικειμένη. καὶ ἐπεὶ τὰ πραττόμενα ἀπὸ διαθέσεως γίνεται καὶ ἀπὸ νοήσεως "3καρδία"3 λεγομένης, λέγεται δὲ ὁ σοφὸς καρδίαν ἔχειν εἰς δεξιάν, ὁ δὲ ἄφρων εἰς ἀριστεράν, ὧδε οὐ λαμβάνομεν τόπους σωμάτων. ὁ σοφὸς δὲ νοῦν ἔχει δεξιῶς̣ ν̣ο̣οῦντα, σύνεσιν ἔχει περ̣ὶ τῶν νοητῶν. καρδία δὲ ἄφρονος ἀριστερά ἐστιν, περὶ τὰ ὑλικὰ στρέφεται μόνα. πολλάκις δὲ κεῖται ἐν γραφαῖς ἡ ἀριστερὰ οὐκ ἐπὶ ψόγου, ἀλλ' ἐπὶ ἐλαττώσεως, ὡς ἐν τῷ ᾄσματι τῶν ᾀσμάτων λέγει ὅτι· "εὐώνυμος αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλήν μου, καὶ δεξιὰ αὐτοῦ περιλήμψεταί με". καὶ π̣ερ̣ὶ 310 τη῀̣ς σοφίας εἴρηται· "μῆκος γὰρ βίου καὶ ἔτη ζωῆς ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ"–μῆκος δὲ τὰ ἀθάνατα, τὰ μὴ καταλυόμενα–, "ἐν δὲ τῇ ἀριστερᾷ αὐτῆς πλοῦτον κ̣αὶ δόξαν". δίδωσιν δὲ πλοῦτον τὸν αἰσθητόν. ἀριστερᾶς δὲ τῆς σοφίας 217 χειρὸς δόματα ταῦτα οὐ φαῦλα. 3–4 ἐκάκωσας λαοὺς καὶ ἐξέβαλες αὐτούς· οὐ γὰρ ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ αὐτῶν ἐκληρονόμησαν γῆν, καὶ ὁ βραχίων αὐτῶν οὐκ ἔσωσεν αὐτούς. ἐκείνους οὓς ἐξε´̣βαλες, κακώσας ἐξέβαλες. τὴν κάκωσιν δὲ ἐπήγαγες αὐτοῖς, ἵνα παιδευθῶσιν. πολλάκις δὲ ἡ κάκωσις παιδεύει· κάκωσιν γὰρ ἐνταῦθα οὐ τὴν ἐξ ἁμαρτίας λέγομεν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐξ ἐπιπόνου παιδεύσεως. ἐπεὶ οὖν οὐ προσήκαντο ὡς δεῖ τὴν παίδευσιν τὴν ἐπίπονον, ἐξεβλήθησαν λοιπὸν καὶ ἀπεδοκιμάσθησαν. "οὐ γὰρ ἐν τῇ ῥομ̣φαίᾳ αὐτῶν ἐκληρονόμησαν γῆν". οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν οἱ κοινοὶ τῶν ἐκβληθέντων τὴν γῆν ε᾿̣π̣' ἱστορίας εἰληφότες οὐχ ἱδίῳ πολέμῳ, οὐχ ἱδίᾳ δυνάμει ἔσχον τὴν ἀπ' ἐκείνων ἀφα̣ιρεθεῖσαν γῆν· "οὐ γὰρ ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ αὐτῶν, οὐδὲ ὁ βραχίων αὐτῶν" κατίσχυσεν αὐτούς, "ἀλλ' ἡ δεξιά σου καὶ ὁ βραχίων σου καὶ ὁ φωτισμὸς τοῦ προσώπου σου". ἔνθα ὁ φωτισμός, καὶ ἡ σωτηρία. δι' ἧς οὖν γίνεται ἡ κάκωσις κ̣αὶ ἡ ἐκβολή, ἁπλῶς χείρ. οὕτω καὶ ἐν ἑνὶ τῶν ψαλμῶν περὶ Χριστοῦ λέγεται τό· "καὶ θήσει ἐν θαλάσσῃ χεῖρα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν ποταμοῖς δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ". ἔνθα ζάλη καὶ ἁλμυρίς ἐστιν, ἡ χεὶρ ἁπλῶς τίθεται κατὰ τῶν πονηρῶν δυνάμεων· πονηραὶ
The Horn as Strength and Divine Name§203
203For the powers are now revealed through the sea. 'He said' 'rivers on the right.' For the prophets are rivers, streams flowing from the source of the water that is 'leaping into eternal life' (John 7:38). For 'he who believes' 'in me, as the scripture said, rivers of living water shall flow from his belly' (John 7:38). This indeed he was speaking concerning the Spirit whom the believers were about to receive.
These, being rivers, 'shall strike with the hand upon itself.' And it is a practice of harmony. See then, the hand, where the sea is, the saltiness, the dizziness. But your right hand and your arm and the light of your face. The right hand possesses and an arm suitable. You did not inherit the land by your own hand or by your own arm, but the arm of God and the right hand and the light of his own face provided this to you.
In one way, this is for tropology: that you were not liberated and became in the holy land by your own power or by your own deed. But if you take it with a higher allegory, both his arm and his right hand and the light of his own face are the Savior. Therefore, not in themselves, but in this you were saved, you were migrated from the land of bondage into the good one.
Having prepared, he triumphed, but with God having fought alongside, as the scripture says: 'not of him who wills nor of him who runs, but of the God who shows mercy' (Romans 9:16). For you were pleased in them. You are yourself my king and my God (Psalm 146:5). For you are not only my God being my Creator and leading me toward my being, but also king, because by providence I rule, no longer being entangled in 'the affairs of life.' And indeed you are my God, I am a creation of God—and every creation has God as God—but as you rule.
He who commands the salvations of Jacob (Hebrews 1:5). To Jacob, who is fleeing from evil, the king and being God commands the salvations. And salvations are commanded to the spirits who minister the salvations, concerning which the apostle says: 'Are not all of them ministering spirits sent for the service of those who are about to inherit salvation?' (Hebrews 1:14). Not so that they might confirm and give it, but so that, having heard it, they might proclaim it beforehand.
"Say to the daughter of Zion, 'Behold, your savior is coming'" (Zephaniah 3:17). The 'salvations' of 'Jacob' may be the virtues according to kind, or the two virtues: the practical and the contemplative—the contemplation of truth and the productive virtue of praiseworthy works.
"We strike with horns our enemies in you" (Psalm 68:1). You see, we do not strike our enemies using physical horns; you are our horn and our defense. Therefore, you have that which is said in one of the Psalms by all the saints: "And in your favor our horn shall be exalted" (Psalm 92:10). It is not the physical horn; for the horn of those possessing it is again a defense. Through it, they will repel the approaching evils. Thus, those who have you as king and God do not have any other horn besides you. For instance, the word attributes something in one of the Twelve: "Those who say, 'We do not have horns in our strength'" (Psalm 75:10). Having a horn and having power, we strike our enemies with horns. Because of this, the horns of these are also crushed: "and all the horns of the sinner I will break" (Psalm 75:10). It is also possible for a king and a kingdom to receive a horn, as it is presented in Daniel: "the ten horns, ten kingdoms" (Daniel 7:24). Therefore, having you as king, we have you as a horn, and "we strike our enemies in you." And "in your name," since we have your designation upon ourselves, "we render powerless" all "those who rise up against us," having an invincible weapon: your designation. However, one must possess a designation, and not merely a hollow one. Not everyone who calls himself a Christian truly possesses the name of Christ, but rather he who is a Christian. "And in your name we rendered powerless those who rise up against us." And from this it is shown again that they rise up against us by premeditated will. They are not such by nature, nor are the [unjust/wicked] such by nature, as those who argue from natures say.
"For I do not hope in my bow, and my sword will not save me" (Psalm 118:95). I indeed have a bow and a sword, since I am clothed in "the full armor of God," but I do not hope in these; not the whole of my expectation is in these, using them. I wish to have God as an ally and a champion, so that I may have the strength to strike against those to whom I send my...
Greek · §203
γὰρ δυνάμεις εἰσὶν αἱ νῦν διὰ τῆς θαλάσση̣ς δηλούμεναι. "ε᾿̣ν" δε`̣ "ποταμοῖς τὴν δεξιάν". ποταμοὶ δέ εἰσιν οἱ προφῆται σχόντες ἀπὸ τῆς πηγῆς τοῦ ὕδατος τοῦ "ἁλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον" ῥεύματα· "ὁ πιστεύων" γὰρ "εἰς ἐμέ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ γραφή, ποταμοὶ ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ ῥεύσ̣ουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος. τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν περὶ τοῦ πνεύματος οὗ ἔμελλον λαμβάνειν οἱ πιστεύοντες". οὗτοι οὖν ποταμοὶ ὄντες "κροτήσουσιν χειρὶ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό". συμφωνίας δέ ἐστιν πρᾶξις. ἴδε οὖν, ἡ χείρ, ἔνθα ἡ θάλασσα, ἡ ἁλμυρίς, ἡ ζάλη. 4 ἀλλ' ἡ δεξιά σου καὶ ὁ βραχίων σου καὶ ὁ φωτισμὸς τοῦ προσώπου σου. ἔχει ἡ δεξιὰ καὶ βραχίονα κατάλληλον. οὐκ ἐν τῇ ἑαυτῶν οὖν χειρὶ ἢ τῷ ἑαυτῶν βρα̣χίονι ἐκληρονομήσατε γῆν, ἀλλ' ὁ θεοῦ βραχίων καὶ ἡ δεξιὰ καὶ ὁ φωτισμὸς τοῦ προσώ πο̣υ αὐτοῦ τοῦτο ὑμῖν παρέσχεν. ἑκατέρως αὐτὸ πρὸς τροπολογίαν, ὅτι οὐχ ἱδίᾳ δυνάμει οὐδ̣' ἰδίᾳ̣ π̣ράξει ἐλευθε̣ρώθητε καὶ γεγόνατε ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ γῇ. ἐὰν δὲ πρὸς ἀλληγορίαν ὑψηλοτέραν λάβῃς, κ̣αὶ ὁ βραχίων αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ δεξιὰ καὶ ὁ φωτισμὸς τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ ὁ σωτήρ ἐστιν. οὐκ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς οὖν, ἀλλ' ἐν τούτῳ ἐρύσθ̣ητε, μετοικίσθητε ἐκ τῆς χείρονος χώρας εἰς τὴν καλήν. ····· ····· ····· · ἑτοιμάσας ἐνίκ̣η̣σεν, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ συμμαχήσαντος, ὡς τό· "οὐ τοῦ θέλοντος οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος, ἀλλὰ τοῦ ἐλεῶντος θεοῦ". 4–5 ὅτι εὐδόκησας ἐν αὐτοῖς. σὺ εἶ αὐτὸς ὁ βασιλεύς μου καὶ ὁ θεός μου. οὐ γὰρ μόνον θεός μου εἶ δημιουργός μου ὢν καὶ εἰς τὸ εἶναί με ἀγαγών, ἀλλὰ καὶ βασιλεύς, ὅτι ὑπὸ ····· ····· ····· · προνοίας ἄρ̣χομαι οὐκ ἐν̣πλεκόμενος ἔτι "ταῖς τοῦ βίου πραγματείαις". καὶ θεὸς μέν μου εἶ ᾑ῀̣ κ̣τίσμα θεοῦ εἰμι–καὶ πᾶν μὲν κτίσμα θεὸν ἔχει τὸν θεόν–ᾗ δὲ στρα····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· · εἶ. 5 ὁ ἐντελλόμενος τὰς σωτηρίας Ἰακώβ. 311 τῷ Ἰακὼβ τῷ πτερνίζοντι τὴν κακίαν τὰς σωτηρίας ἐντέλλῃ βασιλεὺς καὶ θεὸς ὤν. σωτηρίας δὲ ἐντέλλεται τοῖς πνεύμασιν τοῖς διακονοῦσιν τὰς σωτηρίας, περὶ ὧν ὁ ἀπόστολος· "οὐχὶ πάντες εἰσὶν λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα εἰς διακονίαν ἀ ποστελλόμενα διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονομεῖν σωτηρίαν"; οὐχ ἵνα βεβαιω´̣σωσιν καὶ δῶσιν αὐτήν, ἀλλ' ἵνα προαναφωνήσωσιν αὐτὴν ἀκούσαντες· "εἴπατε τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιὼν Ἰδοὺ σωτὴρ παραγίνεταί σοι". "σωτηρίαι" δὲ τοῦ "Ἰακὼβ" δύνανται εἶναι αἱ κατ' εἶδος ἀρετ̣αὶ ἢ αἱ δύο ἀρεταί, ἡ πρακτικὴ καὶ διανοητική, ἡ θεωρία τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ ἡ ποιητικὴ τῶν ἔρ̣γων τῶν ἐπαινετῶν. 6 ἐν σοὶ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἡμῶν κερατιοῦμεν. θεωρεῖς, οὐχ ἱδίο̣ις κέρασιν χρώμενοι ἀνατρέπομεν τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἡμῶν. σὺ δὲ κέρας ἡμῶν εἶ καὶ ἀμυντήριον. ἔχεις οὖν λεγόμενον ἐν ἑνὶ τῶν ψαλμῶν ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων πάντων· "καὶ ἐν τῇ εὐδοκίᾳ σου ὑψωθήσεται τὸ κέρας ἡμῶν". οὐ τὸ αἰσθητόν· πάλιν γὰρ ἀμυντη´̣ριόν ἐστιν̣ τὸ κέρας τῶν ἐχόντων. δι' αὐτοῦ ἀπαλεξήσουσιν τὰ ἐπερχόμενα 218 ἐπιβλαβῆ. οὐκ ἔχουσιν ο̣ὖν, φησίν, οἱ ὑπὸ σὲ βασιλέα καὶ θεὸν ὄντα ἕτερον κέρας ἢ σέ. αἰτιᾶται οὖν τινας ὁ λόγος ἐν ἑνὶ τῶν ∆ώδεκα· "οἱ λέγοντες Οὐκ ἐν τῇ ἰσχύι ἡμῶν ἔσχομεν κέρατα"; κ̣ε´̣ρας ἔχοντες καὶ δυ´̣ν̣αμιν ἔχοντες κερατίζομεν τοὺς ἐχθρούς. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ συντρίβεται τούτω̣ν τὰ κέρατα· "καὶ πάντα" γὰρ "τὰ κέρατα τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ συνθλάσω". δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ κέρας λαμβάνειν βασιλέα καὶ βασιλείαν, ὡς̣ ἐν τῷ ∆ανιὴλ φέρεται· "τὰ δέκα κέρατα, δέκα βασιλεῖαι". διὰ τοῦτο οὖν σὲ βασιλέα ἔχοντες σὲ κέρας ἔχομεν καὶ "ἐν σοὶ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἡμῶν κερατιοῦμεν". "καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου", ἐπεὶ τὴν σὴν προ̣σ̣η̣γορίαν ἔχομεν ἐφ' ἑαυτούς, "ἐξουδενοῦμεν" πάντας "τοὺς ἐπανισταμένους ἡμῖν", ἔχοντες ὅπλ̣ον ἀκαταμάχητον τὴν σὴν προσηγορίαν. ἔχειν δὲ προσηγορία̣ν δεῖ οὐ ψιλω῀̣ς. οὐχ ὁ λέγων ἑαυτὸν Χριστιανὸν πάντως ἔχει τὸ Χριστοῦ ὄνομα, ἀλλὰ ὁ ὢν Χρισ̣τιανός. 6 καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου ἐξουδενώσαμεν τοὺς ἐπανισταμένους ἡμῖν. καὶ ἐκ̣ τούτου πάλιν δείκνυται, ὅτι προαιρέσει ἐπανιστάμενοί εἰσιν. οὐ κατὰ φύσιν εἰσὶν τοιοῦτοι, οὐδὲ κατ̣ὰ φύσιν οἱ υ̣πετ̣ι̣····· ····· ···νις εἰσιν, ὡς οἱ τὰς φύσεις εἰσηγούμενοι λέγουσιν. 7 οὐ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῷ τόξῳ μου ἐλπιῶ, καὶ ἡ ῥομφαία μου οὐ σώσει με. ἔχω μὲν τόξον καὶ ῥομφαίαν, ἐπεὶ ἐνδεδυμένος εἰμὶ "τὴν πανοπλίαν τοῦ θεοῦ", ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐν τούτοις ἐλπίζω· οὐ τὸ ὅλον τῆς προσδοκ̣ίας εἰς ταῦτα ανα····· ····· ····· ··· χρώμενος αὐτοῖς θέλω θεὸν σύμμαχον καὶ πρόμαχόν μου γε̣νέσθαι, ἵν' ἰσχὺν ····· ····· ···· δυνηθῶ βα̣λ̣εῖν πρὸς οὓς πέμπω μου τὰ
Confession and Divine Deliverance§204
204arrows, and that my sword be timely... opposing ones. But these are invisible. Often the sword of those possessing the word is said: 'who have sharpened their tongues like a sword' (Ps 57:9); and 'sons of men, their teeth are weapons and arrows, and their tongue is a sharp knife' (Ps 63:7). And another saying: 'his sword upon his thigh' (1 Sam 2:26). They possess swords not only 'in their hands', but also upon their thighs. And perhaps the discourses concerning temperance, which kill 'the members upon the earth' (Col 3:5), are swords upon the thigh.
Often the things of generation are also signified by the name of the thigh it says in Ezekiel: 'and every thigh shall be moistened with moisture' (Ezek 47:9), this means: all are unrestrained, pursuing the moisture of pleasures. For you saved us from those who afflict us. Since you saved us also from those who afflict us, we knew that 'in you we gore our enemies' (Ps 118:145). Because of this, then, since this has surpassed us from you, we knew that one must not hope in the bow—to use it, indeed, but not as having shot through it irretrievably. And you turn those who hate us to shame.
Those who hate have a difference again from those who afflict, sometimes by the underlying substance and sometimes by the thought. Often the same ones both afflict and hate, and these are the same according to the underlying substance. Sometimes, however, the one hating is not able to be an enemy when he is weak; for the weak one is able to hate, but he is not able to act as an enemy from the manifest action, for it would harm him. Moreover, even if they differ only in thought according to the underlying substance, even if they are different ones and others, God delivers and saves from these and puts them to shame.
'In God we shall be praised all the day long' (Ps 52:7). Of those being praised, some are praised for the beauty of the body, others because of strength. The stout ones are praised in strength, others in another skill, and others because of wealth, because of nobility; but in you we shall be praised. We have no cause for praise other than you; for even if we have hardship, since through you we have attained these things and 'in God we do power' (Rom 16:25), in you we have the praise. Often the day signifies the time of the life of those saying, as: 'for your sake we are dying all...' (Rom 7:24).
...the whole day, that is, through life. And we shall confess in your name forever. This calling of yours provides much power to us. For in it indeed we 'despise' all 'those who rise up against us'. Therefore 'in your name we shall confess forever'. The name of the confession here signifies thanksgiving: 'I will confess to you, that you have hidden these things from the wise and understanding and have revealed them to infants' (Matt 11:25). In order that it may be a gift, it is possible to say thus: 'in your name we shall confess', because it has become to us a cause of salvation. And it is also possible to say this: in your name which has been invoked upon us, as if you are saying: in knowledge or in virtue I shall confess.
Psalm. But now you have saved and protected us, and you will not let go in the powers of our own. 'You are the same, my king and my God' (Ps 145:11). Allusion to Ps 145/146 The voice to God; for those approaching and drawing near... God is king. 'He who commands the salvations of Jacob' (Ps 146:7). To those near... he commands the salvations and all good things. Concerning this he says: 'In you we shall be praised all the day and in your name we shall confess forever' (Ps 118:35), that is, we shall give thanks. And he says: 'But now you have saved and protected us, and you will not let go in the powers of our own'. When he went out in the powers of our own, his military power or by the power of our strength, we always prevailed. And everything contrary exists here for us.
And since I was saying—it is not necessary to speak the problematic things explicitly about them—Israel, sinning, was driven from Jerusalem to Babylon in the manner of captivity. And Daniel and those three and Joshua the son of Nun and Ezekiel and the others of the Twelve Prophets were there, Haggai and Zechariah. These were not taken into Babylon in the manner of captivity, but for the sake of being a participant, helping and healing those condemned there. God condemns someone with mercy, that is, he does not leave him without help. And he sends angels and makes holy men to fall and be harmed and in captivity, not because of their own sins, but for the sake of the salvation of others. On the contrary, they do not say that a change has occurred from...
Greek · §204
βέλη, καὶ ἵνα ἡ ῥομφαία μου καιρίως ····· ····· ····· ··· ἀντιδίκους. ἀόρατοι δέ εἰσιν οὗτοι. πολλάκις ῥομφαία̣ τῶν ἐχόντων ὁ λόγος λέγεται· "οἵτινες ἠκόνησαν ὡς ῥομφαίαν τὰς γλώσσας αὐτῶν"· καί· "υ̣ἱοὶ ἀνθρώπων, οἱ ὀδόντες αὐτῶν ὅπλον καὶ βέλη, καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτῶν μάχαιρα ὀξεῖα". καὶ ἄλλο δε´̣· "ῥομφαία αὐτοῦ 312 ἐπὶ μηρὸν αὐτοῦ". οὐ μόνον "ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν" ἔχουσιν ῥομφαίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν μηρῶν. καὶ τάχα οἱ περὶ τῆς σωφροσύνης λόγοι οἱ νεκροῦντες "τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς" ἐπὶ μηρούς εἰσιν ῥομφαῖαι. πολλάκις καὶ τὰ τῆς γενέσεως διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ μηροῦ σημαίνεται. ὅταν γοῦν λέγῃ ἐν τῷ Ἰεζεκιήλ· "καὶ πᾶς μηρὸς ὑγρανθήσεται ὑγρασίᾳ", τοῦτο λέγει· πάντες ἀκόλαστοί εἰσιν τὴν ὑγρότητα τῶν ἡδονῶν μεταδιώκοντες. 8 ἔσωσας γὰρ ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῶν θλιβόντων ἡμᾶς. ἐπεὶ ἔσωσας καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῶν θλιβόντων, ἔγνωμεν ὅτι "ἐν σοὶ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἡμῶν κερατιοῦμεν". διὰ τοῦτο τοίνυν, ἐπεὶ τοῦτο ὑπῆρκται ἡμῖν ἐκ σοῦ, ἔγνωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐπὶ τῷ τόξῳ ἐλπίζειν δεῖ–χρᾶσθαι μὲν αὐτῷ, οὐχ ὡς ἀναντιρρήτως δέ–κατατοξεύσαντες. 8 καὶ τοὺς μισοῦντας ἡμᾶς κατῄσχυνας. διαφορὰν πάλιν ἔχουσιν οἱ μισοῦντες πρὸς τοὺς θλίβοντας ὁτὲ μὲν τῇ ὑποστάσει ὁτὲ δὲ τ̣ῇ ἐπινοίᾳ̣. πολλάκις οἱ αὐτοὶ καὶ θλίβουσιν καὶ μισοῦσιν, καὶ οὗτοι κατ' ὑποκείμενον οἱ αὐτοί εἰσιν. ἐνίοτε δὲ ὁ μισῶν οὐχ οἷός τέ ἐστιν ἐχθρο`̣ς εἶ ναι, ὅταν ἀσθενὴς ᾖν· καὶ γὰρ ὁ ἀσθενὴς δύναται μισεῖν, ἐχθρεύειν δὲ ἐκ τοῦ προφανοῦς̣ οὐ δύναται· βλάψει γὰρ αὐτόν. πλὴν κἂν οἱ αὐτοὶ ὦσιν κατ' ὑποκείμενον τῇ ἐπινοίᾳ μόνον διαφέροντες, κἂν ἕτεροι καὶ ἕτεροι ὦσιν, ὁ θεὸς ἐκ τούτων ῥύεται καὶ σῴζει καὶ καταισχύνει αὐτούς̣. 9 ἐν τῷ θεῳ῀̣ ἐπαινεσθησόμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν. τῶν ἐπαινουμένων οἱ μὲν δια`̣ κ̣άλ̣λος σώματος ε᾿̣παινοῦν̣ται, οἱ δὲ διὰ ἰσχύν. οἱ πύκται ἐν τῇ ἰσχύι ἐπαινοῦνται, ἄλλοι δὲ ἐν ἄλλῃ τέχνῃ, καὶ ἄλλοι διὰ πλοῦτον, δι̣ὰ εὐγένειαν, ἀλλ' ἐν σοὶ ἡμεῖς ἐπαινεσθησόμεθα. οὐκ ἔχομεν αἴτιον ἐπαίν̣ου ἄλλον ἢ σέ· κἂν γὰρ ὑπάρξῃ ἡμῖν ἐπίπονα, ἐπεὶ διὰ σοῦ αὐτὰ εἰλήφαμεν καὶ "ἐν τῷ θεῷ ποιοῦμεν δύναμιν", ἐν σοὶ ἔχομεν τὸν ἔπαινον. πολ̣λάκις ἡ ἡμέρα τὸν χρόνον τῆς ζωῆς τῶν λεγόντων σημαίνει, ὡς τό· "ἕνεκα σ̣ο̣ῦ θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν", τουτέστιν διὰ βίου. 9 καὶ τῷ ὀνόματί σου ἐξομολογησόμεθα εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. η῾̣ σὴ προσηγορία πολλὴν ἡμῖν παρέχει δύναμιν. ἐν αὐτῇ γοῦν "ἐξουθενοῦμεν" πάντας "τοὺς ἐπανισταμένους ἡμῖν". διὰ τοῦτ̣ο "ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ σῷ ἐξομολογούμεθα εἰς 219 τὸν αἰῶνα". τὸ τῆς ἐξομολογήσεως ὧδε̣ ὄνομα τὴν εὐχαριστί αν σημαίνει· "ἐξομολογήσομαί σοι, ὅτι ἔκρυψας ταῦτα ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν καὶ ἀνε̣κάλυψας αὐτὰ νηπίοις". ἵνα δοτικὴ ᾖν, δύναται οὕτω ὅτι· "τῷ ὀνόματί σου ἐξομολογούμεθα", ὅτι αὐτὸ η῾̣μῖν σωτηρίας γέγονεν αἴτιον. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο· ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἐπικληθέντι ἐφ' ἡμᾶς, ὡς̣ ἐὰν λέγῃς· ἐν τῇ ἐπιστήμῃ ἢ ἐν τῇ ἀρετῇ ἐξομολογήσομαι. 9–10 διάψαλμα. νυνὶ δὲ ἀπώσω καὶ κατῄσχυνας ἡμᾶς καὶ οὐκ ἐξελεύσῃ ἐν ταῖς δυνάμεσιν ἡμῶν. "σὺ εἶ αὐτὸς ὁ βασιλεύς μου καὶ ὁ θεός μου". συν····· · τῷ θεῷ ἡ φωνή· τῶν γὰρ ἐγγιζόντων καὶ πλησιαζόντων ····· ····· ·····ων θεὸς και`̣ βασιλεύς ἐστιν. "ὁ ἐντελλόμενος τὰς σωτηρίας Ἰακώβ". τοῖς ἐγγὺς ····· ····· ····· ····· · τὰς σωτηρίας ἐντέλλεται καὶ ὅλα χρηστά. περὶ αὐ313 τῶν λέγει· "ἐν σοὶ ἐπαινεςθησόμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου ἐξομολογησόμεθα εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα", τουτέστιν εὐχ̣αριςτήσομεν. καὶ λέγει· "νυνὶ δὲ ἀπώσω καὶ κατῄσχυνας ἡμᾶς καὶ οὐκ ἐξελεύσῃ ἐν ταῖς δυνάμεσιν ἡμῶν". ὅτε δὲ ἐξήρχου ἐν ταῖς δυνάμεσιν ἡμῶν τῆς στρατιωτικῆς αὐτοῦ ἢ τῇ δυνάμει τῇ ἰσχύι ἡμῶν, ἠνύαμεν ἀεὶ πάντα. πᾶν δὲ τοὐναντίον ἐνταῦθα ὑπάρχει ἡμῖν. καὶ ἐπεὶ ἔλεγον, οὐ δεῖ τὰ προβληματικὰ εἰπεῖν̣ ῥητῶς περὶ αὐτῶν· ὁ Ἰσραὴλ ἁμαρτὼν μετῳκίσθη ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰερου σαλὴμ εἰς Βαβυλῶνα αἰχμαλωσίας τρόπῳ. καὶ ∆ανιὴλ δὲ καὶ οἱ τρεῖς ἐκεῖνοι καὶ Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναυὴ καὶ Ἰεζεκιὴλ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι τῶν ∆ώδεκα Προφητῶν ἦσαν ἐκεῖ, Ἅγγεος καὶ Ζαχαρίας. οὗτοι οὐκ αἰχμαλωσίας τρόπῳ μετηνέχθησαν εἰς τὴν Βαβυλῶνα, ἀλλ' ἕνεκα τοῦ μετόχους εἶναι βοηθῶν καὶ ἰατρῶν τοὺς καταδικασθέντας ἐκεῖ. καταδικάζει τινὰ θεὸς μετὰ φειδώ, τουτέστιν οὐκ ἐᾷ αὐτὸν ἀβοήθητον. καὶ ἀγγέλους ἐκπέμπει καὶ ἄνδρας ἁγίους ποιεῖ ὑπο̣π̣ε̣σεῖν κ̣ακώσει καὶ αἰχμαλωσίᾳ οὐ διὰ ἁμαρτήματα ἑαυτῶν, ἀλλὰ τῆς ἄλλων ἕνεκ̣α σωτηρίας. ἐς τοὐναντίον ο̣ὐ῀̣ν με̣ταβολὴν λέγουσιν γεναμένην ἀπὸ
The Beneficial Shame and Divine Strength§205
205Regarding the good being abandoned to the bad, it is not to provide help or to have a supporter so as to be left alone; rather, in some way they were left abandoned, having become helpers to others, not so that they might be destroyed, but so that they might be useful and not allow the sins of the condemned to increase.
'I will send away' therefore 'us now' (Ps 118:7). And the 'I will send away' does not carry much mockery; 'Cain went out from the presence of the Lord the God' (Gen 4:16). God did not send him away, but with a eagerly he embraced the evil, he rushed toward the wickedness.
Concerning Adam, it has been said regarding not falling entirely that: 'God expelled Adam' (Gen 3:24), acting in opposition, making it clear that those within did not want to go out. He was cast out of paradise because of Eve the woman; for because of her he transgressed the rule. For when God asks, 'Who told you?' (Gen 3:11) he says, 'The woman whom you gave with me' (Gen 3:12). He did not say, 'Whom you gave,' but 'with me you gave her.' And this is the purpose; and I also thought that, since she, having been deceived by the devil, as she herself confessed, is cast out of paradise, I thought to do the same to her, so that I too might be cast out of paradise; for if Adam had not been cast out together, the woman would not have entered into paradise.
Not everyone of the people was saying, 'God, in our ears we have heard, our fathers announced to us' (Ps 78:7). And with a few, 'But your right hand and your arm... and the light of your face' (Ps 44:3). Not all the people said this. I recall... what was said toward the Corinthians: 'I thank you, that in everything you have been enriched, in all speech and in all knowledge' (1 Cor 1:5). Then again: 'Fornication is heard among you' (1 Cor 5:1). It was not, therefore, concerning one person... among this people, some in their own way. These, therefore, did not stretch out hands toward a foreign god. 'Now I will send away and shame us' (Ps 118:7). No one sinning is shamed by God.
But by himself. And God is shamed in a certain way when the one not sinning is with the sinners; and the shame is beneficial and brings glory to the one being shamed.
He does not have a 'hidden shame' which must not be revealed according to the philosophy of the one saying: 'We do not reveal the hidden things of shame, not walking in craftiness.' The one saying: 'To the lawless I have become lawless' (1 Cor 6:9), was not shamed by himself, but the word of Christ, exhorting, persuaded him. Furthermore, does the one saying: 'I have become lawless,' not feel shame? As far as it reached human understanding, no one wanted to imitate the evil ones.
'And you will not go out in our powers.' Formerly you used to go out in our powers; you used to run ahead of us into the wars, and we were surrounded by those attacking. But this thing of not going out in the powers, he says: you help, but you do not help. You help us so that we may be shown to be athletes through being left behind and we may benefit others; for he did not say: 'You destroyed our powers,' but 'you will not go out in our powers.' You turned us back to the rear before our enemies. The enemies were behind them.
But they say praises of themselves: 'Upon my back' for 'the sinners have given birth' (Ps 69:6). In another way the enemies give these births; they will not be weak and they only persecute those who are about to surround them. The Savior therefore drives all the enemies and has hands upon their backs striking them, pursuing them. These therefore say: 'You turned us back to the rear before our enemies,' not strictly to be said concerning the one turning away according to a sect and imitating the enemies: 'God turned us.' But the good thing happening through God is indeed praiseworthy. Behold, those concerning Daniel and the other saints who were in Babylon.
Greek · §205
τῶν καλῶν ἐπὶ τὰ φαῦλα, α᾿̣π̣ὸ τοῦ βοηθεῖσθαι καὶ ἔχειν αὐτὸν α᾿̣ντιλήμπτορα εἰς τὸ ἐνκαταλελεῖφθαι, ἀλλὰ τρόπον τινὰ ἐνκατελε̣ίφθησαν γενόμενοι βοηθοὶ ἄλλων, οὐχ ἵνα ἀπόλωνται, ἀλλὰ ἵν' ὠφελήσωσιν καὶ μὴ ἐπιτρέψωσιν ἐπὶ πλέον τὰ ἁμαρτήματα τῶν καταδικασθέντων γενέσθαι. "ἀπώσω" οὖν "ἡμᾶς νῦν". καὶ τὸ "ἀπώσω" δὲ οὐ πάνυ ψόγον φέρει· "ἐξῆλθεν Κάϊν ἀπὸ προσώπου κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ". οὐκ ἀπώσατο αὐτὸν ὁ θεός, ἀλλ' αὐτοκελεύστῳ προθυμίᾳ̣ ἠσπάσατο τὸ κακόν, ὥρμησεν ἐπὶ τὴν κακίαν. περὶ δὲ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ οὐ πάν̣υ ἀποπεσόντος εἴρηται ὅτι· "ἐξέβαλεν τὸν Ἀδὰμ" ὁ θεὸς ἀντιποιούμενον δηλονότι τῶν ἔσω καὶ μὴ θέλοντα ἐξελθεῖν. ἐκεῖνος δὲ τῆς Εὕας τῆς γυναικὸς ἕνεκα ἐκβέβληται ἐκ τοῦ παραδείσου· καὶ γὰρ αὐτῆς ἕνεκα τὸν κανόνα παρέβη· πυνθανομένου γὰρ τοῦ θεοῦ λέγει· "τίς σοι ἀνήγγειλεν"; λέγει· "ἡ γυνή, ἣν ἔδωκας μετ' ἐμοῦ". οὐκ εἴρηκεν· "ἣν ἔδωκας", ἀλλὰ "μετ' ἐμοῦ αὐτὴν ἔδωκας". καὶ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ σκοπός· κἀγὼ ἐ´̣δ̣οξα δέ, ὅτι ἀπατηθεῖσα ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου, ὡς αὐτὴ ὡμολόγησεν, ἐκβάλλεται τοῦ παραδείσου, ἔδοξα τὸ αὐτὸ α̣ὐτῇ ποιεῖν, ἵνα ἐκβληθῶ κἀγὼ τοῦ παραδείσου· εἰ μὴ γὰρ συνεκβληθεὶς ἦν ὁ Ἀδάμ, οὐκ εἰσήρχετο εἰς τὸν̣ παρ̣άδεισον ἡ γυνή. οὐ π̣ᾶς ἔλεγεν ὁ λαός· "ὁ θεός, ἐν τοῖς ὠσὶν ἡμῶν ἠκούσαμεν, οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν ἀνήγγειλαν ἡμῖν". καὶ μεθ' ὁλίγα· "ἀλλ' ἡ δεξιά σου καὶ ὁ βρ̣αχ̣ίων σου ····· ·· καὶ ὁ φωτισμὸς τοῦ προσώπου σου". οὐ πᾶς ὁ λαὸς τοῦτο ἔλεγεν̣. ἐμνημονευσ̣····· ····· ····· ····· τοῦ ἐν τῇ πρὸς Κορινθίους λεχθέντος τοῦ· "εὐχαριστῶ, ὅτι ἐν παντὶ ἐπλουτίσθητε, ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ καὶ πάσῃ γνώσει". εἶτα πάλιν· "ἀκούεται ἐν ὑμῖν πορνεία". οὐ πε̣ρὶ ἑνὸς οὖν ἦν τ̣····· ····· ····· ····· ἐπὶ τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου οἱ μὲν ἰδίῳ τρόπῳ. οὗτοι οὖν οὐκ̣ ἐξεπέτασαν χεῖρας προ`̣ς θεὸν ἀλλότριον. "νυνὶ δὲ ἀπώσω καὶ κατῄσχυνας ἡμᾶς". οὐδεὶς ἁμαρτάνων ὑπὸ θεοῦ καταισχύνεται, ἀλλ' ὑφ' ἑαυτοῦ. καταισχύνει δὲ ὁ θεὸς τρόπον τινά, ὅτε τὸν μὴ ἁμαρτωλο`̣ν σὺν τοῖς α῾̣μ̣αρτωλοῖς ····· ····· ····· ····· 314 ···· καὶ ὁ καταισχυνμὸς ἐπωφελὴς καὶ δόξαν φέρων τῷ 220 καταισχυνομένῳ. οὐκ ἔχει "κρυπτὰ αἰσχύνης", ἅπερ ἀπειπέσθαι δεῖ κατὰ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν τοῦ λέγοντος ὅτι· "ἀπειπάμεθα τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης, μὴ περιπατοῦντες ἐν πανουργίᾳ". ὁ λέγ̣ων· "τοῖς ἀνόμοις ἄνομος γέγονα", οὐ κατῃσχύνθη ὑφ' ἑ αυτοῦ, ἀλλὰ ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ προτρεπόμενος ἔπεισεν αὐτο´̣ν. ἐπερ · ὁ λέγων ὅτι· "ἄνομος γέγονα", οὐ καταισχύνεται; ὅσον ἧκεν εἰς ἀνθρωπίνην διάνοιαν, ου᾿̣δεὶς ἤθελεν μιμήσασθαι τοὺς κακούς. "καὶ οὐκ ἐξελεύσῃ ἐν ταῖς δυνάμεσιν ἡμῶν". πάλαι ἐξήρχου ἐν ταῖς δυνάμεσιν ἡμῶν· προέτρεχες ἡμῶν εἰς τοὺς πολέμους, καὶ περιεγινόμεθα τῶν ἐπιτιθεμένων. τὸ δὲ μὴ ἐξελθεῖν ἐν ταῖς δυνάμεσιν τοῦτο λέγει· βοηθῶν οὐ βοηθεῖς. βοηθεῖς ἡμῖν, ἵνα ἀθ̣λ̣ηταὶ ἀποδειχθῶμεν δῆθεν ἐνκαταλειφθέντες καὶ ὠφελήσωμεν καὶ ἄλλους· οὐκ εἶπεν γ̣ὰρ ὅτι· "κ̣ατε´̣στ̣ρεψας τὰς δυνάμεις ἡμῶν", ἀλλ' "οὐκ ἐξελεύσῃ ἐν ταῖς δυνάμεσιν ἡμῶν". 11 ἀπέστρεψας ἡμᾶς εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω παρὰ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἡμῶν. ὀπίσω αὐτῶν ἦσαν οἱ ἐχθροί. ἔπαινον δὲ λέγουσιν ἑαυτῶν· "ἐπὶ τοῦ νώτου μου" γὰρ "ἐτέκταινον οἱ ἁμαρτωλοί". ἄλλῳ δὲ τρόπῳ λ····· ····· ···· ···· τα`̣ νῶτα διδόασιν οἱ πολέμιοι, οὐκ ἀσθενήσουσιν καὶ διώκονται μόνον̣ ὑπ̣ὸ τῶν με̣λλόντω̣ν αὐτῶν περιέσεσθαι. ὁ σωτὴρ οὖν πάντας ἐλαύνει τοὺς ἐχ̣θροὺς̣ καὶ τὰς χεῖρας ἔχει ἐπὶ τοῦ νώτου αὐτῶν τύπτων αὐτούς, διώκων αὐτούς. οὗτοι οὖν λέγουσιν· "ἀπέστρεψας ἡμᾶς εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω παρὰ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἡμῶν", οὐ κυρίως λεχθησομένου ἂν περὶ τοῦ κατ' αἵρεσιν ἀποστρ̣εφομ̣ένου καὶ μιμουμένου τοὺς ἐχθρούς· "θεὸς ἀπέστρεψεν". τὸ δὲ διὰ θεου῀̣ παραγινόμενον ἀγαθ̣ὸν και`̣ ἐπαινετόν ἐστιν. ἰδοὺ οἱ περὶ ∆ανιὴλ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ἅγιοι οἱ γεγονότες ἐν τῇ Βαβυλῶνι
The Teacher as Food and the Transformation of the Soul§206
206They say: 'You turned us backward among our enemies' (Ps 44:23). And those hating us seized us for themselves (Ps 44:24). They would not have been able to take us by hand, if you had not turned us back among them for the sake of usefulness. They are enemies and haters; for to hate is to be an enemy. But we are neither enemies nor haters. And because of this we were far off; for what judgment... Lord, you turned us back among them, you have made us to be with those who are condemned. Therefore, those who were formerly in the form of God, having taken the form of a slave through compassion, say such a thing: that we have come to an earthly place not for ourselves, but for the sake of others, because you did not go out in our powers; for formerly you used to go out in our powers to bring us the victory against our enemies, and guarding us in the land of our fathers where we descended. Since therefore you did not go out in our powers, we were turned backward among those hating us. Those having seized us, to whom you gave—but with ill intent... And you find many such things in the Scripture; from envy... him y did not crucify him with this intention. Again Judas betrayed the Savior, and the betrayal became useful for the removal of 'the sin of the world' (John 1:29). Again, those crucifying did not crucify him with this intention. 'Those hating us seized us for themselves' (Ps 44:24), they did not kill us. But if you say this, that they took our things for their own profit, and that the betrayal and the turning backward occurred timely. Therefore they bring forward: 'All these things came upon us, and we did not remember you' (Ps 44:26). You gave us as sheep for feeding (Ps 44:25). Formerly you helped openly so that our praise would be to you all day long and to confess in your name forever. But why now have we been delivered into captivity, suffering this not because of our wickedness or impiety? Those saying the psalm were such as Daniel... the one of Joshua and Ezekiel and Haggai and Zechariah and the three and others more. These are...
Not because of personal malice has one become in Babylon. But concerning those handed over to afflictions, and especially those in whom the choice is precarious because they rejoice over those handed over through malice, they were sent like physicians after wars, so that they might care for them, bringing aids that either preserve their existing health or dissolve disease and bring health.
For it is not, as some suppose, that they blame that day. Instead, they move toward other sayings: 'You have given us as sheep for food' (Ps 54:2). We were handed over for our own eating; lions and wolves are devouring us. However, even if we are being devoured, we do not cease to be sheep: 'Israel was a wandering sheep; lions drove him out; the first devoured him, the King of Assyria' (Hos 11:7, 10:6). It is a bad thing for what has happened to be praised, not to remain as it is, but to be resolved into another quality. The one eating bread, if he sends it down into the stomach, the bread does not remain. And those who have been cast down and have become the food of enemies have not ceased to be sheep.
It is often said that food becomes the disciple of the teacher, concerning whom he also says: 'My food is to do the will of Him who sent me' (John 4:34). The Samaritan woman was indeed a disciple, concerning whom he also said: 'I have food to eat which you do not know' (John 4:32). Gaps in text... and again Gaps... to be bread. And bread becomes nourishment. In a certain way Gaps...
If, therefore, the man who preserves the image and the likeness, having become a teacher of God according to Jesus, eats a wild man through the process of training Gaps... and having become food for the teacher, he shall not be a lion. For this reason, he is blessed and is called blessed, not because he is a lion, but because he has become a man. But if ever a rational man, moving rationally, were to be eaten by a violent wild man or an evil power, he becomes a lion and such a one is a terror; for 'woe to the man whom the lion eats' (Job 15:26). These therefore say: 'You gave us as sheep for food.' Having been eaten as sheep, they remained sheep. And among the nations you scattered us. According to the immediate sense of the word...
Greek · §206
λεγέτ̣ωσαν· "ἀπέστρεψεν ἡμᾶς εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω παρὰ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἡμῶν". 11 καὶ οἱ μισοῦντες ἡμᾶς διήρπαζον ἑαυτοῖς. οὐκ ἂν ἠδύναντο λαβεῖν ἡμᾶς ὑπὸ χεῖρα, εἰ μὴ ἡμᾶς διὰ τὸ χ̣ρήσιμον ἀπέστρεψε̣ν παρ' αὐτοῖς. ἐχθροί εἰσιν καὶ μισοῦντες· ἐχθρῶν γάρ ἐστιν τὸ μισεῖν. ἡμεῖς δὲ οὐδὲ ἐχθροὶ ἐκείνων οὐδὲ μισοῦντές ἐσμεν. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πόρρω ἦμεν· διὰ τί γὰρ κρίμα ····· ··· δ̣ε´̣σ̣ποτα, ἀπέστρεψας ἡμα῀̣ς παρ' ἐκείνους, πεποίηκας ἡμᾶς μετ' ἐκείνων εἶναι, οἳ καταδικασθέντες εἰσίν; οἱ οὖν̣ ἐν μορφῇ θεοῦ πρότερον ὄντες μορφὴν δούλου λαβόντες διὰ συνπάθειαν, οἱ τοιοῦτο̣ι οὖν λέγουσιν ὁ´̣τι· ἐληλύθαμεν εἰς τὸν περὶ γῆν τόπον οὐ δι' ἑαυτούς, ἀλλὰ ἄλλων ἕνεκα οὐκ ἐξελθόν̣τος σου ἐν ταῖς δυνάμεσιν ἡμῶν· πρότερον γὰρ ἐν ταῖς δυνάμεσιν ἡμῶν ἐξήρχου τὴν νίκην ἡμῖν κατὰ τω῀̣ν ἐχθρῶν ὀρέγων καὶ φυλάττων ἡμᾶς ἐν τῇ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν χ̣ώρᾳ ᾗ κατέβημεν. ἐπεὶ οὖν οὐκ ἐξῆλθες ἐν ταῖς δυνάμεσιν ἡμῶν, ἐστράφημεν εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω παρὰ τοὺς μισου῀̣ντας ἡμ̣ᾶς. διαρπασάντων ἡμᾶς ἐκείνων, οἷς ἔδωκεν–κακῇ δὲ προθέσει ····· ····· ····· ····· ···υ̣τ̣α̣ι̣. καὶ πολλὰ τοιαῦτα εὑρίσκεις ἐν τῇ γραφῇ· ἀπὸ φθόνου ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· αὐτὸν ἐν 315 πρᾶσις. οὐ ταύτῃ δὲ τῇ προθέσει ἐκεῖνοι ἀπέδοντο αὐτόν. πάλιν ὁ Ἰούδας προδ̣έδωκεν τὸν σωτῆρα, καὶ γέγονεν χρήσιμος ἡ προδοσία ἐπὶ τῷ ἀρθῆναι "τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου". πάλιν οὐ ταύτῃ τῇ προθέσει ἐσταύρωσαν οἱ σταυρώσαντες. "οἱ μισοῦντες ἡμᾶς διήρπαζον ἑαυτοῖς", οὐ κατέκ̣τειναν ἡμᾶς. ἐὰν δὲ τοῦτο λέγεις, ὅτι τὰ ἡμέτερα ἐλάμβανον ἐπ' ὠφελίᾳ τῇ ἑαυτῶν, καὶ εἰκότως τὰ τ̣ῆς παραδόσεως καὶ τῆς ἀποστροφῆς εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω καιρίως γέγονεν. ἐπιφέρουσιν οὖν· "ταῦτα πάντα ἐπῆλθεν ἐφ' ἡμᾶς, καὶ οὐκ ἐπελαθόμεθά σου". 12 Ἔδωκας ἡμᾶς ὡς πρόβατα βρώσεως. πάλαι ἐκ τοῦ φανεροῦ ἐβοήθεις ὥστε ἔπαινον ἡμῶν ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν σὲ εἶναι καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου ἐξομολογεῖσθαι εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. διὰ τί δὲ νῦν εἰς αἰχμαλωσίαν παρεδόθημεν οὐ κακίας ἡμετέρας ἠ`̣ α᾿̣σεβείας ἕνεκα ἰδίας τοῦτο παθόντες; ἔλεγον δὲ τοιούτους εἶναι τοὺς τὸν ψαλμὸν λέγοντας οἷοι ἦσαν ∆ανιὴλ ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· ὁ τοῦ Ναυὴ καὶ Ἰεζεκιὴλ καὶ Ἅγγεος καὶ Ζαχαρίας καὶ οἱ τρεῖς κ̣αὶ ἕτεροι πλείονες. οὗτοι οὐ διὰ κακίαν ἰδίαν ἐν τῇ Βαβυλῶνι γεγένηνται. ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν παραδιδομένων θλιβηροῖς, καὶ μάλιστα 221 ἐκείνοις τοῖς θλιβηροῖς, ἔνθα καὶ τὸ τῆς προαιρέσεως ἐπισφαλές̣ ἐστιν διὰ τὸ τοὺς οἷς παρε̣δόθησαν ἐπὶ κακίᾳ χαίρειν, ἀπεστάλησαν ὥσπερ ἰατροὶ μετὰ πολεμίων, ἵνα ἐπιμελῶνται αὐτῶν, βοηθήματα προσάγουσιν τὰ μὲν φυλάττοντα αὐτῶν τὴν ἤδη ἐνοῦσαν ὑγίειαν, τὰ δὲ λύοντα νόσον καὶ φέροντα ὑγείαν. οὐ γάρ, ὥς τινες οἴονται, αἰτιώμε̣νοι τη`̣ν ἡμέραν λέγουσιν. ἐπιφέρουσιν οὖν πρὸς ἑτέροις εἰρημένοις καὶ τό· "ὡς πρόβατα βρώσεως ἔδωκας ἡμᾶς". αὐτοὶ εἰς βρῶσιν αὐτῶν παρεδόθημεν, λεόντων δίκην καὶ λύκων κατεσθίουσι̣ν ἡμᾶς. ὅμως εἰ καὶ κατεσθιόμεθα, οὐκ ἀφιστάμεθα τοῦ εἶναι πρόβατα· "πρόβατον πλανώμενον ὁ Ἰσραήλ, λέοντες ἐξῶσαν αὐτόν· ὁ πρῶτος κατέφαγεν αὐτὸν βασιλεὺς Ἀσσούρ". κακότης δέ ἐστιν τὸν γενόμενόν τι ἐπαινετόν, μὴ μεῖναι ὅπερ ἔστιν, ἀλλ' εἰς ἑτέραν ποιότητα ἀναλυθῆναι. ὁ ἐσθίων ἄρτου ἐὰν εἰς γαστέρα καταπέμψῃ αὐτόν, οὐ μένει ἄρτος. οἱ δὲ καταποθέντες καὶ β̣ρῶμ̣α ἐχθρῶν γεγενημένοι οὐκ ἀπέστησαν τοῦ εἶναι πρόβατα. λέγεται πολλάκις βρῶμα γίνεσθαι ο῾̣ μαθητὴς τοῦ διδασκάλου, περὶ οὗ καὶ λέγει· "ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν, ἵνα τις ποιήσῃ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός μου". ἡ γυνὴ ἡ Σα̣μαρῖτις γοῦν μαθητὴς ἦν, περὶ ἧς καὶ εἶπεν· "ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν ἣν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε". ····· ····· · δ̣ὲ πάλιν̣ ····· ····· ····· · ἄρτον εἶναι. ὁ δὲ ἄρτος τροφὴ γίνεται. τρόπον δέ τινα τ̣ρ̣····· ··ε̣·ι̣······· ····· ····· · ἐὰν οὖν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ σῴζων τὸ κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ τὸ καθ' ὁμοίωσιν θεοῦ διδάσκαλος κατὰ Ἰησοῦν γενόμενος ἄγριον ἄνθρωπον διὰ τοῦ παιδεῦσαι 316 φάγῃ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· · ····ις ὑπὸ τοῦ διδασκάλου καὶ τροφὴ αὐτοῦ γεγενημένος οὐκ ἔσται λέων. διὰ τοῦτο μακάριός ἐστιν καὶ μακαρίζεται οὐχ ὅτι λέων ἐστίν, ἀλλ' ὅτι ἄνθρωπος γέγονεν. εἰ δέ ποτε ἄνθρωπος λογικὸς καὶ λογικῶς κινούμενος̣ ὑπὸ ὠμοθύμου τινὸς ἀγρίου ἀνθρώπου ἢ πονηρᾶς δυνάμεως βρωθείη, γίνεται λέων καὶ τάλας ἐςτὶν ὁ τοιοῦτος· "οὐαὶ" γὰρ "τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ὃν φάγεται λέ ων". οὗτοι οὖν λέγουσιν· "ἔδωκας ἡμᾶς ὡς πρόβατα βρώσεως". βρω̣θέντες πρόβατα ἔμειναν. 12 καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν διέσπειρας ἡμᾶς. κατὰ τὸ πρόχειρον τῆς λέξεως
The Bondage of Sin and the Substitutions of Sacrifice§207
207They seem to say this: 'We have been sown among the nations, we have been dispersed in many places.' But they seem to have suffered this in Babylon and Assyria alone. Therefore, what he says is this: the sowing of these seeds, such as wheat or barley, is first useful in a Gospel-like way if they are sown in the earth; for this earth receives them into its own substance through a change and transformation. For from the earth, having changed, many came from one grain; they changed from the earth into harvests. It is animated... gap... into the adjacent earth, and it notifies it and transforms it into its own nature.
And he says 'seeds' regarding those saying these things, the saints, saying: 'In you we shall be praised and in your name we shall confess for ever' (Ps 111:3, 9). Behold, those saying: 'With you we horn our enemies' and the others, let them say: 'You have sown us among the nations' by way of seeds, so that the nations, in a certain way, if we are sown among them in a foreign land, we might change into ourselves, and one of us might become an ear of corn bearing many grains, benefiting many souls. And those being benefited are said to be different: sometimes children of those benefiting, when those are named fathers, sometimes sheep, when those have the state and conduct of a shepherd. These therefore, as seeds having been cast down, took into themselves those being benefited from being placed before them. Having been placed, the seeds changed the earth. The nations therefore are the earth, but the seeds are those cast down for the benefit of others. Let this also be simpler: that the Assyrians have become in Babylon, though they are not many nations and all the nations are. And let this also be toward my history.
You sent away your people without honor (Ps 79:2). Without honor... gap... sent away; for having been led into captivity, we were not led there with honor, but having been led by the law of captivity; for nothing is more dishonorable than this. 'Without honor' therefore is 'you sent away your people'. gap... the people whom they wished to hold. And it is possible also to call that people, for whom... gap... among the others. And since 'you sent away your people without honor', that is, not having received honor, 'you sent away', gap... them; for they were given over to their own sins. And it is possible also that 'without honor'...
And for this reason we have endured these things, to come into captivity and to be scattered among the nations, so that you might gather to yourself. He has done to himself through sin and has made himself a debtor.
Furthermore, the thing by which the enemy, the king of souls, holds us, is called a handwriting. And a handwriting is something which someone has fastened with his own hands. Therefore 'he took it out from the middle,' so that it might no longer hold us by the handwriting with which we had fastened ourselves, having written ourselves down in it. And are they also being written down together with themselves? —that is, us being your people, you sent away without honor (Ps 79:9)—then we were honored—by the manner of the captivity; or they speak concerning the people, for whom they themselves went into captivity: 'You sent away your people without honor' (Ps 79:9). And for this reason we endure these things, because for the sake of their help you made the same things for them to draw from again, unpleasantly.
And there was not a multitude in our substitutions. Often, for the sake of certain things, safe and redeeming substitutions are given. For instance, it says: 'It is holy everything that opens a male womb.' And it says that, if it is a firstborn sheep or an ox or a goat, among those brought to the altar, it is necessary to perform the sacrifice itself. But if it is a firstborn donkey or something else of the priests, it is not even brought to the altar; 'you shall change a sheep in its place.' Through a sheep its value is changed and it enters into the temple. He says therefore that, since there were many, 'there was not a multitude in their substitutions.' There were not so many substitutions so that... in this way that, since God is the one giving the substitutions in their place, the substitutions are given being changed. And through a few, he is able to nourish many-peopled multitudes. And so that I may speak from history, there were many people, and if ten righteous men were found there (Ezek 14:14)—for until they... there being no multitude of substitutions, they were being changed. No one will say, therefore, to Babylon, but few in number as the...
Greek · §207
φαίνονται τοῦτο λέγοντες ὅτι· ἐπεσπάρημεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, ἐσκεδάσθημεν πολλαχοῦ. φαίνονται δὲ ἐν μόνῃ τῇ Βαβυλῶνι καὶ τῇ Ἀσσυρίᾳ τοῦτο παθόντες. ὃ λέγει οὖν, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν· εὐαγγελικῷ πρ̣ω῀̣τον χρηστέον ῥητῷ ἡ σπορὰ τούτων τῶν σπερμάτων, οἷον σίτου κριθῆς, ἐὰν ἐπισπαρῶσιν τῇ γῃ῀̣, ταύτην̣ δέχονται εἰς τὴν ἑαυτῶν οὐσίαν διὰ τροπῆς καὶ μεταβολῆς· ἐκ τῆς γῆς γὰρ μετέβαλον γενόμενοι πολλοὶ ε᾿̣ξ ἑνὸς κόκκου, ἐκ τῆς γῆς μετέβαλον εἰς τοὺς σίτους. ἀνιμᾶται ····· ····· ····· ·ν̣ τὴν παρακειμένην γῆν καὶ εἰδοποιεῖ αὐτὴν καὶ μεταποιοῖ εἰς τὴν ἑαυτῆς φύσιν. σπέρματα δὲ λέγει τοὺς ταῦτα λέγοντας ἁγίους ὅτι· "ἐν σοὶ ἐπαινεσθησόμεθα καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου ἐξομολογησόμεθα ε̣ἰς τὸν αἰῶνα". ἰδου`̣ οἱ λέγοντες· "ἐν σοὶ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἡμῶν κερατιοῦμεν" καὶ τὰ ἄλλα, λεγέτωσαν· "ἐπέσπειρας ἡμᾶς ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν" σπερμάτων δίκην, ἵνα τὰ ἔθνη τρόπον τινά, ἐὰν ἐπὶ ξένης ἐπισπαρῶμεν αὐτοῖς, μεταβάλωμεν εἰς ἑαυτούς, καὶ εἷς ἡμῶν γένηται στάχυς πολλοὺς φέρων κόκκους, πολλὰς ψυχὰς ὠφεληθείσας. καὶ διαφόρως λέγονται οἱ ὠφελούμενοι ὁτὲ μὲν παῖδες τῶν ὠφελούντων, ὅταν ἐκεῖνοι πατέρες ὀνομάζωνται, ποτὲ δὲ πρόβατα, ὅταν ἐκεῖνοι τὴν ποιμένος ἔχωσιν κατάστασιν καὶ διαγωγήν. οὗτοι οὖν ὡς σπέρματα κατεβλήθησαν, ἀνέλαβον εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἐκείνους τοὺς ὠφελουμένους ἐκ τοῦ παρατεθεῖσθαι αὐτοῖς. παρατεθέντα τὰ σπέρματα μετέβαλεν̣ τὴν γῆν. τὰ ἔθνη οὖν γῆ εἰσίν̣, σπέρματα δὲ τὰ καταβληθέντα ἐπ' ὠφελίᾳ ἄλλων. κείσθω δὲ καὶ τοῦτο ἁπ̣λουστέρως, ὅτι γεγόνα̣σιν οἱ Ἀσσύριοι ἐν Βαβυλῶνι, οὐ μὴν πολλὰ ἔθνη καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη εἰσίν. κ̣είσθω δὲ καὶ πρὸς τη`̣ν ἱστορίαν. 13 ἀπέδου τὸν λαόν σου ἄνευ τιμῆς. ἄνευ τιμῆς ····· ····· ··· ἀπέδου· εἰς αἰχμα̣λωσίαν γὰρ ἀχθέντες οὐ μετὰ τιμῆς ἐκεῖ ἤχθημεν, ἀλλὰ νόμῳ αἰχμαλωσίας ἀχθέν̣τες· οὐδὲν γα`̣ρ̣ τούτου ἀτιμότερον. "ἄνευ 222 τιμῆς" οὖν "ἀπέδου τὸν λαόν σου". ····· ····· ···· λαὸν ἀπέδου τοι῀̣ς κ̣ρ̣ατῆσαι ἐθέλουσιν. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ λαὸν λέγειν ἐκεῖνον, ὑπὲρ οὗ ····· ····· ···ν ἐν τοῖς ἀλλοτρ̣ίοις. καὶ ε᾿̣πεὶ "τὸν λαόν σου ἄνευ τιμῆς", τουτέστιν οὐ τιμὴν λαβών, "ἀπέδου", ····· ·ω̣ αὐτούς· ταῖς γὰρ ἁμαρτίαις ἑαυτῶν ἐπράθησαν. δύναται δὲ καὶ τὸ "ἄνευ τιμῆς" ····· ····· ····· κ̣αὶ ευ̣κ̣ρ̣····· ····υ. διὰ τοῦτο ἡμεῖς ὑπεμείναμεν ταῦτα τὸ ἐν αἰχμαλωσίᾳ γενέσθαι ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· · διασπαρῆναι ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, ἵνα συναγάγῃς τὸν ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· · ἑαυτόν. 317 ἁμαρτίᾳ πέπρακεν ἑαυτὸν καὶ χρεώστην πεποίηκεν. αὐτίκα γοῦν τὸ δι' οὗ κατέχει ὁ ἐχθρὸς βα̣σιλεὺς τῶν ψυχῶν, λέγεται χειρόγραφον. χειρόγραφον δέ ἐστιν, ὃ συνεστήσατό τις ταῖς ἑαυτοῦ χερσίν. "ἦρεν" οὖν "αὐτὸ ἐκ τοῦ μέσου", ἵνα μηκέτι κρατῇ ἡμᾶς τῷ χειρογράφῳ, ᾧ ἡμεῖς συνεστησάμεθα καταγράψαντες ἑαυτοὺς αὐτῷ. ἐπερ · καὶ ἑαυτοὺς συνκαταγράφονται; –ἤτοι ἡμᾶς ὄντας λαόν σου ἀπέδω ἄνευ τιμῆς –τότε ἐτιμήθημεν–τῷ τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας τρόπῳ, ἢ περὶ τοῦ λαοῦ λέγουσιν, ὑπὲρ οὗ αὐτοὶ εἰς τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν γέγοναν· "τὸν λαόν σου ἄνευ τιμῆς ἀπέδου". καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ταῦτα ὑπομένομεν, ἐπεὶ βοηθείας αὐτῶν ἕνεκα ἐποίησας ἡμᾶς τὰ αὐτὰ αὐτοῖς ἀναντλῆσαι ἀνιαρά. 13 καὶ οὐκ ἦν πλῆθος ἐν τοῖς ἀλλάγμασιν ἡμῶν. πολλάκις ὑπέρ τινων σῶστρα καὶ λύτρα ἀλλάγματα δίδοται. λέγει γοῦν· "ἅγιόν ἐστιν πᾶν διανοῖγον μήτραν ἀρσενικόν". καὶ λέγει ὅτι, ἐὰν πρόβατον ᾖν τὸ πρωτότοκον ἢ βοῦς ἢ αἴξ, τῶν ἀναφερομένων ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον αὐτὰ ἱερουργεῖν δεῖ. ἐὰν δὲ ὄνος ᾖν τὸ πρωτότοκον ἢ ἄλλο τι τῶν ····· ····· ····ουσιν οἱ ἱερεῖς, μηδὲ προσάγεται τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ· "ἀλλάξεις πρόβατον ἀντ' αὐτοῦ". διὰ π̣ροβάτου ἀλλάττεται ἡ ἀξία αὐτοῦ καὶ χωρεῖ εἰς τὸ ἱερόν. λέγει οὖν ὅτι· ἐπεὶ πολλοί εἰσιν ο····· ·ε̣········· ····· ··, "οὐκ ἦν πλῆθος τοῖς ἀλλάγμασιν αὐτῶν". οὐκ ἐνῆν τοσαῦτα ἀλλάγματα ὥστε α····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· οὕτως ὅτι· ἐπεὶ θεός ἐστιν ὁ διδοὺς τὰ ἀλλάγματα ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν, οὐκ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ἀλλαττομένων τὰ ἀλλάγματα δίδοται. δι' ὀλίγων δὲ ἱκανός ἐστιν ······ ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· πολυάνθρωπα πλήθη ἔθρεψεν. καὶ ἵνα ἀπὸ τῆς ἱστορίας εἴπω ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· πολυάνθρωποι ἦσαν, καὶ εἰ ἦσαν εὑρεθέντες ἐκεῖ δέκα δίκαιοι–ἕως γὰρ αὐτῶν κα····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· οὐκ ὄντος πλήθους τῶν ἀλλαγμάτων ἠλλάττοντο. οὐ λέξοι τις οὖν ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· εἰς Βαβυλῶνα, ὀλίγοι δὲ τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὡς οἱ
The Nature of Reproach and the Mustard Seed§208
208Having been taken captive together... themselves and the people, and those others through sin, but the people through their own sins and the others through the sins of others. 'And there was not a multitude in their leaps' (Jonah 3:4). But few had become sufficient for... it would have happened, if they had turned back and known what evils they are in. 'Their sins are very great; I will go down and see if they have worked according to their cry coming toward me, but if not, so that I may know' (Jonah 4:2). How much it reached upon the cry of their wickedness and the... but if I do not find them such, but having repented like the Ninevites, I will know them. For those known by God are not trivial; 'the Lord knew those who were His' (1 Sam 2:30). 'But then, not knowing God, you served gods which are not gods by nature; but now, having known God, rather having been known by God' (Acts 17:29). When they were knowing, they were rather being known by the Benefactor.
14 A reproach has become to us from our neighbors. Regarding the history, the neighbors are the nearby ones... since therefore we were carried off into captivity, 'a reproach we have become to our neighbors' (Ps 147:2). They themselves have not suffered nor have they prevailed with the rising of wars, but we. And as for the thought of this: just as the cross of the Savior has become a reproach for the sake of salvation—for it has been said: 'counting the reproach of Christ a greater wealth than the treasures of Egypt' (Ex 12:33)—so also these have in a way fallen into reproaches, having been seized and having been led into captivity. 'Angels,' he says, 'who did not keep their own beginning, but having left their own habitation, fell into everlasting chains' (Heb 2:16). This reproach of the angels is not praiseworthy, because having been granted to dwell in heaven and being able to stand and remain beside God always praising, they became in wickedness so as to fall from heaven. This reproach is trivial. Behold, indeed, the reproach of Christ is not only praiseworthy, but is greater than treasures. And if there were no difference between these, the proverbist would not have said: 'Do not acquire the reproach of evil men' (Prov 22:1). When therefore the apostles were rejoicing...
They rejoice even while being reproached for Christ. Having done nothing wrong, these reproaches of such people are not good. By becoming reproach itself, someone has established the practice of reproaching based on false accusations, not on truths. Thus also is the saying, 'We are without honor; for I think God has shown us the apostles to be the very last, as if marked for death' (1 Cor 4:9). This is the reproach in which they are placed. It is not a true reproach, nor is it from evil men, but from good men. Regarding the spoken word: that it is not earnest, nor God-fearing, and that those coming are our enemies, yet they did not drive us from their land.
14 They mock and deride us in our circle. The ones saying they have come not for their own sake, but for the sake of others, are holy. And they say: having been born, having held us and having drawn us into their land, being in our circle, they reproach us, mock us, and sneer at us; but the reproach, the mockery, and the derision do not touch us, but them. Just as if someone derides another, so that they may have children by weaving themselves together, and enjoy themselves. Therefore, those who are being mocked by these are thought to be such.
15 He made us a parable among the nations. Something hidden by a word is compared to something similar. That it may become clear, let us see from the Gospel (Matt 13:31): he compares the kingdom of heaven to a mustard seed, not saying 'it is like a mustard seed' while being a seed itself; for it was no longer a similarity, but an identity. He says 'hyper' [beyond/exceeding]. Therefore, the mustard seed has a power smaller in size than the seeds, capable of transforming and becoming such a plant. And the kingdom of heaven, thus revealing the teaching of the Scriptures, is something humble and small in its wording. If one sees it through the mustard seed, and that it becomes a greater plant, the...
Greek · §208
συναιχμαλωτισθέντες ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· ἑαυτῶν καὶ ὁ λαὸς καὶ ἐκεῖνοι διὰ ἁμαρτίας, ἀλλ' ὁ μὲν λαὸς διὰ τὰς ἰδίας, οἱ δὲ διὰ τὰς ἄλλων. "καὶ οὐκ ἦν πλῆθος ἐν τοῖς ἀλλάγμασιν αὐτῶν". ὀλίγοι δὲ αὐτάρκεις γέγοναν πρὸς σ̣····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ἐγένετο ἄν, εἰ ἦσαν ἐπιστρέψαντες καὶ γνόντες οἷ κακῶν εἰσιν. "αἱ ἁμαρτίαι αὐτῶν μεγάλαι σφόδρα· καταβὰς ὄψομαι εἰ κατὰ τὴν κραυγὴν αὐτῶν τὴν ἐρχομένην πρός με συντελοῦνται, εἰ δὲ μή, ἵνα γνῶ". ὅσον ἧκεν ἐπὶ τῇ βοῇ τῆς κακίας αὐτῶν καὶ τῇ ἐπιτάσει ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· εἰ δὲ μὴ εὕροιμι αὐτοὺς τοιούτους, ἀλλὰ μετανοήσαντας ὡς τοὺς Νινευίτας, γνώσομαι αὐτούς. ὅτι δὲ οἱ ὑπὸ θεοῦ γιγνωσκόμενοι οὔκ εἰσιν φαῦλοι· "ἔγνω κύριος τοὺς ὄντας αὐτοῦ". "ἀλλὰ τότε μὲν οὐκ εἰδότες θεὸν ἐδουλεύετε τοῖς φύσει μὴ οὖσιν θεοῖς· νῦν δὲ γνόντες θεόν, μᾶλλον δὲ γνωσθέντες ὑπὸ θεοῦ". ὅτε ἦσαν γνόντες, μᾶλλον ἐγιγνώσκοντο ὑπὸ τοῦ εὐεργέτου. 14 ἔθου ἡμᾶς ὄνειδος τοῖς γείτοσιν ἡμῶν. πρὸς τὴν ἱστορίαν γείτονές εἰσιν οἱ ἀστυγείτον̣ες, οἱ πλησίον ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· · ἐπεὶ οὖν εἰς αἰχμαλωσίαν ἀπήχθημεν, "ὄνειδος ἡμᾶς ἔθου τοῖς 318 γείτοσιν ἡμῶν". ····· ····· ···· ἡμῖν. αὐτοὶ μὲν οὐ πεπόνθασιν οὐδὲ κεκράτηνται μετὰ τῶν ἀνελθόντων πολεμίων, ἀλλὰ ἡμεῖς. ὡς δὲ πρὸς διάνοιαν τοῦτο· ὡς ὁ σταυρὸς τοῦ σωτῆρος ὄνειδος γέγονεν σωτηρίας ἕνεκα–εἴρηται γάρ̣· "τὸν ὀνειδισμὸν τοῦ Χριστοῦ πλείονα πλοῦτον ἡγησάμενος τῶν Αἰγύπτου θησαυρῶν"–, οὕτω καὶ οὗτοι τρόπον τινὰ ὀνείδεσιν περιπεπτώκασιν κρατηθέντες καὶ εἰς αἰχμαλωσίαν ἀχθέντες. "ἀγγέλους", φησίν, "τοὺς μὴ 223 τηρήσαντας τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχήν, ἀλλὰ ἀπολιπόντας τὸ ἴδιον οἰκητήριον δεσμοῖς ἀι¨̣δίοις" ὑπέβαλεν. οὔκ ἐστιν ἐπαινετὸς ὀνειδισμὸς οὗτος τῶν ἀγγέλων, ὅτι τὸν οὐρανὸν οἰκεῖν λαχόντες κ̣αὶ δυνάμενοι παραστάται διαμεῖναι τοῦ θεοῦ ἀεὶ ὑμνοῦντες, γεγόνασιν ἐν κακίᾳ ὥστε ἐκπεσεῖν τοῦ οὐραν̣οῦ. οὗτος ὀνειδισμὸς φαῦλός ἐστιν. ἰδοὺ γοῦν ὁ τοῦ Χριστοῦ οὐ μόνον ἐπαινετός, ἀλλὰ καὶ θησαυρῶν πλείων ἐστίν. καὶ εἰ μη`̣ ἦν διαφορὰ τούτων, οὐκ ἂν ἔλεγεν ὁ παροιμιαστής· "μὴ κτήσῃ κακῶν ἀνδρῶν ὀνείδ̣η". ὁ´̣τε οὖν ο̣ι῾̣ ἀπόστολοι χαίρουσιν καὶ ἀγαλλιῶνται ὀνειδιζόμενοι ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ ····· ····· ··· τ̣ι ποιήσαντες, οὔκ εἰσιν ἀγαθοὶ οὗτοι οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τοιούτων. ὄνειδος αὐτὸς γενόμενός τισιν ἔθηκ̣εν̣ τὸ ὀνειδίζεσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ἐπὶ ψευδοκατηγορίαις, οὐκ ἐπ' ἀληθῶς ἐχούσαις ὀνειδίζεσθαι. οὕτω γοῦν καὶ τό· "ἡμεῖς ἄτιμοι· δοκῶ γάρ, ὁ θεὸς ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀποστόλους ἐσχάτους ἀπέδειξεν ὡς ἐπιθανατίους". τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ὄνειδος αὐτοὺς τεθεῖσθαι. οὐκ ἀληθὴς ὀνειδισμός ἐστιν, οὐ κακῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν. ἐπερ · πρὸς τὸ ῥητόν; –τοῦτο ὅτι ····· ····· ····· ···· οὐ σπουδ̣αῖα, οὐ θεοσεβῆ, καὶ οἱ ἐπελθόντες πολέμιοι ἡμῶν ····· ····· ····· ····· ·····υς δὲ οὐ μετήνεγκαν ἀπὸ τῆς χώρας αὐτῶν. 14 μυκτηρισμὸν καὶ καταγέλωτα τοῖς κύκλῳ ἡμῶν. οἱ ἅγιοί εἰσιν οἱ λέγοντες ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· ἐλη̣λυθότες οὐχ ἑαυτῶν ἕνεκα, ἀλλὰ ἄλλων χάριν. καὶ λέγουσιν ····· ····· ····· ····· ·····ν γενάμενοι κρατήσαντες ἡμᾶς καὶ ἑλκύσαντες εἰς τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν κύκλῳ ἡμῶν ὄντες ὀνειδίζουσιν ἡμᾶς καὶ χλευάζουσιν καὶ μυκτηρίζουσιν· ἀλλὰ ὁ ὀνειδιςμὸς καὶ ὁ μυκτηρισμὸς καὶ ὁ καταγέλ̣ως οὐχ ἡμῶν ἅπτεται, ἀλλ' ἐκείνων. ὡς ἐὰν καταγελῶν τις ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····κεν, ἵνα ἀλλήλους ἐπι πλεκόμενοι παῖδας ἔχωσιν, καὶ ε····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····χητα καὶ ἀπολαύῃ. τοὺς στερομένους οὖν τούτων χλευ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· η῾̣γοῦνται. 15 ἔθου ἡμᾶς εἰς παραβολὴν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν. ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ···κρυμμένον λόγῳ ὅμοιον ὁμοίῳ παραβάλληται. ὅμοιον ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· σαφ̣ὲς γένηται, ἀπὸ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ἴδωμεν· παραβάλλει τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν τῷ κόκκῳ τοῦ 319 σινάπεως οὐ τοῦτο λέγων ὅτι· "ὁμοία ἐστὶν τῷ κόκκῳ τοῦ σινάπεως" καὶ αὐτὴ κόκκος οὖσα· οὐκέτι γὰρ ὁμοιότης ἦν, ἀλλὰ ταὐτότης. ὑπερ····· ····· ···· λέγει. ἔχει τοίνυν ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σινάπεως τὸ τῶν σπερμάτων μικρομεγεθέστερον ····· ···· ··· δύναμιν δυναμένην μεταβαλεῖν καὶ τοιόνδε γενέσθαι φυτόν. καὶ ἡ βασιλεία τοίνυν τῶν οὐρανῶν δηλοῦσα τὴν διδασκαλίαν τῶν γραφῶν ὅσον ἐπὶ τῇ λέξει, ταπεινή τίς ἐστιν καὶ μικρά. εἰ μ····· ····· ····· αὐτὴν διὰ σινάπεως, καὶ ὅτι μεῖζον φυτὸν γίνεται ὁ
Life as an Age and the Covering of the Face§209
209The Greek word is an evangelical word. For this reason, therefore, this parable was spoken: 'for a parable' thus 'us as a nation among the nations'. If anyone wishes to interpret the captives, they use us, saying: 'Behold, these ones having been led away well before... God, when the right hand of God and the light of his face were protecting them, they fell into a most evil leading away' (Ps 78:49). If anyone therefore wishes to show a falling away, they refer to us. And 'made us a parable' is not in Israel, not in Israel, not in the Hebrew multitude, but 'among the nations'.
Those who are truly nations do not know the difference between good and evil, but they consider all pleasant things and all appropriate things to be good, and the opposites of these to be evil. And the name of the parable may be this: the rank of the saints has a certain superiority compared to the other ranks of men. Because of this, they have become a parable. See: men are often taken captive in different ways by enemies. One suffers the taking away of what he has possessed, while another has them remaining... in the winter and the storm of this life, they have their own... flows away into corruption. 15 A head-movement among the peoples.... they observe those changing from prosperity into adversity, to move... those or perhaps grieving. But a head-movement among the peoples we have become. 'Peoples' indeed all the coarsest men can be called, having nothing opened, not being afraid. These therefore, because of us, set a head-movement. We, having become toward the peoples, the coarsest men, moved their mind and their head. And the mind moves when... when it perceives the things being imposed upon it to be perceived. 16 All the day my trouble is against me.
It is. He says 'all the day' and 'through life'. A man's life is called that which is from birth until death, sometimes called one day, sometimes an age. Thus it is said: 'I will not eat meat for ever' (Gen 9:4), and: 'he shall be thy servant for ever' (Ps 18:25). I had trouble against me all this day which I endured for the sake of others (Ps 34:5); and the shame of my face covered me. The shame of the inner man covered me. For my face was not destroyed, but it was covered. And it is possible, having cast off the single covering, to bear his face naked, illuminated, as it is according to nature. And, so that I may phrase it this way, the ignorance that happens to other men destroys their face; for others become from others, from men serpents and wolves and foxes. But the holy man, even if he does not bear his own face naked, has it covered. And it is covered by the arrangement of the body, becoming a seeming ignorance from the incarnation. But when a change occurs into quality, I do not say that the fox, like Herod, had a covering, but his nature and disposition were such. When someone becomes foolish among the thoughtless, having cast folly upon himself, he has his face covered; when he becomes lawless among the lawless, he has his face covered.
From a voice reproaching and speaking idly. He says this: those are reproaching me and speaking idly. And those speaking idly are straying. So he says this: those who oppose us... as the rational being is accustomed to have, but rather they are straying. To speak idly is to say superfluous things. From the face of an enemy and one driving me away. When... I endured all these things. When the enemy appeared and was pursuing... shame of the...
Greek · §209
εὐαγγελικὸς λόγος τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ. διὰ τοῦτο οὖν αὕτη ἡ παραβολὴ ἐλέχθη. "εἰς παραβολὴν" οὖν "ἡμᾶς ἔθνου ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν". ἐάν τινα τῶν αἰχμαλωτισθέντων παραβαλεῖν βούλωνται, ἡμῖν χρῶνται ὅτι· "3ἰδοὺ οἵδε εὖ διαγαγόντες πρότερον ····· ····· ····· ο῾̣ θεός, ὅτε ἡ δεξιὰ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ὁ φωτισμὸς τοῦ προσώπου αὐτοῦ ἐρύετο αὐτούς, μετέπ̣εσον εἰς κακίστην διαγωγήν"3. ἐάν τινα οὖν θέλουσιν δεῖξαι μεταπεσόντα, ἡμᾶς παραφέρο̣υσιν. καὶ "ἔθου ἡμᾶς εἰς παραβολὴν" οὐκ ἐν τοῖς , οὐκ ἐν τῷ Ἰσραήλ, οὐκ ἐν πληθύι τῇ Ἑβραϊκῇ, ἀλλὰ "ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν". ἐκεῖνοι οἱ τῷ ὄντι ἔθνη ὄντες οὐκ ἴσασιν διαφορὰν ἀγαθοῦ καὶ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ πάντ̣α τὰ ἡδέα καὶ πάντα τὰ προςηνῆ ἀγαθὰ νομίζουσιν, τὰ δὲ ἐναντία τούτων κακά. δύναται δὲ καὶ τὸ ὀ´̣νομα τῆς παραβολῆς τοῦτο ὅτι· ἔχει τινὰ ὑπεροχὴν τὸ τῶν ἁγίων τάγμα παρὰ τὰ ἄλλα τῶν ἀνθρώπων τάγματα. διὰ τοῦτο εἰς παραβολὴν αὐτῶν γέγονεν. ἴδε· αἰχμαλωτίζονται πολλάκις ἄνθρωποι διαφόρως ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων. ὁ μὲν ἀφαίρεσιν πάσχει ὧν κέκτηται, ὁ δὲ ἔχει αὐτὰ παραμένοντα ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··ται ἐν τῷ χειμῶνι καὶ τῇ ζάλῃ τοῦ βίου τούτου, ἔχουσιν τὰ ἑαυτῶν α̣····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·· φθαρτοῖς καταρρεῖ. 15 κίνησιν κεφαλῆς ἐν τοῖς λαοῖς. ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· θεωροῦσιν ἐξ εὐπραγίας εἰς κακοπραγίαν μεταβάλλοντα, κινεῖν ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··τες ἢ λυπούμενοι δῆθεν. 224 κίνησις δὲ ἐν τοῖς λαοῖς γεγόναμεν κεφαλῆς. "3λαοὶ"3 δὲ δύνανται πάντες οἱ χυδαιότεροι ἄνθρωποι λέγεσθαι οὐδὲν ἔχοντες ἀνηγμένον, οὐ σο φοὶ ὄντες. οὗτοι οὖν ἡμῶν ἕνεκα κίνησιν κεφαλῆς ἔθεντο. ἡμεῖς γοῦν γενόμενοι πρὸς τοὺς λαούς, τοὺς χυδαιοτέρους ἀνθρώπους, τὸν νοῦν αὐτῶν ἐκινήσαμεν καὶ τὴν αὐτῶν κεφαλήν. κινεῖται δὲ ὁ νοῦς, ὅταν ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· ὅταν θεωρῇ τὰ ἐπιβάλλοντα αὐτῷ θεωρεῖσθαι. 16 ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν ἡ ἐντροπή μου κατεναντίον μού ἐστιν. τὸ "3ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν"3 "3διὰ βίου"3 λέγει. καλε̣ῖται δὲ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἀπὸ τῆς γενέσεως ἕως τοῦ θανάτου ὁτὲ μὲν ἡμέρα μία, ὁτὲ δὲ αἰών. οὕτω γοῦν εἴρηται τό· "οὐ μὴ φάγω κρέας εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα", καί· "ἔσται σοι δοῦλος εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα". ἐντροπὴν κατεναντίον μου εἶχον ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν ταύτην ἣν ὑπέμεινα ἄλλων ἕνεκα ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··· 320 16 καὶ ἡ αἰσχύνη τοῦ προσώπου μου ἐκάλυψέν με. τοῦ ἔσω ἀνθρώπου ἡ αἰσχύνη ἐκάλυψέν με. οὐκ ἔφθειρεν γάρ μ̣ου τὸ πρόσωπον, ἀλλ' ἐκάλυψεν αὐτό. δυνατὸν δὲ τὸ ἓν κάλυμμα ἀποβαλόντα φέρειν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτου῀̣ γυμνόν, πεφωτισμένον, οἷόν ἐστιν κατὰ φύσιν. καί, ἵν' οὕτω φράσω, ἡ ἄγνοια ὅτε τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀνθρώποις ἐπιγίνεται, φθείρει αὐτῶν τὸ πρόσωπον· ἄλλοι γὰρ ἐξ ἄλλων γίνονται, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ὄφεις καὶ λύκοι καὶ ἀλώπεκες. ὁ δὲ ἅγιος κἂν μὴ τὸ αὐτοῦ φέρῃ πρόσωπον γυμνόν, κεκαλυμμένον αὐτὸ ἔχει. καλύπτεται δὲ τῇ περιθέσει τοῦ σώματος, τῇ δοκούσῃ ἀγνοίᾳ γινομένῃ ἐκ τῆς ἐνσαρκώσεως. ὅταν δὲ μεταβολὴ γένητ̣αι εἰς ποιότητα, οὐ λέγω ὅτι ὁ ἀλώπηξ, οἷον Ἡρῴδης, κάλυμμα εἶχεν, ἀλλὰ φύσει ἡ ἕξις αὐτοῦ καὶ διάθεσι̣ς τοιαύτη ἦν. ὅταν δέ τις γένηται τοῖς ἀνοήτοις ἀνόητος, κεκαλυμμένον ἔχει τ̣ὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἐπιβαλὼν̣ ε᾿̣π̣' αὐτῷ ἀνοησίαν, ὅταν τοῖς ἀνόμοις ἄνομος γένηται, κεκαλυμμένον ἔχει τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ. 17 ἀπὸ φωνῆς ὀνειδίζοντος καὶ παραλαλοῦντος. τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι· οἱ ὀνειδίζοντές με καὶ παραλαλοῦντές εἰσιν. οἱ πα̣ραλαλοῦντες δὲ παραπαίουσιν. τοῦτο οὖν λέγει ὅτι· οἱ ἀντικείμενοι ἡμῖν ····· ····· ····· ····· ····ω̣ς, ὡς πέφυκεν ἔχειν τὸ λογικόν, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον παραπαίουσιν. παραλαλεῖν δὲ ····· ····· ····· ·· τὸν πε̣ριττὰ φθεγγόμενον. 17 ἀπὸ προσώπου ἐχθροῦ καὶ ἐκδιώκοντος. ὅτε ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·τ̣α πάντα ὑπέμεινα. φανέντος τοῦ ἐχθροῦ καὶ καταδιώκοντος συν····· ····· ····· ····· ··· αἰσχύνης τοῦ
Foreknowledge and Knowledge§210
210To have the face covered. I do not have these things because of wickedness... text gapped... immediately indeed he brought them: 'all these things came upon us, and we did not remember you' (Psalm 78:22). text gapped... because not coming out in our own powers, it came upon us to turn backward toward our enemies; it came upon us that a reproach should be placed upon our neighbors and those around us, a mockery and to have the face turned down, to be covered in shame.
Because the voice is of holy ones. Many many times also from the pleasant things they forget God, not only from the unpleasant ones. For he says: 'take care of yourself lest, having eaten and being filled and having built fine houses... the Lord your God you forget' (Deut 8:12). Sometimes, having come into afflictions, it is said they forget God. All these things came upon us, and we did not remember you, and we did not act wickedly against your covenant.
Israel was captured from Judea both by chance and locally, and a chance and natural local displacement has happened; for they thought text gapped having gone there they did not keep the laws there and toward the laws there text gapped to Babylonize according to the soul. Often God hindered them, persisting in living thus. In order that they might know by trial that evil is that which they loved, he resettled them into Babylon. Along with this, he made a way to be captured, and holy ones like Ezekiel, Zechariah, Angel, Daniel, and those cast into the furnace, so that even being there they were not completely abandoned, so that they might experience it as if in war.
There is also a Jerusalem above. Those living according to the divine laws dwell in God. If they become apostates from the divine laws, they are resettled into the place concerning the earth, and this is the captivity according to allegory. And there are sent out to them again here for the sake of help: 'there came a man, sent from God, his name John. This came for a testimony, so that he might testify about the light' (John 1:6-7); for he did not come for the sake of another than to testify.
To the light. Again Jeremiah hears: 'Before I formed you in the womb I knew you, and before you came forth from the womb I sanctified you, and I appointed you a prophet to the nations' (Jeremiah 1:5). Before coming forth from the womb he was sanctified, and as a prophet to the nations he was appointed. Again: 'Just as he chose us in him before the foundation of the world' (Ephesians 1:4). By 'foundation of the world' he means his coming-to-be. And Paul and those with him were chosen before the foundation of the world, and this election has become theirs from then until now, so that they might be sent out together with those who have been called and might be able to help them.
But did Paul speak according to foreknowledge? Foreknowledge is a theoretical viewing of what is coming to be. But according to kind, foreknowledge and knowledge are the same. They differ in time. For example, suppose I foreknow that tomorrow there will be thunder. When the thunder comes to be in the middle of the day, it is knowledge, no longer foreknowledge. And the knowledge of the thunder does not make it such, but what it is, that becomes the knowledge. Thus the known thing makes the knowledge, which does not receive the knowing from us. I use an image for the sake of the manner of foreknowledge: the one child is born so that he may demand, and the other, so that he may live in the house. What kind of justice is this of foreknowledge, if we take these things to happen according to foreknowledge? Foreknowledge both justifies and condemns. To foreknow and to know is also to condemn and to justify from the things being done and being thought.
Paul was foreknown in this life, both a traitor and a persecutor of Christ and an apostle. Was he not both foreknown? Foreknowledge therefore made him have both. Again, did he not become first an apostle and later a traitor? He was not foreknown by God. The foreknowledge of God made him at one time an apostle and at another time a traitor. And indeed it is sought: did he choose the apostles from among us? 'Did I not choose you, the twelve?' (John 15:16) and: 'Whom he foreknew, he also predestined to be conformed to the image of his Son' (Romans 8:29). He does not speak about existence, but about being conformed. Foreknowledge does not lead to existence. God has made it so, having made them known; for the matter does not make the knowledge of God; for the knowledge of God is eternal. It is taken in relation to what is coming to be and is called foreknowledge; for that woman Susanna says again: 'He who knows the...
Greek · §210
προσώπου καλυφθῆναι. οὐκ ἀπὸ κακίας ἔχω ταῦτα, οὐκ ····· ····· ····· ····· ···· εὐθέως γοῦν ἐπήγαγεν· "ταῦτα πάντα ἐπῆλθεν ἐφ' ἡμᾶς, καὶ οὐκ ἐπελαθόμεθά σου". ····· ····· ····· ··υ̣, μὴ ἐξερχομένου σου ἐν ταῖς δυνάμεσιν ἡμῶν ἦλθεν ἐφ' ἡμᾶς τὸ ἀποστραφῆναι εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω παρὰ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἡμῶν, ἦλθεν ἐφ' ἡμᾶς τὸ ὄνειδος τεθεῖσθαι τοῖς γείτοσιν ἡμῶν ἡμῶν καὶ τοῖς κύκλῳ ἡμῶν μυκτηρισμὸν καὶ τὸ ἐντροπὴν ἔχειν τοῦ προσώπου, τὸ αἰσχύνῃ καλυφθῆναι τοῦ προσώπου. ····· ····· ·····ν̣ ὅτι ἁγίων ἐστὶν ἡ φωνή. πολλοὶ πολλάκις καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἡδέων ἐπιλανθάνονται τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐ μόνον ἐκ τῶν ἀηδῶν̣. λέγει γοῦν· "πρόσεχε σεαυτῷ μὴ φαγὼν καὶ ἐμπλησθεὶς καὶ οἰκίας καλὰς οἰκοδομήσας ····· ····· ··ν̣ος ἐπιλάθῃ κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου". ἐνίοτε γενόμενοι ἐν συμφοραῖς ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····αις, λέγονται ἐπιλανθάνεσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ. 18 ταῦτα πάντα ἦλθεν ἐφ' ἡμᾶς, καὶ οὐκ ἐπελαθόμεθά σου καὶ οὐκ ἠδικήσαμεν ἐν διαθήκῃ σου. ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··κως καὶ τοπικῶς αἰχμαλωτίσθη ὁ Ἰσραὴλ ἐκ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··να καὶ φύσει τοπικὴ μετάθεσις γέγονεν· ἡγήσατο γὰρ ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ··ενοντες οὐκ ἐφύλαξαν ἐκεῖ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἐκεῖ νόμους ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ····· ·····ς διανοεῖσθαι βαβυλωνίζειν κατὰ τὴν ψυχήν. 321 ἐκώλυσεν πολλάκις ὁ θεὸς τὸ οὕτως αὐτοὺς διάγειν ἐπιμένοντας. ἵνα πείρᾳ γνῶσιν κακὸν ὂν ὃ ἠγάπησαν, μετοίκισεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν Βαβυλῶνα. σὺν τούτοις ἐποίησεν τρόπον τινὰ αἰχμαλωτισθῆναι καὶ ἁγίους ὡς τὸν Ἰεζεκιήλ, Ζαχαρίαν, Ἅγγεον, ∆ανιὴλ καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῇ καμίνῳ βληθέντας, ἵνα μηδὲ 225 ἐκεῖ ὄντες τέλεον ἦσαν ἐνκαταλελειμμένοι, ἵνα ἔχωσιν ὡς ἐν πολέμῳ τυγχάνοντες. ἔστιν καὶ ἄνω Ἰερουσαλήμ. οἱ κατὰ τοὺς θείους νόμους ζῶντες τοῦ θεοῦ οἰκοῦσιν αὐτήν. ἐὰν ἀποστάται τῶν θείω̣ν νόμων γένωνται, μετοικίζονται εἰς τὸν περὶ γῆν τόπον, καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ κατὰ ἀλληγορίαν αἰχμ̣αλωσία. συνεκπέμπονται δὲ αὐτοῖς πάλιν ὧδε βοηθείας ἕνεκα· "ἐγένετο ἄνθρωπος, ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ θεοῦ, ὄνομα αὐτῷ Ἰωάννης. οὗτος ἦλθεν εἰς μαρτυρίαν, ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός"· μὴ γὰρ ἄλλου χάριν ἦλθεν ἢ μαρτυρῆσαι τῷ φωτί. πάλιν ὁ Ἰηρεμίας ἀκούει· "πρὸ τοῦ με πλάσαι σε ἐν κοιλίᾳ ἐπίσταμαί σε καὶ πρὸ τοῦ σε ἐξελθεῖν ἐκ μήτρας ἡγίακά σε, προφήτην εἰς ἔθνη τέθεικά σε". πρὶν ἐξελθεῖν ἐκ μήτρας ἡγιάσθη καὶ προφήτης εἰς ἔθνη̣ τέθειται. πάλιν· "καθὼς ἐξελέξατο ἡμᾶς ἐν αὐτῷ πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου". καταβολὴν δὲ κόσμου τὴν γε´̣νεσιν αὐτοῦ λέγει. καὶ ἐξελέγησαν πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου Παῦλος καὶ οἱ ἀνφ' αὐτόν, καὶ η῾̣ ἐκλογὴ νῦν αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τότε γέγονεν, ἵνα συναποσταλῶσιν τοῖς κατεσχημένοις καὶ δυνηθῶσιν̣ αὐτοῖς βοηθεῖν. ἐπερ · κατὰ τὴν πρόγνωσιν ἔλεγεν ὁ Παῦλος; –ἡ πρόγνωσις θεωρητική ἐστιν τῶν ἐσομένων. κατὰ γένος δὲ ἡ πρόγνωσις καὶ γνῶσις ταὐτόν ἐστιν. χρόνῳ διαφέρει. οἷον, φέρε, προγιγνώςκω, ὅτι αὔριον βροντὴ ἔσται. ὅταν ἡ βρον τὴ γένηται ἐνσ̣τάσης τῆς ἡμέρας, γνῶσίς ἐστιν̣, οὐκέτι πρόγνωσις. ἡ γνῶσις δὲ τῆς βροντῆς οὐ ποιεῖ τοιάνδε αὐτὴν εἶναι, ἀλλ' οἵα ἐστίν, αὕτη γίνεται̣ ἡ γνῶσις. τὸ γνωστὸν οὖν ποιεῖ τὴν γνῶσιν, ἣ οὐκ ἐξ ἡμῶν λαμβάνει τὸ γιγνώσκειν. χρῶμαι εἰκόνος ἕνεκα τῷ τῆς προγνώσεως τρόπῳ· τὸ μὲν παιδίο̣ν γεν̣νᾶται, ἵνα ἐπαιτῇ, καὶ τὸ ἄλλο, ἵνα ζῇ ἐν οἴκῳ. ποῖον δίκαιον τῆς προγνώσεως τόδε̣, ε᾿̣ὰν λαμβάνωμεν κατὰ πρόγνωσ̣ιν ταῦτα γίνεσθαι; ἡ πρόγνωσις καὶ δικαιοῖ καὶ κατακρίνει. προγνῶναι δὲ καὶ γνῶναι ἔστιν καὶ κατακρῖναι καὶ δικαιῶσαι ἐκ τῶν πραττομένων καὶ διανοουμένω̣ν. προεγνώσθη Παῦλος ἐν τῇ ζωῇ ταύτῃ καὶ προδότης καὶ Χριστοῦ διώκτης καὶ ἀπόστολος. οὐκ ἀμφότερα προεγιγνω´̣σκετο; ἡ πρόγνωσις οὖν ἐποίησεν αὐτὸν καὶ τὰ δύο ἔχειν. πάλιν οὐ γέγονεν πρῶτον ἀπόστολος καὶ ὕστερον προδότης· οὐ προεγνώσθη τῷ θεῷ. ἡ πρόγνωσις τοῦ θεοῦ ἐποίησεν αὐτ̣ὸν ὁτὲ 322 μὲν ἀπόστολον ὁτὲ δὲ προδότην. καὶ μὴν ζητεῖται· ἐκ τοῦ ἐφ' ἡμῖν ἐξελέξατο τοὺς ἀποστόλους; "οὐχὶ τοὺς δώδεκα ὑμᾶς ἐξελεξάμην"; καί· "οὓς προέγνω, καὶ προώρισεν συνμόρφους τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ". οὐ περὶ ὑπάρξεως λέγει, ἀλλὰ περὶ τοῦ συνμόρφους εἶναι. οὐ τὴν ὕπαρξιν ἡ πρόγνωσις ἄγει. πεποίηκεν ὁ θεός, ποιήσας ἐπίσταται· μὴ γὰρ τὸ πρᾶγμα ποιεῖ γνῶσιν θεοῦ· ἡ γνῶσις γὰρ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀΐδιός ἐστιν. σχέσει λαμβάνεται πρὸς τὰ μέλλοντα καὶ λέγεται πρόγνωσις· λέγει γὰρ πάλιν ἡ Σωσάννα ἐκείνη· "ὁ εἰδὼς τὰ
The Integrity of the Covenant and the Purpose of Affliction§211
211All things before their being. Being. It is not foreknowledge that makes things such or such, but choice, the things chosen. I say: I foreknow that this person will give birth to a male and will have sons; this is not a matter of choice. But to become something trivial or important, or to have some other fitness, is a matter of choice. It does not come from foreknowledge, since God judges beforehand and justifies beforehand. And if He justifies beforehand, it was of His goodness to justify all.
Again, concerning Esau and Jacob, the apostle, as if speaking in a dilemma, says: 'What then shall we say to this? Is there injustice with God? May it never be!' (Romans 9:14). Because he had refuted injustice, he forced us to seek how there is not injustice with God. If it were so, as those who speak of foreknowledge say, we would rather find injustice in Him. 'I loved Jacob,' He says, 'but I hated Esau' (Romans 9:13). But one is hated or loved according to things done and according to things thought. How then does foreknowledge have room? Is injustice found with God? But he, refuting this, said: 'What then shall we say? Is there injustice with God? May it never be!' Since there is no injustice, let the matter be sought in another way, how it has come to pass.
Many times we have also said that: if we have a correct assumption about someone, we understand everything about him accordingly; as we were saying concerning the king. And in all the ways of captivity, he said this in many pleasures and pains, and being wise in both pleasures and pains, it did not result in God being forgotten by them, but rather they were grieved, because they were men needing such things, just as concerning the captives, that they need captivity. Thus indeed some have demonstrated that in the one hundred and eighty-first and tenth psalm it is so: 'Despondency has taken hold of me from sinners' (Psalm 181:10). One becomes despondent when he sees men made in the image of God and in likeness having become sinners. And just as if someone is a father, when he sees his son suffering from fever and weakness, he strikes him, he is grieved, not because he strikes him, but because he has come into such a state; so also these, being noble and knowing that 'through many tribulations it is necessary to enter the kingdom of God' (Acts 14:22), they do not sink entirely into the afflicted. For they say: 'In all things we are afflicted, but not in anguish' (2 Corinthians 4:8).
Not being distressed is to bear the afflictions bravely. 'And we have not acted unjustly toward your covenant' (Ps 74:22). What has been decreed according to your will remains for ever, and all things according to your judgments, and therefore we have not acted unjustly. If anyone says, 'Why is this one a child and that one a child, and this one rich and that one poor?' he acts unjustly toward the covenant of God. Just as with these covenants which men establish, if anyone wishes to contradict and fight against one of those written, he unjustly acts against the covenant in vain. His own injustice seems to be an injustice against the covenant. If anyone handles the God-breathed Scripture differently, as the heretics do, they act unjustly toward the Gospel, toward the Divine Scripture.
And our heart has not turned backward (Ps 73:22). You see that there is a remaining straightness of following. 'Has not turned backward' means we have not become others, having a heart that is right and straight and looking straightly. And this thing of the unsettled and the uncertain happens to us; many, having come into affliction, turned their mind so as to grumble against providence. 'And you have turned our paths from your way' (Ps 119:176). This says that we ran your way well before we descended into this condition and conduct. 'You have turned our paths from your way,' because you have transferred us into another life and a way suitable to life. However, even if 'you have turned our paths' by handing us over to captivity, nevertheless our paths did not turn away from your way.
For you have humbled us in a place of affliction (Ps 102:19). Take the place of your humbling according to both the consequences of the deportation from Jerusalem to Babylon. Primarily this place is the earth, where the souls that are brought low are humbled, 'the body of humiliation.' It can also be handed over to the afflicted to bear the shame and the place of affliction, namely the land of Assyria or the land of Babylon. 'And you have covered us with the shadow of death' (Ps 23:4). Even if the death of affliction lay upon us, it did not consume us. His shadow covered us. Let it be like a heavy stone lifted up on high. Let someone be under this, but not necessarily fallen upon it. And let him see occasionally the shadow of the...
Greek · §211
πάντα πρὶν γενέσεως αὐτῶν". οὐχ ἡ πρόγνωσις δὲ ποιεῖ αὐ τὰ τοιάδε ἢ τοιάδε, ἀλλ' ἡ προαίρεσις, τὰ προαιρετικά. λέγω· προγιγνώσκω, ὅτι ὅσδε ἀρρενοτοκήσει καὶ υἱοὺς ἕξει· οὔκ ἐστιν προαιρετικὸν τοῦτο. τὸ μέντοι φαῦλον ἢ σπουδαῖον γενέσθαι ἢ ἄλλο τι ἐπιτήδευμα ἔχειν, προαιρετέα. οὐκ ἐκ προγνώσεως γίνεται, ἐπεὶ προκατακρίνει θεὸς καὶ προδικαιοῖ. εἰ δὲ προδικαιοῖ, τη῀̣ς ἀγ̣αθότητος αὐτοῦ ἦν τοῦτο τὸ πάντας δικαιῶσαι. πάλιν περὶ τοῦ Ἰσαῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἰακὼβ ὁ ἀπόστολος οἷον ἀπο̣ρήσας λέγει· "τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν πρὸς ταῦτα; μὴ ἀδικία παρὰ τῷ θεῷ; μὴ γένοιτο". διὰ τοῦ ἀνῃρηκέναι τὴν ἀδικίαν ἐβίασε̣ν η῾̣μᾶς ζητεῖν, πῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἀδικία παρὰ τῷ θεῷ. εἰ δὲ οὕτως, ὡς οἱ λέγοντες τὴν̣ πρόγνωσιν, ἀδικίαν μᾶλλον παρ' αὐτῷ εὑρίσκομεν. "τὸν Ἰακώβ", φησίν, "ἠγάπησα καὶ τὸν Ἰσαῦ ἐμίσησα". ἐπὶ πραττομένοις δὲ μισεῖταί τις ἢ ἀγαπᾶται καὶ ἐπὶ φρονουμένοις. πῶς οὖν χώραν ἔχει ἡ πρόγνωσις; ἀδικία παρὰ τῷ θεῷ εὑρίσκεται; ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἀναιρῶν εἶπεν· "τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν; μὴ ἀδικία παρὰ τῷ θεῷ; μὴ γένοιτο". μὴ οὔσης ἀδικίας ἄλλως ζη̣τείτω τὸ πρᾶγμα, πῶς γέγονεν. πολλάκις καὶ αὐτὰ εἰρήκαμεν ὅτι· ἐὰν ὑπόλημψιν ὀρθὴν ἔχωμεν̣ περί τινος, καταλλήλως αὐτῷ 226 πάντα διανοούμεθα· ὡς ἔλεγον περὶ τοῦ βασιλέως. κατὰ πάντας δὲ τοὺς τρόπους τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας τοῦτο ἔλεγον· ἐν ἀηδέσιν πολλοῖς ·ε̣·ν̣α·ε̣ν̣η καὶ σοφοὶ ὄντες ἐν α᾿̣μφοτέροις ἡδέσιν καὶ ἀηδέσιν, καὶ οὐκ ἐγίνετο αὐτῶν λήθη θεοῦ ἐκ τούτου̣, ἀλλ' οὖν γε ἐλυποῦντο, ὅτι ἐ´̣νεισιν ἄνθρωποι τοιούτων δεόμενοι, οἷον περὶ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων, ὅτι δέονται αἰχμαλωσίας. οὕτω γοῦν ἀποδεδώκασίν τινες τὸ ἐν ἑκατοστῷ ὀγδόῳ καὶ δεκάτῳ ψαλμῷ οὕτως ἔχον· "ἀθυμία κατέσχεν με ἀπὸ ἁμαρτωλῶν". ἀθυμεῖ ὅταν ἴδῃ ἀνθρώπους λογικοὺς κατ' εἰκόνα θεοῦ καὶ καθ' ὁμοίωσιν γε̣γ̣ε̣νη̣μένους ἁμαρτάνοντας. καὶ ω῾̣ς εἴ τις πατήρ, ὅταν ἴδ̣ῃ̣ τὸν υἱὸν ἑαυτοῦ ἀπὸ πυρετοῦ καὶ παρακοπῆς τύπτοντα αὐτόν, λυπεῖται, οὐχ ὅτι τύπτει αὐτόν, ἀλλ' ὅτι εἰς τοιαύτην ἐλήλυθεν κατάστασιν, οὕτω καὶ οὗτοι γενναῖοι ὄντες καὶ εἰδότες ὅτι "διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ ἔστιν εἰσελθεῖν", οὐ πάνυ τι ἐπὶ τοῖς θλιβηροῖς καταδ̣ύονται. λέγουσιν γοῦν· "ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμεθα, ἀλλ' οὐ στενοχωρούμεθα". τὸ δὲ μὴ στενοχω̣ρεῖσθαί ἐστιν τὸ γε̣νναίως φέρειν τὰ θλιβηρά. "καὶ οὐκ ἠδικήσαμεν ἐν διαθήκῃ σου". εἰς αἰῶνα κατὰ τὸ βούλημά σου τὰ προσταχθέντα διαμένει 323 καὶ κατὰ τὰ κρίματα τὰ σά, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἠδικήσαμεν. ἐὰν δέ τις λέγῃ ὅτι· "3διὰ τί ὅσδε πολύπαις̣ ἐστὶν καὶ ὅσδε ἄπαις καὶ ὅσδε πλουτεῖ καὶ ὅσδε πένεται"3; ἀδικεῖ εἰς τὴν διαθήκην τοῦ θεοῦ. ὥσπ̣ερ ἐπὶ τῶν διαθηκῶν τούτων ὧν διατίθενται ἄνθρωποι, ἐάν τις θέλῃ τινὶ τῶν ἐνγεγραμμένων ἀντιλέγειν καὶ μάχεσθαι, ματαίως ἀδικεῖ τὴν διαθήκην. ἡ αὐτοῦ ἀδικία δοκεῖ τῆς διαθήκης ἀδικία εἶναι. ἐάν τις τὴν θεόπνευστον ἑτέρως μεταχειρίζηται, ὡς οἱ ἑτερόδοξοι, ἀδικοῦσιν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, εἰς τὴν θείαν γραφήν. 19 καὶ οὐκ ἀπέστη εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν. θεωρεῖς ὅτι ἐνμενόντ̣ων ἐστὶν τῇ κατ' εὐθύτητα ἀκολουθίᾳ. "οὐκ ἀπέστη εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω", οὐκ ἄλλοι γεγόναμεν ἔχοντες τὴν καρδίαν ὀρθὴν καὶ εὐθεῖαν καὶ κατ' εὐθὺ βλέπουσαν. συνβαίνει δὲ ἐφ' ἡμῶν τῶν ἀνερματίστων καὶ ἀβεβαίων τοῦτο· πολλοὶ εἰς θλῖψιν ἐληλυθότες ἀπέστρεψαν ἑαυτῶν τὴν νόησιν ὥστε γονγύζειν κατὰ τῆς προνοίας. 19 καὶ ἐξέκλινας τὰς τρίβους ἡμῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ὁδοῦ σου. τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι· καλῶς ἐτρέχαμεν τὴν ὁδόν σου πρὶν εἰς ταύτην κατήλθομεν τὴν κατάστασιν καὶ διαγωγήν. "κέκλικας τὰς τρίβους ἡμῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ὁδοῦ σου", ὅτι μετέστησας ἡμᾶς εἰς ἑτέραν ζωὴν καὶ κατάλληλον τῇ ζωῇ ὁδόν. ὅμως εἰ καὶ "ἐξέκλινας τὰς ὁδοὺς ἡμῶν" παραδοὺς ἡμᾶς εἰς αἰχμ̣αλωσίαν, ἀλλ' οὖν γε αἱ τρίβοι ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξέκλιναν ἀπὸ τῆς ὁδοῦ σου. 20 ὅτι ἐταπείνωσας ἡμᾶς ἐν τόπῳ κακώσεως. κατ' ἀμφοτέρας τὰς ἀποδόσεις τοῦ μετοικισμοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰερουσαλὴμ εἰς τὴν Βαβυλῶνα λάβε τὸν τῆς ταπεινώσεως τόπον. κυρίω̣ς οὗτος ὁ τόπος ἐστὶν ὁ περὶ γῆν, ἔνθα ταπεινοῦνται αἱ ψυχαὶ αἱ ἐπαχ̣θιζόμεναι "τὸ σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώσεως". δύναται δὲ καὶ ὁ θλιβηροῖς παραδοθεὶς φέρειν τὴν̣ αἰσχύν̣ην καὶ κακώσεως τόπον ὅτ̣ι τὴν Ἀσσυρίαν γῆν ἢ τὴν Βαβυλωνίαν. 20 καὶ ἐπεκάλυψεν ἡμᾶς σκιὰ θανάτου. εἰ καὶ ἐπέκειτο ἐφ' ἡμῖν ὁ τῆς κακώσεως θάνατος, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐξέτριψεν ἡμᾶς. ε᾿̣π̣ε̣κάλυψεν ἡμᾶς ἡ σκιὰ αὐτοῦ. οἷον ἔστω λίθος βαρὺς ἀπαιωρημένος ἐν ὕψει. ὑπὸ τοῦτόν τις γεγονέτω, οὐ μὴν πεπτωκέτω ἐπ' αὐτόν. καὶ ὁράτω ἐνίοτε τὴν σκιὰν τοῦ
Sacrificial Death and Divine Slumber§212
212Upon itself. And the shadow of the stone does not do what the stone itself has done, from which even God is delivered. It has been said: 'The rising sun appeared to those in darkness and the shadow of death' (Psalm 98:2).
If we have forgotten the name of our God and if we have stretched out our hands toward a foreign god, then these things are no longer said toward God himself. Previously, it was said toward God himself: 'You turned our paths from your way; you humbled us in a place of affliction' (Psalm 65:5). Therefore, they say to others that they have become in these things through sin and lawlessness, and they say: 'If we have forgotten the name of our God and if we have stretched out our hands toward a foreign god,' that is to say, if we have worshipped a foreign god. But all those called gods according to the Scripture who are falsely named should be considered foreign gods; for it has been said: 'All the gods of the nations are demons' (Psalm 95:5).
Not toward our own belly, nor toward mammon, did we stretch out our hands, which are allegorically called our deeds. We stretched them out toward a foreign god and toward the enemies who seem to have prevailed. God will not fail to seek these things. They were saying, in this way of reading: 'Will God not seek these things?' (Psalm 94:8) and they were saying, in this way of reading: 'Will God not seek these things?'
He says: do not think it a small thing to forget the name of God or to stretch out hands toward a foreign god. For God also seeks these things. And you know that some, especially in persecutions, were saying this: that it is possible to do things without acting with the heart. Indeed, many died saying this, and they silenced the name of God as if forgetting Him. He says, not even this is enough to hide God, who is invisible, and He seeks these things. For does He not seek? The following text does not permit this way of thinking. For He himself knows the secrets of the heart.
Let him who is ignorant of the secrets of the heart seek first whether he acted thus or like that. For instance, if someone, pretending to be wise, says: 'I did not stretch out my hands toward a foreign god,' I say: 'I, who am ignorant of the secrets of the heart, am examining these things.' But God does not seek; for He knows them. And He says, therefore, what He knows as secrets:
"Because of you we die all day, we were counted as sheep for slaughter" (Ps 54:3). Because of you we die all day, we were counted as sheep for slaughter. Those dying all day for God and counted as sheep for slaughter have no doubt whether they have come to the name of God or stretched hands toward a foreign god. Therefore, one does not seek these things from a heart that is manifest. "We were counted" then "as sheep for slaughter." Everyone who wishes to slaughter us can do so. And this is possible; even if some fight us, we consider ourselves as sheep being ritualized, as being sacrificed to God for a "pleasing sacrifice" (Ps 50:5). Indeed, in the Revelation of John, "the souls of those being persecuted for the testimony of Jesus" (Rev 6:9) appeared dancing under the altar of the heavenly God, clearly as victims having come there.
"Arise; why, Lord, do you sleep? Arise and do not cast us away to the end" (Ps 44:23). It seems that God sleeps when He is long-suffering toward the wrongdoing of His own holy men and the groaning of those made according to Him. Indeed, they send up a prayer saying: "Cast the hands toward their pride to the end" (Ps 54:5), and: "May the pride of those hating you ascend to you always" (Ps 54:6). And it seems God sleeps when He is long-suffering, when He overlooks His own being afflicted. "Arise and do not cast us away to the end" (Ps 44:23). For if even we have become captives and are being afflicted in the place of ill-treatment, being human, mortal, and liable to fall, we fear being cast away to the end. Israel was cast away in Babylon, when they worshiped Bel and had made the image of Nebuchadnezzar and other things of the Babylonians; they were cast away to the end. But those around Daniel, even if they were cast away locally, they were not cast away to the end; for they remained in the same godliness. It seems they were cast away, but they were not cast away to the end, the lions being silenced and him ascending unhurt.
"Why do you turn your face away, forgetting our poverty and our affliction? For our soul has been humbled into dust" (Ps 40:12-13). This is the same as sleeping and seeming to turn the face away. Appear to us, rescuing and saving us from the...
Greek · §212
λίθου ἐπάνω ἑαυτοῦ. καὶ οὐ ποιεῖ ἡ σ̣κ̣ια`̣ τοῦ λίθου ὅπερ ἂν πεποίηκεν ὁ λίθος αὐτός. ἀφ' ἧς καὶ αὐτῆς ῥύεται θεός. εἴρηται· "ἀνατολὴ ἐξ ὕψους ἐπέφανεν τοῖς ἐν σκότει καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου". 21 εἰ ἐπελαθόμεθα τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν καὶ εἰ διεπετάσαμεν χεῖρας ἡμῶν πρὸς θεὸν ἀλλότριον. λοιπὸν οὐκέτι πρὸς θεὸν ταῦτα λέγουσιν̣. τὰ πρότερα πρὸς θεὸν αὐτὸν εἶπεν· "ἐξέκλινας τὰς τρίβους ἡμῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ὁδοῦ σου, ἐταπείνωσας ἡμᾶς ἐν τόπῳ κακώσεως". λοιπὸν περὶ θεοῦ λέγουσιν τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς ὑπολαμβάνουσιν ὅτι κατὰ ἁμαρτίας καὶ α᾿̣ν̣ομίας γεγόνασιν ἐν τούτ̣οις, καὶ λέγουσιν· "εἰ ἐπελαθόμεθα τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν καὶ εἰ δι324 επετάσαμεν 227 χεῖρας ἡμῶν πρ̣ὸς θεὸν ἀλλότριον", τουτέστιν, εἰ προσεκυνήσαμεν θεῷ ἀλλοτρίῳ. ἀλλοτρίους δὲ θεοὺς ἡγητέον πάντας τοὺς κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν ψευδωνύμους λεγομένους θεούς· εἴρηται γάρ· "πάντες οἱ θεοὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν δαιμόνια". οὐ πρὸς τὴν ἑαυτῶν κοιλίαν, οὐ πρὸς τὸν μαμωνᾶ τὰς πράξεις ἡμῶν χεῖρας ἀλληγορικῶς καλουμένας διεπετάσαμεν. πρὸς θεὸν ἀλλότριον καὶ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς τοῖς δοκοῦσιν κεκρατηκέναι. 22 οὐχὶ ὁ θεὸς ἐκζητήσει ταῦτα. ἔλεγον ὅτι τέτριπται οὕτω ἀναγιγνώσκειν· "οὐχὶ ὁ θεὸς ἐκζητήσει ταῦτα"; καὶ ἔλεγον ὅτι ἐγὼ οὕτω ἀναγιγνώσκω· "οὐχὶ ὁ θεὸς ἐκζητήσει ταῦτα". τοῦτο λέγει· μὴ νομίζετε μικρὸν εἶναι τὸ ἐπιλαθέσθαι τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ θεοῦ ἢ διαπετάσαι τὰς χεῖρας πρὸς θεὸν ἀλλότριον. ἐκζητεῖ δὲ καὶ ταῦτα θεός. οἶδας δὲ ὅτι τινές, μάλιστα ἐν τοῖς διωγμοῖς, τοῦτο ἔλεγον, ὅτι δυνατόν ἐστιν ποιῆσαι μὴ τῇ καρδίᾳ πράττοντα. πολλοὶ γοῦν καὶ ἔθα̣νον λέγοντες τοῦτο, καὶ ἐσιώπησαν τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θεοῦ ὥσπερ ἐπιλαθόμενοι αὐτοῦ. οὐδὲ τοῦτο, φησίν, ου̣····αορα θεόν, καὶ ταῦτα ἐκζητεῖ. ἐπερ · οὐκοῦν ἐκζητεῖ; –τὸ ἑξῆς ῥητὸν οὐκ ἐπιτρέπει ταύτην τὴν διάνοιαν. 22 αὐτὸς γὰρ γιγνώσκει τὰ κρύφια τῆς καρδίας. ὁ ἀγνοῶν τὰ κρύφια τῆς καρδίας ζητείτω πρότερον̣ οὕτως ἐποίησεν ἢ ἐκείνως. οἷον εἴ τις σοφιζόμενος λέγοι ὅτι· "3οὐ διεπέτασα τὰς χεῖρας πρὸς θεὸν ἀλλότριον"3, λε´̣γω̣ ὅτ̣ι· "3ἐγὼ ὁ ἀγνοῶν τὰ κρύφια τῆς καρδίας ἐξετάζω περὶ τούτων"3. ὁ δὲ θεὸς οὐκ ἐκζητεῖ· οἶδεν γὰρ αὐτά. κ̣αὶ λέγει λοιπὸν ἃ ἐπίσταται κρύφια· "ὅτι ἕνεκα σοῦ θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν, ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς". 23 ὅτι ἕνεκα σοῦ θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν, ἐλογίς θημεν ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς. οἱ ἕνεκα θεοῦ πᾶσαν τὴν ἡμέραν θανατούμενοι καὶ εἰς πρόβατα σφαγῆς λελογισμένοι μὴ ἀμφίβ̣ολον ἔχουσιν πότερον ἐπελάθοντο τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ θεοῦ ἢ διεπέτασαν τὰς χεῖρας πρὸς θεὸν ἀλλότριον̣. ὁ´̣θεν οὐκ ἐκζητεῖ ταῦτα τῆς καρδίας οὔσης φανερᾶς. "ε᾿̣λογι´̣σθημεν" οὖν "ὡς πρόβατα σφαγῆς". πᾶς̣ ὁ βουλόμενος σφάττει ἡμᾶς. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο· εἰ καὶ πολεμοῦσιν ἡμᾶς τινες, ἀλλ' ἡμεῖς οὕτως ἑαυτοὺς ἡγούμεθα ὡς πρόβατα ἱερουργούμενα, ὡς θυόμενα τῷ θεῷ εἰς "εὐάρεστον θυσίαν". ἀμέλ̣ει γοῦν καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει Ἰωάννου "αἱ ψυχαὶ τῶν πεπελεκιςμένων̣ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ" "ὑπὸ τὸ θυσιαστήριον" τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ οὐράνιον ἐφάνησαν χορεύουσαι, ὡς θύματα δηλονότι ἐκεῖ προσελθοῦσαι. 24 ἐξεγέρθητι· ἵνα τί ὑπνοῖς, κύριε; ἀνάστηθι καὶ μὴ ἀπώσῃ εἰς τέλος. δοκεῖ ὑπνοῖν ὁ θεός, ὅταν μακροθυμῇ κα̣τ̣α̣π̣ονουμένων τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἑαυτοῦ τῶν ἁγίων καὶ βρενθυομένων τῶν κατ' αὐτου῀̣ γεγενημένων. ἀμέλει γοῦν εὐχὴν ἀναπέμπουσιν λέγοντες· "ἔπαρον τὰς χεῖρας εἰς τὰς ὑπερηφανίας αυ᾿̣τῶν εἰς τέλος", καί· "ἡ ὑπερηφανία τῶν μισούντων σε διὰ παντὸς ἀναβαίη πρὸς σέ". δοκεῖ δὲ ὑπνοῖν ὁ θεός, ὅταν μακροθυμῇ, ὅταν παρορᾷ τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ θλιβομένους. "ἀνάστηθι καὶ μὴ ἀπώσῃ εἰς τέλος". 325 εἰ γὰρ καὶ γεγόναμεν ἐν τῇ αἰχμαλωσίᾳ καὶ θλιβόμεθα ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τῆς κακώσεως, ἄνθρωποι ὄντες θνητοὶ καὶ τρεπτοὶ εὐλαβούμεθα μὴ τέλεον ἀπωσθῶμεν. ἀπώσθη ὁ Ἰσραὴλ ἐν τῇ Βαβυλῶνι, ὅτε τὸν Βὴλ προσεκύνουν καὶ τὴν εἰκόνα το̣ῦ Ναβουχοδονοσσὸρ καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πεποίηκεν καὶ Βαβυλώνια, εἰς τέλος ἀπώσθη. οἱ δὲ ἀμφὶ τ̣ο`̣ν ∆ανιὴλ εἰ καὶ ἀπώσθησαν τοπικῶς, ταῦτα οὐκ εἰς τέλος ἀπώσθησαν· ἔμειναν γὰρ ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ θεοσ̣εβείᾳ. δοκεῖ ἀπῶσθαι, ἀλλ' οὐκ εἰς τέλος ἀπώσθη φιμωθέντων τῶν λεόντων καὶ αὐτοῦ ἀβλαβοῦς ἀνα̣βάντος. 25–26 ἵνα τί τὸ πρόσωπόν σου ἀποστρέφεις, ἐπιλανθάνῃ τῆς πτωχείας ἡμῶν καὶ τῆς θλίψεως ἡμῶν; ὅτι ἐταπεινώθη εἰς χοῦν ἡ ψυχὴ ἡμῶν. ταὐτόν ἐστιν τὸ ὑπνοῖν καὶ δοκεῖν τὸ πρόσωπον ἀποστρέφειν. ἐπιφάνηθι ἡμῖν ῥυόμενος καὶ σῴζων ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς
Qualitative Change and the End§213
213Because of an existing wickedness. Why then do you turn away? Will you then forget our poverty and our affliction? Because of you we are afflicted, because of you we are poor. But you do not forget these things. In which things one conquers, even if he is gloomy or even if he is joyless. It was said that the dust is more bodily. 'Our soul was humbled' therefore, of those saying these things, 'into the dust'. 'The body of humiliation' surrounds us, but we were not humbled by it. As if someone, for instance, receives a blow from a certain tyrant, he seems to have been humbled, but he was not humbled; for he still has the same pride, he still has the same joy. Because of this we are poor and are afflicted, because our soul, having been humbled into the dust, does not clearly possess its own resurrection, and 'our belly was stuck to the earth' (Ps 22:14).
But they do not say this about them in truth, but about their own members, about their own people. And there are two ways for the belly to have been humbled to the earth: when someone thinks of earthly things and seeks lower things, he does not produce heavenly offspring, he does not produce God-fearing thoughts, but all human things; and the soul saying these things becomes a mother, 'because our belly was stuck to the earth' (Ps 22:14). And according to a second meaning, the one being nourished by the heavenly bread, the belly receiving heavenly nourishment, was stuck to heaven. But those who eat the flesh of the dragon and carry the same food to the serpent, being earth, have the belly stuck to the earth. And just as it is said concerning the sensible things: 'the foods to the belly, and the belly to the foods; and God will destroy both this and these' (Lk 10:19), so also the belly and the stomach of the soul, when it is not nourished by heavenly things, when it does not receive from its divine bridegroom, has the belly stuck to the earth.
Arise, Lord, help us and redeem us for the sake of your name. We ask for help, lest the afflictions remaining for a long time might harm our soul which is turning. Ka-
And then, so that they may not boast in their own righteousness, trusting in it, he says: 'Arise, O Lord, help us and redeem us for the sake of your name' (Ps 3:7). We are enriched by you. For this reason we have come into these afflictions, because we are yours, and for the sake of help you have sent us into this hardship.
1 Toward the end, for those who are being changed; to the sons of Kore for understanding; a song for the beloved. Change is a movement and a transformation of something according to quality. Not every movement and transformation is a change. For there is a change according to becoming. I say, for instance, an egg becoming a bird and a grain of wheat a stalk. This movement and transformation is according to becoming. And there is another occurring according to corruption; when the body of a human decays and is dissolved into fluids and worms and the like, it is not said to be changed, but to have decayed. And there is also another movement and transformation according to increase, when an addition to the previous amount occurs; for when I am extended from a smaller to a greater size, I am said to have increased, but to have diminished when the amount is contracted and becomes less. Change, therefore, is a movement according to quality, such as from sickness to health and from health to sickness, from ignorance to knowledge and likewise, from unbelief to faith.
'Toward the end,' therefore, 'for those who are being changed.' We have often explained regarding the end, that it is that which is after all things, the last thing to be desired. Thus, 'toward the end, for those who are being changed.' When change reaches such a limit that it is no longer possible for it to be further extended, in the perfection of things, when 'God becomes all in all' (1 Cor 15:28), the quality can no longer be extended. Every knowledge and every virtue is a quality. It is possible, therefore, to begin virtue and to make progress in it, and it is always possible to receive more to that which already exists. But when someone possesses virtue perfectly as if nothing...
Greek · §213
κατεχούσης κακουργίας. διὰ τί οὖν ἀποστρέφεις; ἐπιλανθάνῃ ἄρα τῆς πτωχείας καὶ τη῀̣ς̣ θλίψεως ἡμῶν; διὰ σὲ θλιβόμεθα, διὰ σὲ πτωχοί ἐσμεν. οὐκ ἐπιλανθάνῃ δὲ 228 τούτων. ἐν οἷς̣ νικᾷ δε´̣ τ̣ις, ἀναδέχεται κἂν σκυθρωπὰ ᾖν, κἂν ἀηδῆ. ἐλέχθη ὁ χοῦς ὅτι ἡ σωματικωτέρα̣ οὐσι´̣α ἐστίν. "ἐταπεινώθη" οὖν "ἡ ψυχὴ ἡμῶν" τῶν ταῦτα λεγόντων "εἰς τὸν χοῦν". "τὸ σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώσεως" περικείμεθα, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐταπεινώθημεν ὑπ' αὐτοῦ. ὡς ἐάν τις, φέρε, πέδας λάβῃ παρὰ τυράννου τινός, δοκεῖ τεταπεινῶσθαι, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐταπεινώθη· ἔχει γὰρ τὸ αὐτὸ α᾿̣νάστημα, ἔχει τὸ αὐτὸ γαῦρος. διὰ τοῦτο πτωχοί ἐσμεν καὶ θλιβόμεθα, ὅτι ἡ ψυχὴ ἡμῶν τὸ ἴδιον̣ ἀν̣άστημα τέως φανερὸν οὐκ ἔχει ταπεινωθεῖσα εἰς τὸν χοῦν καὶ "ἡ γαστὴρ ἡμῶν τῇ γῇ ἐκολλήθη". οὐ κατὰ ἀλήθειαν δὲ τοῦτο περὶ αὐτῶν λέγουσιν, ἀλλὰ περὶ τῶν μελῶν ἑαυτῶν, περὶ τοῦ λαοῦ ἑαυτῶν. διττῶς δὲ ἔστιν ταπεινωθῆναι τὴν γαστέρ̣α εἰς τὴν γῆν· ὅταν τις τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονῇ καὶ τὰ κάτω ζητῇ, οὐ γεννᾷ οὐράνια γεννήματα, οὐ γεννᾷ λογισμοὺς θεοσεβεῖς, ἀλλὰ ἀνθρώπινα πάντα· καὶ γίνεται μήτηρ ἡ ταῦτα λέγουσα ψυχή. "ὅτι ἐκολλήθη εἰς γῆν ἡ γαστὴρ ἡμῶν". κατὰ δὲ δεύτερον λόγον ἡ τρεφομένη τῷ ἄρτῳ τῷ οὐρανίῳ, ἡ λαμβάνουσα τὴν οὐράνιον τροφὴν γαστὴρ τῷ οὐρανῷ ἐκολλήθη. ὅσοι δὲ τὰς σάρκας του῀̣ δράκοντος ἐσθίουσιν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν φέρονται τῷ ὄφει τροφὴν γῆν οὖσαν, κολληθεῖσαν ἔχουσιν τὴν γαστέρα τῇ γῇ. καὶ ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τῶν αἰσθητ̣ω῀̣ν λέγεται· "τὰ βρώματα τῇ κοιλίᾳ, καὶ ἡ κοιλία τοῖς βρώμασιν· ὁ δὲ θεὸς καὶ ταύτην καὶ ταῦτα καταργήσει̣", οὕτω καὶ ἡ κοιλία καὶ γαστὴρ τῆς ψυχῆς ὅταν μὴ οὐράνια τραφῇ, ὅταν μὴ συνλάβῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ θείου ἑαυτῆς νυμφίου, τῇ γῇ κεκολλημένην ἔχει τὴν γαστέρα. 27 ἀνάστα, κύριε, βοήθησον ἡμῖν καὶ λύτρωσαι ἡμᾶς ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀνόματός σου. 326 βοηθείας δεόμεθα, μὴ τὰ θλιβηρὰ ἐπὶ πολὺ παραμένοντα βλάψῃ ἡμῶν τὴν ψυχὴν τρεπτὴν οὖσαν. καὶ εἶτα, ἵνα μὴ δόξωσιν ἰδίᾳ δικαιοσύνῃ πεποιθότες λέγειν, λέγει· "ἀνάστα, κύριε, βοήθησον ἡμῖν καὶ λύτρωσαι ἡμᾶς ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀνόματός σου". σοῦ χρηματίζομεν. διὰ τοῦτο ἐν τούτοις τοῖς ἀνιαροῖς γεγόναμεν, ὅτι σοῦ ἐσμεν, καὶ βοηθείας ἕνεκεν ἄλλων ἔπεμψας ἡμᾶς εἰς ταύτην τὴν κακοπραγίαν. 1 Εἰς τὸ τέλος, ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀλλοιωθησομένων· τοῖς υἱοῖς Κόρε εἰς σύνεσιν· ᾠδὴ ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ. ἡ ἀλλοίωσις κίνησις καὶ μεταβολή τι´̣ς̣ ἐστιν κατὰ ποιότητα. οὐ πᾶσα κίνησις καὶ μεταβολὴ ἀλλοίωσίς ἐστιν. ἔστιν γὰρ κατὰ γένεσιν μεταβληθῆναι. λέγω γοῦν τὸ ᾠὸν γίνεσθαι ὄρνεον καὶ τὸν κόκκον τοῦ σίτου στάχ̣υν. αὕτη ἡ κίνησις καὶ ἡ μεταβολὴ κατὰ γένεσίν ἐστιν. ἔστιν δὲ ἄλλη κατὰ φθορὰν γινομένη· ὁ´̣ταν φθαρῇ τὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου σῶμα καὶ ἀναλυθῇ εἰς ἰχῶρας καὶ σκώληκας καὶ τὰ παραπλήσια, οὐ λέγεται ἠλλοιω῀̣σθαι, ἀλλ' ἐφθάρθαι. καὶ ἔστιν καὶ ἄλλη κίνησις καὶ μεταβολὴ κατὰ αὔξησιν, ὅταν προσθήκην τοῦ προλαβόντος ποσοῦ γίνηται· ὅταν γὰρ ἐξ ἐλάττονος εἰς μεῖζον μέγεθος ἐπειχθῶ, λέγομαι ηὐξῆσθαι, με̣μειῶσθαι δὲ ὅταν συνσταλῇ τὸ ποσὸν καὶ ἐλάττω γένηται. ἡ ἀλλοίωσις οὖν κίνησίς ἐστιν κ̣ατὰ ποιότητα, οἷον ἐκ νόσου εἰς ὑγίειαν καὶ ἐξ ὑγείας εἰς νόσον, ἐξ ἀγνοίας εἰς ἐπιστήμην καὶ ἔνπαλιν, ἐξ ἀπιστίας εἰς πίστιν. "εἰς τὸ τέλος" οὖν, "ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀλλοιωθησομένων". τὰ περὶ τέλους πολλάκις διεξεληλύθαμεν, ὅτι τὸ μετὰ πάντα ἐστίν, τὸ ἔσχατον ὀρεκ̣τόν. ἐστὶν τοίνυν "εἰς τὸ τέλος, ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀλλοιωθησομένων". ὅταν ἡ ἀλλοίωσις ἐπίτασιν τοσαύτ̣ην σχῇ ὥστε μηκέτι δυνατὸν εἶναι περαιτέρω αὐτὴν ἐπιταθῆναι, ἐν τῷ τέλει τῶν πραγμ̣άτ̣ων, ὅτε "ὁ θεὸς πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν" γίνεται, οὐκέτι οἷόν τε ἐπεκταθῆναι τὴν ποιότητα̣. πᾶσα ἐπιστήμη καὶ πᾶσα ἀρετὴ ποιότης ἐστίν. ἔστιν οὖν ἄρξασθαι ἀρετῆς καὶ προκόπτειν ἐν ταύτῃ, καὶ ἀεὶ δυνατόν ἐστιν προσλαμβάνειν τῇ ἤδη ὑπαρξάσῃ. ὅταν δὲ τελείως τις τὴν ἀρετὴν ἔχῃ ὡς μηδὲν
The Transformation of the Right Hand of the Most High§214
214To be transformed into something else until the end. The same applies to knowledge and wisdom; we say the same thing: there is one being introduced into wisdom who is subject to testing as one capable of sinning. For it is said, 'reprove the wise, and he will love you' (Prov 9:8). No one is reproved unless he possesses the things by which he is to be reproved. This wise person, who is subject to testing, is a newborn and, being just brought in, is able to make progress continually. But when he receives wisdom such that it is no longer possible to receive it as an addition, he has been transformed until the end.
And here, even if many saints were being influenced by 'the body of humility,' they receive 'out of His fullness,' not the fullness itself, nor each one out of the fullness, but 'all from the fullness.' And they receive here 'a pledge of the Spirit,' not the whole Spirit itself, so that I may phrase it this way. But when 'the partial' is abolished and the end remains, and 'face to face' is seen, and men become like God according to what has been said: 'when He is revealed, we shall be like Him, for we shall see Him as He is' (2 Cor 5:17), here is the end of those being transformed. And it is well to say 'those being transformed' and not 'those having been transformed.'
No one is praised for knowledge and virtue if he merely became knowledgeable or virtuous, but when he is actively knowledgeable; for virtue and knowledge belong to the active, having their being in the act of being. Therefore, 'unto the end,' 'on behalf of those being transformed.' This blessedness, divine and superlative transformation, we have from the right hand of the Most High; for it is said: 'this is the transformation of the right hand of the Most High.'rich, He became poor for our sake, so that through His poverty we might become rich' (2 Cor 8:9)—and see: 'being rich, He became poor for our sake'—for having been transformed, He also made His presence felt. But remaining apart from His presence, He is the same, always possessing being as rich. 'For our sake' He became poor. Therefore, when having become poor for our sake, He makes us rich, we are being transformed in wealth and are coming unto the end, if we become rich as He is, as is possible, whenever we behold 'His glory, the glory as of the Only-Begotten from the Father, full of grace and truth' (John 1:14). Thus, the saints receive 'out of the fullness.' No one receives the fullness, nor all...
In the same way with the words, 'I will pour out from my Spirit.' He did not say, 'my spirit'; for those who are spirit-bearers here receive a 'pledge' of the 'Spirit.' And the pledge is poured out from the Spirit. And the pledge is a part of a whole. Therefore, 'unto the end,' 'concerning those who shall be transformed.'
So, 'this is the transformation of the right hand of the Most High.' The right hand of the Most High is unshakeable and unchangeable. It always has and is the same; for we understand it as nothing other than the Savior. How then is it transformed, let us see: it descends along with us to instruct; and then, in reality, we were benefited if it descends along with us. But if it remains above itself, we are not benefited.
Therefore he says this: 'Will the Lord cast off forever or withhold his mercy?' (Ps 89:3) and 'Will he cut off his mercy from generation to generation or withhold his compassions?' (Ps 89:3) He says: 'And I said, Now I have begun,' when, through the descending process, I received experience of the right hand. 'Now I have begun': it happened in the beginning to know the truth, in the beginning to know the works of providence, the creative mercies of God toward good. So I said, 'Now I have begun.'
He says: 'This transformation,' which I endured, 'of the right hand of the Most High' is. This transformed me. No one of the created things was able to transform me in this way; for all need one who leads toward progress, one who perfects. But speaking more popularly and for those speaking in the middle, we will say that this is the transformation of the Most High: being a blessing, it has become a curse, so that it may release the curse and demonstrate those who are blessed. Being righteousness, it has therefore become sin, but sin such as is a maker of righteousness. And 'in him' we become 'the creative righteousness of God.' It is not righteousness simply, but of God.
We have said many times that those who are renamed possess the names of the seven gifts when they are perfected according to them. In the same way, regarding the one perfected in love, as is possible in life, Paul calls it love; for 'love does not boast, is not rude, does not seek its own' (1 Cor 13:4) is not said concerning the virtue of love, the commandment which is greater than all, but concerning the one possessing it, concerning the one doing it. Therefore the Savior becomes for the sake of all of us. He becomes flesh, 'so that we might become the righteousness of God' (2 Cor 5:21); for having seen 'his glory, the glory as of the only-begotten' (John 1:14), [he...]
Greek · §214
ἐνλείπειν αὐτῷ, εἰς τὸ τέλος ἠλλοιώθη. ὁμοίως καὶ ἐπὶ ἐπιστήμης καὶ σοφίας τὸ 229 αὐτὸ λέγομεν· ἔστ̣ιν τις ε̣ι᾿̣σ̣αγόμενος κατὰ σοφίαν καὶ ὑπόκειται ἐλέγχῳ ὡς ἁμαρτῆσαι δυνάμενος· "ἔλεγχε" γὰρ "σοφόν, καὶ ἀγαπήσει σε". οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐλέγχεται μὴ ἔχων ἐφ' οἷς ἐλεγχθήσεται. οὗτος ὁ σοφὸς ὁ ὑποκείμενος ἐλέγχῳ αὐτὸ νεοπαγὴς καὶ ἄρτι εἰσαχθεὶς ὢν δύναται προκόπτειν ἀεί. ὅταν δὲ οὕτω δέξηται τὴν σοφίαν̣ ὡς μηκέτι οἷόν τε εἶναι δέξασθαι 327 ἐπίτασιν αὐτῆς, οὗτος εἰς τὸ τέλος ἠλλοιώθη. καὶ ὧδε μὲν ἔτι "τὸ σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώσεως" ἐπηχθισμένοι κἂν πολλοὶ ἅγιοι ὦσιν, "ἐκ τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ" λαμβάνουσιν, οὐ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ, οὐχ ἕκαστος ἐκ τοῦ πληρώματος. ἀλλὰ "πάντες ἐκ τοῦ πληρώματος". καὶ "ἀρραβῶνα πνεύματος" ὧδε λαμβάνουσιν, οὐ τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτὸ ὅλον, ἵν' οὕτω φράσω. ὅταν δὲ "τὸ ἐκ μέρους" καταργηθῇ καὶ τὸ τέλος λοιπὸν παραγένηται καὶ "πρόσωπον πρὸς πρόσωπον" ὀφθῇ καὶ γένωνται οἱ ἄνθρωποι κατὰ τὸν θεὸν κατὰ τὸ εἰρημένον· "ὅταν φανερωθῇ ὅμοιοι αὐτῷ ἐσόμεθα, ὅτι ὀψόμεθα αὐτὸν καθώς ἐστιν", ὧδε τέλος τῶν ἀλλοιωθησομένων ἐστίν. εὖ δὲ καὶ τὸ φάναι "τῶν ἀλλοιωθησομένων" καὶ μὴ "τῶν ἀλλοιωθέντων". οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπ̣α̣ι̣νεῖται ἐπὶ ἐπιστήμῃ καὶ ἀρετῇ, ἐὰν ἐπιστήμων γενάμενος ᾖν ἢ ἐνάρετος, ἀλλ' ὅταν ᾖν ἐπιστήμων· τῶν γ̣ὰρ ἐνεργητικῶν ἐστιν ἡ ἀρετὴ καὶ ἡ ἐπιστήμη, ἐν τῷ ἐνεργεῖσθαι ἔχει τὸ εἶναι. "εἰς τὸ τέλος" οὖν, "ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀλλοιωθησομένων". ταύτην δὲ τὴν μακαρίαν καὶ θείαν καὶ ὑπερφυ̣ῆ ἀλλοίωσι̣ν ἔχομεν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ ὑψίστου δεξιᾶς· εἴρηται γὰρ περὶ αὐτῆς· "αὕτη ἡ ἀλλοίωσις τῆς δεξιᾶς τοῦ ὑψίστου"· ὥσπερ γὰρ "πλούσιος ὢν δι' ἡμᾶς ἐπτώχευσεν, ἵνα τῇ αὐτοῦ πτωχείᾳ πλούσιοι γενώμεθα"–καὶ ὅρα· "πλούσιος ὢν δι' ἡμᾶς ἐπτώχευσεν"· καὶ γὰρ ἀλλοιωθεὶς καὶ ἐπιδημήσας. καὶ μένων χωρὶς τῆς ἐπιδημίας ὁ αὐτός ἐστιν, ἀεὶ ἔχει τὸ εἶναι πλούσιος. "δι' ἡμᾶς" δε`̣ ἐπ̣τώχευσεν". ὅταν τοίνυν δι' ἡμᾶς πτωχεύσας πλουσίους ἡμᾶς καταστήσῃ, ἀλλοιούμεθα κατὰ πλοῦτον καὶ εἰς τὸ τέλος ἐρχόμεθα, ἐὰν ὡς αὐτὸς γενώμεθα πλούσιοι, ὡς ἐνδέχεται, ὁ´̣τ̣αν θεασώμεθα "τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός, πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας". "ἐκ τοῦ πληρώματος" οὖν λαμ̣βάνουσιν οἱ ἅγιοι. οὐδεὶς τὸ πλήρωμα δέχεται, οὐδὲ πάντες. οὕτω καὶ τό· "ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματός μου". οὐκ εἶπεν· "τὸ πνεῦμά μου"· "ἀρραβῶνα" γὰρ "πνεύματος" λαμβάνο̣υ̣σιν οἱ ἐνταῦθα πνευματοφ̣όροι. καὶ ἐκχεῖται ὁ ἀρραβὼν ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος. ὁ δὲ ἀρραβὼν ὅλου τινὸς μέρος ἐστίν. "εἰς τὸ τε´̣λος̣" οὖν, "ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀλλοιωθησομένων". "αὕτη" οὖν "ἡ ἀλλοίωσις τῆς δεξιᾶς τοῦ ὑψίστου". ἡ δεξιὰ τοῦ ὑψ̣ι´̣ς̣του ἄτρεπτος καὶ ἀναλλοίωτός ἐστιν. ἀεὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως ἔχει· οὐκ ἄλλως γὰρ αὐτὴν ἢ τὸν σωτῆρα νοοῦμεν. πῶς οὖν ἀλλοιοῦται, ἴδω̣μ̣εν· συνκαταβαίνει παιδεύουσα· καὶ τότε τῷ ὄντι ὠφελούμεθα, ἐὰν συνκαταβῇ. μενού σης δὲ αὐτῆς ἐφ' ἑαυτὴν ἡμεῖς οὐκ ὠφελούμεθα. λέγει οὖν τοῦτο· "μὴ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας ἀπώσεται κύρι328 ος ἢ ἐπιλήσεται τοῦ οἰκτιρῆσαι"; ἔτι· "ἢ ἀποκόψει τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ γενεᾶς εἰς γενεὰν ἢ συνέξει τοὺς οἰκτιρμοὺς αὐτοῦ"; λέγει· "καὶ εἶπα Νῦν ἠρξάμην", ὅτε συνκαταβαινούσης πεῖραν ἔλαβον τῆς δεξιᾶς. "νῦν ἠρξάμην"· ἐν ἀρχῇ γέγονεν τοῦ γνῶναι τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ γνῶναι τὰ ἔργα τῆς προνοίας, τοὺς οἰκτιρμο̣ὺς τοῦ θεοῦ τοὺς ποιητικοὺς ἀγαθοῦ. "εἶπα" οὖν "Νῦν ἠρξάμην". λέγει· "αὕτη ἡ ἀλλοίωσις", ἣν ὑπέμεινα ἐγώ, "τῆς δεξιᾶς τοῦ ὑψίστου" ἐστίν. αὕτη με ἠλλοίωσεν. οὐδεὶς ἠδύνατο τῶν γε̣νητῶν ἀλλοιῶσαί με οὕτως· πάντες γὰρ δέονται τοῦ εἰς προκοπὴν ἄγοντος, τοῦ τελειοῦντος. δημωδέστερον δὲ καὶ κατὰ τοὺς εἰς μέσον λέγοντας ἐροῦμεν ὅτι ἡ ἀλλοίωσις τοῦ ὑψίστου αὕτη ἐστίν· εὐλογία ὢν γέγονε κατάρα, ἵν' ἀπολύσῃ κατάρας καὶ εὐλογουμένους ἀποδείξῃ. δικαιοσύνη ὠ`̣ν γέγονεν οὖν ἁμαρτία, ἁμαρτία δὲ τοιαύτη δικαιοσύνης ποιητική. "ἐν αὐτῷ" δὲ γινόμεθα "δικ̣αιοσύνη ς ποιητική θεοῦ". οὐκ ἁπλῶς οὖν δικαιοσύνη, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ. εἰρήκαμεν πολλάκις, ὅτι τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν ἕξε̣ων 230 ἔχουσιν οἱ παρονομαζόμενοι, ὅταν τελειωθῶσιν κατ' αὐτά. οὕτω γοῦν καὶ τὸν ἐν ἀγάπῃ τελειωθέντα, ὡς ἐνδέχεται ἐν τῷ βίῳ, ἀγάπην ὀνομάζει Παῦλος· τὸ γάρ· "ἡ ἀγάπη οὐ φυσιοῦται, ου᾿̣κ ἀσχημονεῖ, οὐ περπερεύεται", οὐ περὶ τῆς ἀγάπης τῆς ἀρετῆς λέγεται, τῆς ἐντολῆς τῆς πασῶν μείζονος, ἀλλὰ περὶ τοῦ ἔχοντος, περὶ τοῦ ποιοῦ. γίνεται οὖν ὁ σωτὴρ πάντα ἡμῶν ἕνεκα. γίνεται σάρξ, "ἵν' ἡμεῖς δικαιοσύνη θεοῦ γενώμεθα"· θεασάμενοι γὰρ "τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς", οὐ
Change through corruption vs. change of substance§215
215We remain flesh, but we become gods according to those 'to whom the word of God became' (John 1:14). This 'alteration' is according to both, that is, both that which we others have been altered into and that which was undergone on our account; it is not a turning away, nor having been altered according to the divinity, but according to the economy, according to the humanization. 'Unto the end' therefore, 'for the sake of those who shall be altered'; these ones who are to be altered, while still being in the process of being altered, will one day reach the end of that alteration; for no one begins in order that he might not be perfected, but in order that after many progresses he might reach that very end of that quality according to which he is being altered.
And what is the end, or the becoming god-like, so that all might be? Some take this regarding the resurrection from the dead, saying that those being raised have an incorruptible instead of a corruptible body, and a spiritual instead of a psychic, and a strong and glorious instead of a weak and dishonorable. But Paul, saying, did not say: 'all shall be altered', but 'we shall be changed' (1 Cor 15:51), 'and the dead shall be raised incorruptible' (1 Cor 15:52), since the body is raised according to essence; for from a body an incorporeal thing does not become, but from such a body a certain kind of body becomes, having the change according to quality.
If we take it thus according to quality only, it is an alteration. But if, since the corruptible is not the same as the incorruptible, the corruptible becomes incorruptible, it is a change, a change according to transformation. I do not say that from a body an incorporeal thing has become, but from a corruptible body an incorruptible body. But does the body remain? The body remains, and just as a sinful soul, if it becomes righteous, the soul remains. But the change has happened according to alteration. If, therefore, a resurrection happens according to alteration, the flesh is flesh again, the corruptible is corruptible again; for I am not speaking of the quality of the corruptible or the flesh. It happens according to change.
If, for example, we change the colors of a vessel made from a shell either by painting or otherwise, this is altered; for the same thing remains. But if, having made a vessel from clay, we bring it to the fire and it becomes a shell, this is not an alteration, but a change, not because the clay was cast out and the shell was brought in, but because that thing has become shell-like. Again, the sand and nitre having been prepared by the glass-makers, glass is made...
It is a kind of change, and I do not say that the sand has vanished as if it had departed, or the saltpeter, but rather those things have become natron. And listen to the fact that there is a change: when the saltpeter was saltpeter, it was dissolved upon the passing of moisture, but the natron having come from it is not dissolved. Again, the sand was seed upon the passing of moisture. But when it becomes natron, it is no longer seed. I say, therefore, that this is a change, not from one underlying substance into another underlying substance, but into something having come into being from that which has undergone corruption. The saltpeter and the sand undergo corruption and become natron. Yet the corruption of these does not destroy them into non-existence.
And the matter of the pottery, as I have said, the clay having become a pot through fire, does not cast the clay down into non-existence, but the pot becomes something else from it. Likewise, the bird comes from an egg; for the egg is not cast out from the outside so that the bird might be brought in; rather, that very thing transforms into this, yet it is no longer an egg; for it flies, and it has sensation. The egg has endured none of these things. And Paul has used the name of the seed: 'it is sown in corruption, it is sown in weakness' (1 Cor 15:43). I say: the seed of the animal, when it is a seed, is not an animal. But it transforms itself into the animal; for it is not that an animal comes from somewhere else after the seed has vanished, but the seed itself, first being turned into nature, then from nature into an embryo, and after the embryo, becoming an animal, undergoes birth. These, then, are changes, not alterations; for change does not occur by quality alone. And many such things are to be found.
And Paul himself, using the seeds: the grain of wheat is a grain before it is sown. But when it happens to be sown in agriculture, it becomes an ear; or, as others say, again wheat. But they did not know that what was said is an example. It has been said many times that examples are not made uniform, because they are no longer examples. Again, it is not the same thing to be an infant and a child. Nevertheless, the infant transforms into the child, and I do not say that the child entered from somewhere else after the infant had been turned into non-existence, but the infant itself, through growth and through another quality, became a child, without having reached maturity. And according to age, one is an infant and another is a child, but according to the...
Greek · §215
μένομεν σάρκες, ἀλλὰ θεοὶ γινόμεθα κατ' ἐκείνους τοὺς "πρὸς οὓς ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐγένετο". "αὕτη" οὖν "ἡ ἀλλοίωσις" κατ' ἀμφότερα, καὶ ἤτοι ἣν ἡμεῖς η᾿̣λλ̣οιώθ̣ημεν ἢ ἣν αὐτὸς ἡμῶν ἕνεκα ὑπέστη, οὐ τραπείς, οὐκ ἀλλοιωθεὶς κατὰ τὴν θεότητα, ἀλλὰ κατ̣ὰ τὴν οἰκονομίαν, κατὰ τὴν ἐνανθρώπησιν. "εἰς τὸ τέλος" οὖν, "ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀλλοιωθησομε´̣νων"· οἱ ἀλλοιωθησόμενοι οὗτοι οἱ ἔτι ἐν τῷ ἀλλοιοῦσθαι ὄντες φθάσουσίν ποτε εἰς τὸ τέλος τη῀̣ς̣ ἀλλοιώσεως· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄρχεταί τις, ἵνα μὴ τελειωθῇ, ἀλλ' ἵνα μετὰ πολλὰς προκοπὰς εἰς αὐτὸ τὸ πέρας τῆς ποιότητος ἐκείνης καθ' ἣν ἀλλοιοῦται, φθάσῃ. τί δὲ τὸ τέλος ἢ τὸ θεοποιηθῆναι, ἵνα πάντα ᾖ; τινὲς λαμβάνουσιν αὐτὸ περὶ τη῀̣ς̣ ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν λέγοντες τοὺς ἐγειρομέν̣ους ἀντὶ φθαρτοῦ σώματος ἄφθαρτον ἔχοντας καὶ ἀντὶ ψυχικοῦ πνευματικὸν καὶ ἀν̣τ̣ὶ ἀσθενοῦς καὶ ἀδ̣όξου ἰσχυρὸν καὶ ἔνδοξον. Παῦλος δὲ λέγων οὐκ εἶπεν· "πάντες δὲ ἀλλοιωθησόμεθα", ἀλλὰ "ἀλλα̣γησόμεθα", "κ̣αὶ 329 οἱ νεκροὶ ἀναστήσονται ἄφθαρτοι", ἐπεὶ κατ' οὐσίαν τὸ σῶμα ἐγείρεται· οὐ γὰρ ἐκ σώματος ἀσώματον γίνεται, ἀλλ' ἐκ τοιοῦδε σώματος τοιόνδε σῶμα κατὰ ποιότητα τὴν μεταβολὴν ἔχον. ἐὰν οὕτω λάβωμεν κατὰ ποιότητα μόνον, ἀλλοίωσίς ἐστιν. ἐὰν δέ, ἐπεὶ μὴ ταὐτόν ἐστιν τὸ φθαρτὸν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ, τὸ φθαρτὸν ἄφθαρτον γένηται, ἠλλάγη, ἠλλάγη κατὰ μεταβολήν. οὐ λέγω, ὅτι ἐκ σώματος ἀσώματον γέγονεν, ἀλλ' ἐκ φθαρτοῦ σώματος ἄφθαρτον σῶμα. ἐπερ · μένει δὲ τὸ σῶμα; –μένει τὸ σῶμα, καὶ ω῾̣ς ἡ ἁμαρτωλὸς ψυχὴ ἐὰν γένηται δικαία, ἡ ψυχὴ μένει. κατὰ ἀλλοίωσιν δὲ ἡ μεταβολὴ γέγονεν. ἐὰν οὖν κατὰ ἀλλοίωσιν ἀνάστασις γένηται, ἡ σὰρξ πάλιν σάρξ ἐστιν, τὸ φθαρτὸν πάλιν φθαρτόν ἐστιν· οὐ γὰρ ποιότητα λέγω τὸ φθαρτὸν ἢ τὴν σάρκα. κατὰ ἀλλαγὴν οὖν γίν̣ε̣τ̣αι. ἐάν, φέρε, ἐξ ὀστράκου πεποιημένον σκεῦος ἢ διὰ ζωγραφίας ἢ ἄλλως πως ἀμείβωμεν αὐτοῦ τὰς χροιάς, ἀλλοιοῦται τοῦτο· μένει γὰρ τὸ αὐτό. ἐὰν δὲ ποιήσαντες ἐκ πηλοῦ σ̣κεῦος προσαγάγωμεν αὐτὸ τῷ πυρὶ καὶ γένηται ὄστρακον, οὔκ ἐστιν ἀλλοίωσις αὕτη, ἀλλὰ ἀλλαγή, οὐχ ὅτι ἐξεβλήθη ἔξω τὸ πήλινον καὶ εἰσήχθη τὸ ὄστρακον· ὅτι ἐκεῖνο γέγονεν ὀσ̣τράκινον. πάλιν ἡ ἄμμος καὶ τὸ νίτρον σκευασθέντα ὑπὸ τῶν ὑελεψῶν γίνεται ὕελος τὸ εἶδος, καὶ οὐ λέγω ὅτι ἠφανίσθη ἡ ἄμμος ὡς τὸ μηκέθ' ἀπελθούσῃ ἢ τὸ νίτρον, ἀλλὰ αὐτὰ ἐκεῖνα ὕελος γέγονεν. καὶ ὅτι ἀλλαγή ἐστιν, ἄκουε· τὸ νίτρον ὅτε νίτρον ἦν, ὑγρότητος παρεμπεσούσης ἐλύετο, ἡ δὲ ὕελος ἡ ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγενημένη οὐ λύεται. πάλιν ἡ ἄμμος ὑγρότητος παρεμπεσούσης σπορὰς ἦν. ὅταν δὲ γένηται ὕελος, οὐκέτι σποράς ἐστιν. ταύτην οὖν ἀλλαγὴν λέγω οὐκ ἐξ ὑποκειμένου εἰς ἄλλο ὑποκείμενον, ἀλλὰ εἰς γενάμενον ἐκ φθαρέντος γεγονέναι. φθείρεται τὸ νίτρον καὶ ἡ ἄμμος καὶ γίνεται ἡ ὕελος. ἡ φθορὰ δὲ τούτων οὐκ εἰς τὸ μὴ ὂν αὐτὰ κ̣αταστρ̣έφει. καὶ τὸ τοῦ ὀστράκου, ὡς εἶπον, τὸ ἐκ πυρὸς ὄστρακον γεγενημένον οὐκ εἰς τὸ μὴ ὀ`̣ν κα̣ταβάλλει τὸν πηλόν, καὶ γίνεται τὸ ὄστρακον ἑτέρωθέν ποθεν. ὡσαύτως ἐξ ᾠοῦ γίνεται τὸ ὄρ̣νεον· μὴ γὰρ ἔξω βάλλεται τὸ ᾠόν, ἵνα εἰσαχθῇ τὸ ὄρνεον· αὐτὸ ἐκεῖνο εἰς τοῦτο μεταβάλλει, οὐκέτι μέντοι ἐστὶν ᾠόν· λοιπὸν γὰρ τοῦτο ἵπταται, αἴσθησιν ἔχει. τούτων δὲ οὐδὲν ὑπέμειν̣εν τὸ ᾠόν. καὶ ὁ Παῦλος τῷ τῆς σπορᾶς ὀνόματι κέχρ̣η̣ται· "σπείρεται ἐν φθορᾷ, σπείρεται ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ". λέγω· τὸ σπέρμα τοῦ ζῴου ὅτε σπέρμα ἐστίν, οὔκ ἐστιν̣ ζῷον. αὐτὸ δὲ μεταβάλλει εἰς τὸ ζῷον· οὐ γὰρ ἀφανισθέντος τοῦ σπέρματος ζῷον ἔξωθέν ποθεν 231 ἐπιγίνεται, ἀλλὰ αὐτὸ τὸ σπέρμα πρότερον εἰς φύσιν τραπέν, εἶτ' ἐκ φύσεως εἰς ἔνβρυον, μετὰ το`̣ ἔνβρυον ζῷον γενόμενον ὑφίσταται τὴν ἀπότεξιν. αὗται οὖν ἀλλαγαί εἰσιν, οὐκ̣ ἀλλοιώσεις· οὐδὲ γὰρ ποιό330 τητος μόνης γίνεται μεταβολή. καὶ πολλά γε ἔστιν τοιαῦτα ἔστιν εὑρεῖν. καὶ αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Παῦλος τοῖς σπέρμασιν χρησάμενος· ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πρὸ σπορᾶς κόκκος ἐστίν. ὅταν δὲ σπαρεὶς γεωργίας τύχῃ, γίνεται στάχυς· ἀλλά, λέγουσιν ἄλλοι, ἀλλὰ πάλιν σῖτος. οὐκ οἶδαν δὲ ὅτι παράδειγμά ἐστιν τὸ λεχθέν. ἐλέχθη δὲ πολλάκις ὅτι οὐκ ἐξομαλίζονται τὰ παραδείγματα, ἐπεὶ οὐκέτι παραδείγματά εἰσιν. πάλιν μὴ ταὐτόν ἐστιν ἄρτι βρέφος καὶ παῖς. ὅμως τὸ βρέφος εἰς τὸν παῖδα μεταβάλλει, καὶ οὐ λέγω ὅτι εἰς τὸ μὴ ὂν καταστρέψαντος τοῦ βρέφους εἰσῆλθέν ποθεν ὁ παῖς, ἀλλὰ αὐτὸ τὸ βρέφος μετέβαλεν κατά τε αὔξησιν καὶ τὴν ἄλλην ποιότητα, γέγονεν παῖς, οὐ μετηλικιώθη. καὶ κατὰ μὲν τὴν ἡλικίαν ἄλλο ἐστὶν βρέφος καὶ ἄλλο παῖς, κατὰ δὲ τὸν
The Nourishment of the Heart§216
216There is no difference in a man who is growing older; for there is one underlying subject to that infant and that age; having perished, he is again a man underlying the child. And if he changes from the child to an ox, the age has changed again. And this is a quality, and it is a non-substantial quality. And again, always growing older until he reaches old age. Therefore, qualities and ages are being exchanged; for he said that ages are qualities that are non-substantial. But the same man remains.
Even if the body receives ten thousand changes in the resurrection, it is a body, but not this body, not the one before the change. And Paul, therefore, was compelled to speak as one thing and another. He said: 'A natural body is sown, a spiritual body is raised' (1 Cor 15:44). He says: 'Not first the spiritual but the natural, then the spiritual.' And where there is the first and the second, identity is not signified. However, we do not take the first and the second as an exchange of substances, but an exchange of the same body, since it has become incorruptible from the corruptible and spiritual from the natural. So one thing is change and another is alteration. The change of the soul effects the alteration, which I call the praised or even the lied-about; for it is easier to undergo alteration, as it has been said: 'How shall the gold be darkened? How shall the good silver be altered?' (Ps 119:127). And he says: 'Children of Zion, the precious ones, overlaid with gold and silver, how were they counted as vessels of earthenware, the work of their own hands?' (Ps 12:6).
Again, allegory will show other things; for it is said that gold has been changed into earthenware vessels, not according to history, but according to anagogical ascent. 'Unto the end,' therefore, 'for those who shall be altered; to the sons of Kore for understanding.' And since the inscription itself and the whole psalm have mysteries hidden within them, for this reason understanding is needed for the one bringing this song; for it is 'for understanding.' And it was also said concerning the three hundred and first psalm, since it was spoken with an enigma: 'A song, therefore, for the beloved.' This very triumphal song became for the beloved; for he himself became the cause of the alteration; for he said that 'being rich, he became poor,' so that he might work us to be rich, not rich according to a fantasy, not sensually, but having...
"Every word and all knowledge." He said that having become cursed, he established a blessing. Therefore, the beloved has become the cause of this best of transformations. For this reason, the song is assigned to him; just as a victory song is sent to a general or a king, even though others, spear-bearers and soldiers, are accompanying him, yet the essence of the victory is inscribed to the king or the general.
What about "for the sake of the beloved"? Instead of "concerning"—for it is not always said "on behalf of something"; "so that the one against him may be entangled, having nothing to say something trivial concerning us"; for it is not said here "concerning us" instead of "gathering for us."
"My heart searched out a good word" (Psalm 63:3). Some take this psalm to be spoken from the presence of the Father and from the presence of the perfect man, the wise one. And you know that the eructation of previously eaten food brings forth its fragrance; for there is no eructation other than a proceeding of spirit from the stomach declaring the quality of the things previously eaten. If indeed anyone eats an apple, he has the eructation bringing forth the quality and fragrance of the apple.
When therefore a holy person eats the "bread of life" (John 6:35) and having Jesus' flesh as true food and the fruits of the "tree of life" (Genesis 2:9) and drinks the wine being harvested from the "true vine" (John 15:1), he has an eructation suitable to the foods previously eaten. He who has thus been fed and has eructated signifies: "the good man out of the good treasure of the heart brings forth the good" (Luke 6:45). And since it is concerning spiritual things, he was not hesitant to speak of a treasure instead of stomachs, namely the heart.
He who therefore has been fed on the blessed food and has enjoyed the flesh of Jesus and the "bread of life" (John 6:35), the bread of heaven, brings forth words suitable to that which he was fed and eructated: "my heart searched out a good word" (Psalm 63:3). We have therefore spoken fully concerning the man.
The sons of Korah, bringing the hymns with this same mind and the same spirit, bring them forth as one. Just as: "as the deer longs for the water springs, so my soul longs" (Psalm 42:1), so also here they say as one and in unison: "my heart searched out." And this refers to each of the wise; for if the wise man brings forth what he has in his heart and what he was fed, these things...
Greek · §216
μεθηλικιούμενον ἄνθρωπον οὐκ ἔνι διαφορά· εἷς γὰρ ὑποκείμενος τῷ βρέφει ἐκείνῳ καὶ τῇ ἡλικίᾳ ἐκείνῃ· ἀπολωλός, πάλιν ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν τῷ παιδὶ ὑποκείμενος. καὶ ἐὰν ἐκ τοῦ παιδὸς εἰς τὸν βούπαιδα μεταβάλῃ, πάλιν ἡ ἡλικία μετέβαλεν. ἐστὶν δὲ ποιότης αὕτη, ποιότης δ̣ὲ οὐσιώδης. καὶ πάλιν ἀεὶ μεθηλικιούμενον ἕως φθάσῃ εἰς τὸ γῆρας. ποιότητας οὖν κ̣αὶ ἡλικίας ἐξαλλάττει· εἶπον γὰρ τὰς ἡλικίας οὐσιώδεις εἶναι ποιότητας. ὁ αὐτὸς δὲ ἄνθρωπος μένει. κἂν μυρίαν οὖν μεταβολὴν δέξηται τὸ σῶμα ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει, σῶμά ἐστιν̣, οὐ σῶμα μέντοι τόδε, οὐ τὸ πρὸ τῆς μεταβολῆς. καὶ ὁ Παῦλος γοῦν ἠναγκάσθη ὡς ἄλλο καὶ ἄλλο εἰπεῖν. εἶπεν δὲ ὅτι· "σπείρεται σῶμα ψυχικόν, ἐγείρεται σῶμα πνευματικόν". λέγει· "οὐ πρῶτον τὸ πνευματικὸν ἀλλὰ τὸ ψυχικόν, ἔπειτα τὸ πνευματικόν". ἔνθα δὲ τὸ πρῶτον καὶ τὸ ἔπειτα, οὐ ταὐτότης σημαίνεται. ὅμως δὲ τὸ πρῶτον καὶ τὸ ἔπειτα οὐκ ἐπὶ ἐξαλλαγῆς οὐσιῶν λαμβάνομεν, ἀλλὰ ἐξαλλαγῆς τοῦ αὐτοῦ σώματος, ἐπ̣εὶ ἐκ̣ φθαρτοῦ ἄφθαρτον καὶ ἐκ ψυχικοῦ πνευματικὸν γέγονεν. ἄλλο οὖν ἐστιν ἀλλαγὴ καὶ ἄλλο ἀλλοίωσις. ἡ μεταβολὴ τῆς ψυχη῀̣ς ποιεῖ τὴν ἀλλοίωσιν, τὴν ἐπαινουμένην λέγω ἢ καὶ τ̣ὴν ψ̣ε̣γομένην· καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον γὰρ̣ ἔστιν ἀλλοιω θῆναι, ὡς εἴρηται· "πῶς ἀμαυρωθήσεται τὸ χρυσίον, πῶς ἀλλοιωθήσεται τὸ ἀργύριον τὸ ἀγαθόν"; καὶ λέγει· "υἱοὶ Σιὼν οἱ τίμιοι ἐπηρμένοι χρυσίῳ καὶ ἀργυρίῳ, πῶς ἐλογίσθησαν εἰς ἀγγεῖα ὀστράκινα ἔργα χειρῶν" ἑαυτῶν; ἄλλα π̣άλιν δ̣είξει ἀλληγορία· χρυσίον γὰρ εἰς ὀστράκινα σκεύη μεταβεβληκέναι λέγεται οὐ κατ' ἱστορίαν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἀναγωγήν. "εἰς τὸ τέλος" οὖν, "ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀλλοιωθησομένων· τοῖς υἱοῖς Κόρε εἰς σύνεσιν". καὶ ἐπεὶ αὐτὴ ἡ ἐπιγραφὴ καὶ ὅλος ὁ ψαλμὸς μυστήρια ἔχει ἐνκεκρυμμένα, διὰ τοῦτο συνέσεως χρεία τῷ τὴν ᾠδὴν ταύτην προφέροντι· "εἰς σύνεσιν" γάρ ἐστιν. καὶ ἔλεγον καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ τριακοστοῦ πρώτου ψαλμοῦ, ἐπεὶ μετ' αἰνιγμοῦ ἐλέχθη. "ᾠδὴ" οὖν "ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ". ἡ ᾠδὴ ἡ ἐπινίκιος αὕτη 331 ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ γέγονεν· αὐτὸς γὰρ καὶ τῆς ἀλλοιώσεως αἴτιος γέγονεν· εἶπον γὰρ ὅτι "πλούσιος ὢν ἐπτώχευσεν", ἵνα πλουσίους ἡμᾶς ἐργάσηται, οὐ κατὰ φαντασίαν πλουσίους, οὐκ αἰσθητῶς, ἀλλὰ ἔχοντας "πάντα λόγον καὶ πᾶσαν γνῶσιν". εἶπον ὅτι κατάρα γεγενημένος εὐλογίαν ἐβεβαίωσεν. ὁ ἀγαπητὸς οὖν αἴτιος γέγονεν τῆς βελτίστης ταύτης ἀλλοιώσεως. διὰ τοῦτο ἡ ᾠδὴ αὐτῷ ἀνατίθεται· ὥσπερ καὶ στρατ̣ηγῷ ἢ βασιλεῖ ἡ ἐπινίκιος ᾠδὴ ἀναπέμπεται καίτοι συνκαμόντων καὶ ἄλλων, δορυφόρων, στρατιωτῶν, ἀλλὰ τὸ κεφάλαιον τῆς νίκης τῷ βασιλεῖ ἢ τῷ στρατηγῷ ἐπιγράφεται. ἐπερ · τὸ "ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ"; – ἀντὶ τοῦ "3περί"3· μὴ γὰρ ἀεὶ τὸ "3ὑπέρ τινος"3 λέγεται· "ἵνα ὁ ἐξ ἐναντίας ἐντραπῇ μηδὲν ἔχων λέγειν περὶ ἡμῶν φαῦλον"· μὴ γὰρ ὧδε τὸ "περὶ ἡμῶν" ἀντὶ τοῦ "3συναγορεύων ἡμῖν"3 λέγεται. 2 ἐξηρεύξατο ἡ καρδία μου λόγον ἀγαθόν. τὸν ψαλμὸν τοῦτον λαμβάνουσίν τ̣ινες καὶ 232 ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ πατρὸς εἰρῆσθαι καὶ ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ τελείου ἀνδρός, τοῦ σοφοῦ. οἶδας δὲ ὅτι ἡ ἐρυγὴ τῆς προκαταβληθείσης τροφῆς τὴν εὐωδίαν προφέρει· οὐδὲν γὰρ ἕτερόν ἐστιν ε᾿̣ρ̣υγὴ ἢ πρόοδος πνεύματος ἀπὸ στομάχου δηλοῦσα τὴν ποιότητα τῶν προκαταβεβλημ̣ένων. ἐάν τις γοῦν τραφῇ μῆλον, τὴν ἐρυγὴν μήλου ποιότητα καὶ εὐωδίαν φέρουσαν ἔχει. ὅταν οὖν ἅγιος τραφῇ τὸν "ἄρτον τῆς ζωῆς" καὶ τὰς Ἰησοῦ σάρκας οὔσας βρῶσιν ἀληθινὴν καὶ τοὺς καρποὺς "τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς" καὶ πίῃ τὸν τρυγώμενον ἀπὸ "τῆς ἀμπέλου τῆς ἀληθινῆς" οἶνον, ἐρυγὴν ἔχει κατάλληλον τοῖς προκαταβεβλημένοις βρώμασιν. ὁ οὕτω τραφεὶς καὶ ἐρυγεὶς σημαίνεται· "ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ τῆς καρδίας προφέρει τὸ ἀγαθόν". καὶ ἐπεὶ περὶ νοητῶν ἐστιν, οὐκ ὠ´̣κνησεν ἀντὶ στομάχους θησαυρὸν εἰπεῖν τὴν καρδίαν. ὁ οὖν τραφεὶς τὴν μακαρίαν τροφὴν καὶ ἀπολαύσας τῶν σαρκω῀̣ν Ἰησοῦ καὶ τοῦ "ἄρτου τῆς ζωῆς", τοῦ ἄρτου τοῦ οὐρανίου, προφέρει λόγους καταλλήλους οἷς ἐτράφη καὶ ἐρε̣ῖ· "ἐξηρεύξατο ἡ καρδία μου λόγον ἀγαθόν". τέως οὖν περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου λέγο̣μ̣εν. οἱ υἱοὶ Κόρε τουτῷ αὐτῷ νοῒ καὶ τῷ αὐτῷ πνεύματι τοὺς ὕμνους προφέροντες ἑνικῶς αὐτοὺς προφέρουσιν. ὡς τό· "ὃν τρόπον ε᾿̣πιποθεῖ ἔλαφος ἐπὶ τὰς πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων, οὕτως ἐπιποθεῖ ἡ ψυχή μου", οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα ὡς εἷς καὶ ε῾̣νικῶς λέγουσιν· "ἐξηρεύξατο ἡ καρδία μου". ἀναφέρεται δὲ αὕτη εἰς ἕκαστον τῶν σοφῶν· εἰ γὰρ ὁ σοφὸς ἃ ἔχει ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ καὶ ἃ ἐτράφη, ταῦτα
God as Land, Source, and Radiance§217
217He brings it forth by instructing, having searched out the good word. From this, the word again gathers this point: that if anyone wishes to bring forth a word without having been nourished, it is not a good movement. And again, just as a handler, having nourished himself on food, has a reason for instruction, so he says, 'I declare my works to the king.' My works are so boldly declared, and they bring me no condemnation nor any reproach. I say to him, to the king, to the judge.
My tongue is a scribe's pen, sharp-writing. My word is signified through the tongue. Often you will find the tongue used instead of the word. As if he says, 'The Lord will destroy all deceitful lips and the great-sounding tongue' (Psalm 12:2), he calls the word 'great-sounding'. It is a beautiful beauty according to the sons of men. And the sons of men—that is, the wise of the world and those who once promised teaching—seem to have beauty in their own words. Our word's beauty according to the sons of men is sent by God, is a gift from God, and is true wisdom. Therefore, it possesses something more than the sons of men who, speaking from their own hearts, gather words and lessons of their own zeal and learning.
For then listen: the Psalm is received from the face of the Father. And almost all those speaking to the common people receive it in this way. The transcendent and great things, which are above the intellects, are revealed only through many examples. Wishing therefore to say many times that God is one, we say ten thousand things. We say that nothing is joined to Him, that there is neither matter nor form in Him, that He is a Monad, He is a One, and only through a multitude of words do we make these things manifest. But when I wish to speak about wine, it is enough to say 'wine'; for they know what it is, it is said; and we signify only the concept through the word. The same is true concerning earth. We have no need of many words. But when we say that the...
God is land, saying: 'Did I become a desert to Israel or a tilled land?' (Isa 54:3). We say ten thousand things to show how God is called land.
Again, if we call him a source, we do not say little, as when we report concerning a sensible source. But concerning God we say many things, because since the things pertaining to God and the fullness of his goodness are not externally being thrust upon or supplied, but he himself is full of goodness. Therefore, the fullness of the good things, the fullness of those happening to be virtuous, is called a source.
And the generation of the Savior from the Father is not something readily available nor to be taken by those wishing, but only to those to whom a revelation of the Father and of the Son has become; for just as the Father reveals the Son and the Son the Father, many examples are needed so that the intimacy of the Son toward the Father and the generation may be made manifest. For he calls him 'the radiance of light.' The radiance is not external to the light; it is generated from it. And the light does not pre-exist the radiance; for light and radiance are simultaneous. If, therefore, we wish to show that it is an eternal generation of the Son, we call him an eternal radiance of light from the eternal.
But the heterodox do not know how each of these things is said, and they do not take them as models, but say: 'The light is essence, the radiance is energy. Is the Son not energy of essence and not essence?' They do not understand why this was said: so that one might learn that the Father does not pre-exist the Son; for the Father is not a sensible light and the Son is not a sensible radiance. It has become a teaching upon human things, so that from those things which we know, we may learn what we do not know. But we know that the light does not pre-exist the radiance.
Again, the Father is called a source of wisdom; for 'you have left' the 'source of wisdom' (Jer 2:13). He wishes to show that just as the water of the source is not foreign, so also the wisdom of the 'only wise one' is not foreign.
Greek · §217
προφέρει παιδεύων, ἐξηρεύξατο τὸν ἀγαθὸν λόγον. ἐξ οὗ πάλιν συνάγει ὁ λόγος, ὅτι εἴ τις μὴ τραφεὶς θέλει προφέρειν λόγον, οὔκ ε᾿̣στιν ἐρυγὴ ἀγαθή. καὶ πάλιν ὁ χειρίστας τροφὰς τραφεὶς μοχθηρὸν καὶ πονηρὸν ἔχει λόγον παιδεύσεω̣ς εἶτα λέγει 2 λέγω ἐγὼ τὰ ἔργα μου τῷ βασιλεῖ. εἰς τοσοῦτόν εἰσιν πεπαρρησιασμέντα τὰ ἔργα μου καὶ 332 κατάγνωσιν μηδεμίαν φέροντά μου μηδὲ ἔνκλημα. λέγω αὐτῷ τῷ βασιλεῖ, τῷ κριτῇ. 2 ἡ γλῶσσά μου κάλαμος γραμματέως ὀξυγράφου. ὁ λόγος μου σημαινόμενος διὰ τῆς γλώττης. πολλαχοῦ εὑρήσεις ἀντὶ τοῦ λόγου τὴν γλῶτταν. ὡς ἐὰν λέγῃ· "ἐξολεθρεύσει κύριος πα´̣ντα τὰ χείλη τὰ δόλια καὶ γλῶσσαν μεγαλορήμονα", τὸν λόγον λέγει μεγαλορήμονα. 3 ὡραῖος κάλλει παρὰ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων. καὶ οἱ τῶν ἀνθρώπων υἱοί, τουτέστιν οἱ τοῦ κόσμου σοφοὶ καὶ οἱ ὅπως ποτε`̣ ἐπαγγελλόμενοι διδασκαλίαν, δοκοῦσιν κάλλος ἔχειν ἐν τοῖς λόγοις ἑαυτῶν. τοῦ δε`̣ ἡμετέρου λόγου τὸ κα´̣λλο̣ς παρὰ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐστίν, θεό πεμπτόν ἐστιν, θεόδοτόν ἐστιν, ἀληθινὴ σοφία ἐστίν. ἔχ̣ει τι οὖν πλεῖον παρὰ τοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων υἱοὺς τοὺς ἀπὸ καρδίας ἑαυτῶν φθεγγομένους τῆς σπουδῆς κ̣α̣ὶ μαθήσεως ἑαυτῶν λόγους συναγαγόντας καὶ μαθήματα. λοιπὸν ἄκουε· ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ πατρὸς λαμβάνεται ὁ ψαλμός. καὶ σχεδὸν πάντες οἱ εἰς τὸ κοινὸν λέγοντες οὕτω λαμβάνουσιν. τὰ ὑπερφυῆ κ̣αὶ μεγάλα καὶ ὑπέρτερα τῶν νοημάτων μόλις διὰ πολλῶν παραδειγμάτων φανεροῦται. θ̣έλοντες οὖν πολλάκις εἰπεῖν ὅτι εἷς ἐστιν ὁ θεός, μυρία λέγομεν. λέγομεν ὅτι οὐδὲν αὐτῷ συνδυάζει, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ ὕλη καὶ εἶδος, μονάς ἐστιν, ἑνάς ἐστιν, καὶ μόλις διὰ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν λέξεων φανεροῦμεν αὐτά. ὅταν δὲ θέλω περὶ οἴνου εἰπεῖν, ἀρκεῖ εἰπεῖν οἶνος· εἰδόσιν γάρ, τί ἐστιν, λ̣έγετ̣α̣ι· καὶ μόνον τὴν ἔννοιαν διὰ λέξεως σημαίνομεν. περὶ γῆς ταὐτ̣όν. οὐ πολλῶν ἡμῖν χρεία λόγων. ὅταν̣ δὲ λέγωμεν ὅτι ὁ θεὸς γῆ ἐστιν αὐτοῦ λέγοντος· "μὴ ἔρημος ἐγενόμην τῷ Ἰσραὴλ ἢ γῆ κεχερσωμένη"; μυρία ὅσα λέγομεν ἵνα δηλώσωμεν, πῶς ὁ θεὸς λέγεται γῆ. πάλιν ἐὰν λέγωμεν αὐτὸν πηγήν, οὐχ ὁλίγα λέγομεν ὡς ὅταν περὶ αἰσθητῆς πηγῆς ἀπαγγέλλωμεν. περὶ δὲ θεοῦ πολλὰ λέγομεν ὅτι· ἐπεὶ τὰ προσόν̣τα τῷ θεῷ καὶ τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἀγαθῶν αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔξωθέν ἐστιν ἐπ̣ιρ̣ε´̣ον καὶ ἐπιχορηγούμενον, ἀλλὰ αὐτὸς πλήρης τῶν ἀγαθῶν. τὸ πλήρωμα οὖν τῶν καλῶν, τὸ πλη´̣ρωμα τυγχάνων τῶν ἀρετω῀̣ν λέγεται πηγή. καὶ ἡ ἐκ πατρὸς τοίνυν τοῦ 233 σωτῆρος γέννησις οὐ πρόχειρος οὖσα οὐδὲ λημπτὴ τοῖς θέλουσιν, ἀλλ' ἐκείνοις μόνοις, οἷς ἀποκάλυψις τ̣οῦ πατρ̣ὸς̣ γέγονεν καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ–ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ ἀποκαλύπτει τὸν υἱόν, καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τὸν πατέρα–, πολλῶν παραδειγμάτων χ̣ρεία, ἵνα ἡ οἰκειότης τοῦ υἱοῦ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα καὶ ἡ γέννησις φανερωθῇ. λέγει γοῦν αὐτὸν "ἀπαύγασμα φωτός". τὸ ἀπαύγασμα οὐκ ἔξωθεν τοῦ φωτός ἐστιν. ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεννᾶται. καὶ οὐ προϋπάρχει τὸ φῶς τοῦ ἀπαυγάσματος· ἅμα γὰρ φῶς καὶ ἀπαυ´̣γασμα. ἐὰν οὖν θέλωμεν δεῖξαι ὅτι ἀΐδιος γέννησίς ἐστιν τοῦ υἱοῦ, ἀΐδιον ἐξ ἀϊδίου λέγομεν αὐτὸν α᾿̣π̣αύγ̣α̣σμα φωτός. οἱ ἑτερόδοξοι δὲ οὐκ ἴσασιν, πῶς ἕκαστα τούτων λε´̣γ̣ε̣τ̣αι, καὶ οὐχ ὡς ὑποδείγματα αὐτὰ λαμβάνουσιν καὶ λέγουσιν ὅτι· 333 "3τὸ φῶς οὐσία ἐστίν, τὸ ἀπαύγασμα ἐνέργειά ἐστιν. οὐκοῦν ἐνέργεια οὐσίας ἐστὶν ὁ υἱὸς καὶ οὐκ οὐσία"3; οὐ νοοῦσιν δέ, διὰ τί τοῦτο ἐλέχθη· ἵνα μάθῃ ὅτι οὐ προϋπάρχει τοῦ υἱοῦ ὁ πατήρ· μὴ γὰρ αἰσθητὸν φῶς ἐστιν ὁ πατὴρ καὶ αἰσθητὸν ἀπαύγασμά ἐστιν ὁ υἱός. ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων διδασκαλία γέγονεν, ἵνα ἐξ ὧν ἴσμεν ἃ μὴ ἴσμεν μανθάνωμεν. οἴδαμεν δὲ ὅτι οὐ προϋπάρχει τὸ φῶς τοῦ ἀπαυγάσματος. πάλιν λέγεται ὁ πατὴρ πηγὴ σοφίας· "κατελείψατε" γὰρ "τὴν πηγὴν τῆς σοφίας". θέλει δεῖξαι ὅτι ὥσπερ οὐκ ἀλλότριόν ἐστιν τὸ ὕδωρ τῆς πηγῆς, οὕτως οὐδὲ ἡ σοφία τοῦ "μόνου σοφοῦ"·
Generation and Creation as One in the Father§218
218For he says 'only wise' of the Father, not having said 'only wise' of any of the created things; for many are those called by a name from which they possess wisdom. But the Father is not called wise by a name from wisdom, since he was no longer alone, there being many participating in wisdom and being called wise from it, but he is called 'only wise' because he springs forth wisdom, begetting wisdom, so that the 'only wise' could not say wisdom and call the wisdom 'only wise', as it is to be wise from the wise.
And here, therefore, again, the Word, desiring to show the essential relationship of the Son to the Father and the generation from him, calls the Father the source of wisdom and the source of life; for he is also called the source of life: 'You abandoned me, the spring of living water' (Jeremiah 2:13). And here, therefore, again, the Word, desiring to show that the Savior is not of another essence than the Father's, says that he himself has drawn a word from the heart: 'for my heart has drawn out a good word' (Psalm 62:8). For God has a heart, and no other heart of his own; for the heart signifies the mind. And he is that very mind. And just as it is said that he has immortality not from another beside him and has life in himself not being another existing of his, so also he has a heart not being another of his; for he is the mind, and the Son is the offspring of the mindthe mind. And the Word is the offspring of mind. Therefore, 'my heart has drawn out a good word'.
And in order that he might show that it is not the heart that begot, and that the offspring is good, he said the offspring; for it is indubitable that if the offspring is good, it is not the case that the begetter must be good. But perhaps it is not always saved. It happens that something begotten from the good is not good when it undergoes a change. But since the Word is unchangeable and does not have as the others a changeable state, so also the good received its generation from the heart of the good Father. Again, since among humans the things brought forth from the womb are genuine offspring, he says again: 'I begot you from the womb before the Morning Star' (Luke 1:31). To beget is a property of the womb, just as to do is a property of the hands. When, therefore, he wishes to introduce God as a genuine maker and truly the creator of creation, he says the works of his hands are the creation: 'I will see the heavens, the works of your fingers' (Psalm 8:3). 'The heavens are the works of my hands'. And since some think that the...
To beget and to create are the same; thus, if one were to say, 'the heavens are the products of my hands,' or to say, 'I begot you from a hand,' it is not that they are different, but that they differ according to thought. Yet the indwelling is manifest through all these from the Father. As I said a little earlier, if someone names one thing only sensually, they name it by the name of the Lord. I say all these things regarding God, so that through all things I may remain apart from those capable of speaking falsely concerning God.
And here, then, the heart of the Father begets. And regarding human beings, I say this—at times they become begetters of thoughts, at other times they receive them from without through instruction. Therefore, they are not called fathers of thoughts if they have been made such by something else alone. For we certainly call the discoverers of the sciences 'fathers of the sciences,' but we do not call those who have learned from others 'fathers of the sciences.'
For they say, for instance, that Moses first became a father of legislation because he did not receive the laws from another, but was himself called by God to this end. 'My heart drew out a good word' (Psalm 40:8). Just as an offspring comes from the womb, so also the good word is in the heart. And a heart toward God and a womb are not one thing and another. 'I declare my works to the king.' A change of person has occurred here.
The good word himself, being begotten and in agreement with the Father, says, 'I declare my works to the king'; for just as when we hear, 'God said, Let there be' (Genesis 1:3), and, 'He said, and they came into being; He commanded, and they were created,' we do not hear these things in a human way; for He is not ignorant of the Son what must come to be and how; He commanded and said, but because of us, so that the agreement of the Father and the Son might be shown, that all things came to be by a single will and all things are provided for. For, 'God said, Let there be' (Genesis 1:3), do you think He used a spoken word? We say that the work reaches the word, and the word is not prior in time to the work, but is in thought alone. If then this is the case, how must it be said that we hear? We do not hear by a passing voice, from a mouth passing into the hearing of the voice. In order that the agreement might be shown, these things are said and...
Greek · §218
"μόνον" γὰρ "σοφὸν" τὸν πατέρα λέγει, οὐκ ἄν τινα τῶν γενητῶν εἰρηκὼς "μόνον σοφόν"· πολλοὶ γάρ εἰσιν οἱ παρονομαζόμ̣ενοι ἀφ' ἧς ἔχουσιν σοφίας. οὐ παρονομαζόμε νος δὲ ἀπὸ σοφίας ὁ πατὴρ λέγεται σοφός, ἐπεὶ οὐκέτ̣ι μόνος ἦν πολλῶν ὄντων τῶν μετεχόντων σοφίας καὶ ἀπ' αὐτῆς λεγομένων σοφῶν, ἀλλὰ "μόνος σοφὸς" λέγεται πηγάζων σοφίαν, γεννῶν σοφίαν, ὡς μὴ διενεγκεῖν τὸν "μόνον σοφὸν" καὶ σοφίαν εἰπεῖν καὶ τὴν σοφίαν "μόνον σοφόν", ὡς εἶναι σοφὸν ἐκ σοφοῦ. και`̣ ἐνταῦθα οὖν πάλιν τὴν οἰκειότητα τὴν υἱοῦ πρὸς τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ γονὴν ὁ λόγος βουλόμενος δεῖξαι πηγὴν εἶναι σοφίας τὸν πατέρα καὶ πηγὴν ζωῆς λέγει· λέγεται γὰρ καὶ πηγὴ ζωῆς· "ἐμὲ ἐνκατέλιπον, πηγὴν ὕδατος ζῶντος". καὶ ἐνταῦθα τοίνυν πάλιν βουλόμενος δεῖξαι ὁ λόγος, ὅτι ὁ σωτὴρ οὔκ ἐστιν ἄλλος τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς οὐσίας, λόγον ἀπὸ καρδίας αὐτὸν ἐρευχθέντα λέγει· "ἐξηρεύξατο" γὰρ "ἡ καρδία μου λόγον ἀγαθόν". καρδίαν δὲ ἔχει ὁ θεὸς οὐκ ἄλλην ἑαυτοῦ· ἡ γὰρ καρδία τὸν νοῦν σημαίνει. αὐτὸς δὲ νοῦς ἐστιν. καὶ ὥσπερ λέγεται ἔχειν ἀθανασίαν οὐχ ἑτέραν παρ' αὐτὸν καὶ ἔχειν ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ οὐκ ἄλλην οὖσαν αὐτοῦ, οὕτω καὶ καρδίαν ἔχει οὐχ ἑτέραν αὐτοῦ τυγχάνουσαν· νοῦς γάρ ἐστιν, νοῦ γέννημά ἐστιν ὁ υἱός. ὁ λόγος δὲ νοῦ γέννημά ἐστιν. "ἐξηρεύξατο" οὖν "ἡ καρδία μου λόγον ἀγαθόν". καὶ ἵνα δείξῃ, ὅτι οὐκ ἡ καρδία ἡ γεννήσασα καὶ τὸ γέννημά ἐστιν ἀγαθόν, εἶπε τὸ γέννημα· ἀναμφίβολον γάρ ἐστιν τοῦ γεννήματος ἀγαθοῦ ὄντος μὴ καὶ τὸ γεννῆσαν ἀγαθὸν εἶναι. τάχα δὲ ἔνπαλιν οὐ σῴζεται. συμβαίνει γεννηθὲν ἐξ ἀγαθοῦ μὴ ἀγαθὸν εἶναι ὅταν τροπὴν ὑποστῇ. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἄτρεπτός ἐστιν ὁ λόγος καὶ οὐχ ὥσπερ τὰ ἄλλα τρεπτῶς ἔχει, οὕτω καὶ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐκ τῆς καρδίας τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ πατρὸς ἔσχεν τὴν γέννησιν. πάλιν ἐπεὶ παρὰ ἀνθρώποις γνήσια γεννήματα τὰ ἐκ γαστρὸς προφερόμενά ἐστιν, λ̣έγει πάλιν· "ἐκ γαστρὸς πρὸ ἑωσφόρου ἐξεγέννησά σε". γαστρὸς ἴδιόν ἐστιν τὸ γεννᾶν ὥσπερ καὶ χειρῶν τὸ ποιεῖν. ὅταν γοῦν θέλῃ γνήσιον ποιητὴν καὶ ἀληθῶς δημιουργὸν τῆς̣ κτίσεως τὸν θεὸν εἰσαγαγεῖν, χειρῶν 334 αὐτοῦ ἔργα λέγει τὴν κτίσιν· "ὄψομαι" γὰρ "τοὺς οὐρανούς, ἔργα τῶν δακτύλων σου". "ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν μού εἰσιν οἱ οὐρανοί". καὶ ἐπεὶ οἴονταί τινες, ὅτι τὸ γεννᾶν καὶ τὸ κτίζεσθαι ταὐτόν ἐστιν, ο̣ὕτω̣ς̣ μὲν εἰ εἰ῀̣χ̣εν, ἠκολούθει ἀ`̣ν εἰπεῖν· "γεννήματα τῶν χειρῶν μού εἰσιν οἱ οὐρανοί", ἢ εἰπε̣ῖν· "ἐκ χειρὸς ἐξεγέννησά σε". οὐχ ὅτι̣ ουνα , ἀλλ' ὅτι τῷ κα̣τ' ἐπίνοιαν διαφέρει ταῦτα. ἡ οἰκειότης μέντοι ἡ ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς διὰ πάντων τούτων δηλοῦται. ὡς ἔλεγον μικρῷ πρότερον, ὅτι ἐὰν λέγῃ τις ἓν μόνον 234 αἰσθητῶς, δι' ὀνόματος κυ̣ρίου ὠνόμασεν. ἐπὶ θεοῦ πάντα ταῦτα λέγω, ἵνα διὰ πάντων ἐκτὸς αὐτὸν ποιήσω τῶν δυναμ̣ένων κατὰ ψευδοδοξίαν περὶ θεοῦ λεχθῆναι. καὶ ὧδε οὖν ἡ καρδία τοῦ πατρὸς γεννᾷ. καί–ἐπ̣ι`̣ τ̣ω῀̣ν̣ α᾿̣νθ̣ρ̣ωπίνων τέως λέγω–ὁτὲ μὲν γεννητικοὶ γίνονται νοημάτων̣, ὁτ̣ε`̣ δε`̣ ἐ´̣ξωθεν δι̣α`̣ δ̣ι̣δα̣σκαλίας λαμβάνουσιν αὐτά. οὐ λέγονται οὖν πατέρες νοημάτων ὧν ἄλλοθεν μ̣όνοι κ̣ατ' αὐτὰ πεποιωμένοι προφέρονται. ἀμέλει γοῦν τοὺς εὑρετὰς τῶν ἐπιστημῶν πατέρας τῶν ἐπιστημῶν λέγομεν, τοὺς δὲ παρ' ἄλλων μαθόντας οὐ λέγομεν πατε´̣ρας τῶν ἐπι̣σ̣τ̣ημῶν. λέγουσιν γοῦν, ὅτι νομοθεσίας πατὴρ γέγονεν πρῶτος Μωϋσῆς ὅτι οὐ παρ' ἄλλου τοὺς νόμους ἔσχεν̣, ἀλ̣λ' αὐτὸς ὑπὸ θεοῦ εἰς τοῦτο ἠ´̣χθη. "ἐξηρεύξατο" οὖν "ἡ καρδία μου λόγον ἀγαθόν". ὡς ἐκ̣ γαστρὸς γέννημα καὶ, οὕτω καὶ ὁ ἐν καρδίᾳ ἀγαθὸς λόγος. καρδία δὲ ἐπὶ θεοῦ καὶ γαστὴρ οὐκ ἄλλο καὶ ἄλλο ἐστίν. "λέγω ἐγὼ τὰ ἔργα μου τῷ βασιλεῖ". γέγονεν ὧδε μεταβολὴ ἀθρο´̣α τοῦ προσώπου. αὐτὸς ὁ γεννηθεὶς ἀγαθὸς λόγος σύμφωνος ὢν τῷ πατρὶ λέγει· "λέγω τὰ ἔργα μου τῷ βασιλεῖ"· ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐὰν ἀκούωμεν ὅτι· "εἶπεν ὁ θεός Γενηθήτω", καί· "αὐτὸς εἶπεν, καὶ ἐγενήθησαν, ἐνετείλατο, καὶ ἐκτίσθησαν", οὐκ ἀνθρω̣πίνως ἀκούομεν ταῦτα· οὐ γα`̣ρ α᾿̣γ̣νοοῦντι τῷ υἱῷ τί δεῖ γενέσθαι καὶ πῶς δεῖ, ἐνετείλατο καὶ εἶπεν, ἀλλ' ἡμῶν ἕνεκα, ἵνα δειχθῇ η῾̣ συμφωνία τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ, ὅτι βουλήματι ἑνὶ γέγονεν τὰ πάντα καὶ προνοεῖται τὰ ὅλα· ἐπεί· "καὶ εἶπεν ὁ θεός Γενηθήτω", νομίζεις, ὅτι προφορικῷ κέχρηται λόγῳ; ἐλέγομεν, ὅτι τὸ ἔργον φθάνει τὸν λόγον, καὶ ὁ λόγος οὔκ ἐστιν πρότερον χρόνῳ τοῦ ἔργου, ἀλλ' ἐπινοίᾳ μόνῃ. εἰ οὖν ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει, πῶς τὸ εἰπεῖν δ̣ε̣ῖ ἀκοῦσαι; οὐ κατὰ μεταβατικὴν φωνὴν ἀκούομεν̣, ἀπὸ στόματος μεταβαινούση̣ς εἰς ἀκοὴν τῆς φωνῆς. ἵνα τὸ σύνφωνον δειχθῇ, ταῦτα λέγ̣εται καὶ
The Holy Spirit as the Sharp Pen§219
219Concerning the Spirit, of whom the Savior said, 'He cannot speak of himself' (John 16:13). This 'cannot' means that apart from Him and the Father, His word or teaching is not brought forth. Regarding others, it signifies that many are generated erroneously, because someone speaks apart from God when he does this wrongly.
But the Holy Spirit does not possess the nature of being separated from the Father's announcement; to phrase it thus, He is the announcement itself. For I say, 'I declare my works to the King.' The Savior says, 'My tongue is a sharp scribe's pen.' My tongue writes incorruptible laws in the hearts of men; for He is 'giving laws upon their mind, and upon their heart I will write them' (Hebrews 8:10). And God writes through His living Spirit upon the fleshly hearts, and not the stony ones. And behold, the sharp scribe's pen is able to be the Holy Spirit. He writes sharply... they are through understanding: 'Once God spoke, twice these things I have heard' (Job 33:14). And in the word of the one set forth... is [water/refreshment].
And I have said twice: 'Once God spoke, twice these things I have heard.' And... that... if it is being demonstrated concerning circumcision, the wise man hears two: one concerning the sensory circumcision according to the commandment, and one concerning the spiritual. If they spoke once of God concerning sacrifice, again we hear these two: the sensory circumcision according to the law, and that carried up by the Spirit, called the 'sacrifice of praise.' And for each commandment it is the same: concerning the Sabbath, if he says, 'twice these things he heard.'
But they were saying another, higher understanding, which is harsh to the many, that: God, desiring to command His many laws, such as the Decalogue, does not speak according to one single commandment, but... having come into the listener's mind, all was heard. 'Twice these things I heard,' so that you might receive more than just these. It is so; and indeed it is clear to the many; nevertheless let us see: the thought and the spoken word are not the same. Thought is the activity of the mind, of which the voice is a symbol. 'Those in the soul's sufferings are a symbol of those in the voice.' But the spoken word is that...
presented to the imagination
Greek · §219
π̣ερὶ τοῦ πνεύματος, οὗ ὁ σωτὴρ ε̣ἶπεν· "οὐ δύναται α᾿̣φ' ἑαυτοῦ λαλῆσαι". τὸ "3οὐ δύναται"3 τοῦτο, ὅτι χωρὶς αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῦ πατρὸς οὐ φέρεται αὐτοῦ λόγος ἢ διδασκαλία. ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων δὲ σημαίνει τ̣ω῀̣ν γενητῶν π̣ο̣λλα´̣κ̣ι̣ς̣ ὁ´̣τ̣ι̣ χω̣ρ̣ι`̣ς̣ θεοῦ τ̣ι̣ς φθέγγεται, ὅταν ἐσφαλ̣με´̣ν̣ω̣ς τοῦτο π̣ο̣ιῇ. τὸ δὲ ἅγιον πνεῦμα οὐ πέφυκεν ἀπομερίζεσ̣θ̣α̣ι̣ τ̣ῆς του῀̣ πατρὸς ἀπ̣αγγελίας, 335 ἵν' οὕτω φράσω, αὐτός ἐστιν ἡ ἀπαγγελία. "λέγω" γοῦν "ἐγὼ τὰ ἔργα μου τῷ βασιλεῖ". ε̣ἰ῀̣τ̣α λέγει ὁ ςωτήρ· "ἡ γλῶσσ̣α´̣ μου κάλαμος γραμματέως ὀξυγράφου". ἡ γλῶσσά μου γράφει ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπαρ̣αβάτο̣υ̣ς̣ νόμους· "διδοὺς" γὰρ "ν̣ο´̣μ̣ο̣υ̣ς ἐπὶ τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτῶν ε᾿̣πιγράψω̣ αὐτούς". καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς σαρ̣κ̣ι´̣νας καρδίας καὶ μὴ λιθίνας ὁ θεὸς γράφει διὰ τοῦ ζῶντος αὐτοῦ πνεύματος. καὶ ὅρα, ὅτι δύναται ὁ κάλαμος τοῦ ὀξυγράφου τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα εἶναι. ὀξ̣έως γράφει ·········· ·· δ̣ι̣α´̣νοια´̣ν εἰσι̣ν· "ἅπαξ ἐλάλησεν ὁ θεός, δύο ταῦτα ἤκουσα". καὶ τῇ μὲν λέξει τῆς προκειμένης̣ ······ ·····ν ··υ̣δεα̣···· ἐστιν. διχῶς δὲ εἶπον τό· "ἅπαξ ἐλάλησεν ὁ θεός, δύο ταῦτα ἤκουσα". καὶ πρ····· ····· ····· ·····την ὅτι· ἐὰν ἀποδεικνύηται περὶ περιτομῆς, δύο ἀκούει ὁ σοφός, καὶ π̣ε̣ρὶ τῆς αἰσθητῆς τῆς κατὰ τὴν ἐντολὴν καὶ περὶ τῆς πνευματικῆς. ἐὰν ἅπαξ τοῦ θεοῦ λαλήσαντο̣ς περὶ θυσίας, πάλιν δύο ταῦτα ἀκούομεν, καὶ τὴν κατὰ νόμον αἰσθητὴν περιτομὴν καὶ τὴν πνεύματι ἀναφερομ̣ένην καλουμέν̣ην "αἰνέσεως θυσίαν". καὶ ἐφ' ἑκάστης ἐντολῆς τὸ αὐτό· περὶ σαββάτου ὅτ̣α̣ν̣ λέγῃ̣ οὖν̣, "δυ´̣ο̣ τ̣αῦτα ἤκου̣σεν". ἔλεγον δὲ ἄλλην διάνοιαν ὑψηλοτέραν καὶ δυσφώρατον τοῖς πολλοῖς̣ ὅτι· ὁ θεὸς βουλόμενος ἐντείλασθαι τ̣α`̣ς̣ π̣ολλάς, οἷον τὴν δεκάλογον, οὐ κατὰ μ̣ίαν ἐντολὴν λέγει, ἀλλὰ ····· ···ε̣········· ··· ἐλθὸν ε᾿̣ν τῃ῀̣ δ̣ι̣α̣ν̣οίᾳ τοῦ ἀκροατοῦ ὅλα ἠκούσθη. "δύο ταῦτα ἤκουσα", ἵνα κα̣ὶ πλ̣είονα λάβῃς ἢ τ̣α̣ῦτα. ἔχει δε`̣ ο̣ὑ´̣τω· καὶ σαφὲς μέν ἐστιν τοῖς πολλοῖς· ὅμως ἴδωμεν· οὐ ταὐτόν ἐστιν νόη̣μα και`̣ λεκτόν. νόημά ἐστιν τὸ ἐνέργημα τοῦ νοῦ, οὗπερ σύμβολόν ἐστιν ἡ φωνή. "τῶν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ παθημάτων̣ σ̣υ´̣μβολά ἐστιν τὰ ἐν τῇ φωνῇ". λεκτὸν δέ ἐστιν 235 ἐκεῖνο τὸ παρυφιστάμενον τ̣ῃ῀̣ φαντασίᾳ τ̣οῦ μέλλοντο̣ς εἰπεῖν· μὴ γ̣ὰρ τὸ νόημα ἄϋλον καὶ καθαρὸν ε̣······· ·····ε̣λ̣λει τι̣ π̣ερὶ αὐτοῦ. οὐ συνδυάζει τι αὐτῷ τῶν ἐκ προφορᾶς συνεζευγμένων ἵν̣α δ̣ηλωθῃ῀̣· ὁ´̣θεν καὶ λεκτὸν ἔστιν· παρυφίσταται δὲ τῇ φαντασίᾳ τοῦ νοοῦντος· διὸ ἐνόησ̣α· πα̣ρ̣υφίσταται δέ μοι φαντασία, πῶς δεῖ αὐτὸ ἑρμηνεῦσαι. αἱ παρυφιστάμεναι οὖν φαντ̣ασίαι ἀπὸ ἑνὸς νοήματος, ἀπὸ τοῦ λόγο̣υ̣ θεοῦ ὑφίστανται, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο "δύο ἤκουσα". καὶ τὸ νόημα τ̣ὸ δυνάμενον̣ εἰς ἄλλους ἑρ̣μηνεῦσαι τὸ νοηθὲν τῶν δυσχερῶν ἐστιν. ὥσπερ οὖν ἅπαξ τοῦ θεοῦ λαλήσαντος δυ´̣ο τις ἀκούει κ̣ατὰ τὰς δύο ἀποδοθείσας θεωρίας, οὕτω ἡ τ̣οῦ θεοῦ γ̣ραφ̣ὴ νοεῖτα̣ι οὐ καθ' ἓν̣ νόημα ἢ ῥῆμ̣α. πνευμ̣ατικῶς γράφ̣ει ὁ κάλαμος οὗτος. δ̣ιὰ τοῦτ̣ο ὀξυγρα´̣φος ἐστίν. κ̣α̣ι`̣ ε᾿̣π̣ι`̣ μ̣ὲν̣ τ̣ῶν ὀξυγράφων ἀνθρώπων γίνεταί τις διάστασις, ἱ´̣ν̣α συνάψῃ πρότ̣ε̣ρ̣α καὶ δευ´̣τ̣ε̣ρ̣α̣. ὧδε δὲ οὐχί, ἀλλ' ἡ ὀξύτης οὕτως ἐστὶν ὡς μὴ εἶναι ἐν αὐτῇ διάσ̣τ̣ασ̣ι̣ν. ἐπερ · τὴν̣ ἀθρόαν μετα̣β̣ο̣λ̣η`̣ν̣ πω῀̣ς ἔλ̣εγες; –τ̣οῦ πατρὸς πρόσωπον ἦν τὸ λέγον· "ἐξηρεύξατο ἡ καρδία μου λόγον ἀγαθόν". καὶ οὐκ̣έτι̣ ὁ π̣(̣ατ)̣η´̣ρ̣ ἐστιν̣ ο῾̣ λέγων· 336 "λέγω ἐγὼ τ̣α`̣ ἐ´̣ρ̣γα μο̣υ τῷ βα̣σιλεῖ", α᾿̣λλ' ο῾̣ υἱός· οὐ γὰρ λαμβάνω̣ αὐτο`̣ ὡς λέγουσιν οἱ Εὐνομίου· "3αὐτὸς ὁ ἐξερευξάμενος λόγον λέγει τῷ βασιλεῖ, ᾡ῀̣ ἐκάθ̣ι̣σ̣ε̣ν, τὰ ἔργα, τῷ γεννητῷ λόγῳ, ἵν' εἰδῇ εἰπεῖν αὐτά, ἵνα γνῷ αὐτά"3. ε᾿̣π̣ε̣ρ̣(̣ )̣· ἱ´̣ν̣α̣ ποῖα ὠ῀̣σ̣ιν τὰ ἔργα; –ταῦτα ἃ διὰ τῆς ο̣ἰκονομίας κατώρθωσεν. ἓν τῶν ἔργων ἔστω τὸ ἔχειν λόγον ω῾̣ς κάλαμον ὀξὺ γ̣ρ̣άφον̣τος̣ καὶ ταχὺ γράφοντος. δύναται καὶ κάλαμος εἶναι ο῾̣ δ̣ι̣α̣κ̣ον̣ῶν ἄνθρωπος, γραφεὺς δὲ ὁ χ̣ρ̣ησάμενος αὐτῷ θεὸς λόγος· δ̣ι̣α`̣ τ̣ούτου̣ γὰρ ἔγραψεν τῇ οἰκουμένῃ ············ ····· ·····υν λε·· ····· ·η ἓν συνπέρασμα ἤγαγον; –πεπ̣ληρωμένα εἰσὶν αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα ····· ········· ····· ···τ̣αλ····· ···υτ·· οὐ περιμένω ····· · ἄλλος αὐτῷ αὐτὰ εἴπῃ παρα····· ···· ο̣υ̣κ̣····· ····ι̣· νο̣···ε̣π̣ραξεν. διὰ τοῦτο ἔφυγεν τὸ θεοῦ πρόσωπον. ὅτε δὲ οὔπω γα········ ········ ······ν ὅμιλος ἠ῀̣ν̣ αὐτῷ ἀπήγ̣γ̣ελλε̣ν̣ αὐτῳ῀̣ δι' ὁμι´̣λ̣ου, ὅτι οὐ μεταλαμβάνει τοῦ ξύλου το̣υ̣····· ·ο· φ̣υ̣λάττειν̣
The Divine Logos as the Source of Grace§220
220God wills it, just as one made to guard and work beside him. Similarly, we do not set aside this thing by saying something outside the word, as if when I converse, think, or announce, we do not set aside all things of the soul nor all things of the body, but he who sits together from both sides says what he thinks. And this activity is of the soul, as the composer says. If I say that I walk slowly or grow warm or shiver, the composer is now concerning his own body.
'My tongue is like a scribe's sharp pen. He beautifies with grace among the sons of men' (Isa 50:4). The evangelical word is among all these human words. Of the man who received and anticipated the word of God, the word is good and kingly. Grace was poured out on your lips (Luke 4:18). This is interpreted in the Gospel according to Luke; for how he entered the synagogue in Capernaum, 'and the scroll of the prophet Isaiah was handed to him' (Luke 4:17), so that it might be read, he said: 'and all were marveling at the words of grace proceeding from his mouth' (Luke 4:18). In this way his words are grace-filled as to hold those who hear. He says 'hearing' according to understanding, not according to mere hearing; for all hear the gospel, and 'Greeks and Jews' (Rom 1:16), but they are not possessing the grace of the words. Is it necessary to have another person here? 'Grace was poured out on your lips,' that is, the Holy Spirit, or the writer says this.
Sometimes also the Father, witnessing, says; for lips many times we have spoken to signify the word: 'and' for 'unjust lips, keep far from me' (Ps 124:7). 'Because of this, may God your God bless you forever' (Deut 33:29). And this is said also concerning the man; for to be blessed with a cause is not of the word of God. He himself is the blessing, the source of blessing. The 'cause' lies here in the 'because of this,' just as also in: 'because of this God your God has anointed you' (Deut 33:29).
moving foal
Greek · §220
β̣ο̣ύλεται θεός, ὅτι ὥσπε̣ρ̣ ····· "φυλάττειν καὶ ἐργάζεσθαι" τὸν παρά δ̣εισον α̣υ᾿̣τ̣ῷ ἐποιήσατο. ὁμοίως οὐκ ἀπομ̣ε̣ρίζ̣ο̣μ̣εν̣ το`̣ του῀̣τ̣ο̣ λε´̣γ̣ο̣ν ἐκτὸς τοῦ λόγου, ὡς ἐὰν ····· ····· ···ο̣····· ···ς̣ δ̣ια̣λέγομαι, ἀπαγγε´̣λλ̣ω, νοῶ, ο̣ὐ πάντα ἀπομερίζωμεν τη῀̣ς ψυχῆς οὐδὲ πάν̣τα τ̣οῦ σω´̣μ̣α̣τος̣, ἀλ̣λ' ὁ ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων συνκείμενος λέγει ὃ νοεῖ. ἡ ἐνέργεια δὲ αὕτη̣ ψυ̣χ̣η῀̣ς̣, λέγων ὁ σύνθ̣ε̣τ̣ός̣ ε᾿̣σ̣τιν. ἐὰν δὲ λέγω ὅτι ὀξέως βαδίζω ἢ θερμαίνομ̣αι ἢ ῥι̣γῶ, περὶ τοῦ σώματος ἑα̣υ̣τοῦ νῦν̣ ὁ σ̣υ´̣ν̣θετ̣ός ἐσ̣τιν̣ λέγων. "ἡ γλῶσσά μου ὡς κάλαμος γραμματέως ὀξυγράφου. ὡραῖος κάλλει παρὰ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων". ο῾̣ ε̣υ᾿̣α̣γ̣γ̣ελικὸς λόγος παρὰ πάντας το̣υ`̣ς̣ α᾿̣νθρωπίνους λόγους ἐστίν. ε̣····α̣φ̣····· ······μ·· τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τοῦ προσλημφθέντος καὶ τοῦ προλαβόντος λόγου θ̣εοῦ ····τ̣···· λ̣ο´̣γ̣ο̣ς ἀγαθὸς καὶ βασιλεύς ἐστιν. 3 ἐξεχύθη χάρις ἐν χείλεσίν σου. ἑρμήνευται τοῦτο ἐν τῷ κατὰ Λουκᾶν εὐαγγελίῳ̣· ὁπ̣ηνίκα γὰρ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν ἐν τῇ Καφαρναούμ, "κ̣α̣ι`̣ ε᾿̣π̣εδο´̣θ̣η αὐτῷ τὸ βιβλίον τοῦ προφήτου Ἰσαίου", ἵνα ἀναγνωσθῇ, εἶπεν· "καὶ πάντες ἐθαύμαζον ἐπ̣ὶ τ̣ο̣ῖς λόγοις τῆς χάριτος τοῖς ἐκπορευομένοις ἐκ το̣ῦ στόματο̣ς αὐτοῦ". οὕτως ε̣ἰσι`̣ν α̣υ᾿̣τ̣οῦ οἱ λόγοι κ̣εχαρ̣ιτωμέν̣ο̣ι ὡς κρατεῖν τοὺς ἀκούοντας. ἀκο̣ύοντ̣α̣ς δ̣ε`̣ κατὰ νόησιν λέγει, οὐ τοὺς ····· ·· ··· κατὰ τὴν ἀκοήν· πάντ̣ε̣ς γὰρ α᾿̣κούουσιν τ̣οῦ εὐαγγ̣ε̣λ̣ί̣ου, καὶ "Ἕλληνες καὶ ᾿Ι̣ουδ̣αῖοι" ····· ········ε̣··· ἀλλ' οὔκ εἰσ̣ι̣ν τὴν χάρ̣ι̣ν τῶν λ̣ο´̣γ̣ων ····· ····· ··ς δεῖ πον·υσα········ ····· ἐπ̣ε̣ρ · ἕτ̣ε̣ρ̣ον̣ πρόσωπόν ε᾿̣σ̣τ̣ι̣ν ὧδ̣ε̣; –"ἐξεχύθη ἡ χάρις 337 ἐν χείλεσίν σου" ἤτοι τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ἢ ὁ συνγραφεὺς λέγει τοῦτο. ἐνίοτε δὲ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ μαρτυρῶν λέγει· χείλη γὰρ πολλάκις εἰρήκαμεν σημαίνειν τὸν λόγον· "καὶ" γὰρ "ἄδικα χείλη μακρὰν ἄπωσαι ἀπ' ἐμοῦ". 3 διὰ τοῦτο εὐλόγησέν σε ὁ θεὸς ὁ θεός σου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. καὶ τοῦτο περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου λέγεται· τὸ γὰρ μετ' αἰτίας εὐλογηθῆναι οὐ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγου ἐστίν. αὐτός ἐστιν ἡ εὐλογία, ἡ πηγὴ τῆς εὐλογίας. 236 αἰτία δὲ κεῖται ὧδε τὸ "3διὰ τοῦτο"3, ὥσπερ καὶ ἐν τῷ· "διὰ τοῦτο ἔχρισέν σε ὁ θεὸς ὁ θεός σου". τὸ ἐπ' αἰτίᾳ δὲ κεχρῖσθαι δηλοῖ σπουδαῖον εἶναι τὸν κεχρισμένον· ποιήσας γὰρ δικαιοσύνην καὶ ἀνομίαν μισήσας τετύχηκεν τοῦ χρίσματος. διὰ τοῦτο εὐλόγηται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἐπεὶ ἔσχεν γλῶτταν κάλαμον ὀξυγράφου, μᾶλλον γράφοντος. περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ταῦτα λέγει. καὶ ἐπειδὴ ἀδιάδοχον ἔχει τὴν ἱερωσύνην καὶ τὴν διδασκαλίαν–κἂν γὰρ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρέλθῃ, μένουσιν αὐτοῦ οἱ λόγοι–, εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα εὐλογήθη. 4 περίζωσαι τὴν ῥομφαίαν σου ἐπὶ τὸν μηρόν σου, δυνατέ. πολλάκις ὁ μηρὸς ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνδρικῶν κινημάτων. ἐλέγομεν γοῦν ὅτι τοὺς ἔχοντας ὑγρότητα ἀκολασίας διαβάλλων ὁ λό γος ἐν τῷ Ἰεζεκιὴλ λέγει· "καὶ πᾶς μηρὸς ὑγρανθήσεται ὑγρασίᾳ", ἀντὶ τοῦ· ἡ ὀσφῦς, τὰ γενέσεως πράγματα, μολύνεται ὑγρασίᾳ. περὶ μέντοι τοῦ σπουδαίου οὐ ῥηθείη ταῦτα. ἔχεις γοῦν ἐν τῷ ᾄσματι τῶν ᾀσμάτων πρὸς τὴν νύμφην παρὰ τοῦ νυμφίου λεγόμενον· "ὅμοιοι ὁρμίσκῳ"–ἐπεὶ παντελῆ ἁγνείᾳ σαυτὴν ἀνέθηκας, ὦ ψυχὴ ἢ ἐκκλησία, ἣ οὐκ ἄλλῳ ἢ τῷ ἀληθινῷ νυμφίῳ, τῷ θεῷ λόγῳ, εὐτρέπισας–"ῥυθμοὶ τῶν μηρῶν σου". ὁρμίσκῳ, περιτραχηλίῳ̣ κόσμῳ, ὡμ̣οίωται. σημαίνει δὲ πολλάκις κόσμον περιτραχήλιον ἡ ὑποταγή. σημαίνει κα̣ὶ ὅτι ὑποτέτακται ἡ ἐκκλησία. ὁ Παῦλος λέγει ὅτι· "αἱ γυναῖκες οὕτως ὑποτάσσεσθε τοῖς ἀνδράσιν ὡς ἡ ἐκκλησία τῷ Χριστῷ". ὁ ῥυθμὸς οὖν τῶν μηρῶν σου τῶν ὡσανεὶ ἐπιθυμιῶν καὶ ὀρεκτικῶν δυνάμεων ῥερυθμισμένοι εἰσὶν κατὰ τὸν ποικίλον ὁρμίσκον. καὶ τὸ μὲν κατὰ ἀναγωγὴν λημπτέον, τὸ δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἱστορίαν τὸ περὶ τῶν ἀκολάστων τό· "πᾶς μηρὸς ὑγρανθήσεται ὑγρασίᾳ". καὶ ὁ τῆς ψυχῆς μηρὸς καὶ ὁ τοῦ σώματος ὑπουργεῖ τῇ ἀκολασίᾳ. διὰ τοῦτο ὁ Ἀβραὰμ ἐκπέμπων τὸν πρε̣σβύτερον τῆς οἰκίας ἑαυτοῦ, τὸν θεῖον καὶ σοφὸν ἐκεῖνον παῖδα ἐπὶ μνηστείᾳ τῆς Ῥεβέκκας–πρὸς̣ τὸ ῥη̣τὸν λέγω–ἐποίησεν αὐτὸν θεῖναι τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ τὸν μηρὸν τοῦ Ἀβραάμ, ἵν' οὕτως ἀμέμπτως καὶ ἁγνῶς ἀγάγῃ τὴν παρθένον· ἐξωρκίσθη γὰρ ὑπὸ τὸν μηρὸν τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτοῦ τεθ̣εικω´̣ς, ὑπὸ τὴν ἀφροδίσιον, ἵν' οὕτως εἴπω, ὁρμήν· οὕτω γὰρ καὶ ἀβλαβῆ τὴν παρθένον ἐκόμ̣ισεν̣. ἐπεὶ τοίνυν διὰ γενέσεως ἀνθρωπίνης ὁ σωτὴρ ἀνεδέξατο τὸν ναόν, λέγει πρὸς αὐτὸν ὄντα δυνατόν–θεὸς γὰρ λόγος ἐστίν –· "περίζωσαι τὴν ῥομφαίαν σου ἐπὶ τὸν
The Sword of the Word and the Beauty of Virtue§221
221Your thigh, powerful one. Therefore we say: the faithful man, the self-controlled one, the imitator of God, girds the unyielding Word of God, which is being wielded above every sword, around his thigh, so that he may cut away superfluous desires. For he who has grasped the honorable marriage and keeps the bed undefiled, has the sword of the Word of God cutting them away.
If 'powerful' here refers to the God-Word or the soul joined to Him, 'thigh' refers to the incarnation, the birth from a woman. Therefore, preserve this sword while your beauty and your loveliness remain. And beauty and loveliness are sinlessness, when spoken of the soul; for it did not know sin. But if spoken of the God-Word, this he says: the beauty and the loveliness of God remain to you, having become man; for you did not change from being the Word and God-Word.
And to each of the rest of the temperate it is said: put on beauty and loveliness from the other virtues, take also temperance, the Word that cuts. But what kind of sword should we take? The Word concerning temperance, the Word in general, the one that cuts. Behold, a wise man is subject to reproof. This one, progressing and beginning, is so. But the perfect one is imperturbable; he is not subject to reproof, he does not deviate from the mouth, that is, the Word, the God. 'Make it known to the righteous, and he will add to receiving' (Psalm 112:9); and 'his righteousness is the first argument'. He entirely possesses what he has argued for himself. But the truly perfect righteous one is not...
the grinding of teeth
Greek · §221
μηρόν σου, δυνατέ". λέγομεν οὖν· καὶ ὁ πιστὸς ἄνθρωπος, ὁ ἐνκρατής, ὁ θεοῦ 338 μιμητής, τὸν ἀρραγῆ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγον τὸν ἠκονημένον ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν μάχαιραν δίστομον ζώννυται περὶ τὸν μηρόν, ἵν' ἐκτέμνῃ τὰς περιττὰς ἐπιθυμίας· ὁ γὰρ τίμιον μεταλαβὼν γάμον μετέρχεσθαι καὶ κοίτην ἀμίαντον φυλάττειν ἔχει τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ λόγον ῥομφαίαν περιτέμνοντα. ἐὰν οὖν "3δυνατὸν"3 ἐνταῦθα λέγῃ τὸν θεὸν λόγον ἢ τὴν ψυχὴν τὴν συνεζευγμένην αὐτῷ, μηρὸν λέγει τὴν ἐνανθρώπησιν, τὴν ἐκ γυναικὸς γένεσιν. περίζωσαι οὖν ταύτην τὴν ῥομφαίαν μενούσης τῆς ὡραιότητός σου καὶ τοῦ κάλλους σου. κάλλος δὲ καὶ ὡραιότης ἡ ἀναμαρτησία ἐστίν, ὅταν περὶ τῆς ψυχῆς λέγηται· οὐκ ἔγνω γὰρ ἁμαρτίαν. ἐὰν δὲ περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγου, τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι· τὸ κάλλος τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἡ ὡραιότης παραμένει σοι ἀνθρώπῳ γεναμένῳ· οὐ γὰρ μετέβαλες ἀπὸ τοῦ εἶναι λόγος καὶ θεοῦ λόγος. καὶ πρὸς ἕκαστον δὲ λοιπὸν τῶν σωφρόνων λέγεται ὅτι· ἐπιθοῦ κάλλος καὶ ὡραιότητα ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν ἀρετῶν, πρόσλαβε καὶ τὴν σωφροσύνην, τὸν λόγον τὸν τέμνοντα. ἐπερ · ἵνα τὴν ῥομφαίαν ποίαν λάβωμεν; –τὸν λόγον τὸν περὶ σωφροσύνης, τὸν λόγον τὸν καθόλου, τὸν ἐκτέμνοντα. 247 ἰδοὺ σοφὸς ὑποκείμενος ἐλέγχοις. οὗτος προκόπτων καὶ ἀρχόμενός ἐστιν. ὁ δὲ τέλειος ἀτάραχός ἐστιν· οὐκ ἐλέγχοις ὑπόκειται, οὐκ ἐκκλίνει ἐκ στόματος, τουτέστιν τοῦ λόγου, τοῦ θεοῦ. "γνώριζε δικαίῳ, καὶ προσθήσει τοῦ δέχεσθαι"· καί· "δίκαιος αὐτοῦ κατήγορος ἐν πρωτολογίᾳ". ὅλως ἔχει, ὃ κατηγορήσει ἑαυτοῦ. ὁ δὲ ἀληθῶς τέλειος δίκαιος οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει· "πᾶς" γὰρ "ὁ ποιῶν 237 δικαιοσύνην ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγέννηται", καὶ "πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἁμαρτίαν οὐ ποιεῖ". ὁ μὴ ποιῶν ἁμαρτίαν τέλειος δίκαιός ἐστιν, περὶ ὧν καὶ ὁ σωτὴρ ἐν εὐαγγελίῳ εἴρηκεν· "πολλοὶ προφῆται καὶ δίκαιοι ἐπεθύμησαν ἰδεῖν ἃ βλέπετε καὶ οὐκ εἶδον". τ̣ὸ δ̣ε`̣ βρῦξαι τοὺς ὀδόντας καταγνόντος ἐστὶν ἑαυτοῦ· παρατηρησάμενος γὰρ οὐχ εἷλεν αὐτόν, οὐκ ἔβαλεν, οὐκ ἔτρωσεν, καὶ οὕτως ἐπὶ τῇ ἀποτυχίᾳ β̣ρ̣ύχει τοὺς ὀδόντας. μεταμέλειαν δὲ π̣ολλάκις ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων σημαίνει, ὡς καὶ ἐν εὐαγγελίῳ περὶ τοῦ δεθέντος ποσὶν καὶ χερσὶν καὶ βληθέντος εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον "τὸ η῾̣τοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ"· "ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων". τὸ δὲ "3ἐκεῖ"3 πάλιν ὧδε τὴν κατάστασιν τὴν̣ τοιάνδε σημαίνει. 13 ὁ δὲ κύριος ἐνγελάσεται αὐτόν, ὅτι προβλέπει ὅτι ἥξει ἡ ἡμέρα αὐτοῦ. τὸν ἁμαρτωλὸν τὸν βρύξοντα τοὺς ὀδόντας κατὰ τοῦ δικαίου· "προβλέπει" γὰρ "ὅτι ἥξει ἡ ἡμέρα αὐτοῦ". προορῶν ὁ κύριος ὅτι ἡ ἡμέρα αὐτοῦ ἐλεύσεται καθ' ἣν καταδικασθήσεται, καταγελάσει τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ. τὰ τοιαῦτα δὲ ῥήματα λεγόμενα ἐπὶ θεοῦ ἀνθρωποπαθῶς μὴ ἀκουέσθωσαν. θεοπρεπῶς δὲ τὸν νοῦν αὐτῶν ἐκλαμβάνομεν· εἴρηται γοῦν· "ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς ἐγγελάσεται αὐτούς, καὶ ὁ κύριος ἐκμυκτηριεῖ αὐτούς". οὐκ ἀνθρωπολογεῖται τοῦτο, οὐκ ἀνθρωποπαθῶς ἐπὶ θεοῦ ἐκλαμβάνομεν. καὶ πάλιν ἐν τῇ Ἐξόδῳ λέγει· "ὅσα ἐνπέπαιχα τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις". ὁ ἐνπαιγμὸς ὧδε πάλιν τοιαύτην ἔχει διάνοιαν· οὐ
Unit 56 rem early§222
Greek · §222
λέοντας ἐπήγαγεν ἐπ' αὐτούς, οὐ δράκοντας, οὐ τοὺς ἄλλους μεγάλους θῆρας, ἀλλὰ σκνῖπα καὶ κυνόμυιαν ἐπὶ βατράχῳ καὶ κάμπῃ. ἐπερ · τὸ "3κατεπόντισεν"3 τί; –ἀλλὰ ἐκεῖ οὐ λέγει· "ἐνπέπαιχα αὐτούς". 14 ῥομφαίαν ἐσπάσαντο οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ καὶ ἐνέτειναν τόξον αὐτῶν τοῦ καταβαλεῖν πτωχὸν καὶ πένητα. ἡτοίμασαν ῥομφαίαν, ἵνα πτωχὸν καὶ πένητα καταβάλωσιν. ἀναστρέφεται καὶ εἰς τὴν αὐτῶν ἔρχεται καρδίαν, ὡς τὸ λεγόμενον· "ὁ ὀρύσσων βόθρον τῷ πλησίον ἐνπεσεῖται εἰς αὐτόν". καὶ πάλιν· "καὶ ἡ θήρα, ἣ ἔκρυψαν, συνλαβέτω αὐτούς". καὶ ἐν Ἐκκλησιαστῇ λέγει· "καθαιροῦντα φραγμόν, δήξεται ὄφις". τὸν ἄλλου φραγμὸν καθαιροῦντα ὄφις δήξεται, τὴν ἀσφάλειαν ἄλλου καθαιροῦντα. "ῥομφαίαν ἐσπάσαντο"· ἀπὸ τῆς θήκης ἐσπάσαντο εἰς φανερὸν αὐτὴν ···γαν. δύναται ῥομφαία ὁ σὺν δόλῳ λόγος εἶναι· ἐκσπῶσιν γάρ, ἵνα διὰ τούτου πλήξωσιν. ἔχεις ἐν Παροιμίαις λεγόμενον· "εἰσὶν οἳ λέγοντες τιτρώσκουσιν μαχαίρᾳν, γλῶσσαι δὲ σοφῶν ἰῶνται". εἰσὶν οἳ ἐν τῷ λέγειν τιτρώσκουσιν μαχαίρᾳ. δοτικῇ δὲ ἀναγνωστέον· εἰσὶν οἱ ἐν τῷ λέγειν τιτρώσκοντες μαχαίρᾳ. οἱ φθείροντες ἤθη χρηστὰ ὁμιλίαις κακαῖς, ἐν τῷ λέγειν τιτρώσκουσιν μαχαίρᾳ. "καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα αὐτῶν μάχαιρα ὀξεῖα"· ὁ λ̣όγος αὐτῶν οἷα μάχαιρα βλάπτει καὶ τιτρώσκει. ἐν τῷ λέγειν οὖν εἰσίν τινες τιτρώσκοντες μαχαίρᾳ, αἱ δὲ τῶν σοφῶν γλῶσσαι, οἱ λόγοι τῶν σοφῶν, ἰῶνται. αἱ μάχαιραι αὗται φαρμάκου εἰσίν, οὐ τιτρώσκουσιν, οὐ πλήττουσιν, ο̣υ᾿̣ τ̣ρ̣αυματίζουσιν, ἀλλ' ἰῶνται τὰ γενόμενα ὑπ' ἄλλων λόγων τραύματα. τόξον ἐστὶν ἐντεινόμενον τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν τὸ οὕτως ἑτοιμασμένον ὥστε βέλη ἀπ' αὐτοῦ ἀπολύεσθαι. οὗτοι δὲ ἔστωσαν πονηροὶ λογισμοί, λόγοι βλαπτικοί. "ἰδοὺ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἐνέτειναν τόξον, ἡτοίμασαν βέλη εἰς φαρέτραν". 14 τοῦ σφάξαι τοὺς εὐθεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ. ὧδε "3εὐθεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ"3 ἀκούομεν ὡς τὸν ἐλεγχόμενον δίκαιον καὶ τὸν σοφὸν καὶ τὸν δίκαιον τὸν ἑαυτοῦ κατηγοροῦντα. ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ κεῖται ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ κυρίου ὅτι· "πάντες οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται". καὶ οἴονται οἱ πολλοί, ὅτι τοῦτο λέγει ὅτι πάντως ὁ σφάξας ἄνθρωπον σφαγήσεται. οὐ φαίνεται δὲ τοῦτο ἀναντίρρητον· πολλοὶ φονεῖς ἰδίῳ τέλει κέχρηνται· ἀλλὰ τοῦτο λέγει· πᾶς ὁ κατά τινος κόλασιν ἐπιφέρων κολάσει ὑποπεσεῖται, πᾶς ὁ βλάψαι τινὰ βουλόμενος μαχαίρᾳ, τῇ διανοίᾳ ἑαυτοῦ τῇ ἠκονημένῃ ἢ γλώττῃ καὶ λόγῳ, τοῖς αὐτοῖς υ῾̣π̣οπεσεῖται. ἐπερ · "τοῦ 238 καταβαλεῖν πτωχὸν καὶ πένητα"; – οὐ δύνανται καταβαλεῖν πλούσιον, οὐ δύνανται καταβαλεῖν ἔχοντα τὸν "ἐν πάσῃ γνώσει καὶ παντὶ λόγῳ" πλοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν
The Famine of the Word and the Vanishing of Sinners§223
223A poor and needy person, even if the heart seems straight, as previously said, like the one being reproved who is wise and the accuser who is righteous of himself; but rather the sword, turned against those who have become blunt, strikes and destroys them; likewise the bow is broken. And it is well to say: 'Let their sword enter into their heart.' This sword, which is harmful, the one of the enemies is not continuoustext gapped and in days of famine they shall be satisfied text gapped of those feeding the soul, those watering it.
In the prophet, indeed, it is said, where it is written: 'I will bring a famine upon the earth, not a famine of bread nor a thirst for water, but a famine of hearing the word of the Lord' (Amos 8:11), it is applied: 'Many have fallen in every place, I will cast down silence' (Psalm 142:6). To the fallen, the famine is. To these, however, the silence of the divine word is brought. Thus, 'in days of famine they shall be satisfied.' Because the sinners shall perish.
Twice again we perceive the destruction of the sinners: namely, in the way they are sinners, they perish having experienced the oppressors. The righteous 'are not ashamed in evil time' (2 Timothy 2:15), but the sinners are ashamed. When they are ashamed, knowing how evil they are, and they blush because of sinning, sometimes they despise the sin and become free from it, and thus they perish in such a way that they are no longer sinners.
But the enemies of the Lord, at the same time as they are to be glorified and exalted, having vanished like smoke, they vanished. Sinners are able to be enemies of the Lord. And it is possible also to call sinners those who sin according to ethics, those who transgress the divine commandments, and enemies of the Lord those who think impiously, those outside godliness, those who falsely glorify. These, therefore, are the enemies of the Lord, who at the same time as being to be glorified and exalted immediately vanished like smoke. And behold, always he likens sinners to smoke. And in another psalm it is said: 'As smoke vanishes, so they vanished; as wax melts from before the fire, so the sinners shall perish from before the face of God' (Psalm 68:2).
The word constructs the argument, that the sinners are not of another nature. The smoke is a follower of fire, and the wax of honey. And previously the honey takes origin. Since it does not consist otherwise than in wax, the wax by habit consists. Not because of the wax the honey, but because of the honey the wax, and not because of the smoke the fire, but because of the fire the smoke. The sinners, therefore, according to the smoke, vanish having a following; for sinning itself and enmity toward the Lord...
Greek · §223
πτωχὸν καὶ πένητα, κἂν δοκῇ εὐθὴς εἶναι τῇ καρδίᾳ, ὡς προεῖπον, ὡς ὁ ἐλεγχόμενος σοφὸς καὶ ὁ κατηγορῶν ἑαυτοῦ δίκαιος· ἀλλ' οὖν γε ἡ ῥομφαία κατὰ τῶν ἀκονησάντων αὐτῶν στραφεῖσα πλήττει καὶ ἀναιρεῖ αὐτούς· ὡσαύτως καὶ τὸ τόξον συντρίβεται. εὖ δὲ καὶ τὸ φάναι· "ἡ ῥομφαία αὐτῶν εἰσέλθοι εἰς τὴν καρδίαν αὐτῶν". αὕτη ἡ ῥομφαία η῾̣ ἐπιβλαβής, ἡ πολεμίων, οὔκ ἐστιν συνφυὴς ––––––––––– –––––––––––– ̣19 καὶ ἐν ἡμέραις λιμοῦ χορτασθήσονται. ––––––––––––––––––––––––– –––––– ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– 250 τῶν τρεφόντων τὴν ψυχήν, τῶν ποτιζόντων ··· αὐτήν. ἐν αὐτῷ γοῦν τῷ προφήτῃ, ἔνθα γέγραπται· "ἐπάξω λιμὸν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, οὐ λιμὸν ἄρτου οὐδὲ δίψαν ὕδατος, ἀλλὰ λιμὸν τοῦ ἀκοῦσαι λόγον κυρίου", ἐπιφέρεται· "πολὺς ὁ πεπτωκὼς ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ, ἐπιρίψω σιωπήν". τοῖς πεπτωκόσιν ὁ λιμός ἐστιν. τούτοις δὲ σιωπ̣ὴ τοῦ θείου λόγου ἐπάγεται. "ἐν ἡμέραις" οὖν "λιμοῦ χορτασθήσονται". 20 ὅτι οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀπολοῦνται. διττῶς πάλιν τη`̣ν̣ α᾿̣πώλειαν τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐκλαμβάνομεν· ἤτοι ᾗ ἁμαρτωλοί εἰσιν, ἀπόλλυνται ἢ πεῖραν λαβόντες τῶν ἐπιπόνων. "οὐ καταισχύνονται" οἱ δίκαιοι "ἐν καιρῷ πονηρῷ", οἱ δὲ ἁμαρτωλοὶ καταισχύνονται. ὅταν αἰσχυνθῶσιν γνόντες οἷ κακω῀̣ν̣ εἰσιν, καὶ ἐρυθριῶσιν διὰ τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν, ἐνίοτε καταφρονοῦσιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ ἐ´̣ξω αὐτῆς γίνονται καὶ οὕτως ἀπόλλυν̣ται ὡ´̣στε μηκέτι εἶναι ἁμαρτωλοί. 20 οἱ δὲ ἐχθροὶ τοῦ κυρίου ἅμα τῷ δοξασθῆναι αὐτοὺς καὶ ὑψωθῆναι ἐκλιπόντες ὡσεὶ καπνὸς ἐξέλιπον. δύνανται οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἐχθροὶ εἶναι τοῦ κυρίου. δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ ἁμαρτωλοὺς εἰπεῖν τοὺς κατὰ τὰ ἠθικὰ ἁμαρτάνοντας, τοὺς παραβάτας τῶν θείων ἐντολῶν, ἐχθροὺς δὲ τοῦ κυρίου τοὺς τὰ ἀσεβῆ φρονοῦντας, τοὺς ἔξω τῆς θεοσεβείας, τοὺς ψευδοδοξο̣ῦντας̣. οὗτοι οὖν οἱ τοῦ κυρίου ἐχθροὶ ἅμα τῷ δοξασθῆναι καὶ ὑψωθῆναι εὐθέως κατὰ τὸν καπνὸν ἐξέλιπον. καὶ ὅρα γε, α᾿̣ε̣ι`̣ τ̣οὺς ἁμαρτωλοὺς τῷ καπνῷ ὁμοιοῖ. καὶ ἐν ἄλλῳ γοῦν ψαλμῷ λέγεται· "ὡς ἐκλείπει καπνός, ἐκλιπέτωσαν· ὡς τήκεται κηρὸς ἀπὸ προσώπου πυρός, οὕτως ἀπολοῦνται οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀπὸ προσώπου θεοῦ". κατασ̣κ̣ευάζει ὁ λόγος, ὅτι οὐχ ἑτέρας εἰσὶν φύσεως οἱ ἁμαρτωλοί. ἐπακολούθημά ἐστιν πυρὸς ὁ καπνός, καὶ μέλιτος ὁ κηρός. προηγο̣υμ̣ένως δὲ τὸ μέλι λαμβάνει γένεσιν. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἄλλως οὐ συνίσταται ἢ ἐν κηρῷ, κατὰ συμβεβηκὸς ὁ κηρὸς συνίσταται. οὐ διὰ τὸν κηρὸν τὸ μέλι, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ μέλι ὁ κηρός, καὶ οὐ διὰ τὸν καπνὸν τὸ πῦρ, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ πῦρ ὁ καπνός. οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ οὖν κατὰ τὸν καπνὸν ἐκλείπουσιν παρακολούθημα ὄντα· καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸ τὸ ἁμαρτάνειν καὶ τὸ ἐχθρεύειν τῷ
The Follower of Virtue and the Loan of God§224
224Sin is a follower of virtue. The rational animal has become capable of virtue. Yet this capability is not an essence of any kind. Humans are not good by essence; for they were created so that they might become good through participation in the truly good. But the capacity for evil follows the capacity for virtue. Just as the bad always follows the good, bad art follows art, and mishearing follows hearing. Sin, therefore, is a follower of virtue; the sinning animal would not exist if it were not capable of virtue.
Similarly, wax is a follower. For this substance does not turn into non-existence, but changes into something better. And sinners become smoke because of this very evil; for lawlessness is in a certain way like a harmful eye or smoke to the eyes. You see that lawlessness becomes to those using it like smoke to the eyes. Smoke does not need great force to be overturned, for it is quickly overturned. Therefore, sinners are 'as wax melts from the presence of fire,' and 'as smoke vanishes, so let them vanish.' Smoke is, as I have said, a follower of fire; for it exists because fire exists or comes to be.
Thus the enemies of the Lord, even if they blaze brightly and are praised as capable or promising, are extinguished like smoke at the very moment they are exalted. It is ours to see their vanishing; for even if they remain for a time, being glorified and praised and thinking great things, those able to see that which they think great find them instantly vanishing. 'The borrower does not repay' (Psalm 36:28).
What God gives for the benefit of humans and the soul, those receiving do not take as a debt; for no one receives anything in this age as a debt, but giving as a gift, the good man gives a loan so that, having worked with it, he may gain and give interest. I take the word concerning righteousness. If I give back and also provide interest, I offer the works of righteousness to God. But if, having received the word concerning righteousness, I do nothing according to righteousness, having borrowed from God, I have not repaid; for God gives so that we may act, and God provides so that we may turn words into deeds. His divine silver is lent, concerning which it is said, 'silver refined is a test for the earth' (Psalm 66:3). The borrower therefore pays back interest and also that which he received. But the righteous man shows mercy and gives.
Greek · §224
κυρίῳ παρακολούθημά ἐστιν. γέγονεν δὲ τὸ λογικὸν ζῷον, ἵνα δεκτικὸν ᾖν ἀρετῆς. τὸ δὲ δεκτικόν τινος οὔκ ἐστιν κατ' οὐσίαν τοιοῦτο. οὐ κατ' οὐσίαν δὲ ἀγαθοί εἰσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι· διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ ἐκτίσθησαν, ἵνα γένωνται ἀγαθοὶ μετουσίᾳ τοῦ ἀληθῶς ἀγαθοῦ. παρακολουθεῖ δὲ τῷ δεκτικῷ τῆς ἀρετῆς τὸ δεκτικὸν τῆς κακίας. καὶ ὥσπερ ἀεὶ μετὰ τὰ καλὰ τὰ κ̣ακά ἐστιν, μετὰ τὴν τέχνην ἡ κακοτεχνία, μετὰ τὴν ἀκοὴν ἡ παρακοήν. παρακολούθημα οὖν ἐστιν ἡ ἁμαρτία τῆς ἀρετῆς· οὐκ ἂν συνίστατο, εἰ μὴ δεκτικὸν ἦν ἀρετῆς τὸ ζῷον τὸ ἁμαρτάνον. ὁμοίως καὶ ὁ κηρὸς παρακολούθημά ἐστιν. τήκε̣ται γοῦν οὗτος καὶ οὐκ εἰς τὸ μὴ ὂν καταστρέφει, ἀλλ' εἴς τι κρεῖττον μεταβάλλει. καὶ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ οὖν καπνὸς γίνονται δ̣ι' αὐτὴν τὴν κακίαν· ἡ γὰρ κακία οὕτως οὕτως ανομια "ὥσπερ ὄμφαξ βλαβερὸς ὀδοῦσιν καὶ καπνὸς ὄμμασιν, οὕτω παρανομία τοῖς χρωμένοις". ὁρᾷς ὅτι ὄμμασιν καπνὸς ἡ παρανομία γίνεται τοῖς χρωμένοις αὐτήν. οὐ μεγάλης δὲ δεῖται βίας ὁ καπνὸς ἵνα ἀνατραπῇ· ταχέως γὰρ ἀνατρέπεται. διὰ τοῦτο "ὡς τήκεται κηρὸς ἀπὸ προσώπου πυρὸς" οἱ ἁμαρτωλοί εἰσιν, καὶ "ὡς ἐκλείπει καπνός, ἐκλιπέτωσαν". παρ̣ακολούθημά ἐστιν, ὡς εἶπον, 239 πυρὸς ὁ καπνός· ἢ ὄντος γὰρ πυρὸς συνίσταται ἢ γενομένου. οἱ ἐχθροὶ οὖν τοῦ κυρίου κἂν βρενθύωνται ἔκπαγλα, κἂν ἐπαίρωνται ὡς ἱκανοί, ὡς ἐπίδοξοι, κατὰ τὸν καπνὸν σβέννυνται ἅμα τῷ ὑψωθῆναι αὐτούς. ἡμῶν ἐστιν τὸ ὁρᾶν τὴν ἔκλειψιν αὐτῶν, ἐπεὶ κἂν μένωσιν μέχρι τινὸς χρόνου δοξαζόμενοι καὶ ἐπαιρόμενοι μεγάλα φρονοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τῷ δυναμένῳ ὁρᾶν ἐφ' ᾧ μέγα φρονοῦσιν, εὐθέως ἐκλιπόντες εὑρίσκονται. 21 δανείζεται ὁ ἁμαρτωλὸς καὶ οὐκ ἀποτείσει. ἃ δίδωσιν θεὸς ἐπ' ὠφελίᾳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς, οὐ κατὰ ὀφειλὴν λαμβάνουσιν οἱ δεχόμενοι· οὐδεὶς γὰρ κατὰ ὀφειλὴν δέχεταί τι ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ, ἀλλὰ χαριζόμενος δανείζει, προχρείαν δίδωσιν τὸ καλόν, ἵνα κατεργασάμενος ἀπ' αὐτοῦ κερδήσῃ καὶ δοῖ τόκους. λαμβάνω τὸν περὶ δικαιοσύνης λόγον. ἐὰν ἀποδιδοὺς καὶ τοὺς τόκους παρέχω, τὰ ἔργα τῆς δικαιοσύνης̣ τῳ῀̣ θεῷ προσκομίζω. ἐὰν δὲ λαβὼν τὸν περὶ δικαιοσύνης λόγον μηδὲν κατὰ δικαιοσύνην ἐνεργήσω, δανεισάμενος παρὰ θεοῦ οὐκ ἀποδέδωκα· δίδωσιν γὰρ ὁ θεός, ἵν' ἐνεργῶμεν, παρέχει θεός, ἵν' εἰς πράξεις τοὺς λόγους μεταβάλλωμεν. δανείζει δὲ τὸ θεῖον αὐτοῦ ἀργύριον, περὶ οὗ λέγεται· "ἀργύριον πεπυρωμένον δοκίμιον τῇ γῇ". ὁ δανειζόμενος οὖν ἀποδίδωσιν τόκους καὶ αὐτὸ ὃ ἐδέξατο. 21 ὁ δὲ δίκαιος οἰκτίρει καὶ δίδωσιν. 240